












Pao.) + + -σχῦ en, 






ΡΤ. TIRRARY 


XLS 1% 


5, τ ek 
home in I ened 


a 
ἐν ἢ 


ee 
Has 


i 


=r 





~XENOPHON’S ANABASIS 


SEVEN BOOKS 


ἣ μὲν yap εὐταξία σώζειν δοκεῖ, ἣ δὲ ἀταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη 
amoAwAexev. — ΑΝΑΒΑΒΙΒ IID. 1. 88 


BY 


WILLIAM RAINEY HARPER, Pu.D., D.D. 
_Latre PRESIDENT, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO 
AND 
JAMES WALLACE, Pu.D. 


MacdtestEr COLLEGE 


NEW YORK - : - CINCINNATI - : - CHICAGO 
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 


Copyright, 1898, by 
American Boox Company. 


Copyright, 1921, by 
JAMES WALLACE. 





All rights reserved. 
Η. ἃ W. Anabasis. 
ΕΡ το 


PREFACE. 





HE text of this edition of the Anabasis is that of the recension of 

Arnold Hug, which is based on the Parisian codex known as C. 

This text is preferred on its own merits, being regarded by most textual 

critics as well-nigh final. No deviations have been admitted except 

’ such as have been stated in the Notes; nor has it seemed worth while 

to perplex the student at this stage of his course with various 
readings. 

The Notes are brief and elementary ; but, supplemented by the refer- 
ences to the grammars and the historical introduction, it is believed. that 
they will be found sufficient. They do not at all affect originality, but 
are drawn freely from all sources. Much help has been derived from 
the standard English and American editions, especially from Pretor, 
Macmichael, and Crosby ; while Krueger, Rehdantz, Vollbrecht, and the 
recent edition of Bachof, have contributed not a little to the Notes and 
the Introduction. We wish to acknowledge especially our obligation to 
the first volume of Works of Xenophon by H. G. Dakyns, who is doing 
for this author what Jowett has so admirably done for Plato. 

The first occurrence of words in the text is indicated by full-faced 
upright type; and words occurring more than four times have been 
arranged in the Lists of Words in the order of frequency, except the 
prepositions, which are presented in a tabular view. 

The Vocabulary, though concise, has been prepared with great pains, 
and in connection with careful readings of the text. The more impor- 
tant etymologies, English cognates and derivatives, synonyms, inter- 
pretations of proper names, and various constructions after verbs, have 
received attention, — enough, it is hoped, to make it clear that a Greek 
lexicon is an interesting and fruitful field of study. Where the ety- 
mology is evident from the rules of word formation, as in the case of 
abstracts in -ία from adjectives in -os, it is often purposely omitted. 

To encourage the study of word-building and the mastery of words 
by etymological groups, cross-references are given under some impor- 
tant member of each group, so that all words of a common origin found 
in the Anabasis may be readily traced. Thus, under éyw are references 


(3) 


4 PREFACE. 


not only to its compounds, but also to ἐχυρός, dxupds, ἐν-έχυρον, εὐ-ωχία, 
σχολή, ἀ-σχολία, ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. See, also, under Baivw, βάλλω, ἵστημι, and 
other important words. Where the cognate words are in alphabetical 
order, such references are, of course, omitted. 

Books V.-VII. have been edited for sight-reading. The text has 
been paragraphed, new and rare words translated at the bottom of the 
page, and various hints given for the rendering of the more difficult 
sentences. 

Thus edited, these books furnish admirable material for practice in sight- 
reading. It is recommended that before this is made a distinctive feature 
of the recitation, not less than three books be read, and the Lists of 
Words thoroughly mastered. Other suggestions are made elsewhere. 

If the time allotted for preparation in Greek for college is short, 
there is no good reason why the latter books of the Anabasis may not be 
read at sight in the Freshman year. Xenophon’s style is so charming, 
that the student cannot do better than familiarize himself with it before 
other authors are taken up. 

Besides the map showing the route of the Anabasis and of the Retreat 
we have added a map of Greece, — singularly omitted from other edi- 
tions when it is remembered that the Greeks were levied from nearly all 
parts of Greece, and that when individuals are first mentioned their 
place of residence is usually given. 

In order to save the time usually lost in searching through many 
pages of the grammar, we have added several pages of compactly 
printed paradigms of nouns, pronouns, adjectives, participles, and the 
more difficult verb-forms, for ready reference. 

The bibliography essays to give only the more important editions 
and helps. 

To Professor Lebtsakos of New York, a graduate of the University 
of Athens, Greece, and to Professor C. F. Castle, of Chicago, we are 
large debtors for valuable assistance. 

The preparation of this edition of the Anabasis has been a labor of 
love ; but daily duties of a very exacting nature have beset it with many 
difficulties and rendered long delays unavoidable. We bespeak indul- 
gent criticism, and shall be thankful to have our attention called to any 
mistakes, whether due to ignorance or oversight. 


Wituiam Rainey Harper. 
JamMES WALLACE. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGES 
INTRODUCTION. . ... a A ae πόα, ae Pee ie 9-65 
Persia Sy wiles ὁ Sis ek Oe a at ia AL Sey SC a eee ROP 1) 


ἘΘΕΒΙΒΗ πε αν τ τ cd Se in οι owe Ὁ 15 
Origin of Expedition of Cyrus . . 1s 2 es eo ew ee. 18 
ΠΡ ΠΥ ΟΡ ne te Ane? 9 i Dae anes Grae AED ὁ ἮΝ 21 
OTE ee 00 eee ae ee erie Ce See Ue ae lS 22 
DO DRRI Ts rites ERY Ge are. A os ces 38 
NS St ee 2 a a ce er re 45 


Itinerary . . . . . . . . . . - 7 . . . . . sa . 47 
πο δνο MIRORUIOUB τὸν iat bp wy: δι ἀν, τς, ὦ 50 
RAW TOP ΥΠΥΒΗΠΡΆΜΘΗ. . ἐν ee ak ewe ee κ 64 


ReMi eM hon eran ele edge τ ΡΝ ep > ν. 6.) 
που Gah ον τον τ ee a a ee Pes δ5188 
PUREE Ret δεν LES πὸ eet +a) Ue συ 2 POS 
Ea Ee SET oR rN a ey ae a De 2 
Succestions ror Signt Reapine: Books V.-VII.. .... . 248 
BOR EN Gia 4 totais ER are ns ὑπὸ ἢ ol dae Ge Θά θ δ 
περ ae νη eth Bergh MUR Di he Ue oe ol Stee pe ot BOR SOD 
POMP AL τ ey Bh Ce an ete We ene SS aS ag» 85] «ὍΒ7 
τῶν aoe eee, ae er ee A σις εχ Re a a τ τὶ 
MOO nas ghd oe ta hag wa eta ee Pe a ee 389 
αν SOME eats be προ kd Seirus ba ey Fw, WA 406 
Et a ae eae ee ea ns a τς 414 
πον τσ τ τον fe ee EP τς τ lec ee 421 


θ 


Lists of Words. . . 
MOORS a ewes 
Pronguns 65° se τὰ 
Adjectives 


Adverbs and Conjunctions 


Prepositions . 

Werte... <2 + « 
TE: Win ιν ἡ τιν οἶδε 
For Reapy REFERENCE . 

OR sos: edie eee 

Adjectives . . - 

Pronouns. . ἀρὴν ὦ 

Participles . . - 

Verbs . 


Participles of -w Verbs . 


YocaBULARY ... « 
Abbreviations 


Vocabulary . . .. 


CONTENTS. 


441 
455, 456 
457-468 
457 
459 
461 
463 
465 
466 
469-575 
476 
471 


LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 





Pacr 
Perstan Foot-soxtprer (from Persepolis) . . . 2. 2 © © e © 18 
ARCHER OF Royal Bopy-Guarp (from palace at Susa) . . . . 106 
ASSYRIAN ARCHER AND ATTENDANT (from Kuytinjik) . . jae), 18 
War Cuarior WHEELS (no original) . . ὁ το «© «+ © «© © © « ἢ 
SOLDIER IN χιτῶν (from Attic urn). . « + « «© «+ «© © «© »« « 2 
HORSEMAN IN χλαμύς (from fictile vase) . . 2 © © « «© © « » 24 
ΒΗ δ᾽ (from Dodona) . . . + + 52 e 2 * = » er nee} 
Ragoe (from Greek vase) =. .- 6 ς 3 os τοῖς we ye we κε 
ieee το Ομ ys τ Sg Ge he RAS bale ee) mie τ 
ξίφη eee Gee WROO) τὺ μος Lele ρον του ae rey te (RO 
meerien, {ἐν πὶ ANCIGNE. VARC) ς wh ς δ ὠτεχύνεν τ». τ νυύτοφη Sue γδμ νος OO 
τόξα (from vases) . . . wih Ce satire Vib aie Fanuc 
DIAGRAMS ILLUSTRATING anniek ‘and Ἰλμὰ eal Se bony RS Aes OO 
oxyvat (from columns of Antoninus) . .. .. +... « « 82 
wypv— . . ὃ See eee reed os ΤΣ ΔΕ ΤΙ ὙΑΡΥΜΊΎΗΤΙῚ 


τροπαῖον (trem Bootian ool) : : ee ΤῊΣ ee eee : 
τριήρης (according to Lemaitre and Graser) er = of as hs Gn 
XeENOPHON (from cut of uncertain origin in the Bohn series) as SRN ν 


XeNoPHON (from Raphael’s “School of Athens”) . . . - © « 0 48 
ὁπλίτης (from fictile vase) . - κυ σας χη όδέεης δ eee 
Gotp Daric (original in British Museu) ‘ ἀν ee, Βὰ ἐπ κι ὦ 729 
πελταστής With Amazonian Shield (from vase painting) ᾿ς ϑαβα = ey oa τὰν 
PHRYGIAN αὐλός (from Roman bas-relief) . . . . = © » . 14 
otAcyyes (from various sources), . .« νὸν + » ἀκ. ' οἰ « Ὑ5 
SOLDIER IN χιτών (from Attic urn). . ὌΡΕΣΙ ΚΟΥ εν 
DIANA ΙΝ χιτών (from statue of Diana, Villa ‘Pamfili) Pe 76 


Forms or GrecrAN Hetmets (1 and 2 from temple of Aegina; 
3 found in river Alpheus, near Olympia; 4 and 5 from py rere X | 


PrerstAn War Cuarror (from Persepolis) . . ex 
GREEK War Cuarrot (from vase found at Saticola, Ttaly) ERO er δ 
παν Cie ΜΕΝΟΝ 7 MOU ER ig ἐν 0 00 ἀν οἱ φεῦ, τ τὰκ ον ἴτε τἶῆν eae ee | Oe 
pte {ΡΟ F CLNBDOHE is ὦ ἐπ εν an sk” ey κοῖς κα ἃ 81 
meee OF VICINITY OF JSSUB Ὁ, as 6 ΤΠ τς ἀρ Α ew 4 τ 3} 0889 
Ostricu (Khorsibéd) . . . . 90 
Mitt AND SEcTION OF UPPER SronE, Sees aiken, (from Pompeii) « 96 
Royat Neckuiace (from Persepolis) . . .....- - . 


() 


8 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, 


Royat Braceret (from Khorsébéd) . . . . © « 


σκηπτοῦχος (from Persepolis) . . « . « « «© © © @ ὁ 
θῶραξ (from Greek vase). . . . wy! Ne 

μάχαιραι (1 from engraved gem, 2 from vase painting) e< 
PersiAN Foot-sotprers (from Persepolis). . . . : 


Di1saGram. — Position of Troops before the Battle of Cunaxs 
Diacram. — The King andhis Army . . ..... 
πέλται (from ancient monuments) . . . .« « 2. « « « 
THRONE OF SENACHERIB (from Kuyiinjik).. . 
INSPECTING THE EnTRAILS (from bas-relief Villa Borghesi) 
SuOVETAURILIA (from Roman bas-relief). . . 2... Ὁ 
ξίφη (from original found at eenboanae ἐς +a ἊΣ 
Mote ἐς πος ad Se be as 
Map oF ΜΈΡΙΑΝ WALLS, Camara: ETO. . ios 
σχεδία διφθερίνη (from ee oe pps 
*AOmva (from gem) . . ἃ τ Ne 
ϑεκάδραχμον (Syracuse about 40 B. ©.) a a ae ἢ 


ζυγός (from bas-relief) . Mek wert ae 
D1aGRram. — Xenophon’s Order of March . 
AssyRIAN SLINGER (from column of Trajan) . 
Greek SLINGER (from column of Trajan) . . 
DraGram. — Position of Soldiers in battle array 
ἀσκοὶ φυσηθέντες (from Kuytinjik) . .. - 
Royat Braceitet (from Khorsébéd) . . . 
DraGram. — Route through narrow pass . . 
DraGram. — Crossing of the Centrites River . 


wadmurfs ~. ὁ «᾽ς . ei te 
PERSIAN ARCHER (from. palace at Susa) . 
Greek ArcHER (from temple of Aegina) . 
καρβάτιναι (from modern Italian. — Rich). . 


. ., . . . . . . ΓῚ . - . , e ‘ 


, " . . " 7 ᾿ Γ ., . 
, , . . . . ., .Ψ . 


. 
. 
. 
, 
. 
, 
. 


. . . ΓῚ . .Ψ , . , , -" - ., . . . 


ὑποδήματα, ἱμάντες (1 from statue, Vatican; 2 from Apollo Belvidere) 


Caxstus (from ancient statues) . . + + . <p eras 
πηδάλιον (from bas-relief) . . . + oe a ae Te oe 
Dracram. — The stronghold of the Drilae a er Aue et ORs 
OLYMPIA RESTORED (after Reinhard) . wat 2 . 
AMAZON IN χιτωνίσκος (from bas-relief) . . « ὁ ᾿ 
DraGram. — Position of Greek Bur eae the citadel ; 
ἀμφορεῖς . . ox" er we τάμα 


ἀσκός (from painting at Pompeil) + Se: eee 
Greek Drinkina Horns (from various sources) . 
δίφροι (from Greek vases) . . - + « + 2 © « 
χλαμύς (from Panathenaic frieze) ‘ oA ah 
GREEK SOLDIER IN ἱμάτιον (from fictile vase) . Ὁ 
ARISTIDES IN ἱμάτιον (statue from Farnese collection) . 


, . . ., " . 


INTRODUCTION. 





“No more graphic and stirring narrative than that in which Xenophon traces ths 
fortune of the Ten Thousand, was ever written.” —Sir ALEXANDER GRANT. 
“One of the most valuable documents of antiquity.” — Currius. 


1, The Anabasis. — The student is now to take up a story of singular 
interest. The Anabasis is one of the world’s great classics, and the 
expedition of which it is the history, in some respects, the greatest mili- 
tary exploit of ancient times. The main facts are soon told. Thirteen 
thousand Greeks march two thousand miles and defeat an enemy seventy 
times their own number. Then, after their cause is lost, and their gen- 
erals are treacherously seized, they retreat a thousand miles through a 
strange country along mere beaten tracks, without map, compass, or 
trusty guides, across unbridged rivers, over high mountains, through the 
winds and snows of an Armenian winter, harassed by enemies in the 
rear, opposed at every strategic point by brave and warlike tribes, yet 
overcoming all obstacles they reach the shores of the Euxine with military 
organization intact, and are able still to muster eight thousand six hun- 
dred men. 

To this, history furnishes no parallel. It was a wonderful triumph 
of heroism, fertile-mindedness, buoyancy of spirit, and good discipline. 
So long as men have admiration for the brave, sympathy for those it 
misfortune, and applause for the victorious, the story of this expedition 
will not lack readers. The interest it elicits is manifold. 


2. Political. — One reads here an impressive Iésson on the value 
of political education and the superiority of popular institutions. This 
Greek army has been aptly compared to a “roving commonwealth,” a 
marching democracy, “ deliberating and acting, fighting and voting; an 
epitome of Athens set adrift in the center of Asia.’ What a striking 

(9) 


10 INTRODUCTION. 


contrast is here presented between the slaves of despotism and the citizens 
of the free soil of Greece ! 


3. Historical. — Of what interest the Anabasis has been to the 
historian, the foot-notes and appendices of the standard histories of Greece 
are sufficient indication. Besides its pictures of life and character among 
the Persians and those little-known mountain tribes to the north, it fur- 
nishes an important chapter in the history of that long and irrepressible 
conflict between the Greeks and the Persians. Nor is the historian at 
fault who traces to the achievements of the Ten Thousand a change from 
the defensive to the offensive policy of the Greeks, which culminated two 
generations later in the overthrow of the Persian empire by Alexander 
and his thirty-five thousand Greeks. So Francis Bacon writes: 

“This young scholar (Xenophon) conducted these Ten Thousand foot 
through the heart of all the king’s high countries . . . to the astonish- 
ment of the world and the encouragement of the Grecians, in time suc- 
ceeding to make invasion upon the kings of Persia, as was afterwards 
purposed by Jason, the Thessalian, attempted by Agesilaus, the Spar- 
tan, and achieved by Alexander, the Macedonian.” (Advancement of 
Learning, 1.7”.) 

That a martial race like the Romans, too, derived from the Anabasis 
great encouragement in all their schemes and wars of oriental conquest 
may safely be presumed. ‘There is a hint of this in the fact that Mark 
Antony, hard pressed by the Parthians, was heard to exclaim repeatedly, 
“ Oh, the Ten Thousand !” in admiration, adds Plutarch, of the retreat of 
the Greeks with Xenophon, who, though they had a longer journey to 
make from Babylon and enemies much more numerous to fight, yet 
reached their home in safety. 


4. Military. — As a contribution to military science, the Anabasis 
holds a high place. On offensive and defensive warfare and the flexi- 
bility of Greek tactics, the Anabasis is an invaluable commentary and 
illustration. An English army officer has recently written on “The 
Retreat of the Ten Thousand, A Military Study for all Time,” and an 
American student of military science has put on record the opinion that 
“the soldier of greatest use to us preceding Alexander was unquestionably 
Xenophon. . . . It is he who has shown the world what should be the 
tactics of retreat, how to command a rear guard. More tactical originality 


PERSIA. 11 


has come from the Anabasis than from any dozen other books. For in- 
stance, Xenophon describes accurately (4.8) a charge over bad ground, 
in which, so to speak, he broke forth by the right of companies, one of 
the most useful minor maneuvers. He established a reserve in rear of 
the phalanx, from which to feed weak parts of the line, a superb first 
conception. After the lapse of twenty-three centuries, there is no better 
military text-book than the Anabasis.” (Great Captains, by Lieut.-Col. 
Dodge.) 


5. Literary. —If we inquire what are the elements that go to make 
books interesting to the general reader, it will appear that most of these 
are found in the Anabasis. Here are history, biography, travel, incident, 
adventure, and issues, save the death of Cyrus, accordant with the sym- 
pathies of the reader. Nor has the tale lost anything in the telling. 
Indeed, in the judgment of no less a critic than Taine, “the beauty of 
the style transcends the interest of the story.” At any rate, the style is 
remarkably chaste, lucid, and pleasing. So, to the Anabasis has been 
conceded a high place in letters as all in all the best specimen of easy, 
graceful Attic prose in extant Greek literature. 


6. Educational. — We now understand why the Anabasis has long 
held an undisputed place in the college curriculum, as the best of all books 
to introduce the student to the language and literature of Greece. 

But to be appreciated, the Anabasis, like other literature, must be read 
in the light of its time, in its historical setting. As the expedition had 
its origin in the East, we begin with Persia. 


PERSIA. 


7. Early Empires. — The temperate climate and great fertility of the 
‘ligro-Euphrates valley naturally made it at an early time the seat of 
great empires. Here Chaldaea rose, and flourished for centuries, till over- 
shadowed and finally subjugated by Assyria (710 B.c.). This empire, with 
better political and military organization, held imperial sway over Western 
Asia till 625 8. c., when Nineveh, its capital, fell before the allied powers 
of Media and Babylonia. 


8. Persian Conquest.— Under Cyrus the Great, the Persians, a 
brave and hardy race, went forth from the highlands east and north of 


12 INTRODUCTION. 


the Persian Gulf in an irresistible tide of conquest. Media and its de 
pendencies, the Lydian monarchy under Croesus (554 B. c.), the Greek 
cities of Asia Minor, and finally Babylon itself (538 8. c.), all fell before 
these mountain warriors. 


9. Cambyses. — Killed in an expedition against the Massagetae, a 
tribe on the Caspian, Cyrus was succeeded by his son Cambyses, His 
reign (529-522 B. 0.) was chiefly distinguished for the conquest of Phoe- 
nicia and Egypt, whence returning, he died in Syria. 


10. Darius I.— A pretender, Smerdis, being put out of the way, 
Darius I., son of Hystaspes, of a younger branch of the royal race 
(Achaemenidae), succeeded to the throne (521 B.c.). He suppressed 
rebellions among the Greek cities of Asia Minor, in Babylon, and else- 
where, and pushed the boundaries of his empire as far as India, into 
Arabia and Thrace, and still farther in Northern Africa. His vast em- 
pire was four times as large as Assyria, had an area of about two million 
square miles and contained a population variously estimated at fifty to 
eighty millions. ι 


11, Administration. — But it is chiefly as an organizer that Darius 
distinguished himself. He made Susa his principal residence, but passed 
his summers at Ecbatana, in Media. He also built a palace in Persepolis, 
where, as at Susa, valuable sculptures and inscriptions have been found. 
He minted gold and silver coins of a fine quality, called darzes. 


12. Satrapies. —The empire was divided into not less than twenty 
provinces, each governed by a satrap appointed by the king and holding 
office at his pleasure. These satraps had courts, palaces, gardens, and 
lived in royal fashion. They collected the revenues, exercised the power 
of life and death, and were veritable tyrants, subject only to the great 
tyrant himself, called the great king. To secure their loyalty, he sent 
down to each province a commander of the royal forces and a secretary 
who was “ eyes and ears” to the king, keeping him informed on all im- 
portant matters. Later, the command of these troops was transferred to 
the satraps, and thus their power was greatly augmented. 


13. Local Government. — Subject tribes and nations were permitted 
to enjoy their own local laws, customs, and religion. Sometimes subject 
kings retained their own title. as in the case of the king of Cilicia. 


PERSIA. | 18 


14. Revenues. — A somewhat uniform system of taxation was intro- 
duced. Besides a fixed sum of money, each province had to make a 
payment iz kind, furnishing those products wherein it excelled. Thus 
on Armenia was imposed a tribute of horses (4.55). These taxes were 

‘ not intolerable, but what with water tax, fish tax, and the exactions of 
the satraps themselves, the burdens of citizenship (except in Persia proper, 
which was exempt from taxation) must have been most oppressive. 


15. Couriers. — Along the royal roads, connecting the capital and 
distant provinces, at regular intervals postal stations were built, at which 
‘couriers and relays of horses were kept by the government. Messages to 
and from the king were conveyed from post to post on horseback with 
all possible speed. 


16. Roads. — By “royal roads” we are not to suppose that well 
made military roads are meant; for it is one of the strange facts of his- 
tory, that no nation prior to the Romans learned the simple art of road: 
making. The Jews never built so much as a good road from Joppa io 
Jerusalem, and the Greeks, though they excelled in almost everything 
else, could boast of no good roads except perhaps that from Athens to 
Eleusis, while of other ancient roads in Greece as, for example, the one 
from Tripolis to Sparta, the most that can be said is that they were 
passable. ‘‘The feet of camels and horses,” says Tristram, “are the 
only road-makers in the East,” and Rawlinson writes: “ Roads in our 
sense of the term are still scarcely existent in Western Asia, where lines 
of route marked merely by the foot-prints of traffic take their place. No 
material has been laid down along these routes, nor has even the spade 
or pick-ax been used except where routes cross the mountains.” 


17. Origin of the Graeco—Persian War. —In 500 Β. Ο., a formi- 
dable revolt breaking out among the Asiatic Greeks, Athens and Eretria 
sent troops to their assistance. Joining the insurgents they captured and 
burnt Sardis. Darius, greatly incensed, resolved to invade Greece, and 
thus began what is known in history as the Persian war. 


18. The First Expedition under Mardonius was rendered fruitless, 
—at sea by storms, on land by the wild tribes of Thrace. The second 
ander Datis and Artaphernes was defeated in the ever memorable battle 


14 INTRODUCTION. 


of Marathon (490 B.c.). After three years’ preparation for a third inva 
sion, Darius died and was succeeded by his son. 


19. Xerxes I.— Continuing the preparation for six years longer, 
Xerxes led an army of a million men and a vast fleet against Greece. 
He won a victory at Thermopylae (July, 480 8. ο.), but suffered a crush- 
ing defeat at Salamis (September, 480), as did his general, Mardonius, 
at Plataea the next year. Thus Europe was saved from the blight of 
oriental despotism. 


20. Decline of the Empire. — From this time on, the empire rapidly 
declined. The trend of the history of oriental nations was ever the 
same, — conquest, wealth, luxury, decay. “In all ages of the world’s 
history, Eastern empires have been great only so long as they have been 
aggressive. In every instance the lust of conquest has been followed by 
satiety, and the result of luxurious inaction has been speedy decay. No 
other result seems possible where there is, in strictness of speech, no 
national life, no growth of intellect, no spirit of personal independence 
in the individual citizen. A society of rude and hardy warriors banded 
together under a fearless leader must crush the subjects of a despot who 
can look back only to the conquest of his forefathers as a pledge for the 
continuance of his prosperity; but this infusion of new blood brings 
with it no change in the essential condition of things so long as the 
dominion of one irresponsible ruler merely gives way to that of another.” 
(The Greeks and the Persians, Cox, ch. i.) 


A21. Artaxerxes I. — After his return in disgrace, Xerxes gave him- — 
self up to the pleasures and corruption of his court, and being murdered, 
in 465, was succeeded by his third son, Artaxerxes I, called “ Long 
hand.” Though an amiable prince, he showed little force of character, 
and his reign is memorable chiefly for the suppression of the second 
revolt of Egypt by Megabyzus, satrap of Syria, and the recognition 
of the independence of the Greek colonies of Asia Minor, just fifty years 
after their revolt. Of his eighteen sons, his only legitimate one suc- 
ceeded him. 

22. Xerxes II, after a reign of forty-five days, was murdered by 


his half-brother Sogdianus, who, after a reign of six months and a half, 
met a like fate at the hands of his brother, Darius II. See § 39. 


THE PERSIAN ART OF WAR. 15 


THE PERSIAN ART OF WAR. 


23. The Old Persians and their method of warfare are often mis- 
understood. They were Aryans like ourselves, and under the earlier 
kings they were the best soldiers Asia had yet 
produced, strong, active, full of courage and 
energy, and of excellent powers of endurance. 
They had, too, a real military system, borrowed, 
no doubt, in part from the Medes and Assyrians, 
but still carefully elaborated. 


24. The Army, when complete, was made 
up of infantry, cavalry, chariots. 


25. The Infantry was divided decimally, 
i.e. into (1) tens, (2) hundreds or companies, 
(3) thousands or regiments, (4) tens of thou- 
sands or brigades, (5) ethnic or tribal divisions. 
(6) corps. . 


26. It was Officered by: (1) a commander- 
in-chief, the king or some one appointed by 
him ; (2) corps commanders; (3) division com- 
manders or generals, usually the satraps of the provinces. The corps 
and division commanders were appointed by the king, the others by 
their immediate superiors. 





PERSIAN FOOT-SOLDIER 
(showing double belt and sword). 


27. The Footmen usually wore: (1) a pair of rather loose-fitting 
leather trousers, reaching to the ankle ; (2) a long-sleeved leathern tunic, 
reaching to the knee ; (3) a soft tiara, somewhat like the modern Turkish 
fez, but bent forward ; (4) leather shoes or half-boots, tied securely around 
the ankle; (5) a double girdle or belt from which the ἀκινάκης hung. 
Men of rank or distinction wore over the tunic (6) a wide-sleeved woolen 
tobe of purple or other bright color; (7) jewelry, as bracelets, necklaces, 
ear-rings, etc. 


28. Offensive Armor.—(1) a short straight sword or large dag- 
ger (ἀκινάκης) suspended in a sheath from the belt; (2) a spear with 


16 INTRODUCTION. 


tapering shaft comparatively short (six to seven feet), made, according to 
Xenophon, of dogwood. It was tipped with a short ridged metal head 
and terminated at the base in a carved ball; (3) a dow, about four feet 








ARCHER OF ROYAL ASSYRIAN ARCHER AND 
BODY-GUAKD. ATTENDANT. 


long, carried swung over the right shoulder or in a case. The arrows 
were two and one half feet long, of reed, tipped with bronze or iron. 
The Persians were good archers; (4) battle-ax, knife, and sling, were 
occasionally carried. In the last stones were used. 


29. Defensive Armor.—(1) A large wicker shield which rested on 
the ground and was supported with a large spike at the bottom or perhaps 
by a prop or an attendant, as with the Assyrians. They also made use 
of a small shield after a pattern common among the Greeks. Compare 
first cut ὃ 61 with third cut 1.8%. (2) Coat of mail, which is of great 
antiquity, as Egyptian and Assyrian monuments show, was occasionally 
worn. It was made of scale armor or heavy quilted linen. 


30. Cavalry. — The cavalry-men wore: (1) a helmet, (2) coat of mail, 
(3) greaves, and carried (4) a knife, (5) two short, stout, iron-pointed 


THE FERSIAN ART OF WAR. 17 


javelins, (6) a short sword. The Persians set a high value on cavalry, 
reared fine horses, and protected them with (1) frontlets, (2) breastplates, 
(3) side armor. It seems probable, as Rawlinson sugyests that there 
was also a light cavalry without armor for rapid maneuvers, such as out- 
flanking, pursuing, etc. 


81. Chariots.— The war chariot had two wheels about four feet 
in diameter, a heavy axle, 
a.curved board box open 
behind, and a pole. From 
its wheels and axle scythes 
projected for the purpose 
of mowing down the en- 
emy. The charioteer and 
warrior were the only oc- 
cupauts, the latter armed 
with spears. Terrible as a scythed chariot looks, it did not prove a very 
effective weapon in war. 





WAR CHARIOT WHEELS. 


32. The Camp. —.The Persians, always fearful of a night attack, en- 
camped a distance of five to eight miles from the enemy. The camp was 
pitched in the vicinity of water and on level ground, if possible. The 
king or commander-in-chief occupied the center and around him were 
ranged his attendants and advisers (of πιστοί), horsemen and chario- 
teers. If the enemy was near, the camp was fortified with a ditch 
or bags of sand, sometimes also with a stockade. Around and within 
this were stationed the γερροφόροι. Tents were pitched and faced the’ 
rising sun. The horses were both tethered and hobbled (8.435) to pre- - 
vent escape. 


33. The King’s Retinue. — When the Persian king went forth to 
war, he acted apparently on the principle of “the more the merrier” 
as well as the safer, and he seemed to think that a fine display of regal 
pomp would contribute magnificently to the desired result. Hence he 
was accompanied by a vast retinue of non-combatants, — wives and female 
companions carried in litters, eunuchs, waiters. —in short, by almost his 
entire court. 


- 


18 INTRODUCTION. 


34. The Baggage Train was a most cumbrous affair, consisting of oxen, 
asses, mules, etc. The marches were therefore tedious and all the more 
so as the roads were bad. ‘The train moved in front of the army unless 
there was danger, when it was remanded to the rear. The army fol- 
lowed in two divisions separated by the king and his “ immortals,” the 
‘choicest infantry and cavalry of the empire. Rivers were forded or 
crossed on rafts or bridges made of boats. 


35. The Commissariat received careful attention. Food was usually 
cheap and abundant, and ample supplies were transported with the army. 
When a long expedition was projected, stores were laid up at suitable 
places along the line of march. Besides, requisition was made upon the 
people of the district traversed to furnish supplies. 

36. Entering Battle. — Ordinarily the Persians displayed little mili- 
tary skill in attacking an enemy, as they relied mainly on numbers, The 
army was drawn up in a solid square, each nation forming a separate 
division, The king or commander occupied the center, surrounded by 
his immortals or body-guard. The chariots were stationed in front, the 
cavalry on the wings. Thus the army moved to battle with the simple 
aim of crushing the enemy by the sheer weight of its charge, though to 
outflank and surround them was a common maneuver. 


37. Military Engines, such as battering rams, catapults, and siege 
towers were probably in use among the Persians, though this is not cer- 
tain. As they were much employed by the Assyrians and Babylonians, 
we should expect to find them among their conquerors. Such, too, is the 
testimony of Xenophon, though it is not supported by other evidence. 

38. The Persian War-ships were furnished by subject nations, as the 
Phoenicians, Egyptians, and Greeks of the maritime provinces. They 
were chiefly the trireme and penteconter. See § 105. 


ORIGIN OF THE EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 


39. Darius II. was surnamed Nothos or Bastard, because his mother 
was a Babylonian concubine. He married Parysatis, his half sister, or 
according to others, his aunt, daughter of Xerxes I. She was in many 
respects a typical oriental queen, — proud, cruel, vindictive, — and 
exercised a potent influence over the king. 


ORIGIN OF THE EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 19 


40. Persian Court. — It may be added, in passing, that the Persian 
court of this time was all that is usually implied in the term “ Oriental 
Court,” — magnificent palaces, untold wealth, abounding luxury, an 
imperious queen, an indefinite number of concubines, eunuchs, and 
slaves, a hot-bed of jealousy, intrigue, and crime. 


41. The Queen’s Girdle-money.— ΤῸ the queen were assigned the 
revenues of certain towns or districts as girdle-money or pin-money 
“ He passed through a large tract of excellent land (in Porsia) which tle 
people called the queen’s girdle, and another which they called her veil, 
and several other fair and fertile districts which were reserved for the 
adornment of the queen and are named after her several habiliments.” 
(Plato in Ale. i.) 


42. The Reign of Darius Nothos was a succession of crimes, insur- 
rections, and revolts, the most notable of which was that of Egypt, in 
which it threw off the Persian yoke. It then remained independent for 
sixty years. Weak as the king was, he took an active interest in the 
war then waging between Sparta and Athens, and appointed able men 
to the western satrapies. Pharnabazus, later his son-in-law, was made 
satrap of Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, Tissaphernes, of Caria. The 
latter, suppressing the revolt of Pissuthnes, satrap of Lydia, succeeded 
to that satrapy as also to the command of the royal forces of the maritime 
provinces. Wily and unscrupulous, he admirably prosecuted the king’s 
Grecian policy of “divide and conquer.” In 407 he was superseded by 
Cyrus, second son of Darius, and his command was limited to Caria and 
the cities of the coast. Incensed at this, he became jealous of Cyrus 
and watched his movements with sleepless suspicion. 


43. Cyrus, called the younger, though then a mere youth of seventeen, 
displayed splendid talents for administration, and his entire satrapy soon 
felt the pulse of his energy. Abandoning the policy of Tissaphernes, he 
sided zealously with Sparta and contributed not a little to the overthrow 
of Athens, the ancient enemy of his country. 


44. His Ambition.— Summoned to the bedside of his father, who lay - 
ill at Babylon, Cyrus went up escorted by three hundred Greek hoplites 
(404 8. c.) and accompanied by Tissaphernes, ostensibly his friend. As 
‘Cyrus was the son first born after his father ascended the throne, he 


90 ! INTRODUCTION. 


aspired to the succession, and his pretensions were strongly supported 
by Parysatis, his mother, who had a strong predilection for him. But 
despite her influence, which was usually decisive, the throne fell to his 
elder brother Arsicas, known in history as Artaxerxes II. 


45. Artaxerxes II. was called Mnemon or Mindful. According to 
an ancient custom, the Persian king was inaugurated in a time-honored 
sanctuary at Pasargadae. Here he donned a robe worn by Cyrus the 
First, and ate a frugal meal of figs, sour milk, and turpentine. When 
about to enter upon this ceremony, Tissaphernes coming to him charged 
that Cyrus was about to lie in wait and assassinate him. His testimony 
being supported by a priest, Cyrus was seized, and was on the point of 
being put to death, when his mother, throwing her arms about him, en- 
twining him in the tresses of her hair, pressing his neck to her own, with 
tears and entreaty, begged him off and sent him back to his province. 
(Plutarch, Artarxeraes, ch. iii.) 


46. Preparation for War.— With what spirit and resolve he re- 
turned, we are told in the first sections of the Anabasis. Having 
learned the superiority of Greek over Persian soldiers, he at once set at 
work to levy a Greek army. He made open war on Tissaphernes, and 
won over to himself all the Iohian cities except Miletus. 


47. Condition of Greece. — For the further prosecution of his plans 
the times were most favorable. The year after the return of Cyrus wit- 
nessed the close of the Peloponnesian war. It had lasted twenty-seven 
years, and involved nearly all the Grecian states and islands. Greece 
was now full of soldiers. To many of these, accustomed to the excite- 
ments of war, agricultural or mercantile life now seemed tame. For 
years past, service as mercenary soldiers had been growing more popular. 
Then Sparta, in setting up oligarchies in cities that had supported 
Athens, had exiled many of the popular party. 


48. Influence of Cyrus.— Besides, Cyrus had made many friends 
‘among the Greeks by the aid he had rendered Sparta, by the partiality 
shown in his employment of them in his garrisons (cf. 1.15), and by his 
personal friendships, generosity, and general trustworthiness (cf. 6.4°). 


THE GREEK ARMY OF CYRUS. 21 


THE GREEK ARMY OF CYRUS. 


49. The Forces.— By various pretexts, stated in the first chapter 
of the Anabasis, Cyrus raised an army of thirteen thousand Greeks, 
mostly heavy armed, and one hundred thousand barbarians under the 
command of Ariaeus. By the assistance of Sparta he also collected a 
small fleet, by the aid of which he hoped to force the gates of Cilicia. 


50. Greek Contingents. — Sardis was the place of rendezvous, and 
here, early in March of 401 B. o., the forces assembled. The contingents 
were as follows: — 


Xenias, of Arcadia. . . . . 4000 hoplites. 
Aisa. Peto. Ags 20 “3: Ὁ 
Sophaenetus “* .... . 1000 “ 


Socrates, of Achaea .... 500 “ Ἶ ; 

800 Thracian peltasts. 
Clearchus, of Sparta . . . . 1000 “ ese ‘Cxetai: bawiken: 
Pasion, of Megara. . . . . 300 “Ὁ... 800 peltasts. 
Proxenus, of Boeotia . . . . 1500 -* . . 500 gymnetes. 


Menon, of Thessaly . . . . 1000 “ . . 6500 peltasts. 
Sosis, of Syracuse . . .. . 300 ‘* 


Total heavy-armed, 10,600; light-armed, 2,300. 


51. Whence Mustered.—It is interesting to notice, as they are 
about to set out, what a pan-hellenic body these Greeks were. The 
majority were men from central Peloponnesus who found mercenary 
service more lucrative than farming or herding on their native hills. 
But there were also representatives from Sparta, Argos, Sicyon, Megara, 
Athens, Boeotia, Locris, Acarnania, Thessaly, Thrace, (Amphipolis, Olyn- 
thus), Ambracia, Syracuse, Crete, Rhodes, Chios, Samos, Thurii (in Italy), 
Miletus, Dardania, and doubtless from many other places. 


52. Means of Diversion. — As they sat around their tents or whiled 
away their time at those places where Xenophon says, “ ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν - 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς, πέντε, or ἑπτά," the scene must often have been quite like that 
of a Grand Army camp-fire. Some probably had sat in the theater of 
Dionysus and heard the plays of Sophocles or Euripides. Some may 
have stood on the street corners and heard the homely Socrates plying 


an opponent with his merciless logic. Most of them, no doubt, had been 


22 INTRODUCTION. 


soldiers in the Peloponnesian war, which had lasted twenty-seven years 
What scenes they could depict, what experiences relate! Some had wit: 
nessed that appalling disaster that overtook the Athenians at Syracuse. 
Others recounted the horrors of the plague at Athens; others, how com- 
pletely Lysander “scooped” the Athenians at Aegos Potamoi. Pylos, 
Arginusae, Decelea, the fall of Athens, Alcibiades, Pericles, aristocracy 
versus democracy, —all would furnish interesting themes for the passing 
hours, and all the more, as most of these Greeks had been on the win- 
ning side. Some few would read from Herodotus, others would recite 

ges from Homer; while to the Peloponnesians — little interested in 
letters — quoits, wrestling, and boxing would furnish amusement of a 
different kind. 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 


53. Model of Organization. — To appreciate the Anabasis the stu- 
dent must know something of the Greek method of warfare. Most of 
these Greeks were from states that had been allies to Sparta; as such 
they had special Spartan commanders assigned them. Besides, Clear- 
chus, the lieutenant of Cyrus, was a Spartan and a rigid disciplinarian. 
Hence, we infer that the Greek army of Cyrus was organized largely on 
the Spartan model. 


54. Classes of Spartan Citizens. — The Spartans were the first of 
the Greeks to reduce warfare to a science, to teach how important a 
factor is thorough discipline. The inhabitants of Laconia were divided 
into: (1) Helots or serfs ; (2) Perioikoi (dwelling-round) or provincials 
who enjoyed civil but not political liberty ; (3) Spartans proper (ὅμοιοι, 
peers). These last were the military and ruling class, and were all 
soldiers by profession. 


55. Education. — Their education began in childhood. From seven 
to twenty the training of Spartan boys — segregated, going barefoot, 
sleeping on reed mats, cooking their own food — was almost wholly 
gymnastic and military. From twenty to sixty they messed in clubs 
of fifteen each, slept together, lived on cheese, figs, barley-meal, and 
black-broth, and underwent a military training similar in severity to 
that of modern European soldiers. Leonidas and his three hundred 
Spartans were but worthy pupils of this system. 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 93 


56. The Governing Principle in the military system of Sparta (as 
indeed of all the Greek states) was the phalanx. The aim was to produce 
a massive phalanx of completely armed infantry, so thoroughly drilled as 
to perform all evolutions with perfect facility and precision. It was not 
enough that soldiers should master the duties, each of his own post; they 
were expected to know the tactics of the company so well that thrown 
together in the confusion of battle they could at once organize, each per- 
forming the duties of the position into which he happened to fall. 


57. Divisions of the Army. — The Spartan Army was divided into 
six divisions (μόραι), perhaps from the six districts of Laconia, each of 
which contained four companies (λόχοι). Each company was divided into 
two pentecostyes (πεντηκοστύες) and each pentecostys into two enomoties 
(ἐνωμοτίαι) of twenty-five men. Thus we have a total of four hundred 
in each division. This seems to have been the normal size; but the 
numbers were variable, and in some instances thirty-two, in others 
thirty-six, are given as the complement of an enomoty. 


58. The Officers were: (1) king and his council (οἱ rept δαμοσίαν sc 
σκηνήν, ie. those around the public tent), (a) polemarch, (b) two ephors, 
(c) three peers (ὅμοιοι), (d) two πύθιοι to consult the oracle, (e) judges 
of disputes (Ἑλλανοδίκαι), (f) treasurers (ταμίαι), 
(g) superintendents of booty (λαφυροπῶλαι) ; (2) 
captains (λοχαγοί) ; (3) first lieutenant {πεντη- 
κοστήρ) ; (4) second lieutenant (évwpdrapyos). 
Besides there were heralds (κήρυκες), trumpeters 
(σαλπικταΐ), seers (μάντεις). The efficiency of the 
Spartan army was due in no small degree to the 
division of responsibility among carefully graded 
officers; for, as Thucydides says (5.66), pretty 
nearly all the army, a small portion excepted, were 
officers over officers. 





sw χα ἼΘΙ 59. The Phalanx was made up of Spartan 

citizens and Perioikoi, the latter in later times 
being in the majority. The Helots served as attendants or light-armed 
troops. 


24 INTRODUCTION. 


60. The Soldiers wore: (1) As the chief article of dress, a short, 
rather closely fitting, woolen tunic or shirt (χιτών), sleeved, or among the 
Spartans, usually sleeveless and worn 
under the armor ; (2) The χλαμύς, an 
oblong woolen mantle (shorter than 
the ἱμάτιον), in length about twice its 
breadth, usually thrown ovér the left 
shoulder and fastened over the right 
with a brooch. It was also much 
worn by horsemen. It was, of course, 
laid aside in battle. These two gar- 
ments were the uniform of a Greek 
soldier and were scarlet ; (3) sandals 
(ὑπόδημα, σάνδαλον), shoes or half- 
boots (ὑποδήματα κοῖλα) ; yet Greek soldiers often went barefoot. 





HORSEMAN IN χλαμύς. 


61. Defensive Armor. — The armor of the hoplite was intended only 
for hand to hand encounter. The defensive armor consisted of (1) a 





OBLONG SHIELD. 





Showing how the shield 
was carried. 


shield, of which there were two kinds: (a) large oval, oblong, shield 
(ὅπλον, σάκος), made of four to seven plies of ox-hide, generally bound 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 25 


together by a metal rim (ἄντυξ), carried by a baldric (τελαμών) over the 
shoulder and by two loops on the inside through which the left forearm 
and hand were passed. It was about four feet long, two feet wide, and 
weighed twenty to thirty pounds; (b) asmall, round shield (ἀσπίς), oval, 
of leather or metal, wielded by two handles or loops within, The best 
were made at Argos. Both shields were covered with a sack, which was 
removed on reviews and before entering battle; (2) coat of mail (θώραξ), 
consisting of breast, back, and shoulder pieces of leather or cloth covered 
with metal plates. Attached to it at the bottom were strips of leather, 
overlaid with metal, partly for protection, partly for ornament. It was 
fastened tightly around the waist by a girdle (ζωστήρ). In place of the 
θώραξ, a coat of leather (σπολάς) is mentioned in 3,3”, 4.1; (3) helmet 
(xpavos), originally of leather, later usually of bronze, lined with felt or 
other soft material, of various. patterns, the best of which had a crest 
(λόφος), cheek-pieces, and visor. It weighed about three or four pounds ; 
(4) greaves κνημῖδες), extending in two pieces from or above the knee 
to the ankle, usually of metal, lined with felt or leather, joined by bands 


(ἐπισφύρια). 


62. Offensive Armor. — This consisted of (1) spear (δόρυ) or lance, 
consisting of a smooth shaft of ash or other hard wood, seven or more 
feet in length, with a metal point, variously shaped, 
six to eight inches long, and butted with a metal spike; 
(2) sword, either (a) long, straight, and two edged (ξίφος), 
with blade about eighteen inches long, and carried in a 
scabbard (κολεός) ; or, (b) short, slightly curved, single 
edged (μάχαιρα, ξυήλη), sometimes called a Lacedaemo- 
nian sword. 


63. The Total Weight of a hoplite’s armor is esti- 
mated by Vollbrecht at about seventy-five pounds. It 
was usually borne by slaves or in wagons, 





: i 64. The Pay of a hoplite varied from four obols to 
; Ἢ a drachma a day (twelve to eighteen cents); of a captain, 

αἰχμαί. twice, of a general, four times this amount. Out of this 
they were expected to furnish their own provisions. They drew pay 
from the time they were sworn in till the end of the expedition. Cyrns 





26 INTRODUCTION. 


paid the Greeks a daric (exchanged for twenty drachmas = about $3.50) 
a month, later one and a half darics, and, what was quite unusual, 
promised full pay till their return to Ionia (cf. 1.37, 4%, 7.2%, 3%), 





65. Peltasts.— There were three classes of troops auxiliary to the 
phalanx, the Peltasts, Gymnetes, and Cavalry. The peltasts (πελτασταί), 
eame into service during the Peloponnesian war, and ranked in efficiency 
next to the hoplites. They were armed with: (1) a small, light, Thracian 
shield, of various shapes, consisting of a frame of wood or wicker-work 
covered with leather, like the Amazon shields; (2) sword (ξίφος) ; (3) 
darts (ἀκόντια), hurled with the naked hand or with a thong (ἀγκύλη) 
fastened to and wrapped round ‘the shaft for the purpose of giving ‘it 
a rotary motion; (4) sometimes a linen corslet. 








ἀκόντιον. τόξα. 


66. Gymnetes (γυμνῆται). --- These were without defensive armor, 
and included : (1) bowmen (τοξόται), of which the Cretans were the most 
celebrated. The strings were made of horse-hair or ox-hide; (2) darters 
(ἀκοντισταί) ; (3) slingers (σφενδονῆται). The Cretans and Rhodians 
excelled as slingers. 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. o7 


The light-armed troops were used as occasion suggested, either in front, 
rear, or on the wings, to reconnoiter, lie in ambush, secure heights, pursue 
the enemy, etc. They appear to have been divided into divisions (τάξεις), 
commanded by a ταξίαρχος or Aoxayds. 


67. Cavalry.— The Greeks though fond of horses gave cavalry a 
small place in their military system,—#in early times, no place at all. 
This is explained by these facts: (1) they staked almost everything 
on the phalanx, and (2) the country was neither fitted for the rearing 
of horses nor for the evolutions of cavalry. The Thessalians, however, 
reared fine horses and mustered a large body of cavalry, and, after the 
Persian war, Athens and Boeotia showed a growing appreciation of this 
force. 


68. The Greek Cavalryman was equipped much as the Persian: (1) 
The horse, with (a) frontlets (προμετοπίδια), (Ὁ) breastplate (προστερνί- 
δια), (c) side-pieces (παραπλευρίδια) ; (2) the rider, with (a) helmet, (Ὁ) 
coat of mail (θώραξ ἱππικός) longer than that of the hoplite, and usually 
provided with a gorget; (c) greaves extending above the knees; (d) a 
spear (παλτόν) ; (6) sword (μάχαιρα). He wore a tunic (χιτών) and 
mantle (χλαμύς). but carried no shield, rode bareback or on a saddle- 
pad, without stirrups and usually without spurs, though they seem to 
have been known. The cavalry improvised on the Retreat (3.3%) could 
hardly have been so fully equipped as above described. 


69. The Spartan Cavalry was divided into two companies (μόραι) of 
fifty to one hundred each, but how drawn up is uncertain ; in later times 
it was usually in a square four to eight men deep. It was employed 
chiefly to protect the flanks. 


70. The Military System of Athens differed in some particulars 
from that of Sparta. All citizens between eighteen and sixty were divided 
into four classes according to property. Of these the first and second 
served as cavalry or hoplites, the third as hoplites, the fourth (@jres) as 
light-armed. 


71. Officers. — Over the army -there were: (1) ten generals (στρα: 
ryyot), one of whom was the war minister (πολέμαρχος). They com- 
manded jointly or in turn, though often only a part of them, commonly 
three, went forth with the army. Under these were (2) ten taxiarchs 


28 INTRODUCTION. 


“πὶ 


(ταξίαρχοι), one from each tribe, and under these again captains (λοχα- 
yoi), each commanding a λόχος of sixty to eighty men. The generals 
and taxiarchs were chosen by the people (χειροτονία), the captains prob- 
ably by their superior officers. The τάξις, though varying much in size, 
usually contained from two to six λόχοι. In 6.5" it contains two 
hundred men. 


72. The Command of the Cavalry was under two ἵππαρχοι, assisted 
by ten φύλαρχοι, all chosen annually by the people. In the squadron 
{φυλή, ἴλη) there were about sixty-four men, while a τάξις, as applied 
to cavalry, is quite indefinite. In 1.8” it contains six hundred. Both 
cavalry and infantry were divided according to tribes, each tribe fur- 
nishing a squadron of cavalry and a division (τάξις) of infantry. During 
and after the Peloponnesian war, Athens maintained a cavalry force of 
one thousand men. Besides a fee for equipment each cavalryman received 
about two hundred and forty drachmas ($40 to $45) per annum. 


73. The Military Divisions in the Greek Force of Cyrus. — The 
generals having enlisted their own troops, the number in the divisions was 
unequal, and in the companies indefinite. Each general was assisted by a 
lieutenant (ὑπο-στράτηγος), and each captain by a ὑπο-λόχαγος. 


74. Military Terms. — The Greeks likened their army to an animal, 
calling the van μέτωπον, the rear οὐρά, the sides or wings πλευραί, κέρατα. 
A file (from front to rear) was called a στίχος, a line or rank (from 
wing to wing) a ζυγόν. The front and depth were designated by εἰς, 
or ἐπί (with gen.) ; single file εἰς ἕνα, double file εἰς δύο, four deep ἐπὶ 
τεττάρων. 


75. The File-leader was called ἡγεμών or ἡγούμενος. If an enomoty 
marched single file the enomotarch was leader ; if in double file he led 
the file to the right. Behind the file-leaders stood the ἐπιστάται, who 
were picked soldiers, In the last line stood the file-closers (otpayoé), 
and as, in counter-marches, these for the time became ἡγεμόνες, care was 
taken that they should be able-bodied, experienced men. 


76. Relative Position in Rank and File. — The phalanx in battle 
array varied in depth, being usually four, eight, or twelve men deep, In 
1.218 the companies are four deep and, if full, twenty-four front. The 
distances between the soldiers from back to back and from right side 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 29 


bo right side were equal. If drawn up: (1) in loose or marching order 
these distances were each six Grecian feet (of eleven and two thirds 
inches each); (2) in close or fighting order, three feet; (3) in com- 
pact order, one and one half feet. The last was called συνασπισμός, 
shield to shield. 


_ 77. Column Order and Battle Array.— The phalanx in marching 
order (i. 6. with narrow front) or in column was said to be ἐπὶ κέρως or ἐπὶ 
κέρας ; in line, rank or battle array, ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, or εἰς or κατὰ φάλαγγα. 


78. Evolutions. — The evolution from ἐπὶ κέρως to ἐπὶ φάλαγγος was 
called rapaywyy (leading up beside), and began with the rear enomoty (4). 
ἢ ΜῊ ae It moved to the left (παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα) and forward 
εν εὐ 7 - abreast of the one in front (41, 3); these two, to 


ΕΝ 


+ 1 4515. 1 2 the left and forward abreast of the next in front 



































t mre (4%, 31, 2), and so on. The evolution from ἐπὶ 
eee ae rah φάλαγγος to ἐπὶ κέρως was the reverse of the 
al τᾷ foregoing. In the same manner also the depth 

“pie was increased or diminished. Thus 2, facing about 





to the left, took the position 2%, then 2%, and faced to the 


bik ae 
2 left. 














79. Paragogé.—If while the army was marching in column 
(usually two abreast) the enemy appeared on the right or left, 

: two maneuvers were executed: (1) the companies 

i “ wheeled round their captains (a, d) as ἃ pivot. 
ὶ Thus the enemy appearing on the right, a 6 took the 
position ac and dethat of df. (2) the intervals 
\ thus made, as between a-c and d-/, were filled by 
-ς παραγωγή, described above. 


c 





΄ 
Ps 





a o 





80. ᾿Ἐξελιγμός. ---- It was a principle with the Spar- 
\ tans that the best soldiers should be in front. If 
\ then the enemy appeared in the rear, the order was 
᾿ς reversed by an evolution called ἐξελιγμός. In it the 
~“'€  file-closer (οὐραγός) 6, (see diagram p. 30) facing about 
toward the enemy B, kept his position while the others (5-1) filed back to 
his (former) rear (i.e. to 5-1’). By this movement the army advanced 








80 INTRODUCTION. 


its own length (6-1’) toward the enemy. In the Macedonian ἐξελιγμός the 
captain (1 in the cut) remained stationary ; in the Cretan, the center. 





tate tele ie Ste Se Soe ee | 5 »-τ : 
α«ὸ -ὁ -ὁ -ὁ -ὁ «Ὁ» ὃ- ὁ- O- ὃ- 8 


- a 


81. Words of Command. — The following are some of the words of 
command : ἄγετε εἰς τὰ ὅπλα OF παράστητε Tapa τὰ ὅπλα, “ step up,” “ fall 
into line ;” apodyere, “ march ;” ἔχεσθε οὕτως, “halt ;” ἐπ᾽ ἀσπίδα κλίνατε, 
“left about” (lit. to the shield, borne on the left hand) ; ἐπὶ δόρυ (ἀσπίδα) 
ἐπιστρέφετε, right (left) turn, march; ἐπὶ δόρυ μεταβάλλεσθε, right about 
face; ἄνω τὰ δόρατα, spears up (in hand) ; κάθετε τὰ δόρατα, spears down ; 
ἐπ᾽ ὦμον τὰ δόρατα, shoulder spears ; προβάλεσθε τὰ ὅπλα, present arms 
(shield and spears) ; θέσθε τὰ ὅπλα, stack arms, halt under arms. The term 
for wheeling was ἐπιστροφή ; quarter-wheel, ἀναστροφή ; half-wheel, περι- 
σπασμός ; three-quarters, ἐκπερισπασμός ; to original position, ἐπικατάστασις. 


82. Discipline. — (1) In the Spartan army strict discipline was main- 
tained, and the soldiers were much exercised to prevent laziness. 

(2) Among the Athenians discipline was less severe and exemption 
from’service more frequent. Punishment for the more serious offences 
against good order, as desertion (λιποτάξιον) or cowardice (δειλία), was 
deferred till the return of the expedition, when offenders were tried be- 
fore a jury of their comrades, and, if found guilty, were excluded from 
the ecclesia and partially disfranchised. _ 

(3) Among mercenaries, whose chief interest in a campaign was pecu- 
niary rather than patriotic, discipline could not be of a very high order. 
There is ample evidence that among the Cyrean Greeks it was often 
greatly relaxed. In two instances they refuse to go further, and on one 
of these occasions Clearchus nearly loses his life. At ‘Charmande the 
punishment of a soldier well nigh resulted in an encounter between the 
troops of Menon and those of Clearchus (1.513. Again, two companies 
leave their officers and go over to another (1.37). It must be remem- 
bered, however, that the deception of the soldiers in regard to the des- 
tiny of the expedition and the jealousy (6.2) that would certainly arise 
among officers and divisions drawn from different parts of Greece, would 
render it specially difficult to maintain discipline. Under these circum- 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 81 


stances the officers did the best that could be done. They took the 
soldiers into their confidence, called frequent assemblies (ἐκκλησίαν ovvd- 
yew or ἄγειν), and appealed to their judgment. It was in this way that 
the versatile Xenophon gained such a controlling influence over them. 
On the retreat, when their lives were at stake, admirable discipline pre- 
vailed. A curious incidental proof of this is found in the fact that 
Salinos, the Ambracian seer, to whom Cyrus gave $10,000 shortly before 
the battle, was able to keep his money throughout the Retreat till he 
reached the Euxine, where he chartered a vessel and set sail for Greece 
(1.78, 5.67%, 6.428). 


83. Religion.— (1) The Greeks were a religious people. They lived 
in close fellowship with their gods, and consulted them on all important 
matters, private as well as public. 

(2) Divine Guidance. — The king of Sparta, before going forth to war, 
took counsel of the gods in the presence of ephors and other officers. If 
the omens were favorable he went forth, accompanied by a herald who 
bore the sacred fire, to the borders of the state, and there again sought 
the will of Zeus and Athena. Assured of their favor he set out preceded 
by the sacred fire, which was never extinguished, and accompanied by 
all kinds of victims. 

(3) The altar was an indispensable part of the furniture of a camp. 
Here sacrifice was offered daily ; solemn oaths were taken (1.6") and im- 
portant negotiations held. 

(4) The Victims. — In consulting the gods by sacrifice, the seer noted 
how the victims approached the altar, the color and smoothness of the 
intestines, the appearance of the liver and bile, the appearance and action 
of the flame. ‘Thus did the Greeks seek the will of the gods before enter- 
ing battle, in deciding on routes, etc. (cf. 1.8%, 2.19, 28, 4.3%). Divina- 
tion was an occult art. 

(5) Other means of divination were dreams (cf. 3.1", 4.38), sounds, as 
sneezing (cf. 3.29), birds (6.5%), lots, magical arts, etc. To the Greeks 
facing the north the omens that appeared on the left were bad, and so 
deep was their conviction of the truth of this that the very word “left” 
(ἀριστερός) was discarded in speaking of the left wing of the army, and 
the euphemistic εὐώνυμος (of good name) used instead. 

(6) The Oath. —The Greeks made much of the oath, held it, especi- 
ally in heroic and classic times, in great sanctity. and regarded perjury 


39 INTRODUCTION. 


as a heinous crime, certain to call down the wrath of the gods on the 
offender (cf. 2.5", 3.2). It was administered to persons assuming solemn 
and important trusts, or making treaties, alliances, etc. It was usually 
solemnized by sacrifices and oblations, the swearer laying his hands on 
the victim or on the altar, In 2.29 the oath is confirmed by dipping 
sword and spear into the blood of the victims. The god invoked was 
generally such as the place or occasion suggested. The Spartans swore 
by Castor and Pollux (6.6%), the Corinthians by Poseidon, the Athenians 
often by three deities, Zeus, Athena, and either Poseidon or Apollo. 


84. The Number of Non-combatants (ὄχλος, ἀπύμαχοι) in a Greek 
army was large. It included masters of baggage, armor-bearers (usually 
slaves), traders, sutlers, female companions, prisoners, not to speak of 
physicians, augurs, heralds, musicians, etc. The impedimenta, too, were 
namerous, —all manner of cooking utensils, clothing, tents, tent-poles, 
provisions, wagons, sumpter-animals, and animals of sacrifice. 


85. Provisions, carried in wagons and on animals, were exposed for 
sale by the sutlers in the markets of the army. When money failed as 
in the Retreat, the army robbed and plundered the country through 
which it passed. The prisoners and all kinds of booty not needed for 
supplies were sold, as there was opportunity, and the money was divided. 


86. The Camp.— Unless protected on one side by a river or 8 
mountain, the Spartan camp was pitched in a circle, for the reason, says 
Xenophon (Xen. Rep. Lac. 21.1), that 
angles were useless. Whether the 
Cyrean ‘Greeks camped thus or in 
a square is uncertain. The site being 
selected, the wagons and animals were 
_ unloaded, and the tents, covered with 
= leather and probably resembling those 
of the Romans, were pitched in rows 
with avenues sufficient for purposes 
of cooking, exercising, etc. The: commander-in-chief with his aids oceu- 
pied the center, and around him was an open space for the arms (τὰ ὅπλα) 
and assemblies. Each general had his own tent, but the number of 
soldiers quartered in each tent is uncertain. 





THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 88 


87. Sentinels.— After the evening meal (δεῖπνον), officers received 
orders for the following morning, the sentinels, given the watchword, were 
posted at sundown within and around the camp and on the outposts. A 
hymn was sung, and at a given signal the soldiers retired, laying aside the 
outer garment (χλαμύς). 

88. The Night was divided into three watches: (1) to midnight; 
(2) to early dawn; (3) to camp-breaking. 


89. The Daily Round in Camp. —If the army remained in camp, 
the sentinels were relieved at dawn, and the forenoon, till ἄριστον (10 to 
11 a. M.), was spent in drill, gymnastic exercises, and inspection, After 
breakfast the sentinels were again changed, when the soldiers rested, 
amused themselves with games, festivals, etc., till the afternoon drill, 


which ended with supper. 


90. Camp-breaking. —If the army was to set out on the march, 
an early start (4 to 5 a.m.) was made. On the first signal the baggage 
was packed, on the second loaded, on the third the army started. 


91. Signals were given by the trumpet (σάλπιγξ). The word of 
command passed from the commanding officer down through the 
intermediate officers to the enomotarch, who gave 
it to the soldiers. Or starting on the right, it 
passed along the line from soldier to soldier and 
back again. Standards were not used by the 
Greeks. 


92. The Herald. — A very important and honor- 
able office was that of herald (κῆρυξ). He made all 
announcements, such as the hour for breaking camp, 
called assemblies, bore messages between the enemies. 
He was therefore regarded as under the special pro- 
tection of Zeus and his person was inviolable. When 
the war became truceless, it was said to be ἀκήρυκτος. 
On the Retreat, to prevent the soldiers from being 

κῆρνξ. influenced by the insidious appeals of the Persians, 
the generals proclaimed the war ‘ without a herald’ (3.35). 





93. On the March. — As to the relative position of the heavy-armed, 
light-armed. and cavalry, when on the march, there was no fixed rule; 


84 INTRODUCTION. 


but in night-marches the hoplites led, that they might not be separated 
from those who could journey more rapidly (7.3%). (2) The position of 
the baggage train whether in front, rear, middle, or on one side, was 
determined by convenience and safety. (3) The commanders rode on 
horseback or less often in wagons, while the captains marched at the 
head of their companies. 


94. Rivers were crossed by fording or by bridges made of logs 
floated by skins or boats,—a use of skins still common in the East. 
The Cyrean Greeks, unable to cross the Tigris, marched to its source. 


95. A Day’s March.— The length of a day’s march was quite 
variable, depending on the nature of the country, on the weather, con- 
dition of the army, etc., but still more on the exigencies of the case. 
The two hundred Spartans, who went to assist Athens against the 
Persians in 490 8. σ., arrived there in three days, a distance of one 
hundred and thirty miles. The Greeks with Cyrus averaged a little 
over five parasangs (fifteen miles) daily. In the journey through the 
desert this distance was increased to seven or eight parasangs. 


96. Halts. — Though Cyrus was in haste to take the king as unpre- 
pared as possible, he frequently halted for several‘days at a time. Thus 
at Peltae, Tyriaeum, Iconium, Thoana, and Issus he remained three days. 
If we deduct the time during which he awaited the arrival of troops, 
it appears that he marched only about two days out of three. 


97. Preparation for Battle. — (1) The Spartan soldiers, like the 
Homeric Greeks, wore long hair, thinking that thus they seemed, as 
Xenophon says (Rep. Lac. XI. 3), μείζους, ἐλευθεριωτέρους καὶ γοργοτέ- 
ρους. (2) Before entering battle they dressed their hair, polished .their 
armor, and crowned themselves as for a feast (cf. 4.3"). 


98. The Aim in Battle. — While much skill was often displayed in 
planning an attack, yet the Greeks relied mainly on the phalanx and 
won most victories by superior courage and discipline. The aim was to 
turn the enemy to flight or, breaking through they line, throw them 


into confusion. 


99. The Battle-array. —The phalanx entered battle in close order 
(see § 76), drawn up usually four, eight, or twelve men deep. (1) Tha 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 35 


best troops were usually posted on the right wing, because, if outflanked, 
their right or shieldless side was exposed to the shafts of the enemy. This 
was, therefore, the position of honor. The next best were assigned to 
the left wing, others to the center. (2) The position of the commander- 
in-chief was variable, but commonly on the right or center. (3) The 
cavalry and the light infantry were stationed in front, rear, or on either 
side, wherever they were likely to be most serviceable (cf. 1.8%, 4.81%, 
5.47, 6.5%), but in a majority of instances on the wings. (4) The cap- 
tains, pentecosters, and enomotarchs stood in the front line. The second 
line held their spears by the right side of those in front; the rear lines, 
erect or on the shoulders of those before them. 


100. Watchword.— (1) In entering battle some watchword (σύν- 
θημα), indicative of good fortune, was passed and returned. At Cunaxa 
(1.815) it was Ζεὺς σωτὴρ καὶ νίκη, against the Bithynians (6.5%) Ζεὺς 
σωτήρ, Ἡρακλῆς ἡγεμών. (2) The phalanx kept time to the music of 
flutes, rushed on the enemy at the sound of the trumpet, singing the 
war-song and raising the battle-cry. 


101. The Trophy. — Following a victory it was customary to make 
thank-offerings to the gods, and set up a trophy (τρόπαιον) where the 
enemy turned to flight (rpérw, turn, τροπή). The 
trophy was made of pieces of captured armor hung 
up on a post or the limb of a tree. 


102. Burial.— As in the theology of the Greeks 
the burial of the body was necessary to the future 
weal of the soul, the dead were buried with scrupu- 
lous care. Even those whose bodies could not be 
found were tenderly remembered by the erection of 
a cenotaph (κενοτάφιον). 





τρόπαιον. 


103. Tactics of the Retreat. —It sometimes happens that finer 
generalship is exhibited in retreat than on the battle-field. This fact 
finds an admirable illustration in the retreat of the Ten Thousand. The 
following are some of the tactics suggested by the varied exigencies 
which they were compelled to face. 

(1) To repel attacks on their rear they organized a company of 
Rhodian slingers, who excelled the Persians in this kind of warfare, also 


36 INTRODUCTION. 


a squad of cavalry for the same purpose or to keep the enemy at a 
distance. : 

(2) On the suggestion of Xenophon, they drew up the army in the 
form of a square (πλαίσιον) with the baggage train in the center, the 
light-armed next, and the hoplites on the four sides. By this arrange- 
ment the hoplites could at once present a front for battle on whatever 
side the enemy might appear. Fords, narrow roads, and the like rendered 
this order at times impracticable and exposed them in disorder to the 
attacks of the enemy. . 

(3) To remedy this defect, six companies of heavy-armed men were 
organized to serve as a kind of military escort protecting the movements 
of the square, as emergency might require. 

(4) To dislodge an enemy from a height commanding the road, the 
usual method was to despatch companies by circuitous routes to attack 
the enemy unexpectedly or from a more advantageous position. An in- 
novation suggested by Xenophon, and one that found a place in later 
Greek tactics, was to attack a height by company columns (λόχοι ὄρθιοι), 
that is, columns of narrower front than depth. Thus drawn they were 
less liable to become disordered from roughness of the ground, and, while 
able to do pretty effective fighting, exposed a smaller front to the shafts 
of the enemy (cf. 4.2%, 81°19, 5.4%), 


104. -Sieges. — The Greeks were not successful in conducting sieges, 
and engines of war were not used among them till about the time of 
Philip of Macedon, when they were introduced from Sicily. 


105. The War Ships of the Greeks were the penteconter and the 
trireme. The former, as the name suggests, was a fifty-oared vessel, 
twenty-five on a side. Out of this grew the bireme, a vessel of two 
banks of oars, and out of this again, the trireme. Where it originated 
is not known, but it was built at Corinth as early as 700 B.c., and re- 
mained for centuries the model war-ship of the Greeks. On either side 
were three banks (στίχοι) or rows of oars, the upper called Opavira, the 
middle fvyira:, the lower θαλαμῖται. The horizontal space allowed each 
rower was three feet. Those in the middle row sat two feet below and 
one foot behind those above, and those in the third row occupied the 
same relative position with reference to the second. Their position with 
reference to the sides of the vessel is uncertain. The oars of the 


THE GREEK ART OF WAR. 37 


thranites were about thirteen feet in length, of the zygites ten feet, of 
the thalamites seven and one-half feet. The crew numbered ordinarily 














(According to Raoul Lemaitre.) (According to Graser. ) 


one hundred and seventy-four rowers, twenty sea-men (ναῦται), and ten 
marines (ἐπιβάται). The vessel was from one hundred and twenty to 











τριήρης. 
(As restored by Raoul Lemaitre.) 


one hundred and fifty feet long, fourteen to eighteen feet wide, about 
eleven feet above and eight feet below water-line. It was also fitted 
with one or more masts. 


88 INTRODUCTION. 


XENOPHON. 


Ὁ γοῦν μέγας ᾿Αλέξανδρος οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο μέγας, εἰ μὴ Ξενοφῶν. ---- EuNAPIUS, 
Kadds, χαριέστατος, μουσικώτατος. --- ATHENAIUS. 
Xenophontis voce Musas quasi locutas ferunt. — QuINTILIAN. 


106. Time and Place of Birth. —If the Ten Thousand excite our 
admiration by their triumphant retreat, still more does Xenophon as 
their animating spirit and delightful his- 
torian. He was born probably about 431 
B.C.,’ the first year of the Peloponnesian 
war, and was the son of Gryllus and (prob- 
ably) Diodora. Of his parents unfortu- 
nately we know nothing except that they . 
resided in the deme Ercheia about twelve 
miles east of Athens, and that they were 
wont? to sacrifice swine to Zeus the Gra- 
cious (Ζεὺς μειλίχιος), a fact which pos- 
sibly may have had something to do with 
the name Gryllus, which means pig. 


107. Education. — Of his education we 
know but little. He wrote a treatise on 
XENOPHON. Hunting and another on Horsemanship, 

ican ae See Sess from which it appears that he was very, 

fond of sports and out-door exercises. Between his eighteenth and twenty- 
seventh year, as the Peloponnesians then occupied Decelea, whence they 
made incursions over Attica, he must have spent considerable time in 
* Athens. Here he doubtless studied music or the arts, grammar or letters, 
and gymnastics, — the three branches of Greek education. He would hear 
exciting and eloquent harangues before the Assembly, as well as some 
of the masterpieces of Sophocles and Aristophanes in the theater of 
Dionysus. Perhaps, too, he received special instruction from some of 





1 For the evidence bearing on the date of Xenophon’s birth, the student may com- 
pare: 3.114, 2, 237, 5,31, 7.34, 684, Diogenes Laertius, ii. 22 ; Strabo, ix. 2. 
3. 7.84, 5. 


XENOPHON. 39 


the sophists of the day as Gorgias or Prodicus. Besides, those were 
war-times, and war-times are educators in matters political and military. 
But much of this is conjecture. What is certain is that he was a pupil 
of one of the world’s great masters, — Socrates. 


108. Influence of Socrates.— Of his introduction to the great 
philosopher, Diogenes Laertius writes? (we cannot say how truly): 
“Xenophon was modest and surpassingly beautiful (εὐειδέστατος εἰς 
ὑπερβολήν). It is said that Socrates, meeting him in a narrow way 
and stretching out his staff to bar his passage, asked him where this 
and that commodity was to be purchased. Receiving answer he again 
asked, ποῦ δὲ καλοὶ κἀγαθοὶ γίνονται . ἄνθρωποι ; ; — ‘ where are the fair and 
noble to be found?’ Xenophon being perplexed, ‘then,’ said he, ‘follow 
me and learn.’ Thenceforth he was a hearer (ἀκροατής) of Socrates.” 
And being a thoughtful and susceptible pupil he must have been pro- 
foundly influenced by a man of such extraordinary force of character. 
Of this, too, his loving pen has left abundant evidence in the Mem- 
orabilia of his great master. It is often said that Xenophon had no 
mind for the deeper problems of Socratic philosophy, but it must be 
admitted that the very fact that while quite a young man he had such 
an admiration for the wisdom of Socrates and formed such an attachment 
to the ill-clad, homely, and unpopular philosopher, marks him out as far 
ahove the average men of his time in penetration and in love of truth. 


109. Joins Cyrus. — In the spring of 401, his old friend Proxenus 
sent him an urgent invitation to join in an expedition under Cyrus, 
promising that he would introduce him to that popular young prince, a 
thing he professed to believe would be of great advantage. Uncertain 
what to do, Xenophon took counsel of Socrates, who advised him to 
consult the oracle at Delphi. Going thither with his mind already made 
up, he merely inquired to what gods sacrificing he might make a success- 
ful journey. Returning, he set sail and found Proxenus in Sardis. 


110. Motives.— Just what were his motives in accepting this in- 
vitation can only be conjectured. Perhaps it was love of adventure, 
but Proxenus’s promise of advantage suggests that ambition had much 
to do with it. Then, in the four years preceding, Athens had been torn 


1 Diog. Laert., Xenophon, §§ 1, 2. 


40 INTRODUCTION. 


with revolution and dissension as scarcely ever before in her history, and, 
it may be, he was*not unwilling to find a pretext for leaving for a time, 
For this he could hardly be blamed. 


111. Position in the Army.— He accompanied the expedition of 
Cyrus, he tells us (3.14), οὔτε στρατηγὸς οὔτε λοχαγὸς οὔτε στρατιώτης, 
but apparently as an attaché of Proxenus. We hear nothing of him till 
just before the battle at Cunaxa, when leaving the ranks he went fore! 
ward to meet Cyrus and asked whether he had any orders to give. 


112. Successful Leadership. — We next find him on the banks of 
the Zab, near the end of October, after the perfidious seizure of the 
Greek generals, when he appears as the chief speaker and actor in the 
reorganization of the Greek army. Henceforth, even if we accept what 
he says of himself cum grano salis, he is virtual leader of the Retreat, 
and to him more than to any other is its success due. He was a ready 
and convincing speaker, — thus showing conspicuously the superiority 
of his Athenian training, — patient, intrepid, hopeful, quick to grasp 
difficulties, and fertile in suggesting practical methods of meeting them. 
Indeed, so much strategic skill does he exhibit that one wonders where 
he got his military education 


118. Return to Greece. — After his return to Asia Minor in the 
spring of 399, his movements are uncertain. At Pergamus he handed 
over the Cyrean Greeks to the Spartan general Thibron, who had been 
sent to stay the aggressions of Tissaphernes, successor now to the satrapy 
of Cyrus. Whether Xenophon joined in this expedition or returned to 
Athens is uncertain, but in 396 we find him in Asia Minor with his 
comrades in the service of Agesilaus, king of Sparta, who was continuing 
the war against the Persians. In 394 he returned with Agesilaus through 
Thrace and Macedonia and was present at, if he did not actually partici- 
pate in, the battle of Coronea against the Thebans and Athenians. 


114. Exile.—Some time between 400 and 394 he was exiled from 
his native city, but for what cause is doubtful. Dio Chrysostom and 
Pausanias say it was because he joined in the expedition with Cyrus. 
According to Diogenes Laertius 11 was Laconism or sympathy with 
Sparta. 


XENOPHON. 41 


115. Marriage. He was married,’ probably soon after the return of 
the expedition to Asia Minor, to a woman named Philesia, of whose resi- 
dence and family we know nothing. Two sons were born to them, named 
after his parents Gryllus and Diodorus; perhaps twins, since the Spartans 
nicknamed them Διόσκουροι. 


136. At Sparta.—After the battle of Coronea he accompanied 
Agesilaus to Sparta, where he seems to have spent several years, no 
doubt gathering material for such works as the Laconian State, Hiero, 
and Cyropaedia. Here, too, his sons received their military training. 


117. At Scillus.— About 387 the Spartans sent him as a colonist 
to Scillus, about two and a half miles from Olympia, where, later, they 
presented him with a house and farm. From the money accruing from 
the sale of his share of the spoil and of captives taken in the Retreat, he 
bought here a plot of ground on which he built to Artemis an altar and 
a temple modelled after the great temple of Ephesus. The image of the 
goddess, too, resembled that in the Ephesian sanctuary, but was made of 
eypress wood. In this quiet and delightful retreat he lived for fifteen 
or eighteen years, enjoying his religion, and, as his biographer tells us, 
“hunting, entertaining his friends, and composing his histories.” 


118. At Corinth. — At an uncertain date, probably just after the 
defeat of the Lacedemonians at Leuctra 371, the Eleians drove Xen- 
ophon from Scillus, and thence with his family he went to Corinth. 
Some time after this his sentence of banishment was rescinded. Per- 
haps the date is approximately fixed by the fact that his sons served 
in the Athenian cavalry from 369 to 362. 


119. Age at Death. — In 363 while offering sacrifice, presumably in 
Corinth, the news reached him that his son Gryilus had fallen in the 
battle of Mantinea, whereupon he removed the chaplet from his head, 
but on learning that he had died nobly he replaced it, remarking, “I 
knew my child was mortal.” Nothing more is known of him except 
that in the Hellenica 6.4%", he speaks of Tisiphonus as successor to 
Alexander of Pherae. This is known to have been in 357 or 359. 
He was then about seventy-five years of age if we are correct in fixing 
431 as the date of his birth. 


1 Cf. 7.6%, 


42 INTRODUCTION. 


120. Works.— The activity and versatility of Xenophon’s mind ap- 
pear from a glance at the number and variety of his works. They are: 

I. Historical: (1) The Hellenica (Ἑλληνικά), in seven books ; a history 
of Greece, from the twenty-first year of the Peloponnesian war (where 
the history of Thucydides ends) to the battle of Mantinea (411-362). 

(2) The Anabasis, in seven books, It is a curious fact that Xenophon 
himself has furnished the grounds on which the authorship of the Anabasis 
has been questioned ; (a) he published it anonymously ; (b) he speaks 
of himself in the third person; (c) he speaks at times as if he had de- 
rived his information from others: e. g. he says, λέγεται (1.85), λέγουσι δέ 
tives (1.8'*), ἐλέγοντο (1.10'), ἔλεγον of στρατευσάμενοι (5.4%) ; (ἃ) in 
the Hellenica (3.1%), he speaks of the history of the Cyrean-Greek ex- 
pedition as having been written by Themistogenes the Syracusan. Of 
this work nothing is known, and Plutarch says that Xenophon thought 
the Anabasis would be more credible if published as the work of a dis- 
interested writer. However this may be, the internal evidence of its 
authenticity is overwhelming, and the ancients unanimously attributed 
it to Xenophon. From 5.3" it appears that it was not composed οἵ, δὺ 
least, not published till some time after he left Scillus. The lateness 
of the publication, twenty or more years after the expedition, together 
with the minute descriptions found in the Anabasis, are proof that he 
must have taken copious notes on the journey. 

(3) Agesilaus : a eulogistic sketch of his friend, the king of Sparta, 
with whom he campaigned in Asia Minor. 

II. Socratic: (1) Recollections of Socrates (᾿ Απομνημονεύματα Swxpa- 
τους), in four books ; a loving vindication of his great master, presenting 
from the philosopher’s dialogues the practical side of his teachings. 

(2) Defence of Socrates (Amodoyia Swxpdrovs), a tract of doubtful 
genuineness. 

(3) Economics (Οἰκονομικός), a dialogue after the Socratic style, on 
the proper management of the household and the farm, with a panegyric 
on farming. 

(4) The Banquet (Ξυμπόσιον) ; a picture of an Athenian supper-party, 
at which there is music, dancing, drinking, and a Socratic discussion on 
the superiority of heavenly love. 

III. Political: (1) Hducation of Cyrus (Κύρου Παιδεία), in eight books; 
this professes to be an account of the training of Cyrus the Great, and 


ΧΕΝΟΡΗΟΝ. 48 


the early history of the Persian Empire. It is now generally regarded as 
a political romance, embodying Xenophon’s views as drawn from the 
institutions of Sparta and the teachings of Socrates. 

(2) The Constitution of Sparta (Λακεδαιμονίων ἸΤολιτείαἾ), a tract. 

(3) The Constitution of Athens (Αθηναίων ἸΠολιτεία), a tract. 

(4) Hiero (Ἱέρων ἢ Τυραννικός), Tyrant of Syracuse ; a tract in which 
he and the poet Simonides contrast the anxieties and dangers of the 
tyrant with the tranquil life of the private citizen. 

(5) Revenues (Πόροι), a tract offering suggestions on how to increase 
the revenues of Athens. 

IV. Miscellaneous: (1) On Hunting (Κυνηγετικός), and the rearing 
and training of dogs. . 

(2) On Horsemanship (Περὶ Ἱππικῆς), a tract on how to choose, groom, 
and train a horse. 

(3) The Hipparch (Ἱππαρχικός), a tract on the duties of a cavalry 
officer. 

121. Style. — Xenophon 
was not a writer of extraordi- 
nary originality. He had little 
imagination, and his diction is 
seldom elevated. He had no 
great command of language, 
nor is his vocabulary the purest 
Attic. Hesometimes employs 
Dorie and Ionic forms, a fact, 
however, not to be wondered at 
in view of his long residence 
among non-Attic Greeks. Po- 
etic words, too, are not infre- 
quent, and, it must be admitted, 
occur often in the least adorned 

XENOPHON. sentences. He makes little 

(From Raphael's “School of Philosophy at use of rhetorical devices, such 

ee en as metaphors, similes, and the 

like, though he is fond of that species of false syntax, quite unpardon- 

able in the compositions of school children, but which, when found in 
4 Of doubtful genuineness. 





44 INTRODUCTION, 


classic authors, is dignified under the term “figure of syntax,” and called 
anacoluthon (H. 1063). Further, there are unmistakable proofs in some 
of his writings that his judgment is at times strongly biased. 


122. Popularity. — Despite all this, Xenophon was one of the most 
popular writers of antiquity. Though not profound he has “a practical 
inventiveness,” as has been said, a thoughtfulness in the selection of his 
material, and taste in presenting it, that make his works exceedingly 
valuable and interesting. Though not so dispassionate as Thucydides, 
(how could he be?) he was yet a man of sound practical judgment, of 
fine culture and versatile mind. And it is quite true, as Freeman has 
remarked, that the profusion of small dialogue and petty personal anec- 
dote in Xenophon, often gives us a more vivid picture of men and things 
than the sober pages of Thucydides. 

Few so well as he have struck the golden mean between the language 
of daily life and the severer style of the schools. Such is his unaffected 
ease, purity, and sweetness, such his graceful and lucid simplicity (as 
Macaulay says), such his transparent candor, that “some goddess of 
persuasion,” remarks Quintilian, ‘‘sat upon his lips.” Among the 
Greeks of to-day, Xenophon’s is esteemed the perfection of style, and 
is cultivated in all the schools. 

ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ καὶ ᾿Αττικὴ μοῦσα γλυκύτητι τῆς ἑρμηνείας. --- DIOGENES LAERTIUS, 


123. Character.— A striking trait of Xenophon’s character was his 
religiousness. As his parents were wont to sacrifice to Zeus (7.8*), we 
infer that he was piously reared, and he seems to have retained un- 
questioned all through the ups and downs of life the simple faith of 
his fathers. He believes ποὺ only in sacrifices, but also in signs (8.29) 
and dreams (3.1", 4,38) and is fully persuaded that in doing the will 
of the gods there is great reward. His child-like trust may not always | 
strike us favorably, but it certainly makes him more interesting and a 
truer representative of his age. 


The sage and heroic Xenophon. — GIBBON. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


45 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 





EDITIONS OF THE ANABASIS. 


Morus. Leipsig, 1775. 
Hurcuinson. Glasgow, 1817. 
ScHNEIDER. Oxford, 1821. 
TownsEND. London, 1823. 
BorNneEMANN. Leipsig, 1825. 
Dryporr. Leipsig, 1825. 

KriGer (Lat. notes). Halle, 1826. 
Porro. Leipsig, 1827. 

Batrour. London, 1834. 

Lone. London, 1837. 
Hicxie (Bks. 1., II.). 
GraFr. Leipsig, 1842. 
Kriicer (Ger. notes). Berlin, 1845. 
Kiuner. Leipsig, 1852. 

HeERTLEIN. Leipsig, 1854. 

Marruri. Quedlinburg, 1859. 
Dipner. Paris, 1854. 

Saupre. Leipsig, 1865. 

BREITENBACH (Ger. notes). Halle, 1865. 
BREITENBACH (Lat. notes). Halle, 1867. 
ScHENKL. Berlin, 1869. 

MacmicHakEt. London, 1878. 


London, 1839. 





JERRAM (Bk. II.). Oxford, 1878. 

Hue. Leipsig, 1878. 

Tay tor (Bks. 1., 11.). London, 1879. 

Prertor (2 vols.). Cambridge, 1881. 

Taytor (Bks. IIL, IV.). London, 1882. 

Watpote (Bk. 1.).. London, 1882. 

Wuire (Bks. edited separately). Lon- 
don, 1880-7. 

ManrsHatt (Bk. I.). Oxford, 1885. 

Coset. Leyden, 1886. 

Marsnact (Bk. 1.). Oxford, 1888. 

We tts (Bk. I. Chaps. 1-8). London, 1888. 

Bacuor. Osnabriick, 1889. 


American Editions.! 


Owen. New York, 1843. 

AntHon. New York, 1847. 

Boise. New York, 1856. 

Kenprick. New York, 1873. 
Crossy. New York, 1874. 

Goopwin and ΤΕ. Boston, 1877. 
Kesey and Zrenos. Boston, 1889. 


DICTIONARIES TO THE ANABASIS. 


Sune: Vollsténdiges Schulwérterbuch, Breslau, 1876. 

Strack: Vollstindiges Wérterbuch, Leipsig, 1886. 
Vouisrecut> Wéorterbuch fiir den Schulgebrauch, Leipsig, 1888. 
MarsHati: Vocabulary to the Anabasis, Oxford, 1888. 


1 All the American editions except the first two contain lexicons, 


48 INTRODUCTION. 


WORKS OF REFERENCE. 


On Xenophon. 


Daxyns: Works of Xenophon, Vol. I. Introduction, —the most complete and 
scholarly biography of Xenophon in the English Language. 

Smitu: “ Xenophon” in Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography. 

More: Critical History of the Language and Literature of Ancient Greece, Vol. V. 

Mitier: History of the Literature of Ancient Greece, Vol. II. 

Grant: “Xenophon” in Ancient Classics for English Readers. 

Manarry: History of Classical Greek Literature, Vol. 11. 

,Manarry: Problems in Greek History, Chap. V. 

Morris: On the Age of Xenophon at the time of the Anabasis. Transactions of the 
American Philological Association, Vol. V. 1882. ; 


On the Anabasis and Contemporary History. 


Grote: History of Greece, Vol. [X. Chaps. LXIX-LXXL 

THIRLWALL: History of Greece, Chap. XX XIII. 

Curtius: History of Greece, Bk. V. Chap. IIL. brief, but well worth reading. 

Duruy: History of Greece, Chap. XX VIIL. 

Rawttnson : “The Fifth Monarchy,” in Seven Great Monarchies. The standard 
history of Persia in English. 

Puiurarcn: “Life of Artaxerxes,” found in all the editions of Plutarch’s Lives. 
An important side light on the Anabasis. 

ArnswortH: Travels in the Track of the Ten Thousand, 1844. 

“Geographical Commentary on the Anabasis, bound with the Anabasis, 

Bohn’s Classical Library. 

Kocu: Der Zug der Zehntausend nach Xenophons Anabasis, 1850. 

Hertzeerc: Der Feldung der Zehntausend Griechen. 

Houianner: Historisch-kritische Beitrage zur Erklérung von Xenophons Anabasis, 1893. 


On the Greek Art of War. 


SmitH: “ Exercitus ” and other articles in Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiqui- 
ties. 1890. 

Vo.iBrecut: Heerwesen der Sédldner bei Xenophon. Introduction (49 pp.) to the 
Anabasis. 

Ruepantz: Introduction (Einleitung, 36 pp.) to the Anabasis. 

Riistow and Kocuty: Geschichte des Griechischen Kriegswesens, 1852. 

wo Ν . Griechische Kriegsschriftsteller, 1853. 

Briimner: Leben und Sitten der Griechen, 1887. 

Guu and Koner: The Life of the Greeks and Romans. 

Ricu: Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities, 


ITINERARY. 


(Based on Kiihner.) 





















































ANABASIS. (Book 1) 

S| Ξ 

a 1 wa a B.C. 401. Heticationits 

E | 2 Ξ Ξ (Apiroctnats Based!) Xenophon. 
From Sardis to the Maeander. | 22) 3 Mar. 9. i. 2. 5. 
‘Lor ologsae . “, ss cal 8[1 7 10-17. 1 8 ἃς, 
RO CUGSENES sk. τ ek ees 1850}. 81.80 © 20-Apr. 19. | i. 2. 7. 
PAVE GIRONA τ 5) Wrasse 10 | 2! 8 | Apr. 21-24. i. 2. 10. 
To Ceramon Agora .. . iiss “24-26, i. 2. 10. 
To the Plain of Cafster. . . [80] 8} 5 “ 29-May 4. | i. 2. 11. 
ZO Lhymbrnm 53.5 Gi He] 10] ὦ May 6. i, 2. 13. 
OG SURE, ses δ 64 | 104) 4} 4 «$11. i, 2. 14, 
SOUICOMINN Col aoe yet ss, ee |e | ἃ “14-17, i, 2.19. 
Through es: Pe aan es | = δ ee . 1 i, 2. 19. 
Τὸ Thoana .. Pao ne rae yh ee ee « 26-29. 1, 2. 20: 
Inthe Plain . . ᾿ : 1 «30. Rd 
aoee Oe Cilician Pe Pass 1% 195] 4 June 3. i. 2. 23. 
Stay at Tarsus . . a 20 dei. * i. 3.1. 
ie Tarsus to R. Psarus . . [10 2 μάν 0 i. 4.1. 
ToPyramus. .΄. ΞΞ 5] 1 ee Ἢ ib. 
To Issus ὦ τ ΤῊ 4.1 « 28-July 1. | ib. 
To the Gates of Syria. oh ἡ δ ἢ July 2. i. 4, 4. 
To Myriandrus. . ... . Si. -F4- -*" 30 i. 4. 6. 
Tothe river Chalus . ... | 20| 4 eR Ὁ i, 4. 9. 
Τὸ the river Dardas . . . . | 30] 5 tei +t i. 4. 10. 
To Thapsacus ep Re OT Ge “22-27 i. 4. 11. 
To the river Araxes . . . . [580] 9| 8. Aug. 5-8, i. 4. 19. 
To Corsote Cy se hee δ Bok 0 75. 18 i. 5. 1, 4. 
To Pylae . . Bp FON Bet « 99. i 5. 5. 
Through Babylonia as a ee Sept. 2. i. 7. 1, 14. 
Day of the battle at Cunaxa . 1 ie i. 8. 0. 

Sum | 517} 84 | 97 
KATABASIS. (Books II-V. 5. 8.) 

Day after the battle of Cunaxa Sept. 4. ii. 2. 2, sqq. 
Junction with Ariaeus . . . | * | 2 | 23 6-29. } Ws teh 
To the Wall of Media... 3 Oct. 2. ii. 4. 12. 
To Sitace . . ὮΝ τὸν Sob 8 4. ii. 4. 18. 
To the river Physeus . a ee ἡ τὰ μὰ 8. ii. 4, 25. 





* It will be observed that in some instances the parasangs and the days’ halt are not given; also 
that in a few cases the length of the marches (in days) can only be inferred from the context 








48 


΄ 


INTRODUCTION, 


KATABASIS. — Continued. 





























ἐ Ξ ᾿ 

: of Ξ B. Cc. 401--400. Reference to 

2 | BE) 2 | (Approximate Dates, Sennen 
Through Media . 30 | 6 Oct. 14. ii. 4. 27. 
To Caenae and . . ἰ 4/1 “os ii, 4, 28, 
To the river Zapatas 16) 4) S| “ 19-22, ii. 5,1. 
To some villages not named 516 | 1) 1 “23, 24. iii. 3.11; 4.1 
te Re ee eae ἐν - 3. iii. 4. 7. 
To Mespila’. . .).°... 6]. 1 526; iii. 4. 10. 
To some villages not named 4 1 1 ee lii, 4. 13, 18 
Through the Plain. . ... 1 € - 29. iii, 4. 18, 
Toa palace and 5 Nov, 3-6. iii.4.18,24,31. 
Certain villages send τ εὖ 1.18.1 See ib. 
Into the Plain 8 ae iii. 4. 37. 
March back . .. . 1 δε το}; iii. 5. 18. 
Through the Carduchi 7 eran, iv. 3. ἢ, 
At the river Centrites. . . 1 ~ - “ἃ iv. 3. 1, 
To the sources of the Tigris 15 | 8 ae iv. 4, 1-3, 
To the river Teleboas. ὡ 15 8 ΒΡ τῆς, iv. 4. 8. 
Through the Plain . 15} 3] 2%} “ 28-30. iv. 4,7. 
To the Euphrates . 152) 4 Dec. 4. iv. 5. 1-2. 
To the Armenian villages 107} 4] 7 “8-15 iv. 5. 3,7; 6.1 
When the guide escaped. . 3 te iv. 6. 2. 
Advance beyond the Phasis. 35 | 7 “.- 28. iv. 6, 4. 
To the mountains of the Taochi | 10| 2 1 27,28 iv. 6. 5, 8, 22 
Crossing the mountains . . 1 “29. iv. 6. 23-27 
Through the Taochi . . . 801 5 Jan. 8. B.c.400.| iv. 7. 1. 
Through the Chalybes 50 | 7 te, iv. 7. 15. 
Through the Scythini . 20; 4] 8 “« 15-18 iv. 7.18. | 
ToGymnias... . 20} 4 "τ OR. iv. 7. 19; 
To Mount Theches 5 sea τα iv. 7. 20, 21. 
Through the Macrones 10. 3 “80. iv, 8. 1-8. 
Through the Colchians ‘ 3 Feb. 2. iv. 8. 8. 
Battle with the Colchians . . 1 ret ed iv. 8. 9-19. 
Delay on account of the honey . cS) en iv. 8. 21. 

‘ To Trebisond rane 7} 2/30] “ &Mar.10.| iv. 8. 22, 
To Cerasus JAG Diary eee eeG 3 | 10] Mar. 13-23. v. 3. 2, 8. 
To the borders of the Mossynoeci 1 eae v. 429, 23 
Through the Mossynoeci. . 8 Apr. 1. v. 5. 1, 
Through the Chalybes 1 v. 5. 1. 
To Cotyora i 2|45| “ 38-Mayl0,/ v.5.3,5. 
Sum 122 





where perhaps the Retreat may be said to terminate. 


Kiihner ends the Itinerary with the arrival of the Greeks at Cotyora, 


Compare ν, 5. 4. 


The subsequent movements of the Greeks are shown in the following 
tabular view. 























Cykus,. . 
TISRAPHERNES, . δι Ὁ 
PHARNABAZUS,. . 
SYENNESIS, (“Kina”) 
ABROCOMAS,. . . 
BELESYS, . 
DERNES,. 6 « + « 
RHOPARAS,- « ὁ 
ARBACES, « 
ORONTAS, . 
TIRIBAZUS, . 


npusaid AND THEIR PROVINCES. 
. » « « Lydia. Phrygia and Cappadocia. 


. . Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, 
. » Cilicia. 


. Media, 














Ionia, Caria, Lycia, Pamphylia, 


Phoenicia, 

Syria and Assyria. 
Arabia. 
Babylonia, 


Armenia, ~ 
Western Armenia. 
Ι 









30 Longitude 


" MAP SHOWING THE ROUTE: 


























; ENGLISH MILES | 
0 50 100 150 





oe Route of the Ten Thousand 











a. = ς, » . bh i 9 ων 
j from Greenwich 40 


SION AND THE TEN THOUSAND. 




















ITINERARY, 


TABULAR VIEW. 


49 


























3] s 
es. 
Movements of the Greeks after leaving Cotyora. ΞΞ Ξ Eee see Retavéiice to 
% ΓΙ 
(Books v. δ. 4.— vii.) S| 5 en site 
Q a 
Cotyora. Xenophon thinks of forming a settlement 
here. ΤᾺΣ 45 v. 5. 3. 
Is impeached, and defends himself vy. 7.1- 
The army purified ames vy. 7. 35. 
Trial of the generals. v. 8, 1-26 
Truce made with Corylas of Paphlagonia vi. 1, 1. 
Embarkation of the sd 3 vi. 1.14. 
Sinope, Arrival at 2.4 > ‘Vastey 20 pero ide |e 5 vi. 1.15-17 
Chirisophus returns vi. 1. 16. 
Xenophon offered the sole command, but 
declines it in favor of Chirisophus . Ε vi. 1. 18-19 
Heraclea, | Voyageto . . 2 | 5? vi. 9. 1. 
The army separates into three divisions . July 1. | vi. 2.16 
Arcadian division in ἄραξε; relieved by 
Xenophon : ae er ok: vi. 3. 15- 
Port of Calpe. | Chirisophus dies of fever . 52) 4 vi.4.11 
Pharnabazus cuts off five hundred of the 
Greeks, through the rashness of Neon. vi. 4. 24, 
Pharnabazus and his party defeated . vi. 5. 7-32 
Cleander, harmost of ἐλέγετο comes 
to the Greeks : obs ur 6 | 7 | Aug.7. | vi.6.38 
Chrysopolis, | The Greeks proceed to. ‘ 
Anaxibius, the Spartan admiral, ΕΣ 
the Greeks out of Asia by promising 
them employment and pay . . Vii 1.1. 
Byzantium. | They accordingly cross over to Byzantium ὙΠῸ} 7. 
They find themselves deceived, and 
threaten to pillage Byzantium . § vii. 1. 16. 
Four hundred of the Greeks sold as slaves 
by Aristarchus the successor of Cleander vii. 2. 6. 
Perinthus, | Arrival at : + ee Mid- Wie, ΤΣ 
Xenophon confers with Seuthes |. . -+|..4| winter, | vii. 2. 28. 
The Greeks enter the service of Seuthes, | ἐς vii. 6. 24. 
(in which they remain two months, vii. 
A eee eee IS ONE ee Dee. 5. | vii.3. 14. 
Acts of Seuthes and the Greeks in Thrace, 
(pay withheld, vii. 5.2 & 9; paid, vii. 
fe) ai vii. 3. 34-- 
Selybria. | Thibron the Spartan invites them to join vii. 5.15 
him inthe warin Asia. . ... . vii. 6. 1. 
Lampsacus, | Avrival αὖ. . τὴς vii. 8,1. 
Peete March throngh Troas to Pergamus ee vii. 8. 7. 
Attack upon Asidates . . ..... B.C. 399. | vii. 8. 12. 
Great spoil taken. . SSL Bees vii. 8. 22. 
The Greeks join Thibron ess. ws. Mar. 5. | vii. 8. 24, 





oH. & We ANAB.—4 





INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 





In the following exercises, each of the first three chapters of the first 
book is made the basis of a general inductive study, in which such sen- 
tences and parts of sentences are drawn from the text as exemplify the 
more important facts of grammar. In like manner several studies on 
special topics are presented, based on materials drawn from the remain- 
ing chapters of the book. These studies are purposely left incomplete, 
so that while they may serve well enough as specimens of inductive 
study, they can also be used as practical exercises for review. | The 
student should be required to translate the exercises and state definitely, 
orally or in writing, the grammatical facts or principles exemplified. 
Following these studies is a list of themes for investigation. 





if 


CHAPTER I. 


1. Predicate Noun. Κλέαρχος φυγὰς ἦν, § 9. 

2. Apposition. παῖδες, ᾿Αρταξέρξης, Κῦρος, ὃ 1: 624a. 914. 

3. Number. παῖδες δύο, § 1. The plural (as well as dual) may be used 
of two objects. : 

4, Antithesis. πρεσβύτερος piv. . . νεώτερος δέ, $1. 

5. Comparison. ὡς μάλιστα, ὃ 6; ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον, ὃ 6; ὅτι πλεζ 
στους, 88 6, 9. 

6. The Article. a. τελευτήν, πεδίον, See context and 661. 958. 
ὃ. βασιλέως, βασιλεῖ, §5; βασιλέως, § 6; βασιλέα, § 7 et al. 
660, 6. 957. ὁ. τοῦ βίου, §1; τὸν ἀδελφόν, § 3; ἡ μήτηρ, 

(50) 


INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 51 


τὴν ἀρχήν, ὃ 8; τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἡ μήτηρ, $4. ch. ὃ Κῦρος, § 2; 
τὸν Κῦρον, §§ 3, 10; τῷ Κύρῳ, ὁ Κῦρος, §§ 7, 8, 9, 10. The 
article is often used with Κῦρος, because he is the hero of the 
story. e. ὃ δέ, § 3 (line 3); 6 δέ, ὃ 9 (line 6). f. τοὺς 
μὲν ... τοὺς δέ, ὃ 7. 
Note six important facts concerning the article here exemplified : 

a. It is sometimes omitted where in English it is expressed. 
ὃ. It may be omitted with βασιλεύς referring to the king of Persia. 
c. It may be used as a possessive. 
d. It may be used with proper names. 
e. With δέ introducing a sentence it means he, she, they. 
J. With μέν, δέ, it means the one, the other, some, others. 

7. Adverbs and Phrases used —how? a. τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ βαρβάρων, § 5. 


τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλήν, ὃ 8. ὃ. τῶν οἴκοι ἀντιστασιωτῶν. 
8. Position of Pronouns. a. τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω, § 1. ὃ. τοῖς 
φρουράρχοις ἑκάστοις, § 6. 6. ταύτας τὰς πόλεις, ὃ 8. ἀ. τῇ 


ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ, ὃ 11. 
9. Use of ot. — ἠξίου δοθῆναι of τὰς πόλεις, § 8. 
10. Cases. — Accusative. a. αὐτὸν σατράπην ἐποίησε, ὃ 2. στρατηγὸν 


αὐτὸν ἀπέδειξε, ὃ 2. ὃ. αἰτεῖ αὐτὸν μισθόν, ὃ 10. 6. ἦσαν 
Τισσαφέρνους τὸ ἀρχαῖον, ὃ 6 (end). οὐδὲν ἤχθετο, ὃ 8. ἄλλο 
στράτευμα συνελέγετο τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, ὃ 9. d. Τισσαφέρνης 


προαισθόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλευομένους, § 7. 

11. Genitive. a. Δαρείου γίγνονται, ὃ 1. ὃ. τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο, 
§ 5. 6. ἦσαν Τισσαφέρνους, ὃ 6.. d. Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν 
αὐτῶν, ὃ 8. 6. περιγενόμενος τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν, ὃ 10, 
Ff. δεῖται αὐτοῦ, ὃ 10. 

12. Dative. a. παρήγγειλε φρουράρχοις, ὃ 6. δοθῆναι of, § 8. ὃ. στρά' 
τευμα αὐτῷ συνελέγετο, ὃ 9. χρήματα συνεβάλλοντο αὐτῷ, ὃ 9. 
τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα, ὃ 9. ec. Τισσαφέρνει 
ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα αὐτόν, ὃ 8. ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξί, § 9. ἕένος ὧν 
ἐτύγχανε αὐτῷ, ὃ 10. αὕτη πρόφασις ἦν αὐτῷ, ὃ 7. d. ἀπέπεμπε 
δασμοὺς βασιλεῖ, § 8 (= Lat. ad regem). 6. ὥστε αὐτῷ φίλους 
εἶναι, ὃ 5. J. ἐπιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι, § 6. 
ἡ μήτηρ συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ, ὃ 8. τούτῳ συγγενόμενος, ὃ 9. 

18, Prepositions, They are found thirty-five times in this chapter. Note 
especially. a. ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, § 4. ὃ. καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ 


52 ~ INTRODUCTION. 


κατὰ θάλλατταν, ὃ 7. c. κατέστη εἷς τὴν βασίλειαν, § 3; and 
ὅστις ἀφικνοῖτο τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, ὃ ὅ. Constructio Praegnans, 
788. 1225. d. εἰς τὴν τροφὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὃ 9; and 
μισθὸν εἰς δισχιλίους ξένους, § 10. 

14. Middle Voice. a. ἀθροίζονται, ὃ 2. ὃ. ἐξαιτησαμένη, ὃ 8. ἀπε- 

, πέμπετο, ὃ ὅ. c. ἐπικρυπτόμενος, ὃ θ. συνεβάλλοντο, § 9. 
συμβουλεύσηται, § 10. . 

15. Tenses of the Indicative. a. μεταπέμπεται, ἀναβαίνει, ὃ 2; δια- 
βάλλει, πείθεται, συλλαμβάνει, ἀποπέμπει, ὃ 3; βουλεύεται, ὃ 4; 
ἔρχεται, αἰτεῖ, δίδωσιν, δεῖται, ὃ 10. 

ὃ. ἀναβαίνει + ἀνέβη, § 2; ἠγάσθη + δίδωσι, § 10. Historical present 
and aorist combined in same sentence. 

16. Lenses in other Modes, a. Compare ἔχοιεν, ὃ 5 (end), with λάβοι, 
§ 6, and συμβουλεύσηται, ὃ 10 (end). 851. 1272. This dis- 
tinction is of great importance. ὃ. ἐνόμιζε αὐτὸν δαπανᾶν, 
8 8. 852. 1280. 

17. Modes. a. τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο ὡς εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ, § 5. 
ὃ. τὴν δύναμιν ἤθροιζεν ὅπως ἀπαρασκευότατον λάβοι, ὃ 6. 

6. βουλεύεται ὅπως μήποτε ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, § 4. 

18. Conditional Clause. ἣν δύνηται βασιλεύσει, § 4. 

19. Relative Clauses. 

1. Definite Antecedent. 909. 1427. a. ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἧς αὐτὸν 


σατράπην ἐποίησε, ὃ 2. ὃ. πάντων ὅσοι εἰς πεδίον ἀθροΐ- 
ζονται, ὃ 2. Note that ὅσοι (as well as of) may be used after 
πάντες. ὁ. ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακάς, § 6. d. καὶ ἐκ τῶν 


πόλεων ὧν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, § 8 (end). 
2. Indefinite Antecedent. a. ὅστις ἀφικνοῖτο ἀποπέμπετο, § ὅ. 
b. δεῖται αὐτοῦ μὴ πρόσθεν καταλῦσαι πρὶν ἂν αὐτῷ συμ- 
βουλεύσηται, ὃ 10. 
20. Result Clauses. a. ὥστε (= and so) βασιλεὺς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκ 
ἠσθάνετο, ὃ 8. ὥστε οὐδὲν ἤχθετο, ὃ 8. ὥστε χρήματα συνεβάλ- 
λοντο, ὃ 9. Compare 22 (5). 
21. Indirect Discourse. διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὡς ere 
βουλεύοι αὐτῷ, § 3. ᾿ 
22. Infinitive. 
(1) In Indirect Discourse. a. Τισσαφέρνει ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα 
αὐτὸν δαπανᾶν, ὃ 8. 


INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 53 


(2) Not in Indirect Discourse. a. ἐβούλετο τὼ παῖδε παρεῖναι, 
81. 

ὃ. παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις λαμβάνειν ἄνδρας, § 6. 

C. ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας; ὃ 7 ; ἠξίου δοθῆναι οἷ τὰς 
πόλεις, ὃ 7. 

d. προαισθόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλευομένους ἀποστῆναι πρὸς 
Κῦρον, ὃ 7. 950 (6π4). 1517 (end). ; 

6. ὡς πολεμεῖν ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν, ὃ 5. 

Jf. πάντας οὕτω διατιθεὶς ὥστε αὐτῷ φίλους εἶναι, § 5. 

9. πρόφασις τοῦ ἀθροίζειν στράτευμα, § 7 (end). 


23, Participle. a. τὸν βασιλεύοντα ᾿Αρταξέρξην, ὃ 4; τοὺς γιγνομένους 


24. 


25. 


26. 


27. 


28. 


δασμούς, ὃ 8; κατάγειν τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας, ὃ 7. ὃ. ὑπῆρχε τῷ 


. Κύρῳ φιλοῦσα αὐτόν, ὃ 4. Τισσαφέρνης προαισθόμενος βουλευο- 


μένους ταῦτα, ὃ 7. 6. ἀνέβη ἔχων ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν Ἐενίαν, ὃ 2 
(end). d. ὡς ἀπῆλθε κινδυνεύσας, ὃ 4. 6. αὐτῶν πολεμούν- 
των, § 8. Ff. συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον ὡς ἀποκτενῶν, ὃ 3; ὡς ἐπι- 
βουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πόλεσι, 8 6; ὡς οὕτως περιγενόμενος 
ἂν τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν, ὃ 10 ; ὡς βουλόμενος στρατεύεσθαι, ὃ 11; ὡς 
πολεμήσων, ὃ 11. 9. παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, ὃ 2; Edvos dv ἐτύχανε, 
8 10; τὸ στράτευμα ἐλάνθανε τρεφόμενον, ὃ 10 (end). There are 
forty participles in this chapter, —a sufficient proof of the ‘free- 
dom with which they are used in Greek. They should be carefully 
classified. 


Peculiarities in the use of the Relative. a. ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ὧν ἐτύγχανε 


ἔχων; ὃ 8. ὃ. ὁπόσας εἶχε φυλακὰς παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις, 
§ 6. 


Negatives. μή (in μήποτε), see 17, c; and 19, 2, Ὁ. 
Asyndeton. Read this chapter again, observing carefully whether 


every sentence is conjoined with the one preceding by some 
connective. Note (1) the connective; (2) its position; (3) its 
omission. Probably no language equals the Greek in the accuracy 
and delicacy with which it expresses continuity of thought. 


Order of Words. Study the order of words in the chapter, and 


establish some facts relative to the position of: (1) subject; 
(2) verb; (3) object. 


Translating the words (except post-positives) in their original order, 


note how many of the sentences yield intelligible English. 


INTRODUCTION. 


Il. 


” CHAPTER IL 


Subject. ἐσάλπιγξε, § 17. 

Verb with two or more Subjects. εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων καὶ of 
σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃ 15. 

Predicate Noun. τούτου τὸ εὖρος δύο πλέθρα, ὃ ὅ ; τὰ δὲ ἄθλα ἦσαν 
στλεγγίδες χρυσαῖ, § 10, 

Attributive. ἀθροίζει τό τε βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, § 1 ; προ- 
ειστήκει τοῦ ξενικοῦ, § 1. 

Use of πλέον. ὠφείλετο μισθὸς πλέον ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν, § 11. 

Μέσος. διὰ μέσου τοῦ παραδείσου ῥεῖ 6 ποταμός, § 7; στήσας τὸ ἅρμα 
πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος μέσης, ὃ 17; διὰ μέσου τὴς πόλεως ῥεῖ ὃ ποταμός, 
§ 23. 2 

Pronoun of Third Person. λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν ἐρξ 
ζοντά οἱ, § 8 Compare I. 9. 

Accusative, a. ῥεῖ ποταμὸς Κύδνος ὄνομα, εὖρος δύο πλέθρων, ἃ 23. 
ὃ. τὴν Κίλισσαν ἀποπέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν, § 20. ὁ. ἐξ 
ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς, $5; ἐξελαύνει. σταθμὸν ἕνα, ὃ 6; ἔμεινεν 
ἡμέρας ἑπτά. 

Object and Predicate Accusative in the Passive Construction. ὃ ποταμὸς 
καλεῖται Μαρσύας, § 8; δῶρα ἃ νομίζεται τίμια, § 27. 


10. Genitive. a. ποταμὸς εὖρος δύο πλέθρων, § 23. ὃ. ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγά- 


ll. 


Aov βασιλέως βασίλεια, ὃ 8. ὃ. τὸ εὗρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε, 
ποδῶν, § 8. d. προειστήκει τοῦ ἕενικοῦ, § 1. 6. ἤκουσε 
Τισσαφέρνους τὸν στόλον, καὶ 5; λέγεται δεηθῆναι Κύρου ἐπιδεῖξαι τὸ 
στράτευμα, § 14. Ὁ παράδεισος ἀγρίων θηρίων πλήρης, ὃ 7; 
πεδίον δένδρων σύμπλεων καὶ ἀμπέλων, § 22. 9. οὐδενὶ κρείτ- 
Tove ἑαυτοῦ εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, § 20. h. τὸ στράτευμα ἦν εἴσω 
τῶν ὀρέων, ὃ 21. 

Dative. a. ἐπίστευον αὐτῷ, § 2. ὃ. οὗτοι αὐτῷ ἀφίκοντο, ὃ 4; 
ὁδὸς ἀμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν στρατεύματι, ὃ 21. ὁ. Κύρῳ βασίλεια 
ἦν, § 1; νόμος (ἦν) αὐτοῖς, ὃ 15; δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις, 
§ 17. d. Μαρσύαν ἐρίζοντά οἱ, § ὃ ; οὐδενὶ εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, 
8 26. 6. ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτῷ, ὃ 20 ; συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, ὃ 20. 


INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 55 


2, γέφυρα ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις, § 5; ἡ ἐδύνατο a, sab § 4; ἡττηθεὶς 
τῇ μάχῃ, 8 9. 9. προτέρα Κύρου πέντε ἡμέραις Apfateo, § 25. 
h. τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ~~ ἄγγελος, § 21. 

12. Prepositions. τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβὼν παρεγένετο, ὃ 8 ; αἱ πηγαι 
εἶσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων, § 7 ; ἐθήρευεν ἀπὸ ἵππου, ὃ 7 ; ἦν παρὰ τὴν 
ὁδὸν κρήνη, ὃ 19; of ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς καταλιπόντες τὰ ὦνια ἔφυγον, 
§ 18. 

13. Conditional Sentences. a. ἦν ὁδὸς ἀμήχανος εἰσελθεῖν εἴ τις ἐκώλυεν, 
§ 21. ὃ, Κῦρος ἔδωκε ἐκείνῳ τὰ ἀνδράποδα, ἤν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν, 
ἀπολαμβάνειν, ὃ 27. 

14, Indirect Discourse. a. τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκέλευσε σὺν αὐτῷ στρατεύεσθαι, 
ὑποσχόμενος αὐτοῖς, εἰ καλῶς καταπράξειεν ἐφ᾽ ἃ ἐστρατεύετο, μὴ 
πρόσθεν παύσεσθαι πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε, ὃ 2. 

(a) Convert ef... οἴκαδε into direct discourse. 

(Ὁ) Write the same after ὑπισχνεῖται αὐτοῖς. 

(c) State the changes made in construing from direct into indirect 
discourse : (1) after a principal tense; (2) after a past tense. 

(d@) What other tense of στρατεύομαι besides the imperfect would 
be admissible ? 

ὃ, ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων λελοιπὼς εἴη Συέννεσις ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο ταῦτα, 

21. Write this sentence after ἥκει ἄγγελος and note changes. 

c. See examples under 16 6. 

15. Causal Clause. λέλοιπε Svevveois ὅτι ἤκουε ταῦτα, ὃ 21. 925 
1505. 

16. Infinitive. a. Ἐενίᾳ ἥκειν παραγγέλλει λαβόντα (or λαβόντι) τοὺς 
ἄλλους, ὃ 1. ὃ. λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν, ὃ 8: λέγεται 
οἰκοδομῆσαι ταῦτα, ὃ 9 ; ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ δοῦναι χρήματα, ὃ 12 ; λέγε- 
ται Μίδας τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι, ὃ 13. Are these infinitives 
(under δ) in indirect discourse ? c. μείζονα ἡγήσατο εἶναι τὴν 
παρασκευήν, ὃ 43 of μὲν ἔφασαν δύο λόχους κατακοπῆναι, ὃ 25. 
d. τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἥκειν παραγγέλλει, ὃ 1; ἐκέλευσε τοὺς “Ἕλληνας 
στῆναι, ὃ 153; αἰτιασάμενος ( αὐτοὺς ) ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτῷ, § 20. 
6. ἐδόκει αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι ἄνω, ὃ 1. Is the infinitive here in 
indirect discourse? 946,8; 949. 1519,1523,1(end) ἢἔ τὴν 
χώραν ἐπέτρεψε διαρπάσαι, ὃ 19. 

17. Participle. a. παρῆν ἔχων ὁπλίτας, § 3. ὃ. τὴν πόλιν διήρπασαν 
ὀργιζόμενοι, ὃ 26. 6. θᾶττον προιόντων δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς 


56 INTRODUCTION. 


στρατιώταις, ὃ 17. d.. τὴν χώραν διήρπασαν ὡς πολεμίαν 


οὖσαν, ὃ 19. 6. ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε, ὃ 11 ; δῆλος ἦν avuspe 


νος, ὃ 11; ἥσθη τὸν τῶν βαρβάρων φόβον ἰδών, ὃ 18 ; τριήρεις 
ἤκουε Ταμῶν ἔχοντα, ὃ 21. , 
18, The Relative. ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα, § 1 ; ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευμα, ὃ 1. 
19, Negatives. ὑπέσχετο μὴ παύσεσθαι, ὃ 23 οὐκ ἦν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου 
τρόπου ἔχοντα μὴ ἀποδιδόναι, ὃ 11. 
20. Meanings of : Κλέαρχος, Πρόξενος, Σωκράτης, Ξενίας, Μένων, Σξῶσις ἢ 
Greek proper names furnish an interesting theme for study, 
They present, in many instances, the ideas that were uppermost 
in the minds of the Greeks. See sub ἀγορά, εὐρύς, ἵππος, καλός, 


κράτος, Ἐανθικλῆς, φίλος. 


ΠΙ. 
CHAPTER IIL 


Predicate Adjective. διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας, § 14. 

. Apposition. Άνδρες στρατιῶται, § 10. 

Article. τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ, § 21. 

Accusative. a. στρατηγήσοντα ταύτην τὴν στρατηγίαν, ὃ 15. δ. pe 
κρὸν ἐξέφυγε μὴ καταπετρωθῆναι, ὃ ὃ ; πρῶτον ἐδάκρυε, ὃ 35 τὸ μέγυ 
στον αἰσχυνόμενος, ὃ 10 ; συντάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην, ὃ 143 τά τε 


Pete 


ἄλλα ἐτίμησε 3 πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτῷ, § 10. ὃ. ἐδάκρυε 
πολὺν χρόνον, § 2. d. βουλομένους ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας 


Ἕλληνας τὴν γῆν, ὃ 4; Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὃ 14; ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν 
Κῦρον, ὃ 14 ; ἐρωτᾶν ἐκεῖνον τί βούλεται ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι, § 18. 
Genitive. a. τῶν ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον, ὃ 9; μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λεγέτω, 
8 153; ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος ἀνθρώπων, ὃ 1ὅ. 
b. οὐχ ὥρα ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, § 11. 
6. ὃ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ ἄξιος, ὃ 12 ; ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος dy, § 6. 
d. μὴ κακίους τῶν συναναβάντων, ὃ 18 ; ἣ πρᾶξις ἐπιπονωτέρα τῆς 
πρόσθεν, ὃ 195; ἡμιόλιον οὗ πρότερον ἔφερον, ὃ 21. 
4. λάθρᾳ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέμπων ἄγγελον, § 8; οὐδὲ πόρρω αὐτοῦ 
καθῆσθαι, § 12. 
f. ἄνευ τούτων, § 11; ἄνευ τῆς Κύρου γνώμης, § 13. 
g. οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω, § 1. 


or 


6. 


10. 


11. 


INDUCTIVE .EXERCISES. 57 


Dative. a. ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθεσθαι, § 6. 

ὃ. πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον, ὃ 8; συναγαγὼν τοὺς προσελθόντας αὐτῷ, 
8 9. 

6. οὕτω ἂν ἑποίμεθα φίλοι αὐτῷ, § 19. 

d. ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν παρὰ τούτου ᾧ λυμαινόμεθα, § 16. 

6. ἐμοὶ ξένος Κῦρος ἐγένετο, ὃ ὃ: ἀνάγκη δή μοι, ὃ ὅ ; οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔτι 
ἡμῖν μισθοδότης, ὃ 9; δοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι ἡμῖν καθεύδειν, ὃ 11; 
τοῖς δὲ (cf. ὃ δέ) ὑποψία ἦν, § 21. 

1 ἐμοὶ τοῦτο οὐ ποιητέον, ὃ 15. 

4. φοβοίμην ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι ἕπεσθαι, ὃ 17 ; οὐ συνεπόμεθα αὐτῷ, § 9) 
σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ, ὃ 10, 

h. τὴν δίκην ἔφη χρήζειν ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτῷ, § 20. 

t. πείσομαι ἣ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, ὃ 1ὔ. 

2. τῇ Κύρου φιλίᾳ χρῆσθαι, § 5; τί βούλεται ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι, ὃ 18. 
Note use οὗ τί. 

k. χαλεπῶς φέρω τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν, ὃ 3; Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις 
ἀπορῶν, § 8. 

Imperfect Tense. τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι, ὃ 1. See context. 


. Optative. ὀκνοίην ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν, ὃ 17; φοβοίμην ἂν ἕπε- 


σθαι, ὃ 17; βουλοίμην ἂν λαθεῖν αὑτόν, ὃ 17 ; οὕτω ἂν πρόθυμοι 
ἑποίμεθα, ὃ 19. See other examples under 9, 11 (2), -13. 

Purpose. a. ἐπορευόμην iva ὠφελοίην αὐτόν, ὃ 43 εἷς δὴ εἶπε αἰτεῖν 
πλοῖα ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν, ὃ 14. 

ὃ. τῷ ἀνδρὶ πείσομαι ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι, § 15. 

6. σκεπτέον (ἐστὶν) ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα μενοῦμεν, ὃ 11. 

d. ὀκνοίην ἂν ἐμβαίνειν μὴ ἡμᾶς καταδύσῃ, ὃ 17 ; φοβοίμην ἂν ἕπεσθαι 
μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅθεν οὐκ ἔσται ἐξελθεῖν, § 17. Five facts are here 
exemplified. State them. 

Conditional Clauses. a. εἰ δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι σκεπτέον (ἐστὶν) ὅπως τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν, ὃ 11; εἶπεν ἑλέσθαι ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς εἰ μὴ 
βούλεται Κλέαρχος ἀπάγειν, ὃ 14. 

ὃ. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν, ὃ 14. 

ὁ. εἶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν τί κωλύει τὰ ἄκρα προκαταλαβεῖν, § 16. 

Relative Clauses. 

(1) Definite Antecedent. ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται βιασασθαι συνή- 
γαγεν ἐκκλησίαν, ὃ 2; ἐπειδὴ Κῦρος ἐκάλει ἐπορευόμην, ὃ 4; 
ὥρα λέγειν ὅ τι τις γιγνώσκει, ὃ 12. 


δ8 INTRODUCTION. 


(2) Indefinite Antecedent. a. ἔβαλλον τὰ ὑποζύγια ἐπεὶ ἄρξαιντι 
προιέναι, § 1. 
ὃ. ὅτι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι, ὃ ὅ ; οἶμαι εἶναι ἂν τίμιος ὅπου ἂν ὦ 
86; εἶμι ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (ἴητε), § 6; ἄξιος φίλος ᾧ ἂν φίλος 
ἡ, ὃ 12, ὅτι ἂν πρὸς ταύτῃ λέγει ἀπαγγεῖλαι δεῦρο, § 19. 

12. ‘Until? Clauses. ἕως μένομεν σκεπτέον ὅπως ἀσφαλέστατα μενοῦμεν. 
Cf. ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις χρῶμαι (αὐτῷ), 4°. 

13. Indirect Discourse. a. ἄλλος ἀνέστη ἐπιδεικνὺς ὡς εὔηθες εἴη etc., 
§ 16; ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι ἀκούοι ᾿Αβροκόμαν ἐπὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ 
εἶναι, ὃ 20; ὅτι ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγοι ἤκουσεν οὐδείς, § 20. 

b. πρὸς τοῦτον ἔφη βούλεσθαι ἐλθεῖν, § 20 ; δίκην ἔφη χρήζειν ἐπιθεῖναι 
αὐτῷ, ὃ 20. 

6. τοῖς δὲ ὑποψία ἣν (ΞΞ ὑπώπτευον) ὅτι ἄγοι πρὸς βασιλέα, ὃ 20. 

d. ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον πᾶσι δώσειν, § 20. 

14. Which of the following infinitives are in direct, which in indirect 
discourse? a. οὐ βούλεσθε συμπορεύεσθαι, § 5. ὃ. ἀνάγκη 
μοι μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι, § 5. c. νομίζω ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα 
καὶ φίλους, ὃ 0. d. νομίζει im ἐμοῦ ἠδικῆσθαι, ὃ 11. 6. ὥρα 
(ἐστὶν) ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν, § 11. J. οὐδὲ πόρρω 
δοκοῦμέν μοι αὐτοῦ καθῆσθαι, ὃ 12. 5. οὐκ ἔφασαν ἐπὶ τοῦτο 
μισθωθῆναι, 81. kh. τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο ἰέναι, § 1. 
t. οὐ δυνήσεται βιάσασθαι, ὃ 2. j. ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθε- 
σθαι, § 6. k. οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς (εἴην) φίλον ὠφελῆσαι, § 6. 
L. πέμπων δὲ ἄγγελον ἔλεγεἷ θαρρεῖν, ὃ 8. m. μεταπέμπεσθαι 
δ᾽ ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν, ὃ 8. n. εἷς δὲ εἶπε: στρατηγοὺς ἑλέσθαι, 
συσκευάζεσθαι, ἡγεμόνα aireiv, § 14. 0. ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι, 
§ 15. p. εὔηθές (ἐστιν) ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν, § 16. φ. ἐγὼ 
γὰρ ὀκνοίην ἂν ἐμβαίνειν, ὃ 17. γ. ἄνδρες ἐπιτήδειοι ἐρωτᾶν 
ἐκεῖνον, § 18, 8. τί κωλύει τὰ ἄκρα κελεύειν Κῦρον προκατα- 
λαβεῖν, § 16. t. δοκεῖ δέ μοι ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς, § 18. 

15. Infinitive with ἄν. οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς οἶμαι εἶναι φίλον ὠφελῆσαι, § 6. 

16. Participle. ἀνίσταντο οἱ μὲν λέξοντες ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, ὃ 13; πέμψαι 
(ἄνδρας) προκαταληψομένους τὰ ἄκρα, ὃ 14: ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος ὧν 
οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς (εἴην) ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξασθαι, ὃ 6; τούτοις δὲ ἀπορῶν 


1 Even verbs of saying and thinking, as λέγω, when it signifies command, and δοκεῖ, 
it seems good, may take the pres. or aor. inf., not in indirect discourse. M. and 1", 
§ 99; see also § 684. 


INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 59 


μετεπέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον, ὃ 8; βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν ἄκοντος Κύρου 
λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθών, ὃ 17 ; ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι καταλαβόντες (τὰ 
ἄκρα), ὃ 14; ὥστε μεταπεμπομένου αὐτοῦ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, § 10; 
σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτόν, § 10. 

State the class (circumstantial or supplementary) and the 
relation (cause, purpose etc.) expressed by each of the above 
participles. 

17. Relative. δεδιὼς μὴ δίκην ἐπιθῇ ὧν νομίζει ἠδικῆσθαι, ὃ 10; λέξοντες 
ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, ὃ 18; πρᾶξις παραπλησία οἵᾳπερ πρόσθεν ἐχρῇτο τοῖς 
ξένοις, ὃ 18, 

18. Negative μή. a. μὴ θαυμάζετε, ὃ 3; μηδεὶς λεγέτω, § 15. ὃ. εἰ 
μὴ βούλεται, ὃ 14; ἐὰν μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, ὃ 14; ἐὰν μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα 


διδῷ, § 14; c. ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι, ὃ 14. d. ὀκνοίην ἂν 
ἐμβαίνειν μὴ ἡμᾶς καταδύσῃ, ὃ 17. 6. δοκεῖ δέ μοι ἡμᾶς μὴ 


κακίους εἶναι (ἐκείνων), $18. 1 ἐξέφυγε μὴ καταπετρωθῆναι, ὃ 2. 
Here are six distinct uses of μή exemplified ; state them. 
“19. Double Negative. οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἤκουσεν οὐδείς, ὃ 21. 


ΙΝ. 


1. The Article, a. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, 15; Ἐ πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι, 23 ; τοὺς ἐκ 
τῶν πόλεων, 22; οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, 2°; τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμοί, 7“; ἀντὶ τῶν οἴκοι, 
74; τὰ ἐν μέσῳ, 78; τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτούς, 85); ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν, 85; 
τῶν ἀμφὶ farts, 8%; τῶν περὶ αὐτόν, 8"; τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν, 9%; οἱ 
σὺν αὐτῷ, 101.5.: of per’ ᾿Αριαίου, 101; ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, 
108. τοὺς καθ᾽ αὑτούς, 104; τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ, 105; οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέω, 
1013. τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόφου, 10%; οἱ σὺν βασιλεῖ, 108, 

ὃ. τὰ Κύρου, 3°; ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος, 58; τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, 25, 105, 

6. τὸ βαρβαρικόν, 2'; τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, 2); τοῦ ξενικοῦ, 21. τὸ δεξιόν, 
216. χὸ εὐώνυμον, 2%; τὸ μέσον, 25; τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, 27; τὰ ἡμέτερα, 
3°; τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 3%; τὰ βασίλεια, 4°; τὸ πολὺ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ, 
418. ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, 84; τὸ αὐτόν = ταὐτόν, 57; ἐν δεξιᾷ, 5°; οἱ 
πιστοί, 5; τοῖς οἴκοι, 74; τῇ τρίτῃ, 7%; τὰ δεξιά, 8*; τοῦ Ἕλ- 
ληνικοῦ, 85; τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ, 8°; ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ, 8°; ἐν τῷ εὐωνύμῳ, 
85; ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου, 8°; ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου, 8%; τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, g*; 
τὰ ἄλλα = τἄλλα, 8%; τοὺς κακούργους, 9%; τοὺς ἀγαθούς, 9%; 

* 15 indicates ch. i. § 5. 


600 INTRODUCTION. 


τοὺς κακούς, 9%; ἐκ τοῦ ἀδίκου, 9%; ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, 9"; ἐπὶ τῷ 
εὐωνύμῳ, 951; τοῦ ἱππικοῦ, 951, 

ἄ. εἰς τὸ ἴδιον, 3°; εἰς τὸ δέον, 3°; τὸ μέγιστον, 3%; τὸ ἀρχαῖον, 15; τὴν 
ταχίστην, 5.5, τὸ σύμπαν, 5°; τὸ τρίτον, 6°; τὰ μεγάλα, 933; τὸ 
πρῶτον, 109, 

6. τοῦ πρόσω, 81; εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν, 10°; τὸ ἔσωθεν, 44; τὸ πρόσθεν, 10"; 
τὸ ἔξω, 44; τὸ ἔμπαλιν (τοὔμπαλιν), 43 τοῖς οἴκοι 73, : 

f. τοῦ ἀθροίζειν, 17 ; τοῦ διαβαίνειν, 415 ; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι, 6%; τῷ 
διεσπάσθαι, 5°; τὸ νικᾶν, 9%; τὸ περιεῖναι, 935; τῷ προθυμεῖσθαι, 
9%; διὰ τὸ ἔχειν, 957 ; τοῦ κάειν, 67; τοῦ μάχεσθαι, 133. 

9. τὸ ὑπολειπόμενον, 8᾽5 ; τὸ ποιούμενον, 1073; τῶν ἀποκρυπτομένων, 95. 


V. 


1. Position of the Pronouns, τοῖς φρουράρχοις ἑκάστοις, 1°; ταύτας τὰς 
πόλεις, 18; τούτου τοῦ πεδίου, 2%; τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας, 31; τὰ 
ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, 34; τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον, 4° (but ἐκεῖνο τὸ 
πλοῖον) ; τὸ αὑτοῦ στράτευμα; 4%; τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ, 51; τὰ κρέα 
αὐτῶν, 5°; τὸ αὑτοῦ πάθος, 543 τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, 57°; εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 
σκηνήν, 64; ὁ ἐμὸς πατήρ, 6° (or ὃ πατήρ μου) ; τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, 
6° (or τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου) ; τὴν σαυτοῦ δύναμιν, 6"; τὴν ἐμὴν χώραν, 
6’; τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ, 68; τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, 6°; τοὺς ἡμετέρους 
φίλους, 71 (or τοὺς φίλους ἡμῶν) ; αὐτῶν τῶν πολεμίων, 853, 








. (3) Possessive Pronoun 
. (4) Refleaive Pronoun 


VIL. 


1. Construction with Adjectives. a. ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος dv, 3°; ποταμὸν πλήρη 
ἰχθύων, 4°; κῶμαι μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ οἴνου, 4%; ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει 
ἀνθρώπων, 8°; ἅρματα κενὰ ἡνιόχων, 8%; ἁμάξας μεστὰς ἀλεύρων 
καὶ οἴνου, 108, ὃ. πολλοῦ ἄξιος φίλος, 512; τὰ πλείστου ἄξια, 
4°; ἄνδρες ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευθερίας, 13. 6. τούτων ἐγκρατεῖς, Τ7. 
d. τοξικῆς τε καὶ ἀκοντίσεως φιλομαθέστατον εἶναι καὶ μελετηρό' 


(1) Demonstrative Pronoun 
(2) Personal Pronoun 








τατον, 9°, 
(1) Adjectives meaning take the genitive. 
(2) Do they correspond in meaning to verbs that take the genitive ? 


΄ 





INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 61 


VIL. 


Construction with Adverbs. εἴσω τῶν ὁρέων, 2%; λάθρᾳ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, 
3°; πόρρω αὐτοῦ, 3”; εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν, 44; ἀνωτέρω τῶν 
μαστῶν, 47. πέραν τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ, 5; ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν, 
79. τοῦ εὐωνύμου ἔξω, 8:5; ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ, 838 ; ἔξω τοῦ εὐωνύμου 
κέρατος, 10°; αὐτῶν ἑκατέρωθεν, 1033: ἄνευ τούτων, 33}; ἄνευ τῆς 
Κύρου γνώμης, 3%; μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς τάφρου, 115" 


ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς παρόδου, 4°; τῆς πρόσθεν ἕνεκα ἀρετῆς, 4°; μέχρε᾽ 
οὗ, 7°; μέχρι τοῦ τείχους, 715; πλὴν Μιλήτου, 1°; πλὴν Κύρου, 


8°; χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων, 418; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, 1. 
(1) Many adverbs take ; especially adverbs of , such as εἴσω, 
ἔξω, πέραν, πρόσθεν, ἔμπροσθεν, ὄπισθεν, πόρρω. 


(2) ἅμα, is followed by the > 











VIL 


Prepositions. — διά: (1) With genitive. ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας, 25} 
διὰ Φρυγίας, 2°; διὰ τῆς Λυκαονίας, 2%; ῥεῖ διὰ τῆς πόλεως, 27; 
διὰ μέσου τούτων ῥεῖ, 44; παρετέτατο ἣ τάφρος διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, 715) 
διὰ τῶν τάξεων, 8%; διὰ τοῦ θώρακος, 838; διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν στρα 
τοπέδου, 103, 
(2) With accusative. διὰ τοῦτο ὃ ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαρσύας, 2°; διὸ 
τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν ὀργιζόμενοι, 2°; διὰ καῦμα οὐ divar 
ται οἰκεῖν ἄνθρωποι, T°; ἐτετίμητο ὑπὸ Κύρου διὰ πιστότητα, 8”. 
Meanings of διά: 1. With genitive 2. With accusative : 
εἰς ; χρήματα συνεβάλλοντο εἰς τὴν τροφὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν, 19 ; ὡς νόμοφ 








(ἦν) αὐτοῖς εἰς μάχην οὕτω ταχθῆναι, 2%; ἔδωκε χρήματα πολλὰ εἰς 
τὴν στρατιάν, 257. αἱ κῶμαι Παρυσάτιδος εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι, 4°; 
ὑμῖν χρήσεται εἰς λοχαγίας, 4°; Κῦρος εἰς τὴν μάχην καθίστατο, 8°; 
ἐπέκαμπτεν ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν, 878; εἰς τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, 855 ; τῶν 
εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, 9°; εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω ἥξειν βασιλέα, 73. 
1. Usual meaning 
2. Less common meanings 
éni. — With genitive: παρῆν Χειρίσοφος ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν, 48; ἐπὶ τούτων 
διέβαινον, 5; τῶν ὅπλων πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἤγετο, 129; γήλοφος 
hy ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἀνεστράφησαν, 1033, 








62 INTRODUCTION. 


With dative: πόλιν οἰκουμένην ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ, 4°; ἐπὶ τοῖς τείχεσιν 
ἀφειστήκεσαν πύλαι, 64; εἰ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαις, 65; ἔλαβον 
τῆς ζώνης τὸν ᾿Ορόνταν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, 6; ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ τάφρῳ οὐκ ἐκώλυε 
βασιλεύς, 1733; ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοξευθῆναί τις. ἐλέγετο, 8; οἱ ape 
στοι ἔκειντο ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ, 8%; οἱ παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως πύλαις Tar 
δεύονται, 9, 

With accusative: ἐξελαύνει ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταμόν, 4°; ἐπὶ τὰς 
πηγάς, 4; ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, 4°; ἐπὶ μάχην ἰόντων, 432; 
ἕπεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλέα, 413; ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Μάσκαν ποταμόν, 
5*; “ἐπὶ πύλας, 55; ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν, 5; ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ 
τοὺς Μένωνος, 5; τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, 5; ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν, 
61. ἐπὶ θάνατον ἤγετο, 6%; παρετέτατο ἣ τάφρος ἐπὶ δώδεκα 
παρασάγγας, 7%; ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον, 8°; ἐφάνη κονιορτὸς ἐπὶ 
πολύ, 858; ἵετο ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, 8%; οὐκ ἀνεβίβαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, 1073, 

From these examples we see that ἐπί means: 
1. With genitive 
2. With dative 
3. With accusative 
πρός. -- 1. With genitive: ὅτι δίκαιόν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς 











ἀνθρώπων, 6°; ὁμολογεῖται πρὸς πάντων κράτιστος γενέσθαι θερα- 
πεύειν, 9”, 

2. With dative: τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος ἔχων πρὸς τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ, 
84; παρελαύνων οὐ πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι, 835. 

3. With accusative : ἀπιόντας πάλιν καὶ οὐ πρὸς βασιλέα, 4 ; ἀθυμότερος 
ἦν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, 4°; ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσται πρὸς βασιλέα, 431; ἀφι- 
κνοῦνται πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αράξην ποταμόν, 4%; ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ 
βούλοιτο διατελέσαι ἢ πρὸς χιλόν, 5°; ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ 
στράτευμα, 54; πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος εἶπε, 6°; ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἀρχὴ πρὸς 
μὲν μεσημβρίαν, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον, 76; ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς 
Κῦρον, 713, ἦν μέντοι πρὸς τὰ θηρία φιλοκινδυνότατος, 9°; πρῶτον 
μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος πρὸς Πισίδας, 9%; οἱ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν. 

Meanings οὗ πρός: 
1. With genitive ᾿ 
2. With dative 
3. With accusative ——. 








INDUCTIVE EXERCISES. 68 


TX. 
Conditional Sentences. 
a. εἴπερ ye Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδός ἐστι παῖς οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ 
λήψομαι, 13. 
ὃ. εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα, 2.14. 
c. εἰσῇσαν ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι τί σφίσιν ἔσται ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν, 73. 
d. οὐχ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται εἰ ἐν ταύταις οὐ μαχεῖται ταῖς ἡμέραις, 7%. 
6. εἰ αὐτῷ δοίη ἱππέας χιλίους ζῶντας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἂν ἕλοι, 65; οὐδ᾽. 
εἰ γενοίμην (πιστός), σοί γ᾽ ἄν ποτε ἔτι δόξαιμι, 05; οὐκ ἄν «τοτε 
προοῖτο (φίλους), οὐδ᾽ εἰ ἔτι κάκιον πράξειαν, 9% 
f. of δὲ (some) ᾧκτειρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο, 4". 
Draw from the above: 
1. The various forms of conditional clauses, 
2. The construction of each in both condition and conclusion. 


re 
‘Indirect Discourse. 
1. Simple Sentences in Indirect Discourse. a. ἀπαγγέλλει ὅτι φέυγου- 
σιν, 10*, 

ὃ. γράφει ἐπιστολὴν ὅτι ἥξοι ἔχων ἱππέας, 6%, Compare with this 
διαβάλλει. .. ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύοι αὐτῷ, 1.18, 

ὃ. ἤρετο τίς ὃ θόρυβος εἴη, 835; ἤρετο ὅτι εἴη τὸ σύνθημα, 8.5. Com- 
pare with the above the two following found in the same 
section: εἶπεν ὅτι σύνθημα παρέρχεται δεύτερον, 815; καὶ ds 
ἐθαύμασε τίς παραγγέλλει, 815. 

ἤδει αὐτὸν ὅτι μέσον ἔχοι τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος, 8"; ἤσθοντο 

οἱ Ἕλληνες ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις εἴη, 105; ἤκουσε 

Τισσαφέρνους ὅτι οἱ Ἕλληνες νικῷεν, 105; ἤρετο εἴ τι παραγγέλ- 

λοι, 8%; ἐβουλεύετο εἰ πέμποιέν τινας ἢ πάντες ἴοιεν, 105; ἐβου- 

λεύοντο εἰ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐνταῦθα ἄγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ 

στρατόπεδον, 10%; διῆλθε λόγος ὅτι διώκοι αὐτοὺς, Κῦρος, 4"; 

ἔλεγε ὅτι ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα, 4%; ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐπώποθ' 
οὗτος ὃ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς γένοιτο εἰ μὴ τότε, 43. 

1. Indirect Discourse follows verbs meaning 





64 INTRODUCTION. 


> 
2. Use of modes: (1) After a primary tense. 
(2) After an historical present. 
(3) After a secondary tense. 

2. Conditional Sentences in Indirect Discourse. a. εἶπεν εἰ αὐτῷ δοίη 
ἱτπέας ὅτι ζῶντας πολλοὺς ἂν ἕλοι, 67; ἔνιοί φασιν οὐδ᾽ εἰ βούλοιο 
δύνασθαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι (ταῦτα), 1. 

ὦ. μέσον ἔχοντες τὸ αὑτῶν ἡγοῦνται νομίζοντες εἴ τι παραγγεῖλαι χρῇ- 
ζοιεν, ἡμίσει ἂν χρόνῳ αἰσθάνεσθαι τὸ στράτευμα, 853. 
Lf Ν» Ν δ΄ δ'υ « hed / ο ay , 
ὁ. μέσον ἔχοντες τὸ αὑτῶν ἡγοῦνται νομίζοντες οὕτω καὶ ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ 
> x * € * ‘ 9. ε ΄, 22 
εἶναι, ἣν ἡ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἑκατέρωθεν, 833, 
Changes required in Indirect Discourse. 





THEMES FOR INVESTIGATION. 








-1. Classification of the verbs in chapter(s) -, book 
405. 567-621. 
2. Accent of the verbs. Forms in which the accent is irregular. 
3. Word formation. Classify all the words found in sections 
with respect to origin ; i. 6. into primitives and derivatives. 
4, Ascertain, as far as possible, the primitives whence the derivative 
verbs in chapter(s) are found ; 6. g. δηλόω from δῆλος. 
5. Collect the abstract nouns of chapter(s) and analyze them into 
their elements. 
6. Omission of the subject nominative. 
-« ἢ, Neuter plural subject. 
8. What is the position and number of the verb with two or more 
subjects? Cite examples from one book. 
9. Collect examples of predicate adjectives used in an adverbial sense. 
Cf. 619. 926. 
10. Apposition. Various forms, 
11. Adverbs and phrases used as adjectives. 
12. Constructio ad sensum. 
13. The dual. 
14. Comparison. Ways of strengthening the superlative. me 


Cf. 392- 











THEMES FOR INVESTIGATION. - 65 


15. Adjectives of place, — ἄκρος, μέσος, ἔσχατος. 

16. Position of the pronouns. 

17. The accusative. Collect and classify all examples found in chap- 
ter(s) , book , illustrating the use of the accusative. 

18. Uses of the genitive with: (1) nouns; (2) verbs; (3) adjectives; 
(4) adverbs. 

19. The dative. Various divisions. 

20. Various ways of expressing possession. 

21. Ways of expressing the various notions of time. 

22. Prepositions. Meaning with different cases. 

23. Examples of constructio praegnans. 

24. State the difference in meaning between the present subjunctive, 
optative, imperative, and the aorist subjunctive, optative, imperative, 
and verify the statement by examples. 

25. The future optative and infinitive. 

26. Exemplify the various uses of ἄν. 

27. The subjunctive in simple sentences. 

28. The optative in simple sentences. 

29. Final clauses. Various forms. 

30. Conditional clauses. 

31. Relative clauses: (1) ordinary ; (2) conditional. 

32. Use of modes in ‘ wntzl ’-clauses. 

33. Causal clauses. 

34. Various ways of expressing result. 

35. Indirect discourse. 

36. Implied indirect discourse. 

37. Classify the uses of the infinitive as found in chapter(s) , 
book ᾿ : : 

38. State the difference between the aorist infinitives (or present) in 
indirect discourse and not in indirect discourse. Give examples. 

39. The infinitive with neuter article. 

40. The participle. Classify its uses as found in chapter(s) ——, 
book 5 

41. Genitive absolute. 

42. Attraction, incorporation. 

43, The negatives ov, μή. 

















Η. ἃ W. ANAB. —5 





ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ 


KYPOY ANABASIS. 


References to the Greek Grammars are indicated by contrasting type. 


\ Full-faced Roman (150) = Hadley-Allen. 
Light-faced Roman (1130, 2) = Goodwin. 
Full-faced Italics (365) = Babbitt. 
Light-fuced Italics (509, 8) = Goodeli, 


AOTO® A. 


Preliminary Studies. (1) Persia, Introd. 7-12, 17-21, (9) Darius IL, 
Introd. 39, 42. (8) Artaxerxes and Cyrus, Introd. 43-45. (4) The Anaba- 
sis, Introd. 1-8. Xenophon, Introd. 106-123. : 


Origin of the war between Cyrus and Artaxerzes. 


1 καὶ Παρυσά- 1 


2 


I. Δαρείου 
τιδος γίγνονται 2 παῖδες ὅ δύο, 
πρεσβύτερος μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, 
νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ἠσθένει ἡ Δαρεῖος καὶ ὑπ- 
ὦπτευε ὃ τελευτὴν τοῦ © βίου, 
ἐβούλετο τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω ® 
παρ-εἶναι. ὁ μὲν" οὖν πρε- 2 
σβύτερος παρ-ὼν ἢ ἐτύγχανε" 
Κῦρον δὲ μετα-πέμπεται"" ἀπὸ 





17950. 1130,2. 365. δ09, 4. 2828. 1252. 525. 454, Ὁ. 8634. 455. 499. 
#829. 2°50. 526. 459. 5362, a. 548. 175, 1. 268. Ὁ. 6658. 949. 447. 
δέ: ἃ. 7939. 895,1. 629. 570, ἃ. 673. a. 916. 456. 55h. ®666.c. 964, 
452, κ. 0984. 1586. 660, N.- 585,a. 4828, 818. 1252, 1242,2. 525, 504. 


45h, Ὁ, 506, Ὁ. : 
Set 6D 


68 ae ANABASIS. 


τῆς ἀρχῆς ἧς αὐτὸν σατράπην᾽ ἐποίησε, καὶ otpa- 
tyyov' δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπ-έδειξε πάντων ὅσοι εἰς Καστωλοῦ 
πεδίον ἄθροϊζονται. ἀναβαίνει οὖν 6° Κῦρος λαβὼν" 
Τισσαφέρνην ὡς φίλον,".. καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔχων ἡ ὁπλί- 
τας ἀν-έβη τριακοσίους, ἄρχοντα δὲ αὐτῶν Ξενίαν 
Παρβάσιον. 

᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατ-έστη εἰς τὴν βα- 
σιλείαν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, δι σοψέμνης ees? τὸν Κῦρον 
πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὡς ἐπι-βουλεύοιϊ αὐτῷ 6° δὲ πείθεται 
καὶ συλ-λαμβάνει Κῦρον ὡς ἀπο-κτενῶν " © “gm δὲ μήτηρ 
ἐξ-αιτησαμένη ἢ αὐτὸν ἀπο-πέμπει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. 
6° 8 ὡς ἀπ-ῆλθε κινδυνεύσας καὶ ἀτιμασθείς, βουλεύεται 
ὅπως μήποτε "ἢ ἔτι ἔσται * ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλά, ἢν ? δύνη- 
ται, βασιλεύσει ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνου. 


Topics for Study. (1) The Daal. (2) Construction with τυγχάνω, 








(8) Historic . (4) Article as possessive. (δ) Uses of aorist indica- 
tive. μὲν... 6é (8) The future participle. 
The refe he foot of each page will τω suggest other tupics. 


deceives the king. 


μὲν δὴ ἡ μήτηρ" ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ," 
φιλοῦσα “ἢ αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν βασιλεύοντα ἢ ᾿Αρταξέρξην. i 

Ὅστις ἢ δ᾽ ἀφοικνοῖτο “" τῶν παρὰ βυσβῶς" πρὸς 
αὐτὸν πάντας οὕτω δ δια.τιθεὶς ἀπεπέμπετο" Ἂ ὥστε" αὐτῷ Ὃ 
μᾶλλον φίλους εἶναι ἢ βασιλεῖ. Ἐξ) καὶ τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαντῷ ™ 


. 1726. 1011. See Introd. 42, 45. 341. 534.” 2837. δ98, 1. 463. 8.668. 4 
See Introd. 7. 446. 451, a. #968, b. 653,N.3. 6583, a, end. 5595. Ὁ. 916. ὃ 


“bL6. 5825. 1252, 525. 45h, Ὁ. 7932, 2. 1481, 2. See Introd. 45. - 273, 659, a. 


8775. 1179. 394. °654,e. 983 (a). 443,1. 549, Ὁ. 10 969, ο, 978. ‘1563, 4, 1574, 
653, 5, 666,3. 583, Ὁ, 593. 1658. 949. 447. 551, ἃ. 12856. 1288. See Introd. 
45, 545. 581,a. %1018,1021. 1610. 421,1. 486. 555. 1872, 598. 638, 5. 
6898. 1403. 604. 650. 16623. 911. 327. 509. 17764, 2. 1159. 1160 376. 
520, 2. 18 969, Ὁ. 1563, 2. G53, 4, 583, 19965. 1559. 650. 682. 20% 29, b. 
1021, (c). #64, 1. 2914, 2, (2). 1481,2. G25. 616, Ὁ. 22 621,90. 952,1,2. 494, 
643. *660,c. 446,n. “830. 1258,2. 526.1. 459. 953. 1449. 595. 6.'6,b, 
2% 765. 1174. 376. Nn. 632. 71 606,8. 9ὅ9. 1. 451. δδδ. α. 


BOOK I. CHAP. 1. Δ 9 


δὲ βαρβάρων ' ἐπ-εμελεῖτο ὡς πολεμεῖν 5 τε ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν ὃ 


καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ ἡ ; 
/ Τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν ἠθροιζεν vis® μᾶλιστα ἐδύ- 
varo ἐπι-κρυπτόμενος, ὅπως ὅτ' ἢ ἀπαρασκευότατον λάβοι 
βασιλέα. δ᾽ ὧδε οὖν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλυγήν. ὁπόσας εἶχε 
φυλακὰς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι παρ-ἤγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις ἑκά- 
στοις λαμβάνειν" ἄνδρας Πελοποννησίους ὅτι πλείστους 
βελτίστους, ws ἡ ἐπι-βουλεύόντος Ὁ πισσαφέρνους 
ν᾽ ταῖς πόλεσι." . καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ Ἰωνικαὶ πόλεις Τισ- 
σαφέρνους "ἢ τὸ bacon © exe βασιλέως " δεδομέναι, τότε 
δὲ ἀφ-ειστήκεσαν πρὸς δ Κῦρον πᾶσαι πλὴν Μιλήτου. 


Topics for Study. (1) Construction with ὥστε, §§ ὅ,8. (2) ἔχειν with 
adverbs = what? (3) ὥς and ὅτε with the ‘superlative. (4) Genitive abso- 
lute. (5) Adverbial accusative. 


"Ey Μιλήτῳ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης προ αἰσθόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ ™ 
ταῦτα βουλευομένους. [ἀπο-στῆναι πρὸς Κῦρον,} τοὺς 
μὲν" ἀπ-έκτεινε τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξέβαλεν. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπο- 
λαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας ἡ συλ-λέξας στράτευμα ἐπολιόρκει 
Μίλητον καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο 
μεν το δῆς Τοὺς ἐκ-πετιτωκότας. καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη πρόφασις 
ἣν αὐτῷ " τοῦ ἀθροίζειν στράτευμα. 

Πρὸς δὲ βασιλέα" πέμπων ἠξίου ἀδελφὸς ἢ ὧν ™ αὐτοῦ 


δοθῆναι " οἵ ὃ ταύτας τὰς πόλεις μᾶλλον ἢ Τισσαφέρνην 


ἄρχειν αὐτῶν͵," καὶ 7 μήτηρ" συν ἔπραττεν "ὁ αὐτῷ ταῦτα" 


ὥστε" Bacideds τὴν μὲν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν */ ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκ 


1742. 1102, B56. 511. 2952. 1826. 642. 565. 9881. 1005, ὅ90. 669,5. 
$965. 1174. 376. 522. 5651,a. 428. %660,c. 957. 446,κ. 1995. 1037. 488. 
618, ο. 8 948. . 638. 570. 9978. 1514. 656.8. 593, ς. το 970. 1152, 
657. 539. τοὶ βαύτῷ, 8. 13735. 1004.1. 848,1. 503. 1819, Ὁ. 1000, 9, 
336. 540. ™716,b. 1054. 334. 586,0. 4δθ085. 1583. 661. δ86,.. 185654. 
81. 443,12. 549. 966. 1560. 650, 1. 583. 768. 1178. 379. 52h, 8. 
959. 1547. 636, 639. 575. 9106, Ὁ. 907. 326. 502. 969, Ὁ. 1563, % 
653.4. 589. °%2948. 1519. 638. 570. “685. 987. 472. 197. ™ 741. 1109, 
356. 510, ε. 36 Of τοῦ βίου, $1, See Introd. 44, 2775. 1179. 894. 31: 927%. 
1449, 1450. 595. 639... 38 Οὗ wap’ ἑαυτῷ, § 5. ΄ 

* Brackets [Π] indicate words supposed to be interpolations. 


70 ANABASIS. 


ἠσθάνετο, Tuccadépver’ δὲ ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα" αὐτὸν 
ἀμφὶ τὰ στρατεύματα δαπανᾶν" ᾿ ὥστε οὐδὲν ἡ ἤχθετο 
αὐτῶν" πολεμούντων. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Κῦρος ἀπ-έπεμπε τοὺς 
, ᾿Ξ - “6 > ~ / ιν 

γιγνομένους δασμοὺς βασιλεῖ" ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ὧν 
'Γισσαφέρνους ὃ ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. ὃ, 

Topics for Study. (1) 6 (%, οἱ etc.), μὲν... ὃ (ἡἣ οἴο.), δέ. (2) Article 
with the infinitive. (3) Use of pronoun of third person. (4) Case after 
verbs of ruling. (5) Attraction of the relative. 


Under various pretexts he employs Clearchus, Aristippus, and 


. others to collect Greek mercenaries. 


VAdXo δὲ στράτευμα αὐτῷ" συν-ελέγετο ἐν Χερρονήσῳ 
τῇ kat’ ἀντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδου" τόνδε τὸν τρόπον." Κλέαρ- 
xos Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἦν τού- 
τῳ" συγ-γενόμενος ὁ Κῦρος ἠγάσϑη ” 

S05 \ διῶ 16 3 κα 
τε αὐτὸν καὶ δίδωσιν" αὐτῷ 
μυρίους δαρεικούς. ὁ δὲ" λαβὼν 
GoLD panic (actual size). τὸ χρυσίον στράτευμα συν-έλεξεν 





fa. ‘\ 4 a Ν 3 ’ 3 
ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων καὶ ἐπολέμει ἐκ Χερ- 


10 


ρονήσου ὁρμώμενος τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ" τοῖς ᾿ ὑπὲρ Ἑλλή- 

σποντον οἰκοῦσι καὶ ὠφέλει τοὺς Ἕλληνας "" ὥστε Ὁ καὶ 
’ = 5 »" αι Ἁ “ 

χρήματα συν-εβάλλοντο avT@ εἰς THY τροφὴν τῶν στρα- 


A Ν « ΄ 5 
τιωτῶν αἱ “Ἑλλησποντιακαὶ πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι." τοῦτο ὃ 


= : a : 
αὖ οὕτω τρεφόμενον ehdvOavev™ αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα. 


24 δι Ὁ 
ETUYX AVEV 


αὐτῷ, καὶ πιεζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοι ἢ ἀντιστασιωτῶν ἔρχε- 


᾿Αρίστιππος δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς ἕένος ἢ ὧν 


172. 1177. 899.1. 525. 2Cf.dvy%above. 3.946. 1522. 646. 578. 419, Ὁ, 
1060. 8386. 540. 5970. 1152. 657. 589. 6464,1. 1158. 3785. 590. 7994. 
1081. 484. 613,0. 550. 1130. 365. 509,9. Cf παρών, ὃ. 76%, 1165, 
878. 523. 1668. 959, 2; 960. 452. 552, Ὁ. 122957. 1148. 869,3. 518, Ὁ. 
18 Of, τὸ ἀρχαῖον, § 6, οὐδέν, § 8. 4772, 775. 1175,1179. B94. 525. 165 497, 8. 444, 
158,3. 394. 16 $28. 1252,1. 525. 454, Ὁ. 17 Cf. 9 6 δε, § 3. 18 Of Τισσαφέρνει, 
§ 8, 19 Cf. τῇ 4 above. 20 Cf. ware, 8 5, 8. 21619, a. 926. 425. 6546. 2 984, 
1586, 660, N. 586. a. 3706, Ὁ. 907. B26. 502. %4 ΟΥ̓́ 10 παρών, § 2, ἔχων, § 8, 
30 708. 1119. 879. 524,98. 390Γ % παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ. § 5 


-Ἰς 


BOOK I. CHAP. I 71 


Ν Ν A \ a νῷ oe > 
ται πρὸς τὸν Κυρον καὶ αἰτεῖ αὑτον΄ eis δισχιλίους͵ 
cal lal ᾿ς ᾿ a4 
ξένους καὶ τριῶν μηνῶν μισθόν, ws” οὕτως περι-γενόμενος 


΄“ “ “ id > 
ἂν ὃ τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος δίδωσιν αὐτῷ εἰς 


Noa j wn , Ν A > lal 5 
τετρακισχιλίους Kat ἐξ μηνῶν μισθόν, καὶ δεῖται αὐτοῦ 
ah, 6 7 a \ δ 3 ΄ 

μὴ ° πρόσθεν ' κατα-λῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς: ἀντιστασιώτας 
δὰ * 9 Ps ‘ 

apiv® ἂν αὐτῷ συμ-βουλεύσηται. οὕτω δὲ αὖ τὸ ἐν Θετ- 

tadig ἐλάνθανεν αὐτῷ τρεφόμενον στράτευμα. 


͵ : ΄ ΄ , ον , 
ς΄ ἱπρόξενον δὲ τὸν Βοιώτιον ξένον ὄντα ἐκέλευσε λαβόντα 11 


] 
: 


ἄνδρας ὅτι" πλείστους wapa-yevér®ar,” ὡς εἰς Πισίδας 
_ βουλόμενος pipe ὡς πράγματα παρ-εχόντων ᾿ τῶν 
Πισιδῶν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ” χώρᾳ. 

Σοφαίνετον δὲ τὸν Στυμφάλιον καὶ ἐιβόρην τὸν 
ἦΑχαιόν, ξένους ὄντας καὶ τούτους, ἐκέλευσεν ἄνδρας 
λαβόντας ἐλθεῖν ὅτι ἦς a oe ὡς πολεμήσων Τισσα- 
φέρνει 8 σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι τοῖς ' Μιλησίων. καὶ ἐποίουν 
οὕτως οὗτοι. 


Cha 
i. 


᾿ Topics for Study. (1) Position of the article. (2) Omission of the 


ms - conjunction, —asyndeton, H. 1039. (3) Case after ἐπί and σύν in composition. 


(4) Words or phrases in the attributive position. (5) Verbs with two accusa- 
% tives, §§ 3,10. (6) Πρόσθεν... πρίν. (7) Idiom for ‘was secretly supported’ 
᾿ς gs) Relations expressed by the genitive absolute, §§ 6,11. (9) Construction 
_ after πολεμέω. (10) Mercenary soldiers, Introd. 47, 48. 


_ He musters his troops at Sardis ; Tissaphernes carries the news to 


ig the king. 


II. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ eSdker™ αὐτῷ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι ἄνω, THY μὲν 
πρόφασιν ἐποιεῖτο ws’ Πισίδας βουλόμενος ἐκ-βαλεῖν 

᾿ παντάπασιν ἐκ τῆς χώρας" καὶ ἀθροίζει ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους τό 
τε βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. ἐνταῦθα καὶ παρ-αγγέλ- 


- 


1724. 1069. 840 585. 3.9 ὡς, ξ δ. 5987 (a). 1808, 1,8. 662. 595. 
4740. 1120. 364. 509,b. 5%43,a. 1114. 856. δ09. ἃ. 61023. 1611. 482,1. 
564. 7 955, a. 627, N. 8924,a. 1469. G27. 644,>. 9 Cf. 5 ws, ὅτι, ὃ δ. 10 Οὗ 
§ λαμβάνειν, § 6. τ Of, 10 ἐπιβουλεύοντος, § 6. 12 (673, Ὁ, 977. 457, 2. 55h, a. 
18 772. 1177. 392, nN. 525. 14 Of. τῇ --- τῇ, τοῖς --οτοῖς, ὃ 9. 15 949, 1517. 682,1 
δῆ. 1.978 1574. Θδὅδ, 8. 698, ο, 


λει τῷ τε Κλεάρχῳ λαβόντι' ἥκειν ὅσον ἦν αὐτῷ στράτευ- 
pa; καὶ τῷ ᾿Αριστίππῳ συν-αλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς ὃ οἴκοι * 
ἀπο-πέμψιαι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα" καὶ Ἐενίᾳ τῷ 
᾿Αρκάδι, ὃς αὐτῷ" προ-ειστήκει τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι ξενικοῦ," 
ἥκειν παρ-αγγέλλει λαβόντα τοὺς ἄλλους πλὴν ὁπόσοι 

2 ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν τὰς ἀκροπόλεις φυλάττειν. ἐκάλεσε δὲ καὶ 
τοὺς Μίλητον πολιορκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς φύγαν ἐκέλευσε 
σὺν αὐτῷ στρατεύεσθαι, sin pari νά εἰ καλῶς 
,,κατα- πράξειεν" ἐφ᾽ a ὍΩ ἐστρατεύετο," pn”? πρόσθεν ® παύ- 
σεσθαι ἢ πρὶν αὐτοὺς κατ-αγάγοι © οἴκαδε. οἱ dé" ἡδέως 
ἐπείθοντο᾽ ἐπίστευον yap αὐτῷ᾽ ™ καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα 
παρ-ῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις. 


72 ANABASIS. 


Topics for Study. (1) Force of ὡς with the participle. (2) Ways of 
expressing possession. (3) Positions of the antecedent. (4) Construction 
with verbs of superiority (&pxw, meprytyvopat, προίστημι). (5) Infinitive with 
adjectives. ; 


‘ A 

8 Hevias μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λαβὼν ἢ παρ- 
id > , ε 7 > / id 
eyevero εἰς Σάρδεις ὁπλίτας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους, Πρό- 

a » 
ἕενος δὲ παρ-ῆν ἔχων" ὁπλίτας μὲν εἰς πεντακοσίους 

Ν ol 
καὶ χιλίους, γυμνῆτας δὲ πεντακοσίους, Lodaiveros δὲ 
“ὁ Στυμφάλιος ὁπλίτας ἔχων χιλίους, Σωκράτης δὲ 6 
> “ ε 4 ¥ ε 4 ’ Ἁ ε 
Αχαιὸς ὁπλίτας ἔχων ὡς πεντακοσίους, Πασίων δὲ 6 

Ν ’ \ ε 7 id ‘\ 
Μεγαρεὺς τριακοσίους μὲν ὁπλίτας, τριακοσίους δὲ πεὶλ- 
P » , Ba ae δὲ \ : ς ee 
ταστὰς ἔχων mop Ἐγένετο ἣν καὶ οὗτος καὶ ὃ 
a ΑΝ 

Σωκράτης τῶν ἢ ἀμφὶ Μίλητον στρατευομένων. οὗτοι 
μὲν εἰς Σάρδεις aire” ἀφίκοντο. 
t Τισσαφέρνης δὲ κατα-νοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ μείζονα ἡγησά- 
τοῦ ἐλαβών, 132, 2995. 1087. 485. 618. .ὕ. 5621. 05ὅ9.9, £24. 543. 4 666, c. 
952. 499, 1. 555, ἃ. 5767. 116. 878, 533, "5 641. 1109, 1182. 359. 570, c. 
7952. 1526. 641. 565. 5164. 11:08, 375. 520. 59835,5. 1497,2. G73. 669, . 
20996. 1026. £286. 614. 11936. 1489. 676. 62h, ο. 1221024. 1611. 449, x. 
579, 2. 15 Cf. πρόσθεν, 11. 4948, a. 1286. 549, 2. 1024. 1502,3. 627. 
6h4, ¢. 16 Cf. 9 ὁ de, 15. 17764, 2. 1159, 1160. S76. 520, a. 18968. Ὁ. 1565, 


653, x.3. 583,a,end. “607. 901, 496,1. 498,c. 732. 1094,7. 355,2. 508, 
2767. 1165. 378. 523. 


rE el ᾿ξ Pad 


"Ἢ 
᾿ 


ot 


















































































φᾷ qorMueatp £2 wooly 4801}. ὅδ  eapnyysuoT 








09 OF 02 0 
$371IW HSIT9N3 VA 
009 OOF 00% 0 


vidvis 















































BOOK 1. CHAP. IL 73 


3 Ἄν ae. > \ (ὃ 4 e .3 , 
μενος εἰναι ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ Πισίδας τὴν παρασκευήν," πορεύεται 
ε λέ 3 25 ͵ Ἢ φ »” ε 
ὡς βασιλέα͵ ἣ ᾿ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἱππέας ἔχων ὡς πεντα- 
/ ‘ ‘ ‘ ἈΝ > Ν 2? / 
κοσίους. καὶ βασιλεὺς͵ μὲν δὴ eel ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρ- 5 
Ὁ us , 24 : π 
vous’ τὸν Κύρου στόλον, ἀντι-παρ-εσκευάζετο. 


(3) Dative of interest. (4) Idiom for ‘as quickly as he is able.’ ᾿ (5) Source. 
(6) ὁπλῖται, Introd. 56, 60-64. (7) Light-armed troops, Introd. 65-66. 


’ 


Topics for Study. (1) εἰς with numerals. (2) Partitive genitive. ¢ 


He marches to Colossae, thence to Celaenae ; its palaces, park ; myth 
of Marsyas ; arrival of troops ; review. 


Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων οὖς εἴρηκα ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σάρδεων" καὶ 
ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυδίας σταθμοὺς ἢ τρεῖς παρασάγγας ° 
Ν ὃ a q ; ἡ Ν 4 5 8 4 
εἴκοσι Kat Ovo’ ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανορον “ ποταμόν. τούτου 
τὸ εὗρος δύο πλέθρα" γέφυρα δὲ ἐπ-ἣν ἑπτὰ ἐζευγμένη᾽" 
πλοίοις." ἀν ν 
Τοῦτον δια-βὰς ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταθμὸν ἕνα πα- € 
,ὕ MS , , 13 > 7 ᾽ 
ρασάγγας ὀκτὼ εἰς Κολοσσάς, modu’ οἰκουμένην, εὐδαί- 
μονα καὶ μεγάλην. ἐν-ταῦ- 
θα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά"..-- 
καὶ ἧκε Μένων ὁ Θετταλὸς 
ε 4 ¥ 15 , 4 
ὁπλίτας ἔχων" χιλίους καὶ 
πελταστὰς πεντακοσίους, 
Δόλοπας καὶ Αἰνιᾶνας καὶ 
Ὀλυνθίους. 
> A 3 ad ‘ a , ¥ 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν 1 
> λ , al , 7 13 - 3 , , 
εἰς Κελαινάς, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν “ οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην 
καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα Κύρῳ" βασίλεια ἦν καὶ παρά- 








πελταστής WITH AMAZONIAN SHIELD. 


1946. 1522. 646. 578. 2939. 895,1. G29. 570,d. 36. 1181. 389. 
526, b. $742,c. 1108. 865. 511, a. 5996. 1026. See Introd. 68. 436. 614. 
6720. 1062. See Introd, 84, 85, 95,96. 838. 538. 7291,b. 882,1. 153. 190. 
8624.0. 911,970. 327. 9011. 891,1. 308. 493, Ὁ. 10614. 907. 320. on 
2365. 523. 178.1. 289. 29776. 1181. 387. 526, a. 3623. 911. 317. 

14 730,8. 1062, 338. 538. 15 Cf. 4 λαβών, 13. 16 768. 1118. See Introd. 12. 379. 
524, 8 77604, 899,2. 498. 496. 


74 ANABASIS. 


, » ἃ aA 
Servos μέγας ἀγρίων θηρίων ἡ πλήρης, ἃ ἐκεῖνος ἐθήρευεν ὅ 
ἀπὸ ἵππου, ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλοιτο ὅ ἑαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς 
ἵππους. διὰ μέσου * δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου pet ὁ Μαίανδρος ἢ 
, ε Ν » A > 6 > “A ’ 4 ca 
ποταμός͵ ai δὲ πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων" ῥεῖ 
δὲ καὶ διὰ τῆς Κελαινῶν ° πόλεως. 


Topics for Study. (1) Omission of the antecedent. (2) The length 
of the σταθμός and rapacdyyns. See Grote, vol. ix., p.14,n.3. (8) Means — how 
expressed. (4) Extent (of space ortime). (5) Words of fulness. 


Ἔστιϊΐ δὲ καὶ μεγάλου βασιλέως" βασίλεια 
ἐν Κελαιναῖς ἐρυμνὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρ- 
σύου ποταμοῦ ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ 
οὗτος διὰ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐμ-βάλλει εἰς τὸν 
Μαίανδρον: τοῦ δὲ Μαρσύου τὸ εὖρός ἐστιν 
εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ποδῶν." 

Ἂ a “ > a 7 
ae JCEvrav0a λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ᾿ ἐκ-δεῖραι Μαρσύαν 
αὐ κι i wy” φ ᾿ 

ay Ὁ νικήσας ἐρίζοντά oi" περὶ σοφίας, καὶ τὸ δέρμα Kpe- 
μάσαι ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ ὅθεν αἱ πηγαί" διὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ποταμὸς 
καλεῖται Μαρσύας." (ἐνταῦθα Ξέρξης, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλά- 
δος ἡττηθεὶς τῇ “ μάχῃ * ἀπ-εχώρει, λέγεται οἰκοδομῆσαι. 
ταῦτά τε τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τὴν Κελαινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. % 

Ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε Κῦρος ἡμέρας τριάκοντα᾽ καὶ ἧκε Kiéap- 

ε la Ν » ε 4 ’ Ν 
xos [ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς} ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ 
πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας ” ὀκτακοσίους καὶ τοξότας Κρῆτας δια- 
κοσίους. ἅμα δὲ καὶ Σῶσις παρῆν ὁ Συρακούσιος ἔχων 
ε ΄ , \ ΄ 2 Hae iS \ ¥ ε , 
ὁπλίτας τριακοσίους, Kal Σοφαίνετος ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς ἔχων ὁπλί- 

ἡ ὦ A A ᾿ \ A 
Tas χιλίους. καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν καὶ ἀριθμὸν τῶν 
ε > 4 > A 4 τὴν. ε16 
Ελλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ 





278,0. 1140. 357. 512. 3830. 1268, 2, 526,1. 459. %914, 5, (2). 1481, 2. 
625. 616, Ὁ. 4671. 918, 454. 556. 5624, a. 911, 970. 817. 6116. 140. 
70. 7480, 2, 144,5. 262.1. 20,¢. 8732. 1094,1. 848,1. 508. * 732. 
1004, ὅ, 859, 1. 508. 0944. 1592, 2. 684. 57h, ἃ. 1772, 685. 1177, 987. 8923, 
472. 525, 197. 22726, Ὁ. 907. 341,1. 53h, Ὁ. 13657,0. 444. 551. 1476, 
1181. 389. 626,b. 624,a. 911. 817. 502. 672. 979. 456, 1, 


BOOK I. CHAP. IL 1 


σύμπαντες ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι καὶ L χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ δὲ 


ἀμφὶ τοὺς ὅ δισχιλίους. “. .. . 








Topics for Study. (1) Meaning of μέσος in predicate position. (9). 
Difference between genitive and dative of possession. See notes. (3) Versonal 
construction. (4) ἀμφί with numerals. 


He ταὶ to Peltae; games; reaches Cayster-field ; soldiers de- 
| mand pay; arrival of Hpyaxa. 
Ἢ 


υ 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο 10 
, ΦΙΣ 3 7 ? 
παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς Πέλτας, πόλιν 
οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας 

a > — / ε > Ν Ν 
τρεῖς: ἐν αἷς Ἐενίας ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς τὰ 
Λύκαια ἔθυσε καὶ ἀγῶνα ἔθηκε: τὰ Se’ 
ἄθλα ἦσαν στλεγγίδες χρυσαῖ᾽ ἐθεώρει 
δὲ τὸν ἀγῶνα καὶ Κῦρος. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο 
παρασάγγας δώδεκα εἰς Κεράμων ἀγοράν, πόλιν οἴἶκου- 
μένην, ἐσχάτην πρὸς τῇ Μυσίᾳ χώρᾳ. 

> a > 4 ‘ lad ud , 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς σαρασάγγας τριά: 1 





κοντα εἰς Kavorpou wediov, πόλιν προ: ΔΨ ἐνταῦθ᾽ 
ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας πέντε" καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ὅ ὠφείλετο 
μισθὸς πλέον ὁ ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν," καὶ πολλάκις ἰόντες ἐπὶ 

% * a . 
Tas θύρας ἀπ-ήτουν. ὁ δὲ ἐλπίδας λέγων ὅ δι-ἢγε καὶ 

, 3 > x > 4 a , , 

δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος" ov γὰρ ἣν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου 
»ὕ 
ἔχοντα μὴ ὃ ἀπο-διδόναι. 

Ἐνταῦθα ἀφ-ικνεῖται ᾿Επύαξα ἡ Serna” τοῦ 12 
Κιλίκων βασιλέως 5 παρὰ Κῦρον" καὶ ἐλέγετο "Ὁ Κύρῳ 
ὃ A ΄ λ , A δ᾽ => 11] a , 
ouvat χρήματα πολλά. τῇ οὖν “στρατιᾷ τότε 

4624, ἃ. 914. 819. *664,¢. 948, (). 164, 5. 1158. 375. 520. 4647. 
496. κ. 4. 517, ef. ex. 2. 5729, ἃ. 1085.5. 352 and n. 506, ἃ. 6981. 157S-80. 
660. 585, ἃ. 7941, 969, ἃ. 1563, 5. 631, 1, 653, 6. 571, ¢, 583. §1023. 1611. 


431, 1. 56h. °623. 911. See Introd. 12,13. 317. 502. 0944, 1522.2. 634. 
δῖ, 8. 1048, 2, 4th line. 


13 


14 


6 ANABASIS. 


ἀπέδωκε Κῦρος μισθὸν τεττάρων μηνῶν. εἶχε δὲ ἡ 
Κίλισσα [καὶ φυλακὴν περὶ αὑτὴν Κίλικας καὶ 
᾿Ασπενδίους: ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ συγ-γενέσθαι Κῦρον τῇ 
Κιλίσσῃ. ᾿ 


Topics for Study. (1) Appositive. (2) Cognate accusative. (93) 
πλέον, peculiar use of. (4) Supplementary participle. (5) Participle as sub- 
stitute for a conditional clause. (6) δ᾽ οὖν. 


4 


March continued to Tyriaeum; a review of the Greeks to please 
the queen. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα 
εἰς Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ἐνταῦθα ἣν παρὰ 
τὴν ὁδὸν 5 κρήνη ἡ Μίδου καλουμένη ὃ τοῦ Φρυγῶν 
βασιλέως, ἐφ᾽ ἣ λέγεται Μίδας τὸν ᾿ Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι 
οἴνῳ ἢ κεράσας ὃ αὐτήν. 

[Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει 
σταθμοὺς δύο παρα- 
σάγγας δέκα εἰς Τυρι- 
άειον, πόλιν οἰκουμέ-: 
vnv. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς: καὶ 
λέγεται δεηθῆναι ἡ 
Κίλισσα Κύρου" ἔπι- 
δεῖξαι τὸ στράτευμα 
αὐτῇ" βουλόμενος οὖν 
ἐπι - δεῖξαι ἐξέτασιν 
Ἢ ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 





is τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων. ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς 


Ἕλληνας ὡς νόμος "ἢ αὐτοῖς ᾿ εἰς μάχην οὕτω ταχθῆναι 


1788. 1225. 398, ν. 8. 598, Ὁ. 3152, 9. 194, 8905. 1559. 650. 582, Ὁ. 
9657.0. 444. 5772. 1175. 399,1. 5265. 6969, a. 1563,3. 6538,2. 583. 
7497. 444. 158,8, 894. 5 Cf. δεῖται αὐτοῦ, 11, 9948. 1519. G88. 570. 8c. ἦν, 
611. 308. 98,0. 4768. 1118. 379. 524,¢ 


BOOK I. CHAP. Π. ἐν ἠδ 


καὶ στῆναι, συν-τάξαι δ᾽ ἕκαστον τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ. ἐτά- 
χθησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων: εἶχε" δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων 





VARIOUS FORMS OF GRECIAN HELMETS. 

’ ‘ c ‘ > ΦᾺ Ν ‘ -» 4 e 
: καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ 
eZ x Ἀ , α΄ συ δ a 

ἐκείνου, τὸ δὲ μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. — 


Topics for Study. (1) παρά with-accusative. (9) ἐφ᾽ ἧ. (8) Case 
after δέομαι. (4) ἐπὶ τεττάρων, see Introd. 74,76. (8) οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, οἱ ἐκείνου. 


᾿Ἐθεώρει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος «τρῶτον" “μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους" οἱ 
δὲ παρήκαυνον τεταγμένοι κατὰ ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις" 
εἶτα δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, παρτελαύνων ἐφ᾽ ἅρματος καὶ ἡ 





PERSIAN WAR CHARIOT. 


Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης. } εἶχον δὲ πάντε 
καὶ χιτῶνας φοινικοῦς καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ 
ἐκ-κεκαλυμμένας. ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντας πα 


τὸ ἅρμα πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος μέσης, πέμψας Πίγρητα 


Vi 


τὸν ἑρμηνέα Tapa τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων exe ᾿ 


1621,a. 952,2. £24. 543. 2607. 901. 496.1. 498, ¢. 3 sc. ἐθεώρει. 
4969, a. 1568,3. 653,3. 583. 5 $37, cf. ἐποίησε, 13, 528.1. 463. S671. 978. 
454. 556, , 


_ 


18 


19 


20 


18 ANABASIS. 


λευσε προ-βαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐπι-χωρῆσαι ὅλην τὴν 
φάλαγγα. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα προ-εἶπον τοῖς στρατιώταις" 

\ TS eee 8 ΄ ἣν» 4 ἀ ae 
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσἀάλπιγξε.“" προ-βαλόμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἐπ-ῇσαν. 
ἐκ δὲ τούτου θᾶττον ἡ προ-ϊόντων" σὺν κραυγῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ 
αὐτομάτου δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις ὃ ἐπὶ τὰς 
σκηνάς, τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων φόβος ὃ πολύς, καὶ ἥ τε 

, ¥ > \ Pee , Ν ε 2.9 A 
Κίλισσα ἔφυγεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἁρμαμάξης καὶ οἱ ἐκ" τῆς 
> “~ , & ” ¥ ε ἂν 
ἀγορᾶς κατα-λιπόντες τὰ ὥνια ἔφυγον. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες 
σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἦλθον. ἡ δὲ Κίλισσα ἰδοῦ- 
oa” τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος 
ἐθαύμασε. Κῦρος δὲ ἥσθη ™ τὸν ἐκ τῶν 2 Ἑλλήνων εἰς 
τοὺς βαρβάρους φόβον ἰδών." 

Topics for Study. (1) Armor of ἃ hoplite, see Introd. 61,63. (9) 


προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα. See Introd. 81. (3) προϊόντων, --- ἃ peculiarity in the use 
of the genitive absolute. (4) Manner. 


Cyrus journeys through Lycaonia; queen returns escorted by Menon ; 
march to Thoana; traitors executed; pass into Cilicia ; its 
plain. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκο- 
σιν εἰς Ἰκόνιον, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν ἐσχάτην. ἐνταῦθα 
ἔμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ τῆς Λυκαονίας σταθμοὺς πέντε 
παρ τριάκοντα. ταύτην τὴν χώραν ἐπ-έτρεψε 
δι is Ἕλλησιν os πολεμίαν οὖσαν. 


ld 










os τὴν Κίλισσαν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν ἀπο- 
Tee ἔστην ὁδόν." καὶ συν-έπεμψεν αὐτῇ [τοὺς] 


1939. 805,1, 629. 570, ἃ. 2654,¢. 988. 448,1. δ.,9, Ὁ. 8609, ο. 897, 4. 
305. 439,a. 461, 74, Ὁ. 84,1; 9δ,ὅ. 89,1. 181, (end). 5972,9./ 1568. 667, κ. 1. 
590,a. 568. 1118. 879. 52h4,a. ΤΊ2Θ, Ὁ. 1085,2. 849. 506,a. δ 80. ἦν, cf. νόμος, § 15. 
*788,a. 1225. 8398, κ.8.. 10983. 1580. 660,1. 585, ἃ, (end). 1497, 444, 
158,3. $94. 12 666,c. 952. 451,1. 555, 4. 13951. 1582. 592. 566 anda. 
14 A 1574. 656,38. 593, 0, 16 719, 4. 1060. 336. 540. 


aa 


BOOK I. CHAP. IL 79 


, ; cal a 
στρατιώτας os Μένων εἶχε καὶ αὐτόν. Κῦρος δὲ pera 
τῶν ἄλλων ἐξ-ελαύνει διὰ Καππαδοκίας σταθμοὺς τέτ- 
ταρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε εἰς Θόανα, πόλιν 

















N 7 wD ay ἃ 
‘enige Cs .- “TH 
: A oana é 
kon! Scrat / 
ΕΟ! = j a 
Toy CILicl κῶν 
Jystra Εν. ς prt BEY, ~ 
‘= tls Ke 











2 ΄ , ‘ > δ: > a ¥ 

οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν 
ε ‘4 as > e232 ΄-΄“ 3 4 ¥ ὃ 8 Ὁ 

ἡμέρας τρεῖς: ἐν ᾧ΄“ Kupos ἀπ-έκτεινεν avopa” ἹΙέρσην 
Μεγαφέρνην, φοινικιστὴν βασίλειον, καὶ ἕτερόν τινα 
τῶν ὑπάρχων ἡ δυνάστην, αἰτιασάμενος ἐπι-βουλεύειν ® 
αὐτῷ. δ’ 


Topics for Study. (1) Aorist of liquid verbs. (2) διά with gen., with 
ace. (3) τὴν ταχίστην ὅδόν. (4) ἀνήρ as an appositive. 


_ Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειρῶντο εἰσ-βάλλειν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" ἡ 21 
᾿δὲ εἰσβολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμάξιτος ὀρθία ἰσχυρῶς καὶ ἀμήχανος 
εἰσ-ελθεῖν᾽ στρατεύματι," εἴ τις ἐκώλυεν" ἐλέγετο δὲ 
Ν Ve > re) - » , Ἀ ᾽ Α 
καὶ Συέννεσις εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων φυλάττων τὴν εἰσβο- 
λήν" διὸ ἔμειναν ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ 
ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων ὅτι λελοιπὼς " εἴη Συέννεσις τὰ 


1359,c. 5389. 272, 2. 267. 2sc. χρόνῳ, 996. 1026. 486. 61h. 3 625, a. 
1729, 0. 1085,7. B55. 506,a. 5946. 1522. 646. 578. 6Cf.8airg,18%. 7952. 
1526. 641. 565. 8767. 1165. 378. 523. 9593. 1890. Seealso 832. 1255. 602. 
Cf. also 527; 647, cf. 459,8. sc. ἡμέρᾳ, cf. ἐν ᾧ, § 20. See 782. 1192. 888. 527, 9. 
4457, 783. 536,1. 456,d. For opt. see 932, 2. 1487. 673. 659, a. 


22 


24 


80 ANABASIS. ‘ 


ἄκρα, ἐπεὶ yobero'’ ὅτι τὸ Μένωνος στράτευμα ἤδη ἐν 
Κιλικίᾳ ἣν" εἴ ῶν ὀρέων, καὶ ὅτι τριήρεις ἤκουε" 
a ἦν“ εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων; ριήρεις ἡκουεῦ 
, 9143) ’, 5» λ ,ὕ “ Ν»»» 5 
περι-πλεούσας ἀπ Ἰωνίας εἰς Κιλικίαν Ταμῶν ἔχοντα 
τὰς Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. Κῦρος δ᾽ οὖν 
5 fa $2.8 Ν »” > ὃ Ν 6 ΄ \ τὸ Ἀ 
ἀν-έβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη οὐδενὸς" κωλύοντος, καὶ εἶδε τὰς 
σκηνὰς οὗ οἱ Κίλικες ἐφύλαττον. 

Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ κατ-έβαινεν εἰς πεδίον μέγα καὶ καλόν, 
ἔπίρρυτον, καὶ δένδρων ὃ παντοδαπῶν σύμπλεων ἢ καὶ 
, Ν Ν Ν ᾿ Ἁ Ν " 
ἀμπέλων. πολὺ δὲ καὶ σήσαμον καὶ μελίνην καὶ κέγχρον 

A « A ᾿ » > a - ὧν 
καὶ πυροὺς καὶ κριθὰς φέρε. ὄρος δ᾽ αὐτὸ περι-έχει 
ὀχυρὸν καὶ ὑψηλὸν πάντῃ ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν. 
Topics for Study. (1) Simple supposition. (2) Time, when. (8) 
Rule for modes in indirect discourse. (4) Origin of the adv. οὗ. (5) Declen- 
sion of σύμπλεων. (6) Compare ἐν ᾧ, § 20, ἐκ τούτου, §17, ἐν ais, § 10. (7) 


Describe the route over which Cyrus has passed. (8) Have the cities been 
identified? (9) Structure of the trireme. See Introd. 105. 


. 


March to Tarsus: two companies lost; interview with Syennesis. 


lal * 
Kara-Bas δὲ διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίον ἤλασε σταθμοὺς 
Δι —- > 
τέτταρας παρασάγγας πέντε Kal εἴκοσιν εἰς Ταρσούς. 
Ν Ἂν > 
τῆς Κιλικίας πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα, ἔνθα jv 
la) 4 /, Ν 
τὰ Συεννέσιος βασίλεια [τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως}: διὰ 
> 

μέσου " δὲ τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμὸς Κύδνος dvopa,” εὖρος 
δύο πλέθρων." ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐξ-έλιπον οἱ ἐν-οικοῦν- 

i , ᾿ς 16 GR a eee 
tes” μετὰ Συεννέσιος εἰς “ χωρίον ὀχυρὸν ἐπὶ" Ta opy 
ΧΡ Ὁ \ κ᾿ 
πλὴν οἱ τὰ καπηλεῖα ἔχοντες" ἔμειναν δὲ καὶ οἱ παρὰ 
Ν / > ω > ly ‘ > 3 “A 
τὴν θάλατταν οἰκοῦντες ἐν Σόλοις καὶ ἐν ‘logos. 
1935, .. 1499. 675,38. 662. 2 Cf. ἐστρατεύετο. 22. $192, 757. 1148. 106, 
860. 12h, 518,b. 4988, 935, b. 1497, 2, (end). 674, 675, 1. G59. 5982. 1588. 
601. 586, a. 5970. 1152. 657. 589. 7760, a. 1137, B58. 515. 8 753, ¢. 
140, B57. 512. 9226. 305. 119. 74. 10604. 800,2. £98. 496. 11 Of. μέσης, 


§ 17. 12 718, 1058. 337. 537, 15 129, ἃ, 1085,5. S52and nN, 506, ἃ. 14 966. 
1560. 650,1. 6838. 788, 1225. 398,N.3. 598, Ὁ. 


BOOK I. CHAP. II. 81 


Ἐπύαξα δὲ ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνὴ προτέρα Κύρου" πέντε 
ἡμέραις ὃ εἰς Ταρσοὺς ἀφ-ίκετο. 


Ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ὀρέων τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἢ δύο 2 


a / ΄ > " 3 ε δ 6 
λόχοι τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ἀπ-ώλοντο᾽ οἱ μὲν 
ἔφασαν ἁρπάζοντάς τι κατα-κοπῆναι ᾿ ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων, 

᾿ ΄ . ΕἿΣ 

οἱ δέ ὑπο-λειφθέντας καὶ οὐ δυναμένους εὑρεῖν " τὸ ado” 

, aed, | uth ε Ν > " 5 ΄, 
στράτευμα οὐδὲ τὰς ὁδοὺς εἶτα πλανωμένους ἀπ-ολέσθαι" 
> δ᾽ “od 1 04 e A eY 
ἦσαν οὐν΄ ovTOL ἑκατὸν ὁπλῖται. 
‘ Topics for Study. (1) Position of οὗτος. (2) Accusative of specifica- 
tion. (3) Verbs of rest with prepositions (eis, ἐπί, παρά, pos) and the acc. 


(4) Construction after the comparative. (5) Measure of difference. (6) 
Construction after φημί. 


Oi δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἐπεὶ ἧκον, τήν τε πόλιν [τοὺς Ταρσοὺς] 
δι-ήρπασαν, διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν ὀργιζό- 
12 Ν Ν ΄ ‘ 
μενοι,“ καὶ τὰ βασίλεια τὰ 
ἐν αὐτῇ. 
Κῦρος δὲ ἐπεὶ εἰσ-ήλασεν 
εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μετ-επέμπετο 
x 2 x ε a. 
τὸν Συέννεσιν πρὸς ἑαυτόν" ὃ 
δ᾽ » / i) 713 
οὔτε πρότερον οὐδενί ἢ te 
κρείττονι éavrov’ εἰς χεῖρας 
ἐλθεῖν" ἔζη: οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ 


ἰέναι ἤθελε, πρὶν ἡ >} 
2 ¥ 17 \ 
αὐτὸν émece™ καὶ πίστεὶς 





ἔλαβε. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ συν- 
«γένοντο, ἀλλήλοις, 18. Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωκε Κύρῳ χρήματα 


πολλὰ εἰς τὴν στρατιάν, Κῦρος δὲ ἐκείνῳ δῶρα ἃ νομί: 


1619,4. 926. 425. 546. 3ηδδ. 1158. 363. 517. 881. 1184. 388. 526,c. 
4668. 959,2. 452. 552,b. 5666,c. 960. 462,1. 555,a. %654,a, 981. 448,1. 
549,02. 71946,». 1028. 669 and 1. 658. 5613. 312,1. 298,0. °%948, 1519. 
638. 570. 1966. 650,1. 583. See δ᾽ οὖν, 2.12%, 12969, b. 1563,2. 653, 
4. 583. 138-YY¥2,a. 1177. 8592, 1. 525. 4-755. 1158. 363. 517. 15 Cf, κατα- 
κοπῆναι, § 25, 16948, 1519. 638. 570. 11924. 1469. 627. Shh, a. 18 772. 
1175. 392,1. 525. 


26 


27 


82 ANABASIS. 


Cerau' παρὰ βασιλεῖ tipa,? ἵππον χρυσοχάλινον καὶ 
στρεπτὸν χρυσοῦν καὶ ψέλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν καὶ 
στολὴν Περσικήν, καὶ τὴν χώραν μηκέτι δι-αρπάζεσθαι" ὃ 
τὰ δὲ ἡρπασμένα ἀνδράποδα, ἦν που ἐν-τυγχάνωσιν," ἀπο- 
λαμβάνειν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Idiom for ‘into the power of any one. (2) Con- 
struction after πρίν. (3) Giving presents among orientals. (4) Construction 
after ἐάν or ἤν. 


The Greeks suspecting the designs of Cyrus refuse to go farther. 

ΠΙ. Ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινε" Κῦρος καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμέρας 
εἴκοσιν. οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ 

7 ε ᾿ς Ν no δι ἊΝ ἢ , 3» .8 

πρόσω΄. ὑπ-ώπτευον γὰρ ἤδη ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἰέναι" ὃ μι- 
σθωθῆναι δὲ οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἔφασαν. πρῶτος" δὲ 
Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας ἐβιάζετο" ἰέναι" οἱ 
\ Wa » Ν Ν ε ’ Ν > / » Ἁ 
δὲ αὐτόν τε ἔβαλλον καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, ἐπεὶ 
ἄρξαιντο" προ-ϊέναι. Κλέαρχος δὲ τότε μὲν μικρὸν ἢ 
ἐξεέφυγε pr)” κατα-πετρωθῆναι,," ὕστερον ἢ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἔγνω ᾿ὅ 
ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται βιάσασθαι, συν-ἤγαγεν ἐκκλησίαν 
τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐδάκρυε 
πολὺν χρόνον ᾽ ἑστώς of δὲ ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ 
ἐσιώπων᾽ εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε -τοιάδε.᾿ ὃ 


Topics for Study. (1) οὔ φημι (2) Simple conditional relative clause. 
(3) Redundant use of μή. (4) Position of the reflexive pronoun. (5) Mean- 
ing of ἵστημι in pf. and plpf. (6) ἐκκλησία. See Introd. 2, 82, and Dictionary 
of Greek and Roman Antiquities. 


Clearchus addresses them. 
fal , 9 
“"Avdpes™ στρατιῶται, py” θαυμάζετε ὅτι χαλε- 
΄ a a f 21 é ὶ 2 \ 
πῶς φέρω τοῖς παρ-οῦσι πράγμασιν. μο γὰρ 
τοῦ, 10 ἢν, ξ 93,9 226,Ὁ. 901. 341 απ 1. δϑι, 6. 3948. 1518. 688. 570. 


4598. 1403. 604. 650. 5607. 901. 496,1. 298, ο. 61028. 431,3. 7 760, a. 
1138. B58.- 615. 8940. 895,2. 630. 471. 9619, b. 926. 425. 546. 10 $32. 


1255, 527. 459, a. 11914, B, (2). 1431,2. 625. 616, Ὁ. 12 719, Ὁ. 1060, 367. 
336. 510. 134029. 1615, 434. 572. 49948. 1519. 638. 570. 15 489, 15. 
799. G29. 367. 16720. 1062. 838. 538. 17 336, 849. 342, 1263. 258, 535. 


370, 456,d. %696. 1005. 482. 625,a. 1019, 1610. 481,1. 486. 31 778, 
1181. 391. 586,08. 15 108. 1118. 379. 52h,% 


BOOK I. CHAP. ITI. 83 


4 Lal > id , , 9 “ 

ξένος Κῦρος ἐγένετο Kat pe φεύγοντα ἐκ τῆς 
, » 1 2 Ν , » 

πατρίδος τά τε add\a* ἐτίμησε καὶ μυρίους ἔδωκε 
δαρεικούς" οὖς ἐγὼ λαβὼν οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἴδιον 5 κατ- 
ἐθέμην ἐμοὶ οὐδὲ καθ-ηδυπάθησα, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ὑμᾶς 
ἐδαπάνων. 

“ Ν lat 3 Ἁ “"“ Ν “ > ,ὕ A 

Καὶ πρῶτον ὅ μὲν πρὸς τοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐπολέμησα, Kat 

ε Ν ~ ε i“ 2 ᾿ Θ΄. ὦ lal > “ 
ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐτιμωρούμην μεθ΄ ὑμῶν, ex τῆς Xep- 
ρονήσου αὐτοὺς ἐξελαύνων βουλομένους ἀφ-αιρεῖσθαι τοὺς 
> a σ ‘ ~ 4 3 Ν Ν “ δ᾽ τ 
ἐν-οικοῦντας Ἕλληνας τὴν γῆν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ Κῦρος ἐκάλει, 
λαβὼν ὑμᾶς ἐπορευόμην, ἵνα εἴ τι δέοιτο" ὠφελοίην 
δ ἃς > ρι ae fees. Da Θ᾽ £0.30 59 ,ὕ > + δὲ ε - > 
αὐτὸν ἀνθ᾽ adv' εὖ ἔπαθον ὅ ὑπ᾽ Exeivov. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐ 

’ , > ὃ ’ 9 N ε Lal 
βούλεσθε συμ-πορεύεσθαι, ἀνάγκη δή por” ἢ ὑμᾶς προ- 
δόντα "ἢ τῇ Κύρου φιλίᾳ " χρῆσθαι ἢ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ψευ- 


σάμενον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἶναι. εἰ ἢ μὲν δὴ δίκαια ἢ ποιήσω 3 


οὐκ οἶδα, αἱρήσομαι δ᾽ οὖν ™ 


16 


ὑμᾶς καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν 
av™ δέῃ πείσομαι. καὶ οὔποτε ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς ἴ 
ε 15 Ne 4 ὰ > \ , 
ὡς ἐγὼ: Ἕλληνας ἀγαγὼν εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, προ- 
δοὺς τοὺ Ἕλληνας τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν 
εἱλόμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς ἢ ἐμοὶ ἢ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθε- 
δ΄ τ ‘ en a \ 9 x , ΄, 
σθαι, ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι καὶ ὅτι ἂν δέῃ πείσομαι. 
΄ x aan 3 \ 20 3 Ν ΄, 21 Ἂ 
νομίζω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα" καὶ 
΄ \ \ x en oa da 2 
φίλους καὶ συμμάχους, Kal σὺν ὑμῖν μὲν av™ οἶμαι 
εἶναι τίμιος 3 ὅπου ἂν" ὦ, ὑμῶν 5 δὲ ἔρημος ὧν οὐκ ἂν 
ἱκανὸς [οἶμαι] εἶναι οὐτ᾽ ὁ ἂν " φίλον ὠφελῆσαι 3 ovr’ 


9 
OTL 


1719. 1060. 336. 540. %621,c. 989. 424. 548. 8 ΟΥὨ μικρόν, 2. 4724. 
1069. 340. 535. 5937. 1503. 677. 662. 6881. 1365. 590. 659 anda. 
'996,a. 1082. 486. - 414. 8520. 1241. 513. 299,4. Cf. ἐμοί, 88. gat, 
928,1. 681,1. 571,c. U7Y7. 1188, 387,n. 2930. 1605. 578. 655. 18 716, Ὁ. 
1054. 334. 536.b. ™“Asin2™ 1121,a. 426. 913, 916. 1429, 1434. 623. 
618,a. 1030. 1619. 433. 487. Of. οὐδενί, 2%, Asin §5. 677. 985. 467. 
657. 1964, 2. 1159-60. 376. 520,8. 768. 1118. 379. 524,a. 939. 910. 
629. δ70, ἃ. 2964, (a), 900. 1308. 647. 579. 7940. 991. 681. 571. * 913, 
916. 1429, 1434. 623. 620, 616, a. 36 53, σ: 1112, 1140. 862, 2. δ16, 8. % See: 
οὐδείς, above. 27864. 1812. 489, κὶ2. %952. 1526. 641. 565. 


---. 


© 


10 


84 ANABASIS. 


dv! ἐχθρὸν ἀλέξασθαι. ws”? ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ 
ὑμεῖς ὃ οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε. 

Topics for Study. (1) Difference between οὐ and μή. (2) Cause after 
verbs of feeling. (3) Verbs of depriving. (4) Purpose. (5) Mode of de- 


pendent clause in indirect discourse. (6) Case after xpdoua. (7) Double 
negative. (8) ἄν with infinitive. 


The soldiers applaud ; secret understanding with Cyrus. 


rn > ; ε δὲ A 74 3 “a 3 7 
Ταῦτα εἶπεν. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οἵ᾽ TE αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου 
Ἁ ε ¥ “A > , ῳ » Lf 5 ‘ 
kat οἱ ἄλλοι ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες [ὅτι οὐ φαίη" παρὰ 
, , Fat a 14 . δ x , \ 
βασιλέα πορεύεσθαι] ἐπ-ήἥνεσαν. παρὰ δὲ ΞἘενίου καὶ 
᾿ 
Πασίωνος πλείους ὅ ἢ δισχίλιοι λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ 
\ 2 , \ , 7 
τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ Κλέαρχον. 
Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις ὃ ἀπορῶν τε καὶ λυπούμενος μετε- 
πέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον. ὁ δὲ ἰέναι μὲν οὐκ ἤθελε, 
\ “A -“ 9 , 5 n »” 
λάθρᾳ δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν" πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον 
Ζ ε 
ἔλεγε θαρρεῖν ws” κατα-στησομένων τούτων εἰς τὸ δέον. 
, ρ δ᾽ > aN poe) paar as,” δ᾽ > » 
[μετα-πέμπεσθαι ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν. αὐτὸς δ᾽ οὐκ Edn 
ἰέναι] μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συν-αγαγὼν τούς θ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ 
» Ἀ a 
στρατιώτας Kal τὸὺς προσ-ελθόντας αὐτῷ " Kal τῶν 
ἄλλων ἢ τὸν βουλόμενον," ἔλεξε τοιάδε. 
Topics for Study. (1) Declension of comparatives in τῶν. (2) Case 


after dwopéw. (3) Infinitive as object (cf. θαρρεῖν, ὃ 8). (4) Adverbs with genitive. 


Clearchus, adroitly setting forth the gravity of the situation, advises 
them to consult their safety. 


“"Avdpes στρατιῶται, τὰ pev δὴ Κύρου dyrov™ ὅτι 
οὕτως ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὥσπερ τὰ ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον" 
οὔτε γὰρ ἡμεῖς " ἐκείνου ἔτι στρατιῶται, ἐπεί γε οὐ συν- 


1864. 1812. 439, n. 2. 2978. 1598. 656,3. 593, ¢. 8 sc. inre, 613. 312, 1. 
498, »b. 4112,c. 143,4. 69,1. 18. 5 Of. οὐκ ἔφησαν, 81: for opt. see 932; 1481: 
673 ; 659, ἃ. 6236. 358. 291. 149. 7788. 1225. 898,N.8. 698, Ὁ. 8 78. 
1181. 391. δξδ, α. 9ηδ6. 1148. 362.3. 518,b. 10978, 970. 1574, 1608, 656,3; 
657. 593,03; 589. 1795. 1179. 894. 525. 12 729,6. 1088. 355. 506,a. 
15 966 ands, 1560. 650, 1 and ν. 1. 582,a,b. 14 G21, b, Wd ex. 953. 494. 543, also 
602, Ὁ. 5 1049,1,a, “611. 308. ,493, Ὁ. 


BOOK I. CHAP. II. 85 


¥ “- ¥ εἰν τὰ bd 
"πόμεθα αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἔτι ἡμῖν μισθοδότης. ὅτι 
8 


, 


μέντοι ἀδικεῖσθαι 5 νομίζει ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οἶδα: ὥστε Kal 
μετα-πεμπομένου" αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλθεῖν, τὸ μὲν μέγι- 
atov® αἰσχυνόμενος ὅτι σύν-οιδα ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμέ- 
νος ἢ αὐτόν, ἔπειτα καὶ δεδιὼς 7 μὴ" λαβών με δίκην ἐπι-θῇ 
ὧν " νομίζει ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἠδικῆσθαι. ἐμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα 
εἶναι ἡμῖν καθ-εύδειν ᾿' οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν yuo” αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ 
βουλεύεσθαι ὅτι χρὴ ποιεῖν ἐκ τούτων. καὶ ἕως τε μένο- 
μεν αὐτοῦ "2 σκεπτέον “ὃ μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ὅπως [ws] ἀσφαλέ- 
στατα μενοῦμεν, εἴ τε ἤδη δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, ὅπως [ws] 
ἀσφαλέστατα ἄπιμεν," καὶ ὅπως τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἕξομεν" ἄνευ 
γὰρ τούτων οὔτε στρατηγοῦ " οὔτε ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐδέν. 
ὁ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ" μὲι ἄξιος φίλος ᾧ ἂν" φίλος ἢ, 
χαλεπώτατος δ᾽ ἐχθρὸς ᾧ ἂν πολέμιος 7, ἔχει δὲ δύναμιν 
καὶ πεζὴν καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ ναυτικὴν ἣν πάντες ὁμοίως 
ὁρῶμέν τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεθα " καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ πόρρω δοκοῦμέν 
μοι αὐτοῦ " καθ-ῆσθαι. ὦστε dpa’ λέγειν ὅτι τις γιγνώ- 
σκει ἄριστον εἶναι.᾽ 

Topics for Study. (1) δῆλον ὅτι. (2) Construction after verbs of 
fearing. (3) é&ws-clauses. (4) Verbals in -réos. (5) Superlative as adv. 


(6) Case with ἄξιος. (7) The force of ἄν in a relative clause. (8) Case 
after ἔξω, λάθρᾳ, πόρρω. 


General discussion; return under Olearchus proposed; he refuses 
to lead. 


lay ε 
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἀνί-σταντο οἱ 

A 7 Lal ’ ε A 
μὲν Ὁ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, λέξοντες " ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον, οἱ δὲ 
1768. 1178. 879. ὅθι, 4. 2940. 800,9. 630. 571. 599. 1573. 656.9. 
598,b. 4970, 969, 6. 1563, 6, 1568. 657,653, 7. 589,590. 5719. b. 1060. 336 
540. 6982,a. 1590. 661. κ. 3. 587. 7849 andb. 1263. δδ88. 456, α. ®§ 887. 
1818, 594. 474. 9996, a, (2). 1082. 486. 614. For ease, see 745 and a, 1121, 367, 
514. WQ52. 1521. 641. 565. 11742. 1102. 356. 511. 12 760,84. 1187. 358. 515. 
13990. 1597. 665. 596, b. 14 477, a. 808, 3. 961. 2. 885, Ὁ. 15732. 1085, 3. 
848,1. 508. 16 953, f. 1135. 8353,1. 513,a. 17 912, 914, B, (1). 1428, 1431. 620, 
625. 616, ἃ. For case of ᾧ see 765, 1174, 376, 592. 18957. 1148. 869,8. 518, Ὁ. 
611,8. 808. 654. 981. 448,1. 649.  969,c. 1563.4. 653, δ, 583, Ὁ, 


12 


14 


15 


16 


86 ANABASIS. 


καὶ tn’ ἐκείνου ἐγκέλευστοι, ἐπι-δεικνύντες οἵα ein! ἡ 
ἀπορία ἄνευ τῆς Κύρου γνώμης καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. 
εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπε, προσ-ποιούμενος σπεύδειν ὡς τάχιστα 
πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, στρατηγοὺς μὲν ἑλέσθαι" 
ἄλλους ws τάχιστα, εἰ“ μὴ βούλεται Κλέαρχος ἀπ- 
άγειν᾽ τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδει᾽ ἀγοράζεσθαι ---- ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ ἦν ἐν 
τῷ βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι ---- καὶ συ-σκευάζεσθαι᾽ ἐλ- 
θόντας δὲ Κῦρον" αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς ἀπο-πλέοιεν᾽ ἐὰν 
δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Κῦρον ὅστις διὰ 
φιλίας τῆς χώρας ἀπ-άξει. ἐὰν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, 
συν-ττάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην, πέμψαι δὲ καὶ προ-κατα- 
ληψομένους ἢ τὰ ἄκρα, ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι μήτε Κῦρος 
μήτε οἱ Κίλικες κατα-λαβόντες, ὧν" πολλοὺς. καὶ πολλὰ 
χρήματα ἔχομεν ᾿ ἀν-ηρπακότες. οὗτος μὲν τοιαῦτα 
εἶπε᾽ μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε τοσοῦτον. 

“Ὥς μὲν στρατηγήσοντα | ἐμὲ ταύτην τὴν στρατηγίαν 
μηδεὶς * ὑμῶν λεγέτω" πολλὰ γὰρ ἐν-ορῶ δι᾿ ἃ ἐμοὶ" τοῦτο 


v™ ἂν ἕλησθε πείσομαι 


18 


9 δὲ sr ye δὲ nA 3 ὃ Χ16 ἃ 

οὐ ποιητέον᾽ ὡς O€ τῷ ἀνὸρι “" ὁ 
Lad Ἂν 

ἧἦ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, ἵνα εἰδῆτε" ὅτι καὶ ἄρχεσθαι 

ἘΣ Ψ ν Ν »¥ , ᾿ >? 

ἐπίσταμαι ws τις Kat ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων. 


Topics for Study. (1) Meaning οὗ εἶπον with infinitive. (2) Supposi- 
tion of the third or more vivid form. (3) Partitive genitive. (4) Case after 
πείθυμα. (5) Agent after-réoyv. (6) Inflection of οἶδα. 


Another shows the folly of asking ships or guide, and suggests that 
a committee wait on Cyrus and learn his intentions. 


᾿ς Sue ΄ 
}Mera τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη, ἐπι-δεικνὺς μὲν τὴν εὐή- 
a Ἀ al > - , 9 Ὁ Ld Ν 
θειαν τοῦ τὰ πλοῖα αἰτεῖν κελεύοντος, ὥσπερ" πάλιν τὸν 


1932,2. 1487. 678. 669, a. 2On εἶπον w. inf., see 946, Ὁ, 669, κ., 658, end, 
3893. 1390. 602. 647. 41021. 1883. 432.1. 488. 5724. 1069. 840. 535. 
6898. 1403. 604. 650. 7670 anda. 971. €53and1. 552,d. 5966. 1560, 1, 2. 
650, 1. 682. 9984. 1586. 660, κ. 585, a. 10 729, 6, a. 1085,1. 855, 348. 
δῦθ6,.. 112962. 536,2. 12982. 1688, 198. 661. 586,a. 1516. 1051. 381. 
536. 41019. 1610. 481,1. 286. 15991. 1188. 666. 596. 16 764, 2. 1159 
276. 520, 2. 17913, 916. 1434. 620, 623. 616, a. 18 G22, 776. 982, 2, 
eh 424, 389. 543.526,t. W491. 820. 259. 386. %978,a. 1576. 656, 
693. a. 


BOOK I. CHAP. III. 87 


στόλον Κύρου ποιουμένου. ἐπι-δεικνὺς δὲ ὡς εὔηθες ein? 
ε , 2 A ‘ , @3 \ Δ 
ἡγεμόνα αἰτειν παρὰ τούτου ᾧ “ λυμαινόμεθα τὴν πρᾶξιν. 
3 A ‘\ A ε ’ 4 4 ἃ 5 “ἡ Lal 8 “Ὁ ’, 
εἰ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πιστεύσομεν ἡ ὃν" ἂν Κῦρος δῷ, τί 
κωλύει καὶ τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν" κελεύειν Κῦρον προ-κατα- 
λαβεῖν; ἐγὼϊ γὰρ dxvoinv® μὲν ἂν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα ἐμ- 17 
ager ἃ ἡμῖν δοίη," μὴ ἡμᾶς ὍΜΩΣ τριήρεσι Ὁ κατα- 
δύσῃ," φοβοίμην δ᾽ ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι "ὦ ᾧ " δοίη ἕπεσθαι, μὴ 
ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ ὅθεν οὐκ ἔσται eniie * Bovroiuny δ᾽ ἂν 
ἄκοντος © ἀπιὼν Κύρου dafeitv’® αὐτὸν ἀπ-ελθών" ὃ οὐ 
δυνατόν ἐστιν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγώ φημι ταῦτα μὲν φλυαρίας εἶναι "ἢ 
A , ¥ > , Ν “Ὁ 7 > 7 
|Soxet δέ μοι ἄνδρας ἐλθόντας πρὸς Κῦρον, οἵτινες ἐπιτή- 18 
Ν ΄ Ε ΕΣ 3.4 18 , ea 
δειοι, σὺν Κλεάρχῳ épwrav™ ἐκεῖνον τί ἢ βούλεται ἡμῖν 
- - NN x ε A > 19 
χρῆσθαι" καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ πρᾶξις ἢ παραπλησία οἵᾳπερ 
καὶ πρόσθεν ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ξένοις, ἕπεσθαι καὶ ἡμᾶς καὶ μὴ 
20 > “Ὁ ’ 4 . 3Ν δὲ 
κακίους “ εἶναι τῶν πρόσθεν τούτῳ συν-ανα-βάντων᾽ ἐὰν δὲ 19 
ΕΣ ε an ~ 21 s 22 * 
μείζων ἡ πρᾶξις THs” mpdcbev™ φαίνηται καὶ ἐπιπονω- 
τέρα καὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέρα, ἀξιοῦν ἢ ἢ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς 
¥ a , \ ΄ ᾷ > τ σ΄ x " 
ἄγειν ἢ πεισθέντα πρὸς φιλίαν ἀφ-ιέναι " οὕτω γὰρ καὶ 
᾿ peed 4 ἃ , 2A Ν ε ’ ‘ 
ἑπόμενοι“ ἂν φίλοι αὐτῷ καὶ πρόθυμοι ἑποίμεθα καὶ 
3 / > “Ὁ a > ’ὔ 9 » ἃ Ν Ὁ“ 
ἀπ-οιόντες ἀσφαλῶς ἂν ἀπ-ίοιμεν᾽ ὅτι δ᾽ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα 
λέγῃ ἀπ-αγγεῖλαι δεῦρο ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀκούσαντας πρὸς ταῦτα ᾿ 
βουλεύεσθαι. 
Topics for Study. (1) How do ἔστην and ἔστησα differ in meaning? 


{2) Potential optative. (3) Accompaniment. (4) Meaning of ἔστι with the 
infinitive. (5) Adjectives of likeness. (6) Circumstantial participle. 


1970. 1152. 657. 589. 2932, 2. 1487. 673. 659, a. 8767. 116. 878. 
523. #893, c. 1891, 602, ν. 3. 641, ἃ. 5916. 1429, 1484. 623. 616, ἃ. 8 767. 
1165. 378. 523. 7677. 985. 467. 557. 8$72anda. 1327, 563. 476. 9919, a. 
1439. 694. 616, Ὁ. 10776. 1181. B87. 526, a. 11887. 1878. 694. 610, 611, b. 
27792. 1175. 392, 1. 5265. 83994. 1031. 484, 613, b. 4949. 1517. 637, 1. 
57h. % 970, 972, Ὁ. 1568. 657. 589 and a. 16984. 1586. 660, N. 585, ἃ. 
7946,a8. 1517. So ἕπεσθαι, ἀξιοῦν, amayy., βουλεύεσθαι. G637,1. 578,a. 18 7 anda 
11838. 884. 6586, Ὁ. 19 996, a, (2). 1082. 484,1. 613,b. For case, 866 778. 1175. 
B92,2. 522. 20 Cf. πλείους, 37. 21755. 1153. 868. 517. 2666,c. 952. 461,1, 
429,1. 555,a *%410,b. 499. 29. 816,0. ™968,. 1563,1. 653. 688. 


20 


21 


88 ANABASIS. 


Oyrus answering that he wished to punish Abrocomas the soldiers 
resolve to follow, but ask additional pay. 


"Edofe ταῦτα, καὶ ἄνδρας ἑλόμενοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ 
1 Κῦρον τὰ δόξαντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. ὁ 
5 ᾿Αβροκόμαν ἐχθρὸν ἄνδρα ἐπὶ 


πέμπουσιν οἱ ἠρώτων 
δ᾽ ἀπ-εκρίνατο ὅτι ἀκούοι 
-“- , _ = “ 
τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ εἶναι, ἀπ-έχοντα δώδεκα σταθμούς" 
ἴω Ss tal 
πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν ἔφη βούλεσθαι ἐλθεῖν: κἂν μὲν ἢ ἐκεῖ, 
ἈΝ » ᾿ lal - A 
τὴν δίκην ἔφη χρήζειν ἐπι-θεῖναι αὐτῷ, ἣν ὁ δὲ φύγῃ, ἡμεῖς 
ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα. ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ 
> aN a , : a δὲ ὅ ᾿ 
αἱρετοὶ ἀπ-αγγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιώταις" τοῖς ὃε" ὑποψία 


Φ 4 
μὲν ἦν ὅτι ἄγοι πρὸς βασιλέα, ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει ἕπεσθαι... 


A \ , = ε ἈΝ la ε - 
προσ-αιτοῦσι δὲ μισθόν᾽ ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπ-ισχνεῖται 
᾿ a 5 , 7 @ 8 ΄ ¥ yee 
ἡμιόλιν πᾶσι δώσειν, ov ὃ πρότερον ἔφερον, ἀντὶ 
δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ τοῦ" μηνὸς " τῷ στρατιώτῃ" 
9 pt La , ng 2Q\ > A ¥ > ‘ 
ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγοι οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἤκουσεν οὐδεὶς 
ἔν γε τῷ φανερῴ." 

Topics for Study. (1) Constructions admissible after ἀκούω. (2) The 


optative in indirect discourse. (3) Constructions with ὑπισχνέομαι. (4) What 
were the usual wages of a Greek soldier ? 


March to Issus; arrival of Tamos and Chirisophus with troops. 


A ‘ , / 
IV. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέ. 
o> Ν id ? / 12 

ka ἐπὶ τὸν Ψάρον ποταμόν, οὗ ἦν τὸ εὖρος τρία πλέθρα. 
3 al > , ‘ 9 , tA - A 
Evred0ev ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε ἐπὶ 

δ 2 ie: 18 
τὸν Πύραμον ποταμόν, οὗ ἣν τὸ εὗρος στάδιον. 
A ‘ 4 , 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας πεντε- 
al ’, > ΄ / ον ~ 
καίδεκα εἰς Ἰσσούς, τῆς Κιλικίας ἐσχάτην πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ 
1724, 1009. 340. 535. 398,9. 1487. 678. 679, .. 8946. 169. 646. 
578. 4898. 1403. GO4. 650. 5 6δά, 6; 768. 988, 1118, 448,1; 879. 549,b; δι, α, 
€©932,2. 1487. G73. 659, ἃ. 7948,a. 1286. 549, 2. 87955. 1154. 8638. 517. 


9657, ὁ. 951. 10 759. 1136, See Introd. 64. 859. 515. 11621, Ὁ. 9338. 424. 
543. 12 06, Ὁ. Cf. 732. 907. B26. 602. 13214, 288. 214,8. 144. 


¢ 


BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 89 


td 9 , 4 ‘ 9 , > “ 
θαλάττῃ. οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ἐνταῦθα 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" καὶ Κύρῳ παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ Πελοπον- 
νήσου νῆες τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς ναύαρχος 
Πυθαγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος. ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ avrais' Ταμῶς 
> , 3 3 4 » 2 A ABT 4 , 
Αἰγύπτιος ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, ἔχων" ναῦς ἑτέρας Κύρου πέντε 
καὶ εἴκοσιν, αἷς ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον [ὅτε Τισσαφέρνει 
’ Ss Ν ᾿ , Ν 3 ’ A 
«φίλη ἦν, Kal συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ πρὸς αὐτόν]. παρὴν 
δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος Λακεδαιμόνιος ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν, μετά- 
8 €.-& , ε »Ἤ ε ΄ ϑι 4 
πέμπτος" ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας, ὧν 
ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ. αἱ δὲ νῆες ὥρμουν παρὰ τὴν 
, , 2 A ‘ ε δὴν ἃ , ὃ 
Κύρου σκηνήν. ἐνταῦθα καὶ οἱ παρὰ ᾿Αβροκόμα 
> a 
μισθοφόροι Ἕλληνες ἀποστάντες ἦλθον παρὰ Κῦρον 
τετρακόσιοι ὁπλῖται καὶ συνεστρατεύοντο ἐπὶ βασιλέα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Two ways of expressing measure. (2) Meaning of 
ἡγέομαι with gen.? with dat.? (3) Dative after adjectives. (4) Verbal in -ras, 


Pass through the Cilician Gates; retreat of Abrocomas. 








Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθ- 
μὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε 
Φ' λὸς ᾿ ~ ’ ᾿Ὶ 
ἐπὶ πύλας τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ 

A ͵ὕ > . ἴω 6 
τῆς Συρίας. ἦσαν δὲ ταῦτα 

, Q Ν Ν ᾽ν Ἵ 
δύο τείχη, καὶ τὸ μὲν ἔσωθεν 
τὸ πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας Συέν- 
νεσις εἶχε καὶ Κιλίκων φυλακή, 
κ \ oo ἈΝ Ν “Ὁ ’ 
τὸ δὲ ἔξω τὸ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας 
βασιλέως ἐλέγετο φυλακὴ φυ- 


λάττειν. διὰ μέσου δὲ pet τού- 











᾿ς “4 3, 9 
των ποταμὸς Κάρσος ονομα: 
εὖρος πλέθρου. ἅπαν δὲ τὸ μέσον τῶν τειχῶν ἦσαν ἢ 


1767. 1165. 378. 523. 2968,b. 1565. 653,N.3. 483,a,(end). 8475. ΤἸθ, 2. 
235. 352. 4741. 1109. 356. 510, ¢. 5146, p. 188, 8. 72, 6. 6632. 468. 
613, ἃ. 7641, a. 952. 429, 1. 552, ἃ. 8 Cf. τῇ, 2%, 9718. 1058. 337. 537. 
0610. 904. 501. 498,4. 


wo 


90 ΑΝΑΒΑΒΙΒ, 


στάδιοι τρεῖς" καὶ παρελθεῖν᾽ οὐκ ἦν Bla? ἦν γὰρ ἡ 
πάροδος στενὴ καὶ τὰ τείχη εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καθήκοντα, 
.“ te 2 > ὦ 2% \ a , 
ὕπερθεν δ᾽ ἦσαν πέτραι HAlBator* ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς τείχεσιν 
ἀμφοτέροις ἐφειστήκεσαν ὥ πύλαι. ταύτης ἕνεκα“ τῆς 
παρόδου Κῦρος τὰς ναῦς μετεπέμψατο, ὅπως ὁπλίτας 
ἀποβιβάσειεν εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν βιασομένους τοὺς 
πολεμίους εἰ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ ταῖς Συρίαις πύλαις, ὅπερ 
» id 6 ε “ Ν 3 ’ » Ν 
weTo ποιήσειν" ὃ Κῦρος τὸν ᾿Αβροκόμαν, ἔχοντα πολὺ 
, > , \ > a? > 4 3 3 
στράτευμα. ᾿Αβροκόμας δὲ οὐ τοῦτ᾽ ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ 
ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε Κῦρον ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ὄντα ἀναστρέψας ἐκ 
Φοινίκης παρὰ βασιλέα ἀπήλαυνεν, ἔχων, ὡς ἐλέγετο, 
τριάκοντα μυριάδας στρατιᾶς ὃ 
Topics for Study. (1) Repetition of the article. (2) Agreement of the 


verb with the predicate. (3) Position of ἀμφότερο. (4) Genitive after ad- 
verbs. (5) Future infinitive. 


March to Myriandus; Xenias and Pasion desert. 


9 Lal 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας σταθμον ἕνα mapas 

, 4 > / 4 > ’ ε 4 
σάγγας πέντε eis Mupiavdov, πόλιν οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ 

΄ FC ἣν ΄ aT s 8 δ᾽ > Ν ΄, 4 

Φοινίκων ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ " ἐμπόριον" δ᾽ ἦν τὸ χωρίον Kat 
΄σ 9 nyp 
ὥρμουν αὐτόθι ὁλκάδες πολλαί. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας 
ε Se ‘ =| ’ ε > Ν Ἅ Ν ’ 
ἑπτά" καὶ Ξενίας 6 ᾿Αρκὰς [στρατηγὸς] καὶ Πασίων 
ε Ν 5» ld > a Ν Ν ld 10 
ὁ Μεγαρεὺς ἐμβάντες εἰς πλοῖον καὶ τὰ πλείστου 
Ἂν > ᾿ 11 3 , ε Ν A , 
ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι 1 ἀπέπλευσαν, ws μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις 
5 , 12 2 7 \ , 2 κα 
εὀόκουν ~ φιλοτιμηθέντες OTL τοὺς στρατιώτας αὕτων 

. κ᾿ , 3 θέ ἡ ΠΝ ως δ > \ 
τοὺς mapa Κλέαρχον ἀπελθόντας “ ws ἀπιόντας εἰς τὴν 
ε ~ 
Ἑλλάδα πάλιν καὶ ob πρὸς βασιλέα eta Κῦρος τὸν 

> 4 

Κλέαρχον ἔχειν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, διῆλθε λόγος 

1949. 1011. 687. 57h.  * 776. 1181. 887. δ26,.. 5868,5. 509. 258. 
$63. 4758. 1220,6. 362,8; 418. 518,6; δ9θδ.5  %Cf, δέοιτο, 84. 58δδ, 8. 1916, 
648. 577 anda. 982. 1588. 661. 586,a. 829,6. 1085,7. B55. 506,a. 9669. 
956. 449. 551, ¢. 10753, f. 1185. 858,1. 6516,a. 1813. 1242.8. S504. 


600, Ὁ 12944, a; cf. ᾿Απόλλων, 28, G34. 57h, 8. 2965. 1560. 650. 6579. 
4359. 587, 172, 2. 


BOOK I. CHAP. IV. $1 


΄ , 1 > Ν ~ la [- οἷ ε Α ” 

ὅτι Sidkor' αὐτοὺς Κῦρος τριήρεσι" καὶ οἱ μὲν ηὔχοντο 

ὡς δειλοὺς ὄντας αὐτοὺς ληφθῆναι, οἱ δ᾽ ᾧκτειρον εἰ 
~ ᾿ A 

ἁλώσοιντοξ Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 

εἶπεν. 

««᾽Απολελοίπασιν ἡμᾶς Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων. ἀλλ᾽ εὖ 

4 > , 7 » , εν ἴὸ 
γε μέντοι ἐπιστάσθων ὅτι οὔτε ἀποδεδράκασιν" οἰδα 
γὰρ ὅπῃ οἴχονται᾽ οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγασιν᾽ ἔχω γὰρ τριή- 

ν eA” Ν > ΄ 8 X “~ = iAQ . 4 ‘ 
pets wore ἑλεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων ὃ πλοῖον᾽ ἀλλὰ μὰ τοὺς 
θεοὺς οὐκ ἔγωγε αὐτοὺς διώξω, οὐδ᾽ ἐρεῖ οὐδεὶς ὡς 

an nw A > 

ἐγὼ ἕως μὲν ἂν παρῇ τις χρῶμαι, ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀπι- 

A “a ‘ 
έναι βούληται, συλλαβὼν καὶ αὐτοὺς κακῶς ποιῶ καὶ 
τὰ χρήματα ἀποσυλῶς ἀλλὰ ἰόντων, εἰδότες ὅτι 
κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνους. καίτοι 
ἔχω γε αὐτῶν καὶ τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας ἐν Τράλλεσι 
φρουρούμενα᾽ ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τούτων ὃ στερήσονται," ἀλλ᾽ ἀπο- 
λήψονται τῆς πρόσθεν ἢ ἕνεκα περὶ ἐμὲ ἀρετῆς." 

Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα εἶπεν: οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες, εἴ tus” καὶ 
ἀθυμότερος ἦν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, ἀκούοντες τὴν Κύρου 
ἀρετὴν ἥδιον καὶ προθυμότερον ™ συνεπορεύοντο. 

Topics for Study. (1) The article and predicate nominative. (2) Com- 
pare the aorist and present participles. (3) Classes of deponent verbs. (4) 


Conjugate the imperfect of édw. (5) ἀποδιδράσκω and ἀποφεύγω as Synonyms. 
(6) Verbs of depriving. 


Reaching the Euphrates, Cyrus informs the Greeks that he is march- 
ing against the king; they are angry and demand a bounty. 


Mera ταῦτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τέτταρας 
παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταμόν, ὄντα 
τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου, πλήρη δ᾽ ἰχθύων ἢ μεγάλων καὶ 


1932,2. 1487. 673. 659,9. 39ΘΟΥ. 1420; also 855.9. 1287. 548, 677. 658. 
3Cf. 673 ff. 977. 457,2. 554 ff. 4723. 1066. 844. 532. 51030. 1619. 
433. 487. ¢914,8,(1). 1431. 625. 616.0. 7724. 1069. 340. 525. 848,8 
1071. 362,N. 509,a. %496. 1248. 515.1. 393. 666,c. 952. 461,1. 555, a. 
1 893; 894,c. 1890, 1895. GO2. 647. %649,b. 496,1. “753. 1112. 867. 
512. 


10 


ll 


12 


92 ANABASIS. 


: . ~ 
πραέων, ols οἱ Σύροι θεοὺς ἐνόμιζον καὶ ἀδικεῖν 
᾿ a Φ 
οὐκ εἴων, οὐδὲ τὰς περιστεράς. αἱ δὲ κῶμαι ἐν αἷς 
ἐσκήνουν Παρυσάτιδος " ἦσαν εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι. 
> lal > 4 ‘ id ’΄ 4 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας τριά- 
“ ~ - 
κοντα ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Δάρδατος ποταμοῦ, οὗ τὸ 
εὖρος πλέθρουι ἐνταῦθα ἦν τὰ ἘΒελέσυος βασίλεια 
τοῦ Συρίας ἄρξαντος, καὶ παράδεισος πάνυ μέγας καὶ 
, 3» ’ 9 3 δὰ 4 ᾿ “- δ᾽ 
καλός, ἔχων πάντα σα“ ὧραι" φύουσι. Κῦρος 
φὶ ἧς εν \ A , Γ Ξ 
αὐτὸν ἐξέκοψε καὶ τὰ βασίλεια κατέκαυσεν. 
> ~ > 4 ‘ ~ ld 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας 
> 4 Ἀν > , , » ν > 
πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος 
τεττάρων σταδίων" καὶ πόλις αὐτόθι κεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ 
> 4 ’ 3» > -“ _ ε ὕ 
εὐδαίμων Θάψακος ὄνομα. ἐνταῦθα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας 
“A , 
πέντε. καὶ Κῦρος μεταπεμψάμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔλεγεν ὅτι ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτοῦ πρὸς βασιλέα 
’ > ΄“ Ἁ 4 > ἈΝ ’ ΄“ 
μέγαν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα 
τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ ἀναπείθειν ἕπεσθαι. οἱ δὲ ποιή- 
» ‘4 > 4 “A 6 ε Ν an 
σαντες ἐκκλησίαν ἀπήγγελλον ταῦτα" of δὲ στρατιῶται 
, wn a_6 . aa > ‘ 
ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἔφασαν αὐτοὺς πάλαι 
a3 id , 7 , Ν > 8 » 27 ἮΝ 
ταῦτ᾽ εἰδότας κρύπτειν, καὶ ovK® ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἐὰν 
A “ σ “a , 
μή τις αὐτοῖς χρήματα διδῷ, ὥσπερ τοῖς προτέροις ὅ 
‘ , » -“ Ν Ν -“ , 
μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσι [παρὰ τὸν πατέρα tov Κύρου], 
Ν “ 10 > Δ. 4 , 7 ll Ἰλλὰ λ “ 
καὶ ταῦτα ἢ οὐκ ἐπὶ μάχην ἰόντων," ἀλλὰ καλοῦντος 
τοῦ πατρὸς Κῦρον. 
> 
Ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ Κύρῳ neath ase ὃ ὃ ὑπέσχετο 
ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ δώσειν 5 πέντε ἀργυρίου ἢ μνᾶς, ἐπὴν εἰς 
Βαβυλῶνα ἥκωσι, καὶ τὸν μισθὸν ἐντελῆ μέχρι "ἡ ἂν 
1726, 1077. 841. 53h. 588. 10θ4,1. See Introd. 40. 848, 1. δ08. 50. 
πάντων ὅσοι, 1%. 4661. 5932. 1487. 678. 6869, ἃ. 6η64.2. 1159. 376. 520,a. 
7969, ¢. 1563, 6. 653, 7. 683. ®Cf.81, 980, ἐδόθη, 613. 308. 98,0. 9 612,8. 
519. κ. 498, Ὁ. 11 se. ἐκείνων, ΘῚ9, 8. 1568. 667, ν. 1. 590,8. See also 969, e. 


1563, 6. G57, nN. 1, 653, 7. 590, a. 12.948, a, 1286. 549, 2. 15 729, f. 1085, 4. 
352. 506,b. “921. 1465. 618, 623. 631. 


BOOK I. CHAP. IV. 98 


καταστήσῃ τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἰς Ἰωνίαν πάλιν. τὸ μὲν 
‘ Ν a ¢ - ν 3 ΄ 
δὴ πολὺ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ οὕτως ἐπείσθη. 
Topics for Study. (1) Object and predicate accusative. (2) Relative after 
πάντες. (3) Force of μετά in composition. (4) Case after χαλεπαίνω. (5) 
Conjugation of φημί in pres. and impf. (6) Synopsis of ἀνέβην. (7) καὶ 


ταῦτα. (8) Compare parts of ὑπισχνέομαι and ἔχομαι. (9) Decline ἐντελής. 
(10) ‘ Until’ clauses. 


Menon adroitly persuades his soldiers to cross the river first; the 
rest of the army follows. 


; ¥ 
Μένων δὲ πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι τί ποιήσουσιν ot ἄλλοι 
nw a yy . , Ν 
στρατιῶται, πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ" ἢ οὐ, συνέλεξε τὸ 
ε ἴω ’, “Ὁ » Ν ἐλ (ὃ 
αὑτοῦ στράτευμα χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε. 
“ 7A ὃ 57 θῃ ΕΣ ὃ , 
vopes, ἐάν μοι πεισθῆτε, οὔτε κινδυνεύσαντες 
; ~ 7 ; , 
οὔτε πονήσαντες τῶν ἄλλων πλέον προτιμήσεσθε" στρα- 
τιωτῶν ὑπὸ Κύρου. τί οὖν κελεύω ποιῆσαι; νῦν 
tal A 7 
δεῖται Κῦρος ἕπεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ βασιλέα: ἐγὼ 
οὖν φημι ὑμᾶς χρῆναιϊ διαβῆναι τὸν Εὐφράτην ποτα- 
μὸν πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι ὅτι οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἀποκρι- 
“ Κ , x \ Ν ί ᾽ θ ε A 
νουνται Κύρῳ nv μὲν yap ψηφίσωνται έἔπεσθαι, ὑμεῖς 
ὃ , "» & 2 ¥ “9 ὃ ΄ Ν ε 
ὀξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι ἄρξαντες τοῦ διαβαίνειν, καὶ ὡς 
προθυμοτάτοις οὖσιν ὑμῖν χάριν εἴσεται Κῦρος καὶ ἀπο- 
δώσει" ἐπίσταται δ᾽ εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος: ἢν δὲ ἀποψηφί- 
e » ¥ \ Ψ ae 0 27 
σωνται οἱ ἄλλοι, ἀπιμεν μὲν ἅπαντες τοὔμπαλιν," ὑμῖν 
δὲ ε ΝΣ 1 ΄ Ὗ 
ἐ- ὡς [μόνοις πειθομένοις] πιστοτάτοις χρήσεται καὶ 
Ἀ Ἢ ᾿ Ἢ 
εἰς φρούρια καὶ εἰς λοχαγίας, καὶ ἄλλου 2 οὕτινος ἂν 
δέησθε οἶδα ὅτι ὡς φίλοι τεύξεσθε Κύρου." ™ 


Topics for Study. (1) Constructions after πρίν. (2) Case after ἕπομαι. 
(3) Accent of od. (4) ἐάν or ἤν. (5) Explain accent of πεισθῆτε. (6) 
Future middle. (7) Case after δέομαι. 


1665. 967. 444. 555,b. 2955. 1470. 627. 568. 38 72. 1175. 392,1. 525. 
4112,a. 138. 69,1. 18. 5496,a. 1248. 515,1. 393. ©7751. 1132. 370. 598, a. 
7946, b. 1523. 646. 574. 8 00. 1013. 490. 223. 9969, 738. 1547, 1099. 639, 
356. 575,510,b. 76. 42. 48. 35. τ ὙἹ αὐᾶ ἃ. 972. 887.κ.: 320. 1003. 
1085. 484,2. 613,c; or 739. 1099. 356. 510,d. 18 160. 1130. 365. δ09, 8. 


16 


17 


18 


19 


94 ANABASIS. 


> 
Akovoavtes ταῦτα ἐπείθοντο καὶ διέβησαν πρὶν τοὺς 
ΕΣ Lal 
ἄλλους ἀποκρίνασθαι. Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο διαβε- 
’ 1 ν ‘ “ a 
βηκότας, ἥσθη τε καὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πέμψας Too 
> > \ , > » " ΟΡ ἡ: a 
εἶπεν, ““᾿Εγὼ μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ ὅπως δὲ 
καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαινέσετε" ἐμοὶ μελήσει, ἢ μηκέτι pe 
“ / ” “~ 
Κῦρον vopilere.” οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατιῶται ἐν ἐλπίσι 
΄ὕ » ¥ 7.4 Ἂ Pn , A 
μεγάλαις ὄντες ηὔχοντο αὐτὸν εὐτυχῆσαι, Μένωνι δὲ 
Ν δῶ 2, 2 4 ld A “ Ν 
καὶ δῶρα ἐλέγετο πέμψαι μεγαλοπρεπῶς. ταῦτα δὲ 
ποιήσας διέβαινε: συνείπετο δὲ καὶ τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα 
αὐτῷ ἅπαν. καὶ τῶν διαβαινόντων τὸν ποταμὸν οὐδεὶς 
ἐβρέχθη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μαστῶν [ὑπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ]. οἱ 
δὲ Θ \ ὅλ “ ἜΣ οΣ ᾽ 6 a ε ‘ 
αψακηνοὶ ἔλεγον ott οὐπώποθ ° οὗτος ὃ ποταμὸς 
διαβατὸς γένοιτο πεζῇ εἰ μὴ“ τότε, ἀλλὰ πλοίοις, ἃ τότε 
> , -\ , ΄ 7 "“ ~ ‘ 
ABpoxopas προϊὼν κατέκαυσεν, ἵνα μὴ Κῦρος διαβῇ 
ἐδόκει δὴ θεῖον εἶναι καὶ σαφῶς ὑποχωρῆσαι τὸν ποτα- 
\ ret aie , 
μὸν Κύρῳ᾽ ws βασιλεύσοντι. 
Topics for Study. (1) Constructions after πρίν. (2) Original form of 


ἤσθη. (3) Construction after verbs of attention, care, effort. (4) Accent of 
διαβῇ. 


March along the left bank of the Euphrates, through a desert 
country abounding in game. 


‘a a ‘ 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταθμοὺς ἐννέα 

΄ ὀ Ἃ “ Ν Ὁ 

παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα᾽ καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς τὸν 

> , , > oO > a dr ‘ 8 

Αράξην ποταμόν. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι πολλαὶ μεσταὶ 

“ e 4 “ Ἀ 

σίτου καὶ οἴνου. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ 
ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 

τοῦ 982. 1588. 661. 686, αἰ ef. βουλευομένους, 1%. 3885. 1812, 59S, 658, a. 

$1018, 1019. 1610. 431,1. 486. 4944. G34. 57h, a. 51022. 1608. 670, 3. 


*905,a;1. 1414. 616,1. 656, 4 7767. 1165. 378. 523. § 753, 6. 1112, 1140. 
B57. 512. 


BOOK I. CHAP. V 95 


V. Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς “ApaBias τὸν Εὐφράτην 1 
ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους πέντε παρα- 
σάγγας τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ 
τῷ τόπῳ ἦν μὲν ἡ γῆ πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλὲς 
ὥσπερ θάλαττα, ἀψινθίου δὲ πλῆρες" ἢ εἰ ὃ 
δέ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐνῆν ὕλης 1 καλάμου, 





4 53 A 9 4... ἃ . , 
ἅπαντα ἦσαν εὐώδη ὥσπερ ἀρώματα δέν- 2 


OSTRICH. 


δ᾽ ἠδὲ ΨΥ ΝΕ θ la δὲ A 
Spov οὐδὲν ἐνῆν, θηρία δὲ παντοῖα, 
πλεῖ ὄ χ λλαὶ δὲ θοὶ αἱ (- 
toro. ὄνοι ἄγριοι, πολλαὶ δὲ στρουθοὶὺ αἱ μεγά 
har‘ ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ ὠτίδες καὶ δορκάδες " ταῦτα δὲ 
Ν ΄ c ε a ‘ 207 Ἀ ε \ 
τὰ θηρία οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐνίοτε ἐδίωκον. καὶ οἱ μὲν 
ὄνοι, ἐπεί τις διώκοι, προδραμόντες ἕστασαν. πολὺ 
δ ᾿᾿ A - Ν 
γὰρ τῶν ἵππων ἔτρεχον θᾶττον᾽ καὶ πάλιν, ἐπεὶ 
ε ν ca Ee | > id Ν 3 s 
πλησιάζοιν οἱ ἵπποι, Tavtov' ἐποίουν, Kal οὐκ ἣν 
‘al 3 ἴω A 
λαβεῖν εἰ μὴ διαστάντες οἱ ἱππεῖς Onpdev διαδεχό- 
μενοι. τὰ δὲ κρέα τῶν ἁλισκομένων ἦν παραπλήσια 
τοῖς édadetors,® ἁπαλώτερα Sé. στρουθὸν δὲ οὐδεὶς 
Ψ 
ἔλαβεν. 


Οἱ δὲ διώξαντες τῶν ἱππέων ἢ 


Ν 3 4 é ‘ 
ταχὺ ἐπαύοντο" πολὺ 3 
‘ 4 a \ X 
yap ἀπέσπα φεύγουσα, τοῖς μὲν ποσὶ" δρόμῳ," ταῖς 
ἈΝ , 9 g Ἀ 
δὲ πτέρυξιν αἴρουσα, ὥσπερ ἱστίῳ" χρωμένη. τὰς δὲ 
Mead « »” 7 wn 
ὠτίδας ἄν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ ἔστι λαμβάνειν" πέτονται 
Ν ᾿ς , Ν \ 
yap βραχὺ ὥσπερ πέρδικες Kal ταχὺ ἀπαγορεύουσι. τὰ 
\ 7 A 7 > 
δὲ κρέα αὐτῶν ἥδιστα ἦν. 
, Ν A 

Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἀφικνοῦνται 4 
2 8 Ν , , ἄν ΜΝ ᾿ 3 a 
ἐπὶ τὸν Μάσκαν ποταμόν, τὸ εὖρος πλεθριαῖον. ἐνταῦθα 
εν aN δι ΟΝ ΄ » ? 4. ΝᾺ 
ἣν πόλις ἐρήμη, μεγάλη, ὄνομα 8 αὐτῇ Κορσωτη: 

1621, ¢; also661. 932. 494. 543. 2953,c. 1112,1140. 8357. 512. 3 Cf. 
εἴ τις, 49, 459,0. 1085,7. 355. 506,a. %894,2; 914, 5, (2). 1429, 1431. 608, 
G25. 650, 629. 6$49,c. 1263. 535. 456, Ὁ; 457. 776. 42. 48. 35. 8 949. 
1517. G37. 57h. 8773. 1175. B92,2. 522. 10729, 6. 1085,7. B55. 6506, 8. 


1777. 1183. 387,x. 2776. 1181. 387. 526,a. 18 17,8. 916. 320 (cf. last 
@x.). 547 (cf. last ex.). 


96 ANABASIS. 


περιερρεῖτο δ᾽ αὕτη ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάσκα κύκλῳ. ἐνταῦθ᾽ 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρισκαίδεκα 
παρασάγγας ἐνενήκοντα τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ 
» Ν 5 A a. ὧν , 
ἔχων, καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ Πύλας. 


Topics for Study. (1) μεστός, πλήρης. (2) Extent of the Arabian 
desert. (3) Omission of the article (with βασιλεύς, δεξιός etc.), H. 660, 661. 
(4) Declension of κρέας. (5) Explain accent of ἐνῆν, ἐνῆσαν. (6) ὦ in ἅπα- 
λώτερα. (7) pp in wepieppeiro. (8) Mdoxa. ‘ 


Scareity and price of provisions ; an instance of good discipline. 


Ἐ , A lal Ν A ε ’ > ’ 
ν τούτοις τοῖς σταθμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώ- 
λετοῦ ὑπὸ λιμοῦ: οὐ γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ ὃ ἄλλο οὐδὲν 
δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ Fv 
4 ε ’ Ὁ ε ‘ 
ἅπασα ἡ χώρα οἱ δὲ 
> a“ » 
EVOLKOUYTES ονοὺυς ἀλέτας 
παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ὀρύτ- 
τοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες εἰς 
Βαβυλῶνα ἦγον καὶ ἐπώ- 
λουν. καὶ ἀνταγοράζοντες 
MILI AND SECTION OF UPPER (ὄνος . σῖτον ἔζων. τὸ δὲ στρά- 
έτης STONE. ἔ - 
em) τευμα ὃ σῖτος ἐπέλιπε, καὶ 
‘ > a ig > Ὁ ΄ , 
πρίασθαι" οὐκ ἦν εἰ μὴ ἐν TH Λυδίᾳ ἀγορᾷ ἐν τῷ Κύρου 
n 6 x ’ὔ 
βαρβαρικῷ. τὴν καπίθην ἀλεύρων " ἢ ἀλφίτων τεττάρων 
- Ν ‘ Ν 
σίγλων ὁ δὲ σίγλος δύναται ἑπτὰ ὀβολοὺς ὃ καὶ ἡμιωβό- 
» Ν 
λιον ᾿Αττικούς"" ἡ δὲ καπίθη δύο χοίνικας ᾿Αττικὰς ἐχώρει. 
“ s 11 ὩΣ 
κρέα οὖν ἐσθίοντες "ἢ οἱ στρατιῶται διεγίγνοντο. jv" δὲ 
- cal a ’, . 14 » 
τούτων τῶν σταθμῶν ἢ οὖς ἢ πάνυ μακροὺς " ἤλαυνεν, 
.- Ἄ 
ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιτο "᾽ διατελέσαι ἢ πρὸς χιλόν. 
1776. 1181. 389. 526, Ὁ. 2Cf. ἔπαθον ὑπ᾽, 34. $1030. 1619. 433. 487. 
£705. 966, 2. £92, n. 2 5 Cf. οὐκ ἣν λαβεῖν, § 2. 6729, f. 1085, 4. 852 and ν. 
606,b. 17746. 11383. 353. 513. 8720. 1062. 338. 538. 9616. 924.(b). £22. 
10 Cf, λέγων διῆγε, 2%. 1998, 1099, 486, κ. 614,0. 732. 1094,7. 352,1. 508. 


18 15. 1057. B31. 536. 445904, b and gw. 919. 809. 547. 914, 3. 1431, 2 
G26. 616. 





BOOK I. CHAP. Υ. 97 


Καὶ δὴ ποτε στενοχωρίας καὶ πηλοῦ φανέντος ταῖς 

ε , 1 ᾿ » la ε lal Ν lal . 
ἁμάξαις δυσπορεύτου ἐπέστη ὁ Κῦρος σὺν τοῖς περὶ 
ΝΣ ἃ a “Ὁ Ν 3 4, Ν ¥ δ, A 
αὐτὸν ἀρίστοις Kal εὐδαιμονεστάτοις καὶ ἔταξε Τλοῦν 
καὶ Πίγρητα λαβόντας τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ στρατοῦ" συν- 
εκβιβάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐδό- 

> “ 2 a y 
ram κοὺν αὑτῷ σχολαίως ποιεῖν, ὠσπερ 


ὀργῇ ἐκέλευσε τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν Πέρ- 
ROYAL NECKLACE. 


σας τοὺς κρατίστους συνεπισπεῦσαι 
Tas ἁμάξας. ἔνθα δὴ μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας ἦν θεάσα- 


σθαι. 5 ῥίψαντες γὰρ τοὺς πορφυροῦς κάνδυς ἡ ὅπου eru- 
δ 


ἕκαστος ἑστηκώς, ἵεντο ὥσπερ ἂν Spdpou" τις 
περὶ νίκης καὶ μάλα κατὰ πρανοῦς 

: » , a 
γηλόφου, ἔχοντες τοὺς TE πολυτελεῖς 
χιτῶνας καὶ τὰς ποικίλας ἀναξυρί- 
δας, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ στρεπτοὺς περὶ 
Ξ τοῖς τραχήλοις καὶ ψέλια περὶ ταῖς 


: > A , 
ROYAL BRACELET. χερσίν᾽ εὐθὺς δὲ σὺν τούτοις εἰσπη- 
8 


χέν 





δήσαντες εἰς τὸν πηλὸν θᾶττον ἢ ὥς τις ἂν ᾧετο 
μετεώρους ἢ ἐξεκόμισαν τὰς ἁμάξας. 


Topics for Study. (1) Ancient mills. (2) Relations expressed by the 
circumstantial participle. (3) Material. (4) Price. (5) ἔστιν (ἦν) of. 
(6) Verbs that admit a supplementary participle. (7) περί with acc., dat., gen. 
\®) Formation of the adverb. 


Why Cyrus marched so rapidly; traffic across the river. 


Ν Ν 4 A 
Τὸ δὲ cvprav™ δῆλος " ἦν Κῦρος ὡς σπεύδων πᾶσαν 
A eQv 12 Ν 5 9 ν 
τὴν ὁδὸν ἢ καὶ οὐ διατρίβων ὅπου μὴ ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἕνεκα 
¥ ¥ ᾿ ῳ \ 
Ἢ τινος ἄλλου ἀναγκαίου ἐκαθέζετο, νομίζων, ὅσῳ ὃ μὲν 
776%, 1165. 878. 523. 5386. 1097. 356. δ056.ἁ. 5949. 1517, 687. 57h. 
#204. 257. See Introd. 27. 170.1. 132. 5984. 1586. 660, κ. 585, ἃ. ® 549, 
1263. 535. 4156, Ὁ. ΤΊ θᾶ ἃ. 1327. 563. 476. 8 $95. 903. 1397, 1418. 566. 
649: cf. 688, Δ. 5 ΟΥ̓́, μακρούς, §7. 1°'719, Ὁ. 1060. 336. 540. 11981. 1589. 634, 
660, N.; cf. last ex. 585, a. Cf. ἀνιώμενος, 211, 2720. 1062. 338, nN. 588. 
Ὁ ἼΒΙ, 5, 1184. 388. 526, c. 
Η. & We ANAB. —=7 


il 


12 


98 ANABASIS. 


θᾶττον ἔλθοι, τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασκευοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖ- 
29 \ , , ΄ 
σθαι" ὅσῳ δὲ σχολαίτερον, τοσούτῳ πλέον συναγείρε- 
λ A$ , . aA 4 δ᾽ εὐ “ 
σθαι βασιλεῖ" στράτευμα. καὶ συνιδεῖν ἦν τῷ προσ- 
, | etn A ε δ τού, Ὁ \ , 6 Ν , 
έχοντι" τὸν νοῦν ἡ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ πλήθει“ μὲν χώρας 
Ν > θ , > 7 A δὲ ᾿ 6 
καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἰσχυρὰ οὖσα, τοὺς OE μήκεσι 
καὶ τῷ διεσπάσθαι ὃ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀσϑενής, εἴ τις διὰ 
ταχέων τὸν πόλεμον ποιοῖτο. 
΄ Ν ~ > 4 “A 4 ‘ > 7 
Πέραν δὲ τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρήμους. 
N > , > ΄ \ , » \ 
σταθμοὺς ἦν πόλις εὐδαίμων Kal μεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ Xap- 
μάνδη" ἐκ ταύτης οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 
σχεδίαις διαβαίνοντες ὧδε. διφθέρας ἃς εἶχον στεγά- 
opata® ἐπίμπλασαν χόρτου κούφου, εἶτα συνῆγον καὶ 
, ε \ τὴν 10 A , ll . See ἃ 
συνέσπων, ὡς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι "ἢ τῆς Kdpdys" τὸ ὕδωρ" ἐπὶ 
, , CUsy 2 {= , Ων 
τούτων διέβαινον καὶ ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, οἶνόν τε 


τῶν ὁδῶν 


5 ΄ὉΝ ᾿΄ , “ 12 > Ν lal . 
ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου πεποιημένον τῆς ~ ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος καὶ 
σῖτον μελίνης " τοῦτο ὃ yap ἣν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πλεῖστον." 

Topics for Study. (1) ὅσῳ... τοσούτῳ: (2) Dative in looser rela- 
tions, (3) Respect (4) Analysis of διεσπάσθαι and συνέσπων. (5) ὧς with 
infinitive. (6) Verbs of touching. 


Clearchus punishes one of Menon’s soldiers, is assaulted; calls to 
arms; Cyrus, coming up, averts bloodshed. 


᾿Αμφιλεξάντων δέ τι ἐνταῦθα τῶν Te Μένωνός Tov oTpa- 
τιωτῶν καὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεάρχου, ὁ Κλέαρχος κρίνας ἀδικεῖν. 
τὸν τοῦ Μένωνος πληγὰς ἐνέβαλεν: ὁ δὲ ἐλθὼν πρὸς 
τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα ἔλεγεν. ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ στρα- 
τιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον καὶ ὠργίζοντο ἰσχυρῶς τῷ Κλεάρ- 
χῳ." τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ" Κλέαρχος ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὴν 


1932, a. 1497, 2. See Introd. 98, 95. 678. 662. 2946. 1522. G46. 578. 
8767). 1165. 378. 523. 4949. 1517. 637,1. 574. S7Y1,a,b. 1684. 382. 
523, a, 6780. 1182. 890. 527, b. 7982. 1588. 661. 586, a. 8958, 959. 
1547, 640. 575. 9526. 1080. B41. 534. 10953: 1054, f. 1456. 595. 566, Ὁ, 
1738. 1099. 856. 510, Ὁ. 2668. 959,2. 4252. 552,b. BCf 630. 464. 
%650.b. £27, 1. 16 7604, 2. 1160. B76. 520, ἃ. 169782. 1192. 8385. 697, ο. 


BOOK I. CHAP. Υ͂. 99 


A Ἁ 
διάβασιν τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἐκεῖ κατασκεψάμενος τὴν ἀγο- 
ρὰν ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν διὰ τοῦ Μένωνος 
A 4 ἴω 
στρατεύματος σὺν ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν" Κῦρος δὲ 
» , e “a Ν 
οὔπω ἧκεν, GAN ἔτι προσήλαυνε᾽ τῶν δὲ Μένωνος 
* , ra ε 4 A 
στρατιωτῶν ξύλα σχίζων τις ws εἶδε Κλέαρχον διελαύ- 
nw Μ A = 4A “A ΓΙ < 
vovta, ἵησι τῇ ἀξίνῃ" 2 Kal οὗτος μὲν adrod® ἥμαρτεν 
ἄλλος δὲ λίθῳ καὶ ἄλλος, εἶτα πολλοί, κραυγῆς γενο- 
A ‘4 
μένης. 6 δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, Kal 
52 Χ , 3 ae. 6 ᾿ Ν ‘ 4 e , 
εὐθὺς παραγγέλλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα" Kal TOUS μὲν ὁπλίτας 
αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε μεῖναι τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ γόνατα 
/ i. 2% A \ ‘ ~ XN Ν ε id 
θέντας, αὐτὸς δὲ λαβὼν τοὺς Θρᾷκας καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας 
οἱ ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι πλείους ἢ τετταρά- 
’, Ν ε “ “a ἂν δ 53, ‘ 
κοντα, τούτων δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι Θρᾷκες, ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
Μένωνος, ὥστ᾽ ἐκείνους ἐκπεπλῆχθαι ἡ καὶ αὐτὸν Μένωνα, 
XN , oe! ed ‘ ε δὲ \ gs 5 3 lal 
καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὁπλα᾿ οἱ ὃὲ καὶ ἔστασαν" ἀποροῦντες 
~ 7 
τῷ πράγματι. 
Topics for Study. (1) Time, when, how long. (2) Future of verbs in 


d{w, ίῳ. (3) Declension of πλείονες. (3) Force of perfect, infinitive, and 
participle. (4) Inflection of perfect and pluperfect act. of ἵστημι. 


ε 4 , ¥ A σ 

Ὁ δὲ Πρόξενος ---- ἔτυχε γὰρ ὕστερος ὃ προσιὼν καὶ 

, Ree 5 ae 4 , A ε A 2A > > x 
τάξις αὐτῷ ἑπομένη τῶν ὁπλιτῶν --- εὐθὺς οὖν εἰς τὸ 

’ > , ἊΨ » Ν 9 Ν 29 4 a 
μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων ἔθετο τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐδεῖτο τοῦ 
Κλεάρχουΐ μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτας ὁ δ᾽ ἐχαλέπαινεν ὅτι 
αὐτοῦ ὀλίγου ὃ δεήσαντος ὃ καταλευσθῆναι πράως λέγοι 
τὸ αὑτοῦ πάθος, ἐκέλευσέ τε αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου ἐξίστα- 


> “A UO 
σθαι. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ἐπήει καὶ Κῦρος καὶ ἐπύθετο τὸ 


a z "ΩΝ > κ A 
πρᾶγμα" εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἔλαβε τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ 

ἈΝ a a “ A > , > Ν 
σὺν τοῖς παροῦσι τῶν πιστῶν ἧκεν ἐλαύνων εἰς τὸ 

1668, 9. 909,9. 452. 552,b. 2776. 181. 387. δθ6,.. 5148. 1099. 869, 1. 
609,a. 41275. 534; cf. 851, Ὁ. 563,475. 5336. 508. 258. 370. 5 Cf. προτέρα, 2%, 


ΤΟΥ͂ δεῖται αὐτοῦ, 11°. 8 743,b. 1112. B56. 512. 5970. 1568. GEF. 589. 925,b. 
1506. ὅϑθϑ, κ. 688. 


14 


16 


100. ANABASIS. 


μέσον, καὶ λέγει τάδε. “Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε καὶ ot 
¥ ε , 9 > » bid oy > 
ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες EdAnves, οὐκ ἴστε ὅτι ποιεῖτε. εἰ 
’ > la , , 1 , > »“ 
γάρ τινα ἀλλήλοις μάχην συνάψετε,.' νομίζετε ἐν τῇδε 
a ε ΄ δ , θ 2 μὰν Ὁ» γα. > Ν 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμέ τε κατακεκόψεσθαι" καὶ ὑμᾶς οὐ πολὺ 
ἐμοῦ" ὕστερον. κακῶς γὰρ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐχόντων ἡ 
πάντες οὗτοι ovs ὁρᾶτε βάρβαροι πολεμιώτεροι ἡμῖν 
ἔσονται τῶν ὅ παρὰ βασιλεῖ ὄντων.᾽ 

3 4 ~ ε ’ 3 ε A > , . 

Ακούσας ταῦτα ὃ Κλέαρχος ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένετο" καὶ 
παυσάμενοι ἀμφότεροι κατὰ χώραν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Greek use οἵ ὕστερος, πρότερος, πρῶτος. “ὦ (2) 
Meanings of τέθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλας (3) Inflection of indicative of ofda. (4) Mean- 
ings of παύω, παύομαι. 

First traces of the enemy; Orontas, his treachery and arrest. 

VI. ᾿Εντεῦθεν προϊόντων" ἐφαίνετο ἴχνη ἵππων καὶ 
κόπρος ᾿ εἰκάζετοῦ δ᾽ εἶναι ὁ στίβος ὡς δισχιλίων ἵππων.ἷ 

® “7 x Ἀ \ ” »” > 
οὗτοι προϊόντες ἔκαον καὶ χιλὸν Kal εἴ τι ἀλλο χρή- 
> 
σιμον ἣν. 

“Ὀρόντας δὲ ἸΠέρσης ἀνὴρ yéver® τε προσήκων βασιλεῖ 
καὶ τὰ πολέμια ἢ λεγόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις Περσῶν 
ἐπιβουλεύει Κύρῳ καὶ πρόσθεν πολεμήσας, καταλλαγεὶς 

, e 4 ΗΝ > BEE a! ¥ Sy Ὸ , , 
δέ. οὗτος Κύρῳ εἶπεν, εἰ αὐτῷ Soin" ἱππέας χιλίους. 
ὅτι τοὺς προκατακάοντας ἱππέας ἢ κατακάνοι ἂν ἐνεδρεύ- 

a “- ὴ Ν 7 A a La ll < , a 
σας ἢ ζῶντας πολλοὺς αὐτῶν av €or” Kal κωλύσειε TOU 


12 


4 > , ‘ / ν , , 
κάειν 2 ἐπιόντας, Kal ποιήσειεν ὦστε μήποτε δύνασθαι 


΄ A A 

αὐτοὺς ἰδόντας τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα βασιλεῖ διαγγεῖλαι. 

a \ , > ΄ A 29 7 > > δ 

τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀκούσαντι ταῦτα ἐδόκει ὠφέλιμα εἶναι, καὶ 

4 , > / -“ 

ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν λαμβάνειν μέρος παρ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν 
ἡγεμόνων. ; 

1899. 1405. 609. 648. 3860, a. 1266, 588, κ. 458. 5648. 1168.. 496, 2. 

617. 4 Οἢ δεήσαντος, ὃ 14. 5Cf2%. O72,a. 1568. 657,N.1. 590,. § 357,a. 519. 

173, 1. 265,b. 7932. 1094. 348,1. 506. 8776. 1181. 390. 527,b. 9 764, 2. 


1159 (end). 376. 520, 4. 10 718. 1055. B37. 537. 12900. 1408. 605. 651. 
12 48. 1117. 362,1. 509, 4. 


BOOK I. CHAP. VI. 101 


> a 

Ὁ δ᾽ Ὀρόντας νομίσας ἑτοίμους εἶναι atta’ τοὺς 
c ’ , > s Ν ΄ ν ν νὰν 
ἱππέας γράφει ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ βασιλέα ὅτι ἤξοι ἔχων 
ε / ε x , 7 > ἈΝ , -“ 
ἱππέας ὡς ἂν δύνηται πλείστους. ἀλλὰ φράσαι τοῖς 
ε nm ε nan > , ε ΄ὔ δ δ ε ΄ 
ἑαυτοῦ ἱππεῦσιν ἐκέλευεν ὡς φίλιον αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι. 
7, A Ἀ 7 nm 3 ~ Ν -“ ’ ’, ε ᾿ 
ἐνὴν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ καὶ τῆς πρόσθεν φιλίας ὑπομνή- 
ματα καὶ πίστεως. ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν δίδωσι πιστῷ 
ἀνδρί, ὡς wero’ ὁ δὲ λαβὼν Κύρῳ δίδωσιν. 
' Topics for Study. (!) Formation of the second aorist passive. (9) 
Condition of the fourth or less vivid form in indirect discourse. (3) Con- 


structions after verbs of hindering. (4) Synopsis of εἶδον. (5) Accent of the 
active infinitives. 


᾿Αναγνοὺς δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ Κῦρος συλλαμβάνει ᾿᾽Ορόνταν, 
καὶ συ; καλεῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν Πέρσας τοὺς 
9 4 a 3 A 9 ‘A ε , ἈΝ ᾿ A ε ’ὔ 
ἀρίστους τῶν ὃ περὶ αὐτὸν ἑπτά, καὶ τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευσεν ὁπλίτας ἀγαγεῖν, τούτους δὲ 
θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα περὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν. οἱ δὲ ταῦτα 
> 7 > 4 ε ε 4 4 
ἐποίησαν. ἀγαγόντες ὡς τρισχιλίους ὁπλίτας. Κλέαρχον 
δὲ καὶ εἴσω παρεκάλεσε σύμβουλον," ὅς γε καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ 
τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει προτιμηθῆναι μάλιστα τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐξῆλθεν, ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς φίλοις τὴν κρίσιν " τοῦ 
᾽ , 7 ε > 2 > Ν 

Ορόντα᾽ ὡς ἐγένετο" οὐ γὰρ ἀπόρρητον ἦν. 


Trial and execution. 


¥ é a 

Edn δὲ Κῦρον ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου ὧδε. “ Tlapexddeoa 
ε A ἊΨ 4 4 Ν ew , 9 
ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες φίλοι, ὅπως σὺν ὑμῖν βουλευόμενος ὅτι 
δίκαιόν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων, τοῦτο 

, 9 , > , 710 a A A 5 
πράξω" περὶ Ὀρόντα tovrovi.” τοῦτον yap πρῶτον μὲν ὃ 
ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον εἶναι" ἐμοί: ἐπεὶ δὲ ταχθείς, 

176%. 1114. 878. 529. 5982,5. 1481. 678. 659,a. 5 Ἴ59,6. 1095,7. 355. 
506, %. *%26. 916. 320. 555. 5 729,c. 1088, 355,1. 506,a. 5878. 717,18. 


*Cf."ABpoxoua, 4%. § 738. 1099. B56. 510,b. 5881. 1369. 590. 638,c. W274. 
412, 147. 210. 1689. 998, 22951. 1582. 592. 565 and a. 


nee 


102 ANABASIS. 


as ἔφη αὐτός, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ οὗτος ἐπολέ- 
3 Ν » Ν > 4 > , Ν > \ 
pnoe ἐμοὶ ἔχων τὴν ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἀκρόπολιν καὶ ἐγὼ 
φ' -& A > ΄ ν , 4 ΄“ Ν 
αὐτὸν προσπολεμῶν ἐποίησα ὥστε δόξαι τούτῳ τοῦ πρὸς 
ae ΄ 1 ΄ \ Χ ¥ ν᾿ »¥ > 
ἐμὲ πολέμου παύσασθαι, καὶ δεξιὰν ἔλαβον καὶ ἔδωκα. 
᾿ a » « 5.» , ¥ 7 2 > δέ ” 
μετὰ ταῦτα, ἔφη; “ ὦ Oporta, ἔστιν ὅτι" σε HOLKHOE ; 
ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτιἣἥ “ov.” πάλιν δὲ ὁ Κῦρος ἠρώτα, “Οὐκοῦν 
΄ ε > Ἃ, ‘ ~ oy. 2 18-3) δῶ “59 , 
ὕστερον. ὡς αὐτὸς σὺ ὁμολογεῖς, οὐδὲν ὁ ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἀδικού- 
μενος ἀποστὰς εἰς Μυσοὺς κακῶς ἐποίεις τὴν ἐμὴν 
> - 
χώραν ὅτι ἐδύνω ;᾽ ἔφη ὁ ᾿Ορόντας. “Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη 
ε -“ “cs 4 3 > ¥ ‘ , > Ἁ 
ὁ Κῦρος, “ὁπότ᾽ αὖ ἔγνως τὴν σαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐλθὼν 
Ν “ > , 
ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος βωμὸν μεταμέλειν τέ σοι ἔφησθα 
Ἀ 7 > Ἀ Ν ’ ᾿» ’ an > 
καὶ πείσας ἐμὲ πιστὰ πάλιν ἔδωκάς μοι [καὶ ἔλαβες παρ 
3 a 3) Ν “ ε , @. 3 4 
ἐμοῦ ;᾽ καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὡμολόγει ὁ ᾿Ορόντας. 
Topics for Study. (1) Synopsis οὗ ἀν-ἐγνων. (2) Prolepsis. (3) Doric 


genitive. (4) Case after verbs of beginning. (5) Formation and position of 
the possessive pronouns. 


΄ 53 > cal 
“Ti° οὖν, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, “ ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ νῦν τὸ 
4 » 5. θὰ x , ὁ}. αἱ ᾿ 
τρίτον ἡ ἐπιβουλεύων “ μοι φανερὸς γέγονας ; ᾿ εἰπόντος 
“ΠΥ al 
δὲ τοῦ ᾿Ορόντα ὅτι οὐδὲν" ἀδικηθείς, ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος 
αὐτόν, ““Opodoyets οὖν περὶ ἐμὲ ἄδικος γεγενῆσθαι ;”’ 
> 
“"H yap ἀνάγκη, ἔφη ὁ ’Opdvtas. ἐκ τούτου πάλιν 
“ ¥ a “ A 
ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος, “Ἔτι οὖν ἂν γένοιο τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ 
’ 3 Ν A ‘ ’ ᾽᾽ ε Ἀ > ΄ 
πολέμιος, ἐμοὶ δὲ φίλος καὶ πιστός ;’’ ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο 
> A 4. ἐἂἅΝἯ 
ὅτι" ““ οὐδ᾽ εἰ γενοίμην," ὦ Κῦρε, σοί γ᾽ ἄν ποτε ἔτι 
δόξαιμι. : 
ε 
Πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος εἶπε τοῖς παροῦσιν, “ Ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ 
al Ὁ“ ε nw 
τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει: ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ 
A a>? 
πρῶτος, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀπόφηναι γνώμην ὅτι σοι δοκεῖ. 
1748, 1π|. 369,1. 509, a. 2725. 1076, 840. 686, οἱ: cf. last ex. 5928, b. 
1477. 623. #719, b. 1060. 336. 540. 5716, b, or 725. 1061. 334 or 336. 


536, ¢, or 540. 5981. 1588. G60. 585. 7940. 927. 681. 571. 5872. 1821. 
563. 476. Cf. ὅτι οὔ, τι 9900. 1408, 605. 661. 


BOOK I. CHAP. VII. 103 


A a ¥ 
Κλέαρχος δὲ εἶπε τάδε. ““Συμβουλεύω ἐγὼ τὸν ἄνδρα 
ΡΧ ᾿ ε ’ 4 ε ’ 1 , 
τοῦτον ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι ὡς τάχιστα, ὡς μηκέτι δέῃ 
A ‘ > Lal A nw 
τοῦτον φυλάττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ σχολὴ ἢ ἡμῖν, TO” κατὰ τοῦτον 
3 Ἀ ΄ > a 92 : 
εἶναι, τοὺς ἐθελοντὰς ὅ φίλους εὖ ποιεῖν. 
, \ “ , 4,7 ἈΝ Ν » > 
Ταύτῃ δὲ TH γνώμῃ ἔφη καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσθέσθαι. 
nw 4 » Lal , 
μετὰ ταῦτα, ἔφη; κελεύοντος Κύρου ἔλαβον τῆς ζώνης ὃ 
’ὔ Ν ε 
τὸν Ὀρόνταν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἅπαντες ἀναστάντες καὶ οἱ 
> > 264 
συγγενεῖς εἶτα δ᾽ ἐξῆγον αὐτὸν 
, Ν ἂν 
οἷς προσετάχθη. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον 
αὐτὸν οἵπερ πρόσθεν προσεκύνουν, 
καὶ τότε προσεκύνησαν, καίπερ 
3 ’ μὲ δ. 4 3, : ἡ 
εἰδότες ὅτι ἐπὶ θάνατον ἀγοιτο. 
> Ν Ν > Ν > 4 x 
ἐπεὶ δὲ cis THY ᾿Αρταπάτου σκηνὴν 
εἰσήχθη τοῦ πιστοτάτου τῶν Κύ- 
A lal » 
ρου σκηπτούχων, μετὰ ταῦτα οὔτε 
aA ¥ 
ζῶντα ᾿ὈὈρόνταν οὔτε τεθνηκότα 
>) ‘ τὸ , 3 δὲ 9 
οὐδεὶς εἶδε πώποτε οὐδὲ ὅπως 





σκηπτοῦχος. 


ἀπέθανεν οὐδεὶς ὃ εἰδὼς ἔλεγεν " 
εἴκαζον δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως " τάφος δὲ οὐδεὶς πώποτε αὐτοῦ 
ἐφάνη. 

Topics for Study. (1) Neuter adjective as cognate accusative. (2) 
ὅτι introducing direct discourse. (3) Omission of the subject of the infinitive. 
(4) Predicate adjective after infinitive with subject omitted. (5) Infinitive in 


loose constructions. (6) Part affected. (7) Modes of punishment among 
the Persians. See Rawlinson’s Persia. 


March continued ; review ; deserters from the king; council of war ; 
Cyrus appeals to the Greeks. 


VIL. “Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τὴς Βαβυλωνίας σταθ- 
μοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δώδεκα. ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ 
Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων 

14021. 1610. 481,1. 286. %956anda, 1584-5. 642. 569. *%624,0. - 4775. 


1179. B94. 525. δ 38 anda. 1100. 856,N.1. 510, Ὁ. 6996. 1026. 486. 614. 
¥932,2. 1502. 678. 659,a. 1030. 1619. 488. 487. 


ll 


=~ 


104 ANABASIS. 


ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ περὶ μέσας νύκτας" ἐδόκει yap eis! τὴν 
ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω" ἥξειν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχού- 
μενον "ἢ καὶ ἐκέλευε Κλέαρχον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡ 
ἡγεῖσθαι, Μένωνα δὲ [τὸν Θετταλὸν] τοῦ εὐωνύμου, 
αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ διέταξε. 

Mera δὲ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἅμα τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἥκοντες 
αὐτόμολοι παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπήγγελλον Κύρῳ 
περὶ τῆς βασιλέως στρατιᾶς. Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας 
τοὺς onparsinens μὰς λοχαγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων. συνεβου- 
λεύετό τε πῶς" ἂν" τὴν μάχην ποιοῖτο καὶ αὐτὸς παρήνει 
μοῦνον τοιάδε. 

“Ὦ, ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ΘΜ τς ἀπορῶν ὃ βαρ- 
βάρων συμμάχους ὑμᾶς ἄγω, ἀλλὰ νομίζων ἀμείνους 
καὶ κρείττους πολλῶν βαρβάρων" ὑμᾶς εἶναι, διὰ τοῦτο 
προσέλαβον. ὅπως ἢ οὖν ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευ- 
θερίας 75) κέκτησθε καὶ ἧς ἢ ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονίζω. εὖ 
γὰρ ἴστε ὅτι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἑλοίμην ἂν ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω 
πάντων ὃ καὶ ἄλλων πολλαπλασίων. 


Topics for Study. 1) Declension of éws. (2) Indirect questions. 
(3) Omission of principal verb before ὅπως. (4) Meaning of κτάομαι, of κέκτη- 
μαι. (5) Adjectives followed by a genitive. 


rT“, A ‘ A 3 Φ » 9. A 
᾿ “Ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε εἰς οἷον ἔρχεσθε ἀγῶνα, ὑμᾶς 
50." ᾿ Ν a : Ν 4 ni 
εἰδὼς διδάξω. τὸ μὲν yap πλῆθος " πολὺ Kal κραυγῇ 
“~ \ la) Ν ¥ ἈΝ 
πολλῇ ἐπίασιν" ἂν δὲ ταῦτα ἀνάσχησθε," τὰ adda” καὶ 
3 ‘al 6 , ὃ A ν e a 18 , 0 Ν > 
αἰσχυνεῖσθαί μοι δοκῷ οἵους ἡμῖν " γνώσεσθε τοὺς ἐν 
a , ” 19 » ΄ το δ, ἀνδολῶν ἃ 
τῇ χώρᾳ ὄντας ᾿ ἀνθρώπους. [ὑμῶν δὲ ἀνδρῶν ὄντων] 
Ν > “ lal lal Ν ¥ 
καὶ εὖ τῶν ἐμῶν γενομένων, ἐγὼ ὑμῶν Ἢ τὸν μὲν οἴκαδε 
1796,b. 2161. 199. 92,3. 9%. 5969,.. 1068, 4. 658, 5. 688,0. 441. 
1109. B56. 510, ο. 5700. 1600. 490. 223. 6 Of. av γένοιο, 68, 79743. 1112, 
362,1. 512. %969,b. 1563,2. 653,4. 58%. δ. 1153. 363. 517. 886. 
1352, 583,N.8. 638, Ὁ. 11994, 1081. 484. 613, Ὁ. 13 η44. 1126. 866. δ09, 6. 
15994, 996. 1038. 484-5. 618, Ὁ, . 4611. 891.1. 8308. 493,b. 5609. 900, 


500. 158,a. %898,c. 519,N.1, cf. first sent. 17719, Ὁ. 1060. 836. 540. 43770 
1171. 881. 6265. 19982. 1588. 661. 586, a. 30 729, 6. 1685.7. B55. 506, 8. 


BOOK JI. CHAP. VIL 105 


, ecw oe, ME , > 
βουλόμενον ἀπιέναι Tots’ οἴκοι ζηλωτὸν ποιήσω ἀπεὰ- 
A Ν Ν > ’ Ν > > Ἁ ε / 
θεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι ποιήσειν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ ἑλέσθαι 
ἀντὶ τῶν οἴκοι. 
Ἐνταῦθα Ταυλίτης παρὼν φυγὰς Σάμιος, πιστὸς δὲ 
ον ~ 
Κύρῳ, εἶπε, “ Καὶ μήν, ὦ Κῦρε, λέγουσί τινες ὅτι πολλὰ 


2 ἐν τοιούτῳ" εἶναι τοῦ κινδύνου 


ὑπισχνεῖ νῦν διὰ τὸ 
4 5. δὲ > ΄ , » , , 
προσιόντος, ἂν δὲ εὖ γένηταί τι, οὐ μεμνήσεσθαί σέ 
« ¥ , PBN 32 Are Ν ’ , 
φασιν" ἔνιοι δέ, οὐδ᾽ εἰ peuvynd* τε καὶ βούλοιο δύνα- 
“ a>) nm 
σθαι ἂν ἀποδοῦναι ὅσα ὑπισχνεῖ. ἀκούσας ταῦτα 
lal > a 3 
ἔλεξεν ὁ Κῦρος, “᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔστι μὲν ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ 
ἀρχὴ ἡ πατρῴα πρὸς μὲν μεσημβρίαν μέχρι οὗ διὰ 
καῦμα οὐ δύνανται οἰκεῖν ἄνθρωποι, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον 
μέχρι οὗ διὰ χειμῶνα τὰ δ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ τούτων πάντα 
, ε nm 3 | a , a > e¢ A 
σατραπεύουσιν οἱ Tod ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ φίλοι. ἣν δ᾽ ἡμεῖς 
, | ὃ A Ἁ ε ΄ ’, ΄ δ 
νικήσωμεν, ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους φίλους τούτων 
~ 9 “~ 

ἐγκρατεῖς ποιῆσαι. wate ov τοῦτο δέδοικα μὴ οὐκ ἔχω 
ὅτι 80° ἑκάστῳ τῶν φίλων, ἂν εὖ γένηται, ἀλλὰ μὴ 
> » ε Ν ιν δῶ ε ~ δὲ A“ «ε , Ἁ 
οὐκ ἔχω ἱκανοὺς οἷς δῶ ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ 

δι. lal , ? 

στέφανον ἑκάστῳ χρυσοῦν δώσω. | 
Topics for Study. (1) Present purpose. (2) Construction after verbs 


of teaching. (3) Synopsis of ἀνεσχόμην. (4) Meaning of verbalsin-rés. (5) 
μιμνήσκω, -- class and meaning of present, of perfect middle. 


Cyrus questioned ; urged not to take part in the battle ; number of 


soldiers and scythe-chariots on each side. 


ε A Lal > ’ 3 
Oi δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες αὐτοί τε ἦσαν πολὺ προθυ- 
, \ ¥ a 
μότεροι Kal τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγγελλον. εἰσῇσαν δὲ παρ᾽ 
ΤΩΝ | 9 Ν ‘ A ¥ ε 4 \ 
αὑτὸν Ol TE στρατηγοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων τινὲς 
3 a δέ ΄ ΄ ἥν 2X , ε 
ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι τί σφίσιν ἔσται, ἐὰν κρατήσωσιν. ὁ 
10f, 991. 1188) 666. 596. 3968, 959. 1546. 686, 638, last ex. Cf. 575. 
3730,c. 1088. 855. 507, c. $465,28. 122. 227, κ. §753,b. 1140. 3857. 


516, 8. ° 866, 8. 1358. 577. 471, 8, 1768. 11738. Also 685. 987. 379, 472. 
524, ἃ; 197. 


9 


10 


11 


12 


18. 


106 ANABASIS. 


δὲ ἐμπιμπλὰς ἁπάντων τὴν γνώμην ἀπέπεμπε. παρεκε- 
λεύοντο δὲ αὐτῷ, πάντες ὅσοιπερ διελέγοντο, μὴ μάχε- 
σθαι,2 ἀλλ᾽ ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν τάττεσθαι. ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ 
τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ὧδέ πως ἤρετο τὸν Κῦρον" “Οἴει γάρ" 
σοι μαχεῖσθαι, ὦ Κῦρε, τὸν ἀδελφόν ;᾿ “Νὴ Δί᾽, 
» ε “ cc 5 , Ἀ , / 
ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, “εἴπερ ye Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδός 
> a 3. δὲ \ > , > a_> ἂν. 
ἐστι παῖς, ἐμὸς δὲ ἀδελφός, οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ 
λήψομαι. 

“Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν 

a ε , > x 8 ΄ \ , s 
μὲν Ἑλλήνων aomis® μυρία καὶ τετρακοσία, πελτασταὶ 
δὲ δισχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι, τῶν δὲ μετὰ Κύρου βαρ- 

rd , , Ν ν > Ν Ν 
βάρων δέκα μυριάδες καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἀμφὶ τὰ 
εἴκοσι. τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι 
μυριάδες καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα διακόσια. ἄλλοι δὲ 
3 ε ὄν» ὦ ΄ > εὐ ee 
ἦσαν ἑξακισχίλιοι ἱππεῖς, ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἦρχεν οὗτοι 
δ᾽ αὖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλέως τεταγμένοι ἦσαν. 

Τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως στρατεύματος ἦσαν ἄρχοντες [καὶ 
στρατηγοὶ" καὶ ἡγεμόνες] τέτταρες, τριάκοντα μυριάδων 
ἕκαστος, ᾿Αβροκόμας, Τισσαφέρνης, Γωβρύας. ᾿Αρβάκης. 
τούτων δὲ παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἐνενήκοντα μυριάδες 
καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα " ᾽Αβρο- 
κόμας δὲ ὑστέρησε τῆς μάχης" ἡμέραις "ἢ πέντε, ἐκ 
Φοινίκης ἐλαύνων. ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον οἱ 
αὐτομολήσαντες [ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων] παρὰ μεγάλου βασι- 

lal 9 
λέως πρὸ THs μάχης, Kal pera τὴν μάχην ot ὕστερον 
ἐλήφθησαν τῶν πολεμίων "ὁ ταὐτὰ “ ἤγγελλον. 


Topics for Study. (1) Use of σφεῖς. (2) Someuses οὗ μή. (8) Con- 
struction after verbs of thinking. (4) vq. (5) Simple supposition. 


1764,1. 1160. 375. 520. 2948. 1519. 638. 570. $1050, 4, Ὁ, 4471, n. 2. 
672,a. *723. 1066. 344. 532. 5893. 1890. 609. 647. 5009. 321. 7705. 
966, 2. £92, n. 2. 8624, d. 914. 819. #749. 1120. B64. 509, b. 10 781, 
184. 388. δξθ6,. “729,¢. 1088, 355, 506,a. 1536; 77, Ὁ. 48,2. 48. δ6. 


BOOK I, CHAP VIL 107 


March in array; reach a ditch made for defence; traces of the 


enemy ; less caution. 


Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγ- 14 
yas τρεῖς συντεταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι᾽' παντὶ καὶ τῷ 
Ἑλληνικῷ καὶ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ wero γὰρ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 

8 okie P PEP Pe Pry ~ ¢ γὰρ ὭΣΤ PEPE 

Ὁ“ Ν Lal 
μαχεῖσθαι βασιλέα" κατὰ yap μέσον τὸν σταθμὸν τοῦ- 
~~ , > ᾿ A Ν Ν > 2 
ΟΝ oops ay an Fert, τὸ. μεν SbpOS sis erga 
πέντε, TO δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς. παρετέτατο δὲ ἡ 15 

4 ¥ Ν Lal 4 > N\ ’ ’ 
τάφρος ἄνω διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ἐπὶ δώδεκα παρασάγγας 
μέχρι τοῦ Μηδίας τείχους. 

¥ ε , ΩΣ ἢ a , A 

[Ἔνθα αἱ διώρυχες, ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ 
ε͵ ᾿ μἴγν, δὲ ΄, AR > θ a 
ῥέουσαι" εἰσὶ δὲ τέτταρες, τὸ μὲν εὖρος. πλεθριαῖαι, 
βαθεῖαι δὲ ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς σιταγωγά " 
εἰσβάλλουσι δὲ εἰς τὸν Εὐφράτην, διαλείπουσι δ᾽ 
ἑκάστη ὅ παρασάγγην, γέφυραι. δ᾽ ἔπεισιν.] 

Ἦν δὲ παρὰ τὸν Εὐφράτην πάροδος στενὴ μεταξὺ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς τάφρου ὡς εἴκοσι ποδῶν ἡ τὸ εὖρος " 

4 \ Ν Ud ‘ Lal , > ᾿Ὶ 
ταύτην δὲ τὴν τάφρον βασιλεὺς ποιεῖ [μέγας] ἀντὶ 16 
ἐρύματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνθάνεται Κῦρον προσελαύνοντα. 
ταύτην δὴ τὴν πάροδον Κῦρός τε καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ παρ- 

a Ν ἄς, ¥ A , , \ > 
ἤλθε Kai ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρου. ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν 17 

”~ « / > > ’ λ ’ iAN ε 4 

τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐμαχέσατο βασιλεύς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑποχωρούντων 
SS 5 \ ¢ Vous , ¥ ΄, 
φανερὰ ἦσαν" καὶ ἵππων καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἴχνη πολλά. 


Topics for Study. (1) Tigro-Euphrates canals. (2) Partitive apposi- 
tion. (3) Time when, within which. 


Ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος Σιλανὸν καλέσας τὸν ᾿Αμπρακιώτην 18 
μάντιν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δαρεικοὺς τρισχιλίους, ὅτι τῇ ἕν- 
δεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης ἡμέρᾳ προθυόμενος εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι 

1774. 1199, 399. 525. 2614, 901. 390. 502. 5634, ἃ. 914. 819. *729,4. 


1085, ὅ. 859 «πὰ κ. 506. 5604,b. 899, 2, fine print. 498 διὰ ν. 496 (end). 95.928, Ὁ» 
1477. 623 


19 


20 


to 


108 ANABASIS. 


an A ”? a: - 7 
“ βασιλεὺς οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα ἡμερῶν, ᾿ Κῦρος δ᾽ εἶπεν, 
“Οὐκ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ ἐν ταύταις οὐ" μαχεῖται ταῖς 
ἡμέραις - ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληθεύσῃς, ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι δέκα τά- 
havta.” τοῦτο τὸ χρυσίον τότε ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ παρῆλθον 
ε ὃ id ε "9 > Ἁ δ᾽ a % “Ὁ ’ » > 7, 4 
αἱ δέκα ἡμέραι. ἐπεὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ οὐκ ἐκώλυε 
Ν Ἀ 4 4 ’, » Ἀ 
βασιλεὺς τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, ἔδοξε καὶ 


΄ cal ¥ : 2 
Κύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ 


μάχεσθαι" 
A “ ε , ἴω > ’ > a a“ 
ὥστε TH ὑστεραίᾳ Kupos ἐπορεύετο ἠμελημένως μᾶλλον. 
τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἐπί τε τοῦ ἅρματος καθήμενος τὴν πορείαν 
ἐποιεῖτο καὶ ὀλίγους ἐν τάξει ἔχων πρὸ αὑτοῦ, τὸ“ 
δὲ πολὺ αὐτῷ ἀνατεταραγμένον ἐπορεύετο καὶ τῶν 
9 A ’ A > \ ε Lal ¥ Ἁ 
ὅπλων τοῖς στρατιώταις πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἤγετο καὶ 
ὑποζυγίων. 

Topics for Study. (1) Ατῦ οἵ divination, Introd. 88, (4), (5). (9) Accent 


of perfect middle infinitive and participle. (3) Instances of adverbs formed 
from the perfect middle participle. 


Alarm given that the king is coming; line of batile formed. 


Ν Ἂν > ‘ 

VIII. Kai ἤδη τε ἦν ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν καὶ 
πλησίον ἣν ὁ σταθμὸς ἔνθα ἔμελλε καταλύειν, ἡνίκα 
as aS, , a > Χ a a 
Πατηγύας “ἀνὴρ Ἰ]έρσης τῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον πιστῶν προ- 

> 4 > , nc ks / 9 Ν 
φαίνεται ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ κράτος ἱδροῦντι Tw ἵππῳ," καὶ 
εὐθὺς πᾶσιν οἷς ἐνετύγχανεν ἐβόα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ 
ἑλληνικῶς ὅτι “ βασιλεὺς σὺν στρατεύματι πολλῷ προσ- 

3) 
έρχεται ὡς εἰς μάχην παρεσκευασμένος. 
¥ \ ‘ , a iP i 4 \ 297 
Ενθα δὴ πολὺς τάραχος ἐγένετο" αὐτίκα yap ἐδόκουν 
ν > 
ot Ἕλληνες καὶ πάντες δὲ ἀτάκτοις σφίσιν ἢ ἐπιπεσεῖ- 
σθαι᾿ Κῦρός τε καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος τὸν 
19759. 1136. 359. 515. 21028. 1383,2. 481,8. 3898,c. S44, of. first ex, 
4963. 1549, 643. 572, Ὁ. 5958, 959, 748. 1546, 1117. 639; 362, 1. 575; 
509, ἃ. 6665. 967. 556. 7767. 1165. 378. 523. 8 840 anda, 1254. 533, 1. 


570, b. 9774. 1189. 392. 585. 775, 685. 1179, 987. 394, 472. 525, 197. 
1658. 949. 447. 661, ἃ. 


BOOK I. CHAP. VIII. 109 


θώρακα ἐνέδυ καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον τὰ παλτὰ εἰς 
Ν a ¥ a »* A ’ 
τὰς χεῖρας ἔλαβε, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν 
ἐξοπλίζεσθαι καὶ καθίστασθαι εἰς τὴν 
ἑαυτοῦ τάξιν ἕκαστον. 
| Ἔνθα δὴ σὺν πολλῇ σπουδῇ καθί- 
/, Ν Ν ὃ \ Ἔ lal 
σταντο, Κλέαρχος μὲν τὰ δεξιὰ Tov 
κέρατος ἔχων πρὸς τῷ Εὐφράτῃ πο- 
A / Ν ἥ ε > 
ταμῷ, Πρόξενος δὲ ἐχόμενος, οἱ ὃ 
ἄλλοι μετὰ τοῦτον, Μένων δὲ [καὶ τὸ 
στράτευμα] τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας ἔσχε τοῦ 
Ἑλληνικοῦ. τοῦ δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ ἱππεῖς 





μὲν Παφλαγόνες εἰς χιλίους παρὰ Κλέ 
αρχον ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν πελτα- 
5 \ eu > UA > aA? ε ’ ν A 
στικόν, ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ ᾿Αριαῖός τε ὁ Κύρου ὕπαρχος Kat 
Ν + , lal Ν ἊΝ ¢.-€ “ 7 Y 
τὸ ἄλλο βαρβαρικόν, Κῦρος δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς τούτου ὅσον 
ἑξακόσιοι [κατὰ τὸ μέσον]. ὡπλισμένοι 
θώραξι μὲν αὐτοὶ καὶ παραμηριδίοις καὶ 
’ ΄ " 4 ἴω Ν 
κράνεσι πάντες πλὴν Κύρου: Κῦρος δὲ 
ὌΝ »¥ \ Η͂ > ἈΝ , 
ψιλὴν“ ἔχων τὴν κεφαλὴν εἰς THY μάχην 
καθίστατο [λέγεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 
΄ “ A a 3 > -“ 
Πέρσας ψιλαῖς ταῖς κεφαλαῖς" ἐν τῴ 





,ὕ ao © 2 ¢ , 
πολέμῳ διακινδυνεύειν |. ot δ᾽ ἵπποι πάντες 
μάχαιραι. [ρὲ μετὰ Κύρου] εἶχον καὶ προμετωπίδια 
καὶ προστερνίδια᾿" εἶχον δὲ καὶ μαχαίρας οἱ ἱππεῖς 
« ’ 
Ἑλληνικᾶς. 
Topics for Study. (1) Constructions after μέλλω. (2) Formation of pure 


verbs. (3) The ending -:d:0s. (4) εὐώνυμος, Εὔξεινος. (5) Persian armor, 
Introd. 28, 29, fs 


Ase. μέρη G21,c. 958. 424. 543. 2670,a 919. 468,1. 552,c. * 776,670, ε. 
1181. 389; 453, 1, 526, Ὁ; 552, ἃ. 


110 ANABASIS. 


The enemy appear ; how drawn up ; scythe-chariot described ; orders 
to Clearchus. 

8 Καὶ ἤδη τε ἣν μέσον ἡμέρας καὶ οὔπω καταφανεῖς 

ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι" ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη ἐγίγνετο, ἐφάνη 








PERSIAN FOOT SOLDIERS. 


Y { , yy 1 Se a 
κονιορτὸς ὥσπερ νεφέλη 'λευκή, χρόνῳ OE συχνῷ ὕστερον 
΄ > “ ’ὔ 5. Ὁ , 9 A 
ὥσπερ μελανία τις ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπὶ πολύ. ὅτε δὲ ἐγ- 

’ Rd ἈΝ Ν 
γύτερον ἐγίγνοντο, τάχα δὴ καὶ χαλκός τις ἤστραπτε 
Ἀ ε Ν ε ’ Ἂ Μ τὴν Ν 
9 καὶ ai λόγχαι καὶ αἱ τάξεις καταφανεῖς ἐγίγνοντο. καὶ 
ἦσαν ἱππεῖς μὲν λευκοθώρακες ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου τῶν 
’ / > id 4 ¥ > / 
πολεμίων: Τισσαφέρνης ἐλέγετο τούτων ἄρχειν" ἐχό- 
\ > 7 x; 9a A \ , 
μενοι δὲ γερροφόροι, ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὁπλῖται σὺν ποδήρεσι 
> ΄ δ τ ν ᾽ δ 3Ὰ 2 > 
ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν. Αἰγύπτιοι δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐλέγοντο εἶναι" 
ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἱππεῖς, ἄλλοι τοξόται. πάντες δ᾽ οὗτοι κατὰ 
ἔθνη ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει ἀνθρώπων 2 ἕκαστον᾽ τὸ ἔθνος ὃ 
ἐπορεύετο." 


1781. 1184. 388. 526,¢, 2958,c. 1140. 357. 512. 3024, ἃ, 914. 319. 
4607 901. 496,1. Cf. 498, Ὁ. 


BOOK I, CHAP. VIII. 111 


Πρὸ δὲ αὐτῶν appara’ διαλείποντα συχνὸν ἢ ἀπ᾽ ἀλ- 

΄ ν \ , ΄ ω > 8 \ ‘ 
λήλων τὰ δὴ δρεπανηφόρα καλούμενα" eixov® δὲ τὰ 
δρέπανα ἐκ τῶν ἀξόνων εἰς 
πλάγιον ἀποτεταμένα καὶ 
ε Ν “ > “ 
ὑπὸ τοῖς δίφροις εἰς γὴν 
βλέποντα, ws* διακόπτειν 
Ψ : , 3 ἤ 83 
ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν ἡ δὲ 
γνώμη ἢν ὡς εἰς τὰς τά- 
Eas τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλῶντα ὃ 





Ν ὃ ᾿ a7 , 
1, Paphlagonian cavalry. καὶ διακόψοντα. δ΄ μέντοι 
2, Greek peltasts, ἘΣ > 9 v 
8, Greek hoplites under: (1) Clearchus, (2) vpos εἰπὲέν OTE καλεσας 


Proxenus, (8) Menon. , a y 
4, Probable position of Cyrus and his six παρεκελεύετο τοις Ἑλλησι 


hundred cavalry. Ν N an 
δ, Barbarians under Ariaeus, Τὴν Κρ αὐγὴν τῶν β ap- 

a, Artaxerxes with the six thousand cavalry. 4 δ ἈΚ 
Broken lines ( -- τ τ τ το υτ —), chariots. ais are ἀνοῦσοα, ἐψεύσθη 
τοῦτο “ ov γὰρ Kpavy7 
ἀλλὰ σιγῇ ὡς iby ig καὶ ἡσυχῇ ἐν tow καὶ βραδέως 

προσῇσαν. 

Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ" Κῦρος παρελαύνων αὐτὸς σύν Πίγρητι 

A ε aA ‘ » Ἀ a id “ ’ 
τῷ ἑρμηνεῖ καὶ ἄλλοις τρισὶν ἢ τέτταρσι τῷ Κλεάρχῳ 
ἐβόα ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα κατὰ μέσον τὸ τῶν πολεμίων, 
ὅτι ἐκεῖ βασιλεὺς εἴη ἢ κἂν τοῦτ᾽, ἔφη, νικῶμεν, πάνθ᾽ 

e A iil ΄ 2 | 7, ὃν δὲ ε λ ᾽ ‘ , A 
ἡμῖν “ πεποίηται.“ ὁρῶν de ὁ Κλέαρχος τὸ μέσον στῖφος 
καὶ ἀκούων Κύρου" ἔξω ὄντα τοῦ [Ἑλληνικοῦ ]} εὐωνύ- 
μου βασιλέα --- τοσοῦτον "' γὰρ πλήθει περιῆν βασιλεὺς 
ὥστε μέσον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔχων τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου ἔξω 


10 


12° 


13 


ἦν --- ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ὁ Κλέαρχος οὐκ ἤθελεν ἀποσπάσαι. 


ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας, φοβούμενος μὴ κυκλω- 


1sc, ἦν, 611. 808. 493,0. 2720. 1062. 338. 588.Ὀ. 5604 and b. 899, 2, fine 
print. 498. κ. 41054, f. 1456. 595. δ66. Ὁ. 5937. 1502. 677. 618, Ὁ. 6 974. 
1570. 658,N. 591. a. 71009. 1030. 318. 491, ἃ. 8718. 1058. 837. 537. 
$782,a. 1195. 385. 527,c. 1925,b. 1506. 598,N. 625,b. 4769. 1238. 380. 
524, Ὁ. 12848. 1264; also 898,a; 1403. 537; 604,ν. % 750; 742,¢. 1103. 365 
509, a. 14 719, Ὁ. 1060. 336. 540. 


14 


15 


16 


is 


112 ANABASIS. 


θείη ἑκατέρωθεν, τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι αὐτῷ μέλοι 
ὅπως καλῶς ἔχοι." 

Topics for Study. (1) Kardincomposition. (2) Material. (3) Scythe- 
chariots, Introd. 31. (4) Accusative absolute. (5) Modes in relative clauses 


with definite antecedent, with indefinite. (6) Anacoluthon. (7) Translation 
of ‘to be’ with adverbs. (8) Persian mode of attack. Introd 36. 


Omens favorable; watchword passed; charge of the Greeks; flight 
of the barbarians ; pursuit. 


K We 4 ed ~” Ν \ Ν , 
al ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ TO μὲν βαρβαρικὸν στράτευμα 
ε = , Ν δὲ ε Ν ¥ 3 Lon may: , 
ὁμαλῶς προΐει, TO ὃὲ “Ἑλληνικὸν ἔτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μένον 
συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων. καὶ ὁ Κῦρος παρε- 
λαύνων οὐ πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι κατεθεᾶτο 
ἑκατέρωσε ἀποβλέπων εἴς τε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς 
φίλους. ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ Ἐενοφῶν 
- as » 
᾿Αθηναῖος, πελάσας ws* συναντῆσαι ἤρετο εἴ τι Tapay- 
» ᾿ ε δ᾽ 5 ,ὕ > ‘\ λ / > aN ~ 
γέλλοι" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπιστήσας εἶπε Kal λέγειν ἐκέλευε πᾶσιν 
“ \ κ᾿ 5 κ᾿ \ κ , a \ 
ὅτι Kal τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ Kal τὰ σφάγια καλά. ταῦτα δὲ 
λ é Bond ¥ 5 ‘ A ἀξ 2 eg 
γων θορύβου ἤκουσε διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος, Kal ἤρετο 
τίς" ὁ θόρυβος εἴη. ὁ δὲ [Κλέαρχος] εἶπεν ὅτι σύνθημα 
παρέρχεται δεύτερον ἤδη. καὶ ὃς ἐθαύμασε τίς παρ- 
/ , ¥ 9 5 » Ν ’ θ ε δ᾽ > la 
αγγέλλει καὶ npeTo OTL” εἴη TO σύνθημα. ὁ ὃ ἀπεκρί: 
ἐς ‘ . ‘\ ’ > ε δὲ » > , 
vato “Ζεὺς σωτὴρ καὶ νίκη. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ἀκούσας 
΄ Ν “ ᾽) lal 
“᾿Αλλὰ 5 δέχομαί re,” ἔφη, “Kal τοῦτο ἔστω. ταῦτα 
> A 
δ᾽ εἰπὼν εἰς τὴν αὑτοῦ χώραν ἀπήλαυνε. 
Ν > 8 id λ ΄ ’ “9 ‘ 
Kai οὐκέτι τρία ἢ τέτταρα στάδια“ διειχέτην τὼ 


᾿φάλαγγε ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἡνίκα ἐπαιάνιζόν τε οἱ Ἕλληνες 


καὶ ἤρχοντο ἀντίοι Ὁ ἰέναι τοῖς πολεμίοις. as δὲ 


1932. 1487. 673. 659,a. *%885andb. 1814. 593,1. 638,c. 886. τόπῳ, Θ21, ο. 
958. 424. 543. 4 Cf. ws, § 10. 5700. 1012. 490. 223. 6933. 1487. See 
Introd. 100. 674. 662. 7655, a. 1028, 2. 443, 3. 560. 51046, 2, b. 9720. 
1062. 888. 538. 10619. 926. 425. 546. 17965. 1174. 876 διὰ κ, 622. 


BOOK I. CHAP. VIIL. 113 


sd Sr , , δ... Δ μα , ew: 
πορευομένων ἐξεκύμαινέ τι“ τῆς φάλαγγος, τὸ ὕπολει- 
πόμενον ἤρξατο δρόμῳ θεῖν καὶ ἅμα ἐφθέγξαντο πάντες 
οἷον τῷ Ἐνυαλίῳ ἐλελίζουσι, καὶ πάντες δὲ ἔθεον. 
[λέγουσι δέ τινες ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι πρὸς τὰ δόρατα 
᾿, , cal A 9 3 Ν Ἀ 
ἐδούπησαν φόβον ποιοῦντες τοῖς ἵπποις. πρὶν δὲ 
τόξευμα ἐξικνεῖσθαι ἐκκλίνουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι καὶ φεύ- 
Ν > “A ‘ 3Q 7 Ν Ν 4 4 
yovot. Kal ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐδίωκον μὲν κατὰ κράτος ot 
σ : a 3 > 
Ἕλληνες, ἐβόων δὲ ἀλλήλοις μὴ θεῖν δρόμῳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν 
“τ ν. Ν Ὄ 257 ν 4 Ν > 
τάξει ἕπεσθαι. τὰ δ᾽ ἅρματα ἐφέροντο τὰ“ μὲν δι 
αὐτῶν τῶν πολεμίων, τὰ" δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κενὰ 
ε δ ε δ᾽ > Ἀ -» 6 ὃ ΄ . ΕΣ δ᾽ ΄ 
ἡνιόχων. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν,᾽ διίσταντο" ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις 
καὶ κατελήφθη ὥσπερ ἐν ἱπποδρόμῳ ἐκπλαγείς " καὶ 
΄σ- A » 
οὐδὲν μέντοι οὐδὲ τοῦτον παθεῖν ἔφασαν, οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος 
δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ ἔπαθεν οὐδεὶς ὃ 
οὐδέν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ τοξευθῆναί τις ἐλέγετο 
7? 1) τ μᾳ γὙετο. 
Topics for Study. (1) Xenophon, Introd. 111. (2) Relatives intro- 
ducing indirect questions. (3) Account for the superiority of the Greek over 
the Persian soldiers, Introd. 20, 53-56. (4) Case after ἀντίος, after κενός. (5) 


State when an infinitive is in indirect discourse. 945, a. 1495. 632. 577-8. (6) 
Omens, Introd. 83, (1), (5). (7) Battle array, watchword etc., Introd. 99, 100. 


Cyrus with his six hundred cavalry attacks and routs the king’s 


center ; personal encounter with the king. 


Κῦρος δ᾽ ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας νικῶντας" 75™ 


καθ᾽ 
at es Ν ὃ 4 a) , 1 Ἁ 4 
uuTOUVS καὶ διώκοντας, NOdmEVOS” Kal προσκυνούμενος 
¥ “- κι 

ἤδη ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἢ ἐξήχθη διώκειν, ἀλλὰ 
συνεσπειραμένην ἔχων τὴν τῶν σὺν EavT@ ἑξακοσίων ἱπ- 

, 4 > a 9 4 , Ν Ν 

πέων τάξιν ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅ τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς. καὶ γὰρ 


260 


21 


“Ὁ 9 ἡ 43 τ , x A a ΄ ᾿ 
Ὥθει αὐτον΄ οτι μεσὸν εχοι του Περσικοῦ στρατευματος. 


ΣΘῚ2. 4. 1568. 6657. κ. 1. 590,a. 53,536. μέρος: cf. δεξιά, ὃ 4. 3767. 1165. 378. 
623. 4624,d. 914. 319. 5753, ¢. 1140. 362,2. 516, a. 6914, 5. (2). 1481, 2. 
625. 616. b. 7716, Ὁ. 1054. 334. 536, Ὁ. 31030. 1619. 433. 487. 9982. 
1588. 661. 586, ἃ. 10 se. μέρος, 621, c. "958.Ὀ. 494. 543. 11969,¢. 1563,6. 653, 7. 
583. 122120; 138,38. 632. 185 $78. 717-18. " 


H. ἃ W. ANAB. —=8 


114 ANABASIS. 


‘ ’ 3 ε ~ , Ὁ ᾿ » 
22 καὶ πάντες δ᾽ οἱ τῶν βαρβάρων ἄρχοντες μέσον ἔχοντες 


23 


24 


26 


27 


Ν ea ε a 4 Ψ Ἀττι , 1 
τὸ αὑτῶν ἡγοῦνται, νομίζοντες οὕτω Kal ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ 


7 * > 2 . to ε ΄ θ Vi Le 
εἶναι, ἣν ἦ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἑκατέρωθεν, καὶ εἴ τι παραγ- 
γεῖλαι χρήζοιεν,Σ ἡμίσει ἂν χρόνῳ αἰσθάνεσθαι τὸ 
στράτευμαα καὶ βασιλεὺς δὴ τότε μέσον ἔχων τῆς 
4“. ας a 9 ¥ a Se A , > , 
αὑτοῦ στρατιᾶς ὅμως ἔξω ἐγένετο τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου 
κέρατος. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ ἐμάχετο ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου 
οὐδὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ τεταγμένοις ἔμπροσθεν, ἐπέκαμπτεν ὡς 
> , » Ν ἴω , A 3, Ψ 
εἰς κύκλωσιν. ἔνθα δὴ Κῦρος δείσας μὴ ὄπισθεν γενό- 
μενος κατακόψῃ" τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐλαύνει ἀντίος "ὃ καὶ 
> ἈΝ Ν a ε ’ “ ‘\ Ν , 
ἐμβαλὼν σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις νικᾷ τοὺς πρὸ βασιλέως 
, A > a ἤ A ε ’ 

τεταγμένους καὶ εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἑξακισχιλίους, 
καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι λέγεται αὐτὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χειρὶ ᾽Αρτα- 
γέρσην τὸν ἄρχοντα αὐτῶν. 

Topics for Study. (1) Τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτούς. (2) Cf. ds, ὥς. (8) Fourth 


or less vivid form of conditional seutence in indirect discourse. (4) Force of 
adverbial ending -θεν. 


ε > , A 
Ὡς δ᾽ ἡ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, διασπείρονται καὶ of Κύρου 
ε , 8. ΟΥ̓ Ν ὃ , ε , ἈΝ , 2\ 7 
ἑξακόσιοι eis' τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, πλὴν πάνυ ὀλίγοι 
ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν κατελείφθησαν, σχεδὸν οἱ ὁμοτράπεζοι καλού- 
‘ 4 δὲ a» 7 4 7 x > > 
μενοι. σὺν τούτοις δὲ ὧν καθορᾷ βασιλέα καὶ TO ἀμφ 
| ἡ A . Ν ὑθὺ 3 Rete 8 ἐλλ᾽ 3 ‘ 
ἐκεῖνον στῖφος" καὶ εὐθὺς οὐκ ἠνέσχετο," ἀλλ᾽ εἰπὼν 
lal > ᾿ 
“Tov ἄνδρα dpa” ἵετο ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ παίει κατὰ τὸ στέρ- 
4 ͵ Ἀ A , ν , ε 
νον καὶ τιτρώσκει διὰ τοῦ θώρακος, ws φησι Κτησίας ὁ 
᾿ alles ΄ 3 
ἰατρός, καὶ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτὸς " τὸ τραῦμά φησι. παίοντα ὃ 
Ν 
αὐτὸν ἀκοντίζει τις παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν βιαίως " καὶ 
3 A , ‘ Ν Ν “A ‘ e 2 > 
ἐνταῦθα μαχόμενοι καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ Κῦρος καὶ ot ἀμφ 
᾿ “ ἈΝ ’ 
αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑκατέρου, ---- ὁπόσοι ἢ μὲν τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα 
10f, ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ, ξ 14. 3900. 1408. 606. 661. 5964, (a). 1494. 647. 579. 
“782. 1194. 385. 527,0. 5887. 88, δθά. 47h. 5619. 926, 425, 546. 


7958, 959. 1546. 636. Cf. 575. *361,9. 546. 175,N. 968,6. "940, b, and Ist 
ex. 631, 571. 1063. 717, 1. 


BOOK I. CHAP. ΙΧ. 115 


, > 9 , a - 
ἀπέθνησκον Κτησίας λέγει" παρ᾽ ἐκείνῳ γὰρ ἦν" Κῦρος 
κ᾿ 4 
δὲ αὐτός τε ἀπέθανε καὶ ὀκτὼ οἱ ἄριστοι τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν 
ἔκειντο ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ. ᾿Αρταπάτης δ᾽ ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ 
τῶν σκηπτούχων [θεράπων] λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ πεπτωκότα 
εἶδε Κῦρον, καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου περιπεσεῖν 
5 an 1 A ε ,’ λέ λ “ ,’ > 
αὐτῷ. καὶ of μέν φασι βασιλέα κελεῦσαί τινα ἐπι- 
σφάξαι αὐτὸν Κύρῳ, οἱ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπισφάξασθαι σπασά- 
x > , 626 \ Aig Ν “ον 
ἥμενον τὸν ἀκινάκην" εἶχε γὰρ χρυσοῦν " καὶ στρεπτὸν 
9 ¥ 
δ᾽ ἐφόρει καὶ ψέλια καὶ τἄλλα ὥσπερ οἱ ἄριστοι 
a 4 
Περσῶν" ἐτετίμητο yap ὑπὸ Κύρου δι᾿ εὔνοιάν τε καὶ 
πιστότητα.. ἱ 


Topics for Study. (1) The ὁμοτράπεζοι. (2) Augment of ἀνέχομαι, 
(3) στρεπτόν. See Introd. 27. 


Eulogy on Cyrus, early training ; boyhood traits. 


A x > σ > ΄ ati % a 
IX. Κῦρος μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ ὧν ΠΕρ'’ 
σῶν" τῶν μετὰ Κῦρον τὸν ἀρχαῖον γενομένων βασιλι: 
᾿ Ἂ 
κώτατός τε καὶ ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος, ὡς παρὰ πάντων 
ὁμολογεῖται τῶν Κύρου δοκούντων ἐν πείρᾳ γενέσθαι. 
πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἔτι παῖς ὧν ὅτ᾽ ἐπαιδεύετο καὶ σὺν 
- 5 χ al Ν Ἀ ΩΝ » , , , 3 
τῷ ἀδελῴῳ καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοιξ παισί, πάντων πάντα 
κράτιστος ἐνομίζετο. πάντες γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀρίστων Περ- 
nw A >, 8 -“ td 4 , . 
σῶν παῖδες ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις παιδεύονται 
¥ 4 ᾿ : 7 
ἔνθα πολλὴν μὲν σωφροσύνην καταμάθοι ἡ ἄν τις, αἰσχρὸν 
δ' δὲ Sy αὐν ον νὰ ¥ > Ser » δ] bed δ᾽ ε 
οὐδὲν οὔτ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν ἔστι. εῶνται δ᾽ οἱ 
τὸ Ν , c= , ‘ > 4, 
παιὸες Kal τιμωμένους ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ ἀκούουσι, 
‘ ¥ > , é 9 27s a ᾿Ξ, 
καὶ ἄλλους ἀτιμαζομένους" wore εὐθὺς παῖδες ὄντες 
μανθάνουσιν ἄρχειν τε καὶ ἄρχεσθαι. ἔνθα Κῦρος 
αἰδημονέστατος μὲν πρῶτον τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐδόκει εἶναι, 
1775. 1179. 394 525. 2729,e. 1088. 855. 506.8 $718. i058. 837. 


537. 4873. 1327. S563. 476. 5949. 1517. G37, 1. 574, 9 986. 1592, 2 
661, κ. 8. 588, ¢. 7940. 927. 681. 6571. 


28 


4 


116 ANABASIS. 


4 “Ὁ a « ΄ 
τοῖς τε πρεσβυτέροις' καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ὑποδεεστέρων ὅ 
a ΄ ¥ x P \ a ΄ 
μᾶλλον πείθεσθαι, ἔπειτα δὲ φιλιππότατος καὶ τοῖς in 
ποις apiota® χρῆσθαι" ἔκρινον" δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν εἰς 
τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων." τοξικῆς τε καὶ ἀκοντίσεως, φιλο- 
μαθέστατον εἶναι καὶ μελετηρότατον. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ 
” Ν , > Ν Ν Ν ’ ΄, 
ἔπρεπε, καὶ φιλοθηρότατος ἦν καὶ πρὸς τὰ θηρία μέν- 
¥ , 
τοι φιλοκινδυνότατος. καὶ ἄρκτον ποτὲ ἐπιφερομένην 
οὐκ ἔτρεσεν, ἀλλὰ συμπεσὼν κατεσπάσθη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου; 
Ἀ ν 8 κ ¥ - \ \ τ ᾿ “Ξ- - \ 
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔπαθεν, ὧν καὶ Tas ὠτειλὰς εἶχε, τέλος δὲ 
κατέκανε᾽ καὶ τὸν πρῶτον «μέντοι βοηθήσαντα πολλοῖς ὃ 
μακαριστὸν ἐποίησεν. ἱ 
Topics for Study. (1) Cyrus the Great, Introd. 7-9. (9) Education 


among the Persians. Rawlinson, Fifth Monarchy, ch. iii. (8) Catalogue the 
virtues of Cyrus as presented in this chapter. (4) Zeugma. 


True to his word; aimed to outdo both friend and enemy ; severely 
punished evil-doers ; liberally rewarded the just. 


‘ ΄ nw 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεπέμφθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης Λυδίας 
τε καὶ Φρυγίας τῆς μεγάλης καὶ Καππαδοκίας, στρα- 
τηγὸς ἢ δὲ καὶ πάντων ἀπεδείχθη ois" καθήκει εἰς 
Καστωλοῦ πεδίον ἀθροίζεσθαι, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπέδειξεν 

er. 2 ¢ \ 4.2 a 13 ¥ 
αὑτὸν "ἢ ὅτι περὶ πλείστου ποιοῖτο, [εἴ τῳ σπείσαιτο] 

Ν ¥ A \ ¥ use”, ΄ - 
καὶ εἴ τῳ συνθοῖτο καὶ εἴ τῳ ὑπόσχοιτό τι, μηδαμῶς 

, ‘ κ > 2258 A > A ε , 
ψεύδεσθαι. καὶ yap οὖν ἐπίστευον μὲν αὐτῷ ai πόλεις- 
> , > 7 δ᾽ ae fe , 3 \ ¥14 
ἐπιτρεπόμεναι, ἐπίστευον οἱ ἄνδρες" καὶ εἴ τις 

΄ ιν ΄ ΄ 27 δὲ 15 
πολέμιος ἐγένετο, σπεισαμένου Κύρου ἐπίστευε μηδὲν 
A Ἀ 

ἂν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς παθεῖν. τοιγαροῦν ἐπεὶ Τισσα- 
φέρνει ἐπολέμησε, πᾶσαι ai πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι Κῦρον 

1764, 2. 1159. 376. 520, a. 2643. 1158. 426,2. 517. *%259. 869. 138. 
234. 4412. 496. 199, 3. 320. 5 602, c. 897, 2. 305. 493, a. 6 353, d. 1142. 
351. 6516, Ὁ. 7624, ἃ. 914. 319. 8716, b. 1054. B34. 536, Ὁ. 9 Cf. rote 
οἴκοι, 74. 726, Ὁ. 1078. 320.1. 534,b. 4764, 2. 1159. 376. 520,28. “S878: 


812,b. 717-18. 13 $94, 1; 932, 2. 1098; 1497,2. 609, 673. 647; 659,a. “894 
2c. 1895. 609. 647. “Of. τὰ μέν, $6. 1022, 1024. 1611 (end). 481 (firstsent.). 564 


BOOK I. CHAP. IX. 117 


ν Ν ᾽ : - Ν 
εἵλοντο ἀντὶ Τισσαφέρνους πλὴν Μιλησίων " οὗτοι δὲ 
9 > 7 ‘ 4 ᾿ > le) 8.0.5 
ὅτι οὐκ ἤθελε τοὺς φεύγοντας προέσθαι ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν. 
καὶ γὰρ ἔργῳ ἐπεδείκνυτο καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐκ ἄν ποτε 
A 2 λῳ ΄ 3 a ᾽ν 2 δ᾽ > »¥ Ν 
mpootro, ἐπεὶ ἅπαξ φίλος αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο." οὐδ᾽ εἰ ETL μὲν 
μείους γένοιντο, ἔτι δὲ κάκιον πράξειαν. ἢ 
Ν > Φ ‘ ¥ 7 ° ᾿ς .8δ' 4 Ν , 
Φανερὸς δ᾽ ἦν καὶ εἴ τίς τι ἀγαθὸν“ ἢ κακὸν ποιήσειεν 
αὐτόν, νικᾶν πειρώμενος “ἡ καὶ εὐχὴν δέ τινες αὐτοῦ 
ἠξξέφερον ὡς  εὔχοιτο τοσοῦτον χρόνον ζῆν ἔστε νικῴη" 
καὶ τοὺς εὖ καὶ τοὺς κακῶς ποιοῦντας ἀλεξόμενος. καὶ 
Ν > x A on OWL pine Δα > ὃ Ν al >7? ©¢ A 
yap οὖν πλεῖστοι δὴ αὐτῷ ἑνί ye ἀνδρὶ τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν 
ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ χρήματα καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
σώματα προέσθαι. : 


Topics for Study. (1) Verbs admitting two nominatives. (2) Con- 
dition of the third or more vivid form after a past tense. (3) Περὶ πλείστου 
ποιεῖσθα. (4) Short forms of gen. and dat.of τὶ. (5) Synopsis of Tu: in 
2a.act.and mid. (6) Object*and cognate accusative. (7) Construction after 
φανερὸς ἦν (or ἐστι). (8) The form (jv. (9) εἷς or εἷς ye with superlatives. 

3 \ Ν 2QO\8 ἂν ὦ we » ε ‘ ᾿ 

Οὐ μὲν δὴ οὐδὲ ὅ τοῦτ᾽ ἄν τις εἴποι ὡς τοὺς κακούργους 

m9 Se ¥ a 3 Ν > ΄ U4 
καὶ ἀδίκους εἴα καταγελᾶν, ἀλλὰ ἀφειδέστατα πάντων 
ἐτιμωρεῖτο: πολλάκις δ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν παρὰ τὰς στειβομένας 
ε ὃ \ Ν Sa 9 Ἀ na \ 9 θ λ las EE 
ὁδοὺς Kal ποδῶν καὶ χειρῶν Kat ὀφθαλμῶν στερομένους 
5 θ ’ esd > 5 a , > chine Meee » 
ἀνθρώπους" wat ἐν TH Κύρου ἀρχῇ ἐγένετο kat ᾿Ελληνι 

Ν ’ “A > a 
καὶ βαρβάρῳ μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι ἢ ἀδεῶς πορεύεσθαι ὅπῃ 

¥ 
τις ἤθελεν, ἔχοντι OTL TpoXwpoly.” 
Τούς γε μέντοι ἀγαθοὺς εἰς πόλεμον ὡμολόγητο δια- 
A Ἀ “ ἴω 
φερόντως τιμᾶν. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος πρὸς 
, Ἀ > 
Πισίδας καὶ Mucovs* στρατευόμενος οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς 

, Ν ’ a cer 52 2 , 

ταύτας Tas χώρας ovs ἑώρα ἐθέλοντας κινδυνεύειν, 
Ν ἃν -Ὄ , 
τούτους καὶ ἄρχοντας ἐποίει ἧς κατεστρέφετο χώρας," 

1900. 1408. 605. 661. 3985, ς. 1499. 675,3. 662. *725,a. 1073. 340. 
536, α. #981. 1589. 660. 5865. 5937,a. 1502,3. 6077. 631. 5969, a, 1563, 3. 
653, 3. 583. 7652,d. 1030, 1619. 433. 487. 948,4. 111%. 362, x 


1969, ἃ. 1563,5. 653, 6. 583. 11914, 5, (2). 1431,2. 625. 616, Ὁ. 12995, a. 
1088. 485. 618, ἃ. 


16 


17 


is 


19 


118 ANABASIS. 


ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις δώροις ἐτίμα: wore φαίνεσθαι 
τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς εὐδαιμονεστάτους, τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς 
δούλους τούτων ἀξιῶν εἶναι. τοιγαροῦν πολλὴ ἣν 
ἀφθονία αὐτῷ τῶν ἐθελόντων κινδυνεύειν, ὅπου τις 
οἴοιτο Κῦρον αἰσθήσεσθαι. εἴς γε μὴν δικαιοσύνην εἴ 
τις φανερὸς γένοιτο ἐπιδείκνυσθαι βουλόμενος, περὶ 
παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο τούτους πλουσιωτέρως ὅ ζῆν ποιεῖν τῶν ἐκ 
τοῦ ἀδίκου ὃ φιλοκερδούντων. καὶ γὰρ οὖν ἄλλα τε παλλὰ 
δικαίως αὐτῷ * διεχειρίζετο καὶ στρατεύματι ἀληθινῷ ἐχρή- 
σατο. καὶ γὰρ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, ot χρημάτων 
ἕνεκα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν, ἔγνωσαν κερδαλεώτερον εἶναι 
Κύρῳ καλῶς ὑπάρχειν ἢ τὸ κατὰ" μῆνα Képdos.. 

Topics for Study. (1) Optative in simple sentences. (2) Parts of ἐάω. 


(3) Verbs of depriving. (4) Augment of dpdw. (5) Cf. ἀληθής and ἀληϑινός. 
(6) Persian criminal code. Rawlinson, Fifth Monarchy, ch. iii. 


Grateful, free from envy, helpful, of marked liberality. 


5 & Ν Ν ’, , 6 3— © ¢ , A 

Αλλὰ μὴν εἴ τίς γέ 1° αὐτῷ προστάξαντι καλῶς 
ὑπηρετήσειεν, οὐδενὶ ὃ πώποτε ἀχάριστον εἴασε τὴν προ- 
θυμίαν. τοιγαροῦν κράτιστοι δὴ ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου 
Κύρῳ ἐλέχθησαν γενέσθαι. εἰ δέ τινα ὁρῴη δεινὸν ὄντα 

> “ , ‘ (ἂν 
οἰκονόμον ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ κατασκευάζοντά τε ἧς 
¥ 11: ’ ‘ a 5 ,ὕ a 1 
ἄρχοι“ χώρας καὶ προσόδους ποιοῦντα, οὐδένα ἂν 

ν 

πώποτε ἀφείλετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ πλείω προσεδίδου" ὥστε καὶ 
ἡδέως ἐπόνουν καὶ θαρραλέως ἐκτῶντο καὶ ὅσα ἐπέπατό 
τις ἥκιστα Κῦρον ἢ ἔκρυπτεν" οὐ γὰρ φθονῶν " τοῖς 
φανερῶς πλουτοῦσιν ” ἐφαίνετο, ἀλλὰ πειρώμενος χρῆσθαι 
τοῖς τῶν ἀποκρυπτομένων χρήμασι. 

1894,3. 1308.9. 610. 661,3. 2259,a. 810,3. 5621. κ- 983. 494. 543. 
“767. 1165. 878. 583. °666,c. 968,1. 451,1. δδδ,.. 516,0. WH. 884. 
536, Ὁ. ΤὴΘ4, 2. 1159. 376. 520, ἃ. 8607. 1165. 378. 523. 9 594. 2, a, end. 
1398, 2. 610. κ.1. 465. 10 729, c. 1085,8. 8350. 506, a. 11.919 a 1439. 3816. 


616,b. 1894, 2,a, 1398, 1296. 610, κ.1. 467,a. 4724. 1060. 640 535. 1.981 
1588. 660. 585. %764,2. 1159. 876. 520.48 


BOOK I. CHAP. ΙΧ. 119 


1 a ” [2 
καὶ εὔνους γνοίη 


a -Ψ , 
Φίλους γε μὴν ὅσους ποιήσαιτο 
ὄντας καὶ ἱκανοὺς κρίνειε συνεργοὺς εἶναι ὅτι τυγχάνοι 
ε “~ 7 
βουλόμενος κατεργάζεσθαι, ὁμολογεῖται πρὸς πάντων 
κράτιστος δὴ γενέσθαι θεραπεύειν. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ 
~ . 8 Θ Pe hid ir 4 Ἂν ὃ al θ ε 
τοῦτο" οὗπερ αὐτὸς ἕνεκα φίλων ἡ wero δεῖσθαι, ὡς συν- 
εργοὺς ἔχοι, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο συνεργὸς τοῖς φίλοις " 
κράτιστος εἶναι τούτου" ὅτου αἰσθάνοιτο ἕκαστον 
ἐπιθυμοῦντα. | 
Topics for Study. (1) What pure verbs make the future in dow? (9) 


Verbs of concealing. (3) Some verbs and adjectives that take the supplemen- 
tary participle. (4) Case after ἐπιθυμέω, δέομαι. 


ia 4 > Sa 
Δῶρα δὲ πλεῖστα μὲν, οἶμαι, εἷς ye ἀνὴρ ἐλάμβανε 
διὰ πολλά: ταῦτα δὲ πάντων ὃ δὴ μάλιστα τοῖς φίλοις 
Ν A Ν 
διεδίδου, πρὸς τοὺς τρόπους ἑκάστου σκοπῶν καὶ ὅτου 
ie “ 4 
μάλιστα ὁρῴη ἕκαστον δεόμενον. καὶ ὅσα τῷ σώματι 
3 lal , nx ε > , Aa ¢ : 
αὐτοῦ. πέμποι TLS ἢ ὡς εἰς πόλεμον 7 WS ξις καλλωπισμόν, 
᾿ Ἁ , id ΞῪΝ »Ὰ 2! a Ν ε A 
καὶ περὶ τούτων λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν «τι τὸ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ 
σῶμα οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο τούτοις πᾶσι κοσμηθῆναι, φίλους 
δὲ καλῶς κεκοσμημένους μέγιστον κόσμον ἀνδρὶ vopi- 
‘ . 10 \ A ὁ ἢ , A hd ΄ > 
Cou. καὶ τὸ “μὲν Ta” μεγάλα νικᾶν τοὺς φίλους εὖ 
ποιοῦντα οὐδὲν θαυμαστόν, ἐπειδή γε καὶ δυνατώτερος 
- ΡΕΗΣ Ν δὲ “Ὁ 2 2 a A ἔχ , “ 
ἦν τὸ δὲ τῇ “ ἐπιμελείᾳ περιεῖναι τῶν φίλων καὶ τῷ 
προθυμεῖσθαι χαρίζεσθαι, ταῦτα ἔμοιγε μᾶλλον δοκεῖ 
ἀγαστὰ εἶναι. Κῦρος γὰρ ἔπεμπε βίκους οἴνου ἡμιδεεῖς 
πολλάκις ὁπότε πάνυ ἡδὺν λάβοι. λέγων ὅτι οὔπω δὴ 
a , 14 , eg ¥ ’ - 16 ri 

πολλοῦ χρόνου " τούτου ἡδίονι οἴνῳ ἐπιτύχοι᾽ “ἢ τοῦτον 

> \16 »¥ ‘ a ΄ , a“ 
οὖν σοὶ ἔπεμψε Kai δεῖταί σου τήμερον τοῦτον ἐκπιεῖν 
1914, B, (2). 1431,2. 625. 616, Ὁ, and 620. 2919,a. 1439. 625. 616, b; 618. 
$626. 1815. 318. 491, ἃ. $743. 1112. 356. 512. 5772, Ὁ. 1175. 892, 2. 
525. 6729, c. 1085,3. 850. 506, a. Τ Cf. ποεήσαιτο, ὃ 20. 829,6. 1088. 38568. 
506,2. 561. 1165. 378. 523. 959. 1546. G37. 52). 1119, b. 1060, 
336. 540. 1580. 1182. 390. 527,b. 914, 5, (2). 1431,2. 625. 616, Ὁ; 687. 


4759. 1186 359. 515. %932,2. 1487. G73. 659,a %119,b. 144. 74,2 
20, 8. 


20 


21 


22 


25 


190 ANABASIS. 


26 σὺν οἷς μάλιστα φιλεῖς. πολλάκις δὲ χῆνας ἡμιβρώτους 
ἔπεμπε καὶ ἄρτων ἡμίσεα καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐπιλέγειν 
κελεύων τὸν ψεέρονεοι Τούτοις ἢ ἥσθη Κῦρος - βούλεται 

27 οὖν καὶ σὲ τούτων " γεύσασθαι. ὅπου δὲ χιλὸς σπάνιος 
πάνυ εἴη, αὐτὸς δὲ δύναιτο παρασκευάσασθαι διὰ τὸ 

Ν ΕΣ ε 4 Ν Ἀ Ν > Ld 
πολλοὺς ἔχειν ὑπηρέτας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, δια- 
πέμπων ἐκέλευε τοὺς φίλους τοῖς τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα 
» σ » 4 ἴω Ν ’ ε ‘ 
ἄγουσιν ἵπποις ἐμβάλλειν τοῦτον τὸν χιλόν, ὡς μὴ 
πεινῶντες τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ φίλους ἄγωσιν. 
Topics for Study. (1) Uses οὗ the optative mode. (2) Three uses of 


ἄν. 3) Adverbs made from wéyas. (4) Mode in conditional relative clause 
after a past tense. 


Publicly honors his friends; proof of popularity and good 
judgment. 


® καὶ πλεῖστοι μέλλοιεν 


2s [Εἰ δὲ δή ποτε πορεύοιτο 
¥ 4 an ‘ , > a e : 
ὄψεσθαι, προσκαλῶν τοὺς φίλους ἐσπουδαιολογεῖτο, ws 
ὃ λ ί a LS τ ἢ ee, / ἐξ e > , i) a 
mAoin οὖς τιμᾷ. ὥστε ἐγὼ μέν ye ἐξ ὧν. ἀκούω οὐδένα 
’ ε Ν ’ὔ Ὁ » ε ’ὔ 4 
κρίνω ὑπὸ πλειόνων πεφιλῆσθαι οὔτε Ἑλλήνων οὔτε 
29 βαρβάρων. τεκμήριον δὲ τούτου καὶ τόδε. παρὰ μὲν 
Κύρου δούλου ὄντος" οὐδεὶς ἀπήει πρὸς βασιλέα, πλὴν 
2 ΄ > ᾿ δ @ Suis ” , εθ 
Opovras ἐπεχείρησε᾽ καὶ οὗτος δὴ ὃν wero πιστόν οἷδι 
> ‘ ὧν ἃς a , , tt An, ‘ 
εἶναι ταχὺ αὐτὸν ηὗρε Κύρῳ φίλτερον ἢ ἑαυτῷ" παρὰ 
δὲ βασιλέως πολλοὶ πρὸς Κῦρον ἀπῆλθον, ἐπειδὴ mode 
iAX aN δι 4 Ν = / ε aN 
pot ἀλλήλοις ἐγένοντο, Kal οὗτοι μέντοι οἱ μάλιστα 
“ » 
ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἀγαπώμενοι. νομίζοντες παρὰ Κύρῳ ὄντες 
a 4, a Ν -“ 
ἀγαθοὶ ἀξιωτέρας ἂν τιμῆς ὃ τυγχάνειν ὃ ἢ παρὰ βασιλεῖ. 
80 μέγα δὲ τεκμήριον καὶ τὸ " ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίου αὐτῷ 
, 10 92 ‘ ΤΑῚ > > \ \ ΄ a 
γενόμενον ἢ ὅτι Kal αὐτὸς ἣν ἀγαθὸς καὶ κρίνειν ὀρθῶς | 
1778. 1181. 391. 526,0. 742. 1102, 356. 511. 5894, 5,3. 1898,2. 610. 
651, 2. 4$46. 1254. 533. 570, Ὁ. 5969, e. 1563,6. G53,7. 583. © 685. 987. 


472. 197. T= εἰ εἴησαν, 9O2. 14138. 614. 583. 8739. 1099. 856. 610, ἃ. 
° 964, 900. 1494, 1408. 647. 579. 19966. 1560. 650,1. 582. 


BOOK I. CHAP. Χ. 121 


. 
ἐδύνατο τοὺς πιστοὺς καὶ εὔνους καὶ βεβαίους. ἀπο- 31 
θνήσκοντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ πάντες οἵ περὶ αὐτὸν φίλοι καὶ 
5 , / ε ἈΝ 4 A 
συντράπεζοι ἀπέθανον μαχόμενοι [ὑπὲρ Κύρου] πλὴν 
᾿Αριαίου: οὗ δὲ τεταγμένος ' ἐτύ εν ἐπὶ τῷ 
ptaiov* οὗτος τεταγμένος" ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ τῷ 
“ ε “A ε > ¥ a“ 
εὐωνύμῳ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ ἄρχων. ws δ᾽ ἤσθετο Κῦρον 
πεπτωκότα, ἔφυγεν ἔχων καὶ τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν οὗ 
ἡγεῖτο. 
Topics for Study. (1) Position and force of yé. (2) Origin of the 


name Ἑλλάς. (8) Difference between τέλος and teAevrh. (4) Origin of 
βέβαιος. 


The king falls upon and plunders the camp of Cyrus; while the 
Greeks halting deliberate, Tissaphernes and the king joining 
forces return to the attack. 


X. Ἐνταῦθα δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἡ κεφαλὴ καὶ ἡ 
χεὶρ ἡ δεξιά. βασιλεὺς δὲ [καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ] διώκων ὃ 
| aah δ ΄ 2 ye 38 4 Ν 
εἰσπίπτει εἰς τὸ Κύρειον στρατόπεδον " καὶ οἱ μὲν μετὰ 


~ 


> / > ’, ν 5 Ν , Ν “ ca 
Ἀριαίου οὐκέτι ἵστανται ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν 
στρατοπέδου εἰς τὸν σταθμὸν ἔνθεν ὥρμηντο - τέτταρες 
δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο παρασάγγαι εἶναι τῆς ὁδοῦ. βασιλεὺς δὲ 2 
Ἀ ε ‘ > “ ’ »Ἤ Ν , Ἁ 
καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τά τε ἄλλα πολλὰ διαρπάζουσι, καὶ 
τὴν Φωκαΐδα τὴν Κύρου παλλακίδα τὴν σοφὴν καὶ καλὴν 
λεγομένην εἶναι λαμβάνει. ἡ δὲ Μιλησία [ἦν νεωτέρα 3 
ἣ] ληφθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα ἐκφεύγει γυμνὴ 
Ν ~ ε ’ ε » > ~ / 9 
πρὸς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ot ἔτυχον ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις ὅπλα 
ἔχοντες καὶ ἀντιταχθέντες πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων 
> ,’ ε Ν Ἁ > “ > , > \ » ’ 
ἀπέκτειναν, οἱ δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν ἀπέθανον: οὐ μὴν ἔφυγόν 
> κ A , 3 x > e% 
ye, ἀλλὰ Kat ταύτην ἔσωσαν καὶ τάλλα ὁπόσα ἐντὸς 
αὐτῶν καὶ χρήματα" καὶ ἄνθρωποι“ ἐγένοντο πάντα 
ἔσωσαν. 


1984. 1686. 660, κ. 585,a. 2982. 1588. 661. 588,4. *%607. 901. 496, ι. 
ὧθο,Ὁ. 485. 352,1. 508. 5624,a. 911. 319. 502. 


4 


122 ANABASIS. 


3 a ν΄ 

Ἐνταῦθα διέσχον ἀλλήλων βασιλεύς τε καὶ οἱ 
Ἕλληνες ὡς τριάκοντα στάδια, οἱ μὲν διώκοντες τοὺς 

θ᾽ ε ‘ ε ld a“ 2 ε > ε 4 ε 
καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς [ὡς πάντα νικῶντες , οἱ δ᾽ ἁρπάζοντες ὡς 
ἤδη πάντα νικῶντες. 


Topics for Study. (1) Verbs of the iotaclass. (2) Inflection of im 
perfect and aorist indicative of κτείνω. 


> Ν » ¥ 4 rr. 

Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἥσθοντο οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν 

ΓΙ , > A , ν 3 Ν > 
τῷ στρατεύματι ἐν τοῖς σκευοφόροις εἴη, βασιλεὺς ὃ 
αὖ ἤκουσε Τισσαφέρνους ὅτι οἱ Ἕλληνες νικῷεν ὃ 

ε Ν Ν > Ν , θ Ψ 8 A ¥ 
αὑτοὺς καὶ εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν οἴχονται διώκοντες, ἔνθα 

Ἀ ‘ \ > ’ ‘ ε “ ‘ ’ 
δὴ βασιλεὺς μὲν ἀθροίζει τε τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ συντάτ- 
τεται, ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἐβουλεύετο Πρόξενον καλέσας, 
πλησιαίτατος γὰρ ἦν, εἰ πέμποιέν " τινας ἢ πάντες ἴοιεν 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀρήξοντες." 

Ἐν τούτῳ καὶ βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν προσιὼν πάλιν 
ὡς ἐδόκει ὄπισθεν. καὶ οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες στραφέντες ὃ 
παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς ταύτῃ προσιόντος " καὶ δεξόμενοι, 

- an 
ὁ δὲ [βασιλεὺς] ταύτῃ μὲν οὐκ ἦγεν, ἣ δὲ παρῆλθεν 
ἔξω τοῦ εὐωνύμου κέρατος ταύτῃ καὶ ἀπῆγεν, ἀναλαβὼν 

Ν ‘ > ~ , ‘ ‘ Ψ > , 
καὶ τοὺς ἐν TH μάχῃ [κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας] αὐτομολή- 
σαντας καὶ Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ: ὁ γὰρ 
Τισσαφέρνης ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ συνόδῳ οὐκ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ 

’ Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν ν 
διήλασε παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν κατὰ τοὺς Ελληνας teh- 

’; 4 Ν ’ ι > , , 
ταστάς" διελαύνων δὲ κατέκανε μὲν οὐδένα, διαστάντες 
> e ¥ Ee ee 4 9 ee / 
δ᾽ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔπαιον καὶ ἠκόντιζον αὐτούς" ᾿Επισθένης 
δὲ ᾿Αμφιπολίτης ἦρχε τῶν πελταστῶν καὶ ἐλέγετο φρό- 
νιμος γενέσθαι. ὁ δ᾽ οὖν Τισσαφέρνης ὡς μεῖον ἔχων 
2 ΄, 4 > > , > aft he , 
ἀπηλλάγη, πάλιν μὲν οὐκ ἀναστρέφει, εἰς δὲ τὸ στρατό- 

1748. 1117. 362,1. 509,9. 3.827. ΟΥ̓ 1956. 591. 454.f. %932,2; 933, last 
ex. 1498. 673-4. 659, a. 4932, 2 and Ὁ (2). 1490. 673 (end). 661. 5 969, c. 


1563,4. 653,5. 588, Ὁ. Introd. 8. 1622. 1181. 494. 543. 5972, 8. 1568. 
667.» 1. 590, % 


τὸ Kal” 


BOOK I. CHAP. ΣΧ. 123 


πεδοι" ἀφικόμενος TO τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐκεῖ συντυγχάνει 
βασιλεῖ, καὶ ὁμοῦ δὴ πάλιν συνταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο. 
Topics for Study. (1) Comparison οὗ φίλος, πλησίον. (2) Analysis of 


στραφέντες, διαστάντες, ἀπηλλάγη. (3) Deliberative subjunctive in indirect dis- 
course. 


The Greeks putiing the river in the rear, charge, rout, and pursue 
the enemy ; returning they fird their camp plundered. 


"Evel δ᾽ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον τῶν Ἑλλήνων κέρας, 
ἔδεισαν οἱ Ἕλληνες μὴ προσ- 
ἀγοιν πρὸς τὸ κέρας καὶ 
περιπτύξαντες ἀμφοτέρωθεν 
αὐτοὺς κατακόψειαν: καὶ 
ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς ἀναπτύσσειν 
τὸ κέρας καὶ ποιήσασθαι 
ὄπισθεν τὸν ποταμόν. ἐν 
ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐβουλεύοντο, 
καὶ δὴ βασιλεὺς παραμειψά- 

μενος εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα 
βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν προσιών, 


’ 5 ,’ Ν 4 
ἢ bs eBonce, Sco ber. κατέστησεν ἀντίαν THY φά- 
: 


i παρῆλθεν ἐξωϑτοῦ εὐωνύμον κέρατος. ν 9 x a 
, ere. δ᾽ ἦσαν κατὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον τῶν αγγα ao” περ ΤΟ πρωτ ov 
“Ἑλλήνων κέρας. 


1 Ππ , 1 ᾿ ε δ 
6, ᾿ αραμειψάμενος εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα. μα γούμενος συνῇει. WS δὲ 





0, κατέστησεν ἀντίαν τὴν φάλαγγα. 
6, οἱ [Ἕλληνες στραφέντες. 


78 ε "RAX > , 
9, ἐδόκει ἀναπτύσσειν τὸ κέρας καὶ ὅπι- εἰθον οἱ νες eyyus τε 
σθεν ποιήσασθαι τὸν ποταμόν. ¥ Ν " 
OvTaS καὶ παρατεταγμένους, 
> iA 9 “ἡ ‘ » ’ cal Ν 
αὖθις παιανίσαντες ἐπῇσαν πολὺ ἔτι προθυμότερον ἢ τὸ 
πρόσθεν. οἱ δ᾽ αὖ βάρβαροι οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλὰ ἐκ 
΄ τιον , ¥ a ¢€ Q >; ΄ 
πλείονος ἢ τὸ πρόσθεν ἔφευγον" οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεδίωκον μέχρι 
κώμης τινός. 
Ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἔστησαν οἵ Ἕλληνες" ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς 
κώμης γήλοφος ἦν, ἐφ᾽ οὗ ἀνεστράφησαν οἱ ἀμφὶ 


9069. οὁ. 1563.4. 653,5. 533 


4 


16 


\7 


124 ANABASIS. 


βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων" ὁ λόφος 
4 7 ν᾿ 
ἐνεπλήσθη, ὥστε τὸ ποιούμενον μὴ γιγνώσκειν. καὶ τὸ 
᾽ὕ A ε Lal » > - 
βασίλειον σημεῖον ὁρᾶν ἔφασαν ἀετόν τινα χρυσοῦν ἐπὶ 





πέλται. 


πέλτῃ [ἐπὶ ξύλου] ἀνατεταμένον. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθ᾽ 
ἐχώρουν οἱ Ἕλληνες, λείπουσι δὴ καὶ τὸν λόφον οἱ 
ἱππεῖς" οὐ μὴν ἔτι ἀθρόοι ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν ᾿ ἐψιλοῦτο 
δ᾽ ὁ λόφος τῶν ἱππέων"; τέλος δὲ καὶ πάντες ἀπε- 
χώρησαν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Modes after verbsof fearing. (2) ἔστησα, ἔστην, 
difference in meaning. (3) Did the Persians use military standards ? 


‘O οὖν Κλέαρχος οὐκ ἀνεβίβαζεν ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, add’ 
ὑπ’ αὐτὸν στήσας τὸ στράτευμα πέμπει Λύκιον τὸν 
l4 ἈΝ » Si’ Ν ’ A , 
Συρακόσιον Kat ἄλλον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον καὶ κελεύει κατι- 
’ ‘ ε Ν “~ ’ ’, » 5 »Ὁ 4, .4 
δόντας τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λόφου τί ἐστιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι. καὶ ὁ 
, ¥ /, ν ϑᾷν» > 4 9 , > ὟΝ, 
Λύκιος ἤλασέ τε καὶ ἰδὼν ἀπαγγέλλει ὅτι φεύγουσιν ava 
, Ν > ¢ “ > =" ΄ 
κράτος. σχεδὸν δ᾽ ὅτε ταῦτα ἦν καὶ ἥλιος ἐδύετο. 
Ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἔστησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ θέμενοι τὰ 
ὅπλα ἀνεπαύοντο᾽ καὶ ἅμα μὲν ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ 
Κῦρος φαίνοιτο" οὐδ᾽ ἄλλος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς παρείη" 
> ἈΝ ¥ ᾿ 8, , > > ¥ a va 
ov yap ἤδεσαν αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα, ἀλλ᾽ εἴκαζον ἢ διώ- 
¥ a , , i ’ 
κοντα οἴχεσθαι ἢ καταληψόμενόν TL προεληλακέναι " καὶ 
αὐτοὶ ἐβουλεύοντο εἰ αὐτοῦ μείναντες τὰ σκευοφόρα 


1γ43, 1112. 356. 512. 1925, Ὁ. 1506. ὅ98, κ. 624. Β. 


BOOK I. CHAP. X. 125 


9 A“ » x > , ene | Ν 4 ¥' 
ἐνταῦθα ἄγοιντο ἢ ἀπίοιεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. ἔδοξεν 
> +. > , 2 Salat a > Ἁ ; | % 
αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἀμφὶ δορπηστὸν ἐπὶ τὰς 
σκηνάς. ταύτης μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. 18 
, Ν nm ἂν ’,ὔ Ἀ - 
καταλαμβάνουσι δὲ τῶν τε ἄλλων χρημάτων τὰ πλεῖστα 
, ἄτι αν x > \ . ar 
διηρπασμένα καὶ εἴ τι σιτίον ἢ ποτὸν ἦν, Kal τὰς ἁμάξας 
μεστὰς ἀλεύρων καὶ οἴνου, ἃς παρεσκευάσατο Κῦρος, 
ἵνα εἴ ποτε σφοδρὰ τὸ στράτευμα λάβοι ἔνδεια, Siadoin! 
A 4 ᾿ 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν --- ἦσαν δ᾽ αὗται τετρακόσιαι [ws ἐλέ- 
- ‘ ΄ ΄ ε ‘ a 
γοντο | ἅμαξαι --- καὶ ταύτας τότε οἱ σὺν βασιλεῖ 
, 9 ” > ε - A ε , 
διήρπασαν. wore ἄδειπνοι ἦσαν ot πλεῖστοι τῶν EAAD-19 
νων ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι" πρὶν γὰρ δὴ καταλῦσαι 
4, 
τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς ἄριστον βασιλεὺς ἐφάνη. ταύτην 


8 


Ν > ἈΝ , ιν. 
μεν ουν TYHV VUKTQ οὔτω διεγένοντο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Class οἵ ἐλαύνω.: (2) Attic reduplication. (3) 
Idiom for ‘they know that he is dead.’ (4) Greek meals. 


4937. 1508. 677. 662. 30Cf. π. δῆλον εἶναι, 1.438%, 83712,c. 498,2. δ80, Ὁ. 


ΛΟΓῸΣ Β. 





KATABASIS. 


Recapitulation ; the Greeks learn of the death of Cyrus; offer the 
throne to Ariaeus; kill their oxen for food. 


1 I. [Ὡς μὲν οὖν ἠθροίσθη Κύρῳ τὸ 
τὴ Ἑλληνικὸν ὅτε ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ᾿Αρτα- 
’ 5 ,ὔ λννῪ > A > 
ξέρξην ἐστρατεύετο. kal ὅσα ἐν TH ἀνόδῳᾳ 
ἐπράχθη καὶ ὡς ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο καὶ ὡς 
Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατό- 
medov ἐλθόντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐκοιμήθησαν 
οἰόμενοι τὰ πάντα νικᾶν" καὶ Κῦρον 
ζῆν, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 
Ν “ ε , ε 
"Apa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθόντες οἱ 
‘ > ,ὕ ν lal oa 
στρατηγοὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι Κῦρος οὔτε 
8 σημανοῦντα ὅτι χρὴ 
aA ᾿» te | 4 ¥ > > A 

ποιεῖν οὔτε αὐτὸς gaivoito. ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς συ- 
σκευασαμένοις ἃ εἶχον καὶ ἐξοπλισαμένοις προϊέναι 
> \ a) δ΄ , 4 να, δ. ἃ 
8 εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν ews Κύρῳ cupplierav.© non oe ἐν 
ὁρμῇ ὄντων" ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνέχοντι ἦλθε Προκλῆς ὁ Τευ- 
θρανίας ἄρχων, γεγονὼς ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου τοῦ Λάκω- 
A » ε “ - ¥ ν al A 
vos, καὶ TAovs ὃ Tapa. οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν 
Ό 6°? A δὲ Ἀ > “ θ “ ¥ 7 ‘ 
τέθνηκεν. ᾿Αριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς ἐν TO σταθμῷ εἴη Ἷ μετὰ 
al »¥ ’ 9 “~ ν , 
τῶν ἄλλων βαρβάρων ὅθεν τῇ προτεραίᾳ ὥρμηντο, καὶ. 





ἄλλον πέμποι 


3719,Ὁ. 1060. 886. 540. 3946,940. 1522, 895,2. 680. 571. 3925, Ὁ, 
1506. ‘598,n. 624,b. 4937.4. 1502,3. 677. 631. 5972,a. 1568. G57, mu. 1. 
690,8 5938, lastex. 1498. G74. 659. 1932,2. 1487. 672. 669, 8. 


(126) 


BOOK Il. CHAP. I. 127 


λέγοι ὅτι ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν περιμενοῖεν αὐτούς, εἰ 
μέλλοιεν ᾿ ἥκειν, τῇ δὲ ἄλλῃ ἀπιέναι φαίη “ ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωνίας, 
ὅθενπερ ἦλθε. 


Topics for Study. (1) Mode in causal clauses in indirect discourse. 
(2) At daybreak, at sunset, on the next day, how expressed ? 


a Ἂν ν 

Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες 
πυνθανόμενοι βαρέως ἔφερον. Κλέαρχος δὲ τάδε εἶπεν. 
“᾿Αλλ ἄφελε" μὲν Κῦρος ζῆν" ἐπεὶ δὲ τετελεύτηκεν, 
> / ? 4 9 e οὐ ΄“ ’ ’, ‘ 
ἀπαγγέλλετε ᾿Αριαίΐῳ ὅτι ἡμεῖς νικῶμέν τε βασιλέα καὶ 

. egnr i) Ν ἋΡ e a ΄ \ ,, 5 ἢ Ya a » ρ 
ὡς ὁῤᾶτε οὐδεὶς ἔτι ἡμῖν μάχεται, καὶ εἰ ἡ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, 
ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα. ἐπαγγελλόμεθα δὲ ᾿Αριαίῳ, 
ἐὰν ἐνθάδε ἔλθῃ, εἰς τὸν θρόνον τὸν βασίλειον καθιεῖν 

αὐτόν" τῶν γὰρ μάχῃ νικώντων καὶ τὸϊ ἄρχειν ἐστί." 
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀποστέλλει τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς 
Χειρίσοφον τὸν Λάκωνα καὶ Μένωνα τὸν Θετταλόν καὶ 
γὰρ αὐτὸς Μένων ἐβούλετο: ἦν γὰρ φίλος καὶ ξένος 
"Apia οἱ μὲν ᾧχοντο, Khé δὲ ἔμενε" τὸ 
ριαΐίου. οἱ μὲν ᾧχοντο, αρχος δὲ περιέμενε" τὸ 
δὲ στράτευμα ἐπορίζετο σῖτον ὅπως ἐδύνατο ἐκ τῶν 

-. 

ὑποζυγίων κόπτοντες τοὺς βοῦς καὶ ὄνους ξύλοις ὃ δὲ 
> a Ἄς δ “- 4. - αὶ A ΄, ὦ 
ἐχρῶντο μικρὸν“ προϊόντες ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος ov” ἡ 
μάχη ἐγένετο τοῖς τε οἰστοῖς ᾿ πολλοῖς οὖσιν, οὖς 

> 7 a 
ἠνάγκαζον of Ἕλληνες ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας 
παρὰ βασιλέως, καὶ τοῖς ‘yéppos” καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι ταῖς 
7 A > , ΄ ‘ > Ν 4 Ν 
ξυλίναις ταῖς Αἰγυπτίαις" πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ πέλται καὶ 
4 3 L4 2 7 b 4 a a ΄ 
ἅμαξαι ἦσαν φέρεσθαι " ἔρημοι οὖσαι" οἷς πᾶσι χρώ- 

δ. ΠΝ α ἥδ νἤ θ > , ἈΝ πα ον Ι 

μενοι κρέα“ ἕψοντες ““ ἡσθιον ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν." 
Topics for Study. (1) Unattainable wish. (2) Supposition contrary 

to fact. (3) Appositive with xypdoua. (4) Infinitive denoting purpose. 

1898, 932, 2. 1890, 1497, 2. 604. 650. 2946,b. 1828. 669. 658. 5871, 4. 
1512. 588. (70,0. “8906. 1397. 606. 619. 5425. 66,3. 218. $46. 5 732, c. 
1094, 1. 348.1. 508. 7959. 1542. 636-7. 574. 8623, 595, Ὁ. 916. 320 
(οὗ, last ex.). 547 (cf. last ex.). 9720. 1062. 338. 538. 10 7600, a. 1187. 358 (end). 


515 (end). 11 777. 118. 5387; ν. 12951. 1ὅ89, 592. 565 anda. 13191. 237. 
106 (cf. γέρας). 12h. 14969, 3. 1563,3. 653,2. 653 (note second paragraph). 


10 


128 ANABASIS. 


The king demands the surrender of the Greeks; they reply with 


courage and moderation. 


Kai ἤδη τε ἦν περὶ πλήθουσαν ἀγορὰν Kal ἔρχονται 
Ν ’ A ’ ᾿ ε Ν ἊἫ 
παρὰ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους κήρυκες οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι 
βάρβαροι, ἣν δ᾽ αὐτῶν Φαλῖνος εἷς Ἕλλην, ὃς ἐτύγχανε 
παρὰ Τισσαφέρνει ὧν καὶ ἐντίμως ἔχων" καὶ γὰρ 
προσεποιεῖτο ἐπιστήμων εἶναι tov’ ἀμφὶ τάξεις τε 
Ν - - Ν ’ Ν ’, 
καὶ ὁπλομαχίαν. οὗτοι δὲ προσελθόντες καὶ Kare 
σαντες τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἄρχοντας λέγουσιν ὅτι 
~_N 4 ‘ ν Ὲ ὦ Ἁ A , 
βασιλεὺς κελεύει τοὺς EdAnvas, ἐπεὶ νικῶν τυγχάνει 
A “~ > ’ Ν ν 35, iz 
καὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτονε, παραδόντας τὰ ὅπλα ἰόντας ἐπὶ 
Ν id 4 ef ὅδ, ἃ , 
τὰς βασιλέως θύρας εὑρίσκεσθαι ἄν" τι δύνωνται 
ἀγαθόν. 
lal ν 
Ταῦτα μὲν εἶπον οἱ βασιλέως κήρυκες" οἱ δὲ “EA- 
’ Ν ¥ 9 \ 4 “ 
Anves βαρέως μὲν ἤκουσαν, ὅμως δὲ Κλέαρχος τοσοῦτον 
3 ν 3 lal , 8 ¥ > ἋΝἦ ὃ ὃ , + 
εἶπεν ὅτι οὐ τῶν νικώντων“ εἴη τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναι 
“adr,” ἔφη, “ὑμεῖς μὲν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοί, τού- 
τοις ἀποκρίνασθε ὅτι κάλλιστόν τε καὶ ἄριστον 
eyere’ ἐγὼ δὲ αὐτίκα ἥξω. ἐκάλεσε γάρ τις αὐτὸν 
ἔχετ γὼ δὲ αὐτίκα ἥξω. γάρ τις αὐτὸ 
lal ~ 9 Ν ‘ ¥ Ν 
τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, ὅπως ἴδοι τὰ ἱερὰ ἐξῃρημένα ᾿ ἔτυχε γὰρ 
θυόμενος. 
Ἔνθα δὴ ἀπεκρίνατο Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς πρεσβύτατος 
, ν ’ θ 4a 3 θ , ~*~ Ν bid 8 a + 
ὧν ὅτι πρόσθεν" ἂν ἀποθάνοιεν ἢ τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῖεν 
= A 
Πρόξενος δὲ ὁ Θηβαῖος, “’AAN eyo,” ἔφη, “ὦ Φαλῖνε, 
, ’ «ε “A ‘ > a Ν ν * 
θαυμάζω πότερα ὡς κρατῶν βασιλεὺς αἰτεῖ τὰ ὅπλα 7 
ε ὃ A 4 δῶ δ > A ‘ ε lal 7 ὃ “ 
ws διὰ φιλίαν δῶρα" εἰ μὲν yap ws κρατῶν, Ti δεῖ 
e155, > A Ν > A > , > \ ’, 6 
αὐτὸν αἰτεῖν Kat ov λαβεῖν ἐλθόντα; εἰ δὲ πείσας 
158, ἃ: 621, b. 1142, 351,424. 516,b; 42h, οἵ. 507, Ὁ. 5898. 1405, 604. 


650. 3 Of. same, ὃ 4 end. 4-- πρίν, 921,b; 924. 1474, 1436. G27 and N. ὅλ, ο, 
5623; 595, "Ὁ. 916. 320. 547. 6969, a. 1568,3. 653,2. 583. 


BOOK Il. CHAP. I. 129 


βούλεται" : λαβεῖν, λεγέτω τί ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις, 
ἐὰν αὐτῷ ταῦτα" χαρίσωνται." 
Topics for Study. (1) The office of herald, Introd. 92. (2) Which 


participles in this passage express the causal and which the conditional relation ἢ 
(3) The imperative in the conclusion of conditional sentences. 


Πρὸς ταῦτα Φαλῖνος εἶπε, “Βασιλεὺς νικᾶν ἡγεῖται, 
ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτονε. τίς γὰρ αὐτῷ" ἔτι τῆς ἀρχῆς 


i ἈΝ “Ὁ A > 
ἀντιποιεῖται; νομίζει δὲ καὶ ὑμᾶς Eavrov* εἶναι, 


~ “~ A Ὁ“ 
ἔχων" ἐν μέσῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ καὶ ποταμῶν ἐντὸς 
lal > “a , 
ἀδιαβάτων καὶ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς δυνάμενος 
> a σ΄“ > > > ΄ ἄν § , θ a 
ἀγαγεῖν ὅσον οὐδ᾽ εἰ παρέχοι ὑμῖν δύναισθε ἂν 
-“ ᾽ν 
ἀποκτεῖναι. 
» ~ ’ > 6 A > “ xz. 
Meta τοῦτον Θεόπομπος Αθηναιος εἶπεν, “Q Φαλῖνε, 
lal ε x ε “A ε “ > Ν »¥ > ἈΝ ¥ > A 
νῦν, ὡς σὺ ὁρᾷς, ἡμῖν οὐδὲν ἔστιν ἀγαθὸν ἄλλο εἰ μὴ 
σ ay os , Ψ x > τῳ 7 Saw a 8 
ὅπλα Kal ἀρετή, ὅπλα μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες οἰόμεθα ἂν 
Ἀ -“ ΄“ lal > an . 
Kal τῇ ἀρετῇ χρῆσθαι, παραδόντες δ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα καὶ 
τῶν σωμάτων στερηθῆναι. μὴ" οὖν οἴου τὰ μόνα 
> Ν ε “ » e¢ a 4 > A ‘ 7 
ἀγαθὰ ἡμῖν ὄντα ὑμῖν παραδώσειν, ἀλλὰ σὺν τού- 
Ἀ Ἀ lal e , “ >? 
τοις καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἀγαθῶν μαχούμεθα. ἀκού- 
σας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φαλῖνος ἐγέλασε καὶ εἶπεν, “᾿Αλλὰ 
Ἀ ” > ‘ ΄ 
φιλοσόφῳ " μὲν ἔοικας, ὦ νεανίσκε, καὶ λέγεις οὐκ ἀχά- 
4 » θ , y 1 > ¥ A e , 
pita* wrt μέντοι ἀνόητος wy, εἰ οἷει THY ὑμετέραν 
a “ 3} 
ἀρετὴν περιγενέσθαι" ἂν τῆς βασιλέως δυνάμεως. "3 
¥ < 
ἄλλους δέ τινας ἔφασαν λέγειν ὑπομαλακιζομένους ὡς 
‘ , 4 > ld Ν aan a ¥ 
καὶ Κύρῳ πιστοὶ ἐγένοντο καὶ βασιλεῖ ἂν πολλοῦ ἄξιοι 
, > ¥ 
γένοιντο, εἰ βούλοιτο "' φίλος γενέσθαι" καὶ εἴτε ἄλλο ᾿ὅ 
1593. 1390. 609. 847. 2716,b. 1054. 334. 536, Ὁ. 3772. 1175. 392, 1. 
525. #732, a. 1094,1. 848,1. 508, a. 5969, b. 1563,2. 653,4. 583. 5900. 
1408. 605. 651. ἴϑ05. 18. 614. 588. 5964, 900. 1808, 1408. 647, 605. 
579, 651. 91019. 1610. 431,1. 486. 10773. 1175. 392,1. 525. 11 982, 986. 
1588. 661. Cf. 660, κ. 586-7. 12 964 (a). 1494, 1327. 647. 579. 15 49. 1120. 
864. 509,b. 4900. 1408, 605. 66. 1716, Ὁ. 1188, Of τί, 13, 384. 
636, Ὁ. 
H. ἃ W. ANAB. —9 


13 


14 


5 


16 


17 


18 


19 


180 ANABASIS. 


τι θέλοι Χρῆσθαι εἴτ᾽ ἔπ’ τον ἀμρίλοα στρατεύειν, συγκατα- 
στρέψαιντ᾽ ἂν αὐτῷ. 
Topics for Study. (1) Construction after ἀντιποιέομαι. (2) Meaning of 


Θεόπομπος. (3) Modes of abridging conditional clauses. (4). How translate 
‘what’ in the sentence, ‘ For what will he use us ?’ 


Clearchus consults with Phalinus. 


Ἢ 1 ’ Κλ , AR ὦ 4 > , 39 “4. 
ν᾿ τούτῳ ἔαρχος ᾿ ἧκε, καὶ ἠρώτησεν ei* ἤδη 
ἀποκεκριμένοι εἶεν Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν, “ Οὗτοι 
μέν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἄλλος ὁ ἄλλα λέγει" σὺ δ᾽ ἡμῖν εἰπὲ τί 
3 > a » 
λέγεις. ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν, “ Ἐγώ σε, ὦ Φαλῖνε,. ἄσμενος “ 
er . 4 eek ee , , ve 
ἑώρακα, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες " σύ τε γὰρ. Ἕλλην 
εἶ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς" ἐν τοιούτοις 
δὲ ὄντες πράγμασι συμβουλευόμεθά σοι τί χρὴ ποιεῖν 
ν @ , \ > \ A ΄ ε κα 
περὶ ὧν λέγεις. σὺ οὖν πρὸς θεῶν συμβούλευσον ἡμῖν 
ν “Ὁ , ‘ ¥ > \ ν 
ὅτι σοι δοκεῖ κάλλιστον καὶ ἄριστον εἷναι, Kal ὅ σοι 
Ν > N ¥ 7 , δ΄ 4 , 9 
τιμὴν οἴσει εἰς τὸν emeita’ χρόνον ἀεὶ λεγόμενον, ὅτι 
Φαλῖνός ποτε πεμφθεὶς παρὰ βασιλέως κελεύσων ὃ τοὺς 
Ἕλληνας τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῦναι συμβουλευομένοις συνε- 
, $5 A 4Q_9 > ᾿Ξ τ Wes , 
βούλευσεν αὐτοῖς τάδε οἶσθα δὲ ὅτι ἀνάγκη λέγεσθαι 
ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἃ ἂν συμβουλεύσῃς.᾽" 
Ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ταῦτα ὑπήγετο βουλόμενος καὶ αὐτὸν 
τὸν παρὰ βασιλέως πρεσβεύοντα συμβουλεῦσαι μὴ 


παραδοῦναι τὰ ὅπλα, ὅπως εὐέλπιδες μᾶλλον ᾿ εἶεν οἱ 


Ἕλληνες. Φαλῖνος δὲ ὑποστρέψας παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 


εἶπεν, ““᾿ Ἐγώ, εἰ μὲν τῶν ' μυρίων ἐλπίδων μία τις "ἢ 
ὑμῖν ἐστι σωθῆναι ἢ πολεμοῦντας " βασιλεῖ, συμβου- 

7 Ν ’ ‘ ν i. > ’ ὃ ’΄ 
λεύω μὴ παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα" εἰ δέ τοι μηδεμία 


1 Cf, 1.δ15͵ 2930; 932, 2. 1605, 1487. 578. 655. $465. 783. 227. 300, Ὁ. 
4624,d. 914. 819. ‘607. 901. 496.1. 598,c. 5619. 926. 495. 546. 7666,c. 
952. 451,1. 555, ἃ. 8969, c. 1568,4. 653.5. 583. 9716, b. 1054. 8384. 586, Ὁ. 
10256. 371. 188. 180. 11664, c. 948. 445. 551, ο. 12 sc. ἐλπίς, 621, ἃ, 982, 2 
424. 543. 13952. 1526. G41. 565. 4941. 928,1. 631,1. 571, ¢. 


BOOK Il. CHAP. 1. 181 


᾿ 


σωτηρίας ἐστὶν ἐλπὶς ἄκοντος ᾿ βασιλέως, συμβουλεύω 
σώζεσθαι ὑμῖν ὅπῃ δυνατόν." 
Topies for Study. (1) ὑπό ἴῃ composition. (2) Imperatives that accent 


the final -é. (3) Use of ἄσμενος. (4) Comparison by μᾶλλον. (5) Nouns 
followed by infinitive. (6) ἄκων, ἑκών in genitive absolute. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα εἶπεν, “᾿Αλλὰ 2 ταῦτα μὲν 
Ἀ Ν id Ἢ > Oe | “ δὲ > 4 (ὃ 9 ε - 
δὴ σὺ λέγεις" παρ᾽ ἡμῶν δὲ ἀπάγγελλε τάδε ὅτι. ἡμεῖς 
οἰόμεθα, εἰ μὲν δέοι βασιλεῖ φίλους εἶναι, πλείονος ἂν 
ἄξιοι εἶναι φίλοι ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα ἢ παραδόντες ἄλλῳ, 
38 Ἀ , lal my xa -“ » 4 
εἰ δὲ δέοι πολεμεῖν, ἄμεινον ἄν πολεμεῖν ἔχοντες 
τὰ ὅπλα ἢ ἄλλῳ παραδόντες. ὁ δὲ Φαλῖνος εἶπε, 
“Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ἀπαγγελοῦμεν: ἀλλὰ καὶ τάδε ὑμῖν 
πε δ», \ Y , Ste! | \ eon 2 A 
εἰπεῖν ἐκέλευσε βασιλεὺς ὅτι μένουσι“ μὲν ὑμῖν αὐτοῦ 
σπονδαὶ εἴησαν, προϊοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἀπιοῦσι πόλεμος. 
εἴπατε οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτου πότερα μενεῖτε καὶ σπονδαί 
2 Ἅ e , 5 » > 4 τὸ δὲν 3 A 93 
εἰσιν ἢ ὡς πολέμου" ὄντος Tap ὑμῶν ἀπαγγελῶ. 
Κλέαρχος δ᾽ ἔλεξεν, ““᾿Απάγγελλε τοίνυν καὶ περὶ τούτου 
bd Ἁ δι Ὡ'ϑ ὃ a ¢ ‘ a>? “ , > 
OTL Kal ἡμῖν ταὐτὰ δοκεῖ ἅπερ καὶ βασιλεῖ. Τί οὖν 

a en's 27 ¥ ε a > ’ ? 
ταῦτά ἐστιν ;΄ ἔφη ὁ Φαλῖνος. ἀπεκρίνατο Κλέαρχος, 
ἐς ἃ Ν ὃ va > “ δὲ Ν “Aw 

Hy μὲν μένωμεν, σπονδαί, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι 
, 3) ε δὲ , > 4 144 δὰ Ἅ aN 
πόλεμος. ὁ δὲ πάλιν ἠρώτησε, “Σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον 
> “A ΕΣ] 7 Ν 5 A ’ 9 ’ 
ἀπαγγελῶ ; Κλέαρχος δὲ ταὐτὰ πάλιν ἀπεκρίνατο, 
[74 ὃ Ἀ Ν la > “ δὲ A -— A Sy, 
Σπονδαὶ μὲν μένουσιν, ἀπιοῦσι δὲ Kal προϊοῦσι πόλε- 
μος." ὅτι δὲ ποιήσοι οὐ διεσήμηνε. 


Topics for Study. (1) Theforme?rare. (2) Difference between ταῦτα 
and ταὐτά. (3) Future optative. 


1972. Ὁ. 1152. G57. 589 and a. 2 Cf. 1.817, § 4, $900. 1408. 605. 651. 
#902. 1413; so μένουσι (dat. pl.), προϊοῦσι, ἀπιοῦσι. G14. 970,978. 1593,2. 657, 
661, κ. 4. 589, 593,¢ 6 $55, a. 1287. 648. 669, ἃ. 


21 


182 ANABASIS. 


Ariaeus refuses the crown ; by order of Clearchus, who by tacit con- 
sent assumes command, the Greeks join Ariaeus and exchange 
pledges. 


1 IL Φαλῖνος μὲν δὴ ᾧχετο καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ. οἱ δὲ 
παρὰ ᾿Αριαίου ἧκον Προκλῆς καὶ Χειρίσοφος" Μένων 
δὲ αὐτοῦ ἔμενε παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ᾽ οὗτοι δὲ ἔλεγον ὅτι 
πολλοὺς φαίη “ ᾿Αριαῖος εἶναι Πέρσας ἑαυτοῦ βελτίους, 
οὗς οὐκ ἂν ἀνασχέσθαι αὐτοῦ" βασιλεύοντος - ἀλλ᾽ εἰ 

᾿ ν Lal 
βούλεσθε συναπιέναι, ἥκειν ἤδη κελεύει τῆς νυκτός." 

2 εἰ δὲ μή, αὔριον πρῷ ἀπιέναι φησίν. 6 δὲ Κλέαρχος 
τ {ς "AN nA Ν δὶ ΙΝ Ν . wa 
εἶπεν, οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν" ἐὰν μὲν ἥκωμεν, ὥσπερ 

λέγετε" εἰ δὲ μή, πράττετε 

A »¥ a 

ὁποῖον av τι viv’ oinobe 
ld ᾿ ΕΣ] ν 

μάλιστα συμφέρειν. OTL 

δὲ ΄ 8 3 δὲ , 
€ ποιήσοι ὃ οὐδὲ τούτοις 

εἶπε. 

nw »¥ 
Mera ταῦτα ἤδη ἡλίου 
δύνοντος συγκαλέσας τοὺς 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 
53 

ἔλεξε τοιάδε. ““᾿Εμοί, ὦ 

RS 6 , 7 9 3% 

ἄνδρες, θυομένῳ ἰέναι ἐπὶ 





INSPECTING THE ENTRAILS. 


4 > ὃ ὦ Ν 
βασιλέα οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ 
ε , 4 ¥ > Si) 2 Ρ ε Ν ᾿ Ὁ A 
ἱερά. καὶ εἰκότως apa οὐκ ἐγίγνετο" ws yap ἐγὼ νυν 

, > 4 ε A Ν ’ ε ’ 
πυνθάνομαι, ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ βασιλέως ὁ Τίγρης 

ἃ , ¥ 

ποταμός ἐστι ναυσίπορος, dv οὐκ ἂν ἢ δυναίμεθα ἄνευ 
, an Ξ A A ε - > » > Α 
πλοίων διαβῆναι" πλοῖα δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. οὐ μὲν 
δὴ 3 All , er 12 - Ν Ν > “ὃ > 
αὐτοῦ" γε μένειν οἷόν“ TE* τὰ yap ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ 
1760, a. 1181. 358. 515. 1946,0. 103. 678. 669 πὰ Δ. 5947. 1094, 
671,κ. 4145. 1102. 657. δ11. πδηδ9. 1136. 359. 515. %906,0. 616, 5. 


656,c ΤΊΘΊ. 1165. 378. 623. Of. same,§23. 9951. 1532. 640. 565 anda 
10 $72.0. 1891. GOS. 479. Of. same,§1. 121041. 1024, (a), (Ὁ). £42, a, end. 


BOOK Π. CHAP. II. 188 


Ν ’ , 
ἔστιν ἔχειν" ἰέναι' δὲ παρὰ τοὺς Κύρου φίλους πάνυ 
Ν ε a ji i¢ Ν > 50 - ὦ Ν a - > 4 
καλὰ ἡμῖν Ta ἱερὰ ἦν. ὧδε οὖν χρὴ ποιεῖν " ἀπιόντας 
ἧς Ψ .¥ : > . 2 Ν ΄ rn , 
δειπνεῖν ὅτι τις Exar’ ἐπειδὰν " δὲ σημήνῃ τῷ κέρατι 
ε > , 3 , 6 Ξ > δὰ δὲ ἂς ὃ 4 
ὡς ἀναπαύεσθαι συσκευάζεσθε: ἐπειδὰν δὲ τὸ δεύ- 

Ἀ a 
τερον. ἀνατίθεσθε ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ 
a ¥ > 
ἕπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, τὰ μὲν ὑποζύγια ἔχοντες πρὸς 
“ a ἈΝ ΝΜ. Ὁ Ε 32 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τὰ δὲ ὅπλα ἔξω. 
Topics for Study. (1) Position of the verb in the sentence. (2) Con- 
struction after λέγω and φημί. (3) Synopsis of ἔσχον in active voice. 


ay. , ε Ν Ν X » or. AAO 
Ταῦτ᾽ ἀκούσαντες of στρατηγοὶ Kat λοχαγοὶ ἀπῆλθον 
" > / ν Χ Ν ε Ν “» ε δὲ 
καὶ ἐποίουν οὕτω. καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ὁ μὲν ἤρχεν; οἱ OE 
ἐπείθοντο, οὐχ ἑλόμενοι, ἀλλὰ ὁρῶντες ὅτι μόνος ἐφρό- 
ΟΕ ὁ a x ¥ ε > » ¥ > 
νει ofa δεῖ τὸν ἄρχοντα, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄπειροι ἦσαν. 
[ἀριθμὸς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἣν ἦλθον ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας 
μέχρι τῆς μάχης σταθμοὶ τρεῖς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα. παρα- 
σάγγαι πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα καὶ πεντακόσιοι, στάδιοι 
΄ sa € f#e%, 2 Ν ΄ - ΑΝ Ν a 
πεντήκοντα Kal ἑξακισχίλιοι Kal μύριοι: ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς 
’, > Ὡς: ns ie 
μάχης. ἐλέγοντο εἶναι eis Βαβυχῶνα στάδιοι ἑξήκοντα 
καὶ τριακόσιοι. 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπεὶ σκότος ἐγένετο Μιλτοκύθης μὲν ὁ 
A » -“ 
Θρᾷξ ἔχων τούς τε ἱππέας τοὺς μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τετταρά- 
Ν a A A 
κοντα Kal τῶν πεζῶν Θρᾳκῶν ws τριακοσίους ηὐτο- 
μόλησε πρὸς βασιλέβ. Κλέαρχος δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὃ 
ε a ” Ν , ε δ᾽ σ . ‘ > 
ἡγεῖτο κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελμένα. οἱ δ᾽ εἵποντο καὶ adi- 
κνοῦνται εἰς τὸν πρῶτον σταθμὸν παρ᾽ ᾿Αριαῖον καὶ τὴν 
> , Ν 3 Ν ΄ 4 Ν 3 , 
ἐκείνου στρατιὰν ἀμφὶ μέσας νύκτας" καὶ ἐν τάξει 
2 9 A 
θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα συνῆλθον οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ 
1952. 1526, See Introd. 88 4). 641. 565. 3916. 1434. 623. 616,.. 8951. 
1582. 592. 565 anda, 4 Cf. τὸ τρίτον, 1.68; so τὸ λοιπόν. See Introd. 99. δ 969, b. 


1563, 2. 653,4. 583. 6936. 1489. 676. 62h, ο. 7715,b. 1057. 333. 636, 
'767. 1164. 378. 523. 


184 ANABASIS. 


τῶν Ἑλλήνων παρ᾽ ᾿Αριαῖον" καὶ ὥμοσαν οἵ τε λλη- 
νες καὶ ὁ ᾿Αριαῖος καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ κράτιστοι μήτε 





TTT 
ut PRs) |) 


᾿ | ἣ my 





Ue Mg ee δίῳ ὁ ik AN WP AEN 
BOT ΠΠΠ Ὁ} 


ΠῚ 


SUOVETADURILIA. 


προδώσειν' ἀλλήλους ovppayxoi? τε ἔσεσθαι" of δὲ 
9 , E . , ee 4 Cong > a 8 
βάρβαροι τίρὀσώμοσαν καὶ ἡγήσεσθαι ἀδόλως. ταῦτα 


= 





δ᾽ ὦμοσαν, σφάξαντες ταῦρον καὶ κάπρον καὶ κριὸν εἰς 
ἀσπίδα, οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες βάπτοντες ξίφος, οἱ δὲ Bap- 
βαροι λόγχην. 


Topics for Study. (1) The imperfect and pluperfect in clauses in indi- 
rect discourse. (2) Compare μάχαιρα and ξίφος. (3) πρός in composition. 
(4) Oriental modes of confirming a covenant. Cf. Jeremiah xxxiv. 18. 


1855. 1276. δ49, 2 διὰ ν. 678. 3940. 927. 680. 671. 5.716, Ὁ. 1654, 
334. 6536, Ὁ. ὲν 


BOOK IJ. CHAP. IL 185 


Ariaeus’s plans; proceeding northeastward they approach the 
king’s camp. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ πιστὰ ἐγένετο, εἶπεν ὁ Κλέαρχος, “Aye 10 
ὃ d ae ~ > ε t Emp! ec an aN > A WY  Ciim 
ἡ, ὦ ᾿Αριαῖε, ἐπείπερ ὁ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν στόλος ἐστὶ Kal ἡμῖν, 

A ~ 4 ¥ 
εἰπὲ τίνα γνώμην ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας, πότερον ἄπιμεν 
ἥνπερ᾽' ἤλθομεν ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐννενοηκέναι δοκεῖς ὁδὸν 

’, 3» 9 
κρείττω. " 

ε > , 

Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν, ““ Ἣν μὲν ἤλθομεν ἀπιόντες ὃ παντελῶς ἂν 11 
ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἀπολοίμεθα" ὑπάρχει γὰρ νῦν ἡμῖν οὐδὲν 
τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. ἑπτακαίδεκα γὰρ σταθμῶν " τῶν ἐγ- 
γυτάτω οὐδὲ δεῦρο ἰόντες ἐκ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν εἴχομεν 
λαμβάνειν" ἔνθα δέ τι ἦν, ἡμεῖς διαπορευόμενοι κατεδα- 

μ μὰς 


πανήσαμεν. νῦν δ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν πορεύεσθαι μακροτέραν ὃ 


9 


έν. τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων" οὐκ ἀπορήσομεν. σπορεύτέον 12 — 
μεν, 


δ᾽ ἡμῖν" τοὺς πρώτους σταθμοὺς ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα 
ἡμ ρ μ _ δυνώμ 


ὙΒθς δὴ Ὦ 
μακροτάτους, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστον ἀποσπάσωμεν τοῦ 
βασιλικοῦ στρατεύματος" ἣν γὰρ ἅπαξ δύο ἢ τριῶν 
ἡμερῶν ddov™ ἀπόσχώῶμεν,," οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται" Ba- 
σιλεὺς ἡμᾶς καταλαβεῖν. ὀλίγῳ μὲν γὰρ στρατεύματι ᾿ὃ 
> minyartin τς νὴ, Ἶ +) ΞΡ ¥ ΄ > ὃ , 
ov τολμήσει ἐφέπεσθαι πολὺν δ᾽ ἔχων στόλον ov δυνή- 


, ΄ Η Lanne \ Ν a 3 ΄ 16 
σεται ταχεῶς πορεύεσθαι ἴσως δὲ Kal των ἐπιτηδείων 


aoatoty 17 , 3). Κ « ΣΝ , » ¥ ” 
σπανιεῖ. 7 ταύτην, ἔφη, “τὴν γνώμην ἔχω ἔγωγε. 

3 δὲ το ε ΄’ 3 δὲ 18 τλλ ὃ , a 

Hv δὲ αὐτὴ ἡ στρατηγία ovdev” ἄλλο δυναμένη ἢ 13. 
3 ὃ “ ΕΝ 39 A ε δὲ ᾿ > ᾽ὔ , 
ἀποδρᾶναι ἢ ἀποφυγεῖν" ἡ δὲ τύχη ἐστρατήγησε κάἀλ- 

Ἁ a 

λιον. ἐπεὶ yap ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ἐπορεύοντο ἐν δεξιᾷ 
¥ Ν ὅλ. Xr 9 9 e id ὃ , 
ἔχοντες τὸν ἥλιον, λογιζόμενοι ἥξειν ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύ- 

1Cf. ἣν ἤλθομεν, ξ 6. 2236. 868, 191. 149. 5902. 1418. 614. 4168. 
1178. 879. 52h, a. 559, 760. 1136. 358. 515. 6668. 960. 452. 552, Ὁ. 
11030. 1619. 433. 487. 8 ΟΥὗὅὨ ἥνπερ, 10. 9748. 1112. 362,1. 512. 991 
1597. G66. 596. 4720. 1062. 338. 538. ™%898,c. 519,N.1. 660,8. 1032. 
1360. 569,2. 489, ἃ. 14 898, a. 1403. 604, κ. 15774. 1189. See Introd. 33, 84. ᾿ 


S92. ’ 925. 46 Cf. same, § 11 end. 17425. 665,38. 215. 346. Cf. δύνατας. .- 
ὀβολούς, 1. 58, 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


136 ANABASIS. 


νοντι εἰς κώμας τῆς Βαβυλωνίας χώρας" καὶ rovro! 
μὲν οὐκ ἐψεύσθησαν. ἔτι δὲ ἀμφὶ δείλην ἔδοξαν πο 
λεμίους ὁρᾶν ἱππέας " καὶ τῶν τε Ἑλλήνων" οἱ μὴ ἔτυχον 
> ~ , ΕἿΣ > . 4 », Ἶ μὸν a 
ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν ὄντες εἰς Tas τάξεις ἔθεον, καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος, 
| BES A ἣν 5} ε ’ , , > id 
ἐτύγχανε yap ἐφ᾽ ἁμάξης πορευόμενος διότι ἐτέτρωτο, 
\ ᾿ \ ε \ 2 κα > - ἈΠ: ἢ , 

καταβὰς ἐθωρακίζετο καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ὦπλέ 
ζοντο ἧκον λέγοντες οἱ προπεμφθέντες σκοποὶ ὅτι οὐχ 
ε a > 3 ᾽ ε ΄ ᾿ Ν 279% » 
ἱππεῖς εἶεν ἀλλ’ ὑποζύγια νέμοιτο. καὶ εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν 
πάντες ὅτι ἐγγύς που ἐστρατοπεδεύετο βασιλεύς" καὶ 
γὰρ καπνὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώμαις οὐ πρόσω. 

Topics for Study. (1) οὐ μή with subjunctive. (2) Rare meanings 


of δύναμαι, cf. § 13, 1.5%, (3) Case after ἀπορέω, σπανίζω. (4) Difference 
between οὗ οὐ and οὗ μή. 


Bivouac in villages ; terrify the enemy; are panic-stricken. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους οὐκ ἦγεν" ἤδει 
γὰρ καὶ ἀπειρηκότας τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἀσίτους ὄντας" 
ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ ἦν" οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἀπέκλινε, φυλατ- 

’ \5 ὃ , 4 iAd’ 50% » σ 
τόμενος μὴ" δοκοίη φεύγειν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθύωρον ἄγων ἅμα 

’ 

τῷ ἡλίῳ δυομένῳ εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω κώμας τοὺς πρώτους 
᾿ e a“ A 
ἔχων κατεσκήνωσεν, ἐξ ὧν διήρπαστο ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλικοῦ 
4 Ν 3 Ν ‘ > Ν “Ὁ 4 ε 
στρατεύματος καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν ξύλα. οἱ 

A ἈΝ 
μὲν οὖν πρῶτοι ὅμως τρόπῳ τινὶ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο, 
οἱ δὲ ὕστεροι σκοταῖοι ᾿ προσιόντες ὡς ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι 

2s κ \ \ > ΄ A > 

ηὐλίζοντο, καὶ κραυγὴν πολλὴν ἐποίουν καλοῦντες ἀλ- 


ree Ψ ε 
ωστε -οἱ 


λήλους, ὦστε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἀκούειν 
μὲν ἐγγύτατα τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἔφυγον ἐκ τῶν σκηνω- 
iad ‘4 lel “Ὁ ε ’ > 4 Φ » Ν 
μάτων. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐγένετο" οὔτε γὰρ 
ε , Ἂν 5 > δὲ 8 3 , ¥ , ὃ ΕΣ 
ὑποζύγιον ἔτ᾽ οὐδὲν" ἐφάνη οὔτε στρατόπεδον οὔτε 


1Asini.8%, 229,0. 1085, 1. 855. 506,a. %1021,b. 1428. 691. 615. 40 
οὐδέν, $11. 5887. 1818. ὅ94. 610,611. 5619,4. 926. 425. 546. 1957. 1449 
595. 566,b. 8 βίη 811. 


BOOK II. CHAP. IIL 187 


" » ΄“ , > Ud , ε » ‘ 
καπνὸς οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. ἐξεπλάγη δέ, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ 
Ν 7 ΄ 1 “ ,΄ > , a 
βασιλεὺς ᾿ τῇ ἐφόδῳ ,τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἐδήλωσε δὲ 
τοῦτο οἷς " τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἔπραττε. 

Προϊούσης ὃ μέντοι τῆς νυκτὸς ταύτης 
καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι φόβος ἐμπίπτει, καὶ 
θόρυβος καὶ δοῦπος ἦν οἷον εἰκὸς 

, > id 4 ia 
φόβου ἐμπεσόντος γίγνεσθαι. Κλέαρ- 
χος δὲ Τολμίδην Ἠλεῖον, ὃν ἐτύγ- 
χανεν ἔχων παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ κήρυκα api- 
στον τῶν τότε, ἀνειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε σιγὴν 
κηρύξαντα ὅτι προαγορεύουσιν οἱ ἄρχον- 

ἃ ὃ ἃ Ν 3 , Ν 3, 9 
τες, ὃς" ἂν τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς 
τὰ ὅπλα μηνύσῃ, ὅτι λήψεται μισθὸν 

, 6 > Ν Ν A > 4 
τάλαντον ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐκηρύχθη, 
ἔγνωσαν οἱ στρατιῶται ὅτι κενὸς ὁ 
φόβος εἴη καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες oG. ἅμα 
δὲ ὄρθρῳ παρήγγειλεν ὁ Κλέαρχος εἰς τάξιν τὰ 
ὅπλα τίθεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἧπερ εἶχον ὅτε ἦν ἡ 

: 
μαχή. 

Topics for Study. (1) Cause after verbs of feeling. (2) Synopsis of 


the 2a. of ἴημι, active and middle. (3) Idiom for ‘at day-break.’ (4) Panics 
in Greek and Oriental armies. Cf. 2 Kings vii. 6-15. 





Heralds propose a truce ; the Greeks accept on condition of receiving 
provisions. 


ΠΙ. Ὃ δὲ δὴ ἔγραψα ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη τῇ 
ἐφόδῳ, τῷδε δῆλον ἦν. τῇ μὲν γὰρ πρόσθεν ἠμέρᾳ 
4 Ν 9 / > 4 / A aid 
πέμπων τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδόναι ἐκέλευε, τότε δὲ ἅμα 
1778. 1181. 394. δ26,.. 2776. 1181. 387. 286,.. 5970. 1568. So ἐμπε- 


σόντος. G57. 589. 4sc. κηρύκων. 666, c¢. 952. 461,1. 555,4. 5916. 1434 
623. 616, a. 6 595, 726. 1080. B20. 547. 7978. 1181. 392. 526,a. 


20 


21 


138 ANABASIS. 


ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι κήρυκας ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. οἵ δ᾽ 
» \ > Ν ‘ ᾿ , ‘ ¥ 
ἐπεὶ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς προφύλακας, ἐζήτουν τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον οἱ προφύλακες, Κλέαρχος τυχὼν 
΄ Ν ΄ > A 53 1 a , 4 
τότε Tas τάξεις ἐπισκοπῶν εἶπε᾽' τοῖς προφύλαξι κελεύειν 
τοὺς κήρυκας περιμένειν ἄχρι5 ἂν σχολάσῃ. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
κατέστησε τὸ στράτευμα ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν ὁρᾶσθαι ὃ 
4 , \ A 9 , 
πυκνήν, ἐκτὸς δὲ τῶν ὅπλων μηδένα 
in ae ἜΝ. \ > ,ἵ, \ 5 Ap 
καταφανὴ εἶναι; ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, Kal αὐτός TE 


πάντῃ φάλαγγα 


col 4 > , ¥ Ἀ > na 
προῆλθε τοὺς τε εὐοπλοτάτους ἔχων Kal εὐειδεστάτους τῶν 
αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς ταὐτὰ 
» a! FN i ae ΝΥ A > , ᾽ , 
ἔφρασεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦν πρὸς τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, ἀνηρώτα τί 
4 ε > ¥ 9 Ν “ ν » 
βούλοιντο. οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον ὅτι περὶ σπονδῶν ἥκοιεν ἄν- 
ὃρες οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται τά τε παρὰ βασιλέως τοῖς 
Ἕλλησιν ἀπαγγεῖλαι καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων Ba- 
a ε δὲ 3 ’ «ς᾽ ᾽ ΄ 5. νῷ 
σιλε. ὁ ὃὲ ἀπεκρίνατο, ““Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν αὐτῷ 
ὅτι μάχης" δεῖ πρῶτον" ἄριστον γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδ᾽ ὁ 
, ‘ δῶ ὔ a σ ὟΝ 
τολμήσων περὶ σπονδῶν λέγειν τοῖς Ελλησι py‘ πορί- 
σας ἄριστον." 
a Φ 
Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ ἄγγελοι ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ἧκον 
, * Ν aA > 9 > , Ν a 
Taxv* @ καὶ δῆλον ἦν ὅτι ἐγγύς που βασιλεὺς ἦν ἢ 


8 » ,» ΄“ , Ν » δὲ 
ETTETETAKTO Ταῦτα π βαττειν ἔλεγον 


" Ξ- 
ἄλλος τις ᾧ 
9 Be lal 4 al 4 9 ε , 
ὅτι εἰκότα δοκοῖεν λέγειν βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἥκοιεν ἡγεμό- 
᾿ Ἀ od 
vas ἔχοντες ot αὐτούς, ἐὰν σπονδαὶ γένωνται, ἄξουσιν ἣ 
¥ ς͵ ‘ > 4 ε 4 > 4 > > Led a 
ἔνθεν ἕξουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ὁ δὲ ἠρώτα εἰ αὐτοῖς τοῖς 
“A “ Ἁ Ὁ a Ν “ 
ἀνδράσι ἢ σπένδοιτο τοῖς ἰοῦσι Kal ἀπιοῦσιν, ἢ Kal τοῖς 
9 ” » 
ἄλλοις ἔσοιντο σπονδαί. οἱ δέ, “ἽΑπασιν," ἔφασαν, 
> lal “39 
“ μέχρι ἂν βασιλεῖ τὰ παρ᾽ ὑμῶν διαγγελθῇ. 
> lal > ‘ e , 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα εἶπον, μεταστησάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Κλέαρ- 
1946, b, end. 669, κ. 658. 2921. 1466. 693. 481. 3958. 1528. 641. 
565. 4δὺδ,υ. 916. 890. 547. 5988 and lastex. 1498. 674. 659. 5 148. 1112. 


869,1. 512. 11025. 1612. 481,1. Cf. 582, ο. 8 Cf. ols προσετάχθη, 1.6 5911. 
442. 591. 616. 10772. 1175. 92,1. 525. 1 Οὗ ἄχρι, ὃ 2. 


BOOK If CHAP. ITLL 189 


xos ἐβουλεύετο: καὶ ἐδόκει τὰς σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι 
4 Ν ἃ > Lal ee Ν > 4 
[ταχύ te] καὶ καθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν ἐλθεῖν τε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
καὶ λαβεῖν. ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος εἶπε, “Δοκεῖ μὲν κἀμοὶ 
Ὁ“ 3 ’ , > “ 5 ‘ , 
ταῦτα: ov μέντοι ταχύ ye ἀπαγγελῶ, ἀλλὰ διατρίψω 
ἔστ᾽ ἂν ὀκνήσωσιν οἱ ἄγγελοι μὴ ἀποδόξῃ ἡμῖν τὰς 
δὰ ’ ry ὦ , ld 39, {ςς Ἀ A 
σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι" “ οἶμαί ye pevror, ἔφη, “ καὶ τοῖς 
ε ’ 4 Ν πε ’ ᾿ς > 
ἡμετέροις στρατιώταις τὸν αὐτὸν φόβον παρέσεσθαι. 
ἥν ty νι 96. 7 \ > > , 9 , 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει καιρὸς εἶναι, ἀπήγγελλεν ὅτι σπένδοιτο, 
Ν 2 eee ee es x > ΄ 
καὶ εὐθὺς ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευε πρὸς τἀπιτήδεια. 
Topics for Study. (1) μή with participles. (2) μετά in composition. 
(3) πᾶς, ἅπας, σύμπας. (4) Force of ἀπό in ἀποδόξῃ. 


They are conducted to villages well supplied with grain. 


Καὶ of μὲν ἡγοῦντο, Κλέαρχος μέντοι ἐπορεύετο τὰς 
μὲν σπονδὰς ποιησάμενος, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ἔχων ἐν 
, Ν 4 ῥς > XN o> ᾿΄ i 
τάξει, καὶ αὐτὸς ὠπισθοφυλάκει. καὶ ἐνετύγχανον τάφροις 
i αὐλῶ ὑὃ λή is? μὴ δύνασθαι ὃ 
καὶ αὐλῶσιν voatos πλήρεσιν ὡς“ μὴ δύνασθαι ὁια- 
’ ¥ “~ > 3 5» “~ > “ ’ 
βαίνειν ἄνευ γεφυρῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ἐποιοῦντο ἐκ τῶν φοινίκων 
οὗς εὕρισκον ἐκπεπτωκότας, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξέκοπτον. 
Καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἦν ὃ Κλέαρχον καταμαθεῖν ὡς ἐπεστάτει, 
ἐν μὲν τῇ & a i τὸ δόρυ é ἐν δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ 
μὲν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ τὸ δόρυ ἔχων, ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ 
βακτηρίαν ᾿ καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῷ δοκοίη τῶν πρὸς τοῦτο τεταγ- 
La ’ 2 Ν > , » 47 
μένων βλακεύειν, ἐκλεγόμενος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἔπαισεν ἡ ἄν, 
p ea. ΝΞ ΄ > Ν Ν 3 ’ . 
καὶ ἅμα αὐτὸς προσελάμβανεν εἰς τὸν πηλὸν ἐμβαίνων 
ν al u , > Ν 
ὥστε πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἶναι μὴ οὐ συσπουδάζειν. καὶ 
ἐτάχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸ οἱ [εἰς] τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονότες" 
> Ν \ \ ΄ εν , , 
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Κλέαρχον ἑώρων σπουδάζοντα, προσελάμβα- 
νον καὶ οἵ πρεσβύτεροκι. πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ὁ Κλέαρχος 


» ε ΄ ἀγα ἃ. ἃ ΄ > Ν , 
ἔσπευδεν, ὑποπτεύων αὐτὸ“ τὸ πλήρεις εἶναι τὰς τάφρους 


1887. 1818, 594. 610,611. 21054, f. 1456. 595. δ66, ἃ. 8 Cf. οὐκ ἦν, 1.5% 
4$94,2,a. 1898,2. 610, κ. 1. 467, ἃ. 5 Cf. πρὸς τοῦτο, § 11. 6 959 and ace. Ist ex. 
1541. 638. 577. 


11 


14 


15 


16 


17 


140 ANABASIS. 


ὕδατος" οὐ yap ἣν wpa οἵα τὸ πεδίον Gpdew'? ἀλλ᾽ ἕνα 
ἤδη πολλὰ προφαίνοιτο τοῖς Ἕλλησι δεινὰ εἰς τὴν 
’ ’ bd ’ ε 4 ἃ. Ἅ, Ν ’ 
πορείαν, τούτου ἕνεκα βασιλέα ὑπώπτευεν ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον 
τὸ ὕδωρ ἀφεικέναι. 
Πορευόμενοι δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς κώμας ὅθεν ἀπέδειξαν 
ε ε ’ Ν Ν > ’ 3 ὦ Ἀ “ 
οἱ ἡγεμόνες λαμβανειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ἐνῆν δὲ σῖτος 
πολὺς καὶ οἶνος φοινίκων καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ" τῶν 
a. δὲ > ‘ Ν ε A 4 ν Ν > 
αὐτῶν. αὐταὶ δὲ ai βάλανοι τῶν φοινίκων οἵας μὲν ἐν 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔστιν ὃ ἰδεῖν τοῖς οἰκέταις ὃ ἀπέκειντο, ai’ 
δὲ τοῖς δεσπόταις ἀποκείμεναι ἦσαν ἀπόλεκτοι, θαυμάσιαι 
τοῦ κάλλους καὶ μεγέθους, ἡ δὲ ὄψις ἠλέκτρου ἢ οὐδὲν 
διέφερε᾽ τὰς δέ τινας ξηραίνοντες τραγήματα ὃ ἀπετίθεσαν. 
καὶ ἣν καὶ παρὰ πότον ἡδὺ μέν, κεφαλαλγὲς δέ. ἐνταῦθα 
\ \ FA > a ΄ὕ cal Φ ε 
καὶ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ φοίνικος πρῶτον ἔφαγον οἱ στρα- 
la) Ν ε Ν 3 , , Ν Ν 
τιῶται, καὶ οἵ πολλοὶ ἐθαύμασαν τό τε εἶδος καὶ τὴν 
ἰδιότητα τῆς Hdoviis. ἦν δὲ σφόδρα καὶ τοῦτο κεφα- 
λαλγές. ὁ δὲ φοῖνιξ ὅθεν ἐξαιρεθείη ὁ ἐγκέφαλος 
ὅλος αὐαίνετο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Imperfect and aorist with ἄν. (2) μὴ οὐὕὄ. (3) 
Force of παρά in παρὰ πότον. 


Tissaphernes, arriving, proposes to lead them back to Greece, and asks 
why they made war against the king; Olearchus’s reply. 

Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" Kal παρὰ μεγάλου 
βασιλέως ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς 
ἀδελφὸς καὶ ἄλλοι Πέρσαι τρεῖς: δοῦλοι δὲ πολλοὶ 
εἵποντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς ὃ οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
στρατηγοί, ἔλεγε πρῶτος Τισσαφέρνης δι᾿ ἑρμηνέως 
τοιάδε. 


21000. 1528. 641. 565,a. 2 Cf. jv καταμαθεῖν, § 11. $767. 116. 378. 
638, 4ηῦ8, 744. 1140, 1126. 366. 516, Ὁ. 5748. 1117. 863,1. 509, a. 
6726. 916. B41. 534. 7914, 5. (2). 1481, 2. 625. 616,b, 572. 1175. 892, 
1. 5265. 


BOOK Π. CHAP. IIL 141 


a ¢ 
«Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, yeltav' οἰκῶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι," 
δ 3 Ν ε “A > Ν ‘ > , , 
Kal ἐπεὶ ὑμᾶς εἶδον εἰς πολλὰ Kal ἀμήχανα πεπτωκότας, 
, 
εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην εἴ πως δυναίμην ὃ παρὰ βασιλέως 
δι Δ A > Ν A € δὲ > ἥξν (ἃ (ὃ 
αἰτήσασθαι δοῦναι ἐμοὶ ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα. 
¥ A 
οἶμαι yap av* οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε πρὸς ὑμῶν 
» Ν “ 4 c , ΄“ A Ἁ > 4 
οὔτε πρὸς τῆς πάσης Ἑλλάδος. ταῦτα δὲ γνοὺς yrov- 
Α ’ > ~ 9 4 ¥ , δ 
μὴν βασιλέα, λέγων αὐτῷ ὅτι δικαίως av μοι χαρίζοιτο, 
᾿ “ la) > , A ¥ Ν 
ὅτι αὐτῷ Κῦρόν τε ἐπιστρατεύοντα πρῶτος ἡγγειλα καὶ 
: , ¥ 9 “~ > ’ Ἀ , 
βοήθειαν ἔχων ἅμα TH ἀγγελίᾳ ἀφικόμην, καὶ μόνος 
΄““ Ν ‘\ ν ’ > ¥ > A 
τῶν κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας τεταγμένων οὐκ ἔφυγον, ἀλλὰ 
διήλασα καὶ συνέμιξα βασιλεῖ ἐν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ στρατο- 
πέδῳ [ἔνθα βασιλεὺς ἀφίκετο, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτεινε 
καὶ τοὺς σὺν Κύρῳ βαρβάρους ἐδίωξε σὺν τοῖσδε τοῖς 
παροῦσι νῦν per ἐμοῦ, οἵπερ αὐτῷ εἶσι πιστότατοι]. 
Ν ‘\ Ν 4 ε ’ ’ ’ θ ὃ > ’ 
καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ὑπέσχετό μοι βουλεύσεσθαι" ἐρέ- 
, ε “A > ’ 3 ’ὔ 4 A > 
σθαι δέ pe ὑμᾶς ἐκέλευεν ἐλθόντα Tivos ἕνεκεν ἐστρα- 
τεύσατε ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. καὶ συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν μετρίως ἀπο- 
κρίνασθαι, ἵνα μοι ἐυπρακτότερον 7 ἐάν τι δύνωμαι 
3 Ν ean > > lal , ”? 
ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ διαπράξασθαι. 
Topics for Study. (1) Predicate appositive. (2) Ἕυρημα ποιεῖσθαι. 
(3) Synopsis of ἔδωκα. (4) Formation of adverbs. 


a ς σ 

Πρὸς ταῦτα μεταστάντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐβουλεύοντο" καὶ 
ἀπεκρίναντο, Κλέαρχος δ᾽ ἔλεγεν. “Ἡμεῖς οὔτε συνήλ- 
θ ε Aq , ¥ > , 2. 
ομεν ὡς βασιλεῖ πολεμήσοντες οὔτε ἐπορευόμεθα ἐπὶ 
βασιλέα, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς προφάσεις Κῦρος εὕρισκεν, ὡς 

ἈΝ Ν > > ΄ φᾷ] 3 , ’, Ν 
καὶ σὺ εὖ οἶσθα, ἵνα ὑμᾶς τε ἀπαρασκεύους λάβοι καὶ 
ε A > ’ > Ud > Ν ’ » , Set ε “Ὁ 
ἡμᾶς ἐνθάδε ἀγάγοι. ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἤδη αὐτὸν ἑωρῶμεν 
5 ὃ a» > ΄ θ \ θ \_ 8 Re θ ΄ 
ἐν δεινῷ ὄντα, ἠσχύνθημεν καὶ θεοὺς ὃ καὶ ἀνθρώπους 

1506, Ὁ. τ. 901. 390. 546. 375,0. 1175. 392.2. 585. 5907. 1420. 618. 


652. 4964.4. 1494. 647. 579. 5875. 1891. 563. 479. 90 ἂν τι, etc., 18 
7772. 1177. 399. 18πὰ κ. 525. 8712 1049. 829,1. 530. 


18 


19 


20 


21 


26 


142 ANABASIS. 


οὗ a 1 Δ. Ὁ 9 “ , 6 , va 
προδοῦναι" αὐτόν, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ παρέχοντες 
ec a > A > a. 4 > ‘ δὲ A , 3» 
ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εὖ ποιεῖν" ἐπεὶ δὲ Κῦρος τέθνηκεν, οὔτε 
βασιλεῖ ὃ ἀντιποιούμεθα τῆς ἀρχῆς οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτου ἕνεκα 

λ id cA 4 x Ν λ , , n “- 
βουλοίμεθα" ἂν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν κακῶς ποιεῖν; 
οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι ἂν ἐθέλοιμεν, πορευοίμεθα δ᾽ ἂν 
οἴκαδε, εἴ τις ἡμᾶς μὴ λυποίη " ἀδικοῦντα μέντοι πειρα- 
σόμεθα σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀμύνασθαι ἐὰν μέντοι τις ἡμᾶς 
καὶ εὖ ποιῶν ὑπάρχῃ; καὶ τούτου“ εἴς γε δύναμιν οὐχ 
ἡττησόμεθα εὖ ποιοῦντες. ἦ 

‘O μὲν οὕτως εἶπεν ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης 
“Tavra,’ ἔφη, “ ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ βασιλεῖ καὶ ὑμῖν πάλιν 
Ν > > , ὰ , δ᾽ a ee, ez ε Ν 
τὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείνου " μέχρι ἂν ἐγὼ ἥκω αἱ σπονδαὶ 
μενόντων" ἀγορὰν δὲ ἡμεῖς παρέξομεν.᾽" 

Topics for Study. (1) Case after αἰσχύνω, εὖ or κακῶς modw. (3) 
Derivative verbs. (3) Class of θνήσκω, of κτείνω, of εὑρίσκω. 


The Greeks allowed to return under Tissaphernes ; pledges 


exchanged, 


Kal εἰς" μὲν τὴν ὑστεραίαν οὐχ ἧκεν: aol ot 
Ἕλληνες ἐφρόντιζον᾽ τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἥκων ἔλεγεν ὅτι δια- 
πεπραγμένος ἧκοι παρὰ βασιλέως δοθῆναι ὃ αὐτῷ 
σώζειν Ὁ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καίπερ πολλῶν ἀντιλεγόντων 
ὡς οὐκ ἀξιον εἴη βασιλεῖ" ἀφεῖναι τοὺς ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν 

’ ΄ δὲ > “ s a ea 
στρατευσαμένους. τέλος δὲ εἶπε, “ Καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν 
‘ A ee ee > \ , ΄ εκ 
πιστὰ λαβεῖν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἢ μὴν φιλίαν παρέξειν ὑμῖν 

Ἀ 4 ‘ L006 > ’ > A ε (ὃ > ‘ 
τὴν χώραν Kal ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀγορὰν 
παρέχοντας" ὅπου" δ᾽ ἂν py 4 πρίασθαι, λαμβάνειν 


1986. 1681. 660,1,N. 588, ¢. 2951. 1582. 592. 565 anda. 8 Cf. same, § 21. 
4$72,0. 1327. 563. 479. 5712. 1074. 830 (end). 530, a. 6749. 1120. 364 


- 509, Ὁ. 7969, a. 1563,8. 653,3.. 588. *Cf. εἰς ἕω, 1.11, 9948. 1519. 688. 570, 


10939,.. 1517. 687. 574. 11979. 1573. 656,2. 593, Ὁ. 2765. 1174. 376 
632. 916. 1434. 623. 616, ἃ. 1019. 1610. 482,1. 486. 


BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 148 


ea 9 ta , 57 Ν 3 18 & A δὲ > 
ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐάσομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ὑμᾶς dé ad 
eA ΣΦ 5 a > ee , 0 1 ε ὃ Ν ’ 
ἡμῖν δεήσει ὀμόσαι ἢ μὴν πορεύσεσθαι ὡς διὰ φιλίας 
ἀσινῶς σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ λαμβάνοντας ὁπόταν ᾿μὴ ἀγορὰν 
παρέχωμεν" nv δὲ παρέχωμεν ἀγοράν, ὠνουμένους 2 ἕξειν 
Ν 3 / 2) A »” s ¥ ἈΝ Ν 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ ὦμοσαν καὶ δεξιὰς 
ἔδοσαν Τισσαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς 
ι t das 

> ἣν ἴα lal ε v4 “ ἈΝ A 
᾿ἀδελφὸς τοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς 
καὶ ἔλαβον παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Τισ- 
σαφέρνης εἶπε, “Νῦν μὲν δὴ ἄπειμι ὡς βασιλέα" 
dates Νὰ δὲ ὃ , 8 ἃ δέ ν , 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ διαπράξωμαι ὃ ἃ δέομαι, nEw συσκευασάμενος 
ε ? δ ε A > Ν ε ld Ἀ »Ρρ 5» XN ; 
ὡς ἀπάξων ὑμᾶς eis τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ 
τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἀρχήν." 

Topics for Study. (1) εἰς in expressions of time. (2) ὥστε with in- 
dicative. (3) Adjuncts of the participle. (4) νῦν, ἤδη. 


Suspicious of Ariaeus and weary of delay they protest; Clear- 
chus’s reply. 


Ν A ν᾽. ν 
IV. Μετὰ ταῦτα περιέμενον Τισσαφέρνην οἵ τε Ἕλ- 
Ἂ A 
Anves καὶ ὁ Aptatos ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι 
ε , ΄ x ¥ 3 δὲ 4 > “ 
ἡμέρας πλείους ἢ εἴκοσιν. ἐν δὲ ταύταις ἀφικνοῦνται 
Ν ᾽ a ‘ ε > Ἁ ἈΝ ε nd 3 A 
πρὸς ᾿Αριαῖον καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι 
καὶ πρὸς τοὺς σὺν ἐκείνῳ Περσῶν τινες, [ot] παρεθάρ- 
Ἶ Δ Ν ὃ Ν te 2 4 ἈΝ 2 ¥ Q 
puvov τε καὶ δεξιὰς ἐνίοις παρὰ βασιλέως ἔφερον μὴ 
μνησικακήσειν βασιλέα αὐτοῖς" τῆς σὺν Κύρῳ ἐπιστρα- 
¥ la , 
τείας ὅ μηδὲ ἄλλου μηδενὸς τῶν παροιχομένων. τούτων 
\ - wn 
δὲ γιγνομένων ἔνδηλοικι ἦσαν of περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἧττον 
, al σ΄ 8 Ν ey ς ν Ν ὃ Ν 
προσέχοντες τοῖς Βλλησιῦ τὸν νοῦν᾽ ὥστε καὶ διὰ 
τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς " τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐκ ἤρεσκον, ἀλλὰ 
1 855,4. 1276. 549,2. 568. Α. 2969, 4. 1563,3. 653, 2. " 588. 3916. 1434. 
623. 616, a. Cf. also 898, c, 544. 4764, 1. 1158. 375. 520. 5767. 1165. 


378. 523. 6744. 1126. 366. 509, 6. 71030. 1019 433. 487. § 764. 1158. 
S75. 520. °665. 967. 444. 555, b. 


27 


28 


29 


~ 


o 


144 ANABASIS. 


, “ , ¥ ‘ -“ ¥ 
προσιόντες τῴ Κλεάρχῳ ἔλεγον Kat τοῖς ἄλλοις στρα: 
- com? , x 5 3 , ν᾿ Ζ : 
τηγοῖς, “Ti μένομεν ; ἢ οὐκ ἐπιστάμεθα ὁτι βασιλεὺς 
ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι ἂν περὶ παντὸς ποιήσαιτο, ἵνα καὶ τοῖς 
ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι φόβος εἴη ἐπὶ βασιλέα μέγαν στρα- 


1 


, Ν A Ν C-- ε , “4 ὃ Ν ν 2 
τευειν ; καὶ νυν μεν μας υπαάγεται μένειν ta TO 


διεσπάρθαι αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα " ἐπὴν δὲ πάλιν ἁλισθῇ 
αὐτῷ ἡ στρατιά, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἐπιθήσεται ἡμῖν. 
» ld x Δ ε 

ἴσως δέ που ἢ ἀποσκάπτει τι ἢ ἀποτειχίζει;, ὡς ἄπορος 
» ε ε ’ > Ud ε ΄ / ε a 

εἴη ἡ ὁδός. ov γάρ ποτε ἑκών ye βουλήσεται ἡμᾶς 
ἐλθόντας εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀπαγγεῖλαι ὡς ἡμεῖς τοσοίδε 
»” > “ Ν 4 πον “ ’ 3 “a 
ὄντες ἐνικῶμεν [τὸν] βασιλέα ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις αὐτοῦ 
καὶ καταγελάσαντες ἀπήλθομεν.᾽" 


Topics for Study. (1) The s in ἐγγύς, εὐθύς, (adv.). (2) Compare δῆλος, 
ἔνδηλος. (3) Protases of first and third form. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς ταῦτα λέγουσιν, “Ἐγὼ 

\ \ a , ἐν ogi" Ss ¢ Ὕ ae 

ἐνθυμοῦμαι μὲν Kal ταῦτα πάντα ἐννοῶ OTL εἰ" νῦν 
Ψ ’ > \6 ? > 7 Ἀ 4 Ν 
ἄπιμεν, δόξομεν ἐπὶ" πολέμῳ ἀπιέναι καὶ παρὰ τὰς 
σπονδὰς ποιεῖν. ἔπειτα πρῶτον μὲν ἀγορὰν οὐδεὶς 
παρέξει ἡμῖν οὐδὲ ὅθεν ἐπισιτιούμεθα "ὃ αὖθις δὲ ὁ 


9 a 4 
TAVUTQ ποιοῦυντων 


ε , 29.5 ¥ : a 
ἡγησόμενος οὐδεὶς ἔσται" Kal apa 
e an 29s x» 3 a 2 ’ 9 ΄ e a 
ἡμῶν εὐθὺς [ἂν] ᾿Αριαῖος ἀποσταίη" ὥστε φίλος ἡμῖν 
οὐδεὶς λελείψεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν ὄντες πολέμιοι 
e a ἂν ‘ > > , ἣ τὰν ῳ 
ἡμῖν ἔσονται. ποταμὸς δ᾽ εἰ μέν τις καὶ ἄλλος ἄρα 
ἡμῖν" ἐστι διαβατέος οὐκ οἶδα" τὸν δ᾽ οὖν ἢ Εὐφράτην 
ἴσμεν ὅτι ἀδύνατον διαβῆναι κωλυόντων πολεμίων. οὐ 
Ὰ \ a ’ ᾽ , ε A > ec a Ud 
μὲν δὴ, ἂν μάχεσθαί ye δέῃ, ἱππεῖς εἰσιν ἡμῖν σύμ- 
μαχοι, τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἱππεῖς εἰσιν οἱ πλεῖστοι καὶ 


1952. 1521. 641. 565. 2959. 1546. 636. Cf. 575. 8967. 1165. 378. 523. 
4 Cf, διαπράξωμαι, 2.37. 5893, c. 1390, 1.° GOR. 647. 5 OF. ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, 1.6% 7996, 
997. 8. 1028. 486 (end). 614, 620. 8425. 665,38. 218. 346. 9976. 1572. 6585, 
592. 10 550,4. 1266. S538. 458. 11991. 1188. 666. 696. 2 Of. sama, 1.24%, 
8878. 717. 18 4623. 916. B17. 502. 


BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 145 


: σ A \ 
πλείστου ἀξιοι" ὥστε νικῶντεςΪ μὲν τίνα ἂν ἀποκτεί- 
ε ΄ \ We) ΄ "ἢ An Ces 
ναιμεν ; ἡττωμένων δὲ οὐδένα οἷόν τε σωθῆναι. ἐγὼ 
Ν > , Ὁ 9 ye Ν ΄ Ψ 
μὲν οὖν βασιλέα, ᾧ οὕτω πολλά ἐστι τὰ σύμμαχα, εἴπερ 
θ a ea > λέ 3 Pe) 9 2 ὃ fal a. % 
προθυμεῖται ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ οἶδα OTL” δεῖ αὐτὸν 
ἘΠ 2 ‘ ὃ ‘ ὃ ὃν δ θ Oe Tee | 2 Ν 
ὀμόσαι καὶ δεξιὰν δοῦναι καὶ θεοὺς “ ἐπιορκῆσαι. καὶ 
Ν ε n Ν 9 “A σ ΄ Ἀ 
τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πιστὰ ἄπιστα ποιῆσαι Ελλησί τε καὶ βαρ- 
΄ >) “ i ete ᾿ 
βάροις.᾽ τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ἔλεγεν. 


Topics for Study. (1) The future perfect. (2) Origin and meaning of 
τέ in οἷόν τε. 


Led by Tissaphernes, they begin the retreat ; suspicions arise. 


Ἐν δὲ τούτῳ ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύνα- 
μιν ὡς εἰς οἶκον ἀπιὼν καὶ Ὀρόντας... τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 

, ν > δὲ XN A , ἈΝ δὴ ΄ δ» 
δύναμιν" ἦγε δὲ καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν βασιλέως ἐπὶ 
γάμῳ. 

Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἤδη Τισσαφέρνους ἡγουμένου καὶ ἀγορὰν 
παρέχοντος ἐπορεύοντο᾽ ἐπορεύετο δὲ καὶ ᾿Αῤῥιαῖος τὸ 
4 Ν ¥ ’ ν , 
Κύρου βαρβαρικὸν ἔχων στράτευμα aya Τισσαφέρνει 
καὶ ᾿Ορόντᾳ καὶ συνεστρατοπεδεύετο σὺν ἐκείνοις. οἱ 
Ἀ σ. ε “ 4 > Ἀ 5 3 e -“ 5 4 
δὲ Ἕλληνες ὑφορῶντες τούτους αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐχώ- 
ρουν ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες. ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο δὲ ἑκάστοτε 
; > 4 > 4 4 A »Ν * 5 , 
ἀπέχοντες ἀλλήλων παρασάγγην καὶ πλεῖον᾽ ἐφυλάτ- 

A > ’; 7 4 5 4 Ἀ > ΝῚ 
τοντο δὲ ἀμφότεροι ὠὡσπερ πολεμίους ἀλλήλους, καὶ εὐθὺς 
a ε ΄ A > 7 \ \ . 5 
τοῦτο ὑποψίαν παρεῖχεν. ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ξυλιζόμενοι ἐκ 
A > a4 Ν ΄ , A 4 
τοῦ αὐτοῦ" Kal χόρτον καὶ ἀλλα τοιαῦτα συλλέγοντες 
Ν ΝΣ 3 ͵ = ς Ν na ” 
πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον ἀλλήλοις" ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο ἔχθραν 
nw ’ὔ A Lal ἈΝ 5 A Ἀ % 
παρεῖχε. διελθόντες δὲ τρεῖς σταθμοὺς ἀφίκοντο πρὸς τὸ 
Μηδίας καλούμενον τεῖχος, καὶ παρῆλθον εἴσω αὐτοῦ. ἢν 
δὲ ὠκοδομημένον πλίνθοις ὀπταῖς ἐν ἀσφάλτῳ κειμέναις, 


1902. 1418. 614. 3719, ὁ. 1060-1. 336. 540. 5715. 1049. 329.1. 6580. 
480, τόπου, 621, ¢. 958. £24. 543. 


x 


19 


“14 


146 ANABASIS. 


εὖρος εἴκοσι ποδῶν, ὕψος δὲ ἑκατόν" μῆκος δ᾽ ἐλέγετο 
3 » ἴων 3 4 ἢ, “A > 7 
εἶναι εἴκοσι παρασαγγῶν" ἀπέχει δὲ Βαβυλῶνος οὐ πολύ. 

Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας 
3 — ‘ ΄ ΄ ΄ Ἂς Οὐδ \ πεν , 
ὀκτώ" καὶ διέβησαν διώρυχας δύο, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ γεφύ: 

a δι τ , , ε Lise Ὁ δ᾽ > 

pas, τὴν᾽' δὲ ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις ἑπτά: αὗται δ᾽ ἦσαν 








ϑακίαιοῦγας %, 


= 
a as 
᾿ς, = 
~~ = 
cae ~ 


Felujah 
ν 
te ‘ - 
Ke ‘x 
Νὰ > opis 
[9 2 ἡ RDHAXA Rawlinson) 
an - 
«ἢ on 
δ 


MAP SHOWING 








Median Wall, Canals, Ete SN -ος-ς--εὶν, ΛΑ EANCTESIPHON 
(Based on surveys.) o> Sts 6.3: Re>~ a ST TARE 
SCALE OF ENGLISH MILES ==> => ζ. 
6. χες Σὲ — IPPARAH τὸ —- 
Mounds or Ruins Ὁ é = 09 28s, ὁ 
The Route of the Ten Thousand === 2. 6 i Se 














ἌΡ," “ ’ lal ᾿΄ A > 9. A 
ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ" κατετέτμηντο δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν 
καὶ τάφροι ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν, αἱ μὲν πρῶται μεγάλαι, 
¥ bes Wee 2 , κ᾿ ‘ \ ν 
ἔπειτα δὲ ἐλάττους " τέλος δὲ καὶ μικροὶ ὀχετοί, ὥσπερ 
9 ne , oe \ , i y's aA Pie 
ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἐπὶ τὰς pedivas’ καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ 
Ν ’ | Ae Ν φ ’ 4 A 
τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν: πρὸς ᾧ πόλις ἦν μεγάλη καὶ 
πολυάνθρωπος 7 ὄνομα Σιττάκη, ἀπέχουσα τοῦ ποταμοῦ 

δί (ὃ ε Ν 9 9 Xr 3 | ΠΝ 
σταδίους πεντεκαίδεκα. οἱ μὲν οὖν “Ἕλληνες παρ᾽ αὐτὴν 
ἐσκήνησαν ἐγγὺς παραδείσου μεγάλου καὶ καλοῦ καὶ 
δασέος παντοίων δένδρων, οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι διαβεβη- 
κότες τὸν Τίγρητα" οὐ μέντοι καταφανεῖς ἦσαν. 

Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘by themselves,’ ‘a parasang or 


more.’ (2) The wall of Media. (8) The three uses of the middle voice. 
(4) Verbs that reduplicate with εἰ. 


1654, 624, ἃ. 981,914. 443,1, 319. 549,48 3753, 5. 1140; cf. θηρίων, 1.2% 
B57. 512. 4 8c. ἐσκήνησαν, 613. 312,1. 498, Ὁ. 


BOOK Il. CHAP. IV. 147 


The Persians fearing lest the Greeks destroy the bridge over the Tigris 
resort to stratagem. 


Mera δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον ἔτυχον ἐν περιπάτῳ ὄντες πρὸ τῶν 
ὅπλων Πρόξενος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν᾽ καὶ προσελθὼν ἄνθρωπός 
τις ἠρώτησε' τοὺς προφύλακας ποῦ ἂν" ἴδοι Πρόξενον 
ἢ Κλέαρχον. Μένωνα δὲ οὐκ ἐζήτει, καὶ ταῦτα ὃ παρ᾽ 
᾿Αριαίον ὧν τοῦ Μένωνος ἕένου. ἐπεὶ δὲ Πρόξενος 
3 9 4 eee > a A > εν θ ‘5 
εἶπεν ὅτι“ αὐτός εἶμι ὃν ζητεῖς, εἶπεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τάδε. 
“"Ἐπεμψέϑ με ᾽Αριαῖος καὶ ᾿Αρτάοζος, πιστοὶ ὄντες Κύρῳ 

Ἂν ἃ > \ ΄ , θ %. ena 
καὶ ὑμῖν" εὖνοι, καὶ κελεύουσι φυλάττεσθαι μὴ ὑμῖν 
5 a A Ν 7 ε ’ ὦ » δὲ ld 
ἐπιθῶνται τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ βάρβαροι" ἔστι δὲ στράτευμα 
πολὺ ἐν τῷ πλησίον παραδείσῳ. καὶ παρὰ τὴν γέφυραν 
τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ πέμψαι κελεύουσι φυλακήν, ὡς 
διανοεῖται αὐτὴν λῦσαι Τισσαφέρνης τῆς νυκτός, ἐὰν 
δύνηται, ὡς μὴ διαβῆτε ἀλλ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ ἀποληφθῆτε τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς διώρυχος. 

> 4 “ » So Ν Ν ? 

Ακούσαντες ταῦτα ayovow αὐτὸν παρὰ τὸν Κλέαρ- 

Ν 4 ἃ ’ ε A ’ 3 4 
xov καὶ φράζουσιν ἃ λέγει. ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἀκούσας 
ἐταράχθη σφόδρα καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο. νεανίσκος δέ τις τῶν 

, 2 ΄ > ε > 9 » 8 
παρόντων ἐννοήσας εἶπεν ὡς οὐκ ἀκόλουθα εἴη TO” TE 
> θ ΄ θ Ν λ ’ ‘ / (44 ὃ nr ‘ ν 
ἐπιθήσεσθαι καὶ λύσειν τὴν γέφυραν. λον γὰρ ὅτι 
3 θ , Ἅ a ὃ / ἣν 4 “ θ 2X Ν > 
ἐπιτιθεμένους ἢ νικᾶν δεήσει ἢ ἡττᾶσθαι. ἐὰν μὲν οὖν 

an , A , > Ν 4 ΄ 2Q\ x x» 
νικῶσι, τί δεῖ λύειν αὐτοὺς τὴν γέφυραν ; οὐδὲ yap ἂν 

> A 
πολλαὶ γέφυραι ὦσιν ἔχοιμεν ἂν ὅποι φυγόντες ἡμεῖς 

θῶ 10 2 δὲ ε Ὁ) A 4 A , 
σωθῶμεν." ἐὰν δὲ ἡμεῖς νικῶμεν, λελυμένης τῆς γεφύ- 

> Y 2A y , A 3 δὲ Ν 
ρας οὐχ ἕξουσιν ἐκεῖνοι ὅποι φύγωσιν οὐδὲ μὴν βοη- 

1724. 1069. 340. 535. 5872, 900. 1891. 563. 479. 50 Γ same, 1.4 

¢928,b. 1477. 623. 5887. 528, 1. 463. °765,764,2. 1174, 1160. 376. 522. 


7959. 1186. 359. 515. 8855, a, end. 1276-7. 549. 574. 9901, a. 1421, 2, 
613,1. 656,a. 866,38. 1858. 577. 471, a. 


= 


6 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


148 ANABASIS. 


θῆσαι, tod\dGv! ὄντων πέραν, οὐδεὶς αὐτοῖς 5 Suvyceras 
λελυμένης τῆς γεφύρας." 


Topics for Study. (1) The Greek camp. Introd. 86. (2) καὶ ταῦτα. 
(3) Translate νυκτός, νυκτί, νύκτας, (4) Case after βοηθέω, after ὠφελέω. 


᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Κλέαρχος ταῦτα ἤρετο τὸν ἄγγελον 
πόση τις εἴη χώρα ἡ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Τίγρητος καὶ τῆς 
διώρυχος. 6 δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι πολλὴ καὶ κῶμαι ἔνεισι καὶ 
, ‘ ‘ ’ ’ ‘ Ν 5 ’ ν 
πόλεις πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι. τότε δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσθη ὅτι 
ε ’΄ Ν » ε , > “ Ν 
οἱ βάρβαροι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑποπέμψειαν, ὀκνοῦντες μὴ 
οἱ Ἕλληνες διελόντες τὴν γέφυραν μείνειαν ὃ ἐν τῇ νήσῳ 
re ¥ ¥ 4 \ , » \ \ 
ἐρύματα ἔχοντες ἔνθεν μὲν τὸν Τίγρητα, ἔνθεν δὲ τὴν 

4 ὦ ‘ ᾽ 5 ’ » > ~ > 4 ’ 
διώρυχα" τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχοιεν ἐκ τῆς ἐν μέσῳ χώρας 

΄-ο »-ς ᾿Ψ, 4 ~ , 

πολλῆς καὶ ἀγαθῆς οὔσης καὶ τῶν ἐργασομένων ἐνόντων" ἡ 
εἶτα δὲ καὶ ἀποστροφὴ γένοιτο εἴ τις βούλοιτο βασιλέα 
κακῶς ποιεῖν. 

Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀνεπαύοντο" ἐπὶ μέντοι τὴν γέφυραν 
ὅμως φυλακὴν ἔπεμψαν" καὶ οὔτε ἐπέθετο οὐδεὶς οὐδα- 

¥ Ν Ν 7 > Ἁ “~ 7 
μόθεν οὔτε πρὸς THY γέφυραν οὐδεὶς ἦλθε τῶν πολεμίων, 
ε ε ’ 3 ’ 3 ᾿ Ν ν > id 
ὡς οἱ PORMOLOPECS ἀπήγγελλον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἕως ἐγένετο, 
διέβαινον τὴν ee ica ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις τριάκοντα 
καὶ ἑπτὰ ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα πεφυλαγμένως " ἐξήγγελλον 
γάρ τινες τῶν παρὰ Τισσαφέρνους Ἑλλήνων, ὡς δια- 
ἜΜΕΝ ΤΕΥ ΘΎΕΙ leas ices ΜΕ ἜΘΟΣ: 

βαινόντων, μέλλοιεν ἐπιθήσεσθαι. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν 
ψευδῆ ἦν διαβαινόντων μέντοι ὁ Γλοῦς [αὐτῶν] ἐπεφάνη 

> »¥ a > ὃ ΄ Ν Pin es \ 
μετ᾽ ἄλλων σκοπῶν εἰ διαβαίνοιεν τὸν ποταμόν " ἐπειδὴ 
δὲ εἶδεν, Gero ἀπελαύνων. 


Topics for Study. (1) Apodoses of the four forms of condition. (2) 
Verbs that reduplicate ee: e. (3) Natural resources of Persia. (4) οἴχομαι, 
how used. 

1971, c. 1568, 1568, 6. G53, 7. 590. 2764, 2. 1160 376 (end). 620, 4. 
8887. 1378. 594. 610, 611. 4909, b. 1563,2. G53,4. 683, 5972,2. 1568 
G57,N. 590, 


BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 149 


Crossing the Tigris they follow it northward to Caenae. 


᾿Απὸ δὲ τοῦ Τίγρητος ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτ- 
ταρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Φύσκον ποταμόν, 
Ν > λ 6 ee SRE δὲ ᾽ ε᾿ἴ».. 472) > A 
τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου" ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. καὶ ἐνταῦθα κεῖτο 
πόλις μεγάλη ὄνομα “Qmis* πρὸς ἣν ἀπήντησε τοῖς 
Ἕλλησιν; 6 Κύρου καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξου νόθος ἀδελφὸς ἀπὸ 
Σούσων καὶ ᾿Εκβατάνων στρατιὰν πολλὴν ἄγων ὡς 
βοηθήσων βασιλεῖ" καὶ ἐπιστήσας" τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στρά- 


























σχεδία διφθερίνη. 


τευμα παρερχομένους τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐθεώρει. ὁ δὲ 
Κλέαρχος ἡγεῖτο μὲν εἰς δύο, ἐπορεύετο δὲ ἄλλοτε καὶ 
ἄλλοτε ἐφιστάμενος: ὅσον δὲ [ἂν] χρόνον ὃ 
μενον τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐπιστήσειε." τοσοῦτον ἦν ἀνάγκη 
χρόνον δι᾽ ὅλου Tod στρατεύματος γίγνεσθαι τὴν ἐπίστα- 
᾿ς dh. «ὁ Ν , Ν > A a_ , 
gi’ ὦστε TO στράτευμα Kal αὐτοῖς τοῖς Ἕλλησι δόξαι 
πάμπολυ εἶναι, καὶ τὸν Πέρσην ἐκπεπλῆχθαι" θεωροῦντα. 


ἈΝ ε 7 
TO ἡγοῦυ- 


1972. 1175. 392.1. 526. 2500. 494. 366. $920. 1062. 338. 538. 
#914, 8, (2). 1431,2. 625. 616,b. 5 Cf. same, 1.618, 


25 


96 


27 


28 


150 ANABASIS. 


Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς Μηδίας σταθμοὺς 
ἐρήμους ἕξ παρασάγγας τριάκοντα εἰς τὰς Παρυσάτιδος 
κώμὰς τῆς Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως μητρός. ταύτας Τισ- 
σαφέρνης Κύρῳ ἐπεγγελῶν ᾿ διαρπάσαι" τοῖς Ἕλλησιν 
> ’ Ἁ > ’ 7: A \ aA ‘ Ἁ 
ἐπέτρεψε πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων. ἐνῆν δὲ σῖτος πολὺς καὶ 

4 ΕἾ la > A > > 4 
πρόβατα καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν 
σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τέτταρας παρασάγγας εἴκοσι τὸν 

’ Ν > > “ » 5 Ν ” 4 
Τίγρητα ποταμὸν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες. ἐν δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ 

“ , nw an ΠῚ - 
σταθμῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ πόλις κεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ 
εὐδαίμων ὄνομα Καιναί, ἐξ ἧς οἱ βάρβαροι διῆγον ἐπὶ 
σχεδίαις διφθερίναις ἄρτους, τυρούς, οἶνον. 


Topics for Study. (1) Meaning of ending -ua(r),-uo(s), -rn{s). (2) 
παρὰ in composition. (3) 6 Φύσκος ποταμός or ὃ ποταμὸς Φύσκος, --- which % 


70 remove mutual suspicions, Clearchus holds an interview with 
Tissaphernes. 


V. Mera ταῦτα ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Ζαπάταν ποτα- 
μόν, τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν 
ete’. a > X , ῃ ΄ x > \ 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς" ἐν δὲ ταύταις ὑποψίαι μὲν ἦσαν, φανερὰ 
δὲ οὐδεμία ἐφαίνετο ἐπιβουλή. ἔδοξεν οὖν τῷ Κλεάρχῳ 

Ἷ lal ’ὔ Ν ¥ , 3 
συγγενέσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει [καὶ] εἴ πως δύναιτο 
παῦσαι τὰς ὑποψίας πρὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν πόλεμον γενέσθαι" 
* ὅτι συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ χρήζει. 
ὁ δὲ ἑτοίμως ἐκέλευεν ἥκειν. 

᾿Επειδὴ δὲ συνῆλθόν, λέγει ὁ Κλέαρχος τάδε. “’Eya, 
> , \ ε as ΄, 

ὦ Τισσαφέρνη, οἶδα μὲν ἡμῖν" ὅρκους γεγενημένους 
καὶ δεξιὰς δεδομένας μὴ ἀδικήσειν “ὃ ᾿ἀλλήλους " φυλατ- 
τόμενον δὲ σέ τε ὁρῶ ὡς πολεμίους ἡμᾶς καὶ ἡμεῖς 


\ ἐν , > n 
Kal ἐπεμψέ τινα ἐροῦντα 


175. 1179. 394. 520,a. Cf. same,1.2% 8907. 1420, 613. 668. 40 
κελεύσων, 2.1% 8769. 1186. 880. 524,b. Of. N. on δεξιὰς... ἔφερον, 2.4% 


BOOK II. CHAP. V. 151 


a 
ὁρῶντες ταῦτα ἀντιφυλαττόμεθα. ἐπεὶ δὲ σκοπῶν ov 4 
δύναμαι οὔτε' σὲ αἰσθέσθαι πειρώμενον ἡμᾶς κακῶς 
ποιεῖν ἐγώ τε σαφῶς οἶδα ὅτι ἡμεῖς γε οὐδὲ ἐπινοοῦμεν 
a 205.» 3» , 3 , 22 A 9 
τοιοῦτον οὐδέν. ἔδοξέ μοι εἰς λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, ὅπως 
εἰ δυναίμεθα ἐξέλοιμεν ἀλλήλων τὴν ἀπιστίαν. καὶ 5 
γὰρ οἶδα ἀνθρώπους ἤδηΐ τοὺς" μὲν ἐκ διαβολῆς, τοὺς 
δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὑποψίας, of φοβηθέντες ἀλλήλους, φθάσαι 
βουλόμενοι πρὶν παθεῖν, ἐποίησαν ἀνήκεστα κακὰ τοὺς 5 
¥ , ¥ 3 PES δ , lal ὃ ΄ 
οὔτε μέλλοντας ovr av’ βουλομένους τοιοῦτον οὐδέν. 
τὰς οὖν τοιαύτας ἀγνωμοσύνας νομίζων συνουσίαις μά- 6 
λιστα ἂν παύεσθαι ἥκω καὶ διδάσκειν σε βούλομαι ὡς 
σὺ ἡμῖνδ οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἀπιστεῖς. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ καὶ 7 
μέγιστον οἱ θεῶν ἡμᾶς ὅρκοι κωλύουσι πολεμίους εἶναι 


ee ee Bae 
σύνοιδεν Ὁ αὑτῷ παρημε 


ἀλλήλοις" ὅστις δὲ τούτων 
᾿ aA > Ν ¥ >_> ἃ > ‘4 Ν Ν 
ληκώς, τοῦτον ἐγὼ οὔποτ᾽ ἂν εὐδαιμονίσαιμι. τὸν γὰρ 
A , > Poh. ἢ Ν , “Δ 4, 
θεῶν πόλεμον οὐκ οἶδα οὔτ᾽ ἀπὸ ποίου ἂν τάχους φεύγων 
3 4 11 oe > a a 4 > ὃ ΄ 30° 
τις atodvyou" ovt εἰς ποῖον ἂν σκότος ἀποδραίΐη ov 
ὅπως ἂν εἰς ἐχυρὸν χωρίον ἀποσταίη. - πάντῃ γὰρ 
A “ ε Ν “ 4 » 
πάντα τοῖς θεοῖς ὑποχείρια καὶ πανταχῇ πάντων ᾿ ἴσον 
ἈΝ “ > 
ot θεοὶ κρατοῦσι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Protases in which εἶ or ἐάν = if perchance, in case 
that. Cf. εἰ ἁλώσοιντο, 1.48, εἰ δυναίμην, 3.318 (2) The agent after the perfect 
and pluperfect passive. (3) Object and cognate accusative. (4) The idiom 
εἰς λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν. (5) Construction after σύνοιδα. 


a A 4 9 ν 
“Περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν θεῶν τε καὶ τῶν ὅρκων οὕτω γιγνώ- 8 
i. phe, \ , , , é 
σκω, Tap οὗς ἡμεῖς THY φιλίαν συνθέμενοι κατεθέμεθα 
~ δ᾽ A > Ἁ 3 Lod , 7 , 
των ἀνθρωπίνων σὲ ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ παρόντι νομίζω μέ 
> Ν Ἁ 
γιστον εἶναι ἡμῖν ἀγαθόν. σὺν μὲν γὰρ σοὶ πᾶσα μὲν 9 
21044,9. οὔτε... τε, οἵ, 441. 60. 2 772,0. 11|. 899,1, 394,1. 588. 
8937. 1085. 677. 662. 4826. 1258. 522. 454, ἃ. 5624,d. 914. 319. Cf. 
549,a, &7%25,a. 1078. 840. 536, Ὁ. 7987, Ὁ. 1308. 662. 595. 864,2. 1160. 


376. 520,a. 5942. 1102. 356. 511. 10982, a. 1590. 661. κ. 2. 587. “872. 
1821. 563. 479. "765, 764,2. 1174. 876. 622 37941. 1109. 356. 510, ο. 


11 


12 


19 


152 ANABASIS. 


ὁδὸς εὔπορος, πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς διαβατός, τῶν τε ἐπιτη- 
δείων οὐκ ἀπορία" ἄνευ δὲ σοῦ πᾶσα μὲν διὰ σκότους ἡ 
ὁδός: οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐπιστάμεθα: πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς 
δύσπορος, πᾶς δὲ ὄχλος φοβερός, φοβερώτατον δ᾽ ἐρημία" 
μεστὴ γὰρ πολλῆς ἀπορίας ἐστίν. εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ μανέν- 
tes’ σε κατακτείναιμεν, ἄλλο τι ἂν ἢ τὸν εὐεργέτην 
κατακτείναντες πρὸς βασιλέα τὸν μέγιστον ἔφεδρον ἀγω- 
νιζοίμεθα ; ὅσων δὲ δὴ καὶ οἵων ἂν ἐλπίδων ἐμαυτὸν 
στερήσαιμι, εἰ σέ τι κακὸν ὃ 
ταῦτα λέξω. 

“᾿Εγὼ γὰρ Κῦρον ἐπεθύμησά μοι φίλον γενέσθαι, 
5 


ETLYELPHT ALLL ποιεῖν, 


, lal , 4 ε , > > “ 
νομίζων τῶν τότε ἱκανώτατον εἶναι εὖ" ποιεῖν ὃν 
, Ξ A \ a ea , , , \ 
βούλοιτο᾽ σὲ δὲ νῦν ὁρῶ τήν τε Κύρου δύναμιν καὶ 
Ν a 

χώραν ἔχοντα καὶ τὴν σαυτοῦ [χώραν σάζοντα, 

~ A tal 
τὴν δὲ βασιλέως δύναμιν, 7 Κῦρος πολεμίᾳ" ἐχρῆτο, 
σοὶ ταύτην σύμμαχον οὖσαν. τούτων δὲ τοιούτων 
» ΄, 9 , 9 7 > , ‘ 
ὄντων Tis οὕτω μαίνεται ocotis’ ov βούλεται σοὶ 

, > > \ \ 2. A κ᾿ \ A 9 a » 
φίλος εἶναι ; ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐρῶ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα ἐξ ὧν ἔχω 
ἐλπίδας καὶ σὲ βουλήσεσθαι φίλον ἡμῖν εἶναι. οἶδα 
8 
9 


Ν Ν ε “a ‘ ‘ »” a ’ *» 
μὲν yap ὑμῖν Μυσοὺς λυπηροὺς ὄντας, οὖς νομίζω ἂν 
σὺν τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάμει ταπεινοὺς ὑμῖν παρασχεῖν" 

» 
oida δὲ καὶ Πισίδας: ἀκούω δὲ καὶ adda’ ἔθνη πολλὰ 
a > a 5 ox A 10 3% a 
τοιαῦτα εἶναι, ἃ οἶμαι᾽ av παῦσαι évoxhotvTa” ἀεὶ TH 
ε , ὰ > , § , @ 1 , ea 
ὑμετέρᾳ εὐδαιμονίᾳ. Αἰγυπτίους δέ, ois” μάλιστα ὑμᾶς 

“ ᾿ a , 
νῦν οἶδα τεθυμωμένους, οὐχ ὁρῶ ποίᾳ δυνάμει συμ- 

4 12 ΄ ahr x A 13. δ δ 
μαάχῳ“ χρησάμενοι μᾶλλον ἂν κολάσαισθε τῆς “νὺν σὺν 
> Ν ¥ > Ν Ν » a > A ‘ 
ἐμοὶ ovons. ἀλλὰ μὴν ev ye τοῖς πέριξ οἰκοῦσι σὺ 

1841 anda. 1260. 529. 40handa, 31016, Ὁ. 1604. δ78,κ. 5750, a. 
1013, 840. 536,¢. 4 Οἵ, τῶν ἐγγυτάτω, 2.2%. 5 Of. κακόν, $10. 8777, a. 916. B20, 
387, N. Cf. 547, last ex. 7910. 1445. 597. 6165. 8964 (a). 1494. 647. 579. 


9940. 895, 2. 630. 571. 10 764, 2; 712, b. 1159, 1160. 376. 520,a. 1164, 2 
1159, 1160. 376. 520. 12 Of. πολεμίᾳ, 11, 18 755. 1158. 363. 517. 


BOOK II. CHAP. V. 153 


ε 

εἰ μὲν βούλοιό τῳ φίλος εἶναι, ὡς μέγιστος ἂν εἴης, 
> ’ ’ ’ ε , * > 4 
εἰ δέ tis σε λυποίη, ὡς δεσπότης [av] ἀναστρέφοιο 
ἔχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέτας." οἵ σοι οὐκ ἂν τοῦ μισθοῦ ἕνεκα 
μόνον ὑπηρετοῖμεν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς χάριτος ἣν σωθέν- 
τες ὑπὸ σοῦ σοὶ ἂν ἔχοιμεν δικαίως. ἐμοὶ μὲν ταῦτα 
πάντα ἐνθυμουμένῳ οὕτω δοκεῖ θαυμαστὸν εἷναι τὸ ὃ 
σὲ ἡμῖν ἀπιστεῖν ὥστε καὶ ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι τὸ 
» 4 , 9 > Ν ὃ Ν λ , a 
ὄνομα“ τίς οὕτως ἐστὶ δεινὸς λέγειν ὥστε σε πεῖσαι 
λέγων ὃ ὡς ἡμεῖς σοι ἐπιβουλεύομεν." 

Κλέαρχος μὲν οὖν τοσαῦτα εἶπε. Τισσαφέρνης δὲ 
* 
ὧδε ἀπημείφθη. 

Topics for Study. (1) The idioms for ‘this being so, under these circum- 


stances,’ ὃ 12. (2) Idiom for ‘who is so mad as not towish?’ (8) Case after 
évoxréw, θυμόομαι, ἀπιστέω. 


Tissaphernes replies with consummate duplicity. 


> σς > 
«Ἀλλ᾽ ἥδομαι μέν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀκούων σουΐ dpo- 
lal ¥ ‘ 
vinous λόγους" ταῦτα yap γιγνώσκων εἴ TL ἐμοὶ κακὸν 
» - Ν ‘oa > 
βουλεύοις, ἅμα av μοι δοκεῖς καὶ σαυτῷ κακόνους εἶναι. 
9 4“. -“ »» 
ὡς δ᾽ ἂν ὃ μάθῃς ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὑμεῖς δικαίως οὔτε βασιλεῖ 
¥?> 3 > ae ’ 9 ᾿ > ‘ ein > , 
OUT ἐμοὶ ἀπιστοίητε," ἀντάκουσον. εἰ yap ὑμᾶς ἐβουλό- 
θ 10 59 λέ , ? ὃ “A ε ΄ +0 
pela” ἀπολέσαι, πότερά σοι δοκοῦμεν ἱππέων πλήθους 
- x an = e “A 
ἀπορεῖν ἢ πεζῶν ἢ ὁπλίσεως Ev ἧ ὑμᾶς μὲν βλάπτειν 
Ἀ » ¥ , Ν £ 
ἱκανοὶ εἴημεν av," ἀντιπάσχειν ἢ δὲ οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος ; “ἢ 
3 Ν ’ > , «ε “ > , > “~ a 
ἀλλὰ χωρίων ἐπιτηδείων ὑμῖν ἐπιτίθεσθαι ἀπορεῖν av 
ὃ cal > -“ 4 δί a e A ’ 
σοι δοκοῦμεν ; οὐ τοσαῦτα μὲν πεδία ἃ ὑμεῖς φίλια 
ΕΣ ‘ al , nw Ἀ »” 
ὄντα σὺν πολλῷ πόνῳ διαπορεύεσθε, τοσαῦτα δὲ ὄρη 
4. 
1277. 416. 148. 219. 2.Cf. στεγάσματα, 1.519, $959,949. 1516,162. 637. 
57h. 430. ἐκείνου. 5952. 1526. G41. 565. 6969, a. 1563.3. 653, 2. 583, 
T742,c. 1103. 8365. 4511, a. 5889. 1367. 590,N.2. 638, ¢. 9572. 1327. 


563. 179. 10895. 1397. 606. 419. 1909, 872. 1427. 619, 568. 615, 479 
2952. 1521. G41. 5665. 3611 308. 493,b. 


16 


21 


1δ4 ANABASIS. 


a ἅν 

ὁρᾶτε ὑμῖν᾽' ὄντα πορευτέα, a ἡμῖν ἔξεστι προκαταλα- 
βοῦσιν ἄπορα ὑμῖν παρέχειν, τοσοῦτοι͵ δ᾽ εἰσὶ ποταμοὶ 
9,39 Φ », e a ᾿ ε , A 96>" 
ep ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι ὁπόσοις ἂν " ὑμῶν Bov- 
X , θ , 6 z a ἐς Φ δ᾽ eas a > δ᾽ Ἄ 4 
ὦμεθα μάχεσθαι; εἰσὶ αὐτῶν οὖς οὐδ᾽ ἂν παντά- 
πασι διαβαίητε, εἰ μὴ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς διαπορεύοιμεν. εἰ 
δ᾽ > a , ε , θ AXA 45 ᾽ὔ 

ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ἡττῴμεθα, ἀλλὰ TO” γέ τοι πῦρ 
κρεῖττον τοῦ καρποῦ ἐστιν᾽ ὃν ἡμεῖς δυναίμεθ᾽ ἂν ὃ 

, Ν en > ’ es ε Ὁ“ 50.» » 

κατακαύσαντες λιμὸν ὑμῖν ἀντιτάξαι, ᾧ ὑμεῖς οὐδ᾽ εἰ 
4 > A » 4 x 4 “A x 
πάνυ ἀγαθοὶ εἴητε μάχεσθαι ἂν δύναισθε. πῶς ἂν 
οὖν ἔχοντες τοσούτους πόρους πρὸς τὸ ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν; 

4 ~ 
καὶ τούτων μηδένα ἡμῖν ἐπικίνδυνον, ἔπειτα ἐκ τούτων 
πάντων τοῦτον ἂν τὸν τρόπον ἐξελοίμεθα ὃς μόνος μὲν 

Ν “ , ld A Ν 3 ’ > ’ 
πρὸς θεῶν ἀσεβής, μόνος δὲ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων αἰσχρός ; 
παντάπασι δὲ ἀπόρωνϊ ἐστὶ καὶ ἀμηχάνων καὶ ἐν 
ἀνάγκῃ ἐχομένων, καὶ τούτων πονηρῶν, οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι 
δι᾿ ἐπιορκίας τε πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ ἀπιστίας πρὸς ἀνθρώπους 

΄ > 9 ε al > , ¥ 
πράττειν TL. οὐχ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὦ Κλέαρχε, οὔτε ἀλό- 
γιστοι οὔτε ἠλίθιοί ἐσμεν. 

Topics for Study. (1) ἄν in purpose clauses. (2) Classify the con- 


ditional clauses. (3) Personal and impersonal constructivn with verbals. (4) 
εἰσι αὐτῶν οὕς = what ? 


> > , a 
“᾿Αλλὰ τί δὴ, ὑμᾶς ἐξὸν ὃ ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦτο 
» > »¥ ¢ ὩΣ 3:58 , ΣΝ 10 
ἤλθομεν ; εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι ὃ ἐμὸς ἔρως τούτου" αἴτιος τὸ 
σν. 4A es fo 
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐμὲ πιστὸν γενέσθαι, καὶ ᾧ" Κῦρος 
ἀνέβη ξενικῷ “ διὰ μισθοδοσίας πιστεύων τούτῳ " ἐμὲ 
A ὃ ? > > , 9 12 δ᾽ 3 ‘ , 
καταβῆναι Sv εὐεργεσίας ἰσχυρόν. ὅσα ἐμοὶ χρή- 
a 4 " φΦ 
σιμοι ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὰ μὲν καὶ σὺ εἶπας, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον 
A ~~ 
ἐγὼ οἶδα" τὴν μὲν yap ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῃ τιάραν βασιλεῖ 
1991. 1597. 666. 596. 2916. 14384. 623. 616, a. 3998. 1029. 486. ν. 
61h, a. #900. 1408. 605. 651. 5659. 448. Cf. 561, Ὁ. 6872. 1327. 563. 
479. 79732,c. 1094,1. 348.1. 508. 8973. 1569. 658. 591. 9753,e. 1140. 


351. 516.8. “950,end, 636,641. 574,end. 11 774. 1189. 392. 625. 13 18. 
1058. 337. 687. 


BOOK II. CHAP. V. 155 


᾽ Ἁ a ΕΣ 
μόνῳ ἔξεστιν ὀρθὴν ἔχειν, τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ ἴσως 
ει > a »? 
ἄν, ὑμῶν παρόντων, καὶ ἕτερος εὐπετῶς ἔχοι. 
nw “ A s a 
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἔδοξε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἀληθῆ λέγειν " καὶ 
lal “ / 
εἶπεν, ““ Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη, “ οἵτινες, τοιούτων ἡμῖν εἰς φιλίαν 
ὑπαρχόντων, πειρῶνται διαβάλλοντες ποιῆσαι πολεμίους 
δι ΟΝ » ee ᾿ς» 1 7 a >? 
ἡμᾶς ἀξιοί εἰσι τὰ Exyata’ παθεῖν ; 


ε 


“Καὶ ἐγὼ μέν ye,” ἔφη ὁ Τισσαφέρνης, “ei βούλεσθέ 


΄ 


ε 


72 Ν » , a) - > a 
μοι, OL” TE στρατηγοὶ Kat οἱ λοχαγοί, ἐλθεῖν ἐν τῷ 
A , ‘ Ν 5 A id ε Ν > ‘ > 
ἐμφανεῖ, λέξω τοὺς πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγοντας ws σὺ ἐμοὶ ἐπι- 
~ a > 
βουλεύεις καὶ τῇ σὺν ἐμοὶ στρατιᾷ. “᾿Εγὼ δέ, ἔφη 
ὁ Κλέαρχος, ““ἄξω πάντας, καὶ σοὶ αὖ δηλώσω ὅθεν 
ἐγὼ περὶ σοῦ ἀκούω." 
Topics for Study. (1) Accusative absolute. (92) Infinitive in appo- 
sition. (3) Οὐκοῦν and οὔκουν. 


Clearchus and other generals going to Tissaphernes’ headquarters 
Jor conference, are treacherously put to death. 


? 
Ex τούτων δὴ τῶν λόγων ὁ Τισσαφέρνης φιλοφρονού- 
μενος τότε μὲν μένειν τε αὐτὸν ἐκέλευε καὶ σύνδειπνον 
3 "Δ oe οὖν ἜΣ ΄ ε , > Ν 3: «ἢ 
ἐποιήσατο. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἀπελθὼν ἐπὶ 
Ν , ὃ δὴ , > ca ’ A >? 8 
τὸ στρατόπεδον δῆλός T ἣν πάνυ φιλικῶς οἰόμενος 
διακεῖσθαι τῷ Τισσαφέρνει καὶ ἃ ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος ἀπήγ- 
» ~ 52 Ν , a 4 
yedrev, ἔφη τε χρῆναι ἰέναι παρὰ Τισσαφέρνην ovs 
ἐκέλευσε, καὶ ot ἂν ἐλεγχθῶσι διαβάλλοντες τῶν Ἑλλή- 
ε > Ἂς Ἀ , :,, Ὁ σ 
νων, ὡς προδότας αὑτοὺς καὶ κακόνους τοῖς Ελλησιν 
»” a e , \ Φ ‘ , 
ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι. ὑπώπτευε δὲ εἶναι τὸν διαβάλλοντα 
, > XN δ᾽: ἐνὸς Ν id ’ 
Μένωνα, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν καὶ λάθρᾳ συγγεγενημένον Τισ- 
΄ ee ΄ . 2 κ δ ν 
σαφέρνει per ᾿Αριαίου καὶ στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ " καὶ 
> ν 
ἐπιβουλεύοντα, ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα ἅπαν πρὸς αὑτὸν 


1.716, b. 1054. 334. 586, Ὁ. 3628. 911. 317. 502. %981. 1599. 669, 3. 
585. *996. 1026. 486. 614. 5772. 1175. 392,1. 626. 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


81 


32 


33 


34 


35 


156 ANABASIS. 


λαβὼν φίλος 7 Τισσαφέρνει. ἐβούλετο δὲ καὶ ὁ Κλέ 
αρχος ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔχειν τὴν γνώ- 
μην καὶ τοὺς παραλυποῦντας ἐκποδὼν εἶναι. τῶν δὲ 
στρατιωτῶν ἀντέλεγόν τινες αὐτῷ μὴ ἰέναι πάντας τοὺς 
λοχαγοὺς καὶ στρατηγοὺς μηδὲ πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρνει. 
ε Ν 7 > “~ , ¥ ’ 
ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἰσχυρῶς κατέτεινεν, ἔστε διεπράξατο 
πέντε μὲν στρατηγοὺς ἰέναι, εἴκοσι δὲ λοχαγούς" συν- 
΄ Ν ε > > Ν Ἀ lal ΕΣ 
ἠκολούθησαν δὲ ὡς εἰς ἀγορὰν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιω- 
τῶν ὡς διακόσιοι. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, 
ε Ν Ἁ 4 ¥ ’ ’ 
οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήθησαν εἴσω, Πρόξενος Βοιώ- 
τιος, Μένων Θετταλός, ᾿Αγίας ᾿Αρκάς, Κλέαρχος Λάκων, 
΄ ) cen ε δὲ x ὦ a θύ 
Σωκράτης ᾿Αχαιός" οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θύραις 
¥ € > dr “ji δὲ Ψ Pe a > “Ὁ +f 
ἔμενον. ov πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σημείου 
ν 5. ἣκ , Ν ε Ε , 
ot 7 ἔνδον συνελαμβάνοντο καὶ ot ἔξω κατεκόπησαν. 
Ν Ν “~ al , Ν ε ’ ὃ Ν -“ 
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῶν βαρβάρων τινὲς ἱππέων διὰ τοῦ 
πεδίου ἐλαύνοντες ᾧτινι ἐντυγχάνοιεν Ἕλληνι ἢ δούλῳ 
nv > ΄ ’, ” ε δὲ σ , 
ἢ ἐλευθέρῳ πάντας ἔκτεινον. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες τήν τε ἱπ- 
πασίαν ἐθαύμαζον ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου ὁρῶντες καὶ 
9 > , > ‘ , > ‘ e 
OTL ἐποίουν ἠμφεγνόουν, πρὶν Νίκαρχος Apkas KE 
φεύγων τετρωμένος εἰς τὴν γαστέρα καὶ τὰ ἔντερα ἐν 
᾿ς ' 
ταῖς χερσὶν ἔχων, καὶ εἶπε πάντα τὰ γεγενημένα.ἡ 
-- “9 


Topics for Study. (1) Account for the accent on ἐλεγχθῶσι. (3) Aug- 
ment of ἀμφιγνοέω. (3) The seven great classes of verbs. 


Ariaeus and others announce to the Greeks the death of Clearchus 
and that the king demands their arms. 


Ἐκ τούτου δὴ of Ἕλληνες ἔθεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες 
> 4 ‘ / > 7 ν 3 Ν εν 
ἐκπεπληγμένοι καὶ νομίζοντες αὐτίκα ἥξειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ 

᾽ Lal 
τὸ στρατόπεδον. οἱ δὲ πάντες μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον, ᾿Αριαῖος 


1781 δῃᾶ 8. 1184. 388. 696, ο. 


BOOK II. CHAP. V. 157 


a) 4 Ν id a4 9% , ΄ 
δὲ καὶ ᾿Αρτάοζος καὶ Μιθραδάτης, ot ἦσαν Κύρῳ πιστό- 
ε A a ε / ε Ν » Ν Ν 
taro.’ ὃ δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἑρμηνεὺς ἔφη καὶ τὸν Τισσα- 
φέρνους ἀδελφὸν σὺν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν καὶ γιγνώσκειν. 
συνηκολούθουν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Περσῶν τεθωρακισμένοι 
εἰς τριακοσίους. οὗτοι ἐπεὶ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν, προσελθεῖν 
3 aN ¥ » A “FAX / Ν Ἅ λ ΄ 
ἐκέλευον εἴ τις εἴη τῶν ἥνων στρατηγὸς ἢ λοχαγός, 
ἵνα ἀπαγγείλωσι' τὰ παρὰ βασιλέως. μετὰ ταῦτα 
ἐξῆλθον φυλαττόμενοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοὶ μὲν 
Κλεάνωρ Ὀρχομένιος καὶ Σοφαίνετος Στυμφάλιος, σὺν 
αὐτοῖς δὲ Ξενοφῶν" ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὅπως μάθοι τὰ περὶ 
Προξένου" Χειρίσοφος δὲ ἐτύγχανεν ἀπὼν ἐν κώμῃ τινὶ 
Ν ¥ > , 3 δὴ δὲ » >. 8 
σὺν ἄλλοις ἐπισιτιζόμενος. ἐπειδὴ O€ ἔστησαν εἰς 
ἐπήκοον, εἶπεν ᾿Αριαῖος τάδε. 
“Κλέαρχος μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ ἐπιορκῶν 
417 \ \ N Ξ ¥ \ , 4 
τε ἐφάνη καὶ tas σπονδὰς λύων, ἔχει τὴν δίκην καὶ 
τέθνηκε, Πρόξενος δὲ καὶ Μένων, ὅτι κατήγγειλαν αὐτοῦ 
Ν 3 4 > ’ ~ > ε “A Ν ‘ 
τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, ἐν μεγάλῃ τιμῇ εἰσιν. ὑμᾶς δὲ βασιλεὺς 
A na , 
τὰ ὅπλα ἀπαιτεῖ" ἑαυτοῦ yap εἶναι φησιν, ἐπείπερ 
Κύρου ἦσαν τοῦ ἐκείνου δούλου. 


Topics for Study. (1) Meaning of the proper nouns in ὃ 37. (2) Prep- 
ositions of motion with verbs of rest. (3) Position of ἐκεῖνος, of ἐκείνου. 


Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίναντο οἵ Ἕλληνες, ἔλεγε δὲ Κλεά- 

e? , © ἀξ , > , > A ‘ 

vop ὁ Opxopmervios Q κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων ᾿Αριαῖε καὶ 

¥ 

οἱ ἄλλοι ὅσοι ἦτε Κύρου φίλοι, οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθε οὗτε 
Ν ¥ 3 a 

θεοὺς" ovr’ ἀνθρώπους, οἵτινες ὀμόσαντες ἡμῖν τοὺς. 

3 Ν aN 6 Ν 3 Ν al 7 ὃ , | 

αὐτοὺς didous® καὶ ἐχθροὺς νομιεῖν, προδόντες ἡμᾶς 


‘ 4 
σὺν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ἀθεωτάτῳ τε Kal πανουργοτάτῳ TOUS 


¥ . Ν Ν 
τε ἄνδρας αὐτοὺς οἷς ὦμνυτε ἀπολωλέκατε καὶ τοὺς 


1881, 4. 1809. 674. 662. 53.8.66 Introd. 106-128, 8 788, mid. 1225. 398, κ. 3, 
498, Ὁ. 4732. 1094,1. 348,1. 508. 5712. 1049. B29, 1. 530. 6726. 1077. 
341. 534. 147425. 665,83. 215. 346. 


36 


37 


88 


40 


41 


42 


158 ᾿ ANABASIS. 


3 
ἄλλους ἡμᾶς προδεδωκότες σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς 
ἔρχεσθε ;” ὃ δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος εἶπε, “ Κλέαρχος γὰρ πρόσθεν 
> * ’ + > 4 ld ‘ 
ἐπιβουλεύων φανερὸς ἐγένετο Τισσαφέρνει τε καὶ 
᾿Ορόντᾳ, καὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τοῖς σὺν τούτοις." | 

Ἐπὶ τούτοις Ἐενοφῶν τάδε εἶπε. “ Κλέαρχος μὲν 

’ > Ν ‘ 9 ¥ ‘ Ud Ν Α, 
τοίνυν εἰ παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους ἔλυε τὰς σπονδάς, τὴν δίκην 
ἂν» A 4 ‘ > , Ν > lal é ’ 
ἔχει" δίκαιον γὰρ ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἐπιορκοῦντας " Πρό- 
ἕενος δὲ καὶ Μένων ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ὑμέτεροι μὲν εὐεργέται, 
ἡμέτεροι δὲ στρατηγοί, πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο: δῆλον 
γὰρ ὅτι φίλοι γε ὄντες ἀμφοτέροις πειράσονται καὶ 
δ᾽ ὦ Ν δ ἥν: ‘ , 1 lal 2” Ν 
ὑμῖν καὶ ἡμῖν τὰ βέλτιστα᾽ συμβουλεῦσαι." πρὸς 


ταῦτα οἱ βάρβαροι πολὺν χρόνον διαλεχθέντες ἀλλή- 


iS) 


ῳ- 


hows? ἀπῆλθον οὐδὲν ἀποκρινάμενοι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Comparison οὗ κακός. (2) Synopsis of present 
system of ὄμνυμι. (3) Why not πέμπετε, ὃ 41% (4) Of the two imperatives, 
present and aorist, which is used oftener ? 


Character sketches; Clearchus, fond of war, fitted to command. 


VI. Οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφθέντες ἀνήχθησαν 
ε , \ > , x he a ΄ 
ὡς βασιλέα καὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς ὃ ἐτελεύτη- 
σαν, εἷς μὲν αὐτῶν Κλέαρχος ὁμολογουμένως ἐκ πάντων 
τῶν ἐμπείρως ἡ αὐτοῦ ἐχόντων δόξας γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ 
πολεμικὸς καὶ φιλοπόλεμος ἐσχάτως. καὶ γὰρ δὴ ἕως 
μὲν πόλεμος ἣν τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αθη- 
ναΐους παρέμενεν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο, ἀναπείσας 


5 τοὺς Ἕλληνας 


τὴν αὑτοῦ πόλιν ὡς οἱ Θρᾷκες ἀδικοῦσι 
καὶ διαπραξάμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο παρὰ τῶν ἐφόρων ἐξέπλει 
ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ Χερρονήσον καὶ Περίνθου 
Θρᾳξίν. ἐπεὶ δὲ μεταγνόντες πως οἱ ἔφοροι; ἤδη ἔξω 

1716,b. 1054. 384. 586,0. 575. 1175. 399,1. 526. 534... 1289 


&12. Cf. Rawlinson's Persia, ch. iii. fend) * 756. 1147. 357. 618,4. Cf. Κύρον ἐν 
πείρς. 29%, 8827. S21. 434, 1, 


BOOK Π. CHAP. VI. 159 


ὄντος, ἀποστρέφειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρῶντο ἐξ ᾿Ισθμοῦ, ἐνταῦθα 
οὐκέτι πείθεται, ἀλλ᾽ ῴᾧχετο πλέων εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον. 
> ’ Ν , CL “ 9 , A ε 
ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐθανατώθη ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Σπάρτῃ τελῶν ὡς 
ἀπειθῶν. ἤδη δὲ φυγὰς ὧν ἔρχεται πρὸς Κῦρον, καὶ 
ὁποίοις μὲν λόγοις ἔπεισε Κῦρον ἄλλῃ γέγραπται, δίδωσι 
δὲ 2 Ko ΄ , ὃ δα Rr δὲ λ ‘ > ea 
€ αὐτῷ Κῦρος “μυρίους dapekods* ὁ δὲ λαβὼν οὐκ ἐπὶ 
> “ 

ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐτράπετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν χρημάτων συλ- 
δὰ 2 , 2 , a , \ , »., 
ἰλέξας στράτευμα ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξί, καὶ μάχῃ τε ἐνίκησε 

92% , 2 i: ἡ Ὡς ¢ 4 Ν al 
καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου δὴ ἔφερε Kal ἦγε τούτους Kal πολεμῶν 
διεγένετο μέχρι Κῦρος ἐδεήθη τοῦ στρατείματος " τότε δὲ 
ἀπῆλθεν ὡς σὺν ἐκείνῳ αὖ πολεμήσων. 

Ταῦτα οὖν φιλοπολέμου μοι δοκεῖ ἀνδρὸς ἔργα εἶναι, 
ν 2 3 x Ἄν" ὰΝ ¥ ¥ > , Ν 
ὅστις, ἐξὸν ὃ μὲν εἰρήνην ἔχειν ἄνευ αἰσχύνης καὶ 
βλάβης, αἱρεῖται πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ ῥᾳθυμεῖν βόύλεται 

al 9 “ > ᾿ 
πονεῖν ὥστε πολεμεῖν, ἐξὸν δὲ χρήματα ἔχειν ἀκινδύνως 
αἱρεῖται πολεμῶν" μείονα ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἐκεῖνος δὲ 
ν Ἅ 
ὥσπερ εἰς παιδικὰ ἢ εἰς ἄλλην τινὰ ἡδονὴν ἤθελε 
δαπανᾶν εἰς πόλεμον. : 
ν 

Οὕτω μὲν φιλοπόλεμος ἦν" πολεμικὸς δὲ αὖ ταύτῃ 
256 » ν λ 7 ὃ , > Ν 4  ν δ Ν 
ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι φιλοκίνδυνός τε ἦν καὶ ἡμέρας" καὶ 

ΕΣ aA 

νυκτὸς ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους Kal ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς 
φρόνιμος, ὡς οἱ παρόντες πανταχοῦ πάντες ὡμολόγουν. 

Ἀ 2 δὲ “2 > © ‘ > a , 
καὶ ἀρχικὸς δ᾽ ἐλέγετο εἶναι ὡς δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου 

e a 

τρόπου οἷον κἀκεῖνος εἶχεν. ἱκανὸς μὲν yap ὡς τις 

x ew ΄ 5 Ψ ¥ 75 'e s 2 A 
καὶ ἄλλος φροντίζειν ἣν ὅπως eyo’ ἡ στρατιὰ αὐτῷ 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ παρασκευάζειν ταῦτα, ἱκανὸς δὲ καὶ 
ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς παροῦσιν ὡς πειστέον ὃ εἴη Κλεάρχῳ. 


Topics for Study. (1) ‘To be acquainted with one,’ how translated 7 
(2) The force and position of δή. (3) φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν. (4) Comparison of 
μικρός. (5) The ending -ἰκός. 

1972, a. 1568. 657, ν. 1. 590, 4. 2621, Ὁ. 953. 494. 513. 8973. 1569. 
658. 591. 4969,4. 15683,8. 653,2. 583. 5759. 1136. 359. 615. 6 Cf. 


same, 1,315, 7885, Ὁ. 1814, 593,1. 638, ο. 8990, 764, 2. 1597, 1159, 1160. 665, 
376. 596, Ὁ: 520, 8. 


10 


11 


12 


19 


14 


100 ANABASIS. 


Severe in discipline. 
Τοῦτο δ᾽ ἐποίει ἐκ tov’ χαλεπὸς" εἶναι" καὶ yap 
-“ x a me - , 

ὁρᾶν ὅ otvyvs ἦν Kal TH φωνῇ τραχύς, ἐκόλαζέ τε 
ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ ὀργῇ ἐνίοτε, ws* καὶ αὐτῷ μεταμέλειν 
ἔσθ᾽" ὅτε. καὶ γνώμῃ δ᾽ ἐκόλαζεν: ἀκολάστου γὰρ 
4, ὑδὲ ε A μὰ δι > > Ν 4 
στρατεύματος οὐὸὲν ἡγεῖτο ὄφελος εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν ὡς δέοι τὸν στρατιώτην φοβεῖσθαι 
cal Ν ᾿ς x Ν ΄ > , Ἅ 
μᾶλλον τὸν ἄρχοντα ἢ τοὺς πολεμίους, εἰ μέλλοι ἢ 
φυλακὰς φυλάξειν ἢ φίλων ὃ ἀφέξεσθαι ἢ ἀπροφασίστως 
ἰέναι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. ἐν μὲν οὖν τοῖς δεινοῖς 

3, > “A 3 ’ / Ν > ἊΨ ε fal 
ἤθελον αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν σφόδρα καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον ἡροῦντο 
οἱ στρατιῶται" καὶ γὰρ τὸ στυγνὸν τότε φαιδρὸν αὐτοῦ 
9 A ¥ Ἢ ¥ ͵΄ Ν ν 
ἐν τοὺς ἄλλοις προσώποις ἔφασαν φαίνεσθαι καὶ τὸ 
χαλεπὸν ἐρρωμένον πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐδόκει εἶναι; 

9 , > 7 Ν 3 ’ ά 4 > »» 
ὥστε σωτήριον, οὐκέτι χαλεπὸν ἐφαίνετο" ὅτε δ᾽ ἔξω 


Τ᾿ καὶ ἐξείη πρὸς ἄλλον ἀρξομένους ὃ 


τοῦ δεινοῦ γένοιντο 
> id Ν 2% > ’΄ ὃ Ν Ν Pe 
ἀπιέναι, πολλοὶ αὐτὸν ἀπέλειπον" TO yap ἐπίχαρι οὐκ 
> ν 
εἶχεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀεὶ χαλεπὸς ἦν καὶ ὠμός" wore διέκειντο 
A 9 “ 
πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ στρατιῶται ὥσπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδά- 
A A > , A ‘ > νῷ ie , 10 
σκαλον. καὶ yap οὖν φιλίᾳ μὲν καὶ εὐνοίᾳ" ἑπομένους 
55 2 > = 9 δὲ Δ ΕΣ ΟΝ , , ‘ x 
οὐδέποτε εἶχεν οἵτινες δὲ ἢ ὑπὸ πόλεως τεταγμένοι ἢ 
Φ' ἊΝ A A a4 ᾿ς [Sars , 
ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ ἀνάγκῃ κατεχόμενοι παρεί- 


1 


1 oe) “ὃ θ ΄ > A > Ν δὲ 
σαν αὐτῷ, σφόδρα πειθομένοις ἐχρῆτο. ἐπεὶ δὲ 


ἊΝ lal ‘4 5» a Ν 4 ¥ , 
ἄρξαιντο νικᾶν σὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς πολεμίους, ἤδη μεγάλα 


ἦν τὰ χρησίμους ποιοῦντα εἶναι τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ στρα- 
τιώτας" 76” τε γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους θαρραλέως 


¥ A Ri Ἂς \ ey tee - A 
ἔχειν παρὴν καὶ τὸ THY Tap ἐκείνου τιμωρίαν φοβεῖσθαι 


1959. 1546. 639. 575. 3940, ὁπ. 927. 681. 571. 8982. 1528. 641. 
565. *1054,f. 1456. 595. 566,b. %998,b. 1029. 486, κ. 614,98. © 748. 
1117. 862,1. 509,a. 17914, 8, (2). 1431,2. 625. 616,b.  *%969,c. 1563, 4. 
653.5. δ88,0. 976. 1181. 391. 526,92. 966. 650,1. 582. 11 ΟΥ̓ γένοιντο, 
812. 12959. 1516,2. G37. 574. 


BOOK II. CHAP. VI. 161 


> , ΄“ Ν Ν ¥ ὲ » 
εὐτάκτους ἐποίει. τοιοῦτος μὲν δὴ ἄρχων ἦν ἄρχε- 
σθαι δὲ ὑπὸ ἄλλων οὐ μάλα ἐθέλειν ἐλέγετο. ἦν δὲ 
9 > , > ‘ ‘ , ¥ 
ὅτε ἐτελεύτα ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκοντα ETN. 
Topics for Study. (1) The idiom ὥς tis καὶ ἄλλος. (2) Constructions 


admissible after verbs of care, effort. (3) The idiom for‘ Clearchus must be 
obeyed.’ (4) τό with neuter adjective. 


Proxenus, ambitious, honorable, a poor disciplinarian. 


a 
Πρόξενος δὲ ὁ Βοιώτιος εὐθὺς μὲν μειράκιον ὧν ἐπε- 
θύμει γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ τὰ μεγάλα πράττειν ἱκανός " καὶ 
‘ 4 \ ¥ 7 - , A 
διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔδωκε Γοργίᾳ ἀργύριον τῷ Λεον- 
΄ 3 Ν δὲ , i> ΄ ε UR | , ¥ 
tivo. ἐπεὶ δὲ cuveyéveto’ ἐκείνῳ, ἱκανὸς " νομίσας ἤδη 
Φ » Ψ id ’ a» a , ea Sa 
εἶναι καὶ ἄρχειν Kal, φίλος ὧν τοῖς πρώτοις, μὴ ἡττᾶσθαι 
> - > 3 , Ν Ν ΄ ΄ ᾿ 
εὐεργετῶν, ἦλθεν εἰς ταύτας τὰς σὺν Κύρῳ πράξεις 
‘ » ’ > 4 3, / Ν 7 
καὶ wero κτήσεσθαι ἐκ τούτων ὄνομα μέγα Kal δύναμιν 
΄, \ , ie , 39> 2 a 
μεγάλην καὶ χρήματα πολλά: τοσούτων ὃ δ᾽ ἐπιθυμῶν 
“ὃ » ὃ ἃ 4 > ἈΝ lal 53 σ 4 ὑδὲ 
σφόδρα ἔνδηλον" αὖ καὶ τοῦτο εἶχεν ὅτι τούτων οὐδὲν 
ἂν θέλοι κτᾶσθαι μετὰ ἀδικίας, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῷ δικαίῳ 


‘ a +? ὃ - 4 6 
καὶ καλῷ wero δεῖν τούτων 


ΕΝ 
τυγχάνειν, ἄνευ δὲ τούτων 
΄ ¥ \ a Ν ‘ 3 a Ν - τὰ 
μή. ἄρχειν δὲ καλῶν μὲν καὶ ἀγαθῶν δυνατὸς ἢν 
, » > ἂν ΕΣ » 
ov μέντοι οὔτ᾽ αἰδῶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἑαυτοῦ οὔτε 
, “~ A 
φόβον ἱκανὸς ἐμποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἠσχύνετο μᾶλλον 
‘ ’ a -“ 
τοὺς στρατιώτας ἢ οἱ ἀρχόμενοι ἐκεῖνον" καὶ φοβού- 
lal > A 
μενος μᾶλλον ἦν φανερὸς τὸ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι τοῖς oTpa- 
’ * n ΕΣ 
τιώταις" ἢ οἱ στρατιῶται τὸ ἀπιστεῖν ἐκείνῳ: ᾧετο 
δὲ ἀ a x Ν 3 Ν > Ν ὃ a Ν Ν 
ρκεῖν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχικὸν εἶναι καὶ δοκεῖν τὸν μὲν 
καλῶς ποιοῦντα ἐπαινεῖν, τὸν δὲ ἀδικοῦντα μὴ ἐπαινεῖν. 
A he ε Ν Ν Νὰ 
τοιγαροῦν αὐτῷ οἱ μὲν καλοί τε καὶ ἀγαθοὶ τῶν 
1837. δὅ98,1. 65. 3940. 92%. 681. 571. 5145. 1102. 356. 611. 
4726. 1078 (end). 342. 547. δΟΞΙ͂, Ὁ 1πὰ Ε. 988. 494. 543. 6739. 1099. 356. 


610, ἃ. 7196. 238. 209. 129. 8929, c. 1085,3. 350. 506.4, 97R4.2 TIA 
1160. 376. 520, a. 


H. ἃ W. ANAB, —I11 


35 


16 


18 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


162 ANABASIS. 


συνόντων εὖνοι ἦσαν, of δὲ ἄδικοι ἐπεβούλευον ws 
Φ » 9 Ν > / 5 9 A ε 
εὐμεταχειρίστῳ ὄντι. ὅτε δὲ ἀπέθνησκεν ἣν ἐτῶν ὡς 
τριάκοντα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Gorgias. (9) Substantives that admit an ob- 
jective genitive. (3) Various renderings for ὡς with participles. 


Menon, avaricious and utterly unscrupulous. 


Μένων δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς δῆλος ἦν ἐπιθυμῶν μὲν πλουτεῖν 

> lal > A A ¥ 9 ΄, , 
ἰσχυρῶς, ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ ἄρχειν, ὅπως πλείω λαμβάνοι, 
ἐπιθυμῶν δὲ τιμᾶσθαι, ἵνα πλείω xepdatvor* φίλος τε 
3 tA > lal , ὃ td ν > “ 
ἐβούλετο εἶναι τοῖς μέγιστον δυναμένοις, ἵνα ἀδικῶν 
μὴ διδοίη δίκην. ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ κατεργάζεσθαι ὧν ἐπιθυ- 
᾿ »¥ a -" 
μοίη ᾿συντομωτάτην wero ὁδὸν εἶναι διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν 
τε καὶ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν, τὸ δ᾽ ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀληθὲς 
τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ ἠλιθίῳ εἶναι. στέργων δὲ φανερὸς μὲν ἦν 
οὐδένα, ὅτῳ δὲ φαίη φίλος εἶναι, τούτῳ ἔνδηλος ἐγίγνετο 
2 μὲν οὐδενὸς κατεγέλα, 

nw 4 ε nw 

τῶν δὲ συνόντων πάντων ὡς καταγελῶν ἀεὶ διελέγετο. 
καὶ τοῖς μὲν τῶν πολεμίων κτήμασιν οὐκ ἐπεβούλευε" 
χαλεπὸν γὰρ ᾧετο εἶναι τὰ τῶν φυλαττομένων λαμβά- 
an a x 
νειν" Ta δὲ τῶν φίλων μόνος ᾧετο εἰδέναι ῥᾷστον dv 
ἀφύλακτα λαμβάνειν. καὶ ὅσους μὲν αἰσθάνοιτο ἐπιόρ- 


ἐπιβουλεύων. καὶ πολεμίου 


κους καὶ ἀδίκους ὡς εὖ ὡπλισμένους ἐφοβεῖτο, τοῖς 
δὲ ὁσίοις καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦσιν ὡς ἀνάνδροις ἐπειρᾶτο 
χρῆσθαι. ὥσπερ δέ τις ἀγάλλεται ἐπὶ θεοσεβείᾳ καὶ 
ἀληθείᾳ καὶ δικαιότητι, οὕτω Μένων ἠγάλλετο τῷ 
ἐξαπατᾶν δύνασθαι. τῷ πλάσασθαι ψευδῆ, τῷ φίλους 
διαγελᾶν᾽ τὸν δὲ μὴ πανοῦργον τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων" ἀεὶ 
ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι. καὶ παρ᾽ οἷς μὲν ἐπεχείρει πρωτεύειν 


3.778, . 1175. 3959... 522. 3752. 1128. 870. δ09, a. 8959. 1547. 940. 
475. 41026. 16183. 481,1. Cf. 58%,c. 5732. 1094,7. 355,2. 508. 


BOOK II. CHAP. VI. 163 


φιλίᾳ, διαβάλλων" τοὺς πρώτους τοῦτο ᾧετο δεῖν 
κτήσασθαι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Case following ὁ αὐτός. (2) Comparison of 
ῥᾷάδιος. (3) Constructions after verbs of feeling; cf. 778 and a 391 and N. 
(4) Distinguish the denominative verbs. 


Td δὲ πειθομένους τοὺς στρατιώτας παρέχεσθαι Ex τοῦ 
συναδικεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο. τιμᾶσθαι δὲ καὶ θεραπεύ- 
> 4 > 4 9 ~ , a 
εσθαι ἠξίου ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι πλεῖστα δύναιτο καὶ ἐθέλοι 
ἂν ἀδικεῖν. εὐεργεσίαν δὲ κατέλεγεν, ὁπότε τις αὐτοῦ 

ἀφίσταιτο, ὅτι χρώμενος αὐτῷ οὐκ ἀπώλεσεν αὐτόν. 
-" A nw 

Kai τὰ μὲν δὴ ἀφανῆ ἔξεστι περὶ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι, 
ἃ ‘\ , ¥ TANS] > , % a3 , A 
ἃ δὲ πάντες ἴσασι τάδ᾽ ἐστί. παρὰ ᾿Αριστίππου μὲν 
¥ Me Ἄ a 5 , A , 8 
ἔτι ὡραῖος ὧν στρατηγεῖν διεπράξατο τῶν ἕένων; 
> Sood. . ΄ » 9 ΄ δ A 
Αριαίῳ δὲ βαρβάρῳ ὄντι, ὅτι μειρακίοις ὃ καλοῖς 
18 ¥ e a a 4}, ὦ aN δὲ 
ἥδετο, οἰκειότατος [ἔτι ὡραῖος ὧν] ἐγένετο, αὐτὸς δὲ 
παιδικὰ εἶχε Θαρύπαν ἀγένειος ὧν γενειῶντα. ἀποθνη- 
σκόντων δὲ τῶν συστρατήγων ὅτι ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ βασι- 
λέα σὺν Κύρῳ, ταὐτὰ πεποιηκὼς οὐκ ἀπέθανε, μετὰ δὲ 
ἣν lal 3, ’ “-“ Ἀ e Ν 
τὸν τῶν ἄλλων θάνατον [στρατηγῶν] τιμωρηθεὶς ὑπὸ 

7 > 4, > 7 ca A ε ¥ 

βασιλέως ἀπέθανεν, οὐχ ὥσπερ Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι 
στρατηγοὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλάς, ὅσπερ τάχιστος 
’ Can! lal > ε 
θάνατος δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ζῶν αἰκισθεὶς ἐνιαυτὸν ὡς 
πονηρὸς λέγεται τῆς τελευτῆς τυχεῖν. : 

> 

Ayias δὲ ὁ ᾿Αρκὰς καὶ Σωκράτης ὃ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ τούτω 
9 θ ,’ 4 Ν Ψ ε > 7 “Ὁ > A 
ἀπεθανέτην. τούτων δὲ οὔθ᾽ ws ἐν πολέμῳ κακῶν οὐδεὶς 
κατεγέλα οὔτ᾽ εἰς φιλίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμέμφετο. ἤστην δὲ 

3 Ν > A 

ἄμφω audi τὰ πέντε Kal τριάκοντα ἔτη ἀπὸ γενεᾶς. 

Topics for Study. (1) ἄν withtheinfinitive. (2) Compare ἀξιόω, αἰτέω, 
(nréw. (3) Did Greek soldiers wear beards? (4) Constructions after τυγχάνω. 


1969, 8. 1563,38. 653.2. 583. 2718. 1058. 337. 537. 8741. 1109. 356. 
610,c. *772,b. 1175. 392,2. 525. 5778. 1159,1160. 391. 626, ἃ. 


27 


29 


30 


ΛΟΓῸΣ Γ. 


Recapitulation ; the Greeks much discouraged. 


9 a 
I. [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀναβάσει οἱ Ἕλληνες 
¥ ’ ~ ’ Ν 9 > Ἀ ‘al > 4 
ἔπραξαν μέχρι τῆς μάχης, Kal ὅσα ἐπεὶ Κῦρος éredev- 
τησεν ἐγένετο ἀπιόντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων σὺν Τισσα- 
7 > “A “a > ~ , , , 
φέρνει ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδή. 
λωται.} 
3 Ν δὲ ε \ , 5 \ A 
ἔπει 0€ οἱ στρατηγοὶ συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν καὶ. τῶν 
λοχαγῶν καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ συνεπισπόμενοι ἀπω- 
΄ > a N > , > εν > 
λώλεσαν, ἐν πολλῇ δὴ ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐν- 
, \ 9 eee," a , , > 1 
νοούμενοι μὲν ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως θύραις ἦσαν, 
’ Ν 3 a 4 ‘ ‘ ἣν» Ν ’ὔ 
κύκλῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς πάντῃ πολλὰ καὶ ἔθνη καὶ πόλεις 
πολέμιαι ἦσαν, ἀγορὰν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔτι παρέξειν ἔμελλεν, 
3 A δὲ A ε (ὃ > lad a ἃ ΄ (ὃ 
ἀπεῖχον ὃδὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος οὐ μεῖον“ ἢ μύρια στάοια, 
ε ‘ > > ὃ ν a Ν an > \ we A — ΄ 
ἡγεμὼν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦν, ποταμοὶ δὲ διεῖργον αδιά- 
5 ’ ΄Ὰ » ὃ δὃ “A ὃ ὃ 4 δὲ 
βατοι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, προυδεδώκεσαν δὲ 
> ‘ Ν ε Ν 4, > 4 , , 
αὐτοὺς Kat ot σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες βάρβαροι, μόνοι 
δὲ ’ > ὑδὲ ε id i) 4 , 
€ καταλελειμμένοι ἦσαν οὐδὲ ἱππέα οὐδένα σύμμαχον 
ΕΣ σ > 9 la 4 Ν 3 ὃ 4 λ 
ἔχοντες, ὠστε εὔδηλον ἣν OTL νικωντες" μὲν οὐδένα ἂν 
, ε 0 , δὲ 2 A i) Ν a λ θ 2 
κατακάνοιεν, ἡττηθέντων δὲ αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν λειφθείη. 
ey, , \ ne ¥ 2\7 \ 
Ταῦτ᾽ ἐννοούμενοι καὶ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες ὀλίγοι μὲν 
αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν σίτου ἐγεύσαντο, ὀλίγοι δὲ πῦρ 
(Ry Φ' <5 Ν Ν 9 ἈΝ > > , 
ἀνέκαυσαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ ὅπλα πολλοὶ οὐκ ἦλθον ταύτην 


7936. 1489. 676. 62h, ¢. 2846, 855, a. 1254, 1278. 5383, 549,1. 570, Ὁ. 
‘647, end. 4596. κ. 4. Cf. 517, ex. 2, #902. 1418. G14. °742. 1102. B56. 511 


(164) 


BOOK III. CHAP. L ω 165 


17 > 
ἕκαστος, OV 


ὃ , θ "ὃ δε τος ᾿ Ν ᾿ (ὃ ‘3 
υνάμενοι καθεύδειν ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ πόθου TaTpLowr, 


4 , > ¢ de Ὁ ἀν. Ὁ 
Τὴν νυκτα, QAVETAVOVTO ε Ὅπου ετυγχᾶνεν 


΄ οὶ ΄, ἃ 3» > ae ς ¥ 
γονέων, γυναικῶν, παίδων, ovs οὔποτ᾽ ἐνόμιζον ἔτι 
» 7 Ν Ἀ ’ ’ > 4 
ὄψεσθαι. οὕτω μὲν δὴ διακείμενοι πάντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 

Topics for Study. (1) μεῖον, peculiar use of. (3) Plural οὗ στάδιον. 


(3) Ways of abridging the conditional clause. (4) Case after yetw. (ὅ) 
Class of καίω. ΄ 


Xenophon,? how he came to join the expedition. 


> nw “A a“ ‘ A 
Hy δέ τις ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ Ἐενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος, ὃς 
¥ 
οὔτε στρατηγὸς οὔτε λοχαγὸς οὔτε στρατιώτης ὧν συνη- 
κολούθει, ἀλλὰ Πρόξενος αὐτὸν μετεπέμψατο οἴκοθεν 
ξένος ὧν ἀρχαῖος. ὑπισχνεῖτο δὲ 
αὐτῷ, εἰ ἔλθοι, φίλον αὐτὸν Κύρῳ 
’ 4 ἃ Le ee » ig 
ποιήσειν ὃν αὐτὸς" ἔφη κρείττω 
ε “θ ’ ~ / c 7 
ἑαυτῷ " νομίζειν τῆς πατρίδος. ὁ μέν- 
=| “ 5 Ἀ Ν > Ἀ 
τοι Ξενοφῶν ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 
> ie ’ 7 lal 8 > 4 
ἀνακοινοῦται Σωκράτειἷ τῷ  ᾿Αθηναίῳ 
περὶ τῆς πορείας. καὶ ὁ Σωκράτης 
ὑποπτεύσας μή τι πρὸς τῆς πόλεως 
ὑπαίτιον εἴη Κύρῳ φίλον γενέσθαι 
ὅτι ἐδόκει ὁ Κῦρος προθύμως τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις ἐπὶ 
τὰς ᾿Αθήνας συμπολεμῆσαι, συμβουλεύει τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι 
ἐλθόντα "ἢ εἰς Δελφοὺς ἀνακοινῶσαι τῷ Ded" περὶ τῆς 
πορείας. ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐπήρετο τὸν ᾿Απόλλω 
/ x lal 4 Ν 3 ’ ’ Ν Ἂν 
τίνι ἂν θεῶν θύων καὶ εὐχόμενος κάλλιστα καὶ ἄριστα 
ἔλθοι τὴν ὁδὸν ἢ ἣν ἐπινοεῖ καὶ καλῶς πράξας σωθείη. 
καὶ ἀνεῖλεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Απόλλων θεοῖς οἷς ἔδει θύειν. 





1984, a. 2729, c. 1085, 3. 3850. 8 See Introd. 109, 110. 4948, a. 1286. 
649, 2andn. 677, ἃ. 5940, Ὁ, parenthesis. 6767. 1165. 878. 523. 7772. 
1175. 392.1. 525. See Introd. 108. 8657,a. 444. 551, ἃ. 9945. 1517. 635. 
57h. 10 941. 928, 1. 631, 1. 571, ¢ 19772. 1175. 392, 1. 626. 2715, Ὁ. 
1057. 333. 536. 21008. 1035. 484,2, ‘613,c. 


εἰ 


ANABASIS. 
166 o 


ἐπεὶ δὲ πάλιν ἦλθε, λέγει τὴν μαντείαν τῷ Σωκράτει. 
ὁ δ᾽ ἀκούσας ἠτιᾶτο αὐτὸν ὅτι οὐ τοῦτο πρῶτον ἠρώτα 
΄ λῷ + > σ΄ ’ θ x / itAXN’ Dy 2% 
πότερον λῷον εἴη αὐτῷ πορεύεσθαι ἢ μένειν, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς 
κρίνας ἰτέον εἶναι τοῦτ᾽ ἐπυνθάνετο ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα 
θ id ‘ce 2 ‘ ? ν ᾿Ξ, a 33> ¥ « νΝ 
πορευθείη. ““ ἐπεὶ μέντοι οὕτως ἤρου, ταῦτ᾽, ἔφη, “ χρὴ 
ποιεῖν ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐκέλευσεν. ἢ 
Ὁ μὲν δὴ Ξενοφῶν οὕτω θυσάμενος οἷς ἀνεῖλεν ὁ 
θεὸς ἐξέπλει, καὶ καταλαμβάνει ἐν Σάρδεσι Πρόξενον 
x A , "ὃ ε A ‘ ¥ 55 ἘΝ Ν 
καὶ Κῦρον μέλλοντας ἤδη ὁρμᾶν τὴν ἄνω ὁδόν, καὶ 
συνεστάθη Κύρῳ. προθυμουμένου δὲ τοῦ Προξένου καὶ 
ε an A a > 2 > \ ¢ > Ν 
ὁ Κῦρος συμπρουθυμεῖτο μεῖναι αὐτόν, εἶπε δὲ ὅτι ἐπειδὰν 
, ε ΄ 2 279% > 7 } EA 
τάχιστα ἡ στρατεία λήξῃ," εὐθὺς ἀποπέμψει αὐτόν. 
\ 7 οὐ , > > , > , 
ἐλέγετο δὲ ὁ στόλος εἶναι eis Πισίδας. ἐστρατεύετο 
Ν δὴ Mi > 0 o> = > μὰ 5. , Ps > 
μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐξαπατηθείς ὃ ----οὐχ ὑπὸ Προξένου". οὐ 
Ν ὃ \ Ἂν ’ ε ‘ Oe Ψ i) ἈΝ at 
yap noe τὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ὁρμὴν οὐδὲ addos οὐδεὶς τῶν 
“Ἑλλήνων πλὴν Κλεάρχον᾽ ἐπεὶ μέντοι εἰς Κιλικίαν 
ἦλθον, σαφὲς πᾶσιν ἤδη ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι ὁ στόλος εἴη 
ἐπὶ βασιλέα. φοβούμενοι δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ ἄκοντες 
ὅμως οἱ πολλοὶ δι’ αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀλλήλων ἡ καὶ Κύρου 
συνηκολούθησαν" ὧν εἷς καὶ Ξενοφῶν ἦν. 
Topics for Study. (1) The two constructions after verbs of promising. 
(2) The influence of the oracle of Delphi. (3) The accusative after ἔρχομαι, 


ὁρμᾶν. (4) Trace meaning of dv-a:péw to ‘reply. (5) The authorship of the 
Anabasis. Introd. 120, L, (2). 


Xenophon, roused by a dream, calls together the captains of Proxenus 
and addresses them. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπορία ἦν, ἐλυπεῖτο μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ 
3 95.» , . , δ ον 6 
οὐκ ἐδύνατο καθεύδειν" μικρὸν " δ᾽ tvov® λαχὼν εἶδεν 
ὄναρ. ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ βροντῆς γενομένης σκηπτὸς πεσεῖν 


ταβίηξδ. 2916. 1434. 698. 616. «. *969,b. 1608,9, 658. 4. 583. 4 29, 6. 
1085,8. 350. 506,a. °720. 1062, 888. 638. 5390. 1090. 356. 610, ἃ. 


BOOK UI. CHAP. I. = 167 


9 a , > A; a , ” 
els τὴν πατρῴαν οἰκίαν, καὶ ἐκ τούτου λάμπεσθαι πᾶσα. 
> 2f* > 2 ~ > τον “Ἱ A ¥ 
περίφοβος δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀνηγέρθη, καὶ τὸ ὄναρ τῇ μὲν ἔκρινεν 
ΕῚ , 9 > , nN A ὃ , A , > 
ἀγαθόν, ὅτι ἐν πόνοις ὧν καὶ κινδύνοις φῶς μέγα ἐκ 
Ν > lal ¥' ey Aaj Ν Ν 5 a 4 ie Ν A 
Διὸς ἰδεῖν ἔδοξε τῇ δὲ καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο, ὅτι ἀπὸ Διὸς μὲν 
’ Ν 3, 370 7 > “ be , >A 3 , 
βασιλέως τὸ ὄναρ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ εἶναι, κύκλῳ δὲ ἐδόκει 
λάμπεσθαι τὸ πῦρ, μὴ " οὐ δύναιτο ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐξ- 
ελθεῖν τῆς βασιλέως, ἀλλ᾽ εἴργοιτο πάντοθεν ὑπό τινων 
ἀποριῶν. 
Ὁποῖόν τι μὲν δή ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον ὄναρ ἰδεῖν ἔξεστι 
σκοπεῖν ἐκ τῶν συμβάντων μετὰ τὸ ὄναρ. γίγνεται γὰρ 
td 5 Ν > A > / ω A ” > “ 
τάδε. εὐθὺς ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρθη πρῶτον μὲν ἔννοια αὐτῷ 
‘ey - , - ἣν. ἔν δέ ΨΥ. \ 
ἐμπίπτει: τί κατάκειμαι; ἡ δὲ νὺξ προβαίνει “ ἅμα δὲ 
“ e / > 4A Ν ,’ ν > A , 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἥξειν. εἰ δὲ γενησόμεθα 
> NX a δι ἢ * 8 Ν . Ἂν ΄ Ν Ν 
ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ, τί ἐμποδὼν “ μὴ οὐχὶ πάντα μὲν τὰ χαλε- 
’ὕ ,’ Ἀ ἈΝ ’ὔἅ 4 
πώτατα ἐπιδόντας, πάντα δὲ τὰ δεινότατα παθόντας 
ε ᾿ 3 A 9 > > , 4° > Ν 
ὑβριζομένους ἀποθανεῖν; ὅπως δ᾽ ἀμυνούμεθα οὐδεὶς 
7 > A > lal 5 \ 4 
παρασκευάζεται οὐδὲ ἐπιμελεῖται, ἀλλὰ κατακείμεθα 
ν 5‘ 5 ε ’ 4 5 A > A > 4 
ὥσπερ ἐξὸν" ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. ἐγὼ οὖν τὸν ἐκ ποίας 
πόλεως στρατηγὸν προσδοκῶ ταῦτα πράξειν ; ποίαν 
δ᾽ aN ,ὕ > “a ἐλθ -“ ᾿ 3 5 A » > » 
ἡλικίαν ἐμαυτῷ ἐλθεῖν ἀναμένω; οὐ γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι 
πρεσβύτερος ἔσομαι, ἐὰν τήμερον προδῶ ἐμαυτὸν τοῖς 
πολεμίοις. 
Topics for Study. (1) The influence of dreams among the Greeks. 


Introd. 83, (5). (2) Evidences of Xenophon’s piety. Introd. 123. (3) Classify 
Aayxdrw, éyelpw, βαίνω, πάσχω, θνήσκω. 


? rie: "» Ἀ 
Ex τούτου ἀνίσταται καὶ συγκαλεῖ τοὺς Προξένου 
πρῶτον λοχαγούς. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, ἔλεξεν, ““᾿ Ἐγώ, ὦ 
ivopes ἃ ί, οὔ θεύδειν δύ D ἷ 
ἄνδρες λοχαγοί, οὔτε καθεύδειν δύναμαι, ὥσπερ οἶμαι 
vO ε A _ “~ θ »Ὰ ε “ > ΄ > ’ 
οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς, οὔτε κατακεῖσθαι ἔτι, ὁρῶν ἐν οἵοις ἐσμέν. 
1780. 1182. 390. 527.b. 288%. 1878. ὅ94 G611.c. 310384.4. Ὁ. 1617. 488. 
672,s. 4885. 1872. 593. 688,a, 5973. 1569. 658. 591. °1039. 717, ὃ. 


14 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


168 ANABASIS. 


Pod 


ε Q 4 χά δῆ ΄ 5 , 1 κι ea 
οἱ μὲν yap πολέμιοι, δῆλον ὅτι, οὐ πρότερον πρὸς ἡμᾶς 
τὸν πόλεμον ἐξέφηναν πρὶν ἐνόμισαν καλῶς τὰ ἑαυτῶν 

΄, e a > ὴὃ Ν 2Q\ 2 . 
παρασκευάσασθαι, ἡμῶν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν 2 ἀντεπιμελεῖται 
ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιούμεθα. καὶ μὴν εἰ ὑφησόμεθα 

φ Ὁ. | a 4 / 27 4 ἃ 
καὶ ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ γενησόμεθα, τί οἰόμεθα πείσεσθαι; ὃς 

Ν “ 3 “~ Ν ’ ¥ > 
καὶ τοῦ ὁμομητρίου ἀδελφοῦ καὶ τεθνηκότος ἤδη ἀποτε- 

+ al ᾿ ® “Ὁ 
μὼν τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἀνεσταύρωσεν " ἡμᾶς 
δέ, οἷς κηδεμὼν μὲν οὐδεὶς πάρεστιν, ἐστρατεύσαμεν δὲ 

Oe to ε “ > ‘ 4 7 ‘\ 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ws δοῦλον ἀντὲ βασιλέως ποιήσοντες καὶ 
3 a > ΄ a oe ee a > 
ἀποκτενοῦντες εἰ δυναίμεθα, τί ἂν ὃ οἰόμεθα παθεῖν ; ap 

9 *» Pie A ¥ 0 ε αἰ. δὰ \ » 4 > , 
οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ πᾶν ἔλθοι ws ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔσχατα αἰκισάμενος 
πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις φόβον παράσχοι τοῦδ στρατεῦσαί ποτε 
> 9 ES > = ‘ > 9 3 ld 4 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν ; ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως τοι μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνῳ γενησόμεθα 
πάντα ποιητέον. 


Topics for Study. (1) Cf. ἐκ τούτου, ἐν ᾧ, μετὰ ταῦτας (2) Position of 
the reflexive pronoun. (3) Cf. ἐπὶ Κύρου, ἐπὶ Κύρῳ. 


War preferable to their oath-bound treaty. 


Ν ¥ 
“᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔστεϊ μὲν αἱ σπονδαὶ ἦσαν οὔποτε 
3 , ε lal A > ’ ’ δὲ A A Ν 
ἐπαυόμην ἡμᾶς μὲν οἰκτείρων, βασιλέα δὲ καὶ τοὺς σὺν 
“ ᾿΄ ν A 
αὐτῷ μακαρίζων, διαθεώμενος αὐτῶν ὅσην μὲν χώραν 
καὶ οἵαν ἔχοιεν, ὡς δὲ ἄφθονα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσους δὲ 
θεράποντας, ὅσα δὲ κτήνη, χρυσὸν δέ, ἐσθῆτα δέ: τὰ 
δ᾽ αὖ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην, ὅτι τῶν μὲν 
3 “A 4 We) te OE ὧν 5 ‘ ᾽ θ 
ἀγαθῶν τούτων οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μετείη, εἰ μὴ πριαίμεθα, 
¥ »¥ 
ὅτου ἢ δ᾽ ὠνησόμεθα ἤδειν ἔτι ὀλίγους ἔχοντας, ἄλλως ἢ 
, ΄ θ wal J ὋΣ : aes ΄ 2 σ 
δέ πως πορίζεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἢ ὠνουμένους “ ὅρκους 
» , ε Riis. “a3 > X / | xy 
ἤδη κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς" ταῦτ᾽ οὖν λογιζόμενος ἐνίοτε 
lal XN an 
Tas σπονδὰς μᾶλλον ἐφοβούμην ἢ νῦν τὸν πόλεμον. 
1955, 4. 627, N. 2719. 1060. 336. 540. 8904, a. 1494. 647. 579. 
4716,b. 1076. 884. 536, Ὁ. 5959. 1516,2. G39. 6575. 6990. 1597. 665. 


596,b. 922. 1464. 619. 631. 5 ΟἷὨ τὰ ἑαυτῶν, 16. 987. 1097. B56. 610, ἃ, 
10746. 1183. 853. 513. “%1045,b. . 2 969,a. 1563,3. Θὅϑ, 2. 583. 


BOOK III, ΟΗΑΡ, 1. 169 


ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδάς, λελύσθαι μοι 
“~ Ν ε > 7 o Ἃ ε ε , > 
δοκεῖ καὶ ἡ ἐκείνων ὕβρις Kal ἡ ἡμετέρα ἀσάφεια. ἐν 
, ἈΝ "ὃ ia) “ Ν > Aa 10 e 1 
μέσῳ γὰρ ἤδη κεῖται ταῦτα τὰ ἀγαθὰ αἀθλα ὁπότεροι 
Ἃ e a ¥ > ΄ > ᾿ δ᾽ ε , 
ἂν ἡμῶν ἄνδρες ἀμείνονες ὦσιν, ἀγωνοθέται οἱ θεοί 
εἶσιν, οἱ σὺν ἡμῖν, ὡς τὸ εἰκός, ἔσονται. οὗτοι μὲν 
Ν 3 ey pee , Ἶ ε a δὲ λλὰ ε A 
γὰρ αὐτοὺς" ἐπιωρκήκασιν" ἡμεῖς δὲ πολλὰ ὁρῶντες 
ἀγαθὰ στερρῶς αὐτῶν ἀπειχόμεθα διὰ τοὺς τῶν θεῶν ὃ 
9 9 > “~ , a .8. 4 Φ. ἃ Ν 3 “A 
ὅρκους" wate ἐξεῖναί por δοκεῖ ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα 
Ν Ν / 4 a 4 » ᾽ ¥ 
πολὺ σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι ἢ τούτοις. ἔτι δ᾽ ἔχομεν 
σώματα ἱκανώτερα τούτων καὶ ψύχη καὶ θάλπη καὶ 
, , ey ae δὲ \ δ \ A θ a 
πόνους φέρειν “ἢ ἔχομεν δὲ καὶ ψυχᾶς σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς 
3 4 ε Ν ¥ ‘ Ν ΄“ 
ἀμείνονας" οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες καὶ τρωτοὶ καὶ θνητοὶ μᾶλ- 
lal 9 Ὁ 
λον ἡμῶν, ἢν οἱ θεοὶ ὥσπερ τὸ πρόσθεν νίκην ἡμῖν 
διδῶσιν. 
> ¥ lal 
“AN ἴσως yap καὶ ἄλλοι ταὐτὰ ἐνθυμοῦνται, πρὸς 
~ θ ων ἂν. >” gee’ ὦ “A > θ “ 
τῶν θεῶν μὴ" ἀναμένωμεν ἄλλους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν παρα- 
on πον Ν , » 39 3 ε ad ¥ 
καλοῦντας ἐπὶ τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς ἄρξωμεν 
A6 3 lol Ν Ν ¥ yA. A > ae , 
Tov” ἐξορμῆσαι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετήν " φάνητε 
" στρατηγῶν ἀξιοστρατη- 
PEAS ΄ > \ ea 297 ΕΣ a 2X 
γότεροι. κἀγὼ δέ, εἰ μὲν ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ἐξορμᾶν ἐπὶ 


τῶν λοχαγῶν ἄριστοι καὶ τῶν 


A 9 eels. , > > ε A , > 
ταῦτα, ἕπεσθαι ὑμῖν βούλομαι, εἰ δ᾽ ὑμεῖς τάττετ 
αὐτόν με ἡγεῖσθαι, οὐδὲν  προφασίζομαι τὴν ἡλικίαν, 
ἐλλὰ Ν 10 e Ὁ“ Γ: > > > ‘al a 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀκμάζειν ἡγοῦμαι ἐρύκειν ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ τὰ 
Kaka. 


Topics for Study. (1) Construction after wérems. (2) Synopsis of 
ἐπριάμην. (3) Theoath among the Greeks. Introd. 83, (6). (4) What infer- 
ence is to be drawn from the last sentence in regard to the age oi Xenophon at 
this time? (5) Compare βούλομαι and ἐθέλω. 


1996. 1026. 486. 614. 2712. 1049. 329,1. 580. 5 729, 6. 1085,5. 350. 
506,8. 95%. 1526, 641. 565. 5866,1. 1344. 585. 472. 538. 1099. 356. 
510, Ὁ. 7955. 1158. 868. 517. ὁ 9687. 478, 2. 699, ο. 9719,0. 1060. 336. 
540. 946. 1522. 646. 578. 3 


21 


22 


23 


25 


96 


27 


28 


29 


170 | ANABASIS. 


Xenophon asked to take command; answers an opponent. 


a % ; 

Ὃ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεξεν, of δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἀκούσαντες 

A > 
ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον πάντες, πλὴν ᾿Απολλωνίδης τις ἦν 

᾿ a ee - > 

βοιωτιάζων τῇ φωνῇ "͵ οὗτος δ᾽ εἶπεν ὅτι φλυαροίη 
9 2 nN , tA ’ “" “Ὁ “Δ Xr , 
ὅστις ἢ λέγοι ἄλλως πως σωτηρίας ἂν τυχεῖν ἢ βασιλέα 
πείσας, εἰ δύναιτο, καὶ ἅμα ἤρχετο λέγειν τὰς 
ἀπορίας. 

Ὁ μέντοι Ἐενοφῶν μεταξὺ ὑπολαβὼν ἔλεξεν ὧδε. “Ὦ 
θαυμασιώτατε ἄνθρωπε, σύγε οὐδὲ ὁρῶν γιγνώσκεις 

\ > lal 
οὐδὲ ἀκούων μέμνησαι. ἐν ταὐτῷ ye μέντοι ἦσθα τού- 

δ 9 λ , > ἈΝ Ko > ‘Q ’ 
τοις ἢ ore βασιλεύς, ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἀπέθανε, καταφρονήσας 
: aie. , , rs ὃ δό Ν ν 3 Ν 
ἐπὶ τούτῳ πέμπων ἐκέλευε παραδιδόναι τὰ ὅπλα. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐ παραδόντες, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξοπλισάμενοι ἐλθόντες 
παρεσκηνήσαμεν αὐτῷ, τί οὐκ ἐποίησε πρέσβεις πέμπων 
καὶ σπονδὰς αἰτῶν καὶ παρέχων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἔστε 

δὰ ν a sh δ᾽ — ε κ \ , 

σπονδῶν ἔτυχεν; ἐπεὶ δ᾽ αὖ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, 
ν δὴ Ν 4 > / > a_6 »” 9 
ὥσπερ δὴ σὺ κελεύεις, Els λόγους avTois® ἄνευ ὅπλων 
ἦλθον πιστεύσαντες ταῖς σπονδαῖς, οὐ νῦν ἐκεῖνοι 

΄ 2 Β , > Se 9 θ A ε 
παιόμενοι, κεντούμενοι, ὑβριζόμενοι οὐδὲ ἀποθανεῖν, οἱ 
τλήμονες, δύνανται, καὶ μάλ᾽, οἶμαι, ἑρῶντες τούτου ; 
a ‘\ , io Ἁ ‘ A > , 0 4 
ἃ ov πάντα εἰδὼς τοὺς μὲν ἀμύνεσθαι κελεύοντας 
φλυαρεῖν φῇς, πείθειν δὲ πάλιν κελεύεις ἰόντας ; ἐμοί, 
ὦ ἄνδρες, δοκεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον μήτε προσίεσθαι 
> >, δ, ε a 7 > “a 3 λ la a λ ’ 
εἰς ταὐτὸν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἀφελομένους τε τὴν λοχαγίαν 
σκεύη ἀναθέντας ὡς τοιούτῳ χρῆσθαι. οὗτος γὰρ καὶ 
τὴν πατρίδα καταισχύνει καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ὅτι 
ν a ns 3 »” 
EdAnv ὧν τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. 

1780. 1182 390. 527,b. 910. 1461. 619,κ. 598. 6:6. 5960, 


1568, 8. 653, 2. 583. f= τῷ αὐτῷ. 5773, a. 1175, οὗ, 4thex. 899, 2. 522. 
©972,a, 1177. 893,1. 24,1. 686. "Of. τούτοις, § 27. 


BOOK III. CHAP. 1. 171 


Ἐντεῦθεν ὑπολαβὼν ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος εἶπεν, 
“᾿Αλλὰ τούτῳ γε οὔτε τῆς Βοιωτίας προσήκει οὐδεν 
Ἂν... “ ε , , > Ν 3. Τὰ > Xs io 
οὔτε τῆς Ἑλλάδος παντάπασιν, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν εἶδον 
Ψ x 3 ΄ \ 4 1 P 22 \ 
ὥσπερ Λυδὸν ἀμφότερα τὰ Gta’ τετρυπημένον." καὶ 

εἶχεν οὕτως. τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἀπήλασαν. 
ε ϑ, x x ΄ 27 9 Ν 
Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι παρὰ τὰς τάξεις ἰόντες ὅπου μὲν στρα- 
τηγὸς σῶς εἴη" τὸν στρατηγὸν παρεκάλουν, ὁπόθεν δὲ 
οἴχοιτο, τὸν ὑποστράτηγον, ὅπου δ᾽ αὖ λοχαγὸς σῶς εἴη, 
τὸν λοχαγόν. 
Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘interrupting.’ (2) Forms of the 


present optative in verbs in-é. (3) Theending-yer. (4) Case after épdw. 
(5) ὑποστράτηγος. See Introd. 73. 


Xenophon, addressing the assembled officers, exhorts them to set an 
example of bravery and elect new generals. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ πάντες συνῆλθον, εἰς" τὸ πρόσθεν τῶν ὅπλων 
> 7 . Ἀ > id e 4 Ἀ 
ἐκαθέζοντο" καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ συνελθόντες στρατηγοὶ 
\ εὖ δι᾿ Ν ‘ ε , ΄ A a te \ 
καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατόν. ὅτε δὲ ταῦτα ἦν σχεδὸν 
μέσαι ἦσαν νύκτες. ἐνταῦθα Ἱερώνυμος "Helos πρεσ- 
, x a ΄ A ¥ ΄ £5 
βύτατος ὧν τῶν Προξένου λοχαγῶν ἤρχετο λέγειν ὧδε. 
ς a Ss » ὃ ἈΝ Ν X ’ ξι σὺ ‘ 
Hpw, ὦ avopes στρατηγοὶ Kat λοχαγοί, ὁρῶσι Ta 
παρόντα ἔδοξε καὶ αὐτοῖς συνελθεῖν καὶ ὑμᾶς παρακα- 
λέσαι, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεθα εἴ τι δυναίμεθα ἀγαθόν. 
λέξον 8,” ἔφη, “καὶ σύ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἅπερ“ καὶ πρὸς 
[ων 33 
ἡμᾶς. 
> ~ fa 
Ex τούτου λέγει τάδε Ξενοφῶν. ““᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν 
Ν , > ’ 9 ‘ Ἀ ’ 
δὴ πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα ὅτι βασιλεὺς καὶ Τισσαφέρνης 
οὗς μὲν ἐδυνήθησαν συνειλήφασιν" ἡμῶν." τοῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοις 
δὴλ ν > λ 4 ς x» ὃ , 3 4 
Mrov ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ws ἣν δύνωνται ἀπολέσωσιν. 
ἡμῖνῖ δέ γε οἶμαι πάντα ποιητέα ὡς μήποτε ἐπὶ τοῖς 
2718. 1058. 385, 619. 537. 5914,»,(0). 1431,2. 625. 616,0. 5 788. 


1225. 398, κ. 8. 598, Ὁ. 486. ἔλεξας. 5366. 522. 178,2. 291, Ὁ. 6 729, 6. 
1085,7. 355. 606,a. 991. 1188. 666. 596. 


3) 


32 


87 


38 


119 ANABASIS. 


βαρβάροις γενώμεθα, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον éxeivor’ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν. 
εὖ τοίνυν ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ὑμεῖς, τοσοῦτοι ὄντες ὅσοι νῦν 
συνεληλύθατε, μέγιστον ἔχετε καιρόν. οἱ γὰρ στρα- 
τιῶται οὗτοι πάντες πρὸς ὑμᾶς βλέπουσι, κἂν μὲν ὑμᾶς 
ὁρῶσιν ἀθυμοῦντας, πάντες κακοὶ ἔσονται, ἢν δὲ ὑμεῖς 
αὐτοί τε παρασκευαζόμενοι 2 φανεροὶ ἦτε ἐπὶ τοὺς πολε- 
΄ \ \ ¥ A > »¥ 9 ν 
μίους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παρακαλῆτε, εὖ ἴστε ὅτι ἕψονταὶ 


ε al Ἁ ’ A » la Ἁ ’ ’ 
ὑμῖν καὶ πειράσονται μιμεῖσθαι. ἴσως δέ τοι καὶ δίκαιόν 
ἐστιν ὑμᾶς διαφέρειν τιῇ τούτων ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε 


4 ε “Ὁ ϑ' Ν ’ Ἁ ν > ’ 
στρατηγοΐ, ὑμεῖς ταξίαρχοι καὶ λοχαγοί᾽ καὶ ὅτε εἰρήνη 
ἦν ὑμεῖς καὶ χρήμασι καὶ τιμαῖς τούτων * ἐπλεονεκτεῖτε᾽ 
καὶ νῦν τοίνυν ἐπεὶ πόλεμός ἐστιν ἀξιοῦν δεῖ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς 
ἀμείνους τε τοῦ πλήθους εἶναι καὶ προβουλεύειν τού- 
των καὶ προπονεῖν, ἥν που δέῃ. καὶ νῦν πρῶτον. μὲν 

> ih 8 te he , 3 a Ν ΄ὔ φ, “Ὁ 
οἶμαι ἂν" ὑμᾶς μέγα ὠφελῆσαι τὸ στράτευμα, εἰ ἐπι- 
μεληθείητε ὅπως ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολωλότων ὡς τάχιστα 
στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀντικατασταθῶσιν ἄνευ γὰρ 
> , 50" a » Ἶ Ν ΕΣ > ‘ , 
ἀρχόντων οὐδὲν ἂν οὔτε καλὸν οὔτε ἀγαθὸν γένοιτο, 
ὡς ὃ μὲν συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, οὐδαμοῦ ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς πολε- 

a ΄ ε \ Ν > 7 10 , ὃ » 
μικοῖς παντάπασιν. ἡ μὲν γὰρ εὐταξία σώζειν δοκεῖ, 
ἡ δὲ ἀταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπολώλεκεν. 

Topics for Study. (1) The Greek for midday, midnight. (2) The 
idiom for ‘in the power of? (38) ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν. (4) Greek military dis- 
cipline. Introd. 82. (5) What opportunities had Xenophon had to study 
Greek tactics ? (6) Formation of Attic reduplication. Cf. ἐλήλυθα, ὄλωλα. 
(7) Of the three classes of pure verbs (-dw, -éw, -dw), which is most common ¢ 
(8) Difference between the restrictive and generic article. (9) Compare the 


ethical dative and the dative in looser relations. (10) Compare ἐπίσταμαι and 
ἐφίσταμαι. 


1. sc. γένωνται. 2981. 1589. 661. 58, a, 5719, Ὁ. 1060. 336. 540. 4749. 
1120, 364. 509, Ὁ. 5780. 1182. 390. 657, Ὁ. 6964, (a). 1494. G47. 579. 
7885, b. 1374 6593.1. 638, c¢. 8956. 1534. 649,1. 569. #1030. 1619. 488, 
478. 551,1. 884, 279,3. 406. ; 


BOOK Ill. CHAP. L 173 


He advises them to assemble and encourage the soldiers ; Chirisophus 
seconds these proposals and new officers are chosen. 


N » 
“Ἐπειδὰν δὲ καταστήσησθε τοὺς ἄρχοντας ὅσους δεῖ, 
a . Ν »¥ , AX ’ 4, θ 
ἣν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας συλλέγητε καὶ παραθαρ- 
ρύνητε, οἶμαι av’ ὑμᾶς πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ ποιῆσαι. νῦν γὰρ 
¥ i ἐν > , θ 2 ε :θ , \ > θ > 4 κ 
ἴσως καὶ ὑμεῖς αἰσθάνεσθε" ὡς ἀθύμως μὲν ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὰ 
id λ ἰθύ δὲ Ν Ν λ Pe, of 9 ἌΣ, ΟΝ 
ὅπλα, ἀθύμως δὲ πρὸς τὰς φυλακάς" woTE, οὕτω γ᾽ ἐχόν- 
¥ a . 
των. οὐκ οἶδα ὅτι" ἄν τις χρήσαιτο αὐτοῖς εἴτε vuKTos® 
δέοι εἴτε καὶ ἡμέρας. ἢν δέ τις αὐτῶν τρέψῃ τὰς γνώ- 
έοι εἴτε καὶ ἡμέρας. ἢ ς ρέψῃ τὰς γ 
ε lal lal 4 , > ‘ 
μας, Ws μὴ τοῦτο μόνον ἐννοῶνται τί πείσονται ἀλλὰ 
Ἀ a / Ν > ¥ > 4 
καὶ Ti ποιήσουσι, πολὺ εὐθυμότεροι ἔσονται. ἐπίστασθε 
x \ Y ΕἾ An? 3 » > N - " a 
yap δὴ ὅτι οὔτε πλῆθός ἐστιν οὔτε ἰσχὺς ἡ ἐν τῷ 
πολέμῳ τὰς νίκας ποιοῦσα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότεροι ἂν σὺν τοῖς 
θεοῖς ταῖς ψυχαῖς  ἐρρωμενέστεροι ἴωσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολε- 
7 4 ε 2°. ἣν Ἀ ‘ ε > 7 > ’, 
μίους, τούτους ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ οἱ ἀντίοι οὐ δέχονται. 
> , - Oa > ¥ Ν a 9 ε , 
ἐντεθύμημαι δ᾽ ἔγωγε, ὦ ἄνδρες, Kal τοῦτο ὅτι ὁπόσοι 
μὲν μαστεύουσι ζῆν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοὶς, 
οὗτοι μὲν κακῶς τε καὶ αἰσχρῶς ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἀπο- 
θνήσκουσιν, ὁπόσοι δὲ τὸν μὲν θάνατον ἐγνώκασι πᾶσι 
κοινὸν εἶναι καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνθρώποις, περὶ δὲ τοῦ 
΄Ὁ > , > ’, , 3 ε al 
καλῶς ἀποθνήσκειν ἀγωνίζονται, τούτους [ δ᾽] ὁρῶ 
μᾶλλόν πως εἰς τὸ γῆρας ἀφικνουμένους Kai, ἕως 
. > 2 a Ν A 
ἂν ζῶσιν, εὐδαιμονέστερον διάγοντας. ἃ Kal ἡμᾶς 
δεῖ νῦν καταμαθόντας, ἐν τοιούτῳ γὰρ καιρῷ ἐσμεν, 
> , ¥ > N = \ N » 
αὐτούς τε ἄνδρας" ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 
παρακαλεῖν." 


Topics for Study. (1) οὕτω ἐχόντων. (2) ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ. (3) Com- 


parison οὗ ἐρρωμένος, εὐδαίμων. 


1901,8. 1421,2. 612,1. 2 Cf. 826. 1258. 522. 154, ἃ. 3972, a. 1568, 
657, κ. 1. 590, a. 4716, Ὁ, end. 154. 334. 536, Ὁ. 5759. 1136. 359. 515. 
$780. 1182. 390. 527. 


39 


40 


41 


42 


174 ANABASIS. 


ε a A | 3 , x A a εν 
4 Ὁ μὲν ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον εἶπε 
Χειρίσοφος, “᾿Αλλὰ πρόσθεν μέν, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, τοσοῦ- 
τον μόνον σε ἐγίγνωσκον ὅσον ἤκουον ᾿Αθηναῖον εἶναι, 
“ \ Ν > “Ὁ 51} e id Ἁ ’ ‘ 
νῦν δὲ καὶ ἐπαινῶ σε ἐφ᾽ οἷς λέγεις τε Kal πράττεις Kal 
βουλοίμην ἂν ὅτι πλείστους εἶναι τοιούτους " κοινὸν 
‘ > » Ν > ’ ‘ “ ¥ Ν , 
asyap ἂν εἴη τὸ ἀγαθόν. καὶ viv, ἔφη, μὴ μέλλωμεν, 
> »” 3 3 3 ’ ¥ ε A ε , 
ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπελθόντες ἤδη αἱρεῖσθε οἱ δεόμενοι 
ἄρχοντας, καὶ ἑλόμενοι ἥκετε εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ στρατο- 
πέδου καὶ τοὺς αἱρεθέντας ἄγετε" ἔπειτ᾽ ἐκεῖ συγκα- 
λοῦμεν τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας. παρέστω δ᾽ ἡμῖν," 
ἔφη, “ καὶ Τολμίδης ὁ κῆρυξ." 
4 Καὶ ἅμα ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, ὡς μὴ μέλλοιτο ἀλλὰ 
περαίνοιτο τὰ δέοντα. ἐκ τούτου ἡρέθησαν ἄρχοντες 
ἀντὶ μὲν Κλεάρχου Τιμασίων Δαρδανεύς, ἀντὶ δὲ Σωκρά- 
τους Ξανθικλῆς ᾿Αχαιός, ἀντὶ δὲ ᾿Αγίου Κλεάνωρ ᾿Αρκάς, 
ἀντὶ δὲ Μένωνος Φιλήσιος ᾿Αχαιός, ἀντὶ δὲ Προξένου 
Ἐενοφῶν ᾿Αθηναῖος. 
Topics for Study. (1) Meaning οὗ παύω, παύομαι, of αἱρέω, αἱροῦμαι, of 
ἔχειν, ἔχεσθαι. (2) Meaning of the proper names in ὃ 47. 


Chirisophus exhorts the soldiers to bravery ; Cleanor warns 
against deception. 

1 11 Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἥρηντο, ἡμέρα τε σχεδὸν ὑπέφαινε καὶ 
εἰς τὸ μέσον ἧκον οἱ ἄρχοντες, καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς προ- 
φυλακὰς καταστήσαντας συγκαλεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται συνῆλθον, ἀνέστη πρῶ- 
τος μὲν Χειρίσοφος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε. 

2- “"Avdpes® στρατιῶται, χαλεπὰ" μὲν τὰ παρόντα, 
ὁπότε ἀνδρῶν“ στρατηγῶν τοιούτων στερόμεθα καὶ 

λοχαγῶν καὶ στρατιωτῶν, τρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ 


1719, b. 1000. 886. 540. 2726, Ὁ. 908. 326, 841,1. δ1,,, Ὁ. 3 62, a 
* sc. ἐστί, 


BOOK III. CHAP. IL. 175 


2 “ ε , , » , 
Αριαῖον, of πρόσθεν σύμμαχοι ὄντες, προδεδώκασιν 
ἡμᾶς" ὅμως δὲ δεῖ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς 
᾿ Ν “ον 9 Ν a 9 a \ 
τελέθειν καὶ μὴ ὑφίεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσθαι ὅπως ἣν μὲν 
δυνώμεθα καλῶς νικῶντες σωζώμεθα" εἰ δὲ μή, ἀλλὰ 
καλῶς γε ἀποθνήσκωμεν, ὑποχείριοι δὲ μηδέποτε γενώ- 
μεθα ζῶντες τοῖς πολεμίοις. οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτα 
A @ 3 Ν > ἈΝ ε Ν , 28 
παθεῖν οἷα" τοὺς ἐχθροὺς οἱ θεοὶ ποιήσειαν. 


Topics for Study. (1) πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι. (2) Mode in relative clause with 
definite antecedent. (3) Case after ὑποχείριοι. 


Ν 
Ἐπὶ τούτῳ Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿ΟὈρχομένιος ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν 
ὧδε. ““᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁρᾶτε μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τὴν βασιλέως ἐπιορ- 
, ‘ ’ ε κα Q κ᾿ , > , 
κίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν, ὁρᾶτε δὲ τὴν Τισσαφέρνους ἀπιστίαν, 
9 4 ε , ¥ al ε ,ὕ ‘ A 
ὅστις λέγων ws γείτων τε εἴη τῆς Ἑλλάδος Kal περὶ 
lal A Ν 
πλείστου ἂν ποιήσαιτο σῶσαι ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις 
“5 ν. Ὅς > , ε A“ 4. δι Ν 4 Te > 4 
αὐτὸς ὀμόσας ἡμῖν, αὐτὸς δεξιὰς δούς, αὐτὸς ἐξαπατήσας 
συνέλαβε τοὺς στρατηγούς, καὶ οὐδὲ Δία ξένιον ἠδέσθ 
βατηγονς, Ὁ τον. ἢ 1)» 
iAAa KX , 4 Ae , , > a_5 4 
ἀλλὰ Κλεάρχῳ, Kat ὁμοτράπεζος γενόμενος αὐτοῖς " Tov- 
5 4 Ν » 3 ’ὕ 3 ἴα ’ 
τοις ἐξαπατήσας τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπολώλεκεν. Ἀριαῖος δέ, 
ἃ ε a > θέ , , Ν 25 , 6 
ov ἡμεῖς ἠθέλομεν βασιλέα καθιστάναι, Kai ἐδώκαμεν 
Ν 5 / Ν , ’ > ’ Ἀ Φ 
καὶ ἐλάβομεν πιστὰ μὴ προδώσειν ἀλλήλους, καὶ οὗτος 
+ ‘ 4 ’ A “A ’ 
οὔτε τοὺς θεοὺς δείσας οὔτε Κῦρον τεθνηκότα αἰδεσθείς, 
τιμώμενος μάλιστα ὑπὸ Κύρου ζῶντος νῦν πρὸς τοὺς 
3 4 > , > Ν ε “~ ἣν ’ ’ 
ἐκείνου ἐχθίστους ἀποστὰς ἡμᾶς τοὺς Κύρου φίλους 
κακῶς ποιεῖν πειρᾶται. ἀλλὰ τούτους μὲν οἱ θεοὶ ἀποτί- 
σαιντο ἡμᾶς δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα ὁρῶντας μήποτε ἐξαπατη- 
~ » ε A 4 > ‘ , ε x» 7 
θῆναι ἔτι ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀλλὰ μαχομένους ws ἂν δυνώμεθα 
κράτιστα τοῦτο ὅτι ἂν δοκῇ τοῖς θεοῖς πάσχειν." 


Topics for Study. (1) The form ἐδώκαμεν. (2) The two uses of the 
optative in simple sentences. (3) Position of ἄν in indefinite relative sentences. 


1765. 1174. 376. 522. 725,38. 1078. 340. 535. *%909,a, mid., 870. 1427, 
1507. 619,587. 615,476. 42, Ὁ. 1175. B92,2. 525. 5776. 1181. 3887, 
526, 8. 6432, end, 1005. 670, 1041. 205,487. 378, 615, ἃ. 78370. 1507. &87 
476. 


176 ANABASIS. 


Xenophon derives hope of deliverance from the favor of the gods, 


victories of their ancestors, recent success and experience. 


Ἔκ τούτου Ξενοφῶν ἀνίσταται ἐσταλμένος ἐπὶ πόλε- 
ε > 4 , ’ ¥ 4 Lal 
μον ὡς ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα, νομίζων, εἴτε νίκην διδοῖεν 
οἱ θεοί, τὸν κάλλιστον κόσμον τῷ νικᾶν πρέπειν, εἴτε 
»Ἅ ὃ , > A » a“ , 2 ε Ν > 4 
τελευτᾶν δέοι, ὀρθῶς ἔχειν τῶν καλλίστων ὅ ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώ- 
σαντα ἐν τούτοις τῆς τελευτῆς τυγχάνειν" τοῦ λόγου 
¥ Φ' 
δὲ ἤρχετο ὧδε. 
{ς Ν A “A 4 > , Ἀ 3 , 
Τὴν μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπιορκίαν τε καὶ ἀπιστίαν 
λέγει μὲν Κλεάνωρ, ἐπίστασθε δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς οἶμαι. εἰ 
μὲν οὖν βουλόμεθα πάλιν αὐτοῖς ἡ διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι, 
3 7, a, \ » 4Φ' Εἰ δν Ν ‘ 
ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς πολλὴν ἀθυμίαν ἔχειν, ὁρῶντας Kal τοὺς 
στρατηγούς," ot διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεχείρισαν, 
οἷα πεπόνθασιν" εἰ μέντοι διανοούμεθα σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις 
ὧν" τε πεποιήκασι δίκην ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ 
λοιπὸν διὰ παντὸς πολέμου αὐτοῖς ἰέναι, σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς 
Ν e a ‘ ἈΝ 5 ’ ee. ’ὔ 9 
πολλαὶ ἡμῖν καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες εἰσὶ σωτηρίας. 
Τοῦτο δὲ. λέγοντος αὐτοῦ πτάρνυταί τις ἀκούσαντες 
δ᾽ οἱ στρατιῶται πάντες μιᾷ ὁρμῇ προσεκύνησαν τὸν 
a s 
θεόν, καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπε, ““Δοκεῖ por, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐπεί, 
περὶ σωτηρίας ἡμῶν λεγόντων, οἰωνὸς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ 
A $e ¥ A A ΄ , , 
σωτῆρος ἐφάνη. εὔξασθαι τῷ θεῷ τούτῳ θύσειν σωτήρια 
ὅπου ἂν πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν χώραν ἀφικώμεθα, συνεπεύ- 
ξασθαι δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θεοῖς θύσειν κατὰ δύναμιν. 
Ἂ ¢ ὃ lal a >> ¥ 44 > , Ν a 9 Ν 
καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτ᾽, ᾿᾿ ἔφη, “dvarewdtw τὴν χεῖρα. καὶ 
4 , 
ἀνέτειναν ἅπαντες. ἐκ τούτου ηὔξαντο καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν. 
la lal “ , Ξε 
ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ τῶν θεῶν καλῶς εἶχεν, ἤρχετο πάλιν ὧδε, 


Topics for Study. (1) αὐτοῖς διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι, διὰ παντὸς πολέμου αὐτοῖς 


ἰέναι. (2) πτάρνυται. See Introd. 88, (5). 
1959. 1516,2. 640. 575. 2746. 1135. 353. 513. 838. 1099. 356. 510.b. 
O%72,a. 111. B92, 1, 324.1. 525. 58378. 717, 18. 6729. 1085,3. 350. 


06,8. 17719,b. 1060. 334. 536,d. 


BOOK Ill. CHAP. IL 177 


“᾿Ἐτύγχανον λέγων ὅτι πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες 
“-. > nm ~ A > 
ἡμῖν εἶεν σωτηρίας. πρῶτον μὲν yap ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐμπε- 
δοῦμεν τοὺς τῶν θεῶν ὅρκους, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπιωρκήκασί 

᾿ ΤΑ͂Ν 
τε καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους λελύκασιν. οὕτω 
δ᾽ ἐχόντων, εἰκὸς 5 τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις ὅ ἐναντίους εἶναι 
a Ἁ 
τοὺς θεούς, ἡμῖν δὲ συμμάχους, οἵπερ ἱκανοί εἰσι καὶ 
᾿ lal ‘ ‘ 
τοὺς μεγάλους ταχὺ μικροὺς ποιεῖν καὶ τοὺς μικροὺς 
ἃ - 4 .9 ὃ A > 4 > > 9 aX 
κἂν * év δεινοῖς ὦσι σώζειν εὐπετῶς, οταν βούλωνται. 
“cr” δὲ , 5 Ν ε cal \ Ν “ F 
ἔπειτα ὃε ἀναμνήσω" yap ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς τῶν προγό-: 
A 9 ~ c a 
νων τῶν ἡμετέρων κινδύνους, ἵνα εἰδῆτε ws ἀγαθοῖς τε 
ὑμῖν προσήκει εἶναι σώζονταί τε σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ἐκ 
; “A ¢ > ’ 3 , Ν Ν “Ὁ Ἁ 
πάνυ δεινῶν οἱ ἀγαθοί. ἐλθόντων μὲν γὰρ Περσῶν καὶ 
" τὰς 
> 4 ε nn > ~ nw , a 
Αθήνας, ὑποστῆναι αὐτοὶ ᾿Αθηναῖοι τολμήσαντες ἐνίκη- 


lal Ν > a A , 6 ε ΄ ᾿ 
τῶν σὺν αὐτοῖς παμπληθεὶ στόλῳ" ὡς ἀφανιούντων 


> , Ν 3 ’ a > /, ὃ ε , 
σαν αὐτούς. καὶ εὐξάμενοι τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὁπόσους κατα- 
κάνοιεν τῶν πολεμίων τοσαύτας χιμαίρας καταθύσειν τῇ 
θεῷ, ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἶχον ἱκανὰς εὑρεῖν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς κατ᾽ 
Ν ¥ “ > ’ 
ἐνιαυτὸν πεντακοσίας θύειν, καὶ ἔτι νῦν ἀποθύουσιν. 
¥ 9 , 9 > \ > 
ἔπειτα ὅτε Ξέρξης ὕστερον ἀγείρας τὴν ἀναρίθμητον 
Ν Ἀ 
στρατιὰν ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ τότε ἐνίκων οἱ 
ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι τοὺς τούτων προγόνους καὶ κατὰ γὴν 
‘\ Ν θ , e ¥ \ ’, ΠΥ ἄρῆδιυυ 9 Ἀ 
καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. ὧν ἔστι μὲν τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν τὰ 
’ A “-“ 
τρόπαια, μέγιστον δὲ μνημεῖον ἡ ἐλευθερία τῶν πόλεων 
,9 a. μὰ A > 2 Ee | , Σ 50 7 Ν ΕΣ 
/éev αἷς ὑμεῖς ἐγένεσθε καὶ ἐτράφητε" οὐδένα γὰρ ἄνθρω- 
mov δεσπότην ἀλλὰ τοὺς θεοὺς προσκυνεῖτε. τοιούτων 
4 > 
μέν ἐστε προγόνων. 
“ Οὐ Ν δὴ a? 7 A ε ε A 4 
v μὲν δὴ τοῦτό ye ἐρῶ ws ὑμεῖς καταισχύνετε 
3 tA > > 3» δ 
αὐτούς" ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω πολλαὶ ἡμέραι ad’ οὗ ἀντιταξάμενοι 
1 Οὗ same, 8.140, 38, ἐστί. 8772, Ὁ. 117. 392.2. 525. 4894.1. 1998, 1. 
609. 650. δηά45, Ὁ. 1069. ὅδ6, κ.1. 511. 6774. 1189. B92. 525. 7 969, c. 


1563, 4. 653, 5. 583, Ὁ. 8 Cf. 595, b, B. 916. B2O. 546. 9949. 1517. 637, 1. 
574. 10 se. εἰσέ. 


Η. & W. ANAB. —12 


1G 


14 


15 


16 


17 


18 


178 ANABASIS. 


τούτοις, τοῖς ἐκείνων ἐκγόνοις, πολλαπλασίους ὑμῶν" 
ἐνικᾶτε σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς. καὶ τότε μὲν δὴ περὶ τῆς Κύρου 

, ¥ 3 ἊΣ A Si ele 4: τς 
βασιλείας ἄνδρες ἦτε ἀγαθοί: νῦν δ᾽ ὁπότε περὶ τῆς 
ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὃ ἀγών ἐστι πολὺ δήπου ὑμᾶς προσ- 
ἥκει καὶ ἀμείνονας καὶ προθῳμοτέρους εἶναι. ἀλλὰ 
μὴν καὶ θαρραλεωτέρους νῦν πρέπει εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς 


2 +6 τε 


πολεμίους. τότε μὲν yap ἄπειροι ὄντες αὐτῶν 
πλῆθος ἄμετρον ὁρῶντες, ὅμως ἐτολμήσατε σὺν τῷ 
πατρίῳ φρονήματι ἰέναι εἰς αὐτούς" νῦν δὲ ὁπότε καὶ" 

A 2 » 9 ων 9 > 4 A , 
πεῖραν ἤδη ἔχετε αὐτῶν ὅτι ov θέλουσι Kal πολλαπλά- 

» Ν ὃ 7 θ ε “ 73 » ε “Ὁ 4 

σιοι ὄντες [μὴ] δέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς, τί" ἔτι ὑμῖν προσήκει 
τούτους φοβεῖσθαι ; 

Topics for Study. (1) Verbs of reminding. (2) Were there any in 
Xenophon’s audience that had witnessed the invasion of Xerxes? (2) Con- 


struction after words in -πλάσιος. (4) How did Greece (its climate, physical 
features, etc.) tend to develop the individuality of its people ? 


Objections answered: desertion of the barbarians ; want of cavalry, 
guide, market ; impassable rivers. A last resource. 


“Μηδὲ μέντοι τοῦτο μεῖον SdEnre* ἔχειν ὅτι ot 
3 A “ 
Αριαίου πρόσθεν σὺν ἡμῖν ταττόμενοι νῦν ἀφεστήκασιν. 
ἔτι γὰρ οὗτοι κακίονές εἰσι τῶν ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἡττημένων" 
» ἈΝ > -* , ε κα ‘ 
ἔφυγον γοῦν [πρὸς] ἐκείνους καταλιπόντες ἡμᾶς. τοὺς 
δ᾽ 52 2 “ ¥ Ν A 5 ‘ a 
ἐθέλοντας φυγῆς ἄρχειν πολὺ κρεῖττον" σὺν τοῖς 
, ia + > νη ε ,’ ’, ε lal 
πολεμίοις ταττομένους ἢ ἐν TH ἡμετέρᾳ τάξει ὁρᾶν. 
36 ὃ , ε Ὁ 10 a ΟΝ δ΄. δ Ν > δι. ε a 
εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν ἀθυμεῖὶ ὅτι ἡμῖν μὲν οὐκ εἰσὶν ἱππεῖς, 
“ id ‘ 4 > / 9 e 
τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις πολλοὶ πάρεισιν, ἐνθυμήθητε ὅτι οἱ 
, ε a 2Q\ » . Δ , “ἜΘ, ¥ “ἰδὼν 
μύριοι ἱππεῖς οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ μύριοί εἰσιν ἄνθρωποι" ὑπὸ 
Ν μ᾿ > , 3 Ν ’ » 4 
μὲν γὰρ ἵππου ἐν μάχῃ οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε δηχθεὶς οὔτε 


1755,2. 1154. 8368. 517. 3 Ἴδ8,., ὁπᾶ. 1140, 857. 516,b. 8.719, ὁ. 1060. 336. 
540. “4814. 1846. S584. 485. 5 (ἐστίν) ὁρᾶν, ete. 6 398 διὰ Ὁ. 1890. 609 ἀπὰ Ν. 1. 


BOOK III. CHAP. II. 179 


λακτισθεὶς ἀπέθανεν, οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες εἰσὶν of ποιοῦντες 
ὅτι ἂν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις γίγνηται. οὐκοῦν τῶν ἱππέων ᾽ 
πολὺ ἡμεῖς ἐπ᾽ ἀσφαλεστέρου ὀχήματός ἐσμεν" οἱ μὲν 
γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων κρέμανται φοβούμενοι οὐχ ἡμᾶς μόνον 
ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καταπεσεῖν. ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐπὶ γῆς βεβηκότες 
πολὺ μὲν ἰσχυρότερον παίσομεν, ἦν τις προσίῃ, πολὺ 
δὲ μᾶλλον ὅτου ἂν βουλώμεθα τευξόμεθα. ἑνὶ δὲ 
μόνῳ προέχουσιν οἱ ἱππεῖς [ἡμᾶς] φεύγειν αὐτοῖς 
ἀσφαλέστερόν ἐστιν ἢ ἡμῖν. 

Topics for Study. (1) Cavalry in the military system of the Greeks. 


Introd. 67-69, 72. (2) What Greek states attached most importance to cav- 
alry? Cf. Introd. 67. 


a) 9 
“Bi δὲ δὴ τὰς μὲν μάχας Oappetre,? ὅτι ὃ δὲ οὐκέτι 
re) / ε ’ ὑδὲ X ‘ > A 
ἡμῖν Τισσαφέρνης ἡγήσεται οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς ἀγορὰν 
/ “ ¥ /, /, lal 4 
παρέξει, τοῦτο ἄχθεσθε, σκέψασθε πότερον κρεῖττον 
, ε ΄ » ἃ 3 λ 4 e a 

Τισσαφέρνην ἡγεμόνα ἔχειν, ὃς ἐπιβουλεύων ἡμῖν φανε- 

, > x a x» ε A ¥ ὃ λ ε A 0 
pos ἐστιν, ἢ ovs ἂν ἡμεῖς ἄνδρας λαβόντες ἡγεῖσθαι 

Ἀ A 

κελεύωμεν, OL εἴσονται OTL, HY TL περὶ ἡμᾶς ἁμαρτά- 
νωσι; περὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα ἁμαρτήσονται. 
τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πότερον ὠνεῖσθαι κρεῖττον ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς 
- e a ’, A 
ἧς" οὗτοι παρεῖχον μικρὰ μέτρα πολλοῦ ἀργυρίου." μηδὲ 

a x » "" 
τοῦτο ἔτι ἔχοντας, ἢ αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν, ἤνπερ κρατῶμεν, 
μέτρῳ χρωμένους ὁπόσῳ ἂν ἕκαστος βούληται. 

ἐς > δὲ la} Ν , ν , 4 ‘ δὲ 

Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν γιγνώσκετε ὅτι κρείττονα. τοὺς δὲ 
Ν ¥ 7 ,ὔ 3 Ἁ ε A 

ποταμοὺς amopov' νομίζετε εἶναι καὶ μεγάλως ἡγεῖσθε 
ἐξαπατηθῆναι διαβάντες, σκέψασθε εἰ ἄρα τοῦτο καὶ 
μωρότατον" πεποιήκασιν οἱ βάρβαροι. πάντες γὰρ 
ποταμοί, εἰ καὶ πρόσω τῶν πηγῶν ἀποροί εἰσι, Tpoi- 

1755. 1158. 863. 517. 3212. 1049. 8329, 1. 530. 3 τοῦτο δὲ ἄχθεσθε ὅτι 
οὐκέτι, etc. 4 86. ἐστί. 5994. 1081. 484. 613, b. 6746. 1133. 853. 4513. 


7617. 925. 498. 552, ο. 8969, a. 1563,3. 653,2. 583. 960,4. 971, £538, 1. 
552, ο. - 


19 


20 


21 


22 


24 


25 


180 ANABASIS. 


a i ν A A ὃ Ἁ ’ ἃ ’ 
οὔσι᾽ πρὸς τὰς πηγὰς διαβατοὶ γίγνονται ουοὲ τὸ γόνυ 
βρέχοντες. 


Topics for Study. (1) μάχας θαρρεῖτε. (2) What forms of condition 
are found in this passage? (3) Name the denominative verbs found in it. 
“Et δὲ μήθ᾽ οἱ ποταμοὶ bijcovew? ἡγεμών τε μηδεὶς 
ἡμῖν φανεῖται, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἡμῖν ὃ, ye ἀθυμητέον. ἐπιστά- 
θ Ν ‘ Vk ἃ > a ε ΄Ὁ ’ 
μεθα μὲν γὰρ Μυσούς, οὗς οὐκ ἄν ἡμῶν φαίημεν 
’΄ > 9 > “ ’ , ’ 
βελτίους εἶναι, ὅτι ἐν τῇ βασιλέως χώρᾳ πολλάς τε καὶ 
εὐδαίμονας καὶ μεγάλας πόλεις οἰκοῦσιν, ἐπιστάμεθα 
δὲ Πισίδας ὡσαύτως, Λυκάονα:. δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν 
ὅτι ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις τὰ ἐρυμνὰ καταλαβόντες τὴν τούτων 
χώραν καρποῦνται᾽ καὶ ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἂν ἔφην ἡ ἔγωγε χρῆναι 
μήπω φανεροὺς εἶναι οἴκαδε ὡρμη- 
4 > Ν 4 c 
μένους, ἀλλὰ κατασκευάζεσθαι ws 
αὐτοῦ" που οἰκήσοντας. οἶδα γὰρ 
ὅτι καὶ Μυσοῖς βασιλεὺς πολλοὺς 
\ ε , Ἅ ’ Ν 
μὲν ἡγεμόνας ἂν δοίη, πολλοὺς 
> ἃ - ΝΥ Ὑ ἊΝ 
δ᾽ ἂν ὁμήρους τοῦ ἀδόλως ἐκπέμ- 





Ν , ᾿ > *# > 
We, καὶ ὁδοποιήσειέ y ἄν av- 





tal Ν 3 Ν 4 
τοῖς καὶ εἰ σὺν τεθρίπποις βού- 
λοιντο ἀπιέναι. καὶ ἡμῖν γ᾽ ἄν, 

39 ἡ Σ᾽ ld oe a IF δ᾽ 2. ὧν ’, 
οἵδ᾽ ὅτι, τρισάσμενος ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίει, εἰ ἑώρα“ ἡμᾶς μένειν 

͵ POY Ν ὃ “ὃ , a ν 
κατασκευαζομένους. ἀλλὰ γὰρ δέδοικα μή, ἂν ἅπαξ 
A ᾿ ‘ 
μάθωμεν ἀργοὶ ζῆν καὶ ἐν ἀφθόνοις βιοτεύειν, καὶ Μήδων 

A . -“ A Ν ’ὔ Ἂ εἰ Ἁ ᾿ 
δὲ καὶ Περσῶν καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξὶ ἧ καὶ παρθέ- 
νοις ὁμιλεῖν, μή, ὥσπερ οἱ λωτοφάγοι, ἐπιλαθώμεθα τῆς 
οἴκαδε 6000.8 


Topics for Study. (1) Conditions of second and fourth rorm after οἷδα 
ὅτι, after φημί. (2) Case after ὁμιλέω, after ἐπιλανθάνομα. (3) Origin of 
τέθριππος. (4) The lotus-eaters. See Classical Dictionary. 

19771, Ὁ. 1584. 382. 523, a. 2899. 1405. 602. 648. 5991. 1188. 666. 


596. 4895, 903. 1397, 1418. S565. 649. 5760.8. 1427. 358. 515. 5 895. 
1397. 606. 649. 7772. 1175. B92,1. 526. 8742. 1102. 356. 611. 


SexaSpay pov. 


BOOK ΠῚ. CHAP. IL 181 


«To journey safely we must get rid of superfluous baggage and 


maintain discipline.” 


{74 ~ > S24 y Ν δί > lal > Ν 
Δοκεῖ οὖν μοι εἰκὸς καὶ δίκαιον εἶναι πρῶτον εἰς τὴν 
Ἑλλάδα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους πειρᾶσθαι ἀφικνεῖσθαι 

Ν 5 A a 9 7 ε , , 28 1 
καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὅτι ἑκόντες πένονται, ἐξὸν 
αὐτοῖς τοὺς νῦν σκληρῶς ἐκεῖ βιοτεύοντας ἐνθάδε κομι- 
‘ , ε κα > \ , > » , 
capévovs πλουσίως ὁρᾶν. ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ ἄνδρες, πάντα 
ταῦτα τἀγαθὰ δῆλον" ὅτι τῶν κρατούντων ἐστί, τοῦτο 

-“" 4 A “ἡ 4 ’ ε » ’ 7 
δεῖ λέγειν ὅπως ἂν πορευοίμεθά τε ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα Kal, 
εἰ μάχεσθαι δέοι, ὡς κράτιστα 
μαχοίμεθα. 

“ς Πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, 
“δοκεῖ μοι κατακαῦσαι τὰς 
ε ’ ἃ ¥ Y ‘ A 
ἁμάξας as ἔχομεν, ἵνα μὴ τὰ 
ζεύγη ἡμῶν στρατηγῇ; ἀλλὰ 
πορευώμεθα ὅπῃ ἂν τῇ στρατιᾷ 





‘\ 
συμφέρῃ" ἔπειτα Kal τὰς σκη- 
a 
vas συγκατακαῦσαι. αὗται yap αὖ ὄχλον μὲν παρέ 
¥ ἊΣ ᾿ > 5: ¥ > ν , θ 
χουσιν ἀγειν, συνωφελοῦσι ὃ οὐδεν oUTE εἰς τὸ μάχεσθαι 
¥ 3 > Ν Ν > ΄, ¥ ¥ Ν ἃ ὅν, x 
οὔτ᾽ εἰς TO τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν. ἔτι δὲ Kai τῶν ἄλλων 
a Ν > , 3 Ν 9 / 
σκευῶν τὰ περιττὰ ἀπαλλάξωμεν ὅ πλὴν ὅσα πολέμου 
ἕνεκεν ἢ σίτων ἢ ποτῶν ἔχομεν, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστοι μὲν 
ε “Ὁ > “A 9 Ss c 3 4 Ν A 
ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὦσιν, ὡς ἐλάχιστοι δὲ σκευοφορῶσι. 
κρατουμένων μὲν γὰρ ἐπίστασθε ὅτι πάντα ἀλλότρια" 
a δὲ aA Ν Ν , ὃ a , 
ἣν δὲ κρατῶμεν, καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους δεῖ σκευοφόρους 
ἡμετέρους νομίζειν. 
Topics for Study. (1) Verbs admitting the accusative absolute. (2) The 


idiom for ‘these things belong to those who conquer. (3) The accent of com 
pounds. 582, 885. 294, 300,N. 439, ἃ. 


1973. 1569. G58. 591. 38 δῆλον ὅτι -- δήλως %866,1. 1344. S585. 472. 


26 


27 


28 


29 


80 


31 


32 


33 


182 3 ANABASIS. 


“Λοιπόν ἢ μοι εἰπεῖν ὅπερ καὶ μέγιστον νομίζω εἶναι. 
Z 
ὁρᾶτε yap καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ὅτι ov πρόσθεν ἐξενεγκεῖν 
ἐτόλμησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς πόλεμον πρὶν τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
ἡμῶν συνέλαβον, νομίζοντες, ὄντων μὲν τῶν ἀρχόντων 
καὶ ἡμῶν πειθομένων, ἱκανοὺς εἶναι ἡμᾶς περιγενέσθαι 
“ λ ,͵ 2 λ ’ δὲ ‘ ¥ > 3 ἃ Ἀ 
τῷ πολέμῳ," λαβόντες δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἀναρχίᾳ ἂν καὶ 
> ’ 5 , e A“ > ’ “ > Ν ἈΝ 
ἀταξίᾳ ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσθαι. δεῖ οὖν πολὺ μὲν 
yw ΄ nw -“ 
τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐπιμελεστέρους γενέσθαι τοὺς νῦν τῶν 
πρόσθεν, πολὺ δὲ τοὺς ἀρχομένους εὐτακτοτέρους καὶ 
πειθομένους μᾶλλον τοῖς ἄρχουσι νῦν ἢ πρόσθεν" ἢν 
, > a ΄ aS Φ' ἃς, Te LA oy , 
δέ τις ἀπειθῇ, ψηφίσασθαι" τὸν ἀεὶ ὑμῶν ἐντυγχάνοντα 
“ 9 A“ 
σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν" οὕτως οἱ πολέμιοι πλεῖστον 
ἐψευσμένοι ἔσονται" τῇδε γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μυρίους ὄψον- 
3 P 85.4 , ‘ We) ee , “ὃ 
ται ἀνθ᾽ ἑνὸς Κλεάρχους τοὺς οὐδενὶ ἐπιτρέψοντας κακῷ 
> > N \ \ ΄ ¥ ee | 
εἶναι. ἀλλὰ yap Kal περαίνειν ἤδη wpa 
πολέμιοι αὐτίκα παρέσονται. ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ καλῶς 


¥ x ε 
tows γὰρ οι 


ἔχειν, ἔπικυρωσάτω ὡς τάχιστα, ἵνα ἔργῳ περαίνηται. 
> ᾽’ ¥ ’ x 4 , Ἁ ε > 4 

εἰ δέ τι ἄλλο βέλτιον ἢ ταύτῃ, τολμάτω Kal ὁ ἰδιώτης 
διδάσκειν" πάντες γὰρ κοινῆς σωτηρίας δεόμεθα. 


Topics for Study. (1) The endings, -ἰος, -εἰος, -ία, -η. (2) πρίν with 
indicative. (3) Accent of second aorist infinitive and participle of w-verbs. 
(4) Two forms of genitive and dative of cris. 


These proposals being adopted, Xenophon submits an order of march. 


Mera ταῦτα Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν. 
“«᾽Αλλ᾽ εἰ μέν τινος ἄλλου δεῖ πρὸς τούτοις οἷς λέγει 
4 δ > 7 5» 2 Ἐπ το δ," ΝΑ » 
Ξενοφῶν, καὶ αὐτίκα ἐξέσται ποιεῖν" ἃ δὲ νῦν εἴρηκε 
A ε ’ ’ ¥ > 5 ‘ 
δοκεῖ por ὡς τάχιστα ψηφίσασθαι ἄριστον εἶναι" καὶ 
A a! ? 
ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἀνέτειναν 
πάντες. 


1 56, ἐστί, 2780. 1182. 390. 657, Ὁ. $776. 1181. 387. 6526,a. 450, δεῖ, 
5941. 928,1. 631. 511, ¢. 


BOOK III. CHAP. IL 188 


> aA > 7 ; 
Avaotas δὲ πάλιν εἶπε Ἐενοφῶν, ““Ὦ, ἄνδρες, ἀκού- 
RJ 5 A A ~ A 
gate ὧν προσδοκεῖ μοι. δῆλον ὅτι πορεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς δεῖ 
΄ σ͵ ae “ὃ «2 , Ν , > ‘ 
ὅπου ἕξομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" ἀκούω δὲ κώμας εἶναι καλὰς 
9 ΄, ¥ ΄ > ΄ > *» ἫΝ , 
ov πλέον εἴκοσι σταδίων ἀπεχούσας οὐκ ἂν οὖν θαυμά- 
νῷ » 
ζοιμι εἰ οἱ πολέμιοι, ὥσπερ οἱ δειλοὶ κύνες τοὺς μὲν 


























4 . παριόντας διώκοντες καὶ δάκνου- 
α Ρ λ ὃ , x ὃς 5 , 
"1 | ow, ἣν δύνωνται, τοὺς δὲ διώ- 
, 5» ἈΝ > Ν 
ee: Sarees KovTas φεύγουσιν, εἰ Kal αὐτοὶ 
2 aA A 2 a ¥ 
++t+++ ἡμῖν ἀπιοῦσιν ἔπακολουθοῖεν. ἴσως 
+++t++ eg Rs : ao ucts Σ 
ΙΝ tettt? HO) οὖν ἀσφαλέστερον" ἡμῖν πορεύε- 
++++++ σθαι πλαίσιον ποιησαμένους τῶν 
| oe LS ὅπλων, ἵνα τὰ σκευοφόρα καὶ ὁ 
ῃ 2 
Ν » 3 3 , ς ἃ 
" 4, πολὺς ὄχλος ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ ἢ. 
> > A > , , Ἀ 
abcd, πλαίσιον, ἰσόπλευρον. ει ουν νυν ἀποδειχθείη τινας XP” 
€, στόμα. τὰ πρόσθεν, τὸ ries “4 > < 
ἡγούμενον. ἡγεῖσθαι τοῦ πλαισίου καὶ τὰ 


J, οὐρά, τὰ ὄπισθεν. 
Ω, J, αἱ πλευραί, 


, Lal ‘ ’ > XN 
ih δι αν ταν. πρόσθεν κοσμεῖν καὶ τίνας ἐπὶ 
’ 9 ω ie a 
Eve φάγοι τῶν πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων εἶναι, τί- 
> > “Ὁ > ¥ ε ’ ε i4 
vas δ᾽ ὀπισθοφυλακεῖν, οὐκ ἄν, ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι 
ἔλθοιεν, βουλεύεσθαι ἡμᾶς δέοι, ἀλλὰ χρῴμεθα ἂν εὐθὺς 
τοῖς τεταγμένοις. 


Topics for Study. (1) πλαίσιον, Introd. 103, (2),93. (2) ὄχλος, Introd. 
84. (3) πλευραί, Introd. 74. 


Ψ a 
“Ei μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τις βέλτιον ὁρᾷ. ἄλλως ἐχέτω" εἰ 
δέ. is ΄ Ν ε a $2 δὴ Ν ὃ ’ , 
έ, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγοῖτο. ἐπειδὴ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιός 
3 ὶ a X RD TAR , ΄ ‘ ΄ 
ἐστι" τῶν δὲ πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων δύο τὼ πρεσβυτάτω 
A > ’ ‘ > “nw δ ὦ Lal ε 
στρατηγὼ ἐπιμελοίσθην" ὀπισθοφυλακοῖμεν δ᾽ ἡμεῖς ot 
δ᾽. ἃ > ᾿ Se λ \ 
νῦν εἶναι. τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν 
, , a , 6 , Ψ λ 
πειρώμενοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως βουλευσόμεθα ὅτι ἂν 
2.4 , 5 “,ικ > δὲ ¥ eon 
ἀεὶ κράτιστον δοκῇ εἶναι. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλο ὁρᾷ βέλτιον, 
186, ἔσται, 5-- εἰ δὲ μή, 906, Ὁ, end. 1417. 616.3. 656,c. 5870. 1507, 587. 


876. 4742. 1102. 356. 511, 5956, 3. 1535. 642,1. 569, end. 6738. 1099. 
B56. 510,d. 


΄ ssa Χ , \ 
VEWTATOL EYW και Τιμασίων TO. 


34 


35 


88 


37 


39 


184 ANABASIS. 


κ᾿ > ’ 
heEdirw.” ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, εἶπεν “"Orw δοκεῖ 
A Ἁ al >? “a 
ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 
nw > “~ “~ 
“Nov τοίνυν, ἔφη, “ ἀπιόντας ποιεῖν δεῖ τὰ δεδογ- 
7 Ν 9 ε ”~ Ν > 4 > a  Ἃ “ 
μένα. καὶ ὅστις τε ὑμῶν τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπιθυμεῖ ἰδεῖν, 
΄ 8. Ἂς 5 Ν > ae > \ » 2 » 
μεμνήσθω ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι "1 οὐ yap ἔστιν ἢ ἄλλως 
τούτου τυχεῖν" ὅστις τε ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ, πειράσθω νικᾶν᾽ 
τῶν μὲν γὰρ νικώντων τὸ κατακαίνειν, τῶν δὲ ἡττωμέ. 
νων τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν ἐστί καὶ εἴ τις δὲ χρημάτων 
aA “ wn ‘\ 
ἐπιθυμεῖ, κρατεῖν πειράσθω" τῶν yap νικώντων ἐστὶ καὶ 
Ἀ ε “~ 4 Ν Ν “Ὁ ε uA , 3) 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώζειν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἡττωμένων λαμβάνειν. 


Topics for Study. (1) τὸ νῦν εἶνα. (2) εἰ δέ. (3) The difference 
in meaning between infinitive and participle with μέμνημαι. (4) Case after 
πειράομαι, ἐπιθυμέω. 


Deceived by the enemy, they resolve to admit no more heralds, 


III. Τούτων λεχθέντων ἀνέστησαν καὶ ἀπελθόντες 
κατέκαον τὰς ἁμάξας καὶ τὰς σκηνάς, τῶν δὲ περιττῶν ὃ 
ὅτου μὲν δέοιτό τις μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα 
εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἐρρίπτουν. ταῦτα ποιήσαντες ἠριστοποιοῦντο. 
ἀριστοποιουμένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἔρχεται Μιθραδάτης σὺν 
ἱππεῦσιν ὡς τριάκοντα, καὶ καλεσάμενος τοὺς στρατη- 
yous εἰς ἐπήκοον λέγει ὧδε. “Eye, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, 
καὶ Κύρῳ πιστὸς ἦν, ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε. καὶ νῦν ὑμῖν 
εὔνους" καὶ ἐνθάδε δ᾽ εἰμὶ σὺν πολλῷ φόβῳ διάγων. 
εἰ οὖν ὁρῴην ὑμᾶς σωτήριόν τι βουλευομένους, ἔλθοιμι 
ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ τοὺς θεράποντας πάντας ἔχων. λέξατε 
οὖν πρός με τί ἐν νῷ ἔχετε ὡς φίλον τε καὶ εὔνουν καὶ 
βουλόμενον κοινῇ σὺν ὑμῖν τὸν στόλον ποιεῖσθαι.᾽᾽ 

Βουλευομένοις τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἔδοξεν ἀποκρίνασθαι 
τάδε: καὶ ἔλεγε Χειρίσοφος" “Ἡμῖν δοκεῖ, εἰ μέν τις 
ἐᾷ ἡμᾶς ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, διαπορεύεσθαι τὴν χώραν ὡς 


1986 and last ex. 1592. 662 and ν. 3. 588,.. 2949. 1517. 637,1. 574. δ 3}. 
1097,2. B56. 510, a. 


BOOK ΠῚ. CHAP. III. 185 


x ὃ , θ > ΄ ᾿ » § , ec A a t ὃ a1 
av δυνώμεθα ἀσινέστατα" ἢν δέ τις ἡμᾶς τῆς ὁδοῦ 
: Ἶ ἐν ὡς kinins dar Supe , ” 
ἀποκωλύῃ; διαπολεμεῖν τούτῳ“ ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα. 
> , > a , ’ ε » 
ἐκ τούτου ἐπειρᾶτο Μιθραδάτης διδάσκειν ws ἄπορον 
» , ¥ ἰὼ Ἂν» Ν > 
εἴη βασιλέως ἄκοντος σωθῆναι. ἔνθα δὴ ἐγιγνώσκετο 
ὅτι ὑπόπεμπτος εἴη Kal γὰρ τῶν Τισσαφέρνους τις οἷ- 
κείων παρηκολουθήκει πίστεως ἕνεκα. καὶ ἐκ τούτου 
5 ’ ~ “ 4 - , 
ἐδόκει τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βέλτιον εἶναι δόγμα ποιήσασθαι 
Ν , ver ae. » 5 “Ὁ ΄ > ν᾿ 
τὸν πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον ὅ εἶναι ἔστ᾽ ἐν τῇ πολεμίᾳ εἶεν 
μ \ ‘ \ ¢ 
διέφθειρον yap προσιόντες τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ ἕνα γε 
Ν 4 4 > ΄ ἈΝ » > Ἁ 
λοχαγὸν διέφθειραν Νίκαρχον ᾿Αρκάδα, καὶ ᾧχετο ἀπιὼν 
ε ¥ 
νυκτὸς σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Points of difference between the Greek genitive 
absolute and Latin ablative absolute. (2) Position of the augment in verbs 
made fromcompounds. (3) Verbs in -éw that retain the ε in the future. 


Beginning the march, they are grievously harassed in the rear. 


Mera ταῦτα ἀριστήσαντες καὶ διαβάντες τὸν Ζαπάταν 
ποταμὸν ἐπορεύοντο τεταγμένοι τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν 
» > 4 » 3 ‘ Ν ’ 
ὄχλον ἐν μέσῳ ἔχοντες. οὐ πολὺ δὲ προεληλυθότων 

Ὁ ΝᾺ 2 ’, ’, ε ’ ε ’ Ἂν 
αὐτῶν ἐπιφαίνεται πάλιν ὁ Μιθοαδάτης, ἱππέας ἔχων 
ὡς διακοσίους καὶ τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας εἰς τετρα- 
κοσίους μάλα ἐλαφροὺς καὶ εὐζώνους. καὶ προσήει μὲν 
ε ΄, x \ te Reade Po BH Ce \ ἀν 
ὡς φίλος wy πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας" ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο, 
ἐξαπίνης οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν ἐτόξευον καὶ ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοί, 
οἱ δ᾽ ἐσφενδόνων καὶ ἐτίτρωσκον. οἱ δὲ ὀπισθοφύλακες 

ω ΄ ’, ¥ Ν “ > 7 > > 7 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔπασχον μὲν κακῶς, ἀντεποίουν δ᾽ οὐδέν " 
ν Ν “ 4 aie “ 3... 2 ‘ 
οἵ τε yap Κρῆτες βραχύτερα τῶν Περσῶν ἐτόξευον καὶ 
Y 4c. > ¥ a ΄ . ΩΣ 
aya ψιλοὶ ὄντες εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων κατεκέκλειντο, οἵ TE 
> ‘ 4 > , a4 ε 5 A wn 
ἀκοντισταὶ βραχύτερα ἠκόντιζον ἢ" ws ἐξικνεῖσθαι τῶν 
σφενδονητῶν ὃ 


1748. 1117. 862,1. δ09, ἃ. 2772. 1τ11|. 899,1. 686. 3 See Introd. 92. 
*954. 1458. G45,n. 566, 8. 5739. 1099. 356. 510, 


4 


n 


9 


ll 


"12 


13 


14 


180 ANABASIS. 


Ἔκ τούτου Ξενοφῶντι ἐδόκει διωκτέον εἶναι" καὶ ἐδίω- 


1 \ - a a 'Κ ‘ 
Kal Tov πελταστῶν οἷ ἔτυχον σὺν 


κον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν 
αὐτῷ ὀπισθοφυλακοῦντες " διώκοντες δὲ οὐδένα κατελάμ- 
βανον τῶν πολεμίων. οὔτε γὰρ ἱππεῖς ἦσαν τοῖς 
Ἕλλησιν οὔτε οἱ πεζοὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐκ πολλοῦ φεύγον- 
τας ἐδύναντο καταλαμβάνειν ἐν ὀλί iw" dd 
s ἐδύνα αταλαμβάνειν ἐν ὀλίγῳ χωρίῳ: πολὺ 
‘ > ear > > A “Ἂν ? ΄ 
γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλλου στρατεύματος διώ- 
ε Ν 4 ε “Ὁ Ν 4 ν δι ἢν 
κειν" οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ φεύγοντες ἅμα ἐτίτρω- 
σκον εἰς τοὔπισθεν τοξεύοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων, ὁπόσον ὃ 
9 lal 
δὲ διώξειαν ὅ οἱ Ἕλληνες, τοσοῦτον πάλιν ἐπαναχωρεῖν 
/ +) 4 A ε , a-. ὦ ὃ ~ > 
μαχομένους ἔδει. ὥστε τῆς ἡμέρας" ὅλης διῆλθον οὐ 
λ 4 , Ν » di 5 > Ν ὃ ’ > ’ 
πλέον πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι σταδίων," ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίκοντο 
εἰς τὰς κώμας. 


Topics for Study. (1) Stems of: βαίνω, φαίνω, ἱκνέομαι, φεύγω. (2) 
Class οὗ: μάχομαι, δοκέω, βούλομαι, μέλω. (3) Words that admit a partitive 
genitive. 


Taught by experience, they equip a body of cavalry and slingers. 


Ἔνθα δὴ πάλιν ἀθυμία ἦν. καὶ Χειρίσοφος καὶ 
ot πρεσβύτατοι τῶν στρατηγῶν Ἐξενοφῶντα ἡἠτιῶντο 
9 307 > Ν Lal ’ Ἀ > 4 > ’ 
ὅτι ἐδίωκεν ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος καὶ αὐτός τε ἐκινδύνευε 
καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδύνατο βλάπτειν. 
> 4 \ “A ¥ ν > “ > “~ Ν 
ἀκούσας δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι ὀρθῶς αἰτιῷντο καὶ 
>" Ν » » al ἐξ 2 > > 4%? » 
αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῖς μαρτυροίη. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγώ," ἔφη, 
“2 4 ὃ 4 > δὴ ces ε A > ”~ Δ 

ἠναγκάσθην διώκειν, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ μένειν 
κακῶς μὲν πάσχοντας, ἀντιποιεῖν δὲ οὐδὲν δυναμένους. 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδιώκομεν, ἀληθῆ, ἔφη, “ ὑμεῖς λέγετε᾽" 

aA 4 Ν A ὑδὲ A ὃ , 6 ‘ 
κακῶς μὲν yap ποιεῖν οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδυνάμεθα τοὺς 
4 Ν ’ wn -“ > 
πολεμίους, ἀνεχωροῦμεν δὲ πάνυ χαλεπῶς. τοῖς οὖν 
θεοῖς χάρις" ὅτι οὐ σὺν πολλῇ ῥώμῃ ἀλλὰ σὺν ὀλίγοις 

1 Οὗ τῶν “EAAjver, 2.2%. 2720. 1062, 338. 538. 3914, B, (2). 1431,2. 625, 
616,0. 759. 1136. 359. 515. 5866 Introd. 95,96. 6 sc. ἔστω. 


BOOK III. CHAP. IIL. 187 


ἦλθον, ware βλάψαι μὲν μὴ μεγάλα, δηλῶσαι δὲ ὧν 
δεόμεθα. νῦν γὰρ οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι τοξεύουσι καὶ σφεν- 15 
δονῶσιν ὅσον οὔτε οἱ Κρῆτες ἀντιτοξεύειν δύνανται 





ASSYRIAN SLINGER. GREEK SLINGER. 


οὔτε οἱ ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες ἐξικνεῖσθαι * ὅταν δὲ αὐτοὺς 

διώκωμεν, πολὺ μὲν οὐχ οἷόν τε χωρίον ἀπὸ τοῦ στρα- 
4 4 > > 7 Ν 50.» > ‘ ¥ ἈΝ 

τεύματος διώκειν, ἐν ὀλίγῳ δὲ οὐδ᾽ εἰ ταχὺς εἴη πεζὸς 
Ν “Δ Ψ ’ > er 

πεζὸν ἂν διώκων καταλαμβάνοι ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος. 


Topics for Study. (1) Name the postpositives. (2) What kind of a 
clause is introduced by ὅταν, ἐπάν 1 by ἤν or ἐάν! (3) Howis the parenthetic 
‘said he’ expressed? (4) How is the infinitive affected by the article ? 


aA ν 

“ Ἡμεῖς οὖν εἰ μέλλοιμεν τούτους εἴργειν ὦστε μὴ 16 
δύνασθαι βλάπτειν ἡμᾶς πορευομένους, σφενδονητῶν 
\ ΄, ὃ a .are 4 > , δ᾽ ἫΝ 3 φ- 
τὴν ταχίστην δεῖ καὶ ἱππέων. ἀκούω δ᾽ εἶναι ἐν τῷ 
στρατεύματι ἡμῶν Ῥοδίους, ὧν τοὺς πολλούς φασιν 
ἐπίστασθαι σφενδονᾶν, καὶ τὸ βέλος αὐτῶν καὶ διπλά- 
σιον φέρεσθαι τῶν Περσικῶν σφενδονῶν. ἐκεῖναι γὰρ 11 


3719, Ὁ. 1060. 886. 540. 2720. 1062. 338. 538. 58 Ἰδῦ, 8. 1154. See Introd. 
65-7. Cf 863. 517. 


18 


19 


20 


188 ANABASIS. 


διὰ τὸ χειροπληθέσι τοῖς λίθοις σφενδονᾶν ἐπὶ βραχὺ 
ἐξικνοῦνται, οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι καὶ ταῖς μολυβδίσιν ἐπίσταν- 
A 0 Ἅ > Ae > , θ ΄ 
Tat χρησῦαιι ἣν οὖν αὑτων ἐπισκεψώμεθα τίνες 
Ν 4 x A ; 
πέπανται σφενδόνας, καὶ τούτων" μὲν δῶμεν ἀργύριον, 
a Ν ¥ ΄ , ¥ - 
τῷ δὲ ἄλλας πλέκειν ἐθέλοντι ἄλλο ἀργύριον τελῶμεν, 
Ἀ a -“ > “~ , 5»52 7 ¥ 
καὶ τῷ σφενδονᾶν ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ ἐθέλοντι ἄλλην 
τινὰ ἀτέλειαν εὑρίσκωμεν, ἴσως τινὲς φανοῦνται ἱκα- 
Ἁ ε al > “Ὁ ε “ ἂν »” 3 ΄“ 
νοὶ ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖν. ὁρῶ δὲ ἵππους ὄντας ἐν τῷ στρα- 
Ν -“ 
τεύματι, TOUS μέν τινας παρ᾽ ἐμοί, τοὺς δὲ τῶν ὃ 
’ 
Κλεάρχου καταλελειμμένους, πολλοὺς - δὲ καὶ ἄλλους 
αἰχμαλώτους σκευοφοροῦντας. ἂν οὖν τούτους πάντας 
3 ΄ , Q δ \ y 
ἐκλέξαντες σκευοφόρα μὲν ἀντιδῶμεν, τοὺς Se ἵππους 
εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν, ἴσως καὶ οὗτοϊ τι τοὺς 
φεύγοντας ἀνιάσουσιν.᾽ 
"ES ‘ lal ‘ 4 A Ν ὃ 
οἕε καὶ ταῦτα. καὶ ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς σῴφενδο 
A Ν “ 
νῆται μὲν eis διακοσίους ἐγένοντο, ἵπποι δὲ καὶ ἱππεῖς 
“~ ε ’ὔ » ’ Ἀ 
ἐδοκιμάσθησαν τῃ ὑστεραίᾳ εἰς πεντήκοντα, καὶ σπολάδες 
καὶ θώρακες αὐτοῖς ἐπορίσθησαν, καὶ ἵππαρχος ἐπε- 
στάθη Λύκιος 6 Πολυστράτου" ᾿Αθηναῖος. 


Topics for Study. (1) The character of the Rhodians. (2) Price. 
(3) The thing bargained for,—case of. (4) Armor of cavalry, Introd. 68. 
(5) Idiom for ‘the son of.’ 


Attacked next day, they charge and put the enemy to flight. 
“ ἊΝ 
IV. Μείναντες δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν τῇ ἄλλῃ ἐπο- 
AN 
pevovto mpwaitepov' ἀναστάντες " χαράδραν yap ἔδει αὐ- 
τοὺς διαβῆναι ἐφ᾽ ἧ ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ ἐπιθοῖντο" αὐτοῖς ἣ 
“Ὁ ’ 
διαβαίνουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι. διαβεβηκόσι δὲ αὐτοῖς πάλιν 
’ ε ? » ε ᾿ ’ , 
φαίνεται ὁ Μιθραδάτης, ἔχων ἱππέας χιλίους, τοξότας 
Ν 4 ‘ 
δὲ καὶ σφενδονήτας εἰς τετρακισχιλίους " τοσούτους yap 
1 After tives. ΟΥ̓́͵, 733 anda. 356. δύδ.κ. 3460... 1138. B53. 518. 8 se, 
ἵππων. *719,b. 1060. 336. 540. 5730,a. 953. 348, κ. 507, ἃ. 6 = τῇ ὕστε- 


pata. 7649,0. 426.1. 566, 2. 8887. 1378. 6594. 610, 611. 9775. 1179. 
594. 525. 


BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 189 


ἤτησε' Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ ἔλαβεν ὑποσχόμενος, ἂν 
τούτους λάβῃ, παραδώσειν αὐτῷ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, κατα- 
φ ΄ 3 9 3 a , θ λὰ te + 
povyoas,® ὅτι ἐν τῇ πρόσθεν προσβολῇ ὀλίγους ἔχων 
¥ x ὑδέ Ν δὲ SS δ᾽ : A > ‘ 
ἔπαθε μὲν οὐδέν, πολλὰ δὲ κακὰ ἐνόμιζε ποιῆσαι. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες διαβεβηκότες ἀπεῖχον τῆς χαράδρας 
ὅσον ὀκτὼ σταδίους, διέβαινε καὶ ὁ Μιθραδάτης ἔχων 
ὴν δύ ήγγελτο δὲ τῶ λ ὧν ἢ οὖς ἔδ 
τὴν δύναμιν. παρήγγελτο δὲ τῶν πελταστῶν " οὖς ἔδει 
διώκειν καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴρητο 
aA “ ’ 
θαρροῦσι" διώκειν ὡς ἐφεψομένης ἱκανῆς δυνάμεως.ἷ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Μιθραδάτης κατειλήφει, καὶ ἤδη σφενδόναι 
lal ΄ a 7 “A 
καὶ τοξεύματα ἐξικνοῦντο, ἐσήμηνε τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῇ 
Ν »2λ », ἀ 2 e ¥ 8 
σάλπιγγι, Kal εὐθὺς ἔθεον ὁμόσε οἷς εἴρητο 
ἱππεῖς ἤλαυνον" οἱ δὲ" οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευγον ἐπὶ 
τὴν χαράδραν. ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ διώξει τοῖς βαρβάροις 
τῶν τε πεζῶν ἀπέθανον πολλοὶ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐν τῇ 
χαράδρᾳ twot ἐλήφθησαν εἰς ὀκτωκαίδεκα. τοὺς δὲ 
ἀποθανόντας αὐτοκέλευστοι οἱ Ἕλληνες ἠκίσαντο, ὡς ὅτι 
φοβερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις εἴη ὁρᾶν. Kat οἱ μὲν 
πολέμιοι οὕτω πράξαντες ἀπῆλθον, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἀσφα- 
λῶς πορευόμενοι τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ 


\ ε 
καὶ οἱ 


Ν / ’ 
τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμὸν. 


Topics for Study. (1) The Greek for ‘the next day.’ (2) Comparison 
of πρῴ. (3) Words meaning ‘about’ with numerals. (4) First aorist of paiva, 
onuaivw (5) Treatment of the dead among the Greeks, Introd. 102. 


They pass the ruins of ancient Calah and Nineveh. 

3 a ΄ “2 yet , ” > eh Eee 

Ἐνταῦθα πόλις ἦν ἐρήμη μεγάλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ nv 

’ » > \ Ν “A a 
Λάρισσα" ᾧκουν δ᾽ αὐτὴν τὸ παλαιὸν Μῆδοι. τοῦ δὲ 

’ t Sea te Ἂς > / Ἁ ἊΨ , ν 
τείχους αὐτῆς ἢν τὸ εὖρος πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι πόδες, ὕψος 

1794. 1069. 340. 535. 2948, a. 1286. 549,2. 577, a. 8 56, αὐτῶν. 488 in 
1.8%  5729,c. 1085,7. 855. 506,2. %969,0. 1668,8. 6ὅ8,8. 588. 7971, ἃ. 


1563, 2: 1568. 657,1. 590. 8 Cf. οἷς προσετάχθη, 1.619, 91,6. οἱ πολέμιοι. 10 767. 
1165, 378. 638. "952. 1526. 641. 565. 


1 


12 


190 ANABASIS. 


δ᾽ ἑκατόν" τοῦ δὲ κύκλου 7 περίοδος δύο παρασάγγαι" 
3 ΄ Ν ΄, ΓΤ 3. τὰ 1 
φὠκοδόμητο δὲ πλίνθοις Kepapeats* κρηπὶς δ᾽ ὑπῆν λιθίνη 
αι. ΜΝ ¥ δῶ 4 4 & Ν ε A 9 
τὸ ὕψος εἴκοσι ποδῶν. ταύτην βασιλεὺς ὁ Περσῶν ὅτε 
Ἀ “ὃ ἈΝ >. SX > 4 ’ nw 3 
παρὰ Μήδων τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐλάμβανον Πέρσαι πολιορκῶν 
οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ ἐδύνατο ἑλεῖν " ἥλιον ὁ δὲ νεφέλη προκαλύ- 
5 ’ 7 56 2¢7 < » ἈΝ ν 
ψασα ἠφάνισε μέχριδ ἐξέλιπον οἵ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ οὕτως 
ε»,; 6 Ν 7 4 Ἀ 4 - , A 
ἑάλω. capa’ ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἣν πυραμὶς λιθίνη, τὸ 
μὲν εὖρος ἑνὸς πλέθρου, τὸ δὲ ὕψος δύο πλέθρων. ἐπὶ 
΄ ν a ΄ = > A , 
ταύτης πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν πλησίον 
κωμῶν πεφευγότες. 
> A“ > > , Ν 7 , 
Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 
a Ν a“ ¥ , , Ἢ » ἈΝ 
ἐξ πρὸς τεῖχος ἔρημον μέγα [κείμενον] ὄνομα δὲ ἣν 
τῇ πόλει Μέσπιλα: Μῆδοι δ᾽ αὐτήν ποτε ᾧκουν. ἦν 
δὲ ἡ μὲν κρηπὶς λίθου" ξεστοῦ κογχυλιάτου, τὸ εὖρος 
᾽’ ΄- Ἁ Ν ν ’, 2..." Ν 
πεντήκοντα ποδῶν καὶ τὸ ὕψος πεντήκοντα. ἐπὶ δὲ 
ταύτῃ " ἔπῳκοδόμητο "ἡ πλίνθινον τεῖχος, τὸ μὲν εὖρος 
, δῶ Ν δὲ ν ε eee A δὲ , 
πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, TO δὲ ὕψος ἑκατόν" τοῦ δὲ τείχους 
ε tA ὃ a 4 > vO λ , “ὃ 
ἡ περίοδος ἐξ παρασάγγαι. ἐνταῦθα λέγεται Μήδεια 
A , a“ 9 > 7 A > Ν 
γυνὴ βασιλέως καταφυγεῖν ὅτε ἀπώλλυσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν 
ε A ΄“ ΄“ 4 \ A , nn 
ὑπὸ Περσῶν Μῆδοι. ταύτην δὲ τὴν πόλιν πολιορκῶν 
ὁ Περσῶν βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὔτε χρόνῳ ᾿' ἑλεῖν ᾿ἢ 
οὔτε βίᾳ: Ζεὺς δὲ βροντῇ κατέπληξε τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας, ἢ 
καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. 
Topics for Study. (1) Larissa. (2) Two ways of translating ‘in 
width.’ (3) Order of numerals connected by ‘and,’ 291,b. 382. 153. 190. 
(4) The ending -cvos. (5) Cf. parts of ἁλίσκομαι and ἀναλίσκω. (6) Synopsis 


of ἥλων. (7) Mespila. (8) Material. (9) κεῖμαι, ἁλίσκομαι, used as pass. 
to what verbs? (10) Is ἑλεῖν (δ 12) in direct or indirect discourse ? 


1566. 852. 288,2. 426. 2729, ἃ. 1085,5. B52. 506, a. 3969, a. 1563, 3. 
653,2. 588. * 659, a. 5922. 1464. 619. 631. 6489 and 13. 7991. 729. 
869,0. Cf. ἦν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη, 1.2%, *® 7325, 1094,4. 8359. κ. 5 ΟΥ̓ ἐπὶ ταύτης, 
§9% 581. 892,2. 298, κ. 437-8. 776. 1181. 887. 526,a 3861, 948. 
1212, 1519. 539,638. 563. 966. 1560. 650.1. 682, 


BOOK ΠῚ. CHAP. IV. 191 


Protected by Rhodian slingers, they reach certain villages. 


᾽ A ~~ 2 , Ν ν , 

Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 
τέτταρας. εἰς τοῦτον δὲ τὸν σταθμὸν Τισσαφέρνης 
3 ΄ ν 2X ε ees eee ¥ 2 ‘ \ 
ἐπεφάνη, οὖς τε αὐτὸς ἱππέας ἦλθεν ἔχων" καὶ τὴν 
3 , 3 , A ‘ , , » 2 
Ορόντα δύναμιν τοῦ τὴν βασιλέως θυγατέρα ἔχοντος 

\ a A ν per aa , 1 ν aoe 
Kat ovs Κῦρος ἔχων“ ἀνέβη βαρβάρους" Kat ovs ὃ 

‘ 
βασιλέως ἀδελφὸς ἔχων" βασιλεῖ ἐβοήθει, καὶ πρὸς 

, ψ δ > An ¢ ὰ ὃς , 
τούτοις ὅσους βασιλεὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ, wote* τὸ στρά- 

, 3 , > Ν 3 > ‘ oe Ν 
τευμα πάμπολυ ἐφάνη. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένετο, τὰς 
μὲν τῶν τάξεων ὄπισθεν καταστήσας, τὰς δὲ εἰς τὰ 

, Ν 3 a Ν 3 3. 9 > δ᾽ 
πλάγια παραγαγὼν ἐμβαλεῖν μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν οὐ 
ἐβούλετο διακινδυνεύειν, σφενδονᾶν δὲ παρήγγειλε καὶ 
τοξεύειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ διαταχθέντες οἱ Ῥόδιοι ἐσφενδόνησαν 

Ἀ ε 4 / > ’ Ν > \ ε ’ 
καὶ οἱ [Σκύθαι] τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν 
3 ὃ γ΄ δ ὑδὲ m > , θ A ε (ὃ 3 
ἀνδρός, οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰ πάνυ προυθυμεῖτο ῥάδιον ἦν, 

Ν ε ’ 4, ’ » “A > ’ 
καὶ ὁ Τισσαφέρνης μάλα ταχέως ἔξω βελῶν ἀπεχώρει 

Ν ε ¥\ > 4 > 4 Ν Ν Ν “A 
καὶ [at] ἄλλαι τάξεις ἀπεχώρησαν. καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς 
ἡμέρας οἱ μὲν ἐπορεύοντο, οἱ δ᾽ εἵποντο" καὶ οὐκέτι 
» 7 e , ΩΝ ὔ͵ ’ 
ἐσίνοντο οἱ βάρβαροι τῇ τότε ἀκροβολίσει᾿ μακρότερον 

Ν ν ε “ὃ “Ὁ A > ’ ‘ “A 
yap ot τε Ῥόδιοι τῶν Περσῶν ἐσφενδόνων καὶ τῶν 
τοξοτῶν... 

Μεγάλα δὲ καὶ τὰ τόξα τὰ Περσικά ἐστιν" wore 
χρήσιμα ἦν, ὁπόσα ἁλίσκοιτο τῶν τοξευμάτων, τοῖς 
Κρησί, καὶ διετέλουν χρώμενοι τοῖς τῶν πολεμίων 

’ “6 , , ¥ e? δὲ 
τοξεύμασι, καὶ ἐμελέτων τοξεύειν ἄνω ἱέντες μακράν. 
εὑρίσκετο δὲ καὶ νεῦρα πολλὰ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ 

a A 
μόλυβδος, wore χρῆσθαι εἰς τὰς σφενδόνας. 
1995. 1081. 485. 613,c. 2968.b. 1565. 658, κ. 8. 688. ἃ (ὁπ). 58.146, Ὁ. 


188, 8. 75, 6. 4927. 1450. 595. 689, ἃ. 5739. 1099. 356. 610, ἃ. 6 767. 
1165, 1174. 378. 523. 7720. 1062. 338. 538. 8 50. τούτοις. 


13 


14 


17 


18 


20 


2i 


192 ANABASIS. 


K a , 4 a e¢ , > Ν ὃ ᾿ ε 
αἱ ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπεὶ κατεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ 
Ἕλληνες κώ 3 ὄντες, ἀπῆλθον ot βάρβ 
ἄλληνες κώμαις ἐπιτυχόντες, ἀπῆλθον οἱ βάρβαροι 
μεῖον ἔχοντες τῇ ἀκροβολίσει" τὴν δ᾽ ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέ 
» e °F Ν 5» , - > κ 
ραν ἔμειναν ot Ἕλληνες καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο ἦν γὰρ 
πολὺς σῖτος ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύ- 
Ν lal 4 ‘ ? 9 
ovTo διὰ τοῦ πεδίου, Kal Τισσαφέρνης εἵπετο ἀκροβολι- 
ζόμενος. 
Topics for Study. (1) Ηον is the second aorist known? (9) Of what 
were Greek bows and arrows made? See Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antigui- 


ties. (3) Position of Crete and character of its civilization. (4) Ancient 
slingers. See Dictionary of Bible, Layard’s Nineveh; Wilkinson’s works op 


Egypt. 


To serve in emergencies, they form an escort of six companies. 


Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔγνωσαν ᾿ πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευρον 
ὅτι πονηρὰ τάξις εἴη πολεμίων ἑπομένων. ἀνάγκη γάρ. 
ἐστιν, nv? μὲν συγκύπτῃ τὰ κέρατα τοῦ πλαισίου ἢ 
ε a ’ ¥ 4 x > , > ’ x 7 
ὁδοῦ στενοτέρας οὔσης ἢ ὀρέων ἀναγκαζόντων ἢ γεφύ- 

Ν ε ’ ἈΝ , 2 
pas, ἐκθλίβεσθαι τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ πορεύεσθαι πονήρως 
ν 
ἅμα μὲν πιεζομένους, ἅμα δὲ καὶ ταραττομένους, ὥστε 
, ΜΗ > 
δυσχρήστους εἶναι [ἀνάγκη ] ἀτάκτους ὄντας" ὅταν ὃ 
αὖ διάσχῃ τὰ κέρατα, ἀνάγκη διασπᾶσθαι τοὺς τότε 
> ’ Ν Ν ’ Ν ’ “ ’ 
ἐκθλιβομένους καὶ κενὸν γίγνεσθαι τὸ μέσον τῶν κερά- 
A ἴω , ε , 
των, καὶ ἀθυμεῖν τοὺς ταῦτα πάσχοντας πολεμίων ἑπομέ- 
ΕῚ ἊΝ Ν 
νων. καὶ ὁπότε δέοι γέφυραν διαβαίνειν ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ 
’ “ 
διάβασιν, ἔσπευδεν ἕκαστος βουλόμενος φθάσαι πρῶ- 
τος" καὶ εὐεπίθετον ἦν ἐνταῦθα τοῖς πολεμίοις. | 
a a 
"Emel δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἔγνωσαν οἱ στρατηγοί, ἐποίησαν ἕξ 
λόχους ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν ἄνδρας, καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπέστησαν 
ΕῚ 
καὶ ἄλλους πεντηκοντῆρας καὶ ἄλλους ἐνωμοτάρχους. 
Ν 
οὗτοι δὲ πορευόμενοι ὁπότε μὲν συγκύπτοι τὰ κέρατα 


.841. 1260. 529. 464. 3894, 5.1. 1393,1. 609. 660. %= αἱ πλευραί, οἵ, § 38. 
See Introd. 108. 4971, ἃ. 1563,2; 1568. G57,1. 570. ὅ 80. ἦν. 


BOOK III. CHAP. IV. 193 


ὑπέμενον ὕστεροι [ot Aoyayot |, ὥστε μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν Tots 


“ 4 ’ 
κέρασι, τότε δὲ παρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων. ὁπότε 29 


Ν ’ ε Ἁ ‘al 4 b 7 a 
δὲ διάσχοιεν ai πλευραὶ τοῦ πλαισίου, τὸ μέσον ἂν 

ἈΝ rad 4 
ἐξεπίμπλασαν, εἰ μὲν στενότερον εἴη τὸ διέχον, κατὰ 


















































εἰ... στενότερον, κατὰ λόχους. 










































































f εἰ... πλατύτερον, κατὰ πεντηκοντῦς. 



































sa} tn ΠῚ 


€, €, κέρατα, πλευραΐ, | | 
SF, τό μέσον, τὸ διέχον. et... πάνυ πλατύ, κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας. 























’ ’ 
λόχους, εἰ δὲ πλατύτερον, κατὰ πεντηκοστῦς, εἰ δὲ πάνυ 
r Naik 7 -” 

πλατύ, Kat évopotias* ὥστε del ἔκπλεων εἶναι TO μέσον. 
εἰ δὲ καὶ διαβαίνειν τινὰ δέοι διάβασιν ἢ γέφυραν, οὐκ 
2 , 3 τον" a , ε \ , 5 
ἐταράττοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ μέρει οἱ λοχαγοὶ διέβαινον 

Ν ¥ 2 ὃ , 3 “ , > - - 
καὶ εἰ που" δέοι TL” τῆς φάλαγγος, ἐπιπαρῇσαν οὗτοι. 
τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τέτταρας. 

Topics for Study. (1) The Anabasis as a contribution to military his- 
tory. Introd. 11, 103,(3). (3) The organization of a Greek military company. 


Introd. 56, 57,75. (3) The relative positions of soldiers when in battle array. 
Introd. 76. (4) Marching order. Introd. 77. 


1764,2. 1159. 376. 520,a. 3 1δὴ. 1148. 360. 518,b. *%719,b. 1060. 336. 
540. 
Η. ἃ W. ANAB, —13 


23 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


194 ANABASIS. 


Reaching the hills, they find them occupied by the enemy. 


Ἡνίκα δὲ τὸν πέμπτον ἐπορεύοντο, εἶδον βασίλειόν 
A A > Ἂ ’ Ν᾿ 4 Ἁ Ν ε Ν Ἀ Ν 
τι καὶ περὶ αὐτὸ κώμας πολλάς, τὴν δὲ ὁδὸν πρὸς τὸ 
χωρίον τοῦτο διὰ γηλόφων ὑψηλῶν γιγνομένην, ot καθῆ- 
5 ἈΝ nw »” ε ᾽ Φ > ε ’ ἈΝ 78 Ν 
κον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους ὑφ᾽ ᾧ ἣν ἡ κώμη. καὶ εἶδον μὲν 
Ἀ la ¥ et ε 3 , a 
τοὺς λόφους ἄσμενοι ot Ἕλληνες, ὡς εἰκός, τῶν πολε- 
μίων ὄντων ἱππέων" ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου 
» 4 aS A “~ ’ ‘ 4 
ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πρῶτον γήλοφον καὶ κατέβαινον, 
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀναβαίνειν, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιγίγνονται οἱ 
βάρβαροι καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑψηλοῦ εἰς τὸ πρανὲς ἔβαλλον, 
3 4 } τὰ ε Ν Ν Ν + Re 
ἐσφενδόνων, ἐτόξευον ὑπὸ μαστίγων, καὶ πολλοὺς ἐτί- 
τρωσκον καὶ ἐκράτησαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων γυμνήτων᾽' καὶ 
κατέκλεισαν αὐτοὺς εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων ὥστε πωντάπασι 
ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν ἄχρηστοι ἦσαν ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄντες 
Ἁ ε ὃ “~ ‘\ ε ’; 5 Ἀ δὲ ’ 
καὶ οἱ σφενδονῆται καὶ οἱ τοξόται. ἐπεὶ δὲ πιεζόμενοι 
ε ° > 4 4 “ A ae A 
ot Ἕλληνες ἐπεχείρησαν διώκειν, σχολῇ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ 
ἂν > “ ε a m” ε Ν . , x 
ἄκρον ἀφικνοῦνται ὁπλῖται ὄντες, οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ταχὺ 
ἀπεττήδων. 
¥ 4 
Πάλιν δὲ ὁπότε ἀπίοιεν πρὸς τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα 
> Ν » Ἀ Ὁ ἴω 7 , > Ν 
ταὐτὰ ἔπασχον, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ δευτέρου γηλόφου ταὐτὰ 
ἘᾺΝ ν φι A ,ὕ δ, ’, 25 > “ 
ἐγίγνετο, ὦστε ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτου γηλόφου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς 
μὴ κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας πρὶν ἀπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς πλευρᾶς 
Ἀ 
τοῦ πλαισίου ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. ἐπεὶ 
δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑπομένων πολεμίων, οὐκέτι 
> 4 e ta ~ 4 ὃ ὃ ’ἅ 
ἐπετίθεντε οἱ πολέμιοι τοῖς καταβαίνουσι, δεδοικότες 
‘ > θ , ‘ > ΄ θ εν, ? 
μὴ ἀποτμηθείησαν καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν aitrav® γένοιντο 
οἱ πολέμιοι. οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας πορευόμενοι; 
ε Η ὃ. δῦ . . , © δὲ ae tig 
οἱ μὲν τῇ ὁδῷ" κατὰ τοὺς γηλόφους, οἱ δὲ κατὰ TO 
1γ41. 1109. 8356. 610,c. 295%. 1148. 860 618, Ὁ. 5 οἱ Ἕλληνες. * 116. 
1181, 389. 5656, Ὁ. 


BOOK II. CHAP. IV. 195 


" 3 , 247 > . , P OR N 

ὅρος ἐπιπαριόντες, ἀφίκοντο εἰς Tas κώμας" Kal ἰατροὺς 
, > 

κατέστησαν ὀκτώ" πολλοὶ yap ἦσαν οἱ τετρωμένοι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Compare ἡνίκα and éwei. (2) Result: how ex- 
pressed ὁ (3) Translate ταὐτά, ταῦτα, αὑτά. (4) Verbs of ruling. (5) 
Practice of medicine among the Greeks, Dictionary of Greek and Roman An- 
tiquities, subject Medicina. 


3 a ¥ e , a 8 A 2 

Ενταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς Kal τῶν τετρωμένων 
΄ > \ ν > / ἈΝ > ¥ > 
ἕνεκα καὶ ἅμα ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ εἶχον, ἄλευρα, οἶνον, 
κριθὰς ἵπποις' συμβεβλημένας πολλάς. ταῦτα δὲ συν- 
ενηνεγμένα ἣν τῷ σατραπεύοντι" τῆς χώρας. τετάρτῃ 
δ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ καταβαίνουσιν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέλαβεν αὐτοὺς Τισσαφέρνης σὺν τῇ 
δυνάμει, ἐδίδαξεν αὐτοὺς ἡ ἀνάγκη κατασκηνῆσαι οὗ 
πρῶτον εἶδον κώμην καὶ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἔτι μαχομένους" 

Ν Ν > ε ν / Ν e 
πολλοὶ yap ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόμαχοι, [ot τε] τετρωμένοι Kal οἵ 
3 ’ , Ἀ ε “A ’ Ν 9 , 
ἐκείνους φέροντες καὶ ol τῶν φερόντων τὰ ὅπλα δεξά- 
μενοι. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεσκήνησαν καὶ ἐπεχείρησαν αὐτοῖς ὃ 
ἀκροβολίζεσθαι οἱ βάρβαροι πρὸς τὴν κώμην προσιόν- 
τες, πολὺ περιῆσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες" πολὺ γὰρ διέφερεν 
> “a eal an 
ἐκ χώρας ὁρμῶντας ἀλέξασθαι ἢ πορευομένους ἐπιοῦσι 
τοῖς πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι. 

ε > 4 » o . 

Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἤδη δείλη, ὥρα ἦν ἀπιέναι Tots πολε- 

᾿ὕ ᾿᾿ Ν a » 
plots οὕποτε γὰρ jetov* ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο οἱ βάρ- 

ἴω c Lal 
Bapo τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, φοβούμενοι 

Ν “ 7 A “ 
μὴ τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐπιθῶνται αὐτοῖς. πονηρὸν 

‘ 
yap νυκτός ἐστι στράτευμα Περσικόν" οἵ τε yap ἵπποι 

> ΑΝ : ‘ ΄ 
αὐτοῖς " δέδενται καί, ws® ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, πεποδισμένοι εἰσὶ 

“A Ν 
τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν ἕνεκα εἰ λυθείησαν, ἐάν τέ τις θόρυβος 

, ae 
γίγνηται, Set ἐπισάξαι τὸν ἵππον Πέρσῃ ἀνδρὶ καὶ 

1767. 1165. 878. 523. 2 "767, 1165 or 769, 1186. 380. 524,b, or 378. 529. 


S772. 1175. 392,1. 5265. #755. 1153. See Introd. 32. 363. 517. 5767. 1170, 
B78. 523. ¢0f3.1% 1959. 1546. See Introd. 32, 639. 575. 


3h 


32 


35 


36 


37 


38 


39 


196 ANABASIS. 


aA ~ Ἀ ΄ ~ } 
χαλινῶσαι, Set καὶ θωρακισθέντα ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν 
΄ A $2 , .1 - \ , 
ἵππον. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα χαλεπὰ νύκτωρ καὶ θορύβου 
- > , 4: 
ὄντος. τούτου ἕνεκα πόρρω ἀπεσκήνουν τῶν Ἑλλήνων. 
Topics for Study. (1) Case of subject of infinitive following δεῖ, χρή, 


ἀνάγκη. (2) Position of and case after ἕνεκα. (3) Did the Greeks and Per- 
sians use saddles? Introd. 68. (4) The ending -wp in νύκτωρ. See Lexicon. 


Overtaken by Tissaphernes ; Xenophon volunteers to lead a force 
against the enemy who are commanding the road. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐγίγνωσκον αὐτοὺς οἱ Ἕλληνες βουλομένους 
> 4 A - > 7 ~ σ. 
ἀπιέναι. καὶ διαγγελλομένους, ἐκήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι 
συσκευάζεσθαι ἀκουόντων τῶν πολεμίων. καὶ χρόνον 
μέν τινα ἐπέσχον τῆς πορείας οἱ βάρβαροι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
> A > ΓΔ 5 Ὁ) Ἢ > Ν 25 ᾽ὔ λ 4 5» ‘ 
ὀψὲ ἐγίγνετο, ἀπῇσαν" οὐ yap ἐδόκει λύειν αὐτοὺς 
νυκτὸς πορεύεσθαι καὶ κατάγεσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ σαφῶς ἀπιόντας ἤδη ἑώρων οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
> 4 A 5» Ν " κ ὃ aA θ ΄ 
ἐπορεύοντο καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀναζεύξαντες καὶ διῆλθον ὅσον 
ε 4 4 A 7 nw ‘ “A 
ἑξήκοντα σταδίους. Kal γίγνεται τοσοῦτον μεταξὺ τῶν 
στρατευμάτων wore τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἱ 
, > A “~ 7 ~ A x 
πολέμιοι οὐδὲ τῇ τρίτῃ, TH δὲ τετάρτῃ νυκτὸς προεὰ- 
θόντες καταλαμβάνουσι χωρίον ὑπερδέξιον οἱ βάρβαροι, 
ἧ ἔμελλον οἱ Ἕλληνες παριέναι, ἀκρωνυχίαν" ὄρους, ὑφ᾽ 
ἣν ἡ κατάβασις ἦν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἑώρα 
Χειρίσοφος προκατειλημμένην τὴν ἀκρωνυχίαν, καλεῖ 
lal > A “ nts δὲ Ἀ 4 , Ν 
Ξενοφῶντα ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς καὶ κελεύει λαβόντα τοὺς 
Ν ia > Ν ’ ε A 
πελταστὰς παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν. ὁ δὲ Eevo- 
dav τοὺς μὲν πελταστὰς οὐκ ἦγεν" ἐπιφαινόμενον 
Ν er , \ \ ΄ ΟΝ 2% 
yap ἑώρα Τισσαφέρνην καὶ τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν" αὐτὸς 
δὲ προσελάσας ἠρώτα “Ti καλεῖς ;᾿ ὁ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ, 
“cr” ca ; , Ν e a ge δ, ~ 
Efeorw ὁρᾶν" προκατείληπται yap ἡμῖν" ὁ ὑπὲρ τῆς 


1 8ρ, ἐστίν. 7623. 911. 817. 502, 567. 1165. 378. 523. 


.-- 


BOOK ΠῚ. CHAP. IV. 197 


καταβάσεως λόφος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι παρελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ τού- 
τους ἀποκόψομεν. ἀλλὰ τί οὐκ ἦγες τοὺς πελταστάς ;”” 
ὁ δὲ λέγει ὅτι οὐκ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἔρημα καταλιπεῖν τὰ 
ὄπισθεν" πολεμίων ἐπιφαινομένων. “᾿Αλλὰ μὴν wpa 
γ᾽, ἔφη, “ βουλεύεσθαι πῶς τις τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀπελᾷ ἀπὸ 
τοῦ λόφου. 

Topics for Study. (1) When is ὥστε followed by the indicative? (2) 


What infinitive usually follows μέλλω (3) Reduplication of λαμβάνω. (4) 
‘It is possible,’ — translate in two ways. (5) Inflect future indicative of ἐλαύνω 


> ἴω “A ε “ “Ὁ 3, Ἀ a ε A 
Ἐνταῦθα Ἐενοφῶν ὁρᾷ τοῦ ὄρους τὴν κορυφὴν ὑπὲρ 
“ “ A > Ν 4 
αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑαυτῶν στρατεύματος οὖσαν, Kal ἀπὸ ταύτης 
Ν 
ἔφοδον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον ἔνθα ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ λέγει, 
“ ν ε ’ Ἂ 
“ἐ Κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἵεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα ἐπὶ 
τὸ ἄκρον" ἢν γὰρ τοῦτο λάβωμεν, οὐ δυνήσονται μένειν 
οἱ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ. ἀλλά, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρα- 
τεύματι, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι" εἰ δὲ χρύζεις, πο- 
ρεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ αὐτοῦ. “᾿Αλλὰ δίδωμί 
σοι," ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, ““ὁπότερον βούλει ἑλέσθαι." 
ot A ε lal 4 , , > Gch , 
εἰπὼν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ὅτι νεώτερός ἐστιν αἱρεῖται πορεύ- 
, ld εῷ id δὼ, A 
εσθαι, κελεύει δέ οἱ" συμπέμψαι ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος 
» ὃ is Ν 8 Ν > Φ Pee." A 9. A lal Ν 
ἄνδρας" μακρὸν“ γὰρ ἣν ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς λαβεῖν. καὶ 
ὁ Χειρίσοφος συμπέμπει τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος πεὰ- 
’ ¥ Ν Ν 4 , “Ὁ ,’ 
ταστάς, ἔλαβε δὲ τοὺς κατὰ μέσον τοῦ πλαισίου. 
συνέπεσθαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς τριακοσίους 
οὗς αὐτὸς εἶχε τῶν ἐπιλέκτων ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι τοῦ 
πλαισίου. 


Topics for Study. (1) Conclusions admissible after a condition of the 
first form. (2) ἀλλά ἴπ replies. (3) αὐτοῦ, ποῦ, ὅπου, ὁμοῦ, ob. (4) Meaning 
of aipéw, αἱροῦμαι ; πείθω, πείθομαι ; παύω, παύομαι; ἔχω, ἔχομαι. (5) Is the in- 
finitive after δοκεῖ, seems good, in indirect discourse? (6) στόμα, οὐρά. See 
fntrod. 74. 


186. μέρην 2685. 987. 272. 197. 3 642. =729,e 1085,7. 356. 
506, ἃ. ᾽ 


41 


42 


45 


46 


47 


49 


198 ANABASIS. 


Xenophon dislodges the enemy. 
᾽ 0θ 5 ? ε 25 , , e , 
Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. οἱ ὃ 
ΡῈ A , / € ἘΝ Ν ως 
ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου πολέμιοι ὡς ἐνόησαν αὐτῶν τὴν πορείαν 
δῷ ‘ ¥ > Ν Ν > Ἁ ν ε an 
ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, εὐθὺς καὶ αὐτοὺ ὥρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶ- 
> N Ν ¥ Ἀ 5 “ Ν A Ν 
σθαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον. καὶ ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ μὲν κραυγὴ 
> na ¢ A i a 
Hv τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ στρατεύματος διακελευομένων ἦ τοῖς 5 
ε A Ν δὲ Ν aA 3 Ν 7 
ἑαυτῶν, πολλὴ δὲ κραυγὴ τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην 
A ε lal 4 A \ 4 
τοῖς ἑαυτῶν διακελευομένων. Hevoddv δὲ παρελαύνων 
δι a“ y 4 ocr A : 3, Ν 
ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου παρεκελεύετο, ““Avdpes, νῦν ἐπὶ τὴν 
ε ΄ΝῸΝ ἮΝ 
Ἑλλάδα νομίζετε ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, νῦν πρὸς τοὺς παῖδας 
καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, νῦν ὀλίγον πονήσαντες ἀμαχεὶ τὴν 
λοιπὴν ὃ πορευσόμεθα. Σωτηρίδας δὲ ὁ Σικυώνιος 
εἶπεν, “ Οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἐσμέν" σὺ μὲν γὰρ 
ἐφ᾽ ἵππου ὀχεῖ, ἐγὼ δὲ χαλεπῶς κάμνω τὴν ἀσπίδα 
φέρων. καὶ ὃς" ἀκούσας ταῦτα καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ 
aA ¢ “Οὐ ik ya. 3 a , Ν N > , 
τοῦ ἵππου ὠθεῖται αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς τάξεως καὶ τὴν ἀσπίδα 
> , ε 290 7 , ¥ 3 ’ 2-6 
ἀφελόμενος ws ἐδύνατο τάχιστα ἔχων ἐπορεύετο" ἐτύγ- 
\ ‘ , ¥ x ε Wye al ΘᾺ OTs sy 
χανε δὲ καὶ θώρακα ἔχων τὸν ἱππικόν" wor ἐπιέζετο. 
Ν a5 A » 0 ε , λ ’ a δὲ 
καὶ τοῖς" μὲν ἔμπροσθεν ὑπάγειν παρεκελεύετο, τοῖς δὲ 
ὄπισθεν παριέναι μόλις ἑπόμενος. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι στρα- 
lal , Ν ’, Ν Ν 
τιῶται παίουσι καὶ βάλλουσι καὶ λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτη- 
, ¥ 5 ld > , ‘\ > / 
ρίδαν, ἔστε ἠνάγκασαν [ἀνα-]λαβόντα τὴν ἀσπίδα 
΄ θ ε δὲ 3 OY TS, a; \ > 2 \ n 
πορεύεσθαι. ὁ δὲ ἀναβάς," ews’ μὲν βάσιμα ἦν, ἐπὶ τοῦ 
y \ > > A Se ᾿ > \ \ Ψ 
ἵππου ἦγεν, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄβατα ἦν, καταλιπὼν τὸν ἵππον 
¥ a Ν , 35. % a » 14 8 
ἔσπευδε πεζῇ. καὶ φθάνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ γενόμενοι 
τοὺς πολεμίους. 


Topics for Study. (1) The Greek shield, Introd.61. (2) Weight ofa 
hoplite’s armor, Introd. 63. (3) Constructions after φθάνω. (4) Constructio 
adsensum. (5) Meaning of Σωτηρίδας, of Σικυών 1 


£683 anda, 920. Cf. κόπτοντες, 2.1% 9.91. 613,09. %2764,1. 1160. B75. 520, ἃ. 
$915,b. 1057. 888. 636. 4655,a. 1023,2. 144,0, 560. ὅ Οὗ rois,§45. i.e. ἐπὶ 
τὸν ἵππον. 7922. _ 146i. 619. 631. 8984. i*86 G660,N. 585, ἃ. 


BOOK III. CHAP. V. 199 


Encamp in the plain; the enemy try to fire the villages; a plan for 
bridging the Tigris. 


ἦν. Ἔνθα δὴ ot μὲν βάρβαροι στραφέντες ἔφευγον 
ἣ ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες εἶχον τὸ ἄκρον. οἱ 
δὲ ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην καὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἀποτραπόμενοι ἄλλην 
ὁδὸν ᾧχοντο. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον καταβάντες 
ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐν κώμῃ μεστῇ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν. 
ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλαι κῶμαι πολλαὶ πλήρεις πολλῶν 
5 A 3 4 “” ‘4 Ν Ν 4 ’ 
ἀγαθῶν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πεδίῳ παρὰ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν. 
es Yr) = , > , ε , 3 , 
ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν δείλη ἐξαπίνης οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιφαίνονται 
5 “ ’ ‘\ A ε , 7 , na 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέκοψάν τινας τῶν 
΄ 5 ee , : ete oe Ν Ν 
ἐσκεδασμένων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν καὶ γὰρ νομαὶ 
κ P > \ , a 
πολλαὶ βοσκημάτων διαβιβαζόμεναι εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ κατελήφθησαν. 
> vO 4 ‘ ε ‘ > “Ὁ , > id 
Ἐνταῦθα Τισσαφέρνης καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ κάειν ἐπεχεί- 
Ν ὅς Ν Ὁ ε λλ , ’ nO , 
_pnoav τὰς κώμας. καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων para ἠθύμησάν 
τινες, ἐννοούμενοι μὴ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ κάοιεν, οὐκ 
¥ δι 6 40 4 Ν ε Ν > Ἁ 7 
ἔχοιεν 5 ὁπόθεν λαμβάνοιεν. καὶ ot μὲν ἀμφὶ Xepico- 
, ten, > Pg θ , é ε δὲ A > ἈΝ 
gov ἀπῇσαν ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας" ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἐπεὶ 
, 4 Ν ’ Φ'. -4 > Ν ~ 
κατέβη, παρελαύνων τὰς τάξεις ἡνίκα ἀπὸ τῆς Bor- 
A κ 
θείας ἀπήντησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔλεγεν, “ Ὁρᾶτε, ὦ ἄνδρες 
ν ε , 3 \ , ¥ ε 4 ~ _ = 
[Ἕλληνες], ὑφιέντας" τὴν χώραν ἤδη ἡμετέραν εἶναι; a 
ν , ’ 
yap, ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο, διεπράττοντο, μὴ κάειν" τὴν βασι- 
λέως χώραν, νῦν αὐτοὶ κάουσιν ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν. ἀλλ’ 
5 ἢ» 4 7 ε “~ A 9 la » 
ἐάν που καταλίπωσί ye αὑτοῖς Ta ἐπιτήδεια, ὄψονται 
καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦθα πορευομένους. ἀλλ᾽, ὦ Χειρίσοφε," 
ν ‘“ ὃ A 6 lal Fn » 4, e ε 4A ~ 
ἔφη, “δοκεῖ por βοηθεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς Kdovtas ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς 
”? 
ἡμετέρας. ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν, “Οὔκουν ἔμοιγε 


1 Οὗ τὴν λοιπήν, 446, 3887. 1818. 594. 610. 8.80. αὐτούς. ὁ μὴ (ἡμᾶς) κάειν, 


200 ANABASIS. 


a 2” , , ᾿ 
δοκεῖ" ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἔφη, “ κάωμεν, καὶ οὕτω Oar 
τον παύσονται. 


Topics for Study. (1) ὁδόν after verbs of going. (2) The idiom for 
‘ Tissaphernes and those with him,’ §§ 1,3. (8) Cf. the present and aorist parti- 
ciples of ἵημι. 


"Emel δὲ ἐπὶ τὰς oKn- 
Ν. 5 “A ε Ν » 
vas ἀπῆλθον, οἱ μὲν ἀλ- 
λοι περὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
: ἦσαν, στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ 
S—— λοχαγοὶ συνῇσαν. καὶ 
> “A Ν > ’ 
ἐνταῦθα πολλὴ ἀπορία 
> » \ Ν » 
- ἦν. ἔνθεν μὲν γὰρ ὄρη 
ἣν ὑπερύψηλα, ἔνθεν δὲ ὁ 
ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος τὸ βά- 
Bos? ὡς“ μηδὲ τὰ δόρατα 
8 ὑπερέχειν πειρωμένοις τοῦ βάθους" ἀπορουμένοις δ᾽ 
αὐτοῖς προσελθών pete gt ὦ s 
> Ν ε ’ : 
τις ἀνὴρ Ῥόδιος 
εἶπεν, “᾿Εγὼ θέλω, 


ὦ ἄνδρες, διαβι- 

















7 





βάσαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ 
τετρακισχιλίους 
ε ΄ λ 3 δ ὦ 
ὁπλίτας. ἂν ἐμοὶ ὧν 
δέομαι ὑπηρετήση- 
τε καὶ τάλαντον 

Ν ,΄ 33 
μισθὸν πορίσητε. 

9 ἐρωτώμενος δὲ ὅτου —— 

δέοιτο ““᾽ Acxév,” ἀσκοὶ φυσηθέντες. 








ἔφη, “ δισχιλίων δεήσομαι: πολλὰ δ᾽ ὁρῶ πρόβατα 


1866,1. 184, S585. 472. 318. 1058. 387. 587. %1054,f. 1456. 596. 
666,b. 4ὙἼ1, Ὁ. 1172,2. 889. 523,98. 5738. 1099. B56. 610, Ὁ, 


BOOK III. CHAP. V. 201 


καὶ αἶγας καὶ βοῦς καὶ ὄνους, ἃ ἀποδαρέντα Kal φυση- 
θέντα ῥᾳδίως ἂν παρέχοι τὴν διάβασιν. δεήσομαι δὲ 
καὶ τῶν δεσμῶν οἷς χρῆσθε περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" τούτοις 

΄ Ν 5 Ν Ν > , ἀ . 
ζεύξας τοὺς ἀσκοὺς πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὁρμίσας ἕκαστον 
> ‘ , , ee \ 9 a > ἈΝ 
ἀσκὸν λίθους ἀρτήσας καὶ ἀφεὶς ὥσπερ ἀγκύρας εἰς τὸ 
.} A Vite , , » δὼ εκ Ἂἢ 
ὕδωρ, διαγαγὼν καὶ ἀμφοτέρωθεν δήσας ἐπιβαλῶ ὕλην 
καὶ γῆν ἔπιφορήσω᾽ ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐ καταδύσεσθε αὐτίκα 

’ὔ γ ῳ “ Ν > Ν ὃ , ¥ ὃ σ͵ -“ 1 
μάλα εἴσεσθε: πᾶς γὰρ ἀσκὸς δύο ἄνδρας ἕξει τοῦ 

4. 4 δὺ ν ΣΧ ‘ ᾿ ε OX δ ὧν A 
μὴ“ καταδῦναι. ὥστε δὲ μὴ ὀλισθάνειν ἢ VAN Kal ἡ γῆ 
σχήσει. δ ἀκούσασι ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τὸ μὲν 
ἐνθύμημα χαρίεν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τὸ δ᾽ ἔργον ἀδύνατον" 
> ‘ ε , , er a a 2A’ 
ἦσαν yap οἱ κωλύσοντες πέραν πολλοὶ ἱππεῖς, οἵ εὐθὺς 

“ 4 3 Ν λ > ’ 4 Ψ»" ᾿ 
τοῖς πρώτοις οὐδὲν ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τσύτων ποιεῖν. 

Topics for Study. (1) Cf. βαίνω and βιβάζω.Ό. (2\ The uses of skins 
in the Orient. (3) Analysis of ἀποδαρέντα, φυσηθέντα. (4" Cf. φέρω and 
φορέω. 

Return to the villages ; question prisoners as to possible routes. 


᾽ 50 \ ἀν ἐν νὰ Ao , > ¥ 
Ἐνταῦθα τὴν μὲν ὑστεραίαν ὁ ἐπανεχώρουν εἰς τοὔμ- 
ἃ a : , 

παλιν [ἣ" πρὸς Βαβυλῶνα] éis τὰς ἀκαύστους κώμας, 

κατακαύσαντες ἔνθεν ἐξῆσαν᾽" ὥστε οἱ πολέμιοι οὐ 
͵΄ > \ 20.7 \ > , 

προσήλαυνον, ἀλλὰ ἐθεῶντο καὶ ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμά- 

'ζουσιν ὃ 


¥ : 3 a ε Ν » A es Ν τὸ ΄ 
ἔχοιεν. ἐνταῦθα οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι στρατιῶται ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτή- 


9 A , 9 Ἀ - 
ὅποι ποτὲ τρέψονται ot Ἕλληνες καὶ τί ἐν νῷ 


- = e \ Ν , a \ 

daa ἦσαν" ot δὲ στρατηγοὶ πάλιν συνῆλθον, καὶ συν- 
αγαγόντες τοὺς ἑαλωκότας ἤλεγχον τὴν κύκλῳ πᾶσαν 

“A ’ ε ’ » ε Ν ¥ 9 ‘ A ἈΝ 
χώραν τίς ἑκάστη εἴη. οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον ὅτι τὰ μὲν πρὸς 
μεσημβρίαν τῆς ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα εἴη καὶ Μηδίαν, dv 
Φ τ e5 δὲ Ν ν .: ἃ a , Ἀ 38 , 
ἧσπερ ἥκοιεν, ἡ" δὲ πρὸς ἕω ἐπὶ Σοῦσά τε καὶ ᾽Ἐκβά- 
τανα φέροι, ἔνθα θερίζειν λέγεται βασιλεύς, ἡ δὲ δια- 

1948. 1117. 8609.1. 509,a. 21029. 1615. 434. 572,c. 8 (ὑμᾶς) ὥστε μή... 


ὁ sc, ἡμέραν. 5 se, ὁδὸς ἄγει. 678. 1175. 392,2. 522. 7932. 1094,1. 386, 2. 
508. 


10 


12 


13 


17 


18 


202 ANABASIS. 


4 ᾿ ΄ A 
βάντιϊ τὸν ποταμὸν πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐπὶ Λυδίαν καὶ ᾿Ιωνίαν 
φέροι, ἡ δὲ διὰ τῶν ὀρέων καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον τετραμμένη 
9 > ὃ ΄ ¥ , 2 de »»Ἤ 3 a 
ὅτι εἰς Kapdovyous ἄγοι. tovrous® δὲ ἔφασαν οἰκεῖν 
φυτὰ Ν ¥ Ν ‘ > ‘ , > 
ἀνὰ τὰ ὄρη καὶ πολεμικοὺς εἶναι, καὶ βασιλέως οὐκ 
ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε εἰς αὐτοὺς 5 βασιλικὴν 
στρατιὰν δώδεκα μυριάδας" τούτων δ᾽ οὐδένα ἀπονο- 
στῆσαι διὰ τὴν δυσχωρίαν. ὁπότε μέντοι πρὸς τὸν σα- 

Ld “ 
τράπην τὸν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ σπείσαιντο, καὶ ὃ ἐπιμιγνύναι 
σφῶν τε πρὸς ἐκείνους καὶ ἐκείνων πρὸς ἑαυτούς. 


They decide to cross the Carduchian mountains. 


3 , a ε Ν | a 7 Ν 
Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐκάθισαν χωρὶς 
‘A > /, sO ~ ’ 
τοὺς ἑκασταχόσε φάσκοντας εἰδέναι, οὐδὲν δῆλον ποιή- 
ν 4 ¥ > / A A 
σαντες ὅποι πορεύεσθαι ἔμελλον. ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς στρα- 
τηγοῖς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς Καρδούχους 
ἐμβάλλειν: τούτους γὰρ διελθόντας ἔφασαν εἰς “Appe 
, 9 - ᾽ ’ > a 4 Ν > 4 
νίαν ἥξειν, ἧς “Opdvras ἦρχε πολλῆς ἡ καὶ εὐδαίμονος. 
> aA ret, " > “ 52 7 
ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ εὔπορον ἔφασαν εἶναι ὅποι τις ἐθέλοι πο- 
δ καὶ 
ὃ ΄ a 9 ene,” , a ᾿ Ν ν ε 
οκοΐη τῆς ὧρας τὴν πορείαν ποιοῖντο" τὴν γὰρ ὑπερ- 
βολὴν τῶν ὀρέων ἐδεδοίκεσαν μὴ προκαταληφθείη " 
‘ ’, 5 Ν / ld τ 
καὶ παρήγγειλαν, ἐπειδὴ δειπνήσειαν, συσκευασαμένους 
¥ 
πάντας ἀναπαύεσθαι, καὶ ἕπεσθαι ἡνίκ᾽ av τις παραγ- 


γέλλῃ. 


Ν ν ’ 
ρεύεσθαι. ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύσαντο, ὅπως ἡνίκα 


Topics for Study. (1) The formation οὗ μεσημβρία. (2) Construction 
after φημί, εἶπον, λέγω. (3) κάθημαι, καθίζω. (4) The ending -ce. 


1 Of. πειρωμένοις, 57. 2 i.e. Kapdovxous. 3 καὶ (also), sc. ἔφασαν. 41008. 919. 
Cf. 316. 57957. 1148. 360. 618, Ὁ. 


ΛΟΓῸΣ Δ. 





Recapitulation; they cross a ridge to villages whence the 
Carduchi flee. 


ἐγένετο μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ doa? 


= 
2 
Ξ 
ZB 

Ze 


RAY 


gy 
Ζ 


ἃς βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν Κύρῳ ἀνα- 
, 9 > / Ν 

βάντες Ἕλληνες ἐποιήσαντο, καὶ 

ὅσα. παραβάντος τὰς σπονδὰς βασιλέως καὶ Τισ- 
σαφέρνους, ἐπολεμήθη πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπακολου- 
θοῦντος τοῦ Περσικοῦ στρατεύματος, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν 





λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 


* "Exel δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἔνθα ὃ μὲν Τίγρης ποταμὸς παντάπασιν ἄπορος 
ἦν διὰ τὸ βάθος καὶ μέγεθος, πάροδος δὲ οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ τὰ Καρδούχεια 
ὄρη ἀπότομα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐκρέματο, ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρα- 
τηγοῖς διὰ τῶν ὀρέων πορευτέον εἶναι. ἤκουον γὰρ τῶν ἁλισκομένων 
ὅτι εἰ διέλθοιεν τὰ Καρδούχεια ὄρη, ἐν τῇ ᾿Αρμενίᾳ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρη- 

a“ x Ν ,’ [4 aA Ν A +4 
Tos ποταμοῦ, ἢν μὲν βούλωνται, διαβήσονται, ἣν δὲ un βούλωνται, περι- 
,’ Ἁ a“ > , Ν Ν Ν > / > id “~ ’ 
fact. καὶ τοῦ Εὐφράτου δὲ τὰς πηγὰς ἐλέγετο οὐ πρόσω τοῦ Τίγρητος 
εἶναι, καὶ ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον. τὴν δ᾽ εἰς τοὺς Καρδούχους ἐμβολὴν ὧδε 

A 9 Ν λαθ “a ’ σ δὲ θ ΄ Ν Ν 
ποιοῦνται, ἅμα μὲν εἶν πειρώμενοι, ἅμα δὲ φθάσαι πρὶν τοὺς πολε- 
μίους καταλαβεῖν τὰ ἄκρα. 


᾿ Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακὴν καὶ édel- 


πετο τῆς νυκτὸς" ὅσον σκοταίους διελθεῖν τὸ πεδίον, 


156, ἐγένετο. 2715, Ὁ; 819,4. 1054, 1240. 333; 515,2 586. 880. τοσοῦτο. 
£952. 1526. 641. 565. 


(203) 


I. [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει 1 


μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς "ἡ 


8 


10 


ll 


204 ANABASIS. 


τηνικαῦτα ἀναστάντες ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως πορευόμενοι 
ἀφικνοῦνται ἅμα τῇ ἡμέ ὃς τὸ ὁ ἔνθα δὴ 
ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. ἔνθα 
7 4A c Lal nn 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγεῖτο τοῦ στρατεύματος λαβὼν τὸ 
3 > ἣν oe. Ν Ν “ ΄ — A \ 
ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας πάντας, Ἐενοφῶν δὲ 

‘ “ > 4 ε 7 ν > 4 ¥ 
σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξιν ὁπλίταις εἵπετο οὐδένα ἔχων yu- 
μνῆτα" οὐδεὶς γὰρ κίνδυνος ἐδόκει εἶναι μή τις, ἄνω 
πορευομένων, ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν ἐπίσποιτο. καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν 

Ἀ » > 7 7 7 > ’ 
τὸ ἄκρον ἀναβαίνει Χειρίσοφος πρίν τινας αἰσθέσθαι 

- , ; 3» Ss ε A ; > , af ane ν 9 
τῶν πολεμίων ἔπειτα δ᾽ ὑφηγεῖτο: ἐφείπετο δὲ ἀεὶ τὸ 
ὑπερβάλλον τοῦ στρατεύματος εἰς τὰς κώμας τὰς ἐν 

al -” Ν A Lal 
τοῖς ἄγκεσί τε Kal μυχοῖς τῶν ὀρέων. 

Ἔνθα δὴ οἱ μὲν Καρδοῦχοι ἐκλιπόντες τὰς οἰκίας 
ἔχοντες καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. 
τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἣν λαμβάνειν, ἦσαν δὲ καὶ χαλ- 
κώμασι παμπόλλοις κατεσκευασμέναι αἱ οἰκίαι, ὧν οὐδὲν 

σ 
ἔφερον οἱ Ἕλληνες, οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐδίωκον, ὑπο- 
¥ a 

φειδόμενοι, εἴ" πως ἐθελήσειαν οἱ Καρδοῦχοι διιέναι 

> ‘ ε Ἀ 4 ~ 4 > 4 “ / 
αὐτοὺς ws διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας, ἐπείπερ βασιλεῖ Toke 
μιοι ἦσαν" τὰ μέντοι ἐπιτήδεια ὅπου τις ἐπιτυγχάνοι 
»\ 7 ee ye > ¢ Q 3 an ” 
ἐλάμβανον: ἀνάγκη yap ἦν. ot δὲ Καρδοῦχοι οὔτε 

4 ε ’ ᾿ » ¥ Ν » Ἀ > 4 

καλούντων ὑπήκουον οὔτε ἄλλο φιλικὸν οὐδὲν ἐποίουν. 
3 Ν Ν ε “ aA ε ᾽ ᾽ > Ν 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ τελευταῖοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέβαινον εἰς Tas, 
κώμας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου ἤδη σκοταῖοι ---- διὰ γὰρ τὸ στε- 

‘\ > Ν εν 9 A ε , ε > , > - 
νὴν εἶναι τὴν ὁδὸν ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἡ ἀνάβασις αὐτοῖς 
> ’ ᾿ Ld 7 7 A 
ἐγένετο καὶ κατάβασις --- τότε δὴ συλλεγέντες τινὲς 
τῶν Καρδούχων τοῖς τελευταίοις ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ ἀπέκτει- 

’ Ἁ / Ἀ 4 7 > 7 
vay twas καὶ λίθοις καὶ τοξεύμασι κατέτρωσαν, ὀλί- 
you ὄντες" ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐπέπεσε τὸ 
Ἑλληνικόν. εἰ μέντοι τότε πλείους 5 συνελέγησαν, 


10973,8. 156813. 667, κ. 1. 590, ἃ. 3 τὸ (μέρος) ὑπερβάλλον. 3907. 1420. 628. 
652. 4969, 6. 1563,6. 653,7. 503. 5895. 1397. GOG6. 649. ὃ = πλείονες, 


BOOK IV. CHAP. 1. 205 


ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν διαφθαρῆναι πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος. 
καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν νύκτα οὕτως ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ηὐλί- 
σθησαν᾽ οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι πυρὰ πολλὰ ἔκαον κύκλῳ 
Φ Ὁ “ > 4 ‘ 4 > / 
ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων Kal συνεώρων ἀλλήλους. | 

Topics for Study. (1) Peculiarity in the use of σκοταῖος, τελευταῖος, πρῶ- 
τος etc. (2) Difference between διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας and διὰ τῆς φιλίας χώρας. 


(3) Idiom for ‘unexpectedly.’ (4) The class of: κτείνω, φθείρω, τιτρώσκω. 
' 


. 


Leaving all things dispensable they journey through storm, hard 
pressed by the enemy. 


\ "A δὲ ΄ὸ ε 4 λθ “Ὁ a a Ν 
μα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελθοῦσι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ 
λοχαγοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔδοξε τῶν τε ὑποζυγίων τὰ 
ἀναγκαῖα καὶ δυνατώτατα ἔχοντας πορεύεσθαι, κατα- 
λιπόντας τἄλλα, καὶ ὅσα Hv νεωστὶ αἰχμάλωτα ἀνδρά- 
> nw Ὁ , 3 “ ‘ 
ποδα ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ πάντα ἀφεῖναι. σχολαίαν yap 
> 4 \ ’ὔ Ν 3, ‘ ε ᾽’ - Ἂ \ 
ἐποίουν τὴν πορείαν πολλὰ οντα τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ 
> ΄ ‘ Ν ε a , ᾿Ξ, 3 , 
αἰχμάλωτα, πολλοὶ δὲ of ἐπὶ τούτοις ὄντες ἀπόμαχοι 
ἦσαν, διπλάσιά τε ἐπιτήδεια ἔδει πορίζεσθαι καὶ φέρε- 
σθαι πολλῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὄντων. δόξαν' δὲ ταῦτα 
ἐκήρυξαν οὕτω ποιεῖν. 
3 Ἁ A > / > 4 ε id > 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἐπορεύοντο, ὑποστήσαντες ἐν 
τῷ στενῷ οἱ στρατηγοί, εἴ τι εὑρίσκοιεν τῶν εἰρημένων 
‘ > , > lal ε » 3 / Ν » ’, 
μὴ ἀφειμένον, ἀφῃροῦντο, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπείθοντο, πλὴν εἴ τίς 
δ ” e Ἂ ᾿ς ἦν τῷ ΄ a ἈΝ A 
,τι ἔκλεψεν, οἷον ἢ παιδὸς " ἐπιθυμήσας ἢ γυναικὸς τῶν 
εὐπρεπῶν. καὶ ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν οὕτως ἐπορεύ- 
θησαν, τὰ μέν τι μαχόμενοι τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπαυόμενοι. 
εἰς δὲ τὴν ὑστεραίαν γίγνεται χειμὼν πολύς, ἀναγκαῖον 
δ᾽ > , 6 4 ΕἸ A > ε Ν > “ὃ Ν 
ἦν πορεύεσθαι" οὐ γὰρ ἣν ἱκανὰ τἀπιτήδεια. καὶ 
ἡγεῖτο μὲν Χειρίσοφος, ὠπισθοφυλάκει δὲ Ἐξενοφῶν. 
καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπετίθεντο, καὶ, στενῶν ὄντων 


1974 and a. 1δ690ῶχ,. 658,n. (ὁπ). 691. 2742. 1102. 856. 511. 8 729, 6. 
1085,1. 855. 506,a. 4Ἴ19,0. 1060. 448,1. 549, 8. 


13 


208 ANABASIS. 


τῶν χωριων, ἐγγὺς προσιόντες ἐτόξενον καὶ ἐσφενδό- 
νων" ὦστε ἠναγκάζοντο ot Ἕλληνες ἐπιδιώκοντες καὶ 
πάλιν ἀναχάζοντες σχολῇ πορεύεσθαι: καὶ θαμινὰ 
παρήγγελλεν ὁ Ξενοφῶν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἱ πολέμιοι 
> Ὁ Ὁ ΚΟΥ ΤΣ 

ἰσχυρῶς ἐπικέοιντο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Adverbial ending -τι. 860, 8.. (2) How early 
in the morning did the Greeks set out on the march? See Introd.90. (3) In 
what latitude were the Greeks at this time? (4) Character of the Kurds. See 
Encyclopedia Britannica. ; 


"7 Ἐνταῦθα 6 Χειρίσοφος ἄλλοτε μὲν ὅτε παρεγγυῷτο 
4} ΄ δὲ > ἀν > > κα“ , ‘ 
ὑπέμενε, τότε OE οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, GAN ἦγε ταχέως καὶ 
παρηγγύα ἕπεσθαι, ὦστε δῆλον ἦν ὅτι πρᾶγμά τι εἴη" 

λὴ δ᾽ > - -¥ iS Ὁ λθό Ν » a 
σχολὴ οὐκ Hv ἰδεῖν παρελθόντι τὸ αἴτιον τῆς 
-“ 9 
σπουδῆς" wore ἡ πορεία ὁμοία φυγῇ ἐγίγνετο "τοῖς 
1s ὀπισθοφύλαξι. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀποθνήσκει ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς 
Λακωνικὸς Κλεώνυμος τοξευθεὶς διὰ τῆς ἀσπίδος καὶ 
Ὁ“ (ὃ 5» Ν 4 Ν τς > ‘ 
τῆς σπολάδος εἰς τὰς πλευράς, καὶ Βασίας ᾿Αρκὰς διαμ- 
περὲς τὴν κεφαλήν." 
ν 

ι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ σταθμόν, εὐθὺς. ὥσπερ εἶχεν 
ε “ > Ἁ Ν Ν , >’ cal a= ™ 
ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον ἡτιᾶτο αὐτὸν 
9 > es > δ΄ ΩΝ ΄, ΄ Ψ 
ὅτι οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ’ ἠναγκάζοντο φεύγοντες ἅμα 

’, “ Ν lal ὃ , , ‘ > θ Ἁ »¥ ὃ 
μάχεσθαι. “καὶ νῦν δύο καλώ τε καὶ ἀγαθὼ ἄνδρε 
τέθνατον ὃ καὶ οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι οὔτε θάψαι ἐδυνάμεθα.᾽᾽ 

20 ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “Βλέψον,᾽ ἔφη, “πρὸς τὰ 
μὲ Ν ἰδὲ ε Ξ , 3 Ψϑ ὦ , δ᾽ Kd ε δὸ a 
ὄρη καὶ ἰδὲ ws ἄβατα πάντα ἐστί" pia δ᾽ αὕτη ὁδὸς ἣν 
ε ”~ > θί a* ‘ ΤΙ , > θ 4 ε “ » 4 
ὁρᾷς ὀρθία," καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ ἀνθρώπων ὁρᾶν ἔξεστί σοι 
ὄχλον τοσοῦτον, of κατειληφότες ὁ φυλάττουσι τὴν ἔκβα- 

δ “δ τὰν ἐν ὃ Ν ὃ Ν AR > @. 9 

a σιν ταῦτ᾽ ὅ ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον καὶ διὰ τοῦτό σε οὐχ ὑπέ 

Ν 
μενον, εἴ πως ὃ δυναίμην φθάσαι πρὶν κατειλῆφθαι τὴν 
1 (τινὶ) παρελθόντι. 718. 1058. 335. 287. 5490, 4. 8044, 729 (θνήσκω). 


$70, (4). 4866. 522. 178,2. 291, Ὁ. 5716, Ὁ. 1054. 334. 536, Ὁ. 6 Of. εἶ πως 
..., 88. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. 1 








@, (1) ὁδὸς ὀρθία: (3%) ἡ φανερὰ ὁδός ; 
(ῶ5, 8) ἡ φανερὰ ὁδός. 
ὃ, (1) ἔκβασις ; (131) ὑπερβολή ; (21,2) φανε- 
pa ἔκβασις ; (25) τὸ ὄρθιον. 
σ, (1%) δυνατὴ καὶ ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι ὁδός. 
_d, (28) χαράδρα. 
#, (28) εἴσοδος (to ἢ). 





207 





SF, (2) τοὺς φύλακας. 
9. (155) ἄκρον ; (21,5) ἄκρον; (21) xwpiov; 
(26,15) μαστός ; (2:5) τρίτος μαστὸς ὃ 
ὑπὲρ τῆς φυλακῆς ; (21, 16) ἄκρον. 
h, (28) ἡ στενὴ ὁδός. 
ἐ, (29) ἔφοδος. 
k, (28) ἀτριβεῖς δδοί. 
Z, (29) χωρίον. 
m, (210) λόφος : (211, 18) λόφος. 
N, (211) ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις. 
0, (211) ἄφοδος. 
», (213) ἕτερος λόφος ; (2:3) δεύτερος λόφος. 
sis (213) τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ. 
.8. (215) ἐχώρουν (from g to m). 
t, (216) τὸ ὁμαλόν. 
U, (218) ἀντίπορος λόφος. 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


208 ANABASIS. 


ὑπερβολήν "ἢ οἱ δ᾽ ἡγεμόνες ovs ἔχομεν οὔ φασιν εἶναι 
¥ ε , 23) 
ἄλλην ὁδόν." 

Topics for Study. (1) Distinguish between εἶναι, εἶναι, ἰέναι. (2) Words 
admitting the dative of /ikeness. (3) ἀποθνήσκω and κεῖμαι serve as passives to 
what verbs? (4) Βλέψον, ἰδέ (§ 20); why not present imperative? (δ) Is 
the perfect of ἀποθνήσκω, ἀποτέθνηκα or τέθνηκα ¢ 


They learn of another way commanded by a hill. 


Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν λέγει, “AN ἐγὼ ἔχω δύο ἄνδρας. 
ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμῖν πράγματα παρεῖχον, ἐνηδρεύσαμεν, ὅπερ 
καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀναπνεῦσαι ἐποίησε, καὶ ἀπεκτείναμέν τινας 
αὐτῶν, καὶ ζῶντας προὐθυμήθημεν λαβεῖν αὐτοῦ τούτου 
ἕνεκα ὅπως ἡγεμόσιν ' εἰδόσι τὴν χώραν χρησαίμεθα." 

Ἁ > Ν 3 ’ Ν > , » 

Καὶ εὐθὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἤλεγχον διαλα- 
βόντες εἴ τινα εἰδεῖεν ἄλλην ὁδὸν ἢ τὴν φανεράν.“ 6 
μὲν οὖν ἕτερος οὐκ ἔφη" μάλα πολλῶν φόβων προσ- 

, > Ν A sO 3 / 3» ε lal n 
ἀγομένων" ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον ἔλεγεν, ὁρῶντος τοῦ 
δι ε δὲ Ν » ψ ΝΑ \ 3 
ἑτέρου κατεσφάγη. ὁ δὲ λοιπὸς ἔλεξεν ὅτι οὗτος μὲν οὐ 

ig Ν A 30.» 9 δὲ Fy: Bio 3 θ ΄ 
φαίη [διὰ ταῦτα] εἰδέναι ὅτι αὐτῷ ἐτύγχανε“ θυγάτηρ 
5 a“ > > ὃ Ἀ > ΄ é $i 4 δ᾽ ¥ e , 0 
ἐκεῖ Tap ἀνδρὶ ἐκδεδομένη᾿ αὐτὸς ἔφη ἡγήσεσθαι 
ὃ ν 5 ἈΝ ΄’, , 0 ς ὃ 4. 6 > , 

υνατὴν καὶ ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι ὁδόν. ἐρωτώμε- 

νος δ᾽ εἰ εἴη τι ἐν αὐτῇ δυσπάριτον χωρίον, ἔφη εἶναι 
¥ Bry a > ’ δι / iO 4 ee 0 
ἄκρον" ὃ εἰ μή τις προκαταλήψοιτο, ἀδύνατον ἔσεσθαι 
παρελθεῖν. 

Ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐδόκει συγκαλέσαντας λοχαγοὺς καὶ 
πελταστὰς καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν λέγειν τε τὰ παρόντα καὶ 
> nA ΕΣ 9. 2 » 9 Sim 5» θὸ 20 aN ΕΥ̓ 
ἐρωτᾶν εἴ τις αὐτῶν ἔστιν ὅστις ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ἐθέλοι ἂν 

, eee Ν >» Ν ΄ θ eye 
γενέσθαι καὶ ὑποστὰς ἐθελοντὴς πορεύεσθαι. ὑφίσταται 
τῶν μὲν ὁπλιτῶν ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς [ ᾿Αρκὰς] 
καὶ ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος [᾿Αρκάς], ἀντιστασιάζων δὲ 


1 (αὐτοῖς) ἡγεμόσι. 2 sc, εἰδέναι. 8 sc. οὖσα. 984, a. 4 940. b, (—). 921. 631, 
475,N. 548, (1). 5952. 1526. G41. 565. 6715, b. 1057. B33. 536. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. II. 209 


αὐτοῖς Καλλίμαχος Παρράσιος [᾿Αρκὰς καὶ οὗτος] ἔφη 

ἐθέλειν πορεύεσθαι προσλαβὼν ἐθελοντὰ; ἐκ παντὸς 
lal , ἐξ Ὁ Χ Ν 9 ¥ a4 75 9 ΄ 

τοῦ στρατεύματος, “ ἐγὼ yap,’ ἔφη, “ οἶδα ὅτι ἕψονται 

πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ἐμοῦ ἡγουμένου." ἐκ τούτου ἐρωτῶσιν 

εἴ τις καὶ τῶν γυμνήτων ταξιάρχων ἐθέλοι συμπορεύ- 


εσθαι. ὑφίσταται ' 


Ἱ 


hod? ἄξιος τῇ στρατιᾷ εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐγένετο.. 
i] ρ t 4 to 


Topics for Study. (1) Cf. ἐνέδρα, L. insidiae. (2) ἄν with the opta- 
tive. (3) What forms of οἶδα begin with oi-? withei-? withi-? (4) Origin 
of ἄξιος. 


While the army diverts the attention of the enemy volunteers make 
a détour and capture the height. 


| It. Καὶ ἦν μὲν δείλη, οἱ δ᾽ ἐκέλευον αὐτοὺς ἐμφα- 
γόντας πορεύεσθαι. καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα δήσαντες παρα- 
διδόασιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ συντίθενται τὴν μὲν νύκτα, ἢν 
4 Ν Ἂν Ἂ, ’ , 9 A x 
λάβωσι τὸ ἄκρον, τὸ χωρίον" φυλάττειν, ἅμα δὲ TH 
ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σάλπιγγι σημαίνειν: καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄνω 
wo >7 2 Δ, Ἀ a ‘\ Ν » 
ὄντας ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς κατέχοντας τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβα- 
δ 3 ‘ δὲ ᾿ > , ε ΕΝ ὃ ΄ 
ow, αὗτοι 0€ συμβοηθήσειν ἐκβαΐνοντες ὡς ἂν δύνων- 


td -“ 
ται τάχιστα. ταῦτα συνθέμενοι οἱ 


μὲν ἐπορεύοντο 
πλῆθος" ὡς δισχίλιοι" καὶ ὕδωρ πολὺ ἣν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. 
a Ν » Ν > 4 ε vie ‘ 
Ἐενοφῶν δὲ ἔχων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἡγεῖτο πρὸς 
‘\ Ν ¥ 9 , “~ ε ~ ε ’ 
τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν, ὅπως ταύτῃ τῇ ὁδῷ οἱ πολέμιοι 
προσέχοιεν τὸν νοῦν καὶ ὡς μάλιστα λάθοιεν οἱ περι- 
ἰόντες“. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ χαράδρᾳ“ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες 
ἃ “5 ὃ ΄ Ν ee. 4 θ b 2? 4 a 
nv ἔδει διαβάντας πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον " ἐκβαίνειν, τηνικαῦτα 
ἐκύλινδον οἱ βάρβαροι ὁλοιτρόχους ἁμαξιαίους καὶ μείζους 
ἈΝ 
καὶ ἐλάττους, ot φερόμενοι πρὸς τὰς πέτρας παίοντες διε- 
σφενδονῶντο᾽ καὶ παντάπασιν οὐδὲ πελάσαι οἷόν T ἣν τῇ 


1 Of. ὑποστάς, § 25. 2753,f. 1185. 353,1. 6513. 8 Cf. εἰς τὴν τροφήν, 1.19, tie. 
οἱ ἐθελονταί, 5718. 1053. 337. 537. 


᾿Αριστέας Χῖος, ὃς πολλαχοῦ πολ-. 


ω 


4 


--Σ 


210 ANABASIS. 


eloddg.* ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν λοχαγῶν, εἰ μὴ ταύτῃ δύναιντο 
ἄλλῃ ἐπειρῶντο: καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίουν μέχρι σκότος 
> ’ 5 ‘\ Ν » 5 “Ὁ > > / ld 
ἐγένετο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾧοντο ἀφανεῖς εἶναι ἀπιόντες, τότε 
> ~ Bh, | Ν “ = “ἢ Ν Ἀ > ld 
ἀπῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον: ἐτύγχανον δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι 
»” > ~ ε > la ε id t4 
ὄντες αὐτῶν οἱ ὀπισθοφυλακήσαντες. οἱ μέντοι πολέ- 
ὑδὲ > , ὃ 3 ὅλ. “ Ν ’ ὃ 
μιοι οὐὸὲν ἐπαύσαντο ὃι ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς κυλίνδοντες 
‘ ΄ . > a 
τοὺς λίθους " τεκμαίρεσθαι δ᾽ ἦν τῷ ψόφῳ. 
Topics for Study. (1) The ending -ἰαῖος. (2) Stem and declension 


of adjectives in -ys,-es. (3) a asaprefix. (4) What prepositions in compo- 
sition with verbs have an intensive force ? 


ε > ¥ %. ε , La ’ 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα κύκλῳ περιιόντες κατα- 
, 5 \ A 
λαμβάνουσι τοὺς φύλακας" ἀμφὶ πῦρ καθημένους " καὶ 
τοὺς μὲν κατακανόντες τοὺς δὲ καταδιώξαντες αὐτοὶ 
> v0’ ¥ ε Ν ¥ g , ε δ᾽ 5 
ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἔμενον ὡς τὸ ἄκρον“ κατέχοντες. οἱ οὐ 
a ἰλλὰ νι ὩΣ σις 39 A > a s ε 
κατεῖχον, ἀλλὰ μαστὸς" ἣν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν παρ᾽ ὃν ἦν ἡ 
στενὴ αὕτη ὅ ὁδὸς " ἐφ᾽ ἧ ἐκάθηντο οἱ φύλακες. ἐἔφο- 
δος ἡ μέντοι αὐτόθεν“ ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἦν ot ἐπὶ τῇ 
A σφ σι σι Gk 2. F ‘ Ν Ν , 3 00 
φανερᾷ ὁδῷ “Ἴ ἐκάθηντο. καὶ τὴν μὲν νύκτα ἐνταῦθα 
Siyyayov' ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα ὑπέφαινεν, ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ 
συντεταγμένοι ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους "“ καὶ γὰρ ὁμίχλη 
ἐγένετο, ὥστ᾽ " ἔλαθον ἐγγὺς προσελθόντες. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
εἶδον ἀλλήλους, ἦ τε σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο καὶ ἀλαλά- 
ν > N ‘ > θ ,’ Fe ε δὲ > 28 / 

Eavres ἵεντο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους" οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, 
ἀλλὰ λιπόντες τὴν δδὸν δ' φεύγοντες ὀλίγοι ἀπέθνησκον" 

εὔζωνοι γὰρ ἦσαν. 
Topics for Study. (1) Formation of ἀλλήλοιν. (2) ἀλαλάζω, ἐλελίζω. 
ὀλολύζω, how formed? (3) Force of endings -@, -θεν, δεῖ (4) Meaning of 


ἐπί with gen.? with dat.? with acc.? (5) Construction after τυγχάνω, Aay- 
χάνω, φθάνω. (6) Formation of adjectives in -os, -ov. 


1772. 1118. 392. 520, 4. 2994, 2. 18938. 610. 651, 2. 3673, ©. 
915. 458. 558, a. #217. 202,2. 182,2. 228, 5927. 1450. 5965. 


639, 8. ) 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IL 211 


The Greeks advance, Xenophon following the volunteers. 


“ 4 
Oi δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἀκούσαντες τῆς σάλπιγγος 
, » 7 A 
εὐθὺς ἵεντο ἄνω κατὰ τὴν φανερὰν “4 ὁδόν ἄλλοι " δὲ 
a a \ west, ὃ \_kk 2 , Ἂν 
τῶν στρατηγῶν κατὰ ἀτριβεῖς ὁδοὺς" “ ἐπορεύοντο ἣ ἔτυ- 
χον ἕκαστοι ὄντες, καὶ ἀναβάντες ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀνίμων 
> ΄ a , \ a k a , 
ἀλλήλους τοῖς δόρασι. καὶ οὗτοι" πρῶτοι συνέμιξαν 
τοῖς προκαταλαβοῦσι τὸ χωρίον. 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἔχων τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων τοὺς ἡμίσεις 
3 ΄ 2 1 ε x ε , » Ὰ > 
ἐπορεύετο ἧπερ᾽' οἱ τὸν ἡγεμόνα ἔχοντες" εὐοδωτάτη 
γὰρ ἣν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις" τοὺς δὲ ἡμίσεις ὄπισθεν τῶν 
€ , ¥ , δ᾽ > , 3 λό m 
ὑποζυγίων ἔταξε. πορευόμενοι ἐντυγχάνουσι" λόφῳ 
al A a a 
ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ κατειλημμένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, OVS ἢ 
ἀποκόψαι ἣν ἀνάγκη ἢ διεζεῦχθαι" ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἝἙλλή- 
Ἀ > Ἁ Ν x» > 4 e ε ¥ ἈΝ 
νων. καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἂν ἐπορεύθησαν ἧπερ οἱ ἄλλοι, τὰ 
δὲ ὑποζύγια οὐκ ἣν ἄλλῃ ἢ ταύτῃ ἐκβῆναι. ἔνθα δὴ 
παρακελευσάμενοι ἀλλήλοις προσβάλλουσι πρὸς τὸν λό- 
φον ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις," οὐ κύκλῳ ἀλλὰ καταλιπόν- 
τες ἄφοδον" τοῖς πολεμίοις, εἰ βούλοιντο φεύγειν. καὶ 
τέως μὲν αὐτοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας ὅπῃ ἐδύνατο ἕκαστος οἵ 
, ; pela > = 3 ‘ > > , 
βάρβαροι ἐτόξευον καὶ ἔβαλλον, ἐγγὺς δ᾽ οὐ προσίεντο, 
ἀλλὰ φυγῇ λείπουσι τὸ χωρίον. καὶ τοῦτόν τε παρ- 


ΕἸ 


ἐληλύθεσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ ἕτερον ὁρῶσιν ἡ ἔμπροσθεν 


λόφον; κατεχόμενον ἐπὶ τοῦτον αὖθις ἐδόκει πορεύε- 
> la > ε lal ’ 3 » ’ 
σθαι. ἐννοήσας δ᾽ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν μή, εἰ ἔρημον καταλίποι 
τὸν ἡλωκότα λόφον," [καὶ] πάλιν λαβόντες οἱ πολέμιοι 
> θ A “a ε ’,’ a 2 δ Ν δ᾽ > 
ἐπιθοῖντο τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις παριοῦσιν — ἐπὶ" πολὺ δ᾽ ἦν 
τὰ ὑποζύγια ἅτε διὰ στενῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ " πορευόμενα ---- 
καταλείπει ἐπὶ τοῦ λόφου" λοχἀγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον 


129,8. 1181. 389. 5586, Ὁ. 2772. 1175. 393,1. 586. $1275. Cf. 851, b, 
and. ὀἔ (αὐτοῖς) ὁρῶσι, dat./pl. 5 Cf. same, 1.88, 


12 


14 


15 


16 


17 


212 AN ABASIS. 


Κηφισοφῶντος ᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ ᾿Αμφικράτην ᾿Αμφιδήμου 
᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ ᾿Αρχαγόραν ᾿Αργεῖον φυγάδα, αὐτὸς δὲ 

Ν a a > 4 >. -% Ν ὃ , ’ » ἈΝ 
σὺν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν δεύτερον λόφον," καὶ 
τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ καὶ τοῦτον αἱροῦσιν. 

Topics for Study. (1) Stem of tui. (2) Adverbs ending in @. 
(3) Omission of substantives. 621. 953. 6543. (4) @ in εὐοδωτάτη. 
(5) Formation of the perfect middle. (6) Most common ®-verbs with 2a. 


of the “-inflection. 489. 799. (6) Meaning of ὄρθιος λόχος, Introd. 103, (4). 
(7) Attic reduplication. 


As Xenophon occupies the third hill, the enemy, retreating to the 
rear, cut off the Greeks left to guard the first hill. 


"Ext δ᾽ αὐτοῖς τρίτος μαστὸς 5 λοιπὸς ἦν πολὺ ὀρθιώ- 
ε ε A “~ a, * Ὁ“ Ν , Lal 
τατος ὁ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ πυρὶ καταληφθείσης φυλακῆς 
τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθελοντῶν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο 
οἱ Ἕλληνες, λείπουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι ἀμαχητὶ τὸν 
μαστόν, ὦστε θαυμαστὸν πᾶσι' γενέσθαι καὶ ὑπώ- 
πτευον δείσαντας αὐτοὺς μὴ κυκλωθέντες πολιορκοῖντο 
ἀπολιπεῖν. οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄκρου καθορῶντες τὰ 
»” , , pee, ‘ > 4 
ὄπισθεν γιγνόμενα πάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας 
ἐχώρουν" καὶ Ἐενοφῶν μὲν σὺν τοῖς νεωτάτοις ave 
: ΄ A ἣν ¥ g Ν δὲ iA 3 aN 
Bawev ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον. τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἐκέλευσεν 
ὑπάγειν, ὅπως οἱ τελευταῖοι λόχοι προσμίξειαν, καὶ 
προελθόντας κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ θέσθαι τὰ 
κ᾿ 5 

ὅπλα [εἶπε]. καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ἦλθεν ᾿Αρχαγό- 
pas ὁ ᾿Αργεῖος πεφευγὼς καὶ λέγει ὡς ἀπεκόπησαν ἀπὸ 

A “ Ν 
τοῦ λόφου καὶ ὅτι τεθνᾶσι Κηφισόδωρος καὶ ᾿Αμφι- 
κράτης καὶ ἄλλοι ὅσοι μὴ ἁλάμενοι κατὰ τῆς πέτρας 

Ν ‘ > 4 > ’ 
πρὸς τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἀφίκοντο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Cf. μαστός. λόφος, πέτρα, and πέτρος. (2) Can 
the exact relative location of the hills mentioned in this passage be fixed f 


1{6, τοῖς Ἕλλησι. 7946, b, end, cf. 1.38, 669, κ. 658 (end). 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IL. 213 


They continue the march harassed by the enemy. 


Ταῦτα δὲ διαπραξάμενοι οἱ βάρβαροι ἧκον ἐπ᾽ ἀντί- 
πορον λόφον" τῷ μαστῷ" καὶ Ξενοφῶν διελέγετο αὐτοῖς 
δι’ ἑρμηνέως περὶ σπονδῶν καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀπήτει. οἱ 
δὲ Ε2 > ὃ , 249 ea Ν , Ἀ φεν 

€ ἔφασαν ἀποδώσειν ἐφ᾽ @” μὴ κάειν τὰς οἰκίας. 
-“ lal e ¥ 
συνωμολόγει ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. ἐν ᾧ δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο 
στράτευμα παρήει, οἱ δὲ ταῦτα διελέγοντο, πάντες οἵ 
ἐκ τούτου τοῦ τόπου συνερρύησαν ἐνταῦθα" Σ5πολέμιοι. 
καὶ ἐπεὶ ἠἡρξαντο καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ τοῦ μαστοῦ πρὸς 

Ἁ ¥ » Ν 9 ¥ 9 Ν ε / 
τοὺς ἄλλους ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα ἔκειτο, ἵεντο δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι 
πολλῷ πλήθει καὶ θορύβῳ καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῆς 

f Ἶ ρυβᾳ Ύ ™ 
Lal an “ > 49 eC lal ΄ > 4 
κορυφῆς Tov μαστοῦ ad’ ov Ξενοφῶν κατέβαινεν, ἐκύ- 
λινδον πέτρους καὶ ἑνὸς μὲν κατέαξαν τὸ σκέλος, Ξέενο- 
φῶντα δὲ ὁ ὑπασπιστὴς ἔχων τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀπέλιπεν" 

> 4 4 ‘ ᾽ Ν ᾿ς > “a 
Εὐρύλοχος δὲ Λουσιεὺς [’Apxas] προσέδραμεν αὐτῷ 
ε 7 ἈΝ Ν » ’ > ’ x 
ὁπλίτης, καὶ πρὸ ἄμφοιν προβεβλημένος ἀπεχώρει, Kat 

» A 
ot ἄλλοι πρὸς τοὺς συντεταγμένους ἀπῆλθον. 

> > ν.Ὁ5 4 A ε A 8 ὰΡ Ἂρ (ὦ , ‘ 

Ex δὲ τούτου πᾶν ὁμοῦ ἐγένετο τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, καὶ 
ἐσκήνησαν ὃ 
ἐπιτηδείοις δαψιλέσι. καὶ γὰρ οἶνος πολὺς ἦν, ὥστε 
ἐν λάκκοις κονιατοῖς εἶχον. Ξενοφῶν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος 
ὃ 4 9 ’ὕ ‘ ‘ > 7 Ν 

ιεπράξαντο ὦστε λαβόντες τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀπέδοσαν τὸν 
ἡγεμόνα" καὶ πάντα ἐποίησαν τοῖς" ἀποθανοῦσιν ἐκ 
τῶν δυνατῶν ὅσαπερ νομίζεται ἀνδράσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 


5 nw > nw ἈΝ ἴω > 4 A 
αὐτοῦ ἐν πολλαῖς καὶ καλαῖς οἰκίαις καὶ 


Topics for Study. (1) Accompaniment,—how expressed? (2) Verbs 
in -AA@, -ττω, -(w. (8) Primary sense of νομίζω. (4) The endings: -ικός, -ἰος, 
and τειος, -pos. 564. 850-1, 855. 287,6. 496. 

Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεύοντο" μαχόμενοι 

᾽ 
δ᾽ οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ ὅπῃ εἴη στενὸν χωρίον προκαταλαμ- 


1772. 1175. 392,1. 525. 2999 anda.’ 1460. 596. 567. 3 609 (a collective 
subject, etc.), 900. 5OO. 498,a. 4767. 1165. 378. 523. 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


214 ANABASIS. 


, ιν ‘ “ὃ δι Ν > ‘ 
βάνοντες ἐκώλυον τὰς παρόδους. ὁπότε μὲν οὖν τοὺς 
πρώτους κωλύοιεν, Ἐενοφῶν ὄπισθεν ἐκβαίνων πρὸς τὰ 
ὄρη ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς πρώτοις 
ἀνωτέρω πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων, ὁπότε 
\ a“ μή > aA ΄ 5 ’ Ν 
δὲ τοῖς ὄπισθεν ἐπιθοῖντο, Χειρίσοφος ἐκβαίνων καὶ 
πειρώμενος ἀνωτέρω γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων ἔλυε 
Ν 3 ’; “~ ’ “a » Ἁ Ψ ἐπ 
τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς ὄπισθεν" καὶ ἀεὶ 
οὕτως ἐβοήθουν ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἰσχυρῶς ἀλλήλων" ἐπεμέ. 
λοντο. ἣν" δὲ καὶ ὁπότε αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀναβᾶσι πολλὰ 
πράγματα παρεῖχον οἱ βάρβαροι πάλιν καταβαίνου- 

; 9 " Ν > 9 ‘Us μ ΄ 
σιν ἐλαφροὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ὥστε καὶ ἐγγύθεν φεύγοντες 
> , ς 29. 5 5 ¥ Rey ‘ 
ἀποφεύγειν: οὐδὲν yap εἶχον ἄλλο ἢ τόξα Kal σφεν- 
ὃ , ¥ δὲ / Ss rs εν δὲ ’ > ‘ 
dvas. ἄριστοι δὲ τοξόται ἦσαν" εἶχον δὲ τόξα ἐγγὺς 
τριπήχη, τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα πλέον ἢ διπήχη᾽ εἷλκον δὲ 

Χ λαμ, ΄ Ν “ἂν δ a ΄ a 
τὰς νευράς, ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν, πρὸς τὸ κάτω τοῦ τόξου τῷ 
ἀριστερῷ ποδὶ προσβαίνοντες. τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα ἐχώρει 

Ν. “ > / Ἁ 4 A“ Pe > “Ὁ Ν 
διὰ τῶν ἀσπίδων καὶ διὰ τῶν θωράκων. ἐχρῶντο δὲ 

2 A εν “eh” s 3 ΄ 6 = 
αὐτοῖς ot Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ λάβοιεν, ἀκοντίοις “ ἐναγκυ- 
λῶντες. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χωρίοις οἱ Κρῆτες χρησιμώ- 

> 2 > \ 27 A ; A , 
Tato. ἐγένοντο. ἦρχε δὲ αὐτῶν Στρατοκλῆς Κρής. 


Topics for Study. (1) Ancient archery. Dictionary of Greek and 
Roman Antiquities, sub arcus. (2) Conditional relative clause of the first class. 


Reaching the Centrites, they find a force ready to dispute their 
passage. 


III. Ταύτην δ᾽ ad τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίσθησαν ἐν ταῖς 
, a, 6738.24 al dé “6 Ν Ν ’ 
κώμαις Tats® ὑπὲρ τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ παρὰ τὸν Κεντρίτην 
ποταμόν, εὖρος ὡς δίπλεθρον, ὅς ὁρίζει τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν 
Ν ‘ “A 4 , ‘ eg? > 
καὶ τὴν τῶν Kapdovywy χώραν. καὶ oi Ἕλληνες ἐν- 
4767. 1165. 878. 523. 3148. 102, 356, 511. *%998,b. 1029. 486, κ᾿ 


61h, a. 4τὸ κάτω (μέρος). δδθδ,». 916. 2290. 547 (οἵ, last ὁχ). 5668. 969,2; 
960. 452. 552, Ὁ. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. III. 215 


~ 9. , ἊΨ 3 ,’ , a 9 a δὲ 
ταῦθα ἀνέπνευσαν ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες πεδίον" ἀπεῖχε δὲ 
a a ὦ ε x a δι. "Ἔ Ν (ὃ la) K ὃ ud 
τῶν ὀρέων ὃ ποταμὸς ἕξ ἢ ἑπτὰ στάδια [τῶν Kapdov- 
ε , Ν > Vi θ ix δὃ , Ἁ 3 
χων]. τότε μὲν οὖν ηὐλίσθησαν μάλα ἡδέως καὶ τάπι- 
τήδεια ἔχοντες καὶ πολλὰ τῶν παρεληλυθότων πόνων 
‘ 8 Nn , σ΄ 3 
μνημονεύοντες. ἑπτὰ γὰρ ἡμέρας, ὅσασπερ ἐπορεύ- 
θησαν διὰ τῶν Καρδούχων, πάσας μαχόμενοι διετέ- 
λεσαν, καὶ ἔπαθον κακὰ ὅσα οὐδὲ τὰ σύμπαντα ὑπὸ 
βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους. ὡς οὖν ἀπηλλαγμένοι 
τούτων ἡδέως ἐκοιμήθησαν. | 
9 Ἁ “” e ’ ε ΄“ ε ,ἅ Ὁ 
Αμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὁρῶσιν ἱππέας που πέραν τοῦ 
a 3 ld ε λύ 8 ὃ ΄ 
ποταμοῦ ἐξωπλισμένους ὡς κωλύσοντας “ διαβαΐνειν, 
aA » ~ 
πεζοὺς δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχθαις παρατεταγμένους ἄνω τῶν 
ε ’ ε 4 > Ἀ 3 , 3 ’ 
ἱππέων ὡς κωλύσοντας εἰς τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν ἐκβαΐνειν. 
> - ‘ 
ἦσαν δ᾽ οὗτοι ᾿Ορόντα καὶ ᾿Αρτούχα ᾿Αρμένιοι καὶ 
Μάρδοι καὶ Χαλδαῖοι μισθοφόροι. ἐλέγοντο δὲ οἱ Χαλ- 
bs 7 5 
Sato. ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι εἶναι: ὅπλα δ᾽ εἶχον 
, Ἀ Ἁ 4 ε \ » e 352) oS 
γέρρα μακρὰ καὶ λόγχας. αἱ δὲ ὄχθαι αὗται ἐφ᾽ ὧν 
παρατεταγμένοι οὗτοι ἦσαν τρία ἢ τέτταρα πλέθρα 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀπεῖχον" ὁδὸς δὲ μία ἡ ὁρωμένη ἦν 
¥ σ - 
ἄγουσα ἄνω ὥσπερ χειροποίητος" ταύτῃ ἐπειρῶντο δια- 
4 2°? Xr > ‘ de ld 4 , a) 
βαίνειν οἱ EdAnves. ἐπεὶ δὲ πειρωμένοις ἡ TO TE υδωρ 
ὑπὲρ τῶν μαστῶν ἐφαίνετο, καὶ τραχὺς ἦν ὁ ποταμὸς 
μεγάλοις λίθοις καὶ ὀλισθηροῖς, καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι 
be 4 X - ¥ ‘A 35 δὲ , 4 ‘ ε ὥς ὩΣ aR 
τὰ ὅπλα ἣν ἔχειν" εἰ" δὲ μή, ἥρπαζεν 6 ποταμός" ἐπί 
lal a Q Γ᾿ ΕἾ , Ν Φ ee 
τε τῆς κεφαλῆς τὰ ὅπλα εἴ τις φέροι, γυμνοὶ ἐγίγνοντο 
x ‘ , ‘ ¥ , fr 3 , Ἁ 
πρὸς τὰ τοξεύματα καὶ τἄλλα βέλη" ἀνεχώρησαν καὶ 
αὐτοῦ ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν. 
Topics for Study. (i) Stems of wvéw, πλέω, ῥέως. (2) Verbs of separa- 


tion. (3) Cf. ἀσπίς, ὅπλον, πέλτη, γέρρον. (4) Cf. the parts of λέγω, say, and 
συλλέγω, collect. 


1719,b. 1060. 884. 586,0. 3497. 444. 158,38. 394. 8968. 1549. 643. 
572andc. 471, Ὁ. 1172,2. 382. 523,a. 5906,b. 616,8. 666, ο. 


10 


il 


216 ANABASIS. 


‘ «- 

Ἔνθα δὲ αὐτοὶ τὴν πρόσθεν νύκτα ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῦ 
»” er Ν 4 Ν , 
ὄρους ἑώρων τοὺς Καρδούχους πολλοὺς συνειλεγμένους 
ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ἐνταῦθα δὴ πολλὴ ἀθυμία ἣν τοῖς Ἕλ- 
λησιν, ὁρῶσι μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν δυσπορίαν, ὁρῶσι δὲ 

Ν ’ 4 ε “ Ν A 4 
τοὺς διαβαίνειν κωλύσοντας, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοῖς διαβαίνουσιν 
ἐπικεισομένους τοὺς Καρδούχους ὄπισθεν. ταύτην μὲν 
οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα ἔμειναν ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ 
ὄντες. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ ovap' εἶδεν. ἔδοξεν ἐν πέδαις 
ὃ ὃ , θ ΜᾺ 2 δὲ oA Sg SAP A Ψ 
εδέσθαι, αὗται" δὲ αὐτῷ ὅ αὐτόμαται περιρρυῆναι, ὥστε 
λυθῆναι καὶ διαβαίνειν ὁπόσον ἐβούλετο. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
» 9S ¥ ἂν Ν ᾽, Ν , ν 
ὄρθρος ἦν, ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον καὶ λέγει ὅτι 
> , ¥ aA ¥ \ κι 2 A N 
ἐλπίδας ἔχει καλῶς ἔσεσθαι, καὶ διηγεῖται αὐτῷ τὸ 
»” ε A ν , Ν ε 4 ν ε ’ 
ὄναρ. ὃ δὲ ἥδετό τε καὶ ὡς τάχιστα ἕως ὑπέφαινεν 
ἐθύοντο πάντες παρόντες οἱ στρατηγοί: καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ 

4 > > Ν Φ.Α, ‘ 4 Ἀ 3 ’ 3 Ν. ba) 
καλὰ ἦν εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τοὺ πρώτου. Kal ἀπιόντες ἀπὸ τῶν 
ἱερῶν οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ παρήγγελλον τῇ 
στρατιᾷ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι. 


Topics for Study. (1) Declension of ὄναρ, of ἕω. (2) Meaning of 
μα ἷπ αὐτόματος. (3) Cf. ἱερά, σφάγια, θῦμα. 


They discover another ford ; prepare to cross; while a feint ts 
made below, Chirisophus crosses above. 


Kal ἀριστῶντι τῷ Ξενοφῶντι προσέτρεχον * δύο veavi- 
σκω" ἤδεσαν γὰρ πάντες ὅτι ἐξείη αὐτῷ καὶ ἀριστῶντι 
καὶ δειπνοῦντι προσελθεῖν καὶ εἰ καθεύδοι ἐπεγείραντα 
εἰπεῖν, εἴ τίς τι ἔχοι τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον. καὶ τότε 
ἔλεγον ὅτι τυγχάνοιεν φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ 
πῦρ, κἄπειτα κατίδοιεν ἐν τῷ πέραν ἐν πέτραις καθη- 
κούσαις ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν ποταμὸν γέροντά τε καὶ γυναῖκα 
καὶ “παιδίσκας ὥσπερ μαρσίπους ἱματίων κατατιθεμένους 


1 Introd. $8, (δ), 193, 2%se, ἔδοξαν, 8767. 1165 878. 623. 4684. Cf. γίγνον- 
ται παῖδες δύο, 1.11, 499. 497. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. III. 217 


ἐν πέτρᾳ ἀντρώδε. ἰδοῦσι δὲ σφίσι δόξαι ἀσφαλὲς 

εἶναι διαβῆναι" οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἱππεῦσι προσ- 

βατὸν εἶναι κατὰ τοῦτο. ἐκδύντες δ᾽ ἔφασαν ἔχοντες 

τὰ ἐγχειρίδια γυμνοὶ ὡς νευσόμενοι ' διαβαίνειν - πορευό- 

μενοι δὲ πρόσθεν διαβῆναι πρὶν βρέξαι τὰ αἰδοῖα - καὶ 
, , δ , , y 

διαβάντες, λαβόντες τὰ ἱμάτια πάλιν ἥκειν. 

Εὐθὺς οὖν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν αὐτός τε ἔσπενδε καὶ τοῖς 
νεανίσκοις ἐγχεῖν ἐκέλευε καὶ εὔχεσθαι τοῖς φήνασι 
θεοῖς τά τε ὀνείρατα καὶ τὸν πόρον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ 
3 Ν , ’, ? > Ν > Ν ,ὕ 
ἀγαθὰ ἐπιτελέσαι. σπείσας δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἦγε τοὺς veavi- 
σκους παρὰ τὸν Χειρίσοφον, καὶ διηγοῦνται ταὐτά. 
3 4 \ : Ἀ ε ’ Ν > , ’ 
ἀκούσας δὲ καὶ ὁ Χειρίσοφος σπονδὰς ἐποίει. σπεί- 

\ “ Ν ¥ 4 4 
σαντες δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις παρήγγελλον συσκευάζεσθαι, 
αὐτοὶ δὲ συγκαλέσαντες τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἐβουλεύοντο 
9 a ’ ~ 2 ‘ 4 » 
ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα διαβαῖεν" καὶ τούς τε ἔμπροσθεν 
νικῷεν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄπισθεν μηδὲν πάσχοιεν κακόν. 


Topics for Study. (1) When did the Greeks take ἄριστον (2) The 
ending -é5ys. (8) The use of pronoun of third person in Attic Greek. (4) 
Force of the ending -σι (5). . 


\ » a aA 
Kai ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς Χειρίσοφον μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ δια- 
,’ ¥ 4 “ 
βαίνειν ἔχοντα τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος. τὸ δ᾽ ἥμισυ 
» ε /, Ν — A Ν δὲ ε 4 Ν Ν 
ἔτι ὑπομένειν σὺν Ξενοφῶντι, τὰ δὲ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν 
» > 4 Lal 
oxAov ἐν μέσῳ τούτων διαβαίνειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ [ταῦτα] 
ἴω by ΄-“. 
καλῶς εἶχεν ἐπορεύοντο: ἡγοῦντο δ᾽ οἱ νεανίσκοι ἐν 
> a ἊΝ κ Orie ea , 3 3X Ν , 
ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν ποταμόν" ὁδὸς δὲ ἦν ἐπὶ τὴν διά- 
ε ’ὕ “ 
βασιν ὡς τέτταρες στάδιοι. πορευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν 
ἀντιπαρῇσαν αἱ τάξεις τῶν ἱππέων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἦσαν 
Ἀ \ ὃ ,΄, ‘ ‘ » A a Ψ 
κατὰ τὴν διάβασιν καὶ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἔθεντο 
ἘΜ ὁ εὖ ‘ aN ”~ ΄ , 3 
Ta οπλα, καὶ αὑτὸς πρῶτος Χειρίσοφος στεφανωσάμενος 


1894, 8; 574. 969,c; 1563,4, 798, κι; G53,5. 367, Ὁ.; ὅ88,0. 2872. 1821. 
663. 479. 8.866 Introd, 91, (2). 


14 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


218 ANABASIS. 


» 

καὶ ἀποδὺς ἐλάμβανε τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι 

’ ᾿ Ν a > ’ ¥ Ν 
παρήγγελλε, καὶ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐκέλευεν ἄγειν τοὺς 
λόχους ὀρθίους, τοὺς μὲν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ τοὺς δ᾽ ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ οἱ μὲν μάντεις ἐσφαγιάζοντο εἰς τὸν ποτα- 
μόν" οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐτόξευον καὶ ἐσφενδόνων ἀλλ᾽ 
¥ 3 “ - > Ν Ν Tams 2 Ν ΄ > , 
οὕπω ἐξικνοῦντο" ἐπεὶ δὲ Kaha ἦν τὰ σφάγια, ἐπαιάνιζον 
πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ ἀνηλάλαζον, συνωλόλυζον δὲ 
καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἅπασαι. πολλαὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ἑταῖραι 


ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι. 
ἃ ld \ 3 ’ A e 4 > , ε 
Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἐνέβαινε καὶ οἱ σὺν ἐκείνῳ ὁ 
δὲ Ξενοφῶν τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λαβὼν τοὺς εὐζωνοτά- 
», > Ν ’ , BN . , Ν Ν 
τους ἔθει ἀνὰ κράτος πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸν πόρον τὸν κατὰ 
N ¥ \ > ‘ A 4 ΄ »” , 
τὴν ἔκβασιν τὴν εἰς τὰ τῶν ᾿Αρμενίων ὄρη; προσποιού- 
μενος ταύτῃ διαβὰς ἀποκλείσειν τοὺς παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν 
ε 4 ε \ 4 c nw Ν ‘ > Ν 4 
ἱππέας. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς ἀμφὶ Χειρί- 
5 n Ν 9 A ε “ ᾿ ‘ 5 A 
coor εὐπετῶς TO ὕδωρ περῶντας, ὁρῶντες δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ 
A , > » ’ Ἁ > 
Eevohavta θέοντας εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, δείσαντες μὴ ἀπολη- 
’ ε A an 
φθεΐζσαν φεύγουσιν ἀνὰ κράτος ὡς πρὸς THY τοῦ 
ἥν »* ¥ > Ν 3 Ν Ν ὁδὸ | ee > 
ποταμοῦ ἄνω ἔκβασιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ THY ὁδὸν ἐγένοντο, 
¥ » x oe. , >» “ἃ A , » ν 
ἔτεινον ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. Λύκιος δ᾽ ὁ τὴν τάξιν ἔχων 
“~ , Cal nw 
τῶν ἱππέων καὶ Αἰσχίνης ὁ τὴν τάξιν τῶν πελταστῶν 
a Ν ν προ, , 
τῶν ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἐπεὶ ἑώρων ava κράτος φεύγοντας, 
ν Ἔ ε δὲ “ 3 , ‘\ > Xr ’, θ 
εἵποντο" οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐβόων μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, 
> > \ 
ἀλλὰ συνεκβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ αὖ ἐπεὶ 
‘ Ν Ν Ν 
διέβη, τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας οὐκ ἐδίωκεν, εὐθὺς δὲ κατὰ τὰς 
, 3, > A , Ν 5 ’ ν "Ὁ 
προσηκούσας ὄχθας ἐπὶ τόν ποταμὸν ἐξέβαινεν ἐπὶ 
» | ¥ ε ” ἈΝ ‘ 
τοὺς ἄνω πολεμίους. οἱ δὲ ἄνω, ὁρῶντες μὲν τοὺς 
lal “ , id 
ἑαυτῶν ἱππέας φεύγοντας, ὁρῶντες δ᾽ ὁπλίτας σφίσιν 
A ¥ 
ἐπιόντας, ἐκλείπουσι τὰ ὑπὲρ TOU ποταμοῦ ἄκρα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Greek for ‘on the right,’ ‘on the left’? (2) Dif 
ference between ἀνὰ κράτος and κατὰ κράτος. (3) Declension of γυνή. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IIL 219 


The others cross protected from the rear enemy by Xenophon. 


Ξενοφῶν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τὰ πέραν ἑώρα καλῶς γιγνόμενα, 
ἀπεχώρει τὴν ταχίστην πρὸς τὸ διαβαῖνον στράτευμα" 
καὶ γὰρ οἱ Καρδοῦχοι φανεροὶ ἤδη ἦσαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον 
καταβαίνοντες ὡς ἐπιθησόμενοι τοῖς τελευταίοις. καὶ 







μα 
ἀγα) suns, 51. 


ὃ, ὃ ΞΞ ἱππεῖς, §§ 3, 



















h 16. 
A ZS Ὁ, C= πεζοί, ὃ 8. 
tht "at a 
ΠΝ ΜῊΝ h d-d = Καρδοῦχοι, 
A Wy, ς k $7. 
{7}; Ye, i * hilt) e-h = Greeks under 
\\\ ἡ! Wy ; Xenophon 
PO. a 
a S\\\ WN ἘΣ 
ANN J f ANUS QA ae Zig g-h = nap’ ἀσπίδα, 
| yy» ὶ SS ῶ } = 
22 Ly i, \\ Ss § 26. 
ZAM 7 ἢ | ἊΝ, ~\SF k-k = Καρδοῦχοι, 





{If Vine ia KAN SS 
\ me Me ASS 8 80. 
(Wc ae 
ἃς Yi} VEIN ὴ Νὴ ἣ WV O-0 = evw ° 
ἡ"! δὼ Di Ἵ IN νὰ AWS ial 


Minh δὲ 








Χειρίσοφος μὲν τὰ ἄνω κατεῖχε, Λύκιος δὲ σὺν Ode 
5 7 3 Lal »ἩΆ᾽ “ ’ ‘ 
yous ἐπιχειρήσας ἐπιδιῶξαι ἔλαβε τῶν σκευοφόρων τὰ 
ὑπολειπόμενα καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἐσθῆτά τε καλὴν καὶ 
9 ᾿ Ἁ 4 4 , Lal e , Stee. 
ἐκπώματα. Kal τὰ μὲν σκευοφόρα τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ὃ 
ὄχλος ἀκμὴν διέβαινε, Ἐενοφῶν δὲ στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς 
Καρδούχους ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα ἔθετο, καὶ παρήγγειλε τοῖς 
λοχαγοῖς κατ᾽ ἐνωμοτίας ποιήσασθαι ἕκαστον τὸν ἕαυ- 
τοῦ λόχον, παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα παραγαγόντας τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν 
5.5 ΄ i \ \ 5 \ oie,’ δ 3 
ἐπὶ φάλαγγος" καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐνω- 
μοτάρχους πρὸς τῶν Καρδούχων ἰέναι, οὐραγοὺς δὲ 
καταστήσασθαι πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 
Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι ὡς ἑώρων τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας τοῦ 
ὄχλου ψιλουμένους καὶ ὀλίγους ἤδη φαινομένους, θᾶτ- 
tov δὴ ἐπῇσαν ὠδάς τινας ἄδοντες. ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος, 


34 


25 


26 


220 ANABASIS. 


> Ν a > > ~ 3 “ φ ’ A 
, ἐπεὶ TA Tap αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς εἶχε, πέμπει παρὰ Hevo- 


28 


29 


80 


al Ν Ν Ν ,’ ἈΝ ’ 
φῶντα τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ τοξότας 
Ν 4 “a 54 » Z| > Ἁ > > Ν 
καὶ κελεύει ποιεῖν ὅτι ἂν παραγγέλλῃ. ἰδὼν δ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
διαβαίνοντας 6 Ἐενοφῶν πέμψας ἄγγελον κελεύει αὐτοῦ 
μεῖναι ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ μὴ διαβάντας - ὅταν δ᾽ ἄρξων- 
> Ν ’ὔ > ’ + ἈΝ ἂν aA 
ται αὐτοὶ διαβαίνειν, ἐναντίους ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν σφῶν 
> 4 ε ’ 4 ‘ > 
ἐμβαίνειν ὡς διαβησομένους, διηγκυλωμένους τοὺς ἀκον- 
τιστὰς καὶ ἐπιβεβλημένους τοὺς τοξότας" μὴ πρόσω 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ προβαΐνειν. 


Topics for Study. (1) τό with adverbs as τοὔπισθεν, τοὔμπαλιν. (9) 
ἀκμήν. (3) wap’ ἀσπίδα, ἐπὶ δόρυ, ἐπὶ φάλαγγος as military terms. (4) Deriva- 
tives from δή. (5) διηγκυλωμένοι, ἐπιβεβλημένοι. 


Tots δὲ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ παρήγγειλεν, ἐπειδὰν σφενδόνη 
> A Ν 3 Ν “ ’ “A > Ν 
ἐξικνῆται καὶ ἀσπὶς ψοφῇ; παιανίσαντας θεῖν εἰς τοὺς 
’ 3 ‘ > > / 
πολεμίους ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἀναστρέ- 
ψωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ 
ποταμοῦ O σαλπικτὴς σημήνῃ 

Ν ’ > ld 
τὸ πολεμικόν, ἀναστρέψαντας 
a ἢ ’ ε ~ Ν Ν 
ἐπὶ δόρυ ἡγεῖσθαι μὲν τοὺς 
3 ’ a \ , Ν 
οὐραγούς, θεῖν δὲ πάντας καὶ 

΄ 9 , δ οὖ] 
διαβαίνειν ὅτι τάχιστα ἧ ἕκα- 
στος τὴν τάξιν εἶχεν, ὡς μὴ 
ἐμποδίζειν ἀλλήλους" ὅτι οὗτος 
ἄριστος ἔσοιτο ὃς ἂν πρῶτος 
ἐν τῷ πέραν γένηται. 
la! “ ‘ ᾿ς 
Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι ὁρῶντες ὀλίγους ἤδη τοὺς λοιποὺς 
“ ¥ 

—Tohhoi yap καὶ τῶν μένειν τεταγμένων ᾧχοντο ἐπι- 
λό ε \ ε ΄ ε δὲ A ε δ᾽ ε A 
μελόμενοι οἱ μὲν ὑποζυγίων, οἱ δὲ σκευῶν, οἱ δ᾽ ἑταιρῶν 
---ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐπέκειντο θρασέως καὶ ἤρχοντο σφενδονᾶν 





ν 
81 καὶ τοξεύειν. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες παιανίσαντες ὥρμησαν 


1 Introd. 100, 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IV. 221 


δρόμῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο" Kal yap ἦσαν 
ὡπλισμένοι ὡς μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς πρὸς τὸ ἐπι- 
a A , x 4 Ν > a ΄ 

δραμεῖν καὶ φεύγειν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαι 

lal 7 ε 
οὐχ ἱκανῶς. ἐν τούτῳ σημαίνει 6 σαλπικτής" καὶ οἱ 
μὲν πολέμιοι ἔφευγον πολὺ ἔτι θᾶττον, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες 
> Φ: ἃ Ζ΄ ¥ ὃ Ν “ a 9 
τἀναντία; στρέψαντες ἔφευγον διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὅτι 
τάχιστα. τῶν δὲ πολεμίων οἱ μέν τινες αἰσθόμενοι 


: 4 ” “τ Ν Ν Ν , 5Ὰ 7 
πάλιν ἔδραμον ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν καὶ τοξεύοντες ὀλίγους 


~ 


ἔτρωσαν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ πέραν ὄντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
¥ , 3 ΄ ε ἐς ὦ , 

ἔτι φανεροὶ ἦσαν φεύγοντες. οἱ δὲ ὑπαντήσαντες ἀνδρι- 

ζόμενοι καὶ προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ προϊόντες ὕστερον 
Leal Ν — “A ὃ ΄ tx Ὁ Ἁ 3 40 ’ 

τῶν μετὰ Ἐενοφῶντος διέβησαν πάλιν καὶ ἐτρώθησάν 

τινες καὶ τούτων. 


Proceed through Armenia hindered only by storms. 


IV. Ἐπεὶ δὲ διέβησαν, συνταξάμενοι ἀμφὶ μέσον 
ε / > 40 ὃ Ν “A 3 ΄ ΄ 2 9 
ἡμέρας ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας πεδίον" ἅπαν 
καὶ λείους γηλόφους οὐ μεῖον ἢ πέντε παρασάγγας" οὐ 
γὰρ ἦσαν ἐγγὺς τοῦ ποταμοῦ κῶμαι διὰ τοὺς πολέμους 

‘\ Ν ‘ 8 4 > δὲ ἃ 3 ’ , 3 
τοὺς πρὸς τοὺς Kapdovxous. εἰς δὲ ἣν ἀφίκοντο κώμην 
μεγάλη τε ἦν καὶ βασίλειον εἶχε τῷ σατράπῃ καὶ ἐπὶ 
ταῖς πλείσταις οἰκίαις τύρσεις ἐπῆσαν ἐπιτήδεια δ᾽ ἦν 


“δαψιλῆ. 


Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγ- 
yas δέκα μέχρι ὑπερῆλθονἡ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρητος 
ποταμοῦ. ἐγ 

Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγ- 
γας πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Τηλεβόαν ποταμόν. οὗτος 
δ᾽ ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ᾽ οὖ: κῶμαι δὲ πολλαὶ περὶ 


2719,a. 1060. 336. 540. 2715,b. 1057. 333. 536. 3995. 1087. 488. 
613,c. *391,b. 188,1. 284,1. 268, ἃ. 


32 


33 


34 


ῃ 


LO 


222 ANABASIS. 


τὸν ποταμὸν ἦσαν. ὁ δὲ τόπος οὗτος ᾿Αρμενία ἐκαλεῖτο 
ε Q ε , Ψ δ᾽ ὦ oA , ε 
ἡ πρὸς ἑσπέραν. ὕπαρχος δ᾽ ἦν αὐτῆς Τιρίβαζος, 6 

A ~~ 4 , Ἀ ε , 7 > A 
καὶ βασιλεῖ φίλος γενόμενος, καὶ ὁπότε παρείη, οὐδεὶς 
ἄλλος βασιλέα ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλλεν. οὗτος προσ- 
ἤλασεν ἱππέας ἔχων, καὶ προπέμψας ἑρμηνέα εἶπεν ὅτι 
βούλοιτο διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς ἄρχουσι. τοῖς δὲ στρατη- 
γοῖς ἔδοξεν ἀκοῦσαι" καὶ προσελθόντες εἰς ἐπήκοον 
apie τί θέλοι. ἃ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι σπείσασθαι βούλοιτο 
ἐφ᾽ ᾧ' μήτε αὐτὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖν μήτε ἐκεί: 
νους κάειν τὰς οἰκίας, λαμβάνειν τε τἀπιτήδεια ὅσων 
δέοιντο. ἔδοξε ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ ἐσπείσαντο 
ἐπὶ τούτοις. 

Topics for Study. (1) Armenia: division, extent, products etc. (9) 
The idiom for ‘ within hearing.’ 


Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς διὰ πεδίου 
’ (ὃ Ἔ A 4 , 
παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα " καὶ Τιρίβαζος παρηκολούθει 
ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἀπέχων ὡς δέκα σταδίους" 
‘ > 4 > , Ν , ’ a 
καὶ ἀφίκοντο εἰς βασίλεια καὶ κώμας πέριξ πολλὰς 
πολλῶν ὃ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων μεστάς. 
Στρατοπεδευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν γίγνεται τῆς νυκτὸς χιὼν 
’ oe a a 4 A A 
πολλή καὶ ἕωθεν ἔδοξε διασκηνῆσαι Tas τάξεις καὶ τοὺς 
στρατηγοὺς κατὰ τὰς κώμας" οὐ γὰρ ἑώρων πολέμιον 
οὐδένα καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς͵ 
, 3 lal > x 5» ’, ν > ‘ 9 , 
χιόνος. ἐνταῦθα εἶχον [τὰ ἐπιτήδεια] ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀγαθά, 
ἱερεῖα, σῖτον, οἴνους παλαιοὺς εὐώδεις, ἀσταφίδας, ὄσπρια 
παντοδαπά. τῶν δὲ ἀποσκεδαννυμένων τινὲς ἀπὸ τοῦ 
΄ x, Ψ ΤᾺ , 4 \ 
στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον ὅτι κατίδοιεν νύκτωρ πολλὰ πυρὰ 
φαίνοντα. ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς 
εἶναι διασκηνοῦν, ἀλλὰ συναγαγεῖν τὸ στράτευμα πάλιν. 


1 866 ἐπί, οἵ, 4.219, 2940, (Ὁ). 927. 631, 475, κ. 543, (1). ὃ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων 
(ὄντων) πολλῶν. 594,b. 919. 453,1. 563, ο. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. IV. 223 


ἐντεῦθεν συνῆλθον Kai yap ἐδόκει διαιθριάζειν. νυκτε- 
ἊΝ Lal » ἂν 
ρευόντων δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐνταῦθα ἐπιπίπτει χιὼν ἄπλετος, ὥστε 
> 4 Ν Ν ῳ ‘ Ν 3 , 
ἀποκρύψαι Kal τὰ ὅπλα Kai τοὺς ἀνθρώπους κατακει- 
΄ κι δ: ΄ ε Gent \ Ν 
μένους " καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια συνεπόδισεν ἡ χιών καὶ πολὺς 
ὄκνος ἣν ἀνίστασθαι: κατακειμένων ᾿ yap ἀλεεινὸν " ἦν 
Ἀ 
ἡ χιὼν ἐπιπεπτωκυῖα ὅτῳ μὴ παραρρυείη. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
=| “A + a. Ν > Ν 4 , ar 
Ξενοφῶν ἐτόλμησε γυμνὸς ἀναστὰς σχίζειν ξύλα, τάχ 
.: ’, Ν ¥ > , > 4 Ss 2» ΄ 
ἀναστάς τις καὶ ἄλλος ἐκείνου ἀφελόμενος “ ἐἔσχιζεν. 
3 \ , xy... »¥ > , A ¥ +s 4 
ἐκ δὲ τούτου καὶ ἄλλοι ἀναστάντες πῦρ ἔκαον Kal ἐχρί- 
ovTo* πολὺ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα εὑρίσκετο χρῖμα, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο 
avr ἐλαίου, σύειον καὶ onodpivov* καὶ ἀμυγδάλινον ἐκ 
τῶν πικρῶν καὶ τερμίνθινον.: ἐκ δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων 
καὶ μύρον εὑρίσκετο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Greek for ‘muck snow falls, §§ 8, 11. (2) The 
endings denoting material. 


Anticipating an attack from Tiribazus, they disperse his troops. 


Mera ταῦτα ἐδόκει πάλιν διασκηνητέον εἶναι [eis τὰς 

’ 3 ΄ ¥ \ ε a ἈΝ “ 
κώμας] εἰς στέγας. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ στρατιῶται σὺν πολλῇ 

a a ἃ 

κραυγῇ Kat ἡδονῇ ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὰς στέγας Kal τὰ ἐπιτή- 
daa’ ὅσοι δὲ ὅτε τὸ πρότερον ἀπῇσαν τὰς οἰκίας 
ἐνέπρησαν ὑπὸ ἀτασθαλίας δίκην ἐδίδοσαν κακῶς σκη- 
νοῦντες. 

᾽ al , 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἔπεμψαν νυκτὸὲξ Δημοκράτην Τημνίτην 
» ὃ ὃ , Ψ Ἂ Ν. 3 » θ ¥ ε 3 ὃ 
ἄνδρας δόντες ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη ἔνθα ἔφασαν οἱ ἀποσκεδαν- 
νύμενοι καθορᾶν τὰ πυρά" οὗτος γὰρ ἐδόκει καὶ πρό- 

Ν ¥ 9 a “ Ν »” ε 

τερον πολλὰ ἤδη ἀληθεῦσαι τοιαῦτα, τὰ ὄντα τε ὡς 
» Ν ν δ + 2 ε 9 * Ν » ‘ 
ὄντα καὶ τὰ" μὴ ὄντα ὡς οὐκ ὄντα. πορευθεὶς δὲ τὰ 
μὲν πυρὰ οὐκ ἔφη ἰδεῖν, ἄνδρα δὲ συλλαβὼν ἧκεν 


1 80. αὐτῶν, 3617. 925. 498, δίμ,. 8 sc. τὴν ἀξίνην. 4δ660, Ὁ. 852. 288, 2. 
426(end).  *51025,a, 1612. 431,1. 582, ο. 


It 


15 


16 


22 


224 


ANABASIS. 


»¥ » ’ Ν Ν ᾿ ‘ 
ἄγων ἔχοντα τόξον Περσικὸν καὶ φαρέτραν καὶ σάγαριν 
ιἴ οἵανπερ καὶ αἱ ᾿Αμαζόνες ἔχουσιν. ἐρωτώμενος δὲ 





PERSIAN ARCHER. 


ποδαπὸς εἴη Πέρσης μὲν ἔφη εἶναι, 
πορεύεσθαι δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ Τιριβάζου 
» ν > 4 4 
στρατοπέδου, ὅπως ἐπιτήδεια λάβοι. 
οἱ δὲ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν τὸ στράτευμα 
ὁπόσον τε εἴη καὶ ἐπὶ τίνι συν- 
ευλεγμένον. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι Τιρίβαζος 
εἴη ἔχων τήν τε ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ 
μισθοφόρους Χάλυβας καὶ Ταόχους" 
’ Ν Ses ¥ ε a. % 
παρεσκευάσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἔφη ws ἐπὶ 
τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὄρους ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς 


ἧπερ μοναχῇ εἴη πορεία, ἐνταῦθα ἐπιθησόμενον τοῖς 
Ἕλλησιν. 


3 ,ὕ a) “ lal Ν 4 
Ακούσασι Tots στρατηγοῖς ταῦτα ἔδοξε τὸ στράτευμα 





GREEK ARCHER. 


lite ‘\ 352 Χ ᾽ὔ 

συναγαγεῖν᾽ καὶ εὐθὺς φύλακας 
καταλιπόντες καὶ στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ 
“a /, , ’ 
τοῖς μένουσι Σοφαίνετον Στυμφά- 
λιον ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα 
Ν ε ’ »” > ‘\ Ν 
τὸν ἁλόντα ἄνθρωπον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ 
ὑπερέβαλλον τὰ ὄρη, οἵ πελ- 
τασταὶ προϊόντες καὶ κατιδόντες 
τὸ στρατόπεδον οὐκ ἔμειναν τοὺς 
ὁπλίτας, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνακραγόντες ἔθεον 
aS ἃ, Ν ’ ε Ν ’ 
ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. οἱ δὲ βάρ- 


3 4 Ν , > ε ’ 5 3 
βαροι ἀκούσαντες τὸν θόρυβον οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλ 
+ 9 \ Ν > / / “~ ’ 
ἔφευγον: ὅμως δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανόν τινες τῶν βαρβάρων 

\ ¢ Ψ > ¥ a Pw ΄ 1 
καὶ ἵπποι ἥλωσαν εἰς εἴκοσι καὶ ἡ σκηνὴ ἡ Τιριβάζου 
ἑάλω καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ κλῖναι ἀργυρόποδες καὶ ἐκπώματα 

\ ε \ ε , > > δὴ 
καὶ οἱ ἀρτοκόποι καὶ οἱ οἰνοχόοι φάσκοντες εἶναι. ἐπειδὴ 


3 Introd. 12. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 225 


4 + PTY a ε “ ε “ , 25 , 
δὲ ἐπύθοντο ταῦτα οἱ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν στρατηγοΐ, ἐδόκει 
-“ la 
αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι τὴν ταχίστην ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, μή 
ἴω XN Ν 
τις ἐπίθεσις 2 γένοιτο τοῖς καταλελειμμένοις. καὶ εὐθὺς 
κ ,ὕ Δ + Ἂς » Som FS ΚΝ. > 
ἀνακαλεσάμενοι τῇ σάλπιγγι ἀπῇσαν, Kal ἀφίκοντο αὐθη- 
μερὸν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
Topics for Study. (1) Plurals of πῦρ. (2) Cf. ξένοι and μισθοφόροι. 


(3) The ending -χῇ. (4) Nouns derived from βάλλω, ἔδραμον, λέγω, στέλλω. 
(5) To φάς (pres. pt. of φημί) Xenophon prefers what participle ? 


They march on through deep snow, facing a cold wind. 


ν. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόκει πορευτέον εἶναι ὅπῃ δύ- 
ναιντο τάχιστα πρὶν συλλεγῆναι τὸ στράτευμα πάλιν 
Ἀ “ Ν td , > 77% > 
καὶ καταλαβεῖν τὰ στενά. συσκευασάμενοι δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἐπο- 
΄ ὃ Ν , A ε , ἣν SS 
pevovTo διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες πολλούς 

Ν 3 Ν ε , Ν ¥ re eS 
καὶ αὐθημερὸν ὑπερβαλόντες τὸ ἄκρον ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἔμελλεν 
> / 4 4 
ἐπιτίθεσθαι Τιρίβαζος κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο. 

> Lal > 5 4 Ν > 7 Lal 

Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς 
παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, 
καὶ διέβαινον αὐτὸν βρεχόμενοι πρὸς τὸν ὀμφαλόν. ἐλέ.- 
yovto δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ αἱ πηγαὶ πρόσω εἶναι. 

> “ > 7 Ν ’ ~ ἈΝ ’ 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς καὶ πεδίου. 
σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. ὁ δὲ τρίτος ὃ ἐγέ- 
veto χαλεπὸς καὶ ἄνεμος βορρᾶς ἐναντίος ἔπνει παντά- 
πασιν ἀποκάων πάντα καὶ πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. ἔνθα 
δὴ τῶν μάντεών τις εἶπε σφαγιάσασθαι τῷ ἀνέμῳ, καὶ 

΄, = ‘ A \ ες ¥ » κα N 
σφαγιάζεται" Kat πᾶσι δὴ περιφανῶς ἔδοξεν ἀνεῖναι τὸ 
Ν Le ᾿ > δὲ Ὁ ’ὔ ‘ ’ 

χαλεπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος. ἦν δὲ τῆς χιόνος τὸ βάθος 
ὀργυιά: wore καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων καὶ τῶν ἀνδραπόδων 
πολλὰ ἀπώλετο καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 


1881. 1802. 590. 5611, ε. 2765, 8. 1174(‘“‘ With Nouns”). 898. 522. 3 se, 
σταθμός. 4946, (end). 669,N. 658 (end). 


§ 


~ 


10 


226 ANABASIS. 


διεγένοντο δὲ τὴν νύκτα πῦρ κάοντες" ξύλα δ᾽ ἦν ἐν 
τῷ σταθμῷ πολλά’: οἱ δὲ ὀψὲ προσιόντες ξύλα οὐκ 
εἶχον. οἱ οὖν πάλαι ἥκοντες καὶ πῦρ κάοντες οὐ προσ- 
ίεσαν πρὸς τὸ πῦρ τοὺς ὀψίζοντας. εἰ μὴ μεταδοῖεν 
> “a ‘ os » » » » 

αὐτοῖς πυροὺς ἢ ἄλλο [τι] εἴ τι ἔχοιεν βρωτόν. ἔνθα 
δὴ μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις dv’ εἶχον ἕκαστοι. ἔνθα δὲ 
τὸ πῦρ ἐκάετο. διατηκομένης τῆς χιόνος βόθροι ἐγίγνοντο 

, ¥ > \ Ν 3 @ \ a a x 
μεγάλοι ἔστε ἐπὶ τὸ δάπεδον᾽ ov δὴ παρὴν μετρεῖν τὸ 
βάθος τῆς χιόνος. : 


Topics for Study. (1) εἶναι and εἶνα. (2) Force of μετά in compo- 
sition. (3) ἔστε and ἐστέ, ds and ὥς. 


> lal A A 3 al ε ’ ν > , 

Εντεῦθεν δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ὅλην ἐπορεύοντο 
ὃ 4 , Ἀ Ν a > ’ > 

ιὰ χιόνος, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐβουλιμίασαν. 
Ξενοφῶν δ᾽ ὀπισθοφυλακῶν καὶ καταλαμβάνων τοὺς 
, aA > 4 > 9 Ν , » 
πίπτοντας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἠγνόει ὅτι τὸ πάθος εἴη. 
> \ ie, 7 κ a Ψ A 
ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶπέ Tis αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμπείρων ὅτι σαφῶς Bov- 
λιμιῶσι κἄν τι φάγωσιν ἀναστήσονται, περιιὼν περὶ 
τὰ ὑποζύγια, εἴ πού τι ὁρῴη βρωτόν, διεδίδου καὶ 
διέπεμπε διδόντας τοὺς δυναμένους περιτρέχειν τοῖς 


μα. » Ν ’ » ’ > 4 Ν 
βουλιμιῶσιν. ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο καὶ 


ἐπορεύοντο. 
Ν ᾿΄ 

Πορευομένων " δὲ Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἀμφὶ κνέφας πρὸς 

, 5 a ‘ e , > “A , Ν 
κώμην ἀφικνεῖται, καὶ ὑδροφορούσας ἐκ τῆς κώμης πρὸς 
τῇ κρήνῃ γυναῖκας καὶ κόρας καταλαμβάνει ἔμπρο- 

- Ὁ > 

σθεν τοῦ ἐρύματος. αὗται ἠρώτων αὐτοὺς τίνες εἶεν. 
ε δ᾽ ε Ν > 8 9 Ν , a 
ὁ δ᾽ ἑρμηνεὺς εἶπε περσιστὶ ὅ ὅτι παρὰ βασιλέως πορεύ- 
ονται πρὸς τὸν σατράπην. at δὲ ἀπεκρίναντο ὅτι οὐκ 
> “A ¥ 5 3 3 , 9 , ε δ᾽ 
ἐνταῦθα εἴη, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπέχει ὅσον παρασάγγην. οἱ O, 
ᾧ > > x 
ἐπεὶ ὀψὲ ἦν, πρὸς τὸν κωμάρχην συνεισέρχονται εἰς TO 


3937. 1097. 356. δ10, ἃ. 2 86, αὐτῶν, 8 860, 3. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 997 


ἔρυμα σὺν ταῖς ὑδροφόροις. Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν καὶ il 


ὅσοι ἐδυνήθησαν τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐνταῦθα ἐστρατο- 
ὃ , “ δ᾽ χλλ a ε a | ὃ , 
TEOEVT AVTO, τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν OL μὴ ὀυνάμενοι 
διατελέσαι τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνυκτέρευσαν ἄσιτοι καὶ ἄνευ 
Ν “ 4 nw al 
πυρός καὶ ἐνταῦθά τινες ἀπώλοντο τῶν στρατιωτῶν. 
Topics for Study. (1) βοῦς in composition. (2) Pronouns used in 


introducing indirect questions. (3) Accent of ὑδροφόρος, H. 582, c; G. 885. 
(4) μή with adjectives or participles. 


After much suffering and exhaustion they encamp in the snow. 


> / A A , , 4 A 
Εφείποντο δὲ τῶν πολεμίων συνειλεγμένοι τινὲς καὶ 
Ν Ἁ ’ ial e 4 9 Ἀ > ’ 
τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἥρπαζον καὶ ἀλλήλοις 
ἐμάχοντο περὶ αὐτῶν. ἐλείποντο δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἵ 
τε διεφθαρμένοι ὑπὸ τῆς χιόνος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς " οἵ τε 
ἀν κι ΄ Ν , 2 ba 
ὑπὸ Tov ψύχους τοὺς δακτύλους “ τῶν 
ποδῶν ἀποσεσηπότες. ἦν δὲ τοῖς μὲν 
> θ al > ᾿ ial , 3 ¥ 
ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπικούρημα τῆς χιόνος ὃ εἴ 
΄ » Ν A > 
τις μέλαν τι ἔχων πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλ- 
μῶν ἐπορεύετο, τῶν δὲ ποδῶν ὃ εἴ τις 





καρβάτιναι. 


lal 4 ‘ , ε ’ » 3, 3 Ἁ 4 
κινοῖτο. καὶ μηδέποτε ἡσυχίαν ἔχοι Kal εἰς THY νύκτα 
ὑπολύοιτο᾽ ὅσοι δὲ ὑποδεδεμένοι ἐκοιμῶντο, εἰσεδύοντο 
3 ‘ “ὃ ε ‘\ Ν 
εἰς τοὺς πόδας οἱ ἱμάντες καὶ τὰ 
ε » , é Ν 
ὑποδήματα περιεπήγνυντο᾽ καὶ γὰρ 
> > Ν > / Ν 9 A 
ἦσαν, ἐπειδὴ ἐπέλιπε τὰ ἀρχαῖα 
ὑποδήματα, καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι 
3 a A SLs 44 Pee oe 
ἐκ τῶν νεοδάρτων βοῶν. διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας οὖν ἀνάγκας 
A a Ν 
ὑπελείποντό τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν" καὶ ἰδόντες μέλαν 
ὔ ὃ Ἀ eae λ λ , 5 3 50 Ν , ¥ 
τι χωρίον διὰ τὸ ἐκλελοιπέναι " αὐτόθι τὴν χιόνα εἴκαζον 
΄ a 
TeTyKévat* Kal ἐτετήκει διὰ κρήνην τινὰ ἣ πλησίον ἣν 





ὑποδήματα, ἱμάντες. 


11025, 4. 1612, 431, 1. 589, ¢. 3715, 1058. 335, 512. 537. 8 29, ο. 
108ῦ, 8, 350. 506,a. 4894,2. 1898,2. 610. 661.2. 959. 1546. 638. Cf. 574. 


12 


12 


16 


17 


18 


228 ANABASIS. 


5 , 3 a So 2 
ἀτμίζουσα ἐν νάπῃ. ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἐκτραπόμενοι ἐκάθηντο καὶ 
» 
οὐκ ἔφασαν πορεύεσθαι. 

Ὁ ᾿δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἔχων [τοὺς] ὀπισθοφύλακας ὡς 
ἤσθετο, ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ μὴ 
> ’ ld 9 ν ‘\ Ψ 
ἀπολείπεσθαι, λέγων ὅτι ἕπονται πολλοὶ πολέμιοι συνει- 


λεγμένοι, καὶ τελευτῶν ' ἐχαλέπαινεν. οἱ δὲ σφάττειν 5 


ἐκέλευον " 8 


ov* γὰρ ἂν δύνασθαι πορευθῆναι. ἐνταῦθα 
ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι τοὺς ἑπομένους πολεμίους φοβῆ- 
σαι, εἴ τις δύναιτο, μὴ ἐπίοιεν τοῖς κάμνουσι. καὶ ἣν 
μὲν σκότος ἤδη, οἱ δὲ προσῇσαν πολλῷ θορύβῳ ἀμφὶ 
ὧν εἶχον διαφερόμενοι. ἔνθα δὴ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες [ἅτε 
ὑγιαίνοντες] ἐξαναστάντες ἔδραμον εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους " 
οἱ δὲ κάμνοντες ἀνακραγόντες ὅσον ἐδύναντο μέγιστον 
‘ > (ὃ Ν Ν ὃ ’ ,᾿ ε δὲ ’, 
τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἔκρουσαν. οἱ ὃδὲ πολέμιοι 
δείσαντες ἧκαν ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τῆς χιόνος εἰς τὴν νάπην; 


Kal οὐδεὶς ἔτι οὐδαμοῦ ἐφθέγξατο. 


19 


2 


Topics for Study. (1) Participles used adverbially. (2) The form 
ἧκαν. 
Καὶ Ξενοφῶν μὲν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ εἰπόντες τοῖς 
> lal 9 “A ε , 9 , > 9 > , 
ἀσθενοῦσιν ὅτι TH ὑστεραίᾳ ἡξουσί τινες ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, 
» ‘ 4 , “A , 
πορευόμενοι πρὶν τέτταρα στάδια διελθεῖν ἐντυγχάνου- 
σιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναπανομένοις ἐπὶ τῆς χιόνος τοῖς 
Ν 
στρατιώταις ἐγκεκαλυμμένοις, καὶ οὐδὲ φυλακὴ οὐδεμία 
καθειστήκει" καὶ ἀνίστασαν αὐτούς. οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον ὅτι 
οἱ ἔμπροσθεν οὐχ ὑποχωροῖεν. ὁ“ δὲ παριὼν καὶ πα- 
ραπέμπων τῶν πελταστῶν τοὺς ἰσχυροτάτους ἐκέλευε 
’ , » Ν “A ε \ > 4 9 
σκέψασθαι τί εἴη TO κωλῦον. οἱ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι 
Ὁ“ , 
ὅλον οὕτως ἀναπαύοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. ἐνταῦθα καὶ 
ε ‘ A >\ 7 > la) ¥ Ν ‘ 
οἱ περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ηὐλίσθησαν αὐτοῦ ἄνευ πυρὸς καὶ 


1968,4. 1564. 653,N.2. δ88,. 4, 480, αὐτούς. 8.86, αὐτόν, 486. ἔφασαν. “i.e 
οἱ πολέμιοι. 61,6, Ξενοφῶν. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 229 


Ψ Ν ν 9. 2 , 3 Ἁ 
ἄδειπνοι, φυλακὰς οἵας ἐδύναντο καταστησάμενοι. ἐπεὶ 
\ κ eee: > ε ᾿ — A , s N 
δὲ πρὸς ἡμέραν jv, ὁ μὲν Ξενοφῶν πέμψας πρὸς τοὺς 
ἀσθενοῦντας τοὺς νεωτάτους ἀναστήσαντας ἐκέλευεν 
> 4 oc 2 > Ν 4 4 7 
ἀναγκάζειν προϊέναι. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος πέμπει 
Tov’ ἐκ τῆς κώμης σκεψομένους, πῶς ἔχοιεν οἱ τελευ- 
ταῖοι. οἱ δὲ ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες" τοὺς μὲν ἀσθενοῦντας 
Ἀ 
«τούτοις παρέδοσαν κομίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, αὐτοὶ 
Ν > 4 ἈΝ », » Ud , 
δὲ ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ πρὶν εἴκοσι στάδια διεληλυθέναι 
> ἈΝ hand 4 » ’ 3s 4 
ἦσαν πρὸς TH κώμῃ ἔνθα Χειρίσοφος ηὐλίζετο. 


Topics for Study. (1) Cf. ἀνίστασαν, ἀνέστασαν, ἀνέστησαν. (2) What 
tenses of ἵστημι are transitive ὁ 


The troops are billeted among the villages. Armenian houses. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνεγένοντο ἀλλήλοις, ἔδοξε κατὰ Tas κώμας 
ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τὰς τάξεις σκηνοῦν. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν 
ike ε 4.1 Ἂς ἃ cr , 
αὐτοῦ ἔμενεν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι διαλαχόντες ds ἑώρων κώμας 
> ΄ cy \ ε an » » κ 
ἐπορεύοντο ἕκαστοι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες. ἔνθα δὴ Πο- 
λυκράτης ᾿Αθηναῖος λοχαγὸς ἐκέλευσεν ἀφιέναι ἑαυτόν " 
Ἁ Ἁ 4, > y » aS Ν ’ἅ a > ’ 
καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς εὐζώνους, θέων ἐπὶ τὴν κώμην ἣν εἰλή- 
a an , 7 ¥ “r ᾿ 
χει Ξενοφῶν καταλαμβάνει πάντας ἔνδον τοὺς κωμήτας 
καὶ τὸν κωμάρχην, καὶ πώλους εἰς δασμὸν βασιλεῖ τρε- 
φομένους ἑπτακαίδεκα, καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ κωμάρχου 
7 ae 8 2 Ὁ ΤΕΣ Sy Bak 9. κα 
ἐνάτην ἡμέραν " γεγαμημένην "ἡ ὁ δ᾽ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς λαγὼς 
ᾧχετο θηράσων καὶ οὐχ ἥλω ἐν τῇ κώμῃ. 
ε δ᾽ b ea > Ν Ἀ ; ν 
Αι οἰκίαι ἧσαν κατάγειοι, τὸ μὲν στόμα ὠσπερ 
, , Sight δι δΥ᾽ ens A ἀτ μὲ 
φρέατος, κάτω δ᾽ εὐρεῖαι: αἱ δὲ εἴσοδοι τοῖς μὲν ὑπο- 
’ > 7 ε Ν Ἂν 4 a XN 
ζυγίοις dpuxtai, ot δὲ ἄνθρωποι κατέβαινον ἐπὶ κλίμα- 
> ἈΝ “ - ee > 53 > 4, » 
kos. ἐν δὲ ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν αἶγες, oles, βόες, ὄρνιθες, 
A a ¥ , ἃ Ν ἈΝ ’, , nw »Ἤ 
καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα τούτων᾽ τὰ δὲ κτήνη πάντα χιλῷ ἔνδον 


2 788,4. 1925, 398, x. 8. 2 sc. αὐτούς. 3661 (cf. 4.61), 721. 1063. 888. 538. 
4810, 5. 1246. 506. 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


82 


230 ANABASIS. 


> id > 4 Ἁ ‘ % ‘ \. . 
ἐτρέφοντο. ἦσαν δὲ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ κριθαὶ καὶ ὄσπρια 
καὶ οἶνος κρίθινος ἐν κρατῆρσιν. ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ αὐταὶ 
αἱ κριθαὶ ἰσοχειλεῖς, καὶ κάλαμοι ἐνέκειντο, οἱ μὲν μεί- 
ζους οἱ δὲ ἐλάττους, γόνατα οὐκ ἔχοντες " τούτους ἔδει 
ΓΜΟῚ , , a Ν ΄ὕ Ξ Ν 
ὁπότε τις διψῴη λαβόντα εἰς τὸ στόμα μύΐζειν. καὶ 
» Ψ Σ΄ ᾿ 
πάνυ ἄκρατος ἦν, εἰ μή τις ὕδωρ ἐπιχέοι. καὶ πάνυ ἡδὺ 
a > 

cuppabdvt.! τὸ πῶμα ἦν. 

ε δὲ =| nw A » lal , , , 

O δὲ Ξενοφῶν τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς κώμης ταύτης σύν- 
δειπνον ἐποιήσατο καὶ θαρρεῖν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευε λέγων 
ὅτι οὔτε τῶν τέκνων στερήσοιτο τήν τε οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 

, as > oN τε μα > > , 
ἀντεμπλήσαντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων" ἀπίασιν, ἢν ἀγαθόν 
τι τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξηγησάμενος φαίνηται ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἐν 
¥ » ’, ε Ν a“ ε A ἈΝ 
ἄλλῳ ἔθνει γένωνται. ὁ δὲ ταῦτα ὑπισχνεῖτο, καὶ φιλο- 
, > 8 » ¥ > 
φρονούμενος olvov® ἔφρασεν ἔνθα ἦν κατορωρυγμένος. 
> 9 

ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν νύκτα διασκηνήσαντες οὕτως ἐκοι- 
μήθησαν ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται, ἐν 
φυλακῇ ἔχοντες τὸν κωμάρχην καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ 
ε “ > > “A 
ὁμοῦ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. 

Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘nine days ασο (2) Declension 
of λαγώς, ὕδωρ. (3) Idiom for ‘keep under one’s eye.’ 


Τῇ δ᾽ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ἐενοφῶν λαβὼν τὸν κωμάρχην 
πρὸς Χειρίσοφον ἐπορεύετο. ὅπου δὲ παρίοι κώμην, 
ἐτρέπετο πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ κατελάμβανε 
πανταχοῦ εὐωχουμένους καὶ εὐθυμουμένους, καὶ οὐδαμό- 
θεν ἀφίεσαν" πρὶν παραθεῖναι αὐτοῖς ἄριστον" οὐκ ἦν 
δ᾽ ὅπου οὐ παρετίθεσαν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τράπεζαν κρέα 
ἄρνεια, ἐρίφεια, χοίρεια, μόσχεια, ὀρνίθεια, σὺν πολλοῖς 
ἄρτοις τοῖς μὲν πυρίνοις τοῖς δὲ κριθίνοις. ὁπότε δέ 
τις φιλοφρονούμενός τῳ βούλοιτο προπιεῖν, εἷλκεν ἐπὶ 


1 ΥὙ1. 4, Ὁ. 1172,1,2. 889. 5698, α. 2743. 1118. 356. 613. 8575. 717,18 
4 sc, αὐτούς, i.e. Ξενοφῶντα καὶ τὸν κωμάρχην. 5 se, αὐτόν. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. V. 231 


τὸν κρατῆρα, ἔνθεν ἐπικύψαντα ἔδει ῥοφοῦντα πίνειν 
4 “ Ν “Ὁ ’ 5 , 
ὥσπερ βοῦν. καὶ τῷ κωμάρχῃ ἐδίδοσαν λαμβάνειν 
ὅτι βούλοιτος ὁ δὲ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἐδέχετο, ὅπου δέ 
a A to Ν ε Ν Be, EE αν ἢ 1 
τινα τῶν συγγενῶν ἴδοι, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀεὶ ἐλάμβανεν. 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθον πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, κατελάμβανον κἀ- 
“κείνους σκηνοῦντας ἐστεφανωμένους τοῦ Enpod χιλοῦ 
«στεφάνοις, καὶ διακονοῦντας ᾿Αρμενίους παῖδας σὺν ταῖς 
βαρβαρικαῖς στολαῖς" τοῖς παισὶν ἐδείκνυσαν ὥσπερ 
ἐνεοῖς ὅτι δέοι ποιεῖν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀλλήλους ἐφιλοφρονή- 
’ Ἁ “ “Ὁ ‘ > ’ 
σαντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ἐενοφῶν, κοινῇ δὴ ἀνηρώτων 
τὸν κωμάρχην διὰ τοῦ περσίζοντος ἑρμηνέως τίς εἴη ἡ 
’ ε > » 9 > ’ A Ud > ’; 
χώρα. 6 δ᾽ ἔλεγεν ὅτι ᾿Αρμενία. καὶ πάλιν ἠρώτων 
’ ε 4 ia ε > » 9 aA 
τίνι οἱ ἵπποι τρέφοιντο. ὁ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν ὅτι βασιλεῖ δα- 
σμός" τὴν δὲ πλησίον χώραν ἔφη εἶναι Χάλυβας, καὶ 
\ eQa ¥ e » ἈΝ tee | 4 Ν ¥ 
τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν ἧ εἴη. καὶ αὐτὸν τότε μὲν ᾧχετο 
ἄγων Ἐενοφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκέτας, καὶ ἵππον 
3 2\ 2 , 2 an ΄ 2 
ov εἰλήφει παλαίτερον " δίδωσι τῷ κωμάρχῃ ἀναθρέψαντι 


> ae 4 
8 ἱερὸν εἶναι τοῦ “HXiov,* 


lal 9 ¥ eS 
καταθῦσαι, ὅτι ἤκουεν αὐτὸν 
‘ Ss Ἄν τς tb Ν εκ a CS ς 
δεδιὼς μὴ ἀποθάνῃ" ἐκεκάκωτο yap ὑπὸ τῆς πορείας 
ΒΚ ΎΤΑΝ δὲ “~ , 5 , Ἀ “ ΕἾ 
αὐτὸς ὃὲ τῶν πώλων" λαμβάνει, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρα- 
“ ΕῪ Cal 3» ε , a“ > > 
τηγῶν [καὶ λοχαγῶν] ἔδωκεν ἑκάστῳ πῶλον. ἦσαν ὃ 
οἱ ταύτῃ ἵπποι μείονες μὲν τῶν Περσικῶν, θυμοειδέ- 
\ , 3 “ Ν Ν , ε 4, 
στεροι δὲ πολύ. ἐνταῦθα δὴ Kal διδάσκει ὁ κωμάρχης 
‘ ~ “ 
περὶ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων σακία 
περιειλεῖν, ὅταν διὰ τῆς χιόνος ἄγωσιν" ἄνευ γὰρ τῶν 
σακίων κατεδύοντο μέχρι τῆς γαστρός. 
Topics for Study. (1) Origin of ciwyéw. (2) The ending -eos. (8) 


The tribute paid the Persian king, — how assessed ? See Introd. 14. (4) Con 
parison of παλαιός. 


1 sc. αὐτόν, i.e. τὸν συγγενῆ. 2250, 649, b. 352. 432.2; 26,1. 178. 51,6. τὸν 
ἵππον. 4754,c. 1143. δὅ48,,2. 616, Ὁ. δη86. 1097. 356. 508. 


33 


36 


232 ANABASIS. 


After twelve days’ march they reach a pass held by the enemy, 

council of war. 

VI. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα' ἦν ὀγδόη, τὸν" μὲν ἡγεμόνα 
παραδίδωσι Χειρισόφῳ, τοὺς δὲ οἰκέτας καταλείπει 
τῷ κωμάρχῃ;" πλὴν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἄρτι ἡβάσκοντος ᾿ τοῦ- 
τον δὲ ᾿Ἐπισθένει ᾿Αμφιπολίτῃ παραδίδωσι φυλάττειν, 
ὅπως εἰ καλῶς ἡγήσαιτο, ἔχων καὶ τοῦτον ἀπίοι. καὶ 
> Ν op ae, ε 207 Pikes 
εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ εἰσεφόρησαν ws ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα, 
καὶ ἀναζεύξαντες ἐπορεύοντο. ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὃ κω- 

΄ ΄ \ , Ania > > a 
μάρχης λελυμένος διὰ χιόνος" Kal ἤδη TE ἦν ἐν TO 

A aa Ν ’ 3 ~ > ’ bid 
τρίτῳ σταθμῷ, καὶ Χειρίσοφος αὐτῷ ἐχαλεπάνθη ὅτι 
5 3 4 » ε 8 »Ὰ 9 > = 4 3 
οὐκ εἰς κώμας ἤγαγεν. ὁ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οὐκ εἶεν“ ἐν 
“~ ld , ε Ν ’ >. sf »” 4 
τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ ὁ δὲ Χειρίσοφος αὐτὸν ἔπαισε μέν, 
" > ΕΣ > \ , > A aA \ > Nn 
ἔδησε δ᾽ ov. ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἐκεῖνος τῆς νυκτὸς ἀποδρὰς 
» λ, Ἁ ΟἿ es 5 a ly δὴ Χ ’ Ν 
ᾧχετο καταλιπὼν τὸν υἱόν. τοῦτό γε δὴ Χειρισόφῳ καὶ 
Ἐενοφῶντι μόνον διάφορον ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ ἐγένετο, ἡ τοῦ 

μ ρ ΠΕ Bh 4 pes 
‘ , , 
ἡγεμόνος κάκωσις Kal ἀμέλεια. ᾿Επισθένης δὲ ἠράσθη 
τοῦ παιδὸς καὶ οἴκαδε κομίσας πιστοτάτῳ ἐχρῆτο. 
Ν lal > 4 ε ‘ . Ν. > Ν , 

Mera τοῦτο ἐπορεύθησαν ἑπτὰ σταθμοὺς ava πέντε 
παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας" παρὰ τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταμόν, 
εὖρος πλεθριαῖον 

3 vO > 50 θ ἷ ᾿Ξ ὃ 4 , 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν σταθμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας 
δ΄ιΝ 4 “Ὁ > 4 4 ε a > , 
δέκα: ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον ὑπερβολῇ ἀπήντησαν 
αὐτοῖς Χάλυβες καὶ Τάοχοι καὶ Φασιανοίί, Χειρίσο- 

3 3 Ν A Ν / oes a e ~ 
hos δ᾽ ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ TH ὑπερβολῇ, 
ἐπαύσατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων εἰς τριάκοντα σταδίους, 
ἵνα μὴ κατὰ κέρας ἄγων πλησιάσῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις " 


1Cf. same, 4.5%, 2i.e. τὸν κωμάρχην (ὡς) ἡγεμόνα. 3767. 1165. 878. 523, 
#50, κῶμαι. 5$41. 1260. 529. 46h. 6759. 1136. B59. 56165. 7 On ending cf 


dpag-taios, 4.23. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIL. 233 


παρήγγειλε δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, 
ὅπως ἐπὶ φάλαγγος γένοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Synopsis οὗ ἔδρᾶν. (2) κατὰ κέρας, ἐπὶ φάλαγ- 
γος. Introd.77. (3) Ways of expressing purpose. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον of ὀπισθοφύλακες, συνεκάλεσε τοὺς 
‘ Ν , Ν ὅλ. ὃ as a4 ε Ν 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε Οἱ μὲν 
πολέμιοι; ὡς ὁρᾶτε, κατέχουσι τὰς ὑπερβολὰς τοῦ 
» ν Ν 4 A ε ’ 5 
ὄρους" apa δὲ βουλεύεσθαι ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγω- 
νιούμεθα. ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ παραγγεῖλαι μὲν ἀρι- 
στοποιεῖσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἡμᾶς δὲ βουλεύεσθαι 

» ’ » » “ ε ’ Ν »” 9? 
εἴτε τήμερον εἴτε αὔριον δοκεῖ ὑπερβάλλειν τὸ ὄρος. 
“ Ἐμοὶ δέ ye,” ἔφη 6 Κλεάνωρ, “δοκεῖ, ἐπὰν τάχιστα 
ἀριστήσωμεν, ἐξοπλισαμένους ὡς τάχιστα ἰέναι ἐπὶ 

Ν ¥ > ‘ 8 ’, 2 Ν , ε ΄ 
τοὺς ἄνδρας. εἰ γὰρ διατρίψομεν" τὴν τήμερον ἡμέ 
ραν, οἵ τε νῦν ἡμᾶς ὁρῶντες πολέμιοι θαρραλεώτεροι 
» Ad ak Pe 4 4 7 
ἔσονται Kai ἄλλους εἰκός," τούτων θαρρούντων, πλείους 
προσγενέσθαι." 

Μετὰ τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν, “᾿Εγὼ δ᾽ οὕτω γι- 
γνώσκω. εἰ μὲν ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ μάχεσθαι, τοῦτο" δεῖ 
παρασκευάσασθαι ὅπως ὡς κράτιστα μαχούμεθα" εἰ 
δὲ βουλόμεθα ὡς ῥᾷστα ὑπερβάλλειν, τοῦτό μοι δοκεῖ 

,ὕ > 9 ε > , Ν , / 
σκεπτέον εἶναι ὅπως [ws] ἐλάχιστα μὲν τραύματα λά- 
δ ε > 4 δὲ ’ 5 ὃ ~ > 
Bopev,” ws ἐλάχιστα δὲ σώματα avdpayv ἀποβάλωμεν. 

Ν A > »” 5 Ἀ » ε , ’ x 23-2 ε , 

τὸ μὲν οὖν ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον πλέον ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξή- 
’ ν 3 > -“ ’ ε “ 

κοντα στάδια, ἄνδρες δ᾽ οὐδαμοῦ φυλάττοντες ἡμᾶς 
| oi > 25 ἃ > ᾧ τὰ κ eQv,. Ἀ > 
φανεροί εἰσιν add’! ἢ Kat αὐτὴν τὴν ὁδόν" πολὺ οὖν 

a 3 a 59 » Ν , 6 a 
κρεῖττον" τοῦ ἐρήμου ὄρους Kal κλέψαι τι“ πειρᾶσθαι 
λαθόντας καὶ ἁρπάσαι φθάσαντας, εἰ δυναίμεθα, μᾶλ- 
λον ἢ πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ χωρία καὶ ἀνθρώπους παρεσκευα- 


7885. 1372. 593. 638. ἃ. 3899. 1495. GO2 648. 3 se, ἐστί, 4 1363. 
593. **885,b. 1874, cf. 3.1%. 593,1. 638, a. ὅ 80. μεροςς. 71040, 2, .. 8 se. ἐστί. 


— 
— 


{3 


(4 


15 


16 


234 ANABASIS. 


, , θ 1 λὺ ‘ ea » A 9 5: 22 
σμένους μάχεσθαι. πολὺ yap ῥᾷον ὄρθιον ἀμαχεὶ ἵέναι 
Δ Ἑ λὲ » θ Ἄν δὰ θ λ , 3, Ν , 

ἢ ὁμαλὲς ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν πολεμίων ὄντων, καὶ νύκτωρ 
3 Ν ἀλλ x Ἁ Ν δῶ ε ΄ x tu ἐκ 
ἀμαχεὶ μᾶλλον ἂν τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν ὁρῴη Tis ἢ μεθ᾽ ἡμέ 
Ἁ A 
ραν μαχόμενος, καὶ ἡ τραχεῖα" τοῖς ποσὶν ἀμαχεὶ 
3 A > La a 
ἰοῦσιν ὃ εὐμενεστέρα ἦ ἡ ὁμαλὴ τὰς κεφαλὰς “ Baddo- 
Ν 
μένοις. καὶ κλέψαι δ᾽ οὐκ ἀδύνατόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, 
4 >7 “ἢ 
ἐξὸν μὲν νυκτὸς ἰέναι, ὡς μὴ ὁρᾶσθαι, ἐξὸν δ᾽ ἀπελθεῖν 
al ε Ν lal 
τοσοῦτον ὡς" μὴ αἴσθησιν παρέχειν. δοκοῦμεν δ᾽ av 
μοι ταύτῃ προσποιούμενοι προσβαλεῖν ἐρημοτέρῳ av" 
ἊΝ “Ὁ “ “ 
τῷ ὄρει χρῆσθαι" μένοιεν ὃ γὰρ αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον ἀθρόοι ot 
πολέμιοι. 
la ‘ Ν A 
“Aap τί ἐγὼ περὶ κλοπῆς συμβάλλομαι; ὑμᾶς 
Ν ¥ “- id > 4 Ν ’ 
γὰρ ἔγωγε, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἀκούω τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, 
ν > Ν aA ε ’ 10 Od 3 (ὃ , 
ὅσοι ἐστὲ τῶν ὁμοίων, εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων κλέπτειν pee 
A ‘ > > \ > > \ \ , “ 
τᾶν, καὶ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν εἶναι ἀλλὰ καλὸν κλέπτειν ὅσα 
μὴ κωλύει νόμος. ὅπως δὲ ὡς κράτιστα κλέπτητε καὶ 
πειρᾶσθε λανθάνειν, νόμιμον παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ἐὰν 
? μ ’ 
ληφθῆτε κλέπτοντες, μαστιγοῦσθαι. νῦν οὖν μάλα σοι 
Ἴ ᾽ 
καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξα- 
‘ a ΄ a » lee Ν x 
σθαι μὴ ληφθῶμεν κλέπτοντες TOV ὄρους," ws μὴ πληγὰς 
λάβωμεν. 


Topics for Study. (41) of ὅμοιοι of Sparta, Introd. δ4Δ, (2) Difference 
between ὅσα μή and ὅσα od. 


They send volunteers who dislodge the enemy. 


“᾿Αλλὰ μέντοι, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “ κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς 
τοὺς ᾿Αθηναίους ἀκούω δεινοὺς εἶναι κλέπτειν τὰ δημό- 
ΝΥ ce » 12 § δῦ τὸν Sv κα , 
σια, καὶ μάλα ὄντος" δεινοῦ τοῦ κινδύνου τῷ κλέπτοντι; 


1% μάχεσθαι πρός... 2 sc, ὁδός. 8 on foot; cf. ὙΪ. 4, Ὁ, 1172. B82. 598,4. 
#718. 1058. 512, 335. 537. 5 = ὥστε. 6944, a. 634. Cf. 57h, ἃ. 7 864, 
1812. 439. n. 2. 8 sc. ἄν. 9 ὑμᾶς, τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, μελετᾶν κλέπτειν. W732. 


1094, 7. 348,1. 508. 1186. 1097. 856. 508 971, c. 1568, 15683,6. 657,1. 590. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VI. 235 


7 4 4 Y , » en e 
καὶ τοὺς κρατίστους μέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ ὑμῖν οἵ 
“ ν 9 
κράτιστοι ἄρχειν ἀξιοῦνται" ὦστε wpa καὶ σοὶ ἐπιδεί- 
9 
κνυσθαι THY παιδείαν. 
“ 9 
“Ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν," ἔφη ὃ Ἐενοφῶν, “ἕτοιμός εἶμι 
‘ > 4 » 5» Ν 4 52 
τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας ἔχων, ἐπειδὰν δειπνήσωμεν, ἰέναι 
΄, Ν »” » δὲ Ν ε , “ ε 
καταληψόμενος τὸ ὄρος. ἔχω δὲ καὶ ἡγεμόνας" οἱ 
ΤᾺ πὰς a a ¥ 
yap yupvyres’ τῶν ἑπομένων ἡμῖν κλωπῶν ἔλαβόν τινας 
Ψ 
ἐνεδρεύσαντες " τούτων" καὶ πυνθάνομαι ὅτι οὐκ ἀβα- 
/ > x 3, > ἊΝ ,’ »Φδλ Ἀ ’ ™ a 
τόν ἐστι TO ὄρος, ἀλλὰ νέμεται αἰξὶ Kat βουσίν" ὥστε 
δυῷ 9 4 ld lal ” ᾿Ὶ A 
ἐάνπερ ἅπαξ λάβωμέν τι τοῦ ὄρους, βατὰ Kal τοῖς 
ε 4 » > 4 Ν > Ν Ν 7 
ὑποζυγίοις ἔσται. ἐλπίζω δὲ οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους 
“~ » 5 Ν e La! > “~ ε 4 Δία δι “A 
μενεῖν ἔτι, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν 
» » Ν Ν “a > ’ 4 > Ν » 
ἄκρων" οὐδὲ γὰρ νῦν ἐθέλουσι καταβαίνειν εἰς τὸ ἴσο 
ἡμῖν. ὃ 
Ν Ν 
ὋὉ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπε, “Kai τί δεῖ σὲ i&va καὶ 
a ¥ 
λιπεῖν τὴν ὀπισθοφυλακίαν ; ἀλλὰ ἄλλους πέμψον, ἂν 
΄ 32 2 3 Ν , ” 3 yah) 3 
μή τινες ἐθέλοντες ἀγαθοὶ φαίνωνται." ἐκ τούτου ᾽Αρι- 
ΔΑ ‘ ¥ ε 4 » \ > 
στώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς ἔρχεται ὁπλίτας ἔχων καὶ “Api- 
στέας Χῖος γυμνῆτας καὶ Νικόμαχος Οἰταῖος γυμνῆτας" 
καὶ σύνθημα ἐποιήσαντο, ὁπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ ἄκρα, πυρὰ 
κάειν πολλά. ταῦτα συνθέμενοι ἠρίστων' ἐκ δὲ τοῦ 
ἀρίστου προήγαγεν ὁ Χειρίσοφος τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ὡς 
δέκα σταδίους πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα 
δοκοίη ταύτῃ προσάξειν. 


Topics for Study. (1) Source. (2) Construction after ἐλπίζω. (3) 
The form of ὄνομα in compounds. (4) Meaning of ᾿Αριστώνυμος, ᾿Αριστέας, 
Νικόμαχος. 


᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν καὶ νὺξ ἐγένετο, οἱ" μὲν τα- 
θέ ¥ Ἀ λ ’ Ν » ε δὲ 
χθέντες ᾧχοντο, καὶ καταλαμβάνουσι τὸ ὄρος, οἱ δὲ 


1 γυμνῆτες ἐνεδρεύσαντες ἔλαβόν τινας. 2750. 1108. 365. δ09, ἃ. $773. 1175. 
399,2. 522. ‘= οἱ ἐθελονταί. 


19 


20 


21 


22 


236 ANABASIS. 


¥ oa Ss , ε Q , a. ὦ τὰ 
ἄλλοι αὐτοῦ ἀνεπαύοντο. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπεὶ ἤσθοντο 
τὸ ὄρος ἐχόμενον, ἐγρηγόρεσαν καὶ ἔκαον πυρὰ πολλὰ 
‘4 ’ὔ 3 Ἀ Ἀ ε ’ > 4 7 Ν 
διὰ νυκτός. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο Χειρίσοφος μὲν 
θυσάμενος Hye κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, οἱ δὲ τὸ ὄρος καταλα- 
βόντες κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα ἐπῇσαν. τῶν δ᾽ αὖ πολεμίων 
ἈΝ Ν ‘ » 20° 4% A ε ~ Lal » 4 
TO μὲν πολὺ ἔμενεν ἐπὶ TH ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὄρους, μέρος 
δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀπήντα τοῖς κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα. πρὶν δὲ ὁμοῦ 


᾿εἶναι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀλλήλοις, συμμιγνύασιν οἱ κατὰ 


25 


26 


27 


τῷ 


τὰ ἄκρα, καὶ νικῶσιν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ διώκουσιν. ἐν 
’ \ Ν ε > A / ε \ ‘ μη 
τούτῳ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ τῶν 
ε 7 ’ » Ἀ Ἀ 4 
Ἑλλήνων δρόμῳ ἔθεον πρὸς τοὺς παρατεταγμένους, Χει- 
ρίσοφος δὲ βάδην" ταχὺ ἐφείπετο σὺν τοῖς ὁπλίταις. οἱ 
Ν , ε ἅν. ΣᾺ “A c “A > Ἀ ἈΝ » cs ε ’ 
δὲ πολέμιοι οἱ ἐπὶ τῇ ὁδῷ ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἄνω ἑώρων ἡττώ- 
tg ’ Ἢ Ν 3 4, Ν > ‘\ > δὰ 
μενον, φεύγουσι" καὶ ἀπέθανον μὲν οὐ πολλοὶ αὐτῶν, 
3 ν A 
γέρρα δὲ πάμπολλα ἐλήφθη" ἃ οἱ Ἕλληνες ταῖς pa- 
al ε > > 
χαίραις κόπτοντες ἀχρεῖα ἐποίουν. ws δ᾽ ἀνέβησαν, 
θύσαντες καὶ τρόπαιον στησάμενοι κατέβησαν εἰς 
τὸ πεδίον, καὶ εἰς κώμας πολλῶν κἀγαθῶν γεμούσας 
ἦλθον. 


Topics for Study. (1) ΤῊΘ ending -δην. (2) Cf. ἀσπίς, πέλτη, γέρρον. 
(3) τρόπαιον. Introd. 101. 


They capture a Taochian stronghold. 


VII. Ἔκ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Tadxous oral- 
Ν 

μοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα" καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
ae , \ ΕΣ 5 κ ε , > @ 
ἐπέλιπε: χωρία yap ᾧκουν ἰσχυρὰ οἱ Τάοχοι, ἐν οἷς 
᾿ Ν 2 

καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πάντα εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένοι. ἐπεὶ ὃ 
ἀφίκοντο πρὸς χωρίον ὃ πόλιν μὲν οὐκ εἶχεν οὐδ᾽ οἰκίας 
, 8 Ὁ» 5 > 7 aun \ - 
-- συνεληλυθότες ὃ δ᾽ ἦσαν αὐτόσε καὶ avdpes καὶ γυναῖ- 

Ν a 
KES Kal κτήνη πολλά --- Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν πρὸς τοῦτο 


1849, .. 1905. 535. 457. 2860,2. 990,2. 501. 706, 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIL 237 


Ἶ ld 
προσέβαλλεν εὐθὺς ἥκων éredyn δὲ ἡ πρώτη τάξις 

. ¥ ΄ \ > ¥ 2 - Ν > 
ἀπέκαμνεν, ἄλλη προσήει καὶ αὖθις ἄλλη: οὐ yap Hv 
i@ , 1 A iANa Ν > 4 λ 
ἀθρόοις ᾿ περιστῆναι, ἀλλὰ ποταμὸς ἦν κύκλῳ. 

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἦλθε σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι καὶ 
πελτασταῖς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐνταῦθα δὴ λέγει Χειρίσοφος, 
“Eis καλὸν ἥκετε᾽ τὸ γὰρ χωρίον αἱρετέον. τῇ γὰρ 

a > Ὁ Ν > “ὃ 3 Ν λ / 0 ον 
στρατιᾷ οὐκ ἔστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ μὴ ληψόμεθα τὸ 
χωρίον. ἐνταῦθα δὴ κοινῇ ἐβουλεύοντο: καὶ τοῦ 
-- “ > lal , Ν Xv ¥ > NO A > 
Ξενοφῶντος ἐρωτῶντος ti τὸ κωλῦον εἴη εἰσελθεῖν εἶπεν 

ἃ bcd 
ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “Μία" αὕτη πάροδός ἐστιν ἣν ὁρᾷς" 
ὅταν δέ τις ταύτῃ πειρᾶται παριέναι, κυλίνδουσι λί- 
A a > “Ὁ 
θους ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς ὑπερεχούσης πέτρας" ὃς δ᾽ ἂν 
καταληφθῇ, οὕτω διατίθεται. ἅμα δ᾽ ἔδειξε συντετριμ- 
μένους ἀνθρώπους καὶ σκέλη καὶ πλευράς. 

“Ἢν δὲ τοὺς λίθους ἀναλώσωσιν,᾽ ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν 

? 
“ahho* τι ἢ οὐδὲν κωλύει παριέναι; οὐ yap δὴ ἐκ 

a ὦ ΠΩ πὸ τα > ae eg 4 4 3 0 , 
τοῦ ἐναντίου ὁρῶμεν εἰ μὴ ὀλίγους τούτους ἡ ἀνθρώπους, 

ἊΝ, ’ ὃ , x A ε 7 3 Ν δὲ , 
καὶ τούτων δύο ἢ τρεῖς ὡπλισμένους. τὸ δὲ χωρίον, 
ε Ν ‘ ε ~ δὸ ’, ε 5 a ὃ “~ 
ως Kal σὺ Opas, σχεδὸν τρία ἡμίπλεθρά ἐστιν ὁ ὃει 
βαλλομένους διελθεῖν - τούτου δὲ ὅσον πλέθρον" δασὺ 

6 8 + 4 , 3 “Se ε , 3, 
πίτυσι  διαλειπούσαις μεγάλαις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἑστηκότες ἄν- 
ὃ e 4 , Δ, τὰς oS κα ΄ , nN 
pes τί ἂν πάσχοιεν ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν φερομένων λίθων ἢ 
ee δὰ λ ὃ , Ν ὟΣ > ¥ ΄ 
ὑπὸ τῶν κυλινδομένων ; τὸ λοιπὸν οὖν ἤδη γίγνεται 
ὡς ἡμίπλεθρον. ὃ δεῖ ὅταν λωφήσωσιν οἱ λίθοι παραδρα- 

at 
μεῖν. “᾿Αλλὰ εὐθύς, ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, “ ἐπειδὰν 
ἀρξώμεθα εἰς τὸ δασὺ προιέναι. φέρονται οἱ λίθοι πολ- 
hot.” «Αὐτὸ dv,” ἔφη, “7d δέον εἴη: θᾶττον γὰρ 
ἀναλώσουσι τοὺς λίθους. ἀλλὰ πορευώμεθα ὃ ἔνθεν" ἡμῖν 

1 se, αὐτοῖς. 3 μία πάροδός ἐστιν αὕτη hv... 31015, Ὁ. 1604. δ78, κ. 668. 


4ρ74. 4δ6., κ. 553, a. δ ες, ἐστί. 5776. 1181. 391. 526, a. 7 sc. χωρίον. 
*866,1. 1844. 585. 472. 5 ἔνθεν ἔσται ἡμῖν, eter 


Ce 


~ 


10 


1l 


τς 


238 ANABASIS. 


μικρόν τι παραδραμεῖν ἔσται, ἣν δυνώμεθα, καὶ ἀπεὰ- 
θεῖν ῥάδιον, ἣν βουλώμεθα. 

Topics for Study. (1) Periphrastic forms of the verb. (2) Of what 
class is κάμνω ἀναλίσκομαι ὁπλίζω! φυλάττω: tornur? pimr@? (3) ἄλλο 
τι ἥ. 

᾿Εντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο Χειρίσοφος καὶ Ξενοφῶν καὶ 
Καλλίμαχος Παρράσιος λοχαγός" τούτου γὰρ ἡ ἡγε- 
povia ἦν τῶν ὀπισθοφυλάκων λοχαγῶν ἐκείνῃ τῇ 
ε ’, x ε δὲ ¥ ‘ ¥ 3 A > bs 
ἡμέρᾳ" οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι λοχαγοὶ ἔμενον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ. 

Ν ’ > ε “Ὁ ε Ν Ἂν ’ 4 »” « 
μετὰ τούτους οὖν ὑπῆλθον ὑπὸ τὰ δένδρα ἄνθρωποι ὡς 
ἑβδομήκοντα, οὐκ ἀθρόοι ἀλλὰ καθ᾽ ἕνα, ἕκαστος φυλατ- 

/ ε 29 7 > , Ν ε , Ν 
τόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. ᾿Αγασίας δὲ ὁ Στυμφάλιος καὶ 
᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεθυδριεὺς καὶ οὗτοι τῶν ὀπισθοφυλά- 

Ἀ 3, Ν ¥ , > , » al 
κων λοχαγοὶ ὄντες, καὶ ἄλλοι δέ, ἐφέστασαν ἔξω τῶν 
δένδρων" οὐ γὰρ ἢν ἀσφαλὲς ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑστάναι 

Δ A σ , ¥ Ἀ ’ A 
πλέον ἢ τὸν ἕνα λόχον. ἔνθα δὴ Καλλίμαχος μηχανᾶ- 

4 » 3 Ν “Ὁ ’ ε > a “Ὁ | ee. 
Tai τι" προὔτρεχεν ἀπὸ τοῦ δένδρου ὑφ᾽ @ ἣν αὐτὸς 

, a , » Ε > A δὲ - ‘0 , ,. 
δύο ἢ τρία βήματα ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ λίθοι φέροιντο, ἀνέχα- 

> Lege ee eee Ee δὲ λ ΄, Xd ὃ ΄, 
lev εὐπετῶς" ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης δὲ προδρομῆς πλέον ἢ δέκα 
Ψ a - , ε 5 2 , ε ΑΝ 
ἅμαξαι πετρῶν ἀνηλίσκοντος. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αγασίας ὡς ὁρᾷ 
Ν 4 a 3 4 Ν Ν ’ A , 
τὸν Καλλίμαχον ἃ ἐποίει, Kal τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν θεώ- 
pevov, δείσας μὴ οὐ πρῶτος παραδράμῃ εἰς τὸ χωρίον, 
οὔτε τὸν ᾿Αριστώνυμον πλησίον ὄντα παρακαλέσας 
Ἂ > , Ν , »” » » 
οὔτε Ἑὐρύλοχον τὸν Λουσιέα ἑταίρους οντας οὔτε αλ- 
λον οὐδένα χωρεῖ αὐτός, καὶ παρέρχεται πάντας. ὁ δὲ 
, ε ε A 2% ’ 

Καλλίμαχος ὡς ὁρᾳ αὐτὸν παριόντα, ἐπιλαμβάνεται 
lal a“ A > 
αὐτοῦ τῆς ἴτυος᾽ ἐν δὲ τούτῳ παραθεὶ αὐτοὺς “Api- 
στώνυμος Μεθυδριεύς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Εὐρύλοχος Λου- 
σιεύς" πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς καὶ 

> , x > , - \ σ ἀπ: 

ἀντηγωνίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους" καὶ οὕτως ἐρίζοντες 
ε A x , «" ies. 9 > ὃ > ὃ Ν 
αἱροῦσι τὸ χωρίον. ὡς γὰρ ἅπαξ εἰσέδραμον, οὐδεὶς 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIL 239 


πέτρος ἄνωγεν ἠνέχθη. ἐνταῦθα δὴ δεινὸν ἦν θέαμα. 
ai γὰρ γυναῖκες ῥίπτονσαι τὰ παιδία εἶτα ἑαυτὰς 
ἐπικατερρίπτουν, καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες ὡσαύτως. ἐνταῦθα δὴ 
καὶ Αἰνείας Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς ἰδών τινα θέοντα ὡς 
es ε Ν ἈΝ » Ν > , e 
ῥίψοντα ἑαυτὸν στολὴν ἔχοντα καλὴν ἐπιλαμβάνεται ws 
κωλύσων" ὁ δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπισπᾶται, καὶ ἀμφότεροι ᾧχοντο 
κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν φερόμενοι καὶ ἀπέθανον. ἐντεῦθεν 
ἄνθρωποι μὲν πάνυ ὀλίγοι ἐλήφθησαν, βόες δὲ καὶ 
3, Ν Ν , 

ὄνοι πολλοὶ καὶ πρόβατα. 


Topics for Study. (1) Passive deponents. (2) Formation of abstract 
nouns in -ea, cf. ἀμέλεια. Cf. 556, 3. 8423. 282,2. 429,1. (3) Special con- 
struction of πλέον, ἔλαττον. 


Passing the Chalybes, they reach Gymnias, where they receive a 
guide who conducts them within sight of the EHuxine. 


᾿Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Χαλύβων σταθμοὺς ἑπτὰ 
παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα. οὗτοι ἦσαν av’ διῆλθον 
> 4 Ν > a » Pee: > δὲ 0 , 
ἀλκιμώτατοι, καὶ εἰς χεῖρας" ἦσαν. εἶχον δὲ θώρακας 
λινοῦς μέχρι τοῦ ἤτρου, ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν πτερύγων σπάρτα 
πυκνὰ ἐστραμμένα. εἶχον δὲ καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ κράνη 
καὶ παρὰ τὴν ζώνην μαχαίριον ὅσον ξυήλην Λακωνικήν, 
ᾧ ἔσφαττον ὧν κρατεῖν δύναιντο, καὶ ἀποτεμόντες ἂν 
Ν Ν » 3 ’ 8 Ν ὃ > 
Tas κεφαλὰς ἔχοντες ἐπορεύοντο." καὶ δον Kal ἐχόρευον 
ὁπότε οἱ πολέμιοι αὐτοὺς ὄψεσθαι ἔμελλον. εἶχον δὲ 
καὶ δόρυ ὡς πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων μίαν λόγχην ἔχον. 
φι , > “Ὁ a > Ν δὲ ’ θ 
οὗτοι ἐνέμενον ἐν τοῖς πολίσμασιν: ἐπεὶ δὲ παρέλθοιεν 
΄. ν 22% 4 » Ν > a 
ot Ἕλληνες, εἵποντο ἀεὶ μαχούμενοι. ᾧκουν δὲ ἐν τοῖς 
ὀχυροῖς, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐν τούτοις ἀνακεκομισμένοι 

ν 

ἦσαν" wore μηδὲν λαμβάνειν αὐτόθεν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, 
ἀλλὰ διετράφησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν ἃ ἐκ τῶν Ταόχων 
ἔλαβον. 


3 β6. ἐκείνων. 3.80. αὐτοῖς 35.885. 1296. 568. 461,8, 


14 


15 


16 


20 


21 


22 


23 


240 ANABASIS. 


Y ᾿ 

Ἔκ τούτου ot Ἕλληνες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν Ἅρπασον 
ποταμόν, εὖρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν διὰ Σκυθηνῶν σταθμοὺς τέτ- 
Tapas παρασάγγας εἴκοσι διὰ πεδίου εἰς κώμας" ἐν αἷς 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 

> wn »“.Ῥμ Ν ᾿᾽ ’ὔ 

Ἐντεῦθεν διῆλθον σταθμοὺς τέτταρας παρασάγγας 
εἴκοσι πρὸς πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα καὶ οἰκου- 

a A A 

μένην ἣ ἐκαλεῖτο Τυμνιάς. ἐκ ταύτης [τῆς χώρας) ὁ 
¥ A 4 ε ’ id 9 Ν ~ 
ἄρχων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἡγεμόνα πέμπει, ὅπως διὰ τῆς 
ε A , , Ἂν > , > \ > 3 a 
ἑαυτῶν πολεμίας χώρας ἄγοι αὐτούς. ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος 
λέγει ὅτι ἄξει αὐτοὺς πέντε ἡμερῶν εἰς χωρίον ὅθεν 
»” , > \ ’ , > ’ 
ὄψονται θάλατταν: εἰ δὲ μή, τεθνάναι ἐπηγγείλατο. 

Ἀ ε 4 > \ > ’, > Ν ε Cal 
καὶ ἡγούμενος ἐπειδὴ ἐνέβαλλεν εἰς τὴν [ἑαυτοῦ] πολε- 
μίαν, παρεκελεύετο αἴθειν καὶ φθείρειν τὴν χώραν" ᾧ 

\ A eae. Ψ , ’ , 9 A 
καὶ δῆλον ἐγένετο ὅτι τούτου ἕνεκεν συνέλθοι, οὐ τῆς 

“ ε , > , Ν > A >i Ν ¥ 

τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὐνοίας. καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ TO ὄρος 

΄ ͵ ε , ΕἿΣ A “~ »” > 4 > Ν 

τῇ πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" ὄνομα δὲ τῷ ὄρει ἦν Θήχης. ἐπεὶ 
lal ‘\ nw » 

δὲ οἱ πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους, κραυγὴ πολλὴ 

ἐγένετο. 

Topics for Study. (1) The idiom for ‘to come into the hands of,’ or “ into 


close quarters with.’ (3) Case after xparéw. (8) Cf. éxupds and ὀχυρός. 
(4) The ending -v(s) in adverbs. Cf. εὐθύς, ἐγγύς. 


“ Seal seal” 
᾿Ακούσας δὲ 6 Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἱ ὀπισθοφύλακες φήθη- 
ν ¥ > , , Ψ 
σαν ἔμπροσθεν ἄλλους ἐπιτίθεσθαι πολεμίους " εἵποντο 
nw A n~ 
yap ὄπισθεν οἱ ἐκ τῆς καομένης χώρας, Kal αὐτῶν οἱ 
ὀπισθοφύλακες ἀπέκτεινάν τέ τινας καὶ ἐζώγρησαν ἐνέ- 
Ἂ ᾽ὔ ¥ A -“ 
δραν ποιησάμενοι, καὶ γέρρα ἔλαβον δασειῶν βοῶν 
᾽ Η͂ ’ φ 
ὠμοβόεια ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσιν. ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ ἡ βοὴ πλείων τε 
δ. Ν > 4 ᾿ ‘ ε Φ. 3 > ’ », , 
ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἐγγύτερον καὶ οἱ ἀεὶ ἐπιόντες ἔθεον δρόμῳ 
a 8 ‘ Bo | A ‘ “ ’ὔ oS ε Ν 
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀεὶ βοῶντας καὶ πολλῷ μείζων ἐγίγνετο ἡ βοὴ 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 241 


ὅσῳ δὴ πλείους ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδόκει δὴ μεῖζόν τι εἶναι τῷ 
an Ἀ > Ν 27? ν Ν , A Ν 
Ξενοφῶντι, καὶ ἀναβὰς eb ἵππον καὶ Λύκιον καὶ τοὺς 
ε ’ > Ἁ Ua Ἁ ’ Ν > 4 
ἱππέας ἀναλαβὼν παρεβοήθει. Kal τάχα δὴ ἀκούουσι 
͵ὕ A a ἐ , 33 £6 0 , ᾽»7 Ν 
βοώντων τῶν στρατιωτῶν ““Θάλαττα ἄλαττα καὶ 
, ¥ \ » , \ aes , 
παρεγγυώντων. ἔνθα δὴ ἔθεον πάντες καὶ οἱ ὀπισθοφύ- 
Ν Ν ε 4 > , Ἀ εν > Ἁ Ν 
λακες, καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ἠλαύνετο καὶ οἱ ἵπποι. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
3 ld , 2 Ν ¥ > vO δὴ , 
ἀφίκοντο πάντες ἐπὶ TO ἄκρον, ἐνταῦθα δὴ περιέβαλλον 
> , 4, Ν Ἀ Ν ὃ ’ 
ἀλλήλους καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς δακρύοντες. 
καὶ ἐξαπίνης ὅτου δὴ παρεγγνυήσαντος οἱ στρατιῶται 
ΠΝ iA ‘ lal id > vO 
φέρουσι λίθους καὶ ποιοῦσι κολωνὸν μέγαν. ἐνταῦθα 
3 ’ ’ »Ὁῃ > 7 Ν ’ 
ἀνετίθεσαν δερμάτων πλῆθος ὠμοβοείων καὶ βακτηρίας 
‘ 
καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα γέρρα, Kal ὁ ἡγεμὼν αὐτός τε Kare 
τεμνε τὰ γέρρα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις διεκελεύετο. 
la ν 
Μετὰ ταῦτα τὸν ἡγεμόνα οἱ Ἕλληνες ἀποπέμπουσι 
a , 4 « “ς΄ ‘ a ‘ 
δῶρα δόντες ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἵππον Kal φιάλην ἀργυρᾶν καὶ 
4 \ ‘ Ἀ ’ ¥ \ 4 
σκευὴν Περσικὴν καὶ δαρεικοὺς δέκα" ἥτει δὲ μάλιστα 
Ν > ἮΨ Ν Ν “ 
τοὺς δακτυλίους, Kat ἔλαβε πολλοὺς Tapa τῶν στρατιω- 
τῶν. κώμην δὲ δείξας αὐτοῖς οὗ σκηνήσουσι καὶ τὴν 
ε Ν ἃ 4 > ’ὔ 3 Ν ε ’, > 4 
ὁδὸν ἣν πορεύσονται εἰς Μάκρωνας, ἐπεὶ ἑσπέρα ἐγένετο, 


» 


ᾧχετο [τῆς νυκτὸς] ἀπιών. 


They proceed through the territory of the Macrones. 


> “ 
VIII. Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν οἱ Ἕλληνες διὰ 
΄ Ν A , 4 ΄- 
Μακρώνων σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. τῇ 
, δὲ eee ϑιἂ > N Ν Ν ἃ nd 
πρώτῃ O€ ἡμέρᾳ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ὃς wpile 
ἈΝ “~ 4 Ν Ν “A “ 9 3 
τὴν τῶν Μακρώνων καὶ τὴν τῶν Σκυθηνῶν. εἶχον ὃ 
διὺν A 
ὑπὲρ δεξιῶν χωρίον οἷον" χαλεπώτατον καὶ ἐξ ἀριστε:- 
“ ¥ 
pas ἄλλον ποταμόν, εἰς ὃν ἐνέβαλλεν ὁ ὁρίζων, Sv 
ee. al : 
οὗ ἔδει διαβῆναι. ἦν δὲ οὗτος δασὺς δένδρεσι" παχέσι 
3 ὅτου -- τινὸς ὅστις δὴ ἦν. 3661 (end). 498. Cf. 688,7. 5776. 1181, Cf. δένδρων, 


244% 4891. 596,8. 
Η. & W. ΑΝΑΒ. —16 


24 


25 


26 


27 


242 ANABASIS. 


μὲν ov, πυκνοῖς δέ. ταῦτ᾽ ἐπεὶ προσῆλθον οἱ Ἕλληνες 
ἔκοπτον, σπεύδοντες ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου ὡς τάχιστα ἐξελθεῖν. 
οἱ δὲ Μάκρωνες ἔχοντες γέρρα καὶ λόγχας καὶ τρι- 
χίνους χιτῶνας κατ᾽ ἀντιπέραν τῆς διαβάσεως παρα- 
τεταγμένοι ἦσαν καὶ ἀλλήλοις διεκελεύοντο καὶ λίθους 
εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἔρριπτον" ἐξικνοῦντο γὰρ οὐ οὐδ᾽ 
ἔβλαπτον οὐδέν. 

Ἔνθα δὴ προσέρχεται Ξενοφῶντι τῶν πελταστῶν 
> ἃ > , , Ρ , “ , 
ἀνὴρ ᾿Αθήνησι φάσκων δεδουλευκέναι, λέγων ὅτι γιγνώ- 

\ N A . θ ΄ “ N > δ ζῶ 
σκοι τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ οἶμαι, ἔφη, 
as Alek” 4 (ὃ > 3 Ν > ’ λύ Ξθέλ 

ἐμὴν ταύτην πατρίδα εἶναι" καὶ εἰ μή τι κωλύει ἐθέλω 
αὐτοῖς διαλεχθῆναι. “᾿Αλλ οὐδὲν κωλύει, ἔφη, 
“ἀλλὰ διαλέγου καὶ μάθε πρῶτον τίνες εἰσίν. οἱ δ᾽ 
> > , ee ¢ , ςς 3 , ΄ ” 
εἶπον ἐρωτήσαντος" oT. Μάκρωνες. Ἐρώτα τοίνυν, 
» << > Ν i et ΤῸΡ , ὡ Ν ’ ea 
ἔφη; “αὐτοὺς τί ἀντιτετάχαται" καὶ χρήζουσιν ἡμῖν πο- 
λέμιοι εἶναι. of δ᾽ ἀπεκρίναντο “Ὅτι καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ 

‘ ε ,’ , » ; 9 id > 4y ε 
τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν ἔρχεσθε. λέγειν ἐκέλευον οἱ 

‘ ν {ς 3 “A , 5 Ν Lal 
στρατηγοὶ ὅτι “ov κακῶς ye ποιήσοντες, ἀλλὰ βασιλεῖ 
’ 3 ; > Ἀ ε 4 ‘\ yore , 
πολεμήσαντες ἀπερχόμεθα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ ἐπὶ θά- 
λατταν βουλόμεθα ἀφικέσθαι. ἠρώτων ἐκεῖνοι εἰ δοῖεν 
4 ‘ , ε > ἂν Ν “ ‘ 
ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά. of δ᾽ ἔφασαν καὶ δοῦναι καὶ 
λαβεῖν ἐθέλειν. ἐντεῦθεν διδόασιν οἱ Μάκρωνες βαρ- 
βαρικὴν λόγχην τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐκείνοις 
“FAX et lal Ν » Ν > ᾿ θ ‘ δ᾽ 
ἡνικήν" ταῦτα γὰρ ἔφασαν πιστὰ εἶναι" θεοὺς 
ἐπεμαρτύραντο ἀμφότεροι. 

Μετὰ δὲ τὰ πιστὰ εὐθὺς οἱ Μάκρωνες τὰ δένδρα 
συνεξέκοπτον τήν τε ὁδὸν ὡδοποίουν ὡς διαβιβῶντες ἐν 
μέσοις ὃ ἀναμεμιγμένοι τοῖς Ἕλλησι, καὶ ἀγορὰν οἵαν 
ἐδύναντο παρεῖχον, καὶ παρήγαγον ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 
2 
ἕως ἐπὶ τὰ Κόλχων ὅρια κατέστησαν τοὺς Ἕλληνας. 

1 86, αὐτοῦ *376,0,d. 701. 167, ἃ. $44,0. 5671. 918 454. 556. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIIL 248 


By a skillful attack they defeat the Colchians. 


A > »¥ , Ἢ ‘4 2 ὦ 4 ε , 

Ἐνταῦθα ἦν ὄρος μέγα" Kat ἐπὶ τούτου οἱ Κόλχοι 

Ν A 
παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν. Kal τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οἱ Ἕλληνες 
’ ε ν ¥ Ν x 
ἀντιπαρετάξαντο φάλαγγα, ws οὕτως ἄξοντες πρὸς τὸ 
»” fi ¥ δὲ ὃ A =F λ 4 θ 
ὄρος" ἔπειτα δὲ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατηγοῖς βουλεύσασθαι 
συλλεγεῖσιν ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιοῦνται. 

Ἔλεξεν οὖν Ξενοφῶν ὅτι δοκοίη παύσαντας τὴν φά- 
λαγγα λόχους ὀρθίους" ποιῆσαι" “ἡ μὲν γὰρ φάλαγξ 
διασπασθήσεται εὐθύς" τῇ μὲν γὰρ ἄνοδον τῇ δὲ εὔοδον 
εὑρήσομεν τὸ ὄρος" καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο ἀθυμίαν ποιήσει 
ὅταν τεταγμένοι εἰς φάλαγγα ταύτην διεσπασμένην 
ὁρῶσιν. ἔπειτα ἢν μὲν ἐπὶ πολλῶν τεταγμένοι προσ- 
ἄγωμεν, περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶν" οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ τοῖς 

A , . Δ , πο ἢ ἀνε 
περιττοῖς χρήσονται ὅ τι ἂν βούλωνται" ἐὰν δὲ ἐπὶ 
ΕΖ ld » 50. Χ x ¥ ἈΝ > 
ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι ἴωμεν, οὐδὲν ἂν εἴη θαυμαστὸν εἰ 

’ δ τ᾿ ον ε , τον 3 ’ ‘ A Ν 
διακοπείη ἡμῶν ἡ φάλαγξ ὑπὸ ἀθρόων καὶ βελῶν καὶ 
> , > , vs > , A » a ¢ 
ἀνθρώπων ἐμπεσόντων" εἰ δέ πῃ τοῦτο ἔσται, TH ὅλῃ 

’ Ν » 3 , “Ὁ > , ‘ 
φάλαγγι κακὸν ἔσται. ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ ὀρθίους τοὺς 
λόχους ποιησαμένους τοσοῦτον χωρίον κατασχεῖν δια- 
λιπόντας τοῖς λόχοις “ ὅσον ἔξω τοὺς ἐσχάτους λόχους 
γενέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων κεράτων" καὶ οὕτως ἐσόμεθα 
τῆς τε τῶν πολεμίων φάλαγγος ἔξω [οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι, 

» Lal nw“ 
καὶ ὀρθίους ἄγοντες οἱ κράτιστοι ἡμῶν πρῶτον προσ- 


΄ a3 
lacw, ἢ 


x» ¥ > 
te ἂν evodov ἦ ταύτῃ ἕκαστος ἄξει [ὁ 
‘ » a 
λόχος]. καὶ εἴς τε τὸ διαλεῖπον οὐ ῥᾷάδιον ἔσται τοῖς 
πολεμίοις εἰσελθεῖν ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν λόχων ὄντων, δια- 
’ > ε (ὃ » ’ μὴ ’ 4 
κόψαι TE οὐ ῥάδιον ἔσται λόχον ὄρθιον προσιόντα. ἐάν 
τέ τις πιέζηται τῶν λόχων, ὁ πλησίον βοηθήσει. ἦν 
1 στρατηγοῖς συλλεγεῖσιν. 3 See Introd. 4, 108, (8). 8 εἰς φάλαγγα δρῶσι ταύτην... 


4 Οὗ ἐπὶ τεττάρων, 1.2%. δη49. 1120. 364. 509, Ὁ. 6776. 1181. 887. 526, 
τοῦ 671, 2d ex. 978 2dex. Cf. 461 with 454. 556. 8 Of. same, 1.105. 


10 


13 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


244 ANABASIS. 


a ὃ fg A , > N ba Ry 3 A 
τε εἷς πῃ δυνηθῇ τῶν λόχων ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον ἀναβῆναι, 
A > 
οὐδεὶς ' μηκέτι μείνῃ τῶν πολεμίων. 
Topics for Study- (1) Compounds οἵ ὅδός. (2) Advantages of at- 
tacking over rough ground with ὀρθίους λόχους. 
Ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ ἐποίουν ὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους. Hevo- 
A de > ‘ | Ν bd oA 2254 Ν ὃ “ 3, 
φῶν δὲ ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον ἀπὸ τοὺ δεξιοῦ ἔλεγε 
Aa 4 “cr ὃ - a > a ε “ , 
τοῖς στρατιώταις, “"Avdpes, οὗτοί εἰσιν οὖς ὁρᾶτε μόνοι 
» on 3 > ὃ Ἁ . 8 Ν no > ¥ θ , ,ὕ 
ἔτι ἡμῖν“ ἐμποδὼν TO” μὴ NON εἶναι ἔνθα πάλαι σπεύ- 
» > cal 
Sowev* τούτους, ἦν πως δυνώμεθα, καὶ ὠμοὺς δεῖ 
καταφαγεῖν." 
> Ν δ᾽ 3 a , 9 » Saeed Ν Ν 
Ἐπεὶ ἐν ταῖς χώραις ἕκαστοι ἐγένοντο καὶ τοὺς 
λόχους ὀρθίους ἐποιήσαντο, ἐγένοντο μὲν λόχοι τῶν 
c “A 5 ‘ Ν » ’ ε ‘\ , ν 
ὁπλιτῶν ἀμφὶ τοὺς ὀγδοήκοντα, ὁ δὲ λόχος ἕκαστος 
Ν > ‘ ε , ‘ Ν Ν ‘ ‘ 
σχεδὸν εἰς τοὺς ἑκατόν τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς Kal τοὺς 
τοξότας τριχῇ ἐποιήσαντο, τοὺς μὲν τοῦ εὐωνύμου 
»¥, ‘ A A nw ‘\ δὲ Ν 4 86 
ἔξω. τοὺς δὲ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ μέσον, σχεδὸν 
ἑξακοσίους ἑκάστους. ἐκ τούτου παρηγγύησαν ot 
στρατηγοὶ εὔχεσθαι: εὐξάμενοι δὲ καὶ παιανίσαντες 
> 4 ΑΙ, ’ Ν ‘\ a lal Ἀ «ε 
ἐπορεύοντο. καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν καὶ Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἱ 
‘ > “ Ἂ Lal ΄“ ,’ 4 », 
σὺν αὐτοῖς πελτασταὶ τῆς τῶν πολεμίων φάλαγγος ἔξω 
γενόμενοι ἐπορεύοντο. 
Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς εἶδον αὐτούς, ἀντιπαραθέοντες οἱ 
Ν 6. τὰ Ν ὃ Ν ε δὲ ἄρνες Ν ld ὃ ΄ θ 
μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον διεσπάσθησαν. 
‘ Ν Lal ε “A ’ 5 6. ia x > ld 
καὶ πολὺ τῆς αὑτῶν φάλαγγος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ κενὸν ἐποί- 
; ε δὲ ‘ ot Bed ὃ Ν λ ,» Ὁ “4 
σαν. ot δὲ κατὰ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικὸν πελτασταί, ὧν ἦρχεν 
Αἰσχίνης ὁ ᾿Ακαρνάν, νομίσαντες φεύγειν ἀνακραγόντες 
ἔθεον. καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀναβαίνουσι" 
a Mw 
συνεφείπετο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ ᾿Αρκαδικὸν ὁπλιτικόν, ὧν 
ε 
ἦρχε Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿Ορχομένιος. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς 
»” = Ἂ 
ἤρξαντο θεῖν, οὐκέτι ἔστησαν, ἀλλὰ φυγῇ ἄλλος ἄλλῃ 


11032. 1360. 569,2. [,89, 8. 2767. 1174. 378. 522. 3961 and a; 1029. 
1551 642.1. 434. 569. 678. 


BOOK IV. CHAP. VIII. 945 


ἐτράπετο. οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἀναβάντες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο 
> rn , » > “ὃ λλὰ 3 4 
ἐν πολλαῖς κώμαις Kal τἀπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἐχούσαις. 
Topics for Study. (1) Cf. duos and ὠμός. (3) ἄλλος, ἄλλῃ. 
They reach the sea, perform their. vows, and celebrate games. 
Kat τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν" ὅτι καὶ ἐθαύμασαν" τὰ δὲ 
nw ΕΣ nw 
σμήνη πολλὰ ἦν αὐτόθι, καὶ τῶν κηρίων ὅσοι ἔφαγον τῶν 
: lal ‘ » 2 
στρατιωτῶν πάντες ἀφρονές τε ἐγίγνοντο καὶ μουν καὶ 
“ σ 
κάτω διεχώρει αὐτοῖς καὶ ὀρθὸς οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἵστα- 
σθαι, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν ὀλίγον ὃ ἐδηδοκότες σφόδρα μεθύουσιν * 
27 ε δὲ ‘ , 5 ε Se \ 3 
ἐῴκεσαν. οἱ δὲ πολὺ μαινομένοις." ot δὲ καὶ ἀπο- 
ἧς ν n 
θνήσκουσιν. ἔκειντο δὲ οὕτω πολλοὶ ὥσπερ τροπῆς 
’ Ἀ Ν εν 10 ’ “~ δ᾽ ε , 
γεγενημένης, Kat πολλὴ Hv ἀθυμία. τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ 
3 η Ἁ > 7 > ‘ Ν Ἀ 3 4 9 
ἀπέθανε μὲν οὐδείς, audi δὲ τὴν αὐτήν πως wpav 
9 
ἀνεφρόνουν " τρίτῃ δὲ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀνίσταντο ὥσπερ ἐκ 
φαρμακοποσίας. 
Ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύθησαν δύο σταθμοὺς παρασάγ- 
ε , eae > 4 , > A 
yas ἑπτά, καὶ ἦλθον ἐπὶ θάλατταν εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα 
πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα οἰκουμένην ἐν τῷ Ἐὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ 
’ > 4 5 “A ’ ’ > rn 
Σινωπέων ἀποικίαν ἐν τῇ Κόλχων χώρᾳ. ἐνταῦθα 
¥ ε 7 > Ἀ ‘ ’ 9 A cal , 
ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἀμφὶ τὰς τριάκοντα ἐν ταῖς τῶν Κόλ- 
’ + > “ ε ’ , ᾿ Ἁ » 
χων κώμαις" κἀντεῦθεν ὁρμώμενοι ἐλήζοντο τὴν Κολχίδα. 
ἀγορὰν δὲ παρεῖχον τῷ στρατοπέδῳ Τραπεζούντιοι, 
καὶ ἐδέξαντό τε τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ ξένια ἔδοσαν βοῦς 
σιν ὧν ‘ > , \ Ν ας Ἃ 
καὶ αλφιτα καὶ οἶνον. συνδιεπράττοντο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ 
“A 7 ’ὕ ἰῳ 3 ~ ’ , > , 
τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ μάλιστα οἰκούν- 
; \ , \ Yl eee, > , 
των, Kat ξένια καὶ παρ᾽ ἐκείνων ἦλθον βόες. 
Χ \ a +e , ἃ 3 , 
Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τὴν θυσίαν ἣν εὔξαντο παρεσκευά- 
ζοντο" ἦλθον δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἱκανοὶ βόες ἀποθῦσαι τῷ Διὶ 
la 7 ~ c “~ Ἀ lal 3, 
σωτήρια καὶ τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ ἡγεμόσυνα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 


3718. 1058. 887. 587. sc. ἦν. 3 sc, κηρίον, 4778. 1175. 392,1. 643. 
5 sc. ἐῴκεσαν. 


20 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


20 


27 


28 


246 ANABASIS. 


A “aA Ψ 5 , » ‘4 > A > 
θεοῖς ἃ evEavto. ἐποίησαν δὲ Kal ἀγῶνα γυμνικὸν ἐν 
an » w > , 9 Ἁ ’ 
τῷ ὄρει ἔνθαπερ ἐσκήνουν. εἵλοντο δὲ Δρακόντιον 
A a a“ 
Σπαρτιάτην, ὃς ἔφυγε παῖς ὧν . οἴκοθεν, παῖδα ἄκων 
Ἁ ’ e , > > fal Ἀ 
κατακανὼν ξυήλῃ πατάξας, δρόμου τ᾽ ἐπιμεληθῆναι καὶ 
τοῦ ἀγῶνος προστατῆσαι. 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ θυσία ἐγένετο, τὰ δέρματα παρέδοσαν 
τῶ Δ K ‘4 Ν ε a 0 > aN ν Ν ὃ ’ 

ᾧ Δρακοντίῳ, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον ὅπου τὸν δρόμον 
‘A ¥ ε Ν 4 @ c ; + Mee 
πεποιηκὼς εἴη. ὁ δὲ δείξας οὗπερ ἑστηκότες ἐτύγχανον 

wre ε , > »¥ 
Οὗτος ὁ λόφος, edn, 
“κάλλιστος τρέχειν ὅπου 
ἄν τις βούληται. ““Πῶς 

> 

ou, ἔφασαν, ““δυνήσον- 
ται παλαίειν ἐν σκληρῷ 
Ἀ - ν 3) ε > 
καὶ δασεῖ οὕτως ; ὁ ὃ 
εἶπε, ““ Μᾶλλόν τι ἀνιάσε- 
ται ὁ καταπεσών. ἠγω- 
’ A Ὁ" 4 
vilovro δὲ παῖδες μὲν 
(ὃ 1 “A > , 
στάδιον᾽ τῶν αἰχμαλώ- 
των οἱ πλεῖστοι, δόλιχον δὲ Κρῆτες πλείους ἢ ἑξήκοντα 
ἔθεον, πάλην δὲ καὶ πυγμὴν καὶ παγκράτιον... καλὴ 

> , ‘ ‘\ ’ Ν ν , 
θέα ἐγένετο" πολλοὶ γὰρ κατέβησαν καὶ ἅτε θεωμένων 
A ε ’ ‘ 2 ee Ἂν \ Ν 
τῶν ἑταίρων πολλὴ φιλονικία ἐγίγνετο. ἔθεον δὲ καὶ 





CAESTUS. 


΄ \ »¥' > ‘ Ν “A “A > , > ΄΄ 

ἵπποι καὶ ἔδει αὐτοὺς κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ἐλάσαντας ἐν τῇ 

θαλάττῃ ὑποστρέψαντας πάλιν ἄνω πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν ἄγειν 

Ὁ ΉΠΟΘῈΡ 5 ρ rou ἀΎΘΕ: 

. , \ ς this A a \ x x 

καὶ κάτω μὲν οἱ πολλοὶ ἐκαλινδοῦντο" ἄνω δὲ πρὸς τὸ 
> nA. νΨ , , 3 ΄ ©” ae Ὁ 

ἰσχυρῶς ὄρθιον μόλις βάδην ἐπορεύοντο οἱ ἵπποι" ἔνθα 

‘ ‘ ‘ ’ ᾿Ὶ + ST 

πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως καὶ παρακέλευσις ἐγίγνετο. 
x 

Topics for Study. (1) Accusative of kindred meaning. (2) Grecian 

games. See Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities, sub δρόμος, ἀγῶνες, 


πυγμή, παγκράτιον. (3) Subsequent history of Xenophon. Introd. 113-119. 
(4) Style, Introd. 121, 122. 


1716, a, 1052. 888. 536, 


BOOKS V.-VII. 


. 
--------...ὦΘὉὍὈ- Κ  ς 


EDITED FOR SIGHT-READING. 


SUGGESTIONS FOR SIGHT READING. 
Books V.-VIL 


Tue Anabasis should be studied with a fixed, unalterable determination 
to learn to read it at sight, with only occasional use of the Lexicon. No 
obstacles, however great, should be allowed to cloud this set purpose. Kept 
distinctly before the mind, it will give a keener zest to study, prevent abuse 
of helps and promote a many-sided study of the language. 

To read at sight one must have: 1. A knowledge of the meaning of the 
words; 2. Of their forms (Accidence); 3. Of their relations (Syntax) ; 
4, Of the common idioms; 5. Practice. These are essential and each must 
receive its due share of attention. The idioms found in the Anabasis are 
not numerous and may be soon mastered. The main facts of Syntax are 
not so many as to offer serious difficulty to the earnest student. They recur 
quite often, and most of them are exemplified in a single book of the Anab- 
asis. The verb-forms require more attention, but each of these has one or 
more characteristics or differentia, and these, all told, including endings, are 
not more than about seventy in number. 

The acquisition of a copious vocabulary is arduous, but the task is 
greatly lightened by rational methods. Well directed effort here is amply 
rewarded. There are only about 900 primitives in the Anabasis. The 
prepositions and pronouns occur about 8,000 times, while εἰμί and its com- 
pounds are found over 1,300 times. 

Sight-reading should be practiced in the preparation of every lesson, but 
before it is made a distinctive feature of the recitation the student should 
master: (1) the Attic paradigms; (2) the main uses of the Cases, Voices, 
Modes, and Tenses; (3) the principal suffixes ;* (4) the Lists of Words, 

In the practice of sight-reading observe the following : — 

1. Appeal constantly to the ear as well as to the eye; that is, read aloud. 

2. Read an entire paragraph at a time and without stopping. 

3. Do not translate into English nor stop to put the parts of the sentence 
together. Reach the sense, if possible, directly from the original, just as a 
native Greek would do. 

. 4. For the meanings of the words scrutinize closely the stems and suffixes. 

5. For the relations of the words scrutinize closely the differentia of the 
noun and verb forms. 

6. Do not look up words beyond those given at the foot of the page till 
the passage has been read aloud again and again. 

7. Review previous lessons in the same manner as often as time will 
permit. 

*See Word Formation. 540-590. 822-889. 268-300. 397-449. 
(248) 


ΛΟΓΟΣ E. 


Recapitulation. 


t [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου 
ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ τῇ μέχρι 
ἐπὶ θάλατταν τὴν ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, καὶ ὡς εἰς 
Τραπεζοῦντα πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὡς ἀπέθυ- 
σαν ἃ εὔξαντο σωτήρια θύσειν ἔνθα πρῶτον εἰς φι- 
λίαν γῆν ἀφίκοιντο, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται.] 


It is voted to send Chirisophus to obtain ships for the convey- 
ance of the’ Greeks. 


Ἐκ δὲ τούτου συνελθόντες ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῆς 
λοιπῆς πορείας" ἀν-έστη δὲ πρῶτος Λέων Θούριος καὶ 
¥ aD, 
ἔλεξεν ὧδε ; 

“᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη, “ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀπ-είρηκα ὁ ἤδη 

, \ 5 \ , Re, 
συσκευαζόμενος καὶ βαδίζων" καὶ τρέχων καὶ τὰ ὅπλα 

, Ν 3 ’ Nf “, Ν , Ἁ 
φέρων καὶ ἐν τάξει ἰὼν καὶ φυλακὰς φυλάττων καὶ 
μαχόμενος, ἐπιθυμῶ δὲ ἤδη παυσάμενος τούτων τῶν 

, > Ἁ ’ » a Ν Ν Ν 
πόνων, ἐπεὶ θάλατταν ἔχομεν, πλεῖν τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ 


1 how. 2 paid (in sacrifice). 8 (sc. ἱερὰ), thank-offerings for safety. 
* 7 am tired. 5 walking. 


(249) 


250 ANABASIS. 


extabels' ὥσπερ Ὀδυσσεὺς ἀφικέσθαι εἰς τὴν “ED- 
Adda.” 


Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατιῶται ἀν-εθορύβησαν ὃ 


ὡς 
εὖ λέγοι: καὶ ἄλλος ὃ ταὔτ᾽ ἔλεγε, καὶ πάντες οἱ παρι- 
ὄντες. ἔπειτα δὲ Χειρίσοφος ἀν-έστη καὶ εἶπεν ὧδε" 
a 3 an 

“ς Φίλος μοί ἐστιν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίβιος, ναναρχῶν ὅ 
δὲ Ν , x > ͵ 4 > x > 0 a“ 
ἐ καὶ τυγχάνει. ἢν οὖν πέμψητέ pe, οἶμαι ἂν ἐλθεῖν 
καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων καὶ πλοῖα τὰ ἡμᾶς ἄξοντα" ὑμεῖς 
δὲ » ν a aN 0 ͵ » > KR > Ν ‘A ss 
€ εἴπερ πλεῖν βούλεσθε, περιμένετε ἔστ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἔλθω 
ἥξω δὲ ταχέως.᾽ 

> , a ε A ν 4 6 

Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἥσθησαν“ τε Kal 
3 / 7 Lal ἢ Pees € , 
ἐψηφίσαντο πλεῖν αὐτὸν ws τάχιστα. 


Xenophon proposes plans for the maintenance and safety of the 
Greeks in the absence of Ohirisophus. 


Mera τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" 

“Ξ Χειρίσοφος μὲν δὴ ἐπὶ πλοῖα στέλλεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ 
ἀναμενοῦμεν. ὅσα μοι οὖν δοκεῖ καιρὸς εἶναι ποιεῖν 
ἐν τῇ μονῇ, ταῦτα ἐρῶ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια δεῖ 
πορίζεσθαι ἐκ τῆς πολεμίας "" οὔτε γὰρ ἀγορὰ ἔστιν 
ε Ἀ a ν 10 > 2 θ ᾽ ll > Ν > ’ 
ἱκανὴ ovTe ὅτου ὠνησόμεθα εὐπορία " εἰ μὴ ὀλίγοις 
τισίν. ἡ δὲ χώρα πολεμία" κίνδυνος ἢ οὖν πολλοὺς 
ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἢν ἀμελῶς ὃ τε καὶ ἀφυλάκτως πορεύησθε 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ σὺν προνομαῖς * λαμ- 
βάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἄλλως δὲ μὴ πλανᾶσθαι," ὡς 

lal a > 
σώζησθε, ἡμᾶς "᾽' δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι. 

1 (ἐκ-τείνω), stretched out (i.e, in the boat), οἵ. Od. xiii. 74--, 2 applauded 
(cf. θόρυβος), saying. 3 = τὰ αὐτά. 4 πάρ-ειμι, go by (to the front), 
come forward. 5 ναυ-αρχέω. ὃ Cf. ἥδομαι. 7 Cf. ψῆφος, pebble, vote. 
8 fut. of φημί. 9 sc. χώρας. 10 of that with which (gen. of price) we shall 


purchase. 11 plenty, sufficiency. 12 se. ἐστί. 13 careless! y. 14 προνομή, 
foraging party. 15 cf. πλάνη, wandering. 16 j, e. the officers. 


BOOK V. CHAP. I. 251 


ἜἜδοξε ταῦτα. 


Ἀ 
«Ἔχχι τοίνυν ἀκούσατε καὶ τάδε. ἐπὶ λείαν ὦ 


A 
er 
LG 2 , > , 53 
ὑμῶν ἐκπορεύσονταί τινες. οἶμαι οὖν βέλτιστον εἶναι 
ἡμῖν “ 
ὅποι, 

, \ Pay eg ὃ , x 
μενόντων Kal συμ-παρασκευάζωμεν ἦ ἐάν τι δέῃ, Kav βοη- 
A ld \ Ss ἰδῶ δὺς ὃ ΄ θ A A 
θῆσαΐ τισι καιρὸς ἢ εἰδῶμεν " ὅποι δεήσει βοηθεῖν, καὶ 
al > a 9 
ἐάν τις τῶν ἀπειροτέρων ὃ ἐγχειρῇ ἴ ποι; συμβουλεύωμεν 
’ 39. 7 Ν , 27? ἃ Δ ¥ 32) 
πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι τὴν δύναμιν ἐφ᾽ οὖς ἂν ἴωσιν. 


" εἰπεῖν 5 τὸν “ μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι," φράζειν ὅ δὲ καὶ 


- al fal Ἀ A 
8 iva καὶ τὸ πλῆθος εἰδῶμεν τῶν ἐξιόντων Kal TOV 


"Edoée καὶ ταῦτα. 

“ Ἐννοεῖτε δὲ καὶ τόδε,᾽ ἔφη. “σχολὴ τοῖς πολε- 
μίοις λήζεσθαι," καὶ δικαίως ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν " ἔχο- 
μεν γὰρ τὰ ἐκείνων " ὑπερ-κάθηνται ἢ δὲ ἡμῶν. φυλακὰς 
ὃ 9 ὃ a ὃ Ὁ 4 ‘ / ὃ s . 3N > 

ἡ μοι δοκεῖ δεῖν περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι" ἐὰν οὖν 
κατὰ μέρος ἣ [μερισθέντες ] φυλάττωμεν καὶ σκοπῶμεν, 
ne x , £ 6 2 - RL 7 3» ΄ 

ἧττον ἂν δύναιντο ἡμᾶς θηρᾶν “ ot πολέμιοι. ἔτι τοίνυν 

/ ε lal > A > , “ ν ν lal 
τάδε ὁρᾶτε. εἰ μὲν ἠπιστάμεθα σαφῶς ὅτι ἥξει πλοῖα 
Χειρίσοφος ἄγων ἱκανά, οὐδὲν ἂν ἔδει ὧν μέλλω λέ 
yew" νῦν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἄτδηλον, δοκεῖ μοι πειρᾶσθαι 
πλοῖα συμπαρασκευάζειν καὶ αὐτόθεν. ἢν μὲν γὰρ 


18. ἐνθάδε, ἐν ἀφθονωτέροις 


¥ ¥ ε , 
ἔλθῃ [ἔχων], ὑπαρχόντων 
΄ x \ Ν ¥ A 3 , , 
πλευσόμεθα- nv δὲ μὴ ἄγῃ, τοῖς ἐνθάδε χρησόμεθα. 
ε A \ ΕἸ A “ ’ ᾿ . > > > 
ὁρῶ δὲ ἐγὼ πλοῖα πολλάκις Tapa-théovta* εἰ οὖν αἰτη- 
σάμενοι παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων μακρὰ πλοῖα κατάγοιμεν 
\ , a \ , 14 ψ 
καὶ φυλάττοιμεν αὐτά, τὰ πηδάλια ““ παρα-λυόμενοι, ἕως 

nN ε \ eS, 7 15 ΄ ¥ x 3 3 ΄ 

ἂν ἱκανὰ τὰ ἄξοντα " γένηται, ἴσως ἂν οὐκ ἀπορήσαι- 
alge ΣΝ ὃ , θ ” 

μεν κομιδῆς “ olas ὁεόμεθα. 


ΙΕ booty. 2 state. 8.1, 6. μέλλει ἐξιέναι. 4 codperate (in preparing). 
5 sc. ἵνα. ὃ ἄπειρος. 7 take in hand (ἐν χείρ), undertake (sc. ἰέναι) ποι. 
8 plunder. 9 seated, posted above. 10 into parties. 11 μερίζω, divide. 
12 hunt, i.e. take by surprise. 13 56, πλοίων. 14 πηδάλιον, rudder, 
see cut. 1S ἄγω, carry. 16 κομιδή, conveyance. 


* a, ὃ etc., indicate the order of words, 


10 


1 


12 


19 


14 


15 


252 ANABASIS. 


¥ 
Edoée καὶ ταῦτα. 
ςς 4 > 99 ¥ > | ‘ 
“ Ἐννοήσατε δ᾽, ἔφη, “ εἰ εἰκὸς καὶ τρέφειν ἀπὸ 
A τ᾿ x» cal 
κοινοῦ " οὺς ὃ ἂν καταγάγωμεν ὅσον ἂν χρόνον ἡμῶν 
ἕνεκεν μένωσι, καὶ ναῦσ- 
θλον΄ συν-θέσθαι, ὅπως 
ὠφελοῦντες 5 καὶ ὠφε- 
la 3} 
λῶνται. 
Ἔδοξε καὶ ταῦτα. 
a ”? 
“Aoket τοίνυν μοι, 
» {{ x » ‘A lal 
ἔφη; “ ἢν apa καὶ ταῦτα 
ἡμῖν μὴ ἐκπεραίνηται 
ν A 
WOTE ἀρκεῖν πλοῖα, τὰς 





ε A a ’ 
ὁδοὺς ds δυσπόρους 
ἀπ 7 3 ~ δ θά See eee? 
ἀκούομεν εἶναι ταῖς παρὰ θάλατταν οἰκούσαις Ἷ πόλεσιν 
.9 


Ν 
ἐντείλασθαι ὅ ὁδοποιεῖν "" πείσονται γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸ 


φοβεῖσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ βούλεσθαι ἡμῶν ἀπαλλαγῆναι. 


Xenophon persuades the cities to repair the roads. Defection 
of Dexippus ; death of Cleaenetus. 


Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἀνέκραγον ὡς ov δέοι ὁδοιπορεῖν. ὁ δέ, 
᾿ ~ , A 
ὡς ἔγνω τὴν apporivyv' αὐτῶν, ἐπ-εψήφισε 12 μὲν οὐδέν, 
Ν 4 , ε , » δὸ aA ’ 9 
τὰς δὲ πόλεις ἑκούσας ἔπεισεν ὁδοποιεῖν, λέγων ὅτι 
Ὁ“ > ’ὔ “Ὁ » , ε δὸ 4 
θᾶττον ἀπαλλάξονται, ἢν εὔποροι γένωνται ai ὁδοί. 
y δὲ \ 18 ἘΞΑ , 
ἔλαβον δὲ καὶ πεντηκόντορον ἡ παρὰ τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, 
4Φ 
h ἐπ-έστησαν Δέξιππον Λάκωνα περίοικον." οὗτος ape 
A ¥ 
λήσας τοῦ συλλέγειν πλοῖα ἀποδρὰς ἢ ᾧχετο ἔξω TOD 
, yy 4 “A e \ 3 δί »ἩΆ θ 
Πόντου, ἔχων τὴν ναῦν. οὗτος μὲν οὖν δίκαια ἔπαθεν 
1 it is reasonable. 2 common (fund). 3 i.e. the boatmen. 4 fare. 
5 agree. 6 sc. ἡμᾶς. _ 7 oinéw, dwell, be situated. 8 ἐντέλλομαι, enjoin. 
9. = repair. 10 journey by land. 11 of. &-ppwy, φρήν, mind. 12 ἐπι ψηφίζω, 


put to vote, cf. ἀπο-. 18 penteconter, fifty-oared vessel. 14 provincial. See 
Introd. 54. 16 ἀπρ-διδράσκω, flee or slip away. 


BOOK Υ. CHAP. ἢ. 253 


9 a > , Ν Ν 4 λ re aes? | 
ὕστερον" ἐν Θράκῃ yap παρὰ Σεύθῃ πολυπραγμονῶν 
ve ἀπέθανεν ὑπὸ Νικάνδρου τοῦ Λάκωνος. ἔλαβον δὲ 
καὶ τριακόντορον, 7) ἐπ-εστάθη ἸΤολυκράτης ᾿Αθηναῖος, 
ὃς ὁπόσα λαμβάνοι πλοῖα κατῆγεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 
Ν Ν \ oe 8 ¥ > > 4 ΄ 
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγώγιμα," εἴ τι ἦγον, ἐξαιρούμενοι φύλακας 
καθίστασαν, ὅπως σᾶ εἴη, τοῖς δὲ πλοίοις ἐχρήσαντο 
5 ΄ δ > e δὲ “Ὁ > Eee. x, , 3. ἡ 
εἰς Tapayoyyv. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἦν, ἐπὶ λείαν ἐξῇσαν 
οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐλάμβανον οἱ δὲ καὶ οὔ. Κλε- 
’, > > Ἁ A Ν ε Lal A »¥ , 
aiveros δ᾽ ἐξαγαγὼν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἄλλον λόχον 
Ν ’ Ἀ > , > , Ἀ ᾿Ψ», 
πρὸς χωρίον χαλεπὸν αὐτός τε ἀπέθανε καὶ ἄλλοι πολ- 
λοὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ. 


To get supplies Xenophon leads half the army against the Drilae. 


: 9 
11. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκέτι ἣν λαμβάνειν ὥστε 
> 6 γι. Ὁ ἣν / ὃ > , λ Ν 
ἀπαυθημερίζειν “ ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἐκ τούτου λαβὼν 
-- “a ε ϑ “a ’ 5» , » af 
Ξενοφῶν ἡγεμόνας τῶν Τραπεζουντίων ἐξάγει εἰς Api- 
λας τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος. τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ κατέλιπε 
, Ν ΄ Ξ ε Ν , Ψ ) eae 
φυλάττειν τὸ στρατόπεδον" οἱ yap Κόλχοι, are’ ἐκπε- 
, 8 A > A aa νς > , SE: 
πτωκότες" τῶν οἰκιῶν, πολλοὶ ἦσαν ἀθρόοι καὶ ὑὕπερε: 
’ >: _% ~ +» ε A 4 ε 4 
κάθηντο ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων. οἱ δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι ὁπόθεν 
μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ῥάδιον ἦν λαβεῖν οὐκ ἦγον "ἣ φίλοι γὰρ 
αὐτοῖς ἦσαν" εἰς δὲ᾿ τοὺς Δρίλας προθύμως ἦγον, ὑφ᾽ 
= A » > , s ll ‘\ , 12 
WV κακως ἐπασχον, εἰς χωρία TE ὀρεινὰ“ Kal δύσβατα 
καὶ ἀνθρώπους πολεμικωτάτους τῶν ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ. 


The light-armed troops attack but fail to capture a stronghold. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ἄνω χώρᾳ οἱ Ἕλληνες, ὁποῖα 3 


τῶν χωρίων τοῖς Δρίλαις ἁλώσιμα ᾿ὃ εἶναι ἐδόκει ἐμπιμ- 

1 meddling with. 3 thirty-oared vessel. 4 freight, οἵ. ἄγω. 4 σῶος, οἴ. σώζω. 
5 transport (-service). ὃ ἀπ-, αὐτός, ἡμέρα, return on the same day. 7 because. 
8 ἐκ-πίπτω, fall out, be expelled. 9 se. τοὺς Ἕλληνας. 10 j. 6, to the natives. 
1 adj. fr. ὄρος. 12 Bards, verbal of βαίνω. 13 easily taken, fr. ἁλίσκομαι. 


4 


a“ 


254 AN ABASIS. 


πράντες ἀπῇσαν" Kal οὐδὲν Hv λαμβάνειν εἰ μὴ bs! ἢ 
βοῦς ἢ ἄλλο τι κτῆνος" τὸ πῦρ δια-πεφευγός. ἕν δὲ 
ἦν χωρίον μητρό-πολις αὐτῶν εἰς τοῦτο πάντες συνερ- 
ρνήκεσαν" περὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἣν χαράδρα ἰσχυρῶς βα- 
θεῖα, καὶ πρόστ-οδοι χαλεπαὶ πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. οἱ δὲ 











Wi 
Νὰ WY, 
Εν ὶ I Ue 














a. ἣ χαράδρα. d, ἡ ἄκρα. 
ὃ, ἀναβολή, σκόλοπες, τύρσεις. 6, οἰκίαι, 
6, αἱ πύλαι. SJ; μηνοειδὴς ἡ τάξις. 


5, ἄκρα τινὰ ἰσχυρά, ὃ 16. 


πελτασταὶ προ-δραμόντες * στάδια πέντε ἢ EE τῶν ὅπλι- 
τῶν, διαβάντες τὴν χαράδραν, ὁῤῶντες πρόβατα πολλὰ 
oa / , ‘ Ν , 
καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα προσέβαλλον πρὸς TO χωρίον" συν- 
’ Ν x Ν ε >. & Ν > , 
εἰποντο δὲ καὶ δορυ-φόροι πολλοὶ of ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
> - Θ᾽ ν 3 id ε ὃ , 4 x 
ἐξωρμημένοι "δ wore ἐγένοντο οἱ διαβάντες [πλείους ἢ] 
> 7 3 ’ > Ν Ν ’ > > , 
εἰς χιλίους ἀνθρώπους. ἐπεὶ δὲ μαχόμενοι οὐκ ἐδύ- 
A Ἀ , \ \ , > \ at ® 
ναντο λαβεῖν TO χωρίον, kal yap τάφρος ἣν περὶ αὐτὸ 
εὐρεῖα ἀναβεβλημένη " καὶ σκόλοπες ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναβολῆς 
\ , 8 \ , ΄ δον δὲ 
καὶ τύρσεις ὃ πυκναὶ ξύλιναι πεποιημέναι, ἀπιέναι δὴ 


lhogs. 3. animal. 8. σύν, péw. +4 mpo-rpexw. ὃ ἐξ-ορμάω. ὃ ἀνα: 
βάλλω; ἀνα-βολή, rampart. 7 palisade. 8 τώρπις, tower, 


BOOK V. CHAP. II. 255 


ἐπεχείρουν: οἱ δὲ ἐπ-έκειντο αὐτοῖς. ws δὲ οὐκ ἐδύ- 
, > Ν a ee δι A ἧς ὁ ’, > “ 
vavTo ἀποτρέχειν, ἦν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἡ κατάβασις ἐκ τοῦ 
χωρίου εἰς τὴν χαράδραν, πέμπουσι ηρὸς Ξενοφῶντα" 
ε Ν ε A a ε λί ε δὲ 3 20 Ν , ν » 
ὁ δὲ ἡγεῖτο τοῖς ὁπλίταις. ὁ δὲ" ἐλθὼν λέγει ὅτι ἔστι 
χωρίον χρημάτων πολλῶν μεστόν τοῦτο οὔτε λαβεῖν 
, > Ν , > Ἢ ¥ > a es ᾿Ξ 
δυνάμεθα: ἰσχυρὸν γάρ ἐστιν οὔτε ἀπελθεῖν ῥάδιον 
μάχονται yap ἐπεξεληλυθότες ὅ καὶ ἡ ἄφοδος χαλεπή. 


Xenophon, leading up the hoplites, assaults and captures 
the place. 


3 ’ A“ ε | “A Ν Ν Ν 
Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Ἐενοφῶν προσαγαγὼν πρὸς τὴν 
(ὃ Ν Ν ε λί θ , θ > /\ ἈΝ ν 
χαράδραν τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας θέσθαι ἐκέλευσε τὰ ὅπλα, 
αὐτὸς δὲ διαβὰς σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς ἐσκοπεῖτο πότερον 
εἴη κρεῖττον ἀπαγαγεῖν καὶ τοὺς διαβεβηκότας ἢ καὶ 
τοὺς ὁπλίτας διαβιβάζειν, ὡς ἁλόντος ὁ ἂν τοῦ χωρίου. 
207 \ ἈΝ \ 3 aA > > ¥” A 
ἐδόκει yap TO μὲν ἀπαγαγεῖν οὐκ εἶναι ἄνευ πολλῶν 
“ ε a 5 δ᾽ x» » XN ε Ν Ν ’ 
νεκρῶν, ἑλεῖν ἂν ῴοντο καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ τὸ χωρίον, 
καὶ 6 Ξενοφῶν συνεχώρησε τοῖς ἱεροῖς πιστεύσας" οἱ 
γὰρ μάντεις ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἦσαν ὅτι μάχη μὲν ἔσται, 
Ν δὲ / Ν ~ ᾽ 7 Ν ‘ Ν ‘ 
TO δὲ τέλος καλὸν τῆς ἐξόδου. καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχαγοὺς 
» “ Ν ε ὕ > N > »¥ 
ἔπεμπε διαβιβῶντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔμενεν ἀνα- 
8 . ‘ ᾽ν , ‘ > ὃ , ¥ Y 
xXwptoas® ἅπαντας τοὺς πελταστάς, Kal οὐδένα εἴα 
ἀκροβολίζεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἧκον οἱ ὁπλῖται, ἐκέλευσε τὸν 
λόχον ἕκαστον“ ποιῆσαι τῶν λοχαγῶν" ὡς ἂν κρά- 
τιστα οἴηται ἀγωνιεῖσθαι: ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ λοχαγοὶ πλη- 
σίον ἀλλήλων οὗ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλοις περὶ 
ἀνδραγαθίας ἢ ἀντεποιοῦντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν" 
ε Ν lal a a“ la , 
ὁ δὲ τοῖς πελτασταῖς πᾶσι παρήγγειλε Si-nyKviope 


1 single file. 2 1. 6. the messenger. 8 ἐπ-εξ-έρχομαι, sally forth against. 
4 Qa. pt. of ἁλίσκομαι, be taken. 5 εἷλον, aipéw. 5 συγ-χωρέω, consent. 
1 = expedition. 8 ava-xwpl(w, separate, draw off, cf. χωρίς. 9. impf. of 


éda. 10 manlu virtue. f 


6 


10 


‘ 


lly 


4 


15 


16 


256 ANABASIS 


δ᾽... ε e + , 9 , " 8 
vous’ ἰέναι, ws ὁπόταν σημήνῃ ἀκοντίζειν, καὶ τοὺς 
/ > ~ θ 2 Φ, Ἢ “Ὁ “ ε ε ’ 
τοξότας ἐπιβεβλῆσθαι" ἐπὶ ταῖς νευραῖς, ὡς ὁπόταν ση- 
, , § a 3 \ N a , ¥ 
μήνῃ τοξεύειν [δεῆσον), καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆτας λίθων ἔχειν 
Ν. Ν ὃ ’ 4 Ἀ Ν 5 ’ ¥ 
μεστὰς τὰς διφθέρας" καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἔπεμψε 
τούτων ἐπιμεληθῆναι. 
"Emel δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύαστο καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ 
ὑπολόχαγοι καὶ οἱ ἀξιοῦντες ὁ τούτων μὴ χείρους εἶναι 
la 
πάντες προτεταγμένοι ἦσαν, Kal ἀλλήλους μὲν δὴ συν- 
’ a «ὦ δ Ν ὃ Ν Ν ΄ ε ΄, a Ὦ Ν 
εώρων" μηνοειδὴς " γὰρ διὰ τὸ χωρίον ἡ τάξις ἦν" ἐπεὶ 
δ᾽ > , Ν ε , 3 , ν ~ 
ἐπαιάνισαν καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο, ἅμα τε τῷ 
> vad 
Ἐνυαλίῳ ἠλέλιξαν καὶ ἔθεον δρόμῳ οἱ ὁπλῖται, καὶ 
Ν lal 
τὰ βέλη ὁμοῦ ἐφέρετο, λόγχαι, τοξεύματα, σφενδόναι. 
A a> («Ὁ cal a “4 > \ a Ν 3 
πλεῖστοι δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν λίθοι, ἦσαν δὲ ot Kal πῦρ 
προσ-έφερον. ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν βελῶν ἔλιπον οἱ 
7 
πολέμιοι τά τε σταυρώματαϊ καὶ τὰς τύρσεις" ὥστε 
᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος καὶ Φιλόξενος Πελληνεὺς κατα- 
’ Ν ν 5 “a ’ 3 , Ν ¥ 
θέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἐν χιτῶνι μόνον ἀνέβησαν, Kal ἄλλος 
¥ 
ἄλλον εἷλκε, καὶ ἄλλος ἀνεβεβήκει, καὶ ἡλώκει Ὁ τὸ 
iA ε 25 ’ Ν ε A ‘ 4 ε Ἀ 
χωρίον, ὡς ἐδόκει. καὶ οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ καὶ οἱ ψιλοὶ 
εἰσ-δραμόντες ἥρπαζον ὅτι ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο" ὁ δὲ 
Ξενοφῶν στὰς κατὰ τὰς πύλας ὁπόσους ἐδύνατο κατ- 
a »¥ - 
εκώλυε τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἔξω" πολέμιοι γὰρ ἄλλοι ἐφαίνοντο 
3.: » Ν 5 “ 3 Le) de , 
ἐπ᾿ ἄκροις τισὶν ἰσχυροῖς. ov πολλοῦ δὲ χρόνου pe 
\ , , 4. ἢ » ὃ 4 » 
ταξὺ γενομένου κραυγή τε ἐγένετο ἔνδον καὶ ἔφευγον 
ε A Ἀ ¥ a »¥ ’ ὃ ᾽’ ἈΝ 
οἱ μὲν καὶ ἔχοντες ἃ ἔλαβον, τάχα δέ τις καὶ τετρω- 
, Ν 
μένος" καὶ πολὺς ἦν ὠθισμὸς ἢ ἀμφὶ τὰ θύρετρα. καὶ 
ἐρωτώμενοι οἱ ἐκπίπτοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι ἄκρα " τέ ἐστιν 


- = with fingers in the thongs. See Introd. 65. 2 to have put the arrows. 
8 neut. of fut. pt. of δέω, since it would be necessary to etc. 4 Gkiodvres... εἶναι, 
claiming that they are not etc. ‘crescent-shaped. ὃ ἐλελίζω, shout the war-cry. 
T palisades, ὃ ἕλκω, draw, 9 = had already climbed up. 10 plpf. of 
ἁλίσκομαι. 11 εἰσ-τρέχω. 18 fr, ὠθίζω = ὠθέω, push. 18 θύρετρον, 
gate. 4 ἄκρα, citadel. ; 


BOOK Υ. CHAP. IL. 257 


ἔνδον Kat of πολέμιοι πολλοί, ot παίουσιν ἐκδεδραμη- 
1 ‘ Ἂν ὃ 3 θ , 
κότες TOUS ἐνὸον ἀνθρωπους. 


The Greeks rushing tn, find the enemy intrenched in a citadel, 
whence it was deemed impossible to dislodge them. 


Ἐνταῦθα ἀν-ειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε Τολμίδην τὸν κήρυκα 
77 ¥ \ ’ , “4 Ν 4 
ἰέναι εἴσω τὸν βουλόμενόν τι λαμβάνειν. καὶ ἵενται 
πολλοὶ εἴσω, καὶ νικῶσι τοὺς ἐκπίπτοντας οἱ εἰσ-ωθού- 
μενοι 2 καὶ κατακλείουσι τοὺς πολεμίους πάλιν εἰς τὴν 
¥ Ἀ Ν Ν »¥, “A ¥ , ’ὔ 
ἄκραν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἔξω τῆς ἄκρας πάντα δι-ηρπάσθη, 

+ A 
καὶ ἐξεκομίσαντοξ οἱ Ἕλληνες οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἔθεντο 

Ν ν ε Ν Ν % 4 ε Ν ‘ \ 
Ta ὅπλα, οἱ μὲν περὶ τὰ σταυρώματα, οἱ δὲ κατὰ THY 
εφν Ν Φ.ἃ Ν ¥ , ε \ = “ Ν 
ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν φέρουσαν. ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν καὶ 
ε RS ΄ > es Ἂν» ‘ ¥ ἂν 
οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἐσκόπουν εἰ οἷόν τε εἴη τὴν ἄκραν λαβεῖν 
> \ ν , > 4 4 x \ , 
ἣν yap οὕτως σωτηρία ἀσφαλής, ἄλλως δὲ πάνυ 

Ν 25 , > > NO WO Pees, δὲ 3 
χαλεπὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι ἀπελθεῖν: σκοπουμένοις δὲ αὐ- 
τοῖς ἔδοξε παντάπασιν ἀν-άλωτον" εἶναι τὸ χωρίον. 
5 “ ud ‘ ¥ Ν ‘ Ν 
ἐνταῦθα παρεσκευάζοντο τὴν ἄφοδον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν 
σταυροὺς ἕκαστοι τοὺς Kal” αὑτοὺς δι-ήρουν. καὶ τοὺς 
3 ΄ 8 δῇ ¥ > / 9 Ν “ 
ἀχρείους" καὶ φορτία ἔχοντας ἐξεπέμποντο" καὶ τῶν 
ὁπλιτῶν τὸ πλῆθος καταλιπόντες " οἱ λοχαγοὶ οἷς 
ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡρξαντο ἀποχωρεῖν, ἐπ-εξ-έθεον ἔνδοθεν ᾿ πολ- : 


hot γέρρα καὶ λόγχας ἔχοντες καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ κράνη 
Παφλαγονικά, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνέβαινον τὰς 
» 12 Δ ὯΝ 12 A > Ν ¥ 4 ε A 
ἔνθεν ἢ καὶ ἔνθεν " τῆς εἰς THY ἄκραν φερούσης ὁδοῦ" 
σ 90 ΄ > \ > N κ᾿ ΄ κ > 
ὦστε οὐδὲ διώκειν ἀσφαλὲς ἣν κατὰ Tas πύλας τὰς εἰς 
‘ » ΄ Ν Ν ΄ 4 2 

τὴν ἄκραν φερούσας. καὶ yap ξύλα μεγάλα ἐπ-ερρί- 


1 ἐκ-τρέχω. 2 See ὠθέω, ὃ 17, n. 12, 8 se. αὐτά, i.e. the booty. 
6 = assured. 5 cf. ἁλίσκομαι. ὁ palisade. 7 δι-αιρέω. 8 &-xpeios, 
useless. 9 of λοχαγοὶ ἐξ-επέμποντο. 10 (sc. ἐκείνους) οἷς. 1 from within. 


12 on this side and on that. 
Η. ἃ W. ANAB.— 17 


20 


21 


23 


258 ANABASIS. 


1.» 9 ΤΥ > ‘ , τ. .ὦ , 
πτουν ἄνωθεν, ὥστε χαλεπὸν ἣν Kal μένειν Kal ἀπιέναι 


» καὶ ἡ νὺξ φοβερὰ ἣν ἐπιοῦσα. μαχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 


καὶ ἀπορουμένων, θεῶν τις αὐτοῖς μηχανὴν ἢ σωτηρίας 
» > ’ὔ Ν > , 3. ἢ ~ 3 ,» 
δίδωσιν. ἐξαπίνης γὰρ ἀν-έλαμψεν οἰκία τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ὅτου δὴ ἐνάψαντος. ὡς δ᾽ αὕτη συν-έπιπτεν, ἔφευγον 


ool ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ οἰκιῶν. ὡς δὲ ἔμαθεν ὁ Ἐενοφῶν 


36 


τοῦτο παρὰ τῆς τύχης. ἐν-άπτειν ἐκέλευε καὶ τὰς ἐν 
> ΄Ὁ | SEP a 4 > 9 Ν Ἁ 
ἀριστερᾷ οἰκίας, at ξύλιναι ἦσαν, ὥστε καὶ ταχὺ 
ἈΝ a ~ 

ἐκάοντο. ἔφευγον οὖν καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν οἰκιῶν. 
ε δὲ \5 Ν , on ¥ , 2\ 7 6 ‘ δῇ 
οἱ δὲ κατὰ" τὸ στόμα δὴ ἔτι μόνοι ἐλύπουν ὃ καὶ δῆ- 
λοι ὅτι ἐπι-κείσονται ἐν τῇ ἐξόδῳ τε καὶ καταβάσει. 
ἐνταῦθα παραγγέλλει φέρειν ξύλα, ὅσοι ἐτύγχανον ἔξω 
ὄντες τῶν βελῶν, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολε- 
la > Ν δὲ ε 4, no > > “A Ἀ 9 A δὲ 
μίων. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἱκανὰ ἤδη ἦν, ἐν-ῆψαν" ἐνῆπτον δὲ 

Ν Ν > ae Ν i ιν Ψ ε , 
καὶ τὰς Tap αὐτὸ TO χαράκωμα οἰκίας, ὅπως ol πολέ 


27 μιοι ἀμφὶ ταῦτα ἔχοιεν. οὕτω μόλις ἀπῆλθον ἀπὸ 


29 


τοῦ χωρίου, πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμίων 
ποιησάμενοι. καὶ κατ-εκαύθη" πᾶσα ἡ πόλις καὶ αἱ 
οἰκίαι καὶ αἱ τύρσεις καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα καὶ τἄλλα 
πάντα πλὴν τῆς ἄκρας. 


Deceiving the enemy by an ambuscade, the Greeks return to 
their camp. 


“~ Ν ε ’ > “ ε ν 2 Ν 
Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπῇσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔχοντες τὰ 

> ’ > Ν Ν Ἀ ’ὔ > a % > 
ἐπιτήδεια. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν κατάβασιν ἐφοβοῦντο τὴν εἰς 

a Ν ΄ 
Τραπεζοῦντα, πρανὴς ᾿ γὰρ ἢν καὶ στενή, ψευδενέδραν ἢ 
Ν ἴω 

ἐποιήσαντο" καὶ ἀνὴρ Μυσὸς καὶ τοὔνομα τοῦτο ἔχων 
lal “A ‘ 
τῶν Κρητῶν λαβὼν δέκα ἔμενεν ἐν λασίῳ ἢ χωρίῳ καὶ 
1 ἐπιιρ-ριπτέω, ῥίπτω, throw. 2 means. 8 whoever, indeed, had fired it. 

* Fortune. 5 κατὰ τὸ στόμα, in front. 8 λυπέω, annoy. 7 palisading. 


8 ἔχειν ἀμφὶ etc., be busy about. 9. κατα-κάω, burn down. 10 steep. lt false 
ambush. 12 λχάσιος, bushy- 


BOOK YV. CHAP. IIL. 259 


1 τοὺς πολεμίους πειρᾶσθαι λανθάνειν" at 


προσεποιεῖτο 
δὲ πέλται" αὐτῶν ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε διεφαίνοντο χαλ- 
καὶ οὖσαι. οἱ μὲν οὖν πολέμιοι ταῦτα δι-ορῶντες ἐφο- 86 
B “ ε 3 ὃ > ; ε δὲ Ν 3 , 3 
βοῦντο ὡς ἐνέδραν οὖσαν. ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ 
κατέβαινεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει ἤδη ἱκανὸν ὑπ-εληλυθέναι," 
& M ΄“ 3 , 5 4 a , ἐν Ν ἃ ἐξ 
τῷ Μυσῷ éojpnve® φεύγειν ἀνὰ κράτος" καὶ ὃς ἐξ- 
x , \ ε κ > 4 \ ε \ ¥ x 
αναστὰς φεύγει καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. Kal οἱ μὲν ἀλλοι 8, 
Κρῆτες, adi θαι yap ἔφ ᾧ δρόμῳ, ἐκπεσόντε 
ρῆτες, ἁλίσκεσθαι γὰρ ἔφασαν τῷ δρόμῳ, ς 
3 ~ ε a > 7 x Ν , 7 ᾿ 8 
ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ εἰς ὕλην κατὰ τὰς νάπας καλινδούμενοι 
ἐσώθησαν, ὁ Μυσὸς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν φεύγων ἐβόα 32 
“~ ἈΝ 5 / > -~ Ἀ 3 ’ 
βοηθεῖν: καὶ ἐβοήθησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνέλαβον τετρω- 
΄ Ν 5 eee “ὃ eae ’ - / ε 
μένον. καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ πόδα“ ἀνεχώρουν βαλλόμενοι οἱ 
βοηθήσαντες καὶ ἀντιτοξεύοντές τινες τῶν Κρητῶν. 


7 > 7 ΔΑ, Ἀ ’ ὃ ud “10 3, 
OUTWS ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ τὸ GTPATOTEOOV πᾶντες OW οντες. 


Sending the feeblest by ship, the Greeks proceed by land to Cerasus, 
where they hold a review. 


> . ¥ ae » ε A 
ΠῚ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὔτε Χειρίσοφος ἧκεν οὔτε πλοῖα ἱκανὰ 1 
> » 
ἦν οὔτε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἣν λαμβάνειν ἔτι, ἐδόκει ἀπ- 


ιτέον "ἢ 


> Ἀ 3 A Ν cal , > - 
εἶναι. καὶ εἰς μὲν τὰ πλοῖα τούς τε ἀσθενοῦντας 
év-eBiBacav καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ τετταράκοντα ἔτη καὶ παῖ- 
Χ a ‘ a lal 
das Kal γυναῖκας Kal τῶν σκευῶν ὅσα μὴ ἀνάγκη ἣν 
ν Ἀ 4 Ἀ 7 ‘ ’ 
ἔχειν. καὶ Φιλήσιον καὶ Lodaiverov τοὺς πρεσβυτά- 
τους τῶν στρατηγῶν εἰσ-βιβάσαντες τούτων ἐκέλευον 
ἐπιμελεῖσθαι: οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο ἡ δὲ ὁδὸς 2 
ε -“ 
ὡδοποιημένη ἦν. καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πορευόμενοι εἰς 
Κερασοῦντα τριταῖοι πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ 


ἘΝ 4 ἊΣ 12 
LYM@TEMV MATTOLKOV 


ἐν τῇ Κολχίδι χώρᾳ. 

1 pretended. 3 πέλτη, light shield. 8. meanwhile. 4 ὑπ-έρχομαι, withdraw. 
5 the signal was given. 8 are being caught, i.e. that the enemy are overtaking 
them. 7 νάπη, gully. 8 rolling, tumbling. 9 retreated backward. 
19. = σάοι, ef. σώζω. 11 verbal οὗ ἄπειμι, goaway. 15 colony. 


«+ 


260 ANABASIS. 


> ~ ¥ ε , ? ‘ 90 »᾽ ‘ a“ 
Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας δέκα" καὶ ἐξέτασις σὺν τοῖς 
ν ἯΣ δ Ν > , ἈΝ > id 
ὅπλοις ἐγίγνετο Kat ἀριθμός, καὶ ἐγένοντο ὀκτακισ-χίλιοι 


1 


e »¥ 
καὶ ἑξακόσιοι. οὗτοι ἐσώθησαν. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο 


eos a 7 Ν , Ν ¥ 2 8 
ὑπό τε τῶν πολεμίων καὶ χιόνος καὶ εἰ TLS” νόσῳ. 


They sell the prisoners, divide the proceeds, reserving a tithe 
for a thank-offering. 


* τῶν αἶχμα- 


Ἐνταῦθα καὶ δια-λαμβάνουσι τὸ ἀπὸ 
λώτων ἀργύριον γενόμενον. καὶ τὴν δεκάτην" ἣν τῷ 
> ’ 5 ~ Ν ~ 9 ’ ld / 
Απόλλωνι ἐξ-εῖλον καὶ τῇ Ἐφεσίᾳ Αρτέμιδι, δι-έλαβον 
οἱ στρατηγοὶ τὸ μέρος ἕκαστος φυλάττειν τοῖς θεοῖς" 
ἀντὶ δὲ Χειρισόφου Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος ἔλαβε. 

Ξενοφῶν οὖν τὸ μὲν τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος ἀνάθημα ὃ ποιησά- 
μενος ἀνατίθησιν εἰς τὸν ἐν Δελφοῖς τῶν ᾿Αθηναίων 
θησαυρὸν καὶ ἐπ-έγραψε τό τε αὑτοῦ ὄνομα καὶ τὸ Προξέ. 

ἃ Ν , > /, ᾿ , Ν 5 3 lal 
νου, ds σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἀπέθανε" ἕένος yap ἣν αὐτοῦ. 
τὸ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος τῆς ᾿Εφεσίας, ὅτ᾽ ἀπ-ήει σὺν 
> , > A > 7, \ > ς 9 ¢Q7 
Αγησιλάῳ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας τὴν εἰς Βοιωτοὺς ἢ ὁδόν, κατα- 

a ἐν.» ᾧ ΄ Ψ 
λείπει παρὰ Μεγαβύζῳ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος νεωκόρῳ," ὅτι 

δι τι 4 39 7 >7 Nos , ll a Ν 
αὐτὸς κινδυνεύσων ἐδόκει ἰέναι, καὶ ém-éoterhev, ἢν μὲν 

Φ. 67, πος μον γον ae ΣΝ ‘0 > 
αὐτὸς σωθῇ, αὑτῷ ἀποδοῦναι. Hv δέ τι πάθῃ, ava- 
θεῖναι ποιησάμενον τῇ ᾿Αρτέμιδι ὅτι οἴοιτο χαριεῖσθαι 
τῇ θεῷ. 

Xenophon expends his tithe in the erection of a small temple 

in Scillus near Olympia. 


Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἔφευγεν ὦ ὁ Ξενοφῶν, κατ-οικοῦντος ἤδη αὐτοῦ 
ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι [ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων οἰκισθέντος ἢ παρὰ 
τὴν ᾿Ολυμπίαν] ἀφικνεῖται Μεγάβυζος eis ᾿Ολυμπίαν 

1 See Introd. 1. 2 here and there one. § vooos, disease. £ from (the 
sale of) the ete. 5 tenth, fr. δέκα. 8 votive offering, fr. ἀνατίθημι. Ἷ treasury. 


8 sc. ἀνάθημα. ® See Introd. 113, 116. 10 keeper of the temple. 4 charge 
{him). 12 See Introd. 114. 18 οἰκίζω, colonize, found. 


‘sounIyuq puri fa 
*O[ETOd B04g ‘s-F “mmTpesg ‘ut *sys0n3 10 uorjdeoer 10g “δ 


‘Trey v “ἢ “mmAeyneNog “2 
‘exjsonteg ‘d@ ‘mmnisvuurty ‘o OU) JSOMYPION SU ‘(uopeddytag ay} JO 4191 OY} 09) 
qui03-e[dua} ‘uooseyy ‘us ‘mney Arg “ἢ ‘seipiqd Jo ἀοηθηαολα “ἢ ‘uoreddytud “τ "ποιάογυᾳ ‘Y ‘aoreroy “Ὁ 
‘suyp Satsojoue yom Lf ᾿54952 Jo ojdulay, 9 *Ia}ouleg Jo ajdutay, 10 ‘aomdsh yw ‘p ὅ 


*sneZ JO θλοαῷ PalvUy JO 
ΒΘΒΏΟΗ 21nsvaly, '7-2 *gn01}}y ΒΘΡΟΧΘῊ 30 θγυῷ) Ὁ “snuody ‘Do 


(‘preyurey 1921 0} ‘(podoyser) VIdWL'10 














10 


11 


12 


13 


262 ANABASIS. 


θεωρή i ἀποδίδ ὴ θήκην ' αὐτῷ 
ωὠρήσων καὶ ἀποδίδωσι τὴν παρακαταθήκην αὐτῷ. 
*—_— A δὲ Ν ΄ 3 A a a 6 > 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ λαβὼν χωρίον ὠνεῖται τῇ θεῷ ὅπου ἀν- 
tx a .s ρ ΄ »» δὲ ὃ , ὃ Ν a ΄ 
ethev® ὁ θεός. ἔτυχε δὲ δια-ριρέων διὰ τοῦ χωρίου 
Ν A Ἁ > 3 4 Ν Ν XX “~ 
ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς. Kal ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ δὲ παρὰ τὸν τῆς 
᾿Αρτέμιδος νεὼν Σελινοῦς ποταμὸς παρα-ρ-ρε. καὶ 
> 4, > > 7 »” ‘ = 3 \ 
ἰχθύες τε ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ἔν-εισι καὶ κόγχαι" ἐν δὲ 
— a , \ os , δ. aie 5 \ 
τῷ ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι χωρίῳ καὶ θῆραι πάντων ὁπόσα ἐστὶν 
ἀγρευόμενα θηρία. 
> 4 \ ‘ Ν Ν SY > Ν ΕῸ 2 an > 
Εποίησε δὲ καὶ βωμὸν καὶ ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυ- 
’ ‘\ Ν Ν δὲ Sy , Ν 3 “ “- 
ρίου, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν δὲ ἀεὶ δεκατεύων τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ 
ὡραῖα θυσίαν ἐποίει τῇ θεῷ, καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ 
οἱ πρόσχωροι ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες μετ-εἶχον τῆς ἑορτῆς. 
-“ cal lal »¥ » 
map-etye δὲ ἡ θεὸς τοῖς σκηνοῦσιν ἄλφιτα, ἄρτους, 
οἶνον, τραγήματα, καὶ τῶν θυομένων ἀπὸ τῆς ἱερᾶς 
νομῆς λάχος, καὶ τῶν θηρευομένων δέ. καὶ γὰρ θήραν 
ἐποιοῦντο εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν οἵ TE Ἐενοφῶντος παῖδες καὶ 
οἱ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν, ot δὲ βουλόμενοι καὶ ἄνδρες 
συν-εθήρων᾽ καὶ ἡλίσκετο τὰ μὲν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 
Σ \ . \ - , Ὁ \ , 
χώρου, τὰ δὲ Kal ἐκ τῆς Φολόης, σύες καὶ δορκάδες 
Ν ¥ A ε ’ 2 > ’ » 
καὶ ἔλαφοι. ἔστι δὲ ἡ χώρα ἣ ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος εἰς 
> 4 4 ε » Ud > Ν “ > 
Ολυμπίαν πορεύονται ὡς εἴκοσι στάδιοι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν 
"Or ‘a A Ν ie Ov ¥ δ᾽ > a e ~ 4 Ν λ 
υμπίᾳ Διὸς ἱεροῦ. ἔνι δ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ χώρῳ καὶ λει- 
‘ p ‘fied , lal Ἀ 
μὼν καὶ ὄρη δένδρων μεστά, ἱκανὰ σῦς καὶ αἶγας καὶ 
βοῦς τρέφειν καὶ ἵππους, ὥστε καὶ τὰ τῶν εἰς τὴν ἕορ- 
Ά 3» ε ’ > A ‘ \ ee Ν 
τὴν ἰόντων ὑποζύγια εὐωχεῖσθαι. περὶ δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν 
ναὸν ἄλσος ἡμέρων δένδρων ἐφυτεύθη ὅσα ἐστὶ τρωκτὰ 
ε a ε \ ΄ ε Ν , a 3 > , 
ὡραῖα. 6 δὲ ναός, ὡς μικρὸς μεγάλῳ, τῷ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ 
εἴκασται, Kal τὸ ξόανον ἔοικεν ὡς κυπαρίττινον χρυσῷ 
» ΠᾺΡ te , ‘ , “ Ν \ \ 
οντι τῷ ἐν Edéow. καὶ στήλη ἕστηκε Tapa τὸν ναὸν 


1 deposit. 2 ἀν-αιρέω, answer, indicate. 
* The rest of chap. iii. should be read with the aid of the lexicon. 


BOOK V. CHAP. IV. 208 


γράμματα ἔχουσα ““Ἱερὸς ὁ χῶρος τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος. 
τὸν ἔχοντα καὶ καρπούμενον τὴν μὲν δεκάτην καταθύειν 
ἑκάστου ἔτους. ἐκ δὲ τοῦ περιττοῦ τὸν ναὸν ἐπι-σκευά- 
fev. ἂν δέ τις μὴ ποιῇ ταῦτα τῇ θεῷ μελήσει." 


Reaching the Mossynoeci, they are refused passage. 


Iv. Ἔκ Κερασοῦντος δὲ κατὰ θάλατταν μὲν ἐκομί- 
Ψ \ ΄ 1 ε ἘΣ δὰ \ a 3 
ζοντο οἵπερ καὶ πρόσθεν, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι κατὰ γῆν ἐπο- 
ρεύοντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῖς Μοσσυνοίκων ὁρίοις, 
, > > ‘\ / Ν 4, 
πέμπουσιν εἰς αὐτοὺς Τιμησίθεον τὸν Τραπεζούντιον 
πρόξενον" ὄντα τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων, ἐρωτῶντες πότερον 
ε Ν ΄ x Ν ΄, , ΜΝ , 
ὡς διὰ φιλίας ἢ διὰ πολεμίας πορεύσονται τῆς χώρας. 
ε δὲ > 9 > ὃ / me ΑΒ, Ν a 
οἱ δὲ εἶπον ὅτι οὐ δι-ήσοιεν"" ἐπίστευον yap τοῖς 
’ > “ ’ ε / 9 ’ 
χωρίοις. ἐντεῦθεν λέγει ὁ Τιμησίθεος ὅτι πολέμιοι 


4 ΄Ὁ 2 , Ν 28 ; λέ 
του €TI-E€KELVO. καὶ EOOKEL καλε- 


, a -% ε > 

τούτοις εἰσὶν οἱ ἐκ 
’ 

σαι ἐκείνους, εἰ βούλοιντο συμ-μαχίαν" ποιήσασθαι" 


καὶ πεμφθεὶς ὁ Τιμησίθεος ἧκεν ἄγων τοὺς ἄρχοντας. 


The Greeks make an alliance with certain enemies of the 
above Mossynoect. 


"Emel δὲ ἀφίκοντο. συνῆλθον ot τε τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων 
» Ν ε Ν a ε , Ῥ Q ¥ 
ἄρχοντες καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων" Kat ἔλεξε 
Ξενοφῶν, ἡρμήνευε δὲ Τιμησίθεος. 

Ss a a 
“°0 ἄνδρες Μοσσύνοικοι, ἡμεῖς βουλόμεθα δια-σωθῆ- 
“ wn ¥ 

vat πρὸς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεζῇ πλοῖα yap οὐκ ἔχομεν" 
κωλύουσι δὲ οὗτοι ἡμᾶς οὖς ἀκούομεν ὑμῖν πολεμίους 
εἶναι. εἰ οὖν βούλεσθε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν ἡμᾶς λαβεῖν συμ- 

1 se. éxoulCovro, i.e. the sick, women ete., ef. ch. iii. § 1. 2 guest-friend, 
consul. 3 δι-ίημι, let pass, cf. ἀφ-ίημι, ὃ 7. 4 of the (district) beyond. 5 alli- 
ance. 8 ἑρμηνεύω, to interpret. 


* Hug. strange to say, adopts the reading χορός, which, if correct, must be 
translated, contrary to common usage. inc/osure, 


qn 


ῖ0 


il 


\2 


264 ANABASIS. 


, κ᾿ , θ 4 -ὧὖὧὐ “ἃ eon a "ἃ 

μάχους καὶ τιμωρήσασθαι" εἴ τί ποτε ὑμᾶς οὗτοι ἠδὲ 
7” i 
κήκασι, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν" ὑμῶν ὑπηκόους εἶναι τούτους. 
A > ΕΝ 
εἰ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀφ-ἥσετε, σκέψασθε πόθεν αὖθις ἂν τοσαύ- 
, 4 3) 
την δύναμιν λάβοιτε σύμμαχον. 
- ᾿Ξ, A 
Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίνατο ὃ ἄρχων τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων 
lal Ν \ 
ὅτι καὶ βούλοιντο ταῦτα Kal δέχοιντο τὴν συμμαχίαν. 
— A , ᾿ a 
“"Avere δή,᾽ ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “ri? ἡμῶν δεήσεσθε 
la! Ν “Ὁ 
χρήσασθαι, ἂν σύμμαχοι ὑμῶν γενώμεθα, καὶ ὑμεῖς τί 
an A Ν Lal 3») 
οἷοί" τε ἔσεσθε ἡμῖν συμπρᾶξαι περὶ τῆς διόδου ; 
3 

Οἱ δὲ εἶπον ὅτι “ἱκανοί ἐσμεν εἰς τὴν χώραν 
3 ΄, 2 6 A: ws θ ΄ (ΜΕ. ee I a \ 
εἰσβάλλειν ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα τὴν" των“ ὑμῖν TE καὶ 

-“ Ν “ ad “ Ν 
ἡμῖν πολεμίων, καὶ δεῦρο ὑμῖν πέμψαι ναῦς τε καὶ 
¥ ὃ ν δι δὰ Ἁ Ν 500 7 
avopas οἴτινες ὑμιν συμ-μαχοῦνταί TE καὶ τὴν OOOV 

>? 

ἡγήσονται. 


α 


The arrival of the allies; their armor; defeat. 


Sin 8 , 8 Ste ; ν ΄ ¥ 
Ext τούτοις" πιστὰ δόντες καὶ λαβόντες ᾧχοντο. 
A “~ 3, a 
Kal ἧκον τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγοντες τριακόσια πλοῖα μονό- 
et Oe a ν ὃ φὶ ε Ν ὃ 4 > 
tuka καὶ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τρεῖς ἄνδρας, dv οἱ μὲν δύο ἐκ- 
Ud > 4, ἢ) Ν ν λ ε δὲ Φ' Φ' ὁ») * ‘ 
βάντες εἰς τάξιν ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα, ὁ δὲ εἷς ἐνέμενε. * καὶ 
ε ἈΝ / Ν “~ > id ε Ν , 
οἱ μὲν λαβόντες τὰ πλοῖα ἀπέπλευσαν, οἱ δὲ μένοντες 
ἐξ-ετάξαντο ὧδε. ἔστησαν ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν μάλιστα οἷον 
> ’ » ’ td 
χοροὶ ἀντι-στοιχοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, ἔχοντες γέρρα πάντες 
λευκῶν βοῶν δασέα, εἰκασμένα κιττοῦ πετάλῳ, ἐν δὲ 
“a ὃ ἕξ om Xr Ν ε ἐξ ’ » θ Ν λ ’ 
τῇ δεξιᾷ παλτὸν ὡς ἑξάπηχυ, ἔμπροσθεν μὲν λόγχην 
» ¥ θ δὲ A 4 δ 
ἔχον, ἔμπροσθεν δὲ τοῦ ξύλου σφαιροειδές. 
Χιτωνίσκους δὲ ἐνεδεδύκεσαν ὑπὲρ γονάτων, πάχος ὡς 
λινοῦ στρωματοδέσμου. ἐπὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ δὲ κράνη σκύτινα 


1 punish. 2 adv. ace. 8 for what? 4 able. 5 to assist our passage. 
ὁ én τοῦ (χωρίου) ἐπὶ τὰ ἕτερα (μέρη) = from the other (or farther) side. 7 on the 
way. 8 on these conditions. . 


* Sections 12-15 should be read with the aid of the lexicon. 


BOOK V. CHAP. IV. 265 


οἷάπερ τὰ ἸΤαφλαγονικά, κρωβύλον ἔχοντα κατὰ μέσον, 
ἐγγύτατα τιαροειδῆ " εἶχον δὲ καὶ σαγάρεις σιδηρᾶς. ἐν- 
τεῦθεν ἐξῆρχε μὲν αὐτῶν εἷς. οἱ δὲ 
¥ ν > 4 ¥ > 
ἄλλοι ἅπαντες ἐπορεύοντο ἄδοντες ἐν 
ε al Ν - 
ῥυθμῷ, καὶ διελθόντες διὰ τῶν τάξεων 
Ν “ cal 
καὶ διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
> 4 > ‘ 3, ἈΝ 
ἐπορεύοντο εὐθὺς πρὸς τοὺς πολε- 
, Sr ΄ ἃ 90.7 ᾿..ἃ 2 
μίους ἐπὶ χωρίον ὃ ἐδόκει ém- 
μαχώτατον εἶναι. κεῖτο δὲ τοῦτο 
Ν ΄Ν ’ ~ ’ 
πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τῆς Μητροπόλεως 
καλουμένης αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐχούσης τὸ 





» ’ ~ 7 Ἁ 
ἀκρότατον τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων. καὶ 


AMAZON IN χιτωνίσκος. 


\ , ε , >. : 
περὶ τούτου ὁ πόλεμος ἦν᾽ ob 
\ lal - > 
yap ἀεὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἔχοντες ἐδόκουν ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι καὶ 

4 
πάντων Μοσσυνοίκων, καὶ ἔφασαν τούτους οὐ δι- 

4 ¥ “ > Ν Ν Δ , 
καίως ἔχειν τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ κοινὸν ὃν καταλαβόντας 
πλεονεκτεῖν. 

Εἵποντο δ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τινές, οὐ ταχθέν- 
τες ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἀλλὰ ἁρπαγῆς ἕνεκεν. οἱ δὲ 
πολέμιοι, προσιόντων, τέως μὲν ἡσύχαζον ἐπεὶ δ᾽ 
ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο τοῦ χωρίου, ἐκ-δραμόντες τρέπονται αὐ- 
πούς, καὶ ἀπ-έκτειναν συχνοὺς τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ τῶν 

΄ ε ΄ ΄ κ 207 , 2 
vavaBavrwy Ἑλλήνων τινάς, Kat ἐδίωκον μέχρι ov 
εἶδον τοὺς Ἕλληνας βοηθοῦντας" εἶτα δὲ ἀπο-τραπό- 
μενοι ᾧχοντο, καὶ ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν νεκρῶν 
> , a ν Ν ων ε “~ ’, 
ἐπεδείκνυσαν τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίοις, 

Ν » 
καὶ ἅμα ἐχόρευον νόμῳ" τινὶ ἄδοντες. 

Oi δὲ Ἕλληνες μάλα ἤχθοντο ὅτι τούς τε πολεμίους 

΄ 9 
ἐπεποιήκεσαν θρασυτέρους ἡ Kal ὅτι οἱ ἐξελθόντες “EX- 
a a 
Anves σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐπεφεύγεσαν μάλα ὄντες συχνοί" ὃ 


1 be quiet. 2 time, strain. 8 ἄχθομαι, be vexed. 4. θρασύς, bold. 


14 


1¢ 


19 


20 


21 


22 


266 ANABASIS. 


» ΄ 3 ΄ 2 od , = 

οὔτπω πρόσθεν ἐπεποιήκεσαν ἐν TH στρατείᾳ. Ἐενοφῶν 
‘ 4 ‘ ν με 

δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς Ἕλληνας εἶπεν" 


The troops encouraged by Xenophon attack the citadel 
successfully. 


“ΓΑνδ a δὲν ἀθυμήσητε ἕνεκα τῶ 
νδρες στρατιῶται, μηδὲν ἀθυμήσητε ev ὧν 
γεγενημένων " tate’ γὰρ ὅτι καὶ ἀγαθὸν οὐ μεῖον τοῦ 
an - 9 Ξ 
κακοῦ γεγένηται. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐπίστασθε ὅτι οἱ, 
μέλλοντες ἡμῖν ἡγεῖσθαι τῷ ὄντι πολέμιοί" εἰσιν 
e ‘ ε La) 3. πὶ ¥ \ ‘ “A ε id 
οἷσπερ Kal ἡμᾶς ἀνάγκη" ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων 
οἱ ἀμελήσαντες τῆς σὺν ἡμῖν τάξεως καὶ ἱκανοὶ ὃ ἡγη- 
σάμενοι εἶναι σὺν τοῖς βαρβάροις ταὐτὰ πράττειν ἅπερ" 
σὺν ἡμῖν δίκην δεδώκασιν: ὥστε αὖθις ἧττον“ τῆς 
ε ’ , > 4 > > ε A ὃ A 
ἡμετέρας τάξεως ἀπολείψονται. ἀλλ᾽ ὑμᾶς δεῖ παρα- 
σκευάζεσθαι ὅπως καὶ 
a,@,4@,4@,@4,4,a,a 


eDIO}O! HOO oo π| π πῆ πν τοῖς" φίλοις οὖσι τῶν 
βαρβάρων δόξετε κρείτ- 


> lal > Ν “~ 
TOUS QUT@MV εἰναι και τοις 


DOO ODOOOO00O0O0 


OOO OOOO πολεμίοις δηλώσετε ὅτι 


oOo OO BOUSBOh DW ΕΣ, ΟΣ Sts ΄ Ἢ 
ΠΗ ΠΕ ΠΕ ΠΕ! οὐχ ὁμοίοις " ἀνδράσι μα 
fal “ Ν 9 
α ἀ, ὀρθίους τοὺς λόχους ποιησάμενοι. χουνται VUV TE Καὶ OTE 
ὃ δ΄, τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον κατὰ 
ταὐτὰ ταξάμενοι. 


1, τοὺς τοξότας μεταξὺ τὼν λόχων ἔχοντες. 
CC, τὸ ὑπολειπόμενον στόμα τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. 


τοῖς ἀτάκτοις ἐμάχοντο." 

Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν 

9 nn 

ἡμέραν οὕτως ἔμειναν" TH 
+ et 4 θ 4 > Ns , 7 5 ») 

δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ θύσαντες ἐπεὶ ἐκαλλιερήσαντο, ἀριστήσαντες, 

9 ΄ 8 Χ , , \ ‘ , 

ὀρθίους" τοὺς λόχους ποιησάμενοι. καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους 

ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον κατὰ ταὐτὰ ταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο τοὺς 
, ‘ “A , > , » ε 

τοξότας μεταξὺ τῶν λόχων [ὀρθίων] ἔχοντες, ὑπολειπο- 

1 οἷδα. 3 (sc. ἐκείνοις) οἵσπερ. 3 ἡγησάμενοι εἶναι ἱκανοί. . * sc. ἔπραξαν, 


as with us ... will be less likely to leave etc. 5 τοῖς τῶν βαρβάρων οὖσι φίλοι». 
6. such. 7 = τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἐγένετο. 8 See Introd. 108, (4). 


BOOK Υ. CHAP. IV. 267 


, 1 δὲ Ν “ὉἪἭ, , a € λ ye > 
μένου; δὲ μικρὸν τοῦ στόματος τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. ἦσαν 
γὰρ τῶν πολεμίων ot εὔζωνοι κατα-τρέχοντες τοῖς λίθοις 
ἔβαλλον. τούτους ἀνέστελλον " οἱ τοξόται καὶ πελτα- 
σταί. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι βάδην ἐπορεύοντο πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ 
χωρίον ἀφ᾽ οὗ τῇ προτεραίᾳ οἱ βάρβαροι ἐτρέφθησαν ὃ 
καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς: ἐνταῦθα γὰρ οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν 
ἀντιτεταγμένοι. τοὺς μὲν οὖν πελταστὰς ἐδέξαντο οἱ 

’ ἈΝ an 
βάρβαροι καὶ ἐμάχοντο, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν οἱ ὁπλῖ- 
ται, ἐτρέποντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν πελτασταὶ εὐθὺς εἵποντο 
ὃ ’ ἊΨ Ν \ aN ε δὲ ε Ne 3 , 
L@KOVTES ἄνω πρὸς THY πόλιν, οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἐν τάξει 
ν > ‘\ Ν » > Ν cal ~ , 
εἵποντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄνω ἦσαν πρὸς ταῖς τῆς Μητροπό- 
λεως οἰκίαις, ἐνταῦθα οἱ πολέμιοι ὁμοῦ δὴ πάντες γενό- 

5 4 Ἁ > al A Ν ¥ 
μενοι ἐμάχοντο Kal ἐξ-ηκόντιζον τοῖς παλτοῖς, καὶ ἄλλα 
δόρατα ἔχοντες παχέα μακρά, 
ν > Ν x 4 ’, 
ὅσα ἀνὴρ ἂν φέροι μόλις, 
τούτοις ἐπειρῶντο ἀμύνεσθαι 
ἐκ χειρός." 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ ὑφ-ίεντοῦ οἱ 
Ἕλληνες, ἀλλὰ ὁμόσε ἐχώ- 
ρουν, ἔφευγον οἱ βάρβαροι 
καὶ ἐντεῦθεν λείποντες ἅπαντες 

Ν ’ ε Ν Ν 
τὸ χωρίον. 6 δὲ βασιλεὺς 





αὐτῶν ὁ ἐν τῷ μόσσυνιδ τῷ 
3 ¥ > / ἃ ϑ ΄ a 
‘tf ἄκρου φκοδομημένῳ, ὃν τρέφουσι πάντες κοινῇ 
3 A 4, Ν X , > 0 λ > λ 
αὐτοῦ μένοντα καὶ φυλάττουσιν. οὐκ ἤθελεν ἐξελ- 
lal A / > > 
θεῖν, οὐδὲ δῖ ἐν τῷ πρότερον αἱρεθέντι χωρίῳ." ἀλλ 
lal Ν 
αὐτοῦ σὺν τοῖς μοσσύνοις κατ-εκαύθησαν. *oi δὲ 
oD) , Χ ΄ ν \ 
EdAnves διαρπάζοντες τὰ χωρία εὕρισκον θησαυροὺς 
1 the van (i. 6. of bow-men), being a little behind that of τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. 2 held 
in check. 3 πρέπω, turn, rout. 4 ἐκ χειρός, hand to hand... 5 ῥφ-ίημι, give 


way. 8 μέσσυν, wooden tower. 7 nor the one. 8 Cf. § 24. 
* Sections 27-29 should be read with the aid of the lexicon. 


28 


24 


26 


23 


28 


29 


80 


31 


32 


208 ANABASIS. 


ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἄρτων νενημένων περυσινούς, ws ἔφα- 
σαν οἵ Μοσσύνοικοι, τὸν δὲ νέον σῖτον ἔτι σὺν τῇ 
> ΄ = ah \ ε A \ 
καλάμῃ ἀποκείμενον᾽ ἦσαν δὲ teal ai πλεῖσται. καὶ 
’ 3 A ε ’ὔ 
δελφίνων τεμάχη ἐν ἀμφορεῦσιν εὑρίσκετο τεταριχευ- 
2 2 ’ 3 Lal - “ 
μένα καὶ στέαρ ἐν τεύχεσι τῶν δελφίνων, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο 
ν “ 
οἱ Μοσσύνοικοι καθάπερ of Ἕλληνες τῷ ἐλαίῳ κάρυα 
+ S.% A > , εν Ν \ Fe > » 
δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνώγεων ἦν πολλὰ τὰ πλατέα οὐκ ἔχοντα 
Sy Ν / > “ 
διαφυὴν οὐδεμίαν. τούτων καὶ πλείστῳ σίτῳ ἐχρῶντο 
a > a 
ἕψοντες Kal ἄρτους ὀπτῶντεΞς. οἶνος δὲ εὑρίσκετο ὃς 
ἄκρατος μὲν ὀξὺς ἐφαίνετο εἶναι ὑπὸ τῆς αὐστηρότητος, 
\ Ν $2 Ἀ ε , 
κερασθεὶς δὲ εὐώδης τε καὶ ἡδύς. 


The country and its inhabitants. 


9 ἴω 
Οἱ μὲν δὴ Ἕλληνες ἀριστήσαντες ἐνταῦθα ἐπορεύ- 
οντο εἰς τὸ πρόσω, παρα-δόντες τὸ χωρίον τοῖς συμ- 
, 1 ΝᾺ ΄, Ἐς τ δὲ Ν 3, 
μαχήσασι᾽ τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων. ὁπόσα ὃὲ καὶ adda 
παρῇσαν χωρία τῶν σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ὄντων, τὰ εὐπροσ- 


5 οἱ μὲν ἔλειπον, οἱ δὲ ὃ ἑκόντες προσ-εχώρουν." 


οδώτατα 
Ν. δὲ lal (ὃ 5 > ἴω 4 Fs > “A ε , 
τὰ δὲ πλεῖστα τοιάδε" ἣν τῶν χωρίων: ἀπεῖχον ai πό- 
λεις ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων στάδια ὀγδοήκοντα, at δὲ πλέον αἱ 
δὲ μεῖον - ἀνα-βοώντων ὅ δὲ ἀλλήλων συν-ήκουον εἰς τὴν 
7 3 A €. τὰ 7 ὸ ἊΝ ε , Ν 
ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας πόλεως᾽ οὕτως ὑψηλή τε καὶ 

8 ε , > 

κοίλη“ Ἢ χώρα Hv. 


ε ’ 
ετέεραν 


* Ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐν τοῖς φίλοις ἦσαν, ἐπεδεί- 
κνυσαν αὐτοῖς παῖδας τῶν εὐδαιμόνων σιτευτούς, τεθραμ- 
μένους καρύοις ἑφθοῖς, ἁπαλοὺς καὶ λευκοὺς σφόδρα 

A > lal 4 ¥ x ~ Ἀ Ν 
καὶ οὐ πολλοῦ δέοντας ἴσους τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος 


1 συμ-μαχέω, to δὲ a σύμ:μαχος. 2 εὐ-πρόσ-οδος, easy of access. 8 some 
(of the inhabitants). | * came (over) to, yielded. δ as follows. 5. συν-ήκουον 
(-ακούω) ἀλλήλων ἀναβοώντων. 7 into one (city). 8 hollow, i. e. intersected 


with deep ravines. 
* See lexicon for new words in sections 32, 33. 


BOOK V. CHAP. V. 269 


, N κ a A Sa? ce θ 3 
εἶναι, ποικίλους δὲ τὰ νῶτα Kal τὰ ἔμπροσθεν πάντα 
ἢ , 9. 7 ᾿ \ a ΓΝ) ὁ ἃ 
ἐστιγμένους ἀνθέμιαᾳ. ἐζήτουν δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἑταίραις" ἃς 
2 na ν᾿ ’ ‘ 
ἦγον οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐμφανῶς ᾿ συγγίγνεσθαι“. νόμος yap 
ea - , Ν δὲ ΄ ε ¥ ὃ XN ε 
ἣν οὗτος σῴφίσις λευκοὶ OE πάντες οἱ ἀνὸρες καὶ αἱ 
γυναῖκες. 
4 
Τούτους éheyov' οἱ στρατευσάμενοι βαρβαρωτάτους 
“Ὁ Ν fe “ ε lal , 
διελθεῖν καὶ πλεῖστον τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν νόμων κεχωρι- 
2 x 
σμένους."2 ev τε yap ὄχλῳ ὄντες ἐποίουν ἅπερ Gr: 
ΠῚ 
ἄνθρωποι ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ποιήσειαν, μόνοι τε ὄντες ὅμοια 
» y Δ > Ξ » , , > 
ἔπραττον ἅπερ ἂν per ἄλλων ὄντες, διελέγοντό τε αὐὖ- 
A A ᾿ , 
τοῖς Kal ἐγέλων ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς Kal ὠρχοῦντο ὅ ἐὠφιστάμενοι 
ν 4 7 Ἂ 3 , 
ὅπου τύχοιεν ὥσπερ ἄλλοις ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. 


The Greeks passing through the country of Chaiybes arrwe at 
Cotyora. 


~ 4 ~ 
V. Διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ot Ἕλληνες, διά τε τῆς 
’, Ἀ ol , > 4 > Ἁ , 
πολεμίας καὶ τῆς φιλίας, ἐπορεύθησαν ὀκτὼ σταθμούς. 
καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Χάλυβας. οὗτοι ὀλίγοι τε ἦσαν 
A e la 4 ~ ’ X\ ε , > -“ 
καὶ ὑπήκοοι“ τῶν Μοσσυνοίκων, καὶ ὁ Bios ἦν τοῖς 
id ek a) ee 5 3 a 9 ἴω 
πλείστοις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ σιδηρείας." ἐντεῦθεν ἀφικνοῦνται 
5 lal “- 
εἰς Τιβαρηνούς. ἡ δὲ τῶν Τιβαρηνῶν χώρα πολὺ jv 
πεδινωτέρα ᾿ καὶ χωρία εἶχεν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ ἧττον ἐρυμνά. 
‘\ ε Ν + A ἈΝ / 4 
καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἔχρῃζον πρὸς τὰ χωρία προσβάλλειν 
X Ν A > A v5 ἈΝ Ν ΄ 8 ἃ - 
καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ὀνηθῆνα(ἷ τι, καὶ τὰ ξένια" ἃ ἧκε 
x μὰν > 29 7 > 3 3 as , 
παρὰ Τιβαρηνῶν οὐκ ἐδέχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιμεῖναι Kedev- 
» 4 > 4 Ν Ν 
σαντες ἔστε βουλεύσαιντο ἐθύοντο. καὶ πολλὰ κατα- 


θ , aN > ὃ ’ 9 ε ’ὔ ? , 
VOQAVT@Y Τέλος ATI-€ εἰξαντο οι μάντεις πᾶντες γνωμὴν 


1... said that hey passed through these the most barbarous, i. 6. that these were 
the most ete. 2 χωρίζω, separate, remove. 3 ὀρχέομαι, dance. δ) ἢ 
ὑπ-ακούω. 5 working in iron. ὁ πεδινός, fr. rediov, plain. 7 ὀνίνημι, benefit. 


8 gifts of hosjntality. ® expressed. 


33 


34 


3 


@ 


270 ANABASIS. 


9 25 Ae , Dec θ Rots Ἃ > 50 
ὅτι οὐδαμῇ προσ-ίοιντο᾽ οἱ θεοὶ τὸν πόλεμον. ἐντεῦθεν 

ἈΝ Ν fa > ’ \ ε Ν ’ ’, 
δὴ τὰ ξένια ἐδέξαντο, καὶ ὡς διὰ φιλίας πορευόμενοι 
δύο ἡμέρας ἀφίκοντο εἰς Κοτύωρα πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα, 
Σινωπέων ἄποικον, οὖσαν δ᾽ ἐν τῇ Τιβαρηνῶν χώρᾳ. 

[Μέχρι ἐνταῦθα ἐπέζευσεν" ἡ στρατιά. πλῆθος τῆς 

, A ε eS “ 2 “ / ¥ 
καταβάσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Βαβυλῶνι μάχης ἄχρι 
εἰς Κοτύωρα σταθμοὶ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι δύο, παρασάγγαι 
ἑξακόσιοι καὶ εἴκοσι, στάδιοι μύριοι καὶ ὀκτακισχίλιοι 
καὶ ἑξακόσιοι, χρόνου πλῆθος ὀκτὼ μῆνες. 

Ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τετταράκοντα πέντε. ἐν δὲ 
ταύταις πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς θεοῖς ἔθυσαν, καὶ πομπὰς ὃ 
3 ’ Ν »͵ ν “ ε 7 A > “ 
ἐποίησαν κατὰ ἔθνος ἕκαστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ἀγῶνας 

4 X > > / > ’΄ Ὁ A > ~ 
γυμνικούς. τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἐλάμβανον τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῆς 
Παφλαγονίας, τὰ δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν χωρίων τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν᾽" 

Ὑ οθ νοῦν; ΧῸΡ ‘i 

-“ , > > Ν ~ ‘ 
ov yap παρεῖχον ἀγοράν, οὐδ᾽ eis* τὸ τεῖχος τοὺς 
ἀσθενοῦντας ἐδέχοντο. 


The Sinopeans alarmed send ambassadors to the Greeks. 


"Ev τούτῳ ἔρχονται ἐκ Σινώπης πρέσβεις, φοβού: 
μενοι περὶ τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν τῆς τε πόλεως, ἦν" γὰρ 
3 , Ν 6 2 , ¥ Ν Ν ~ , 
ἐκείνων καὶ pdpov® ἐκείνοις ἔφερον, Kal περὶ τῆς χώρας, 
- » " 7 \ 2106 3 Ν , 5 
ὅτι ἤκουον δῃουμένην. καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς TO στρατόπεδον 
ἔλεγον " 

Προηγόρει ὃ δὲ Ἑκατώνυμος δεινὸς“ νομιζόμενος “ εἶναι 

lal > ᾿Ψ, -“ 

λέγειν: “ἼἜἜπεμψεν ἡμᾶς; ᾧ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἡ τῶν 

Σινωπέων πόλις ἐπαινέσοντάς τε ὑμᾶς ὅτι νικᾶτε 

Ἕλληνες ὄντες βαρβάρους, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ συνησθησομέ- 
9 9 ὃ A “ Ἁ ὃ “ ε ε a > , 

νους " ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν τε καὶ δεινῶν, ὡς ἡμεῖς ἠκούσα- 


t 


1 προσ-ΐημι, approve, cf. 476. 810, 2. 2 πεζεύω, go on foot, fr. πεζός. 
8. solemn processions. 4 = within. 5 for it (Cotyora) belonged to them. 
8 φόρος, tribute. T 8ndw, lay waste. 8 προηγορέω, to be an advocate or spokes: 
man. 9 cuv-hdoua, rejoice with (you). 


Pa 


BOOK V. CHAP. V. 271 


, “ \ 
μεν, πραγματων σεσωσμένοι πάρεστε. ἀξιοῦμεν' δὲ 
Ἕλληνες ὄντες καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ὄντων Ἑλλήνων 
2 AS , , Ν δὲ ὃ pier. ὑδὲ Ν 
ἀγαθὸν μέν τι πάσχειν, κακὸν δὲ μηδέν: οὐδὲ γὰρ 
ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν πώποτε ὑπ-ἤρξαμεν " κακῶς ποιοῦντες. 

- - 3, ἈΝ Ἁ 
Κοτυωρῖται δὲ οὗτοί εἰσι μὲν ἡμέτεροι ἄποικοι, καὶ τὴν 
-“ ~ 4 
χώραν ἡμεῖς αὐτοῖς ταύτην παραδεδώκαμεν βαρβάρους 
> ΄ Pe Ν ‘ ὃ Ν ean ΄ Ξε 
ἀφελόμενοι "5 διὸ καὶ δασμὸν ἡμῖν φέρουσιν οὗτοι 
ν 
τεταγμένον ἡ καὶ Κερασούντιοι καὶ Τραπεζούντιοι " ὥστε 
a 
ὅτι ἂν τούτους κακὸν ποιήσητε ἡ Σινωπέων πόλις νομί- 
nw nw Ν 
ζει πάσχειν. νῦν δὲ ἀκούομεν ὑμᾶς εἴς τε τὴν πόλιν 
’, , 5 : «' 6 a 4 > A } OY 
Bia παρ-εληλυθότας" éeviovs® oKnvovv' ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις 
A ? 
καὶ ἐκ τῶν χωρίων Bia λαμβάνειν ὧν ἂν δέησθε οὐ 
ἴω > ‘al “ ’, 
πείθοντας.3 ταῦτ᾽ οὖν οὐκ ἀξιοῦμεν "ὃ εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ποιή- 
ΟΜΝ ς ea Χ , ‘ 4 ‘\ 
σετε, ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν Kat Κορύλαν καὶ Παφλαγόνας καὶ 
¥ A ? 
ἄλλον ὅντινα ἂν δυνώμεθα φίλον ποιεῖσθαι. 


Xenophon replies defending the conduct of the Greeks. 


Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιω- 

τῶν εἶπεν" 
ε a ον 3, ~ 

“Ἡμεῖς δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες Σινωπεῖς, ἥκομεν ἀγαπῶντες ' 
y . ΄ 5 at at 4 - > κ ΕΣ 
ὅτι τὰ σώματα διεσωσάμεθα καὶ τὰ ὅπλα" οὐ γὰρ ἣν 
δυνατὸν ἅμα τε χρήματα ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν καὶ τοῖς 

, ’ Ν A > Ἀ > Ν ε cA 

πολεμίοις μάχεσθαι. καὶ νῦν ἐπεὶ eis τὰς Ἑλληνίδας 

’ὔ ¥ > Ὁ ’ A ‘ 
πόλεις ἤλθομεν, ἐν Τραπεζοῦντι μέν, παρεῖχον yap 
ἡμῖν ἀγοράν, ὠνούμενοι εἴχομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ἀνθ᾽ 
ὧν ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς καὶ ξένια ἔδωκαν τῇ στρατιᾷ, ἀντε- 
τιμῶμεν αὐτούς, καὶ εἴ τις αὐτοῖς φίλος ἢν τῶν βαρβά- 
ρων, τούτων ἀπ-ειχόμεθα" τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους αὐτῶν 


1 ἀξιόω, claim (as a right). 2 ὑπ-άρχω. ὃ ἀφ-αιρέω. * appointed. 
5 παρ-έρχομαι. 8 some of you. 7 σκηνόω (σκηνή), pitch tent, quarter. 8 not 
persuading (them), i. 6. forcibly. 9 deem worthy or reasonable. 10 ἀγαπάω, 


love, be content. 


11 


12 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


272 ANABASIS. 


” ’ 
2 ὅσον ἐδυνά: 
. 4 


37? a 5 ‘ ε A 1 n - ry ν 
ἐφ᾽ οὖς αὐτοὶ ἡγοῖντοὶ κακῶς ἐποιοῦμεν 
μεθα. ἐρωτᾶτε δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁποίων τινῶν ἡμῶν ἔτυχον 

4 Ν 3 ’ὔ a ε a“ ε , Ν ,’ ε 
πάρ-εισι γὰρ ἐνθάδε ods ἡμῖν ἡγεμόνας διὰ φιλίαν ἡ 

/ 4 ν > ἃ 3 ’ > Ν Ν » 
πόλις συνέπεμψεν. ὅποι δ᾽ ἂν ἐλθόντες ἀγορὰν μὴ ἔχω- 
μεν, ἄν τε εἰς βάρβαρον γῆν ἄν τε εἰς Ἑλληνίδα, οὐχ 
ὕβρει ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκῃ λαμβάνομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. καὶ Καρ- 

tA Ν ’ Ν ’ 4 id 
δούχους καὶ Tadyous καὶ Χαλδαίους καίπερ βασιλέως 

5» ε ’ 3, 9 Ν ld ‘\ 3, 
οὐχ ὑπηκόους ὄντας ὅμως καὶ μάλα φοβεροὺς ὄντας 

, > ΄ δ ἈΝ ane Naser > , 
πολεμίους ἐκτησάμεθα" διὰ τὸ ἀνάγκην εἶναι λαμβάνειν 
Ν 3 ΄ 3 Ν > Ν > a , \ 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπεὶ ἀγορὰν ov παρεῖχον. Μάκρωνας δὲ 

’ ’ 3, > ‘\ > Ν 9 > ’ 
καίπερ βαρβάρους ὄντας, ἐπεὶ ἀγορὰν οἵαν ἐδύναντο 

A (λ > ’ὔ > Ν , ὑδὲ 
παρεῖχον, φίλους τε ἐνομίζομεν εἶναι καὶ βίᾳ οὐδὲν 
> 7, “A > ’ id la ἃ ε ’ 
ἐλαμβάνομεν τῶν ἐκείνων. Κοτυωρίτας δέ, ovs ὑμετέ. 

\6 > » μι, ΝᾺ > , > Ν »» 77 
ρους φατὲ" εἶναι, εἴ τι αὐτῶν εἰλήφαμεν, αὐτοὶ αἰτιοί 
εἰσιν" οὐ γὰρ ὡς φίλοι προσεφέροντο ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ κλεί- 
8 Ν , 3, » 25 , ἊΨ Ἂν > Ν 
σαντες ὃ τὰς πύλας οὔτε εἴσω ἐδέχοντο οὔτε ἔξω ἀγορὰν 
ἔπεμπον" ἠτιῶντο“ δὲ τὸν παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἁρμοστὴν ᾿ τούτων 
αἴτιον εἶναι. 

“Ὃ " δὲ λέγεις βίᾳ παρ-ελθόντας σκηνοῦν, ἡμεῖς 
ἠξιοῦμεν 5 τοὺς κάμνοντας ἢ εἰς τὰς στέγας "' δέξασθαι" 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀν-έῳγον ὃ τὰς πύλας, 7)'° ἡμᾶς ἐδέχετο αὐτὸ 
τὸ χωρίον" ταύτῃ εἰσελθόντες ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν βίαιον 

nw “A "4 
ἐποιήσαμεν, σκηνοῦσι δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς στέγαις οἱ κάμνοντες 
a “ lal ν 
τὰ αὑτῶν δαπανῶντες. καὶ τὰς πύλας φρουροῦμεν, ὅπως 
μὴ ἐπὶ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἁρμοστῇ ὦσιν οἱ κάμνοντες ἡμών, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν " ἢ κομίσασθαι ὅταν βουλώμεθα. οἱ δὲ 
lal a ε “a ’ 
ἄλλοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, σκηνοῦμεν ὑπαίθριοι ἢ ἐν τῇ τάξει, 


1 sc. ἡμῖν. 2 ποιέω. 8 puts some emphasis on ὁποίων, just what sort of. 
Cf. ὁποῖόν τι, 3.23, 4 they found us (to be). 5 (κτάομαι), made enemies. 
8 φημί. 7 to hlime. 8 κλείω, shut. 9 αἰτιάομαι, blame. 10 governor. 
Ἢ as to what, (namely) that we. 12 ἀξιόω. 13 weary, exhausted. 1 στέγη. 
roof, house, 15 dy-olyw, open, 15 where the place itself. 17 yolent (deed) 
'8 δαπανάω, spend, 19 that it may be in our power to etc. 20 un the oven air. 


BOOK Y. CHAP. VI. 273 


παρεσκευασμένοι, ἂν μέν τις εὖ ποιῇ, ἀντ᾽ εὖ ποιεῖν, ἂν 
δὲ “ 3 ’ θ ἃ δὲ > , Ἐπ} / Ων e τ ὃ a 
é κακῶς, ἀλέξασθαι. ἃ δὲ ἠπείλησας ᾿ ὡς ἣν ὑμῖν δοκῇ 
> ~ 
Κορύλαν καὶ Παφλαγόνας συμμάχους ποιήσεσθε ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, 
 “ > 
ἡμεῖς δέ, ἢν μὲν ἀνάγκη ἢ; πολεμήσομεν καὶ ἀμφοτέροις " 
» x Ν Ἂν ’, ε a > , 
ἤδη yap καὶ ἄλλοις πολλαπλασίοις ὑμῶν ἐπολεμήσα- 
μεν᾽ ἂν δὲ δοκῇ ἡμῖν καὶ φίλον ποιεῖσθαι τὸν Παφλα- 
γόνα --- ἀκούομεν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμεῖν τῆς ὑμετέρας 
πόλεως καὶ χωρίων τῶν ἐπι-θαλαττίων --- πειρασόμεθα, 
συμπράττο ὑτῷ ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ, φίλοι γίγνεσθαι." 
μπράττοντες αὐτῷ ὧν μεῖ, γίγ : 
Sinopean envoys agree to receive the Greeks hospitably. 
Ἐκ τούτου μάλα μὲν δῆλοι ἦσαν οἱ συμ-πρέσβεις ὅ 
lal A > 
τῷ Ἑκατωνύμῳ χαλεπαίνοντες τοῖς εἰρημένοις, maped- 
θ A 4 δ᾽ "ΝΕ λλ > 9 > sx 3 
ὧν αὐτῶν ἄλλος εἶπεν ὅτι οὐ πόλεμον ποιησόμενοι 
9 
ἥκοιεν ἀλλὰ ἐπι-δείξοντες ὅτι φίλοι εἰσί. καὶ ἕενίοις, 
bal \ ¥ Ἀ ‘ 7 / > Aa ’ 
ἣν μὲν ἔλθητε πρὸς τὴν Σινωπέων πόλιν, ἐκεῖ δεζξό- 
a ἃ 
μεθα, νῦν δὲ τοὺς ἐνθάδε κελεύσομεν διδόναι ἃ δύναν- 
= 4 - δὲ Ν , > ad 3 ἃ , > 
ται ὁρῶμεν yap πάντα ἀληθῆ ὄντα a λέγετε. ἐκ 
τούτου ἕξένιά τε ἔπεμπον οἱ Κοτυωρῖται καὶ οἱ στρα- 
Ν a 2&7 
Tyyot τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐξένιζον᾽ τοὺς τῶν Σινωπέων 
πρέσβεις, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους πολλά τε καὶ φιλικὰ ὅ 
ὃ ’, Ua ¥ ‘ \ “A “ ’ 
ιελέγοντο τά τε ἄλλα καὶ περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας 
ἀν-επυνθάνοντοΪ ὧν ἑκάτεροι ἐδέοντο. 


The Greeks consult the ambassadors from Sinope as to the 
rest of the journey. 


VI. Ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο 
ane 7 PB 1 "EESPY Sf Ν 

ΜΟῚ ,᾿ὕ ἈΝ Ν 
τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ συν-έλεξαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς στρατιώ- 
τας. καὶ ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας παρα- 


1 ἀπειλέω, threaten ; as to what you threaten that etc. 23. his fellow-ambassadors. 
8 dat. of cause.  * coming (forward).  ° ξενίζω, entertain (as guests). © fr. 
φίλος. 7 made inquiries about (such things) as each party desired. 


23 


24 


25 


σι 


οἵά ‘ ANABASIS. 


καλέσαντας τοὺς Σινωπέας βουλεύεσθαι. εἴτε yap πεζῇ 
δέοι πορεύεσθαι, χρήσιμοι ἂν ἐδόκουν εἶναι οἱ Σινω- 
πεῖς" ἔμπειροι γὰῤ ἦσαν τῆς Παφλαγονίας εἴτε κατὰ 
θάλατταν, προσ-δεῖν ' ἐδόκει Σινωπέων: μόνοι γὰρ ἂν 
ἐδόκουν ἱκανοὶ εἶναι πλοῖα, παρα-σχεῖν " ἀρκοῦντα τῇ 
a 4 > Ν ’ ͵ 
στρατιᾷ. καλέσαντες οὖν τοὺς πρέσβεις συνεβουλεύ- 
οντο, καὶ ἠξίουν ὁ Ἕλληνας ὄντας Ἕλλησι τούτῳ πρῶ- 
A“ 7 “A ᾿Ξ, Ss A Ν 7 
tov καλῶς δέχεσθαι τῷ εὔνους τε εἶναι καὶ τὰ βέλτιστα 
συμβουλεύειν. 


Hecatonymus, pointing out the difficulties of a journey by land, 
advises them to proceed by sea. 


᾿Αναστὰς δὲ “Exardvupos πρῶτον μὲν ἀπ-ελογήσατοὔ 


περὶ οὗ εἶπεν ὡς τὸν Παφλαγόνα φίλον ποιήσοιντο, ὅτι 
οὐχ ὡς τοῖς Ἕλλησι πολεμησόντων σφῶν εἴποι, ἀλλ᾽ 
ὅτι, ἐξὸν ὃ τοῖς βαρβάροις φίλους εἶναι, τοὺς Ἕλληνας 

ε ’ > Ἀ δὲ 4 PRN > 
αἱρήσονται. ἐπεὶ O€ συμβουλεύειν ἐκέλευον, ἐπ-ευξάμενος 
εἶπεν ὧδε" 

“Ei μὲν συμβουλεύοιμι ἃ βέλτιστά μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, 

, Ss \ ΄ Ν > \ , > , 

πολλά μοι καὶ ἀγαθὰ γένοιτο εἰ δὲ μή, τἀναντία. 

y \ 4 si * . 7 , > ὃ a : 
αὕτη yap ἡ ἱερὰ συμβουλὴ λεγομένη εἶναι δοκεῖ por 
παρεῖναι" νῦν γὰρ δὴ ἂν μὲν εὖ συμβουλεύσας φανῶ, 

V3 ε > A / Ἅ \ A Ἀ 

πολλοὶ ἔσονται οἱ ἐπαινοῦντές με, ἂν δὲ κακῶς, πολλοὶ 
ἔσεσθε οἱ καταρώμενοι. 

“Πράγματα" μὲν οὖν οἷδ᾽ ὅτι πολὺ πλείω ἕξομεν, ἐὰν 

‘ θ , 4 0 ς ξ, A ‘\ ὃ / Ν Xx “A 

κατὰ θάλατταν Kopilnobe* ἡμᾶς yap δεήσει τὰ πλοῖα 
πορίζειν. nv δὲ κατὰ γῆν στέλλησθε," ὑμᾶς δεήσει τοὺς 

1 still more (πρός) need of ete. 2 παρέχω. 8 sufficient. 4 begged them 
as Greeks dealing with Greeks in the first place to receive them well, thus (τούτῳ 
dat. of manner) by being well disposed οἴο., Ἕλλησι dat. after εὔνους. 5 ἀπο- 


Aoyéoua, say in defence.  ® though it is permitted us to ete. 7 for that counsel 
said to be sacred seems etc. 8. those (of you) execrating me will be many. 5. dif- 


Jiculties. 10 proceed, 


BOOK V. CHAP. VL 275 


, 1 » 9 de 2 a 4 Ξ 
μαχομένους εἶναι. ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα7 a γιγνώσκω 
ἔμπειρος γάρ εἰμι καὶ τῆς χώρας τῆς Παφλαγόνων καὶ 

“Ὁ 4 ¥ Ν > / Ν ‘4 ’ 
τῆς δυνάμεως. ἔχει γὰρ ἀμφότερα, καὶ πεδία: κάλλιστα 
A Ὁ 
καὶ ὄρη ὑψηλότατα. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν οἶδα εὐθὺς ὃ ἧ τὴν 
> Ἀ S25 2 A > Ν » Ψ τὺ 
εἰσβολὴν ἀνάγκη ποιεῖσθαι" οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἄλλῃ ἢ ἣ 
τὰ κέρατα τοῦ ci τῆς ῥὁδοῦ καθ᾽" ἑκάτερά ἐστιν 
> 
ὑψηλά, ἃ κρατεῖν ὃ κατέχοντες καὶ πάνυ ὀλίγοι δύναιντ 
ἄν: τούτων δὲ κατεχομένων οὐδ᾽ ἂν οἱ πάντες ἄνθρω- 
é 
ποι δύναιντ᾽ ἂν δι-ελθεῖν. ταῦτα δὲ καὶ δείξαιμι ἄν, 
» ’ , : ᾽’ 
εἴ μοί τινα βούλεσθε συμπέμψαι. 
> a 
«Ἔπειτα δὲ oda καὶ πεδία ὄντα καὶ ἱππείανἷ ἣν 
3 ‘ ε , ,ὔ , > ε , “ 
αὐτοὶ οἱ βάρβαροι νομίζουσι κρείττω εἶναι ἁπάσης τῆς 
βασιλέως ἱππείας. καὶ νῦν οὗτοι οὐ παρ-εγένοντο βα- 
Lal lal > Ἀ al iat: Gon ¥ » A 
σιλεῖ καλοῦντι, ἀλλὰ μεῖζον φρονεῖ" ὃ ἄρχων αὐτῶν. 
“Ei δὲ καὶ δυνηθεῖτε τά τε ὄρη κλέψαι ἢ φθάσαι 
λαβόντες καὶ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ κρατῆσαι μαχόμενοι τούς 
ε / 4 Ἁ ~ 4 ’ x 4 
τε ἱππέας τούτων καὶ πεζῶν μυριάδας πλέον ἢ δώδεκα, 
ἥξετε ἐπὶ τοὺς ποταμούς, πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Θερμώδοντα, 
εὖρος τριῶν πλέθρων, ὃν χαλεπὸν οἶμαι διαβαίνειν ἀλ- 
hws τε καὶ πολεμίων πολλῶν ἔμπροσθεν ὄντων, Tod- 
λῶν δὲ ὄπισθεν ἑπομένων " δεύτερον δὲ Ἶριν, τρίπλεθρον 
ε , i , , 9 > aA a , ἃ 
ὡσαύτως" τρίτον δὲ ἽΔλυν, οὐ μεῖον δυοῖν σταδίοιν, ὃν 
οὐκ ἂν δύναισθε ἄνευ πλοίων διαβῆναι" πλοῖα δὲ τίς 
» ε , ε > i 12 Sion ΄, 
ἔσται ὁ παρέχων ; ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως ἢ καὶ ὁ Παρθένιος 
ἄβατος" ἐφ᾽ ὃν ἔλθοιτε av, εἰ τὸν ἍΛλυν διαβαίητε. 
3 \ Ν > > Ἀ ean > , A ’ 
ἔγω μὲν οὖν οὐ χαλεπὴν ὑμῖν εἶναι νομίζω τὴν πορείαν 


ἀλλὰ παντάπασιν ἀδύνατον. ἂν δὲ πλέητε, ἔστιν ᾿ 


1 the fighters = to fight your way. 2 must be said, fr. λέγω. 8 εὐθὺς F, 
just where. ἡ 4 on either side of the road. 5 κατέχοντες ἃ πάνυ ὀλίγοι etc. 
8 δείκνῦμι. 7 cavalry. 8 2s too high spirited. 9 steal, i.e. seize by stealth. 
10 anticipate (the enemy) in. 11 μαχόμενοι (by fighting) κρατῆσαι... . καὶ π) éov 
ἢ δώδεκα μυριάδας. 15 inlike manner. 18 it is possible. 


il 


12 


13 


14 


276 ANABASIS. 


> a 
évbévie! μὲν εἰς Σινώπην παραπλεῦσαι, ἐκ Σινώπης δὲ 
εἰς Ἡράκλειαν: ἐξ Ἡρακλείας δὲ οὔτε πεζῇ οὔτε κατὰ 
θάλατταν ἀπορία: πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ πλοῖα ἐστὶν ἐν 
ε ’ > 
Ηρακλείᾳ. 


The Greeks resolve to proceed by sea if they can secure suf- 
Jicient boats. 


᾿Επεὶ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεξεν, οἱ μὲν ὑπώπτευον φιλίας ἕνεκα 
τῆς Κορύλα λέγειν. καὶ γὰρ ἦν πρόξενος αὐτῷ" ot 
δὲ" καὶ ὡς δῶρα ληψόμενον ὃ διὰ τὴν συμβουλὴν ταύ- 
τὴν οἱ δὲ ὑπώπτευον καὶ τούτου ἕνεκα λέγειν ὡς 
μή, πεζῇ ἰόντες. τὴν Σινωπέων τι χώραν κακὸν ἐργά- 
ζοιντο. οἱ δ᾽ οὖν Ἕλληνες ἐψηφίσαντο κατὰ θάλατταν 
τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι. 

Μετὰ ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" 

“°Q, Σινωπεῖς, οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες npnvrar* πορείαν ἣν 
ὑμεῖς συμβουλεύετε: οὕτω δὲ ἔχει" εἰ μὲν πλοῖα ἔσε- 
σθαι μέλλει ἱκανὰ ὡς" ἀριθμῷ ἕνα μὴ καταλείπεσθαι 
ἐνθάδε. ἡμεῖς ἂν πλέοιμεν" εἰ δὲ μέλλοιμεν οἱ μὲν 
κατα-λείψεσθαι οἱ δὲ πλεύσεσθαι, οὐκ ἂν ἐμβαίημεν 
εἰς τὰ πλοῖα. γιγνώσκομεν γὰρ ὅτι ὅπου μὲν ἂν κρα- 
τῶμεν, δυναίμεθ᾽ ἂν καὶ σώζεσθαι καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
ἔχειν " εἰ δέ που ἥττους τῶν πολεμίων ληφθησόμεθα 
εὔδηλον δὴ ὅτι ἐν ἀνδραπόδων χώρᾳ ἐσόμεθα. 

᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ Σινωπεῖς ἐκέλευον πέμπειν πρέ- 
σβεις. καὶ πέμπουσι Καλλίμαχον ᾿Αρκάδα καὶ *Api- 
στωνα ᾿Αθηναῖον καὶ Σαμόλαν ᾿Αχαιόν. καὶ οἱ μὲν 


ᾧχοντο. 
1 thence. 2 se. ὑπώπτευον. 8 λαμβάνω. 4 αἱρέω. ὃ = ὥστε. 
. 9 ἀριθμῷ ἕνα μή, not one in number = not a single individual. 7 Hrroves (κακός) 


worse than, inferior to. 8 λαμβάνω, in the sense of find. 


BOOK Υ. CHAP. VI. 277 


While the army is waiting at Cotyoru, Xenophon thinks the circum- 
stances opportune for founding a colony; his purpose is thwarted 
by Silanus. 


-“ A A Ἁ ε / 
"Ev δὲ τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ Ξενοφῶντι, ὁρῶντι μὲν ὁπλί- 
τας πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ὁρῶντι δὲ καὶ πελταστὰς 
Ν Ν ’,’ XN ’ Ν ε ’ δὲ 
πολλοὺς καὶ τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ ἱππέας δὲ 
Ν , "ὃ ὃ Ν Ν 5) i ve , » δ᾽ 3 A 
καὶ μάλα ἤδη διὰ τὴν τριβὴν ἱκανούς, ὄντας δ᾽ ἐν τῷ 
Tl , ¥ θ > x» > > BNC a 4 
όντῳ, ἔνθα οὐκ ἂν am ὀλίγων χρημάτων τοσαύτη 
΄ ΄ Ν ὅν» δ δῇ 25 , > Ν 
δύναμις παρ-εσκευάσθη, καλὸν αὐτῷ " ἐδόκει εἶναι καὶ 
χώραν καὶ δύναμιν τῇ Ἑλλάδι προσ-κτήσασθαι " πόλιν 
4 Ν , θ x» ee 28 / aN 5 
κατ-οικίσαντας.ἡ καὶ γενέσθαι ἂν αὐτῷ ἐδόκει μεγάλη; 


6 ΄ eon λὴθ Ν Ν 
TO TE αὐτῶν TANVOS καὶ τοὺς πέεέρι- 


κατα-λογιζομένῳ 

A Ν 4 ‘ SX , 7 θυ, - / 

οἰκοῦντας τὸν Πόντον. Kat ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύετο πρίν 
wn A n ὔ 

τινι εἰπεῖν τῶν στρατιωτῶν Σιλανὸν παρακαλέσας τὸν 

᾽’ 4 ’ Ν > 7 ε Ν 

Κύρου μάντιν γενόμενον τὸν ᾿Αμπρακιώτην. ὁ δὲ Σιλα- 
Χ “ Ἀ ε 
νὸς δεδιὼς μὴ γένηται ταῦτα καὶ καταμείνῃ που ἡ 
, > me 8 3 Ν , , δον =| 
στρατιά, ἐκφέρει" εἰς TO στράτευμα λόγον ὅτι Ξενο- 
lal “- Ν ᾿ ΤΡ 
φών βούλεται καταμεῖναι τὴν στρατιὰν καὶ πόλιν οἰκί- 
XN A ᾿ 
σαι καὶ ἑαυτῷ ὄνομα καὶ δύναμιν περι-ποιήσασθαι.ὃ 
“οἱ δ᾽ ε - 3 , 9 , 3 Ν 
αὐτὸς ὁ Σιλανὸς ἐβούλετο ὅτι τάχιστα εἰς τὴν 
ε a Ἂ 
Ἑλλάδα ἀφικέσθαι. ots” γὰρ παρὰ Κύρου ἔλαβε 
λί ὃ ‘ 9 Ν ὃ ΄ ε , 5 +0 ll 
τρισχιλίους δαρεικοὺς oTE Tas δέκα ἡμέρας ἠλήθευσε 
θυόμενος Κύρῳ, δι-εσεσώκει.2 τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν, 
> Ἀ ¥ “A Ν 59. 7 ΄ os 
ἐπεὶ ἤκουσαν, Tors μὲν ἐδόκει βέλτιστον εἶναι KaTa- 

a A Ἀ rc ” 
μεῖναι, Tots δὲ πολλοῖς ov. 

1 efficient by practice. 2 added because ἐδόκει is far removed from Hevo- 
φώντι. 3 προσ-κτάομαι, acquire additional χώραν etc. 4 by founding, fr. κατ- 
οικίζω, found. 5 agrees with πόλις. ὁ reckon. 7 with reference to this. 
8 ἐκφέρει λόγον, spreads a report. 9 win for himself. 10 obs... δαρεικούς. 


See Introd. 82 (3), (end). 1 ἀληθεύω, here = tell the truth about, rightly fore- 
tell. 12 διασώζω. 


17 


20 


21 


22 


278 ANABASIS, 


Timasion and Thorax hint to certain Heracleans that tf the Greeks 
are not provided with money, they may settle down there. 


Τιμασίων δὲ ὁ Aapdaveds καὶ Θώραξ ὁ Βοιώτιος 
πρὸς ἐμπόρους τινὰς παρ-όντας τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν καὶ 
bid > A ial lal 
Σινωπέων λέγουσιν ὅτι εἰ μὴ ἐκποριοῦσι τῇ στρατιᾷ 
Y 
μισθὸν wore ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐκπλέοντας, ὅτι κιν- 
δυνεύσει μεῖναι τοσαύτη δύναιις ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ: Bov- 
nw A nw »“» 
λεται γὰρ Ἐενοφῶν καὶ ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖ, ἐπειδὰν ἔλθῃ 
τὰ πλοῖα, τότε εἰπεῖν ἐξαίφν ἣ 1, “᾿Ανδ 
NS τῇ στρατιᾷ, νδρες, 
A ‘ ε κα ες: κα > " = ᾿ 
νῦν μὲν ὁρῶμεν ἡμᾶς ἀπόρους ὄντας καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀπό- 
4 » Ν 3 “ὃ Ν » ὃ 5 ’ » “A 4, 
πλῳ ἔχειν TA ἐπιτήδεια καὶ οἴκαδε ἀπελθόντας ὀνῆσαί 
Ν ¥ - > A 4, “A , 4 Ἀ 
τι τοὺς οἴκοι" εἰ δὲ βούλεσθε τῆς κύκλῳ χώρας περὶ 
τὸν Πόντον οἰκουμένης ἐκλεξάμενοι ὁποίαν [ἂν] Bov- 
λησθε κατα-σχεῖν, καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐθέλοντα ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, 
Ν > 5 ’ ’ 5 “A al 5 cn , 
τὸν δ᾽ ἐθέλοντα μένειν αὐτοῦ, πλοῖα δ᾽ ὑμῖν πάρεστιν, 
ν 9 oN 4, > ΄ x > , > 
ὦστε ὅπῃ av βούλησθε ἐξαίφνης ἂν ἐπι-πέσοιτε. 


Through Timasion the Greeks are offered money on condition 
of their speedy departure. 


> 4 “ ε » > id Lal 
Ακούσαντες ταῦτα οἱ ἔμποροι ἀπήγγελλον ταῖς 
πόλεσι" συνέπεμψε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς Τιμασίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς 
> , / Ν ’ ‘ 4 Ν 4 
Εὐρύμαχόν τε τὸν Aapdavéa καὶ Θώρακα τὸν Βοιώτιον 
\ ws. 2e la) 3 A 5 A δὲ ss Ὁ A 
τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐροῦντας" Σινωπεῖς δὲ καὶ Hpakdeo- 
ται ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες πέμπουσι πρὸς τὸν Τιμασίωνα 
\ A 
καὶ κελεύουσι προστατῆσαι“ λαβόντα χρήματα ὅπως 
3 4 ε ’, ε Ν μὲ > 4 > 
ἐκπλεύσῃ ἡ στρατιά. ὁ δὲ ἄσμενος ἀκούσας, ἐν συλ- 
λόγῳ " τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὄντων, λέγει τάδε" 
1 merchants. 2 ἐκ-πορίζω, provide. 8 unable wa... καί. 4 ἀπό-πλους, 


return voyage. 5 fut. of φημί. 8 προστατέω, manage. 7 afier receiving. 
8 assembly. 


BOOK Υ. CHAP. VL 279 


- a J 3 , 
“Οὐ δεῖ tpoodyav' μονῇ, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲ τῆς Ἑλλά- 
δος οὐδὲν περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσθαι. ἀκούω δέ τινας 
θύεσθαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ οὐδ᾽ ὑμῖν λέγοντας. ὑπισχνοῦμαι 
δὲ ὑμῖν, ἂν ἐκ-πλέητε, ἀπὸ νουμηνίας 5 μισθοφορὰν ὃ 
wn A » nw 
παρ-έξειν κυζικηνὸν ἡ ἑκάστῳ τοῦ μηνός" καὶ ἄξω ὑμᾶς 
> Xv (ὃ » θ ,’ > , Ἀ ε la 
εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα, ἔνθεν καί εἶμι φυγάς, καὶ ὑπάρξει 
ε “ ε > Ἀ ix 4 ε ’ , ὃ / ε , 
ὑμῖν ἡ ἐμὴ πόλις " ἑκόντες yap με δέξονται. ἡγήσομαι 
δὲ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἔνθεν πολλὰ χρήματα λήψεσθε. ἔμπειρος 
δέ εἰμι τῆς Αἰολίδος καὶ τῆς Φρυγίας καὶ τῆς Τρῳάδος 
καὶ τῆς Φαρναβάζου ἀρχῆς πάσης, τὰ pev® διὰ τὸ 
> A > ‘ δὲ 5 ὃ Ἀ Ν lo θ > 7 A 
éxet-Oev εἶναι, τὰ δὲ" διὰ τὸ συνεστρατεῦσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ 
σὺν Κλεάρχῳ τε καὶ Aepxvdida.” 
a 4 
᾿Αναστὰς αὖθις Θώραξ [ὁ Βοιώτιος], ὃς περὶ στρατη- 
γίας Ἐενοφῶντι ἐμάχετο, ἔφη, εἰ ἐξέλθοιεν ἐκ τοῦ Πόν- 
του, ἔσεσθαι αὐτοῖς Χερρόνησον χώραν καλὴν καὶ 
εὐδαίμονα ὥστε [ἐξεῖναι] τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐν-οικεῖν, τῷ δὲ 
Χ , > , ¥ ὃ aise Se > > a 
μὴ βουλομένῳ ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε. yedotov® dé εἶναι ἐν τῇ 
Ἑλλάδι οὔσης χώρας πολλῆς καὶ ἀφθόνον ἐν τῇ 
, , 7 ἐς Ὁ δ᾽ F's), ἢ ἐξ.3:. ἡ 2 
βαρβάρων μαστεύειν. ἔστε δ᾽ av, ἔφη, “ ἐκεῖ γένη- 
σθε, κἀγὼ καθάπερ Τιμασίων ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν τὴν 
, 39 ‘al \ 3» > ἈΝ ἃ , 
ισθοφοράν.᾽ ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεγεν εἰδὼς ἃ Τιμασίωνι 
μισθοφορ γ é 
ε ε A Ν ε A la! 
ot Ἡρακλεῶται καὶ οἱ Σινωπεῖς ὑπισχνοῦντο ὥστε 
ἐκ-πλεῖν. 


The conduct of Xenophon called in question; his answer. 


ὋὉ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐν τούτῳ ἐσίγα. ἀναστὰς δὲ Φιλή- 
Ν , en» Se ε ὃ Ν ¥ ἰδί 8 
σιος καὶ Λύκων οἱ ᾿Αχαιοὶ ἔλεγον ὡς δεινὸν εἴη ἰδίᾳ 


ἐν Ξενοφῶντα πείθειν τε κατα-μένειν καὶ θύεσθαι ὑπὲ 
μ 


1 set your thoughts on remaining (here) nor esteem anything more highly than 
Hellas, 2. new moon. ὃ pay. 4 ἃ Cyzicene (stater = $5.50) named from 
the town Κύζκος, on the Propontis. 5 partly... partly. δ ridiculous, fr. 
γέλως. 7 desire earnestly (to live, sc. ἐνοικεῖν). 8 privately. 


25 


2? 


29 


30 


31 


280 ANABASIS. 


τῆς μονῆς [μὴ Kowotpevov’ τῇ στρατιᾷ], εἰς 5 δὲ τὸ 


A δὲ ᾿ Ν , - > , t 
κοινὸν μηδὲν ἀγορεύειν περὶ τούτων. wate ἠναγκάσθη 
ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἀνα-στῆναι καὶ εἰπεῖν τάδε" 

Φ 3, » 

“Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, θύομαι μὲν ὡς ὁρᾶτε ὁπόσα δύνα: 
μαι καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ ὅπως ταῦτα τυγ- 
χάνω“ καὶ λέγων καὶ νοῶν καὶ πράττων ὁποῖα μέλλει 
ean , A 3, -, \ > , ‘\ 
ὑμῖν τε κάλλιστα Kal ἄριστα ἔσεσθαι καὶ ἐμοί. καὶ 
“ Ν ἴω 
νῦν ἐθυόμην περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου εἰ ἄμεινον εἴη ἄρχε- 
σθαι λέγειν εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ πράττειν περὶ τούτων ἢ παντά- 

5 δὲ ν θ n 4 ‘\ ὃ ’ 
mao. μηδὲ ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ πράγματος. Σιλανὸς δέ μοι 
ὁ μάντις ἀπεκρίνατο τὸ μὲν μέγιστον." τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ 
εὺ a “oy ‘ Ν 5 Ν > ἊΝ μή Ν Ν >. \ 
εἶναι" der yap Kal ἐμὲ οὐκ ἄπειρον ὄντα διὰ τὸ ἀεὶ 

A a ε a ¥ + ὖν 3 “ ε a , 
παρεῖναι τοῖς ἱεροῖς" ἔλεξε δὲ ὅτι ἐν Tots ἱεροῖς φαῖ- 

/ 7 4 > Ἀ 3 ? ε 3, 4 
voto τις δόλος καὶ ἐπιβουλὴ ἐμοΐ, ws apa γιγνώσκων 
ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβάλλειν με πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐξ- 
ἤνεγκεῦῇ γὰρ τὸν λόγον ὡς ἐγὼ πράττειν ταῦτα δια- 

, "ὃ 3 , φι ΓΝ ιν τα δὲ > Ν es 
νοοίμην ἤδη ov πείσας ὑμᾶς. ἐγὼ δὲ εἰ μὲν ἑώρων 
ἀποροῦντας ὑμᾶς, τοῦτ᾽ " ἂν ἐσκόπουν af οὗ ἂν γένοιτο 
ν ’ ε “~ ’ Ν A 5 ; > 
ὥστε λαβόντας ὑμᾶς πόλιν τὸν μὲν βουλόμενον ἀπο- 
πλεῖν ἤδη, τὸν δὲ μὴ βουλόμενον," ἐπεὶ κτήσαιτο ἱκανὰ 
hd Ν Ν ε “ > , > aA , 4 
ὥστε Kal τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκείους ὠφελῆσαί τι. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ε al | ‘ ‘ A“ ’ ε , Ν 
ὁρῶ ὑμῖν καὶ τὰ πλοῖα πέμποντας Ἡρακλεώτας καὶ 
Σινωπέας wore ἐκπλεῖν, καὶ μισθὸν ὑπισχνουμένους " 
ὑμῖν ἄνδρας ἀπὸ νουμηνίας, καλόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι 
σωζομένους ἢ ἔνθα βουλόμεθα μισθὸν τῆς εὐπορίας 
λαμβάνειν, καὶ αὐτός τε παύομαι ἐκείνης τῆς διανοίας." 


1 κοινόομαι, communicate. 5. and (going) into the public (council or assembly) 
speak (ἀγορεύειν. 8 ἀναγκάζω. * = that I may perchance say ete. 5 not 
even...at all. 6 what was of greatest importance (namely). 7 fraud. 
8 fr. ἐκ- φέρω, as in 617, 9 τοῦτο... ἀφ᾽ οὗ etc., this, namely by what means it 
might be brought about that ete. 10 (sc. might sail away) when ete. Ll ἄνδρας 
ὑπισχνουμένου“. 12 being carried safely, ἔνθα etc. 18 obj. gen., for the 
journey. 14 purpose, project. 


BOOK Υ, CHAP. VI. 281 


καὶ ὁπόσοι πρὸς ἐμὲ προσ-ἥσαν λέγοντες ὡς χρὴ ταῦτα 
πράττειν, παύεσθαί φημι χρῆναι. οὕτω γὰρ γιγνώσκω" 
ὁμοῦ μὲν ὄντες πολλοὶ ὥσπερ νυνὶ '. δοκεῖτε ἄν μοι καὶ 
ἔντιμοι ἦ εἶναι καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια" ἐν γὰρ τῷ κρα- 


Were! ἃ Ν ΄ Ἀ a ε , τ § 
ἐστι καὶ TO λαμβάνειν τὰ τῶν ἡττόνων ια- 


τεῖν 

΄ ee tes \ “6 \ , a 

σπασθέντες ἂν καὶ κατὰ" μικρὰ γενομένης τῆς 

» 

δυνάμεως οὔτ᾽ ἂν τροφὴν δύναισθε λαμβάνειν οὔτε χαί- 
“~ 9 nw 

povtes® ἂν ἀπ-αλλάξαιτε. δοκεῖ οὖν μοι ἅπερ ὑμῖν, 
3 , > Ν ε , Ν Φ δ , 

ἐκπορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, Kal ἐάν τις μέντοι 

“ A a Ν 

ἀπολιπὼν ληφθῃ πρὶν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶναι πᾶν τὸ 
a Ν ν 

στράτευμα, κρίνεσθαι αὐτὸν ὡς ἀδικοῦντα. καὶ ὅτῳ 


9 


a» ¥ ἐς lal > , Ν “ > > / 
δοκεῖ," ἔφη, “ταῦτα, ἀράτω" τὴν χεῖρα. ἄν-ετειναν 


ἅπαντες. 


Stlanus objecting to Xenophon’s proposals is overruled. The prom- 
ised funds are not forthcoming, and a change of route is 
proposed. 

ὋὉ δὲ Σιλανὸς ἐβόα, καὶ ἐπεχείρει λέγειν ὡς δίκαιον 

» > ld 7% ’ ε Ν ΄Ὁ > 

εἴη ἀπιέναι Tov βουλόμενον. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οὐκ 

ἠν-είχοντο, ἀλλ᾽ ἠπείλουν αὐτῷ ὅτι εἰ λήψονται ἀπο- 
, \ , > , > a 3 Ν 
διδράσκοντα, τὴν δίκην ἐπι-θήσοιεν. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπεὶ 

» ε ε a . > e , ¥ Ν 

ἔγνωσαν οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται ὅτι ἐκπλεῖν δεδογμένον εἴη καὶ 

Ξενοφῶν αὐτὸς ἐπ-εψηφικὼς εἴη. τὰ μὲν πλοῖα πέμπουσι. 

\ δὲ ΄ 5 ee ae A 13 ΄ \ , 

Ta O€ χρήματα“ ἁ ὑπέσχοντο “" Τιμασίωνι καὶ Θώρακι 
ἐψευσμένοι ἦσαν [τῆς μισθοφορᾶς]. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐκ- 
λ δ 3 Ν 25 ‘5 15 ἐν Ν ε \ 
πεπληγμένοι ““ ἦσαν καὶ ἐδέδισαν ἢ τὴν στρατιὰν οἱ THY 

Ν ε , , > Ὅ 
μισθοφορὰν ὑπ-εσχημένοι. παραλαβόντες οὖν οὗτοι 
Ν a 
καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς οἷς ἀν-εκεκοίνωντο ἃ 


1 emphatic νῦν. 2 ἐν τιμῇ. 3 for in mastery there is also ete. + δια- 
σπάω, scatter. 5 into small bodies. 8 rejoice. 7 (ταῦτα) δοκεῖ. . . ἅπερ 
(δοκεῖ). 8 λαμβάνω. 9. αἴρω. 10 ἀν-έχομαι. 11 ἀπειλέω. 12 as to the 


money for wages (τῆς μισθοφορᾶς) which etc., or μισθοφορᾶς may depend on ἐψεὺυ- 
σμένοι. 13 2a. οὗ ὑπισχνέομαι. 1 ἐκ-πλήττω. 15 3d pl. of δέδια, fr. δείδω. 


32 


33 


34 


35 


36 


87 


’ 


282 ANABASIS. 


pad Ἵν» , > > A , A 
πρόσθεν ἔπραττον, πάντες δ᾽ ἦσαν πλὴν Néwvos τοῦ 
9 , ἃ ε , 

Ασιναίου, ὃς Χειρισόφῳ ὑπ-εστρατήγει,' Χειρίσοφος δὲ 
οὔπω παρ-ῆν, ἔρχονται πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, καὶ λέγουσιν 
ὅτι μετα-μέλοι αὐτοῖς, καὶ δοκοίη κράτιστον εἶναι πλεῖν 
εἰς Φᾶσιν. ἐπεὶ πλοῖα ἔστι, καὶ κατα-σχεῖν τὴν Φασιανῶν 
΄ 27 δὲ Ν᾽ ἈΠ ΘΒ, τ οὐ , 2A 
χώραν. Αἰήτου δὲ ὑιδοῦς ὅ ἐτύγχανε βασιλεύων αὐτῶν. 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων εἴποι εἰς 
τὴν στρατιάν" “ὑμεῖς δὲ συλλέξαντες, ἔφη, “ei βού- 
> la : 
λεσθε, λέγετε. ἐνταῦθα ἀποδείκνυται Τιμασίων ὁ 
\ , - > ἃ $y) a3 \ 4 ε κι 
Δαρδανεὺς PROpRY οὐκ ἐκκλησιάζειν ἀλλὰ bis. ἐκεί χα 
ἕκαστον" λοχαγοὺς πρῶτον πειρᾶσθαι πείθειν. καὶ 
ἀπ-ελθόντες ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν. 


The report that Xenophon intends to lead them back to Phasis 
causes discontent. 


VII. Ταῦτα οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται ἀν-επύθοντο ταραττό- 
μενα καὶ ὃ Νέων λέγει ὡς Ξενοφῶν ἀνα-πεπεικὼς ἧ 
τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς δια-νοεῖται ἄγειν τοὺς στρα- 

lA > , 8 , 3 aA > 4 ὃ ε 
τιώτας ἐξαπατήσας πάλιν εἰς Φᾶσιν. ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ 
στρατιῶται χαλεπῶς ἔφερον, καὶ σύλλογοι ἐγίγνοντο 


" ἦσαν μὴ 
uu 


kal κύκλοι συν-ίσταντο, καὶ μάλα φοβεροὶ 
ποιήσειαν οἷα καὶ τοὺς τῶν Κόλχων κήρυκας ἐποίησαν 
\ ‘ . 12 ῳ Ν > Ν , 
καὶ TOUS ἀγορανόμους [ὅσοι μὴ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν 
κατέφυγον κατ-ελεύσθησαν.] ἐπεὶ δὲ ἠσθάνετο ΞἘενο- 
φῶν, ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ ὡς τάχιστα συν-αγαγεῖν αὐτῶν 
ἀγοράν, καὶ μὴ ἐᾶσαι συλλεγῆναι αὐτομάτους" καὶ 
5 / Ν , / Ψ U4 ε > > Ἀ 
ἐκέλευσε τὸν κήρυκα συλλέξαι ἀγοράν. οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
τοῦ κήρυκος ἤκουσαν, συνέδραμον "ἢ καὶ μάλα ἑτοίμως. 


1 be a lieutenant. 2 it repented (impers.). 3 grandson, fr. vids. 4 call 
an assembly. 5 ἕκαστον πειρᾶσθαι etc. ὁ being agitated. 7 ἀνα-πείθω. 
8 ἐξιαπατάω, deceive. 9 = groups (of soldiers). 10 much to be feared lest. 
11 related in § 23. 32 directors of the market. 3 κατα-λεύω, stone to death. 


4 συν-τρέχω. 


BOOK V. CHAP. VII. 233 


ἐνταῦθα Ξενοφῶν τῶν μὲν στρατηγῶν ov κατηγόρει;" 
ὅτι ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγει δὲ ὧδε" 


Xenophon, replying, shows how groundless is the report and closes 
with a hint at an evil beginning to manzfest itself in the army. 


Σ » 
“«'Ακούω τινὰ διαβάλλειν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐμὲ ὡς ἐγὼ apa 
> 4 ε aA ’ ¥ > A 3 ἣν 
ἐξαπατήσας ὑμᾶς μέλλω ἄγειν εἰς Φᾶσιν. ἀκούσατε 
> Ν ΄“ ‘\ ᾽Ν"Ν A > ‘\ , io A 
οὖν μου πρὸς θεῶν, καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι ἀδικεῖν, 
“-“ ”~ “Δ > 
οὐ χρή με ἐνθένδε ἀπελθεῖν πρὶν ἂν δῶ" δίκην" ἂν ὃ 
al ω ’ ν 
ὑμῖν φαίνωνται ἀδικεῖν οἱ ἐμὲ διαβάλλοντες, οὕτως 
" A “ ν »¥ 3 ε lal ὃ 43>? » (44 » 4 
αὐτοῖς χρῆσθε ὥσπερ ἄξιον ὑμεῖς dé, ἔφη, “ ἴστε 
4 9 9 ΘΕ Ἀ 9 4 ᾿ \ 7 rR. 
δήπου ὅθεν ἥλιος ἀνίσχει καὶ ὅπου δύεται, καὶ ὅτι ἐὰν 
μέν τις εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα μέλλῃ ἰέναι, πρὸς ἑσπέραν δεῖ 
, ὃ: 3 , , > Ν , 
πορεύεσθαι" ἢν δέ τις βούληται εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, 
» 5 a. ee ¥ a ¢ εν Bu Se 
τοὔμπαλιν πρὸς ἕω. ἔστιν οὖν ὅστις τοῦτο ἂν δύναιτο 
« “Ὁ 3 “Ὁ ε 9 ¥ 0 1 Ν ἂν ὃ , 
ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι ws ἥλιος ἔνθεν μὲν ἀνίσχει, δύεται 
δὲ ἐνταῦθα, ἔνθα δὲ δύεται, ἀνίσχει δ᾽ ἐντεῦθεν ; ἀλλὰ 
Ἀ ἈΝ a οἷν ΠΝ Ἐς ν , A », nw 
μὴν Kal τοῦτό ye ἐπίστασθε ὅτι βορέας μὲν ew τοῦ 
Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει, νότος ὃ δὲ εἴσω εἰς Φᾶσιν, 
‘ - 9 tal , ε A “9 > 
καὶ λέγεται, ὅταν βορρᾶς πνέῃ, ws καλοὶ thot” εἰσιν 
> κ᾿ ε ΄ an? > ¥ σ΄ Δ ea 
εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. τοῦτ᾽ οὖν ἔστι"' ὅπως τις ἂν ὑμᾶς 
> , ν » ΄ ἃ. οὖν , , > . 10 
ἐξαπατήσαι ὥστε ἐμ-βαΐνειν ὁπόταν νότος πνέῃ ; ἀλλὰ 
Ν | we! , ἬΝ ΟΝ a 12 > a & aX \ > 
yap ὁπόταν γαλήνη" ἡ ἐμ-βιβῶ." οὐκοῦν ἐγὼ μὲν ἐν 
ενΝ ΄ , ε a δὲ 3 , 13 » ε 4 
ἑνὶ πλοίῳ πλεύσομαι, ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὐλάχιστον “ ἐν ἑκατόν. 
= Ἅ > ES, ee | ΄, ΡΣ Ν 3 \ a Ἀ 
πώς ἂν οὖν ἐγὼ ἢ βιασαίμην ὑμᾶς σὺν ἐμοὶ πλεῖν μὴ 
, a , ¥ 74 9 €£ A 
βουλομένους ἢ ἐξαπατήσας ayo; ποιῶ" δ᾽ ὑμᾶς 
3 ’, Ν ', 15. 6.9 3 a ν > 
ἐξαπατηθέντας καὶ γοητευθέντας ἢ ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἥκειν εἰς 


1 speak against, 3 δίδωμι. δ ἄξιόν (ἐστιν. 4 οἶδας ὅ (δεῖ πορεύεσθαι) 


τοὔμπαλιν etc. ὁ τοῦτο, cog. ace. = thus. 7 Pointing to the west. 8 south 
wind. 9 fr. πλόος, sailing, fr. πλέω, sail. 10 ἀλλὰ, but (you are still suspi- 
cious perhaps) for etc. 11 acalm. 12 ἐμ-βιβάζω, cause to embark. 13 = τὸ 


ἐλάχιστον. 14. /et me (make it =) assume that you etc. 15 γοητεύω, bewitch. 


284 ANABASIS. 


Φᾶσιν" καὶ δὴ ἀπο-βαίνομεν εἰς τὴν χώραν: γνώσεσθ 
ἢ μ Ἦν ΧΟΡ yy . 
ὃ ͵ ν 3 5 “ “FAX (ὃ > ᾿ς Ἁ > Ἀ Ν » 
ἥπου ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἄδι ἐστέ: καὶ ἐγὼ μὲν ἔσομαι 
ε > \ 1 φΦ ε ω δὲ ε 3 7 > A 
ὁ e&ymarnkas' εἷς, ὑμεῖς δὲ οἱ ἐξηπατημένοι ἐγγὺς 
μυρίων ἔχοντες ὅπλα. πῶς ἂν οὖν ἀνὴρ μᾶλλον" 
ὃ / δί oN 9 ‘\ e “ > ε A ’ 
οἴη δίκην ἢ οὕτω περὶ αὑτοῦ τε καὶ ὑμῶν βουλευό- 
μενος ; 
“AN οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λόγοι ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἠλιθίωνδ κἀμοὶ 
φθονούντων, ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑφ ὑμῶν τιμῶμαι. καίτοι οὐ 
ὃ ld > »¥ θ A = 4 Ν 4 τὴῶῪν > Ν , 
ικαΐως γ᾽ av μοι φθονοῖεν" τίνα yap αὐτῶν ἐγὼ κωλύω 
Ἅ λέ ¥ , > AS δύ > en x» , θ 
ἢ λέγειν εἴ Tis τι ἀγαθὸν δύναται ἐν ὑμῖν, ἢ μάχεσθαι 
εἴ τις ἐθέλει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ ἐγρηγορέ. 
4 κ a ε , > Ἶ ί δ 3 λό ‘ 6 
val” περὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας aopadelas? ἐπιμελόμενον ; 
τί γάρ, ἄρχοντας αἱρουμένων ὑμῶν, ἐγώ τινι ἐμποδών 
εἰμι; παρ-ίημι," ἀρχέτω: μόνον ἀγαθόν τι ποιῶν ὑμᾶς 
φαινέσθω. 
ςς 3 Χ9 τ ΩΝ Ν Ν > a Ν , Ν > , ὺ 
Αλλὰ" γὰρ ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀρκεῖ περὶ τούτων τὰ εἰρημένα 
> SZ εἰ A 10 ἃ 2X 3 θῃ yeas Ψ La 11 
εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν ἢ αὐτὸς ἐξαπατηθῆναι ἂν οἴεται ταῦτα 
a a Ἵ Γ] 
ἢ ἄλλον [ἐξαπατῆσαι 15 ταῦτα], λέγων διδασκέτω. ὅταν 
δὲ τούτων ἅλις “ἢ ἔχητε, μὴ ἀπ-έλθητε" πρὶν ἂν ἀκού- 
; a nw a A ἃ 
σητε οἷον" ὁρῶ ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ ἀρχόμενον πρᾶγμα" ὃ 
ς . a 
εἰ ἔπ-εισι ὁ καὶ ἔσται οἷον ὑπο-δείκνυσιν, ὥρα ἡμῖν 
βουλεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν μὴ κάκιστοί τε καὶ 
ψ,΄ς » ὃ > , 0 ‘ Ἂς θ a \ 
aisyioTo. ἄνδρες ἀποφαινώμεθα καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ 
Ν 3 θ ’ Ν , Ν λ ’ 3} 
πρὸς ἀνθρώπων καὶ φίλων καὶ πολεμίων. 
a lal , 
᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἐθαύμασάν 
9 » Ν 3: Ff 18 > , ¥ 
τε OTL εἴη Kal λέγειν ἐκέλευον." ἐκ τούτου ἄρχεται 
πάλιν" 


1 in app. with ἐγώ. 2 = more surely. 3 foolish. 4 be watchful, fr. 
ἐγείρω. 5 safety. ὁ taking thought, agrees with acc., subj. of ἐγρηγορέναι. 
7 wherein do I stand in the way etc. §& yield. δ᾽ but (no more) for. 19 ὑμῶν 
οἴεται ἢ ete. ll in these matters. 12 could deceive another. 18 enough. 
M4 Translate as imperative. 15 οἷον πρᾶγμα. 16 comes upon us. li shows 
somewhat. 18 ἐκέλευον, sc. αὐτόν, i.e. Xenophon. 


BOOK V. CHAP. VII. 285 


Xenophon sets forth the folly of resorting to violent measures in 
dealing with the inhabitants. 


“ Ἐπίστασθέ που ὅτι χωρία ἦν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι Bap- 
Y 4 , ἴω , ν ΄ Ν 
βαρικά, φίλια τοῖς Κερασουντίοις, ὅθεν κατ-ιόντες τινὲς 
seal AD By Bed A ee ee \ PON © > ὃ A 
καὶ tepeta* ἐπώλουν " ἡμῖν Kat ἄλλα ὧν εἶχον, δοκοῦσι 
δέ μοι καὶ ὑμῶν τινες ὃ εἰς τὸ ἐγγυτάτω χωρίον τούτων 
? ? 5 * Wd ’ > ἴω a 
ἐλθόντες ἀγοράσαντές τι πάλιν ἀπελθεῖν. τοῦτο κατα- 
Ἁ ΄ ε ἈΝ 9 Ν Ν ¥ oder 2 , 
μαθὼν Κλεάρετος 6 λοχαγὸς ὅτι Kal μικρὸν εἴη Kal adv- 
λακτον διὰ τὸ φίλιον νομίζειν εἶναι, ἔρχεται ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς 
μ 
“ Ν ε ΄ 5 3 Ni las > ’ ὃ ’ 6 
τῆς νυκτὸς ὡς πορθήσων," οὐδενὶ ἡμῶν εἰπών. δι-ενενόητο 
δέ, εἰ λάβοι τόδε τὸ χωρίον, εἰς μὲν τὸ στράτευμα 
’ > A . A > “ > eS 9 8 ε 
μηκέτι ἐλθεῖν, εἰσ-βὰς δὲ εἰς πλοῖον ἐν ᾧ ἐτύγχανον οἱ 
᾿ ~ Ἁ 
σύ-σκηνοιΪ αὐτοῦ παραπλέοντες, καὶ ἐν-θέμενος εἴ τι 
λάβοι, ἀποπλέων οἴχεσθαι ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου. καὶ ταῦτα 
συν-ωμολόγησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου σύσκηνοι, ὡς 
ἐγὼ νῦν αἰσθάνομαι. παρακαλέσας οὖν ὁπόσους ἔπειθεν 
> 5 Ν , , 3 ee , 3 
ἦγεν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον. πορευόμενον δ᾽ αὐτὸν φθάνει 
ἡμέρα γενομένη καὶ συ-στάντες" οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀπὸ 
> A , / λ 10 Ν ΄, , , 
ἰσχυρῶν τόπων Baddovtes” καὶ παίοντες τόν τε Κλεά- 
3 ’, Ν “ 4 , ell , 
ρετον ἀποκτείνουσι Kal τῶν ἄλλων συχνούς, oi” δέ 
ἈΝ lal a“ lal 
τινες Kal εἰς Κερασοῦντα αὐτῶν ἀπο-χωροῦσι. 
{4 δας canes > οὐ ε , = ε a“ a 3 3 A 
Ταῦτα δ᾽ ἦν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἧ ἡμεῖς δεῦρ᾽ ἐξ-ωρμῶμεν 
a. a ‘Se X , » Ν > > a 
πεζῃ τῶν δὲ πλεόντων ἔτι τινὲς ἦσαν ἐν Κερασοῦντι, 


12 


» > id Ν “ ε 
οὕπω ἀνηγμένοι. μετὰ τοῦτο, ὡς ot Κερασούντιοι 


᾽ 5 »-» n 5 -“ ͵’ὔ -“ » 
λέγουσιν, ἀφικνοῦνται τῶν ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου τρεῖς ἄνδρες 
τῶν γεραιτέρων ἢ πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν “ἢ τὸ ἡμέτερον χρήζοντες 


1 cattle (originally for sacrifice). 2 used to sell. 3 some of you also seem 
ete. 4 because (the people) supposed etc. 5 πορθέω, plunder. 5. δια-νοέω, 
intend. 7 σύ-σκηνος, tent-mate, comrade. 8 coming, overtakes. 9 assembling. 
10 hurling (missiles). 1 some few. 12 ἀν-άγομαι, set sail. 13 (γέρων), rather 
elderly men. 4 public (assembly). 


15 


17 


18 


19 


21 


22 


23 


280 ANABASIS. 


ἐλθεῖν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμᾶς ov κατ-έλαβον, πρὸς τοὺς Kepa 
’ ΕΣ 9 ’ tof ε a ’ > aA 
σουντίους ἔλεγον ὅτι θαυμάζοιεν τί ἡμῖν δόξειεν ἐλθεῖν 
2 3 > 4 3 Ν , a , Nabe 9 > 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς. ἐπεὶ μέντοι σφεῖς λέγειν, ἔφασαν, OTL οὐκ 
ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γένοιτο τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἥδεσθαίΐί τε αὐτοὺς καὶ 
μέλλειν ἐνθάδε πλεῖν, ὡς ὃ ἡμῖν λέξαι τὰ γενόμενα καὶ 
Ν Ν 4 4 > Ν θ , , 
τοὺς νεκροὺς κελεύειν ἡ αὐτοὺς θάπτειν λαβόντας. 
“Tav δ᾽ ἀποφυγόντων τινὰς Ἑλλήνων τυχεῖν 
3 5 “ . > 0 / δὲ Ν , 6 
ὄντας ἐν Κερασοῦντι" αἰσθόμενοι δὲ τοὺς βαρβάρους 
bd » 3 , : ἡ , a / ‘ 
ὅποι ἴοιεν αὐτοί τε ἐτόλμησαν βάλλειν τοῖς λίθοις καὶ 
nw A 7 , Ν ε » > ld 
τοῖς ἄλλοις παρεκελεύοντο. καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες ἀποθνή- 


5 ἔτι 


a »” ε , , > ‘ 
σκουσι τρεῖς ὄντες οἱ πρέσβεις κατα-λευσθέντες. ἐπεὶ 
δὲ τοῦτο ἐγένετο, ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς οἱ Κέρασούντιοι 

ΔΑ ΟἿΣ Ν “ Ν 
καὶ λέγουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ ἡμεῖς οἱ στρατηγοὶ 
ἀκούσαντες ἠχθόμεθαάδ τε τοῖς γεγενημένοις καὶ ἐβου- 

, δ A ΄ 9 λ , 9 
λευόμεθα σὺν τοῖς Κερασουντίοις ὅπως ἂν ταφείησαν 
an Ἂν» ἴω 
οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων νεκροί. συγ-καθήμενοι δ᾽ ἔξωθεν τῶν 
ὅπλων ἐξαίφνης ἀκούομεν θορύβου πολλοῦ, “Παῖε παῖε, 
~~ 
βάλλε βάλλε, καὶ τάχα δὴ ὁρῶμεν πολλοὺς προσ- 
Ρ , » > a , Ἀ \ ‘ 
θέοντας λίθους ἔχοντας ἐν ταῖς χερσί, τοὺς δὲ καὶ 
> , 10 Ν ε \ , ε δὴ ἈΝ 
ἀν-αιρουμένους." καὶ οἵ μὲν Κερασούντιοι, ws δὴ καὶ 
ἑωρακότες τὸ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς πρᾶγμα, δείσαντες ἀπο- 
a Ν Ν a > δὲ Ν ’ A, | δ 
χωροῦσι πρὸς Ta πλοῖα. ἦσαν ὃε vy Δία καὶ ἡμῶν 
a > , \ > Ν 3 Ν Sys , 
οὗ ἔδεισαν. ἐγώ ye μὴν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ ἠρώτων 
ῳ 3 Ν Ν A gen © | δὲ Ν ἃ > δὲ 2 
ὅτι ἐστὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα. τῶν" δὲ ἦσαν μὲν ot οὐδὲν 
"ὃ oy δὲ (θ ιν 5» “ 4 > ‘ 
ηδεσαν, ὅμως δὲ λίθους εἶχον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν. ἐπεὶ 
5 ἀν “ὦ 41 τον ὅν , y BP om , 
δὲ εἰδότι ἢ τινὶ ἐπ-έτυχον, λέγει μοι OTL οἱ ἀγορανόμοι 
ljind. 2forinf.see 947. 1524. 671,N. when, however, they (the Cerasuntines) 
assured them that the affair was not by public authority, they (οἱ Ἱζερασούντιου) 
reported that etc. 8--ὥστε. 4 κελεύειν αὐτοὺς λαβόντας θάπτειν τοὺς νεκρούς. 
5 τυχεῖν depends on ἔφασαν above.  %= ὅποι οἱ βάρβαροι (= οἱ πρέσβεις) ἴοιεν 


Tsc. βάλλει. 3ἄχθομαι. 59 θάπτω, bury. 10 some also taking up (stones) 
(some) of us who. lof them there were (some) who. 118 ida. 


BOOK V. CHAP. VII. 287 


A 7 9 , | Bo! 
δεινότατα ποιοῦσι τὸ στράτευμα. ἐν τούτῳ τις ὁρᾷ 


τὸν ἀγορανόμον Ζήλαρχον πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν ἀπο- 
χωροῦντα, καὶ ἀν-έκραγεν᾽ οἱ δὲ ὡς ἤκουσαν, ὥσπερ 
ἢ συὸς ἀγρίου ἢ ἐλάφου φανέντος ἵενται" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 
“Oi δ᾽ αὖ Κερασούντιοι ὡς εἶδον ὁρμῶντως καθ᾽ 
αὑτούς, σαφῶς νομίζοντες ἐπὶ σφᾶς ἵεσθαι, φεύγουσι 
δρόμῳ καὶ ἐμ-πίπτουσιν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν. συν-εισ- 
ἔπεσον δὲ καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τινες, καὶ émvlyeto® ὅστις 


νεῖν * 


δοκεῖτε; ἠδίκουν μὲν οὐδέν, ἔδεισαν δὲ μὴ λύττα τις 
ὥσπερ κυσὶν ἡμῖν ἐμ-πεπτώκοι. 

“Ei οὖν ταῦτα τοιαῦτα ἔσται, θεάσασθεϊ οἵα ἡ 
κατάστασις ἢ ἡμῖν ἔσται τῆς στρατιᾶς. ὑμεῖς μὲν οἱ 


10 


, 3 id 
πάντες" οὐκ ἔσεσθε κύριοι ἢ οὔτε ἀν-ελέσθαι πόλεμον 


ᾧ ἂν βούλησθε οὔτε κατα-λῦσαι, ἰδίᾳ δὲ ὁ βουλόμενος 
¥ , 2972 ¢ x , ¥ \ ee 
ἄξει στράτευμα ἐφ᾽ ὅτι ἂν θέλῃ. κἄν τινες πρὸς ὑμᾶς 
» , x > ’, ’ x » , 

ἴωσι πρέσβεις ἢ εἰρήνης δεόμενοι ἢ ἄλλου τινός, κατα- 
1 ὑμᾶς τῶν 
λόγων μὴ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἰόντων. ἔπειτα 
δὲ ἃ \ » ε κα Ψ 2 » + 
€ οὗς μὲν ἂν ὑμεῖς ἅπαντες ἕλησθε" ἄρχοντας, ἐν 
3 ὃ a Fe ὦν 9 Ἀρυν ὺ ἃ ε x ΟΥ̓́ 
οὐδεμιᾷ χώρᾳ“ ἔσονται, ὅστις δὲ ἂν ἑαυτὸν ἕληται 
στρατηγὸν καὶ ἐθέλῃ λέγειν “ Βάλλε βάλλε, οὗτος ἔσται 
uu 


id 4 ε ’ / 
κανόντες τούτους ot βουλόμενοι ποιήσουσιν 


Ν > , a λ 
και ἰδιώτην OV av 
16 


ε Ν Ἀ ¥ 7 
UKAVOS Kal αρχοντα κατακανειν 


ὑμῶν ἐθέλῃ ἄκριτον, αὐτῷ, 
9 Ἀ ων > , e Ά εἶθ ὧἣ \ , 
ὥσπερ καὶ viv ἐγένετο. οἷα δὲ ὑμῖν καὶ δια-πεπράχασιν 


οἱ αὐθαίρετοι ἴ οὗτοι στρατηγοὶ σκέψασθε. Ζήλαρχος 


a > ε , 
HY @OW οι TELCO OJLEVOL 


1 just then. 2 rush, fr. tut. 8 πνίγω, choke, drown. 4 after émord- 
μενος. 5 as to these (men). 8 some madness. 7 behold, consider. 8 con- 
dition. 9 of πάντες, the whole body. 10 ἔσεσθε κύριοι, have authority. 
11 prevent you from hearing the proposals ete. 15. 2a. of aipéw. 18 1 6, of no 
account. 14 2 a. of κατα-καίνω = -κτείνω. 15 without a trial. 16 πείθω. 
VW self-chosen. 


Ἀ , 
μὴ ἐτύγχανεν ἐπιστάμενος. καὶ Tovrovs® τί 


24 


25 


28 


27 


28 


29 


30 


31 


92 


33 


288 ANABASIS. 


A ε > , > A iO a e a“ 4 » id 
μὲν ὁ ἀγορανόμος εἰ μὲν ἀδικεῖ ὑμᾶς, οἴχεται ἀποπλέων 
> x en , < 3 Ν Ἁ > “a , > “a 
ov δοὺς ὑμῖν δίκην" εἰ δὲ μὴ ἀδικεῖ, φεύγει ἐκ τοῦ 
΄ ὃ , ‘ ] 2» > , ε 
στρατεύματος δείσας μὴ ἀδίκως ἄκριτος ἀπο-θάνῃ. οἱ 
Ν , Ν ν 9 ὃ 4 2 e an 
δὲ κατατλεύσαντες τοὺς πρέσβεις διεπράξαντο" ἡμῖν 
μόνοις μὲν τῶν “Ἑλλήνων εἰς Κερασοῦντα μὴ ἀσφαλὲς 
> Ν Ν > ’ > aA ἣν Ἀ ‘ a 
εἶναι μὴ σὺν ἰσχύι ἀφικνεῖσθαι" τοὺς δὲ νεκροὺς οὖς 
πρόσθεν αὐτοὶ οἱ κατα-κανόντες ὃ ἐκέλευον θάπτειν, 
4, ὃ , δὲ ‘ ά "ν > Ν 
τούτους διεπράξαντο μηδὲ σὺν κηρυκείῳ ἔτι ἀσφαλὲς 
> > , 0 , Ν 20 / A δ΄» , 
εἶναι ἀν-ελέσθαι. τίς yap ἐθελήσει κῆρυξ ἰέναι κήρυ- 
Kas ἀπ-εκτονώς ; ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς Κερασουντίων θάψαι 
αὐτοὺς ἐδεήθημεν. 
“Ei μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καλῶς ἔχει, δοξάτωϊ ὑμῖν, ἵνα, 
ε ’ > 7 ‘ ‘ > 4 4 
ὡς τοιούτων ἐσομένων, Kal φυλακὴν ἰδίᾳ ποιήσῃ τις 
καὶ τὰ ἐρυμνὰ" ὑπερδέξια πειρᾶται ἔχων σκηνοῦν. 
> , ‘on A , > \ ae , > 
εἰ μέντοι ὑμῖν δοκεῖ θηρίων ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀνθρώπων εἶναι 
τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα, σκοπεῖτε παῦλάν ἢ. τινα αὐτῶν εἰ 
Ν , Ν Ν a Ἅ a“ , ες », a 
δὲ μή, πρὸς Διὸς πῶς ἢ θεοῖς θύσομεν ἡδέως ποιοῦν- 
¥ > all x λ, ΄ A , 0 a 
τες ἔργα ἀσεβῆ." ἢ πολεμίοις πῶς μαχούμεθα, ἢν 


ἀλλήλους κατα-καίνωμεν ; ὃ 


πόλις δὲ φιλία τίς ἡμᾶς 
ὃ , 7 x εν ΄ εν. ea 
έξεται, ἧτις ἂν ὁρᾷ τοσαύτην ἀνομίαν ἢ ἐν ἡμῖν ; 
> \ Se ΄ ¥ hy, a em \ x , 
ἀγορὰν δὲ τίς ἄξει θαρρῶν," ἣν περὶ τὰ μέγιστα 
΄“» ; 2 
τοιαῦτα * ἐξ-αμαρτάνοντες φαινώμεθα ; ov” δὲ δὴ πάντων 
27 , 16 ΄ 2 ea , 
οἰόμεθα τεύξεσθαι ἐπαίνου," τίς ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιούτους 
¥ Lal Ν 
ὄντας ἐπαινέσειεν ; ἡμεῖς μὲν yap οἶδ᾽ ὅτι πονηροὺς 
la A ” 
av dainuev™ εἶναι τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντας. 


1 Cf. ἄδικος. 3 effected (brought it about) that it is not safe for you alone ete. 


8 2a. of κατα-καίνω = -κτείνω. 4 a herald’s wand. See Introd. 92. 5 asa 
herald. δ 2 pf. of ἀπο-κτείνῳ. 7 let it seem good to you = so resolve. 
8 καὶ (ἵνα) πειρᾶται σκηνοῦν ἔχων ete. 9. strongholds high on the right, pointing 
no doubt to hills on the right. 10 means of stopping (it). 11 impious 
12 /awlessness. 138 = confidently, fr. θαρρέω. 4 cog. ace., 50. ἁμαρτή: 
ματα. 16 where (meaning in Greece). 18 praise. li φαίημεν (φημῆῇ τοὺ: 


ποιοῦντας ete. 


BOOK Y. CHAP. ὙΠ]. 289 


Resolutions are passed ; disobedience is to be punished ; court of 
inguiry is instituted. 
> ,΄ > 4 id 3» 4 4 
Ex τούτου ἀν-ιστάμενοι πάντες ἔλεγον τοὺς μὲν 
, »” 1 ὃ a δί ““ δὲ λ ral 2 ᾽ὕὔ 
τούτων ἄρξαντας δοῦναι δίκην, τοῦ δὲ λοιποῦ " μηκέτι 
3 “ > ’ + a aa , + ¥ 
e€-elvar ἀνομίας ἄρξαι" ἐὰν δέ τις ἄρξῃ, ἄγεσθαι 
3 Ν NN , a ‘ δὲ Ν > δί 8 
αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ θανάτῳ: τοὺς δὲ στρατηγοὺς εἰς δίκας 
’ “ Ξ > δὲ ΄ 4 Ἀ ¥ ¥ 
πάντας κατα-στῆσαι" εἶναι δὲ δίκας ἡ καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο 
τις ἠδίκητο ἐξ οὗ Κῦρος ἀπέθανε: δικαστὰς ἢ δὲ τοὺς 
λοχαγοὺς ἐποιήσαντο. παρ-αινοῦντος δὲ Ἐενοφῶντος 
Ν a , , “5 a 6 Ν 
καὶ τῶν μάντεων συμβουλευόντων ἔδοξε καθῆραι ὃ τὸ 
στράτευμα. καὶ ἐγένετο καθαρμός. 


The generals tried. 


VIII. “Edogée δὲ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς δίκην t1o-cxeiv! 
τοῦ παρ-εληλυθότος χρόνου. καὶ διδόντων ὃ Φιλήσιος 
μὲν ὦφλε" καὶ Ξανθικλῆς τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν γαυλικῶν 
χρημάτων τὸ μείωμα εἴκοσι μνᾶς, Σοφαίνετος δέ, ὅτι 
αἱρεθεὶς Ὁ... κατημέλει,"} δέκα μνᾶς. 

Ξενοφῶντος δὲ κατηγόρησάν τινες φάσκοντες male 
σθαι ὑπ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὡς ὑβρίζοντος τὴν κατηγορίαν ἢ 
ἐποιοῦντο. 


Xenophon, charged with having struck a soldier, makes his 
defence. 


ay yar lal cal 
Kat ὁ Ξενοφῶν ἐκέλευσεν εἰπεῖν τὸν πρῶτον λέξαντα 
ποῦ καὶ ἐπλήγη." 


1 the ringleaders in these matters. 53. for the future -Ξ- τὸ λοιπόν. δ. = bring 
all (such offenders) to trial. 4 that there be trials in case any one etc. 5 judges. 
8 fr. καθαίρω. purify. 7 ὑπ-έχω, undergo a trial. 8 se. τῶν στρατηγῶν δίκην. 
® fr. ὀφλισκάνω, condemned to pay, for their (careless) custody of the ships’ cargoes, 
the deficiency, (namely) ete. 10 sc. commander of the transports, ef. 31. 
ἢ κατ-αμελέω, be careless 12 accusation. *8 πλήττω. strike. 


33 


296 ANABASIS. 


ε ν ; 
Ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο, “Ὅπου καὶ ῥίγει[ ἀπωλλύμεθα 
Ν 
καὶ χιὼν πλείστη Hv.” 
ε > 3 lanl 
Ο δὲ εἶπεν, “᾿Αλλὰ μὴν χειμῶνός γε ὄντος οἵου 
λέγεις, σίτου δὲ ἐπιτλελοιπότος, οἴνου δὲ μηδ᾽ ὀσφραί- 
oS £25 δὲ , A > , 3 
νεσθαι παρόν," ὑπὸ δὲ πόνων πολλῶν ἀπαγορευόντων: 
P \ ε , > > 4 A 7 
πολεμίων δὲ ἑπομένων, εἰ ἐν τοιούτῳ καιρῷ ὕβριζον, 
© ἊΝ A Ν A »” " 4 > e 
ὁμολογῶ Kat τῶν ὄνων ὑβριστότερος ἡ εἶναι, οἷς φασιν 
ε Ν Lal 7 5 5 > 9 Ν a 
ὑπὸ τῆς ὕβρεως κόπον" οὐκ ἐγ-γίγνεσθαι. ὅμως δὲ Kal 
, 939. 
λέξον, ἔφη, ““ ἐκ τίνος ἐπλήγης. πότερον prov" 
Ν 
σε καὶ ἐπεί μοι οὐκ ἐδίδους ἔπαιον ; ἀλλ᾽ ἀπ-ήτουν ; ὃ 


τί 


ἀλλὰ περὶ παιδικῶν μαχόμενος ; ἀλλὰ. μεθύων ἢ ἔπα- 
’ 39 
ρῴνησα; 
3 XN 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδὲν ἔφησεν, ἐπ-ἥρετο αὐτὸν εἰ 
ὁπλιτεύοι. οὐκ ἔφη" πάλιν εἰ πελτάζοι.2 οὐδὲ τοῦτ᾽ 
ἔφη, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμί-ονον ἢ ἐλαύνειν ταχθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ov 
, 5 4 » 5 ~ \ > 7 ιν 
σκήνων ἐλεύθερος ὦν. ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἀνα-γιγνώσκει αὐτὸν 
Ν ¥ ce 14 ‘ oe Oe Ν ΄ 1 3 ’ 32) 
καὶ ἤρετο, “Ἢ “ σὺ εἶ ὁ τὸν κάμνοντα ἢ ἀγαγών ; 
[74 16 Ν 4o 99 »¥ nee Ν \ > / 4 ‘ Ν A 
Nai’ μὰ Δί᾽,᾽ ἔφη “od yap ἠνάγκαζες" τὰ δὲ τῶν 
“Ὁ. ᾿ > 
ἐμῶν συσκήνων σκεύη δι-έρριψας.᾽ ἢ 
39 lal 
“᾽Αλλ᾽ ἡ μὲν διάρριψις,᾽ ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “τοιαύτη 
> es , ἊΨ +” Ν > οϑ Ν 
τις ἐγένετο. δι-έδωκα ἄλλοις aye καὶ ἐκέλευσα πρὸς 
tr | > A Ν 3 ‘ ν a > “ὃ , 
ἐμὲ ἀπ-αγαγεῖν, καὶ ἀπολαβὼν ἅπαντα σᾶ ἀπέδωκά 
3 ‘ ‘ Ν > Ν 3 “ὃ 18 Ν » ὃ e 
σοι, ἐπεὶ καὶ σὺ ἐμοὶ ἀπ-έδειξας ἢ τὸν ἄνδρα. οἷον 
\ κ a ee > , ἡ τ ett \ \ 
δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐγένετο ἀκούσατε, ἔφη καὶ γὰρ 
Ε2 
ἄξιον. 
“"Apnp κατ-ελείπετο διὰ τὸ μηκέτι δύνασθαι πορεύ- 


Ν > Ἀ Ν ἈΝ ¥ ἴων ΡΨ 
εσθαι. και eyo TOV μεν ἄνδρα TOO OUTOV eylyvwoKov 


1 by cold. 2 82... παρόν, when it was possible not even to get a smell of. 
8 worn out. 4 more abusive. 5 fatigue. 8 from what (cause). 7 αἰτέω. 
8 demand back (something). ° favorite. 10 drunk did I abuse you? map-owéw. 
1 serve asa hoplite. 132 serveasapeltast. 18 mule. 14 indeed. © the sick 


(man). yes. 1 d:a-p-pirrw,scatterabout. 18 = produced. 19 worth (while). 
΄ 


BOOK VY. CHAP. VIII. 291 


9 > ε «κα ΠΕΣ ἘΝῚ δὲ κ᾿ A » ε 
ὅτι εἷς ἡμῶν εἴη" ἠνάγκασα δὲ σὲ τοῦτον ἄγειν, ὡς 
Re Se 1 \ ΄ δεν τς τς , A 
μὴ ἀπ-όλοιτο" Kal yap, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, πολέμιοι ἧμιν 
3 2) ΄ 1 a ε ¥ 
ἐφ-είποντο. cvv-épyn* τοῦτο ὁ ἄνθρωπος. 
“ ᾽ A 

“ Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν, “ἐπεὶ προύπεμψά" σε, 

καταλαμβάνω αὖθις σὺν τοῖς ὀπισθοφύλαξι προσ-ιὼν 


δ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, 


΄ 8 5 4 4 ε 4 
βόθρον“ dpirrovra* ws κατ-ορύξοντα 
‘ > A > / Ε > Ν δὲ 6-8 nw 
καὶ ἐπι-στὰς ém-yvouv σε. ἐπεὶ δὲ Tap-eoTyKéTav® ἡμῶν 
συνέκαμψε, τὸ σκέλος ἁνήρ ἀν-έκραγον οἱ παρόντες 
ὅτι “ζῇ ἁνήρ, σὺ δ᾽ εἶπας “ Οπόσα γε βούλεται" ὡς 
» me > ¥ ? > a »Ἤ , + > A 
ἔγωγε αὐτὸν οὐκ ἄξω. ἐνταῦθα ἔπαισά σε: ἀληθῆ 

λέγεις - ἔδοξας γάρ μοι" εἰδότι ἐοικέναι ὅτι ἔζη." 


1 3 4 > Ν 3 , 
τι ἀπέθανεν, ἐπεὶ ἐγώ σοι 


“Ti οὖν ;” ἔφη, “ἧττόν 
ἀπ-έδειξα avtov; “Καὶ ἢ γὰρ ἡμεῖς. ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν, 
“πάντες ἀποθανούμεθα" τούτου οὖν ἕνεκα ζῶντας ἡμᾶς 
δεῖ κατ-ορυχθῆναι ; ὃ 
“yas παίσειεν. 


a 13 \ > , ε 2\7 
τοῦτον “ μὲν av-€Kpayov ws ὀλί- 


» > 
Αλλοὺυς δ᾽ ἐκέλευε λέγειν διὰ τί ἕκαστος ἐπλήγη. 
‘ \ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀν-ίσταντο, αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν, ““᾿ Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
ε A a \ »¥ 
ὁμολογῶ παῖσαι δὴ ἄνδρας ἕνεκεν ἀταξίας ὅσοις "ὃ 
4 0 \ » ὃ > ε A > ΄ 8. Ν 
σώζεσθαι μὲν ἤρκει δι’ ὑμῶν ἐν τάξει τε ἰόντων καὶ 
td 9 
μαχομένων ὅπου δέοι, αὐτοὶ δὲ λιπόντες τὰς τάξεις 
, ε ’ » wn A 
προ-θέοντες ἁρπάζειν ὦ ἤθελον καὶ ἡμῶν mdeovexreiv.® 
> A lal 4 n 
εἰ δὲ τοῦτο πάντες ἐποιοῦμεν, ἅπαντες ἂν ἀπωλόμεθα. 
»” \ \ 
non δὲ καὶ μαλακιζόμενόν τινα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἀν- 
΄ θ Ἰλλὰ "““ eek, a ’, Ν 
ίστασθαι ἀλλὰ προϊέμενον αὑτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ 
¥ Ν 3 ’ ,ὕ 3 ἈΝ A. ὦ “A 
ἔπαισα Kal ἐβιασάμην πορεύεσθαι. ἐν yap τῷ ἰσχυρῷ 
1 assented to. 3. προ-πέμπω. 7 pit. 4 dig. 5 bury. © παρ-ίστημι. 
7 συγικάμπτω, bend together = drew up. 8 = 6 ἀνήρ. 9 = (he may live) as 
much as he likes, since ete. 10 μοι ἐοικέναι (εἰκάζω, like) one εἰδότι etc. Ul did 
he the less die etc. 12 (no) for we. 18 after παίσειεν. 14 = too few (blows), 
642. 15 ἤρκει (ἀρκέω) ὅσοις, as many as were content to be saved by us (who) 


both etc. 16 while they. 17 to get plunder. 18 get the advantage. 19 be 
softened = show weakness. 


14 


992 ANABASIS. 


A A , 
χειμῶνι καὶ αὐτός ποτε ἀναμένων τινὰς συσκευαζομέ 


θ , x , , ἘΝ 8 
ἡ ypouvs Ka -εζόμενος συχνον χβονον κατ-έμαθον ανασστας 


15 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


, \ \ , 9 ΄ 3 3 las > A 
μόλις Kal τὰ σκέλη ἐκ-τείνας. ἐν ἐμαυτῷ οὖν πεῖραν 
: ¥ 
λαβὼν ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἄλλον, ὁπότε ἴδοιμι καθήμενον 
Ν 4 »» Μ Ν Ν aA ἈΝ 3 4 
καὶ βλακεύοντα, ἤλαυνον" τὸ yap κινεῖσθαι Kat avdpi- 
θ A 3 κ᾿ \ r 4 δ \ 
ζεσθαι παρεῖχε θερμασίαν τινὰ καὶ ὑγρότητα, τὸ δὲ 
A yi ke ΄ » cr ε 5 ἃ a. 
καθῆσθαι καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν ἑώρων ὑπουργὸν" ὃν τῷ 
2 ; τὰ \ n* 9 , 8 \ 
τε ἀποπήγνυσθαι “ τὸ aipa’ Kal τῷ ἀποσήπεσθαι τοὺς 
an la 4 9 ‘\ Ἀ ε Ὁ » 
τῶν ποδῶν δακτύλους, ἅπερ πολλοὺς καὶ ὑμεῖς ἴστε 
παθόντας. 
¥ , » ς » 
“"Addov δέ γε ἴσως ἀπολειπόμενόν που διὰ ῥᾳστώνηνἢ 
καὶ κωλύοντα καὶ ὑμᾶς τοὺς πρόσθεν καὶ ἡμᾶς τοὺς 
» , ¥ 7210 9 N ΄, Γ᾿ 
ὄπισθεν πορεύεσθαι ἔπαισα TE,” ὅπως μὴ λόγχῃ ὑπὸ 
a ‘ “ lal 
τῶν πολεμίων παΐοιτο. Kal yap οὖν νῦν ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς 
Ὁ » a: D2 a » Ν Ν , 4 
σωθεῖσιν, εἴ τι ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἔπαθον παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον, δίκην 
al > δ᾽ ae. a x 7 | AS 2 ΄ ’ 1 a 
λαβεῖν. εἰ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐγένοντο, Ti peya” ἂν 
οὕτως ἔπαθον ὅτου " δίκην ἂν ἠξίουν λαμβάνειν ; 
a > / > Ν > lal 
““Amhods pot, ἔφη, “ὁ λόγος" "ἢ εἰ μὲν ἐπ’ ἀγαθῷ 
Ee 4 > la) ε , 14 δί μ Ν ‘al 
ἐκόλασά τινα, ἀξιῶ vm-eyev” δίκην οἵαν καὶ γονεῖς 
ea XN , He Ν Ν en Κ' Ν ΄ὔ 
υἱοῖς καὶ διδάσκαλοι παισί: καὶ γὰρ ot ἰατροὶ κάουσι 
\ ͵ εἰς τ ῊΝ θ ας 3 δὲ ν (ζ , 
καὶ τέμνουσιν ἢ ἐπ᾿ ἀγαθῷ" εἰ δὲ vBpe vopileré pe 
a 9 lal Ἀ ἴω 
ταῦτα πράττειν, ἐνθυμήθητε ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ θαρρῶ σὺν 
a A lal x , Ν , ; > a Ἅ 
τοῖς θεοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τότε καὶ θρασύτερός εἶμι νῦν 7 
, Ν > ΄ 4 > > ν > id ’ ~ 
τότε Kal οἶνον πλείω πίνω, ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδένα παίω 
> > 16 Ν 2 ean Ψ δὲ Ν > Ν 
ἐν εὐδίᾳ“ γὰρ ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς. ὅταν δὲ χειμὼν ἢ καὶ 
͵΄ , > , > en y \ ᾿ 
θάλαττα μεγάλη ἐπιφέρηται, οὐχ ὁρᾶτε ὅτι καὶ νεύ- 
patos’ μόνου ἕνεκα χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεὺς “ἢ τοῖς ἐν 
1.7 learned that I roseetc. 2. hereupon. ὃ warmth. 4 moisture, piiancy. 
5 helpful. 8 congeal. 7 blood. 8 mortify. 9 love of ease, indolence. 
19 with the jist. 11 οὕτως μέγα = however great. 12 for which. 18. my 


defence. 14 give satisfaction. 15 cut. 16 fine weather, 3. e. in security. 
W nod. 18 /ookoutman. 


BOOK Y. CHAP. VIII. 293 


a ἡ λ , $2 . 2 a. 3 .8 
πρῴρᾳ, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης" τοῖς ἐν πρύμνῃ; 
ἱκανὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα πάντα 

A 4 9 ἘΣ ὃ , » Vee \5 
ouv-eTi-tpiar. ὅτι δὲ δικαίως ἔπαιον αὐτοὺς καὶ 

A , Σ » ᾿ 
ὑμεῖς κατ-εδικάσατε᾽ ἔχοντες ξίφη, οὐ ψήφους." παρέ 

ΝΡ τον en > ἃς ἢ 5 a aye ta sx 6 Ἢ 
στατε, καὶ ἐξὴν ὑμῖν ἐπικουρεῖν ᾿ αὐτοῖς, εἰ ἐβούλεσθε 
3 Ἀ Ν ’ » 4 > a ᾿», Ν » Ἁ 
ἀλλὰ μὰ Δία οὔτε τούτοις ἐπεκουρειτε OUTE σὺν ἐμοὶ 


Ν 2 le) 8 9 
TOV ATAKTOVVTA 


€maiere. τοιγαροῦν ἐξουσίαν" ἐποιή- 
- A » 7 ε , 24 10 > , _ 
σατε τοῖς κακοῖς αὐτῶν ὑβρίζειν Eaves” αὐτούς. οἶμαι 
- Ν la 
yap, εἰ ἐθέλετε σκοπεῖν, τοὺς αὐτοὺς εὑρήο “TE Kal τότε 
κακίστους καὶ νῦν ὑβριστοτάτους. 
ἴω , 4 
“Botoxos γοῦν ὁ πύκτης ἡ ὁ Θετταλὸς τότε μὲν δι- 
ε ,’ 3 (ὃ ‘ , ΄“ ὃ ? ε > ’ 
ἐμάχετο ὡς κάμνων ἀσπίδα μὴ φέρειν, νῦν δέ, ὡς ἀκούω, 
δ᾿ Ἅ > a 
Κοτυωριτῶν πολλοὺς ἤδη ἀπο-δέδυκεν. ἢν οὖν σωφρονῆτε," 


19 


ΓΝ x Ν a A 
τοῦτον TavavTia’” ποιήσετε ἢ τοὺς κύνας ποιοῦσι" TOUS 


\ Ν , 4 \ Ν A e , ᾿ 14 
μὲν γὰρ κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς Tas μὲν ἡμέρας διδέασι, 
A a “Ὁ A 
τὰς δὲ νύκτας ἀφιᾶσι, τοῦτον δέ, nv σωφρονῆτε τὴν 
’ Ν la Ν Ν ε , > ’ 39 
νύκτα μὲν δήσετε, τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν ἀφ-ήσετε. 
“᾿Αλλὰ yap,” ἔφη; “ θαυμάζω ὅτι εἰ μέν τινι ὑμῶν ἀπ- 
, , 4 > A“ > ? a “A 
ηχθόμην, μέμνησθε καὶ od σιωπᾶτε, εἰ δέ τῳ ἢ χειμῶνα 
> , 7 x , 5 1A » A a 3 
emekovpyoa'’ 7 πολέμιον ἀπήρυξα ὃ ἢ ἀσθενοῦντι ἢ ἀπο- 
A ΄ 16 , Se ΠΣ Ν ’ oN 
ροῦντι συνεξεπόρισά ° τι, τούτων δὲ οὐδεὶς μέμνηται, οὐ 
» “ lal > ’ 950.» » Ἂν 6 
εἴ τινα καλῶς τι ποιοῦντα ἐπ-ἤἥνεσα οὐδ᾽ εἴ τινα ἄνδρα 
᾿» 3 Ν 2 e > , 2QO\ , , 
ὄντα ἀγαθὸν ἐτίμησα ὡς ἐδυνάμην, οὐδὲν τούτων μέμνη- 
θ 5 Ν Ν amas ty ‘ ’ ἈΝ 9 Ν 
σθε. ἀλλὰ μὴν καλόν " γε καὶ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον καὶ 
“ὃ A > θ A ΑΝ al xa “- lal lal θ 9? 
ἥδιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν κακῶν μεμνῆσθαι. 
3 , A ‘ > , Ν > , 18 
Ex τούτου μὲν δὴ ἀν-ίσταντο καὶ ἀν-εμίμνησκον. 
Ἀ al 
καὶ περι-εγένετο ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν. 


1 prow. 3. οϊπιδβηιαη. δὅ stern. 4 destroy utterly. 5 even you passed 
judqment ete. 6 pebbles, votes. ‘aid. 8. draxréw, be disorderly. 59 you 
gave authority. 10 ἐῶντες (Edw) αὐτούς, by letting them alone. 1 borer. 12 be 
wise. [18 things other than = the opposite of what ete. 14 δίδημι = δέω, bind. 
19 ἀπ-ερύκω, ward off. 18 (συν-εκ-πορίζω), helped to furnish. 11 se. ἐστι 
18 were recalling (his services). 19 came about. 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


ΛΟΓῸΣ fF. 


To end hostilities the ruler of Paphlagonia sends deputies to the 
Greeks, who give them a hospitable reception. 


> ’ A > “A fol Ν 

I. Ἔκ τούτου δὲ ἐν τῇ διατριβῇ ᾿ οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγο- 
“Ὁ ¥ ε Ἂ 
ρᾶς ἔζων, οἱ δὲ καὶ λῃζόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας. 
ἐκλώπευον ὅ δὲ καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες εὖ μάλα τοὺς ἀπο- 

/ ‘ “A “ 

σκεδαννυμένους, καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τοὺς πρόσω σκηνοῦντας 
ἐπειρῶντο κακουργεῖν ᾿ἦ καὶ πολεμικώτατα πρὸς ἀλλή- 
λους εἶχον ἐκ τούτων. ὁ δὲ Κορύλας, ὃς ἐτύγχανε 
τότε Παφλαγονίας ἄρχων, πέμπει παρὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας 

af » ν Ν Ν. , id 
πρέσβεις ἔχοντας ἵππους καὶ στολὰς καλάς, λέγοντας 
ν ’ ν » Ν 9 , > o 
ὅτι Κορύλας ἕτοιμος εἴη τοὺς Ἕλληνας μήτε ἀδικεῖν 
μήτε ἀδικεῖσθαι. οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἀπεκρίναντο ὅτι 
περὶ μὲν τούτων σὺν τῇ στρατιᾷ βϑουλεύσοιντο, ἐπὶ 
, 4 \ 29 7 3 ni a , Ν Ν la) 
ξένια δὲ ἐδέχοντο αὐτούς" παρεκάλεσαν δὲ καὶ τῶν 
» nw 
ἄλλων ἀνδρῶν οὖς ἐδόκουν δικαιοτάτους εἶναι. θύσαν- 
τες δὲ βοῦς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ ἄλλα ἱερεῖα εὐωχίαν ἣὅ 
μὲν ἀρκοῦσαν παρεῖχον, κατακείμενοι δὲ ἐν σκίμποσιν ἧ 

e 

ἐδείπνουν, καὶ ἔπινον ἐκ Kepativwv® ποτηρίων," οἷς ἐν- 
ετύγχανον ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ. 

1 delay (at Cotyora). 2 steal, kidnap. 8 do harm to, injure. 4 to hos- 
pitable gifts (meat and drink) = hospitably. 5 of the things taken in war, 


6 feast. 7 σκίμ-πους, couch, 8 fr. κέρας, horn. 9 cup. 
(294) 


BOOK VI. CHAP. I. . 295 


And after the banquet perform national dances for their 


entertainment. 


> = δὲ ὃ 4 , Ee ae , 39 , 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ σπονδαΐ τε ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν, ἀνέστη- 5 
-“" “ > > 
σαν πρῶτον μὲν Θρᾷκες καὶ πρὸς αὐλὸν" ὠρχήσαντο 
σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ ἥλλοντο ὑψηλά τε καὶ κούφως ὃ καὶ 
ταῖς μαχαίραις ἐχρῶντο" τέλος δὲ ὁ ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον 

, ε lal 286. , 4 Ν » ὃ a e δ᾽ 
παίει, ὡς πᾶσιν ἐδόκει [πεπληγέναι" τὸν avdpal’ ὁ δ᾽ ὁ 
ἔπεσε τεχνικῶς" πως. καὶ ἀν-έκραγον οἱ Παφλαγόνες. 

". κῃ Ν ᾿ 6 Ν bid a 0 2¢ 7 χὸ 
καὶ 6 μὲν σκυλεύσας τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ ἑτέρου ἐξήει ἄδων 

-“ a“ id 
τὸν Σιτάλκαν "Ἶ ἄλλοι δὲ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν τὸν ἕτερον ἐξέφε- 
ε ἐῶ ep RS οὐδὲ θώ 
ρον ὡς τεθνηκότα" ἣν δὲ οὐδὲν πεπονθώς. 

Μετὰ τοῦτο Αἰνιᾶνες καὶ Μάγνητες ἀν-έστησαν, οἵ 7 
ὠρχοῦντο τὴν καρπαίαν ὃ καλουμένην ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ὁ 
δὲ τρόπος τῆς ὀρχήσεως" ἦν, ὁ μὲν παρα-θέμενος τὰ ὅπλα 8 
σπείρει ἢ καὶ ζευγηλατεῖ ' πυκνὰ δὲ στρεφόμενος ὡς φο- 

, x ν᾿ 12 δὲ , 3 ε δ᾽ > δὰ 
βούμενος, λῃστὴς “ δὲ προσέρχεται" ὁ δ᾽ ἐπειδὰν προ- 
ἴδηται, ἀπαντᾷ ἁρπάσας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ μάχεται πρὸ τοῦ 
ζεύγους" καὶ οὗτοι ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν ἐν ῥυθμῷ πρὸς τὸν 
αὐλόν" καὶ τέλος ὁ λῃστὴς δήσας τὸν ἄνδρα [καὶ] τὸ 

a 3 4 ed > 2 δὲ eS! 13 A ASRS 
ζεῦγος ἀπάγει" ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ὁ ζευγηλάτης ® τὸν λῃστήν 
Ψ ‘ a f 
εἶτα παρὰ τοὺς βοῦς ζεύξας ὀπίσω" τὼ χεῖρε δεδεμένον 
ἐλαύνει. 

Μετὰ τοῦτο Μυσὸς εἰσῆλθεν ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ τῇ χειρὶ νυ 
® μὲν ὡς δύο ἀντιταττομένων 

, 16 » A 15 δὰ ὦ ΄ ¢ ther - 
μιμούμενος ” ὠρχεῖτο, τοτὲ δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἕνα ἐχρῆτο ταῖς 
πέλταις, τοτὲ δ᾽ ἐδινεῖτο ἢ 15 

ad , 
πέλτας, ὥστε ὄψιν καλὴν φαίνεσθαι. 


1 Of the Greek army. 7? finte. 8 nimbly. 4 had steuck, ie. wounded. 


¥ » 4 4 
ἔχων πέλτην, καὶ τοτὲ 


καὶ ἐξεκυβίστα α΄ ἔχων τὰς 


5 skilfully. 6. strip. 1 Sitalcas, i.e. a native song 8 carpaea, a mimic 
dance. ® dance. 10 sows. ll drives a yoke of oxen. 12 robber. 
% driver. 44 behind (his back). 15 at one time .. . at another. 16 = ting 


as of. 17 δινέω, whirl. 18 ἐκ-κυβιστάω. tura a sommerset. 


10 


11 


12 


13 


296 ANABASIS. 


2 ras πέλτας 


καὶ ὥκλαζε ὃ καὶ ἐξεαν-ίστατο" καὶ ταῦτα πάντα ἐν ῥυθμῷ 
ἐποίει πρὸς τὸν αὐλόν. 

Ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ“ [ ἐπειόντες]} οἱ Μαντινεῖς καὶ duke 
τινὲς τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων ἀνα-στάντες ἐξοπλισάμενοι ὡς 


Τέλος δὲ τὸ Περσικὸν ὠρχεῖτο᾽ κρούων 


K 4 τὸν 3 

ἐδύναντο κάλλιστα jody τε ἐν ῥυθμῷ πρὸς τὸν ἐνό- 
λ δ ε θ Ν yh ᾿ 6 Ν > 4, ‘\ 3 , 
triov? ῥυθμὸν addotpevor® καὶ ἐπαιάνισαν Kal ὠρχή- 
σαντο ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς προσόδοις. 
ὁρῶντες δὲ οἱ Παφλαγόνες δεινὰ ἷ ἐποιοῦντο πάσας τὰς 
ὀρχήσεις ἐν ὅπλοις εἶναι. 

᾿Επὶ τούτοις ὁρῶν ὁ Μυσὸς ἐκπεπληγμένους αὐτούς, 
δ ὀρχηστρίδα ° 
> , 5 , 10 ε 25 , tAXr Ἀ > (ὃ 
εἰσάγει ἐν-σκευάσας " ὡς ἐδύνατο κάλλιστα καὶ ἀσπίδα 
ὃ Ν 4 δ ὧν ε δὲ 3 , 1 

οὺς κούφην αὐτῇ: ἢ δὲ ὠρχήσατο πυρρίχην “ ἐλα- 
φρῶς." ἐνταῦθα κρότος ἢ ἦν πολύς, καὶ οἱ Παφλαγόνες 
ἤροντο εἰ καὶ γυναῖκες συνεμάχοντο αὐτοῖς. οἱ δ᾽ 

> 

ἔλεγον ὅτι αὗται καὶ ai τρεψάμεναι εἶεν βασιλέα ἐκ" 
τοῦ στρατοπέδου. τῇ μὲν νυκτὶ ταύτῃ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος 
ἐγένετο. 


, A > , Ν ’ 
πεισας τῶν Αρκάδων τινα, πεέταμενον 


A treaty being concluded, the Greeks proceed by sea to Harmene, 
where Chirisophus joins them with one ship. 


al i>2 la lal > Ν > Ν t , é 
Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ προσῆγον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ στράτευμα 

Ν a , , 3 A , 
καὶ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις μήτε ἀδικεῖν Παφλαγόνας 
μήτε ἀδικεῖσθαι. μετὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν πρέσβεις ᾧχοντο᾽ 
οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες, ἐπειδὴ πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἐδόκει παρεῖναι, 


1 the Persian (dance). 2 clashing together. 8 fall on one’s knees. 
* following him. 5 the war measure. ὁ mid. = have the flute played to 
one = with the flute playing. 7 made it a strange thing = looked upon 
it as a strange thing that ete. "8 πέπαμαι, possess. 9 dancing girl. 
10 dress (in) up. 1 war-dance. 12 nimbly. 13 clapping. 4 cf. 
1.10 


BOOK VI. CHAP. 1. 297 


9 , BAO ee \ , ΄ A 3 
ἀναβάντες ἔπλεον ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα πνεύματι καλῷ ἐν 
ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες τὴν Παφλαγονίαν. τῇ. δ᾽ ἄλλῃ ἀφι- 
κνοῦνται εἰς Σινώπην καὶ ὠὡρμίσαντοϊ εἰς ᾿Αρμήνην 
τῆς Σινώπης. Σινωπεῖς δὲ οἰκοῦσι μὲν ἐν τῇ Παφλα- 
“~ , Ν ¥ ’ > e A , 

γονικῇ, Μιλησίων δὲ ἀποικοί εἰσιν. οὗτοι δὲ ἕένια 
πέμπουσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀλφίτων μὲν μεδίμνους ὅ τρισχι- 
λίους, οἴνου δὲ κεράμια ὃ χίλια καὶ πεντακόσια. 

Καὶ Χειρίσοφος ἐνταῦθα ἦλθε τριήρη ἔχων. καὶ οἱ 

A ν 

μὲν στρατιῶται προσ-εδόκων ἄγοντά τι σφίσιν ἥκειν" 
ε > > A 3 7 > , δὲ ν > ’ » ‘ 
ὁ δ᾽ Hye μὲν οὐδέν, ἀπήγγελλε δὲ ὅτι ἐπ-αινοίη αὐτοὺς 

‘ > ’ ε ,’ ἈΝ ε ¥ Ν 9 
καὶ ᾿Αναξίβιος ὁ ναύαρχος Kat ot ἄλλοι, Kal ὅτι 
ὑπισχνεῖτο ᾿Αναξίβιος, εἰ ἀφίκοιντο ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, 
μισθοφορὰν αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι. 


While remaining here, the supreme command is offered 
Xenophon. 


4 > 4 aA ε la » ε A 
Kat ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ “Δρμήνῃ ἔμειναν οἱ στρατιῶται 
ἡμέρας πέντε. ὡς δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐδόκουν ἐγγὺς 
, θ ἦν ΧΑ Χ Ἅ “σθ τι. “4 χη συ ees tee 
γίγνεσθαι, dn μᾶλλον ἢ πρόσθεν εἰσ-ήει ἡ αὐτοὺς ὅπως 
a , » , ¥ ὃ 3. ε , 5 > 
ἂν Kat ἔχοντές τι οἴκαδε ἀφίκωνται. ἡγήσαντοῦὔ οὖν, 
93 7 »” Aa Δ x ¥ 
εἰ eva ἕλοιντο ἄρχοντα; μᾶλλον ἂν ἢ πολυαρχίας οὔσης 
9 a 
δύνασθαι τὸν ἕνα“ χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατεύματι Kal νυκτὸς 
Ἁ ε ia ‘ » ὃ ’ ’ i 
Kal ἡμέρας, Kat εἴ τι δέοι λανθάνειν, 
κρύπτεσθαι, καὶ εἰ τι αὖ δέοι φθάνειν ἧττον ἂν 
ὑστερίζειν “" οὐ γὰρ ἂν λόγων δεῖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 
ἀλλὰ τὸ δόξαν ἢ τῷ ἑνὶ περαίνεσθαι ἀν" τὸν δ᾽ ἔμ- 


μᾶλλον ἂν 
8 


1 δὁρμίζω, anchor. 2 μέδιμνος = measure of nearly ii bushels. 8 earthen 
Gars). * came into (their minds). 5 thought thai etc. 8 τὸν ἕνα δύνασθαι 
ἂν χρῆσθαι τῷ στρατεύματι μᾶλλον ἢ πολυαρχίας οὔσης (gen. abs.), while there is a 
polyarchy. 7 be kept secret. 8 anticipate (the enemy). 9 be behindhand. 
10 what seemed good. § 18 is an admirable summary of the arguments in favor of 
absolute monarchy. 


_ 


5 


20 


22 


298 ANABASIS. 


προσθεν χρόνον ἐκ' τῆς νικώσης ἔπραττον πάντα 
οἱ στρατηγοί. 

ε Ἀ a ~ > 4 ; 5, Ν 

Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα δι-ενοοῦντο, ἐτράποντο ἐπὶ τὸν Ἐενο- 
φῶντα᾽ καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἔλεγον προσιόντες αὐτῷ ὅτι ἡ 
στρατιὰ οὕτω γιγνώσκει, καὶ εὔνοιαν ἐν-δεικνύμενος 
ἕκαστος ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν ὑπο-στῆναιὃ τὴν ἀρχήν. 6 δὲ 
Ἐενοφῶν τῇ μὲν ἐβούλετο ταῦτα, νομίζων καὶ τὴν 

x , Ψ ε a / wx αὶ ‘ / 
τιμὴν μείζω οὕτως ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι πρὸς " τοὺς φίλους 

ἈΝ > Ἀ 4 » “ > , ε ΄- 
καὶ εἰς τὴν πόλιν τοὔνομα μεῖζον. ἀφίξεσθαι αὑτοῦ, 

> Ν al Lal an 

τυχὸν" δὲ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ twos ἂν αἴτιος τῇ στρατιᾷ 
γενέσθαι. 


Uncertain what to do, he sacrifices to Zeus, who plainly signifies 


to him not to accept the command. 


\ \ δὲ A 3 θ , ᾿ 7 oN 3 
Τὰ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα ἐνθυμήματα ἐπῇρενἷ αὐτὸν ἐπι- 
a > » 
θυμεῖν avto-Kpatopa® γενέσθαι ἄρχοντα. ὁπότε δ᾽ av 
ἐνθυμοῖτο ὅτι a-dndov μὲν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ ὅπῃ τὸ 
νθυμοῖ μ ρώπῳ ὅπῃ 
an ἈΝ ἈΝ ¥ ‘\ Ν 
μέλλον " ἕξει, διὰ τοῦτο δὲ [καὶ] κίνδυνος εἴη καὶ τὴν 
προ-ειργασμένην ᾿ δόξαν ἀποβαλεῖν, ἠπορεῖτο. ἀπορου- 
μένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ δια-κρῖναι ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι τοῖς 
θεοῖς ἀνα-κοινῶσαι" καὶ παρα-στησάμενος δύο" ἱερεῖα 
“ a lal 9 ρὲ 
ἐθύετο τῷ Διὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὅσπερ αὐτῷ μαντευτὸς ἡ ἦν 
> “ ‘ Ν ἊΨ, Ἁ 3 ἈΝ ’ ~ nw 
ἐκ Δελφῶν: καὶ τὸ ὄναρ δὴ ἀπὸ τούτου Tov θεοῦ 
5" » ε , ἃ 78 9 » ὁ. κ« Ν 
ἐνόμιζεν ἑωρακέναι ὃ εἶδεν ὅτε ἤρχετο ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ συν-επι- 
a n A ’ ‘ 9 > > , 
μελεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς καθίστασθαι. καὶ ore ἐξ "Ede 


1 from = in obedience to. 2 sc. γνώμης, prevailing opinion. 8 undertake. 
4 on the one hand, answered not by τῇ δέ, but δ᾽ αὖ, ὃ 21. 5 in the view 
of = among. ® acc. abs. = perchance. 7 ἐπ-αίρω, stir up. 8 = supreme. 
9. = what will be the issue of the future. 10 already won. ll after ἀπο- 
ρουμένῳ = being at a loss how. 12 The second to be used if the omens of 
the first were not decisive. 18 pointed out by the oracle, i.e. as the god to 
whom he should sacrifice. 14 began to set himself (καθίστασθαι) for the joint 


care of etc., cf. 8.13. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. I. 299 


σου ὡρμᾶτο Κύρῳ ov-crabyodmevos,' ἀετὸν ἀν-εμιμνή- 

σκετο ἑαυτῷ δεξιὸν φθεγγόμενον, καθήμενον μέντοι, 

ὅνπερ ὁ μάντις [ὁ] προ-πέμπων αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν ὅτι μέγας 
Ν 3 Ν » Ν 3 2 No ae OS 

μὲν οἰωνὸς εἴη Kal οὐκ idtwTiKds, καὶ ἔνδοξος," ἐπίπονος 
7 " Ν A 9, 4 ἢ > (θ θ lal > “»Ἠ 

μέντοι" τὰ γὰρ ὄρνεα μάλιστα ἐπιτίθεσθαι τῷ ἀετῷ 

3 > Ἶ 

καθημένῳ: οὐ μέντοι χρηματιστικὸν ἢ εἶναι τὸν οἰωνόν 
Ν Ν 3 Ν ΄ θ A ’ Ἂν 44, , 

τὸν γὰρ ἀετὸν πετόμενον μᾶλλον λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτὴή- 

Ψ δὴ , "ὦν ΑΝ ΕΝ. θ Ν ’, 
δεια. οὕτω δὴ θυομένῳ αὐτῷ διαφανῶς ἡ ὁ θεὸς σημαΐνει 
A A A > fn 

μήτε προσ-δεῖσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς μήτε εἰ aipoivTo ἀπο- 
2 “Ὁ ν 

δέχεσθαι. τοῦτο μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐγένετο. 


The assembled army offering Xenophon the command, he states his 
reasons for declining it. 

Ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ συνῆλθε, καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον ἕνα αἱρεῖ- 
8 αὐτόν. 
> ‘ y" as δῆ > 9 eee Pee 3 _¥ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδόκει δῆλον εἶναι ὅτι αἱρήσονται αὐτόν, εἴ τις 
ἐπιψηφίζοι, ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε" 

ςς 5 


σθαι. καὶ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἔδοξε, προυβάλλοντο 


, - PUES ς ὃ no ° \ κι ek Sa , 
Εγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡδομαι᾿ μὲν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τιμώμενος, 
Ψ ¥ , > A ΄ ¥ Αὐτὴν A , 
εἴπερ ἀνθρωπός εἶμι, καὶ χάριν ἔχω καὶ εὔχομαι δοῦναί 
μοι τοὺς θεοὺς αἴτιόν τινος ὑμῖν ἀγαθοῦ γενέσθαι" 
Ny ΄ > 4 A Pe eR τα a ¥ 
TO μέντοι ἐμὲ προ-κριθῆναι" ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἄρχοντα Aake- 
δαιμονίου ἀνδρὸς παρόντος οὔτε ὑμῖν μοι δοκεῖ συμ- 
, 53 3 3, "45 1) ἊΣ Ν “ , ¥ 
φέρον εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἧττον ἢ ἂν διὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνειν, εἴ τι 
ὃ ΄ θ > 4, τας τον “ἃ , > > ΄ ll f 
ἔοισθε παρ᾽ αὐτῶν: ἐμοί τε αὖ ov πάνυ TL” νομίζω 
ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τοῦτο. ὁρῶ γὰρ ὅτι καὶ τῇ πατρίδι μου οὐ 

. 6p γὰρ ὅτι καὶ τῇ πατρίδι μ 

πρόσθεν ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες πρὶν ἐποίησαν πᾶσαν 
τὴν πόλιν ὁμολογεῖν Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ αὐτῶν ἡγεμόνας 
εἶναι. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο ὡμολόγησαν, εὐθὺς ἐπαύσαντο 


1 συν-ίστημι, introduce. 2 pertaining to a private individual. 8 = indica- 
tive of glory. 4 birds. 5 indicative of gain. δ = on the wing. 7 very 
plainly. 8 propose for election. 9 προ-κρίνω, prefer. 10 the less... would 


you receive (it) if etc. UL ob... τι, not at all, 


24 


25 


26 


28 


900 ANABASIS. : 


. πολεμοῦντες Kat οὐκέτι πέρα ἐπολιόρκησαν τὴν πολιν. 


29 


30 


3 


_ 


5» > A χὰ sr ΟΝ ΄, Ψ ΄ > ap 
εἰ οὖν ταῦτα ὁρῶν ἐγὼ δοκοίην, ὅπου δυναίμην, ἐνταῦθ 
"» 2 a Ν > , > 8 3 A > a4 a ie 
d-Kupov” ποιεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων ἀξίωμα. ἐκεῖνο ἐννοῶ“ μὴ 
>» Ν A A A 
λίαν᾽ ἂν ταχὺ σωφρονισθείην ὃ δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐννοεῖτε ὅτι 
- Δ ἣ, ἐν ey ¥ a A > 
HITOV ἂν στάσις᾽ εἴη ἑνὸς apxovTos ἢ πολλῶν, εὖ 
» 8 ϑ ” ‘ δι ᾿ > ε , ere. 
ἰστε" ὅτι ἄλλον μὲν ἑλόμενοι οὐχ εὑρήσετε ἐμὲ στα- 
; 
σιάζοντα" νομίζω γὰρ ὅστις ἐν πολέμῳ ὧν στασιάζει 
Ἂν ¥ a / ἴω 
πρὸς ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον πρὸς Τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σωτηρίαν στα- 
, . 2 de te A Ὁ 3 a , » 
ovale" ἐὰν δὲ ἐμὲ ἕλησθε, οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσαιμι εἴ 
-ν Ἀ A Ν ἈΝ 
τινα εὕροιτε καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐμοὶ ἀχθόμενον." 


Agusias replying to Xenophon’s objections, the latter falls back on 
the expressed will of the gods; Chirisophus then, being chosen, 
accepts in a short address. 


ΕΣ Ν A > Ν 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα εἶπε, πολὺ πλείονες ἐξανίσταντο λέ- 
9 
ε ᾿Ξ, 
γοντες ὡς δέοι αὐτὸν ἄρχειν. ᾿Αγασίας δὲ Στυμφάλιος 
iy “ ν x» a 

εἶπεν ὅτι γελοῖον εἴη, εἰ οὕτως ἔχοι" ““ἢ ὀργιοῦνται 
ὃ , 2. as” ΄ ὃ λθό \ 
Λακεδαιμόνιοι Kat” ἐὰν σύνδειπνοι συνελθόντες μὴ 

“ Ἀ > - 
Λακεδαιμόνιον συμ-ποσίαρχον ᾿ αἱρῶνται ; ἐπεὶ εἰ οὕτω 
A 39 A A Ἂν « 
γε τοῦτο exe,’ ἔφη, ““ οὐδὲ λοχαγεῖν “ἢ ἡμῖν ἔξεστιν, ὡς 
» Pi (8 9 » ν᾽ > 50 δὴ ε mete Sod 
ἔοικεν, ὅτι ᾿Αρκάδες ἐσμέν. ἐνταῦθα δὴ ws εὖ εἰπόν- 
“a 3 7 5» ’ Ἀ ae | lal > ἈΝ 
Tos τοῦ ᾿Αγασίου ἀν-εθορύβησαν. καὶ 6 Ἐενοφῶν ἐπεὶ 
3 5 > > Ὁ 
ἑώρα πλείονος ἐνδέον, παρ-ελθὼν εἶπεν, ““᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ 
¥ A A ἈΝ 
ἄνδρες," ἔφη, “ws πάνυ εἰδῆτε, ὀμνύω" ὑμῖν θεοὺς 
πάντας καὶ πάσας, ἢ μὴν ἐγώ, ἐπεὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν γνώ- 
> ’ > ’ 5 4 ¥ | a! Φ. τὺϑὶ 
μὴν ἠσθανόμην, ἐθυόμην εἰ βέλτιον εἴη ὑμῖν τε ἐμοὶ 
Ν Ὃ 4, 
ἐπιτρέψαι ταύτην THY ἀρχὴν Kal ἐμοὶ ὑπο-στῆναι" Kal 


1 beyond = after this. 2 without authority = void. 8 dignity. 4 take 
thought, be anxious about this lest ete. 5 very. 5 σωφρονίζω, bring to reason, 
7 faction. 8 οἶδα. ® = Chirisophus,. 10 even if. 1 master of ceremo- 
nies. 12 be captain. 13 that there was need of more, i.e. that more be said. 


+ = swear by (acc.). 


BOOK VI. CHAP. II. 301 


ε \ y > a ε a > 4 9 Q 
μοι οἱ θεοὶ οὕτως ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐσήμηναν woTE καὶ 
lal a“ a 
ἰδιώτην᾽ ἂν γνῶναι ὅτι τῆς μοναρχίας ἀπέχεσθαί pe 
el.” 
rn Ν 
Οὕτω δὴ Χειρίσοφον αἱροῦνται. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
> » wn Ἀ 
ἠρέθη. παρελθὼν εἶπεν". “᾿Αλλ᾽, ὦ ἄνδρες, τοῦτο μὲν 
ἐ " ψ és 
ἴστε ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔγωγε ἐστασίαζον." εἰ ἄλλον εἵλεσθε 
—| “A 7 be | ¥ éé¢.,? 4 3 ΕῚ ε ’ Ξ ε 
Ξενοφώντα pevto, ἔφη, ““ὠνήσατε“ οὐχ ἑλόμενοι " ὡς 
καὶ νῦν Δέξιππος ἤδη διέβαλλεν αὐτὸν πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον 
Ψ 4 25 ΄ \ , 5 "3. Ν , 5 ¢6§ > 
ὅτι ἐδύνατο Kal μάλα ἐμοῦ αὐτὸν σιγάζοντος." ὁ 
»ἬΆ ΄΄ ΦΟΑΣΥΥΝ ΄ A » 
ἔφη νομίζειν αὐτὸν Τιμασίωνι μᾶλλον ἄρχειν συν- 
-“" “ [ » “ ’ 4 
εθελῆσαι Aapdavet ὄντι tov Κλεάρχου στρατεύματος 
x ε “A , »” > Ἀ ’ > \ A ΕΣ] » 
ἢ ἑαυτῷ Λάκωνι ὄντι. ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἐμὲ εἵλεσθε, ἔφη, 
ςς ἐλ BR. Φ 9 x ὃ ΄ eon > θὲ 
καὶ ἐγὼ πειράσομαι ὅτι ἂν δύνωμαι ὑμᾶς ἀγαθὸν 
ποιεῖν. καὶ ὑμεῖς οὕτω παρασκευάζεσθε ὡς αὔριον, 
2X A > > ΄ ε Ν a » > ε ΄, 
ἐὰν πλοῦς 7, ἀναξόμενοι" ὁ δὲ πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς “Hpa- 


8 


λ -- 7 > ὃ A >» A A θ -“ 9 
κλειαν  ἄπανταὰς οὐν OEL EKELDE πειίρασῦαι κατασσχειν 


“- 9 
τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, βουλευσόμεθα. 


The Greeks, after a voyage of two days, arrive αὐ Heracleia and 
are welcomed by the people. 
II. "Ez va ad ε ’ > 4 td 
ντευῦσεν TH υστεραίᾳ ἀν-αγόμενοι πνεύματι 
» prt Ooi ue , \ a x , 
ἔπλεον καλῷ ἡμέρας δύο παρὰ γῆν. καὶ [παραπλέοντες 
3ρ ΄ ᾽ ld 10 »¥ e- \ , 
ἐθεώρουν τήν τε ᾿Ιασονίαν ἀκτήν, ἔνθα ἡ ᾿Αργὼ λέγεται 
Ἀ wn - - 
ὁρμίσασθαι, καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν τὰ στόματα, πρῶτον μὲν 
La δ » \ a » \ “ 
τοῦ Θερμώδοντος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ Ἴριος. ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ 
ν \ lal “ id la) Ν 
Ἄλυος, μετὰ τοῦτον τοῦ Παρθενίου: τοῦτον δὲ] παρα- 
πλεύσαντες ἀφίκοντο εἰς Ἡράκλειαν πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα 
Μεγαρέων a ὖ δ᾽ ἐν τῇ M δυνῶν χώρᾳ 
γαρέων ἄποικον. οὗσαν ὃ ἐν τῇ Mapiavovywy χώρᾳ. 
1 a private person = any person, not ἃ μάντι. 2 be factious. 3 ὀνίνημι, 
- aid. 4 =as far as. 5 try to silence. ὃ 6 δὲ, 1. 6. Δέξιππος. Tie, 


Xenophon. ὃ thither. 5 hold (our course). 10 beach. The bracketed pas- 
sage is interpolated or Xenophon’s geography is in error. See Map. 


32 


33 


302 ANABASIS. 


2 καὶ ὡρμίσαντο παρὰ τῇ ᾿Αχερουσιάδι Χερρονήσῳ, ἔνθα 
λέγεται ὁ Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Κέρβερον κύνα κατα-βῆναι 
ἧ νῦν τὰ σημεῖα δεικνύασι τῆς καταβάσεως τὸ βάθος 

8 πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ δύο στάδια. ἐνταῦθα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οἱ 
ε A ’ / > 7 δί 1 
Ἡρακλεῶται ξένια πέμπουσιν ἀλφίτων μεδίμνους ᾿ τρισ- 

΄ ‘ ¥ , 1 ΄ \ an ¥ 
χιλίους καὶ οἴνου κεράμια' δισχίλια καὶ βοῦς εἴκοσι 

Ἀ yee | ε ld 3 vO ὃ Ν “A δί en Ν 
καὶ ols” ἑκατόν. ἐνταῦθα διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ῥεῖ ποταμὸς 
Λύκος ὄνομα, εὖρος ὡς δύο πλέθρων. 


The Greeks, after deliberation, send ambassadors to Heracleia to 
demand supplies ; the inhabitants ask time for deliberation, 
and thereupon prepare for a siege. 

4 Ot δὲ στρατιῶται συλλεγέντες ἐβουλεύοντο τὴν λοιπὴν 
πορείαν πότερον κατὰ γῆν ἢ κατὰ θάλατταν χρὴ 
πορευθῆναι ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου. ἀναστὰς δὲ Λύκων ᾿Αχαιὸς 
> . ee e , , εν » ὃ A ἮΝ We > 
εἶπε αυμάζω μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῶν στρατηγῶν ὃ ὅτι οὐ 
πειρῶνται ἡμῖν ἐκπορίζειν σιτηρέσιον "ἡ τὰ μὲν γὰρ ξένια 
οὐ μὴ γένηται τῇ στρατιᾷ τριῶν ἡμερῶν σιτία" ὁπόθεν 
δ᾽ 3 , , 0 > ¥ > »¥ ‘6s 3 ἈΝ 

ἐπισιτισάμενοι πορευσόμεθα οὐκ ἔστιν, ἔφη. “ἐμοὶ 

οὖν δοκεῖ αἰτεῖν τοὺς ἫἩ ρακλεώτας μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ τρισ- 

, 5 Girt? ¥ > > Ν ¥ * 

5 XtAtovs κυζικηνούς ἄλλος δ᾽ εἶπε μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ 

’ ’ -“ 

μυρίους " “Kal ἑλομένους πρέσβεις αὐτίκαΪ μάλα ἡμῶν 

καθημένων πέμπειν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εἰδέναι ὅτι ἂν 
ἀπαγγέλλωσι, καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλεύεσθαι." 

ς Ἐντεῦθεν προυβάλλοντο πρέσβεις πρῶτον μὲν Χειρί- 

9 » y ΧΩ ST ge \ a 
σοφον, ὅτι ἄρχων ἤρητο" ἔστι ot καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα. 
οἱ δὲ ἰσχυρῶς ἀπ-εμάχοντο᾽ ἀμφοῖν γὰρ ταὐτὰ ἐδόκει 
μὴ ἀναγκάζειν πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα καὶ φιλίαν ὅτι μὴ 

1 αὐτοὶ ἐθέλοντες διδοῖεν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὗτοι ἐδόκουν ἀ-πρό- 

1 Cf. 6.115, 2 sheep. 3 at the generals. 4 money to buy provisions. 


5 οὐκ ἔστιν ὁπόθεν ete. 8 Cf. 5.033, 7 μάλα αὐτίκα, very quickly. 8 while 
we are sitting here. ® and some also proposed (προυβάλλοντο) Xenophon. 


BOOK VI, CHAP. I. 303 


Ovpor! εἶναι, πέμπουσι Λύκωνα ᾿Αχαιὸν καὶ Kaddi- 
, Ν > ’ , 7” 
μαχον Παρράσιον καὶ ᾿Αγασίαν Στυμφάλιον. οὗτοι 
ἐλθόντες ἔλεγον τὰ δεδογμένα " τὸν δὲ Λύκωνα ἔφασαν 
καὶ ἐπ-απειλεῖν,, εἰ μὴ ποιήσοιεν ταῦτα. ἀκούσαντες 
δ᾽ οἱ Ἡρακλεῶται βουλεύσεσθαι ἔφασαν" καὶ εὐθὺς τά 
A “-“ “~ Ν 
τε χρήματα ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν συν-ἣγον καὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν 
8 


» > , Ν ε ΄ φιι 6 4 πὰ ος 
εἴσω ἀν-εσκεύασαν." καὶ αἱ πύλαι ἐκ-έκλειντο" καὶ ἐπὶ 


nw ΄“ 9 5 7 
τῶν τειχῶν ὅπλα ἐφαίνετο. 


The Arcadians and Achaeans feeling slighted, leave Chirisophus 
and Xenophon and choose their own officers. 


> ὕ ε ’ δ nw A -, 

Ex τούτου οἱ ταράξαντες ταῦτα τοὺς στρατηγοὺς 
Ε] nw 6 ὃ θ , Ἀ “A ὸ ᾳ, 4 ε 
ἡτιῶντο ια-τφθείρειν τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ συνίσταντο οἱ 
3 4 Ἀ ε > , ,ὔ A 4 
Apkddes Kat οἱ Ayaol* προ-ειστήκει δὲ μάλιστα 
αὐτῶν Καλλίμαχός τε ὁ Παρράσιος καὶ Λύκων ὁ 
3 ’ ε A ’ὔ > 35 ~ ε > XA » 
Αχαιός. οἱ δὲ λόγοι ἦσαν αὐτοῖς ὡς αἰσχρὸν εἰὴ 
» 5 nw ’ A , 
ἄρχειν ᾿Αθηναῖον Πελοποννησίων καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιον, 
μηδεμίαν δύναμιν παρ-εχομένους εἰς τὴν στρατιάν, καὶ 

ἈΝ A 7 ~ » A A a »¥ A 
τοὺς μὲν πόνους σφᾶς ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ κέρδη ἄλλους, καὶ 


τὴν σωτηρίαν σφῶν κατ-ειργασμένων" εἶναι 


ταῦτα 
Ν Ν ld > , Ν > 4 hy 
yap τοὺς κατειργασμένους ᾿Αρκάδας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς, τὸ 
op , QA > \ > \ nan 3 , 
δ᾽ ἄλλο στράτευμα οὐδὲν εἶναι ---- καὶ ἦν δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 
ε > ν -“ ’ > ’ Ἀ 3 7 
ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος ᾿Αρκάδες καὶ ᾿Αχαιοί--- 
εἰ οὖν σωφρονοῖεν, αὐτοὶ συ-στάντες καὶ στρατηγοὺς 


ἐλό ε “ θ᾽ ε ἂν ΟΣ Ν , -" 
ελομένοι EAUTMV κα εαυτους΄ ἂν τὴν πορειαν TOLOLWTO | 


καὶ πειρῷντο ἀγαθόν τι λαμβάνειν. ταῦτ᾽ ἔδοξε" Kai, 12 


, ; A 
ἀπολιπόντες Χειρίσοφον εἴ τινες ἦδαν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ 
> ld cal 3 ἈΝ A 

Αρκάδες ἢ ᾿Αχαιοὶ καὶ Eevoddvta, συνέστησαν καὶ 
1 disinclined. 53. add threats. 8 pack up (and carry) efowetc. 4Ἅ κλείω, 


shut. 5 ταράττω, agitate. 8 αἰτιάομαι, blame. j§ 7 aud that too though they 
(σφῶν) etc. 8 by themselves. ¥ εἴ τινες = of tives. 


14 


5 


ὧν 


804 ANABASIS. 


στρατηγοὺς αἱροῦνται ἑαυτῶν δέκα" τούτους δὲ ἐψη- 
φίσαντο ἐκ τῆς νικώσης" ὅτι δοκοίη τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ἡ 
Ν > a Ν 8 3 Χ , > aA 
μὲν οὖν τοῦ παντὸς" ἀρχὴ Χειρισόφῳ ἐνταῦθα κατ- 
, ε , «“ *» 34> @ e sf 4 
ελύθη ἡμέρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἢ ἑβδόμῃ ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡρέθη. 
The causes that led to the reorganization of the army into three 
divisions. 
Ξενοφῶν μέντοι ἐβούλετο κοινῇ μετὰ τῶν [μεινάν- 
δ Ν ΄ A / ae > 
των} τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι, νομίζων οὕτως ἀσφαλε- 
- > - 
στέραν εἶναι ἢ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον στέλλεσθαι" ὁ ἀλλὰ Νέων 
» 3.28 Pee St , > ΄ a 
ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν Kal? αὑτὸν πορεύεσθαι, ἀκούσας τοῦ 
, 9 , ε > , ε \ 
Χειρισόφου ὅτι Κλέανδρος ὁ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ ἁρμοστὴς 
, , ¥ σ > , 2 7 
pain τριήρεις ἔχων ἥξειν εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα "7 ὅπως 
> 5 \ , > > ΓΝ" \ ε 7 A 
οὖν μηδεὶς peTa-oyot, GAN avTol καὶ οἱ αὐτῶν 
στρατιῶται ἐκ-πλεύσειαν ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, διὰ ταῦτα 
4 Ν , 9 Ν 5 “ val 
συνεβούλευε. καὶ Χειρίσοφος, ἅμα μὲν ἀθυμῶν "τοῖς 
γεγενημένοις, ἅμα δὲ μισῶν ὃ 
> , rein a A ν 4 — ™ δὲ » 
ἐπιτρέπει αὐτῷ ποιεῖν ὅτι βούλεται. Ἐενοφὼν δὲ ert 


ἐκ τούτου Τὸ στράτευμα, 


‘\ “ lal a 
μὲν ἐπ-εχείρησεν ἀπαλλαγεὶς τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐκπλεῦσαι" 
θυομένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ τᾷ ἡγεμόνι Ἣ ρακλεῖ καὶ κοινουμένῳ, 

¥ Ν 
πότερα λῷον“ καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη στρατεύεσθαι ἔχοντι 
a A a 
τοὺς TapapeivavTas τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἢ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, 
a a WA 
ἐσήμηνεν ὁ θεὸς Tots ἱεροῖς συ-στρατεύεσθαι. οὕτω 
᾽’ Ν ’ ’, > (ὃ Ν GPs Ν 
γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα τρίχα, ᾿Αρκάδες μὲν καὶ ᾿Αχαιοὶ 
Ν Tal 
πλείους ἢ τετρακισχίλιοι. Kal πεντακόσιοι, ὁπλῖται 
’ ’ > ε Lal Ν > ’ 
πάντες, Χειρισόφῳ δ᾽ ὁπλῖται μὲν. εἰς τετρακοσίους 
ἊΝ ’, Ἀ \ 3 ε 4 ε , 
καὶ χιλίους. πελτασταὶ δὲ εἰς ἑπτακοσίους, οἱ Κλεάρχου 
lal -“ al A Ν 
Θρᾷκες, Ξενοφῶντι δὲ ὁπλῖται μὲν εἰς ἑπτακοσίους καὶ 


1 ἐψηφίσαντο τούτους ποιεῖν τοῦτο ὅ τι ete. 2 se. γνῶμης. 3 sc. στρατεύ- 
ματος. * αἱρέω. 5 1,6. (if the text be correct) with Chirisophus and his 
division. 8 proceed. 7 haven. 8 μισέω, hate. 2 λῷον καὶ ἄμεινον, for 


emphasis, cf. 7 6%, 


BOOK VI. CHAP.. III. 805 


Ν A 
χιλίους, πελτασταὶ δὲ εἰς τριακοσίους" ἱππικὸν δὲ 
‘ , ε , 
μόνος οὗτος εἶχεν, ἀμφὶ τετταράκοντα ἱππέας. 


The three divisions set out for Calpe by different routes. 


Kai of μὲν ᾿Αρκάδες διαπραξάμενοι πλοῖα παρὰ τῶν 
Ἡρακλεωτῶν πρῶτοι πλέουσιν, ὅπως ἐξαίφνης ἐπι-πε- 
, a A ΄ Ψ A A “ἡτῶ 
σόντες τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς λάβοιεν ὅτι πλεῖστα: καὶ ἀπο- 
Batvovow εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα κατὰ μέσον πως τῆς 
7 7 > > ‘ > Ν ΄Ὁ , “ 
Θράκης. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως τῶν 
ε A > ’ “Ὁ 3 , 8 ‘ “ , 4 
Ηρακλεωτῶν ἀρξάμενος πεζῇ ἐπορεύετο διὰ τῆς χώρας 
ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν Θράκην ἐνέβαλε, παρὰ τὴν θάλατταν 
ἤει" καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένει. Ξενοφῶν δὲ πλοῖα λαβὼν ἀπο- 
’ φιῖᾷς Ἀ ν “A , Ν “ ‘H λ ,ὕ ὃ 
βαίνει ἐπὶ τὰ ὁρια τῆς Θράκης καὶ τῆς Ἡρακλεώτιδος 

καὶ διὰ μεσογείας ἐπορεύετο. 


The Arcadians after plundering some villages are attacked, suffer 
heavy loss, and are besieged. 


Tit. *’Ezpafav δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἕκαστοι τάδε. οἱ μὲν ᾽Αρ- 

’ὔ ε > ’ Ν > 4 id , 
κάδες ὡς ἀπέβησαν νυκτὸς εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα, πορεύ- 
ονται εἰς τὰς πρώτας κώμας, στάδια ἀπὸ θαλάττης ὡς 
τριάκοντα. ἐπεὶ δὲ φῶς ἐγένετο. ἢγεν ἕκαστος ὁ στρα- 

‘ Ν ε ΄ λό r ht ’ ὃ ε , 2 δὲ ’ 

τηγὸς τὸν αὑτοῦ λόχον ἐπὶ κώμην ὁποία" δὲ μείζων 
ἐλόκει εἶναι, σύνδυο λόχους ἦγον οἱ στρατηγοί. συν- 
εβάλλοντο“ δὲ καὶ λόφον εἰς ὃν δέοι πάντας ἁλίζεσθαι" 
καὶ ἅτε ἐξαίφνης ἐπι-πεσόντες ἀνδράποδά τε πολλὰ ἔλα- 
βον καὶ πρόβατα πολλὰ περιεβάλοντο οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες 
ἠθροίζοντο οἱ δια-φυγόντες " πολλοὶ δὲ δι-έφυγον πελτα- 
σταὶ ὄντες ὁπλίτας ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν χειρῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ συν- 

1 Contained in ch. iii. 2 sc. κώμη. 3 two by two. 4 agreed. ὅ sur 


rounded. 
* Section 1, a recapitulation, is rejected as spurious. 


17 


18 


19 


Ὁ» 


oO 


306 ᾿ς ANABASIS., 


id A A “a ’ , o.% ~ 
ελέγησαν, πρῶτον μὲν τῷ Σμίκρητος λόχῳ ἐνὸς τῶν 
> A 
Αρκάδων στρατηγῶν ἀπιόντι ἤδη εἰς τὸ συγκείμενον 

Ἀ ’ 7 
καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἄγοντι ἐπιτίθενται. καὶ τέως μὲν 
> , ν ’ὔ ay , ᾺᾺ, Ν ΄ 
ἐμάχοντο ἅμα πορευόμενοι οἱ EdXnves, ἐπὶ δὲ διαβάσει 
χαράδρας τρέπονται " 
ἀπο-κτιννύασι5 καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας" ἄλλου δὲ 
4 


> 4 \ > , Ν ’ 
αὑτούς, καὶ αὑτὸν τε τὸν Σμίκρητα 
΄, A , A a ε , > ν ὃ 
λόχου τῶν δέκα στρατηγῶν τοῦ “Hynodvdpov ὀκτὼ 
/ ¥ e Ἁ oy c ’ > , Ν 
μόνους ἔλιπον" καὶ αὐτὸς “Hyjoavdpos ἐσώθη. καὶ 
ε ¥ δὲ ’ A θ ε Ν Ν ’, 8 ε 
οἱ ἄλλοι ὃὲ λόχοι συνῆλθον οἱ μὲν σὺν πράγμασιν ὃ οἱ 
δὲ ἄνευ πραγμάτων. 
Ἷ τοῦτο τὸ εὐτύχημα, ἷ 
συν-εβόων ὅ τε ἀλλήλους καὶ συνελέγοντο ἐρρωμένως ἢ τῆς 


’ Ν ν ε ’ ’ ‘ Ν ’ » 
νυκτός. καὶ ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ κύκλῳ περὶ τὸν λόφον ἔνθα 


Οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες ἐπεὶ ηὐτύχησαν 


ΡΣ, > , ἀι ὦ Ν ε a 
ot Ἕλληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἐτάττοντο καὶ ἱππεῖς 
‘ ‘ 7 Ἀ ᾿ ’ ’ὔ 
πολλοὶ καὶ πελτασταΐ, καὶ ἀεὶ πλείονες συν-έρρεον" 
καὶ προσ-έβαλλον πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἀσφαλῶς" οἱ 
A A 9 » , io » > Ἀ 
μὲν γὰρ Ἕλληνες οὔτε τοξότην εἶχον οὔτε ἀκοντιστὴν 
οὔτε ἱππέα" οἱ δὲ προσ-θέοντες καὶ προσελαύνοντες 
> ld 7 e ε , A > “ > 4 ε ’ 5 7 ᾧ 
ἠκόντιζον" ὁπότε δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐπίοιεν, ῥᾳδίως ἀπ-έφευγον 
ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλῃ ἐπ-ετίθεντο. καὶ τῶν μὲν πολλοὶ ἐτιτρώ- 
σκοντο, τῶν δὲ οὐδείς. ὥστε κινηθῆναι οὐκ ἐδύναντο 

> + ΄ > \ A 10 eh y an 
ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου, ἀλλὰ τελευτῶντες ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος 
» > Ἁ ε “a > ‘ de > 4 Ἀ > 
εἴργον αὐτοὺς ot Θρᾷκες. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπορία πολλὴ Hp. 
’ Ν A ‘\ Ν A ¥ ᾽ ε ’ὔ 
διελέγοντο περὶ σπονδῶν" καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὡμολόγητο 
> A ε ’, Ν > > (ὃ ε ΄" > 4 
αὐτοῖς, ὁμήρους δὲ οὐκ ἐδίδοσαν οἱ Θρᾷκες αἰτούντων 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τούτῳ ἴσχετο. τὰ μὲν δὴ τῶν 
᾿Αρκάδων οὕτως εἶχε. 


1 to the (place) agreed upon. 2 rout them, i.e. the company of Smicres. 
ὃ = ἀποκτείνω. + se. λόχου. 5 sc. ἄνδρας. ὁ difficulty. 7 met with this 
good fortune. 8 were calling to one another, 9 strongly 10 = at last. 


1 there was a hitch. 


: BOOK Vi. CHAP. Iii 801 


Chirisophus reaches Calpe; Xenophon, marching through the in- 
terior of the country, learns of the misfortune of the Arcadians, 
and resolved to relieve them, he addresses the troops. 

Χειρίσοφος δὲ ἀσφαλῶς πορευόμενος παρὰ θάλατταν 
ἀφικνεῖται εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα. Ἐξενοφῶντι δὲ διὰ τῆς 
μεσογείας πορευομένῳ οἱ ἱππεῖς κατα-θέοντες ἐντυγχά- 

, ‘ \ » 

νουσι πρεσβύταις πορευομένοις ποι. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤχθησανἷ 
Ν Ξ A > ~ > Ν ¥ »Ἢ θ 2 LAX 

παρὰ Ἐενοφῶντα, ἐρωτᾷ αὐτοὺς εἴ που ῃσθηνται" ἄλλου 

4 3, ε “ ε A » , Ν 
στρατεύματος ὄντος Ἑλληνικοῦ. οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον πάντα τὰ 
, \ “ 9 “Ὁ ΦΡΝ Χλ ’, ε δὲ 
γεγενημένα, καὶ νῦν ὅτι πολιορκοῦνται ἐπὶ λόφου, οἱ δὲ 

Θρᾷκες πάντες περι-κεκυκλωμένοι εἶεν αὐτούς. ἐνταῦθα 

Ν Ν > , 4 > 4 > οὶ ν 
τοὺς μὲν ἀνθρώπους τούτους ἐφύλαττεν ἰσχυρῶς, ὅπως 
ἡγεμόνες εἶεν ὅποι δέοι. σκοποὺς δὲ κατα-στήσας 

, Ν , +. Spi 

συνέλεξε τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἔλεξεν" 
¥ fal a - 

“"Avdpes στρατιῶται, τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων οἱ μὲν τεθνᾶσιν, 

\ Ἁ εἶ lal 

οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ λόφου τινὸς πολιορκοῦνται. νομίζω δ᾽ 

» > > A > a 50.» ε ~ Ky > ’ 

ἔγωγε, εἰ ἐκεῖνοι ἀπ-ολοῦνται, οὐδ᾽ ἡμῖν εἶναι οὐδεμίαν 

’ ν \ ~ Ἦν “~ 7 a4 
σωτηρίαν, οὕτω μὲν πολλῶν ὄντων [τῶν] πολεμίων, οὕτω 


δὲ τεθαρρηκότων 3 


Δ > ean ε , 
κράτιστον οὖν ἡμῖν ws τάχιστα Bon- 
θ ~ nan > ὃ ’ ν 5 » 5 A »“ A > 4 

εν τοις αν βᾶσιν, OT@MS εἰ ETL εἰσι TW; συν €EKELVOLS 


μαχώμεθα καὶ μή, μόνοι λειφθέντες, μόνοι καὶ κινδυ- 


12 


΄ Cy sc Ν 3 ΄, ΓΝ > A 3 ἧς . Ξε 
Ψεύωμεν. ἡμεῖς γὰρ ἀπο-δραίημεν ἂν οὐδαμοῖ ἐνθένδε (δ᾽ 


: ν 4 . “ 7) 
πολλὴ“ μὲν yap,” ἔφη, “ εἰς Ἡράκλειαν πάλιν ἀπιέναι, 
Ἁ \ > ~ 
πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν δι-ελθεῖν " οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι πλη- 
γεν τὰ, ad , 
σίον" εἰς Κάλπης δὲ λιμένα, ἔνθα Χειρίσοφον εἰκάζο- 
> > ~ 
μεν εἶναι, εἰ σέσωσται, ἐλαχίστη ὁδός. ἀλλὰ δὴ ἐκεῖ 
A ᾿, X -“ 5 a 9 , A , δ δὲ 
μεν οὔτε πλοῖά ἐστιν οἷς ἀπο-πλευσόμεθα, μένουσι" δὲ 


5 “ 3 A Lal ε , ¥ A > ta a“ A 
αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ μιᾷ Ἷ 15 
μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἔστι TA ἐπιτήδεια τῶν δὲ πο- ὃ 


1 ἄγω. 2 αἰσθάνομαι. 3 θαρρέω. 4 sc. 636s. 5 sc. ἡμῖν. 
* Most authorities print the text in the order indicated py the numbers in 
parentheses. 


16 


(18) 


908 ANABASIS. 


λιορκουμένων ἀπολομένων, σὺν τοῖς Χειρισόφου μόνοις 


σα, > , x A , , 
κάκιόν ἐστι διακινδυνεύειν ἢ τῶνδε σωθέντων πάντας 
» > ας > - a A , ἊΨ > Ν 
εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐλθόντας κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχεσθαι. ἀλλὰ 
χρὴ" παρασκευασαμένους τὴν γνώμην πορεύεσθαι ὡς 
a) x > a.3 ~ » 4 x , ¥ 
νῦν ἢ εὐκλεῶς " τελευτῆσαι ἔστιν ἢ κάλλιστον ἔργον 
> / 7 ’ ’ Ν ε Ν 
ἐργάσασθαι Ἕλληνας τοσούτους σώσαντας. καὶ ὁ θεὸς 
¥ ¥ 7 ἃ , 
ἴσως ἄγει οὕτως, ὃς τοὺς peyadnyopyoavtas® ὡς πλέον 
“ A nw 4 cal 
φρονοῦντας ταπεινῶσαι βούλεται, ἡμᾶς δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ Ta! 
θεῶν ἀρχομένους ἐντιμοτέρους ἐκείνων κατα- στῆσαι. 
3 > ¢ \ Ν Ψ Ν A e x» Ν 
ἀλλ᾽ ἕπεσθαι χρὴ καὶ προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ὡς ἂν τὸ 


\7 πα ελλό ν δύ θε t v ev οὗ 
as παραγγελλόμενον δύνησθε ποιεῖν. νῦν μὲν οὖν στρατο- 


18 
(15) 


20 


΄ , 9 x a ‘ 5 
πεδευσώμεθα προελθόντες ὅσον ἂν δοκῇ καιρὸς εἶναι 
> \ ς: ὙΦ iM my , θ 
εἰς τὸ δειπνοποιεῖσθαι "᾿ ews ἂν πορευώμεθα, Τιμα- 
lal a ἈΝ 
σίων ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας προελαυνέτω ἐφ-ορῶν ἡμᾶς καὶ 
’ Ἀ ¥ c Ν ε “Ὁ ’ 3) 
σκοπείτω τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, ὡς μηδὲν ἡμᾶς λάθῃ. 


Burning everything along the march, they reach the place, but find 
it abandoned. 


a 9 > \ e aA , \ ‘ ~ , 
Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἡγεῖτο. παρ-έπεμψε δὲ καὶ τῶν γυμνή- 
5 ’ > 4 > Ν ’ Ἀ > ἈΝ 
των ἀνθρώπους εὐζώνους εἰς τὰ πλάγια. καὶ εἰς τὰ 
yw 
ἄκρα, ὅπως εἴ πού τί ποθεν" καθ-ορῷεν, σημαίνοιεν " 
2 7 \ ΄, ψ Ψ > ΄ 9 ε 
ἐκέλευε δὲ κάειν ἅπαντα ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν καυσίμῳ." οἱ 
δὲ ε A , 97> ὦ λῶ > ¥ x! 
€ ἱππεῖς σπειρόμενοι ἐφ᾽ ὅσον καλῶς εἶχεν ἔκαον, καὶ 
Ν Ν >” »¥ ’ 
οἵ πελτασταὶ ἐπι-παρ-ιόντες κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα Ekaov πάντα 
” A , ¥ 
ὅσα. καύσιμα ἑώρων, Kal ἡ στρατιὰ δέ, εἴ τινι παρα- 
ν nw » 
λειπομένῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν᾽ ὥὦστε πᾶσα ἡ χώρα αἴθεσθαι 
25 ΄, Ν Ν ΄ Ν > > Ν δὲ Ψ > 
ἐδόκει καὶ TO στράτευμα πολὺ εἶναι. ἐπεὶ OE WPA HV; 
12a. mid. of ἀπ-ὀλλῦμι. 2 (sc. quads) πορεύεσθαι παρασκευασαμένους, 
prepared in mind = having made up our minds that ete. 3 gloriously. tut 
is (ours) either. 5 βούλεται ταπεινῶσαι τοὺς etc. 8 speak boastfully as i} 


more prudent (than others). 7 for supper. 8 from any quarter. 9 crane 
bustible. ‘ 


BOOK VI. CHAP. III. 309 


. ’ 9: 4 , 3 ’ Ἁ ’ 
κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐπὶ λόφον ἐκ-βάντες, καὶ τά τε 
τῶν πολεμίων πυρὰ ἑώρων, ἀπεῖχον δὲ ὡς τετταράκοντα 
σταδίους, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα πυρὰ ἔκαον. 
> ‘ Ν > 4 ’ ’ Ν A 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν τάχιστα, παρ-ηγγέλθη τὰ πυρὰ 
κατα-σβεννύναιἡ πάντα. καὶ τὴν μὲν νύκτα φυλακὰς 
id > ’ ν A “~ ε , ’ 
ποιησάμενοι ἐκάθευδον: ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προσ-ευξά- 

- ε 4 
μενοι τοῖς θεοῖς, συνταξάμενοι ws εἰς μάχην ἐπορεύοντο 
ἡ ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. Τιμασίων δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἔχοντες 
τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ προ-ελαύνοντες ἐλάνθανον" αὑτοὺς 
- “ ν 
ἐπὶ τῷ λόφῳ γενόμενοι ἔνθα ἐπολιορκοῦντο οἱ Ἕλληνες. 
“ » 

καὶ οὐχ ὁρῶσιν οὔτε φίλιον στράτευμα οὔτε πολέμιον, 
Ν -“ 3 / x Ν τοῦ an Ν Ν 
[καὶ ταῦτα ἀπαγγέλλουσι πρὸς τὸν Ξενοφῶντα καὶ τὸ 
’ ᾿ 8 δὲ ‘ 4 
στράτευμα] γράδια ὅ δὲ καὶ γερόντια 
Ν an , Ν Ν Ν σι “ 5 
καὶ βοῦς καταλελειμμένους. καὶ TO μὲν πρῶτον θαῦμα 


καὶ πρόβατα ὀλίγα 


> Rie ‘ ΄ » \ \ A 

ἣν τί εἴη TO γεγενημένον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν καταλε- 
’, 3 , ν ε Ν “a 52 Χ 3 > 

λειμμένων ἐπυνθάνοντο ὅτι ot μὲν Θρᾷκες εὐθὺς ad 

ε ΄, ¥ > , 4 Ν Ν ‘ 7 

ἑσπέρας ᾧχοντο ἀπιόντες, ἕωθεν δὲ Kai τοὺς Ἕλληνας 

¥ » 9 , > > 4 

ἔφασαν οἴχεσθαι" ὅποι δέ, οὐκ εἰδέναι. 


They overtake the Arcadians in Calpe; why the latter abandoned 
their stronghold. 


Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες of ἀμφὶ Zevoddrvta, ἐπεὶ ἠρίστη- 
σαν, συσκευασάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο, βουλόμενοι ὡς τάχιστα 
΄, a Ἂ > , , Ν , 
oup-pi€at τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα. καὶ πορευό- 
c-~ A 7 ~ > Ud Ἀ > “Ὁ 
μενοι “ἑώρων τὸν στίβον τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν 
κατὰ τὴν [ἐπὶ Κάλπης] ὁδόν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς 
+. » ¥ , > , Nii» 6 
ταὐτόν, ἄσμενοί τε εἶδον ἀλλήλους Kal ἠσπάζοντο 
ν ἴω 
ὥσπερ ἀδελφούς. καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες τῶν περὶ 
—_ ΘᾺ, ’ Ν Ν , Ἢ “cc Ct aA A 
Ξενοφώντα τί τὰ πυρὰ κατα-σβέσειαν ἡμεῖς μὲν 


' quench. 82 before they were aware came upon ete 7 old women. 4 old 
men. 5 wonder. 6 greeted. 


2? 


22 


23 


24 


310 ANABASIS. 


oP ¥ ἐς » θ ΠΣ Ν bY “A > Ἀ A 
yap, ἔφασαν, “ᾧμεθα ὑμᾶς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, ἐπειδὴ τὰ 
πυρὰ οὐκέθ᾽ ἑωρῶμεν, τῆς νυκτὸς ἥξειν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολε- 
μίους " καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι δέ, ὥς γε ἡμῖν ἐδόκουν, τοῦτο 
δείσαντες ἀπῆλθον" σχεδὸν γὰρ ἀμφὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρό- 
3 “” > ‘ Ν > 5 4 ε Ν ’ 
νον ἀπ-ῇσαν. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀφ-ίκεσθε, ὁ δὲ χρόνος ἐξ- 
» ε A ’ Ν > e tal , 
ἧκεν, ᾧμεθα ὑμᾶς πυθομένους τὰ παρ᾽ ἡμῖν φοβηθέντας 
» θ > ὃ , | ld ns Ἁ 90.» ε "“ 
οἴχεσθαι ἀπο-δράντας ἐπὶ θάλατταν" καὶ ἐδόκει ἡμῖν 
\ > , 1 Sa 9 > ἈΝ ε A A 
μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι' ὑμῶν. οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς δεῦρο 
ἐπορεύθημεν." 
Description of the place and its surroundings. 
IV. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῦ ηὐλίζοντο ἐπὶ 
- i x οὔ 2 Ν a vi , Ν $2 , A ἃ 
τοῦ αἰγια πρὸς τῷ λιμένι. τὸ δὲ χωρίον τοῦτο ὃ 
A , 4 ¥ A > al , OS 
καλεῖται Κάλπης λιμὴν ἔστι μὲν ἐν TH Θράκῃ TH ἐν 
“~ 3 4 > ld \ ε ’ ν » Ἀ 3 x a 
τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ. ἀρξαμένη δὲ ἡ Θρᾷάκη αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ 
’ “Ὁ ’, ’ ε 4 οὖν Ν > 
στόματος τοῦ Πόντου μέχρι Ἡρακλείας ἐπὶ δεξιὰ is 
τὸν Πόντον εἰσ-πλέοντι καὶ τριήρει μέν ἐστιν εἰς 
ε , > , - 4 ε δ A 
Ηράκλειαν ἐκ Βυζαντίου κώπαις ἡ ἡμέρας" μακρᾶς 
lal > Ν ἰφὲ / ἂν Ν ε΄ Ἃ > ’, » 
πλοῦς" ἐν δὲ τῷ μέσῳ ἄλλη μὲν πόλις οὐδεμία οὔτε 
φιλία οὔτε Ἑλληνίς, ἀλλὰ Θρᾷκες Βιθυνοί᾽ καὶ ovs 
ἂν λάβωσι τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ἐκ-πίπτοντας ἢ ἄλλως πως, 
δεινὰ ὑβρίζειν λέγονται τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἷ 
ὋὉ δὲ Κάλπης λιμὴν ἐν μέσῳ μὲν κεῖται ἑκατέρωθεν 
πλεόντων ἐξ Ἡρακλείας καὶ Βυζαντίου, ἔστι δ᾽ ἐν τῇ 
θαλάττῃ προ-κείμενον χωρίον, τὸ μὲν ὃ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν 
A > lal , ᾿ 9 ν ν > , 
καθῆκον αὐτοῦ πέτρα ἀπορρώξ." ὑψος ὅπῃ ἐλάχιστον 
οὐ μεῖον εἴκοσιν ὀργυιῶν, ὁ δὲ αὐχὴν" ὁ εἰς τὴν γῆν 
ἀν-ήκων τοῦ χωρίου μάλιστα τεττάρων πλέθρων τὸ εὖρος" 
1 fall behind you. 2 beach. 3 to (one) sailing. 4 κώπη, oar. 5 ofa 
long day, according to Herodotus (4.86) = 700 stades or about 68 miles. ὃ cast 


upon the shore. 7 instead of αὐτούς to emphasize their nationality. 8 τὸ 
μὲν... αὐτοῦ, the part of it ete. 5 precipitous. W neck. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 811 


«“, 9 A A“ > 4 , ε Ν , 9 θ ’ 
τὸ δ᾽ ἐντὸς τοῦ αὐχένος χωρίον ἱκανὸν μυρίοις ἀνθρώ- 
ποις οἰκῆσαι. λιμὴν᾽' δ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῇ τῇ πέτρᾳ τὸ πρὸς 
ἑσπέ ἰγιαλὸν ἔ jyn δὲ ἡδέος ὕδατος καὶ 
ἑσπέραν αἰγιαλὸν ἔχων. κρήνη ἡδέος ς 
+ es et SLA a , α΄ ὧς a 
ἄφθονος ῥέουσα ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ TH θαλάττῃ ὑπὸ τῇ ἐπικρα- 
τείᾳ" τοῦ χωρίου. ξύλα δὲ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα, πάνυ 
δὲ Ν Ν Ἃ ᾿ Ἐπ FS J C EEL co! “ fa λ ’ 
€ πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ ναυπηγήσιμα “ ἐπ αὐτῇ TH θαλάττῃ. 
τὸ δὲ ὄρος εἰς μεσόγειαν μὲν ἀν-ήκει ὅσον ἐπὶ εἴκοσι 

΄ Ν na aA 4 er ἐν Ν δὲ Big 
σταδίους, καὶ τοῦτο γεῶδες ἡ καὶ ἄτλιθον᾽ τὸ δὲ παρὰ 

/ id x MEE, » ’ Ν A 
θάλατταν πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδίους δασὺ πολλοῖς 

a“ A »¥ 
kal παντοδαποῖς Kal μεγάλοις ξύλοις. ἡ δὲ addy 

, Ἀ ‘\ , Ν ~ > > ΄- > X 
χώρα πολλὴ καὶ καλή, Kal κωμαι ἐν αὑτῇ εἰσι TOA- 
Ὺ Ν Ν > 4 4 Ν ε ~ ‘\ ‘\ 4 
Aat καὶ oikovpevar’ φέρει yap ἡ γῆ καὶ κριθὰς Kat 

ἈΝ 
πυροὺς καὶ ὄσπριαῦ πάντα καὶ μελίνας καὶ σήσαμα 
\ 6 2 A \ > ΄ \ <> Xe 
καὶ σῦκα“ ἀρκοῦντα καὶ ἀμπέλους πολλὰς καὶ ἡδυ- 
οίνους καὶ τἄλλα πάντα πλὴν ἐλαῶν ὃ 
‘H μὲν χώρα ἦν τοιαύτη. 


The army refuse to camp on the promontory, suspecting their 
generals of a plot to colonize it. 


3 5» ἴω nw ~ 5 4 

Εσκήνουν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ αἰγιαλῷ πρὸς τῇ θαλάττῃ᾽ εἰς δὲ 
Ν , 9 ἃ ΄ > > , 
TO... πόλισμα" ἂν γενόμενον οὐκ ἐβούλοντο στρα- 
τοπεδεύεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἐδόκει καὶ τὸ ἐλθεῖν ἐνταῦθα ἐξ 
5 ΄-»ὠ > ld “ 4 , 
ἐπιβουλῆς εἶναι, βουλομένων τινῶν κατ-οικίσαι πόλιν. 
τῶν γὰρ στρατιωτῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι ἦσαν οὐ σπάνει ἢ βίου 
3 , >. 4 , Ν Ἔν ji > Ν Ν 
ἐκ-πεπλευκότες ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν μισθοφοράν." ἀλλὰ τὴν 
Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἀκούοντες. οἱ μὲν καὶ ἄνδρας ἄγοντες. οἱ 
Ν Ἁ 
δὲ καὶ προσ-ανηλωκότες " χρήματα, καὶ τούτων ἕτεροι 
ἀπο-δεδρακότες πατέρας καὶ μητέρας, οἱ δὲ καὶ τέκνα 


1 se. ἐστί. 2 under the command of = commanded by. 3 ship-building. 
4 earthy, i.e. has a deep soil. 5 pulse. 8 figs. 7 producing sweet wine. 
8 olives. ® eis... γενόμενον = εἰς τὸ χωρίον ὃ ἐγένετο ἂν πόλισμα (town). 


10 scarcity, want. 11 = service for pay. 12 προσ-αναλίσκω, expend besides. 


10 


1 


312 ANABASIS. 


καταλιπόντες ὡς χρήματ᾽ αὐτοῖς κτησάμενοι ἥξοντες᾽ 
4 > ,ὕ \ ‘ » Ν Ν 4 
πάλιν, ἀκούοντες καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς παρὰ Κύρῳ 
Χ Ν > Ν , a > »” 
πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ πράττειν. τοιοῦτοι οὖν ὄντες ἐπό- 
θουν᾽ εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα σώζεσθαι. 


After the burial of the dead, it is decreed that any proposition 
to separate the forces hereafter shall be treated as a capital 
offence ; death of Chirisophus. 

> Ν ‘\ e 7 2 ε ’ » id ~ > } eae 

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑστέρα" ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τῆς εἰς ταὐτὸν 
συνόδου, ἐπ᾽ ἐξόδῳ ἐθύετο Ξενοφῶν: ἀνάγκη yap ἣν 
ee Ν 3 ’ 3 Ud > 4 ἈΝ ‘ Ν ἣ ‘ 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξάγειν" ἐπ-ενόει δὲ Kal τοὺς νεκροὺς 

’, > ‘ δὲ Ν ε Ν > , 3 9 ἈΝ e > 
θάπτειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐγένετο ὃ εἵποντο καὶ οἱ “Ap- 
κάδες, καὶ τοὺς μὲν νεκροὺς τοὺς πλείστους ἔνθαπερ 

» εὖ », 2 "ὃ Ν > a. 4 

ἔπεσον ἑκάστους ἔθαψαν: ἤδη yap ἦσαν πεμπταῖοι 

καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀν-αιρεῖν ἔτι ἦν" ἐνίους δὲ τοὺς ἐκ 
A ες κα ΄ δ ᾿ > “ ε , ἃ 6 
τῶν ὁδῶν συν-ενεγκόντες" ἔθαψαν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων 

ε > , , ἃ ἈΝ ν ν 

ὡς ἐδύναντο κάλλιστα: οὖς δὲ μὴ εὕρισκον, κενοτά- 

φιονῖ αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν μέγα, καὶ στεφάνους ἐπ-έθεσαν. 

ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσαντες ἀν-εχώρησαν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 

καὶ τότε μὲν δειπνήσαντες ἐκοιμήθησαν. τῇ δὲ ὕστε- 

ραίᾳ συνῆλθον οἱ στρατιῶται πάντες" συν-ἣγε δὲ μά- 
ε 

λιστα ᾿Αγασίας τε Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς καὶ Ἱερώνυμος 

Ἠλεῖος λοχαγὸς καὶ ἄλλοι οἱ πρεσβύτατοι τῶν ᾽ΔἈρ- 

κάδων. καὶ δόγμα ἐποιήσαντο, ἐάν τις τοῦ λοιποῦ" 

“9 10 Ν , a θ , 2X 
μνησθῃ" δίχα ἢ τὸ στράτευμα ποιεῖν, θανάτῳ αὐτὸν 

12 


ζημιοῦσθαι, καὶ κατὰ χώραν" ἀπιέναι ἧπερ πρόσθεν 


εἶχε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ ἄρχειν τοὺς πρόσθεν στρατης- 


1 long to. 3. ὑστέρα τῆς συνόδου, later than = after, the union. 3 sc. καλά. 
* five days (dead). * cuu-pépw. ὃ from ther existing (resources). * ceno- 
taph. 8 in the future. 9 make mention, propose. 10 δίχα ποιεῖν = divide. 


11 ζημιόω, punish. 3 that the army go away (i.e. homeward) in the (military) 
order in which ete. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 818 


xO , 
yous. Kal Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἤδη ἐτετελευτήκει φάρμα- 
1 \ : 2 Ν δ᾽ > la , 3 a 
kov' πιὼν πυρέττων “ἦ τὰ ἐκείνου Νέων ᾿Ασιναῖος 


παρ-έλαβε. 


Supplies failing, Xenophon urges their departure, but the omens are 
unfavorable; suspected of corrupting the seer, he invites any 
who will to witness the omens on the morrow. 


Mera δὲ ταῦτα ἀναστὰς εἶπε Ξενοφῶν, ““Ὦ avdpes 
» Ν Ἁ 4 ε ¥ “Ὁ 9 “ 
στρατιῶται, τὴν μὲν πορείαν, ὡς ἔοικε, [δῆλον ὅτι] πεζῇ 
ποιητέον" οὐ γὰρ ἔστι πλοῖα" ἀνάγκη δὲ πορεύεσθαι 
ὃ é > Ν 3,» ’ Ν > 19 ε a > ”? 
ἤδη οὐ yap ἔστι μένουσι τὰ EmiTHdELA. ἡμεῖς οὖν, 
ἔφη, ““θυσόμεθα: ὑμᾶς δὲ δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι ὡς 
/ » ‘ » ε Ν gs 
μαχουμένους εἰ ποτε Kal ἄλλοτε" οἱ yap πολέμιοι ἀνα- 
τεθαρρήκασιν.᾽ ὃ 
3 4 > , ε ’ la A al 
Ex τούτου ἐθύοντο οἱ στρατηγοί, μάντις δὲ παρῆν 
᾿Αρηξίων ᾿Αρκάς: ὁ δὲ Σιλανὸς 6 ᾿Αμπρακιώτης ἤδη 
ἀπ-εδεδράκει πλοῖον μισθωσάμενος ἐξ Ἡρακλείας. θυο- 
7 \ | me, “ > ’ > > ’ δὲ ε La 4 
μένοις δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφ-όδῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά. ταύτην 
μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπαύσαντο. καί τινες ἐτόλμων 
λέγειν ὡς ὁ Ξενοφῶν βουλόμενος τὸ χωρίον οἰκίσαι 


z 4 
πέπεικε 


Ν , , ε So He Ν 5 A fea 
τὸν μάντιν λέγειν ὡς τὰ ἱερὰ οὐ γίγνεται ἐπὶ 
> “ὃ 3 A θ “ξ a A A 4 ΑΝ XN 
ἀφόδῳ. ἐντεῦθεν κηρύξας τῇ αὔριον παρεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν 
θυσίαν τὸν βουλόμενον, καὶ μάντις εἴ τις εἴη; παραγ- 
γείλας παρεῖναι ὡς συν-θεασόμενον τὰ ἱερά, ἔθυε" καὶ 
ἐνταῦθα παρῆσαν πολλοί. θυομένῳ δὲ πάλιν εἰς τρὶς ὃ 
2X “a > “ὃ » διε Ν ε , > 4 
emt τῇ ἀφόδῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά. ἐκ τούτου 
Ὁ“ > »"» 

χαλεπῶς εἶχον οἱ στρατιῶται: καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἐπι- 
ia fay 

τήδεια ἐπ-έλιπεν ἃ ἔχοντες ἦλθον, καὶ ἀγορὰ οὐδεμία 
παρῆν. 


1 drug. 2 have a fever. 3 ἀνα-θαρρέω, regain courage + πείθω. 
® for the third time. 


1 


16 


17 


18 


19 


20 


21 


22 


814 ANABASIS, 


The omens being still unfavorable, ἐξ is proposed to send out a 
foraging expedition; Xenophon declines the command. 


Ἔκ τούτον συν-ελθόντων εἶπε πάλιν Ἐενοφῶν, “'O 
» “ ε “ 
ἄνδρες, ἐπὶ μὲν τῇ πορείᾳ, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, τὰ ἱερὰ οὔπω 
γίγνεται: τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς δεομένους " 
> , “ lal 
ἀνάγκη οὖν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι θύεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ Tovrov.” 
ἀναστάς τις εἶπε, “Kat εἰκότως ἄρα ἡμῖν οὐ γίγνεται 
‘ ’ “ « ν 
τὰ ἱερά: ὡς γὰρ ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου χθὲς ἥκοντος 

¥ 

πλοίου ἤκουσά τινος ὅτι Κλέανδρος ὁ ἐκ Βυζαντίου 
ε Ν , ν tad Ν , ¥ ”? 
ἁρμοστὴς μέλλει ἥξειν πλοῖα καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων. 

> A 

Ex τούτου δὲ ἀναμένειν μὲν πᾶσιν ἐδόκει" ἐπὶ δὲ τὰ 

͵΄ > Ν \ 
ἐπιτήδεια ἀνάγκη ἦν ἐξιέναι. καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ πάλιν 
ἐθύετο εἰς τρίς, καὶ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά" καὶ ἤδη καὶ 
ἐπὶ σκηνὴν ἰόντες τὴν Ἐενοφῶντος ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐκ 
ἔχοιεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ὁ δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἔφη ἐξ-αγαγεῖν μὴ 
γιγνομένων τῶν ἱερῶν. 
’ “~ -“ 

Καὶ πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο, καὶ σχεδόν ἢ τι πᾶσα 
ἡ στρατιά, διὰ τὸ μέλειν ἅπασιν, ἐκυκλοῦντο περὶ τὰ 
ἱερά: τὰ δὲ θύματα ὅ ἐπ-ελελοίπει. οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ 
ἐξῆγον μὲν ov, συνεκάλεσαν δέ. εἶπεν οὖν Ἐενοφῶν, 
“Ἴσως οἱ πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι εἰσὶ καὶ ἀνάγκη 
ἄς . 3 3 λι 4 Ν 4 > a 
μάχεσθαι: εἰ οὖν καταλιπόντες [τὰ σκεύη] ἐν τῷ 
> κά , ε 9 , ͵΄ ¥ 
ἐρυμνῷ χωρίῳ ὡς εἰς μάχην παρ-εσκευασμένοι ἴοιμεν, 

7 e ad > 4 
ἴσως ἂν τὰ ἱερὰ προχωροίη" ἡμῖν." ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἱ 
“ id > Ν , 
στρατιῶται ἀν-έκραγον ὡς οὐδὲν δέον" εἰς τὸ χωρίον 
» ᾿ ΄ . 
ἄγειν, ἀλλὰ θύεσθαι ὡς τάχιστα. καὶ πρόβατα μὲν 
A 32. . 

οὐκέτι ἦν, βοῦς δὲ ὑπὸ ἁμάξης πριάμενοι ἐθύοντο 

7} yesterday. 2 somewhat nearly = pretty nearly. 8 the victims failed 
* strony. δ go forward = be favorable. 6 ace. abs., or sc. εἴη, there was no 


BOOK VI. CHAP. IV. 315 


καὶ Ἐενοφῶν Kyedvopos’ ἐδεήθη τοῦ ᾿Αρκάδος προ- 
θύεσθαι 3 εἴ τι ἐν τούτῳ εἴη. GAN οὐδ᾽ ws ἐγένετο. 


Neon, leading forth a foraging party, suffers heavy loss, and taking 
refuge on a hill, is rescued by Xenophon. 


Νέων δὲ ἦν μὲν στρατηγὸς κατὰ τὸ Χειρισόφου 
, > ‘ Yl OE ‘ > 0 , ε > A δ 
μέρος, ἐπεὶ δέ ἑώρα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὡς εἶχον δεινῶς 
“ > ’ , > “A 
τῇ ἐνδείᾳ, βουλόμενος αὐτοῖς 
,’ ε ’ +” 
χαρίζεσθαι, εὑρών τινα ἄνθρω- 
ε , ἃ » 4 
mov Ἡρακλεώτην, os ἔφη κώμας 
> Ν > 7 . » ἴω A 
ἐγγὺς εἰδέναι ὅθεν εἴη λαβεῖν τὰ 
> / > 4 Ν ’ 
ἐπιτήδεια, ἐκήρυξε τὸν βουλό- 
μενον ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὡς 
ἡγεμόνος ἐσομένου. ἐξέρχονται 
δὴ σὺν Sopatios® καὶ ἀσκοῖς καὶ 
θυλάκοις καὶ ἄλλοις ἀγγείοις ὃ εἰς 
δισχιλίους ἀνθρώπους. ἐπειδὴ δὲ 





ἀσκός. 


> a , Ν ’ ε ~ ἢ Ν 
ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ δι-εσπείροντο ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ λαμ- 
, 3 4 > a) ε , ε “ 
βάνειν, ἐπιπίπτουσιν αὐτοῖς οἱ Φαρναβάζου ἱππεῖς 
πρῶτοι" βεβοηθηκότες γὰρ ἦσαν τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, βουλό- 
μενοι σὺν τοῖς Βιθυνοῖς, εἰ δύναιντο, ἀπο-κωλῦσαι τοὺς 
λληνας μὴ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Φρυγίαν" οὗτοι οἱ ἱππεῖς 
ἀποκτείνουσι τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὐ μεῖον πεντακοσίους" οἱ 
δὲ Ν ἄγονα, Ν »” > , 
€ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀν-έφυγον. 
3 , > td “ “ > , 
Ex τούτου ἀπαγγέλλει τις ταῦτα τῶν ἀποφυγόντων 
5 Ν , Ἀγ πα “A > Ν > 3 , 
εἰς TO στρατόπεδον. Kal ὁ Ξενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐγεγένητο 
Ν ε \ ’ “ ε , Ν ‘al ε > ε , > 
τὰ ἱερὰ ταύτῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ, λαβὼν βοῦν ὑφ᾽ ἁμάξης, οὐ 
\ > » ε a“ , 39 , ‘ ε 
γὰρ ἦν ἄλλα ἱερεῖα, σφαγιασάμενος ἐβοήθει καὶ οἵ 
ΕΝ 
ἄλλοι οἱ μέχρι τριάκοντα ἐτῶν ἅπαντες. καὶ ἀναλα- 


Ὁ gen. 2 direct the sacrifice. 3 i.e. καλόν τι. 4 κατὰ τὸ μέρος, in place 
of ὃ ὡς etc., in what a terrible condition. 8 spears. 7 sacks. 8 vessels. 


23 


25 


26 


27 


2 


3 


316 AN ABASIS. 


, ‘ ‘ ¥” > Ν ΄ 3 
βόντες τοὺς λοιποὺς ἄνδρας εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ade 
an ‘ "ὃ Ν > Ν ey 7] ee dee. Ν ε 
κνοῦνται. καὶ ἤδη μὲν ἀμφὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ὁ ἦν καὶ οἱ 
y v2 52 9 ¥ > A \ 
EdAnves μάλ᾽ ἀθύμως ἔχοντες ἐδειπνοποιοῦντο, καὶ 
ἐξαπίνης διὰ τῶν λασίων" τῶν Βιθυνῶν τινες ἐπιγενό- 
μενοι τοῖς προφύλαξι τοὺς μὲν κατέκανον τοὺς δὲ 
ἐδίωξαν μέχρι εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον. καὶ κραυγῆς γενο- 
id > Ν ν ’ 3» e 9 Ν 
μένης εἰς τὰ ὅπλα πάντες ἔδραμον οἱ Ἕλληνες " καὶ 
διώκειν μὲν καὶ κινεῖν τὸ στρατόπεδον νυκτὸς οὐκ 
ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι: δασέα γὰρ ἣν τὰ χωρία" ἐν δὲ 
“ ν 5 ’ ’ὔ’ ε “a tA 
τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐνυκτέρευον φυλαττόμενοι ἱκανοῖς φύλαξι. 


Returning, they fortify the stronghold; the omens being favorable, 
Xenophon leads forth a division. 


V. Τὴν μὲν νύκτα οὕτω δι-ήγαγον᾽ ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέ 
. Τὴν μὲν νύκτα οὕτω δι-ἤγαγον᾽ ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 
Ν > “ 
οἱ στρατηγοὶ εἰς τὸ ἐρυμνὸν χωρίον ἡγοῦντο" οἱ δὲ 
9 > , Ἀ ν Ν Ν , Ν Ν 
εἵποντο ἀναλαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη. πρὶν δὲ 
v7 be > > δι. δ ὦ ¥ ὃ > 3 
ἀρίστου ὥραν εἶναι ἀπ-ετάφρευσαν ὅ 7 ἡ εἴσοδος ἣν εἰς 
τὸ χωρίον, καὶ ἀπ-εσταύρωσαν᾽ ἅπαν, καταλιπόντες 

ra] A @ » 
τρεῖς πύλας. καὶ πλοῖον ἐξ Ἡρακλείας ἧκεν ἄλφιτα 
ἄγον καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ οἶνον. 
a Ν ’ 
Πρῷ δ᾽ ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν ἐθύετο ἐπ᾽ ἐξόδῳ, καὶ γίγνε- 
S24 ΟἿ Ὁ ΒΤ. an , ε ΄, Ν 45) aN 
ται τὰ iepa® ἐπὶ rod πρώτου ἱερείουι καὶ ἤδη τέλος 
> , Led ε “Ὁ ε ”~ > Ν 7 ε ’ 3 , 
ἐχόντων τῶν ἱερῶν ὁρᾷ ἀετὸν atovov' ὁ μάντις ᾿Αρηξίων 
Παρράσιος, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι κελεύει τὸν Ἐενοφῶντα. καὶ 
, Ν 4 Ν ν 4 Ν > / 
διαβάντες τὴν τάφρον τὰ ὅπλα τίθενται, Kal ἐκήρυξαν 
“A ν 
ἀριστήσαντας ἐξιέναι τοὺς στρατιώτας σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, 


4 τὸν δὲ ὄχλον καὶ τὰ ἀνδράποδα αὐτοῦ κατα-λιπεῖν. οἱ 


μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐξῇσαν, Νέων δὲ οὐ" ἐδόκει γὰρ 


1 s.cting. 2 τὰ λάσια, the thickets. 3 cut off with a trench (the side) 
where etc. 4 fence off with a palisade. 5 sc. καλά, as in 6.4% 8 upon the 
ate., as in ἐπὶ Κύρου. 7 lucky. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. V. 317 


4 > rn , A ᾿ ΤῊΝ San es, 
κράτισιον εἶναι τοῦτον φύλακα καταλιπεῖν τῶν ἐπὶ 
A A 7 
στρατοπέδου. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οἱ λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται 
ae, ee Reg > , oe | 3 ? θ “ 
ἀπέλειπον αὐτόν, αἰσχυνόμενοι μὴ“ ἐφ-έπεσθαι τῶν 
Ἂ» 3 7 ΄ 3 a Ν Bay , Ν 
ἄλλων ἐξιόντων, κατέλιπον αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὑπὲρ πέντε καὶ 
’ ¥ ‘ e A » ε > » 
τετταράκοντα ἔτη. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ἔμενον, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι 
ἐπορεύοντο. 


Proceed‘ng to the scene of Neon’s defeat, they bury the dead. While 
foraging, the enemy appear; preparation for battle. 


id 

Πρὶν δὲ πεντεκαίδεκα στάδια δι-εληλυθέναι ἐν-έτυχον 
non νεκροῖς" καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν τοῦ κέρατος ποιησάμενοι 
κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους φανέντας νεκροὺς ἔθαπτον πάντας 
ee 4 4 2 , x , flanks x δ ΄ 
ὁπόσους ἐπελάμβανε τὸ κέρας. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς πρώτους 
ἔθαψαν, προαγαγόντες καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν αὖθις ποιησάμενοι 
κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἀ-τάφων" ἔθαπτον τὸν αὐτὸν 

δ ε ’ » ΄- 6 e , > ‘ Ν > 
τρόπον ὁπόσους ἐπελάμβανεν ἡ oTpatid.. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς 

Ν 500 e Ν > A a » θ Ψ > , 

THY ὁδὸν ἧκον THY ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν, ἔνθα ἔκειντο ἀθρόοι, 
συνενεγκόντες Ἷ αὐτοὺς ἔθαψαν. : 

"8 δὲ , ὰ 8 A ets , 

On O€ TEPA μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας MpoayaryovTes 
7 ’ “ “ 

τὸ στράτευμα ἔξω τῶν κωμῶν ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
9 ε ’, > Ν A , 4... Φ id TE 
ὅτι τις ὁρῴη ἐντὸς τῆς φάλαγγος, Kal ἐξαίφνης ὁρῶσι 

Ν 
τοὺς πολεμίους ὑπερβάλλοντας κατὰ λόφους τινὰς ἐκ 
τοῦ ἐναντίου, τεταγμένους ἐπὶ φάλαγγος ἱππέας τε 

Ν Ἁ 
πολλοὺς καὶ πεζούς " καὶ γὰρ Σπιθριδάτης καὶ Ῥαθίνης 
4 Ν ΄ 
ἧκον παρὰ Φαρναβάζου ἔχοντες τὴν δύναμιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
τὸ ὺς Ἕλλ L πολέ Ξ ἐπέ 
κατ-εῖδον τοὺς νας οἱ πολέμιοι, ἔστησαν ἀπέχον- 
bE nae! Ψ 
τες αὐτῶν ὅσον πεντεκαίδεκα σταδίους. ἐκ τούτου 
> Ἀ 3 ’ ε , “ 

εὐθὺς ᾿Αρηξίων [ὁ μάντις τῶν Ἑλλήνων] σφαγιάζεται, 

1 of the (things) in (lit. on) camp. 2 not to follow when the others ete. 
8 bringing the rear of their column beside etc. * as many as their line embra«ed. 


δ᾽ unburied. ὃ Thus the dead were strewn over two lengths of the line (κέ. as}. 
1 fr. συμ-Φέρω. 8 μεσόω, be middle. 


10 


ll 


12 


13 


318 ANABASIS. 


καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου καλὰ τὰ σφάγια. ἔνθα δὴ 
lal λ , “ a a > 3, ὃ ’ 9 
Ξενοφῶν λέγει, “Δοκεῖ pot, ὦ avdpes στρατηγοί, ἐπι- 
τάξασθαι' τῇ φάλαγγι λόχους φύλακας ἵν᾽, ἄν που δέῃ. 
> ε > , ~ 4 Ἀ ε ’ 
ὦσιν οἱ ἐπιβοηθήσοντες τῇ φάλαγγι καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι 
τεταραγμένοι ἐμπίπτωσιν εἰς τεταγμένους καὶ ἀκεραίους. * 
a “ “ct “ \ , 3 »¥ (a4 
συνεδόκει TAVTA πασιν. Ὑμεῖς μὲν τοίνυν, ἔφη; ““προ- 
ἡγεῖσθε τὴν" πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους, ὡς μὴ ἑστήκωμεν," 
> Ἀ »¥ θ δ Ἀ ἴδ Ν λ ’ é > Ἁ δὲ 
ἐπεὶ ὠφθημενδ καὶ εἴδομεν τοὺς πολεμίους" ἐγὼ δὲ 
ἥξω τοὺς τελευταίους λόχους καταχωρίσας ἧπερ ὑμῖν 
a>? 
δοκεῖ. 


Continuing their march they reach a ravine, where, after consulta- 
tion, it is decided to cross and engage the enemy. 


Ἦ 4 ε Ν ° 7 A ε δὲ A 3 
κ τούτου οἱ μὲν ἥσυχοι΄ προ-ῆἣγον, ὁ δὲ τρεῖς ad- 
λ Ν Ν λ ’, , - ee. ὃ ’, » ὃ \ ΘΝ 
ελὼν τὰς τελευταίας τάξεις ἀνὰ διακοσίους ἄνδρας τὴν 
μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν ἐπέτρεψεν ἐφ-έπεσθαι ἀπολιπόντας 
ῃ ΄ Η , > ΝΥ ΄ > a , x 
ὡς πλέθρον" Σαμόλας ᾿Αχαιὸς ταύτης ἦρχε τῆς τάξεως 
Ν ον, Se ~ id > ’ ν . ’ > ἈΝ 
τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ μέσῳ ἐχώρισεν ἕπεσθαι" Πυρρίας ᾿Αρκὰς 
ταύτης ἦρχε᾽ τὴν δὲ μίαν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ Φρασίας 
3 “a 4 > , 9, , > Ἁ » 
Αθηναῖος ταύτῃ ἐφ-ειστήκει. προϊόντες δέ, ἐπεὶ ἐγέ. 
vovto οἱ ἡγούμενοι ἐπὶ νάπει μεγάλῳ καὶ δυσπόρῳ. 
ἔστησαν ἀγνοοῦντες εἰ διαβατέον εἴη τὸ νάπος. καὶ 
παρεγγυῶσι“ στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς παριέναι ἐπὶ 
Ν ε 4 s ε “A 0 , 9 Ν 
τὸ ἡγούμενον. καὶ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν θαυμάσας ὅτι τὸ 
ἴσχον εἴη τὴν πορείαν καὶ ταχὺ ἀκούων τὴν παρεγ- 
γύην," ἐλαύνει ἧ τάχιστα. ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, λέγει 
, , BY a “ Ψ li 

Lopaiveros πρεσβύτατος ὧν τῶν στρατηγῶν ὅτι βουλῆς 

> ᾿», 2 > , > + lal , 
οὐκ ἄξιον εἴη εἰ διαβατέον ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον νάπος. 

1 station companies as reserves (φύλακας) behind the phalanz. 2 fresh 
3 sc. ὅδόν, on the road. ἋἍ4 may not be standing, showing fear thereby. 5 were 


seen, fr. dpdw. 8 after arranging separately. 7 quietly. 8 τὴν μὲν τάξιν 
® pass the word, command. Ὁ command. 1 consideration. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. V. 319 


Kat ὁ Ἐενοφῶν σπουδῇ ὑπολαβὼν ἔλεξεν " 
“?ANN ἴστε μέν. με, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδένα πω κίνδυνον 
2. οὐ γὰρ δόξης ὅ ὁρῶ 


δεομένους ὑμᾶς εἰς ἀνδρειότητα,ἡ ἀλλὰ σωτηρίας. νῦν 


, | ΝᾺ 2 , % 
προξενήσαντα ὑμῖν ἐθελούσιον 


ὃ Ν Ψ 3,» 2 3 ‘ A > θ ΄ ὃ > ¥ > 0 σ ἃς 
€ OUTWS EXEL αμάᾶχει μεν ενῦενοε OUK εστιν απελῦειν 
Δ Ν Ν ε A ¥ a Ν , a ean 
nv γαρ μὴ Ἴμεις ιωμεν επι τους πολεμίους, ουτοι μιν 
ε , > , ν Ν > an ε an Ἀ 
OTTOT QV AT L@ [LEV ἐψονται και επι-πεέεσουνται. ορατε δὴ 


πότερον κρεῖττον 


52 “δι Ν ὟΝ ’ 
ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας προβαλομένους 
, ¢ AG ‘ ” θ eon 9 , Ν 
τὰ ὅπλα 1” μετα-βαλομένους οπισθεν ἡμῶν ἐπιόντας τοὺς 

’ ~ » Fd 9 ἣν Ν 3 ’ 
πολεμίους θεᾶσθαι. ἴστε μέντοι ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἀπιέναι 
24 λ ’, i) Ν λ LOD Ν δὲ 24 7 θ Ν 
ἀπὸ πολεμίων οὐδενὶ καλῷ ΄ ἔοικε, τὸ δὲ ἐφέπεσθαι καὶ 

lal ’ Ἶ 8 5 »" > Ἀ -“ ro x» . 

τοῖς κακίοσι θάρρος " ἐμ-ποιεῖ. ἐγὼ γοῦν novoy av σὺν 
x 

ἡμίσεσιν ἐπ-ιοίΐην ἢ σὺν διπλασίοις ἀπο-χωροίην. καὶ 


, 9 75 ν > ΄ \ e a > ε a > ΄ , 
τούτους  οἱὸ OTL, ἐπιόντων μὲν μων, OVO υμεις ἐλπίζετε 


5 Ν fog e A > / \ 4 5 , 
αὐτοὺς δέξεσθαι ἡμᾶς, ἀπιόντων δὲ πάντες ἐπιστάμεθα 
ὅτι τολμήσουσιν ἐφ-έπεσθαι. τὸ δὲ διαβάντας ὄπι- 

‘ ’ὔ ᾿ Ν la 4 4 
σθεν νάπος χαλεπὸν ποιήσασθαι μέλλοντας μάχεσθαι 

S23 2°. % Ν ε , ¥ “ \ Ν ΄ 
ap οὐχὶ καὶ ἁρπάσαι ἄξιον ; τοῖς μὲν γὰρ πολεμίοις 
> A /, “ἡ » ’ 7 9 > 
ἐγὼ βουλοίμην av εὔπορα πάντα φαίνεσθαι ὥστε ἀπο- 

Oe ΠΛ τ γα δὲ δ Φ'΄ 4, lal 4 ὃ A ὃ ΄ὔ 
χωρεῖν "" ἡμᾶς δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίου δεῖ διδάσκεσθαι 
΄ > » \ an 12 ,ὔ 4 > ¥ 
ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι μὴ νικῶσι" σωτηρίας. θαυμάζω δ᾽ ἔγωγε 

\ \ , A » A \ , 5. 
καὶ τὸ νάπος τοῦτο εἴ τις μᾶλλον φοβερὸν νομίζει εἶναι 

a ¥ a , , A \ \ 
τῶν ἄλλων ὧν δια-πεπορεύμεθα χωρίων. πῶς yap δὴ 
διαβατὸν τὸ πεδίον, εἰ μὴ νικήσομεν τοὺς ἱππέας ; πῶς 

a 
δὲ ἃ διεληλύθαμεν ὄρη, ἢν πελτασταὶ τοσοίδε ἐφ- 

,’ xa nw 

ἔπωνται; ἢν δὲ δὴ Kal σωθῶμεν ἐπὶ θάλατταν, πόσον "ἢ 


1 introduce. 2 willingly. 3 reputation. * valor. 5 (se. ἡμᾶς) mpo- 
βαλομένους ἰέναι etc. ὃ sc. ἡμᾶς, that we reversing (our arms) see etc. 7 re- 
sembles nothing noble. 8 courage. 9 Prolepsis. 10 7d δὲ μέλλοντας 


μάχεσθαι διαβάντας ποιήσασθαι etc., for those who intend to fight after crossing, to 
put @ difficult ravine in their rear is not (this an advantage) worth while to grasp? 
4 80 that they would withdraw. 12 to such as do not congue. 18 how great 
a sort of. 


14 


16 


18 


20 


v1 


22 


23 


24 


25 


320 ANABASIS. 


’ 3,» ε2 A 
τι νάπος ὁ Πόντος ; ἔνθα οὔτε πλοῖα ἔστι τὰ ἀπ-άξοντα 


οὗτε σῖτος ᾧ θρεψόμεθα μένοντες, δεήσει δέ, ἢν θᾶττον 


9 a , 4 A ’, 3 , 4: ἃ ‘ > / 
ἐκεῖ γενώμεθα, θᾶττον πάλιν ἐξιέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 
2 νῦν κρεῖττον ἠριστηκότας μάχεσθαι ἢ αὔριον 
ἀν-αρίστους. ἄνδρες, τά τε ἱερὰ ἡμῖν καλὰ οἵ TE οἰω- 
Ν » ’ 4 / » φιςπ Ν 
vol auto. Ta τε σφάγια κάλλιστα ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς 


> lal 
OUKOUV 


¥ - aA οὴα 4 3 Ν 4, Ἂς 5 
ἄνδρας. οὐ δεῖ ἔτι τούτους, ἐπεὶ ἡμᾶς πάντως εἶδον. 
ἡδέ ὃ A δ᾽ 9 » θέ A 3 
ἡδέως δειπνῆσαι οὐδ᾽ ὅπου ἂν θέλωσι σκηνῆσαι. 


After crossing the ravine, cheered on by Xenophon, the Greeks join 
with and defeat the enemy. 


Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον, καὶ οὐδεὶς 
ἀντ-έλεγε. καὶ ὃς ἡγεῖτο thas ὃ ( ὯΝ 
ἀντ-έλεγε. ὃς ἡγεῖτο, παραγγείλας διαβαίνειν ᾧ 
ν > “ / 4 A > 
ἕκαστος ἐτύγχανε τοῦ νάπους ὦν: θᾶττον yap ἀθρόον 
25 , 4 ἃ y , , \ , x 3 
ἐδόκει ἂν οὕτω πέραν γενέσθαι τὸ στράτευμα ἢ εἰ 

\ \ , ἃν 2... A , > = > i ἂχ 
κατὰ τὴν γέφυραν ἣ ἐπὶ TO νάπει ἣν ἐξεμηρύοντο. ἐπεὶ 

Ἁ ᾽’ A A A , 
δὲ δι-έβησαν, παριὼν παρὰ τὴν φάλαγγα ἔλεγεν * 

“cr ὃ 5 4 θ Ψ δὴ , Ν A 

Avopes, ἀνα-μιμνήσκεσθε ὅσας δὴ μάχας σὺν τοῖς 
θεοῖς ὁμόσε ἰόντες νενικήκατε καὶ οἷα πάσχουσιν οἱ 
πολεμίους φεύγοντες, καὶ τοῦτο ἐν-νοήσατε ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς 
θύραις τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐσμέν. ἀλλ᾽ ἕπεσθε ἡγεμόνι τῷ 
Ἡρακλεῖ καὶ ἀλλήλους παρα-καλεῖτε ὀνομαστί" ἡδύ" 
τοι ἀνδρεῖόν τι καὶ καλὸν νῦν εἰπόντα καὶ ποιήσαντα 

᾿ > e 52 7 , ε “>? 
μνήμην ἐν οἷς ἐθέλει παρέχειν ἑαυτοῦ. 

A lal ‘ 

Ταῦτα παρελαύνων ἔλεγε Kat ἅμα ὑφηγεῖτο ἐπὶ 
φάλαγγος, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς ἑκατέρωθεν ποιησάμενοι 

A 
ἐπορεύοντο ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους. παρήγγελτο δὲ τὰ μὲν 

1 fr. τρέφω. 2 certainly. 8 wherever (of) in the ravine. 4 ἐδόκει (he 
thought) γὰρ τὸ στράτευμα ἂν οὕτω θᾶττον γενέσθαι πέραν ἀθρόον ἢ εἶ ἐξεμηρύοντο 
(defile) etc. 5 by name. 6 ἡδύ τοι it is pleasant, you know, (by) saying 


ete., to secure a remembrance (μνήμην) of himself among ete. 7 lead on 
tn battle array. 


ι 


BOOK Vl. CHAP. Υ. 321 


ὃ ’ Pe Ν ὃ Ν εν 1 » 9 ? “~ 
όρατα ἐπὶ τὸν δεξιὸν dpov'’ ἔχειν, ἕως σημαίνοι τῇ 
σάλπιγγι" ἔπειτα δὲ εἰς προβολὴν ὅ καθ-έντας ὃ ἕπεσθαι 
, | ὃ , ὃ ’ ὃ ’ 3 , ΄ θ 
βάδην καὶ μηδένα δρόμῳ διώκειν. ἐκ τούτου σύνθημα 
’ “ ‘ / ε Xn ε , > ε δὲ / 
παρ-ἥει “Ζεὺς σωτήρ, Ἡρακλῆς ἡγεμών. ot 0€ πολέμιοι 
Ν 
ὑπ-έμενον, νομίζοντες καλὸν ἔχειν τὸ χωρίον. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ 
9 
ἐπλησίαζον, ἀλαλάξαντες of Ἕλληνες πελτασταὶ ἔθεον 
> \ Ν ’ ΄ 4 ε Ν td 
ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους πρίν τινα Kedevev* οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι 
> ’ ν ν ὌΝ nw QA A lal A -“ 
ἀντίοι ὥρμησαν, οἵ θ᾽ ἱππεῖς καὶ τὸ στῖφος τῶν Βιθυνῶν 
A , X , > . > Ν ε vA ε 
καὶ τρέπονται τοὺς πελταστάς. ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ 
φάλαγξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ταχὺ πορευομένη καὶ ἅμα ἡ 
4 3 ’, Ν 3 ld ἈΝ Ν “ 
σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο καὶ ἐπαιάνιζον καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 
3 , Ν ν Ν ὃ ,. θ ’ > D0 > ΄ 
ἠλάλαζον καὶ ἅμα τὰ δόβατα καθ-ίεσαν, ἐνταῦθα οὐκέτι 
ἐδέξαντο οἱ πολέμιοι, ἀλλὰ ἔφευγον. καὶ Τιμασίων 
μὲν ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας ἐφ-είπετο, καὶ ἀπ-εκτίννυσαν 
ν 3 4 ε > 7 »” wn A t 
ὅσουσπερ ἐδύναντο ws ὀλίγοι ὄντες. τῶν δὲ πολεμίων 
Ν Ν + > Ν ’ a 4φ. Ὁ 
τὸ μὲν εὐώνυμον εὐθὺς δι-εσπάρη, καθ᾽ ὃ οἱ Ἕλληνες 
ε “ > Ν ἈΝ Ν kd > / ’ 
ἱππεῖς ἦσαν, τὸ δὲ δεξιὸν ἅτε οὐ σφόδρα διωκόμενον 
ν 
ἐπὶ λόφου συν-έστη. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες ὑπομέ- 
vovtas αὐτούς, ἐδόκει ῥᾷστόν τε καὶ ἀ-κινδυνότατον 
> 27 ¥ oy δος» , > wah 
εἶναι ἰέναι ἤδη ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. παιανίσαντες οὖν εὐθὺς 
9 ’ . ε » > ε ’, Ν 5 lal ε 
ἐπέκειντο" οἱ δ᾽ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν. καὶ ἐνταῦθα οἱ πεὰ- 
Ν 297 , Ν Ν > ld > ld 
τασταὶ ἐδίωκον μέχρι τὸ δεξιὸν av Si-eomdpy* ἀπέ 
θ δὲ SNF Ξ Ν Ν ε ὡς εὐ , fa) x 
avov δὲ ὀλίγοι" TO yap ἱππικὸν φόβον παρεῖχε τὸ 
τῶν πολεμίων πολὺ ὄν. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες τό τε Φαρναβάζου ἱππικὸν 
» τ δ Ν Ν Ν ε ΄ Ν A 6 
ἔτι συν-εστηκὸς" καὶ τοὺς Βιθυνοὺς ἱππέας πρὸς τοῦτο 
’ Ἀ > A , Ν Fal 
συναθροιζομένους καὶ ἀπὸ λόφου τινὸς κατα-θεωμένους 
τὰ γιγνόμενα, ἀπ-ειρήκεσαν μέν, ὅμως δὲ ἐδόκει καὶ 
1 ὦμος, shoulder. 2 for a charge. 8 καθ-ίημι, let down, lower. 4 τὸ 
ἱππικὸν (sc. μέρος) τὸ τῶν etc. 5 standing in a body. 8 sc. τὸ ἱππικόν. 


' (although) they were tired. 
Η. ἃ Ww. ANAB.— ὃ 


26 


27 


28 


29 


51 


32 


καὶ 


399 ANABASIS. 


28 , 2 2 > ν 1. ὦ ὃ , ε 
ἐπὶ τούτους ἰτέον εἶναι οὕτως ὅπως δύναιντο, ὡς 
μὴ τεθαρρηκότες" ἀναπαύσαιντος συνταξάμενοι δὴ 
πορεύονται. ἐντεῦθεν οἱ πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς φεύγουσι κατὰ 
τοῦ πρανοῦς ὁμοίως ὥσπερ ὑπὸ ἱππέων διωκόμενοι" 
/ ‘ > Ν ε , ἃ 3 ¥ es 
νάπος yap αὐτοὺς ὑπεδέχετο, ὃ οὐκ ἤδεσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, 
ἀλλὰ προ-απ-ετράποντο" διώκοντες " ὀψὲ γὰρ ἦν. ἐπ-αν- 
δὲ » θ ε , Or Cal τὰ , 
ελθόντες O€ evVa ἢ πρώτη συμβολὴ " ἐγένετο, στησάμενοι 
΄ | δ᾿ ἃ , Ν δὶ 7 ὃ Δ Ὁ: 
τρόπαιον ἀπῇσαν ἐπὶ θάλατταν περὶ ἡλίου δυσμάς 
, > > ε ees “. \ , 
στάδιοι δ᾽ ἦσαν ws ἑξήκοντα ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


While awaiting Cleander, the Spartan harmost, they plunder the 

surrounding country. 

VI. ᾿Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι cixov® ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
καὶ ἀπ-ήγοντο καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας καὶ τὰ χρήματα ὅποι 
ἐδύ (τω ὃ οἱ δὲ "EAA ὲ 
ἐδύναντο προσωτάτω" οἱ δὲ NVES προσ-έμενον μὲν 

ld \ τῆς ἐς ~ Ν A ε ν 
Κλέανδρον καὶ τὰς τριήρεις καὶ τὰ πλοῖα ὡς ἥξοντα, 
> , > ε ’ ε , Ν lal ε ’ ‘\ 
ἐξιόντες δ᾽ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας σὺν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις καὶ 

lal > ὃ “ὃ 3 ’ iO A“ 7 ‘ Ν θ ’ 
τοῖς ἀνδραπόδοις ἐφέροντο ἀδεῶς πυροὺς καὶ κριθάς, 
οἶνον, ὄσπρια, μελίνας, σῦκα " ἅπαντα γὰρ ἀγαθὰ εἶχεν 
ἡ χώρα πλὴν ἐλαίου. καὶ ὁπότε μὲν κατα-μένοι τὸ 

/ > ’ boda ; oe.” 4 >7 ‘ 
στράτευμα ἀναπαυόμενον, ἐξῆν ἐπὶ λείαν ἰέναι, καὶ 
“ ’ 

ἐλάμβανον [ot] ἐξιόντες" ὁπότε δὲ ἐξ-ίοι πᾶν τὸ στρά- 
τευμα, εἴ τις χωρὶς ἀπελθὼν λάβοι τι, δημόσιον ἔδοξεν ὃ 

Ν 

εἶναι. ἤδη δὲ ἦν πολλὴ πάντων ἀφθονία: καὶ γὰρ 
ἀγοραὶ πάντοθεν ἀφ-ικνοῦντο ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πό- 


10 ἀκούοντες 


» A 

λεων καὶ οἱ παρα-πλέοντες ἄσμενοι κατῆγον, 
ε ΟΝ ’ὔ Ν ᾿ » »Ὰ Ν Ν ε 
ὡς οἰκίζοιτο πόλις καὶ λιμὴν εἴη. ἔπεμπον δὲ καὶ οἱ 


πολέμιοι ἤδη οἱ πλησίον ᾧκουν πρὸς Ἐενοφῶντα, 


1 thus, i.e. tired as they were. 2 taking courage, refresh themselves. ὃ turned 
back before (reaching it, νάπος). 4 engagement. 5 εἶχον ἀμφί, were busy 
about. 6 farthest. 7 fearlessly. 8 seemed good = it was adjudged. 


® provisions (for sale). 10 put in (to port). 


BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 823 


9 , Ψ δ 1 Ν , 9 A 9 
ἀκούοντες OTL οὗτος Todife.” TO χωρίον, ἔρωτωντες OTL 
7 lal > c ᾽ > 7 > ‘ 
δέοι ποιοῦντας φίλους εἶναι. ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεδείκνυεν αὐτοὺς 

τοῖς στρατιώταις. 


Trouble arising over the division of booty, Cleander threatens to βαϊΐ 
away and proclaim the Greeks public enemies. 


Kat ἐν τούτῳ Κλέανδρος ἀφικνεῖται δύο τριήρεις 
ἔχων, πλοῖον δ᾽ οὐδέν. ἐτύγχανε δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἔξω" 
ὃν ὅτε ἀφίκετο καὶ ἐπὶ λείαν ὃ τινὲς οἰχόμενοι ἄλλοσεῦ 
εἰς τὸ ὄρος εἰλήφεσαν πρόβατα πολλά" ὀκνοῦντες ὃ δὲ 
μὴ ἀφ-αιρεθεῖεν τῷ Δεξίππῳ λέγουσιν, ὃς ἀπ-έδρα τὴν 
πεντηκόντορον ἔχων ἐκ Τραπεζοῦντος, καὶ κελεύουσι 
δια-σώσαντα αὐτοῖς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ μὲν αὐτὸν λαβεῖν, 

‘ \ 7 > lal > Ν > 3 “ > 4 
τὰ δὲ σφίσιν ἀπο-δοῦναι. εὐθὺς δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἀπελαύνει 

an 7 A 9 
TOUS περι-εστῶτας τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ λέγοντας ὅτι 
, » Ν “Ὁ 4 ὃ ’ > A Ἁ ν ε , 
δημόσια εἴη, Kal τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ λέγει ἐλθὼν ὅτι ἁρπά- 
a » 
lew ἐπιχειροῦσιν. 6 δὲ κελεύει τὸν ἁρπάζοντα ἄγειν 

Ν δ᾽ Ne Ν Ν . ΕΑΝ ας ᾿Ξ ay ὁ 
πρὸς αὑτόν. καὶ ὁ μὲν λαβὼν Hye τινα" περι-τυχὼν 
δ᾽ ty. ΄ > A .8 \ x ple 40. δὲ νὰ 

γασίας ἀφαιρεῖται" Kal yap ἦν αὐτῷ ὁ ayo- 
9 ¢ > ¥ ε , na 
μενος λοχίτης. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι οἱ παρόντες τῶν στρατιω- 

΄“ 5 a 4 Ν / > a“ 

τῶν ἐπιχειροῦσι βάλλειν τὸν Δέξιππον, ἀνακαλοῦντες 
x Sé ἫΝ δὲ κ ~ a..10 λ 
τὸν προδότην. ἔδεισαν δὲ καὶ τῶν τριηριτῶν ἢ πολ- 
λοὶ καὶ ἔφευγον εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, καὶ Κλέανδρος δ᾽ 
¥ Led \ ‘ ε ¥ τς ’ 
ἔφευγε. Ξενοφῶν δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ κατ-εκώ- 
λυόν τε καὶ τῷ Κλεάνδρῳ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴη πρᾶγμα 

d νδρῳ ἔλεγον ὅτι ov ἴη πρᾶγμα, 


ἐλλὰ Ν ὃ , 1 ¥ 12 Ἂν Ν a 4 
ἄλλα TO ὄογμα αὐτιον ~ εἰὴ TO TOV στρατεύματος 


1 is making a city of the place. 2 out, i. e. after booty. 3 for booty. 
4 elsewhither, i. 6. in a direction different from that of the mainarmy. ὃ appre 
hensive. 6 fr. ἀπο-διδράσκω. 7 happening to be (around) near. 8 rescues 
the man. ° memberofhiscompany. [9 ofhis(Dexippus’) oarsmen. 1 τὸ 


δόγμα te τοῦ etc., i. e. that plunder should be public property. 12 αἴτιον ταῦτα 
γενέσθαι, the cause of the occurrence of these things. 


6 


12 


13 


324. ANABASIS. 


ταῦτα γενέσθαι. ὁ δὲ Κλέανδρος ὑπὸ τοῦ Δεξίππου 
τε ἀν-ερεθιζόμενος ἡ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀχθεσθεὶς ὅτι ἐφοβήθη. 
5 ’ὕ ¥ A 4 7 , 4 
ἀπο-πλεύσεσθαι ἔφη καὶ κηρύξειν μηδεμίαν πόλιν dé 
χεσθαι αὐτούς, ὡς πολεμίους. ἦρχον δὲ τότε πάντων 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι. 

Ἐνταῦθα πονηρὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐδόκει εἶναι τοῖς Ἕλ- 
λησι, καὶ ἐδέοντο μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. 6 δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως 
ἔφη γενέσθαι, εἰ μή τις ἐκ-δώσει τὸν ἄρξαντα βάλλειν 
καὶ τὸν ἀφ-ελόμενον 5 ἦν δὲ ὃν ἐξ-ήτει ᾿Αγασίας διὰ 
τέλους ὃ φίλος τᾷ Ξενοφῶντι" ἐξ΄ οὗ καὶ διέβαλεν ai- 

Ν ε , ‘\ > nw > A 3 7 

τὸν ὁ Δέξιππος. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπειδὴ ἀπορία ἣν, συν- 
ἤγαγον τὸ στράτευμα οἱ ἄρχοντες" καὶ ἔνιοι μὲν αὐτῶν 
παρ ὀλίγον ἐποιοῦντο τὸν Κλέανδρον, τῷ δὲ Ἐενοφῶντι 
οὐκ ἐδόκει φαῦλον ὃ εἶναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναστὰς ἔλεξεν" 


Xenophon makes a conciliatory address, in which he offers himself 
for trial as any one accused should do. 


“Ὦ, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐδὲν φαῦλον δοκεῖ 
εἶναι. τὸ πρᾶγμα, εἰ ἡμῖν οὕτως ἔχων τὴν γνώμην 
’ ¥ 4 id + fees A ‘ > ‘ 
Κλέανδρος ἄπ-εισιν ὥσπερ λέγει. εἰσὶ μὲν yap ἐγγὺς 
αἱ Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις" τῆς δὲ Ἑλλάδος Λακεδαιμόνιοι 


8 εἷς ἕκαστος Λακε- 


, ae \ pe \ 
προεστήκασιν᾽ ἱκανοὶ δέ εἶσι καὶ 
4 > “A , 9 ’ 4 
δαιμονίων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ὅτι βούλονται διαπράττεσθαι. 
εἰ οὖν οὗτος πρῶτον μὲν ἡμᾶς Βυζαντίου ἀποκλείσει, 
ἔπειτα δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἁρμοσταῖς παραγγελεῖ εἰς τὰς 

a ‘ 
πόλεις μὴ δέχεσθαι ὡς ἀπιστοῦντας Λακεδαιμονίοις Kat 
ἀ-νόμους ἢ ὄντας, ἔτι δὲ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον τὸν ναύαρχον 

“. ’ 
οὗτος ὁ λόγος περὶ ἡμῶν ἥξει, χαλεπὸν ἔσται καὶ μέ: 
1 stirred up. 3. who rescued (the man), οὗ. ὃ 7. δὅ throughout, i.e. constant. 


* on which account. δ made (beside) little of ete. 686 trifling. Τ᾽ towards us 
8 even each one (emphatic).  ° lawless. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 325 


Ν > lad Ν Ν > “~ “ » 
νειν καὶ ἀποπλεῖν" Kal yap ἐν TH γῇ ἄρχουσι Aaxe- 
cal wn ἂν 
δαιμόνιοι καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ τὸν νῦν χρόνον. οὔκουν 
a ἊΝ» Φ' (δ, 5 Ν ν ¥ a oa ‘ ¥ 
δεῖ οὔτε ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἕνεκα οὔτε δυοῖν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ad- 
λους τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀπ-έχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειστέον ὅτι ἂν 
4 ‘ Ν ε ’ ε “Ὁ 9 > Ν ’ 
κελεύωσι᾽ καὶ γὰρ αἱ πόλεις ἡμῶν ὅθεν ἐσμὲν πείθον- 
> a > Ἁ Ν > δ, ‘ > 4 / 
ται αὐτοῖς. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν, Kal yap ἀκούω Δέξιππον 
λέγειν πρὸς Κλέανδρον ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησεν ᾿Αγασίας 
A > Ee > 4 a > ἃ \ > ue 
ταῦτα, εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσα, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἀπο-λύω 
4 ¢€¢ A aA , 1 EG , a “ὖνν : , 
καὶ ὑμᾶς τῆς αἰτίας᾽ καὶ Αγασίαν, ἂν αὑτὸς ᾿Ἀγασίας 
φήσῃ ἐμέ τι, τούτων αἴτιον εἶναι, καὶ κατα-δικάζω ἐμαυ- 
τοῦ, εἰ ἐγὼ πετρο-βολίας ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς βιαίου ἐξάρχω." 
al > , δί ¥ > 3 pe , δ , 
τῆς ἐσχάτης δίκης ἄξιος εἶναι. καὶ ὑφ-έξω τὴν δίκην. 
φημὶ δὲ καὶ εἴ τινα ἄλλον αἰτιᾶται, χρῆναι ἑαυτὸν 
παρα-σχεῖν Κλεάνδρῳ κρῖναι" οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀπο- 
λελυμένοι τῆς αἰτίας εἴητε. ὡς δὲ νῦν ἔχει, χαλεπὸν “ἡ 
> 27 > ma e , \ > 7 Ν ~ 4 
εἰ οἰόμενοι ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι καὶ ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς τεύ- 
3 Ν Ν ΄ 309 ¢ a ¥ i es 
ἔεσθαι ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐσόμεθα, 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰρξόμεθα ἐκ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων. 


Agasias defends himself ably, and asks to be sent to Cleander for 
trial; he is sent attended by the officers. 


A lal > Ν > > , 

Mera tavta ἀναστὰς εἴπεν Αγασίας" 

«» 2 ars » . ν δ ‘ 

Εγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὄμνυμι θεοὺς καὶ θεὰς" ἢ μὴν 

μήτε με Ξενοφῶντα κελεῦσαι ἀφ-ελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα 

, τλλ ε A ὃ ld Fs is , ὃ , ¥ ὃ 3 AG 
μήτε ἄλλον ὑμῶν μηδένα" ἰδόντι δέ μοι ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν 
ἀγόμενον τῶν ἐμῶν λοχιτῶν ὑπὸ Δεξίππου, ὃν ὑμεῖς 
ἐπίστασθε ὑμᾶς προ-δόντα, δεινὸν ἔδοξεν εἶναι" καὶ 

“A Ν ε a an 

ἀφ-ειλόμην, ὁμολογῶ. καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν μὴ ἐκ-δῶτέ pe* 
si. % δὲ > , 9 — A , , 
ἐγὼ δὲ ἐμαυτόν, ὥσπερ Ξενοφῶν λέγει, παρα-σχήσω 


1 accusation. 2 began, took the lead in. ὃ after καταδικάζω. 4 se. 
ἔσται, it will be hard if ete. 5 goddesses. 


16 


1 


19 


20 


21 


826 ANABASIS. 


a. 9 a 
κρίναντι Κλεάνδρῳ ὅτι ἂν βούληται ποιῆσαι" τούτου 
2 , λ a ὃ , , ‘1 
ἕνεκα μήτε πολεμεῖτε Λακεδαιμονίοις oadloacbé' τε 
2 μέντοι 
ε » > “A ε 4 . 4 9 
μοι ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἑλόμενοι πρὸς Κλέανδρον οἵτινες, 


ἀσφαλῶς ὅποι θέλει ἕκαστος. συμ-πέμψατε 


¥ > A 4 Ν / ε \ 3 la! Ν 
ἄν τι ἐγὼ παρα-λίπω, καὶ λέξουσιν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ 
; 
πράξουσιν." 
> 4, 6 Ν ν ,ὕ : 
Ex τούτου ἔδωκεν ὅ ἡ στρατιὰ οὕστινας βούλοιτο προ- 
eddpevov ἰέναι. ὁ δὲ προ-είλετο τοὺς στρατηγούς. μετὰ 
an 5 4 Ν 7 ὃ > ’ A ε 
ταῦτα ἐπορεύοντο πρὸς Κλέανδρον ᾿Αγασίας καὶ οἱ 
‘ A ε 5» Ν > A ε ΦῸ 2 ’ἢ 
στρατηγοὶ καὶ ὃ ἀφ-αιρεθεὶς ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ ᾿Αγασίου. 
Καὶ ἔλεγον οἱ στρατηγοί" “Ἔπεμψεν ἡμᾶς ἡ στρατιὰ 
A , > 7 Ἀ > 7 , ¥ , 
πρὸς σέ, ὦ Κλέανδρε, καὶ ἐκέλευσέ σε, εἴτε πάντας 
> Ag ’, δ Ν aS “A 0 9 x “λ 
αἰτιᾷ κρίνανταῦ σὲ αὐτὸν χρῆσθαι ὅτι ἂν βούλῃ, 
» 4 Ν x ’ x XN ’ 3 “Ὁ , 
εἴτε ἕνα τινὰ ἢ δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους αἰτιᾷ, τούτους 
ἀξιοῦσι“ παρα-σχεῖν σοι ἑαυτοὺς εἰς κρίσιν. εἴτε οὖν 
ἡμῶν τινα αἰτιᾷ, πάρεσμέν σοι ἡμεῖς " εἴτε καὶ ἄλλον 
, , > \ Ἀ > 7 ν ε “ > 4 
τινά, φράσον" οὐδεὶς yap ἀπ-έσται ὅστις ἂν ἡμῖν ἐθέλῃ 
πείθεσθαι. 


Agasias addresses Oleander. 


Mera ταῦτα παρ-ελθὼν ὁ ᾿Αγασίας εἶπεν" “Ἐγώ εἶμι, 
ὦ Κλέανδρε, ὁ ἀφελόμενος Δεξίππου ἄγοντος τοῦτον τὸν 
¥ Ἁ ’ ’ / ~ \ ‘ 
ἄνδρα καὶ παίειν κελεύσας Δέξιππον. τοῦτον μὲν yap 
οἶδα ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ὄντα, Δέξιππον δὲ οἶδα αἱρεθέντα 
ὑπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἄρχειν τῆς πεντηκοντόρου ἧς ἠτησά- 
μεθα παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων ἐφ᾽ Ste’ πλοῖα συλλέγειν ὡς 

’ Ν 3 iN] id / Ν , 
σωζοίμεθα, καὶ ἀπο-δράντα [Δέξιππον] καὶ προ-δόντα 
τοὺς στρατιώτας μεθ᾽ ὧν ἐσώθη. καὶ τούς τε Τραπε- 


1 may you come safely ete. 2 (sc. rivas) ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ete. 8 granted 
(him) ἰέναι προ-ελόμενον. 4 pres. mid. 2 sing. 5 that you yourself try- 
iny us deal with us. δ they (the army) deem it proper that etc. 7 for the 


purpose. 


BOOK VI. CHAP. VL 527 


, 5 a . 
ζουντίους ἀπ-εστερήκαμεν τὴν πεντηκόντορον Kal κακοὶ 
a “A ‘ 
δοκοῦμεν εἶναι διὰ τοῦτον, αὐτοί τε τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀπ- 
ὃ 9 a ε ¥ » 
ολώλαμεν. ἤκουε γάρ, ὥσπερ ἡμεῖς, ὡς ἄπορον εἴη 
πεζῇ ἀπιόντας τοὺς ποταμούς τε διαβῆναι καὶ σωθῆναι 
εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. τοῦτον" οὖν τοιοῦτον ὄντα ἀφ- 
» Lal nw 
ειλόμην. εἰ δὲ σὺ Hyes® 7 ἄλλος τις τῶν Tapa σοῦ, 
A A lal > ε lal 5 ’ὔ > » θ [2 
[καὶ μὴ τῶν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἀπο-δράντων), εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι 
> Ν “Δ 4 > ’ / > 38 > ‘\ a 
οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων ἐποίησα. νόμιζε δ᾽, ἐὰν ἐμὲ νῦν 
> , > » , Q Ἢ " 
ἀπο-κτείνῃς, δ ἄνδρα δειλόν τε καὶ πονηρὸν ἄνδρα 


5 QA > 4 3») 4 
ἀγαθὸν ἀποκτείνων. 


Oleander replies, asking that Agasias and his accomplice be left 
Sor trial. 


᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα 6 Κλέανδρος εἶπεν ὅτι Δέξιππον 
μὲν οὐκ ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ταῦτα πεποιηκὼς εἴη" οὐ μέντοι 
ἔφη " νομίζειν οὐδ᾽ εἰ παμπόνηρος" ἦν Δέξιππος Bia 
χρῆναι πάσχειν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ κριθέντα, ὥσπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς 
νῦν ἀξιοῦτε, τῆς δίκης τυχεῖν. νῦν οὖν ἄπ-ιτε κατα- 
λιπόντες τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα Ἶ ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγὼ κελεύσω, πάρ- 
ἐστε πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν. αἰτιῶμαι δὲ οὔτε τὴν στρατιὰν 
οὔτε ἄλλον οὐδένα ἔτι, ἐπεὶ οὗτος αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ ἀφ- 
ελέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα. ὁ δὲ ἀφ-αιρεθεὶς εἶπεν, ““᾿ Ἐγώ, ὦ 
Κλέανδρε, εἰ καὶ οἴει pe® ἀδικοῦντά τι ἄγεσθαι, οὔτε 
ἔπαιον οὐδένα οὔτε ἔβαλλον, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπον ὅτι δημόσια 
εἴη τὰ πρόβατα: ἢν γὰρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν δόγμα, εἴ 
τις ὁπότε ἡ στρατιὰ ἐξ-ίοι ἰδίᾳ λήζοιτο, δημόσια εἶναι 
τὰ ληφθέντα. ταῦτα εἶπον ἐκ τούτου με λαβὼν οὗτος 

1 τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ, so far as in his power. 2 1. 6. the λοχίτης of § 7. 3 had 
been leading him away, we should expect ἤγαγες here. 4 pt. for the usual inf. 


construction. 5 ἔφη μέντοι οὐ νομίζειν ete. 6 wholly depraved. Tie 
᾿Αγασίας. 8 was being led away. 


24 


25 


26 


28 


29 


80 


81 


32 


33 


828 ANABASIS. 


ἦγεν, ἵνα μὴ φθέγγοιτο μηδείς, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς λαβὼν τὸ 
μέρος δια-σώσειε τοῖς λῃσταῖς παρὰ τὴν ῥήτραν" τὰ 
χρήματα. πρὸς ταῦτα 6 Κλέανδρος εἶπεν, ““᾿ Ἐπεὶ 
τοίνυν συν-αίτιος ὃ εἶ, κατά-μενε, ἵνα καὶ περὶ σοῦ βου- 
λευσώμεθα.᾽᾽ 


A deputation sent by the army secures their release; supreme com- 
mand offered to Cleander. 


Ἔκ τούτου οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Κλέανδρον ἠρίστων" τὴν 
δὲ Ν ’, A ‘ , , 
€ στρατιὰν συνήγαγε Ἐενοφῶν καὶ συνεβούλευε πέμ- 

» 
Wat [ἄνδρας] πρὸς Κλέανδρον παραιτησομένους ἡ περὶ 
τῶν ἀνδρῶν. ἐκ τούτου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς πέμψαντας στρα- 
Ν 
τηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς καὶ Δρακόντιον τὸν Σπαρτιάτην 
καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οἱ ἐδόκουν ἐπιτήδειοι εἶναι δεῖσθαι 
Κλεάνδρου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀφ-εῖναι τὼ ἄνδρε. 
sight 2 

᾿Ελθὼν οὖν ὁ Ξενοφῶν λέγει" “Ἔχεις μέν, ὦ Κλέανδρε, 

Ν ¥ ‘ ε ’, ε A 5 > , 
τοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ ἡ στρατιά σοι ὑφ-εῖτο" ὅτι ἐβούλου 
ποιῆσαι καὶ περὶ τούτων καὶ περὶ αὑτῶν ἁπάντων νῦν 
ld > a Ν , a ’ Ν ¥ ‘ 
δέ σε αἰτοῦνται καὶ δέονται δοῦναι σφίσι τὼ ἄνδρε Kal 
μὴ κατα-καίνειν: πολλὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνῳ 
περὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ἐμοχθησάτην. ταῦτα δέ σου τυχόν- 
τες ὑπισχνοῦνταί σοι ἀντὶ τούτων, ἢν βούλῃ ἡγεῖσθαι 
2 A Ν a ε Ν 7 Φ > ὃ ΄, Me 
αὐτῶν καὶ jv ot θεοὶ ἵλεῳ ὦσιν, ἐπιδείξειν σοι καὶ 
ε 8 3 Ν ε ε ,9 ὋΝ“ Ψ θό 
ws κόσμιοί( " εἰσι καὶ ὡς ἱκανοί τῳ ἄρχοντι πειθόμενοι 

‘ , Ν “ a Ν A , 
τοὺς πολεμίους σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς μὴ φοβεῖσθαι. δέονται 

la) »¥ “ 

δέ σου καὶ τοῦτο, παραγενόμενον καὶ ἄρξαντα ἑαυτῶν 
πεῖραν λαβεῖν καὶ Δεξίππου καὶ σφῶν τῶν ἄλλων οἷος 
ν , > ‘ Ν 19) .A8 57 a 3) 
ἕκαστός ἐστι, καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν ἢ ἑκάστοις νεῖμαι. 

1 might utter (a word about the matter). 2 ordinance = δόγμα of 6.6? 
8 jointly causing = particeps criminis 4 make intercession. 5 submitted. 


8 μοχθέω, endure hardship. ἴ ἵλεως, propitious. 8 orderly. ® ἑκανοὶ μὴ = 
incapable, 10 deserts. 


, BOOK VI. CHAP. VI. 829 


> 
᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος, “’AdAa ναὶ τὼ " Σιώ, 

ἐφη, ““ταχύ τοι ὑμῖν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. καὶ τώ τε ἄνδρε 
en Ν aS 4 Ν a ε Ν 
ὑμῖν δίδωμι καὶ αὐτὸς παρέσομαι: καὶ ἢν οἱ θεοὶ 
παρα-διδῶσιν,2 ἐξηγήσομαι εἰς τὴν “Ἑλλάδα. καὶ πολὺ 
3 εἰσὶν ἢ οὖς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμῶν 
5 


ε , A > 7 
ot λόγοι οὗτοι ἀντίοι 
ψ 47 ε Ν , > ΄ + Lae 

ἐνίων ἤκουον ws TO στράτευμα ἀφ-ΐστατε" ἀπὸ Λακε- 


δαιμονίων. 


The omens being unfavorable, Cleander leaves the army, which, after 
six days, arrives at Chrysopolis. 


> td e \ > fa! 3 A ¥ 4 
Ex τούτου οἱ μὲν ἐπαινοῦντες ἀπῆλθον, ἔχοντες τὼ 
» e id Ν 3 , me Ὁ ’ Ν A 
ἄνδρε" Κλέανδρος δὲ ἐθύετο ἐπὶ τῇ πορείᾳ καὶ συν-ἣν 
Ξενοφῶντ', φιλικῶς καὶ ξενίαν ὃ συνεβάλλοντο. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
καὶ ἑώρα αὐτοὺς τὸ παραγγελλόμενον εὐ-τάκτως ποιοῦν- 
‘ A » > , ε \ ΄, 4. “δι 
τας, καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐπ-εθύμει ἡγεμὼν γενέσθαι αὐτῶν. 
a ‘ κι: 
ἐπεὶ μέντοι θυομένῳ αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας οὐκ ἐγίγνετο 
A e , 4 Ἀ Ν εὺ ὰ 6c? \ ΄ 
τὰ ἱερά, συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἶπεν Εμοὶ 
Ν > ‘9 8 mee SA l nold Ἄν a , 2 WE θ 
μὲν οὐ τελέθει ὃ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐξάγειν " ὑμεῖς μέντοι μὴ ἀθυ- 
tal “ ε 
μεῖτε τούτου ἕνεκα" ὑμῖν γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, δέδοται ἐκκο- 
’ Ν » ὃ . > Ν , θ ε a δὲ ε΄ ιν 
μίσαι τοὺς avdpas* ἀλλὰ πορεύεσθε. ἡμεῖς ὃδὲ ὑμᾶς, 
> Ν > a 4 ’ ε a ͵ ’ 
ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἥκητε. δεξόμεθα ὡς av δυνώμεθα κάλ. 
9? 
λιστα. 
> , £5 A ’ lal ah ee A 
Ex τούτου ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις δοῦναι αὐτῷ τὰ 
’ 9 , ‘ ε A ’ ’ > A 5 
δημόσια" πρόβατα" 6 δὲ δεξάμενος πάλιν αὐτοῖς ἀπ- 
» Ν - Ν > , ε Ν “A 
έδωκε. Kal οὗτος μὲν ἀπ-έπλει. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται δια- 
θέμενοι τὸν σῖτον ὃν ἦσαν συγκεκομισμένοι ἢ καὶ τἄλλα 
ἃ εἰλήφεσαν ἐξεπορεύοντο διὰ τῶν Βιθυνῶν. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
3 Ν PA , Ἁ 3 \ ες, ἂν 
ovdevt ἐνέτυχον πορευόμενοι τὴν ὀρθὴν ὅδόν, ὥστε 
1 τὼ Σιώ, the twin gods = Castor and Pollux. 2 grant (it). δ8ὃ πολὺ ἀντίοι 


%, quite the reverse of. * ἔνιοι. some. ὃ alienating. ὃ contracted a friendship. 
7 emphatic. 8 = γίγνεται. ® that were public property. 10 fr. συγ-κομίζω. 


34 


35 


36 


38 


330 ANABASIS. 


ἔχοντές τι εἰς τὴν φιλίαν ἐλθεῖν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς Tovp- 
ε , > A 4 ε id Ἀ 4 
παλιν ὑπο-στρέψαντας ἐλθεῖν μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα. 
A \ , ¥ ‘ Ν > , 
τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσαντες ἔλαβον πολλὰ Kal ἀνδράποδα 
Ν 4 Ν > 7 ant > , 
καὶ πρόβατα Kat ἀφίκοντο ἑκταῖοι᾿ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν 
~ ’, Ν > “ » ε ’ ε ‘ 
τῆς Καλχηδονίας, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ λαφυ- 
ροπωλοῦντες. 
1 on the sixth aday- + setling booty. 


ΔΟΓῸΣ Ζ. 





Recapitulation. 


I. [Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου 1 
¥ egy ᾽ “A , Ἁ ν 5 Ἀ 
ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα ἐπεὶ 

“ > , > iad 4 id > ἮΝ ’ 
Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησεν ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ μέχρι εἰς τὸν ἸΙόντον 
» ’ \ 9 > nm / “~ > , Ν 
ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὅσα ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου πεζῇ ἐξιόντες καὶ 
ἐκ-πλέοντες ἐποίουν μέχρι ἔξω τοῦ στόματος ἐγένοντο 
> ’ Ὁ) > ’ 5 ~ ’ θ ’ ὃ ὃ ’ 
ἐν Χρυσοπόλει τῆς ᾿Ασίας, ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν λόγῳ δεδή- 
λωται.} 


Encouraged by the promises of Anaxibius, the Spartan admiral, the 
Greeks cross over to Byzantium. 


"Ex τούτου δὲ Φαρνάβαζος φοβούμενος τὸ στράτευμα 2 
μὴ ἐπὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ [χώραν] στρατεύηται, πέμψας πρὸς 
᾿Αναξίβιον τὸν ναύαρχον, ὃ δ᾽ ἔ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ ὦ 

pxov, ὁ δ᾽ ἔτυχεν ἐν Βυζαντίῳ ὦν, 
> “ , Ἂς, ’ > al > 4 Ἀ 
ἐδεῖτο δια-βιβάσαι τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ 
ὑπισχνεῖτο πάντα ποιήσειν αὐτῷ ὅσα δέοι. καὶ O38 
3 , , Ν Ν Ν Ν 
Αναξίβιος μετεπέμψατο τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 
> ΄ Ν ε a“ > r Ν 
εἰς Βυζάντιον, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ δια-βαῖεν, μισθοφορὰν 
» a 
ἔσεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώταις. οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι ἔφασαν 4 

, A nw - 
βουλευσάμενοι ἀπαγγελεῖν, Ξενοφῶν δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι 
> ’ ¥ a A 
ἀπαλλάξοιτο ἤδη ἀπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς καὶ βούλοιτο 
> 
ἀπο-πλεῖν. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν συν-δια- 
(331) 


332 ANABASIS. ὦ 


Bavta ἔπειτα οὕτως ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. ἔφη οὖν ταῦτα 
ποιήσειν. 

Σεύθης δὲ ὁ Θρᾷξ πέμπει Μηδοσάδην καὶ κελεύει 
Ξενοφῶντα συμ-προθυμεῖσθαι' ὅπως δια-βῇ τὸ στρά- 
τευμα, καὶ ἔφη αὐτῷ ταῦτα συμπροθυμηθέντι᾽' ὅτι οὐ 
μετα-μελήσει. ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν " “᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν στράτευμα 
8 μήτε ἐμοὶ 
μήτε ἄλλῳ μηδενί" ἐπειδὰν δὲ δια-βῇ, ἐγὼ μὲν ἀπ-αλ- 


ὃ ’ e , 9 δὲ ’ 
ιαβήσεται" τούτου ἕνεκα μηδὲν τελείτω 


’, 2 
λάξομαι, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς δια-μένοντας καὶ ἐπι-καιρίους * 
3 ὕ 5 ε ΕΝ > νι αν, 
ὄντας προσφερέσθω" ὡς ἂν αὐτῷ δοκῇ. 

3 

Ex τούτου διαβαίνουσι πάντες εἰς τὸ Βυζάντιον ot 

A a 

στρατιῶται. καὶ μισθὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐδίδου ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος, 
> , \ , Ν 9 ἈΝ Ν , Ν 
ἐκήρυξε δὲ λαβόντας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοὺς στρα- 

’ 3 ’ ε θ > ’ ν ‘ > Ν 
τιώτας ἐξιέναι, ὡς ἀποπέμψων τε ἅμα καὶ ἀριθμὸν 
ποιήσων. ἐνταῦθα οἱ στρατιῶται ἤχθοντο, ὅτι οὐκ 
εἶχον ἀργύριον ἐπισιτίζεσθαι εἰς τὴν πορείαν, καὶ ὀκνη- 
ρῶς συνεσκευάζοντο. 


Cleander, the harmost of Byzantium, and Anaxibius, aided by 
Xenophon, secure the withdrawal of the Greeks from the city, 
whereupon the gates are closed. 


Ἁ ε lal , nw ε nw , 
Kal ὁ Ξενοφῶν Κλεάνδρῳ τῷ ἁρμοστῇ ξένος yeyern- 
ε 

μένος προσ-ελθὼν ἠσπάζετο αὐτὸν ὡς ἀπο-πλευσόμενος 
ἤδη. ὁ δὲ αὐτῷ λέγει: “Μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα" εἰ" δὲ 
᾿»}} » << ΝΕ ΄͵ > Ν Ν A ἈΝ ¥ \ 
μή, ἔφη, “αἰτίαν ἕξεις, ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν τινὲς ἤδη σὲ 
a ἀῶς ν > Ν 5 , 10 Ν , ”? ε δ᾽ 

αἰτιῶνται ὅτι οὐ ταχὺ ἐξ-έρπει ἢ τὸ στράτευμα. ὃ 
> . 93 > ¥ Ἀ » 9 ; Δ," , e δὲ 
εἶπεν " ““᾿Αλλ΄ αἴτιος μὲν ἔγωγε οὐκ εἴμι τούτου, OL OE 
στρατιῶται αὐτοὶ ἐπισιτισμοῦ δεόμενοι διὰ τοῦτο ἀθυ- 


1 join zealously in effecting. 53. τῷ ιυοῖ., 8 pay. ἋἍ opportune = available 
(for his purpose). 5 address himself. 8 (saying) that he would both conduct 
them forth and take their number. 7 reluctantly. 8 took leave of. 9 εἰ δὲ 


uh, otherwise, 10 = ἐκ-πορεύεται. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. I. 888 


a 33) oe. ἢ 39 » 

μοῦσι πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον. ““᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως, ἔφη, “ἐγώ 
, 2 a 4 ε , 
σοι συμβουλεύω ἐξελθεῖν μὲν ὡς [συμ-]πορευσόμενον, 
> \ > »»͵ ’ Ν , , > ’ 
ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἔξω γένηται τὸ στράτευμα, τότε ἀπ-αλλάττε- 
σθαι. “Tatra τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν, “ ἐλθόντες 
9 
πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον δια-πραξόμεθα.᾽ οὕτως ἐλθόντες ἔλε- 
γον ταῦτα. ὁ δὲ ἐκέλευεν οὕτω ποιεῖν καὶ ἐξιέναι τὴν 
A a 

ταχίστην συσκευασαμένους, Kal προσ-αν-ειπεῖν, ὃς ἂν 
κ᾿ δ | N 367 ᾿ς ἢ ἐδ . 3 ΄ Ψ > 
μὴ παρῇ εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὅτι αὐ- 
τὸς αὑτὸν αἰτιάσεται. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξῇσαν οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ 

a eye ae hort 1 , \ 2\7 
πρῶτοι Kat ot ἄλλοι. καὶ ἄρδην᾽ πάντες πλὴν ὀλίγων 
»¥ > \ > , © , \ \ , ε 
ἔξω ἦσαν, καὶ ᾿πτεόνικος εἱστήκει παρὰ τὰς πύλας ὡς 
ὁπότε ἔξω γένοιντο πάντες συγκλείσων τὰς πύλας καὶ 
τὸν μοχλὸν " ἐμβαλῶν. 

ὋὉ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ 
τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἔλεξε" “Ta μὲν ἐπιτήδεια, ἔφη, ““λαμ- 

, > “Ὁ ’ “~ = > Ν Ν > ’ Ἁ 
βάνετε ἐκ τῶν Θρᾳκίων κωμῶν" εἰσὶ δὲ αὐτόθι πολλαὶ 
κριθαὶ καὶ πυροὶ καὶ τἄλλα ἐπιτήδεια" λαβόντες δὲ 

4 > ’ > “A \ ’ € .A& 

πορεύεσθε εἰς Χερρόνησον, ἐκεὶ δὲ Κυνίσκος ὑμῖν 
μισθοδοτήσει.᾽ ὅ ἐπ-ακούσαντες * δέ τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
ταῦτα, ἢ καὶ τῶν λοχαγῶν τις διαγγέλλει εἰς τὸ στρά- 
τευμα. καὶ οἱ μὲν στρατηγοὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο περὶ τοῦ 

4 / , » x ’ Ν , Ν 
Σεύθου πότερα πολέμιος εἴη ἢ φίλος, καὶ πότερα διὰ 
εν “Φ a 5 , , x 4 Ν , 
τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους" δέοι πορεύεσθαι ἢ κύκλῳ Sia μέσης 
Lal ’ 
τῆς Θράκης. 

The soldiers, enraged, break down the gates and reénter the city. 


Xenophon urged to take possession of the town. 


> a de A ὃ X , ε a 9 , 
Ev @ ὃε ταῦτα διελέγοντο οἱ στρατιῶται ἀν-αρπα- 

Ν 9 , , Ν Ν ’ ε 

σαντες τὰ ὅπλα θέουσι δρόμῳ πρὸς τὰς πύλας, ὡς 


" Α͂ quite. 3 cross-bar, 8 pay wages. 4 overhear. δ sacred mountain, 
west of the Propontis. 


10 


11 


18 


15 


18 


19 


21 


334 ANABASIS. 


4 5» ᾿ “ > , ε 5 oe , Ν ε 
πάλιν εἰς τὸ τεῖχος εἰσιόντες. ὁ δὲ ᾿Ετεόνικος καὶ οἱ 
4 7. A ε > , \ ε , , 
σὺν αὐτῷ ws εἶδον προσθέοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, συγκλεί- 
ovo. τὰς πύλας καὶ τὸν μοχλὸν ἐμβάλλουσιν. οἱ δὲ 
an » Ν 4 A »” ν > , 
στρατιῶται ἔκοπτον τὰς πύλας Kal ἔλεγον ὅτι ἀδικώ- 
τατα πάσχοιεν ἐκβαλλόμενοι εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους " κατα- 


1 Ν ’ » > Ν ε ’ὔ > 4 
τε τὰς πύλας ἔφασαν, εἰ μὴ ἑκόντες ἀν-οίξουσιν. 


σχίσειν 
ἄλλοι δὲ ἔθεον ἐπὶ θάλατταν καὶ παρὰ τὴν χηλὴν" 
Ν -“ ε > Ν ’ » \ s 
[τὸ τεῖχος] ὑπερ-βαίνουσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἄλλοι δὲ οἱ 
ἐτύγχανον ἔνδον ὄντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ὡς ὁρῶσι τὰ 
ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαις πράγματα, δια-κόπτοντες ταῖς ἀξίναις 
κ ᾿ς 8 ᾿ δ 4 κ , - Ν > 
Ta κλεῖθρα  ἀνα-πεταννύασι ἡ τὰς πύλας, ob εἰσ- 
πίπτουσιν. 
‘O δὲ Ἐενοφῶν, ὡς εἶδε τὰ γιγνόμενα, δείσας μὴ ἐφ᾽ 
ε 
ἁρπαγὴν τράποιτο τὸ στράτευμα καὶ ἀνήκεστα κακὰ 
γένοιτο τῇ πόλει καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἔθει 
καὶ συν-εισ-πίπτει εἴσω τῶν πυλῶν σὺν τῷ ὄχλῳ. οἱ 
A , ε “" Ν 4 / > a 
δὲ Βυζάντιοι, ὡς εἶδον τὸ στράτευμα Bia εἰσπίπτον, 
φεύγουσιν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, οἱ μὲν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, οἱ δὲ 
” 9 Naa 2 + » » Sy ee 
οἴκαδε, ὅσοι δὲ ἔνδον ἐτύγχανον ὄντες, ἔξω, of δὲ καθ- 
εἴλκον᾽ τὰς τριήρεις, ὡς ἐν ταῖς τριήρεσι σάζοιντο. 
, δὲ » 3 λ x / ε ε ? 6 A 
πᾶντες δὲ ῴοντο ἀπ-ολωλέναι, ws ἑαλωκυίας ὃ τῆς 
>” 
πόλεως. ὁ δὲ "Eredvixos εἰς τὴν ἄκραν Ἷ ἀπο-φεύγει. 4 
Ἁ , at 
δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος κατα-δραμὼν ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἐν ἁλιευτικῷ". 
Χ ’, es λ 3 Ν 3 ’ λ Ν ὑθὺ ΄ 
πλοίῳ περι-έπλει εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, καὶ εὐθὺς μεταπέμ- 
> , Ζ2.-τὸ > κ᾿ ε ν 92907 
πεται ἐκ Καλχηδόνος φρουρούς "" οὐ γὰρ ἱκανοὶ ἐδόκουν 
> ae δ. τἰν , -~ 10 Ν Ἂν ὃ 
εἶναι οἱ ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει σχεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας. 
Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ὡς εἶδον Ξενοφῶντα, προσ-πίπτον: 
ow" πολλοὶ αὐτῷ καὶ λέγουσι" “Νῦν σοι ἔξεστιν, ὦ 
1 κατα-σχίζω, cut down. 3: breakwater. 8 bars. ‘throwopen. ‘haul 


down. ὃ ἁλίσκομα. 7 = ἀκρόπολιν. 8 fishing. 9. guards. 10 ἔχω 
hold in check. 11 runto 


BOOK VII. CHAP. I. 835 


A > ἈΝ 4 ¥ ’ » , 
Ξενοφῶν, ἀνδρὶ γενέσθαι. ἔχεις πόλιν, ἔχεις τριήρεις, 
ἔχεις χρήματα, ἔχεις ἄνδρας τοσούτους. νῦν ἄν, εἰ 
βούλοιο, σύ τε ἡμᾶς ὀνήσαις καὶ ἡμεῖς σὲ μέγαν ποιή- 
σαιμεν. ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο, ““᾿Αλλ᾽ εὖ γε λέγετε καὶ 

’ ἴω Pe > Ν ’ > ων , Ν ν 

ποιήσω ταῦτα" εἰ δὲ τούτων ἐπιθυμεῖτε, θέσθε τὰ ὅπλα 

5 ’ ε 4 ’ > ‘ 
. ἐν τάξει ὡς τάχιστα" [βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς κατ-ηρεμί- 
σαι᾽7 καὶ αὐτός τε παρηγγύα ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους 
3 ᾽΄ A . ’ Ν 9 ε A 
ἐκέλευε tapeyyvav [καὶ τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα]. οἱ δὲ 
> Ἁ ε > ε “ ’ ν ε Lal > > ’ 
αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ταττόμενοι οἵ τε ὁπλῖται ἐν ὀλίγῳ 
χρόνῳ εἰς ὀκτὼ ἐγένοντο καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐπὶ τὸ 
κέρας ἑκάτερον παρ-εδεδραμήκεσαν. τὸ δὲ χωρίον οἷον ὅ 
κάλλιστον ἐκτάξασθαί ἐστι τὸ Θράκιον5 καλούμενον, 
»Ά 3 lal Ἀ ’ 5 Ἀ Ν » Ν 9 
ἔρημον οἰκιῶν καὶ πεδινόν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔκειτο τὰ ὅπλα 

Ν 4 ae lal Ν ‘ 
καὶ κατηρεμίσθησαν, συγκαλεῖ ὁ Ἐενοφῶν τὴν στρατιὰν 
καὶ λέγει τάδε" 
Xenophon, addressing the army, counsels moderation, and recommends 

that a committee wait on Anazxibius. 
ν > » 

“Ὅτι μὲν ὀργίζεσθε, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, καὶ vopi- 

ὃ ἈΝ , δ. , > θ ΄, ey Se 
ere δεινὰ πάσχειν ἐξαπατώμενοι ov θαυμάζω. jv δὲ 

a θ a4 . ζώ θ Ν Δ ὃ , Ν 
τῷ θυμῷ“ χαριζώμεθα καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους τε τοὺς 
παρόντας τῆς ἐξαπάτης" τιμωρησώμεθα καὶ τὴν πόλιν 
\ aL ey a ὃ , > A a » 
τὴν ovdev® αἰτίαν δι-αρπάσωμεν, ἐνθυμεῖσθε ἃ ἔσται 
> “ , Ν > , > ’ 
ἐντεῦθεν. πολέμιοι μὲν ἐσόμεθα ἀποδεδειγμένοι Λακε- 
δαιμονίοις καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις. οἷος δ᾽ ὁ πόλεμος 
ἂν γένοιτο εἰκάζειν δὴ πάρεστιν, ἑωρακότας καὶ ἀνα- 
μνησθέντας τὰ νῦν δὴ γεγενημένα ἡμεῖς γὰρ ot 
᾿Αθηναῖοι ἤλθομεν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαι- 
μονίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἔχοντες τριήρεις τὰς μὲν 

1 quiet. 2 οἷον (ἐστινὴ κάλλιστον ἐκτάξασθαι, draw out in battle array. 


8 the Thracian quarter. 4 resentment. 5 deceit. ὁ in no degree to blame. 
7 of what nature. 8 Referring to the Peloponnesian war. 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


27 


29 


30 


836 ANABASIS. 


2» Badd So δ A dete did 
ἐν θαλάττῃ Tas ὃ ἐν τοις νεωρίοις" οὐκ ἐλάττους τρια: 
κοσίων, ὑπαρχόντων δὲ πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐν τῇ πόλει 
καὶ προσ-όδου" οὔσης κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀπό τε τῶν ἐνδή- 
μων ὃ καὶ τῆς ὑπερορίας οὐ μεῖον χιλίων ταλάντων" 
ἄρχοντες δὲ τῶν νήσων ἁπασῶν καὶ ἔν τε τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ 
Ν » , Ν 3 ~~ > ’ ν 
πολλὰς ἔχοντες πόλεις καὶ ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ ἄλλας 
Ν Ν = a Ν ’ 9 la) 
τε πολλὰς καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον, ὅπου νῦν 
, ν -“ 
ἐσμεν, ἔχοντες κατ-επολεμήθημεν οὕτως ὡς πάντες ὑμεῖς 
ἐπίστασθε. Ν 
“Nov δὲ δὴ τί ἂν οἰόμεθα παθεῖν, Λακεδαιμονίοις μὲν 
καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων συμμάχων ὑπαρχόντων," ᾿Αθηναίων 
δὲ καὶ ot ἐκείνοις τότε ἦσαν σύμμαχοι πάντων προσ- 
’ Ν Ν “Ὁ 5) A , 
γεγενημένων, Τισσαφέρνους δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ 
¥ , ld 4 ε a“ »” 
ἄλλων βαρβάρων πάντων πολεμίων ἡμῖν ὄντων, πολε- 
’ δὲ 9 nw a ¥ λ ’ὔ 7 ἃ λθ 
μιωτάτου δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως, ὃν ἤλθομεν 
ἀφ-αιρησόμενοι τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἀπο-κτενοῦντες, εἰ δυναΐ- 
μεθα; τούτων δὴ πάντων ὁμοῦ ὄντων ἔστι τις οὕτως 
ἄφρων ὅστις οἴεται ἂν ἡμᾶς περι-γενέσθαι; μὴ πρὸς 
΄“ 4, > > “Ὁ 3 4 ’ 
θεῶν μαινώμεθα μηδ᾽ αἰσχρῶς ἀπολώμεθα πολέμιοι 
ὄντες καὶ ταῖς πατρίσι καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις ὃ αὐτῶν 
φίλοις τε καὶ οἰκείοις. ἐν γὰρ ταῖς πόλεσίν εἰσι 
, 9 “A t eX AY ΤΡΙᾺΣ , Ν ὃ ’, 10 
πάντες ταῖς ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς στρατευσομέναις, Kal δικαίως, 
εἰ βάρβαρον μὲν πόλιν οὐδεμίαν ἠθελήσαμεν κατα-. 
A Ν “Ὁ 11: “ ε λλ (ὃ δὲ > a 
σχεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα" κρατοῦντες, Ἑλληνίδα δὲ εἰς ἣν 
πρώτην πόλιν ἤλθομεν, ταύτην ἐξ-αλαπάξομεν." ἐγὼ 
μὲν τοίνυν εὔχομαι πρὶν ταῦτα ἐπ-ιδεὴν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν γενό- 
μενα μυρίας ἐμέ γε κατὰ τῆς γῆς ὀργυιὰς γενέσθαι. 
1 dock-yards. 2 income. 8 home revenues. 4 foreign possessions. 
5 belonging to the Lacedaemonians. 6 καὶ πάντων ot ete. 7 = king of 
Persia. 8 ἡμεῖ Epos αὐτῶν = ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, 691. 1003. 477,N. 559. 9 all 


(our friends). 110 καὶ (στρατευσόμεθα) δικαίως, el etc. 11,αγὰ that, too, though 
masters (of it), sack. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. I. 337 


καὶ ὑμῖν' δὲ συμβουλεύω Ἕλληνας ὄντας τοῖς τῶν 
ε , ’, , 2 a -“ 
Ἑλλήνων προ-εστηκόσι πειθομένους" πειρᾶσθαι τῶν 
δικαίων τυγχάνειν. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ δύνησθε ταῦτα, ἡμᾶς 
δεῖ ἀδικουμένους ἡ τῆς γοῦν Ἑλλάδος μὴ στέρεσθαι. 

Ν A a / 3 ’ > A 9 ε a 
καὶ νῦν μοι δοκεῖ πέμψαντας ᾿Αναξιβίῳ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἡμεῖς 
LAND! 4 ’ὔ ; , 3 Ν / 
οὐδὲν βίαιον ποιήσοντες παρ-εληλύθαμεν εἰς THY πόλιν, 
3 > ἃ \ 4 a 2 A > ’ ε ΄ 
ἀλλ᾽ nv μὲν δυνώμεθα παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀγαθόν τι εὑρίσκεσθαι, 
εἰ δὲ μή, ἀλλὰ δηλώσοντες ὅτι οὐκ ἐξαπατώμενοι ἀλλὰ 
πειθόμενοι ἐξερχόμεθα.᾽ 

Ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ πέμπουσιν Ἱερώνυμόν τε Ἠλεῖον 


5 


€podvta® ταῦτα καὶ ἙΕὐρύλοχον ᾿Αρκάδα καὶ Φιλήσιον 


“Ὁ: , ε Ἀ “ » > an 
χαιον. OL μεν TAUTa @XOVTO εβρουντές. 


Moved by the proposals of Coeratadas, an adventurer, the Greeks 
go out of the city. 


¥ A ΄ a A , ᾿ 
Ετι δὲ καθημένων τῶν στρατιωτῶν προσέρχεται Κοι- 
ρατάδας Θηβαῖος, ὃς οὐ φεύγων τὴν Ἑλλάδα περιτήει 
> \ pen OE , ΕΣ x ΄ 
ἀλλὰ στρατηγιῶν “ καὶ ἐπ-αγγελλόμενος, εἴ τις ἢ πόλις 
cal », ~ , e Ν ’ Χ » 
ἢ ἔθνος στρατηγοῦ δέοιτο" καὶ τότε προσελθὼν ἔλεγεν 
9 A » ε “Ὁ » a > Ν ’ 4 
ὅτι ἕτοιμος εἴη ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ Δέλτα Kadov- 
μενον τῆς Θράκης, ἔνθα πολλὰ κἀγαθὰ λήψοιντο" ἔστε 
δ᾽ x 7 > > ΄ / ¥ Ν ΄, 
ἂν μόλωσιν.ἷ εἰς ἀφθονίαν παρ-έξειν ἔφη καὶ σιτία 
καὶ ποτά, ἀκούουσι ταῦτα τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ τὰ 
Ν > , 9 > ’ > 4 

mapa ᾿Αναξιβίον ἅμα ἀπαγγελλόμενα --- ἀπεκρίνατο 

Ν ν θ 7 > a > ‘ la ἰλλὰ A 
yap ὅτι πειθομένοις αὐτοῖς ov μετα-μελήσει;, ἀλλὰ τοῖς 

» ’ lal > A“ \ + es - 4 

TE οἴκοι τέλεσι ταῦτα ἀπαγγελεῖ καὶ αὐτὸς βουλεύσοιτο 
περὶ αὐτῶν ὅτι δύναιτο ἀγαθόν --- ἐκ τούτου οἱ στρα- 
τιῶται τόν τε Κοιρατάδαν δέχονται στρατηγὸν καὶ 

1 ὑμῖν... ὄντας, cf. Ξενίᾳ λαβόντα,1 3.1. 2 by obeying τοῖς etc. 8 sc. τυχεῖν. 
4 though wronged. 5 fut. of φημί. ὃ στρατηγιάω, desire to command. 


1 until they should arrive (there). 
H. & W. ANAB. — 22 


31 


32 


33 


34 


35 


30 


37 


338 ANABASIS. 


ἔξω Tod τείχους ἀπῆλθον. ὁ δὲ Koiparddas συντίθεται 
A ‘ 4 
αὐτοῖς εἰς THY ὑστεραίαν παρ-έσεσθαι ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα 
ἔχων καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ μάντιν καὶ σιτία καὶ ποτὰ τῇ στρα- 
τιᾷ. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐξῆλθον, ὁ ᾿Αναξίβιος ἔκλεισε τὰς πύλας 
Ν > , ἃ oN ε Al ¥ ὃ a an a 
καὶ ἐκήρυξεν ὃς Gv alo’ ἔνδον ὧν τῶν στρατιωτῶν 
ν , 2 n δ᾽ ε , K (ὃ Ν ¥ 
OTL πεπράσεται." τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ Κοιρατάδας μὲν ἔχων 
Ν ε Lal \ Ν vd 4 Ν ¥ ’ 
τὰ ἱερεῖα καὶ τὸν μάντιν ἧκε καὶ ἄλφιτα φέροντες 
ν SA Ψ x eek x ¥ \ 
εἵποντο αὐτῷ εἴκοσιν ἄνδρες Kal οἶνον ἄλλοι εἴκοσι Kal 


3 A a \ 8.5» 9 25 ΄ ΄, 
. ἐλαῶν τρεῖς καὶ σκορόδων “ ἀνὴρ ὅσον ἐδύνατο μέγιστον 


38 


89 


4 


᾽ὔ >. | ἊΝ ᾿ “A Ν ’ 
φορτίον καὶ ἄλλος κρομμύων ταῦτα δὲ καταθέμενος 


ὡς ἐπὶ Saopevow® ἐθύετο. 


Xenophon returns to the city; Coeratadas, failing to keep his 
promises, resigns his command. 


Ξενοφῶν δὲ μεταπεμψάμενος Κλέανδρον ἐκέλευε δια- 

# y 9 ΝΥ A a 2 ᾿ς, Dee , > 
πρᾶξαι ὅπως εἰς TO τεῖχος εἰσέλθοι Kal ἀποπλεύσαι ἐκ 
Βυζαντίου. ἐλθὼν δ᾽ ὁ Κλέανδρος μάλα μόλις ἔφη 

, 4 id Ν 3 7 4 > 
δια-πραξάμενος ἥκειν" λέγειν yap ᾿Αναξίβιον ὅτι οὐκ 
ἐπιτήδειον εἴη τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας πλησίον εἶναι τοῦ 
τείχους, Ἐενοφῶντα δὲ ἔνδον" τοὺς Βυζαντίους δὲ στα- 

Ψ 
σιάζειν καὶ πονηροὺς εἶναι πρὸς ἀλλήλους " “ὅμως δὲ 
εἰσιέναι, ἔφη, ““ ἐκέλευεν, εἰ μελλοις σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ-πλεῖν.᾽ 
ὁ μὲν δὴ Ξενοφῶν ἀσπασάμενος τοὺς στρατιώτας εἴσω 
τοῦ τείχους ἀπήει σὺν Κλεάνδρῳ. 

‘O δὲ Κοιρατάδας τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐκαλ- 
λιέρει" οὐδὲ δι-εμέτρησεν ' οὐδὲν τοῖς στρατιώταις" τῇ 
δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ τὰ μὲν ἱερεῖα εἱστήκει παρὰ τὸν βωμὸν 

᾿ , > Hie re ε , = ‘ 
καὶ Κοιρατάδας ἐστεφανωμένος ὡς θύσων " προσελθὼν 
δὲ Τιμασίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς καὶ Νέων ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ 


1 Qa. of ἁλίσκομαι. 2 πιπράσκω, sell, 8 garlic. 4 onions. ὃ ὧς ém 
δάσμευσιν. as if for distribution. ὃ obtain good omens 7 distribute. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IL 839 


, © 93 : 4 ¥ 4, \ , ε 

Κλεάνωρ ὁ ᾿᾽Ορχομένιος ἔλεγον Κοιρατάδᾳ μὴ θύειν, ως 
nw ΄“ 5 Ν ’ Ν 3 ᾽’ 

οὐχ ἡγησόμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ, εἰ μὴ δώσει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 
6 δὲ κελεύει δια-μετρεῖσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλῶν ἐν-έδει 
αὐτῷ ὥστε ἡμέρας σῖτον ἑκάστῳ γενέσθαι τῶν στρα- 

A“ > Ἁ ~ ε “ > / Ν ἈΝ 7 
τιωτῶν, ἀναλαβὼν τὰ ἱερεῖα ἀπῇει [ καὶ] τὴν στρατηγίαν 
ἀπ-ειπών.ἢ 


The Greek generals differ as to whether the army should go to 
Seuthes, to the Chersonese, or back to Asia Minor. 


a ‘ 
II. Νέων δὲ ὁ ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ Φρυνίσκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ 
“A ‘ 
Φιλήσιος ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Ἐανθικλῆς ὁ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Τιμα- 
σίων 6 Δαρδανεὺς ἐπ-έμενον ἐπὶ τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ εἰς 
’ ~ ~ , ἈΝ ‘ Yd 
κώμας τῶν Θρᾳκῶν προ-ελθόντες τὰς κατὰ Βυζάντιον 
3 , a | ᾿ς τῷ ee 3 , 
ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἐστασίαζον," Κλεά- 
\ Ν πες Ν , , » - 
vop μὲν καὶ Φρυνίσκος πρὸς Σεύθην βουλόμενοι ἄγειν 
y 4 \ SAGE, , ¥ A eae, n \ 
ἔπειθε γὰρ αὐτούς, Kal ἔδωκε τῷ μὲν ἵππον, TO, δὲ 
Lal = ? 5 de > , >7 > ε Ν 
γυναικα Νέων" o€ εἰς Χερρόνησον, οἰόμενος, εἰ ὑπὸ 
Λακεδαιμονίοις γένοιντο, παντὸς ἂν προ-εστάναι τοῦ 
στρατεύματος" Τιμασίων δὲ προυθυμεῖτο πέραν εἰς τὴν 
᾿Ασίαν πάλιν διαβῆναι, οἰόμενος ἂν οἴκαδε κατ-ελθεῖν. 
‘ ε aA z Ν > 4 ’ Ν 
καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ταὐτὰ ἐβούλοντο. διατριβομένου δὲ 
τοῦ χρόνου πολλοὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, οἱ μὲν τὰ ὅπλα 
3 ὃ ὃ , 4 Ν Ν ’ ee , Xr ε 25 , 
ἀποδιδόμενοι κατὰ τοὺς χώρους ἀπέπλεον ws ἐδύναντο, 
A P 
ot δὲ καὶ εἰς Tas πόλεις κατ-εμίγνυντοἙ ᾿Αναξίβιος δ᾽ 
ἔχαιρε ταῦτα“ ἀκούων, διαφθειρόμενον τὸ στράτευμα" 
τούτων γὰρ γιγνομένων ᾧετο μάλιστα χαρίζεσθαι Φαρ- 


ναβάζῳ. 


1 renouncing. 2 of Asine,a Spartan town, between Gythium and Taenarum. 
3 differed in opinion. * conative, was trying to persuade. 5 sc. βουλόμενος 
ἄγειν. δ subjecthe,i.e. Neon. 7 κατὰ τοὺς χώρους, throughout the districts, i. e. 
up and down the country. The words-are omitted by most editors. 8 (going) 
into the cities mingled with the people. 9 ταῦτα. namely διαφθειρόμενον στράτευμα. 


41 


840 ANABASIS. 


Aristarchus, successor to Cleander, sells four hundred of the Greeks 
into slavery ; Anaxibius urges Xenophon to lead the army back 
to Asia. 


᾿Αποπλέοντι δὲ ᾿Αναξιβίῳ ἐκ Βυζαντίου συν-αντᾷ 
᾿Αρίσταρχος ἐν Κυζίκῳ διάδοχος Κλεάνδρῳ Βυζαντίου 
ε eye +» Ὁ ¥ de 9 Ν , ὃ (ὃ 8 
αρμοστῆς" ἐλέγετο“ ὃὲ OTL καὶ ναύαρχος διάδοχος 
Πῶλος ὅσον οὐ“ παρ-είη ἤδη εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον. καὶ 
᾿Αναξίβιος τῷ μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχῳ ἐπιστέλλει ὁπόσους ἂν 
ν > 4 “~ 4 ΄Ὁ ε 
εὐρῃ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ τῶν Κύρου στρατιωτῶν ὑὕὑπολελειμ- 
μένους ἀποδόσθαι: ὁ δὲ Κλέανδρος οὐδένα ἐπεπρά- 
κει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κάμνοντας ἐθεράπευεν οἰκτείρων 

Ν > 7 > 4 5 ὃ ’ θρ ms > 7 δ᾽ 3 Ἁ 
καὶ ἀναγκάζων οἰκίᾳ" δέχεσθαι" ᾿Αρίσταρχος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
ANO , > > , , > “ὃ 
ἦλθε τάχιστα, οὐκ ἐλάττους τετρακοσίων ἀπ-έδοτο. 
᾿Αναξίβιος δὲ παραπλεύσας εἰς Πάριον πέμπει παρὰ 
Φαρνάβαζον κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα. ὁ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤσθετο 
> ’ , 9 > ’ ε Ἀ Ν 
Αρίσταρχόν τε ἥκοντα εἰς Βυζάντιον ἁρμοστὴν καὶ 
᾿Αναξίβιον οὐκέτι ναυαρχοῦντα, ᾿Αναξιβίου μὲν ἠμέ: 
λησε, πρὸς ᾿Αρίσταρχον δὲ διεπράττετοϊ τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ 
“ ’, , ν Ν > , 
τοῦ Κυρείου στρατεύματος ἅπερ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον. 

Ἔκ τούτου 6 ᾿Αναξίβιος καλέσας Ἐενοφῶντα κελεύει 
, , \ “ a“ ac N 4, 4 ε 
πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ πλεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ὡς 

᾿, Ν A 
τάχιστα, Kal ovvéxew® τε αὐτὸ καὶ συναθροίζειν τῶν 
δι-εσπαρμένων ὡς ἂν πλείστους δύνηται, καὶ παραγα- 
γόντα εἰς τὴν Πέρινθον διαβ. βάζειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ὅτι 
τάχιστα" καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ τριακόντορον καὶ ἐπιστο- 
λὴν καὶ ἄνδρα συμπέμπει κελεύσοντα τοὺς Περινθίους 
ε , a , a 9 oN Ν 
ὡς τάχιστα Ἐενοφῶντα προπέμψαι τοῖς ἵπποις ἐπὶ τὸ 
΄ < δὰ , = a f > - 

στράτευμα. καὶ ὃ μὲν Ξενοφῶν διαπλεύσας ἀφικνεῖται 

1 successor. 2 it was said that Polus ete. 8 to Anaxibius. 4 ὅσον οὗ, 


almost. δὅ in (the) house, i. 6. into their houses. 8 according to the agreement, 
cf. 12. 7 effected the same agreement with. 8 keep together. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IL 341 


Ὁ 4 , ε A La 3Q ἡ e , : 

ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα: οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐδέξαντο ἡδέως 

καὶ εὐθὺς εἵποντο ἄσμενοι ὡς διαβησόμενοι ἐκ τῆς 
la > Ἀ > 7 

Θρᾷκης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 


Seuthes seeks to enlist Xenophon and the army in his service ; 
Neon and eight hundred followers pitch their camp apart 
from the rest; Aristarchus dissuades Xenophon from going 
into Asia, 

9 

‘O δὲ Σεύθης ἀκούσας ἥκοντα πάλιν πέμψας πρὸς 

» Det A 4 Ud > a Ἁ Ν. 
αὐτὸν κατὰ θάλατταν Μηδοσάδην ἐδεῖτο τὴν στρατιὰν 
ἄγειν πρὸς ἑαυτόν, ὑπισχνούμενος αὐτῷ ὅτι wero λέ- 

1 ΄Ἱ ε sis ΄ 9 29\ er ¥ 
yov* πείσειν. ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι οὐδὲν οἷόν TE εἴη 
τούτων γενέσθαι. καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα ἀκούσας ᾧχετο. οἵ 
δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐπεὶ ἀφίκοντο εἰς Πέρινθον, Νέων μὲν ἀπο- 
σπάσας ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο χωρὶς ἔχων ὡς ὀκτακοσίους 
> 4 Ν > ¥ ’ “ > an > - 
ἀνθρώπους" τὸ δ᾽ ἄλλο στράτευμα πᾶν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ 

δ \ A Ν ΄ > 

παρὰ τὸ τεῖχος TO Περινθίων ἦν. 

Μετὰ ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν μὲν ἔπραττε περὶ πλοίων, ὅπως 

” ’, ὃ a > δὲ , > , > , 

ὅτι τάχιστα διαβαῖεν. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ ἀφικόμενος ᾿Αρξ 

ε > ’ ε ia ». 4 , 
atapxos [ὃ] ἐκ Βυζαντίου ἁρμοστής, ἔχων δύο τριήρεις, 
πεπεισμένος ὑπὸ Φαρναβάζου τοῖς τε ναυκλήροις ὅ ἀπ- 
εἶπε μὴ διάγειν ἐλθών τε ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοῖς στρα- 
, > \ Bes Ν > ΄ ε δὲ 
τιώταις εἶπε μὴ περαιοῦσθαι“ εἰς τὴν Ασίαν. oO ὃὲ 

Ξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν ὅτι ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσε καὶ ἐμὲ" πρὸς 

τοῦτο ἔπεμψεν ἐνθάδε. πάλιν δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἔλεξεν, 

ςς 9 ΄ ἐν , ᾿ Ἐν ΄ Ire, δὲ as 
Ava€iBios μὲν τοίνυν οὐκέτι ναύαρχος, ἐγὼ δὲ τῇδε 

ε , > , δ. £08 , > “Ἄ , 

ἁρμοστής" εἰ δέ τινα ὑμῶν λήψομαι ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ, 
ὃ , ” a“ 3 > A » > Ν Lal 7” δ᾽ 

καταδύσω." ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ᾧχετο εἰς τὸ τεῖχος. τῇ 

ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπέμπεται τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 

τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἤδη δὲ ὄντων πρὸς τῷ τείχει ἐξ, 
βατεύματος. Ἢ ων “πρὸς "TE Τεῖχ τ 


1 by mentioning (it). 2 negotiated. ὃ ship-masters. #1029. 1615. 
434, 572. ὃ pass over. 


10 


ll 


12 


14 


15 


16 


17 


ε8 


842 ANABASIS. 


γέλλει τις τῷ Ξενοφῶντι ὅτι εἰ εἴσεισι, συλληφθήσεται 
‘ ΕΝ > a la 1 x Ν ’ ld 
Kal ἢ αὐτοῦ τι πείσεται' ἢ Kal Φαρναβάζῳ παρα-δοθή- 
σεται. 6 δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα τοὺς μὲν προπέμπεται., 
αὐτὸς δὲ εἶπεν ὅτι θῦσαί τι βούλοιτο. καὶ ἀπελθὼν 
32." > A 2 pn ε Ν a Ν ΄ 
ἐθύετο εἰ παρ-εἴεν" αὐτῷ οἱ θεοὶ πειρᾶσθαι πρὸς Lev 
θην ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα. ἑώρα γὰρ οὔτε διαβαίνειν 
> \ x / » ΄ 4 ¥ 9 ᾿ be. 
ἀσφαλὲς ὃν τριήρεις ἔχοντος τοῦ κωλύσοντος, οὔτ᾽ ἐπὶ 
Χερρόνησον ἐλθὼν κατακλεισθῆναι ἐβούλετο καὶ τὸ 
στράτευμα ἐν πολλῇ σπάνει πάντων γενέσθαι ἔνθα 
πείθεσθαι μὲν ἀνάγκη τῷ ἐκεῖ ἁρμοστῇ, τῶν δὲ ἐπιτη- 
’ > Ν » if Ν 4 
Seiwy οὐδὲν ἔμελλεν ἕξειν τὸ στράτευμα. 


Xenophon and other officers visit Seuthes by night. 
Καὶ ὃ μὲν ἀμφὶ ταῦτ᾽ εἶχεν" οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ 
λοχαγοὶ ἥκοντες παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι 
“ \ > rd A , A ΄΄ δὲ 4 
νῦν μὲν ἀπιέναι σφᾶς κελεύει, τῆς δείλης δὲ ἥκειν" 
ἔνθα καὶ δήλη μᾶλλον ἐδόκει ἡ ἐπιβουλή. ὁ οὖν 
— » “A > Ν 950. Ν ε Ν Ν > 49 A . - 
Ξενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ ἐδόκει τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ 
4 > La) Ν ’ »» 4 
στρατεύματι ἀσφαλῶς πρὸς Σεύθην ἰέναι, παραλαβὼν 
ἴω Ἀ an 
Πολυκράτην τὸν ᾿Αθηναῖον oxayov καὶ παρὰ τῶν 
στρατηγῶν ἑκάστου ἄνδρα πλὴν παρὰ Νέωνος ᾧ 
» Ν 
ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν ᾧχετο τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ Σεύθου 
στράτευμα ἑξήκοντα στάδια. 
᾽ \ Sy \ > sllta > , A ah 
Enel δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν αὐτοῦ, ἐπιτυγχάνει πυροῖς ἐρή- 
» >” rs 
pois. Kal TO μὲν πρῶτον WETO μετα-κεχωρηκέναι ὅ ποι 
Ν , > Ἁ Ν 4 » Ν ’ 
τὸν Σεύθην᾽ ἐπεὶ δὲ θορύβου τε ἤσθετο καὶ σημαινόντων 
> / ων ‘ 4 rs ν 4 4 
ἀλλήλοις TOV περὶ Σεύθην, κατ-έμαθεν ὅτι τούτου ἕνεκα 
Ν Ν ld » nw , A cal 
τὰ πυρὰ κεκαυμένα εἴη τῷ Σεύθῃ πρὸ τῶν νυκτοφυλά- 
kov* ὅπως οἱ μὲν φύλακες μὴ ὁρῷντο ἐν τῷ σκότει 
ὄντες μήτε ὁπόσοι μήτε ὅπου εἶεν, οἱ δὲ προσ-ιόντες 


ι πάσχω. 2. 38. οἵ παρ-ημ. 8. goelsewhere. Ἅ night-quards. 


BOCK VII. CHAP. ΤΣ 848 


a a. ‘ 
μὴ λανθάνοιεν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ φῶς καταφανεῖς εἶεν ἐπεὶ 
» 
δὲ ἤσθετο, προπέμπει τὸν ἑρμηνέα ὃν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων, 
“ -“ , ’ἅ 
καὶ εἰπεῖν κελεύει Σεύθῃ ὅτι Ἐενοφῶν πάρεστι βουλό- 
΄“ » nw 
μενος συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ. ot δὲ ἤροντο εἰ ᾿Αθηναῖος 
ey A , 3 δὴ δὲ ¥ e > 
ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔφη οὗτος εἶναι; ἀνα- 
, 4 nw 
πηδήσαντες ἐδίωκον Kal ὀλίγον ὕστερον παρῆσαν 
πελτασταὶ ὅσον διακόσιοι, καὶ παραλαβόντες Ἐενοφῶντα 
καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ ἦγον 
πρὸς Σεύθην. ὁ δ᾽ Hv ἐν 
/ / ’ 
τύρσει μάλα φυλαττόμενος, 
ὌΝ Ἀ Ἀν εν 4 
καὶ ἵπποι περὶ αὐτὴν κύκλῳ 
ἐγκεχαλινωμένοι "5 διὰ γὰρ 
Ν la Ν Ν ε ’ 
τὸν φόβον τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας 
ἐχίλουῦ τοὺς ἵππους, τὰς 
? 
δὲ νύκτας ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις 
3 7, > ’ Ν Ν 
ἐφυλάττετο. ἐλέγετο γὰρ καὶ 
ὔ ’ὔ ε 4 ’, 5 4 ἱρὴ 4 
πρόσθεν Τήρης ὁ τούτου πρόγονος ἐν ταύτῃ TH χώρᾳ 
, * A “ Ἀ 
TOMY ἔχων στράτευμα ὑπὸ τούτων τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολλοὺς 
> , Ν \ ΄ > A 5 > 
ἀπολέσαι καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἀφαιρεθῆναι" ἦσαν ὃ 
οὗτοι Θυνοΐί, πάντων λεγόμενοι εἶναι μάλιστα νυκτὸς 
πολεμικώτατοι. 





GREEK DRINKING HORNS. 


Xenophon, admitted to the presence of Seuthes, opens the 


negotiations. 


Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν, ἐκέλευσεν εἰσελθεῖν Ἐενοφῶντα 
ἔχοντα δύο οὖς βούλοιτο. ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ ἔνδον ἦσαν, ἠσπά- 
ζοντο μὲν πρῶτον ἀλλήλους καὶ κατὰ τὸν Θρᾷκιον 
νόμον κέρατα οἴνου προύπινον "ἡ παρὴν δὲ καὶ Μηδο- 
σάδης τῷ Σεύθῃ. ὅσπερ ἐπρέσβευεν αὐτῷ πάντοσε." 


1 hastened cf. 2 ἐγ-χαλινόω, bridle 8 χιλόω, fodder. 4 προ-πίνω. 
5 everywhere. 


20 


21 


22 


24 


25 


26 


27 


28 


29 


80 


844 ANABASIS. 


Ἔπειτα δὲ Zevodav ἤρχετο λέγειν" “Ἔπεμψας πρὸς 
> A 
ἐμέ, ὦ Σεύθη, εἰς Καλχηδόνα πρῶτον Μηδοσάδην 
τουτονί, δεόμενός μου συμ-προθυμηθῆναι διαβῆναι τὸ 
στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ ὑπισχνούμενός μοι, εἰ 
ταῦτα πράξαιμι, εὖ ποιήσειν, ὡς ἔφη Μηδοσάδης οὗτος." 
“ > \ > ld Ν ’ 3 3 A “ 
ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπήρετο τὸν Μηδοσάδην εἰ ἀληθῆ ταῦτα 
7 
εἴη. ὁ δ᾽ ἔφη" “Αὖθις ἦλθε Μηδοσάδης οὗτος ἐπεὶ 
3 Ν , , ἘΝῚ , , 3 ’ ε 
ἐγὼ διέβην πάλιν ἐπὶ τό στράτευμα ἐκ Παρίου, ὑπισ- 
χνούμενος, εἰ ἀγάγοιμι᾽ τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς σέ, τἄλλα 
έ φίλ ήσεσθ i ἀδελφῷ καὶ τὰ ὰ 
τέ σοι φίλῳ με χρήσεσθαι καὶ ἀδελφῷ καὶ τὰ παρὰ 
θαλάττῃ μοι χωρία ὧν σὺ κρατεῖς ἔσεσθαι παρὰ σοῦ." 
2% 4 , » Ν 4, > »¥ a 
ἐπὶ τούτοις πάλιν ἤρετο Tov Μηδοσάδην εἰ ἔλεγε ταῦτα. 
ὁ δὲ συν-ἔφη καὶ ταῦτα. 
37 
“Ἴθι νυν, ἔφη, ““ἀφ-ήγησαι 2 τούτῳ τί σοι ἀπε 
, > ὃ , a 39 «3 ’ . Ν 
κρινάμην ἐν Καλχηδόνι πρῶτον. Απεκρίνω ὅτι τὸ 
’ 4 > ’ Ἀ > Ν , 
στράτευμα διαβήσοιτο εἰς Βυζάντιον καὶ οὐδὲν τούτου 
y δέ A.) «τ Rg ὖν ¥ Ἢ "νὸς τ ὦ 
ἕνεκα δέοι τελεῖν οὔτε σοὶ οὔτε ἀλλῳ᾽ αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ 
’ 3 - ¥ “I Ν > ’ ν 9 
SiaBains, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα" καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως ὥσπερ 
σὺ ἔλεγες. “Ti yap* ἔλεγον, ἔφη; “ ὅτε κατὰ Σηλυ- 
βρίαν ἀφίκου ;" “Οὐκ ἔφησθα οἷόν τε εἶναι ἀλλ᾽ εἰς 
Πέρινθον ἐλθόντας διαβαίνειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν.᾽ 
“Nov τοίνυν, ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “πάρειμι καὶ ἐγὼ 
καὶ οὗτος Φρυνίσκος εἷς τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ Πολυκρά- 
τῆς οὗτος εἷς τῶν λοχαγῶν, καὶ ἔξω εἰσὶν ἀπὸ τῶν 
στρατηγῶν 6 πιστότατος ἑκάστῳ, πλὴν Νέωνος τοῦ 
Λακωνικοῦ. εἰ οὖν βούλει πιστοτέραν εἶναι τὴν πρᾶ- 
Ἁ » ’ ’, Ν Ν ν ‘ > \ > , 
ἕξιν, καὶ ἐκείνους κάλεσαι. τὰ δὲ ὅπλα σὺ ἐλθὼν εἶπέ, 
e « , ως 3" οἷ , A Ν 53. ΧΝ 
ὦ Πολύκρατες, ὅτι ἐγὼ κελεύω κατα-λιπεῖν, καὶ αὐτὸς 
> A ‘ Ν , ¥ ” 
ἐκεῖ καταλιπὼν τὴν μάχαιραν εἴσ-ιθι. 


1 said yes. ? relate. 38. pay. 4 well. ὃ. 56. Xenophon. δὅ οὐκ ἔφησθα 
ἐν ἀλλ᾽, you said that it was not practicable, but that. ἷ = most trusted by each 


—_—— 


BOOK VII. CHAP. Π. 3848 


Seuthes receives them hospitably ; conditions on which the Greeks 
are to serve him arranged. 
᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα 6 Σεύθης εἶπεν ὅτι οὐδενὶ ἂν ἀπι- 
͵΄ > , ᾿ Ἀ κ᾿ . A > 207 
στήσειεν ᾿Αθηναίων" καὶ yap ὅτι συγγενεῖς εἶεν εἰδέ. 
A ’ » » ’ Ν. “ 5» 5 Ἁ 
ναι καὶ φίλους εὔνους ἔφη νομίζειν. μετὰ ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
εἰσῆλθον ovs ἔδει, πρῶτον Ξενοφῶν ἐπήρετο Σεύθην ὅτι 
ὃ ΄ A θ - a ε δὲ ον 50 <4 4 
ἔοιτο χρῆσθαι τῇ στρατιᾷ. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ὧδε. Μαισά- 
> , > id 4 *s > Ν ~ ‘ 
dys ἦν πατήρ μοι, ἐκείνου δὲ ἦν, ἀρχὴ Medavdira καὶ 
Θυνοὶ καὶ Τρανίψαι. ἐκ ταύτης οὖν τῆς χώρας, ἐπεὶ 
τὰ Ὀδρυσῶν πράγματα ἐνόσησεν. ἐκπεσὼν 6 πατὴρ 
oS A > , 7 > Ἁ δ᾽ , ᾿ » > 
αὐτὸς μὲν ἀποθνήσκει νόσῳ, ἐγὼ ἐξ-ετράφην “ὀρφανὸς 
\ , es A “ 3 Ν δὲ 7, > 
παρὰ Μηδόκῳ τῷ νῦν βασιλεῖ. ἐπεὶ δὲ νεανίσκος eye 
/ > > , “Ὁ > > 4 , > 
νόμην, οὐκ ἐδυνάμην ζῆν εἰς ἀλλοτρίαν τράπεζαν ἀπο- 
΄, ν᾿ Se? , , 8 “ον 2 4 a id 
βλέπων καὶ ἐκαθεζόμην évdidpros® αὐτῷ ἱκέτης ἡ δοῦναί 
ε ld Ν » ¥ 4 Ἀ ‘ > 
μοι ὁπόσους δυνατὸς εἴη ἄνδρας, ὅπως καὶ τοὺς ἐκβα: 
’ ε a ¥ , x ? Ν A Ν 
λόντας ἡμᾶς εἴ τι δυναίμην κακὸν ποιοίην καὶ ζῴην μὴ 
> Ν > 7 ’ 5 id 9 4 > 
εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου τράπεζαν ἀποβλέπων ὠσπερ κύων. ἐκ 
4 ’ Ν » Ν Ἅ 4 a 
τούτου μοι δίδωσι τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους οὕς 
ε a ΕΣ 3 X e Ly ΄ Ν Co rn Nee | ~ 
ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε ἐπειδὰν ἡμέρα γένηται. καὶ viv ἐγὼ ζῶ 
τούτους ἔχων, λῃζόμενος τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ πατρῴαν χώραν. 
εἰ δέ μοι ὑμεῖς παρα-γένοισθε, οἶμαι ἂν σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς 
e δί 5 a“ Ἁ 5 id Fe 2, Ὁ Ν a > x e a 
ῥᾳδίως ἀπολαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν. ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἃ ἐγὼ ὑμῶν 
δέομαι." 
“Ti ἂν οὖν, ἔφη 6 Ξενοφῶν, “σὺ δύναιο, εἰ ἔλθοι- 
μεν, τῇ τε στρατιᾷ διδόναι καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς καὶ τοῖς 
a 4 7 Ὁ ἷ > , 23 ε > 
στρατηγοῖς ; λέξον, ἵνα οὗτοι ἀπαγγέλλωσιν.᾽ ὁ ὃ 
ὑπέσχετο τῷ μὲν στρατιώτῃ κυζικηνόν, τῷ δὲ λοχαγῷ 
δι-μοιρίαν, τῷ δὲ στρατηγῷ τετρα-μοιρίαν, καὶ γῆν ὅὃπό- 
x , Ν , Ν ΄, Pe re 
onv ἂν βούλωνται καὶ ζεύγη καὶ χωρίον ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ 


1 fell sick, i. 6. into a demoralized state. 2 ἐκ-τρέφω, io rear up. 8 table. 
companion, * suppliant. ὅ twice as much, See Introd. 64. 


31 


32 


34 


35 


36 


87 


38 


846 | ANABASIS. 


τετειχισμένον “Ἐὰν δέ ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν, “ταῦτα 
πειρώμενοι μὴ διαπράξωμεν, ἀλλά τις φόβος ἀπὸ Λακε- 
δαιμονίων ἢ, δέξει εἰς τὴν σεαυτοῦ, ἐάν τις ἀπιέναι 
βούληται παρὰ σέ; ὁ δ᾽ εἶπε, “Καὶ ἀδελφούς γε 
ποιήσομαι καὶ ἐνδιφρίους καὶ κοινωνοὺς 5 ἁπάντων ὧν 
ἂν δυνώμεθα κτᾶσθαι. σοὶ δέ, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, καὶ θυγα- 
τέρα δώσω καὶ εἴ τις σοὶ ἔστι θυγάτηρ, ὠνήσομαι 
Θρᾳκίῳ νόμῳ, καὶ Βισάνθην οἴκησιν ὃ δώσω, ὅπερ ἐμοὶ 
κάλλιστον χωρίον ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ." 


Xenophon returning calls the army together, and after some discus- 
sion advises the Greeks to go in search of provisions. 


III. ᾿Ακούσαντες ταῦτα καὶ δεξιὰς δόντες καὶ λαβόν- 
τες ἀπήλαυνον" καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ στρα- 
τοπέδῳ καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν ἕκαστοι τοῖς πέμψασιν. ἐπεὶ 

Ν ε ld > ’ ε Ν 3. ’ , > ld Ν 
δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ὁ μὲν ᾿Αρίσταρχος πάλιν ἐκάλει τοὺς 

Ν Ν νὰ ad δ᾽ 25 ‘ 4 A Ν 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ Noxayovs* τοῖς δ᾽ ἔδοξε τὴν ἡ μὲν πρὸς 
9 ’ εονἜἝ 9. Ν Ν ‘ , , 

Αρίσταρχον ὁδὸν ἐᾶσαι, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα συγκαλέσαι. 

Ἀ “Ὁ ’ὔ A ε , ἐ φ- Ν > lal 
καὶ συνῆλθον πάντες πλὴν οἱ Néwvos* οὗτοι δὲ ἀπεῖχον 
ὡς δέκα στάδια. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον, ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν εἶπε τάδε. 
“"Avdpes, διαπλεῖν μὲν ἔνθα βουλόμεθα “Apiotapxos 

΄ ¥ ‘ee a ? a > > \ 
τριήρεις ἔχων κωλύει" ὥστε εἰς πλοῖα οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς 
> , me e δὲ φἴ Ὁ 8 X , > , : 
ἐμβαίνειν: οὗτος ὃὲ αὑτὸς" κελεύει εἰς Χερρόνησον 
βίᾳ διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους πορεύεσθαι. ἣν δὲ κρατή- 
σαντες τούτου ἐκεῖσε ἔλθωμεν, οὔτε πωλήσειν ἔτι ὑμᾶς 

τ > ’ ” > , 0 ¥ 
φησιν ὦστερ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ, οὔτε ἐξαπατήσεσθαι ἔτι 
ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ λήψεσθαι μισθόν, οὔτε περι-όψεσθαι δ ἔτι 
ὥσπερ νυνὶ δεομένους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. 


1 retxiw, to wall, fortify. 2 sharers. 8 residence. 4 τὴν δδὲν ἐᾶσαι, 
decline gong. 5 = ὃ αὐτός. 6 περιοράω, over-look, neglect. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IIL 347 


“Οὗτος μὲν ταῦτα λέγει Σεύθης δέ φησιν, ἂν πρὸς 
ἐκεῖνον ἴητε, εὖ ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς. νῦν οὖν σκέψασθε 

, > ΄ ? 1 a , Ἄ » Ν 
πότερον ἐνθάδε μένοντες τοῦτο βουλεύσεσθε ἢ εἰς τὰ 
> / > ’ > Ν Ν > ὃ “ > Ν 
ἐπιτήδεια ἐπ-αν-ελθόντες. ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ, ἐπεὶ 
> , ἊΨ > ,ὕὔ A - > , ΕἾ Ε 
ἐνθάδε οὔτε ἀργύριον ἔχομεν wore ἀγοράζειν οὔτε ἄνευ 
ἀργυρίου ἐῶσι λαμβάνειν, ἐπανελθόντας εἰς τὰς κώμας 
50 ε ν 2 9 “ἡ , > A » Ν > 4 
ὅθεν ot ἥττους" ἐῶσι λαμβάνειν, ἐκεῖ ἔχοντας τὰ ἐπιτή- 

a A A a 

δεια ἀκούοντας ὅτι Tis ἡμῶν δεῖται, αἱρεῖσθαι ὅ τι ἂν 

A nw > nr 
Mmpiv δοκῇ κράτιστον εἶναι. καὶ ὅτῳ, ἔφη, “ταῦτα 
δοκεῖ, ἀράτω τὴν χεῖρα. ἀνέτειναν ἅπαντες. ““᾿Απιόν- 

΄, > » 144 , 0 Ν 3 δὰ 
τες τοίνυν, ἔφη, ““συσκευάζεσθε, καὶ ἐπειὸὰν παραγ- 
ν “A ε ὔ ᾽» 

γέλλῃ τις, ἔπεσθε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ. 


After setting out, they are met by Seuthes, who supplies them with 
provisions and persuades them to enter his service. 


‘ ~ A Ν ε “Ἂ ε > 9 
Mera ταῦτα Ἐενοφῶν μὲν ἡγεῖτο, ot δ᾽ εἵποντο. προ- 
“.»,ὔ ; δὲ \ δὲ 79 , » » 6 3 
ἱόντων δὲ Kal map ᾿Αριστάρχου ἄγγελοι ἔπειθον 
> ’ ε > > ε ’ > ‘ > 9 
ἀποτρέπεσθαι" ot δ᾽ οὐχ ὑπήκουον. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ὅσον 
4 ’ 4 > a 4 
τριάκοντα σταδίους προ-εληλύθεσαν, ἀπαντᾷ Σεύθης. 
νι a 29 xy , 4. - δ 9 
καὶ 6 Ἐενοφῶν ἰδὼν αὐτὸν προσελάσαι ἐκέλευσεν, ὅπως 
ν , > , ¥ > A: Sa 7 , 
ὅτι πλείστων ἀκουόντων εἴποι αὐτῷ ἃ ἐδόκει συμφέρειν. 
ἐπεὶ δέ προσῆλθεν, εἶπε Ξενοφῶν - ““Ἡμεῖς πορευόμεθα 
ν ’ Y, Ν t v4 > Lal 2 > 4 
ὅπου μέλλει ἕξειν τὸ στράτευμα τροφήν ἐκεῖ δ᾽ ἀκού- 
οντες καὶ σοῦ καὶ τῶν τοῦ Λακωνικοῦ αἱρησόμεθα ἃ 
ἂν κράτιστα δοκῇ εἶναι. ἢν οὖν ἡμῖν ἡγήσῃ ὅπου 
πλεῖστά ἐστιν ἐπιτήδεια, ὑπὸ σοῦ νομιοῦμεν ὁ ξενίζε- 
᾽»7 
σθαι. καὶ ὁ Σεύθης ἔφη" “᾿Αλλὰ οἷδα κώμας πολλὰς 
ἀθρόας" καὶ πάντα ἐχούσας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀπ-εχούσας 
1 ἐνθάδε μένοντες ἢ εἰς ( for ΞΞ to get). 3. = ἥττονες, where the villagers being 


weaker. 3 trying to persuade. 4 ὑπὸ σοῦ νομιοῦμεν ξενίζεσθαι, will consider 
ourselves your guests. © close together. 


11 


13 


848 ANABASIS. 


ἡμῶν ὅσον ' διελθόντες ἂν ἡδέως ἢ ἀριστῴητε.᾽ ““Ἡγοῦ 
Γ 99 ¥ ε A“ > A > > 4 > > QA 
τοίνυν, ἔβη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο εἰς αὐτὰς 
τῆς δείλης, συνῆλθον οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ εἶπε Σεύθης 
τοιάδε: ““᾿ Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, δέομαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσθαι 
σὺν ἐμοί, καὶ ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν δώσειν τοῖς στρατιώταις 
κυζικηνόν, λοχαγοῖς δὲ καὶ στρατηγοῖς τὰ νομιζόμενα "" 
"» A , Ν yy Φὡ / / Ν Ν Ἀ 
ἔξω δὲ τούτων τὸν ἄξιον τιμήσω. σιτία δὲ καὶ ποτὰ; 
4 A lal “Ὁ 
ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν ἐκ τῆς χώρας λαμβάνοντες ἕξετε" ὁπόσα 
δ᾽ x OV 5 , 5 aa ἣν » ν “ ὃ vd 
ἂν ἁλίσκηται ἀξιώσω αὐτὸς ἔχειν, iva ταῦτα διατιθέ. 
μενος ὑμῖν τὸν μισθὸν πορίζω. καὶ τὰ μὲν φεύγοντα 
Ν 3 , ε A ε Ν > , , Ν 
καὶ ἀποδιδράσκοντα ἡμεῖς ἱκανοὶ ἐσόμεθα διώκειν καὶ 
βου ΝΕ A \ εκ , 
ἂν ὃέ τις ἀνθ-ιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασό- 
ἴ ἐπήρετο 6 Ξενοφῶν" “Πόσον δὲ 


μαστεύειν 
A 3) 
μεθα χειροῦσθαι. 
> \ , > ’ , ΄ Ν 4 3» 
ἀπὸ θαλάττης ἀξιώσεις συνέπεσθαΐ σοι τὸ στράτευμα ; 
ε δ᾽ 3 ld aie i) “Ὁ λ lal ε Ν ε A Lal 8 
ὁ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο" “Οὐδαμῇ πλεῖον ἑπτὰ ἡμερῶν, μεῖον 
δὲ πολλαχῇ ὃ 
Μετὰ ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο ἢ λέγειν τῷ βουλομένῳ" Kat ἔλε- 
γον πολλοὶ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὅτι παντὸς ἴ ἄξια λέγοι Σεύθης" 
χειμὼν γὰρ εἴη καὶ οὔτε οἴκαδε ἀποπλεῖν τῷ τοῦτο βου- 
’ Ν ¥ , > ’ 3 er 
λομένῳ δυνατὸν εἴη, διαγενέσθαι τε ἐν φιλίᾳ οὐχ οἷόν 
> ὃ ὕ 5 ᾽ ζῆ 5 δὲ ~ X , ὃ , 
τε, εἰ δέοι ὠνουμένους ζῆν, ἐν δὲ TH πολεμίᾳ διατρίβειν 
Ἀ ’, > - Ν ’ x / 
καὶ τρέφεσθαι ἀσφαλέστερον μετὰ Σεύθου ἢ μόνους. 
» > 5 “ 4 5 Ν » 
ὄντων δ᾽ ἀγαθῶν τοσούτων, εἰ μισθὸν προσ-λήψοιντο, 
ψ 12 25 ΄ > ἘΣ , > ε ae 
εὐρημα “ ἐδόκει εἶναι. ἐπὶ τούτοις εἶπεν ὁ Ξενοφῶν 
“ a ? 
“Ri τις ἀντι-λέγει, λεγέτω" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐπιψηφιῶ “ὃ ταῦτα. 
ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, ἐπεψήφισε, καὶ ἔδοξε ταῦτα. 
> Ἀ Ν , > 4 4 > 
εὐθὺς δὲ Σεύθῃ εἶπεν, ὅτι συστρατεύσοιντο αὐτῷ. 
1 ὅσον διελθόντες, only so far that after you travel (it). 2 comfortably = 
witha relish, ὃ sc. oraripa. 4 what is customary, see Introd. 64 and cf. 2%, 
€ shall ask to keep it myself. 8 search out. 7 χειρόω, subdue, 8 4688. 


® often. 10 it was given = permission was given. 11 worth everything, Le 
very important. © piece of good fortune. 18 shall put this to vote. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. ITI. 349 


Seuthe. invites the Greek officers to a banquet ; presents solicited. 


Mera τοῦτο οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι κατὰ τάξεις ἐσκήνησαν; 
Ν Ν Ν ἈΝ ΕΝ ΄- 4 | 
στρατηγοὺς δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Σεύθης ἐκά- 
> 
λεσε, πλησίον κώμην ἔχων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ θύραις ἦσαν 
ε > 4 A , > ε ΄ 
ὡς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον παριόντες, ἣν τις Ἡρακλείδης Μαρω- 
ν 
νείτης" οὗτος προσιὼν ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ οὕστινας ᾧετο ἔχειν 
τι δοῦναι Σεύθῃ. πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς Παριανούς τινας. 
a ΜΆ , , Ν ᾽ Ν 
ot παρῆσαν φιλίαν διαπραξόμενοι πρὸς Μήδοκον τὸν 
᾿Οδρυσῶν Bacrré i δῶρα a ITO καὶ TH 
ρυσῶν βασιλέα καὶ δῶρα ἄγοντες αὐτῷ TE Kal TH 
wy ’ »” 9 / Ν ¥ ¥ ὃ ἠὃ ε 
γυναικί, ἔλεγεν ὅτι Μήδοκος μὲν ἄνω εἴη δώδεκα ἡμε- 
A > Ἂν ’ ε ’ 4 > > Ἁ Ν ’ 
ρῶν ἀπὸ θαλάττης ὃδόν, Σεύθης δ᾽ ἐπεὶ τὸ στράτευμα 
τοῦτο εἴληφεν, ἄρχων ἔσοιτο ἐπὶ θαλάττ εἰτων οὗ 
ηφεν, ἄρχων ἔσοιτο ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ. γείτων οὖν 
x e “a Ν A a 
ὧν ἱκανώτατος ἔσται ὑμᾶς Kal εὖ Kal κακῶς ποιεῖν. 
x 35 κ᾿ , ΄ 9 x x 2 \ 
ἣν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τούτῳ δώσετε OTL ἂν ἄγητε" Kal 
¥ ern ὃ , x 2X ὃ , “ , 1 
ἄμεινον ὑμῖν δια-κείσεται ἢ ἐὰν Μηδόκῳ τῷ πρόσω 
οἰκοῦντι δῶτε. τούτους μὲν οὕτως ἔπειθεν. 
Αὖθις δὲ Τιμασίωνι τῷ Δαρδανεῖ προσελθών, ἐπεὶ 
A > Ἀ ᾿ 
ἤκουσεν αὐτῷ εἶναι καὶ ἐκπώματα καὶ τάπιδας “ βαρ- 
ld 3» ν 4 ε ,’ >. δχ “~ , 
βαρικάς, ἔλεγεν ὅτι νομίζοιτο ὁπότε ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέσαι 
Σεύθης δωρεῖσθαι" αὐτῷ τοὺς κληθέντας. “οὗτος δ᾽ ἢν 
7 > , , ε ἊΣ » Ἀ »” 
μέγας ἐνθάδε γένηται, ἱκανὸς ἔσται oe καὶ οἴκαδε 
Lal Ν “ lal 
καταγαγεῖν Kat ἐνθάδε πλούσιον ποιῆσαι. τοιαῦτα 


προυμνᾶτο * 


ἑκάστῳ προσιών. 

Προσελθὼν δὲ καὶ Ἐενοφῶντι ἔλεγε" “Xd καὶ πόλεως 
εγίστης εἶ καὶ ὰ Σεύθῃ τὸ σὸν O 7 j 
μεγίστης εἶ παρὰ Σεύθῃ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα μέγιστόν 
> > ia Lad Ε δ QA ’ 
ἐστι; Kal ἐν τῇδε TH χώρᾳ ἴσως ἀξιώσεις" Kal τεΐχη ® 

΄ ν a 
λαμβάνειν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλοι τῶν ὑμετέρων ἔλαβον, καὶ 
ΕΝ ΄ 

χώραν" ἄξιον οὖν σοι καὶ μεγαλοπρεπέστατα τιμῆσαι 


1 far away. 2 carpets. 8 to make presents. * προ-μνάομαι, sue for, 
solicit. 5 claim, ask. 6 walled towns. 


~ 


6 


350 ANABASIS. 


20 Σεύθην. εὔνους δέ σοι ὧν παραινῶ "ἷ εὖ οἶδα yap ὅτι 


21 


22 


ῳ x (ζ , ὃ , ae, | it ἃ ς ΄ 
ὅσῳ ἂν μείζω τούτῳ δωρήσῃ, τοσούτῳ" μείζω ὑπὸ τού- 
του ἀγαθὰ πείσει. ἀκούων ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν ἠπόρει" 
> ‘ , » 3 / > ‘ “A ‘ 
οὐ yap διεβεβήκει ἔχων ἐκ Παρίου εἰ μὴ παῖδα καὶ 
ὅσον ὃ ἐφόδιον. 

Description of the banquet. 


A 4 ee > ἃ Ἃ A A A e 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰσῆλθον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον τῶν τε Θρᾳκῶν ot 
κράτιστοι τῶν παρόντων καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ λοχα- 
ν A ε , \ ¥ 4 A ee 
yo. τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ εἴ tis” πρεσβεία παρὴν ἀπὸ 
’ Ν “ Ν > , ee 2 » 
πόλεως, τὸ δεῖπνον μὲν ἦν καθημένοις κύκλῳ ἔπειτα 
δὲ δ > id 0 Lal Ἂ e δ᾽ > Lal 
€ tpltobes” εἰσ-ηνέχθησαν πᾶσιν" οὗτοι δ᾽ ἦσαν κρεῶν 
ν . rt 
μεστοὶ veveunuevwr, καὶ ἄρτοι ζυμῖται μεγάλοι προσ- 
, 3 & 
πεπερονημένοι ὃ ἦσαν πρὸς τοῖς κρέασι. μάλιστα δ᾽ αἱ 
΄ 4 ‘ , ASA rs , Ἀ > 
τράπεζαι κατὰ τοὺς ξένους ἀεὶ ἐτίθεντο" νόμος yap ἦν 
A A a , ‘\ 
— καὶ πρῶτος τοῦτο ἐποίει Σεύθης, καὶ ἀν-ελόμενος 
\ ε an » » 9 \ \ 10 
TOUS ἑαυτῷ παρακειμένους ἄρτους διτέκλα“ κατὰ μικρὸν 
lal ‘ ε 9 
καὶ ἐρρίπτει οἷς αὐτῷ ἐδόκει, Kal τὰ κρέα ὡσαύτως, ὅσον 
μόνον γεύσασθαι ἑαυτῷ κατα-λιπών. 
Ν e »# \ Ν ». 5 , ἃ ε , 
Kal οἱ ἄλλοι δὲ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἐποίουν καθ᾽ ovs ai Tpa- 
» > Ν , 3 , »” A 
meCar ἔκειντο. ᾿Αρκὰς δέ τις ᾿Αρύστας ὄνομα, φαγεῖν 
ὃ ‘ Ui Ν A ὃ “ »ν 12 ’ X ἈΝ δὲ > 
Eos, TO μὲν διαρριπτεῖν eva” χαίρειν, λαβὼν δὲ εἰς 
la ¥ Ν , , 
τὴν χεῖρα ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἢ ἄρτον καὶ κρέα θέμενος 
Ψ : 
ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα ἐδείπνει. κέρατα δὲ οἴνου περι-έφερον. 
Ν , 95. 7 Ἐ ε eS , > Ν > 4. ὦ 
καὶ πάντες ἐδέχοντο" ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αρύστας, ἐπεὶ παρ αὐτὸν 
’ ‘\ , ε > , e εν iS \ Ν — 
φέρων τὸ κέρας ὁ οἰνοχόος ἧκεν, εἶπεν ἰδὼν TOV Fevo- 
A er ὃ a “? ΄, ”» »¥ ‘“ ὃ ee 
φῶντα οὐκέτι δειπνοῦντα, “'Exeiv@, ἔφη, ὃς" σχο- 
1 exhort. 2 τοσούτῳ μείζω ἀγαθὰ πείσει (πάσχω) etc., the greater benefits 
you will receive etc. 8 (sc. εἶναι), as much money as to serve for travelling 
expenses. 4 whatever embassy. 5 three-footed tables. 8 divided into por- 
tions. 7 Jeavened. ὃ προσ-περονάω, pin or fasten lo. 9 δια-κλάω, break up. 


© nto smaii pieces. 1 fearful eater. 12 εἴα χαίρειν, let himself say farewell 
to = neglected. 13 three choenizxes in size. 


BOOK VIL CHAP. III. 351 


Adler yap ἤδη, ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδέ-πω. ἀκούσας Σεύθης τὴν 
φωνὴν ἠρώτα τὸν οἰνοχόον τί λέγει. ὁ δὲ οἰνοχόος 
εἶπεν" ἑλληνίζειν: γὰρ ἠπίστατο. ἐνταῦθα μὲν δὴ 
γέλως ἐγένετο. 


They drink to Seuthes’ health. 


35 n Ἀ , 2 ε , 5» -“ ἃ ὦ A 
Enel δὲ προυχώρει“ ὁ πότος, εἰσῆλθεν ἀνὴρ Θρᾷξ 
ν » , \ κ , ΗΝ > 
ἵππον ἔχων λευκόν, καὶ λαβὼν κέρας μεστὸν εἶπε" 
“TIpo-rivw σοι, ὦ Σεύθη, καὶ τὸν ἵππον τοῦτον δωροῦ- 
? ᾽ ρ 
3.45 e Ν ὃ , ἃ x 20 , δ᾽ Ν 
μαι, ἐφ᾽ οὗ καὶ διώκων ὃν ἂν ἐθέλῃς αἱρήσεις καὶ 
9 “ > A - Ν ’ > ἊΨ “" 
ἀποχωρῶν οὐ μὴ δείσῃς τὸν πολέμιον. ἄλλος παῖδα 
εἰσαγαγὼν οὕτως ἐδωρήσατο προ-πίνων, καὶ ἄλλος ἱμά- 
Tia τῇ γυναικί. καὶ Τιμασίων 
προπίνων ἐδωρήσατο φιάλην τε 
> A“ Ἀ , > , ’ : 
ἀργυρᾶν καὶ τάπιδα ἀξίαν δέκα 
μνῶν. Γνήσιππος δέ τις ᾿Αθη- 
᾿ ναῖος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν ὅτι ἀρχαῖος 
MG δ ΤΙΣ ows » , aN \ X 
(MONS ΓΝ εἴη νόμος κάλλιστος τοὺς μὲν 
᾿ ¥ , δὰ a“ A 
ἔχοντας διδόναι τῷ βασιλεῖ τιμῆς 
΄ ~ A Ν ¥ la 
ἕνεκα, τοῖς δὲ μὴ ἔχουσι διδόναι 
τὸν βασιλέα, ἵνα καὶ ἐγώ, ἔφη, ἔχω σοι δωρεῖσθαι καὶ 
τιμᾶν. 





Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἠπορεῖτο τί ποιήσει" καὶ γὰρ ἐτύγχα- 
; ἠπορεῖτο τί ποιήσει" καὶ γὰρ ἐτύγχα 
' ε , ᾽ a , Si s U6 
vey ὡς τιμώμενος ἐν τῷ πλησιαιτάτῳ δίφρῳ Σεύθῃ 
καθήμενος. ὁ δὲ Ἡρακλείδης ἐκέλευεν αὐτῷ τὸ κέρας 
ὀρέξαι ὅ τὸν οἰνοχόον. ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν, ἤδη γὰρ ὑπο- 
πεπωκὼς ἡ ἐτύγχανεν, ἀνέστη θαρραλέως δεξάμενος τὸ 
κέρας καὶ εἶπεν " “᾿Εγὼ δέ σοι, ὦ Σεύθη, δίδωμι ἐμαυ- 
Ν 4 ‘ > ‘ 4 ε ΄ 7 
τὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς τούτους ἑταίρους φίλους εἶναι 


1 speak Greek. 3 προ-χωρέω. 8 dpéyw, reach. * had already drunk ἃ 
little (ὑπο-πίνω), i.e. a little too much. 


26 


31 


32 


88 


84 


35 


352 ANABASIS. 


πιστούς, Kal οὐδένα ἄκοντα, ἀλλὰ πάντας μᾶλλον ἔτι 
3 a , ’ > Ν A , 
ἐμοῦ σοι βουλομένους φίλους εἶναι. Kal νῦν πάρεισιν 
οὐδέν σε προσαιτοῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ προϊέμενοι καὶ πονεῖν 
ε Ν “ ‘\ , > , & ε 
ὑπὲρ σοῦ Kal προ-κινδυνεύειν ἐθέλοντες" μεθ᾽ ὧν, ἂν οἱ 
Ν Fa Ἁ , Ν Ν > ’ & 
θεοὶ θέλωσι, πολλὴν χώραν THY μὲν ἀπο-λήψει πατρῴαν 
= \ κ᾿ , κ \ 9 ἈΝ , ¥ 
οὖσαν, τὴν δὲ κτήσει; πολλοὺς δὲ ἵππους, πολλοὺς δὲ ar- 
ὃρας καὶ γυναῖκας κατα-κτήσει, ovs οὐ λήζεσθαί σε 
, > 3 3 Ν 4 , Ν Ν “Ὁ 3) 
δεήσει, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ φέροντες παρέσονται πρὸς σὲ δῶρα. 
3 Ν ε , ᾿ Ν 1 
Αναστὰς 6 Σεύθης συν-εξ-έπιε καὶ συγ-κατ-εσκεδάσατο 
μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ κέρας. μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθον κέρασί" τε 
ν ’, > a Ἀ , > ’, 8 
οἵοις σημαίνουσιν αὐλοῦντες καὶ σάλπιγξιν ὠμοβοείαις 
ε , Ν ® 4 , Ν US 
ῥυθμούς τε καὶ οἷον paydii* σαλπίζοντες. καὶ αὐτὸς 
, > \ ey , ae: \ a2 6 
Σεύθης ἀναστὰς av-expayé τε πολεμικὸν " καὶ ἐξ-ήλατο 
ὥσπερ βέλος φυλαττόμενος μάλα ἐλαφρῶς. εἰσῇσαν 
δὲ καὶ γελωτο-ποιοί.ἷ 


They plan an attack upon the Thracians. 


‘Os δ᾽ ἦν ἥλιος ἐπὶ δυσμαῖς, ἀνέστησαν ot Ἕλλη- 
ves καὶ εἶπον ὅτι wpa νυκτοφύλακας καθιστάναι καὶ 
4 / Ν 4 > ’ 
σύνθημα παρα-διδόναι. καὶ Σεύθην ἐκέλευον παραγ- 
a 9 > “ie X ae 8 A 
γεῖλαι ὅπως εἰς τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ στρατόπεδα μηδεὶς τῶν 
A ¥ eas 2 Ν , 8 a ; 
Θρᾳκῶν εἴσ-εισι νυκτός" οἵ TE yap πολέμιοι" Θρᾷκες 
A ε > a“ 
[ὑμῖν] καὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ φίλοι. ὡς δ᾽ ἐξῇσαν, cvv-av-éorn 
ὁ Σεύθης οὐδέν τι μεθύοντι ἐοικώς. ἐξελθὼν δ᾽ εἶπεν 
> \ N N > : εξ Ε ὃ ε 
αὑτοὺς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἀπο-καλέσας Ὦ ανὸρες, οἱ 
πολέμιοι ἡμῶν οὐκ ἴσασί πω τὴν ἡμετέραν συμμαχίαν" 
ΕΝ > $9 > Ν Ν , « ἣν, 
ἣν οὖν ἔλθωμεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς πρὶν φυλάξασθαι ὥστε μὴ 


1 at the same time (ovy-) with him (Xenophon) sprinkled (what was left in) the 


horn upon himself. 2 playing upon horns such as they make signals with etc. 
8 of raw ox-hide. 4 οἷον (sc. σαλπίζουσι) μαγάδι, magadis, kind of harp. 
5 war-cry. ὃ é&-dAAoum, leap forth (out of his place). 7 buffoons. 


8 for your enemies are Thracians and you are our friends, 


BOOK VII. CHAP. ΠΙ. 353 


A a , τῷ 3 4 , 
ληφθῆναι ἢ παρασκευάσασθαι ὥστε ἀμύνασθαι, μά- 
91 ἃ λ ΄ ; is θ , \ , δ 99 
λιστ᾽ * ἂν λάβοιμεν καὶ ἀνθρώπους Kat χρήματα. συν- 
εἐπήνουν ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον. ὁ 

δ᾽ 3 a4. 28 la > , bs 3 Ν δὲ ε , 
εἶπε᾽ “ΤΠαρασκευασάμενοι avapeveTe* ἔγω O€ οπόταν 
ἐν > ἡξι Ν ε nw ἈΝ A λ Ν Ἀ ε Lal 
καιρὸς ἢ NEw πρὸς ὑμᾶς. καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ ὑμᾶς 
3 Ἁ ε / Ἀ A“ ν > Ν Cf lal 
ἀναλαβὼν ἡγήσομαι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις. καὶ ὃ Ξενοφῶν 
5 Ἢ ἐς ͵ , » Ν ’ θ > ε 
εἶπε Σκέψαι τοίνυν, εἰπερ νυκτὸς πορευσόμεθα, εἰ ὃ 
Ἑλληνικὸς νόμος κάλλιον exer’ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν μὲν γὰρ 
ἐν ταῖς πορείαις ἡγεῖται. τοῦ στρατεύματος ὁποῖον 
» φν Ν Ν , , = 5. ε Ν 
ἂν ἀεὶ πρὸς τὴν χώραν συμφέρῃ, ἐάν τε ὁπλιτικὸν 
ἐάν τε πελταστικὸν ἐάν τε ἱππικόν᾽ νύκτωρ δὲ νόμος 


ν 
8 οὔτω 


τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἡγεῖσθαί ἐστι τὸ βραδύτατον ᾽ 
ν lal 
yap ἥκιστα δια-σπᾶται τὰ στρατεύματα καὶ ἥκιστα 
λανθάνουσιν ἀπο-διδράσκοντες ἀλλήλους οἱ δὲ δια- 
,ὕ , Ν ud > ΄ Ν 
σπασθέντες πολλάκις καὶ περιπίπτουσιν ἀλλήλοις καὶ 
ἀγνοοῦντες κακῶς ποιοῦσι καὶ πάσχουσιν. εἶπεν οὖν 
Σ 50 ὁ 6 "0 θῶ λ ’ \ > A Ὁ ’ὔ wn ε tA 
evOns ρθῶς λέγετε Kal ἐγὼ τῷ νόμῳ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 
πείσομαι. καὶ ὑμῖν μὲν ἡγεμόνας δώσω τῶν πρεσβυ- 
’ Ν 5 4 ~ 4 ps > > 4 
τάτων τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους τῆς χώρας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐφ-έψο- 
μαι τελευταῖος τοὺς ἵππους ἔχων" ταχὺ γὰρ πρῶτος, 
ἂν δέῃ, παρ-έσομαι.᾽ σύνθημα δ᾽ εἶπον ““᾿Αθηναίαν ᾿ 
κατὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. ταῦτα εἰπόντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 


Setting out about midnight with the heavy-armed in the van, they 
surprise the villages the next day, and capture much booty. 


> a 
Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ μέσας νύκτας, παρῆν Σεύθης ἔχων 
Ν 
τοὺς ἱππέας τεθωρακισμένους καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς σὺν 
τοῖς ὅπλοις. καὶ ἐπεὶ παρ-έδωκε τοὺς ἡγεμόνας. οἱ μὲν 
ε A ε lel ε \ Ἀ ν ε > e “ 
ὁπλῖται ἡγοῦντο, οἱ δὲ πελτασταὶ εἵποντο, οἱ δ᾽ ἱππεῖς 


1 most certainly. 2 be suitable. Cf. Introd., 93. 8 the slowest (part). 
4 kinship, cf. 231, 


Η. ἃ W. ANAB. — 23 


36 


37 


39 


40 


41 


42 


45 


46 


354 ANABASIS. 


ὠπισθοφυλάκουν: ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἡμέρα ἦν, ὁ Σεύθης παρ- 
la > A ’ Ν = ’ : Ν ε ἈΝ 
ἤλαυνεν εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν καὶ ἐπ-ήνεσε τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν 
la ἐζ 4 Ud > »¥ 144 , eS ἣν ‘ 
νόμον. πολλάκις γάρ, ἔφη; “νύκτωρ αὐτὸς καὶ σὺν 
ὀλίγοις πορευόμενος ἀπο-σπασθῆναι σὺν τοῖς ἵπποις 
oN A “ “ 3 ν Ὁ ὦ , 4 9 
ἀπὸ τῶν πεζῶν" viv δ᾽ ὥσπερ Set ἀθρόοι πάντες ἅμα 
“ ε , , > Ν ε “a Ν ’ 5 “ 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ φαινόμεθα. ἀλλὰ ὑμεῖς μὲν περι-μένετε αὐτοῦ 
x > 4 > Ἁ Ν , ld 9 37 
καὶ ἀνα-παύεσθε, ἐγὼ δὲ σκεψάμενός τι ἥξω. 
SS \ ¥ > » ες , 5 λ 
Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἤλαυνε δι᾿ ὄρους ὁδόν τινα λαβών. ἐπεὶ 
> Cm Ὁ > , 4 > / > ¥ » 
δ᾽ ἀφίκετο εἰς χιόνα πολλήν, ἐσκέψατο εἰ εἴη ἴχνη 
3 ’ Δ , € , Ἅ > ld > Ν Ν 
ἀνθρώπων ἢ πρόσω ἡγούμενα ἢ ἐναντία. ἐπεὶ δὲ 
> Al cv \ eQs @ δ ΄ \ »¥ Ξ 
arpiBn* ἑώρα τὴν ὁδόν, ἧκε ταχὺ πάλιν καὶ ἔλεγεν 
“"Avdpes, καλῶς ἔσται, ἢν θεὸς θέλῃ τοὺς γὰρ ἀνθρώ- 
/ Din , > δ κα Ν ε , 
πους λήσομεν" ἐπι-πεσόντες. ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν ἡγήσομαι 
τοῖς ἵπποις, ὅπως ἄν τινα ἴδωμεν, μὴ δια-φυγὼν σημήνῃ 
a) / - ε “Ὁ > 9 ἃ ΕΣ lal A 
τοῖς πολεμίοις" ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἕπεσθε: κἂν λειφθῆτε. τῷ 
4 “ ν ν ε ’ A Ἂν, »” ν 
στίβῳ τῶν ἵππων ἕπεσθε" ὑπερβάντες δὲ τὰ ὄρη ἥξομεν 
3 ’ , Ν 3 ΄΄ 3) 
εἰς κώμας πολλάς τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας. 
ε ’ > > ld ε » Ὧ 5 lal ὮΝ 
Ηνίκα δ᾽ ἣν μέσον ἡμέρας, ἤδη τε ἦν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄκροις 
Ν Ἀ Ν tA ® > , Ν Ν ε A 
καὶ κατ-ιδὼν Tas κώμας ἧκεν ἐλαύνων πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλί 
τας καὶ ἔλεγεν᾽ ““᾿Αφ-ήσω ἤδη κατα-θεῖν τοὺς μὲν 
ε ’ > Ν ’ ‘ \ Ν Χμ» ‘ ’ 
ἱππέας εἰς τὸ πεδίον, τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς ἐπὶ τὰς κώμας. 
ἀλλ᾽ ἕπεσθε ὡς ἂν δύνησθε τάχιστα, ὅπως ἐάν τις 
ὑφ-ιιστῆται, ἀλέξησθε.᾽ ἀκούσας ταῦτα ὃ Ἐξενοφῶν 


" “Ti καταβαίνεις 


4 


, , Nate a Ν a ¥ 
κατ-έβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου. Kal ὃς ἤρετο 
a 99 >? 9 cal 
ἐπεὶ σπεύδειν δεῖ; ᾿᾿ “ Oida,” ἔφη. “ὅτι οὐκ ἐμοῦ μόνου 
ὃ | 5 ε δὲ ε A ba ὃ ᾿ς ΒΕ, δ Ν os) ὙΝ 
éu* οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται θᾶττον δραμοῦνται“ καὶ ἥδιον, ἐὰν 
Ν Ἀ “A 37 
καὶ ἐγὼ πεζὸς ἡγῶμαι. 
Μ Ν lal ¥ Ν T ’ > 3 la ¥ 
ετὰ ταῦτα ᾧχετο, Kal Τιμασίων per αὐτοῦ ἔχων 
-“. ε -“ A 
ἱππέας ὡς τετταράκοντα τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ 


1 untrodden. 2 χανθάνω. ὃ ἀφ-ἤσω (ἀφ-ἴημι) τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας κατα-θεῖν, 
will send off the etc. torun down etc. 4 only. ὃ fut. of τρέχω. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. 855 


παρ-ηγγύησε τοὺς εἰς τριάκοντα ἔτη παρ-ιέναι ἀπὸ TOV 
λόχων εὐζώνους. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐτρόχαζε" τούτους ἔχων, 
Κλεάνωρ δ᾽ ἡγεῖτο τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐν 
ταῖς κώμαις ἦσαν, Σεύθης ἔχων ὅσον τριάκοντα ἱππέας 
προσ-ελάσας εἶπε" “Τάδε δή, ὦ Ἐενοφῶν, ἃ σὺ ἔλε- 
yes’ ἔχονται" 
ἱππεῖς οἴχονταί μοι ἄλλος ἄλλῃ διώκων, καὶ δέδοικα 


οἱ ἄνθρωποι. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἔρημοι οἱ 


μὴ συστάντες ἀθρόοι που κακόν τι ἐργάσωνται οἱ 
πολέμιοι. δεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις κατα-μένειν τινὰς 
ε ‘al - ᾿ς 4 > > 0 4 ΕΣ) “ > dr’ > Ἁ Φ.}3 
ἡμῶν " μεσταὶ γάρ εἰσιν ἀνθρώπων. ANN’ ἐγὰ μέν, 
ἴω ¥ 
ἔφη ὁ Ἐενοφῶν, “σὺν οἷς ἔχω τὰ ἄκρα κατα-λήψομαι * 
Ν ἈΝ 4 , A nn 4 A A 
σὺ δὲ Κλεάνορα κέλευε διὰ τοῦ πεδίου παρατ-τεῖναι τὴν 
37 Ν “ 
φάλαγγα παρὰ τὰς κώμας. ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, 
συνηλίσθησαν ὅ ἀνδράποδα μὲν ὡς χίλια, βόες δὲ δισ- 
/ 4 3, 4 ’ὔ A δὴ 3 La! 
χίλιοι, πρόβατα adda μύρια. τότε μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ 
ηὐλίσθησαν. 
The villages are burned and the booty sent to Perinthus to be sold; 
severity of the weather. 
Iv. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ κατα-καύσας 6 Σεύθης τὰς 
4 Ao Ν : oe ¢ i) ’, ’ ν , 
κώμας παντελῶς Kal οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν λιπών, ὅπως φόβον 
> θ 4 A al ¥ ea , 7 a A , 
ἐνθείη καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οἷα πείσονται, ἂν μὴ πείθων- 
5 / 4 Ν Ν A 4 > , 
ται; ἀπ-ήἥει πάλιν. καὶ τὴν μὲν λείαν ἀπέπεμψε δια- 
τίθεσθαι Ἡρακλείδην εἰς Πέρινθον, ὅπως ἂν μισθὸς 
᾽’, a , εἶ ὅτις Ν Ν 2 
γένοιτο τοῖς στρατιώταις" αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες 
> ‘ ὃ 4 > Ἀ Ν A 4 
ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἀνὰ τὸ Θυνῶν . πεδίον. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἐκλιπόντες ἔφευγον εἰς τὰ ὄρη. ἣν δὲ χιὼν 
λλὴ Ν A ha 7 Ν i) a 3 , Epes 
πολλὴ καὶ ψῦχος οὕτως ὥστε TO ὕδωρ ὃ ἐφέροντο ἐπὶ 
δεῖπνον ἐπήγνυτο καὶ 6 οἶνος ὁ ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις, καὶ τῶν 
1 well-girt = active. 2 run along. 8 this (is just) what you said. 4 are 


caught. 5 but (of what avail is it 1) for etc. 8 συν-αλίζω, gather together, 
capture. 7 πάσχω. 


47 


48 


ao 


Vv 


we 


356 ANABASIS. 


ε , Ν en 
Ἑλλήνων πολλῶν καὶ ῥῖνες  ἀπ-εκάοντοΞ καὶ ὦτα. καὶ 
΄ a ae - 
τότε δῆλον ἐγένετο οὗ ἕνεκα οἱ Θρᾷκες τὰς ἀλωπεκᾶς ὃ 
> 4 a A an A “-“ > , \ lal 
ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς φοροῦσι καὶ τοῖς ὠσί, καὶ χιτῶνας 
οὐ μόνον περὶ τοῖς στέρνοις 
ἰλλὰ ἈΝ Ν A a, 4 
ἀλλὰ Kal περὶ τοῖς μηροῖς; 
Ἀ a -“ nw 
καὶ tepds® μέχρι τῶν ποδῶν 
DM 
δ΄ ἔχουσιν 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐ χλαμύδας. ἀφειεὶς 
δὲ Ὁ“ 8 > 4 ε 4, 
€ τῶν" αἰχμαλώτων ὁ Lev- 
> Ν » ¥ 4 > 
Ons εἰς τὰ ὄρη ἔλεγεν ὅτι εἰ 
μὴ καταβήσονται οἰκήσοντες 
καὶ πείσονται, ὅτι κατα- 
καύσει καὶ τούτων τὰς κώμας 


las y 
επι τῶν UTTOV 





SHOWING THE χλαμύς. 


καὶ τὸν σῖτον, Kal ἀπ-ολοῦνται τῷ λιμῷ. ἐκ τούτου 
. a ~ Ἂ 
κατέβαινον καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ παῖδες καὶ πρεσβύτεροι" 
ε δὲ , > a SEES: LE οἱ , >\ 7 
οἱ δὲ νεώτεροι ἐν ταῖς ὑπὸ ἢ τὸ ὄρος κώμαις ηὐλίζοντο. 
καὶ ὃ Σεύθης κατα-μαθὼν ἐκέλευσε τὸν Ξενοφῶντα τῶν 
ε A Ν , , ΄ θ ll Ν 
ὁπλιτῶν τοὺς νεωτάτους λαβόντα συν-επι-σπέσθαι." καὶ 
a “Ὁ. > 
ἀνα-στάντες τῆς νυκτὸς ἅμα TH ἡμέρᾳ παρῆσαν εἰς τὰς 
, hee Φ A 27 A , Χ 
κώμας. καὶ οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι ἐξέφυγον" πλησίον γὰρ ἦν 
τὸ ὄρος" ὅσους δὲ ἔλαβε κατ-ηκόντισεν * ἀφειδῶς Σεύθης. 


Episthenes intercedes for a handsome boy. 
᾿Ἐπισθένης δ᾽ ἣν τις ᾿Ολύνθιος παιδεραστής.,2 ds ἰδὼν 
παῖδα καλὸν ἡβάσκοντα ἣ ἄρτι πέλτην ἔχοντα μέλλοντα 
ἀποθνήσκειν, προσ-δραμὼν Ξενοφῶντι ἱκέτευε" βοηθῆ- 
σαι παιδὶ καλῷ. καὶ ὃς προσ-ελθὼν τῷ Σεύθῃ δεῖται 


Ν 3 ~ Ν a Ν a? 4, ὃ lal 
χὴ ἀποκτεῖναι TOV παῖδα, Kal τοῦ ᾿Επισθένους Si-nyetrat 


1 bls, nose. 2 freeze off. 8 fox-skin cap. 4 thigh. 5 wrapper. 
ὁ on horseback. 7 short cloak, worn by Greek horsemen. 8 se. τινάς 
9 πείθομαι, submit. 10. at the foot of. 11 συν-εφ-έπομαι. . 13 κατ-ακοντίκο;, 


shoot down. 28. lover-of-boys. 14 in the bloom of youth. 15 supolicate. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. 357 


κ ΄ 1 «ιν , ᾿ ΄ A 
τὸν τρόπον, καὶ ὅτι λόχον ποτὲ συνελέξατο σκοπῶν 

0 »¥ a » : > , \ \ , > 
οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ εἴ τινες εἶεν καλοί, καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἢν 

> 

ἀνὴρ ἀγαθός ὁ δὲ Σεύθης ἤρετο" “"H καὶ ἐθέλοις 9 
¥ ἂν 8 ’,ὔ ε Ν 7 > A“ 3) ε »ς 
ἄν, ὦ ᾿Επίσθενες, ὑπὲρ τούτου ἀποθανεῖν ;᾿᾿ ὁ δ᾽ ὑπερ- 
ava-tetvas® τὸν τράχηλον, “Παῖε,᾽ ἔφη; “ei κελεύει ὁ 

- Ἀ , 4 > , 3») 5 ’ ε ’ ἣν . 
παῖς καὶ μέλλει χάριν εἰδέναι. ἐπήρετο ὁ Σεύθης τὸν τὸ 
παῖδα εἰ παίσειεν αὐτὸν ἀντ᾽ ἐκείνουι οὐκ εἴα ὁ παῖς, 
3 ον ᾿ 4 , > aA ie FP 
ἀλλ᾽ ἱκέτευε μηδέτερον ἡ κατα-καίνειν. ἐνταῦθα ὃ . Ἔπι- 

Η͂ A ᾿ ν - 

σθένης περι-λαβὼν τὸν παῖδα εἶπεν" “Ὥρα σοι, ὦ Σεύθη, 

A a>) , ὃ ’ θ Ἢ > ‘A θ , 5 x 
περὶ τοῦδέ μοι δια-μάχεσθαι" ov yap μεθ-ήσω" τὸν 
παῖδα. ὁ δὲ Σεύθης γελῶν ταῦτα μὲν εἴα. 1 


Seuthes goes down into the plain, while the Greeks hold in check 
the Thracians in the mountains. 


"Edoge δὲ αὐτῷ αὐτοῦ αὐλισθῆναι, ἵνα pnd ἐκ τούτων 
τῶν κωμῶν οἱ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τρέφοιντο. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν 
ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ὑ -βὰς ἐσκή ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἔ 

@ πεδίῳ ὑπο-κατα-βὰς ἐσκήνου, ὁ OE Ξενοῴφων ἔχων 
τοὺς ἐπι-λέκτους ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος ἀνωτάτω κώμῃ, καὶ 

ε ¥ 7 > A > ’ , ἈΝ 
οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἐν τοῖς ὀρείοις καλουμένοις Θρᾳξὶ 

’ ’ 
πλησίον κατ-εσκήνησαν. 

> 4 ε ’ > > ἈΝ ? A ε 

Ex τούτου ἡμέραι τ᾽ οὐ πολλαὶ δι-ετρίβοντο καὶ ot 12 
ἢ n » a , \ \ ΄ 
ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους Θρᾷκες κατα-βαΐνοντες πρὸς τὸν Σεύθην 
περὶ σπονδῶν καὶ ὁμήρων δι-επράττοντο καὶ ὁ Ἐενο- 

“A 20 Ν ἔλ es 50. - 3 a7 a 
φῶν ἐλθὼν ἔλεγε τῷ Σεύθῃ ὅτι ἐν πονηροῖς  σκηνοῖεν 
καὶ πλησίον εἶεν οἱ πολέμιοι " ἥδιόν τ᾽ ἂν ἔξω αὐλί- 

»» > > A 7 A x 3 “ 
ζεσθαι ἔφη ἐν ἐχυροῖς χωρίοις μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς στε- 

.. 8 σ ᾽ 2 θ ε δὲ θ A ee ‘ 
yois, ὥστε ἀπολέσθαι. ὁ δὲ θαρρεῖν ἐκέλευε καὶ 

ε ’ ’ >. A 9 7 ἈΝ Ἃ > Le 
ἔδειξεν ὁμήρους παρόντας αὐτῶν. ἐδέοντο δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ 13 
Ξενοφῶντος καταβαίνοντές τινες τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους συμ- 


1 character. 2 brave. 3 stretch out 4 neither. 5 μεθίημι, let go 
8 were trying to negotiate. 7 in bad quarters. 8 in sheltered (places). 


ι4 


18 


ἰθ 


358 ANABASIS. 


πρᾶξαι σφίσι τὰς σπονδάς. ὁ δ᾽ ὡμολόγει καὶ θαρρεῖν 
ἐκέλευε καὶ ἠγγυᾶτο᾽ μηδὲν αὐτοὺς κακὸν πείσεσθαι" 
Ψ' 4 ε » ¥ “~ 3 ἂν 
πειθομένους Σεύθῃ. οἱ 8 ἄρα ταῦτ᾽ ἔλεγον κατα- 
σκοπῆς ὃ ἕνεκα. 
The enemy make a night attack upon the Greeks. 
Ταῦτα μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας ἐγένετο" eis δὲ τὴ; ἐπ-ιοῦσαν 
4 3 ’ > ’ > “ 3, ε 7 ‘ 
νύκτα ἐπι-ττίθενται ἐλθόντες ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους οἱ Θυνοί. καὶ 
ἡγεμὼν μὲν ἦν ὁ δεσπότης ἑκάστης τῆς οἰκίας" χαλεπὸν 
ἂν > 
yap ἦν ἄλλως Tas οἰκίας σκότους ἡ ὄντος ἀν-ευρίσκειν ἐν 
“ ’ μ ᾿ ᾿ ἈΝ ε Ae ad , ᾿ δ 
ταῖς κώμαις" καὶ γὰρ αἱ οἰκίαι κύκλῳ περι-εσταύρωντο 
ld a ων 4 y 
μεγάλοις σταυροῖς τῶν προβάτων ἕνεκα. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ eye 
vovto κατὰ τὰς θύρας ἑκάστου τοῦ οἰκήματος." οἱ μὲν 
εἰσ-ηκόντιζον, οἱ δὲ τοῖς σκυτάλοις ἔβαλλον, ἃ ἔχειν 
» ε 3 ΄ 8 A ὃ ΄ Ν , ε 
ἔφασαν ὡς ἀπο-κόψοντες τῶν δοράτων τὰς λόγχας, οἵ 
δ᾽ ἐν-επίμπρασαν, καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ὀνομαστὶ καλοῦντες 
> ’ > 7 > la ΕΝ > ΄-“ » 
ἐξιόντα ἐκέλευον ἀποθνήσκειν, ἢ αὐτοῦ ἔφασαν κατα- 
καυθήσεσθαι αὐτόν. 
Καὶ ἤδη τε διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ, καὶ ἐν-τεθω- 
ε ‘4 \ | a ¥ ὃ > > (ὃ 
ρακισμένοι οἱ περὶ τὸν Ξενοφῶντα ἔνδον ἦσαν ἀσπίδας 
Ν ld ‘ , ¥ Ν Ν ’ 
καὶ μαχαίρας καὶ κράνη ἔχοντες, καὶ Σιλανὸς Maki 
στιος ἐτῶν ὡς ὀκτωκαίδεκα σημαίνει τῇ σάλπιγγι" καὶ 
wah A > , ‘ ΄ Ἀ au). ὁ A 
εὐθὺς ἐκ-πηδῶσιν ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη Kal οἱ Ex τῶν 
¥ , 10 ε ον a , ° 
ἄλλων σκηνωμάτων." οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες φεύγουσιν, ὥσπερ 
Ν , > > A ΕἾ , ‘ , 
δὴ τρόπος ἦν αὐτοῖς, ὄπισθεν περιβαλόμενοι τὰς πέλ- 
tas’ καὶ αὐτῶν" ὑπερ-αλλομένων τοὺς σταυροὺς ἐλή- 
φθησάν τινες κρεμασθέντες, ἐνεχομένων ἢ τῶν πελτῶν τοῖς 
ale ε δὲ "5 6 any , a > ὌΝ 
σταυροῖς " οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀπέθανον ἁμαρτόντες τῶν ἐξόδων 
οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐδίωκον ἔξω τῆς κώμης. 
1 pledge himself. 2 πάσχω. 8 spying out (the camp). * it being darx. 


§ περι-σταυρόω, to palisade 5 dwelling. ‘club. %toknockof, 5 roof. 
10 tents, quarters. “4 i.e.ofthe Thracians. * sticking fast. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. IV. 359 


aA 4 

Τῶν δὲ Θυνῶν ὑποστραφέντες τινὲς ἐν TH σκότει TOUS 

Ν 

παρατρέχοντας παρ᾽ οἰκίαν καομένην ἠκόντιζον εἰς τὸ 

φῶς ἐκ τοῦ σκότους " καὶ ἔτρωσαν Ἱερώνυμόν τε Edodéa 

λοχαγὸν καὶ Θεογένην Λοκρὸν λοχαγόν: ἀπέθανε δὲ 

οὐδείς - κατ-εκαύθη μέντοι καὶ ἐσθής τινων καὶ σκεύη. 

, 5 Ὑδν “ ‘ ε A ε al a , 1 

Σεύθης δὲ ἧκε βοηθῶν σὺν ἑπτὰ ἱππεῦσι τοῖς πρώτοις 

καὶ τὸν σαλπικτὴν ἔχων τὸν Θρᾷκιον. καὶ ἐπείπερ 

t 

» 2 Ld , > 4 A Ν Ν 

ἤσθετο ὅσονπερ χρόνον ἐβοήθει, τοσοῦτον καὶ τὸ 
΄ 2 , ET ee a ‘ a , 

κέρας ἐφθέγγετο αὐτῷ "" ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο φόβον συμ- 

παρ-έσχε τοῖς πολεμίοις. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθεν, ἐδεξιοῦτό“ τε 
ΝΟ» ν » lal Ν ε , 

καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι οἴοιτο τεθνεῶτας πολλοὺς εὑρήσειν. 


_Seuthes’ forces increasing rapidly, the enemy offer submission. 
9 rapraty y 


> , ε “ - N . γ᾽ 4 ἃ 
Εκ τούτου ὁ Ξενοφῶν δεῖται τοὺς ὁμήρους τε αὐτῷ 
παραδοῦναι καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, εἰ βούλεται, συστρατεύε- 
σθαι" εἰ δὲ μή, αὐτὸν ἐᾶσαι. τῇ οὖν ὑστεραίᾳ παρα- 
, ε 4 Ν ε ’ rs 3, 
δίδωσιν ὁ Σεύθης τοὺς ὁμήρους, πρεσβυτέρους ἄνδρας 
ἤδη, τοὺς κρατίστους, ὡς ἔφασαν, τῶν ὀρείων," καὶ αὐτὸς 
» δ a 8 , ὡς δὲ > \ : 6 
ἔρχεται σὺν TH δυνάμει. ἤδη δὲ εἶχε καὶ τριπλασίαν 
4 ε 4 e > ἈΝ A > “~ > 4 a 
δύναμιν ὁ Σεύθης" ἐκ yap τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν ἀκούοντες ἃ 
4 ε 4 ‘ ΄ ’ 
πράττοι ὁ Σεύθης πολλοὶ κατέβαινον συστρατευσόμενοι. 
ε A Ν > A > > Ν “ » x A 
οἱ δὲ Θυνοὶ ἐπεὶ εἶδον ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους πολλοὺς μὲν 
ὁπλίτας, πολλοὺς δὲ πελταστάς, πολλοὺς δὲ ἱππέας, 
κατα-βάντες ἱκέτευον σπείσασθαι, καὶ πάντα ὡμολόγουν 


ποιήσειν καὶ πιστὰ λαμβάνειν Ἷ ἐκέλευον. ὁ δὲ Σεύθης͵ 


X id Ν = A > ὃ ’ ἃ λέ Ν > 

καλέσας τὸν Ξενοφῶντα ἐπεδείκνυεν ἃ λέγοιεν, καὶ οὐκ 

Ἃ . rs 

ἂν ἔφη σπείσασθαι, εἰ Ἐενοφῶν βούλοιτο τιμωρήσα- 

σθαι αὐτοὺς τῆς ἐπιθέσεως. ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ““᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔγωγε 
1 the first (he met). 2 perceived the situation. 8 for him. 4 δεξιόομαι, 


greet. 5 of the mountaineers. ὃ treble his former force. ἷ to receive pledges 
from them. §& attack. 


18 


20 


21 


22 


360 ANABASIS. 


ε 4 , A A , » > @ ὃ a ¥ ¢ 
ἱκανὴν νομίζω Kat νῦν δίκην ἔχειν, εἰ οὗτοι δοῦλοι ἔσον. 

wt ἐλευθέρων." συμβουλεύειν μέντοι ἔφη αὐτῷ τὸ 
ται ἀντ ρων. μ μ n aura 

’ Ν Ud 

λοιπὸν ὁμήρους λαμβάνειν τοὺς δυνατωτάτους ' κακόν τι 
ποιεῖν, τοὺς δὲ γέροντας οἴκοι ἐᾶν. οἱ μὲν οὖν ταύτῃ 
πάντες δὴ προσ-ωμολόγουν. 


Crossing over to the Delta, the Greeks meet Heraclides, who, having 
an insufficient sum from the sale of booty to pay the Greeks, 
ts censured by Xenophon. 


V. Ὑπερβάλλουσι δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ Βυζαντίου Θρᾷ- 

3 \ , , ᾿ 9 > > re. > \ 

kas εἰς TO Δέλτα καλούμενον" αὕτη δ᾽ Hv οὐκέτι ἀρχὴ 
Μαισάδου, ἀλλὰ Τήρους τοῦ Ὀδρύσου [ἀρχαίου τινός]. 

Δ} Ὁ. 3 A ¥ Ν .- 93 A , 

καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλείδης ἐνταῦθα ἔχων τὴν tipnv® τῆς λείας 

A Ν 50 > Ν , ε 8 , > 
παρῆν. Kat Σεύθης ἐξαγαγὼν ζεύγη ἡμιονικὰ ὅ τρία, ov 
γὰρ ἦν πλείω, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα βοεικά,[ καλέσας Ξενοφῶντα 
ἐκέλευε λαβεῖν," τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα δια-νεῖμαι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 

‘ a = lan δὲ Φ ἔπος Ν Ν , 
καὶ λοχαγοῖς. Ξενοφῶν δὲ εἶπεν Ἐμοὶ μὲν τοίνυν 
ἀρκεῖ καὶ αὖθις λαβεῖν τούτοις δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 
δωροῦ ot σὺν ἐμοὶ ἠκολούθησαν ὃ καὶ λοχαγοῖς. καὶ 

a lal , a \ ΄, ε , a 
τῶν ζευγῶν λαμβάνει Ev μὲν Τιμασίων ὃ Aapdaveds, ἕν 
δὲ Κλεάνωρ ὁ Ὀρχομένιος, ἕν δὲ Φρυνίσκος ὁ ᾿Αχαιός " 

Ν Ν Ν 4 ” a 7 ἈΝ 
τὰ δὲ βοεικὰ ζεύγη τοῖς λοχαγοῖς κατ-εμερίσθη.ἷ τὸν 
δὲ μισθὸν ἀποδίδωσιν ἐξεληλυθότος ἤδη τοῦ μηνὸς 
» ’ ε “A ὸ ε Ν ε (ὃ »» ν 
εἴκοσι μόνον ἡμερῶν' ὁ γὰρ Ἡρακλείδης ἔλεγεν ὅτι 

οὐ πλεῖον ἐμπολήσαι. 

Ὃ οὖν Ξενοφῶν ἀχθεσθεὶς εἶπεν ἐπ-ομόσας "ἣ ““Δοκεῖς 
μοι, ὦ Ἡρακλείδη, οὐχ ὡς δεῖ κήδεσθαι Σεύθου" εἰ γὰρ 
> “ὃ e ΓΝ , ’ A Ν Ἀ 
ἐκήδου, ἧκες ἂν φέρων πλήρη τὸν μισθὸν καὶ προσ- 

1 most able to do ete. 2 price. 8 of mules. * of oxen. 5 re 


ceive, i.e. for himself. 8 follow. 7 distribute. 8 sell. * with an 
oath. © care for. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. V. 361 


‘ » 
δανεισάμενος, εἰ μὴ ἄλλως ἐδύνω, καὶ ἀπο-δόμενος τὰ 
σαυτοῦ ἱμάτια." 





GREEK SOLDIER IN ARISTIDES IN ἱμάτιον. 
ἱμάτιον. 


Blame falling on Xenophon, Heraclides seeks to have him displaced ; 
others refuse to march without Xenophon. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Ἡρακλείδης ἠχθέσθη" τε καὶ ἔδεισε μὴ 
ἐκ τῆς Σεύθου φιλίας ἐκβληθείη, καὶ ὃ ὅτι ἐδύνατο ἀπὸ 
ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας Ξενοφῶντα διέβαλλε πρὸς Σεύθην. 

ε A δὴ A — ao , 4 9 > 
ob μὲν δὴ στρατιῶται Ἐενοφώντι év-exddovv® ὅτι οὐκ 
εἶχον τὸν μισθόν: Σεύθης δὲ ἤχθετο αὐτῷ ὅτι ἐντόνως ὅ 
τοῖς στρατιώταις ἀπ-ἥτει τὸν μισθόν. καὶ τέως“ μὲν 
2% ΜΕ. ε > \ DR , > , 

del ἐμέμνητο ὡς, ἐπειδὰν ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἀπέλθῃ, παρα- 
ὃ ’ > “Ὁ ’, Ἀ ’ Ν »,’ A é 
doe αὐτῷ Βισάνθην καὶ Tdvov καὶ Νέον Tetyos 
t δὲ , A , 1) Ν » , ae 
ἀπὸ δὲ τούτου τοῦ χρόνου οὐδενὸς ἔτι τούτων ἐμέ-: 
μνητο. ὃ γὰρ Ἡρακλείδης καὶ τοῦτοϊ δι-εβεβλήκει 
ὡς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἴη τείχη " παραδιδόναι ἀνδρὶ δύνα- 
μιν ἔχοντι. 


1 borrow in addition. 2 ἄχθομαι. 3 even as much as. 4 bring a charge 
against. ὅ strenuously. ὃ till then. ‘ cog.acc. δ = walled towers. 


10 


il 


18 


14 


862 ANABASIS. 


Ἔκ τούτου ὁ μὲν Ἐενοφῶν ἐβουλεύετο ti χρὴ ποιεῖν 
Ν ἫΝ ¥ , “ἦν: 3.ε 3 
περὶ τοῦ ἔτι ἄνω στρατεύεσθαι" ὁ δ᾽ Ἡρακλείδης εἶσα- 
Ἁ Ἀ 3, Ν Ν 4 id 
γαγὼν τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγοὺς πρὸς Σεύθην λέγειν τε 
> Ν ν 2Q\ Ἃ ιν “~ > , Ν 
ἐκέλευεν αὐτοὺς ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν ἧττον σφεῖς ἀγάγοιεν τὴν 
x a “a a 
στρατιὰν ἢ Ἐενοφῶν, τόν τε μισθὸν ὑπισχνεῖτο αὐτοῖς 
ἐντὸς ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν ἔκπλεων παρ-έσεσθαι δυοῖν μηνοῖν, 
καὶ συ-στρατεύεσθαι ἐκέλευε. καὶ ὁ Τιμασίων εἶπεν" 
“Ἐγὼ μὲν τοίνυν οὐδ᾽ ἂν πέντε μηνῶν μισθὸς μέλλῃ 
εἶναι στρατευσαίμην ἂν ἄνευ Ἐξενοφῶντος.᾽ καὶ ὁ 
Ν j fal 
Φρυνίσκος καὶ 6 Κλεάνωρ συνωμολόγουν τῷ Τιμασίωνι. 


Seuthes and the Greeks marching to Salmydessus, subdue the 
Thracians of that region and return to Selybria. 


Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ Σεύθης edovddpe? τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ὅτι 

5 aN Ν | an > δὲ , 
οὐ παρ-εκάλει καὶ Ἐενοφῶντα. ἐκ δὲ τούτου παρακα- 
λοῦσιν αὐτὸν μόνον. ὁ δὲ γνοὺς τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου τὴν 
πανουργίαν ἢ ὅτι βούλοιτο αὐτὸν διαβάλλειν πρὸς τοὺς 
ἄλλους στρατηγούς, παρέρχεται λαβὼν τούς τε στρατη- 
γοὺς πάντας καὶ τοὺς λοχαγούς. καὶ ἐπεὶ πάντες 
ἐπείσθησαν, συνεστρατεύοντο καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐν δεξιᾷ 
ἔχοντες τὸν Πόντον διὰ τῶν Μελινοφάγων καλουμένων ὃ 
Θρᾳκῶν εἰς τὸν Σαλμυδησσόν. ἔνθα τῶν εἰς τὸν Πόν- 
τον πλεουσῶν ἡ νεῶν πολλαὶ ὀκέλλουσι ὃ καὶ ἐκ-πίπτουσι "ὃ 
7 ’ > χα, ’ “A 0 , \ ε 
τέναγος γάρ ἐστιν ἐπὶ πάμπολυ τῆς θαλάττης. καὶ οἱ 


8 τὰ 


Θρᾷκες οἱ κατὰ ταῦτα οἰκοῦντες στήλας ὁρισάμενοι 
“rire fet aap γον ν , Par ee Re 

καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς ἐκπίπτοντα ἕκαστοι λήζονται" τέως“ δὲ ἔλεγον 
‘ c ’ ε ’, Ν ς 9 > 4 > 

πρὶν ὁρίσασθαι ἁρπάζοντας πολλοὺς ὑπ ἀλλήλων ἀπο- 

θνήσκειν. ἐνταῦθα εὑρίσκοντο πολλαὶ μὲν κλῖναι, πολλὰ 

δὲ κιβώτια," πολλαὶ δὲ βίβλοι γεγραμμέναι," καὶ τἄλλα 


1 λοιδορέω, revile. 2 villainy. 8 so-called. 4 pres. pt. of πλέω, sail. 
δ run aground. ‘are wrecked. ‘shoal.’ ‘%setupasaboundary. 5 τέως 
δὲ πρὶν etc., but for some time before they erected etc. 10 bores. 11 γράφω, write. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VL 863 


πολλὰ ὅσα ἐν ξυλίνοις τεύχεσι ναύκληροι ἄγουσιν. 
ἐντεῦθεν ταῦτα καταστρεψάμενοι ἀπῇσαν πάλιν. ἔνθα 
δὴ Σεύθης εἶχε στράτευμα ἤδη πλέον τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ " 
¥ Ν > a , » 4 , 
ἔκ te yap ᾿Οδρυσῶν πολὺ ἔτι πλείους κατεβεβήκεσαν 
Ν «ΣῈ 5. , , ; 
καὶ οἱ ἀεὶ πειθόμενοι συνεστρατεύοντο. κατ-ηυλίσθη- 
2 a a , e δ , 9 , 
cav* δ᾽ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ὑπὲρ Σηλυβρίας ὅσον τριάκοντα 
’ > ’ “Ὁ , Ἀ Ν Ν 
σταδίους ἀπέχοντες τῆς θαλάττης. καὶ μισθὸς μὲν 
> , 3 ’ Ἁ Ν ‘ ~ ν 
οὐδείς πω ἐφαίνετο: πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ξενοφῶντα οἵ τε 
~ 8 9 9 > 50 2 4 
στρατιώωται παγχαλέπως" εἶχον ὁ TE Σεύθης οὔκετι οἰκείως 
διέκειτο, GAN ὁπότε συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ βουλόμενος 
ἔλθοι, πολλαὶ ἤδη ἀσχολίαι " ἐφαίνοντο. 


Messengers from Thibron invite the Greeks to join in a campaign 
against Tissaphernes. 
> 4 “ , Ν ¥ 4 a 
VI. Ἔν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ σχεδὸν ἤδη δύο μηνῶν 
» 3 “ of ε ld ‘ 4 
ὄντων ἀφικνεῖται Χαρμῖνός τε ὃ Λάκων καὶ Πολύνικος 
‘ ’ Ἁ ’ ν , td 
παρὰ Θίβρωνος, καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι Λακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ 
4 δι, , Ἁ ’ > , 
στρατεύεσθαι ἐπὶ Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ Θίβρων ἐκπέπλευκεν 
ὡς πολεμήσων, καὶ δεῖται ταύτης τῆς στρατιᾶς καὶ λέγει 
ὅτι δαρεικὸς ἑκάστῳ ἔσται μισθὸς τοῦ μηνός, καὶ τοῖς 
λοχαγοῖς διμοιρία, τοῖς δὲ στρατηγοῖς τετραμοιρία. 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦλθον οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, εὐθὺς ὁ Ἡρακλείδης 
’ ν > A ‘ , 9 , “ ’ 
πυθόμενος ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἥκουσι λέγει τῷ Σεύθῃ 
9 4, λ , , oe 6 ε Ν Ν ὃ ’ 
ὅτι κάλλιστόν τι γεγένηται" “Οἱ μὲν γὰρ Λακεδαιμόνιοι 
ὃ ,ὕ A 4 ‘ Ν κῶν ΣΡ. Ν 
έονται τοῦ στρατεύματος, σὺ δὲ οὐκέτι δέει" ἀποδιδοὺς 
δὲ τὸ στράτευμα χαριεῖ αὐτοῖς, σὲ δὲ οὐκέτι ἀπαιτή- 
Ν ’ > > > 4 > ~ 7 3? 
σουσι Tov μισθόν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπαλλάξονται ἐκ τῆς χώρας. 
> , a ε ΄ , , .6 Ν 
Ἀκούσας ταῦτα 6 Σεύθης κελεύει παράγειν "ὃ καὶ 
δ ἂν > ν 3. Ν Ν , ν ¥ 9 
ἐπεὶ εἶπον ὅτι ἐπὶ TO στράτευμα ἥκουσιν, ἔλεγεν ὅτι 
1 Δεὶ πειθόμενοι, who from time to time submitted themselves. 2 κατ-αυλίζω, 


encamp. 3 had very hard feelings.  * kindly. 5 engagements. 6 bring 
(them) to him. 


16 


2: 


ee 


@ 


364 ANABASIS. 


a ld 9 δῶ ’ Ἀ , 
τὸ στράτευμα ἀποδίδωσι, φίλος τε καὶ σύμμαχος εἶναι 
4 “Ὁ > Ν » ee ’ A 9 ld 
βούλεται, καλεῖ τε αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ξένια Kai ἐξένιζε peyado- 
πρεπῶς. Ἐξενοφῶντα δὲ οὐκ ἐκάλει, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων 
στρατηγῶν οὐδένα. ἐρωτώντων δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων 
i I ἥν ek, » “ 3 , 9 Ν Ν »¥ ¥ 
τίς ἀνὴρ εἴη Ἐενοφῶν ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα εἴη 
> , > 2 ΄᾽, \ κ᾿ a a2 
οὐ κακός, φιλοστρατιώτης " δέ" Kal διὰ τοῦτο χεῖρόν 
ἐστιν αὐτῷ. καὶ ov εἶπον" ““᾿Αλλ᾽ ἢ δημαγωγεῖ ὃ ὁ ἀνὴρ 
¥ ᾽ 

τοὺς ἄνδρας ;᾿ καὶ ὁ Ἡρακλείδης - “Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, " 
¥ 3 3 > 3» a“ , 
ἔφη. “Ap οὖν, ἔφασαν, “ μὴ Kal ἡμῖν ἐναντιώσεται 
aA ΕΝ 3») x a 
τῆς ἀπαγωγῆς; “ “ANN ἣν ὑμεῖς, ἔφη ὁ Ἡρακλείδης, 
“συλλέξαντες αὐτοὺς ὑπό-σχησθε τὸν μισθόν, ὀλίγον 
ἐκείνῳ προ-σχόντες ἀποδραμοῦνται σὺν ὑμῖν. ““Πῶς 
> » 3393, » 7 
οὖν av, ἔφασαν, 


5 


ἡμῖν συλλεγεῖεν ;” “Αὔριον ὑμᾶς, 
ἔφη 6 Ἡρακλείδης, “mpd ἄξομεν πρὸς αὐτούς" καὶ 
οἶδα, ἔφη, “ore ἐπειδὰν ὑμᾶς ἴδωσιν, ἄσμενοι συνδρα- 
μοῦνται.᾽ αὕτη μὲν ἡ ἡμέρα οὕτως ἔληξε. 


They address the assembled army; Xenophon accused of misleading 
the Greeks and enriching himself. 


“ > ε “2 » : «- 4 , ᾿ Ὁ 
Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς 
Λάκωνας Σεύθης τε καὶ Ἡρακλείδης, καὶ συλλέγεται 
ε , Ἁ 4 , 5 ’ 9 ὃ ’ 
ἡ στρατιά. τὼ δὲ Λάκωνε ἐλεγέτην ὅτι Λακεδαιμονίοις 
δοκεῖ πολεμεῖν Τισσαφέρνει τῷ ὑμᾶς ἀδικήσαντι" ἢν 
οὖν ἴητε σὺν ἡμῖν, τόν τε ἐχθρὸν τιμωρήσεσθε καὶ 


ὃ Ν Y » Ἵ 
αρέεικον εκᾶάστος OLOEL 


Ἂ Ν ε a Ν 
τοῦ μηνὸς ὑμῶν, λοχαγὸς δὲ 
τὸ διπλοῦν, στρατηγὸς δὲ τὸ τετρα-πλοῦν. καὶ οἱ 
στρατιῶται ἄσμενοί τε ἤκουσαν καὶ εὐθὺς ἀν-ίσταταί 
a > , la “ ’ 
τις τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος κατηγορήσων. 
1 = ποῖος. 2 soldiers’ friend, i. e. curries favor. 8 play the demagogue 


with. * most certainly. © oppose. ὃ gen. of cause, because of or respecting 
our removal (of the army). 7 gépw. 8 twice as much. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VI. 865 


παρὴν δὲ καὶ Σεύθης βουλόμενος εἰδέναι τί πραχθή- 
σεται, καὶ ἐν ἐπηκόῳ εἱστήκει ἔχων ἑρμηνέα συν-ίει ἦ 
δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἑλληνιστὶ 2 τὰ πλεῖστα. ἔνθα δὴ λέγει ὁ 
᾿Αρκάς, ““᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς μέν, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, καὶ πάλαι 
ΡῪ > S48 > ΄ heod - ΟΣ a , 
ἂν ἦμεν παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, εἰ μὴ Ξενοφῶν ἡμᾶς δεῦρο πείσας 
ἀπήγαγεν, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μὲν τὸν δεινὸν χειμῶνα στρα- 
τευόμενοι καὶ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐδὲν πεπαύμεθα" ὁ δὲ 
τοὺς ἡμετέρους πόνους ἔχει" καὶ Σεύθης ἐκεῖνον μὲν 
50. 7 > p Oe eT. we 4s a ‘ eae 
ἰδίᾳ πεπλούτικεν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ἀποστερεῖ τὸν μισθόν " ὥστε 
[ὅ γε πρῶτος" λέγων] ἐγὼ μὲν εἰ τοῦτον ἴδοιμι κατα- 
- “ a Ν 

λευσθέντα καὶ δόντα δίκην ὧν ἡμᾶς περι-εἴλκε," καὶ τὸν 
μισθὸν ἄν μοι δοκῶ ἔχειν καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς πεπονη- 

, ἊΨ 3» 1 Ν A »” > , ε , 
μένοις ἄχθεσθαι. μετὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη ὁμοίως 
καὶ ἄλλος. ἐκ δὲ τούτου Ξενοφῶν ἔλεξεν ὧδε" 


Xenophon makes his defence: “I came back to the army to aid 
you, and was not responsible for your taking service uncer 
Seuthes.” 


> Ν A » 3, 3, 

““ῬΑλλὰδ πάντα μὲν ἄρα ἄνθρωπον ὄντα προσδοκᾶν 
ὃ a oT οὐδ Pe | A eyo "ΠΣ > ὃ ¥ > #9 
εἴ, ὁπότε γε Kal ἐγὼ νῦν Ud ὑμῶν αἰτίας ἔχω ἐν @ 

a lal Ν 

πλείστην προθυμίαν ἐμαυτῷ γε δοκῶ συνειδέναι περὶ 

A , » » 
ὑμᾶς παρ-εσχημένος. ἀπ-ετραπόμην μέν γε ἤδη οἴκαδε 
ε A Ν 9 a 
ὡρμημένος, ov μὰ τὸν Δία otto. πυνθανόμενος ὑμᾶς 
> , > \ A 3 , > ΝΑ ὦ Ψ' £ 
εὖ πράττειν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀκούων ἐν ἀπόροις εἶναι ὡς 
> , ΕΙΣ ᾿ > 
ὠφελήσων εἴ τι δυναίμην. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον, Σεύθου του- 

Ν ᾿ > 4 Ν > \ ld Ἁ Ν 
τουὶ πολλοὺς ἀγγέλους πρὸς ἐμὲ πέμποντος καὶ πολλὰ 

ἊΣ a“ “~ 

ὑπισχνουμένου μοι, εἰ πείσαιμι ὑμᾶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν, 

A \ nw X a 
τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐπεχείρησα ποιεῖν, WS αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπί- 

1 συν-ίημι, understand. 3. in Greek. | % = the fruits of our toils. 4Ἅ4 πλου- 
τίζω, enrich. 5 ὥστε ἐγὼ ὅ ye πρῶτος λέγων etc., so that I who am the first 
speaker. 8 for the way he has dragged us around. 7 se. ἄν. 8 well, reatly, 


a mortal (ἄνθρωπον ὄντα) must expect everything, when ete. 9 while I seem (to 
myself) to be conscious of. © παρέχω © no indeed. 


1 


18 


14 


15 


16 


17 


800 ANABASIS. 


στασθε. ἦγον δὲ ὅθεν ᾧμην tayior ἂν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν 
᾿Ασίαν διαβῆναι. ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ βέλτιστα ἐνόμιζον 
εκ > ae x ͵΄ 

ὑμῖν εἶναι καὶ ὑμᾶς dey βουλομένους. 

“Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἐλθὼν σὺν τριήρεσιν ἐκώλυε 
διαπλεῖν ἡμᾶς, ἐκ τούτου, ὅπερ εἰκὸς δήπου ἦν, συν’ 
7 ε Lal 9 4 9 A a 
έλεξα ὑμᾶς, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεθα ὅτι χρὴ ποιεῖν. 
οὐκοῦν ὑμεῖς ἀκούοντες μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχου ἐπιτάττοντος 
ε “A > ’ 4 39 4 Ν 4 
ὑμῖν εἰς Χερρόνησον πορεύεσθαι, ἀκούοντες δὲ Σεύθου 
πείθοντος ἑαυτῷ συστρατεύεσθαι, πάντες μὲν ἐλέγετε 
σὺν Σεύθῃ ἰέναι, πάντες δ᾽ ἐψηφίσασθε ταῦτα. τί οὖν 
ἐγὼ ἐνταῦθα ἠδίκησα ἀγαγὼν ὑμᾶς ἔνθα πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 
ἐδόκει ; 


“I should not be censured for the very conduct that has brought 
the enmity of Seuthes upon me.” 


» lal 

“Emel ye μὴν ψεύδεσθαι ἤρξατο Σεύθης περὶ τοῦ 
μισθοῦ, εἰ μὲν ἐπαινῶ αὐτόν, δικαίως ἄν με καὶ aite 
ᾧσθε καὶ μισοῖτε" εἰ δὲ πρόσθεν αὐτῷ πάντων μάλιστα 
aN λ A , ὃ , ree eae i ἢ 
φίλος ὧν νῦν πάντων διαφορώτατός εἰμι, πῶς ἂν ἔτι 
δικαίως ὑμᾶς αἱρούμενος ἀντὶ Σεύθου ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν αἰτίαν 
ἔχοιμι περὶ ὧν πρὸς τοῦτον δια-φέρομαι ; ἀλλ᾽ εἴποιτ᾽ ἂν 
ὅτι ἔξεστι καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχοντα παρὰ Σεύθου τεχνά- 
t 5 > a Snr a+ f 2 ᾿ » 3 ὟΣ; aN 6 
ew.” οὐκοῦν δῆλον τοῦτό γέ ἐστιν, εἴπερ ἐμοὶ ἐτέλει 

Ν 

τι Σεύθης, οὐχ οὕτως ἐτέλει δήπου ws’ ὧν τε ἐμοὶ δοίη 
στέροιτο καὶ ἄλλα ὑμῖν ἀποτίσειεν, ἀλλ᾽ οἶμαι, εἰ 


9 Ἀ ‘ “A Ν 
ἐδίδου, ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἂν ἐδίδου ὅπως ἐμοὶ δοὺς μεῖον μὴ 
3 ὃ , ie Ν A > ,ὕ ν » » θ 
ἀποδοίη ὑμῖν τὸ πλεῖον. εἰ τοίνυν οὕτως ἔχειν οἴεσθε, 


ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν αὐτίκα μάλα ματαίαν ᾿᾽ ταύτην τὴν πρᾶξιν" 


1 then. 2 sc. ἰέναι. 8 διά-φορος, at variance. 4 sc. éut, that I having 
your pay etc. 5 to use artifice (with you). 8 pay. 7 ὡς τε στέροιτο 
@v.... καὶ. 8 other sums = an additional amount. 9 upon this condition. 


10 fruitless. ll transaction. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VI. 307 


9 , en a 28 , 1 ts 5 , 
ἀμφοτέροις μιν ποιῆσαι, ἐὰν πράττητε΄ αὑτὸν τὰ χρή- 


- Ν 9 4 > » » > aA 
para. δῆλον yap ὅτι Σεύθης, εἰ ἔχω τι παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, 
ἀπαιτήσει με, καὶ ἀπαιτήσει μέντοι δικαίως, ἐὰν μὴ 
βεβαιῶ" τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῷ ἐφ᾽ ἡἣ ἐδωροδόκουν ὃ 


“ Not only have I not kept back your pay, but I have not received 
what Seuthes promised for myself.” 
«᾿Αλλὰ πολλοῦ μοι δοκῶ δεῖν τὰ bye ἔχειν" ὀμνύ 
μοι δοκῶ δεῖν τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχειν" ὀμνύω 
Ν ᾿  ἊΝἝΝΦ θ Ν ν Ἀ ’ δ᾽ ἃ > Ν ἰδέ 
γὰρ ὑμῖν θεοὺς ἅπαντας καὶ πάσας μηδ᾽ ἃ ἐμοὶ ἰδίᾳ 
ε /, 4 ¥ e ’ Ν Ν - Pep Ἀ 
ὑπέσχετο Σεύθης ἔχειν᾽ πάρεστι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ 
3 , 4 8 44 a he. Δ Ψ δὲ “" θ 
ἀκούων σύν-οιδέ" μοι εἰ ἐπιορκῶ" ἵνα ὃὲ μᾶλλον θαυ- 
’ Ν ἃ ε ¥ Ν ¥ 
μάσητε, συν-επόμνυμι μηδὲ ἃ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἔλα- 
3 , Ἀ ’ Se Φ lal ΤΩ » 
βον εἰληφέναι, μὴ τοίνυν μηδὲ ὅσα τῶν λοχαγῶν ἔνιοι. 
Ν ’, Ν a> 32 ‘4 » ¥ ὃ 9 a 
καὶ τί δὴ ταῦτ᾽ ἐποίουν ; ᾧμην, ἄνδρες, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον 
, 5 , Ν , 6 ΄ A 
συμφέροιμι" τούτῳ τὴν τότε πενίαν," τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον 
> XN ’ , θ ε , ὃ θ ’ wee de 9 
αὐτὸν φίλον ποιήσεσθαι, ὁπότε δυνασθείη. ἐγὼ δὲ ἅμα 
τε αὐτὸν ὁρῶ εὖ πράττοντα καὶ γιγνώσκω δὴ αὐτοῦ τὴν 
γνώμην. 
ἐς ταῦ , Ψ ¥ 9 , ” . 8 > 
Εἴποι δή τις ἄν, οὔκουν αἰσχύνει οὕτω μώρως ὅ ἐξα- 
πατώμενος ; καὶ μὰ Δία ἠσχυνόμην μέντοι, εἰ ὑπὸ 
πολεμίου γε ὄντος ἐξηπατήθην" φίλῳ" δὲ ὄντι ἐξαπατᾶν 
» , ἴω > * > A 3 Ν ¥ 
αἵἴσχιόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἢ ἐξαπατᾶσθαι. ἐπεὶ εἴ γε 
πρὸς φίλους ἐστὶ φυλακή, πᾶσαν οἷδα ἡμᾶς φυλαξα- 
μένους ὡς μὴ παρα-σσχεῖν τούτῳ πρόφασιν δικαίαν μὴ 
ἀποδιδόναι ἡμῖν ἃ ὑπέσχετο. οὔτε γὰρ ἠδικήσαμεν 
A 3 δὲ ᾿Ξ, , 12 Ν 4 2QA 
τοῦτον οὐδὲν οὔτε κατ-εβλακεύσαμεν '~ τὰ τούτου οὐδὲ 
μὴν κατ-εδειλιάσαμεν ἢ οὐδὲν ἐφ᾽ ὅτι ἡμᾶς οὗτος παρ- 
εκάλεσεν. 


leract, 5 makegood. 88 ἰοοῖς α bribe. 4Ἅ knows with me=as well as I. 
5 would share with this man, i. 6. Seuthes. 8 poverty. 7 his (ungrateful) 
disposition. 8 foolishly. 59 ἄν omitted. 1 in the case of one who is a friend. 
0 if precaution toward friends is (needful). 12 be slothful about. 18 shrink 
through fear. 


20 


21 


22 


25 


26 


27 


368 ANABASIS. 


* You should have taken pledges, you say; remember under whar 
circumstances I conducted you to Seuthes.” 


“Αλλά, hainre av, ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα τότε λαβεῖν, ὡς 
> > > ’ > ’ > “a Ν lal x 
μηδ᾽ εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν. πρὸς ταῦτα δὴ 
ἀκούσατε ἃ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἶπον τούτου ἐναντίον, εἰ 
, , , 2 25 a ἂν eer , > 
μή μοι παντάπασιν ἀγνώμονες ἐδοκεῖτε εἶναι ἢ λίαν εἰς 
ἐμὲ ἀχάριστοι. ἀνα-μνήσθητε γὰρ ἐν ποίόις τισὶ πράγ- 
μασιν ὄντες ἐτυγχάνετε, ἐξ ὧν ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ ἀν-ἤγαγον 
Ν 4 > > A , ἊὉ ἈΝ , 
πρὸς Σεύθην. οὐκ eis μὲν Πέρινθον προσῇτε τὴν πό- 
> A 
λιν, ᾿Αρίσταρχος δ᾽ ὑμᾶς ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος οὐκ εἴα 
> , 9 ’ Ν 4 e ’ > » > 
εἰσιέναι ἀποκλείσας τὰς πύλας ; ὑπαίθριοι δ᾽ ἔξω ἐστρα- 
, , \ A > > ~ ἈΝ 3 “Ὁ 
τοπεδεύετε, μέσος δὲ χειμὼν ἦν, ἀγορᾷ δὲ ἐχρῆσθε 
’ A ε ΄“ Ν » ’ > » 9 
σπάνια μὲν ὁρῶντες TA ὦνια, σπάνια δ᾽ ἔχοντες ὅτων 
3 a 6 ee δὲ ἣ , 2 18 Θ , δ , 
ὠνοῖσθε, ἀνάγκη δὲ ἦν μένειν ἐπὶ Θράκης " τριήρεις 
Ν > 
γὰρ ἐφ-ορμοῦσαι ἐκώλυον διαπλεῖν εἰ δὲ μένοι τις, ἐν 
X ia > 5 » θ ᾿ A e Lad > ’ 
πολεμίᾳ εἶναι, ἔνθα πολλοὶ μὲν ἱππεῖς ἦσαν ἐναντίοι, 
πολλοὶ δὲ πελτασταί, ἡμῖν δὲ ὁπλιτικὸν μὲν ἦν ᾧ 
> , Ν »»,ὕἤ δ (ὧν ‘ 7 ¥ x > 4 
ἀθρόοι μὲν ἰόντες ἐπὶ τὰς κώμας ἴσως ἂν ἐδυνάμεθα 
σῖτον λαμβάνειν οὐδέν τι ἄφθονον, ὅτῳ δὲ διώκοντες 
a x > ὃ , ὃ x / λ , > 53 
ἂν ἢ ἀνδράποδα ἢ πρόβατα κατελαμβάνομεν οὐκ ἣν 
ἡμῖν" οὔτε γὰρ ἱππικὸν οὔτε πελταστικὸν ἔτι ἐγὼ συν- 
.. 6 , 7 ρ΄ ta 
eoTnKos” κατέλαβον παρ᾽ ὑμῖν. 


“ἘΠ οὖν ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀνάγκῃ ὄντων ὑμῶν μηδ᾽ ὃντι- 
ναοῦν μισθὸν προσαιτήσας Σεύθην σύμμαχον ὑμῖν 


¥ Ν ε , ‘ Ν 1 
προσέλαβον, ἔχοντα Kat ἱππέας καὶ πελταστὰς ὧν 
Ὡς A > A Δ "Ὁ. ) eon 
ὑμεῖς προσ-εδεῖσθε, ἢ κακῶς ἂν ἐδόκουν ὑμῖν BeBov- 
λεῦσθαι πρὸ ὑμῶν ; τούτων γὰρ δήπου κοινωνήσαντες ἣ 

* pledges. 2 thoughtless, 8 in Thrace. 4 ἐφ-ορμέω, moored over 


against τὸ. © 86, ἀνάγκη ἦν. 5 organized. ‘tdidI find. δ not even any 
vay whatsoever. ® share in (gen.). 


ΟΒΟΟΚ VIL. CHAP. VL 369 


. ~ > 4 > A , ε ’ ἈΝ 
καὶ σῖτον ἀφθονώτερον ἐν ταῖς κώμαις εὑρίσκετε διὰ 
Ἀ > id Ν “ Ν Ν nw 
τὸ ἀναγκάζεσθαι τοὺς Θρᾷκας κατὰ σπουδὴν μᾶλλον 
φεύγειν, καὶ προβάτων καὶ ἀνδραπόδων μετ-έσχετε. 

Ν ’ 3 , > / ε “ > ‘ Ν ε ᾿ 
καὶ πολέμιον οὐκέτι οὐδένα ἑωρῶμεν ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἱππικὸν 
ἡμῖν προσεγένετο" τέως δὲ θαρραλέως ὑμῖν ἐφείποντο 
οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ ἱππικῷ καὶ πελταστικῷ [κωλύοντες 
, al Sa FP > ὃ , Ν > “ὃ 
μηδαμῇ κατ᾽ ὀλίγους ἀποσκεδαννυμένους τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
> 0 4 e “A ’ θ » δὲ δὴ ε 
ἀφθονώτερα ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι]. εἰ δὲ δὴ ὁ συμ-παρ- 
Ed ε Lal 4 ἈΝ » ’ ‘\ , Av θὲ 
έχων ὑμῖν ταύτην τὴν ἀσφάλειαν μὴ πάνυ πολὺν μισθὸν 

." wn ΕἸ , cal δὴ ἈΝ ᾿ 2 

προσ-ετέλει τῆς ἀσφαλείας, τοῦτο δὴ TO σχέτλιον “πά- 
θημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδαμῇ οἴεσθε χρῆναι ζῶντα ἐμὲ 
ἀν-εῖναι ; ὃ 

He contrasts their present favoring circumstances with his own 

loss of reputation. 

“Nov δὲ δὴ πῶς ἀπέρχεσθε ; ov δια-χειμάσαντες ἡ μὲν 
> > θό “Ὁ > ὃ ia f δ᾽ » a 
ἐν ἀφθόνοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, περιττόν δ᾽ ἔχοντες τοῦτο 
»” > “4 Ν , ‘\ Ν “ ’ 
εἴ τι ἐλάβετε παρὰ Σεύθου; τὰ γὰρ τῶν πολεμίων 
ἐδαπανᾶτε. καὶ ταῦτα πράττοντες οὔτε ἄνδρας ἐπ-είδετε 
ε “Ὁ > “Ὁ » ’ » A > 4 > 
ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντας οὔτε ζῶντας ἀπεβάλετε. εἰ 
ὃ , ha Ν Ν 3 A. Φ , , Oe 
€ τι καλὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ Agia βαρβάρους ἐπέ 
TPAKTO ὑμῖν, οὐ κἀκεῖνο σῶν ἔχετε καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνοις 
a LAX »” 5 , Ν Ν > a) 
νῦν ἄλλην εὔκλειαν" προσ-ειλήφατε καὶ τοὺς ἐν TH 
9 9 a 27? a > , , 
Evporyn Θρᾷκας ἐφ᾽ ovs ἐστρατεύσασθε κρατήσαντες ; 
> Ἁ 4 ε “A ὃ , x» Ἂν > Ν ’ 
ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς φημι δικαίως ἂν ὧν ἐμοὶ γχαλεπαίνετε 
τούτων τοῖς θεοῖς χάριν εἰδέναι ὡς ἀγαθῶν. καὶ τὰ 
μὲν δὴ ὑμέτερα τοιαῦτα. 

¥ A 

“"Ayere δὴ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ σκέψασθε ὡς ἔχει. 
yes," \ Ψ \ ΄ 6 ¥ ¥ Voor > 
ἐγὼ yap ore μὲν πρότερον atr-fipa® οἴκαδε, ἔχων μὲν ἔπαι- 
νον πολὺν πρὸς ὑμῶν ἀπ-επορευόμην, ἔχων δὲ δι᾿ ὑμᾶς καὶ 


1 nowhere. 2 wretched calamity. 8 ἀν-(ημι, permit. + pass the winter. 
5 fame. ὃ ἀπ-αίρω, set sail. 


23 


30 


31 


32 


33 


84 


36 


37 


38 


370 ANABASIS. 


» 

ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εὔκλειαν. ἐπιστευόμην δὲ ὑπὸ 
ὃ ΄ é > Sey es » , x 
Λακεδαιμονίων " ov yap av pe ἔπεμπον πάλιν πρὸς 
ε mn n A 5 , Ν Ἀ ,΄ ε 5 
ὑμᾶς. νῦν δὲ ἀπέρχομαι πρὸς μὲν Λακεδαιμονίους ὑφ 
ὑμῶν διαβεβλημένος, Σεύθῃ δὲ ἀπηχθημένος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, 
ἃ 2 “at > 4 θ᾽ ε “-“ > Ν 8 ἢ, > Ἀ 
ὃν " ἤλπιζον εὖ ποιήσας μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀποστροφὴν ὃ καὶ ἐμοὶ 
καλὴν καὶ παισίν, εἰ γένοιντο, κατα-θήσεσθαιδ ὑὕμεῖϊῖς 
δ᾽ ὌΝ Ly 3 Ἁ 3 ΄, θ ’ λ a Ν a λὺ 
, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐγὼ ἀπ-ήχθημαΐί τε πλεῖστα καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ 
κρείττοσιν ὃ ἐμαυτοῦ, πραγματευόμενόςἷ τε οὐδὲ νῦν πω 
πέπαυμαι ὅτι δύναμαι ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν, τοιαύτην ἔχετε 

’ ‘ 5 “ > > ” , ΕἾ , 
γνώμην περὶ ἐμοῦ. add) ἔχετε μέν με οὔτε φεύγοντα 
, “4 > , x \ , a , 
λαβόντες οὔτε ἀπο-διδράσκοντα: ἢν δὲ ποιήσητε ἃ λέ 


8 ὅτι ἄνδρα κατα-κεκονότες ἔσεσθε πολλὰ 


γετε, ἴστε 
μὲν δὴ πρὸ ὑμῶν ἀγρυπνήσαντα," πολλὰ δὲ σὺν ὑμῖν 
πονήσαντα καὶ κινδυνεύσαντα καὶ ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ 
Nine & , ll θ a δ ὅλ, » \ , 
παρὰ τὸ μέρος." θεῶν δ᾽ ἵλεων ὄντων καὶ τρόπαια Bap- 
’ὔ ‘ ‘ ‘ eas ’ ν , 
βάρων πολλὰ δὴ σὺν ὑμῖν στησάμενον, ὅπως δέ γε 
‘ A ε ’, , ’ A 9 > Ἀ 
μηδενὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πολέμιοι γένοισθε, πᾶν ὅσον ἐγὼ 
25 , Ν eon 12 \ \ > a 
ἐδυνάμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς δια-τεινάμενον." Kal yap οὖν νῦν 
ὑμῖν ἔξεστιν ἀνεπιλήπτως ἢ πορεύεσθαι ὅπῃ ἂν ἕλησθε 
\ Ν A \ x , ε: κα 14 , 9 
kal κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. ὑμεῖς" δέ, ὅτε 
πολλὴ ὑμῖν εὐπορία φαίνεται, καὶ πλεῖτε ἔνθα δὴ ἐπε- 


16 


fa lal x. δέ ’ ε “A ε , ὃ , 
UPLELTE πάλαι, O€COVTAL TE VUL@V Ob μέγιστον υνάᾶάμενοι. 


μισθὸς δὲ φαίνεται, ἡγεμόνες δὲ ἥκουσι Λακεδαιμόνιοι 
οἱ κράτιστοι νομιζόμενοι εἶναι, νῦν δὴ καιρὸς ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 
εἶναι ὡς τάχιστα ἐμὲ κατα-κανεῖν ; οὐ μὴν ὅτε γε ἐν 
τοῖς ἀπόροις ἦμεν, ὦ πάντων μνημονικώτατοι," ἀλλὰ 


1 for (otherwise) they etc. 2 εὖ ποιήσας ὃν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ete. 8 refuge. 
4 should (yet) be born, see Introd. 115. 5 lay up in store = reserve. 8 and that, 
too, by (persons) much ete. T be busy at, try to effect. 8 οἶδα. 9 κατακαίνω, 
10 be sleepless. 11 beyond (= more than) his share. 2 having exerted myself. 
18 blamelessly. 14 anacoluthon, repeated in ὑμῖν in last line of section. See 
Introd. 121. 15 (ὅτε) of μέγιστον δυνάμενοι δέονται ete. 16 oh! ye of all 
(men) possessing the best memory. Ironical. 


“BOOK VII. CHAP. VI. 371 


Α ,’ oe | > ~ ἈΝ 5»Ν ε 9 lA id 

Kal πατέρα ἐμὲ ἐκαλεῖτε καὶ ἀεὶ ws εὐεργέτου μεμνή- 
a > 
σεσθαι ὑπισχνεῖσθε. οὐ μέντοι ἀγνώμονες οὐδὲ οὗτοί 
nw “~ ν 

εἰσιν οἱ νῦν ἥκοντες ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" WOTE, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, 
ὑδὲ , ὃ A λ , > n ” A 
οὐδὲ τούτοις δοκεῖτε βελτίονες εἶναι τοιοῦτοι ὄντες περὶ 
ἐμέ ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 


Charminus defends Xenophon ; Eurylochus suggests that they exact 
pay of Seuthes; Polycrates, that they seize Heraclides. 


Xappivos δὲ ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν, “Οὐ 
τὼ Σιώ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμοὶ μέντοι οὐ δικαίως δοκεῖτε τῷ ἀνδρὶ 
τούτῳ χαλεπαίνειν: ἔχω γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ μαρτυ- 
ρῆσαι. Σεύθης γὰρ ἐρωτῶντος ἐμοῦ καὶ Πολυνίκου περὶ 
Ξενοφῶντος τίς" ἀνὴρ εἴη ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν εἶχε μέμψα- 
σθαι, ἄγαν ὅ δὲ φιλοστρατιώτην ἔφη αὐτὸν εἶναι" διὸ 
καὶ χεῖρον αὐτῷ εἶναι πρὸς" ἡμῶν τε τῶν Λακεδαιμο- 
νίων καὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ. 

᾿Αναστὰς ἐπὶ τούτῳ Εὐρύλοχος Λουσιάτης ᾿Αρκὰς 
εἶπε" “Kai δοκεῖ γέ μοι, ἄνδρες Λακεδαιμόνιοι, τοῦτο 
ὑμᾶς" πρῶτον ἡμῶν στρατηγῆσαι, παρὰ Σεύθου ἡμῖν 
τὸν μισθὸν ἀνα-πρᾶξαι ὅ ἢ ἑκόντος ἢ ἄκοντος, καὶ μὴ 
πρότερον ἡμᾶς ἀπαγαγεῖν. Πολυκράτης δὲ ᾿Αθηναῖος 
εἶπεν ἐνετὸς ὑπὸ Ξενοφῶντος, “Ὁρῶ γε μήν; ἔφη, “ὦ 
ἄνδρες, καὶ Ἡρακλείδην ἐνταῦθα παρόντα, ὃς παραλα- 
βὼν τὰ χρήματα ἃ ἡμεῖς ἐπονήσαμεν, ταῦτα ἀπο-δό- 
μενος οὔτε Σεύθῃ ἀπέδωκεν οὔτε ἡμῖν τὰ γιγνόμενα, 
ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς κλέψας πέπαται. ἢν οὖν σωφρονῶμεν, ἑξό- 
μεθαὃ αὐτοῦ" οὐ γὰρ δὴ οὗτός ye,” ἔφη, “Θρᾷξ ἐστιν, 
ἀλλ᾽ Ἕλλην ὧν Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖ. 

1 by the twin gods (cf. 6.635), sc. οὐ δοκεῖτε βελτίονες εἶναι. 2. τ ποῖος. ὃ very, 
* on our part. 5 ὑμᾶς στρατηγῆσαι ἡμῶν πρῶτον τοῦτο, be generals of us first 


in this. 6 exact 7 incited, verbal from évinut. 8 we shall lay hold of, 
fr. ἔχω. ; 


39 


40 


41 


42 


372 ANABASIS. 


Heraclides and Seuthes hastily. withdraw. 


Ταῦτα ἀκούσας 6 Ἡρακλείδης μάλα ἐξ-επλάγη καὶ 
προσελθὼν τῷ Σεύθῃ λέγει, “Ἡμεῖς Hv σωφρονῶμεν, 
»¥ a nw 
ἄπιμεν ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῆς τούτων ἐπικρατείας." ' Kal ἀνα- 
βάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους ᾧχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες εἰς τὸ 
ε ΄ ’ Ν 5 ~ 4 ’ 
ἑαυτῶν στρατόπεδον. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν Σεύθης πέμπει 


᾿Αβροζέλμην τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἑρμηνέα πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα 


‘ 4 es “~ > ε ~ » ’ 
καὶ κελεύει αὐτὸν κατα-μεῖναι Tap ἑαυτῷ ἔχοντα χιλί- 
ra 

ε 7 ‘ e “ n 
ovs ὁπλίτας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖται αὐτῷ ἀποδώσειν τά TE 
’ Ν 7 are, θ λ ’ Ἀ ¥ a ε ’ ‘ > 
χωρία τὰ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ καὶ τάλλα a ὑπέσχετο. καὶ ἐν 
3 4 , 2 id ν > 4 4 c 
ἀπορρήτῳ ποιησάμενος“ λέγει OTL ἀκήκοε Πολυνίκου ὡς 
εἰ ὑποχείριος ἔσται Λακεδαιμονίοις, σαφῶς ἀποθανοῖτο 
ὑπὸ Θίβρωνος. ἐπ-έστελλον δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ 
τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι ὡς διαβεβλημένος εἴη καὶ φυλάττεσθαι 
, ε » Ways , “ ὃ ‘Ul yas 3 a Ν 52." ~ 
δέοι. ὁ δὲ ἀκούων ταῦτα δύο ἱερεῖα λαβὼν ἐθύετο τῷ 
Auwi τῷ βασιλεῖ πότερά οἱ A@ov* καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη μένει 
ιὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ πότερά οἱ λῷον ἡ καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη μένειν 
> > ’ nw 
παρὰ Σεύθῃ ef οἷς" Σεύθης λέγει ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν TO 

στρατεύματι. ἀναιρεῖ αὐτῷ ἀπιέναι. 


The Greeks getting provisions from certain villages are ordered by 
Medosades and an Odrysian, in the name of Seuthes, to or 
draw from the country. 


VII. Ἐντεῦθεν Σεύθης μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδεύσατο προ: 

, e A σ. 5 ,ὔ 5 4 9 
σωτέρω" οἱ δὲ ἕλληνες ἐσκήνησαν eis κώμας ὅθεν 

» - > , > 4 , ν 
ἔμελλον πλεῖστα ἐπισιτισάμενοι ἐπὶ θάλατταν ἥξειν. 
αἱ δὲ κῶμαι αὗται ἦσαν δεδομέναι ὑπὸ Σεύθου Μηδο- 
΄ὕ con > ε ΄ ΄ ‘he “- 
σάδῃ. ὁρῶν οὖν ὁ Μηδοσάδης δαπανώμενα τὰ ἑαυτοῖ 
1 control. 2 making (it a great) secret he ete. 8 cf. 6.172, ref. 12, and 


see Introd. 123. 4 cf. 6.215 and note. 5 upon the conditions. ὃ. (the oracle 
or the god) replies. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VII. 373 


ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων χαλεπῶς ἔφερε" Kat 
λαβὼν ἄνδρα ᾿Οδρύσην δυνατώτατον τῶν ἄνωθεν κατα- 
βεβηκότων καὶ ἱππέας ὅσον τριάκοντα ἔρχεται καὶ προ- 
A lanl 5 ἴω ε ΄΄ ,’ 
καλεῖται Ξενοφῶντα ἐκ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ στρατεύματος. 
‘ ἃ ’ “A A Ν ᾿Ξ al 
καὶ ὃς λαβών τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν καὶ ἄλλους τῶν 
ἐπιτηδείων προσέρχεται. ἔνθα δὴ λέγει Μηδοσάδης, 
“«᾿Αδικεῖτε, ὦ Ξενοφῶν, τὰς ἡμετέρας κώμας πορθοῦν- 
᾿ 1 > ¢ «hh 3 , €_a Σ 50 Q 
res. προλέγομεν' οὖν ὑμῖν, ἐγώ τε ὑπὲρ Σεύθου καὶ 
ν α..α ‘ , ν “ » ? 
ὅδε ἁνὴρ παρὰ Μηδόκου ἥκων τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως, 
ee 3 A , Fe fase "tet τ , 26 9" 
ἀπιέναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας" εἶ δὲ μή, οὐκ ἐπιτρέψομεν ἧ ὑμῖν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν ποιῆτε κακῶς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν, ὡς TOE 


μίους ἀλεξόμεθα.᾽" 
Xenophon’s reply. 


Ὁ δὲ Ἐενοφῶν ἀκούσας ταῦτα εἶπεν, “᾿Αλλὰ σοὶ 


8 γού- 


6 


4 lal , Ἂ 3 id , 
μὲν τοιαῦτα λέγοντι καὶ ἀποκρίνασθαι χαλεπόν 
> ν an , 4 Xr ΄, [2] ἄρτος ᾿» 
του ἕνεκα τοῦ νεανίσκου λέξω, iv’ εἰδῇ οἷοί" τε 
ε A > ‘ Ὁ ε “ ε Lal Ν ’ 33. »»ν { A 
ὕμεις ἐστε καὶ OLOL YMELS. Ἡμεῖς μὲν Yap, ἔφη; πριν 
ὑμῖν φίλοι γενέσθαι ἐπορευόμεθα διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας 
ν 39 λό θ ἃ Ν 30 » nw a > 
ὅποι ἐβουλόμεθα, ἣν μὲν ἐθέλοιμεν πορθοῦντες, ἣν ὃ 
20 aN ’ A ‘\ ε ’ὔ ἈΝ ε A“ ¥ 
ἐθέλοιμεν κάοντες, καὶ σὺ ὁπότε πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔλθοις 
39 fo 
πρεσβεύων, ηὐλίζου τότε Tap ἡμῖν οὐδένα φοβούμενος 
τῶν πολεμίων" ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ τεῦ εἰς τήνδε τὴ ) 
μίων" ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ τεῦ εἰς τήνδε THY χώραν, 
x » ἔλθ ε 3 me 7 , >\/ 
ἢ εἰ ποτε ἔλθοιτε, ws ἐν Kpeitrovev' χώρᾳ ηὐλίζεσθε 
> x id Lal ν 5 iy δὲ ε a , > », 
ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις τοῖς ἵπποις. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμῖν φίλοι ἐγέ- 
θ Ἁ ὃ > ε« κα A lal 7 , 5 \ ’ 
νεσθε καὶ dv ἡμᾶς σὺν θεοῖς ἔχετε τήνδε τὴν χώραν, 
a δὲ ΡΤ ΓΊΝΩ a 3 a ὃ a , ἃ ᾽ 
νῦν δὴ ἐξελαύνετε ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς χώρας ἣν παρ 
ἡμῶν ἐχόντων" κατὰ κράτος mapehdBere* ὡς γὰρ 


1 = warn 2 sc. πορθεῖν τὰς κώμας. 8 = painful. 4 = kvdpa’Odptony 
δυνατώτατον of ὃ 2. ὃὅ of what character. 6 εἶμι. ἃ of people more powerful 
than yourselves. ὃ conative. ° holding it by our power. 


4 


5 


~1 


874 ANABASIS. 


8 


9 


40 


13 


αὐτὸς οἶσθα, ot πολέμιοι ody ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν ἡμᾶς ἐξελαύ- 
νειν. καὶ οὐχ᾽ ὅπως δῶρα δοὺς καὶ εὖ ποιήσας ἀνθ᾽ 
ὧν εὖ ἔπαθες ἀξιοῖς ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμψασθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀποπο- 
ρευομένους ἡμᾶς οὐδ᾽ ἐν-αυλισθῆναι ὅσον δύνασαι ἐπι- 
τρέπεις. καὶ ταῦτα λέγων οὔτε θεοὺς αἰσχύνει οὔτε 
τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν μέν σε ὁρᾷ πλουτοῦντα, 
πρὶν δὲ ἡμῖν φίλον γενέσθαι ἀπὸ λῃστείας 2 τὸν βίον 
ἔχοντα, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφησθα. ἀτὰρ τί καὶ πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγεις 
ταῦτα ;" ἔφη" “ov γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι ἄρχω, ἀλλὰ Λακεδαι- 
μόνιοι, οἷς ὑμεῖς παρεδώκατε τὸ στράτευμα ἀπαγαγεῖν 
οὐδὲν ἐμὲ παρακαλέσαντες, ὦ θαυμαστότατοι, ὅπως, 
ὥσπερ ἀπηχθανόμην αὐτοῖς ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦγον, οὕτω 
καὶ χαρισαίμην" νῦν ἀποδιδούς. ® 


The Odrysian messenger, after expressing sympathy for the Greeks, 
returns to Medocus; Medosades interviews the messengers of 
Thibron, whereupon it is decided to send to Seuthes, demand- 
tng the back pay. 

Ἐπεὶ ταῦτα ἤκουσεν 6 ᾿Οδρύσης, εἶπεν, “"Eyd μὲν 
a4 , ‘ Lal A , Cee, “ 
ὦ Μηδόσαδες, κατὰ τῆς γῆς καταδύομαι ὑπὸ τῆς 
αἰσχύνης ἀκούων ταῦτα. καὶ εἰ μὲν πρόσθεν ἠπιστά- 

3 5° Ἃ 50 , ὰ Ν ca) »” ὑδὲ 
μην, οὐδ᾽ ἂν συνηκολούθησά σοι" καὶ νῦν ἄπειμι. οὐδὲ 
γὰρ ἂν Μήδοκός με ὃ βασιλεὺς ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύλ 
νοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας. ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν 

ν > 4 Ἂ A 3 “~ ε ¥ ε “ Ν 

ἵππον ἀπήλαυνε καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι ἱππεῖς πλὴν 

τεττάρων ἢ πέντε. ὁ δὲ Μηδοσάδης, ἐλύπει γὰρ αὐτὸν 

ἡ χώρα πορθουμένη, ἐκέλευε τὸν Ξενοφῶντα καλέσαι 

τὼ Λακεδαιμονίω. καὶ ὃς λαβὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους 

προσῆλθε τῷ Χαρμίνῳ καὶ Πολυνίκῳ καὶ ἔλεξεν ὅτι 

1 οὐχ ὅπως. . ἀλλ᾽, not only ποῖ, «.. διιὶ ete. 53. by plunder. δ without 


at all consulting me. 4 gratify. δ᾽ by restoring it. 6 viz Charminus and 
Polynicus in § 13. 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VII. 875 


A ν 9 ΄- 9 , 
καλεῖ αὐτοὺς Μηδοσάδης προερῶν amep' αὐτῷ, ame- 
~ > a! > 
ναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας. “οἶμαι ἂν οὖν, ἔφη, “ὑμᾶς ἀπο- 
“- - -“ , , 5 ¥ 9 
λαβεῖν τῇ στρατιᾷ τὸν ὀφειλόμενον μισθόν, εἰ εἴποιτε ὅτι 
΄ Ce ε ὰ a 2 Ν θὸ 
δεδέηται ὑμῶν ἡ στρατιὰ συν-ανα-πρᾶξαι“ τὸν μισθὸν 
cal > δ “Δ > ¥ > 50 Ἀ 9 4, 
ἢ παρ᾽ ἑκόντος ἢ παρ᾽ ἄκοντος Σεύθου, καὶ ὅτι τού- 
των ὃ τυχόντες προθύμως ἂν συνέπεσθαι ὑμῖν φασι" 
ἣν ν ’ ea a ig é ἈΝ 9 ε 
καὶ ὅτι δίκαια ὑμῖν δοκοῦσι λέγειν" καὶ ὅτι ὑπ- 
΄ > a , > , 9 ‘ δί ¥ 
έσχεσθε αὐτοῖς τότε ἀπιέναι ὅταν τὰ δίκαια ἔχωσιν 
οἱ στρατιῶται.᾽ 
> 4 ε Ld A » > ~ Ν 
Ακούσαντες οἱ Λάκωνες ταῦτα ἔφασαν ἐρεῖν καὶ 
¥ ε tal oy 4, ΄ Ν 352 Χ 3 , 
ἄλλα ὁποῖα ἂν δύνωνται κράτιστα" καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπορεύ- 
νος δὴ 
οντὸ ἔχοντες πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαιρίους ἐλθὼν δὲ ἔλεξε 
a τῷ 
Χαρμῖνος, “Ei μὲν σύ τι ἔχεις, ὦ Μηδόσαδες, πρὸς 
ε “ , 5 > δὲ , ε “Ὁ 3.5 Ν » > ε δὲ 
ἡμᾶς λέγειν, εἰ δὲ μή, ἡμεῖς πρὸς σὲ ἔχομεν. ὁ δὲ 
2 9 
Μηδοσάδης μάλα δὴ idepévas,® ““᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐγὼ μὲν λέγω, 
» {ς A 5 > ’ 9 ᾿ “ Ν (λ cn 
ἔφη. “Kat Σεύθης ταὐτά, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν τοὺς φίλους ἡμῖν 
γεγενημένους μὴ κακῶς πάσχειν ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν. ὅτι yap 
lal nw A ¥ tal 
ἂν τούτους κακῶς ποιῆτε ἡμᾶς ἤδη ποιεῖτε" ἡμέτεροι 
’ 5» > 144 ε A“ 4 ΕΣ] » ε ld 
yap εἰσιν. Ημεῖς τοίνυν, ἔφασαν ot Λάκωνες, 
ἥδ x» ε , Ν θὸ ¥ ε “ e a 
ἀπίοιμεν ἂν ὁπότε Tov μισθὸν ἔχοιεν οἱ ταῦτα ὑμῖν 
΄ = > A 4 > ’ A A wn 
καταπράξαντες" εἰ δὲ μή, ἐρχόμεθα μὲν καὶ νῦν Bor- 
θήσοντες τούτοις καὶ τιμωρησόμενοι ἄνδρας οἱ τού- 
Ν ‘ ν 50, Ἅ Ν Ἀ Ν ε a 
τους Tapa τοὺς ὅρκους ἠδίκησαν. ἢν δὲ δὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς 
τοιοῦτοι ἦτε, ἐνθένδε ἀρξόμεθα τὰ δίκαια λαμβάνειν. 
ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν, ““᾿Εθέλοιτε ἂν τούτοις. ὦ Μηδό- 
σαδες, ἐπιτρέψαι, ἐπειδὴ φίλους ἔφατε εἶναι ὑμῖν, ἐν 
bm “~ ’ > 4 ε , > Δ 7 ¥spP e “A 
ὧν τῇ χώρᾳ ἐσμέν, ὁπότερ᾽ av ψηφίσωνται, εἴθ᾽ ὑμᾶς 
προσήκει ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀπιέναι εἴθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ;᾿ ὁ δὲ ταῦτα 
1 sc. προ-εἶπε. 2. assist in exacting. 3.1, 6. their pay. *cf 15. Ὁ a0. 
καλῶς ἔχει or λέγε; for a like omission of the conclusion, see Iliad A, 302 and 


Exodus xxxii. 32. 8 submissively. 7 τούτοις... ἐπιτρέψαι. . . ὁπότερ᾽ 
ἂν... εἴθ᾽ etc., to submit it to these men. . . whatever way they vote, whether ete. 


14 


15 


16 


17 


5160 ANABASIS.. 


μὲν οὐκ ἔφη" ἐκέλευε δὲ μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὼ τὼ Λάκωνε 

ἐλθεῖν παρὰ Σεύθην περὶ τοῦ μισθοῦ, καὶ; οἴεσθαι ἂν 

Σεύθην πεῖσαι" εἰ δὲ μή, Ἐενοφῶντα σὺν αὐτῷ πέμπειν, 
Ν “ A 

καὶ συμπράξειν ὑπισχνεῖτο. ᾿ ἐδεῖτο δὲ τὰς κώμας μὴ 
’ 

κάειν. 


Xenophon, the mouthpiece of the delegation, addresses Seuthes: 
“Do not barter away the confidence placed in you.” 


Ἐντεῦθεν πέμπουσι Ἐενοφῶντα καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ 
ἐδόκουν ἐπιτηδειότατοι εἶναι. ὁ δὲ ἐλθὼν λέγει πρὸς 
> 
Σεύθην, “Οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσων, ὦ Σεύθη, πάρειμι, ἀλλὰ 
ὃ ὃ 4 x ὃ , ε 3 ὃ , > θέ θ 9 
ιδάξων, qv δύνωμαι, ὡς ov δικαίως μοι ἠχθέσθης ὅτι 
ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀπ-ἥτουν σε προθύμως ἃ ὑπέ 
σχου αὐτοῖς" σοὶ γὰρ ἔγωγε οὐχ ἧττον ἐνόμιζον σύμ- 
φορον ἢ εἶναι ἀποδοῦναι ἢ ἐκείνοις ἀπολαβεῖν. πρῶτον 
A A Ν 8 ‘\ 0 Ν > 4 Ἀ ’ ,’ 
μὲν γὰρ οἶδα μετὰ ὃ τοὺς θεοὺς εἰς ὁ τὸ φανερόν σε τού- 
τους κατα-στήσαντας, ἐπεί γε βασιλέα σε ἐποίησαν 
“A , . aA > , Ὁ ν ΕῚ er 
πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων: woTE οὐχ οἷόν 
, ΄ δ 3, » Ν » ¥” > 
τέ σοι avOdvew® οὔτε Hv τι καλὸν οὔτε ἦν τι αἷσ- 
‘ 
Xpov ποιήσῃς. τοιούτῳ δὲ ὄντι ἀνδρὶ μέγα μέν μοι 
595. 7 3 A Ὁ 3 ’ 9 ᾽’ ¥ 
ἐδόκει εἶναι μὴ δοκεῖν ἀχαρίστως ἀποπέμψασθαι av- 
> 7 id 6 δὲ > 3 4 7 ε Ν ε ’ 
Spas εὐεργέτας, μέγα“ δὲ εὖ ἀκούειν Ἷ ὑπὸ ἑξακισχιλίων 
3 , Ν \ , 8 » Ν 
ἀνθρώπων, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον μηδαμῶς ὃ ἄπιστον σαυτὸν 
καταστῆσαι ὅτι λέγοις. ὁρῶ γὰρ τῶν μὲν ἀπίστων 
’ Ἀ > U4 Ν Ν , 
ματαίους καὶ ἀδυνάτους καὶ ἀ-τίμους τοὺς λόγους πλα- 
, ᾿ ἃ ὃ. ἃ % ® 3 40 3 A 
νωμένους " ot δ᾽ ἂν φανεροὶ ὦσιν ἀλήθειαν ἀσκοῦντες, 
’ ε , »” , > δὲ a ὃ , 
τούτων ot λόγοι, ἣν τι δέωνται, οὐδὲν μεῖον δύνανται 
4 
ἀνύσασθαι" ἢ ἄλλων ἡ βία" ἦν τέ τινας cwdpovilev ™ 
1 sc. ἔφη. 2. advantageous. 8.1, 6. next to. 4 in a conspicuous position 
5 to escape notice. 6 sc. ἐδόκει εἶναι, so after μέγιστον. 7 hear well of one- 
self = be well spoken of. 8 not at all. 9 ἀνύτω, accomplish. 10 bring to 
reason. 


BOOK VII CHAP. VII. 377 


βούλωνται, γιγνώσκω τὰς τούτων ἀπειλὰς οὐχ ἧττον 
σωφρονιζούσας ἢ ἄλλων τὸ ἤδη κολάζειν: ἥν τέ τῷ 
τι ὑπισχνῶνται οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν μεῖον δια- 
πράττονται ἢ ἄλλοι παραχρῆμα ' διδόντες. 
“᾿Αναμνήσθητι δὲ καὶ σὺ τί προ-τελέσας " ὑμῖν συμ- 
μάχους ἡμᾶς ἔλαβες. ᾿ οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι οὐδέν - ἀλλὰ πιστευ- 
θεὶς ἀληθεύσειν ἃ ἔλεγες ἐπ-ῆρας ὃ 
συστρατεύεσθαίΐί τε καὶ Katepydcacbai* σοι ἀρχὴν οὐ 


΄, , 5" δ᾽) , ψ ¥ ὃ A @ 
τριάκοντα, μονον ἀξίαν ταλάντων, οσα OLOVTAL OELY οὔτοι 
δ 


4 > A 
τοσούτους ἀνθρώπους 


νῦν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων. οὐκοῦν τοῦτο 
μὲν πρῶτον τὸ πιστεύεσθαι, τὸ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σοι 


A ’ , 
κατεργασάμενον, τούτων TOY χρημάτων πιπράσκεται- 


“ Tf you alienate the Greeks, some of their officers may go over to 
the enemy, and you may lose your power.” 


¥ 
“Ἴθι δή, ἀναμνήσθητι πῶς μέγα ἡγοῦ τότε καταπρᾶ- 
a oa , » > ἃ A 5 > ¢ 
far ἃ νῦν καταστρεψάμενος ἔχεις. ἐγὼ μὲν εὖ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι 
+ Lal nw 
ηὐὔξωϊ ἂν τὰ viv πεπραγμένα μᾶλλόν σοι καταπρα- 
~ a Lal 
χθῆναι ἢ πολλαπλάσια τούτων τῶν χρημάτων γενέσθαι. 
aT Se ΄ a , \ ¥ δὴ ἐς a ᾿ 
ἐμοὶ τοίνυν μεῖζον βλάβος καὶ αἴσχιον δοκεῖ εἶναι τὸ 
Lal Lal Lal ΕῪ “ 
ταῦτα νῦν μὴ κατασχεῖν ἢ τότε μὴ λαβεῖν, ὅσῳπερ 
᾿ x 
χαλεπώτερον ἐκ πλουσίου πένητα ὃ γενέσθαι ἢ ἀρχὴν 
Ν “A Ν 9 , > / 
μὴ πλουτῆσαι, καὶ ὅσῳ λυπηρότερον ἐκ βασιλέως 
ἰδ 4, a , oe ‘ A “ 
ἰδιώτην φανῆναι ἢ ἀρχὴν μὴ βασιλεῦσαι. 
“Οὐκοῦν ἐπίστασαι μὲν ὅτι οἵ νῦν σοι ὑπήκοοι γενό- 
> 4g a a 3? , 2% ~ ΨΚ'΄ 
μενοι ov φιλίᾳ" τῇ σῇ ἐπείσθησαν ὑπὸ σοῦ ἄρχεσθαι 
» > > , μὴ σ > a x , > 4 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκγ, καὶ ὅτι ἐπιχειροῖεν ἂν πάλιν ἐλεύθεροι 
1 immediately. 2 pay beforehand. 3 you induced (én-alpw). * subdue 
for you. 5 first, then, this confidence (τὸ πιστεύεσθαι) which (7d) subdued 
(κατεργασάμενον) etc. ὁ how you deemed it a great thing ete. T ηὔξω (εὔχο- 


μαι) ἄν, you would have prayed that the things now done be accomplished for you 
rather etc. 8 poor. ® from friendship to you (σῇ fr. ods). 


25 


26 


27 


28 


23 


- 


818 ΑΝΑΒΑΒΙΒ, 


80 γίγνεσθαι, εἰ μή τις αὐτοὺς φόβος κατέχοι. ποτέρως" 


31 


οὖν οἴει μᾶλλον ἂν φοβεῖσθαί τε αὐτοὺς 5 καὶ σωφρο- 
νεῖν τὰ πρὸς σέ, εἰ ὁρῷέν σοι τοὺς στρατιώτας οὕτω 
διακειμένους ὡς νῦν τε μένοντας" ἄν, εἰ σὺ κελεύοις, 
αὖθίς 7 ἂν ταχὺ ἐλθόντας, εἰ δέοι, ἄλλους τε τούτων 
‘ lal > , ‘ > Ν Ν »¥ ε ’ 
περὶ σοῦ ἀκούοντας πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ ταχὺ av σοι ὁπότε 
4 , 0 x > 5 43> 
βούλοιο παραγενέσθαι, ἢ εἰ καταδοξάσειαν" μήτ᾽ ἂν 
» > A > » 4 > “A “Ὁ ’ 
ἄλλους σοι ἐλθεῖν δι’ ἀπιστίαν ἐκ τῶν νῦν γεγενημέ- 
νων τούτους" τε αὐτοῖς εὐνουστέρους εἶναι ἢ σοί; 
ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲν πλήθει γε ἡμῶν λειφθέντες ὑπ-εῖξάν ὃ 
9 10 
1 


σοι, ἀλλὰ προστατῶν " ἀπορίᾳ. οὐκοῦν νῦν καὶ τοῦτο 
κίνδυνος μὴ λάβωσι προστάτας αὑτῶν τινας τούτων 
a 4 ε Ν “ 3 al xn . 4 ’ 
ot νομίζουσιν ὑπὸ σοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἢ καὶ τούτων κρείτ- 
τονας τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, ἐὰν οἱ μὲν στρατιῶται ὑπισ- 
χνῶνται προθυμότερον αὐτοῖς συστρατεύσεσθαι, ἂν τὰ 
\ rot a > , ε δὲ 132 ὃ , ὃ x 
παρὰ σοῦ νῦν ἀναπράξωσιν, ot δὲ ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι διὰ 
τὸ δεῖσθαι τῆς στρατιᾶς συν-αινέσωσιν αὐτοῖς ταῦτα. 
“ Ν a“ Xx 
ὅτι ye μὴν οἱ νῦν ὑπὸ σοὶ Θρᾷκες γενόμενοι πολὺ ἂν 
΄ ¥ | ee x» , > ¥ A A 
προθυμότερον ἴοιεν ἐπί σε ἢ σύν σοι οὐκ ἄδηλον" σοῦ 


᾿ μὲν γὰρ κρατοῦντος δουλεία ἢ ὑπάρχει αὐτοῖς, κρατου- 


μένου δέ σου ἐλευθερία. 


“Tt will be cheaper for you that the Greeks go away as your 


friends, rather than remain as your enemies.” 


“Ei δὲ καὶ τῆς χώρας προ-νοεῖσθαι ἢ ἤδη τι δεῖ ὡς 
ons οὔσης, ποτέρως ἂν οἴει ἀπαθῆ ἢ κακῶν μᾶλλον 


lin which case, then. 2 subject of infinitives. 8 as regards your affairs. 
4 οἱ μένοιεν ἄν, So... Av... ἐλθόντας =o? ἔλθοιεν ἄν. 5 should think to 
your discredit. 6 i.e. the Greek soldiers. ῖ οἵ. 251,c. 353. 133. 179, a. 
Syield. %leaders(-drns). 1080. ἐστι. Mie. of theGreeks. and (if) on the 
other hand the Lacedaemonians assent (συν-αινέσωσιν) to this ete. 18 slavery. 
Mexercise forethought. 15 μᾷλλον ἀπαθῆ κακῶν, more free from suffering injury. 


BOOK VII CHAP. VIL. 379 


A a 
αὐτὴν εἶναι, εἰ οὗτοι of στρατιῶται ἀπολαβόντες ἃ 
a a e ’ 
ἐγκαλοῦσιν εἰρήνην καταλιπόντες οἴχοιντο, ἢ εἰ οὗτοί 
7 ε 3 4 4 » “~ 7 
τε μένοιεν ὡς ἐν πολεμίᾳ σύ τε ἄλλους πειρῷο πλείο- 
νας τούτων ἔχων ἀντι-στρατοπεδεύεσθαι δεομένους τῶν 
> ia > 4 Ν , x» id > 
ἐπιτηδείων ; ἀργύριον δὲ ποτέρως ἂν πλέον ἀναλω- 
Δ 
θείη. εἰ τούτοις τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ἀποδοθείη, ἢ εἰ 
lal 4 5 ’ 8 ὟΝ» ’ ’ ὃ id 
ταῦτά τε ὀφείλοιτο“ ἄλλους TE κρείττονας τούτων δέοι 
σε μισθοῦσθαι ; 
“"Αλλὰ" γὰρ Ἡρακλείδῃ, ὡς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἐδήλου, πάμ- 
lo a Ν > , > Ν ta , 
πολυ δοκεῖ τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον εἶναι. ἢ μὴν πολύ γέ 
ἐστιν ἔλαττον νῦν σοι καὶ λαβεῖν τοῦτο καὶ ἀποδοῦναι 
x ‘ ε “A 3 a Ν Ν ὃ ’, δ 4 , > 
ἢ πρὶν ἡμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρὸς σὲ δέκατον" τούτου μέρος. οὐ 
» 3 ’ 3 ε ε ’ Ν Ἁ Ἀ Ἀ > 4 
yap ἀριθμός ἐστιν ὃ ὁρίζων τὸ πολὺ Kal TO ὀλίγον, 
> > ε 4 “ > , \ “ , 
ἀλλ᾽ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ τε ἀποδιδόντος Kal τοῦ λαμβάνον- 
τος. σοὶ δὲ νῦν ἡ κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν πρόσοδος πλείων ἔσται 
ἢ ἔμπροσθεν τὰ παρόντα πάντα [ἃ ἐκέκτησο]. 


& Justice to me demands the payment of what you promised, and there 
is no possession more glorious than justice and generosity.” 


> 4 εὴ lal ε 
“᾿Εγὼ μέν, ὦ Levy, ταῦτα ὡς φίλου ὄντος σου πρου- 
, 6 Y , ¥ ὃ , > a ε , 
νοούμην, ὅπως σύ τε ἄξιος δοκοίης εἶναι ὧν οἱ θεοί 
ἐδ > θῶ 3 ’ ΄ Ν ’ > had 
σοι ἔδωκαν ἀγαθῶν ἐγώ te μὴ διαφθαρείην ἐν τῇ 
a Ξ᾿ 5 δι ἃ A ae aes Ae eet Ape 
στρατιᾷ. εὖ yap ἴσθι ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ ovr ἂν ἐχθρὸν 
βουλόμενος κακῶς ποιῆσαι δυνηθείΐην σὺν ταύτῃ τῇ 
Ὁ) ¥ > xX » ’ὔ ’ὔ “A 
στρατιᾷ οὔτ᾽ ἂν εἴ σοι πάλιν βουλοίμην βοηθῆσαι, 
e Ν “ἡ ΄ 
ἱκανὸς ἂν γενοίμην. οὕτω γὰρ πρός με ἡ στρατιὰ 
ὃ , , C eer J q Ν al 297 8 
ιάκειται. καίτοι αὐτόν oe μάρτυραἷ σὺν θεοῖς εἰδόσι 
“ 9 3» -“ al 
ποιοῦμαι OTL οὔτε ἔχω παρὰ σοῦ ἐπὶ“ τοῖς στρατιώταις 
1 they clam. 82. inwhich way will more money be expended. ὃ γϑηιαϊῖη due. 


ὁ dut (you may think as Heraclides), for ete. 5 sc. λαβεῖν καὶ ἀποδοῦναι. 
® mpo-voée, take thought for. 7 witness. 8. =whoknow. 5 τῷΖ οὐ the ground of. 


35 


36 


37 


΄ 


88 


39 


al 


42 


41 


45 


880 ANABASIS. 


ὑδὲ ¥ ¥ , 3 Ν io 4 3 ’ > 
οὐδὲν οὔτε ἤτησα πώποτε εἰς TO ἴδιον τὰ ἐκείνων οὔτε 
ἃ ὑπέσχου μοι ἀπήτησα" ὄμνυμι δέ σοι μηδὲ ἀποδι- 
56 1 , ¥ > 4 Ν τς τὰ a » 
όντος δέξασθαι ἄν, εἰ μὴ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἔμελλον 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν συν-απο-λαμβάνειν. αἰσχρὸν γὰρ ἣν τὰ μὲν 
S328 ὃ A 0 8 Ν δ᾽ 3 , ὃ “ eRe.” lal 
ἐμὰ Sva-mempayOa,® τὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνων περι-ιδεῖν ἐμὲ κακῶς 
ἔχοντα ἄλλως τε καὶ τιμώμενον ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων. καΐτοι 
ε λ (ὃ rol δ , ὃ a > Ν Ν > , 
Ηρακλείδῃ γε Mipos® πάντα δοκεῖ εἶναι πρὸς τὸ ἀργύ- 
» 3 x , a Goak δὲ ? , 2Q\ 
ριον ἔχειν ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου" ἐγὼ δέ, ὦ Σεύθη. οὐδὲν 
΄ 3 ὃ ae \ >» , > A 
νομίζω ἀνδρὶ ἄλλως τε καὶ ἄρχοντι κάλλιον εἶναι κτῆμα 
οὐδὲ λαμπρότερον ὅ ἀρετῆς καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ γενναιό- 
τητος. ὁ γὰρ ταῦτα ἔχων πλουτεῖ μὲν ὄντων φίλων 
πολλῶν, πλουτεῖ δὲ καὶ ἄλλων βουλομένων γενέσθαι, 
καὶ εὖ μὲν πράττων ἔχει τοὺς συν-ησθησομένους. ἐὰν 
, ag » ΄ a , : 
δέ τι σφαλῇ," ov σπανίζει τῶν βοηθησόντων. 


“The charge of the soldiers, that I have been more careful of your 
interests than of theirs, ts proof of my friendship.” 


“ANNA yap εἰ μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ἔργων κατ-έμαθες 
γὰρ εἰ μή 

9 5 A a , > , > an s oA 
ὅτι σοι ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς φίλος ἦν, μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν 
λόγων δύνασαι τοῦτο γνῶναι, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῶν στρατιω- 
τῶν λόγους πάντως κατα-νόησον᾽ παρ-ῆσθα γὰρ καὶ 
ἤκουες ἃ ἔλεγον οἱ ψέγειν Ὁ ἐμὲ βουλόμενοι. κατ-ηγό: 
ρουν γάρ μου πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ὡς σὲ περὶ πλείονος 
, Ἅ ’ 3 Ν δ᾽ > tX. 3 Ν ε 
ποιοίμην ἢ Λακεδαιμονίους, αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐνεκάλουν ἐμοὶ ὡς 
A , Ψ \ \ a » a 9 . 
μᾶλλον μέλοι μοι ὅπως τὰ σὰ καλῶς ἔχοι ἣ ὅπως τὰ 
ἑαυτῶν - ἔφασαν δέ με καὶ δῶρα ἔχειν παρὰ σοῦ. καί- 


τοι τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα πότερον οἴει" αὐτοὺς κακόνοιάν "ἢ 


1 from (you) paying it. 2 for ἣν ἄν, it would have been disgraceful that etc. 


8 arrange. 4 both for other reasons, and because = especially. 5 a trifle 
δ spiendid. 1 generosity ὃ ovv-fSouat, rejoice with. 5. σφάλλω, trip up; pass., 
meet with some (τὶ) misfortune. 10 censure. UM καίτοι πότερον οἴει αὐτοὺ: 


αἰτιᾶσθαί με ἔχειν τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα παρὰ σοῦ (because) ἐν-ιδόντας etc. 12 ill-will 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VIL 381 


> , “ 4 > Lal 0 4 ¥ 4 
τινα ἐνιδόντας μοι πρὸς σὲ αἰτιᾶσθαί με ἔχειν παρὰ 
σοῦ ἢ προθυμίαν πολλὴν περὶ σὲ κατα-νοήσαντας ; 

“Ἐγὼ μὲν οἶμαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους νομίζειν εὔνοιαν 
rf > a θ 1 ΄ 3 ν᾿ me δῶ , ἣ ΄ 
δεῖν ἀπο-κεῖσθαι. τούτῳ παρ᾽ οὗ ἂν δῶρά τις λαμβάνῃ. 
‘ Ν δι ΝΣ Ν ε “ ’ , 21.9 25 / “ὃ , 
σὺ δὲ πρὶν" μὲν ὑπηρετῆσαί τί σοι ἐμὲ ἐδέξω ἡδέως 
‘ 3 κι an \ ΄ a tae » oe 
καὶ ὄμμασι καὶ φωνῇ καὶ ξενίοις καὶ ὅσα ἔσοιτο“ ὑπι- 


5 


Ν a 
σχνούμενος οὐκ ἐνεπίμπλασο"" ἐπεὶ δὲ κατ-έπραξας a 


δι" ‘ 25 , , 
εγώ εὐουνάμὴν μέγιστος, 


» 4, Ἁ 7 ν 
ἐβούλου καὶ γεγένησαι ὅσον 
νῦν οὕτω με ἄτιμον ὄντα ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τολμᾷς 
A > \7 Ν 9 ὃ ’, 3 ὃ A , 
mepi-opav ; ahda* μὴν ὅτι σοι δόξει ἀποδοῦναι πιστεύω 
Ν Ν , 4 ‘ δι. 9 es Sh ee. 
καὶ Tov χρόνον διδάξειν σε καὶ αὐτόν γέ σε οὐχὶ ἀν- 
ἔξεσθαιὃ τοὺς σοὶ προεμένους εὐεργεσίαν ὁρῶντά σοι 
> “ 10 ὃ 4 > 4 > ὃ ὃ ας θ 
ἐγ-καλοῦντας. ἔομαι οὖν σου, ὅταν ἀποδιδῷς, προθὺυ- 
μεῖσθαι ἐμὲ παρὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις τοιοῦτον ποιῆσαι 
> 
olovmep καὶ παρέλαβες. * 


Seuthes, moved by this address, pays the Greeks one talent, six hundred 
oxen, four thousand sheep, one hundred and twenty slaves; and 
certain hostages. 


> ΄ A ε Σ 50 , A > 7 i 
Akovoas TavTa oO evUNnS KAT-NpPaTcaTo Τῷ αἰτιῳ 


a A ld 5 ὃ ὃ , θ Ν, , χά ‘ , 
τοῦ μὴ πάλαι ἀποδεδόσθαι τὸν μισθόν: καὶ πάντες 
: ὃς ’ 
Ηρακλείδην τοῦτον ὑπώπτευσαν εἶναι" “ ἐγὼ ydp,” ἔφη, 
“ἐ οὔτε δι-ενοήθην πώποτε ἀπο-στερῆσαι ἀποδώσω Te.” 
ἐντεῦθεν πάλιν εἶπεν ὁ Ξενοφῶν, “Emel τοίνυν διανοεῖ 
> ὃ ὃ , a > ’ ὃ , ὃ 8.4.9 a2 ὃ a Ν 
αποοιόοναι, νυν eyo σου εομαι OL εμου ATOOOVVAL, καὶ 
‘ ὃ ΜᾺ ὃ 4 \ 12 » > “ 
μὴ περιτιδειὶν με διὰ σε ἀνομοίως ~ ἔχοντα Ev TH στρα- 
1 stored up. 2 πρὶν μὲν (sc. ἐμὲ) ὑπηρετῆσαι. 3 ὄμμα, eye, look. 4 se. 
ἐμοί. 5 were not satisfied, promising. ὁ ὅσον μέγιστος... as great as I could 
possibly (make you). 7 ἀλλὰ μὴν πιστεύω τὸν χρόνον διδάξειν ὅτι εἴς. 8 en- 
dure to see (ὁρῶντα). 59 προ-ίημι, bestow freely. © reproach. 1 the man who 
was the cause of the wages not having been paid over. 13 have a different stand ong. 
* This (§§ 21-47) is an able address, so able indeed that one would like to 


know how much of it was delivered on this occasion, and how much was el abo- 
rated twenty years after at Scillus. See Introd. 117. 


46 


42 


50 


51 


52 


55 


56 


382 ANABASIS. 


a . 2 Ἢ ἃ τ ον ᾿μεθα." ay 
τιᾷ νῦν TE καὶ ὅτε πρὸς σὲ ἀφικόμεθα. ὁ εἶπεν, 
6&7? AX)? ¥ 3 ὁ a , ¥ Su ἐμὲ > ’ Ἧ 
οὔτ᾽ ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις ἔσει δι᾽ ἐμὲ ἀτιμότερος 
ΕΣ 
ἄν τε μένῃς παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ χιλίους μόνους ὁπλίτας ἔχων, 
5 ’ ’ ,’ > , Ἀ »¥ a e , 
ἐγώ σοι Ta τε χωρία ἀποδώσω Kal τἄλλα ἃ ὑπεσχό- 
” ε δὲ ’ > ἐς “ 4 oa 9 > 
μην. ο δὲ πάλιν εἶπε, “ Ταῦτα μὲν ἔχειν οὕτως οὐχ 
οἷόν τε ἀπόπεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. “Kat μήν, ἔφη ὁ Σεύ- 
6 ἐς ᾿ > λ ,ὕ ’,ὔ , ἴὸ “Δ > > A 
ns, “Kat ἀσφαλέστερόν γέ σοι οἶδα ὃν παρ᾽ ἐμοὶ 
”> 
μένειν ἢ ἀπιέναι. ὁ δὲ πάλιν εἶπεν, “᾿Αλλὰ THY μὲν 

A > ~ - > Ν δὲ 7 > es Ἶ 9 
σὴν πρόνοιαν ἐπαινῶ" ἐμοὶ δὲ μένειν οὐχ οἷόν Te’ ὅπου 
> ἃ τς ὍΣ εν , > , Ν Ν a 3 Ν 
δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἐντιμότερος ὦ, νόμιζε καὶ σοὶ τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν 
ἔσεσθαι." ἐντεῦθεν λέγει Σεύθης, “᾿Αργύριον μὲν οὐκ 
» rr’ ΝᾺ , Ν a? δι , 
ἔχω ἀἁ ἢ μικρόν τι, καὶ τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι, τάλαν- 

= -“. A ε ’ Ν ’ὕ > 4 
τον" βοῦς δὲ ἑξακοσίους καὶ πρόβατα eis τετρακισχί- 
λια καὶ ἀνδράποδα εἰς εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατόν. ταῦτα 
λαβὼν καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀδικησάντων σε ὁμήρους προσ- 
λαβὼν ἄπιθι. γελάσας ὁ Ἐενοφῶν εἶπεν, “Ἢν οὖν 

Ἀ > lal 2 “a > > Ν θό ’ 8 aN 
μὴ ἐξικνῆται" ταῦτ᾽ εἰς τὸν μισθόν, τίνος ὅ τάλαντον 

, ¥ Le ghag 3 > 3 δὴ ΠΥ , ὃ , ΨΌΝ 
φήσω ἔχειν ; ἄρ᾽ οὐκ, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνόν μοί ἐστιν, 
δον » 4 id 6 , 5B δὲ 
ἀπιόντα γε ἄμεινον" φυλάττεσθαι πέτρους ;" ἤκουες δὲ 
Ν > ας ὶ, , A δὴ ΕῚ Ἦν 
τὰς ἀπειλάς." τότε μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ ἔμεινε. 

Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέδωκέ τε αὐτοῖς ἃ ὑπέσχετο καὶ 
τοὺς ἐλῶντας δ συνέπεμψεν. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται τέως μὲν 
¥ 2 ε =| la m” , eh κα > 50 > , Ἀ 
ἔλεγον ὡς ὁ Ξενοφῶν οἴχοιτο ὡς Σεύθην οἰκήσων καὶ 
ΜΕ ἘΠ ἣν ξεως , ποι Sade. + on 24 8 
ἃ ὑπέσχετο αὐτῷ ληψόμενος " ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον, ἥσθησαν 

al 3» A lal 

καὶ προσέθεον. Ξενοφῶν δ᾽ ἐπεὶ cide Χαρμῖνόν τε 
a > 3 a tat 
καὶ Πολύνικον, “Ταῦτα, ἔφη, “ σέσωσται Sv ὑμᾶς TH 
Lad . »" 9. 2A > ‘ ΓΝ δον ε A Ν 
στρατιᾷ καὶ παραδίδωμι αὐτὰ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν" ὑμεῖς δὲ 

ὃ , ὃ ’ ὃ Led “ν᾽ ε A > λ 
ια-θέμενοι διά-δοτε τῇ στρατιᾷ. of μὲν οὖν παραλα- 

1 except. 2 reach to, suffice for. 3 whose ? 4 ἄμεινον (ἐστιν ἐμὲ) 


ἀπιόντα, i. 6. back to camp, or perhaps to Greece. 5 cf. τὸ καταλευσθῆναι, 610 
δ persons todrive. ἵἿ τὸ πρός. 8 


BOOK VII. CHAP. VIII. 383 


4 
Bdovres καὶ Aadvpotddas! κατα-στήσαντες ἐπώλουν, Kat 
lal ‘ 
πολλὴν εἶχον αἰτίαν. Ἐενοφῶν δὲ οὐ προσ-ήει, ἀλλὰ 
7 
φανερὸς ἣν οἴκαδε παρασκευαζόμενος" ov yap πω 
nw “ > > - A nw 
ψῆφος 2 αὐτῷ ἐπ-ῆκτο 5 ᾿Αθήνησι περὶ φυγῆς. προσελ- 
’ ἈΝ » gud ε > / > “ ’ 3 ’ 
ϑόντες δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ἐδέοντο 
Ν > “~ Ν > ’ Ν 4 Ἀ ’ 
μὴ ἀπ-ελθεῖν πρὶν ἀπαγάγοι τὸ στράτευμα καὶ Θίβρωνι 
παρα-δοίη. 
The Greeks cross over to Lampsacus, Xenophon sacrifices to Zeus 
Meilichius ; he is presented with his favorite horse. 
a ‘ 
VIII. Ἐντεῦθεν δι-έπλευσαν εἰς Λάμψακον, καὶ 
ἀπαντᾷ τῷ Ἐενοφῶντι Εὐκλείδης μάντις Φλιάσιος ὁ 
Κλεαγόρου vids τοῦ τὰ ἐντοίχια ἡ ἐν Λυκείῳ γεγραφότος. 
lal al Ν 
οὗτος συν-ἤδετο τῷ Ξενοφῶντι ὅτι ἐσέσωστο, καὶ ἠρώτα 
αὐτὸν πόσον χρυσίον ἔχοι. 6 δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἐπ-ομόσας εἶπεν 
Ss Ν » θ δὲ > “ὃ ε Ν » ὃ 3 ’ > 
ἢ μὴν ἔσεσθαι μηδὲ ἐφόδιον ἱκανὸν οἴκαδε ἀπιόντι, εἰ 
ππ 5 , Ν ν οὖ ἃ > > εν > ε 
μὴ ἀπόδοιτο τὸν ἵππον καὶ ἃ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτὸν εἶχεν. ὁ 
δ᾽ aes > eR > Ν δ᾽ » A ‘ 
αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐπίστευεν. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἔπεμψαν Λαμψακηνοὶ 
ξένια τῷ Ξενοφῶντι καὶ ἔθυε τῷ ᾿Απόλλω εστή- 
ω Elev Ἢ όλλωνι, παρ-εστή 
» > 
5 τὸν Εὐκλείδην ἰδὼν δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ ὁ Εὐκλείδης 
εἶπεν ὅτι πείθοιτο αὐτῷ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα. ““᾽᾿Αλλ᾽ 
οἶδα. ἔφη, “ὅτι κἂν μέλλῃϊ ποτὲ ἔσεσθαι, φαίνεταί τι 
ἐμπόδιον, ἂν μηδὲν ἄλλο, σὺϑ 


σατο 


lamer 
σαυτῷ. συνωμολόγει 
ταῦτα ὃ "Ξενοφῶν. ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ““᾿Ἐμπόδιος γάρ σοι 6 
Zev ε λί ό 10 2? ed ‘ > , > "ὃ θύ 
ς ὁ μειλίχιός " ἐστι, καὶ ἐπ-ἥρετο εἰ ἤδη θύσειεν, 
ν ¥ ᾿ a Ν 
“ἐ ὥσπερ otkol, ἔφη. “ εἰώθειν ' ἐγὼ ὑμῖν θύεσθαι καὶ 
ε -Ἦ 937 > 
ὁλοκαυτεῖν. * ὁ δ᾽ οὐκ éedy™ ἐξ ὅτου ἀπεδήμησε τεθυ- 
κέναι τούτῳ τῷ θεῷ. συνεβούλευσεν οὖν αὐτῷ θύεσθαι 
1 booty-sellers. 2: ψῆφος περὶ φυγῆς, sentence of banishment. 3 én-dyw, bring 
forward against. See Introd. 114. 4 painted the wall-paintings. δ place 
beside (him). 6 j. e. how poor they were. 7 sc. χρήματα. 8 sc. coi. 


9 sc, ἔσται ἐμπόδιον (obstacle), i.e. through his liberality. 10 the gracious. Ἢ was 
wont. 132 offer whole victims (holocausts). 18 said that not since he left home etc. 


57 


10 


il 


384 ANABASIS. 


καθὰ ἦ εἰώθει, καὶ ἔφη συν-οίσειν 5 ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. τῇ 


δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ 6 Ξενοφῶν προελθὼν εἰς ᾿Οφρύνιον ἐθύετο 
καὶ ὡλοκαύτει χοίρους ὅ τῷ πατρίῳ νόμῳ, καὶ ἐκαλλιέρει. 
Ν , δὰ ἃ , > a , Ν , 

καὶ ταύτῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ ἀφικνεῖται Βίων καὶ Ναυσικλείδης 
χρήματα δώσοντες τῷ στρατεύματι, καὶ ξενοῦνται ἡ τῷ 
Ξενοφῶντι καὶ ἵππον ὃν ἐν Λαμψάκῳ ἀπέδ } 
Ξ ἵ μψάκῳ ἀπέδοτο πεντή- 
κοντα, δαρεικῶν," ὑποπτεύοντες αὐτὸν δι᾿ ἔνδειαν πεπρα- 
κέναι, ὅτι ἤκουον αὐτὸν ἥδεσθαι τῷ ἵππῳ, λυσάμενοι 
> 5 Ν Ν \_ 6 3 70 > “ 
ἀπεὸοσαν καὶ THY τιμὴν" οὐκ ἤθελον ἀπολαβεῖν. 


The Greeks arrive at Pergamus ; Xenophon entertained by a woman 
named Hellas; attacks Asidates. 
᾿Ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς Τρῳάδος, καὶ ὑπερβάντες 
A ες ὃ > ¥ ὃ 5 “ αν > ‘ 
τὴν ldnv εἰς “Avravdpov ἀφικνοῦνται πρῶτον, εἶτα παρὰ 
4 ’ A 7 > ’ὔ 4 
θάλατταν πορευόμενοι τῆς Μυσίας εἰς Θήβης πεδίον. 
ἐντεῦθεν δι᾿ ᾿Αδραμυττίου καὶ Κυτωνίου εἰς Καΐκου πεδίον 
ἐλθόντες Πέργαμον καταλαμβάνουσι τῆς Μυσίας. 
᾿Ενταῦθα δὴ ξενοῦται Ἐενοφῶν Ἑλλάδι τῇ Γογγύλου τοῦ 
> , Ν Ν ’ Ν ΄ ’, 
Ερετριέως γυναικὶ καὶ Τοργίωνος καὶ Γογγύλου μητρί. 
ν. δ᾽ > 48 , 9 > ὃ , > ‘ 5 a Si 
αὐτὴ 0 αὐτῳ" φράζει ὅτι ᾿Ασιδάτης ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
aes , ὦ “ 7 » a> £06 > 20 al ‘ 
ἀνὴρ Πέρσης" τοῦτον ἔφη αὐτόν," εἰ ἔλθοι τῆς νυκτὸς 
‘ , 5 , ~ ἃ ‘ Fae. Το ‘ 
σὺν τριακοσίοις ἀνδράσι, λαβεῖν ἂν καὶ avrov" καὶ γυ- 
ναῖκα καὶ παῖδας καὶ τὰ χρήματα" εἶναι δὲ πολλά. ταῦτα 
δὲ καθ-ηγησομένους ἔπεμψε τόν τε αὑτῆς ἀνεψιὸν Ὁ καὶ 
’ ἃ Ἀ td > n ¥ > c 
Aadvayopay, ὃν περὶ πλείστου ἐποιεῖτο. ἔχων οὖν O 
΄ΝῸΝ 4 > ε ~ > 4 Ν 7 c 
Ξενοφῶν τούτους map ἑαυτῷ ἐθύετο. καὶ Βασίας ὁ 
> a , A > 7 , ¥ cre Ν 
Ἠλεῖος μάντις παρὼν εἶπεν ort κάλλιστα εἴη τὰ ἱερὰ 
> on ᾿ ἃ φι. ε 4 ¥ ὃ ’ > > tA 
αὐτῷ Kal ὁ ἀνὴρ ἁλώσιμος εἴη. δειπνήσας οὖν ἐπορεύ- 
ero τούς τε λοχαγοὺς τοὺς μάλιστα φίλους λαβὼν καὶ 


1 = καθ᾽ ἅ, justas. 7 συμ-φέρω, turnout. ὃ χοῖρος, pig. * be entertained. 
§ high price as money went in those days. 6 = price. 7 i.e. Asidates 
Sie. Xenophon. 9% =¢o guide in this (ταῦτα) enterprise. 10 her own cousin. 


BOOK ΥΠ. CHAP. VIIL. | 385 


.. πιστοὺς γεγενημένους διὰ παντός, ὅπως εὖ ποιή- 
> 4 ᾿ 4 > se: Ν ¥ 4 
σαι αὐτούς. συν-εξ-έρχονται δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλοι βιασά- 
ε 1 > ε ΄ . ε δὲ X Ν 3 aN 3 ¢ 
pevor’ εἰς ἑξακοσίους" οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἀπήλαυνον," ἵνα 
~ ε ’ 
μὴ μεταδοῖεν τὸ μέρος, ὡς ὃ ἑτοίμων δὴ χρημάτων. 


The enterprise failing, the Greeks with their booty retreat pursued 
by the enemy. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο περὶ μέσας νύκτας, Ta μὲν πέριξ 12: 
al Ἂν a 
ὄντα ἀνδράποδα THs τύρσιος Kal χρήματα τὰ πλεῖστα 
ἀπ-έδρα αὐτοὺς παρ-αμελοῦντας, ὡς τὸν ᾿Ασιδάτην αὐ- 
Ν ’ Ν ἈΝ > 4 An 5 de > Ν 
τὸν λάβοιεν καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου. πυργομαχοῦντες " δὲ ἐπεὶ 18 
οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν τὴν τύρσιν, ὑψηλὴ γὰρ ἣν καὶ 
μεγάλη καὶ προμαχεῶνας καὶ ἄνδρας πολλοὺς καὶ 
, f , 
μαχίμους ἔχουσα, δι-ορύττειν ὃ ἐπεχείρησαν τὸν πύρ- 
γον ὁ δὲ τοῖχος ἢ ἢν ἐπ ὀκτὼ πλίνθων γηίνων ᾿" τὸ 14 
aA ‘ ε “ 
εὖρος. ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ δι-ωρώρυκτο᾽ καὶ ὡς τὸ πρῶ- 
τον διεφάνη, ἐπάταξεν “ἔνδοθεν βουπόρῳ © τις ὀβελίσκῳ 
διαμπερὲς τὸν μηρὸν τοῦ ἐγγυτάτω" τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἐκ- 
τοξεύοντες ἐποίουν μηδὲ παριέναι ἔτι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι. 
κεκραγότων ἢ δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ πυρσευόντων ᾿ἡ ἐκ-βοηθοῦσιν 15 
3 4 4 ¥ Ν ε “ , > , 
Irapévns μὲν ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐκ Kopavias 
δὲ ε λὺ ? , ἣν ὧδ , ε a Ν Φ 
€ ὁπλῖται ᾿Ασσύριοι καὶ Ὑρκάνιοι ἱππεῖς καὶ οὗτοι 
βασιλέως μισθοφόροι ὡς ὀγδοήκοντα, καὶ ἄλλοι πελ- 
τασταὶ εἰς ὀκτακοσίους, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐκ Παρθενίου, ἄλλοι δ᾽ 
> ? ’ Ἀ > “a ’ ’ , 4 lal 
ἐξ ᾿Απολλωνίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν πλησίον χωρίων Kal ἱππεῖς. 
> a 7 “- A 
Ἐνταῦθα δὴ wpa ἣν σκοπεῖν Tas ἔσται ἡ ἄφοδος" 16 
Ἁ , Ψ > ld ‘\ ’ ¥ 
καὶ λαβόντες ὅσοι ἦσαν βόες Kat πρόβατα ἤλαυνον 
καὶ ἀνδράποδα ἐντὸς πλαισίου ποιησάμενοι, οὐ τοῖς 


)βγοϊΐηρ themselves in with the rest. 51, 6. robs βιασαμένους. 8 as if 
.- ready (for distribution). 4 effects = live stock. 5 attacking the tower. 
§ battlements 7 warlike. 8 dig through. 9 tower. 1 wall. 


1 earthen. © sx-spit. 118 κράζω, οαἰ. ™ make sionals. 
Η. ἃ W. ANAB. — 2d 


{7 


18 


19 


21 


386 ANABASIS. 


7 » ’, A ΄“ 9 A Ν 
χρήμασιν ἔτι προσέχοντες τὸν νοῦν, ἀλλὰ μὴ dvyr 
εἴη ἡ ἄφοδος, εἰ καταλιπόντες τὰ χρήματα ἀπίοιεν. 
καὶ οἵ τε πολέμιοι θρασύτεροι εἶεν καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται 

“ * ε “~ 
ἀθυμότεροι: νῦν δὲ ἀπῇσαν ws περὶ τῶν χρημάτων 
’ἅ > Ν Ν cer 4 > 7 ἣν ἈΝ 
μαχούμενοι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἑώρα Γογγύλος ὀλίγους μὲν τοὺς 
σ ‘ Ν Ν 3 ? 3592 ‘ 
Ἕλληνας, πολλοὺς δὲ τοὺς ἐπικειμένους, ἐξέρχεται Kai 
o's ee: | aA Ν 3, Ν ε “ ὃ , 
αὐτὸς Bia’ τῆς μητρὸς ἔχων THY ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, Bov- 
λόμενος μετα-σχεῖν τοῦ ἔργου" συνεβοήθει δὲ καὶ 
Προκλῆς ἐξ ᾿Αλισάρνης καὶ Τευθρανίας 6 ἀπὸ Δαμα- 
’ ε Ν Ν ~ > ‘ ’ὔ + > 4 
ράτου. ot δὲ περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα ἐπεὶ πάνυ ἤδη ἐπιέζοντο 
ὑπὸ τῶν τοξευμάτων καὶ σφενδονῶν, πορευόμενοι κύκλῳ. 


. Ὁ Ν 9 ¥ Ν A 4 , - 
ὅπως τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοιεν πρὸ τῶν τοξευμάτων, μόλις διὰ- 


βαίνουσι τὸν Κάρκασον ποταμόν, τετρωμένοι" ἐγγὺς 
ε ε ’ > “ Tee 4 ’ Ν 
οἱ ἡμίσεις. ἐνταῦθα δὲ ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος λοχαγὸς 
τιτρώσκεται, τὸν πάντα χρόνον μαχόμενος πρὸς τοὺς 
’ Ν 7 > , ε / 

πολεμίους. καὶ διασώζονται ἀνδράποδα ws διακόσια 
¥ ‘ , 9 8 θύ 

ἔχοντες καὶ πρόβατα ὅσον“ θύματα. 


In a second expedition the Greeks capture Asidates; arrival of 
Thibron. 
Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ θυσάμενος ὁ Ἐενοφῶν ἐξάγει νύκτωρ 
πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα, ὅπως ὅτι μακροτάτην ἔλθοι τῆς 
Λυδίας, <is* τὸ μὴ διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι φοβεῖσθαι, add’ 


ἀφυλακτεῖν ὁ δὲ ᾿Ασιδάτης ἀκούσας ὅτι πάλιν ἐπ᾽ 
> x. 6 / » ε »- a Ν Ν “ " 
αὐτὸν  τεθυμένος εἴη ὁ Ξενοφῶν καὶ παντὶ τῷ στρα- 


8 στὸ Παρθένιον 


τεύματι nor, ἐξαυλίζεται εἰς κώμας ὑπὸ 
, > 4 > A ε S »“- ΄΄»": 

πόλισμα ἐχούσας. ἐνταῦθα οἱ περὶ Ἐενοφῶντα συν- 

’, 9. “ὦ Ν 4 Ce ‘ a 

τυγχάνουσιν αὐτῷ καὶ λαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν καὶ γυναῖκα 
1 in spite of. 2 τιτρώσκω, wound. 8 = enough for. 4 that (Asidates) 

might not fear on account of the proximity (of Xenophon). 5 be off his guard. 

6 j. e. with a view of marching against him. ὀἴ encamps outside. ὃ 6md... 

ἐχούσας, lying under the town of ete. 


BOOK ὙΠ. CHAP. VIIL 387 


“ A Ν 9 ‘ , . 3, ᾿ 

καὶ παῖδας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄντα" καὶ 
ν Ν , ε Ν 3 4 1 ¥ aN > 

οὕτω τὰ πρότερα ἱερὰ ἀπ-έβη. ἔπειτα πάλιν ἀφ- 
ικνοῦνται εἰς Πέργαμον. ἐνταῦθα τὸν θεὸν ἠσπάσατο 
= Cae , 8 δ ‘ eg \ ε 
Ξενοφῶν: συνέπραττον γὰρ καὶ οἱ Λάκωνες καὶ ot 
λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται 
> aS 4 aA νιν 4 , κ᾿ »¥ δ : 
wot ἐξαίρετα ἡ λαβεῖν Kat ἵππους καὶ ζεύγη καὶ Tarra 


ὃ εἶναι καὶ ἄλλον ἤδη εὖ ποιεῖν. 


ὥστε ἱκανὸν 
Ἐν τούτῳ Θίβρων παραγενόμενος παρέλαβε τὸ στρά- 
τευμα καὶ συμμίξας τῷ ἄλλῳ “Ἑλληνικῷ ἐπολέμει πρὸς 


Τισσαφέρνην καὶ Φαρνάβαζον. 


A catalogue (of doubtful authenticity) of the governors of the pro- 
vinces and of the independent tribes through which the Greeks 
passed. Total distance covered and time spent in the expedition. 


[Ἄρχοντες δὲ οἵδε τῆς βασιλέως χώρας ὅσην 
ἐπ-ἤήλθομεν. Λυδίας ᾿Αρτίμας, Φρυγίας ᾿Αρτακάμας, 
Λυκαονίας καὶ Καππαδοκίας Μιθραδάτης, Κιλικίας 
Συέννεσις, Φοινίκης καὶ ᾿Αραβίας Δέρνης, Συρίας καὶ 
᾿Ασσυρίας Βέλεσυς, Βαβυλῶνος Ῥωπάρας, Μηδίας 
᾿Αρβάκας, Φασιανῶν καὶ ἝἙ. σπεριτῶν Τιρίβαζος: Καρ- 
δοῦχοι δὲ καὶ Χάλυβες καὶ Χαλδαῖοι καὶ Μάκρωνες 
καὶ Κόλχοι καὶ Μοσσύνοικοι καὶ Κοῖτοι καὶ Τιβαρηνοὶ 
αὐτόνομοι "ἡ Παφλαγονίας Κορύλας, Βιθυνῶν Φαρνά- 
Balos, τῶν ἐν Ἑὐρώπῃ Θρᾳκῶν Σεύθης. 

᾿Αριθμὸς συμπάσης τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ κατα- 
βάσεως σταθμοὶ διακόσιοι δεκα-πέντε, παρασάγγαι χίλιοι 
ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα πέντε, στάδια τρισ-μύρια τετρακισχίλια 
ἑξακόσια πεντήκοντα. χρόνου πλῆθος τῆς ἀναβάσεως 
καὶ καταβάσεως ἐνιαυτὸς καὶ τρεῖς μῆνες.] 


1 came out (right). 2 took farewell of the god (Zeus), who, as he thought, 
had prospered him in all this piousrobbery! 3 jointly brought it about. 4 the 
choicest booty. ὅδὅ so that he was able etc. ὃ independent. 


24 


25 


26 


“ashiah μὴν anon ie 


i Ἶ qit 1 ate ἜΣ βίωι. = 


ee bn + ᾿ - 
‘ ae i ae Mis ne ge 
AERIS MO ap tikn Rin 
ah Ae ate ice bs Alice 


ey 





NOTES. 





BOOK 1. 


CHAPTER I. 


§ 1. γίγνονται : are born. 

mats, like child, of common gender. 
According to Ctesias, court physician to 
Darius, they had thirteen children. The 
others either died young or were obscure. 

μὲν... δέ: here, as often, best rendered 
by emphasizing the words preceding, or, 
if the article precede (cf. 6 μὲν πρεσβύτερος, 
§ 2), the words following. 

ἠσθένει (ἀσθενέω) : was sick or fell sick, 
—which? 841. 1260. 

τοῦ βίου: his life. 

παρ-εἶναι : where? See Introd. 44. 

§ 2. ἀρχῆς : province. 

ἐποίησε : made, here=had made. 

καί, also, δέ, and. Note that this is an 
independent clause. 

πάντων = τῶν ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ (Hellen. 1.4%), 
i.e. the imperial troops of the maritime 
provinces. Note the use of ὅσοι instead of 
οἵ, after πάντες. 

ἀθροίζονται : are wont to assemble, an- 
nually for review. 

ὡς φίλον: as a friend, i.e. supposing 
him to be a friend. See Introd. 44. 


ἔχων : here as often = with. Note tran-. 


’ sition from hist. pres. (ἀνα-βαίνει) to aor. 
(dv-€Bn) in the same sentence. So often. 
Observe that ἔβην has the -u: inflection 
like ἔστην. 

Note the chiasmus (χιάζω from letter X) 
in the last sentence. 





ἀναβαίνει... λαβών 


ἔχων... ἀνέβη. 

So often in Latin: Ratio consensit, — re- 
pugnat oratio. —Cicero. And in Eng.: 
He hath fed the hungry — the rich he hath 
sent empty away.— Brste. These to the 
upland — to the valley those. — Cowrrr. 

§ 3. ἐτελεύτησε: died =had died; cf. 
ἐποίησε, ὃ 2. 

κατ-έστη : settled into= was (here=had 
been) established in. 

δια-βάλλει : the use of this word shows 
that Xenophon did not believe the story 
Plutarch has recorded. See Introd. 45. 

πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν : to his brother. Cf. 
the use of τοῦ, ὃ 1. 

ὡς : saying (implied in δια-βάλλει), that. 

ἐπι-βουλεύοι : indirect discourse after an 


historical present. So often. 
ὁ δέ: but he. 
ὡς : see Lex. 
ἡ δέ... .: but his .. ., cf. τὸν ἀδελφόν, 


so in ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν in same sentence. 

§ 4. ὃ δ᾽, cf. 6 δέ, above. 

ὡς : as, often = when. 

ἐπὶ τῷ : see Lex. sub ἐπί. 

ὑπ-ῆρχε (ὑπ-άρχω) : see Lex. 

φιλοῦσα (φιλέω), loving = because she 
loved. 

(389) 


390 


βασιλεύοντα = who was king. 

ὃ 5. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως : lit. of those 
from the king = from the king’s court. See 
Introd. 12 (latter part). 

οὕτω διατιθεὶς ὥστε: so disposing them 
that. 

μᾶλλον φίλους = φιλτέρους. © 

τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο ὡς -- ἐπεμε- 
λεῖτο ὡς οἱ βάρβαροι by prolepsis. So in 
Eng. : “I know thee who thou art,” “Con- 
sider the lilies how they grow.” 
¢ §6. Note the use of ὡς and ὅτι with 
superlatives. 

ὁπόσας etc. = παρήγγειλε τοῖς ppoupdp- 
χοις ἑκάστοις (τῶν) φυλακῶν ὁπόσας... 

ὡς = on the ground that. 

καὶ yap: and (this seemed plausible) 
for. Note ellipsis implied. So often. 

ἐκ : see Lex. 

ἀφ-ειστήκεσαν (ἀφ-ιστ.) : had revolted. 

ὃ 7. τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα = ταῦτα τὰ αὐτά: 
this same thing (namely) to. Note that 
often as here the plural of a neuter pro- 
noun is used where the Eng. prefers the 
singular. See H. 635. 

τοῦ ἀθροίζειν : for assembling. 

“ἠξίου... dv: he asked (thought it 
proper) on the ground that he was a brother 
of his that. 





NOTES. 


ὃ 8. συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ ταῦτα : did this 
with him = codperated with him in this. 

ἐνόμιζε αὐτὸν (= Κῦρον) πολεμοῦντα 
Τισσαφέρνει. 

οὐδέν : not at ail. 

kal yap: and (all the more) for. 

dv... ἔχων : which, as it happened, he 
was keeping from Tissaphernes. The gen. 
with ἔχω in this sense is rare. Cf. 3.511, 

§ 9. Κλέαρχος: note the omission of 
the conjunction, called asyndeton (ἀ-σύν- 
Serov, δέω, bind). 

ἀπό: from, here = by means of. 

Θρᾳξί: after ἐπολέμει. 

οἰκοῦσι : dat. pl. pres. pt. 

els: into= for. See Lex. 

τοῦτο: with στράτευμα. 

ὃ 10. αἰτεῖ αὐτὸν μισθὸν τριῶν μηνῶν 
καὶ εἰς (for)... 

as: on the (alleged) ground that thus he 
would... 

τὸ ἐν Θετταλίᾳ : with στράτευμα. 

8 11, ὡς βουλόμενος : as if wishing= 
alleging as a reason that he wished. See 
Lex. sub ds. 

eis Πισίδας : = into (the country of) the 
Pisidians, 

Kal τούτους : these also. 

σύν : with the aid of. So often. 


CHAPTER II. 


+ §1. ἄνω: upward, i.e. into the in- 
terior. 

τὴν μὲν πρόφασιν : implies a δέ- clause 
‘stating the real object he had in view. This 
comes out in Τισσαφέρνης δέ, ὃ 4. 

ὡς βουλόμενος : cf. same, 111, 

ὅσον στράτευμα, ὃ στράτευμα: cf. 
“What time I am afraid I will trust in 
thee” (Ps. lvi. 3), for a like incorporation 
of antecedent in the relative clause. 

πρὸς τοὺς οἴκοι : to those at home. 

λαβόντα: for λαβόντι (cf. Κλεάρχῳ Aa- 
βόντι), agreeing with the subject of ἥκειν, 
which is omitted because it is the same as 
the object (Zevia) of παραγγέλλει. This is 
common when the participle stands near 





the infinitive and is separated from its 
substantive. 

§ 2. ἐφ᾽ &: that for which. 

ὑποσχόμενος . . «2 promising them that 
if he should accomplish. Note that the 
optatives follow a past tense ἐκέλευσε and 
represent (in dir. disc.) : éay .. . καταπράξω, 
od... παύσομαι, πρὶν tv... καταγάγω. 

§ 3. τοὺς ἐκ: cf. τοὺς παρά, 15; τοὺς 
οἴκοι, 31, 

τῶν ἀμφὶ Μίλητον στρατευομένων : = 
were of those ‘who were serving in the siege 
of Miletus. 

8 4. ἡ ἐδύνατο: see Lex. sub δύναμαι. 

μείζονα ἢ as: greater than as (it would 
be) if= too great to be. 


ΒΟΟΚ 1. 


§ 5. ἀπὸ Σάρδεων : “ ἀπό rather than ἐκ, 
since the army was doubtless mainly en- 
' eamped about the city.” Crosby, Good- 
win, et al. Rather because Sardis is 
viewed merely as the point of departure, 
ef. ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς, 12. 

ὡρμᾶτο: When?. See Itinerary, p. 47. 

πλέθρα : pred. nom., less common than 
the gen.; cf. ποδῶν, ὃ 8. 

§ 7. ἀπὸ ἵππου : oftener ἀφ᾽ ἵππου. 

ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων : ΞΞ ἰπ the palace (and 
flow forth out of it). 

μέσου: in predicate position = middle 
of, in attributive position middle. 

βασιλέως : but Κύρῳ in§ 7. The gen. 
emphasizes the possessor, the dat. the thing 
possessed. Kiihner, 284, (9), R. 5. Note 
well the distinction. 

ὃ 8. ποδῶν : cf. πλέθρα, ὃ 5. 

νικήσας: after vanqguishing (him) in a 
contest (lit. contending) with himself. oi 
i.e. Apollo. Its accent (on the preceding 
word) distinguishes it from the article 
(of) and the relative (οἵ). 

σοφίας : here = musical skill as we know 
from the myth. 

(λέγεται) κρεμάσαι. 

ὅθεν : for οὗ, where, as in § 7, we have 
ἐκ τῶν for ἐν τοῖς. 

8 9. ἡττηθεὶς τῇ μάχῃ: after being 
worsted in the (well-known) battle, i.e. of 
Salamis. 

Note the personal constructions: λέγεται 
᾿Απόλλων, ὃ 8, Ξέρξης λέγεται. 

Σῶσις : of whom we hear nothing 
more. 

Zodatveros: mentioned in ὃ 3. Why 
he had fallen behind is uncertain. Some 
think the text corrupt. 

ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ : a hint as to the size 
of these rvyal parks, οὗ, 410; 2.416, 

ἐγένοντο οἱ σύμπαντες : they all together 
amounted to... round numbers doubtless 
for 10,600 hoplites, and 2,300 light armed. 
Cf. 88 3, 6, 9. 

ἀμφὶ τοὺς : Note that ἀμφί with numer- 
als means about (so eis), but takes the 
article. 

§ 10. es Πέλτας: see Map. “This 





CHAP. IL 391 


strange détour has always been a puzzle. 
Perhaps the explanation is that if he 
advanced straight to the east he feared 
lest the object of his march might be- 
come evident to the Greeks, and he was 
as yet very doubtful whether he could 
trust them. He therefore turned right 
away back towards the northwest, and, 
after a long circuit, ventured to lead the 
army eastwards.” — Professor RAMSAY 
Hist. Geog. of Asia Minor (1890), p. 41 
Colonel Chesney thinks that it was ἐφ 
avoid a difficult route. 

τὰ Λύκαια: to the Lycaean Zeus, 
though festivals of the same name were 
held in Arcadia to Pan. The Greeks, 
more than any other people, made amuse- 
ment a prominent part of their religious 
festivals. 

στλεγγίδες : whether /lesh-scrapers, or 
gilt bands for the head are meant is un- 
certain. 

ὃ 11. πλέον : often used indeclinably 
(cf. L. plus, minus etc.) with words of 
number and measure. Here = πλεόνων. 
Note the supplementary pts. λέγων, ἀνιώ- 
μενος. Cf. παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, 12. 

πρός : see Lex. : 

ἔχοντα: we should expect the gen. 
(but cf. λαβόντα Ἐενίᾳ, 21): = if he had 
(means). 

ὃ 12. γυνή : often rendered wife, — 
a word for which the Greeks had no 
exact equivalent. 6, 4 σύζυγος (yoke- 
fellow) was not much used by the classic 
writers. 

ἐλέγετο : she was said .. . personal con 
struction, but below impersonal, it was said 
that Cyrus. 

δ᾽ οὖν : but at any rate. So often. 

τῇ Κιλίσσῃ : “a mere camp-scandal we 
may hope.”— Crossy. But oriental courts 
practiced a loose morality. . 

ὃ 13. Θύμβριον: the exact site is 
doubtful. 

παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν := flowing by the road side, 
With things the acc. is preferred in Att, 
prose. Cf. π. τὴν σκηνὴν, 4°; παρὰ Κύρῳ, 43, 

ἡ καλουμένη : the so-called, a convenient 


892 


though not always exact rendering. The 
spring has not. been certainly identified. 
θηρεῦσαι : see Lex. sub Midas. 

8 14. ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται: not simply to 
please, but also to impress the queen. 

τῶν Ἑλλήνων, τῶν βαρβάρων : widely 
different divisions, hence repetition of the 
_ article. 

8 15. εἰς μάχην (sc. ταχθῆναι) : for 
battle. Cf. εἰς τὴν τροφήν, 1°. 

στῆναι: inceptive, take their stand. Cf. 
ἑστάναι, to stand. See 841, last ex.; 1260. 

ἐπὶ τεττάρων : only four deep, doubtless 
for military effect. 

elxe: agreeing with the nearest subject, 
Μένων. So often. See Introd. 76. Note 
that the slight emphasis naturally put on 
right, left, center, neatly renders μέν, δέ, 
δέ. So below πρῶτον μέν, εἶτα δέ, FIRST, 
NEXT. 

8 16: κατὰ ἴλας kal κατὰ τάξεις : by 
troops (of cavalry), and by companies (of 
infantry). 

(ἐθεώρει) τοὺς “Ἕλληνας. 

8 17. στήσας: why not 2 ἃ. pt. ords ? 

oi δέ: as in § 16, and they. 

ἐκ δὲ τούτου : see sub ἐκ. 

δρόμος : see sub γίγνομαι. 

τῶν 8. . .: (subjective gen.), the fright 
of the barbarians was etc. 

§ 18. καὶ ἥ τε... .: and both the. 

ot ἐκ τῆς : rather than of ἐν τῇ, from 
the influence of the verb (ἔφυγον), as in 
the case of τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, 1°. 

τὸν ἐκ τῶν . . φόβον ἰδών : seeing the 
(lit. out of the Greeks into ete.), terror 
which the Greeks struck into the barbarians. 

8 19. χώραν : obj. of ἐπέτρεψε. 

διαρπάσαι : ad diripiendum. 

§ 20. καὶ αὐτόν: i.e. Menon. 

ἕτερόν twa ...: a certain other in- 
fluential man of. 

αἰτιασάμενος (αὐτοὺς) ἐπιβουλεύειν : ac- 
cusing them of plotting. 

§ 21. ἰσχυρῶς ὀρθία : cf.‘ mighty’ steep, 
as we say in colloquial English. 

εἰσελθεῖν, why not pres. inf ? 

καὶ ὅτι... Hove. ..: and because 
he heard that Tamos. 





NOTES. 


§ 22. ἀνέβη ἐπὶ... : Of the four prin. 
cipal passes that cross the Taurus range 
into Cilicia, this which Cyrus ascended is 
the most important, “and has been in al} 
ages the great highway from Asia Minor 
into Syria and the valley of the Enu- 
phrates. It is a narrow gorge or defile 
between two lofty mountain masses, and 
derives great military importance from 
its being easily defensible, while it ab- 
solutely commands the entrance into Asia 
Minor on this side. Hence it is mentioned 
as a point of special interest during the 
march of the younger Cyrus towards the 
Euphrates as well as in the advance of 
Alexander previous to the battle of Issus. 
This celebrated pass which crosses the 
central ridge at an elevation of only about 
3,300 feet, marks the line of separation 
between two of the loftiest masses of the 
mountain chain, the Bulghardagh on the 
west, and the Ala-dagh on the east, both 
of which are estimated to attain to a 
height of from 10,000 to 11,000 feet.” — 
See Encycl. Brit. sub Asia Minor. 

οὗ : see Lex. 

ἢ 23. αὐτό: i.e. the plain. 

ποταμός... δύο πλέθρων : river of two 
Ρἱείλτα. 

ἐξ-έλιπον . . . (καὶ ἔφυγον) eis: 50ῃ- 
structio praegnans, 

§ 24. ... δὲ καὶ οἱ... and those also 
that dwelt. 

ὃ 25. προτέρα Κύρου . . .: before Cyrus 
(by) five days. 

τῇ ὑπερβολῇ .. τῇ : the article is re- 
peated before the following modifier εἰς 
τὸ πεδίον. 

οἱ μὲν... οἱ δέ: some said that they 
(while) . . . others, that falling behind and 
not being able ete. 

δ᾽ οὖν: as in ὃ 22, but at any rate. 

ἑκατόν. ‘The companies were not fuli 
or some were absent. 

ὃ 26. οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι: i.e. of the trvops of 
Menon. 

καὶ (διήρπασαν) τὰ... αὐτῇ. 

μετεπέμπετο : note the impf. 

ὁ δ᾽ οὔτε... ἔφη. -" but he neithes 


BOOK IL. 


said that etc. = but he both said that... 
not (see xelfpand φημί). This necessitates 
rendering the second οὔτε, and . . . not. 

(εἰς xetpas) Κύρῳ: where we should 
expect Κύρου. The Greek often uses the 
dat. of interest where the Eng. requires 
a possessive. Note that ἤθελε is codrdi- 
nate with, not dependent on, ἔφη. 

τὰ βασίλεια ta: cf. τῇ ὑπερ... .. τῇ, 
§ 25. 


CHAP. IIL 





393 


καὶ πίστεις ἔλαβε subject, he, i 6. 
Syennesis. 

ὃ 27. Κῦρος δὲ : sc. ἔδωκε. 

παρὰ βασιλεῖ: with the king, i.e. at his 
court. οὐ yap δὴ ἔξεστιν ἐκεῖ ταῦτα (i.e. 
ἵππον, στρεπτόν, ψέλια) ἔχειν ᾧ ἂν μὴ 
βασιλεὺς δῷ, Cyrop. 8.25, 

τὰ δὲ ἡρπασμένα: fo receive back the 
slaves that had been seized if they (the 
Cilicians). 


CHAPTER III. 


τοῦ πρόσω : forward, a partit. gen. or 
gen. of place, which was originally the 
same thing. 

§ 1. ἐπὶ τούτῳ : for this purpose, 

πρῶτος: i.e. of the generals, not 
Tp@Tov. 

ἔβαλλον : with what ? cf. καταπετρωθῆ- 
vat. Clearchus was ἃ man of marked 
individuality and a stern disciplinarian, 
but his soldiers were mercenaries and 
that, too, from Peloponnesus. 

τὰ ὑποζύγια τά: cf. τῇ ὑπερβολῇ... 
τῇ, 235, 

ἄρξαιντο : note the plural, though the 
subject is neuter. So with δύο τείχη, 4; 
πολλὰ ἴχνη, 717, and wherever the plural- 
ity of the subject is to be emphasized. 

§ 2. ἐδάκρυε: this stern Spartan war- 
rior now about fifty years old, in tears 
because the soldiers would not advance! 
- There was design in it of course, but the 
Greeks were true children of nature, not 
hampered by the restraints of modern 
society. So when deprived of the captive 
Briseis : — 

“Then in tears 
Achilles, from his friends withdrawing, sat 
Beside the hoary ocean-marge.” 
In1ap, 1. 348, 349, 

ἐστώς : standing. Eng. prefers a finite 
verb, stood and wept. 

ὃ 3. χαλεπῶς φέρω τοῖς... : am troubled 
at the present (state of) affairs. 

τά τε ἄλλα; both honored me in other 


-esnects, and 





εἰς Td... ἐμοί: did not lay up for my 
(ἐμοί) private use. 

§ 4. ἐτιμωρούμην : punished them. 

εἴ τι δέοιτο : if he should have any need 
of me. 

ἀνθ᾽ av: see πάσχω. 

§ δ. μοι... προδόντα (προδίδωμι) . .. 
ψευσάμενον : see note on Ξενίᾳ. .. Aw 
βόντα, 2}, either betraying you. 

πείσομαι: πάσχω. 

οὔποτε ἐρεῖ : never shall any one (lit, no 
one) say. Note that épe?, verb of saying, 
is here followed by ὅτι. 

8 6. ὑμεῖς, ἐγώ: in nom., and hence 
emphatic. 

σὺν ὑμῖν (line 4), ὑμῶν ἔρημος dv: good 
instances of protases abridged; the apo- 
doses are: &v.. . εἶναι. 

ἱκανὸς... οὔτε ἂν. . .: either to aid 
a friend or. ἄν (after οὔτε. .. οὔτε) is 
the ἄν of εἶναι repeated. 

Nore. — Without νομίζω and οἶμαι, i.e. 
in dir. disc., this sentence reads: ὑμεῖς ἐμοί 
ἐστε kal πατρὶς καὶ φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι etc. 
αν bv etnv... ὃ»... 

ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ... that, then, I shall go 
wheresoever you (may go). καί best ren- 
dered by emphasizing ὑμεῖς. 

§ 7. ot τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου : both those of 
him himself. 

παρὰ Κλέαρχον : acc. because motion is 
implied. 

ὃ 8. τούτοις ἀπορών : perplexed at these 
things. 

ἔλεγε : told = bade, so εἶπε w. inf., cf. § 14, 


394 


ὡς καταστησομένων : since these things 
would be settled. 

δέον : see sub δέω. 

μεταπέμπεσθαι: to keep sending for (him.) 

§ 9. θ᾽: see τέ. 

τοὺς προσελθόντας : i. 6. the πλείους ἢ 
δισχίλιοι of § 7. 

τὸν βουλόμενον : the one wishing = who- 
ever wished, 

ἄνδρες : for this use (cf. § 3), the Eng. 
has no exact equivalent. 

τὰ δὴ Κύρου... .: the affairs of Cyrus, 
you see (δή), clearly hold just the same 
relation toward us as ours toward him. 

ὃ 10. ἀδικεῖσθαι νομίζει : that he thinks 
that he is being wronged. 

μεταπεμπομένου : though he keep sending. 

μέγιστον : see sub μέγας. 

πάντα ἐψευσμένος : of having proved 
false (to him) in everything. 

ὧν: for what things = for those things 
in which. 

ὃ 11, ἐμοὶ... dpa: to me, therefore, it 
does not seem to be a time for. 
ο΄ ἐκ τούτων : in consequence of these things. 

οὔτε στρατηγοῦ: neither in (lit. of) gen- 
eral ..... any profit. 

8 12. ὁ δ᾽ ἀνήρ: i.e. Cyrus. 

ᾧ ἄν: to whomsoever. Carefully distin- 
guish ἐπίσταμαι from ἐφίσταμαι. 

ὃ 13. ἐκ 8 ...: see ἐκ. 

οἱ piv... of δέ: some . . . others, 

γνώμης : mind here = consent. 

8 14. δή: in particular. 

εἶπε: : = commanded, hence the six in- 
finitives following are the direct object, 
not in indirect discourse. Note that the 
ei-, ἐάν-, and ὅπως- clauses might take the 
optative. 

προσποιούμενος . . .: professing to be 
in haste to go. 

τὰ ἄκρα: i. 6. the εἰσβολή of 271. 

μὴ φθάσωσι.... καταλαβόντες : might 
not anticipate (us) in seizing (them). 

ὧν : of whom. 

ἔχομεν ἀνηρπακότες : = we have plun- 
tered and hold. 

8 15. ὡς μὲν στοατηγήσοντα : of me as 
sntending to exercise this command let no one. 





NOTES. 


ὡς στρατηγήσοντα ἐμέ, accusative absolute 
Kriiger, Rehdantz, et al.; object οὗ λέγω, 
Kiihner, Pretor, and (apparently) Good 
win. The latter is preferable. See M. 
and T. 919. 

πολλά : many reasons. 

ὡς 8€...* sc. λεγέτω τις, OF οὕτω 
λέγετε. 

πείσομαι (πείθω) : modified by μάλιστα 

ἡ δυνατὸν μάλιστα: in what (way) it is 
possible most = to the highest degree. 

Kal ἄρχεσθαι: to be governed also. καί 
implies that he knows how to govern 
(ἄρχειν). 

ὥς τις καὶ ἄλλος : as even any other man 
(lit. of men) best (knows how). 

ὃ 16. τοῦ κελεύοντος . . . alreiv: of the 
person ordering them. 

ὥσπερ... . ποιουμένου : in some texts 
μή is found, but Hug follows Vollbrecht 
and Kriiger in omitting it; as if Cyrus 
were (actually) making his expedition back, 
and hence would be quite willing to further 
us On our way. 

&: for whom ; less exactly, whose. 

λυμαινόμεθα : dir. disc. for indir. λυμαί- 
vowTo. 

τί κωλύει Κῦρον κελεύειν... .: ἡμῖν Ξε 
against us. So Kriiger et al. Οὐ τί κωλύει 
(ἡμᾶς) κελεύειν Κῦρον. . .; ἡμῖν, for us. 
Thus construed the sentence is ironical, 
So Hertlein, Rehdantz, Bachof, et ἃ. 

ὃ 17. ταῖς τριήρεσι: with his triremes. 

οὐκ ἔσται : more vivid than poten. opt, 
οὐκ ἂν εἴη. 

ἄκοντος Κύρου : = against the will οὗ 
Cyrus, 

AaGety . . .: to elude him in going away. 

ὃ 18. οἵτινες : se. εἰσιν. 
᾿ ἄνδρας : w. ἐρωτᾶν. This and ἕπεσθαι, 
ἀξιοῦν ὃ 19, ἀπαγγεῖλαι, βουλεύεσθαι are 
subject of δοκεῖ, 

οἵᾳπερ (= τοιαύτῃ οἵανπερ = πρὸς οἵανπερ, 
Kriiger), similar to that for which he for- 
merly ; cf. 12. 


ἡμᾶς... ἕπεσθαι ; depending on δοκεῖ 
δέ μοι, above. 

τῶν. .. συναναβάντων: than those 
who... 


ΒΟΟΚ 1. 


8 19. τῆς πρόσθεν: after μείζων, and 
referring to 123, Note the use of the adv. 
as adj. So often. 

ἀξιοῦν (inf., cf. ἐρωτᾶν) : to demand 
either that he persuading us lead us; or. 
Greek mercenaries were quite amenable 
to reason, provided the argument was 
higher wages. However, their demand was 
very reasonable under the circumstances. 

οὕτω yap: for thus following we should 
Sollow. 

ἑπόμενοι, ἀπιόντες : time-clauses rather 
than conditional. 

ἀπαγγεῖλαι : subject ἄνδρας, cf. ἐρωτᾶν, 
ἀξιοῦν. 

§ 20. ἔδοξε : note the asyndeton. Is this 
the first instance of it in this chapter? 

τὰ δόξαντα . . .: the (things) questions 
that seemed good to the army (to ask). 

ἀκούοι... εἶναι: the inf. after ἀκούω 
is generally used in stating what is hear- 
say,the part. what is certain. Cf. Kiihner’s 
Gram., § 311, 1. 

ἡμεῖς : note transition to dir. discourse. 

§ 21. τοῖς δέ: to them. 





CHAP. IV. 895 


προσαιτοῦσι : prep. = ἐσίγα, additional. 

ἡμιόλιον .. . οὗ : that he will give (them) 
a half more than what. 

“This remarkable scene at Tarsus, 
says Grote (ch. 69), “illustrates the char- 
acter of the Greek citizen-soldiers. What 
is chiefly to be noted is the appeal made 
to their reason and judgment; the habit. 

. of hearing both sides and deciding 
afterwards.” ‘Though justly indignant at 
the fraud practiced upon them they do 
not surrender themselves to impulse, but 
look the facts in the face. 

Speaking of “this and similar occa- 
sions,” Pretor says: “To me they seem 
singularly devoid of the powers he (Grote) 
claims for them, — unreasoning creatures, _ 
swayed to and fro by every species of ar- 
gument with which the circumstances may 
furnish their leaders.” There is a modi- 
cum of truth in this, but it must be re- 
membered that if the leaders had had 
such “unreasoning creatures” to deal 
with the subsequent extraordinary retreat 
would have been an impossibility. 


»” 


CHAPTER IV. 


§ 1. πλέθρα, στάδιον : note the nom. 
as in 2°, 

ὃ 2. ἐκ ΤΙελοποννήσου : see Introd. 49. 

én’: over. 

ἡγεῖτο : conducted. Note that ἡγεῖσθαι 
in the sense of show the way to, conduct, 
takes the dat.; otherwise the gen. Kiih- 
ner, 275, 1, R. I. 

καὶ (and he, i. 6. Tamos) συνεπολέμει. 

§ 3. ἐπὶ τῶν vedv: upon, in local sense, 
on board, cf. ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς, § 2. 

παρὰ Κύρῳ : with, in conjunction with = 
under, as Cyrus was commander-in-chief. 


παρὰ τὴν σκηνήν : cf. παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, 
918 


᾿Αβροκόμα : Dor. gen. 

ὃ 4. ταῦτα: these, referring to πύλαι. 
Note: (1) the attraction of the pron. to 
the gender of the predicate ; (2) the plural 
(ἦσαν) w. neut. subject. 





τὸ μὲν ἔσωθεν : the inner (wall) the one. 
_ πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας : in front of =on the 
side of Cilicia. 

μέρον : middle = space between. 

οὐκ Fv: it was not possible. 

ἐπὶ... ἐφειστήκεσαν : had been set on. 

§ 5. Braco : to force. 

ὅπερ. . .: which very thing, Cyrus 
thought. 

ἔχοντα : because he had. 

ὄντα : see ἀκούοι, 3. 

8 6. ὥρμουν : distinguish between ὅρμάῳ 
and ὁρμέω. 

§ 7. φιλοτιμηθέντες. . . εἴα Κῦρος: 
jealous because Cyrus permitted. 

ὡς ἀπιόντας: (cf. 37), intending to return. 

διῆλθε : went out, was spread. 

οἱ μὲν... οἱ δέ: some . . . others. 

ὡς δειλοὺς ὄντας... " on the ground that 
they were cowards. 


396 


el ἁλώσοιντο : apodosis implied, (think- 
ing) what they would suffer in case that. 

§ 8. Note the difference between ἀπο- 
διδράσκω and ἀποφεύγω, as plainly indi- 
cated by the yap-clauses. 

τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον : is this the position 
of ἐκεῖνος in the nom. ¢ 

οὐδ᾽ ἐρεῖ οὐδείς : nor shall any one say. 

χρῶμαι : sc. αὐτῷ. 

αὐτούς: a pron. referring to als, ὅστις 
or ἄλλος used in a collective sense may 
be plural; cf. ὅστις. . . πάντας, 1°. 

ἰόντων : impv., let them go. 

φρουρούμενα : guarded, neut., τέκνα καὶ 
γυναῖκας being viewed as things. Order: 
ἕνεκα τῆς πρόσθεν ἀρετῆς. 

§ 9. ἀθυμότερον : somewhat discouraged. 
The comparative alone may be rendered 
by (1) too, very, or (2) rather, somewhat, 
alittle. See 649, a, b. 

The Persians punished offenders with 
great severity; but, judging from the 
temper that the Greeks had already ex- 
hibited, the capture and punishment of 
Xenias and Pasion might have proved a 
dangerous exercise of authority. 

ἐξελαύνει : leaving the Mediterranean, 
Cyrus now sets out for the Euphrates. 

ἰχθύων : “it (the Koweik, supposed to 
be the ancient Chalos) was found to pro- 


duce seventeen species.” — RussExL, Nat. 


Hist. of Aleppo, 1794. 

θεούς: Ainsworth quotes Russell to the 
effect that there is a fountain in this 
neighborhood where “fish are still, or 
were till lately, preserved unmolested, 
and therefore more or less reverenced or 
sacred in the eyes of the true believers.” 
... “A remnant,” says Ainsworth, “ of 
Syro-Arabian worship of fish-gods.” The 
Syrian goddess Derceto, according to the 
legend, on losing her chastity threw her- 
self into the sea and was partially trans- 
formed into a fish. Hence to her votaries 
fish were sacred. 

8 10. πλέθρου : 
(nom.) in 2°. 

τοῦ Συρίας ἄρξαντος : the former gov- 
ernor of Syria, Note the aorist. 


gen., but δύο πλέθρα 





NOTES. 


πάντα ὅσα: so πάντων ὅσο,, 13, 

Kipos .. . ἐξέκοψε: on the principle, 
Qui facit per alium facit per se. 

αὐτόν : meaning the park. These royal 
pleasure-grounds, large, walled, stocked 
with game, watered by irrigation, nm an 
arid climate like that of Syria, seemed a 
paradise indeed, and the wanton destrue- 
tion of this one may indicate that Cyrus 
was not over-sanguine of success. 

8 11. τεττάρων σταδίων: “The river 
is here 800 yards, or 4 stadia, in width.” 

» “This ford was used for the passage 
alike of Persian, Greek, and Roman ar- 
mies, and more lately of Arabs, Tartars, 
and Turks.” ... “The ruins are now 
called Suriyah.” — A1nswortu. 

εἰς Βαβυλώνα : modifies ἔσοιτο or βασι- 
λέα, --- which 1 

ἀνα-πείθειν ἕπεσθαι : persuade up to the 
point of following; dva- implies that there 
would be opposition to overcome. 

§ 12. αὐτοὺς . . . εἰδότας : that though 
knowing these things long before they. 

τὶς, χρήματα: a few days before, at 
Tarsus, the Greeks demanded more pay 
(see note on 8521), now speaking more in- 
definitely, more Attico (as the Latins say), 
but meaning the same thing, they want 
somebody (Cyrus of course) to give them 
money. 

ὥσπερ : sc. ἔδωκε. 

προτέροις : referring to the τριακοσίους 
of 12, 

καὶ ταῦτα. ..: 
did not go. 

§ 13. ἥκωσι, καταστήσῃ : could the 
opt. be used here ? 

οὔ: why accented ? 

8 14. πλέον... mpo-: pleonastic, so 
in 65 we have mpo- μάλιστα. 

. » Setrat τοὺς “EAAnvas ἕπεσθαι. 

§ 15. δόξετε αἴτιοι εἶναι... : you wilt 
seem to be the cause (of it), since you 
began the crossing. 

ἄρξαντες : ἄρχειν, begin for others to 
follow, lead off; ἄρχεσθαι, begin for one- 
self or one’s own; cf. ἄρχειν τοῦ λόγου, 61; 
φυγῆς, 3.21" + ἄρχεσθαι τοῦ λόγου, 3.27. 


and that, too, though they ᾿ 


ΒΟΟΚ 1. 


ds... 
you are. 
ὑμῖν δέ, ὡς... 


. οὖσιν (dat. pl.): thinking that 


.: but you who alone 


obeyed (him), he will employ in the belief 


(ὧς) that you are most trustworthy. 

ἄλλου οὗτινος : whatever else. 

§ 16. διαβεβηκότας : sc. αὐτούς. 

ἐγὼ μέν... δὲ-- ὑμεῖς : note the contrast. 

§ 17. ἐλέγετο : he was said. 

διέβαινε: for time, see Itinerary, p. 48. 

μαστῶν: The river is highest in May, 
and lowest in November. In the fall of 
1841, two steamers ran aground at this 
ford, the water being only per inches 
in depth. 





CHAP. V. 397 


§ 18. εἰ μὴ τότε: except then. Oriental 
flattery, says Crosby. So when Lucullus 
crossed in 68 B.c. the inhabitants made 
obeisance to him “ before whom the very 
river was humble and submissive, and 
yielded an easy and swift passage.” — 
Piurarcu, Lucullus, 24. See Grote, 
vol. ix. p. 31. 

ἐδόκει Si. ..: it seemed, indeed, that 
it (the lowness of the river) was provi- 
dential, and that the river. . 

ὃ 19. ἐπεσιτίσαντο: They collected 
provisions because they were about to 
enter the Arabian desert, where they could 
not procure the necessary food, 


CHAPTER V. 


§ 1. διὰ τῆς ᾿Αραβίας : note that Xen- 
ophon makes Arabia extend northward to 
the Araxes. See Map. 

εἰ δέ τι kal ἄλλο .. .: and whatever 
else also there was therein (év-) of. 

ὃ 2. ὄνοι ἄγριοι, though uncommon, 
still inhabit the region where they were 
seen by Xenophon. It is impossible to 
take them when full grown; but the 
Arabs often capture the foals and bring 
them up with milk in their tents. See 
. Rawlinson, Second Monarchy, ch. ii. 

ἕστασαν : 2d plpf. = impf. 

ταὐτόν = τὸ αὐτό(»). 

διαδεχόμενοι : succeeding one another, 
i. e. with relays of horses. 

ὃ 3. οἱ δὲ. . . τῶν : those of the horse- 
men that. « 

πολύ : for a great distance. 

ἀπέσπα : ἀπο-σπάω. 

τοῖς μὲν... χρωμένη : using its feet in 
~unning, its wings, raising (them), like a 
sail. 

ἄν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ: 
up quickly. 

ὃ 4. πλεθριαῖον : agrees with ποταμόν. 
This is a third way of stating the width. 
What are the other two? Cf. 25, 28. 

Μάσκα: what kind of a gen. 1 

ἐπεσιτίσαντο: whence we infer that 


if one start them 





Corsote had been so hastily deserted that 
provisions had been left behind. 

ὃ 5. ἐνενήκοντα ; how many miles ? 

ἄλλσ: with numerals and in enume-. 
rating objects ἄλλος may often be ren- 
dered, besides, yet, still, also; with a neg., 
at all. So here, nor any tree at all. 

ἀλέτας : as adj., cf. πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας, 39. 
The lower stone, called μύλος, was fixed; 
the upper was turned by hand or by an ass. 

ὃ 6. ἀλεύρων: the sale of wheat and 
barley, as Kiihner suggests at the same 
price proves the severity of the famine. 

καπίθην : obj. of πρίασθαι, or in app. 
with σῖτον understood after πριασθαι. 
This is at the rate of about 90 cts. for 
(nearly) 2 quarts, or about $14.00 a bushel. 
The price current about this time at 
Athens was about 25 cts. a bushel. 

ὀβολούς : acc. of extent (see refs.); others 
make it direct obj. taking 6. in sense of 
equivalent to, contain. 

§ 7. iv... ots: 
which = some. 

ταῖς ἁμάξαις ϑυσπορεύτου: hard for 
wagons to pass, —éréoty: halted. 

τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ... .: (part of) the... 

§ 8. Contrast the pres. inf. ποιεῖν and 
the aor. συνεπισπεῦσαι. 

μέρος TL: some part=a specimen. 


there was of ... 


898 
τῆς εὐταξίας : of the discipline, i.e. 


which was practiced in the army of Cyrus. 
So τούς te... Tas ...: mark those 
garments as parts of the well-known Per- 
sian dress. 

ἔνιοι δέ: sc. ἔχοντες. 

περὶ τοῖς : note the force of περί with 
dat., only four instances of which are 
found in the Anabasis. 
θᾶττον ἢ : more quickly than one ete. 
s, which implies an ellipsis, ἢ (οὕτω ταχὺ) 
s . .. is not required in our idiom. 
§ 9. And throughout Cyrus showed that 
he was in haste. ὡς is not required here, 
but it emphasizes the fact that Cyrus 
himself showed haste. See M. and T. 916. 

ὅπου μή: except where. 

bow... ἔλθοι : the more rapidly he 
advanced. 

τοσούτῳ πλέον... the larger army is 
being gathered = the larger will be the 
army that is being assembled for the king. 

καὶ δ᾽: and further. Order: τῷ προσέ- 
χοντι τὸν νοῦν ἣ βασιλέως ἀρχὴ ἦν συνιδεῖν 
οὖσα ἰσχυρὰ πλήθει. . . ἀσθενὴς δὲ τοῖς 
μήκεσι etc.: to one directing his attention 
(to it) the king’s government (was to view 
comprehensively being strong), when 
viewed comprehensively, was strong in the 
extent of its territory, and in the number of 
its people, but weak in the length of its roads 
and in the dispersion of its forces. A pers. 
constr. in which ἣν συνιδεῖν is followed, 
like δῆλος ἦν, 21°, by supp. pt. οὖσα, in- 
stead of the impers. : ἣν συνιδεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν 
ἰσχυρὰν οὖσαν etc. This sentence gives a 
brief but striking description of the char- 
acter of the Persian empire. 

πλήθει, χώρας, ἀνθρώπων, is not an in- 
stance of zeugma, since πλῆθος may mean 
either extent or number. 


8 & 





NOTES. 


This sec. (9) is the hardest in the 
Anabasis. 

ὃ 10. κατά: opposite. 

στεγάσματα : for tent-coverings. 

Tis... Tis: ch rH. δ 79, 2% 

ἐκ, ἀπό: how differ here ? 

§ 11. Order: ἐνταῦθα δέ τοῦ (fr. ris) 
τῶν τε Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν καί (τοῦ) τῶν 
(στρατιωτῶν) Κλεάρχου ἀμφιλεξάντων. 

ἀδικεῖν : see Lex. 

On the significance of this incident, see 
Introd. 82. 

§ 12. σὺν ὀλίγοις. . .: with those 
about him (being) few= with but few 
attendants. 

ἄλλος δὲ: 56. ἵησι. 

§ 13. καταφεύγει : note force of prep. 

αὐτοῦ: adv. 

ἐκπεπλῆχθαι : were terror-stricken. The 
pf. inf., like the pf. impv., sometimes ex- 
presses permanence or decisiveness, 

οἱ δὲ καί: but others also, ἐκείνους being 
viewed as= oi δέ. Soin 7.4" of δέ is used 
after τινές. 

§ 14. καὶ τάξις... .: and a division of 
hoplites following him. On the number in 
a τάξις, see Introd. 71. 

ὅτι αὐτοῦ... : because himself lacking 
little of being stoned to death he (Proxenus) 
etc. 

αὐτοῦ: i.e. Κλέαρχος. 

§ 15. ἐν τούτῳ : sc. τῷ χρόνῳ, mean- 
while. 

σὺν τοῖς... .: with those of his trusted 
attendants that were present. 

§ 16. ἐν τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ: 
τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ, § 12. 

κακῶς yap ...: for if our affairs are 
in a bad condition, these barbarians whom 
you see etc. 

§ 17. ἐν ἑαυτῷ : see sub γίγνομαι. 


ef. with this 


CHAPTER VI. 


8 1. ἐντεῦθεν : from what place ? 
ἐφαίνετο : note force of impf. 

εἴ τι: see sub εἰ. 

τὰ πολέμια : in military affairs reckoned. 


καὶ πρόσθεν : formerly even. Some edi- 
tors put a period after πολεμήσας, and 
connect καταλλαγεὶς δέ with what follows. 


ὃ 2. ὅτι... ἐνεδρεύσας : that (by) 


BOOK I. 


lying in ambush he would either kill. Note 
the unusual position of ὅτι (not after 
εἶπεν) ; so in 2 32) 

κωλύσειε (SC. αὐτοὺς) ἐπιόντας (-- τοῦ 
ἐπιέναι) etc., would hinder them from ad- 
vancing and burning up everything. 

ποιήσειεν : would effect that. 

Note force of prep. in δι-αγγεῖλαι. 

δοίη, κατακάνοι, ἕλοι, κωλύσειε, διαγ- 
γεῖλαι : why aerist ? 

λαμβάνειν : pres., nearly = go and take. 

§ 3. ὡς av... πλείστους : as he may 
fe able most = as many as possible, fuller 
expression for és πλείστους. Cf. 651, a. 

ἀλλὰ ἐκέλευεν (αὐτὸν) φράσαι: but he 
went on to urge. Note impf. 

ὑποδέχεσθαι : note force of prep. 

§ 4. ἑπτά: perhaps in imitation of Per- 
sian kings, who had seven counsellors. 

τρισχιλίους : a precaution against pos- 
sible attempt to rescue him. 

ὃ 5. αὐτῷ: i.e. Cyrus, 

προτιμηθῆναι μάλιστα : emphatic pleo- 
uasm. Cf. πλέον προτιμήσεσθε, 414. 

τῶν “EAAfvev: part. gen. after ὅς, not 
after μάλιστα. 

ἐξῆλθεν : i. 6. out of the tent. 

τὴν κρίσιν... as: instead of ὡς 7 
κρίσις. Cf. note on τῶν βαρβάρων, 15. 

§ 6. ἄρχειν : see note on ἄρξαντες, 415. 

ὅτι : as to what. 

τοῦτο : emphatic. 

αὐτὸν προσπολεμῶν : going against him 
in war, I ete. The acc. suggests that Cy- 
rus marched against him. As, however, 
προσπολεμέω regularly takes dat., αὐτόν 
may be obj. of ἐποίησα, which is followed 
not by παύσασθαι τοῦ etc., as we should 
expect, but loosely by ὥστε etc. The sen- 
tence as thus construed is an instance of 
anacoluthon. 

δόξαι τούτῳ παύσασθαι τοῦ etc. 

§ 7. μετὰ ταῦτα: Cyrus now addresses 
Orontas. 

ἔστιν ὅτι: is there any wrong that I 
did you? 

ὅτι οὔ : note the use of ὅτι to introduce 
a direct question. 

ἠρώτα: cf. note on ἐκέλευεν, § 3. 





CHAP. VIL. 399 
οὐκοῦν ὕστερον: did you not afterward 
etc., connect w. ἐποίεις. 

οὐδὲν... ἀδικούμενος : althouch in no 
respect wronged. 

ὅ τι ἐδύνω : whatever (injury) you were 
able = so far as you were able. 

ἔφη: said yes. 

δύναμιν: i.e. how little it was, as the 
context shows. 

τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος : of the (well-known) 
Artemis, at Ephesus probably. Altars 
were places of refuge, and here the 
Greeks were wont to take solemn oaths, 
laying their hands on the altar or on the 
statue of the god. 

οὐκοῦν... ἔφησθα μεταμέλειν : did you 
not say that you repented (it repented you) 
and etc. 

ὃ 8. τί οὖν : wherein, then. 

οὐδὲν ἀδικηθείς : sc. ἐπιβουλεύων. .. 
γέγονας, but render simply: that in *o- 
thing he had been wronged, 

ἢ yap: in truth (I do) for. 

εἰ γενοίμην : sc. φίλος καὶ πιστός σοι. 

οὔδε ei: not even if. 

av... δόξαιμι: should I seem (so). 

ὃ 9. ἀπόφηναι (impv. mid.) γνώμην : 
declare your opinion. 

τὸ κατὰ : see sub εἰμί. 

ἐθελοντάς : note accent. 

§ 10. ἔλαβον τῆς ζώνης : a custom 
among the Persiars, according to Dio- 
dorus Siculus. 

καὶ οἱ (συγγενεῖς) : even his relatives. 

οἷς προσετάχθη : upon whom it had been 
enjoined. 

προσεκύνουν, προσεκύνησαν, happily ex- 
emplify the difference between the impf. 
and aor. 

ὃ 11. ὅπως ἀπέθανεν : Kiihner, citing 
Hdt. vir. 114, suggests that Orontas may 
have been buried alive. 

τεθνηκότα : note that the perfect of 
ἀποθνήσκω is τέθνηκα not ἀποτέθνηκα. 

οὔτε... οὐδείς : when are two negatives 
equal to an affirmative ? 

εἴκαζον... ἄλλως : some conjectured 
(that he was put to death) in one way, 
others in another. 


400 


NOTES. 


CHAPTER VIL. 


8 1. ἐντεῦθεν : whence? Cf. 6}. 

ἐδόκει: pers.; see Lex. 

els . . . ἕω: accusative according to the 
principle stated in 788, 3d line, 1225, 
(coming) to the following morning the king 
etc. For other examples of this use of 
eis, see sub εἰς. 

μαχούμενον : why fut. ? 

κέρως : which wing was most danger- 
ous? Why? See Introd. 99. 

τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ : i.e. his barbar‘ans, who 
were posted on the extreme left. 

ὃ 2. παρήνει (παρ-αινέω) θαρρύνων : ex- 
horted (encouraging =) and encouraged 
them (speaking) as follows. See 968, 
last example. 

οὐκ... ἀπορῶν (pres. pt.) : not because 
I «xm in want of. 

διὼ τοῦτο: emphatic, on THIS account. 
Cf. τοῦτο, 6°. 

προσέλαβον : on force of prep., cf. προσ- 
αἰτέω, 371, 

§ 3. ὅπως οὖν: sc. φροντίζετε or σκο- 
πεῖτε, see to it, then, that ete. 

‘tore: imperative. It must have sounded 
strange to the Greeks to hear a Persian 
despot congratulating them on their lib- 
erty ! 

ἀντὶ ὧν tavrev...:= ἀντὶ πάντων ὧν. 

§ 4. ὅπως: in order that. 

εἰδῆτε: you may know. 

τὰ ἄλλα : see sub ἄλλος. 

αἰσχύνεσθαι... . methinks J am ashamed 
of the sort of men you will know those in our 
country to be. 

ἡμῖν: for us=so far as concerns our 
purpose. 

[ὑμῶν ... but if you are men.] Note 
contrast between ὄντας ἀνθρώπους and 
ὄντων ἀνδρῶν. Hug appends these brack- 
eted words, clumsily as we think, to the 
preceding sentence. 

καὶ εὖ... .: and if my enterprise proves 
successful, 


ὑμῶν rov. .. βουλόμενον : the one of you 
that wishes. 





τοῖς οἴκοι ζηλωτόν : envied by those at 
home or an object of envy to those at home. 
τοῖς may be indr. obj. However, verbals 
in -rds (as well as those in -réos) admit the 
dat. of the agent. Kiihner, 284, (12). 

τὰ map ἐμοί... to choose the things 
with me, i.e. in my country. 

§ 5. διὰ τὸ ἐν... .: on account of your 
being in such (a crisis) of the danger (that 
is) approaching. 

ἂν δὲ ed . . .: but if anything turns out 
well = if you have any success. 

ἕνιοι δέ: sc. φασί. 

8 6. ᾽᾿Αλλ᾽: see Lex. 

πρὸς μὲν : (extending) towards. 

μέχρι οὗ : to (the region) where. 

διὰ χειμῶνα : sc. οὐ δύνανται. 
θρωποι. 

Order: πάντα δὲ τὰ (sc. μέρη)... Note 
the acc. with this verb of ruling instead of 
the gen. (cf. τῆς χώρας, 8.431), 

§ 7. ἂν... γένηται : if (all) goes well. 
Cf. the words of Gaulites in § 6, ἂν δὲ εὖ etc. 

Order: ἑκάστῳ δὲ ὑμῶν τῶν Ἑλλήνων: 
Does he mean all the Greeks, or only the 
στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί of ὃ 24 

καί: a/so, i.e. in addition to their reg- 
ular pay. 

This speech has in it a vein of oriental 
extravagance, but it was. politic, and it 
shows that Cyrus knew perfectly that his 
fate depended on the Greeks. 

§ 8. εἰσ-ῆσαν : kept going in, no doubt 
to urge personal claims. 

σφίσιν : why not ἑαυτοῖς ? 

8 9. πάντες ὅσοιπερ : cf. πάντων ὅσοι, 13. 

γάρ: see Lex. 

Note emphatic position of ἀδελφόν. 

§10. The hoplites previously stated 
are: 9,600 (2%, 26, 29) + 700 (4%) + 400 (43, 
deserters from Abrocomas) = 10,700 less 
100 (27, lost in the mountains) = 10,600 
as against 10,400 of the text. So the 2,300 
light-armed previously mentioned now 
number 2,500. The discrepancy has not 
been satisfactorily explained. 


εἰς ἄν» 


BOCK I CHAP. VIII. 


ὃ 11. ἑκατὸν. . . μυριάδες. Ctesias, 
doubtless more correctly, puts the num- 
ber at 400,000. 

ἄλλοι : besides. 

ὃ 13, ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων : out of = from 
the ranks of, the enemy. 

οὗ... τῶν πολεμίων : those of the enemy 
that. 

ταὐτά, not ταῦτα. 

§ 14. ὀργυιαί : could the gen. be used ? 
Cf. πλέθρα 2°, ποδῶν 38. 

ὃ 15. παρετέτατο : had been extended. 

ἐπί : upon Ξξ over. 

Μηδίας τείχους : from 3.41} we learn 
that this wall was 20 feet thick, 100 feet 
high, and built of brick. “ As our knowl- 
edge now stands, there is not a single 
point mentioned by Xenophon in Baby- 
lonia which can be positively verified ex- 
cept Babylon itself, —and Phylae, which 
is known, pretty nearly, as the spot where 
Babylonia proper commences.” -- GRoTE. 
See entire note ch. lxx., pp. 65-67. But 
see small map 2.418, based on governmen- 
tal surveys made since. 

διώρυχες : 86. εἰσί. 

ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος : other writers state 
that the canals in that region ran from the 
Euphrates into the Tigris. Hence this 
paragraph has been bracketed. 

πλεθριαῖαι : instead of πλέθρον or 
πλέθρου. 

ἑκάστη : they are distant one (lit., each) 
from another. 





401 


πάροδος : various are the conjectures 
why this narrow passage was left. Per- 
haps being left open as long as possible 
for the convenience of trade, the king was 
taken by surprise, and was unable to con- 
nect the trench with the river. 

ὃ 16. παρῆλθε, ἐγένοντο: note the 
change of number. With two or more 
subjects the verb may be singular, agree- 
ing with the nearest or most important, 
or it may be, and usually is, plural. 

8 17. μέν (after ταύτῃ), answered by 
ἀλλ᾽ 


καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἵππων ὑποχωρούντων. 

ἦσαν : plural because πολλά empha- 
sizes the plurality of ἴχνη. So with δύο 
τείχη, 44. 

ὃ 18. ἔτι: further, here after οὐκ = at 
all. 

ἐν ἡμέραις : note that time within which 
is here expressed by ἐν with the dat., in- 
stead of the more usual gen. 

εἰ... οὐ μαχεῖται: μή is used in con- 
ditions, but here Cyrus catches up the 
exact words, “οὐ μαχεῖται of Silanus. 
Hence οὐ. 

δέκα τάλαντα. With this rash promise, 
ef. that of Herod, Mark vi. 23. Oriental 
rulers were as lavish when pleased as 
cruel when displeased. 

§ 19. ἔδοξε: he seemed. 

§ 20. αὐτῷ: for him. Order: πολλὰ 
τῶν ὅπλων ἤγετο τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ 
ἁμαξῶν καὶ ὑποζυγίων. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


ὃ 1. ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν : on divis- 
ion of the day, see ἡμέρα. 

ἔνθα ἔμελλε : when he (i.e. Cyrus). . 

καταλύειν : i. 6. for breakfast. 

ὡς els: as for, apparently for. 

ὃ 2. Construe αὐτίκα with ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι, 
the subj. of which is he, i. e. the king. 

καὶ πάντες δέ: and indeed all, including 
the barbarians. 

8 3. Κῦρός re... rote τε ἄλλοις : note 
the correlation. This sentence admirably 





illustrates the use of the article as a pos 
sessive. 

τὰ παλτά:: see Introd. 32. 

ἕκαστον : in part. apposition to subj. of 
καθίστασθαι. Cf. ἑκάστη, 715. 

§ 4. καθίσταντο : note force of the 
impf., as also of the pres. in ἐξοπλίζεσθαι, 
καθίστασθαι above. 

τὰ δεξιά, sc. μέρη : right extremity, used 
instead of τὸ δεξιόν, because all the Greeks 
were on the right wing of the entire army. 


402 


ἐχόμενος : see ἔχω, 5. 

ὃ 5. πελταστικόν : see Introd. 64. 

οἱ ἱππεῖς : sc. ἔστησαν. 

μὲν αὐτοί : themselves, as distinguished 
from οἱ δ᾽ ἵπποι in ὃ 7. 

Ψιλήν : i.e. unprotected. According to 
Ctesias, quoted in Plutarch (Artax. 11.), 
he wore a tiara. 

εἰς μάχην: as in § 1. 

[λέγεται . . . διακινδυνεύειν] : probably 
an interpolation. Cf. Introd. 27, 29, 30. 

ὃ 8. ἐγίγνετο was becoming. The impf. 
shows that it was early in the afternoon. 

χρόνῳ δέ... .: but (by) some time later. 

μελανία tis: sort of blackness, something 
black. 

ἐπὶ πολύ : see Lex. sub πολύς. 

8 9. ἄλλοι 8’. . .: and others, horsemen, 
others, bowmen or and, besides (cf. ἄλλο 5°), 
there were horsemen and bowmen. 

Order: ... ἐπορεύετο (sing. because fol- 
lowing ἔθνος, which is in part. appos. to 
οὗτοι) κατὰ ἔθνη ἕκαστον τὸ ἔθνος ἐν. 

8 10. ἀποτεταμένα : ἀποτείνω. 

βλέποντα : so our ‘look’ is used in the 
sense of point. 

ἡ δὲ γνώμη - - 
apparently to etc. 

The parts. agree with ἅρματα, and are 
explained as accusative absolute, — a rare 
construction with personal verbs. The 
text is uncertain, and some editors with- 
out authority have substituted the genitive 
absolute. 

ὃ 11, 6: not 6. 

ἐψεύσθη τοῦτο : in this he was mistaken. 
- ὡς ἀνυστόν = ὡς δυνατόν. 

ὃ 12. πεποίηται : pf. here emphasizes 
the certainty of the result. It must be re- 
membered that the apodosis of the third or 
more vivid form often only implies future 
time. 

ὃ 13. ὁρῶν : = though he saw. 

ἀκούων. .. : though he heard from Cyrus 
that the king etc. 

ὅτι aire ...: that he would take care 
that all (lit. it) should be well. 

Plutarch says of Clearchus: τὸ πᾶν διέ- 
φθειρεν. Grote: From fear of being at- 


: and the design was 





NOTES. 


tacked on the unshielded side he “ was in- 
duced here to commit the capital mistake 
of keeping on the right flank.” But we do 
not know how serious might have been the 
results if he had obeyed Cyrus. 

ὃ 14. ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ: sc. τόπῳ. 

μένον : pres. pt. οὗ μένω. 

συνετάττετο : was forming itself. 

οὐ πάνυ πρός : not very near. 

ὃ 15. Ἐξενοφῶν : note how the author of 
the Anabasis here first introduces himself. 

ὡς: here= ὥστε. So often. 

ἐπιστήσας : sc. τὸν ἵππον. 

᾿ἱερά, σφάγια. See Introd. 88, 4. 

8 16. ϑεύτερον : see Introd. 91. 

ἤρετο + εἴη, εἶπεν + παρέρχεται : note 
how flexible is the use of Greek modes. 


So in next sentence. 
began to sing the 


ὃ 17. ἐπαιάνιζον : 
paean. 

ἤρχοντο... : began to go to meet (ἀντίοι). 

8 18. ὡς δὲ πορενομένων : but ir as 
(they) proceeded. 

TL: SC. μέρος. 

δρόμῳ θεῖν : run (in) a race, run fast, 
emphatic pleonasm. So § 19; 4.675; 5.2"; 
7.115, 

φόβον ποιοῦντες: thus frightening the 
horses. 

§ 19. φεύγουσι : see Introd. 20. 

Note that the Greeks here pursue κατὰ 
κράτος, according to their might, i. e. so as 
to hold out, while Pategyas (ὃ 1) rides ἀνὰ 
κράτος, i. 6. at the top of his speed. 

§ 20. τὰ piv... τὰ δέ: some... others. 

ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις = ἦν δέ τις ὅς =certain one, 
some one, cf. ἣν obs, 57. 

Rehdantz, Bachof, Boise, et al. translate, 
“ mancher,” “ many a one,” “now and then 
one;” but what follows seems clearly 
against this. Cf. Macmichael, “ one 
man;”’ Crosby, “ but there was one at least 
who.” 

ἐκπλαγείς : terror-stricken. 

οὐδεὶς οὐδέν : any one, anything. Em- 
phatic negative. 

τὶς : acertain one. Kriiger, Boise, et al. 
take it (less probably we think), in the 
sense of, ‘‘ one here and there.” 


BOOK I. 


§ 21. τὸ καθ᾽ : see κατά. 

προσκυνούμενος : i. 6. as king. 

οὐδ᾽ ds: not even thus, i. 6. though 
pleased etc. 

ἀλλὰ ἔχων Thy... τάξιν cuverirepa- 


μένην. 

8 22. μέσον... 
center. 

ἐν adohaderratw: sc. τόπῳ. 

... Av... αἰσθάνεσθαι... : the army 
would learn it in etc. The inf. depends on 
νομίζοντες. 

§ 23. αὐτοῦ: after ἔμπροσθεν. 

ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν : as if to encircle them. 
Aim or purpose is often expressed in 
Greek by eis, cf. εἰς τὴν τροφήν 1°, eis τὸ 
ἴδιον and eis ὑμᾶς 3%, εἰς φρούρια 4), εἰς 
μάχην 8). 

§ 24. μὴ ὄπισθεν... lest he (i. 6. the 
king), having got in the rear. 

ἀντίος : against him. 

αὐτὸς τῇ . . .: himself with his ete. 

§ 25. τροπή : rout, i.e. of the 6,000. 

εἰς τὸ. . .: rushing on in the pursuit. 

πλήν : except that. 

§ 26. civ... dv: and while he (i.e. 
Cyrus) was etc. 


. τὸ αὑτῶν : their own 





CHAP. IX. 408 


ἵετο (impf. of tmp) : rushed. 

αὐτὸς... φησί: and he says that he 
himself. We should expect αὐτόν, but see 
ref. to Gram. 

ὃ 27. αὐτόν : meaning Cyrus. 

tis: Mithridates. Read Plutarch’s Ar- 
taxerxes for a very interesting account of 
this. 

καὶ ἐνταῦθα. . .: and there, while fight- 
ing, both the king and Cyrus and their 
attendants in behalf of each,—how many 
etc. The construction is changed by ana- 
coluthon after ἑκατέρους Others, less ac- 
curately we think, prefer to regard βασι- 
λεύς, Κῦρος, of, as in partitive apposition 
with ὁπόσοι. 

According to Diodorus, of the king’s 
army 15,000 fell; of Cyrus’s barbarians, 
3,000 ; of the Greeks, not one. 

§ 28. ὁ πιστότατος .. . θεράπων : the 
servant most faithful to him of. 

§ 29. οἱ μέν, some. 

αὐτόν: i.e. ᾿Αρταπάτης. 

οἱ δέ: others (say) that he. 

ἐπισφάξασθαι, slew himself. 

On the bearing of this defeat on the’ fu- 
ture of Greece, see Grote, ch. lxix. (end). 


CHAPTER IX. 


§ 1. μὲν οὖν: so then, often, as here, 
without corresponding δέ. 

ἀνὴρ ὦν... γενομένων : a man who of 
the Persians that lived . . . was both etc. 

παρὰ πάντων : on the part ofall. παρά 
is sometimes used after pass. verbs in the 
sense of ‘by,’ but it presents the gen. 
rather as the passive source than the active 
agent. 

Trav... γενέσθαι : those who are reputed 
to have made proof of Cyrus, or to have be- 
come personally acquainted with Cyrus. 

ὃ 2. πάντων πάντα : of all in all things, 
paronomasia. 

“We cannot place much confidence in 
the account which Xenophon gives of his 
education ... It is contradicted by all the 





realities which we read about the Persian 
court, and is a patch of Grecian rather 
than Persian sentiment better suited to 
the romance of the Cyropaedia than to the 
history of the Anabasis.”— Grote. The 
whole chapter is highly eulogistic, but 
apart from what is said of his education 
the account is probably true enough. 

§3. ἰδεῖν ἔστι: cf. ἦν λαβεῖν 52, ἔστι 
λαμβάνειν 5%, 

θεῶνται, καὶ ἀκούουσι (hear of) τιμωμέ- 
νους : 86. τινάς. 

εὐθὺς... ὄντες : even from boyhood. 

§ 5. τοῖς τε πρεσβυτέροις . . . πείθεσθαι : 
to be more obedient to his elders than those 
even who were his inferiors in rank. 

ἔπειτα δέ sc. ἐδόκει εἶναι. 


404 


καὶ (sc. ἐδόκει) χρῆσθαι etc. 
τῶν... ἔργων : of the exercises (prepar- 
ing) for war. ᾿ 
8 6. τὰ μέν : some hurts; followed not 
by the usual τὰ δέ, but τέλος δέ. 
τὸν πρῶτον... .: the jirst (man), as- 
suredly, that came to his rescue, — quite 
an unexpected statement after κατέκανε. 
πολλοῖς : by (agent) or to (indr. obj.) = 
in the view of many. Cf. note on ζηλωτόν, 
74. 
8 7. τῆς μεγάλης : the greater. See Map. 
οἷς καθήκει : whose duty itis. Cf. 13. 
περὶ πλείστου : see ποιέω. 
τῳ (not τῷ) ΞΞ- τινί: with any one= with 
whomsoever. How would the sentence 
read after περὶ πλείστου ποιοῦμαι ? 
ἃ 8. καὶ γάρ : see γάρ. 
ἐπιτρεπόμεναι : in committing themselves 
(to him). 
σπεισαμένου Kipov = after Cyrus etc. 
μηϑέν : for the usual οὐδέν in direct dis- 
course. See references to the grammars. 
8 9. τοὺς προέσθαι (προ-ίημι) : to aban- 
don their exiles, whom Cyrus had received. 
ὃ 10. ἐπεδείκνυτο, ἔλεγεν : note impf., 
repeatedly showed, was wont to say. Note 
the difference between ποτέ and ἅπαξ. 
ἔτι μείους : still fewer. 
. . mpdgeav: should be still less 
fortunate. 
8 11. φανερὸς δ᾽ Fv... 
cf. δῆλος ἦν, 211, 
καὶ... ἐξέφερον : 
porled a prayer of his. 
νικῴη : surpass. ἀλεξόμενος, by requiting 
(both), applied by zeugma to τοὺς εὖ ποι- 
ovvras. Sulla’s epitaph was a boast that 


πειρώμενος : 


and some also re- 


he had lived up to this popular maxim of | - . 


heathen morality. 

8 12. δή strengthens the superlative. 
Cf. 1037, 4. 

αὐτῷ ἑνί γε. . . ἡμῶν : to him the OnE 
man in particular of those of our time, i. 6. 
more than to any other man of our time. 
See ἐπί w. gen. 

προέσϑαι (προ-ίημι) : entrust. 

8 13. οὐ μὲν δή: an emphatic negative 
still further emphasized by οὐδέ, not in- 





‘NOTES. 


deed — not even, nor in truth could any one 
say this either that etc. This is in answer 
to the possible inference that Cyrus won 
popularity by condoning wrong. 
καταγελᾶν : sc. ἑαυτοῦ. 
ποδῶν καί... : Persian history abounds 
in instances of despotic cruelty. 


ἐγένετο καί . . .: it was possible both for 
Greek ete. 

μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντι : = ifhe did no wrong. 

§ 14. εἰς πόλεμον : for war. See note 
on 833, 

ὡμολόγητο : plpf. for the impf., on the 


principle stated in 849, a, = he was gene- 
rally acknowledged. 

πρῶτον μέν: cited in L. & S. (μέν A. 
II. 7) as not answered by δέ; but as the 
clause they introduce is logically subordi- 
nate to what follows, it is better, with 
Kiihner and others, to regard them as be- 
longing virtually to ἄρχοντας ἐποίει, and 
so correlated by ἔπειτα δέ. 

καὶ αὐτός : himself also, i.e. in person. 

ἧς --- χώρας = τῆς χώρας ἧς. 

8 15. ὥστε φαίνεσθαι... ἀξιῶν τοὺς 
μέν : so that he showed that he deemed the 
good etc. ἀξιῶν (pres. pt., 986, 1592, 1, 
660. 1, τι. 588,c) agrees in case with subject 
of ἐτίμα (according to 940, 927, 687, 571). 
Still, separated so widely from its subject, 
we should have expected ἀξιοῦντα. 

§ 16. els ye μὴν δικαιοσύνην : certainly 
as regards UPRIGHTNESS. 

γέ = at least, but is best rendered by em- 
phasizing uprightness. 

ιδείκνυσθαι : distinguish himself. 
τούτους : Obj. of ποιεῖν, pl. though refer- 
ring to τὶς according to 609,a. Cf. τὶς 
. αὐτούς, 4°. 

τῶν... φιλοκερδούντων : than those etc. 

8 17. καὶ γὰρ οὖν : and (this he did) for 
then. Cf. same, §§ 8, 12. 

αὐτῷ: for him. 

ἐχρήσατο: employed. 

Κύρῳ καλῶς ὑπάρχειν: to be nobly de- 
voted to Cyrus. Cf. ὑπῆρχε τῷ Κύρῳ, 1". 

§ 18. ὑπηρετήσειεν καλῶς τι αὐτῷ 
προστάξαντι; did him, enjoining (it), any 
good service. 


ΒΟΟΚ 1. 


οὐδενί : see note on Κύρῳ, 2”. 

ἐλέχθησαν γενέσθαι : were said to belong. 

8 19. κατασκευάζοντα... .: furnishing 
(with things needful). 

ἧς — χώρας : as in ὃ 14. 

ovSéva . . . ἀφείλετο : no (such) one 
would he ever deprive (of anything, as 
πλείω (neut. pl.) suggests). 

§ 20. φίλους : emph. both by position 
and by particles (cf. δικαιοσύνην, ὃ 16), obj. 
of θεραπεύειν, or of ποιήσαιτο ὅσους φίλους, 
and put before the rel. ὅσους to present it 
as the theme of a new paragraph. 

ὅτι: in whatever. 

πρός: with pass. verbs (not common in 
Att.) = by. 

κράτιστος δὴ θεραπεύειν : very best to 
serve. 

8 21. καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο... .: and (he 
was so) since for this very reason on account 
of which he himself etc.; αὐτὸ τοῦτο may 
be explained also by anacoluthon. 

ὡς : (namely) that. 

Order : ἐπειρᾶτο εἶναι κράτιστος συνεργὸς 
τοῖς φίλοις τούτου. τούτου =in that. 

§ 22. εἷς γε ἀνήρ: cf. same in § 12. 

πάντων δή: he of aL“ (men). Render 
δή by emphasizing all. 

σκοπῶν : fr. σκοπέω. 

§ 23. αὐτοῦ, i. 6. of Cyrus. 

ὡς els: intended for. ὡς marks the 
intention as that of τὶς, and not one sug- 
gested by the writer. Cf. ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν, 
1,828, 

kal τούτων... .: even concerning these 
they reported that he was wont to say that. 





CHAP. X. 405 
§ 24. τὸ. . . νικᾶν: that he greatly 
surpassed. 


εὖ ποιοῦντα: in doing favors. ποιοῦντα 
agrees with αὐτόν, implied subject of 
νικᾶν. 

ἐπειδή γε Kal: since, you know (δή), (be- 
sides other reasons) he was also. 

τὸ... περιεῖναι: that he should excel 
his friends. 

ταῦτα: THESE things, referring to what 
just precedes. Cf. διὰ τοῦτο, 7°. 

ἡμιδεεῖς : half-empty, = our half-full. 

§ 25. οὔπω δή... .: not (yet) indeed 
within a long time. τούτου after ἡδίονι. 

§ 27. τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν : his care, i.e. to 
provide. 

διαπέμπων : 56. αὐτόν, i.e. τὸν χιλόν. 

τοῖς ἵπποις ἄγουσιν τὰ etc. 

ὡς μὴ πεινώντες : that they (the horses) 
might not, while hungry ete. 

ἢ 28. πορεύοιτο : was on a journey. 

πλεῖστοι : very many. 

τιμᾷ : the indic. emphasizes the fact, as 
ἣν for εἴη in 271, 

§ 29. δούλου ὄντος : though he was a 
slave. All subjects are so regarded by 
absolute rulers. 

Kal οὗτος δὴ ταχὺ ηὗρε αὐτὸν bv... 

νομίζοντες... ὄντες .. .: that if they 
were brave men with Cyrus they would re- 
ceive etc. 

§ 30. ...Kal rd... γενόμενον. .. 
(ἐστι): even what happened .. . is ete. 

The single τούς views πιστούς, εὔνους, 
and βεβαίους as one class. 

§ 31. τεταγμένος : to have been posted. 


CHAPTER X. 


§ 1. ἀποτέμνεται : at the instance of the 
king, says Plutarch, and according to Per- 
sian custom. Cf. 3.17, 

ὥρμηντο : on that morning. 

§ 2. Φωκαΐδα: her name Milto was 
changed by Cyrus to Aspasia, after the 
Athenian beauty of that name. 

τὴν (the one) λεγομένην εἶναι. 
was said to be ete. 


. » who 





Plutarch says that she was born of free 
parents, and well educated. She now fell 
into the hands of Artaxerxes, who had in 
his harem 360 concubines. So Persia is 
still ransacked for beautiful women for 
the king and his princes. 

8 3. νεωτέρα : the younger of the two. 

ἐκφεύγει : cf. ἀπο-φεύγω, κατα-φεύγω. 

γυμνή : not naked. See Lex. 


406 


πρὸς (sc. ἐκείνους or τινὰς) τῶν “EA- 


λήνων : to those of the Greeks. 

As this is a rare ellipsis in prose, the 
gen. may be regarded as a partitive after 
the following relative clause. Others 
translate πρός toward (not to). 

ὅπλα ἔχοντες : to be on guard. 

οἱ δὲ... αὐτῶν : and some also of them- 
selves. 

ταύτην: i. 6. ἡ Μιλησία. 

ἐντὸς αὐτῶν = within their lines. 

καὶ χρήματα kal ἄνθρωποι. . . πάντα: 
both effects and persons . . . all. 

§ 4. “Ἕλληνες : i.e. the main army. - 

οἱ μέν, the latter: ot δ᾽, the former, the 
king and his army. 

§ 6. ὡς... προσιόντος καὶ (ὡς) δεξόμε- 
vou: supposing that he would approach in 
this direction and intending to receive (him). 

ἡ St... ταύτῃ: in which direction... 
in this direction = but in the same direction 
in which . . . he also ete. 

κατά : down against; against. Cf. 5.7%. 

8 7. γενέσθαι : to have proved himself, 
i. e. by his tactics on this occasion. 

§ 8. petov: see Lex. 

εὐώνυμον : i.e. the original left wing (cf. 
84) =the right wing of οἱ Ἕλληνες στρα- 
φέντες, ὃ 6. 

8 10. ἐν ᾧ: while. 

καὶ δή : even now, 





NOTES. 


εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα : ie. parallel with 
and facing the river. 


§ 11. ἐκ πλείονος : fiom a greater dis- 
tance. 

ὃ 12. πεζοί: in apposition with οἱ ἀμφὶ 
βασιλέα. 

ὥστε --- γιγνώσκειν : so that (the Greeks) 
did not know etc. 

καὶ ἔφασαν ὁρᾶν rd... 

τινὰ =a kind of. 

§ 13. ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν : a very concise 
idiom = some from one part, others from 
another. See sub ἄλλος. For ἄλλοθεν, 
ἄλλοσε might have been used, but Xeno- 
phon is thinking of their various starting 
points. 

§ 14. ὑπ’ αὐτόν: at the foot of it. Note the 
idiom, and cf. 788, 1225; 898, κ. 3, 598, Ὁ. 

§ 15. ava κράτος: why not κατὰ κράτος 

καὶ ἥλιος : καί thus placed often adds a 
slight emphasis to the following word, and 
is best rendered by the tone of the voice. 
Cf. καὶ ἐγώ 6%, καὶ τότε 6), καὶ βασιλεύς 
1019, 

§ 16. τεθνηκότα : why ποῦ inf.? Why 
not a form οὗ ἀποθνήσκω as in 611, 827 2? 
See sub θνήσκω. 

§ 18. καταλαμβάνουσι τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν 
τε. ..: find most ete. 

εἴ τι : whatever, cf. same, 54, 64, 

Kal ταύτας : these also. 





BOOK ILI. 


CHAPTER I. 


§ 1. Translate the sentence just as it 
stands, rendering ὡς how. 

Κύρῳ: dat. of advantage. 

A similar recapitulation prefaces each 
book except thesixth. As 1.10} is closely 
connected (μὲν. . . δέ) with 2.1%, it is 
thought probable that §1 was the work 
of a later hand, perhaps of the author of 
the divisions into books and chapters. It 





is introduced by μέν regardless of the μέν 
in the last sentence of Book I. 

§ 2. εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν : i.e. in an easterly 
or southeasterly direction. 

§ 3. ἐν ὁρμῇ : in (the act of) starting. 

γεγονὼς ἀπό : descended from. 

τέθνηκεν : the indicative emphasizes the 
fact. 


ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ : goes with εἴη. Why? 


BOOK IL. 


καὶ λέγοι : and that he (Ariaeus) said. 

τῇ — ἄλλῃ : see ἄλλος. 

ἀπιέναι φαίη: declared that he would 
depart. 

ἐπὶ ᾿Ιωνίας : for, toward. See Lex. 

8 4. ἀκούσαντες. . . πυνθανόμενοι : 
note the chiastic order. Cf. note 1.13 (end). 

νικῶμεν : see Lex. on force of pres. 

τῶν νικώντων : why gen.? See note on 
βασιλέως, 1.27. 

§ 6. στράτευμα --- κόπτοντες : construc- 
tio ad sensum. 

ξύλοις : as fuel. 

ot Ἕλληνες ἠνάγκαζον τοὺς αὐτομο- 
λοῦντας. .. 

φέρεσθαι : to be carried off. 

§ 7. ἣν δ᾽ αὐτῶν . . .: but of them there 
was one Greek, Phalinus 

ἐντίμως ἔχων : see ἔχω, 4. 

τῶν (sc. πραγμάτων) ἀμφὶ τάξεις : = 
tactics. 

§ 8. ἄν τι --- ἀγαθόν : whatever advan- 
tage. Note the multiplication of participles 
in this section. 

§ 9. ὅμως: i.e. though indignant. 

τῶν νικώντων : as in ὃ 4. 

ἔχετε: sc. ἀποκρίνασθαι. 

ἐξῃρημένοι : ἐξαιρέω. 

§ 10. ἄν belongs to both verbs. 

ὡς κρατῶν : as conqueror. 

καὶ οὐ, ἐλθόντα, λαβεῖν (sc. αὐτά). 

§ 11. ἑαντοῦ : gen., but above, στρατιώ- 
ταις, dat. — why ? 

καὶ δυνάμενος ἀγαγεῖν πλῆθος . . . 

ὅσον οὐδ᾽ : so great (as) that not even. 

8 12. οἰόμεθα... Av... χρῆσθαι : we 
ἐκίηϊ that we could use. So & after δ᾽ 
belongs to στερηθῆναι. 





CHAP. II. 407 


παραδώσειν : that we will give up to. 

ἢ 13. οὐκ ἀχάριστα: not unpleasantly. 
Slightly ironical. 

ἴσθι... dv: see οἶδα. 

§ 14. ἔφασαν : they reported. This sug- 
gests that Xenophon was not present. See 
Introd. 120. I. (2). 

Αἴγυπτον: how long had Egypt been 
independent? See Lex. 

8 15. ἄλλος ἄλλα: see Lex. 

§ 16. ἡμεῖς : sc. Ἕλληνές ἐσμεν. 

8 17. ἀεὶ λεγόμενον : whenever it is re 
lated. Lit. it being ever told. The part. 
modifies 3. 

συμβουλευομένοις συνεβούλευσεν αὐτοῖς 
τάδε counselled them when they counselled 
with (him) as follows, i. 6. as the narrator 
would in each case go on to state. 

ὃ 19. εἰ piv τῶν... if of ten thousand 
hopes you have a single one of being saved by 
warring. 

ὃ 20. ἀπάγγελλε : pres. impv., nearly = 
go and announce, 

ov, ἡμεῖς : note the emphasis. 

οἰόμεθα. . . εἶναι ἂν φίλοι ἄξιοι πλείο- 
vos... 

(οἰόμεθα) ἄμεινον ἂν (εἶναι) .. . 

ἔχοντες, παραδόντες : abridged protases. 

§ 21. μένουσι, προ-, ἀπ-ιοῦσι, pres. pts., 
abridged protases, cf. ἣν μένωμεν, § 22. 
So in § 23. 

εἴπατε: 1 a.impv. So in 2.5% εἶπας is 
preferred to the 2 a. εἶπες. 

ὡς πολέμου ὄντος (on the supposition) 
that there is war. 

§ 22. kal... 
also. 

σπονδαί: sc. εἰσιν. 


ταὐτά : the same thinrs 


CHAPTER II. 


§ 1. of δὲ παρὰ *Apialov: and these 
from Ariaeus were come (namely). Cf. 
παρὰ βασιλέως,1.15. See chap. i. δὲ 3, 5. 

ἀνασχέσθαι : w. gen., cf. ἕως πότε dvé- 
ἔομαι ὑμῶν, Matt. xvii. 17; ἀνεχόμενοι GA- 
λήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ, Eph. iv. 3. 

βούλεσθε: note the change to dir. disc. 





§ 2. ὥσπερ λέγετε: before which un- 
derstand ἐχέτω, let it be, or χρὴ ποιεῖν. 

ὁποῖον --- TL: see τὶς. 

μάλιστα συμφέρειν : be most advanta- 
geous. 

ὃ 3. θυομένῳ τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο ἰέναι 
ἐπὶ etc. So in 6.6%. But ἰέναι by its posi- 


408 


tion may hold a double relation both to 
θυομένῳ and ἐγίγνετο. 

πλοῖα δὲ... .: note the elegant order, 
and BOATS we etc. 

οἷόν te: see Lex. 

ἔστιν : not ἐστίν. See Lex. 

ὃ 4. κέρατι : “The only passage in a 
Greek historian where κέρας appears to 
be used for a Greek military signal is in 
Xenophon’s Anab. 11. 2,4; and there in- 
terpolated from Cyrop. V. 3, 45.” See 
Smith’s Greek and Roman Antiquities, 
sub Zuba. Nevertheless κέρατι. is in all 
the texts. 

ὡς: asif. The object was to deceive 
the Persians. 

συσκευάζεσθε: note change from inf, 
(δειπνεῖν) to impy. 

δεύτερον : sc. σημήνῃ. 

τρίτῳ: sc. σημείῳ. 

πρὸς ποταμοῦ : from (the standpoint of) 
the river = our towards the rwer. The acc. 
might have been used. 

ὅπλα : see Lex. 

ὃ 5. ὁ μέν: 1. 6. Clearchus. 

τὸν ἄρχοντα : sc. φρονεῖν. 
52. 

§ 6. As this summary has no connection 
with the context, and does not harmonize 
with the sum total of the distances given 
in Book I., the section has been thought 


See Introd. 


by many to be an interpolation. Fora 
similar section, cf. 7.835, 
8 7. θέμενοι : see τίθημι. The part. 


agrees with στρατηγοί, λοχαγοί, but in- 
cludes, ad sensum, the soldiers, 

ὃ 8. pare... τέ: both...not...and. 

§ 9. εἰς ἀσπίδα : i.e. so as to catch the 
blood. in a shield. With this method of 
solemnizing the covenant, cf, Jer. xxxiv. 
18. See also 2.378; 4.87, 

§ 10. ἐννενοηκέναι δοκεῖς : do you think 
that you have devised. 

§11. ἀπιόντες ἣν (sc. ὁδὸν) ἤλθομεν . . . 

ἑπτακαίδεκα... for during (lit. within) 
the last seventeen days’ march not even 
(while) coming hither étc. 

§ 12. ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα μακροτάτους : cf. 
és ἂν δύνυται πλείστους, 1.6%, 





NOTES: 


πορευτέον : in what other ways may 
necessity be expressed ? 

ἅπαξ ---- how differs from ποτέ 2 

§13. fv... δυναμένη : nearly = ἐδύ- 
varo. See note on 1.5% and Lex. 

ἡμέρα ἐγένετο : cf. σκότος ἐγένετο, ὃ 7. 

ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν ἥλιον: What 
direction is meant, east or north? ‘The 
question has been much discussed. The 
use of the imperfect ἐπορεύοντο, they were 
journeying (i. 6. during the entire day) sug- 
gests that they went eastward. This view 
is further supported by the fact that they 
reach (2.413) a point not far from Baby- 
lon. 

§ 14. ἔτι δέ: and besides. 

καὶ τῶν te “EAAfvev...: 
(those) of the Greeks ete. 

§ 15. ἐν ᾧ: see ὅς. 

οἱ σκοποὶ προπεμφθέντες ἧκον λέγον- 
TES wwe > ; 

§ 16. ἀπειρηκότας : were weary. See 
ἀπαγορεύω. 

καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ... even the very timbers in 
(lit. from) the houses. ἀπό is put for ἐν by 
constructio praegnans (788, 1225; 898, 
n. 8). Cf. ἐκ for ἐν, 1.2, παρὰ βασιλέως 
for μαρὰ βασιλεῖ, 1.15, 

ὃ 17. ἐτύγχανον tkacror: 
chanced (to lodge). 

οἱ μὲν ἐγγύτατα : the nearest of. 

kal: even. 

§ 18. οὔτε yap οὐδὲν ὑποζύγιον... . 

καὶ βασιλεύς : even the king, as well as 
οἱ μὲν ἐγγύτατα. 

ὃ 19. οἷον εἰκὸς γίγνεσθαι : as is likely 
to arise when. 

ὃ 20. Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐκέλευσε Τολμίδην 
᾿Ἢλεϊον, ὃν. . . τότε, κηρύξαντα σιγὴν 
ἀνειπεῖν. 

τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον : the man who had 
let loose the ass. A timely joke to stay the 
panic. 

τὰ ὅπλα: see Introd. 86, near the 
end. 

On position of ὅτι, not after προαγο- 
ρεύουσιν, cf. first note on 1.63, 

§ 21. oo = σῶοι. 

ἧπερ εἶχον : just as they were. 


and _ both 


severally 


BOOK IL. 


CHAP. UL 409 


CHAPTER II. 


§ 1. ὃ (not δὴ ἔγραψα : in 2.2!8, 

πέμπων : SC. κήρυκας. 

§ 3. ὥστε καλῶς ἔχειν . . .: so that it 
was well arranged to be seen (lit., had itself 
well) as on every side a close phalanx (see 
Introd. 76), and except the armed none etc. 

αὐτός τε. .. Kal τοῖς ἄλλοις. τούς τε 
εὐοπλοτάτους... καὶ εὐειδεστάτους. 

§ 4. τά τεπαρὰ.. .. : the (communica- 
tions) from etc. 

§ 5. οὐδ᾽ ὁ τολμήσων : nor (is there) 
the man that will dare etc. Cf. οὐδ᾽ 6 κω- 
λύσων παρῆν. --- ϑΟΡΗ. Antig., 261. 

8 6. εἰκότα : things reasonable. 

§ 7. αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι : with the men 
themselves only who are going to and return- 
ing from (the king), i.e. with the king’s 
messengers. 

καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις : i. 6. to the rest of the 
Persians. So Kriigeretal. The question 
was thus prompted by fear of some deceit. 
Others understand αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνδράσι to 
refer to those of the Greeks who should 
be sent with the guides for supplies. In 
this case τοῖς ἄλλοις must refer to the rest 
of the Greeks. 

§ 8. μεταστησάμενος : after causing them 
(the messengers) to withdraw. 

§ 9. On the force of ἀπό in ἀπο-δοκέω 
cf. ἀπο-γιγνώσκω, ἀποψηφίζομαι. 

§ 10. οἱ μέν : i.e. the Persian envoys. 

ἐν τάξει : because suspicious of the Per- 
sians. 

ἐποιοῦντο : Sc. ταύτας ΟΥ γεφύρας. 

ἐκπεπτωκότας : fallen. 

§ 11. καταμαθεῖν Κλέαρχον .. .: 
lepsis for καταμαθεῖν ὡς Κλέαρχος. 

εἴ τις τῶν τεταγμένων πρὸς τοῦτο. 

μὴ ov: on the principle stated in 1034, 
1616, πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἶναι being equiva- 
lent, as Kiihner says, to none were willing. 

8 12. εἰς τριάκοντα ἔτη, cf. 7.3%. 

8 13. ὑποπτεύων αὐτὸ τὸ .. .: his sus- 
picions being aroused by the very fact that 
the ditches were etc. 

αὐτὸ modifies Td . . . εἶναι. 


pro- 





ἤδη: already, i. 6. at the outset. 

ὃ 15. ai δέ: διέ those. 4 

τὰς δέ τινας : but somE. Cf. τοὺς μέν 
τινας — τοὺς δέ, 3.5.3. 

καὶ qv: and it (the sweetmeat) was etc. 

παρὰ πότον : see sub παρά, w. acc. 

§ 16. τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἣν... 

§ 17. γυναικός : Statira by name. 
Plutarch’s Artazerzes. 

ὃ 18. γείτων οἰκῶ : cf. “quae divom 
incedo regina” (VeRGIL, Aen. i. 46) for a 
similar predicate nominative. 

ἀμήχανα : inextricable difficylties. 

αἰτήσασϑαι Sotvar...: to obtain by 
request that he would grant me ete. 

-+. Av... ἔχειν. . .: et would not be 
without gratitude, either on your part etc. 

ὃ 19. ἠτούμην (airéw) βασιλέα : made 
my request of the king. 

ὅτι... πρῶτος : because I was the 
Jirst to. 

αὐτῷ : i. 6. to the king. 

§ 20. ἐκέλευεν δέ με ἐλθόντα épérbar... 

ἵνα μοι εὐπρακτότερον .. .: in order that 
it may be easier for me to obtain for you ete. 

ἐάν τι... ἀγαθόν = whatever advantage. 

§ 21. μεταστάντες : how differs in mean- 
ing from μεταστησάμενος, ὃ 8 1 

§ 22. παρέχοντες ἡμᾶς αὐτούς : yielding 
ourselves (to him) to do well by us. 

ὃ 23. οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν ὅτου ἕνεκα : nor is there 
any reason why. 

ἀδικοῦντα : sc. τινά. 

ὑπάρχῃ : takes the lead, is first. 

καὶ τούτου els ye δύναμιν... : even this 
one to the extent, at least, of our ability we 
shall not fall behind. 

ὃ 24. μενόντων : impv. 

§ 25. eis: see note on εἰς ἕω, 1.71. 

διαπεπραγμένος παρὰ βασιλέως .. .: 
having obtained from the king that it be 
granted. 

ὃ 26. πιστὰ λαβεῖν : as implying a 
promise, is followed by fut. inf. (παρέξειν, 
ἀπάξειν), 855, a, 948, a. 1276, 1286. 
549, 2.— μὴ ἧ; may not de possible. 


See 


410 


ἐάσομεν ὑμᾶς λαμβάνειν... 


NOTES, 


but perhaps their means were not so lim 


§ 27. ὠνουμένους : by purchase. One| ited as one might suppose. 


wonders that the Greeks consented to this, 


ὃ 29. ἀρχήν: i.e. in Asia Minor, 


CHAPTER IV. 


§ 1. of ἀδελφοὶ καὶ οἱ . . .: Ais brothers 
and his... 

δεξιὰς --- ἔφερον : with fut. inf. (μνησι- 
κακήσειν), cf. πιστὰ λαβεῖν, 2.3%, 

τῶν παροιχομένων : of the things past. 

ὃ 2. oi περὶ ᾿Αριαῖον : see περί, 3. 

προσέχετε τὸν νοῦν : an exhortation 
still often heard in the public schools of 
Greece. 4 

ὃ 3. περὶ παντός : see sub ποιέω, and cf. 
περὶ πλείστου, 1.97. ; 

οὐκ ἔστιν : see sub ὅπως. 

§ 4. βουλήσεται : will consent. 

τοσοίδε: only so many, = so few. 

§ 5. ἐπὶ πολέμῳ: for war, cf. ἐπὶ θα- 
νάτῳ, 1.610, - 

οὐδὲ ὅθεν : nor (any place) whence. 

dpa... ἡμῶν : at the same time that we 
are doing this. 

ὄντες : sc. φίλοι. 

§ 6. Note emphatic position of ποταμός. 
But a river — whether there... 

ἂν — δέῃ : if there be need of fighting. 

οἱ... ἄξιοι : the most mumerous and 
valuable are... 

οἷόν τε: 86. ἐστιν. 

8 7. βασιλέα : repeated in αὐτόν (after 
δεῖ), is subject of ὀμόσαι. 

σύμμαχα : auxiliaries, including the nat- 
ural advantages of the king’s position. 

τὰ ἑαυτοῦ... ποιῆσαι : to render faith- 
less his pledges to... 

8 8. ὡς: as if. θυγατέρα, Rhodogune 
by name, according to Plutarch. 

ἐπὶ γάμῳ : in marriage, i.e. as his wife. 
Cf. 3.418, : 

8 10. αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν : lit. themselves 
by themselves, emphatic juxtaposition. 
καὶ πλέον : = or more, as we say. 
§ 11. αὐτοῦ: sc. τόπου. 
3.33, τὸ . .. τεῖχος : see note on 
7 





παρ-ῆλθον εἴσω abrod: passed within it, 
or, more probably, passed along on the in- 
ner (i. e. on the Babylonian) side of it. 

8 13. ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος : see note on 
dmb Σάρδεων, 1.25. 

éxerol: sc. κατετέτμηντο. 

ὥσπερ : just as (are dug). 

ὃ 14. παρ᾽ αὐτήν: cf. παρὰ τὴν σκηνήν, 
1,4°, 

βάρβαροι : 56. ἐσκήνησαν. 

§ 15. πρὸ τῶν ὅπλων : see Introd. 86. 

§ 16. ἐπιθῶνται : ἐπιτίθημι. 

8 17. ds: since. ὡς μή: in order that 
«++ not. διώρυχος: cf. § 13. 

ὃ 19. νεανίσκος τις : “ not improbably 
Xenophon.’’ — CrosBy. 

τότε ἐπιθήσεσθαι... : that the (being 
about to attack) intention both to make an 
attack, and (to)... 

ὅτι ἐπιτιθεμένους ἢ... : that, attack- 
ing (us), they must either. 

τί δεῖ... : Note again that the apodosis 
of the third or more vivid condition admits 
any form of expression that IMPLIES FU- 
TURE time, as a pres. inf. (1.318, 19, 20), pf, 
ind. (1.812), pres. ind. like χρή, δεῖ, -τέον, 

§ 20. πολλῶν. . . πέραν: though there 
are many beyond (the river). 

§ 21. πόση Tis: about how large. 

§ 22. ὑπο-πέμψειαν : prep.,= with secret 
design. 

Ta... ἔχοιεν : SC. ὀκνοῦντες μή. 

πολλῆς --- οὔσης : since it was eee 

§ 24. οἷόν re: 86. ἦν. 

as — μέλλοιεν : that while they were 
crossing they (the Persians) intended, etc. 

σκοπῶν: σκοπέω. 

§ 25. πρὸς ἥν: toward, or near to, which, 

νόθος ἀδελφός : unknown. 

ὡς βοηθήσων: like Abrocomas (1.71%) 
he was too late for the battle. 

§ 26. els δύο: cf. ἐπὶ τεττάρων, 1.215. 


BOOK II. 


ὅσον δέ .. .: as long a time as he halted 
the van. 

On the use of pf. in ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, cf. 
note on 1.5}. 

§ 27. ἐπέτρεψε: cf. same, 1.219, 

πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων : except slaves. This 
mplies that as a matter of course the 





CHAP. V. 411 
citizens were to go unharmed. Kriiger’s 
rendering, “except the right of making 
the inhabitants slaves,” is epposed to the 
plain meaning of the Greek as well as to 
the following sentence 

§ 28. ἐπὶ σχεδίαις : rafts are still used 
in the east. 


CHAPTER V. 


§ 3. Τισσαφέρνη : for case see Lex. 

ὁρῶ σε φυλαττόμενον Huds .. . 

ὃ 4. οὔτε... τε: cf. μήτε... τε, 2.2%. 

εἰς... ἐλθεῖν : to have an interview with 
you. 

§ 5. οἶδα. .. ἤδη -Ξ 7 have known. 

ἀνθρώπους . . . τοὺς piv... τοὺς δέ: 
men... some... others. 

βουλόμενει φθάσαι πρὶν .. .: wishing 
to anticipate (the suspected) before they 
suffered (anything). 

ἀνθρώπους of... ἐποίησαν : instead of 
the usual ἀνθρώπους ποιήσαντας, to avoid, as 
Kiihner suggests, the accumulation of par- 
ticiples. 

§ 6. νομίζων οὖν τὰς. .. 
συνουσίαις... 

§ 7. μέγιστον : chiefly. 

τούτων : i.e. the oaths. 

τὸν θεῶν πόλεμον : the war of (i. 6. waged 
by) the gods, = divine vengeance ; object of 
ἀποφύγοι. Difference between ἀποφεύγω 
and ἀποδιδράσκω ὁ Cf. 1.48. 

πάντῃ, πάντα, πανταχῇ, πάντων : note 
‘he paronomasia. 

ὃ 8. κατεθέμεθα : stored (it) up. 

ἄλλο τι ἂν i. . . ἀγωνιζοίμεθα : could 
anything else be than, = should we not cer- 
tainly have to contend. 

ὃ 11. νομίζων (αὐτὸν) εἶναι ἱκανώτατον. 

τῶν tote: of the men of his time. 

ὁρῶσε. .. ἔχοντα... σώζοντα. 

τὴν δὲ βασιλέως δύναμιν... ταύτην 
(referring with emphasis to δύναμιν) (δρῶ) 
οὖσαν.. 

ἐχρῆτο: found ; see Lex. 

8 12. τούτων... ὄντων : since this is 
so, less common than οὕτως ἐχόντων. 


παύεσθαι av 





ἀλλὰ μήν... γάρ : implies an ellipsis, 
but in truth (this is not all) for. 
§13. ods νομίω . . . dv παρασχεῖν 


ταπεινούς. 
Πισίδας : sc. ὄντας λυπηρούς. 
μᾶλλον τῆς... . ΞΞ μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ (δυνά 


pet) νῦν οὔσῃ. 

ὃ 14. χάριτος : sc. ἕνεκα. 

σωθέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ : (if) saved by you. 

8 15. 1rd... ἀπιστεῖν : that you should 
distrust us. 

ἀκούσαιμι τὸ ὄνομα tis: hear by name 
who, or better, the name (of him) who. 

It may be gravely doubted whether a 
stern old Spartan soldier, such as Clear- 
chus is described as being (see next chap- 
ter), could ever have made the speech 
Xenophon here puts into his mouth. It 
presents him as an easy subject for the 
practice of deception. See note, § 30. 

ἀπημείφθη : Homeric for ἀπεκρίνατο. 

§ 16. δοκεῖς... Av... εἶναι: it (lit. 
you) seems to me that you would. With 
what tenses of the indicative is ἄν never 
used ? 

8 17. εἰ... ἐβουλόμεθα : contrary to 
fact. The apodosis ἀπορεῖν (after δοκοῦμεν) 
omits ἄν to emphasize the fact that they 
were not in want of a sufficient force, and 
this fact for further emphasis is put in the 
form of a question. Goodwin vs. Rehdantz, 
Bachof, et al. regards ei — ἐβουλόμεθα as 
a simple supposition. 

κίνδυνος : sc. εἴη ἄν. 

ἢ 18. φίλια ὄντα : even though they are 
Sriendly. 

ταμιεύεσθαι ὁπόσοις ἂν ipav: divide 
off as many of you as. 


412 


8 19, ὃν... 
up which. 

ὃ 20. πῶς ἂν... ἔχοντες... ἂν (re- 
peated) ἐξελοίμεθα : how then could we who 
have .. . choose. 

§ 21. ἀπόρων ἐστὶ καὶ ἀμηχάνων : it is 
characteristic of those without resources and 
means, 

kal τούτων πονηρῶν : and these, too, 
wicked men. 

olries ἐθέλουσι here = ἐθέλειν, used as 
if following ἄποροί εἰσι. 

§ 22. ἐξόν : when it was possible, 

Order: 6 ἐμὸς ἔρως, (viz.) τὸ ἐμὲ γενέ- 
σθαι πιστὸν τοῖς “Ἑλλησίν (ἐστι) αἴτιος τού- 
του, καὶ ᾧ ξενικῷ Κῦρος ἀνέβη πιστεύων 
(αὐτῷ) διὰ μισθοδοσίας, τούτῳ (with this) 
(ὁ ἐμὸς ἔρως ἐστίν), ἐμὲ... ἰσχυρόν. 

§ 23. ὅσα: as to how many ways. 

τὰ μέν : some. 

τιάραν... ὀρθήν : the king alone wore 
the upright tiara. See Introd. 27 (3). 

τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ : Kiihner and others 
think that Tissaphernes thus means to hint 
that he aspires to the Persian throne or to 
become independent. Probably the words 
signify no more than that, aided by the 
Greeks, he would possess a spirit and ex- 
ercise an authority virtually royal. 

ὃ 24. οὐκοῦν... oltiwes: are not then 
(those) who. 

τοιούτων. .. ὑπαρχόντων : since we 
have such grounds for friendship. 

8 25. εἰ (ὑμεῖς) of τε στρατηγοὶ... 
οἱ λοχαγοί, βούλεσθε. 

λέξω : in the sense of name. 

ὃ 27. σύνδειπνον ἐποιήσατο : a marked 
token of friendship in the East. 

φιλικῶς διακεῖσθαι : usually rendered, 
to be friendly disposed toward (dat.), here 
clearly means to be on friendly terms with. 

ἔφη τε (ἄνδρας or éxelvous) χρῆναι. 

οὗ ἂν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλεγχθῶσι : Could 
the opt. be used here ὅ 

αὐτοὺς τιμωρηθῆναι ὡς ὄντας προ- 
δότας. .. 

8 28. εἰδὼς αὐτὸν καὶ... καὶ... καὶ : 
knowing both that he, along with ARIAEUS, 
had been secretly etc. 


. κατακαύσαντες : burning 





NOTES. 


στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ : forming a party 
against him, i.e.Clearchus. On the rivalry 
and probable grounds of jealousy between 
Clearchus and Menon, compare the part 
played by the former in 18 with the ser- 
vices of the latter in 1.41317, and consult 
1.511-18, 

§ 29. ἀντέλεγον... πάντας : were op- 
posing him, saying that all . . . should not 
go. -Aéyw with inf. here like εἶπε in 1.314, 
is nearly equal to κελεύω. 

§ 30. ἰσχυρῶς κατέτεινεν. On the other 
hand Ctesias says that Clearchus was com- 
pelled to go against his will, and to our 
mind, judging from what we know of him, 
this seems much more probable. 

ὡς els ἀγοράν : i. e. unarmed. 

ὃ 32. ᾧτινι Ἄλληνι ἐντυγχάνοιεν. 

ᾧτινι — πάντας : as ὅστις --- πάντας, 
1.15, στράτευμα --- κόπτοντες, 3.19, 

§ 34. αὐτούς : i. 6. the Persians. 

ὃ 35. ἦσαν : in the sense of a plpf. 

. δρᾶν Kal γιγνώσκειν : that he saw 
and recognized, 

§ 36. εἴ τις = whatever. Note that 
προελθεῖν stands for προελθέτω of dir. 
disc. But cf. M. & T. § 684, latter part. 

ὃ 37. τὰ περὶ : the (fate) of. 

ὃ 38. ἑαυτοῦ γὰρ εἶναί φησι: for he 
says that they (the arms) are Ἠ18 (gen.), 
since they. ἑαυτοῦ emphatic both by case 
and position. 

ὃ 39. οἱ ἄλλοι: and (ye) others. 

τοὺς αὐτοὺς... νομιεῖν : that you will 
regard the same persons (as we) ... 

τούς Te... ἀπολωλέκατε: have both 
killed the very men. 

τοὺς ἄλλους ἡμᾶς : = the rest of us. 

§ 40. ἐπὶ τούτοις : upon this, cf. ἐκ 
τούτου, hereupon. 

ὃ 41. TIpdtevos δὲ καὶ Μένων --- αὐτούς : 
anacoluthon. Cf. the almost exact par- 
allel in Acts vii. 40: 6 yap Μωῦσῆς οὗτος 

. οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ. So in 
Rey. iii. 12, 6 νικῶν --ο ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦ- 
λον. This construction emphasizes the 
subject. 

8 42. πρὸς ταῦτα : with reference to 
this, 


ΨΥ ΡΨ ΟΝ 


BOOK IL. 


CHAP. VI. 413 


CHAPTER VI. 


§ L. μὲν, repeated after εἷς, correl. to δέ 
§§ 16, 21, 30. 

ὡς ; see Lex. sub 2. 

ἀποτμηθέντες: Parysatis made every 
effort to save the life of Clearchus; but 
the influence of Statira, the wife of Ar- 
taxerxes, prevailed, and he with the others, 
except Menon, were soon put to death. 
On Menon’s death, see § 29. 

In translating begin a new sentence 
with εἷς μέν. 

ὁμολογουμένως : adverbs are sometimes 
made from participles ; cf. πεφυλαγμένως, 
2.444, So in English. Cf. confessed-ly, 
guarded-ly, witting-ly. 

ἐκ... ἐχόντων : by ail those who were 
acquainted with him. 

On ἐκ, cf. ἐκ βασιλέως, 1.16, 

δόξας γενέσθαι : seemed to have been. 

§ 2. πόλεμος : the Peloponnesian War, 
which ended three years before this ex- 
pedition of Cyrus. 

παρέμενεν : i.e. at Sparta. 

“EdAnvas: i.e. those in the Thracian 
Chersonesus. 

διαπραξάμενος : after gaining (his point); 
ef. διαπραξάμενοι πλοῖα παρὰ τῶν ‘“Hpakdrew- 
τῶν, 6.227, 

§ 3. ἔξω: outside (the State). 

πλέων : see sub οἴχομαι. 

8 4. ἄλλῃ : elsewhere. Where is un- 
known. Not in 1.19, 33, nor in any of 
his extant works. 

ὃ 5. otk — ἐτράπετο : did not betake 
himself. 

ἀπὸ τούτον (τοῦ χρόνου). 

§ 6. ἐξόν : though it is permitted him. 

εἰς παιδικά : cf. εἰς τὸ ἴδιον, εἰς ὑμᾶς, 
1.33, 

ὃ 7. ταύτῃ : herein. 

τέ correl. to καί before ἐν. καὶ ἡμέρας 

. .: both by day. 

8 8. ὡς δυνατόν . . .: as much as (was) 
possible with such a disposition as he had. 

αὐτῷ: nearly equals ‘his.’ 

§ 9. ἐκ τοῦ --- εἶναι : by being. 





ἔσθ᾽ Ste: sometimes. 

§ 10. λέγειν... ἔφασαν : it was re- 
ported (lit. they were asserting) that he was 
wont to say. 

φίλων ἀφέξεσθαι - i. 6. from plundering 
or otherwise injuring them. 

§ 11, τὸ στυγνὸν αὐτοῦ ἔφασαν τότε 
φαίνεσθαι φαιδρόν. 


σωτήριον : indicative of deliverance. 


“Soon as the ranged battalions came in 
sight 
He felt fierce joy and terrible delight, 
And shuddered with his eagerness to 
fight.” < 


§ 12. ἀρξομένους : to be commanded, i.e. 
to serve under another general. ἄρξομαι 
more common than ἀρχθήσομαι. 

§ 13. καὶ γὰρ οὖν : and consequently. 
Lit. and (the result was obvious) for 
moreover. 

ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι = δι᾽ ἔνδειαν. Connect 
with παρείησαν. 

8 14. ἣν τὰ ποιοῦντα τοὺς .. 
τιώτας... μεγάλα. 

TO... ἔχειν : subject of παρῆν. 
Lex. sub ἔχω, 4. 

8 16. ἸἹΤρόξενος δέ: correl. in form to 
οἱ μὲν στρατηγοί (ὃ 1), in sense to εἷς μὲν 
(81). : 

εὐθὺς --- dv: as εὐθὺς... ὄντες, 1.94. 

τὰ μεγάλα : the great things (of State). 

ἀργύριον : i.e. for tuition. “Γοργίας ὃ 
ῥήτωρ καὶ τέχνας ῥητορικὰς πρῶτος ἐξεῦρε, 
καὶ κατὰ τὴν σοφιστείαν τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπερέ. 
βαλεν ὥστε μισθὸν λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν 
μαθητῶν μνᾶς ἑκατόν.᾽" --- Dioporvus Sicu: 
LUS, XII. 53. 

8 17. συνεγένετο, i. 6. had taken his 
course of instruction. 

φίλος dv . . .: since he was a friend oj 
the great (lit. first). 

μὴ ἡττᾶσθαι : not to be outdone. 

πράξεις : enterprises. 


earnestly desiring ... 


. στρα- 
See 


414 


ἔνδηλον : evident enough, slightly weaker 
than δῆλος. Or the ἐν may have the same 
force as in 2.42, viz. herein, in these matters. 

8 19. αἰδῶ --- ἑαυτοῦ : respect for him- 
self. ; 
φοβούμενος τὸ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι : afraid of 
being hateful to (or hated by). 

ἀπιστεῖν : in the sense of ἀπειθεῖν. 

§ 20. πρὸς Td... δοκεῖν : for being, 
and seeming (to be), fitted to command. 

ἀπέθνησκε: we should expect ἀπέθανε. 
Cf. ὃ 29. 

ἃ 21. ἀδικῶν : while committing injustice. 

ὃ 22. ἐπὶ... dv: for the accomplish- 
ment of what. 

ὃ 23. στέργων : 
tion. See ἀγαπάω. 

év-8ydos: thereby evident. Cf. note, δ. 18. 

§ 24. ᾧετο St μόνος εἰδέναι ὃν ῥᾷστον 

. that it was easiest. 

ἀφύλακτα : because unguarded, 

§ 26. τῷ δύνασθαι ἐξαπατᾶν. 

τοὺς πρώτους : i.e. in their friendship, 
= their best friends. 

§ 27. ἐμηχανᾶτο τὸ παρέχεσθαι τοὺς... 


used of natural affec- 





NOTES. 


ἠξίου : he expected. 

ἐπιδεικνύμενος : because he showed. 

ἀδικεῖν πλεῖστα. 

χρώμενος αὐτῷ : that in his dealings with 
him, he (Menon). 

ὃ 28. καὶ... ἀφανῆ: and as regards, 
indeed, the unapparent, a hint probably at 
the suspicion that Menon had been treach- 
erous. 

διεπράξατο στρατηγεῖν : managed to οἷα 
tain the command of. 

᾿Αριαίῳ : after οἰκειότατος. 

Baebipe ὄντι: though a barbarian. 

: because he,i.e. Ariaeus. He 
ted ‘es the vice of παιδεραστία, which 
Menon is represented as both ministering 
to and indulging in. 

αὐτὸς ἀγένειος Ov... 
nomasia. 

The above character-sketches are ad- 
mirably succinct and vivid. 

§ 30. καὶ τούτῳ : these also. 

ὡς κακῶν : as being cowards. 

εἰς : in the matter of. See Lex. 

ἤστην : εἰμί. 


Note the paro- 





BOOK IIL 


CHAPTER I. 


§ 1. ὅσαμέν .. .: cf. note, 3.1}, 
ὃ 2. ἐπεί : causal. 
ἐννοούμενοι μὲν ὅτι ἐπὶ... 

order for ἐννοούμενοι ὅτι ἐπὶ μὲν... 

to κύκλῳ δέ, ἀγορὰν δέ... Cf. 2.59. 
§ 3. ἀθύμως : see ἔχω, 4. 
ὀλίγοι : (but) few. 
εἰς τὴν ἑσπέραν : see note on εἰς τὴν --- 

ἕω, 1.11, 
τὰ ὅπλα: their quarters. See Lex. 

§ 4. ὃν αὐτὸς ἔφη νομίζειν : whom he 

(Proxenus) sa/d he himself considered. 
Σωκράτει : the philosopher. Introd. 108. 
§ 5. Kipw ... γενέσθαι: to become a 

friend of Cyrus. 


: less exact 
correl. 





. συμπολεμῆσαι τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις: 
this was in the latter part of the Pelo- 
ponnesian war. 

§ 6. ἐλθόντα : we should expect ἐλθόντι. 
Cf. λαβόντα, 1.21. 

8 7. ἰτέον εἶναι : that he must go. 

τοῦτ᾽. .. ὅπως: this (namely) how. 

§ 8. ὀυσάμδος: in s 6 θύειν ; see Lex. 

§ 9. καὶ ὁ Kipos .. .: Cyrus ‘also joined 
in urging. 

8 10. οὕτως may qualify either verb or 
participle. 

οὐ γὰρ ἤδει : for he (Proxenus) did not 
know of. 


φοβούμενοι : (though) fearing. 


BOOK III. 


δι’ αἰσχύνην : see Lex. 

καὶ ἀλλήλων : both as regarded each 
other. 

§ 11. ἀπορία: cf. ἐν πολλῇ ἀπορίᾳ, 
§ 2. 

πᾶσα (ἡ οἰκία) : sc. ἔδοξεν. 

8 12. τῇ μέν : in one respect. 

: as king, hence protector of 
kings, including that of Persia. 

μὴ οὐ δύναιτο : depends on ἐφοβεῖτο. 

ὑπὸ... ἀποριῶν: by some (inextrica- 
ble) difficulties. 

§ 13. ὁποῖόν τι... .: about (see Lex. 
sub tls), what sort of a thing it is now (δή), 
i.e. what it imports. 

αὐτῷ: i.e. to Xenophon. 

ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ: see Lex. sub ἐπί dat. 

τί ἐμποδὼν μὴ : what prevents (that we 
should not be slain), our being slain with 
insult after ἐπιδόντας .. . 

ὃ 14. τὸν ἐκ ποίας πόλεως στρατηγόν 
= what state-commissioned general, mean- 
ing perhaps to contrast himself, a mere 
volunteer, with Clearchus, who received 
his commission from Sparta and also from 
Cyrus. Or ἐκ ποίας πόλεως may mean 
from what (sort of =) possible city. 

ποίαν ἡλικίαν : This seems clearly to 
imply that Xenophon was then a young 
man, probably not more than thirty years 
old. See Introd. 106. 

ὃ 15. ἐκ τούτου : asyndeton of animated 
discourse. 

ἐν οἵοις : sc πράγμασιν. 

§ 16. δῆλον ὅτι : see Lex. 

πρότερον. πρίν : cf. πρόσθεν... πρίν, 1.93, 

§ 17. ὃς --- ἀποτέμνων : since he after 
cutting off. 

τὴν χεῖρα ToD — ἀδελφοῦ. 

καὶ ---ἤδη: and he already dead. 

ὡς --- ποιήσοντες : intending to make. 

§ 18. dp’... ἔλθοι : would he not (come 
to) resort to anything. 

(ἡμῖν) πάντα ποιητέον (ἐστιν). 

§ 19. διαθεώμενος αὐτῶν : observing re- 
specting them. αὐτῶν, gen. of the respect 
or source ; Crosby, Macmichael, et al. Cf. 
733,a: or it may depend on the following 
clauses; Kriiger, Goodwin, et al. 





CHAP. I 415 


ὁπότε ἐνθυμοίμην. 
ative. 

ὃ 20. τῶν μὲν... 
a share in none etc. 

Order : ndew δὲ ὀλίγους ἔτι ἔχοντας ὅτου 
(wherewith) ὠνησόμεθα, ὅρκους δὲ ἤδη κατε 
χοντας ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἄλλως 
πως (in any other way) ἣ ὠνουμένους. The 
use of #dew, instead of εἰδείη, makes it 
necessary to regard this sentence as a par- 
enthesis or an instance of anacoluthon. 

ἢ viv (φοβοῦμαι). 

§ 21. λελύσθαι: 
has ended. 

ἄθλα: as prizes. 

ὁπότεροι : (for) whichever of us twa 
(Greeks and Persians). 

§ 22. οὗτοι : i.e. the Persians. 

αὐτῶν ; referring to ἀγαθά. 

ἢ (ἐξεῖναι) τούτοις. 

§ 23. οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες : i.e. the Persians. 

μᾶλλον tpwrol . . . ἡμῶν (-Ξ ἢ ἡμεῖς) 
Because neither so well armed nor disci 
plined. 

§ 24. GAN... ἄλλοι : but since pechape 
others also. 

φάνητε: impv. Asyndeton as in ὃ 15. 

τῶν στρατηγῶν : after the comparative. 
Note the paranomasia. 

ὃ 25. ἐξορμᾶν : sc. rods ἄλλους, or the 
verb may be intransitive. 

τὴν ἡλικίαν: If Xenophon was now 
forty years old, as many argue, how silly 
this reference to his youth must have 
seemed! The generals, Agias and Socra- 
tes (2.69), were only about thirty-five, and 
Menon was ἔτι ὡραῖος (2.678). Cf. ἡλικίαν, 
§ 14. 

§ 26. πλήν : except that. This sentence 
is quite colloquial in style. Omit ἣν and 
οὗτος δ᾽ for a more classic construction. 

... ἂν τυχεῖν : that he could obtain. 

§ 27. ἐν ταὐτῷ (τόπῳ). τούτοις : with 
these. 

ἐπὶ τούτῳ: see Lex. sub ἐπί. 

§ 28. τί οὐκ ἐποίησε : an emphatic way 
of saying he did everything. 

§ 29. εἰς λόγους : cf. same, 2.54, 

ov viv ἐκεῖνοι... οὐδὲ --- δύνανται : are 


- ἐφοβούμην : iter 
μετείη : that we have 


has been broken, i. e. 


410 


they not now, while . . ., unable, the wretched 
(creatures), even to die. 

εἰδὼς ys τοὺς μὲν κελεύοντας : ail 
which things knowing rou affirm that those 
etc. 

§ 30. pire... τε: both not.. 
ef. 2.28, 

εἰς ταὐτόν (=7d αὐτὸ). to the same rank 
with. 

ἀφελομένους τε: and that (we) depriv- 
ing (him) ete. 

ὡς τοιούτῳ : i.e. as a baggage animal. 

ὃ 31. Av&év: whether this is to be 
taken literally, or as a synonym for slave, 
is uncertain. 

τετρυπημένον : either as being a slave, 
or as a punishment for some crime, or to 
admit of wearing earrings, which was not 
a Greek custom. 

ὃ 33. εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν : see Lex. and 
Introd. 86. 

ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατόν : so ἀμφὶ τοὺς δισχι- 
λίους, 1.29, ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκοντα, 2.615. 

§ 34. ὁρῶσι : participle. 

καὶ αὐτοῖς : both ourselves, 

εἴ tu: whatever, as in 1.49, 51. 

ἅπερ καί: just what you also (said). 

8 35. ἀλλά: well. See Lex. 

On piv —pev .. . δ᾽, cf. same, 2.61, 16, 

++. ἡμῶν ots piv... 

8 36. παρακαλῆτε τοὺς ἄλλους : 86. 
παρασκευάζεσθαι 


. and, 





NOTES. 


ὃ 37. διαφέρειν : to surpass. 

ἀξιοῦν ὑμᾶς αὐτούς : to demand that you 
yourselves both, 

§ 38. ὠφελῆσαι ἂν : would greatly aid. 

ἐν δὲ δὴ --- πολεμικοῖς : but obviously . . - 
above all. 

ὃ 39. πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ : quite in season, 

§ 40. οὕτω γ᾽ ἐχόντων ;: while at leas! 
they are (so=) in this state. 

§ 41. τρέψῃ : divert. αὐτῶν limits γνώ- 


μας. 

§ 42. ἡ ... ποιοῦσα : which (makes =¢ 
gains. 

ὡς érl...; see Lex. sub πολύς. 

δέχονται : as in 1.101}, 

§ 43. ἐντεθύμημαι (ἐνθυμέομαι) : = have 
observed, 

οὗτοι : THESE, referring with emphasis 
to ὅπόσοι. 

ἐγνώκασι : have judged. 

mepl... ἀποθνήσκειν : for a noble death. 

τούτους : emphatic, like οὗτοι above. 

διάγοντας : going through life. 

8 44. γὰρ: since. εἶναι, after Set. 

αὐτούς : ourselves, after ἀγαθούς: 

8 45. τοσοῦτον μόνον .. . ὅσον : only 
so far... as that. 

ὃ 46. of δεόμενοι : you who lack (them). 

8 47. ἀντὶ ᾿Αγίου. i.e. the troops of 
Agias were added to the command of 
Cleanor, who was already a general, 
2.537, 


CHAPTER II, 


§ 1. ὑπ-ἐφαινε: note the force of the 
preposition. See ὑπό in composition. 

πρῶτον pév: correl. to ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ὃ 4. 
δέ omitted as often in animated style. 

ἃ 2. παρόντα (ἐστίν) : see sub πάρ-ειμι. 

ὁπότε: causal. πρὸς δ᾽: see Lex. sub 
πρός, 4. 

8 3. ἀλλὰ... ἀποθνήσκωμεν : but let 
us at least (γέ) etc. 

ola... ποιήσειαν : note opt., as may 
the gods ete. 

§ 4. ἐπὶ τούτῳ : cf. ἐπὶ τούτοις, 2.5%. 





ἐπὶ τούτοις: in addition to this or im 
support of this, 

αὐτοῖς τούτοις : by these very means. 

καὶ (¢) ἐδώκαμεν kal (παρ᾽ οὗ) ἐλάβομεν. 

§ 5. καὶ otros: even he. 

§ 6. ... πάσχειν τοῦτο ὅτι : to suffer 
just whatever. The style of §§ 4-6 is so 
animated that they furnish an interesting 
theme for rhetorical study. Examining 
them sentence by sentence, state just what 
things contribute to make this short speech 
so stirring. 


BOOK III. 


8 7. ἐσταλμένος: equipped. 

εἴτε... εἴτε: if... andi 

τῷ νικᾶν : victory. 

ὀρθῶς ἔχειν ἀξιώσαντα ἑαυτόν ; that it 
was right for him etc. 

§ 8. αὐτοῖς διὰ --- ἰέναι : be on friendly 
terms with. 

τοὺς στρατηγούς .. - οἷα : prolepsis for 
οἷα of στρατηγοί. 

ἐπιθεῖναι δίκην αὐτοῖς dv... 

διὰ... ἰέναι : cf. αὐτοῖς διὰ . . . above. 

§ 9. πτάρνυται: cf. Homer’s Odyssey, 
xvii. 541-544. 

τὸν θεόν : i.e. Ζεὺς, as the next sentence 
shows. 

σωτήρια : not σωτηρία. 

δοκεῖ μοι --- εὔξασθαι (that we vow)... 
συνεπεύ ᾿ 

ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ... εἶχεν : after the matters 
touching the gods were duly ended. 

§ 10. οὕτω ἐχόντων -Ξ ἐπεὶ ταῦτα οὕτως 
ἔχει. 

εἰκὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εἶναι. .. 

ἱκανοί εἰσι kal... ποιεῖν... . καὶ (in 
«ἂν) σάζειν. 

§ 11. ἔπειτα δὲ. .. γάρ (correl. to 
πρῶτον μέν, ὃ 10) : and then (the favor of 
the gods is seen in our history) for. 

ὡς προσήκει τε ὑμῖν εἶναι ἀγαθοῖς of τε 
ἀγαθοὶ σώζονται . .. both that it is fitting 
Gt 5 

Kal ἐκ : even out of. 

τολμήσαντες ὑποστῆναι: i.e. at Mara- 

thon, 490 B c. 
» §12. εὐξάμενοι καταθύσειν τοσαύτας 
χιμαίρας ὁπόσους. According to Hero- 
dotus (6.117), “about 6,400 of the barba- 
rians were slain.” 

εὐξάμενοι... ἔδοξεν : anacoluthon. 

ἀποθύουσι: ἀπότ- 835 a thing due, cf. 
ἀποδίδωμι. 

ἔτι viv: though the vow had been paid 
long since. 

ὃ 13. ἔπειτα : correl. to μέν, § 11. 

ἀναρίθμητον : over 2,600,000, according 
to Herodotus. 

ἐνίκων : at Salamis, Plataea, and Mycale. 

§ 14. οὐ μὲν δὴ .. .: moreover, mark 
you (δή), J do not say ΤΗΙΒ (γέ). 

Η. ἃ Ww. ΑΝ ΑΒ. -τἀΖ 





CHAP. IL 417 


GAN’ οὔπω... nay, it is not yet... 

8 15. προσήκει ὑμᾶς δήπου (of course) 
εἶναι πολὺ... 

8 16. τότε: at Cunaxa. 

ἄπειροι ὄντες : (although) being... 

καὶ... ὄντες... even (though). . 

οὐ θέλουσι... [μὴ] δέχεσθαι : if μή is 
admitted, the words convey a double sense . 
(1) they are not willing to receive you, and 
(2) they will not to receive you. 

τί : wherein. 

§ 17. δόξητε (think) ἔχειν τοῦτυ μεῖον : 
that you are at this disadvantage. 

ἔτι κακίονες. 

πολὺ δὲ κρεῖττόν (ἐστι) ὁρᾶν τοὺς . .. 

ἄρχειν : cf. note 1.68, 

8 19. οὐκοῦν : apparently in the sense 
of moreover. Some texts read οὔκουν, nol 
then? 

πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τευξόμεθα ὅτου... 

It is astonishing to find in a speech of 
such excellence reasoning so puerile as that 
contained in §§ 18 and 19, and it required 
but little actual experience to show its ab- 
surdity (cf. 317). It can be accounted for 
only on the grounds stated in Introd. § 67. 
Perhaps with troops so unfamiliar with 
cavalry as the Peloponnesians these state- 
ments might have some weight. 

ὃ 20. τοῦτο δὲ ἄχθεσθε ὅτι οὐκέτι... 

ἢ (ἔχειν ὡς ἡγεμόνας) ἄνδρας οὖς ἂν 
ἡμεῖς... 

§ 21. (σκέψασθε) πότερον κρεῖττόν ἐστι. 

αὐτούς. ourselves. 

λαμβάνειν : se. αὐτά, i.e. ἐπιτήδεια. 

ὃ 22. Prolepsis for γιγνώσκετε ὅτι 
Tatra... 

ἄπορον = an insuperable difficulty. 

Kal ἡγεῖσθε (suppose) μεγάλως ἐξαπα. 
τηθῆναι διαβάντες (in crossing), i.e. the 
Tigris. 

εἰ dpa τοῦτο καί: whether after all (im) 
this even. 

ἢ 23. pare... τέ: as in 2.2% 

ὥς : not ds. 

Μυσοὺς ... ὅτι. ..: prolepsis for 8. 
Μυσοὶ ... 

ὡσαύτως : i.e. ὅτι ἐν TH... 

τούτων: i.e. τῶν Περσῶν. 


οἰκοῦσιν. 


418 


§ 24. ἡμᾶς δὲ... χρῆναι: and us for 
us, 1 for my part should say that we ought 
not. 

αὐτοῦ : adv. 

ὁμήρους Tod... ἐκπέμψειν : hostages 
(as a pledge) of his conducting (them) 
forth. 

καὶ εἰ : even if. 

ἄν, with ἐποίει. 

οἶδ᾽ ὅτι; parenthetic, like δῆλον ὅτι, 
1.89, 

§ 25. ἀλλὰ (οὔ φημι τοῦτο) γὰρ . .. 

μή: repeated after the long clause fol- 
lowing. 

λωτοφάγοι. See Odyssey, ix. 94-102, 

§ 26. ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν τοὺς viv (those 
who) Brorevovtas .. . 

κομισαμένους ἐνθάδε: migrating hither. 
Or it may be ace. for dat. (cf. λαβόντα, 
1.21), and refer to αὐτοῖς, conveying them 
hither. 

πλουσίως : sc. βιοτεύοντας. 

ἀλλὰ (“de hac re non dicam pluribus.” 
— Kiuner) yap: since. 

§ 27. τοῦτο ὅπως : this, namely, how. 

στρατηγῇ : command us, i.e. direct our 
march. 

ἔπειτα Kal: sc. δοκεῖ μοι. 

ὄχλον παρέχουσιν ἄγειν : 
trouble) are troublesome to carry. 


ὃ 28. ἀπαλλάξωμεν : let us abandon. 
πάντα κρατουμένων ἀλλότριά ἐστιν. 


? 


( furnish 


καί, also. Set (ἡμᾶς) νομίζειν. .. 

§ 29. καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ὅτι -- ὅτι καὶ 
υὐ πρόσθεν. 

ὄντων... ἀρχόντων καὶ ἡμῶν : while 


our commanders lived and we ete. 





NOTES. 


ὃ 30. πολύ : w. comparative. 

τοὺς viv τῶν πρόσθεν : striking juxta 
position, the present than the former ones. 

τοὺς ἀρχομένους (γενέσθαι) πολὺ μᾶλ. 
λον : that those commanded be etc. 

ὃ 31. ψηφίσασθαι : sc. δεῖ from § 30. 

TORO. τς άνοντα : whoever οἡ 
you at any time (lit. always) falls in with 
him. 

ow: with the aid of. 

ἐπιτρέψοντας οὐδενὶ εἶναι. 

ὃ 32. ἀλλὰ (I am done) γάρ. 

ἢ ταύτῃ : than (that we should proceed, 
in this way. 

ὃ 33. πρός, αὐτίκα : see Lex. 

δοκεῖ μοι εἶναι ἄριστον. 

8 34. ὧν :--- τούτων ἅ. 

§ 35. εἰ (repeating the εἰ before οἱ πο' 
λέμιοι) Kal αὐτοὶ : if THEY also. 

ὃ 36. ἀσφαλέστερον : se. ἔσται. 

πλαίσιον : hollow square. 

ἡμῖν... ποιησαμένους : cf. Ξενίᾳ. . 
λαβόντα, 1.21. 

εἰ... ἀποδειχθείη : if it should be deter 
mined, 

οὐκ ἂν δέοι ὁπότε --- ἔλθοιεν ἡμᾶς Bov- 

8 37. εἰ δέΞΞ εἰ δὲ μή : but if not. 

ἐπειδὴ Kal: since indeed (besides other 
reasons) he is also. Cf, 1.9%. 

τὸ -- εἶναι : see Lex. sub εἰμί. 

§ 38. del: from time to time. 

The legal formula introducing a decree 
was: ταῦτα ἔδοξε τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ. 

The student should not fail to τοὶ ἃ 
Grote (History of Greece, ch. Ixx.), on 
the events recorded in this chapter. 


CHAPTER Π|. 


§ 1. τῶν wepirrav: depends on pere- 
δίδοσαν. 

§ 3. ἔλεγε: was spokesman. 

ἀποκωλύῃ : attempts to debar. 

8 4. πίστεως ἕνεκα = to insure his 
fidelity. 

ὃ 5. ποιήσασθαι δόγμα τὸν πόλεμον. . . 


εἶναι. 





διέφθειρον. .. γὰρ προσιόντες : for they 
(the Persians) coming were trying to corrupt. 

§ 6. διαβάντες τὸν Ζαπάταν : Layard 
is quite sure that the Greeks crossed at a 
ford about twenty-five miles from the con- 
fluence of the Zab and the Tigris. “ It is 
still the principal ford in this part of the 
river, and must, from the nature of the 


BOCK III. 


bed of the stream, have been sc from the 
earliest periods.” 

§ 7. κατεκέκλειντο : and so had to shoot 
over the heads of the hoplites. 

βραχύτερα ἢ ὡς : (shorter than so as) too 
short to. 

§ 8. τῶν owAtrav . . 
of the hoplites . . . who. 

§ 9. ἐκ πολλοῦ: from a long distance 
(in advance); cf. ἐκ πλείονος : 2.214. 

πολὺ yap: for FAR. Note the emphatic 
position. 

ὃ 12. αὐτὸ τὸ ἔργον : the result itself. 

ἐν τῷ μένειν ; while remaining in our 
place. 

§ 13. ἀληθῆ λέγετε: i.e. in regard to 
what occurred, = τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἐγένετο ἃ 
λέγετε, Hertlein. 

8 15. οἱ ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες : = οἱ 


ἀκοντισταί. 


. ol. . .3 (those) 





CHAP. IV. 419 


πολὺ... χωρίον: mucH space. Note 
emphatic position of adjective. 

ἐν ὀλίγῳ : sc. χωρίῳ. 

διώκων ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος : cf. ἐκ πολλοῦ, 


8 9. 

§ 16. καὶ διπλάσιον : even twice as far 
as (that) of. 

φέρεσθαι: be borne, flies, depends on 

t. 
8 17. διὰ τὸ σφενδονᾶν. 

8 18. αὐτῶν : of them, after τίνες, or in 
respect to them, after ἐπισκεψώμεθα. Cf. 
note on αὐτῶν, 3.119, and H. 733. 

τῷ δὲ ἐθέλοντι πλέκειν. 

τῷ ἐθέλοντι σφενδονᾶν. 

ἀτέλειαν : ie. exemption from other 
duties. 

8 19. τοὺς μέν τινας : some few. Τὶς 
often used with ὁ μὲν .. ὁ δὲ, to increase 
the indefiniteness. 


CHAPTER IV. 


§ 1. διαβαίνουσιν, pres. pt. 

§ 2. καταφρονήσας : sc. αὐτῶν, i.e. the 
Greeks. 

ὃ 3. παρήγγελτο τῶν πελταστῶν Kal 
τῶν ὁπλιτῶν : word had been passed (to 
those) of the peltasts and of the hoplites. 

εἴρητο : orders had been given. 

ὃ 5. τοῖς βαρβάροις : (for =) on the side 
of the barbarians. 

ὅτι φοβερώτατον : cf. ὅτι πλείστους, 1.15. 

§ 6. οὕτω πράξαντες : thus having fared. 

§ 7. Λάρισσα: see Layard’s Nineveh 
and its Remains. 

Μῆδοι : perhaps used vaguely for As- 
syrians, or he may refer to a time prior to 
558 B.c. when Nineveh was a part of the 
Assyrianempire. Roughly speaking these 
measurements have been verified. 

. § 8. ταύτην : i.e. τὴν πόλιν. 

βασιλεύς : i.e. Cyrus the Great. 

νεφέλη: whether the reference is to a 
dense fog, or to an eclipse, is much dis- 
puted, and history throws no light upon 
the subject. 

ἐξέλιπον : sc. τὴν πόλιν. 





§ 9. πυραμίς : see Lex. 

§ 10. τεῖχος : fortress, castle. 

Μέσπιλα : neither the origin nor mean- 
ing of this name is known. Xenophon 
does not seem to have known that these 
were the ruins of ancient Nineveh. 

κείμενον: /ying in ruins. 

811. ἀπώλλυσαν.... ὑπὸ Tlepoav: lost 
their government at the hands of the Per- 
sians. 

§ 13. εἰς τοῦτον .. 
1.71, 

(ἔχων τε τοὺς) ἱππέας οὖς αὐτὸς ἦλθε 
(= ἀνῆλθε, i. 6. to Babylon, 1.99) ἔχων καὶ 
(ἔχων) τὴν δύναμιν ᾿᾽Ορόντα τοῦ ἔχοντος 
tiv ...: The first ἔχων is omitted because 
the antecedent is incorporated in the rela- 
tive clause. 

8 14. εἰς τὰ πλάγια παραγαγών : bring- 
ing up by a side movement against the 
flanks. 

8 15. Σκύθαι: a doubtful reading. 

§ 16. rére: here, as sometimes = just 
before ; with the skirmishing engaged in just 
before 


.: οὗ els τὴν τ ἕω, 


420 


τοξοτῶν : after the comparative, but 
there is a lacuna in the text. 

ὃ 17. Κρησί: after χρήσιμα. 

ὥστε (αὐτοὺς) χρῆσθαι (αὐτοῖς) eis... 

8 19. ἢ ὁδοῦ... .: either because the 
road... 

ἐκθλίβεσθαι (after ἀνάγκη ἐστιν) τοὺς 
ὁπλίτας : that the hoplites be crowded out. 

ἀνάγκη : sometimes, as here, well trans- 
lated necessarily. 

ὃ 20. τότε: asin ὃ 16. 

φθάσαι : sc. τοὺς ἄλλους. 

πρῶτος : pleonastic= ὥστε πρῶτον εἶναι. 

§ 21. οὗτοι: i.e. οἱ λόχοι, subject of 
ὑπέμενον, unless of Aoxayol is the correct 
reading, in which case the sentence is un- 
grammatical (anacoluthon). 

παρῆγον : marched along. 

8 22. ἐξεπίμπλασαν : i.e. of ἐξ λόχοι. 

ὃ 23. που τῆς φάλαγγος : anywhere in 
the line. 


ὃ 24. βασίλειόν te: sort of a royal 
structure. 

ὁδόν : after εἶδον. 

διά : -- over. εἰκός : sc. ἦν. 


§ 25. ὑπὸ μαστίγων : The Persian sol- 
diers were so little interested in the king’s 
wars that they often fought under the lash. 

§ 26. ὅπλων = ὁπλιτῶν. 

ὃ 28. ὄρος: i.e. the one (§ 24) of which 
the γήλοφοι were spurs, and which appa- 
rently (cf. κατὰ τὸ ὄρος, ὃ 30)' ran parallel 
with the ὁδός. 

ὃ 29. πολέμιοι : subject of γένοιντο re- 
fers to the Greeks. 

ὃ 30. κατά: along. 

οἱ μέν : i. 6. the main body. 

ἰατροὺς... ὀκτώ : a bit of interesting 
information. This would hardly have been 
said of regular army physicians. They 
were probably soldiers who had shown 
themselves good nurses. On the Greek 
practice of medicine see the interesting 
article, sub medicus, in Smith’s Dictionary 
of Greek and Roman Antiquities; espe- 
cially as to the Hippocratic oath exacted 
of medical students. 

§ 32. οἱ δεξάμενοι τὰ ὅπλα τῶν φερόν- 


των. 





NOTES. 


§ 33. πολὺ διέφερεν. ἢ: 
Sor it was a very different tind (for them) 
sallying forth from a position to defend 
themselves from (what it was) while on the 
march etc. διέφερεν has the force of a 
comparative, hence 4. 

ὃ 34. ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο τοῦ 'Ἑἰλληνι- 
κοῦ μεῖον ἑξήκοντα ἜΣ, 

ὃ 35. πονηρόν : wretched thing. 

ὡς... πολύ : see sub πολύς. 

ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ φεύγειν := to prevent them 
Jrom getting away. 

Πέρσῃ ἀνδρί: dat. after Se7israre. It 
is better with Rhedantz to make it dat. 
after ἐπισάξαι, and understand δοῦλον or 
θεράποντα as subject. 

On the thought, cf. Cyrop., 3.36, 

ὃ 36. ἀκονόντων : i.e. in the hearing of. 

ὀψὲ ἐγίγνετο : was growing late. 

λύειν (orig. τέλη λύειν, pay wages) is 
used rarely in the sense of λυσιτελεῖν, to 
pay, be expedient. 

πορεύεσθαι kal κατάγεσθαι : be marching 
and arriving. 

ὃ 37. τοσοῦτον : so great a distance. 

§ 39. ἡμῖν ; against us. 

ὃ 41. ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ... 
their own army. 

Note the difference between βούλομαι, 
wish, and ἐθέλω, am willing. See Lex. 

ὃ 42. oi: dat. of οὗ. 

§ 43. ἔλαβε: ἠὲ (Chirisophus) took, 
i.e. to replace those who went with 
Xenophon. 

αὐτῷ : i.e. with Xenophon. 

ἐπιλέκτων : refers probably to the ἐξ 
λόχοι of § 21, or possibly to a body-guard 
Chirisophus himself had. 

§ 45. στρατεύματος διακελευομένων : 
constructio ad sensum ; cf. στράτευμα. . . 
κόπτοντες, 2.18, 

ὃ 48. ἔχων (after τάχιστα) : with it (i.e. 
τὴν ἀσπίδα). 

καὶ θώρακα τὸν ἱππικόν: 
61 (2), Introd., with 68 (9), b 

§ 49. ὁ δὲ ἀναβάς : and he (Xenophon) 
mounting again. 

βάσιμα: i.e. for horses. ἦγεν : led on. 

καὶ φθάνουσι τοὺς πολεμίους γενόμενοι. 


1 just above 


Compare 


BOOK IV. 


CHAP. 1. 421 


CHAPTER V. 


§1. Τισσαφέρνην : the last mention 
of him in connection with the Retreat. 

ἢ 3. ἔχοιεν : refers to the Greeks. 

ἢ 4. ἀπῇσαν : were returning from the 
rescue, i.e. τῶν ἐσκεδασμένων, § 2. 

ἡνίκα οἱ “Ἕλληνες (returning) ἀπὸ . .. 
ἀπήντησαν (sc. αὐτῷ, i.e. Xenophon). 

ὃ 5. διεπράττοντο : were effecting, i. e. 
by treaty,= stipulated for (namely, μὴ 
κάειν). ἴ 

ἐνταῦθα : less exact for ἐνταυθοῖ. So we 
usually say ‘where (not whither) are you 
going?” 

8 6. βοηθεῖν ἐπὶ: run to the defence 
against. 

ἡμετέρας : sc. χώρας. 

§ 7. περί see Lex. 

πειρωμένοις : when they tried, lit. to (one) 
trying. 

§ 9. ἃ (θηρία or ζῶα)... φυσηθέντα: 
a brachylogy in which animals and their 
skins are identified = ὧν ἀποδαρέντων τὰ 
δέρματα φυσηθέντα. 

ὃ 10. ἀρτήσας λίθους kal: by tying 
stones (to them) and by. 

διαγαγών : having extended (them) across 
{the river). 





Note in this one sentence six circum- 
stantial participles, of which two express 
means, 

δ 11. τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι : from sinking. 

8 12. οἱ εὐθὺς ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τοῖς πρώ- 
τοις (i.e. those who would cross first) 
ποιεῖν οὐδὲν τούτων. 

ὃ 13. κατακαύσαντες : for they had burnt 
(those). 

§ 15. τὰ μὲν : sc. μέρη. 

τῆς (ὁδοῦ) ἐπὶ. .. upon the route toward. 

ἡ δὲ: sc. ὁδός. 

τετραμμένη : See τρέπω. 

ὅτι. repeated, reminding of ἔλεγον. 

§ 16. καὶ βασιλικὴν στρατιὰν δώδεκα 
μυριάδας ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε. 

(ἔφασαν, i.e. of ἑαλωκότες) καὶ σφῶν 
(τινας) . . . that (some) of themselves alse 
have dealings with them (i. e. τοὺς Καρδού- 
xous) and (some) of them with themselves. 

8 17. τούτους γὰρ. . . ἥξειν : for pass- 
ing through these (τοὺς Kapdovxovus) they 
(the prisoners) said that they (the Greeks). 

ὃ 18. ἐπὶ τούτοις : (on =) in reference te 
this (cf. 5.6'®, 22), 

ἡνίκα τῆς Spas: at whatever (of) time. 


τὴν ὑπερβολήν : prolepsis. 





BOOK IV. 


CHAPTER I. 


§ 1. ἐπολεμήθη : were done in war. 

§§ 2-4 report in substance §§ 17 and 18 
of last chapter. 

ὃ 3. βούλωνται, διαβήσονται : note 
change to dir. disc. 

ἔστιν οὕτως ἔχον : = οὕτως ἔχει, cf. ἦσαν 
ἐκπεπτωκότες, 3.310. but the text is un- 
certain. 

8 4. ἅμα μὲν... ἅμα δέ: both... and 


at the same time. 





ὃ 5. τὴν τελευταίαν φυχακήν : three to 
four A. μ. 

ὅσον --- διελθεῖν ; = τοσοῦτον... ὥστε 
διελθεῖν, so much . . . that they could cross 
in the dark. 

§6. τὸ ἀμφ᾽ αὑτόν : sc. μέρος. 

§ 7. τινάς: any. 

τὸ ὑπερβάλλον : sc. μέρος. 

§ 10. ὀλίγοι ὄντες : though few in 
number. 


422 


ἐπέπεσε : had fallen upon. 

ὃ 13. ... τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ αἰχμά- 
λωτα ἐποίουν. 

ἐπί: over, in charge of. 

πολλῶν τῶν... .: since the men (includ- 
ing ἀπόμαχοι and αἰχμάλωτα) were many. 

δόξαν ταῦτα : this being resolved upon. 

§ 14. εἴ τι τῶν εἰρημένων : whatever of 
the things (above) named. 

μὴ ἀφειμένον : not abandoned, 

οἱ δ᾽ : i.e. the soldiers, 

οἷον ἢ... ἐπιθυμήσας : for example, if 
he coveted. 

τὰ μέν. see Lex. sub 6. 

ἢ 16. παρήγγελλεν : i. 6. to the van. 

ὑπομένειν : wait a little. 

πρᾶγμά τι: as we say, something the 
matter, 

§17. . . . ἣν (τινι) παρελθόντι ἰδεῖν. 

ὃ 18. διαμπερές. sc. τοξευθείς. 

ὃ 19. ὥσπερ εἶχεν : just as he was. 





NOTES, 


§ 20. 
ὁδὸς sie pe Tg oh ee 


ὃ 21. ταῦτα ἔσπευδον : made this haste 
=thus I hastened; according to others, 
ταῦτα = διὰ ταῦτα. 

φθάσαι: sc. τοὺς πολεμίους. 

§ 22. ἐπεὶ (when they, i i.e, the enemy) © 
παρεῖχον, ἡμῖν... 

ὅπερ: i. e. lying in ambush. 

αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκα : for this very reason. 

χρησαίμεθα : sc. αὐτοῖς. 


§ 23. μάλα... φόβων : although many 
threats. 
§ 24. Srv... ἐκδεδομένη : because he hap. 


pened to have there a married daughter ; lit. 
with a husband, having been given (to him). 

ὁδὸν δυνατὴν ὑποζυγίοις πορεύεσθαι. 

§ 26. καὶ (both) πελταστὰς καὶ (τοὺς 
λοχαγοὺς) τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. 

γενέσθαι : to show himself. 

ὑποστάς: engaging as a volunteer. 


CHAPTER Ii. 


81, of δ᾽: i.e. the generals. αὐτούς, 
i.e. τοὺς ἐθελοντάς. 
τοὺς ἄνω ὄντας : 
(ἄκρον). 

αὐτοὶ 8€° and themselves would etc. The 
pron. agrees with subject of συντίθενται. 
Cf. αὐτὸς ἰᾶσθαι, 1.876. 

§ 8. οὗτοι : i.e. the ἄλλοι named above. 

8 9. of . . . ἔχοντες : sc. ἐπορεύοντο. 

8 10. ἧπερ of ἄλλοι : in the same way as 
the others (did), i. e. as stated in § 8. 

ὃ 12. καὶ ὁρῶσι ἕτερον... and (then) 
= when they see. ; 

8 13. ἐπὶ πολύ: 


i.e. those on the height 


extended over a long 


distance. 

τῷ αὐτῷ ἜΑ ΝΩ͂Ν i. e. as stated in 
§ 11. 

8 15. πᾶσι: see note τοῖς οἴκοι, 1.74. 


καὶ (and they, i.e. the Greeks), ὑπώ- 
mrevov αὐτοὺς ἀπολιπεῖν δείσαντας. 

οἱ δ᾽: i.e. the barbarians. 

§ 19. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ see ἐπί. Wa: see ὅς. 

πάντες οἱ πολέμιοι. 

τόπου... .. i, e. section of the country, 





§ 20. ἤρξαντο: i.e. Ξενοφῶν σὺν τοῖς 
νεωτάτοις, § 16. 

ἔκειντο ᾿ were grounded, i.e. ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ, 
§ 16. 

ὃ 21. προβεβλημένος. sc. τὴν ἀσπίδα. 

πρὸς τοὺς συντεταγμένους : i.e. ἐν τῷ 
ὁμαλῷ. 

ὃ 22. ἐκ τούτου " hereupon, now. 

§ 23. ἡγεμόνα: cf. 4.1%, 

ἐκ τῶν Suvarav: from the (things) pos 
sible, = according to their means, 

νομίζεται : are customary, —a primary 
meaning. 

ὃ 25. τοῖς πρώτοις : for the van. 
τοῖς ὕπισθεν, for the rear. 

πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι ἀνωτέρω τῶν 
κωλυόντων. 

§ 27. ἦν --- ὁπότε: sometimes also, 

ὃ 28. προσβαίνοντες τῷ ---ποδί....: by 
advancing the left foot against the ‘lower 
part of the bow. No doubt the strength 
as well as the length of the bow neces: 
sitated the use of the foot in drawing it. 

ἀκοντίοις : in apposition with αὐτοῖς, 


Se 


BOOK IV. 


CHAP. III. 423 


CHAPTER III. 


§ 1. τῶν ὀρέων τῶν Καρδούχων. 

§ 2. πολλά: in the sense οὗ πολλάκις. 
Cf. Vergil: “Forsan haec olim memi- 
nisse iuvabit.” Cicero: “Suavis laborum 
est praeteritorum memoria.” 

ὅσα (ἔπαθον) d6vdt . . .: as they did not 
sufjer,=more than they had suffered all 
together. 

§ 3. που: at a certain place. 

ἄνω: i.e. on higher ground in the rear 
of the horsemen. 

§ 4. ἦσαν Ὀρόντα : were (troops) of 
Orontas. 

ὃ 5. ἣν pla ὁδὸς ἡ ὁρωμένη (which was 
visible) ἄγουσα. 

§ 6. πειρωμένοις : 
on trial. 

εἰ δὲ μή : see εἰ. 

ἀνεχώρησαν : apodosis to ἐπεὶ. .. 
ἐφαίνετο. 

§ 7. τοὺς Καρδούχους ὄπισθεν ἐπικει- 
σομένους τοῖς διαβαίνουσι. 

§ 9. ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου : sc. ἱερείου, which 
is expressed in 6.53, 

8 10. ἐξείη προσελθεῖν αὐτῷ... καὶ 
ἔπεγείραντα.. ... εἰπεῖν (αὐτῷ). 

ἔχοι : sc. εἰπεῖν. 

τῶν πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον : Of the (matters) 
relating to the war. 

§ 11. ἔλεγον : i.e. the δύο νεανίσκοι. 

... παιδίσκας ὥσπερ (as it were, ap- 
parently) μαρσίπους. 

ὃ 12. ϑόξαι: depends on ἔλεγον above. 

οὐδὲ γάρ : and (it seemed safe) for... 
not. “Not even” as a rendering of οὐδέ 
would imply that the place was still less 
accessible to the πεζοί (§ 3). 

κατὰ τοῦτο : at this point. 

ἔφασαν éxSivres .. . διαβαίνειν (pro- 
ceeded to cross) ὡς (expecting) νευσόμενοι. 

There is nothing in the text to indicate 
(as Goodwin thinks) that the young men 
supposed that the man and his family had 
crossed the river at that point, and that 
therefore it must be fordable. They sim- 
ply wanted the sacks of clothes, resolved 


to (them) trying = 





to swim the river and get them, and in 
so doing discovered to their surprise that 
they could wade the stream. 

πορενόμενοι (ἔφασαν) διαβῆναι πρόσθεν 

tv. 

§ 13. kal... ἐκέλευε: and he ordered 
the young men to fill cups (lit. to pour in 
wine, sc. οἶνον), i. e. for a libation. This 
is the more obvious meaning, but it is 
doubtful if κελεύω ever takes the dative. 
Hence most editors, following Kiihner, 
translate: he ordered (his attendants) to 
Jill cups for the young men, 

ἐπιτελέσαι (depends on εὔξασθαι) καὶ τὰ 
λοιπὰ ἀγαθά : bring to a favorable, end also 
the thinas that remain, i. e. deliverance and 
a safe return. 

ὃ 17. ἱππέων : those mentioned in § 3. 

παρήγγειλε : i.e. to do the same. 

ὃ 18. εἰς τὸν ποταμόν : i.e. so that the 
blood flowed into the river as an offering 
to the river god. Cf. eis τὴν ἀσπίδα, 2.2%. 

§ 20. πόρον : i.e. down the river to the 
crossing implied in §§ 3, 5. 

ἔκβασις : cf. ἐκβαίνειν, ὃ 3. 

ταύτῃ διαβάς : crossing at this point. 

ἀποκλείσειν : i.e.s that they could not 
reach the ἔκβασις below. 

§ 21. as: apparently. ἄνω : above= 
leading up from. 

ὃ 22. ἀπολείπεσθαι : be left behind. 

§ 23. τοὺς ἄνω πολεμίους : i.e. the 
πεζοί of ὃ 8. 

§ 25. τὰ ἄνω: i.e. αἱ ὄχθαι of § 3. 

8 26. ἀντία... ἔθετο : took position 
facing them. 

ἕκαστον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόχον : each one his 
own company. 

ἐπὶ φάλαγγος : see Lex 

πρὸς τῶν Καρδούχων : from (the stand- 
point of) the Carduchi, = towards the Car- 
duchi. Cf. πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ, 2.24. 

§ 28. αὐτοί : Xenophon and his men. 

(κελεύει αὐτοὺς) ἐναντίους (meeting them) 


ἐμβαίνειν. 
πρόσω : see Lex. (2). 


124 


§ 29. σφενδόνη: i.e. of the Καρδοῦχοι. 

ψοφῇ : being struck with a missile. 

πολεμικόν : see Lex. 

ἀναστρέψαντας ...: that fucing around 
to the right the jfile-closers should lead and 
all etc. 

q: where. 

8 91. as... ὄρεσι : as among mountains, 





NOTES. 


= for mountaineers. μέρ rendered by em 
phasis. 

§ 33. καὶ πέραν : even after the Greeks 
were beyond (the river). 

οἱ δὲ ὑπαντήσαντες : those that came to 
meet (them), i.e. the ἀκοντισταί and τοξό- 
ται of ὃ 28. 

καιροῦ ; see Lex. 


CHAPTER IV. 


82. εἰς... 
ἀφίκοντο. 

σατράπῃ : i.e. Orontas. 

τύρσεις : object uncertain, perhaps for 
defence. 

8 4. *Appevia ἡ πρὸς ἑσπέραν : western 
Armenia. 

ὕπαρχος : vice-satrap of Orontas. 

ὁ φίλος --- οὐδείς ἄλλος : anacoluthon. 

ἀνέβαλλεν : was helping the king to mount. 

§ 6. ἐπὶ τούτοις : upon these terms. 

§ 8. χιών: it was now the latter part of 
November, and the elevation of this region, 
according to Ainsworth, 4,200 feet or more. 

8 11. ἐπιπεπτωκνῖα : fallen upon them. 

ὅτῳ... παραρρνείη : for whomsoever it 
did not (melt and) flow down his sides. 
Perhaps the verb means no more than fall 
off, drift aside. 

§ 12. γυμνός : i.e. clad in his tunic only. 


. KOpnv:=% κώμη εἰς ἣν 





τὶς καὶ ἄλλος : another one also. 

ἀφελόμενος : sc. τὴν ἀξίνην. 

§ 13. σύειον... .: (made of) lard and 
sesame... 

ἀμυγδάλινον ἐκ τῶν πικρῶν = ἐκ Tar 
πικρῶν ἀμυγδαλῶν. 

§ 14. κακῶς σκηνοῦντες : by camping 
ill. 


ὃ 15. ἀληθεῦσαι : to have reported truly. 

τὰ ὄντα: the facts; τὰ μὴ ὄντα, οὐκ 
ὄντα : whatever were not facts ete., a fine 
example of the difference between od and 
μή with the participle. 

ὃ 18. Τιρίβαζος εἴη: that it was Tiri- 
bazus. 

ὡς. . . émOnodpevov: apparently to 
attack, 

ἥπερ μοναχῇ : where alone. 

§ 19. στρατηγὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς μένουσι: as 


a general over those that remained. 


CHAPTER V. 


§ 2. Εὐφράτην : the eastern branch, 
modern Murad Su. 

ὃ 3. τρίτος : refers to σταθμός. 

ἄνεμος βορρᾶς : north wind. ' 

§ 5. of πάλαι ἥκοντες : those who had 
come some time before and who had kindled 
a fire. 

8 6. ἔνθα 84: then indeed. ἔνθα δέ: 
and where. 

οὗ : at which place. 

§ 7. πίπτοντας : i.e. who had given out 
from faintness. 





ὃ 8. τοὺς δυναμένους περιτρέχειν : (i. 6. 
among the soldiers) διδόντας (= δώσοντας) 
τοῖς βουλιμιῶσιν. 

8 9. γυναῖκας καὶ κόρας ἐκ τῆς κώ- 
μης ὑδροφορούσας : water-carriers from the 
village. 

§ 11. of μὴ δυνάμενοι ; such as were not 
able, Cf. note in 418, 

8 12. ἐλείποντο : fell behind. 

ot re . . .: both those who lost ete. 

§ 13. rots ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐπικούρημα τῆς χν 
ὄνος : protection for the eyes against the snow. 


BOOK IV. 


τῶν δὲ ποδών (ἦν ἐπικούρημα) : protection 
for the feet. 

εἰς τὴν νύκτα: for the night. 

ὑπολύοιτο : should loose (i. e. take off) 
his (brogues). 

8 14. ἦσαν --- καρβάτιναι : for they (the 
sandals) were etc. ; 

ὃ 15. τοιαύτας ἀνάγκας : i.e. as men- 
tioned in § 12. 

The route through these regions has not 
been certainly traced. 

8 16. ἤσθετο: i.e. what is stated in the 
foregoing sentence. 

σφάττειν : to kill (them). 

§ 17. διαφερόμενοι (quarreling) ἀμφὶ ὧν 
elxov. 

ὃ 18. ἧκαν ἑαυτούς : flung themselves. 

8 19. ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς: unto them, i.e. to 
fetch them. 

ἐγκεκαλυμμένοις : 
mantles. 

8 22. πέμπει (sc. τινὰς) τῶν ἐκ τῆς κώ- 
μης: cf. τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως, 1.15, 

οἱ δέ: i.e. of τελευταῖοι. 

ἰδόντες : sc. αὐτούς. 

§ 23. οἱ ἄλλοι refers to the generals. 

8 24. ἐκέλευσεν : requested (them). 

ἑπτακαίδεκα : thouglit to be too few for 
the distribution in § 35, but enough if 
καὶ λοχαγῶν (ὃ 35) is an interpolation. 
See Introd. 14. 

ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς: her man, i.e. husband. A 
use of ‘man’ not yet wholly obsolete even 
in English. “I pronounce that they are 


wrapped up in their 





CHAP. VI. 425 


man and wife.”— Church of England 
Liturgy. 

δὲ 25, 26. κατάγειοι ; ἐν... alyes; 
οἶνος κρίθινος : these statements of Xeno- 
phon are confirmed by Rey. J. N. Wright, 
D. D., missionary to Persia for the past 
fifteen years. He says that subterranean 
houses called in Persian gand du wan, cus 
usually in the hill-sides, are common, and 
that barley beer called in Armenian gére- 
Jur, in Persian 66 jo, is still in use. 

§ 26. ἰσοχειλεῖς : i.e. floating on tle, 
surface. 

ὃ 27. συμμαθόντι : to one accustomed 
to it. 

ὃ 28. οὔτε. . . τέ: both... not... 
and. ἀπίασιν : as ἃ fut. 

ἣν. .. φαίνηται: if he shall appear to 
have given (lit. guided) the army some good 
guidance. 

ὃ 29. οἶνον --- ἔνθα fv: for ἔνθα ἦν 
οἶνος. 

§ 30. ἀφίεσαν : never let (them) go. 

ὃ 31. ἄρτοις : loaves. 

§ 35. ἑαυτοῦ. i. 6. to the comarch’s 
family in the village where the troops of 
Xenophon were lodging. 

ἀναθρέψαντι : after fattening him. 

ἱερόν : sacred to. The horse was offered 
in sacrifice among the Persians. 

ἀποθάνῃ: and so displease the deity 
See Introd. 123. 

λαμβάνει : sc. τινάς. 

§ 36. διδάσκει (teaches how) περιειλεῖν 


CHAPTER VI. 


§ 1. ὀγδόη: note the absence of the 
article. So often with ordinals. Cf. évd- 
τὴν ἡμέραν, 574, and 7.7%, 

ἡγεμόνα : i.e. τὸν κωμάρχην. 

παραδίδωσι : sc. Ξενοφῶν. 

εἰ. . .: ifhe, i.e. the comarch. 

ἀπίοι : i. 6. after he had served as guide. 

ὃ 2. λελυμένος : unbound, contrary to 
their custom. Cf. τὸν ἡγεμόνα δήσαντες, 
4.21, 





qv: impers., cf. 1.81; 2.17. So most. 
Others understand 6 κωμάρχης. 

ὃ 3. ἐχρῆτο: found him. 

8 4. ἀνά:-Ξ αἱ the rate of. τῆς ἡμέρας 
= daily. 

Φᾶσιν : i.e. (probably) the Araxes, the 
upper part of which is called Pasin-su. 
Some think it the Pison of Gen. ii. 11. 
The Phasis in Colchis certainiy cannot 
be meant. See Map. 


420 


§ 9. εἰκός (ἐστιν) ἄλλους πλείους (more 
in numbers). 

προσγενέσθαι : will join (them). 

§ 10. οὕτω: in the sense of ὧδε. 

8 11. τὸ ὁρώμενον : the part that is 
visible. 

ἐστὶ... ἐφ᾽ : = extends over. 

ἀλλ᾽ 4: see Lex. 

. κρεῖττον (ἐστι) kal πειρᾶσθαι κλέ- 

Ψαι τι τοῦ. .. 

8 12. ἀμαχεὶ ἰοῦσιν : to those marching 
without fighting. 

ὃ 13. ἀπελθεῖν τοσοῦτον: 
so far. 5 

as... παρέχειν : so as not to afford 
(a chance) of being perceived. 

δοκοῦμέν por ἂν ταύτῃ προσποιούμενοι 
- + + χρῆσθαι: it seems to me that (by) pre- 
tending to make the assault in this quarter 
we should find. 


ἐρημοτέρῳ : more deserted. 


to go away 


8 14. συμβάλλομαι : sc. Adyous: con- 
verse, make suggestions. 
ὑμᾶς γὰρ. . .: for you, 1 hear, the La- 





NOTES. 


cedaemonians, as many as belong to (lit. 
are of). 

κλέπτειν μελετᾶν : practice theft. 

8 15. πειρᾶσθε: subjunctive. 

μάλα καιρός ἐστιν : is just the time. 

κλέπτοντες: sc. τὴ, which is expressed 
in § 11. ‘ 

We cannot agree with those who see in 
this banter between the generals, albeit 
somewhat pungent, a trace of the διάφορον 
referred to in ὃ 8. §§ 17, 19 favor the op- 
posite view. Besides Xenophon was (in 
sentiment) more Spartan than Athenian. 

8 16. καὶ μάλα. .. κλέπτοντι: and 
that, too, though the risk etc. 

τοὺς κρατίστους : your best men espe- 
cially ; sc. δεινοὺς εἶναι . . . δημύσια. 

§ 17. τινὰς τῶν... κλωπῶν. 

8 21. ὡς μάλιστα : as much as possible. 

ὃ 24. mplv... ἀλλήλους : but before 
the main bodies ..., i.e. of the Greeks 
and of the enemy. 

oi κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα : refer to both Greeks 
and the enemy. 


CHAPTER VII. 


§ 1. τούτων : refers to κώμας. 

§ 2. εὐθὺς ἥκων cf. εὐθὺς μειράκιον Sr, 
2.616, εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων, 4.614, 

ἀθρόοις περιστῆναι: to encircle it in a 
body. 

κύκλῳ: but leaving a πάροδος, cf. § 4. 

§ 3. εἰς kadcv: see Lex. 

ὃ 4. αὕτη. .. ὁρᾷς: this (pointing to 
it) which you see is the only passage. 

οὕτω διατίθεται : 7s thus served, as stated 
in the next sentence. 

ὃ 5. ἄλλο τι ἢ: = nonne = ἐξ is true, 
isn’t it, that nothing prevents us from pass- 
ing by ? 

τούτους: = there, not these, which would 
require the article. 

§ 6. xwplov: space. 

βαλλομένους : being thrown at, agreeing 
with ἡμᾶς understood. 

ἀνθ᾽ dv: behind which, lit. in front of 
which, from the Greek standpoint. 





§ 7. αὐτὸ... ely: that would be the 
very thing we want. 

ἔνθεν : = to the place whence. 

τούτου yap ἦν: for to HIM of the . 
captains belonged. 

§ 9. καὶ οὗτοι : these too. 

§ 12. ἀντεποιοῦντο : laid claim to. 

8 15. εἰς χεῖρας : see Lex. 

8 16. ξνήλην : acc. by attraction. See 
ref. to Grammars. 

ἔχοντες ἐπορεύοντο : = would carry them 
with them on their march. 

8 19. διὸ, rhs... χώρας: through their 
own enemy’s country. 


§ 20. els... πολεμίαν: into his own 
enemy’s country. 
§ 22. ἄλλους πολεμίους ἐπιτίθεσθαι. 


something quite im- 


. μεῖζόν τι: 
. ὅτου παρεγγυήσαντος : some one, 


whoever he was, passing the word along. 


BOOK IV. 


CHAP. VILL 427 


CHAPTER VIIL 


§ 1. τὴν τῶν Μακρώνων : sc. χώραν. 

§ 2. olov: see Lex. 

ὁρίζων : sc. ποταμός. 

οὗτος: i.e. the banks of the river. 

§ 7. ἐκεῖνοι : i.e. of Maxpwres. 

τούτων : of these things, = to this effect. 

ὃ 8. ὁδόν : pleonastic. 

8 9. συλλεγεῖσιν : ajfler assembling. 

τῇ μέν : see Lex. sub ὅ. 

§ 11. ἐπὶ πολλῶν : see Lex. sub ἐπί. 

ὅτι: for whatever purpose. 

§ 12. διαλιπόντας : by leaving intervals. 

κατασχεῖν τοσοῦτον χωρίον ὅσον τοὺς 
ἐσχάτους λόχους γενέσθαι ἔξω. 

ὅσον : ΞΞ ὥστε. 

(ἡμεῖς), οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι : we, i.e. the 
extreme companies. 

ὀρθίους ἄγοντες : leading the company 
columns. 

ὃ 13. τὸ διαλεῖπον : i. 6. between τοὺς 
ὀρθίους λόχους. 

διακόψαι λόχον προσιόντα ὄρθιον. 

8 14. ἐμποδὼν... ἔνθα : *n the way of 
our being already where. 

ὃ 15. χώραις : places. 

λόχος : sc. ἐγένετο. 

σχεδὸν els: nearly to. 

τριχῇ: in three divisions. 

8 16. εὔξασθαι : cf. ὃ 25, first line. 

§ 20. ra ἄλλα οὐδέν : as regards other 
things there was nothing. 





ἤμουν : cf. Proverbs xxv. 16, 27. 

μεθύουσιν : dat. pl. of pres. pt. 

ot St: sc. ἐδηδοκότες. 

μαινομένοις : sc. ἐῴκεσαν. 

Pliny (N. H. xxi. 13) and Hamilton 
(Researches in Asia Minor, vol. i. p. 160) 
confirm Xenophon’s statement. The in- 
toxicating properties of the honey are 
said to come from the flower Azalea 
Pontica, whence the bees draw much 
honey. 

ἐκ φαρμακοποσίας : from taking physic. 

ὃ 24. συνδιεπράττοντο: they also nego- 
tiated with (the Greeks). 

τῶν... μάλιστα : those especially. 

ξένια : as presents. 

ὃ 25. εὔξαντο : cf. 3.29, 

ἔφυγε : was banished. 

ἄκων : i.e. accidentally. Even the in- 
voluntary homicide among the Greeks 
was viewed as polluted, and had to quit 
the country for a time at least. 

ὃ 26. Séppara: to be awarded as prizes. 

ἐν (τόπῳ) οὕτως σκληρῷ καὶ ϑασεῖ. 

μᾶλλόν tL: somewhat more. 

§ 27. παῖδες, of πλεῖστοι (= mostly) 
τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. 

καλὴ θέα: a fine sight. Note difference 
of meaning of θέα and θεά. 

ὃ 28. πρὸς τὸ — ὄρθιον : against the 
exceedingly steep ascent. 





















ἴοι τς δ 


‘Very ' ἃ nh "ων <= | Vie 








i * ᾿ vies ΐ Νὰ. 

ἡ Re: Gh Ἑ ; tae 

. Ἶ yi ) Saat 
"7. » ‘ ¥ 
’ Ἵ 1 Jig PON ahi as We Pd a ee Ms 

: κ᾿ \ > LY gary ay L jae “ + π- ὲ tL αν, eur 

we i ait Ὁ 4} r ‘ Ad as” oe Thea 
4} a Ἃ “ἢ ay : » ue ye eSowroe Ving ay 





Weide Oe 0" i ay 














: a Res τ ὁ Pare Aa ht tee 
᾿ { ‘iva: ows 4 Ww Ay) wes ; --- ᾧὦ “ἢ 
4 ῳ - r “ie , ς - 
Ἰ Ms ᾿ ᾿ Td Pap oi 4 yi AS Ι on . δ ΕΝ 4.7 ων 
Filer iT eT) Oe PE eae ᾿ 
: ‘ ᾿ αν τῇ a add oe eae Lia ane aye : 
i υὐλᾷ yee en sextant) seuss ar abs 3 ital 
gg μα ἢ + ΓΤ a Ved | ¥ “ay ipl 
{ by 
Γ ane a re, “Νὰ aed iat r ae ᾿» » ἀξ 
wo . a } 
Pe Ok “τὰ AGED 4 [Ὁ 
πατέρ Dae μόνα, ἐν ΜΝ age ἘΝ 
ie 4 — an Bits (at et ; Biba ag ΕἾ δ οὐ να. ἃ 





ik iy = ke που Δ: ἐξ τῶ, ἔχῃς ey δὴ 
ΗΜ Noi Nain .- κοὐ νος 







Ἔ 
"8 is 


soi 





ΘΟ τὰ AAP 


11. 


_— κ"- 
9 19 


14, 


LISTS OF WORDS. 





στρατιώτης, ov, soldier. 155. 
στρατηγός, οὔ, general. 147. 
ἡμέρα, ἄς, day. 125. 

χώρα, as, country, place. 103. 


πόλις, ews, 7, city. 102. 


. ποταμός, οὔ, river. 97. 
. κώμη, ns, village. 90. 


λοχαγός, οὔ, captain. 89. 


χωρίον, ov, place, stronghold. 87. 
. ἱππεύς, dws, horseman. 86. 
φίλος (n, ov), friend; as adj. 


friendly. 86. 


. θεός, οὔ, 6, , god, goddess. 85. 

. ὅπλον, ov, chief. in pl., arms. 82. 
. θάλαττα (or -σσα), ns, sea. 80. 

. ἄνθρωπος, ov, man = Lat. homo. 76. 
. βάρβαρος, ov, barbarian. 
. ἵππος, ov, horse. 
. 686s, οὔ, 9, road. 69. 

. στρατιά, ds, army. 59. 

. omdtrys, ov, heavy-armed soldier. 63. 
. νύξ, νυκτός, H, night. 61. 

. πλοῖον, ov, boat. 61. 

. λόχος, ov, company (of soldiers). 60. 
. σταθμός, οὔ, station, day’s jour- 


74. 
69. 


ney. 60. 





. ἡγεμών, ὄνος, leader. 
. οἰκία, ds, house. 39. 
. στρατόπεδον, ov, camp. 39. 

. παῖς, παιδός, 6, 7, boy, girl. 37. 
. Sivapis, ews, , power. 36. 


παρασάγγης, ov, parasang. 53. 
πελταστής, od, targeteer. 50. 


: NOUNS. 
. ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, man = Lat. vir. 203. 
βασιλεύς, ews, king. 171. 
στράτευμα, aros, τό, army. 163. 


. ὄρος, ous, τό, mountain. 49. 
. πεδίον, ov, plain. 46. 
. χρῆμα, aros, τό, thing; pl. often 


money. 48. 
42. 


σπονδή, jis, libation ; 


treaty. 35. 


pl. 


sing. 


. μάχη, ns, battle. 34. 


χρόνος, ov, time. 84. 


. ἀγορά, ἂς, market-place. 33. 
. πόλεμος, ov, war. 33. 
. ἀνάγκη, ns, necessity, with or with- 


out ἐστίν, it is necessary. 32. 


κέρας, κέρως, τό, wing. 31. 


. ὑποζύγιον, ov, yoke. 29. 
. πορεία, ἄς, journey. 28. 


φάλαγξ, ayyos, 7, a phalanr. 28. 


. εὖρος, ous, τό, width. 27. 

. πῦρ, πυρός, τό, fire. 26. 

. χείρ, χειρός, 7, hand. 26. 

. γυνή, γυναικός, woman, wife. 25. 
. λόφος, ov, All. 25. 


οἶνος, ov, wine. 25. 


1 Nouns ending in -a or -y are feminine, those ending in -os, gen. του, are masculine, those in -ov 
The gender of the few feminines in -os, gen. -ov, is indicated. Where the grammatical and 


neuter. 
natural gender are the same, the article is not used; 6. g. γυνή, woman ; φύλαξ, watchman. The ter- 


mination of the gen. sing. is given throughout; and ‘he figures indicate the number of times each 
nabasis. 


word occurs in the A 


(429) 


. πλῆθος, ous, τό, multitude. 
. πύλη, ns, gate. 
. ἀδελφός, οὔ, brother. 21. 
. γῆ, vis, earth. 21. 

. λίθος, ov, stone. 
. ξένος, ov, guest, host ; mercenary. 20. 
. ὀπισθο-φύλαξ, axos, rear-gquard. 20. 
. πούς, ποδός, 6, foot. 20. 

. φιλία, as, friendship. 20. 

. χιών, dvos, ἧ, snow. 20. 


. τριήρης, ovs, 7, trireme. 
. φυλακή, jis, watch, guard. 19. 
. yébupa, as, bridge. 
. γνώμη, ns, opinion. 
. σωτηρία as, safety, deliverance. 18. 

. φόβος, ov, fear. 
. χίλιοι, αἱ, a, thousand. 18. 
. κύκλος, ov, circle. 
. μάντις, ews, 6, prophet. 
. ὄνομα, aros, τό, name. 

. πλέθρον, ov, plethron = 101 ft. 17. 
. ἀνδράποδον, ov, slave. 
. ἀσπίς, ίδος, ἧ, shield. 

. τέλος, ovs, τό, end; as adv. fin- 


. vdpmos, ov, law. 
. ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό, water. 15. 
. ἅμαξα, ns, wagon. 
. κεφαλή, ἢς, head. 


., σκηνή, jis, tent. 14. 
. τοξότης, ov, bowman. 14. 


. ἄκρα, as (fem. of ἄκρος, & ov), a 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


. πρᾶγμα, aros, τό, deed, thing. 25. 
. λόγος, ov, word, speech. 24. 
. πεζοί, ὧν, foot-men, infantry; πεζῇ 


(old dat. as adv.), on foot, 24. 


. ἀρχή, jis, beginning; rule; pro- 


vince. 23. 


. βοῦς, Bods, ὃ, 4, ox, cow. 23. 
. δίκη, ns, justice. 23. 


τεῖχος, ous, τό, wall. 23. 
22. 


22, 


21. 


. πρόβατον, ov, sheep. 19. 
σῖτος, ov, pl. τὰ σῖτα, grain, food. 19. 


19. 


18. 
18. 


18. 
17. 
17. 
17. 


16. 
16. 


ally. 16. 
. τρόπος, ov, turn, manner. 16. 
. ὥρᾷ, ds, season, fitting time. 16. 
. δρόμος, ov, a running, race. 15. 


15. 


14, 
14, 


citadel, 13. 


. ἀπορία, as, want of resource, dif- 


13. 


Jiculty. 





98. 


99. 
100. 
101. 


102. Ady x: 


103. 
104, 


105. 


106. 
107. 
108, 


109. 
110. 
111. 
112. 
113. 
114, 
115. 
116. 


117, 
118, 


119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123, 
124. 


125. 


126. 
127. 
128, 
129. 
180. 


1831. 
132. 


133. 
184, 
185. 


ἀργύριον, ov, piece of silver, money. 
13. 

δῶρον, ov, gift. 13. 

ἔργον, ov, work. 18. 

ἥλιος, ov, sun. 13. 

Ἢ, ns, Spear. 13, 

μήν, μηνός, 6, month. 13. 

νάπη, ns, OF νάπος, ovs, τό, glen, 
ravine. 18. 

ξύλον, ov, stick of wood; wood ; 
fuel. 13. 

πῦρός, οὔ, wheat. 13. 

δένδρον, ov, tree. 12. 

ἱερεῖον, ov, animal (for sacrifice, ; 
pl. cattle. 12. 

κήρυξ, υκος, 6, herald. 12. 

μέρος, ous, τό, part. 12, 

ὄχλος, ov, crowd ; trouble. 12, 

ἁρμοστής, οὔ, harmost, governor. 11, 

Bla, as, force. 11. 

δόρυ, δόρατος, τό, spear. 11. 

ἑρμηνεύς, ἕως, interpreter. 11. 

κατά-βασις, ews, ἥ, going down, 
descent. 11. 

κραυγή, jis, shout. 11. 

κωμάρχης, ov, ruler of a village, 
mayor. 11, 

λιμήν, évos, ὃ, harbor. 

νεκρός, οὔ, dead. 11. 

πέλτη, ns, a (small) shield. 11. 

τάφρος, ov, ), ditch. 11. 

ἄγγελος, ov, messenger. 10. 

γυμνής, τος (6) or γυμνήτης, ov, a 
light-armed soldier. 10. 

δαρεικός, οὔ, daric, Persian coin = 
20 drachmas ($3.60). 10. 

ἔτος, ous, τό, year. 10. 

θόρυβος, ov, noise, tumult. 10. 

mérpa, as, rock. 10. 

σάλπιγξ, vyyos, 7, trumpet. 10. 

σκευο-φόρος, ov, baggage-carrying ; 
6 ox., baggage-carrier ; τὰ σκ., 
baggage-animals or baggage. 10. 


ll. 


στόμα, aros, τό, mouth. 10. 

φιλο-στρατιώτης, ov, soldier's 
Jriend. 10. 

χαράδρα, ἄς, ravine. 10. 


ἀνάβασις, ews, }, going up. 9. 
ἀριθμός, οὔ, number. 9. 


NOUNS. 
136, ἅρμα, aros, τό, chariot. 9. 181. 
137. ἄρτος, ov, loaf, bread. 9. 182. 
138. ἄφ-οδος, ov, 7, way-back, retreat. 9. 183. 
139. βέλος, ous, τό, dart. 9. 184. 
140. γέρρον, ov, wicker shield. 9. 185. 
141. ἐλπίς, ίδος, 7, hope. 9. 186. 
142. θύρα. as, door ; Ger. thiir. 9. 187. 
143. κίνδυνος, ov, danger. 9. 188. 
144. κράτος, ous, τό, power. 9. 
145. κρέας, xpéws, τό, flesh. 9. 189. 
146. ὄναρ only in nom.'’and ace. or as} 190. 
adv. ; ὄνειρος or ὄνειρον, pl. dvei-| 191. 
para, τά, dream. 9. 192. 
147, ὅρκος, ov, oath. 9. 193. 
148. πάρ-οδος, ov, 7, way by, pass. 9. 194, 
149. πηγή, jis, fountain. 9. 195. 
150. πλαίσιον, ov, rectangle. 9. 196. 
151. σκεῦος, ous, τό, utensil, chiefly in| 197. 
pl. baggage. 9. 198. 
152. σκότος, ovs, τό, darkness. 9. 199. 
153. σῶμα, ατος, τό, body. 9. 200. 
154. tip, fis, honor. 9. 201. 
155, τόξευμα, aros, τό, arrow. 9. 202. 
156. χειμών, dvos, 6, winter, storm. 9. 
157. ἀγών, vos, 6, contest. 8. 203. 
158. aixp-dAwros, ov, captured. 8, 204. 
159. γήτλοφος, ov, hill. 8. 205. 
100. γόνυ, ατος, τό, knee. 8. 906. 
161. διά-βασις, ews, ἧ, crossing. 8. 907. 
162. ζεῦγος, ous, τό, yoke. 8. 208. 
163. κράνος, ous, τό, helmet. 8. 209. 
164. μαστός, οὔ, breast. 8. 
165. μύριάς, ddos, 7, myriad. 8. 210. 
166. ναῦς, νεώς, 7, ship. 8. 211. 
167. νεᾶνίσκος, ov, young man. 8. 212. 
168. ὅμηρος, ov, hostage. 8. 213. 
169. ὄνος, ov, 6, 7, ass. 8. 214. 
170. πατήρ, tpds, father. 8. 215. 
171. πατρίς, (dos, 7, fatherland. 8. 216. 
172. πόνος, ov, toil. 8, 217. 
173. στόλος, ov, expedition. 8. 218. 
174. σφενδόνη, ns, sling. 8. 219. 
175. σφενδονήτης, ov, s/inger, 8, 220. 
176. ὑπερ-βολή, ἧς, excess; passage| 221. 
(over). 8. 222. 
177. φυγή, jis, flight. 8. 223. 
178. φύλαξ, axos, guard, watchman. 8. 224, 
179. αἰτία, as, charge, cause. 7. 225. 


. ἄλφιτον, ov, chief. in pl. groats. 7. 





431 


ἀρετή, jis, excellence. 7. 

ἄριστον, ov, breakfast. 7. 

βάθος, ous, τό, depth. 7. 

δείλη, ns, ufiernoon, evening. 7. 

δεῖπνον, ov, supper. 7. 

ἔθνος, ous, τό, nation. 7, 

#-o80s, ov, 7, way out, going out. 7 

ἕσπερος, ἃ, ov, of evening: ἣ ἑσπέρα 
the evening. Ἵ. 

θάνατος, ov, death. 7. 

κριθή, ἢς, barley. 7. 

μήτηρ, τρός, mother. 7. 

μ'σθο-φορά, as, wages. 7. 

vav-apxos, ov, admiral. 7. 

νόος = νοῦς, οὔ, mind. 7. 

πρᾶξις, ews, 7, doing, transaction. 7. 

τάλαντον, ov, talent. 7. 

τόξον, ov, bow. 7. 

τύρσις, ios, 7, tower. 7. 

φυγάς, ddos, 6, fugitive. 7. 

χῖλός, οὔ, grass. 7. 

ἀκρό-πολις, ews, acropolis. 6. 

δημόσιος, a, ον, public, (δῆμος, 
people). 6. 

δοῦλος, ov, slave. 6. 

ἐξέτασις, ews, 7, examination. 6. 

ἐπι-βουλή, 7s, plot. 6. 

θυγάτηρ, τρός, daughter. 6. 

θώραξ, axos, 6, breastplate. 6. 

κύων, κυνός, ὃ, ἣ, dog. 6. 

ναός, od (5) and νεώς, ved (1), 6, a 
temple. 6. 

ὀφθαλμός, οὔ, eye. 6. 

πλευρά, as, side. 6. 

προ-φύλαξ, axos, outer guard. 6 

ῥυθμός, od, rhythm. 6. 

σύν-θημα, aros, τό, watchword. 6 

ὕψος, ous, τό, height. 6. 

φοῖνιξ, ixos, 6, Phoenician ; palm. 6 

χάρις, τος, H, grace, favor. 6. 

χιτών, ὥνος, ὃ, tunic. 6. 

ἀθυμία, ἄς, discouragement. 5. 

ἀπιστία, as, distrust, faithiessness. 5. 

Blos, ov, life. 5. 

δι-ῶρυξ, vxos, 7, canal. 5. 

εἰρήνη, qs, peace. 5. 

ἔκ-βασις, ews, 7, going out, outlet. 5. - 

ἐνιαυτός, οὔ, period, especially ¢ 
year. 5. 


482 


226. 
227. 
228. 
229. 
230. 
231. 


232. 
233. 
234, 
235. 


236. 
237. 
238. 


Other important nouns, occurring less than 


250. 
251. 
252, 
253, 
254, 
255. 
256, 
257. 
258, 
259. 
260. 
261. 
262. 
263. 
264. 
65. 
266. 
+ 267. 
268, 
269. 


270. 


271. 
272. 
273. 
274, 
275. 
276. 
277. 
278. 
279. 


LISTS OF 


ἐπιστολή, js, letter. 5. 

ἔρυμα, aros, defence. 5. 

εὔνοια, as, good-will. 5, 

ἕως, ἕω, 7, dawn. 5. 

θηρίον, ov, = θήρ, wild animal. 5. 

κτῆνος, ous, τό, animal (domestic), 
chiefly in pl., flocks or herds. 5. 

μάχαιρα, ds, (short) sword. 5. 

μελίνη, ys, millet. 5. 

νίκη, ns, victory. 5. 

οἰνο-χόος ov (χέω, to pour), cup- 
bearer. 5. 

ὀργυιά, as, fathom. 5. 

παλτόν, ov, dart. 5. 

παράδεισος, ov, park. 5. 


αἰγιαλός, οὔ, beach. 

αἷμα, ατος, τό, blood. 

αἴξ, αἰγός, ὁ, ἡ, goat. 
αἰσχύνη, ns, shame, disgrace. 
ἀκόντιον, ov, dart. 

ἀλήθεια, as, truth. 

ἁρπαγή, jis, seizure, robbery. 
ἀσκός, οὔ, skin. 

ἀταξία, as, disorder. 

αὐλός, οὔ, flute. 

αὐτόμολος, ov, deserter. 
βασιλεία, ds, kingdom. 
βοή-θεια, ἄς, help, succor. 
βορρᾶς, a, north-wind. 
βωμός, οὔ, altar. 

γάμος, ov, marriage. 

γείτων, ovos, neighbor. 
γέλως, wros, 6, laughter. 
ϑασμός, οὔ, tribute. 

ϑέρμα, ατος, τό, hide. 
δεσπότης, ov, master. 
ϑόγμα, aros, τό, opinion. 
Svoph, jis, sun-set. 

elo Bodh, jis, irruption, entrance. 
ἐλαία, ds, olive. 

ἐλευθερία, as, liberty. 
ἐνέδρα, as, ambush. 

ἑορτή, jis, feast, festival. 
ἔπαινος, ov, praise. 

ἑταῖρος, ov, companion. 








WORDS. 


239. 
240. 
241. 


242, 
243. 
244, 


245. 
240. 
247, 


248. 
249, 


280. 
281. 
282. 
283. 
284. 
285. 
286. 
287. 
288. 
289. 
290. 
291. 
292. 
293. 
294. 
295. 
296. 
297. 
298. 
299, 
300. 
301. 
302. 
303. 
304. 
305. 
306. 
307. 
308. 
309. 


πόντος, ov, sea, 5. 
πρό-γονος, ov, forefather. ὃ. 


πρόσ-τοδος, ov, 7, way 10, ap. 
proach, 5. 
cirlov, ov, food. 5. See 72. 


σταυρός, od, stake. 5. 

σχολή, fs, leisure ; σχολῇ, leis- 
urely, 5. 

τόπος, ov, place. 5, 

τράπεζα, ns, table. 5. 

ὕλη, ns, wood, (brush-wood, fire: 
wood, etc.). °5. 

trr-oid, ds, suspicion. 5. 

φωνή, fis, voice. 5. 


five times, are the following: 


ἡδονή, jis, pleasure, 
θεράπων, ovros, ὃ, attendant. 
θυσία, as, sacrifice, 

ἰατρός, οὔ, physician. 
ἱμάτιον, ov, (outer) garment 
ἰσχύς, vos, ἡ, strength. 
ἴχνος, ous, τό, track. 

κρίσις, ews, 7, trial, judgment. 
λεία, ἄς, booty. 

λῃστής, οὔ, robber. 

λιμός, οὔ, famine. 

μῆκος, ous, τό, length. 
μηχανή, fs, contrivance, 
μόλυβϑος, ov, lead. 

ξίφος, ous, τό, sword. 
οἰωνός, οὔ, bird; omen. 
ὁρμή, fis, start ; impulse. 
οὐρά, as, tail. 

ots, ὠτός, τό, ear. 

ὄχθη, ns, bank. 

πάθος, ous, τό, suffering. 
πεῖρα, as, trial, experience. 
πίστις, ews, 7, faith, fidelity. 
πλοῦς, οὔ, sailing, voyage. 
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό, spirit. 
πόθος, ov, /onging. 
πρό-φασις, ews, 7, pretext, 
πῶλος, ov, colt. 

σατράπης, ov, satrap, — 
σκέλος, ous, τό, leg. 


310. 
811. 
312. 
313. 
314. 
315. 


i. οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen. τούτου, ταύ- 


PRONOUNS. 


ὑπηρέτης, ov, attendant. 


σκοπός, οὔ, scout, 816. 

σπουδή, ἣς, haste. 817. ὕπνος, ov, sleep. 

στολή, ἧς, dress, robe. 318. φώς, φωτός, τό, light. 

σφάγιον, ov, victim. 319. ψυχή, fis, breath, spirit. 

τρόπαιον, ov, trophy. 320. ψῦχος, ous, rd, cold. 

ὕβρις, ews, ἡ insolence. 321. δή, jis, song. 
PRONOUNS. 


της, τούτου, this. 1011. eral, 70. 


2. αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό, gen. αὐτοῦ, ἢς, οὔ: 


1. following the article, same; 2. in an what ? 


oblique case without substantive or article, 
as pronoun of 3d pers., him, her, it, pl. 
them ; 3. alone in the nom. or in the pred. 
position with a substantive = ipse, se//: 


872. 


3. ὅς, %, 8, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, who, which, 
426. 

4. ἄλλος, ἄλλη, ἄλλο, gen. ἄλλου, 7s, 
ov, other. 303. 

5. ὅσ-τις, ἥ-τις, ὅττι, οὗ-τινος, ΟΥ ὅτου, 
ἧστινος, οὗτινος, or ὅτου, whoever, which- 


what. 


70. 


56. 


433 


17. ἕκαστος, η, ov, each, every, pl. sev- 
18. τίς, τί, τίνυς or τοῦ, who? which? 


19. οἷος, &, ov, of what sort; such as, 
οἷον, adv. as. : 
20. ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, each other. 55. 
21. οἷός re! (with or without ἐστί), 
able, fit. 56. 
22. τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο(ν), such, 
often followed by οἷος, as. 50. 
23. ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, gen. τοῦδε, τῆσδε, 
τοῦδε, this ; τάδε, often as foliows. 48. 
24. τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτο, so much 
or many. 386. 


ever, whatever, or who, which, what. 119. 25. ὁπόσος, ἡ, ov, how much, great, or 


6. ὅσ-περ, ἥ-περ, ὅπερ, gen. οὗ-περ, ἣσ- 
περ, οὗ-περ, stronger form of ὅς, who indeed, 
just who, ete. 28. 

7. tis, τὶ, τινός or τοῦ, indef. encl., any 


one, some one. 422. 28. 
8. ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς, we. 364. 29. 
9. ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ or μοῦ, ]. 353. selves. 
10. tyw-ye, 7 indeed, I at least. 15. 30. 

) 11. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς, you. 318. 
12. ἑαυτοῦ or αὑτοῦ, ἑαυτῆς or αὑτῆς,Ϊ] 32. 
reflex., of himself, of herself. 150. 33. 


13. ὅσος, ὅση, ὅσον, as much, great, or 
many as; how much, great, many as; ὅσῳ 
νιν τοσούτῳ, by how much... by so much, 
the ...the. 100. 

14, ὅσοσ-περ, ὅση-περ, ὅσον-περ, Stronger 
form, just as much, great,or many as. 7. 

15. σύ, σοῦ, σοί, σέ, encl. in oblique 
cases, thou. 95. 

16. ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, that. 76. 





11041. 1024. 44,1, ἃ. 3 


Η. ἃ W. ΑΝΑΒ. — 28. 


many, α8 many as, 25. 
26. πόσος, η, ov, how much? how great? 

or in plural how many? 4. 
27. ἡμέτερος, &, ov, our, ours. 


ἐμός, 7, 


ὄν, my, mine. 19. 


20. 


odheis,? σφῶν, σφίσι, σφᾶς, they, them- 


19. 


ὑμέτερος, a ov, your, yours. 16. 
15. 


31. ἕτερος, a, ov, other (of two). 


ἐμαυτοῦ, js, of myself. 13. 
ὁποῖος, a, ov, of whatever kind, what 


kind of. 10. 
34. ποῖος, a, ov, of what kind ? 
35. ἑκάτερος, a, ov, each (of two). 
36. τοιόσϑε, ade, dvde, such ; τοιάδε, such 

as follows, as follows. 7. 
37. σεαυτοῦ, ἧς, or σαντοῦ, ἢς, of thy- 

self. 6. 
38. σός, σή, σόν, thy, thine. 5.. 
39. οὗ, of (4), ἕ, of him, her, it. 4. 


685. 


987. 472. 197. 


6. 


7. 


Ἁ 


484 LISTS OF WORDS. 


These pronouns are found in the Anabasis more than five thousand times, 
an average of over twenty times to every full page of text. This fact illus- 
trates forcibly what an important part the pronouns play in the language. 
No pains should be spared to master the list completely. Nos, 1, 2 and 12 
should be written out again and again until there is no possibility of con- 
founding them. Fix once for all the three meanings of αὐτός as determined 
by its position, — self; same; him, her, it. 


Note that each of the following interrogative pronouns and adverbs has: 


1. Its corresponding indefinite commonly enclitic. 
2. Its corresponding indefinite relative! made by prefixing ὅ- (except 
éo-ris) and used in indirect questions. 


InTERROGATIVE. INDEFINITE. INDEFINITE REZATIVE. 


πηλίκος, 7, ov, how old? πηλίκος, ἡ, ov, of some ὁ-πηλίκος, ἡ, ov, how 


how large ? age, size. old, how large. 
ποῖος, a, ov, of what sort ? ποιός, a, dv, of some sort. 6-trotos, a, ov, of what 
sort, what sort of. 
πόσος, ἡ, av, how much? ποσός, 7, ov, some quan- ὁ-πόσος, ἡ, ov, how much 
how many? tity or number. (many), as much or many 
as. 
πότερος, a, ov, which of πότερος, a, ov, one of ὁ-πότερος, ἄ, ov, which 
two ? two. of two, 
τίς, who? τὶς, some one. ὅσ-τις and ὅς, who, 
πῇ, which way? πῇ, some way. ὅ-πῃ or ἧ, which way. 
πόθεν, whence ? ποθέν, from some place. ὁ- πόθεν or ὅ-θεν, whence, 
ποῖ, whither 2 arol, some whither. ὅ-ποι, whither. 
πότε, when? ποτέ, sometime, ever. ὁ-πότε or ὅ-τε, when. 
ποῦ, where ? πού, somewhere. ὅ-που or οὗ, where. 
πῶς, how? πώς, somehow. ὅ-πως, as, how, that, as. 
ADJECTIVES. 
1. πολύς, πολλή, mort, c. πλείων, 5.] 6. ἀγαθός," 4, ov, good. 68. 
πλεῖστος, much, many. 418. ἀμείνων, 11. ἄριστος, 16. 
2. ἄλλος, 7, 0, other. 303. βελτίων, 9. BéAtioros.” 
3. πολέμιος, fa, ov, hostile; of πολέμιοι, κρείττων, 19. κράτιστος, 28, 
the enemy. 231. Ager, 3. λῷστος. 
4. πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, all, every. 171. better, best. Total, 154. 
δ. οὐδείς, -Seula, -δέν, no one. 168. 





1700. 1012-1014. 490, 223. 2254,1. 361,1. 7386. 182. 


ADJECTIVES. 


7. μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα ; μείζων, μέγι- 
στος, great. 98. 

8. ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov, suitable ; τὰ ἐπιτή- 
Bera, necessaries of life; of ἐπιτήδειοι, rela- 


tives. 91. 
9. καλός, 4, dv, καλλίων, κάλλιστος, 
beautiful. 79. 
10. κακός, 4,1 ov, bad. 27. 

κακίων, 5. κάκιστος, 3. 
ἥττων, 15. ἥκιστα, 3. 
xelpwr, 3. σχείριστος. 

g worse, worst. Total, 56. 


11. μέσος,3 η, ov, middle, midst of; μέ- 
σον, ov, the middle. 53. 

12. ἱκανός, 4, dv, enough, sufficient. 52. 

13. tpets,? τρία, three. 50. 

14. εἷς, μία, ἕν, one. 49. 

15. ὀλίγος, 7, ov, 39; ἐλάσσων, 4; ἐλά- 
χιστος, 3, little, pl. few; ὀλίγον, adv., a 
little. 46. 

16. δύο, two. 42. 

17. εἵἴκοσι(ν), twenty. 39. 

18. μόνος, 7, ov, alone, only. 37. 

19. Gras, aca, av, stronger form of πᾶς, 
all. 33. σύμ-πᾶς, doa, av, 4, all together. 
. δεξιός, a dv, right; δεξιᾷ, on the 

32. 

. πέντε, five. 32. 

. ἄκρος, a, ov, highest, topmost. 
. πιστός, h, dv, faithful. 31. 
. ἀσφαλής, és; -έστερος, -έστατος, 
safe. 29. 

25. δῆλος, η, ov, evident ; 
ts evident that, evidently. 29. 

26. πρέσβυς, ews, an elder, ambassador ; 
comp. -ὕτερος, sup. -ύτατος, older, oldest ; 


31. 


δῆλον ὅτι, it 





485 


26. πότερος, ἄ, ov, which of two? πότε- 
pov or -a, whether. 19. 

87, δίκαιος, &, ov, just. 18. 

38. ἱερός, ἅ, dv, sacred; τὸ ἱερόν, a 
sacred place, temple; τὰ ἱερά, sacred 
rites. 18. 

39. ἐυώνυμος (εὖ ὄνομα, of good name), 
left, euphemistic for ἀριστερός, 90. 17. 

40. ἔρημος, ἡ (or -os), ov, desert, de- 


serted. 16. 
41. εὐδαίμων, ov, prosperous. 16. 
42, pixpds, a, dv, small. 16. 
43. ὄρθιος, a, ov, steep. 16. 
44, éwrd, seven. 15. 
45. κοινός, 4, dv, common. 15. 
46. μύριος, a, ov, ten thousand. 15. 


. ξένιος, a, ov, hospitable, friendly. 15. 
. Suvards, 4, dv, able, possible. 14. 
. ἑκατόν, ahundred. 14. 
. ὕστερος, ἄ, ov, sup. ὕστατος, later. 14. 
. φίλιος, (4, ov, friendly. 14. 
. ἀμφότερος, &, ov, both, ch. in pl. 13. 
53. ἡδύς, εἴα, ὑ, ἡδίων, ἥδιστος, sweet, 
pleasant. 18. 
54. στενός, ή, ὄν, narrow. 13. 
55. ἀθρόος, a, ον, in a body, assem- 


bled. 12. 
ὅθ. βασίλειος, ov, kingly, royal ; τὰ Ba- 
σίλεια, palace. 12. 


57. év-avtlos, a, ov, opposite. 12. 

58. τρίτος, , ov, third ; τῇ τρίτῃ, on the 
third day. 12. 

59. αἴτιος, a, ov, culpable; the-cause-of, 
(gen.). 11. 

60. ἄ-πορος, ov, without way through or 
out of, impassable. 11. 


elder, eldest. 28. 61. βαρβαρικός, 4, dv, barbaric, barba- 
27. λοιπός," ἡ, dv,left,remaining, rest, 27.| rian. τὸ βαρβαρικόν, barbarian army. 11. 
28. τριάκοντα, thirty. 27. 62. ἑξακόσιοι, a, a, six hundred. 11. 
29. χαλεπός, 4, dv, difficult. 27. 63. μεστός, 4, dv, full of, filled. 11. 
30. μηδείς,δ, cula, ἐν, no one; see 5. 26.| 64. πεντήκοντα, fifty. 11. 
81. δέκα, fen. 24. 65. πρότερος, a, ov, former; τὸ mpore- 
32. δεινός, 4, dv, fearful, wonderful. 23.) pov, formerly. 11. 
33. φανερός, a, dv, plain, manifest. 23. 66. &opevos,® η, ov, glad, gladly. 10. 
34. ἄξιος," fa, ov, worthy. 22. 67. ἄφθονος, ov, abundant. 10. 
35. τέτταρες, a, four. 23. 68. δισχίλιοι, αι, a, two thousand. 10. 
1254,2. 361,2. 786. 182,2. 3.671. 978. 464, 556. % 290. 375. 1656. 
187. 4 544,c. 831. 272. 403. ὅ 1018. 1607. 481 and4. 486. 5 158, ἔ. 
1135. 868,1. δ16, ἃ. 7 758,c. 1140. 867. 612. 8 619. 926, 425. 546. 


486 


69. ἑκών, οὖσα, dy, willing, willingly ; 
τῶν κως 10. 
. εὔνοος, ον (= 


κων Jriendly. 10. 


εὔνους, ovv), well-dis- 


71. ἰσχυρός, ἄ, dv, strong. 10. 

72. μακρός, &, dv, long. 10. 

78. νέος, -ώτερος, -ώτατος, young. 10. 

74. ὀκτώ, eight. 10. 

75. πολεμικός, ἡ, dv, war-like, skilled in 
war, 10. 

76. ῥάδιος, fa, ov; c. ῥᾷων; 5. ῥᾷστος, 
easy. 10. 

77. τριάκόσιοι, κόσιαι, κόσια, three hun- 
dred. 10. 

78. αἰσχρός, a, dv, shameful. 9. 


. ϑασύς, εἴα, v, thick, dense. 9. 
. διᾶκόσιοι, ai, a, two hundred. 9. 
81. εἰκός, dros, τό, perf. part. neut. 
likely ; τὸ εἰκός, the likelihood, 9. " 
82. ἔνιοι, at, a, some. 9. 
83. ἥμισυς, eva, v, half; τὸ ἥμισυ, the 


half. 9. 
84. ἴδιος, a, ov, own, private; ἰδίᾳ, pri- 
vately. 9. 


85. ἱππικός, h, dv, of a horse, equestrian. 
τὸ ἱππικόν, cavalry force. 9. 
86. πονηρός, 4, dv, wicked. 9. 

. τελευταῖος, a, ov, final, last. 9. 
. &kov,! ovca, ov (for ἀ-έκων), unwil- 
ling. 8. 
. ἀντίος, a, ov, opposite, in front. 8. 
ἀριστερός, a, dv, left. 8. Cf. 39. 
. ἕξ, siz. 8. 
. ἔσχατος,2 7, ov, last, farthest. 8. 
. ἐχθρός, 4, dv, ἐχθίων, ἔχθιστος, hos- 

ὃ ἐχθρός, an enemy (personal). 8. 
. ὅλός, 7, ov, whole, all. 8. 
. πεντακσσιοι, ai, a, five hundred. 8. 
. πρόθυμος, ov, zealous. 8. 
. ὑψηλός, 4, dv, high, lofty. 8. 
. φοβερός, ἅ, dv, frightful, fearful. 8. 
ἑξήκοντα, sixty. 7. 
εὔζωνος, ov, well-girt (for exercise), 
active, nimble, 7. 

101. ὅμοιος." a, ov, like. 7. 

102. πλήρης, es, gen. ous, full. 7. 


1619. 926. 425, 546. 
$773. 1175. 892, ἃ. 6522. 





2 671. 978. 454, 536. 
5 753,c. 1140. 867. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


- 


103. συχνός, 4, dv, considerable, much, 
pl. many. Cf. 1. 7. 

104. τετρακισχίλιοι, ai, a, four thou 
sand. 7 


105, τετταράκοντα, forty. 7. 


106. χρυσοῦς, ἢ, ody, golden. 7. 

107. ἄδικος, ov, unjust. 6. 

108. ἀδύνατος, ov, impossible. 6. 

109. ἀληθής, és; -έστερος, -έστατος, 
true. 6. 


110. ἀναγκαῖος, ἅ, ov, necessary; τὰ 
ἀναγκαῖα, the necessaries of life; οἱ avay- 
καῖοι, relatives. 6. 

111. ἀρχαῖος, a, ov, old, ancient; τὸ, 
ἀρχαῖον, of old. 6. 

112. δώδεκα, twelve. 6. 

118. ξύλινος, 7, ov, wooden. 6. 

114. οἰκεῖος, a, ov, pertaining to the house 
or family, domestic. 6. 

115. πάμπολυς,-πόλλη,-πολυ, very much, 
very many. 6. 

116. πεντεκαίδεκα, fifteen. 6. 

117. πολλαπλάσιος, a, ov, manifold, 
many times more (than, gen.). 6. 

118. words, 4, dv, potable. 6. 

119, πρανής, és, inclined, steep. 6. 

120. τρισχίλιοι, αἱ, a, three thousand. 6. 

121. χρήσιμος, 7, OV, useful. 6. 

122. ἄπ-οικος, ov, from home, subs. a 
colonist. 5. 

123. δεύτερος, a, ov, second ; τὸ δεύτερον, 
the second time. 5. 

124. ἐλεύθερος, ἃ, ov, free. 5. : 

125. ἔμπειρος, ον, (ἐν, πεῖρα, trial), ex- 
perienced. ὅ. 

136. ἐρυμνός, ή, ov, fortified ; 
strongholds. 5. 

127. ἕτοιμος, ἡ (or os), ov, ready. 5. 

128. λευκός, %, ov, white. 5. 

129. περιττός, h, dv, superfluous. 5. 

130. πυκνός, 7, dv, thick, dense. 5. 

131. τετρακόσιοι, κόσιαι, κόσια, four hun- 
dred. 5. 

132. ὑπήκοος, ov, (ὑπό, ἀκούω), obedient, 
submissive, 5. 

133. ψιλός, 4, dv, bare ; light-armed. 5. 


184, 181, 


τὰ ἐρυμνά,, 


8 253. 857. 


612. 


ADVERBS AND CONJUNCTIONS. 


437 


The following, though used less often, are well worth memorizing :— 


184. 
135. 
136. 
137. 
138. 
139. 
140. 
141. 


&-Baros, ov, impassatle. 

ἄγριος, ἃ, ov, wild. 

ἀλλότριος, a, ov, another's, foreign. 
βαθύς, εἴα, ¥, deep. 

βίαιος, a, ov, violent. 

βραδύς, εἴα, ύ, slow. 

βραχύς, εἴα, ύ, short. 

γυμνός, ή, ov, naked. 





ADVERBS AND 
1. ὡς, as; since; that, so that. 444. 
2. ὅτι, that, because. 280. 
8. 4, than. 222. 
4. οὖν, accordingly, therefore. 181. 
5. οὔτε... οὔτε, neither...nor. 142. 
6. ἐνταῦθα, here, there. 133. 
7. viv, now. 119. 
8. μάλα, very, certainly, often intens. 


(29); μᾶλλον (for μαλιον,; more, rather 
(46); μάλιστα, most, especially (30). Total, 
105. 
9. ὥστε, so that. 104. 
10. δή, now, indeed, often best rendered 
by emphasis. 95. 


11. ἐπεί, when, since. 88. 


12. ὅπως, how; that, in order that. See 
no. 57. 83. 
13. οὐδέ, and not, but not, not even. 82. 


14. ἔτι, still, yet. 72. 


15. πάλιν, back, again. 67. 

16. ταχέως, quickly. 66. 3 

17. ἔνθα, there. Θ4. 

18. ἐντεῦθεν, thence, thereupon. 64. 

19. ὥσπερ, just as, just as if. 60. 

20. μέντοι, indeed, truly. 56. 

21. τότε, then. of τότε, the men of that 
time. 54. 

22. εὐθύς, straightway, immediately. 52. 

23. G&pa,? at the same time, with. 49. 

24. πρόσθεν, before, forward ; πρόσθεν 


. πρίν, before, until ; of πρόσθεν, those in 


142, 
1438. 
144. 
145. 
146. 
147, 
148, 
149, 


ἠλίθιος, 4, ov, foolish. 
θαυμάσιος, a, ov, wonderful. 
θρασύς, εἴα, ύ, bold. 

ἴσος, 7, ov, equal. 

κενός, 4, dv, empty, void. 
λεῖος, a, ov, smooth. 

ὀχυρός, ἄ, dy, 


isle ἃ tenable (ἔχω), strong. 


CONJUNCTIONS. 


25. ἐπειδή, when, since indeed, stronger 
than no. 11. 45. 


26. ed, well. 40. 

27. πρίν, before, formerly. 39. 

28. ὁπότε, whenever, when (πότε, when 1) 
38. 

29. ἔξω,3 out of, without. τὸ ἔξω, the 
outer. 37. 

30. ὅτε, when. 33. 

31. ἐγγύς, -ύτερον, -vrara, or -répw, -τάτω, 
near. 32. 

32. μήν, indeed, truly. 31. 


. ὅπου, wherever, where (ποῦ, where ? 3) 
. τοίνυν, accordingly ; moreover. 30. 
. ἔπειτα, then. 28. 
. ἄνω, -τέρω. -τάτω, up, upwards. 26. 
37. ὄπισθεν, behind. ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν, 
JSrom behind ; εἰς τοὔπισθεν (= τὸ ὄπισθεν), 
backwards ; οἱ ὄπισθεν, those behind. 95. 
38. αὖ, back, again. 25. 
39. κακῶς, -ἴον, τ-ιστα, badly, ill. 25. 
40. καλῶς, κάλλτον, κάλλιστα, beauti- 
fully, well. 95. 
41. πάνυ, wholly, very. 25. 
42. del, always. 24. 
43. οὐκέτι, no longer. 23. 
44. μήτε... μήτε, neither... 
5. 23. 
. ὧδε, as follows, thus. 
ἔνθεν, thence ; whence. 


nor. Cf. 


23. 
22. 





front; cis τὸ πρόσθεν, to the front, forward. 
41. 
166. 84,4. 89, 38. 66, ἃ. 


862, 8. δ18, Ὁ. “4 160,4. 1187. 868, 


3 772, ¢. 


. αὐτοῦ," here. 20. 
. ἐπειδάν,δ whenever, when. 20. 


1176. 892.3 525. 8 757. 1148. 
515. 6913, (428,2. 488, κ. 629. 


49. ὅμως, nevertheless. 90. 

50. πλησίον, near (gen.). 20. 

51. ἐκεῖ, there. 19. 

52. μηδέ, and or but not, not even (see 
no. 13). 19. 

53. ποτέ, once, at some or any time 
(πότε, when?). 19. 

54. ἴσως, perhaps. 16. 

55. ἄλλως, otherwise. 16. 

56. εἴτε... εἴτε, whether ...or. 16. 

57. πῶς, how? 16. 

58. elow,! within. 15. 

59. ὅθεν, whence. 15. 

60. drav,2 (= ὅτε + ἄν), 
when. 15. 

61. οὔκ-ουν, not therefore? 3; οὐκ-οῦν, 
12; therefore (the neg. lost). 15. 

62. δικαίως, justly. 14. 

63. otka-Se,2 homeward. 14. 

64. ὅποι, whithersoever (ποῖ, whither ?) 14. 

65. παντά-πασι(ν), wholly. w. neg., at 
all. 14. 

66. πώς, encl. indef., somehow. 14. 

67. αὖθις (length. from αὖ), back, 
again. 13. 

68. ἔμπροσθεν, in front, before; of ἐμ- 
προσθεν, those in front; 6, ἣ or Td ἔμπρο- 
σθεν, the foregoing. 18. Cf. 34. 

69. ἐνθά-δε, 8, thither, comm. 
Creat. 18. 

70. ἰσχυρῶς, strongly ; exceedingly. 18. 
71. πρόσω, -wrépw, -wrdrw, forward, 
εἰς τὸ πρόσω, forward. 13. 

72, ἔνδον,: within. 12. 

78. ἡνίκα, at which time, when. 12. 

74. ὅπη or ὅπῃ, in what way, whither. 12. 

75. πέρᾶν,1 on the other side. 12. 

76. εἶτα, then. 11. ἱ 

77. ἔστε, until. 11. 

78. ἢ, indeed, often strength. by μήν or 
some other particle. 10. 

79. οὔ-πω, not yet. 10. Π 

80. σχεδόν, nearly. 10. 


whenever, 


there, = 





LISTS OF WORDS. 


84. αὐτίκα, immediately. Cf. 22. 8 

85. ἐνθένδε, hence. 8. Cf. 46. 

86. ἕως, until. 8. : 

87. οἴκοι,: at home. 8. 

88. ὁμοῦ, together. 8. 

89. πώ-ποτε, at any time. 8. 

90. ἀσφαλῶς, -έστερον, -έστατα, safe 
ly. 8. 

91. δεῦρο, hither. 7. 

92. εἴ-περ, if indeed (stronger than 


93. μηκέτι,5 no longer. 7. 

94. μόλις, with difficulty. 7. 

95. ὁπόταν 3 (ὁπότε + ἄν), whenever, 
when. 7. 

96. πάλαι, long ago. 7. 

97. πολλάκις, many times, often. 7. 

98. σαφῶς, clearly. 7. 

99. ταύτῃ, dat. of place or manner, 
here, in this way. 7. 
τέως, for a time, till then. 7. 
. ἅτε, as, inasmuch as. 6. 
. αὔριον, to-morrow. 6. 
. ϑήπου or δή που, doubtless... 6. 
. ἐντός, within (like ἔνδον, 72). 
These comm. w. verbs of rest; εἴσω (58) 
with verbs of motion. 

105. νύκτωρ, by night. 6. 

106. πώ, encl., yet. 6. 

107. τοί, encl., truly, often best rene 
dered by emphasis. 6. 

108. ἀμαχεί, without battle. 5. 

109. ἅπαξ, once. 5. 

110. ἔμπαλιν, τὸ ἔμπαλιν, or τοὔμπα-, 
λιν, backwards, back. ὅ. 

111. ἐπεί-περ, since indeed, 
form οὗ ἐπεί. 5. Cf. 11, 25. 

112. ἐξαίφνης, suddenly. 5. 

113. ὁπόθεν, whencesoever, whence (πόθεν, 
whence 9). 5. 

114. ὀρθῶς, rightly. 5. 

115. οὐδαμοῦ (old gen.), nowhere. 5. 
οὐδαμῇ or -ῇ, nowhere, in noway. 3. od- 


stronger 


81. ἡδέως, Hdiov, ἥδιστα, gladly. 9. δαμόθεν, from no (where) place. 2. οὐδα- 
82. σφόδρα, exceedingly. 9. μοῖ, no whither. 1. 
83. ἄλλοτε, at another time. &Adote| 116. οὔ-ποτε, never. 5. 
καὶ ἄλλοτε, now and then. 8. 117. ὀψέ, late. 5. 
1757. 1148. 862,3. 518,b. 2913. 1428,2. 488, κ. 627. 8 217. 293. 
137,2. 228 4.220. 296. 76, κ. 228 1018. 1607. 437 and4, 486. 


a — 


PREPOSITIONS. 429 





718. τοιγαροῦν, stronger form of rof-| 124. τάχα, quickly. 4. 

yap, therefore. 5. 125. τήμερον, to-day. 4. 
119. χαλεπῶς, hardly; harshly. xadrge-| 126. χωρίς, apart. 4. 

πῶς ἔχειν, be harsh or angry. 5. 127. ὡσαύτως, in like manner. 4. 
120. ἄνωθεν, from above. 4. The following were not counted: καὶ, 
121. évlore, sometimes. 4. and ; δέ, and, but; ἀλλά, but; εἰ if; (εἰ 
122. κάτω, down, downwards. 4. + ἄν =) ἐάν, dv, or ἤν, if, with subj. 
123. μά, by, no by (in oaths) 4; ναί (3) ; Total, 131. 


and vi (2), by, yes bys 


PREPOSITIONS. 


The Greek uses prepositions more freely than the Latin, being in this as 
in some other respects a more modern language. Besides their use in com- 
pounds, they occur in the Anabasis nearly three thousand times, — an aver- 
age of over twelve to each page. To attain facility in translating, and an 
appreciation of the niceties of the language, a thorough mastery of the pre- 
positions is indispensable. The student must be familiar not only with the 
meaning of the preposition, but also with the office of the case with which it is 
connected. Read 787. 1221, 1,2; 1225. 898 (Notes). The genitive expresses 
source, separation, agency, participation. A preposition, therefore, meaning 
Srom, out of, by, within, without, before, etc., must govern the genitive. Fora 
like reason, a preposition denoting association, location, or nearness, — at, in, 
with = along with, by=near, beside, and the like, — takes the dative; while 
those expressing motion or extent, — to, towards, (going) against, upon, along, 
around, over, — govern the accusative. For example, card means down. With 
the genitive, therefore, it must mean down from; while with the accusative 
it is rendered, as we should expect, down along, down. Then passing from a 
local to a general sense it is used to express extent, conformity etc., — along, 
throughout, according to, etc. So παρά, meaning alongside of, with the geni- 
tive is rendered from (the side of), with the dative, beside, and with the 
accusative, to (the side of). Thus we see how the same preposition may 
mean fo and from or at. Observe, too, that while the English usually locates 
objects from the standpoint of the speaker, the Greek often views them from 
the standpoint of some object referred to. Thus in τὰ ὑποζύγια ἔχοντες πρὸς 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ, 2.2, πρός means ‘FROM’ viewed from the river, but ‘toward’ 
viewed (as we should view it) from the speaker’s standpoint. So πλησίον, 
near, is followed (except in poetry) by the gen., not the dat., as we should 
expect. Thus πλησίον τῆς πώμης means ‘near’ viewed from the village. 
eee See ene teem ene her eee 

ἄχρι and μέχρι are followed by the genitive on the same principle that requires the — 


after verbs of aiming and reaching. So ἐπί in the sense of ‘toward’ may take the 
ἀπιέναι ἐπὶ Ἰωνίας, 213 








πρό, L. pro, be- 
fore. 

πρός, in front of, 
before. 4 


σύν, with. 


ὑπέρ, (L. super), 
over. 
ὑπό, under. 


ἄνευ, without. 
ἄχρι, 2 ὶ . 
expt, 27 until, 
ἕνεκα, on account 
¢ of. 


μεταξύ, between. 
πλήν prob. fr. πλέ- 





ov, more than. 





before; in behalf of 
(cf. ὑπέρ). 18, 

in front of, before, 
Jrom (before) ; by ; 
towards. 25. 


one βδύμο, in behalf 


ἢ; hie ‘under or be- 
neath, 

2. under (the influence 
or agency of), and 


so comm., by. 100. 
without. 18. 
until, even to. 29. 


on account of. 34. 


between. 5. 
except. 25. 


with, 


of. 170. 


under. 9. 





before, oftener be- 


side, (at, on, near). 
13. 


in company 
with, with the aid 





440 LISTS OF WORDS. 
{ GENITIVE. DATIVE. 
*  Rapicab Source, separation, ΒΘ Σ ACCORAZITR 
ssociation, nearne’ 
MEANING. agency, Ὁ ταῤντοα κάναν δεσραμ φρο 5 m7 same § Motion, extent, 
ἀμφί, on both sides | about = concerning. 2. (round) about. 43. 
of, about. 
ἀνά, up. not up from (as we | upon (poetic). up, up along, up through, 
might expect). throughout. 17. 
ἀντί, over against. | instead of. 28. 
ἀπό, from. JSrom; by. 118, 
=+ bid (cf. L. dis, a (and out of). 1. throughout. 
‘| asunder, δ6- 2. through and toward or 
tween), through. in view of, and so comm., 
on account of. 62. 
eis, into. into. 321. 
ἐκ, out of. out of, from; by. 242. 
ἐν, in. in. 427. 
ἐπί, upon. on, upon, (superposi- | on, upon, at, (juxta- | (to and) upon, to, against. 
tion). 60. position). 120. 167. 
κατά, down. down from, down. 7. down along, along ; accord- 
ing tos κατὰ νόμον, accord- 
ing to law. 120. 
μετά, with. with = in connection (into) the midst of, in quest 
with, sharing with, of, and so comm., after, 
— gen. Cf. σύν. cf. μεταπέμπομαι. 59. 
παρά, beside, near. ως (the τὰ of, beside (at, near, | to (the side of), alongside 
from; by. with). 37 of; aside Jrom, whence 
παρὰ νόμον, contrary to 
the law. 75. 
περί, around, | about=concerning. 73.| about, περὶ ταῖς xep-| about = around, οἱ περὶ 
about. oly, 1:55: 14. ᾿Αριαῖον. 41. 


to (the front of), toward, 
against. 267. 


( going) over, above, beyond. 
ito and) under, 6. 








VERBS. 


441 


VERBS. 


1. εἰμί (for εσ-μι1), impf. ἦν, fut. ἔσομαι, 
δὲ; with gen. (emphasizing possessor) or 
with dat. (emph. fact of possession), belong 
to, have. 3 sing. ἔστι often impers., it is 
possible. 1215. See 22, 73, 215. 

2. φημί 34, impf. ἔφην 186, fut. φήσω 
1, ἔφησα 2. The foll. forms are referred 
to λέγω : fut. ἐρῶ 9, 2 a. εἶπον 189, 1 a. εἶπα 
8, pf. εἴρηκα 2, εἴρημαι 5. οὔ φημι, say that 
- + + not, deny, refuse. Total 431. Instead 
of ods, φάσκων, pres. part. from φάσκω, is 
used. 4, 

3. ἔχω (for ἔχω, originally σέχω, stem 
ἐχ, vex, or oxe),* impf. εἶχον,5 fut. ἕξω or 
σχήσω, 2 a. ἔσχον, ἔσχηκα, ἔσχημαι, ἐσχέ- 
θην, (1) have, hold; mid. with gen., hold 
fast to, cling to, be next to: (2) with ad- 
verbs = be, cf. καλῶς ἔχειν, be or do well. 
The form fox (for ot-cex-w) is found in 
pres. and impf. 2. Cf. 48, 51, 128, 212, 
360. 

4. λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα (εἴρηκα, see 2), AE 
λεγμαι, ἐλέχθην, say, tell. 302. Cf. 176, 
350. 

5. ποιέω, how, etc. (reg.), make, do. 268. 
Cf. 311. 

6. γίγνομαι (for γι-γεν-ομαι8), or ylvo- 
μαι, γενήσομαι, γεγένημαι (2 pf. γέ. 
yova®), 2 ἃ. ἐγενόμην, become, take place. 
260. ΟἿ, 208, 237, 379. 

7. λαμβάνω, Afwoua,!? 2 a. ἔλαβον, 
εἴληφα," εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην, take, receive. 
224, Cf. 68, 213, 238, 241, 242, 243, 274, 
391. 

8. δὁράω, impf. ἑώρων,13 fut. ὄψομαι (= 
ὄπ-σομαι), 2 a. εἶδον, ἑώρᾶκα 13 or ἑόρᾶκα, 
ἑώρᾶμαι, ὥφθην 13 (= ὥπ-θην), see. 214. 
Cf. 204, 300. j 





9. πορεύομαι, σομαι, πεπόρευμαι, ἐπο- 

pevOnv,* proceed, journey. 187. Οἱ. 358. 

10. δέω, δεήσω (fr. st. See!), ἐδέησα, δε- 
δέηκα, δεδέημαι, ἐδεήθην, need, want ; mid., 
want for oneself, and so often, ask; 
impers. δεῖ (δέῃ, δέοι, etc.), there is need, it 
18. necessary, act. 106, mid. 68. Cf. δέω, 
δήσω etc., bind. 

11, βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι,1δ βεβούλημαι 
ἐβουλήθην, wish. 151. 

12. δύναμαι,1Τ impf. 2, or ἠ-δυνάμην, 5 
δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ἐ- or ἠ-δυνήθην, be 
able. 151. 

13. ἔρχομαι (fr. sts. ελυθ, ελθ are) fut. 
ἐλεύσομαι,.8 in Attic prose εἶμι 19 (b), ἐλή- 
AvOa,2? 2 a. ἦλθον," go, come. 188. Cf. 
99, 52, 82, 126, 146, 197, 240. 

14. ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, 2 pf. 
ἀκήκοα,39 ἠκούσθην,23 hear. 138. 

15. κελεύω, elbow, ἐκέλευσα, κεκέλευκα, 
κεκέλευσμαι,23 ἐκελεύσθην,23 order. 123. 
Cf. 377. 

16. ἄγω, ἄξω, 2 a. Hyayov,2 Fra, Fy 
μαι, ἤχθην, lead. 109. ΟΥ̓ 138, 187, 216, 
252, 259, 273, 292, 340. 

17. δίδωμι, δώσω, ἔδωκα,35 δέδωκα, δέδο- 
μαι, ἐδόθην, give. 105. Cf. 49, 70,186. 

18, οἶδα 35 [2 pf. from obs. εἴδω, see 
(whence εἶδον, 8), 7 have seen, and so as 
pres., =] 7 know, 42; 2 plupf. as impf. ἤδειν 
17, fut. εἴσομαι 8. Some of the forms 
found in the Anab. are: tore 6, εἰδῆτε 7, 
εἰδείη 1, ἴσθι 2, εἰδέναι 11, εἰδώς 2, εἰδότες 
9. Total, 100. : 

19. ἥκω," ἥξω, am come. 90. Οὗ 
297. 

20. μένω, fut. μενῷ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, 5 
remain. 89, ΟἿ, 224, 260, 309, 337. 


1 References to Babbitt’s Grammar will be found in the alphabetical list of Greek verbs found in 


Appendix F pp. 377-421. 
ences to the more important peculiarities. 


Goodell’s Grammar also contains (pp. 299-313) a list of verbs with refer- 


1478, 806. 2. 2.481, 539,8. 812. 81028. 473,e. 95,4. 5359. 537. 
6 393, Ὁ. 650, (1). 7405. 658, 2. 8 451, a. 643. 9 402, ο. 605, b. 
10 32. 611. 11 366. 522. 12 359,b. 538. 1851. 71. 14497, 444, 
15 405, 658. 16 355. 517. 17 487,417, a. 627,729. 18 54. 74,611. 19 539,3. 
1257. 20 368. 529. 21 437, 650, (2). 22 505. 640. 23 436, 535. 
#4 452. 692. % 432,334. 802,2; 506. 26491. 920. 27 827. 1956. 


442 


21. δια-βαίνω,: fut. -βήσομαι, -βέβηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔβην, go through or over, cross. 88. Cf. 
74, 76, 322, 351. 

22. πάρ-ειμι, impf. παρ-ἣν, fut. παρ-ἐέσο- 
μαι, be by or present, arrive. 82. Cf. 1. 

23. οἴομαι or οἶμαι, impf. gdéunv or 
ᾧμην, fut. οἰήσομαι,2 ὠήθην,2 think, sup- 
pose, be of the opinion ; chief. in pres. and 
impf. 78. 

24. ἀφ-ικνέομαι, -ίξομαι, -ἔγμαι, 2 a. -ἰκό- 
μην, arrive ; chief. in pres., impf., and 2 a. 
"8. Cf. 234. 

25. devyw,t φεύξομαι or οῦμαι,5 2 pf. 
πέφευγα, 2 a. Epvyor,' flee, be a fugitive or 
exile. pres. 77, impf. 61, pf. 4, 2 «. 11. 
Cf. 278. 

26. dpxw,® ἄρξω, ἦρξα, ἦρχα, ἦργμαι, 
ἤρχθην, be foremost, and so (1) begin, (2) 
comm., rule, 75; pres. part. ἄρχων as 
subst., ruler, leader, 40. Cf. 191. 

27. πέμπω, πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, πέπομφα, 9 
πέπεμμαι,1" ἐπέμφθην͵,1} send. 70. Cf. 158, 
183, 265, 296. 

ἥγημαι, 


28. ἡγέομαι, 
think. θ8. 
29. εἶμι,12 impf. ἦα or few, go; used 
as fut. to ἔρχομαι. 66. Cf. 88, 150, 232, 
380. 

30. νομίζω,13 iow or ιῶ,} ἐνόμισα, vevd- 
pura, ἰσμαι,1δ ἐνομίσθην, consider, suppose. 
65. 

31. τυγχάνω 1 37, τεύξομαι 4, τετύχηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἔτῦχον 22, hit or happen upon, and so 
(1) comm., happen ; (2) happen upon, ob- 
tain. 63. Cf. 163, 362. 

32. πείθω, πείσω 1 (= πειθ-σω), ἔπεισα, 


ἥσομαι, lead ; 





LISTS OF WORDS. 


33. μάχομαι, μαχέσομαι = oduar,2! dua 
xeoduny, μεμάχημαι, fight. 61. 

34. θύω, θύσω, ἔθυσα, τέθυκα,23 réOymat, 
ἐτύθην,33 sacrifice. 58. 

35. aipéw, αἱρήσω, 2 a. εἷλον, ἥρηκα, 
Honua, ypeOny;* act., take; mid., take 
for oneself, choose. 53, ch. in pres., impf., 
2a. For pass. see ἁλίσκομαι, 104. Cf 
104, 192, 324. 

36. ἀν-ίστημι, impf. -ίστην, -στήσω, 
-έστησα, trans. set up, raise up; 3. ἃ. -έστην, 
-έστηκα (as pres.), plpf. -εστήκη (as impf.), 
intrans., rise or stand up. ὅθ. Cf. 77. 

37. ἕπομαι (ἐπ for cer, or), impf. εἶπό- 
unv, > ἕψομαι, 2 a. éorduny,® follow. 53. 
Cf. 149, 346. 

38. ἐθέλω, ἐθελήσω,2 ἠθέλησα, ἠθέληκα, 
de willing, wish. 51. θέλω, θελήσω etc., 
shorter form of foregoing. 10. 

39. φέρω (ep, οι, even, ἐνεγκ), fut. οἴσω, 
1 a. ἤνεγκα, 3 ἃ. ἤνεγκον, ἐνήνοχα,3" ἐνήνεγ- 
μαι,39 ἠνέχθην, bear, carry. 50. Cf. 222, 
359, 361. 

40. ἀπο-θνήσκω 39 (Gay, θνα --- Ovn, fut. 
dro-Oavovuat,®! 2 a. ἀπ-έθανον, τέθνηκα 83 
(uncompounded), die; often as pass. to 
ἀποκτείνω, be killed. 48. Cf. 106, 164. 

41. διώκω, διώξω, ἐδίωξα (other parts not 
comm.), pursue. 48, 

42. καλέω, ἔσω or ὥ,38 ἐκάλεσα, κέ- 
κληκα,5: μαι, ἐκλήθην, call. 46. Cf. 122, 
136. 

43. φαίνω (for day-iw),® φανῶ,55 ἔφη- 
va,*! πέφαγκα,3" πέφασμαι,39 2a. p. ἐφάνην: 
act., show ; mid. and 2 pf. répnva, appear. 
48. Cf. 328. 


πέπεικα,15 πέπεισμαι,15 ἐπείσθην : 19 act. per-| 44. mepdopat, dooua,*” πεπείρᾶμαι, 
suade, 39 ; mid., persuade oneself, obey, 23 ; ἐπειράθην, 1 try, attempt. 46, chief. in 
2 pf. πέποιθα,3 trust. pres. and impf. 

1400. 519,7; 610. 2 405. 658. 8 402, ἃ. 607. 4394. 572. 5 426. 
666. 6 450. 687. 7435. 675. 8 739, 741. 809, 1099. 9451. 643. 
10 53, 75. 1151. 71. 12 477, a. 808, 3. 18 398. 584-5. 14 425, 665, 8. 
15 53. 16 402,c. 605, ὃ. 1 74, 74. 18 73, 19 §2. 71. 2 32. 31. 
21 405, 423. 653, 658, 665. 22 73,4. 95,1. 2% 73,c. 95,3. 24 503, 1. 
639, (b). 25 359 andec. 537, 2. 26 435, a. 675, 677. 27 405, 510. 653, 658 
28 368, 529. 29 53, 463, b. 75, 490, 2. 80 403. 613. 81 405. 653. 
82 73,a. 95,1. 88 423, 504. 665. 84 64-a. 64, 1-2. 35 400. 594. 
36 422. 663. 87 431. 672. 88 448, Ὁ. 648. 39 463, a. 489, 2 
# 30. 29. 41 497. 444. 


VERBS. 


45. ἐρωτάω, impf. ἠρώτων, ἐρωτήσω, 
ἠρώτησα, or (more comm.) 2 ἃ. ἠρόμην 
(from ἔρομαι), ἠρώτηκα, ask. 45, chief. in 
pres., impf., 2a. Cf. 285. 

46. χράομαι, ἤσομαι, ἐχρησάμην, κέχρη- 
μαι, use. 8.8. χρῆται, inf. χρῆσθαι. 45. 

47. πάσχω (for παθ-σκ-ω,2 παθ, πενθ), 
fut. πείσομαι (for πένθσομαι 5), 2 a. ἔπαθον, 
2 pf. πέπονθα," suffer. 43. 

48. ὑπ-ισχνέομαι (see 3, end), ὑπο-σχή- 
σομαι, 2 ἃ. ὑπ-εσχόμην, ὑπ-έσχημαι, hold 
oneself under (obligation), promise. 43. 

49. ἀπο-δίδωμι (for parts, see 17), give 
away or back; esp. what is due, and so 
pay; mid., to give away for one’s own 
profit, sel/. 41, chief. in pres., impf., 2 a. 

50. vikdw, how, ἐνίκησα, νενίκηκα, μαι, 
ἐντκήθην, conquer. 41. 

51. παρ-έχω (for parts, see 3), have be- 
side or near, and so furnish, render. 41. 

52. ἀπ-έρχομαι (for parts, see 13), go 
away, come from. 40. 

53. σώζω (for σωδ-ιω 5), σώσω, ἔσωσα, 
σέσωκα, σέσωσμαι (or ὠμαι), ἐσώθην, save. 
40. Cf. 517. 

54. βουλεύω, edow, ἐβούλευσα etc., delib- 
erate, counsel. 39, Cf. 81, 147. 

55. γιγνώσκω 5 (yo), γνώσομαι, 2 a. 
ἔγνων,ϑ ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι,1" ἐγνώσθην, know. 
39. 

56. οἰκέω, impf. ᾧκουν,}} οἰκήσω, ᾧκησα, 
ᾧκηκα,,5 ᾧκημαι, φκήθην, dwell, inhabit. 38. 
Cf. 823. 

57. ἀδικέω, ἥσω, ἠδίκησα οἴο., injure, 
wrong; be in the wrong. 37. 

58. Séxopat, δέξομαι, ἐδεξάμην, δέδεγμαι, 
receive, accept. 37. 

59. πράττω (= πρᾶγ-ιω 13), πράξω, ἔπρᾶξα, 
πέπρᾶγα or wémpaxa,!* πέπρᾶγμαι, ἐπράχθην, 


from, announce. 





443 


60. κατα-λείπω, (Arm), -λείψω, 2 a. -ἐλε 
mwov,> -AéAowma,® λέλειμμαι,}1 -ελείφθην, 
leave behind; abandon. 36. Cf. 117, 139, 
356. 

61. μέλλω, impf. & or ἤ-μελλον,8 μελ- 
λήσω,19 ἐ- or ἡ-μέλλησα, be about to, intend ; 
delay. 36. 

* 62. οἴχομαι, impf. ὠχόμην, οἰχήσομαι,29 
go, have gone.71 36. 

63. ἀπο-κρίνομαι,33 -κρινοῦμαι,329 -expivd- 
μην,3 κέκριμαι,235 answer. 35. Cf. 166. 

64. παρ-αγγέλλω,25 -αγγελῶ, -ἤγγειλα, 
-ἤγγελκα etc., send a message to; pass the 
word along, command. 35. Cf. 392. 

65. πολεμέω, How etc., be at war, make 
war. 88. 

66. φυλάττω (for φυλακ-ιω 2"), ἄξω, ἐφύ 
λαξα, πεφύλαχα.38 πεφύλαγμαι, ἐφυλάχθην, 
guard, 35. Cf. 261. 

67. ἀπ-αγγέλλω, bring word back or 
34. Cf. 64, 395. 

68. κατα-λαμβάνω (see 7), seize; over- 
take, find. 34. 

69. τάττω (for tay-tw,2"), τάξω, ἔταξα, 
τέταχα,38 τέταγμαι, ἐτάχθην, arrange, draw 
up (of troops). 84. Cf. 209, 312, 336. 

70. παρα-δίδωμι (see 17), give over, de- 
liver up. 33. 

71. ἀπ-όλλῦμι (for ὀλ-νῦ-μι 39), ἔα. -ολῶ 89 
(from -ολέσω), -ώλεσα, -oAdAeKa,®*! destroy ; 
mid., fut. -ολοῦμαι, 2 a. -wAdunv, perish ; 
2 pf. -ὀλωλα,22 am ruined. 32. ὄλλῦμι 
is chiefly poetic. 

72. συλ-λέγω,33 συλ-λέξω, συν-έλεξα, συν» 
είλοχα,33 συν-είλεγμαι, 2 ἃ. p. συνελέγηι, 
collect, assemble. 32. 

73. ἔξ-ευμι (impers. only), ἔξ-εστι, subj. 
ἔξ-ῃ, opt. ἐξ- είη, imper. ἐξ-έστω, inf. ἐξ-εῖναι, 
pt. ἐξ-όν, impf. ἐξ-ἣν, fut. ἔξ-εσται, it ts pos- 


do,act. 87. Cf. 345, 367. sible, permitted, 30. Cf. 1. 

1412, 496. 2 403,c. 617. 8 56. 79. 4451. 643. 5 396, 398, 584-5. 
ὃ 54. 74. 1 858. 14. 8 409, a,b. 618. 615-6. 9 489,15. 7995, 10 461, 
640. 11. 357. 518. 12 367. 526. 18 397. 580. 14 452. 692. 15 320. 481. 
16 451, Ὁ. 643. 1753. 75. 18 355, b. 517. 19 510. 653, 658. 20 510. 
653, 658. 21 827. 1256. 22 400. 594. 23 422. 663. 24 431. 672. 
25 448 Ὁ, 648. 26 396, 399. 579, 593. 27 396-7. 579-80. 28 452. 692. 
29 402, e, 528, 8. 612. 80 423. 665. 81 368. 529. 501. 1263, 1232 
85 55, c. 78, 2. 34 366, 452. 522, 692. 


444 


74. κατα-βαίνω (see 21), go down, 
descend, 30. 

75. κωλύω, tow, ἐκώλῦσα, κεκώλῦκα, 
dua, ἐκωλύθην, hinder. 80. 

76. ἀνα-βαίνω (see 21, 
ascend. 29. 

77. ἵστημιϊ (for σι-στημι), trans., make 
to stand (set, set up; stop, halt); intrans., 
stand, stop. 29. Οἱ, 36, 87, 152,178, 223, 
266, 325, 384. 

78. Kaw and καίω (xav.?), καύσω, Zxavoa, 
κέκαυκα, κέκαυμαι, ἐκαύθην, burn, 29, chief. 
in pres. and impf. Cf. 180. 

79. παίω, παίσω (oftener παιήσω), 
ἔπαισα, πέπαικα (pass. tenses supplied 
mainly from πλήττω), strike. 28. 

80. érlorapar,? impf. ἠπιστάμην, ἐπι- 
στήσομαι, ἠπιστήθην, know (how), under- 
stand. 27. 

81. συμ-βουλεύω (see 54), advise, coun- 
sel; mid., consult with. 27. 

82. συν-έρχομαι (see 13), go or come 
together, assemble. 27. 

83. aleBdvopat,? αἰσθήσομαι,Σ ἤσθημαι, 
2 a. ἠσθόμην, perceive (by the senses). 

84. ἐπι-τίθημι," -θήσω, 1 a. -€0nxa," -τέ- 
Oerka,® -τέθειμαι,δ' -ετέθην,ϑ put or place 
upon, impose ; mid., to put oneself against, 
attack, 26. ‘Cf. 118. 

85. δείδω, pres. and fut. δείσομαι (both 
are ep. and rare), 1 a. ἔδεισα 16, δέδοικα 5, 
2 pf. δέδια 5 as pres., fear. 26. 

86. ζάω,10 impf. ἔζων, Chow (aor. and pf. 
supplied from Bid), live. 26. 

87. καθ-ίστημι (see 36,77), trans., set 
down, settle, establish; intrans., 2 a., pf., 
and plpf. (as pres. and impf.), act. and 
mid., in all tenses, be set, established. 26. 

88. πρόσ-ειμι, impf. προσ-ἤἥειν, go to, to- 
ward or forward. 26. 

89. στρατεύω, ow, ἐστράτευσα ; oftener 


74), go up, 


1 70, 351. 500, 86, 506. 
4 405,0. 605. 5 405. 653, 658. 





2 396, 401. 
6 73, a. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


as dep., ouat, couat, ἐστρατευσάμην, ἐστρά 
Tevpat, serve in war, go on an expedition. 
26. Cf. 188. 

90. βοηθέω, how, ἐβοήθησα etec., succor, 

assist. 25. 

ἐξ-απατάω, how, -ηπάτησα, -ηπά- 
τηκα etc., deceive ; stronger and more 
common than the simple form. 25. 

92. ἐξ-ελαύνω (prob. for éAa-vi-w,!! st. 
eAa, fut. -ελῷ from ἐλάσω 13), -hAaca, -ελή- 
Aaxa,!3 -ελήλαμαι, -ηλάθην, drive out ; 
intrans., ride or drive forth, march. 25. 
Cf. 111, 194, 262, 263. 

93. εὑρίσκω 14 (εὗρ), εὑρήσω,15 2 a. ηὗρον, 
nipnka, nipnuat, nipédnv; also εὗρον, 
εὕρηκα, μαι, εὑρέθην, find. 25. 

94. θέω 17 (θυ), impf. ἔθεον (for other 
tenses, see τρέχω, 245), run. 25. 

95. παρ-έρχομαι (see 13), go by, past, or 
along, pass by or along. 25. Attic sup- 
plies fut. and impf. from mdp-eyu. Cf. 
29. 

96. παρα-σκευάζω,18 dow, -εσκεύασα, 
-εσκεύασμαι, -εσκενάσθην, prepare, make 


26.| ready; like σκευάζω, for which it is com- 


monly used in prose. 25. Cf. 154, 368. 

97. ἀπ-έχω, impf. ἀπ-εἶχον, ἀφ-ἐξω,19 or 
ἀπο-σχήσω, 2 a. ἀπ-έσχον etc. (see 3), (1) 
have oneself from, be distant from ; (2) 
hold oneself from, abstain. 24. 

98. ἔξ-ειμι, impf. ἐξ-ἥειν, go out or forth. 
24. Cf. 29, 

99. ἔπ-ειμι, impf. ἐπ-ἤειν, go against, 
come upon, advance; ἐπ-ιών, oda, ἀν, 
following. 24. Cf. 29. 

100. προσ-έρχομαι, Attic fut. and impf. 
commonly πρόσειμι 88, and προσ-ἥειν, 
come (or go) to, towards, forward, on etc. 
24. See 13. 

101. δια-πράττω (see 59), work through 
or out, effect, accomplish. 23. 


579, 601. 
95, 1. 


, 8 487, 417, a. 729, 742 
7 432. 670. 8 Neither 


H. nor G. offer any explanation for the change of θε to @e: in pf. act. and mid. According 
to Gustav Meyer (Griechishe Grammatik, 71) the form @e: was adopted after the analogy of 


clea, εἶμαι. 9 73,c. 95,3. 1 412. 496. 11 521,1,a. 612. 12 424, 665 (end). 
18 368, 529. 4 403. 603. 15 405. 653, 658. 16 503, 1. 639, (b). 
17 394, a. 574. 18 398. 584-5. 19 82, 92. 


VERBS. 


102. ὁμο-λογέω, -ἦσω, ὡμο-λόγησα ete., 
say the same thing, agree. 23. 

103. παύω, cw, ἔπαυσα ete.; act., make 
to cease ; mid., cease, cease from. 23. Cf. 151. 

104. aAtoxopat! (GA, GAo), ἁλώσομαι, 
2a. ἑάλων 2 or ἥλων, ἑάλωκα Or ἥλωκα, be 
taken; used as pass. to αἱρέω. 22. ; 

105. ἀξιόω, dow, ἠξίωσα ete., think 
vorthy, fit, or reasonable ; demand (as rea- 
sonable). 22. 

106. ἀπο-κτείνω (for -nrev-1w,? ἀποκτενῶ, 
-exrewa, 2 pf. -ἐκτονα, 2 a. -έκτανον," kill. 
Passive supplied from ἀπο-θνήσκω (see 
40). 29. 

107. πλέωδ (πλυ), ἔπλευσα, πέπλευκα, 
πέπλευσμαι, sail. 22. Cf. 145, 293, 357. 

108. χρή, subj. χρῇ, opt. χρείη, inf. 
χρῆναι, part. χρεών, impf. ἐχρῆν or χρῆν, 
it is necessary, one must, ought. 22. 

109. θαυμάζω," dooua, ἐθαύμασα, τε- 
θαύμακα, σμαι, ἐθαυμάσθην, wonder αἱ, ad- 
mire. 91. 

110. πρό-ειμι, impf. προ-ἤειν, go before 
or forward, advance. 21. 

111. ἐλαύνω, trans., drive, ride ; intrans., 
ride, march. 20. Cf. 92, 262. 

112. kparéw, how, ἐκράτησα, have or get 
power over, overpower. 20. 

113. ἐπι-θυμέω, fow etc., (set one’s) 
heart upon, desire. 20. Cf. 271, 295. 

114. αἰτέω, how, ἤτησα etc., ask, de- 


mand, 19. Cf. 193. 
115. d&-atpéw, take from or away, 
deprive. 19. Cf. 35. 


116. βάλλω 1: (for βαλ-ιω), fut. βαλῶ, 
2 a. ἔβαλον, BEBAnka,!* βέβλημαι, ἐβλήθην, 
throw, throw at. 19. Cf. 144, 177, 303, 
320, 339. 

117. λείπω 18 (Aur), λείψω, 2 a. ἔλιπον, 
λέλοιπα,13 λέλειμμαι,1}5 ἐλείφθην, leave. 19. 
Cf. 60, 139, 321, 392. 


445 


118. τίθημι (see 84), put, place ; τίθεσθαι 
τὰ ὅπλα, (1) ground arms, (2) stand in 
arms, (3) stack arms. 19. For the pass., 
κεῖμαι (218) is commonly used. Cf. 84, 
301, 318. 

119. τοξεύω, εύσω, ἐτόξευσα etc., shoot 
with the bow. 19. 

120, ἐπ-αινέω, impf. ἐπ-ἥνουν, -éroua,!® 
Avera, ἐπ-ἤνεκα, ἐπ-ἤνημαι, ἐπ-ηνέθην, praise. 
18. ihe simple form is rare in Attic prose 

121. ἐπι-δείκνυμι,117 and -δεικνύω, imp? 
ém-edeixvuv and voy, -δείξω, -ἔδειξα, -74 
δειχα,}8 -δέδειγμαι, -εδείχθην, show forth, 
exhibit, display. 18, Cf. 194, 279. 

122, παρα-καλέω (see 42), call to one’s 
side or along, summon; exhort. 18." 

123. σημαίνω 15. (for σημαν-ιω), avd, 
ἐσήμηνα 3 or ava, σεσήμασμαι,2) ἐσημάν- 
θην, give the sign (σῆμα), signify. 18. 

124. tipdw, ἤσω, ἐτίμησα etc., honor. 
18. 

125. τιτρώσκω 33 (τρο), τρώσω, Erpwoa, 
τέτρωμαι, ἐτρώθην, wound. 18. 

120, δι-έρχομαι (see 13), go or come 
through, pass through. 17. Attic supplies 
fut. and imp. from δί-ειμι. 

127. ἐάω, impf. εἴων 33 (ἃς, a), édow,?4 
εἴᾶσα, elaxa, μαι, εἰάθην, permit. 17. 

128. κατ-έχω, impf. κατ-εἶχον, καθέξω 35 
etc, (see 3), hold down, fast or back, restrain; 
occupy. 17. 

129. κατα-καίνω (for -καντω, st. Kav), 
only in 2 a. κατ-έκανον, except in 7.6% 
(κατα-κεκονότες) : = κατα-κτείνω, kill. 17, 

130. Ate, λύσω, ἔλῦσα, λέλυκα, λέλυμαι, 
ἐλύθην, loose, loosen, in various senses, 75: 
lease, relax, break. 17. Cf. 366. 

131. λανθάνω 36 (λαθ), Afow,2" 2 a. ἔλα 
Gov, λέληθα, AEAnopar,?8 (1) escape notice, 
commonly with a part., and often rendered 





unawares,” secretly ; (2) with acc. escape 


2403. 613. 2 489,13. 803, 2. 3 396, 400. 579, 594. 4451. 643. 
δ 435, a. 676. 6 394,a. 574. 7461. 640. 8 486. p, 406 ® 396, 
398. 579, 584-5. 10 82. 92. 11 396,399. 579, 593. 12 448,c. 649, (2). 
18 394. 572 14 451, Ὁ. 643. 15 58, 75. 16 504, b. 639, b. 17 402,e. 603, 
608. 18 452. 692. 19 396, 400. 579, 594. 20 431. 672. 21 463, a. 489, 2. 
22 403 andb. 613,615. 38 359. 537. 230. 99, 36 82. 92. 26 402,c, 605,(b). 
27 54. 74. a@ lengthened to » after the analogy of Class II., 394, 611. 2° 68, 74 


29 984. 1586 


446 
the notice of. 17. Cf. ἐπι-λανθάνομαι or 
-λήθομαι, forget. 


132. πιστεύω, εύσω, ἐπίστευσα etc., be- 
lieve (in), trust. 17. 

133. ἀπο-διδράσκω! (Spa), -dpacoua, 
2 a. -ἐδρᾶν 3 (ds, a), -δέδρᾶκα, run away, 
escape, esp. by stealth. 16. Cf. 278. The 
simple form is not used, 

134. εὔχομαι, impf. ηὐχόμην, εὔξομαι, 
ηὐξάμην, pray, vow. 16. The forms εὐχό- 
pny, εὐξάμην, are common. 

135. στρατοπεδεύω, evow etc. (oftener 
as dep.), encamp. 16. 

136. συγ-καλέω (see 42), call together. 16. 

137. αἰτιάομαι, impf. ἠτιώμην, αἰτιάσο- 
μαι, ἠτιασάμην, ἠτίάμαι, ἠτιάθην (in pass. 
sense), blame. 15. 

138. ἀπ-άγω (see 16), lead back, bring 


away. 15. 

139. ἀπο-λείπω (see 60), leave behind, 
Jorsake. 15. 

140. ἀπο-πλέω (see 107), sail away or 
back, 15. 


141. ἀπορέω, impf. ἠπόρουν, how etc., 
be at a loss, be perplexed. 15. 

142. ἁρπάζωδ (for aprad-iw), dow or 
ομαι, ἥρπασα, pm aKa, ἥρπασμαι, ἡρπάσθην, 
seize, plunder. 15. 

143. ἀφ-ίημι δ (€), impf ἀφ-ίην, ἀφ-ἤσω, 
ἀφ-ῆκαϊ (dual -εἶτον 58), do-eika, ἀφ-εῖμαι, 
ἀφ-είθην, send away or back, let go, 15. 
Cf. 203. 

144. δια-βάλλω (see 116), throw or hurl 
at, then fig., calumniate, slander. 15. 

145. ἐκ-πλέω (see 107), sail out or away. 
15. 

146. ἐξ-έρχομαι (see 13), come or go out 
or forth. 15. 

147. ἐπι-βουλεύω (see 54), plan against, 
plot against. 15. 

148, ἐπι-χειρέω (χείρ, hand), how, ἐπ- 
exeipnoa etc., take in hand, attempt. 15. 

149. ép-éropat? (see 37), impf. ἐφ- 





LISTS OF WORDS. 


εἰπόμην, ἐφ-έψομαι, 2 a. ἐφ-εσπόμην, follow, 
(close) upon or after, pursue. 15. 

150. πάρ-ειμι (see 29), impf. rapes, 
go by, past, or along. 15. 

151. ἀνα-παύω (see 103), make cease 
again or for a time, mid., halt, rest. 15. 

152. ép-lornpt,!” impf. ἐφ-ίστην, ἐπι- 
στήσω, ἐπ-έστησα, set upon, (up, over, or 
near); 2 a. ἐπ-έστην, ἐπ-έσταμαι, ἐπ-εστά- 
θην (mid. and pass.), be set over or near, 
stand upon, (by, near, or against); also 
(act.) make to stand, ha/t. 14. Cf. 36. 

153. σκοπέω, ἐσκόπουν, 14; other tenses 
made from σκέπτομαι, --- viz., σκέψομαι, 
ἐσκεψάμην, trxeupas, 10; look carefully, 
observe, consider. 

154. συ-σκευάζω (see 96), dow, cur 
εσκεύασα etc., prepare (to start by getting 
things) together, pack up. 14. 

155. τρέπω, τρέψω, ἔτρεψα, τέτροφα,"} 
τέτραμμαι,13 ἐτράπην,13 turn. 14. Cf. 200. 

156. τρέφω, θρέψω (for τρεῴφσω 15), ἔθρεψα. 
τέθραμμαι,15 ἐτράφην, nourish. 14. 

157. ὠνέομαι, impf. ἐωνούμην͵ 16 ὠνησυ- 
μαι, 3 ἃ. ἐπριάμην," ἐώνημαι, ἐωνήθην (as 
pass.), buy. 14. 

158. ἀπο-πέμπω (see 27), send away or 
back. 18. 

159. ἀπο-χωρέω, How (or ἠσομαι), dm 
εχώρησα etc., withdraw. 13. Cf. 349. 

160. ἀριστάω, impf. ἠρίστων, ἀριστήσω, 
ἠρίστησα οἴο., breakfast. 18. 

161. αὐλίζομαι, impf. ἠυλιζόμην, αὐλί- 
σομαι, ηὐλιδόμην or ηὐλίσθην, ηὔλισμαι, 
lodge, (in the αὐλή, open yard), encamp. 
13. 

162. év-vodw (νόος, mind), how, év-evd- 
noa etc., have in mind, think, consider. 13. 
Cf. 253. ἐπινοέω, how etc., have on one’s 
mind, intend. 4. 

163. ἐν-τυγχάνω (see 31), happen upon, 
meet with. 13. 

164. θνήσκω 18 (day, Ova), θανοῦμαι,19 


1 403 and Ὁ. 613,615. 2.489, 8. 799°. 8 357,a. 519. 430. 29. 5 396, 
398, 579, 584-5. 6476. 810. 7432. 670. 8. 359,a. 537,2. 9% 82. 92. 
10500, 11 451-2. 643,692. 1253. 75. 18 435,a. 676. 474, 95, 5. 
15 460,2 646. 16359. 537. 17 480,9. 506, pp. 121-2. [8 403, 613; 64, 64. 


19 422. 663. 


VERBS. 


2 ἃ. ἔθανον, τέθνηκα, die; be killed, pass. 
to ἀποκτείνω.ς 13 Cf. 40. 

165. «é0-ypat,! impf. ἐκαθήμην or καθή- 
μὴν (only tenses used ; preferred to ἧμαι), 
be seated, sit still. 18. Cf. 363. 

166. κρίνω 3 (for xpiv-iw), κρινῶ, ἔκρινα, 
κέκρικα, κέκριμαι, ἐκρίθην, judge. 18 Cf. 68. 

167. ὁρμάω, impf. ὥρμων, ὁρμήσω, ὥρ- 
μησα, ὥρμηκα, ὥρμημαι, ὡρμήθην, rush, 
hasten; mid., esp sally forth. 13. Cf. 
ὁρμέω, anchor. 4. 

168. avvOdvopar* (πυθ), πεύσομαι,5 2 ἃ. 
ἐπυθόμην, πέπυσμαι, learn (by inquiry), 
enquire. 13 Cf. 45. 


169. σπένδω, σπείσωδ (for σπενδσω), 


ἔσπεισα, ἔσπεισμαι,Ϊ pour a libation; mid., 
make a treaty, by pouring libations one 
with another. 13. 

170. τελευτάω, how etc., end, finish; 
end (life), die. 13 

171. ἀναγκάζω, dow, ἠνάγκασα, etc., 
compel, 12. 

172. ἀπ-αλλάττω 8 (for -αλλαγ-ιω), άξω, 
τήλλαξα, -ἠλλαχα!" -ἤλλαγμαι, -ηλλάγην, 
change (and put) off or (get) away, set 
free ; mid. and pass., be set free, be freed 
Jrom. 12. 

173. ἀφ-ίστημι (see 36), impf. ἀφ-ίστην, 
amo-oThow, ἀπ-έστησα, trans., make stand 
away or aloof; 2 a. ἀπ-έστην, ἀφ-έστηκα. 
ἀφ-έσταμαι, ἀπ-εστάθην, intrans., stand 
away or aloof, revolt. 12. 

174. δειπνέω, how, ἐδείπνησα etc., dine. 
12, 

175. δηλόω, dow, ἐδήλωσα etc., make 
evident, show. 12. 

176, δια-λέγομαν (see 4), -λέξομαι, δι- 
είλεγμαι,10 δι-ελέχθην, converse with. 12. 

177. ἐμ- βάλλω (see 116), ἐμ-βαλῶ, 2 a. 
ἐν-έβαλον, éu-BéBAnka, nua, ἐν-εβλήθην, 
throw in or into; often intrans. or reflex., 





447 


178. θαρρέω, how etc., take courage. 12. 

179. θάπτω 1: (for ταφ-τω), θάψω, ἔθαψα, 
τέθαμμαι,13 ἐτάφην, bury. 12. 

180. κατα-κάἄάω or -καίω (see 78) burn 
down or completely. 12. 

181, κατα-μανθάνω 183 (μαθ), -μαθήσο- 
pot 2a. ἔμαθον, -μεμάθηκα, learn thor- 
oughly, understand. 12. Cf. 290, 

182. KAémrw,!® κλέψω, ἔκλεψα, κέκλο- 
ga, κέκλεμμαι, 3 ἃ. p. ἐκλάπην," steal, 12. 

188. μετα-πέμπω, oftener ομαι (see 27), 
send for, 12. 

184, μιμνήσκω 18 (uva), μνήσω, ἔμνησα, 
μέμνημαι,.9 ἐμνήσθην, remind: mid., call 
to mind ; pf. as pres., have called to mind, 
remember ; subj. μεμνῶμαι,39 opt. μεμνήμην. 
19, 2©f 275; 

185. ὄμνυμι (ou, ouo), and ὀμνύω, 
impf. Suvov and ὥμνυον, fut. ὁμοῦμαι,23 
ὥμοσα, ὀμώμοκα,23 dudpoopat,* ὠμόθην and 
ὠμόσθην, swear (to, that, or by). 12. 

186. προ-δίδωμι (see 17), give (forth) 
up, betray. 12. 

187. συν-άγω (see 16), bring together, 
collect, 12. 

188. συ-στρατεύω, oftener edoua (see 
89), serve in war with, join in an expedi- 
tion. 12. 

189. σφενδονάω, how etc., sling 

190. τολμάω, ἥσω etc., dare 12. 

191. ὑπ-άρχω (see 26), begin (at the 
bottom or very beginning) ; be originally ; 
exist, 12. 

192. ἀν-αιρέω (see 35), take up or away ; 
of an oracle, to take up a question sub- 
mitted, reply. 11. ’ 

193, ἀπ-αιτέω (see 114), demand back. 
11, 

194. ἀπ-ελαύνω (see 92), drive, ride 
away, or march away or back. 11. 

195. ἀπο-δείκνῦμι (see 121), show forth, 


12. 


throw oneself into, enter, invade. 12. appoint. 11. 

1 484, 815. 2 396, 400. 574, 579. 8 448, Ὁ. 648. 4 402, ς. 605,(b). 
5 Lengthened after the analogy of Class II., 394, 611. 656 79. 7 365. 523. 
8 396-6, 579-80. 9 452. 692. 10 366. 522. 11°74, ς. 95, 5. 12 §3. 75. 
18 402, ς. 605, (b). 144405. 653. 658. 15 395. 576. 16 451. 643. 11 471. 
646. 18 403, Ὁ. 613, 615. 19 365, b. 525. 20 465, a. 734, 1. 21 402, 1. 
603, 608. 22 422. 663. 23 368. 529. 24461. 640. 


448 


196. ἄχθομαι, ἀχθέσομαι,1 ἠχθέσθην,2 be 
displeased. 1i. 

197. εἰσ-έρχομαι (see 13), come (or go) 
into, ori. 11 

198. ἐκ-πίπτω ὃ (for πι-πέτ-ω, rer, πτοὶ), 
ἐκ-πεσοῦμαι (= πετ-σοῦμαι 3), 2 ἃ. ἐξ-έπεσον 
(for orig. -ἐπετον), ἐκ-πέπτωκα, fall out, be 
driven out, of exiles. 11, Cf. 218, 294. 

199. ἐπι-μέλομαι and éopat, ήσομαι, 
ἐπι-μεμέλημαι, ἐπ-εμελήθην, take care (of 


or that). 11. Cf. 348, 372. 
200, ἐπι-τρέπω (see 155), turn over to; 
permit, 11. ι 


201. ἥδομαι, ἡσθήσομαιϑ (for ἡδθ-), ἥσθην, 
be pleased. 11. 

202. ἡττάομαι (ἥττων, inferior), ἡττῆσο- 
μαι (as pass. rarely) or ἡττηθήσομαι, ἧτ- 
τήθην, be inferior, worsted, defeated. 11. 

203. inpe® (ἐ), impf. ἴην, how, fra,’ εἶκα, 
εἷμαι, εἴθην. send, send forth, hurl ; mid., 
send oneself, hasten. 11. Cf. 143, 388, 
386, 393 

204. καθ-οράω (see 8), impf. καθ-εώρων, 
κατ-όψομαι, 2 ἃ. κατ-εἴδον, καθ-εόρακα, μαι, 
κατ-ώφθην, look down or down upon, see 
clearly. 11. 

205. κτάομαι, κτήσομαι, ἐκτησάμην, κέ- 
κτημαιὃ ἐκτήθην (as pass.), acquire; pf., 
have acquired, possess. 11. 

206. παιανίζω,9 ἔσω or ἐῶ, ἐπαιάνισα etc., 
sing the paean (παιάν) or war-song. 11. 

207. πολιορκέω, how, ἐπολιόρκησα etc., 
besiege. 11. 

208. συγ-γίγνομαι (see 6), be with, asso- 
eate with. 11. 

209. συν-τάττω (see 69), draw up to- 
gether, arrange. 11. 

210. ὑπ-οπτεύω, impf. ὑπ-ώπτευον, edow 
etc., suspect. 10. See fut. of 8. 

211. ἀνα-κράζω 1 (for -κραγ-ιω), 2 a. ἀν- 
έκραγον, the only tense found in the Anab., 
ery out, 10. 

212. dv-éxw and -ίσχω (see 3), hold up, 





LISTS OF WORDS. 


back, or out ; of the sun, rise; impf. mid. 
ἀν-ειχόμην ! or ἠνειχόμην, 2 a. ἀν- or hv 
εσχόμην. 10. 

213. ἀπο-λαμβάνω (see 7), take (or re- 
ceive) from or buck. 10. 

214. διδάσκω 13 (for διδάχ-σκω), διδάξω. 
ἐδίδαξα, δεδίδαχα, γμαι, ἐδιδάχθη», teach 
10. Note that the redup. (δι) is retained 
in all tenses. 

215. ἔν-ειμι (see 1), ἐν-ἣν, ἐν-έσομαι, be 
in, on, or therein. 10 

216. ἐξ-άγω (see 16), lead out or forth 

10. 
217. ἔοικα 18 (2 pf. fr. obs. εἴκω ; 2 plipf. 
ἐῴκειν), seem, seem likely; ἔοικε often 
impers., it is seemly, proper, reasonalle 10 
εἰκός (with or without ἐστι) = ἔοικε. 10. 

218. ἐπι-πίπτω (see 198), fall upon, 
attack. 10. 

219. ketpor* impf ἐκείμην, κείσομαι, 
lie (asleep, dead, buried ete.) ; be laid 
(often as pass. to τίθημι, 118). 10. See 
257,281, 287. 

220. κινδυνεύω, evow etc., be in danger, 
incur danger. 10. 

221. πορίζω, low) or i@, ἐπόρισα etc., 
Surnsh. 10. 

222. συμ-φέρω (see 39), bring together ; 
to contribute to, hence be profitable (often 
impers.) 10. 

223. συν-ίστημι (see 36, 77), impf. συν- 
lorny, συστήσω, cvv-éornoa, trans., make 
stand together, and so combine, frame etc. ; 
2 ἃ. συν-ἐστην, συν-ἔστηκα, and pass. forms, 
stand together, be jomed etc. 10. 

224. ὑπο-μένω (see 20), remain behind; 
wait a little: wait under attack, await, 
stand one’s ground. 10. 

225. χαλεπαίνω 10 (for -αν-ω), avd, exe 
λέπηνα,} be angry with. 10. 

226. ψεύδω, ψεύσω,}5 ἔψευσα, ἔψευσμαι,.3 
ἐψεύσθην, comm dep. in Attic, die, deceive. 
10. 


1405. 653,658. 2461. 640. 8 δ06, 4. p 397. 4426. 666. § 52 71. 
9 404,476. 619,810. 7432. 670. 8 365, b. 525. 9 425. 665. 3. 10 396, 
398. 579, 584-5. 11 361,4. 544. 12 403, c, 533,8. 617. 18 369, 451,b. 537, 2, 
643. 14 482, 818. 16 425, 665, 3. 16 396,400. 679,594. 11 43l-a. 672 
18 54. 74. 


19 53, 365. 74, ὃ 


VERBS... 


227. ὠφελέω, now, ὠφέλησα, κα, μαι, ἤθην, 
assist. 10. Cf. 90. 

228. αἰσχύνω,; wa, ἤσχῦνα,Ξ ἠσχύνθην 
(pf. rare); act., shame, disgrace; mid., be 
ashamed (of, to, before etc.). 9. 

229. ἀπ-αγορεύω (chief. in pres. and 
impf.) 2, ἀπ-ερῶ, 2 ἃ. ἀπεῖπον 2, ἀπ-είρηκα 5, 
to speak away or off, forbid; renounce ; 
give up, be weary. 9. Cf. 2. 

230. Bodw, impf. ἐβόων, βοήσομαι, ἐβόησα 
(other parts rare), shout. 9. 

231. δέω, Show, ἔδησα, δέδεκα 5 (not 
nKa), δέδεμαι, ἐδέθην, bind. 9. Carefully 
distinguish from 10. 

232, εἴσ-ειμι (see 29), impf. εἰσ-ἤειν, come 
or go into, enter. 9. 

233. ἐκ- πλήττω ὁ (for πληγ-ιω), -πλήξω, 
-érAnta, -πέπληγα, -πέπληγμαι, -επλάγην ὃ 
less often -επλήχθην, strike out of one’s 
senses, astonish ; terrify. 9. 

234. ἐξ-ικνέομαι (see 24), to come forth 
to, reach, arrive. 9. 

235. ἐπι-σττίζομαι, ἔσομαι or codpuar,’ ἐπ- 
εσϊτισάμην etc. (σῖτος, grain), provision 
oneself. 9. 

236. Kynpitrw* (for κηρυκ-ιω), κηρύξω, 
ἐκήρυξα, κεκηρυχα,8 υγμαι, ἐκηρύχθην, pro- 
claim. 9. 

237. παρα-γίγνομαι (see 6), come to, 
arrive. 9. 

238. twapa-hapBdvw(see 7), receive from ; 
succeed to. 9. 

239. παρ-εγγνάω, pass (παρά) from hand 
to hand (γύαλον), pass the word, command. 
9. Cf. 64. 

240. προ-έρχομαι (see 13), go forward 
or before. 9. 

241. προ-κατα-λαμβάνω (see 7), take or 
seize beforehand. 9. 

242. προσ-λαμβάνω (see 7), take (or 
receive) beside or in addition. 9. 

243. συλ-λαμβάνω (see 7), seize, bring 
together. 9. 


1 396,400. 579,594. 2431-a. 672. 
5 450. 687. 6 471, a, 718. 7 425, 
10 405, 653, 658, 2. 11 402,4. 603. 


398. 579, 584-5. 


18 365. 523. 19 357, a. 519. 





15 448,a.b. 645, 647. 
20 448, c, 402, a. 


449 


244, ττμωρέω, ow etc., avenge; mid., 
avenge oneself on, punish. 9. 

245. τρέχω, δραμοῦμαι,) 2 a. ἔδραμον, 
δεδράμηκα. 9. Cf. 378. 

246. φθάνω,:} φθήσομαι,.3 ἔφθασα, 2 a. 
ἔφθην,}8 anticipate, be first. 9. 

247, yxaplfopar!* (= χαριδιομαι), ίσομαι 
or coduau,” ἐχαρισάμην, κεχάρισμαι, favor. 9. 

248. ἀθροίζω,1: ἀθροίσω, ἤθροισα, ἤθροικα, 
σμαι, ἠθροίσθην, assemble (others); mid., 
assemble. 8. 

249. ἀνα-τείνω 1 (for -rev-iw), Teva, : 
-έτεινα, -τέτακα,} -τέταμαι, -ετάθην, stretch 
up or out, hold up. 8. 

250. ἀρκέω, ἔσω," ἤρκεσα, suffice, be suf 
Jicient. 8. 

251. ἀσθενέω, ow, ἠσθένησα etc., be 
ἀσθενής, sick; aor., fall sick. 8. 

252. 8i-dyw (see 16), carry through, over, 
or across; of time, spend ; lead on, con- 
tinue. 8. 

253. δια-νοέομαι, ἥσομαι, -νενόημαι, -ενοή- 
θην (νόος, mind), be’ minded, intend. 8. Cf. 
162. ᾿ 

254. δια-σπάω, -σπάσω,} -έσπασα, -διέ- 
σπακα, -έσπασμαι,18 -εσπάσθην, draw apart, 
separate. 8, Cf. 352. 

255. εἰκάζω, impf. ἤκαζον or εἴκαζον,19 
εἰκάσω, ἤκασα, ἤκασμαι, ἠκάσθην, conjec- 
ture. 8. 

256. ἐν-θυμέομαι, ἤσομαι, -τεθύμημαι, -εθῦ- 
μήθην, have in mind (θυμός), consider 
well, 8, Cf. 113. 

257. ἐπί-κειμαι (see 219), lie or be laid 
upon; press upon. 8. 

258. κάμνω 309 (for kau, cua), fut. καμοῦ-᾿ 
μαι.3 3 ἃ. ἔκαμον, κέκμηκα, labor; be weary, 
sick. 8. 

259. κατ-άγω (see 16), lead down or 
back ; bring down from the high sea, put 
in, land. 8. Cf. 278. 

260. κατα-μένω (see 20), remain behind, 
remain, 8. 


8 504,1. 639,.b. 4 396-7. 579-580 
665, 3. 8 452. 692. 9422. 663. 
12611. 13 480,8. 7991. 14 396, 

16 503, I. 639. 17 841, 1260, 


649, (2), 603, 


450 


261. ὀπισθο-φυλακέω, fow etc., guard 
the rear. 8. 

262) παρ-ελαύνω (see 92), ride (or 
march) along, by or past. 8. 

263, προσ-ελαύνω (see 92), ride (or 
march), toward, forward, or against. 8. 

264. σπεύδω, σπεύσω, ἔσπευσα, ἔσπευκα, 
hasten. 8. 

265. συμ-πέμπω (see 27), send with. 8. 

266. ὑφ-ίστημι (see 36), impf. ὑφ-ίστην, 
ὑπο-στήσω, ὑπ-έστησα, trans. (make stand), 
place under ; mid., post secretly ; 2 a. ὑπ- 
έστην, ὑφ-έστηκα, apa, ὑπ-εστήθην (and all 
pass. tenses), intrans., stand under, in va- 
rious senses; withstand ; undertake, prom- 
ise; submit. 8. 

267. φθέγγομαι, φθέγξομαι, ἐφθεγξάμην, 
ἔφθεγμαι, shout, scream, used of most 
sounds of the human voice, of animals, 
and of many inanimate things. 8. 

268. φράζω2 (for φραδ-ιω), ~ppdow, 
ἔφρασα, πέφρακα, σμαι, ἐφράσθην, tell, 
declare. 8. 

269. ψηφίζω (ψῆφος, pebble), low or ιῶ,3 
ἐψήφισα, ἐψήφισμαι, ἐψηφίσθην, vote. 8. 

270. ἀγωνίζομαι, ίσομαι or ιοῦμαι, ἤγω- 
νισάμην, ἢγώνισμαι, ἢγωνίσθην (as pass.), 
contend. 7. 

271. ἀθυμέω, how etc., be ἄ-θῦμος, dis- 
couraged. 7. Cf. 256, 113. 

272. ἀκοντίζω, low or 1? etc., hurl the 
javelin, hit with a javelin. 7. 
> 278. ἀν-άγω (see 16), lead or bring up; 
Jead up to the high sea, set sail. 7. 

274. ἀνα-λαμβάνω (see 7), take up or 
yback. 7. 

275. ἀνα-μιμνήσκω (see 184), remind 
of; pass., call to mind. 7. 


276. ἀπ-αντάω, impf. ἀπ-ἤντων, how, : 


-ήντησα, (go) away to meet, meet. 7. 
277. ἀπο-τέμνω ὁ (ren, THE), -τεμῶ, 2 a. 
-έτεμον, -τέτμηκα," μαι, -ετμήθην, cut off. 7. 
278. ἀπο-φεύγω (see 25), flee away, 
escape out of reach. 7. 





LISTS OF WORDS. 


Ἄς 

279. δείκνῦμι,δ δείξω, ἔδειξα, δέδειχα, ͵ 
δέδειγμαι, ἐδείχθην, show. 7. Cf. 191,.195, 

280. δια-βιβάζω, dow or ὦ ὃ οἴο., causal 
of δια-βαίνω, make go over, transport. 7. 

281. διά-κειμαι (see 219), lie in order, 
be arranged ; chiefly of the mind, be af 
fected. 7. 

282. δύω (oftener δύνω), δύσω, ἔδῦσα, 
2a. ἔδῦν,δ δέδῦκα, δέδῦμαι, ἐδύθην, enter; 
of the sun, set ; of clothes, put on. 7. Mid. 
more common. Cf. 331. 

283. δωρέομαι (δῶρον), gift, ἥσομαι, ἐδω- 
ρησάμην, δεδώρημαι, ἐδωρήθην (as pass.), 
present. 7. 

284. ἐμ-πίπτω (see 198, 294), fall into, 
upon, or among. 7. 

. 285. ἐπ-ερωτάω (see 45), 2 a. ἐπ-ηρόμην, 
ask further, inquire of. 7, all in 2a. 

286. ἐσθίω 9 (for €5-0-l-w), fut. ἔδομαι,"0 
2a. ἔφαγον, ἐδήδοκα,}} €54decpar,!2 ἠδέσθην, 
δαῖ; ἴ. 

287. κατά-κειμαι (see 219), lie down, 
recline. 7. 

288. ληΐζομαι, Attic Ax Coua: (Anin, At- 
tic λεία, booty), λήσομαι, ἐλῃσάμην, A€Ap- 
σμαι, plunder. 7. 

289. λυπέω (λύπη, pain), how etc., pain. 7. 

290. μανθάνω 138 (μαθ), μαθήσομαι,1" 2 a, 
ἔμαθον, μεμάθηκα, learn. 7. See 181. 

291. ὀρχέομαι (ὄρχος, a row), impf. 
ὠρχούμην, ὀρχήσομαι, ὠρχησάμην, dance. 7, 

292. παρ-ἄγω (see 16), lead (or bring) 
by, along, or past. 7. 

293. παρα-πλέω (see 107), sail by or 
along. 7. 

294. πίπτω (see 198), πεσοῦμαι (= πετ- 
oéoua's), ἔπεσον (for ἔπετον), πέπτωκα, 
fall. 7. 

295. προ-θυμέομαι, impf. προ-εθ- or 
προὐθυμούμην, ἤσομαι, προ-τεθύμημαι, mpor- 
θυμήθην, be eager (πρόθῦμος). 7. Cf. 118, 
256, 271. 

296. προ-πέμπω (see 27), send before ΟἹ 
forward. 7. 


154, 14, 2 396, 398. 579, 584-5. 8 425. 665, 3. 4 402,4. 603 
5 448, ο, 649, 6 402, 6. 607. 7 452. 692. 8 489,17. 7997. 9 52. 71 
10 427. 667. 11 368. 529. 12.405. 253. 461. 640. 18 402, ¢. 603, 605, (b) 
4405. 653.658, 15 54. 74, 


VERBS. 


297. προσ-ήκω (see 19), have come to; 
oftener to pertain to, belong to, be fitting ; 
chiefly impers., part. προσήκων, ova, ov, 
befitting; of persons, related to. 7. 

298. péw (fu), ῥεύσομαι or ῥυήσομαι (2 
fut. pass. as act.), ἐρρύην (2 a. p. as act.), 
ἐρρύηκα,Σ flow. 7. 

299. στασιάζω (στάσις, faction), -dow 
ete., excite a faction, be factious, quarrel 
(with). 7. 

300. συν-οράω, -όψομαι, -εἶδον, sce (to- 
gether=) in one view or at a glance, 3; 
guv-01da, am conscious. 4. 

301. συν-τίθημι (see 118), put together ; 
mid., join in putting together, agree 
on. 7. 

802. σωφρονέω, how ete., be prudent. 7. 

303. imep-Baddw (see 116), throw beyond, 
overshoot (surpass, exceed etc.) ; intrans., 
cross over. 7. 

304. χρήζω, chief. in pres. and impf. 
(xpeia, need), need, want. 7. 

305. χωρέω (χῶρος, place; see 159), 
how, oftener, ἤσομαι, ἐχώρησα etc., give 
vlace for, advance ; (2) contain, of meas- 
ares. 7. 

206. ἀλέξω, fut. ἀλέξομαι (from ἀλέκω ἢ), 
ἠλεξάμην (other tenses wanting), (1) ward 
off; mid., ward off from oneself, requite ; 
(2) ward off for or from another (dat.), 
assist. Cf. 308. 6. 

307. ἁμαρτάνω, ἁμαρτήσομαι,3 2a. ἥμαρ- 
τον, ἡμάρτηκα,3 miss ; err or fail in conduct, 
sin. 6, 

808. ἀμύνω,: ἀμῦνῶ, ἤμῦνα, like ἀλέξω 
above, ward off; requite in mid.; assist. 6. 

309. dva-péva (see 20), await, wait 
(for). 6. 

310. ἀνα-στρέφω, -στρέψω, -έστρεψα, 2 pf. 
-ἐστροφα,ῦ ἐστραμμαι," -εστράφην, turn back, 
round, overvurn ; mid., go back and forth in 
a place, live, cf. Lat. versari. 6. 

311. ἀντι-ποιέω (see 5), -ἤσω etc., doin 
return; mid., make counter efforts for, Jay 
claim to, contend for. 6. 


“4651 


312. ἀντι-τάττω (see 69), draw up 
against, 6. 

313. Barreto,’ edow etc., be king. 6. 

314. βιάζομαι, doouat, ἐβιασάμην, Be 
βίασμαι, force, compel, 6. 

315. δαπανάω, ἤσω etc., expend. 6. 

316. δια-σπείρω ὃ (for σπερ-ιω), -σπερῶ, 
-έσπειρα, -ἐσπαρκα," μαι, -εσπάρην, scatter 
about, scatter. 6. 

317. δια-σώζω (see 53), (1) save through 
(peril), or effectually, bring safe ; mid., con, 
safe. 6. ᾿ 

318. δια-τίθημι (see 118), put sepa- 
rately or in order, arrange, dispose. 6. 

319. δια-τρίβω, -τρίψω, -érpiva, -τέτριφα, 
-τέτρίμμαι, -ετρίβην, rub through, wear or 
waste away, esp. of time, delay. 6. 

320. ἐκ-βάλλω (see 116), drive (throw) 
out. 6, 

321. ἐκ-λείπω (see 117), leave out, aff; 
or behind. 6. 

322. ἐμ-βαίνω (see 21), go into, enter. 6. 

323. ἐν-οικέω (see 56), dwell in, inhabit. 6. 

324. ἐξ-αιρέω (see 35), take out (of, 
from), choose. 6. 

325. ἐξ-αν-ίστημι (see 36), trans., raise 
up; intrans., rise or stand up. 6. 

326. ἐξ-οπλίζω, low or εῶ etc., arm com- 
pletely. 6. Cf. 374. 

327. ἐπι-ορκέω (ὅρκος, oath), how, ἐπι- 
ώρκησα etc., swear falsely, perjure. 6. 

328. ἐπι-φαίνω (see 43), show forth; 
mid., appear clearly. 6. 

329. θεάομαι (04a, a sight) ἄσομαι, ἐθεᾶ- 
σάμην, τεθέᾶμαι, behold. 6. 

330. καθ-εύδω, impf. καθηῦδον or ἐκᾷ» 
Bevdor," sleep. 6. A 

331. κατα-δύω, intrans., -δύνω or -δύομαι 
(see 282), sink, set. 6. 

332. κατα-κόπτω 1} (κοπ-), -κόψω, -éxopa, 
-«κέκοφα,13 -κέκομμαι, 2 a. -εκόπην, cut down 

or in pieces. 6. Cf. 355. 

333. κατ-εργάζομαι, dooua, -ειργασά- 
μην,}8 -εἰργασμαι, -ecpydoOny (as pass.), work 





out, accomplish. 6. 


- 394, a. 574. 2405. 653. 8 402, Ὁ. 605. 4 396, 400. 579, 594. 
5451. 643. 6 365, 460, a. 523, 646. 7841 1260. 8 396,400. 579, 594. 
. 448. 684. 10 361. 544. ll 395. 576. 12 451, 4. 643. 18 359. 537. 


452 


334. κολάζω, dow, ἐκόλασα, κεκόλασμαι, 
ἐκολάσθην, punish. 6. 

335. κομίζω, iow or ιῶ, ἐκόμισα etc., 
take care of, carry away (for safe-keeping), 
carry. 6. 

336. παρα-τάττω (see 69), draw (along) 
out orup. 6. 

837. περιυ-μένω (see 20), wait (around), 
wait for. 6. 

338. πονέω, now, ἐπόνησα, πεπόνηκα etc., 
teil ; suffer. 6. 

339. προ-βάλλω (see 116), throw (or put) 
forward ; mid., of arms, present. 

340. mpoo-dyw (see 16), lead to or to- 
ward, bring forward. 6. 

841 προσ-βάλλω (see 116), throw or 
dush against, assault. 6. 

342. προσ-ποιοῦμαι, ἤσομαι etc. (cf. 
311), make over or attach to oneself, win ; 
of false claims, pretend. 6. 

343. pire! (for ῥιφ-τω) and ῥιπτέω, 
ῥίψω, ἔρρῖψα,2 ἔρριφα," ἔρρίμμαι, ἐρρίφθην 
and ἐρρίφην, throw. 6. 

344. cup-ptyvipet or view, -μίξω, -éuita, 
μέμϊγμαι, -εμίχθην and -εμίγην, mix, mingle, 
or meet with. 6. 

345. συμ-πράττω (see 59), join in doing, 
cobperate with. 6. 

346. συν-έπομαι (see 37), follow with or 
closely. 6. 

347. ταράττω > (for rapax-iw), ταράξω, 
érdpata, τετάραγμαι, ἐταράχθην, disturb, 
agitate. 6. 

348. ἀμελέω, how, ἠμέλησα etc., have no 
care of, neglect. 5. Cf 199. 

849. ἀνα-χωρέω, how etc., withdraw. 5. 
CE. 305, 159. 

350. ἀντι-λέγω, -λέξω, -éAeta, more 
comm. ἀντ-ερῶ, 2 a. ἀντ-εἶπον, ἀντ-είρηκα. 
speak against or in opposition, gainsay. 5. 
Cf. 4. 

351. ἀπο-βαίνω (see 21), go (down or 
away) from, depart, disembark ; turn out (of 
events). 5. 

352. ἀπο-σπάω (see 254), draw off, sep- 
arate. 5. 


1395. 576. 
580. 


2355, a. 69. 


6 998. 584-5. 17 503,1. 639. 





8 365, 450. 523, 687. 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


353. βλάπτω! (for BAaB-rw), βλάψω, 
ἔβλαψα, βέβλαφα, βέβλαμμαι, ἐβλάφθην 
and ἐβλάβην, hurt. ὅ. 

854. γράφω, γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραφα, 
γέγραμμαι, ἐγράφην, write. ὅ. 

355. δια-κόπτω (see 332), cut through. 5. 

356. δια-λείπω (see 60), leave (be- 
tween=) an interval, stand at intervals. 5 

357. δια-πλέω (see 107), sail through or 
across. 5. 

358. δια-πορεύω (see 9), carry over; 
comm. dep., go over, across, or through. 5. 

359. δια-φέρω (see 39), (1) carry (or 
bear) through, across or in different direc- 
tions ; (2) differ, often impers., διαφέρει, 
it makes a difference ; (3) differ (and be 
better or easier than), surpass. 5. 

360. δι-έχω (see 3), hold apart; intrans., 
be or stand apart. 5. 

361. ἐκ-φέρω (see 39), carry or bring 
out; bring forth (to the public), report, 
declare. 5. 

362. ἐπι-τυγχάνω (see 31), hit or hap- 
pen upon, meet. 5. 

363. καθ-έζομαι δ (for -εδ-ιομαι), impf 
ἐκαθ-εζόμην, sit down, sit still. 5. Cf 
165. 

364. κατα-γελάω, doouai,” -eyéAaca, γε 
yéAacpau,® -εγελάσθην (laugh down) deride, 
jeerat. 5. Cf. 406. 

8365. κατα-λεύω, -λεύσω, -έλευσα, -ελεύ- 
σθην, stone (down, i. e.) to death. 5 

366. κατα-λύω (see 130), dissolve (break 
up, bring to an end etc.) ; with or without 
πόλεμος, end the war = make peace ; loose 
from under (the yoke), unyoke. 5. 

367. κατα-πράττω (see 59), achieve. 5. 

368. κατα-σκευάζω (see 96), prepare or 
equip fully. 5. 

369. κινέω, fow, ἐκίνησα etc., move, 
stir. 5. 

370. κοιμάω 9 (akin to 219), ἤσω ete., 
put to sleep; mid. and pass., fall asleep, 
sleep. 5. 

371. κὕλινδέω or κυλίνϑω, ἐκύλισα, κεκύ 
λῖσμαι, roll. 5. 


- 402, e. 
9 841. 


608. ὃ 397 


8 461. 440. 1260. 


VERBS, 


8572. μετα-μέλει (impers.), impf. μετ- 
έμελε, μετα-μελήσει, μετ-εμέλησε, it repents 
me (dat.), 1 repent. 5. See 199, 348. 

373. δδο-ποιέω, impf. ὧδο-ποίουν, -how, 
ὧδο-ποίησα, ὧδο-ποίηκα or -πεποίηκα, make 
a road ; with dat., make way for, guide. 5. 

874. ὁπλίζω, iow or 1, ὥπλισα etc., 
arm. 5. See 326. 

375. ὀργίζω, ἔσω or 1, ὥργισα, wouat, 
ίσθην, act., make angry; chief. in mid., 
be angry. 5. 

876. ὁρίζω, low or εῶὥ, Spica etc. (ὅρος, 
boundary), bound, define. 5. 

377. παρα-κελεύομαι (see 15), urge along, 
exhort. 5. 

378. παρα-τρέχω (see 245), run by or 
past. 5. 

379. περι-γίγνομαι (see 6), be superior 
(prevail) ; be left over. 5. 

380. περί-ειμι (see 29), go round or 
about. 5. 

381. πιέζω, dow, ἐπίεσα, press or op- 
vress. 5, 

382. πλουτέω,} how etc., be rich. 5. 

383. προ-ΐημι (see 203), send before or 





453 


forth ; ch. in mid., send forth one’s own or 
from oneself, give up. 5. 

384. προ-ίστημι (see 77), trans., set be- 
fore; intrans., stand before or over, be 
leader. 5. 

385. προσ-έχω (see 3), hold to; with or 
without νοῦν, hold the mind to, give ‘atten- 
tion. 5. 

386. προσ-ἕἴημι (see 203), chief. in mid., 
let come to or near, admit. 5. 

387. mpoo-Kuvéw, how etc., salute. 5. 

388. orparnyéw,! how etc., be orparn 
γός, commander, command. 5. 

389. σφαγιάζομαι, dooua, ἐσφαγιασά- 
μην, ἐσφαγίασμαι, ἐσφαγιάσθην (as pass.), 
sacrifice. 5. 

390. τελέω,2 ἔσω or ὥ, ἐτέλεσα, τετέ- 
λεκα, σμαι,8 σθην, complete. 5. 

891. tro-AapBavw (see 7), take up 
(by getting under); of discourse, inter- 
rupt. 5. 

392. ὑπο-λείπω (see 117), leave behind ; 
pass. be left or lag behind. 5. 

393. ὑφ-ΐημι (see 203), like Lat. sub- 
mitto, sub-mit, yield. 5. 


Other important verbs occurring less than five times are the following : 


394, ἀγαπάω, how etc., love. 

395. ἀγγέλλω (for ἀγγελ-ιω), ἀγγελῶ, 
ἤγγειλα, ἤγγελκα, μαι, ἢγγέλθην, announce. 
See 64. 

396. 

397. 


ἀγείρω (for ἀγερ-ιω), ἤγειρα, collect. 
ἀγοράζω, dow, ἠγόρασα etc., buy. 

398. gd, ᾷσομαι, ἦσα, ἤσθην, sing. 

399. αἰκίομαι (ἀεικής, unseemly), ίσομαι, 
ἠκισάμην, abuse, torture. : 

400. αἴρω, ἀρῶ, ἦρα, jipxa, ἧρμαι, ἤρθην, 
raise, lift up. 

401. ἀλαλάζω, dioua, raise the war- 
ery. 


402. ἀληθεύω, edow etc., speak the truth, | 


say truly. 
403. ἀσπάζομαι, dooua etc., welcome. 
404. βλέπω, ψω, look. 
405. βρέχω, βρέξω, ἔβρεξα, βέβρεγμαι, 
ἐβρέχθην, wet. 


1 841, +260. 





* 423,503. 665, 639. 


406. γελάω (see 364), dooua, ἐγέλασα, 
ἐγελάσθην, laugh. 

407. γεύομαι, edoouat, taste. 

408. εἴργω, εἴρξω, elpta, εἴργμαι, εἴρχθην, 
shut in or out. The forms εἴργνῦμι and 
elpyw are also used. 

409. ἐλέγχω, ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, question. 
convict. 

410. ἐλπίζω, ἔσω or εῶ, ἤλπισα, Ka, σμαι, 
ίσθην, hope. 

411. ζεύγνῦυμι ((ὅγ), (εύξω, ἔζευξα, 
ἔζευγμαι, ἐζεύχθην, oftener 2 ἃ. ἐζύγην, 
yoke. 

412. ζητέω, how, ἐζήτησα, seek, ask for. 

413 θεραπεύω, εύσω, serve ; provide for. 

414, Onpdw, dow, ἐθήρᾶσα, τεθήρᾶκα, 
τεθήραμαι, ἐθηρἄθην, hunt. 

415. θηρεύω, ebow, ἐθήρευσα, τεθήρευκα 
etc. = foreg. 


3461. 640. 


454 


416. θωρακίζω, low, arm (with breast- 
plate). 

417. ἱκετεύω, edow, supplicate. 

418. κλείω, κλείσω, ἔκλεισα, κέκλεικα, 
κέκλειμαι (Or cua), ἐκλείσθην, shut. 

419. κόπτω, Pw, ἔκοψα, κέκοφα, κέκομ- 
μαι, ἐκόπην, strike, beat. 

420. κοσμέω, how ete., arrange, adorn. 

421. κρύπτω, κρύψω, ἔκρυψα, κέκρυμμαι, 
ε«ρύφθην, hide. 

422. κυκλόω, dow etc., encircle. 

423. μαίνομαι, μανοῦμαι, 2 a. p. ἐμάνην, 
be mad. ρ 

424. μεθύω, dow, be drunk. 

425. μέλει, μελήσει, ἐμέλησε, it is acare, 
it concerns. 

426. μισθόω, dow, let for hire ; mid. hire. 

427. νέμω, veud, ἔνειμα, distribute. 





428. ὀκνέω, how, hesitate, fear. 
1 871, 4. 1512 


LISTS OF WORDS. 


429. ὀνίνημι (perh. for ὁν-όνη-μι, st. dvay 
ὀνήσω, Svnoa, 2 a mid. ὠνήμην, ὠνήθον, 
benefit. 

430. δρμίζω, low or ἐῶ etc., moor, anchor. 

431. ὀφείλω (for ὀφελ-ιω), ὀφειλήσω, 
ὠφείλησα, ὠφείληκα, ὠφειλήθην, owe, be 
obliged ; 2 ἃ. ὥφελον,1 would that. 

432. mdopat, πάσομαι, acquire ; πέπᾶμαι, 
possess, 

433. πορθέω, how etc., plunder. 

434. πωλέω, how, sell. 

435. στέλλω, στελῶ, ἔστειλα, ἔσταλκα, 
μαι, ἐστάλην, equip, despatch. 

436. ὑπηρετέω, how, ὑπηρέτησα, serve ; 
supply. 

437. φιλέω, how etc., love. 

. 438. χαίρω (for xap-tw), xaphow,? κεχά: 
ρήκα, 3 ἃ. p. ἐχάρην, rejoice. 
Total in Lists of Words, 1135 


2405. 656,3 


IDIOMS. 





TIME. 


ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at day-break. 

ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι, ; 

Sea ΟΣ δον. at sunrise. 

ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι, 

ἅμα ἡλίῳ δυομένῳ, 

ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since. 

ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν, late in the fore- 
noon. Lit., about full market. 

δέκα ἡμερῶν, within ten days. 

ἐκ τούτου, hereupon. 

ἐν τούτῳ, meanwhile. 

ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα, as soon as. 

ἔτι παῖς dv, while yet a boy. 

εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων, even from childhood. 


ἱ at sunset. 





ἡμέρας Kal νυκτός, by day and night. 
κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν, yearly. 

μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, by day. 

μέσον ἡμέρας, midday. 

μέτα ταῦτα, after this. : 
περὶ μέσας νύκτας, about midnight. 
τῇ ἄλλῃ, the next day. 

τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ, on the same day. 

τῇ πρόσθεν ἡμέρᾳ, on the day before. 
τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, on the following day. 
τὸ ἀρχαῖον, anciently, formerly. 

τὸ λοιπόν, henceforth, hereafter. 

τὸ viv εἶναι, for the present. 

ὡς τάχιστα, as soon as possible. 


PLACE. 


αὐτοῦ, here. 

διὰ μέσου τούτων, between these. 

διὰ μέσου τοῦ παραδείσου, through the 
middle of the park. 

εἰς ἐπήκοον, within hearing. 

εἰς τἀναντία, in the opposite direction. 

εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν, forward, to the front. 

εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, back, to the rear. 





ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου, in front. 

ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, over against, opposite, 

ἐν ἀριστερᾷ, on the left. 

ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right. 

ἐπὶ πολύ, over a wide space. 

καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, both 
by land and by sea. 

μέχρι οὗ, to the place where. 


MANNER. 


ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, of one’s own accord. 


ove κράτος, with all one’s might. 
κατὰ κράτος, 


7 een bon horseback. 

αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, by themselves. 

διὰ ταχέων, quickly. 

εἰς τὸ ἴδιον, for private use. 

ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, in every way, by all 
means. 

ἐκ τοῦ ἀδίκου, unjustly. 





ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου, justly. [sible. 

ἡ ϑυνατὸν τάχιστα, as quickly as pos- 

ἡ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, as quickly as he was 
able. 

κατ᾽ ἔθνη, nation by nation. 

πρὸς φιλίαν, in a friendly manner. 

τὸ καθ᾽ ἑαντοῦς, the (part) opposite them- 
selves. 

τόνδε τὸν τρόπον, in the following 
manner. 

ὧδε, as follows. 

(455) 


456 


IDIOMS. 


MILITARY. 


ἐπὶ ϑόρυ, to right. 

παρ᾽ ἀσπίδα, to left. 

ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, in battle array, in line. 
κατὰ κέρας, in column. 

ἐπὶ τεττάρων, four deep. 

ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγων, few deep. 

προβάλλεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, present arms. 





τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, ground arms, halt 
under arms. 

τὸ δεξιόν (sc. κέρας), the right wing. 

τὸ ἐνώνυμον, the left wing. 

τὸ στόμα, or τὰ (or of) πρόσθεν, the van. 

ἡ οὐρά, or τὰ (or ot) ὄπισθεν, the rear. 

ἡ πλευρά, or τὸ κέρας, the flank, the wing. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


ἀγῶνα τιθέναι, to instilute games. 

ἄκοντος βασιλέως, against the king’s will. 

ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει, one says one thing ; 
another, another. 

ἀνθ᾽ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθον, in return for the favors 
1 had received. 

Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἣν, Cyrus had a palace. 

ἔστι δὲ kal μεγάλου βασιλέως βασίλεια, 
the great K1NG also has a palace. 

ἐπὶ Κύρου, in the time-of Cyrus. 

ἐπὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ, in the power of the king. 

ἀθύμως ἔχειν, be discouraged. 

ἄλλως ἔχειν, be otherwise. 

ἐντίμως ἔχειν, be held in honor. 

εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχειν, be kindly disposed. 

οὕτως ἔχειν, be so. 

κακῶς ἔχειν, be ill off, be in bad con- 
dition. 

καλῶς ἔχειν, be well, de in a good con- 
dition. 

κακῶς τινα ποιεῖν, do one wrong. 

κακῶς πράττειν, fare ill, 

καλῶς τινα ποιεῖν, do one good, treat one 
well, 

καλῶς πράττειν, fare well, be successful. 

els λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, hold an interview 
with you, enter into a conference with 
you. 

εἰς χεῖράς τινι ἐλθεῖν, come into close 
quarters with one ; come into one’s power. 

αὐτοῖς διὰ πολέμου ἰέναι, fo enter into 
war with. 





αὐτοῖς διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι, enter into friendly 
relations with them, come to friendly 
terms with them. 

(τὴν) δίκην ἔχειν, have one’s deserts = 
(1) pay the penalty, or (2) have satis- 

‘faction. 

διδόναι δίκην, give satisfaction, suffer 
punishment. 

δίκην ἐπιτιθέναι, inflict punishment. 

δεξιὰν διδόναι, give a pledge. 

ἐμοὶ μεταμέλει, 7 repent; σοὶ μεταμέλει, 
you repent; αὐτῷ μεταμέλει, he re- 
pents. 

ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω, go forward. 

ἐκ τούτων, under the circumstances. 

ἐκ ποδῶν ποιεῖσθαι, put out of the way. 

περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, consider of the 
highest importance. 

δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος, he was evidently 
troubled. 

παρὼν ἐτύγχανε, he happened to be present. 

ἴσϑι ἀνόητος dv, know that you ore a 
Sool. 

τὸ στράτευμα τρεφόμενον ἐλάνθανεν, the 
army was secretly supported. 

χάριν οἶδα, 7 am grateful. 

ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν (ἐστιν) ἰέναι, we must go. 

χρὴ ἡμᾶς ἰέναι, we ought to go, we 
must go. 

οἷόν τε (ἐστιν), it is possible. 

οὐκ ἣν λαβεῖν (αὐτούς), it was not possi 
ble te catch (them). 


Pi. 


Pi. 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 


2 SOP sAPoasA 
rad 
& 
Qi 
τ 


SPOR 
mg κκΣ 
= ss 
Qi 2 8) 


MASCULINE. 


. ἄνθρωπος 
. ἀνθρώπου 
ἀνθρώπῳ. 
ἄνθρωπον 
ἄνθρωπε 


ἀνθρώπω 
ἀνθρώποιν 


D> <buOZ 


δ 


ἄνθρωποι 
ἀνθρώπων 
ἀνθρώποις 
ἀνθρώπους 
. ἄνθρωποι 


ΦΌΩΣ 


FIRST DECLENSION. 


FEMININE. 


τιμή 
τιμῆς 
τιμῇ 
τιμήν 
τιμή 


τιμά 
τιμαῖν 


τιμαί 
τιμῶν 
τιμαῖς 
τιμᾶς 
τιμαί 


FEMININE. 





NOUNS. 


γλῶσσα 
γλώσσης 
γλώσσῃ 
γλῶσσαν 
γλῶσσα 


γλώσσα 
γλώσσαιν 


γλῶσσαι 
γλωσσῶν 
γλώσσαις 
γλώσσας 
γλῶσσαι 


SECOND DECLENSION. 


656s 
ὁδοῦ 
ὁδῷ 
ὁδόν 
ὁδέ 
ὁδώ 
ὁδοῖν 
ὁδοί 
ὁδῶν 
ὁδοῖς 


ὁδούς 
ὁδοί 


NEUTER. 


δῶρον 
δώρου 
δώρῳ 

δῶρον 
δῶρον 


δώρω 
δώροιν 


δῶρα 
δώρων 
δώροις 
δῶρα 
δῶρα 


MAscuLine. 
veavlas πολίτης 
νεᾶνίου πολίτου 
νεᾶνίᾳ πολίτῃ 
νεᾶνίᾶν πολίτην 
veavla πολῖτᾶα 
νεᾶνίᾷ πολίτα 
νεᾶνίαιν πολίταιν 
νεᾶνίαι πολῖται 
veavi@v πολιτῶν 
νεᾶνίαις πολίταις 
veavias πολίτας 
νεᾶνίαι πολῖται 
ConTRAOCT Artic 2p 
Νοῦν. DEcLENSION. 
νόος = νοῦς νεώς 
νόου -Ξ- νοῦ νεώ 
νόῳ = νῷ νεῴ 
νόον = νοῦν νεών 
νόε = νοῦ νεώς 
νόω = vo vew 
véow = voiv νεῴν 
νόοι = vot νεῴ 
νόων ΞΞ- νῶν νεών 
νόοις = νοῖς νεῴς 
γόους = νοῦς νεώς 
νόοι = vot vep 


(457) 


458 FOR READY REFERENCE, a 


THIRD DECLENSION. 


1. Srems my Lapiat on Panatat Morte. 2. Srems ΙΝ A Linevat More. 
S. Ν. φύλαξ (6) ἡ φάλαγξ ὁ θής -. ἡ ἐλπίς hips τὸ σῶμα 
G. φύλακος φάλαγγος θητός ἐλπίδος ἔριδος σώματος 
D. φύλακι φάλαγγι θητί ἐλπίδι ἔριδι σώματι 
Α. φύλακα φάλαγγα θῆτα ἐλπίδα ἔριν σῶμα 
V. φύλαξ φάλαγξ Ons ἐλπί ἔρι σῶμα 
D.N. A. φύλακε φάλαγγε θῆτε ἐλπίδε ἔριδε σώματε 
α. D. φυλάκοινν φαλάγγοιν θητον ἐλπίδον ἐρίδον σωμάτοιν 
Pl. Ν. φύλακες φάλαγγεΞ θῆτες ἐλπίδες ἔριδες σώματα 
G. φυλάκων φαλάγγων θητῶν ἐλπίδων ἐρίδων σωμάτων 
D. φύλαξι φάλαγξι θησί ἐλπίσι ἔρισι σώμασι 
Α. φύλακας φάλαγγας θῆτας ἐλπίδας ἔριδας σώματα 
V. φύλακες φάλαγγες θῆτες ἐλπίδες ἔριδες σώματα 
3. STEMS BNDING IN A LIQUID. SyncopaTep Liguip STEMs. Srems my -€S-. 
8, N. ποιμήν (6) 6 μὴν ὃ θήρ ὁ πατήρ ὁ ἀνήρ τὸ γένος 
6. ποιμένος μηνός θηρός πατρός ἀνδρός γένεος = ovs 
D. ποιμένι μηνί θηρί πατρί ἀνδρί γένεϊ ΞΞ ει 
Α. ποιμένα μῆνα θῆρα. πατέρα ἄνδρα . γένος 
Υ. ποιμήν μήν θήρ πάτερ ἄνερ γένος 
D.N. A. ποιμένε μῆνε θῆρε πατέρε ἄνδρε γένεε = γένη 
G.D. ποιμένιν μηνοῖν θηροῖν πατέρον ἄνδροῖν γγενέοιν = γενοῖν 
Pl. Ν. ποιμένες μῆνες θῆρες πατέρες ἄνδρες γένεα = γένη 
6. ποιμένων μηνῶν θηρῶν πατέρων ἀνδρῶν γενέων = γενῶν 
D. ποιμέσι μησί θηρσί πατράσι ἀνδράσι γένεσι 
Α. ποιμένας μῆνας θῆρας πατέρας ἄνδρας γένεα = γένη 
Υ. ποιμένες μῆνες θῆρες πατέρες ἄνδρες γένεα = γένη 
Stems ΙΝ Ciose VowEL. Srems ΙΝ DipxtTHone. IRREGULAR. 
5.  N. πόλις (ἢ) ὁ πήχυς τὸ ἄστυ 6 βασιλεύς ἡ ναῦς ἡ γυνή 
G. πόλεως πήχεως ἄστεως βασιλέως νεώς γυναικός 
D. πόλει πήχει ἄστει βασιλεῖ νηΐ γυναικί 
Α. πόλιν πῆχυν ἄστυ βασιλέᾷ ναῦν γυναῖκα 
Υ͂. πόλι πῆχυ ἄστυ βασιλεῦ ναῦ γύναι 
D.N. A. πόλεε πήχεε ἄστεε βασιλέε vije γυναῖκε 
G. D. πολέοιν πηχέοιν ἀστέοιν βασιλέοιν νεοῖν γυναικοῖν 
Pl. Ν πόλεις πήχεις ἄστη βασιλεῖς νῇες γυναῖκες 
G. πόλεως πήχεων ἄστεων βασιλέων νεῶν γυναικῶν 
D. πόλεσι πήχεσι ἄστεσι . βασιλεῦσι ναυσί γυναιξί 
Α. πόλεις πήχεις ἄστη βασιλέας ναῦς γυναῖκας 
Υ͂. πόλεις πήχεις ἄστη βασιλεῖς νῇες γυναῖκες 


Ρι. Ν. 


Ν. ἀγαθός 
G. ἀγαθοῦ 
D. ἀγαθῷ 
Α. ἀγαθόν 
Υ. ἀγαθέ 


. A. ἀγαθώ 


D. ἀγαθοῖν 


Υ. ἀγαθοί 

G. ἀγαθῶν 
D. ἀγαθοῖς 
Α. ἀγαθούς 


CONTRACT ADJECTIVE, 


m. 
N. χρῦσοῦς 
G. χρῦσοῦ 
D. xpic¢g 

A. χρυσοῦν 


- 


D. Ν. A. χρῦσώ 


6. 


Pi.N. 


D. xpicotv 


V. χρῦσοϊ 

G. χρῦσῶν 
D. xpicots 
A. χρῦσοῦς 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 459 
ADJECTIVES. 
ADJECTIVES OF VOWEL-DECLENSION. 
ἀγαθή ἀγαθόν φίλιος pala φίλιον 
ἀγαθῆς ἀγαθοῦ φιλίου φιλίας φιλίου 
ἀγαθῇ ἀγαθῷ φιλίῳ φιλίᾳ φιλίῳ 
ἀγαθήν ἀγαθόν φίλιον φιλίαν φίλιον 
ἀγαθή ἀγαθόν φίλιε φιλίᾷ φίλιον 
ἀγαθά ἀγαθώ φιλίω φιλία φιλίω 
ἀγαθαῖν ἀγαθοῖν φιλίοιν φιλίων φιλίοιν 
ἀγαθαί ἀγαθά φίλιοι φίλιαι φίλια 
ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθῶν φιλίων φιλίων φιλίων 
ἀγαθαῖς ἀγαθοῖς φιλίοις φιλίαις φιλίοις 
ἀγαθάς ἀγαθά φιλίους φιλίᾶς φίλια 
FIRST AND THIRD 
DECLENSIONS. 
STems IN -U. 

f. n. τη. f. n. 
χρῦσῆ χρῦσοῦν ἡδύς ἡδεῖα ἡδύ 
χρῦσῇς χρῦσοῦ ἡδέος ἡδείας ἡδέος 
χρῦσῃ χρῦσῷ ἡδεῖ ἡδείᾷ ἡδεῖ 
χρῦσῆν χρῦσοῦν ἡδύν ἡδεῖαν ἡδύ 

ἡδύ ἡδεῖα ἡδύ 

χρῦσᾶ χρῦσώ ἡδέε ἡδεία ἡδέε 
χρῦσαῖν χρῦσοῖν ἡδέοιν ἡδείαιν ἡδέοι» 
χρῦσαϊ χρῦσᾶ ἡδεῖς ἡδεῖαι ἡδέα 
χρυσῶν χρυσῶν ἡδέων ἡδειῶν ἡδέω: 
xpucais Xpucots ἡδέσι ἡδείαις ἡδέσι 
χρῦσᾶς χρῦσᾶ ἡδεῖς ἡδείας ἡδέα ' 

THIRD DECLENSION. 

STEMs IN -€S. 
true. 

n. 

ἀληθές }. Ν, A. ἀληθῆ 

ἀληθοῦς G. Ὁ. ἀληθοῖν 

ἀληθεῖ m. f. n. 

ἀληθές PIN. . ἀληθεῖς ἀληθῆ 

ἀληθές 6. ἀληθῶν ἀληθῶν 
. ἀληθέσι ἀληθέσι 
A. ἀληθεῖς ἀληθῆ 


400 


8. 


i, 


FOR READY REFERENCE, 


ΒΤΕΜΒ ΙΝ -v. 
fortunate. 
N. εὐδαίμων εὔδαιμον DLN. A. εὐδαίμονε 
G. εὐδαίμονος εὐδαίμονος G. D. εὐδαιμόνοιν 
1). εὐδαίμονι εὐδαίμονι 
Α. εὐδαίμονα εὔδαιμον ΡΙ. Ν. V. εὐδαίμονες εὐδαίμονα 
V. εὔδαιμον εὔδαιμον G. εὐδαιμόνων εὐδαιμόνων 
D. εὐδαίμοσι εὐδαίμοσι 
Α. εὐδαίμονας εὐδαίμονα 
COMPARATIVE ADJECTIVE. 
STEMs IN -OV. STEMs IN -VT. 
greater all 
Τὴ, f. n. m, f. n. 
Ν. μείζων μεῖζον πᾶς πᾶσα πᾶν 
G. μείῶνος μείζονος παντός πάσης παντός 
D. μείῶνι μείζονι παντί πάσῃ παντί 
A. μείζονα, μείζω μεῖῶον πάντα πᾶσαν πᾶν 
Υ. μεῖζον μεῖζον 
Α. pelCove πάντε πάσα πάντε 
Ὁ. μειζόνοιν πάντοιν πάσαν πάντοι 
V. pelCoves, μείζους μείζονα, μείζω πάντες πᾶσαι πάντα 
6. μειζόνων μειζόνων πάντων πασῶν πάντων 
D. μείῶσι μείζοσι πᾶσι πάσαις πᾶσι 
A. μείζονας, μείζυς μείζονα, μείζω πάντας πάσᾶς πάντα 
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
great. much, 
m. f. n. Τὴ, f. at 
N. μέγας μεγάλη . μέγα ᾿ πολύς πολλή πολύ 
α. μεγάλου μεγάλης μεγάλου πολλοῦ TOAATS πολλοῦ 
D. μεγάλῳ μεγάλῃ μεγάλῳ πολλῷ πολλῇ πολλῷ 
Α. μέγαν μεγάλην μέγα πολύν πολλήν πολύ 
Υ. μέγα μεγάλη μέγα πολύ πολλή πολύ 
A. μεγάλω μεγάλᾶ μεγάλω 
D. μεγάλοιν μεγάλαιν μεγάλοιν 
Ν, μεγάλοι μεγάλαι μεγάλα πολλοί πολλαὶ πολλά 
G. μεγάλων μεγάλων μεγάλων πολλῶν πολλῶν πολλῶν 
D. μεγάλοις μεγάλαις μεγάλοις πολλοῖς πολλαὶς πολλοῖς 
Α. μεγάλους μεγάλᾶς μεγάλα πολλυΐύς πολλάς πολλά 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 


PRONOUNS. 


PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 


461 


himself, herself, itself. 


ἑαυτοῦ -ἧς 


ἑαυτῷ 


D 


a 
αὐτου 


αὑτῷ 


iis 
2 


ἑαυτόν -ἦν αὑτόν -ἦν 


themselves. 


ἑαυτῶν OF σφῶν αὐτῶν 
ἑαυτοῖς -αἷς ΟΥ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς -αἷς 


᾿ἑαυτούς -ἄς -ἀ or σφᾶς αὐτούς -ἄς 


THE ARTICLE. 


1. thou. 
8. N. V. ἐγώ σύ 
G. ἐμοῦ, μοῦ σοῦ ov! 
Ὁ. ἐμοί, pol σοί of 
A. ἐμέ, μέ σέ ἕ 
D. Ν. A. νώ σφώ 
G. D. νῷν σφῷν 
Pl.N.V. ἡμεῖς ὑμεῖς σφεῖς 
G. ἡμῶν ὑμῶν σφῶν 
D. ἡμῖν ὑμῖν σφίσι 
A. ἡμᾶς ὑμᾶς σφᾶς 
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 
myself. thyself. 
5. G. ἐμαυτοῦ -ἧς σεαυτοῦ -ἧς 
D. ἐμαυτῷ -ἢ σεαυτῷ -ἢ 
Α. ἐμαυτόν -ἦν σεαυτόν -ἦν 
ourselves. yourselves. 
Ρι. G. ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν 
D. ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς -αἷς ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς -αἷς 
A. ἡμᾶς αὐτούς -ds ὑμᾶς αὐτούς -ἄς 
RECIPROCAL PRONOUN. 
each other, 
D. G. D. ἀλλήλοιν ἀλλήλαιν ἀλλήλοιν 
Α. ἀλλήλω ἀλλήλᾶ ἀλλήλω 
Pl. 6. ἀλλήλων ἀλλήλων ἀλλήλων 
D. ἀλλήλοις ἀλλήλαις ἀλλήλοις 
Α. ἀλλήλους ἀλλήλας ἄλληλα 


the. 
ἡ 
τῆς 
τῇ 
τήν 
τώ 
ταῖν 
αἱ 
τῶν 


ταῖς 
Tas 


τά 

τῶν 

τοῖς 
τά 


1 In Attic αὐτός is used as pron. of 3d pers. and οὗ, of, etc., as indirect reflexive. 


“4 


402 


m. 


n 
4 


S 
Poas SP PES 


- 
2 aA 


RELATIVE PRONOUN. 


. οὗτος 
τούτου 
τούτῳ 
τοῦτον 


τούτω 
. τούτοιν 


οὗτοι 

τούτων 
τούτοις 
. τούτους 


FOR READY REFERENCE, 


DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 


this, 
f. 
αὕτη 
ταύτης 
ταύτῃ 
ταύτην 


ταύτα 
ταύταιν 


αὗται 

τούτων 
ταύταις 
ταὐτᾶς 


n. 
τοῦτο 
τούτου 
τούτῳ 
τοῦτο 


τούτω 


τούτοιν 


ταῦτα 
τούτων 
τούτοις 
ταῦτα 


Τα, 
ἐκεῖνος 
ἐκείνου 
ἐκείνῳ 
ἐκεῖνον 


ἐκείνω 
ἐκείνοιν 


ἐκεῖνοι 
ἐκείνων 
ἐκείνοις 
ἐκείνους 


that. 

f. 
ἐκείνη 
ἐκείνης 
ἐκείνῃ 
ἐκείνην 


ἐκείνα 
ἐκείναιν 


ἐκεῖναι 
ἐκείνων 
ἐκείναις 
ἐκείνᾶς 


a. 
ἐκεῖνο 
ἐκείνου 
ἐκείνῳ 
ἐκεῖνο 


ἐκείνω 
ἐκείνοιν 


ἐκεῖνα 

ἐκείνων 
ἐκείνοις 
ἐκεῖνα. 


INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE 


PRONOUNS. 
who, which, what. who? which? what? some, any. 
8. N. ὅς ἥ ὅ τίς τί τὶς τὶ 
G. οὗ fs οὗ τίνος τινός, 
τοῦ». ἃ ᾧ τίνι τινί 
A. ὅν ἥν ὅ τίνα τί τινά τὶ 
D.N. A. & & & ’ lve τινέ 
G. D. οἷν οἷν οἷν τίνοιν τινοῖν 
Pl N. of af ἅ τίνες τίνα τινές τινά 
G. ὧν ὧν ὧν τίνων τινῶν 
D. οἷς αἷς οἷς τίσι τισί 
Α. οὕς ἅς ἅ τίνας τίνα τινάς τινά 
INDEFINITE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 
S. N. ὅστις ἥτις ὅ τι 
G. οὗτινος, ὅτου ἧστινος οὗτινος, ὅτου ; 
D. ᾧτινι, ὅτῳ prime ᾧτινι, ὅτῳ 
Α. ὅντινα ἥντινα ὅτι 
D.N. A. &rwe ὥτινε ὥτινε 
G.D. οἵντινοιν οἵντινοιν οἵντινοιν 
Pl. Ν. οἵτινες αἵτινες ἅτινα 
6. ὧντινων, ὅτων ὧντινων ὧντινων, ὅτων 
D. οἵστισι, ὅτοις alorici οἵστισι, bras 
A. οὕστινας ἅστινας ἅτινα 


180 aorist, 2d aorist — passive of both -ω and «μι verbs. 


FOR READY REFERENCE, 


-PARTICIPLES. 


Participles in -vr include: present, future, Ist aorist, 2d aorist — active 


463 


λῦσαν 
λύσαντος 
λύσαντι 
λῦσαν 
λῦσαν 


λύσαντε 
λῦύσάντοιν 


λύσαντα 
Atcdytwr 
λύσασι 
λύσαντα 


λυθέν 
λυθέντον 
λυθέντι 
λυθέν 
λυθέν 


λυθέντε 
λυθέντοιν 


λυϑέντα 
λυθέντων 
λυθεῖσι 
λυθέντα 


φιλοῦν 
φιλοῦντος 
φιλοῦντι 
φιλοῦν 
φιλοῦν 


φιλοῦντε 
φιλούντοιν 


PRESENT. ist Aorist. 
δον N. λύων λύουσα ῦον λύσας λύσᾶσα 
G. λύοντος λυούσης λύοντος λύσαντος λύσάσης 
D. λύοντι λυούσῃ λύοντιε λύσαντι λύσάσῃ 
Α. λύοντα λύουσαν λϑον λύσαντα λύσᾶσαν 
VY. λύων λῴουσα αῦον λύσας λύσασα 
D.N. A. λύοντε Adotca Adovre λύσαντε λυσάσᾶ 
6. Ὁ. Adévrow λῦούσαν λῦόντοιν λυσάντον λῦσάσαιν 
Pi. Ν. λύοντες λύουσαι λύοντα λύσαντες λύσᾶσαι 
6. λύόντων λυουσῶν λυόντων λύσάντων λυσᾶσῶν 
D. λύουσι Avdovcas λύουσι λύσᾶσι λυσάσαις 
A. λύοντας λυούσὰε λύοντα λύσαντας λῦσάσᾶς 
2p Aorist, ist Aontst Passive 
5, N. λιπών} λιποῦσα λιπόν λυθείς λυθεῖσα 
G. λιπόντος λιπούσης λιπόντος λυθέντος λυθείσης 
D. λιπόντι λιπούσῃ λιπόντι λυθέντι λυθείσῃ 
Α. λιπόντα λιποῦσαν λιπόν λυθέντα λυθεῖσαν 
Υ͂. λιπών λιποῦσα λιπόν λυθείς λυθεῖσα 
D.N. A. λιπόντε λιπούσᾷρἠ λιπόντε λυθέντε λυθείσᾶ 
6. D. Acwévrow λιπούσαιν λιπόντοιν λυθέντοιν λυθείσαιν 
Pl. Ν. λιπόντες λιποῦσαι λιπόντα λυθέντες λυθεῖσαι 
6. λιπόντων λιπουσῶν λιπόντων λυθέντων λυθεισῶν 
D. λιποῦσι λιπούσαις λιποῦσι λυθεῖσι λυθείσαις 
A. λιπόντας λιπούσας λιπόντα λυθέντας λυθείσᾶς 
Present Participtes, ΟΟΝΤΈΛΟΤ Form. 
5. Ν. riper? τμῶσα τιμῶν φιλῶν ὃ φιλοῦσα 
G. tipevros τμώσης = Tima Tos φιλοῦντος φιλούσης 
D. τιμῶντι τιμώσῃ τὶμῶντι φιλοῦντι φιλούσῃ 
Α. τιμῶντα Tin@oay τὶμῶν φιλοῦντα φιλοῦσαν 
Υ. τιμῶν Tineoa τὶμῶν φιλῶν φιλοῦσα 
}. Ν. A. τιμῶντε τιμώσᾶ τἰμῶντε φιλοῦντε φιλούσα 
6. D. riudvrow τὶμώσαιν τῖμώντοιν φιλούντοιν φιλούσαιν 
τ" λείπω. 3 τίμάω. ᾽ Φιλέω 


464 


; 


Pl. N. τιμῶντες Tiu@oa 
G. tiudvtwy = Tinwodv 
D. τιμῶσι τὶμώσαις 
A. τμῶνταε = Tiudoas 


TluavTa 
τιμώντων 
τιμῶσι 
τιμῶντα 


φιλοῦντες 


ψ, 
φιλούντων 


φιλοῦσι 


φιλοῦντας 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 


φιλοῦσαι φιλοῦντα 
φιλουσῶν φιλούντων 
φιλούσαις φιλοῦσι 
φιλούσάὰς φιλοῦντα 


The present active participle of verbs in -ὅω and future active participle 
οἱ liquid verbs are declined like φιλῶν. 


λελυκώς 


S, Ν, λελυκυῖα 
G. λελυκότος λελυκυίᾶς 

1). λελυκότε λελυκυίᾷ 
A. λελυκότα λελυκυῖαν 

V. λελυκώς λελυκυῖα 

7». Ν. Α. λελυκότε λελυκυίᾶ 
G.D. λελυκότοιν λελυκυίαιν 

Pl. Ν.Ν. λελυκότες λελυκυῖαι 
α, λελυκότων λελυκυιῶν 
D. λελυκόσι λελυκυίαις 

Δ, λελυκότας λελυκυίᾶς 


λελυκός 
λελυκότοβ 
λελυκότι 
λελυκός 
λελυκός 


λελυκότε 
λελυκότοιν 


λελυκότα 
λελυκότων 
λελυκόσι 
λελυκότα 


ἑστώς ἑστῶσα ἑστὸς 
ἑστῶτος ἑστώσης ἑστῶτος 
ἑστῶτι ἑστώσῃ ἑστῶτι 
ἑστῶτα ἑστῶσαν ἕστός 
ἐστώς ἑστῶσα ἑστύς 
ἑστῶτε ἕστώσα ἑστῶτε 
ἑστώτοιν ἑστώσαιν ἑἕστώτοιν 
ἑστῶτες ἑστῶσαι ἑστῶτα 
ἑστώτων ἑστωσῶν ἑστώτων: 
ἑστῶσι ἑἕἑστώσαις ἑστῶσι 
ἑστῶτας ἑστώσας ἑστῶτα 


Present and second aorist active participles of -μὲ verbs are declined as 


follows : — 
Ss. N. iords toraca iordv 
G. ἱστάντος ἱστάσης ἱστάντος 
D. ἱστάντι  ἱστάσῃ ἱστάντι 
A. ἱστάντα ἱἰστᾶσαν ἱστάν ὰ 
V. ἱστάς ἱστᾶσα ἱστάν 
D.N. A. ἱστάντε ἱστάσὰ ἱστάντε 
α. D. ἱστάντοιν ἱστάσαιν iordvrow 
Ῥ. ΝΟΥ͂. ἱστάντες ἱστᾶσαι ἱστάντα 
6. ἱστάντων ἱστᾶσῶν ἱστάντων 
D. ἱστᾶσι ἱστάσαις ἱστᾶσι 
Α. ἱστάντας ἱστάσᾶς ἱστάντα 
8. N. διδούς διδοῦσα διδόν 
G. διδόντος διδούσης διδόντος 
D. διδόντι διδούσῃ διδόντι 
Α. διδόντα διδοῦσαν διδόν 
Υ. διδούς διδοῦσα διδόν 
. N. A. διδόντε διδούὐσᾶ διδόντε 
G. Ὁ. διδόντοιν διδούσαιν διδόντοιν 


τιθείς 
τιθέντος 
τιθέντι 
τιθέντα 
τιθείς 


“τιθέντε 


τιθέντοιν 


τιθέντες 
τιθέντων 
τιθεῖσι 

τιθέντας 


δεικνύς 
δεικνύντος 
δεικνύντι 
δεικνύντα 


δεικνύς 


δεικνύντε 
δεικνύντοιν 


τιθεῖσα 
τιθείσης 
τιθείσῃ 
τιθεῖσαν 
τιθεῖσα 


τιθείσᾶ 
τιθείσαιν 


τιθεῖσαι 
τιθεισῶν 
τιθείσαις 
τιθείσᾶς 


δεικνῦσα 
δεικνύσης 
δεικνύσῃ 
δεικνῦσαν 
δεικνῦσα 


δεικνύσα 
δεικνύσαιν 


τιθέν 
τιθέντος 
τιθέντι 
τιθέν 
τιθέν 


τιθέντε 
τιθέντοιν 


τιθέντα 
τιθέντων 
τιθεῖσι 
τιθέντα 


δεικνύν 
δεικνύντος 
δεικνύντι 
δεικνὺν 
δεικνύν 


δεικνύντε 
δεικνύντοιν 


FOR READY REFERENCE, 465 


PLN. V. διδόντες διδοῦσαι διδόντα δεικνύντες δεικνῦσαι δεικνύντα 
α. διδόντων διδουσῶν διδόντων δεικνύντων δεικνυσὼν δεικνύντων 
D. διδοῦσι διδούσαις διδοῦσι δεικνῦσι δεικνύσαις δεικνῦσι 
A. διδόντας διδούσᾶς διδόντα δεικνύντας δεικνύσας δεικνύντα 
being. going. 
ς N. év1 οὖσα ὄν ἰών 3 ἰοῦσα ἰόν 
G. ὄντος οὔσης ὄντος ἐόντος ἰούσης ἰόντος 
1. ὄντι οὔσῃ ὄντι ἰόντι ἰούσῃ ἰόντι 
A. ὄντα οὖσαν bv ἰόντα ἰοῦσαν ἰόν 
Υ. ὧν οὖσα ὄν ἰών ἰοῦσα tov 
D.N. A. ὄντε οὔσᾶ ὄντε ἰόντε ἰοὐσᾶ ἰόντε 
G. D. ὄντοιν οὔσαιν ὄντοιν ἰόντοιν ἰούσαιν idvrow 
Pl. Ν. ὄντες οὖσαι ὄντα ἰόντες ἰοῦσαι ἰόντα 
G. ὄντων οὐσῶν. ὄντων ἰόντων ἰουσῶν "ἰόντων 
D. οὖσι οὔσαις οὖσι ἰοῦσι ἰούσαις ἰοῦσι 
Α. ὄντας οὔσᾶς ὄντα ἰόντας iovods ἰόντα 
© Pres. part. of εἰμί, be. 3 Pres. part. of εἶμι, go. 


- THE VERB. 

As the paradigms of the regular verbs are presented consecutively in the 
grammars, they are omitted here. We add, however, for ready reference, the 
paradigms of: (1) the infinitives, (2) participles, (3) εἰμί, (4) εἶμι, (5) φημί, 
(6) οἶδα. 


INFINITIVES. 
"ὦ VERBS. 
Active. F Middle. Passive. 

Pres. λύειν λύεσθαι λύεσθαι 

Fut. λύσειν : λύσεσθαι λυθήσεσθαι 

1Aor. λῦσαι ὃ λύσασθαι λυθῆναι 

Perf. λελυκέναι λελύσθαι ἀελῦσθαι 

Fut. Perf. λελύσεσθαι 

a. Present infinitive of pure verbs: 
τιμᾶν 1 τιμᾶσθαι Same as middle. 
φιλεῖν 2 φιλεῖσθαι ἑ ιν 
δηλοῦν ὃ δηλοῦσθαι = 

6. Future infinitive of liquid verbs: ὃ 
φανεῖν ἢ φανεῖσθαι 

¢. First aorist infinitive of liquid verbs: 
φῆναι * φήνασθαι 
μεῖναι ὃ μείνασθαι 

2 4ογ. λιπεῖν ᾿ λιπέσθαι σταλῆναι ϊἷ 
: “μι ὙΕῈ88. 

Pres. ἱστᾶναι ἵστασθαι Same as middle. 
τιθέναι τίθεσθαι ὁ “ 
διδόναι δίδοσθαι rad 
δεικνύναι δείκνυσθαι 'ν 


5 udu, 3 φιλέω, 8 δηλόω. 4 φαίνω. 5 μένω. 9 λείπω. 1 στέλλω. 


466 


Fut. στήσειν στήσεσθαι 
θήσειν θήσεσθαι 
δώσειν δώσεσθαι 
δείξειν δείξεσθαι 

1 Aor. στῆσαι στήσασθαι 
Wanting. Wanting. 
“ ἐς 
δεῖξαι δείξασθαι 
2 4ον. στῆναι Wanting, 
θεῖναι θέσθαι 
δοῦναι δόσθαι 
δῦναι ϊ Wanting. 
“Perf. ἑστηκέναι, or ἑστᾶναι Wanting. 
τεθεικέναι τεθεῖσθαι 
δεδωκέναι δεδόσθαι 
δεδειχέναι δεδεῖχθαι 
᾿ δύω. 
" PARTICIPLES. 
1. Of -w Verbs. 
ACTIVE. MIDDLE. 
"». F. N. M. F. Ν. 
Pres. λύωνα λύουσα λῦον λύόμενος ἢ ov 
Fut. λύσων λύσουσα λῦσον λῦσόμενος 7 ov 


1 Aor. λύσᾶςς λύσᾶσα λῦσαν λῦσάμενος 7 ον 
Perf. λελυκώς λελυκυῖα λελυκός λελῦμένος ἡ ον 


FOR READY REFERENCE, 


σταθήσεσθα. 
τεθήσεσθαι 
δοθήσεσθαι 
δειχθήσεσθαι 
σταθῆναι 
τεθῆναι 
δοθῆναι 
δειχθῆναι 
Wanting. 
4“ 
[1 


“ 


Wanting. 


Same as middle 
“ x 


PASSIVE. 


Same as middle. 


λυθησόμενος ἢ 


λυθείς 


ον 


λυθεῖσα λυθέε 


Same as middle. 


Fut. Pf. λελυσόμενος ἡ ov 
a. Present participle of contract verbs: 
τιμῶν! τιμῶσα τιμὼν τιμώμενος ἢ ον Same as middle. 
φιλῶν2 φιλοῦσα φιλοῦν φιλούμενος ἢ ov Φ 
δηλῶνβ8ϑ δηλοῦσα δηλοῦν δηλούμενος Ἢ ον = 
6. Future participle of liquid verbs: 
μενῶνΞ μενοῦσα μενοῦν μενούμενος Ἢ OP 
ce. First aorist participle of liquid verbs: 
pelvas pelvaca μεῖναν pewduevos ἢ ov 
φήνᾶς φήνᾶάσα φῆναν φηνάμενος . ἡ ov 
Second aorist participle: 
λιπώνδ λιποῦσα λιπόν λιπόμενος ἡ ον aradels® σταλεῖσα σταλέν 
Bas? βᾶσα βάν᾽ 
2 τιμάω. 3 φιλέω. 5 δηλόω. 4 μένω, fut. part., declined like φιλῶν and δηλῶν 


δ λείπω. The 2 aor. pt. is declined like λύων, but is accented on the variable vowel. 
4 Some -w verbs have second aorists of the -u: inflection. 


6 στέλλω. 


FOR READY REFERENCE. 467 


2. Of -μι Verbs. 


Pres. ἱστάς ἱστᾶσα ἱστάν ἱστάμενος ἢ ον Sameas middle 
τιθείς τιθεῖσα τιθέν τιθέμενος ἢ ov « 
διδούς διδοῦσα δδιδόν διδόμενος ἢ ov ἊΝ 
δεικνύς δεικνῦσα δεικνύν δεικνύμενος ἢ ον # 
éyl οὖσα ὄν 
ἰών 3 ἰοῦσα ἰόν 
Fut. στήσων στήσουσα στῆσον στησόμενος n ov σταθησόμενος ἢ ov 
θήσων θήσουσα θῆσον θησόμενος ἢ ον τεθησόμενος ἢ ov 
δώσων δώσουσα δῶσον δωσόμενος ἢ ον δοθησόμενος ἢ ι' 
δείξων δείξουσα δεῖξον δειξόμενος ἢ ον δειχθησόμενοξη ve 
. ἐσόμενος! ἡ ov 
1 Aor. στήσᾶς στήσᾶσα στῆσαν στησάμενος ἡ ον σταθείς 
δείξας δείξασα δεῖξαν δειξάμενος ἢ ον 
2 Aor. στάς- στᾶσα στάν 
θείς θεῖσα θέν θέμενος n ον 
δούς δοῦσα δόν δόμενος ἢ ov 
δύς ὃ - δῦσα δύν 
Perf. ἑστηκώς ἑστηκυῖα ἑστηκός 
τεθεικώς τεθεικυῖα τεθεικός τεθειμένος ἢ ov Sameas middle 
δεδωκώς δεδωκυῖα δεδωκός δεδομένος ἢ ον “i 
δεδειχώς δεδειχυῖα δεδειχός δεδειγμένος ἢ ov a 
$ εἰμί, be 2 εἶμι, go. These two participles are formed after the analogy of -w verbs. δ δύω. 
I. Εἰμί (stem éo-, Lat. es-se), be. 
PRESENT. IMPERF. FUTURE. 
Indic. Subj. οι. Imper. Indic. Indic. Opt. 
S. 1. elut ὦ εἴην ἣν, ἢ ἔσομαι ἐσοίμην 
2. f ἧς εἴης ἴσθι ἦσθα ἔσῃ or ἔσει ἔσοιο 
8. ἐσί ἢ εἴη ἔστω ἣν ἔσται ἔσοιτο 
D. 2. ἐστόν ἦτον εἴητον, εἶτον ἔστον horov, ἦτον ἔσεσθον ἔσοισθον 
8. ἐστόν ἦτον εἰήτην, εἴτην ἔστων ἤστην, ἤτην ἔσεσθον ἐσοίσθη 
P. 1. ἐσμέν ὦμεν εἴημεν, εἶμεν ἦμεν ἐσόμεθα. ἐσοίμεθα: 
2. ἐστέ ἦτε εἴητε, εἶτε ἔστε ἦτε, ἦστε ἔσεσθε ἔσοισθε 
8. εἰσί ὦσι εἴησαν, εἶεν ἔστων, ἔστω- ἦσαν ἔσονται ἔσοιντο 
σαν ΟΥ ὄντων 
Infin. elva Part. ὥν οὖσα ὅν Infin. ἔσεσθαι 
Gen. ὄντος οὔσης ὄντος Part. ἐσόμενος 
II. Εἶμι (stem ¢-, Lat. i-re), go. 
PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. Imperative. Indicative. 
8. 1. εἶμι ἴω ἰοίην (torus) Tew, ἦα 
2. εἶ ἴῃς ἴοις ἴθι ἤεις, ἤεισθα 
8. lee [7] ἴοι ἔτω ἤει, pew 


468 FOR READY REFERENCE. 
7. 2. trov ἴητον ἴοιτον trov ἦτον 
8. trov tyrov ἰοίτην ἕτων ὕτην 
P. 1. tue ἴωμεν ἴοιμεν ἦμεν 
2. fre Unre Youre tre ἦτε 
8. ἴᾶσι ἴωσι ἴοιεν ἴτωσαν, ἰόντων ἧσαν, ἤεσαν 
Infin. ἱέναι. Part. ἰών ἰοῦσα ἰόν 
Gen. ἱόντος ἰούσης ἱἰόντος 
III. Φημί (stem φα-), say. 
PRESENT. IMPERFECT. 
Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. Imperative. Indicative. 
"5. 1. φημί φῶ φαίην ἔφην 
2. φής, PIS φῆς φαίης φαθί, φάθι ἔφησθα, ἔφης 
3. φησί φῇ φαίη φάτω ἔφη 
D. 2. φατόν φῆτον φαίητον, φαῖτον φάτον ἔφατον 
8. φατόν φῆτον φαιήτην, φαίτην φάτων ἐφάτην 
P. 1. φαμέν φῶμεν φαίημεν, φαῖμεν ἔφαμεν 
2. φατέ φῆτε φαίητε, φαῖτε φάτε ἔφατε 
ὃ. φάσί φῶσι φαῖεν φάτωσαν, φάντων ἔφασαν 
Infin. φάναι Part. φᾷς φᾶσα φάν 
Att. φάσκων φάσκουσα φάσκον 


IV. οἶδα (second perfect of stem εδὃ-, οεδ-, εἰδ- ; see εἶδον), know. 
SECOND PERFECT. SECOND PLUPF 


Indicative. ‘Subjunctive. Optative. Imperative. Indicative. 
S. 1. οἶδα εἰδῶ εἰδείην ἤδη, ἤδειν 
2. οἶσθα εἰδῇς εἰδείης ἴσθι3 ἤδησθα, ἤδεισθα 
8. οἶδε εἰδῇ εἰδείη ἴστω ἤδει(ν) 
D. 2. ἴἵστον1 εἰδῆτον &e. Uorov ἧστον 
8. ἴστον᾽ εἰδῆτον regular. ἴστων ἤστην 
P. 1. ἴσμεν εἰδῶμεν ἧσμεν 
2. ἴστε εἰδῆτε ἔστε pore 
8. ἴσασι εἰδῶσι ἴστωσαν ἧσαν, ἤδεσαν 
Infin. εἰδέναι Part. εἰδώς εἰδυῖα εἰδός 
Gen. εἰδότος εἰδυίᾶς εἰδότος 
FUTURE. 
Ind. εἴσομαι Opt. εἰσοίμην Inf. εἴσεσθαι Part. eloduevos 
1 For iérov. 3 For ἴδθι. 


VOCABULARY. 


wee e@ 8 6 “Φις 4. γα 0-8 


δον λα. νὰ 0 S88 69 Oe SSK ὦ 
ῥα τὸν δον αὶ OEE 0060 2. δὰ κα Bae νά Se eae να eUR Me © © ὦ δ᾽. ὁ AYO eee 


. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
- 
. 
. 
. 


. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
- 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
5 
. 
. 
. 
. 
τ 
- 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
᾽ 


. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
+ 
7 
. 
5 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
> 
. 
. 
7 
. 
. 
. 
+ 
. 
. 
. 
. 
᾿ 
. 
. 
., 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
5 


Z ABBREVIATIONS. 





aorist. 

absolute, absolutely. 
accusative. 

according to. 

active, actively. 

adjective, adjectively. 

adverb, adverbial, adverbially. 
Aeolic. 


antecedent. ἢ 


attributive. 

a ‘ 
confer = compare, 
chiefly. 

commonly, 
comparative. 
condition, conditional. 
conjunction. 

construe, construction. 
contraction, con’ 
dative. 

declension. 

definite. 
demonstrative, 
deponent. 

diminutive. 

direct. 


for example, 

enclitic. 

ending. 

English. 

Epic. 

especial, especially. 

and so forth. 

following. 

feminine. 

from, 

frequently. 

future. 

Goodwin’s Greek Grammar. 
enitive. 
othic. 

Hadley-Allen’s Greek Gram. 

Hebrew. 

the same, 

that is. 

Indo-European. 

impersonal, impersonally. 

imperfect. 

imperative. 

indefinite. 





indic.... 
inf. « ς 
instr. . 


interr. 


OS oe δὴ σον ΝΡ ιν ᾧ τὰ αν Tee ee 


»πΠΥ δ τὰ δ ἢ 6, 66'S Cie ὦ “ὦ Wee Ee 


. « interro; 


. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
7 


. 
. 
. 
. 
- 
. 
7 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
7 
. 
7 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 
. 


tive, inte tively 


. intransitive, intransitively. 


6 δ᾽ 8 © 6 “δ δ. Ὁ. Ὁ. 2 ἡ’ ὦ 8 νὰ. 


Introduction. 

Tonic. 

Latin. 

Liddell and Scott’s Lexicon, 
literal, literally. 
masculine, 

middle. 

negative. 

neuter. 

nominative, 

object. 

obsolete, 

optative. 

partitive genitive. 

passive, passively. 
perhaps. 

person, personal, personally 
perfect. 

plural. 

pluperfect. 
predicate. 
preposition, 

present. 

privative. 

probable, probably. 
pronoun, pronominal. 
prothetic, 
participle. 

reflexive, reflexively. 
relative, relatively. 
remark, 

superlative, 


- subjunctive. 


a6: 6: © as @ 4 ὃ δ'φ δ᾽ Ὁ 


substantive, substantively. 
superlative, 


system. 

reek Testament. 
Teutonic. 
transitive, transitively. 
uncertain. 
varia lectio. 


vocative. 
uncertain derivation. 


- root. 


Three numbers following the definition refer to the 000k, chapter, and section. Thus 1.330 means 
Where a word occurs but once the exact 
reference is given. The single number at the end of the definition shows how often the word occurs 
In a few instances the number of times a word is found in the Greek Testament (7.) 


the twentieth section of the third chapter of the first book. 


in the Anabasis. 


ts indicated. Cognates are printed in sMALL caps; derivatives in fullfaced type. Starred forms [*] 
ace theoretica: or obsolete. 


(470) 


_—— 


VOCABULARY. 





A. 


4-, (1), privative = un-, in-. See dv-. 

ἀ-, (2), euphonic or prothetic, found esp. 
before A, μη p, F or two consonants ; 
due to their semi-vocalic sound. Cf. 
ἀμείβω, ἄδω, duivw; also ἐλεύθερος, 
ὀλισθάνω for same use of ἐ-, ὁ- 

G-, oftener ἀ-, (3), [weak form of ἅμα], 
copulative expressing union, participa- 
tion, cf. ἀ-θρόος, ἅ-πας, ἀδελφός. 

&, ἅ-περ, see ὅς, ὅσ-περ. 

ἄ-βατος, ον, [βαίνω], impassable. 8 

᾿Αβροκόμας, a, Abrocomas, satrap οὗ Phoe- 
nicia, commander of one of the four 
divisions of the army of Artaxerxes. 
He seems to have pursued a doubtful 
course, since he arrived five days after 
the battle. 1.329, 43, 712, 

"ABv8os, ov, ἡ, Abydus, a city of Asia 
Minor on the Hellespont. 1.1%. 

ἀγαγεῖν, -ών, 2 a. of ἄγω. 

ἀγαθός, 4, dv, [1], good: excellent, noble ; 
brave; of land, fertile: τὸ ἀγαθόν, 
good, benefit, pl. goods (wealth, property, 
provisions, etc.). 68. Compared vari- 
ously, ἀμείνων, ἄριστος ; βελτίων, βέλ- 
τιστος ; κρείττων, κράτιστος ; λῴων, 
λῷστος. The corresponding abstract 
noun is ἀρετή, adv. εὖ. 

ἀγάλλω [1], glorify; mid. (only in pres. 
and impf.), glory in, delight in; (dat. or 
ἐπί + dat.). 2.66. 92. 

ἄγαμαι [1], ἠγάσθην, pass. dep., admire. 
1.19, 


ἄγᾶν [2], very, very much. 7.689, 
ἀγαπάω, how, ἠγάπησα etc., Jove, esteem ; 
be well pleased, be content (ὅτι). 2. Fr. 
(471) 





ἀγάπη [2], love. T.116. In general, the 
love of ἀγαπάω springs from admira- 
tion, of φιλέω from sense or emotion, 
of ἔραμαι from passion, of στέργω from 
natural ties. 

᾿Αγασίας, ov, [ἄγαμαι], Agasias, a cap- 
tain from Arcadia. 3.191, 4.17", 

ἀγαστός, ἡ, dv, [ἄγαμαι], admirable. 1.9%, 

ἀγγεῖον, ov, [&yyos, vessel], vessel, pail, 
jar. 2. 

a as, [ἄγγελος], message, report. 


kyyidhe [1], ἀγγελῶ, ἤγγειλα etc., an- 


nounce, report, bring news. 3. See ἀπ-, 
di-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, παρ-. 
ἄγγελος, ov, messenger. 10. angel, T. 


185. HEv-angeline. 

ἄγε, impv. of ἄγω, up, come. 

ἀγείρω, 1 a. ἤγειρα, gather, assemble. 3 218, 
[a-cop.+ γγερ, cf. L. grex]. See cuv-; 
ἀγορά. Syns. ἀθροίζω, συλλέγω. 


a | ἀ-γένειος, ον, [γένειον, chin, beard], beard- 


less. 2.67%. Cf. γενειάω. 

᾿Αγησί-λᾶος, ov, [= Ἡγησί-λεως, leader of 
the people], Agesilaus, king of Sparta 
898-360 B.c.; sent to Asia Minor to 
conduct a war against Persia, 396; won 
a victory in the battle of Coronéa over 
the Thebans and Athenians, 394. 5.35. 

᾿Αγίας, ov, [ἄγω], Agias, a general from 
Arcadia. 9.581. 6.2, 

ἄγκος, ous, τό, strictly a bend, hence glen, 
valley, 4.11. From 4/ayx, bend [cf. L. 
angulus, E. ANGLE (fish-hook), ANKLE,] 
whence 

ἄγκυρα, as, anchor. 3.510, 


412 


ἀγνοέω [*&-yvoos, see γιγνώσκω], impf. 
Hyvouv, how, ἠγνόησα, be ignorant of, not 
to know, be in doubt ; (ὅτι, εἰ). 3. 

ἀγνωμοσύνη, ns, want of knowledge or 
sense; misunderstanding. 2.5%. 

G-yvepwv, ov, g. ovos, [γνώμη], thoughtless, 
senseless, ignorant. 2. 

ἀγορά, as, [ἀγείρω], assembly, 5.18; place 
of assembly, forum, comm. market-place. 
ἀ. πλήθουσα, time of full market. 9 A.M. 
to 12 m.; market, provisions, 33; public 
speaking, cf. ἀγορεύω. An element in 
many proper names as ᾿Αναξ-αγόρας, 
Tipwr-aydpas, Πειθ-αγόρα. Cf. Παν- 
ἤγυρις, assembly, panegyric. 

ἀγοράζω, dow, ἠγόρασα etc., frequent the 
market, buy, purchase. 4. Syn. ὠνέομαι, 
ant. πωλέω. 

G&yopa-vopos, ov, ὃ, [νέμω manage], director 
or superintendent of the market; chosen 
by lot, inspected things offered for 
sale, punished infractions of the market 
laws. 4. 

ἀγορεύω [ἀγορά], impf. ἠγόρευον, (for 
other tenses in Att. see λέγω), speak in 
the assembly, speak, declare. 5.677. See 
ἀπ-, mpo-; also κατ-, and mpo-nyopéw. 

ἀγρεύω [ἄγρα chase, fr. ἄγω], edow, Hypevoa, 
hunt, take by hunting. 5.38. Cf. Cwypéw. 

ἄγριος, a, ov, of the field, wild, fierce, 
cruel. 3. 

ἀγρός, οὔ, 6, |L. ager, E. ackE, ACORN, 
Way, drive], field, land. 2. Orig. hunt- 
ing ground (cf. &ypa) or place to which 
cattle are driven. 

ἀγρυπνέω, how, be wakeful, lie awake. 7.689, 
[ἄγρυπνος, wakeful, ἀγρεύω, ὕπνος]. 

ἄγω [εἷ. L. ago], ἄξω, 2 a. ἤγαγον, ἦχα, 
ἦγμαι, ἤχθην, lead ; lead on= conduct, 
guide ; lead hither = bring ; lead or drive 
off, &. καὶ φέρειν ΞΞ Τ,. agere et ferre, 
sweep off all plunder, plunder ; of festi- 
vals hold, keep, celebrate, ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν = 
ἡσυχάζειν keep quiet, lead a quiet or 
peaceable life; εἰρήνην &. be or live at 
peace ; rarely weigh, cf. ἄξιος ; consider, 
reckon, cf. duco, ἡγέομαι; ἄγε, ἄγετε 
come, up. 109. Cf. ἀν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰσ-, ἐξ-, 
ἔπ., κατ-, map, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὗπ-. The 


VOCABULARY. 





ἀγνοέω ---᾿Αθηναία 


derived nouns suffer reduplication, cf. 
ἀπ-αγωγή, Tap-aywyh, συν-αγωγή (syna- 
gogue). 

ἀγώγιμος, ov, [ἀγωγή], portable ; τὰ ἀγώ- 
γιμα, freight. 5.1, 

ἀγών, dvos, 6, [ἄγω], assembly, esp. to wit- 
ness games; game or games, contest, strug- 
gle ; (8); whence ἀγωνία (agony) and 

ἀγωνίζομαι, ἔσομαι or ιοῦμαι, ἠγωνισάμην, 
contend for a prize, strive, compete; fight. 
7. Οἱ ἀντ-. 

ἀγωνο-θέτης, ov, [τίθημι institute], director 
or judg: of a contest. 3.171, 

ἄ-δειπνος, ov, [δεῖπνον͵, supperless. 2. 

ἀδελφός, οὔ, [d-cop. δελῴφύς matriz], 
brother. 21. 

ἀδεῶς [ἀ-δεής, δέος fear], fearlessly. 2. 

ἄ-δηλος, ov, not clear, uncertain, obscure. 2. 

ἀ-διάβατος ov, [διαβαίνω], impassable. 2. 

ἀδικέω [ἄ-δικος], How, ἠδίκησα etc., be or 
do wrong ; to wrong; injure (acc., also 
adv. acc. τί, οὐδέν, 1.68); pres. often in 
a pf. sense, have done wrong, am in the 
wrong, 1.51}, 37. 

ἀδικία, as, injustice, wrong. 2.6. T. 25. 

ἄ-δικος, ov, [δίκη], unjust, wrong ; τὸ ἄδικον 
injustice. 6. 

ἀδίκως, adv., unjustly. 5,729. 

ἀδόλως [ἄ-δολος, δόλος guile], adv., guile- 
lessly, without treachery. 3. 

᾿Αδραμύττιον, ov, Adramyttium, a town of 
Mysia. 7.88, 

ἀ-δύνατος, ον, [cf. δύναμαι], unable ; impos- 
sible, impracticable. 6. 

GS, impf. ἦδον, ᾷσομαι, sing. 4. Ion. ἀεί- 
δω, [d-proth.+ 4/Fid, (Fed, Ford), see dh]. 

ἀεί, Ion. αἰεί, [for aiF-ef (dat.) cf. Ger. 
ewig], for AYE, EVER, always. 24. Cf. 
αἰών (for αἰξξων), L. aev-um, age. 

ἀετός, οὔ, [for aFi-e-rds, L. avis], eagle, bird 
of omen, sacred to Zeus, symbol of roy- 
alty among the Assyrians, Persians, and 
Romans. 5. Cf. οἰωνός. 

&-Beos, ov, godless, impious ; Cc. -@repos, 8. 
éraros. 2.5°9, 

᾿Αθῆναι, ὧν, Athens, capital of Attica and 
most important city of Greece 3.15. 

᾿Αθηναία, as, poet. for ’A@nva, Athena, L. 
Minerva, goddess of wisdom and warlike 


᾿Αθηναῖος --- αὔσιος 


prowess, patron goddess of Athens. 
7.3°9, 

᾿Αθηναῖος, a, ov, [᾿Αθῆναι], Athenian. 

᾿Αθήνησι [loc. H. 220; G. 61, n. 2], at 
Athens. 4.83. 

ἄθλον, ov, prize of a contest (4PAos). 2. 
[for d-Fe@-Aov, cf. L. va(d)s, E. ΜῈ», 
WAGE.] ἀθλέω contend, ἀθλητής ath- 
lete. 

ἀθροίζω [aApdos], οἴσω, ἤθροισα, ἤθροισμαι, 
ἠθροίσθην, assemble, muster, collect ; mid. 
assemble (intr.). 8. Cf. συν-. 

ἀθρόος, a, ov, [a-cop. + Opdos noise, esp. of 
a crowd], contr. ἀϑροῦς, ἃ, ody, in crowds, 
in a mass, (compact, thick, collected etc.). 
12. Cf. θόρυβος. 

ἀθυμέω [ἄ-θῦμος], how, ἠθύμησα etc., be 
discouraged, iisheartened or despondent ; 
dat., πρός, ἕνεκα, ὅτι. 7. Whence 

ἀθυμητέον, to be vr must be discouraged. 
3.228, 

ἀθυμία, as, discouragement, despondency. 5. 
From 

&-Odp0s, ov, [θυμός spirit, courage |, spiritless, 
heartless, despondent, dejected ; πρός τι. 2. 

ἀθύμως, adv. despondently, without heart ; 
ἀ. ἔχειν be discouraged. 4. 

ai, see 6; al, see ὅς. 

αἰγιαλός, οὔ, [1], sea-shore, beach. 3. 

Αἰγύπτιος, 4, ov, Egyptian, adj. or subs. 

Αἴγυπτος, ov, 7, Egypt, called by the na- 
tives Kem (black). Conquered by the 
Persian King Cambyses in 525 B.c., it 
revolted unsuccessfully in the reigns of 
Darius I. and of Artaxerxes I.; again 
in that of Darius II. (Nothus), when it 
maintained its independence: for sixty 
years (414-354). It was therefore in- 
dependent while the events recorded in 
the Anabasis were taking place. How 
the Egyptians mentioned in 1.89 came 
to be in the Persian army is uncertain. 

αἰδέομαι [αἰδώς], ἔσομαι, ἤδεσμαι, ἢδέ- 
σθην, feel shame, comm. in a good sense, 
reverence, respect, acc. 21. 

aldijpov, ov, 2. ovos, reverent, respectful, 
1.98, 

αἰδοῖα, wy, τά, [neut. pl. of αἰδοῖος shame- 
full, private parts, groin. 4.813, 


VOCABULARY. 





473 


αἰδώς, dos=ois, 4, [1], shame, sense o 
shame ; reverence, respect. 2.61% Cf. 
αἰσχρός. 

Αἰήτης, ov, Aeétes, mythical King οὗ Col- 
chis and father of Medéa, by whose aid 
Jason obtained the golden fleece; also 
name of a dynasty of Colchian kings. 
5.637, . 

αἰθρία, as, [αἰθήρ sky, ether], clear sky. 
4.414 in some texts. See δι-αιθριάζω. 

αἴθω [cf. aedes, aestus], only in pres. sys., 
kindle, burn. 4.7%; 6.319. Poet. for kaw. 

αἰκίζομαι, ἔσομαι Or ιοῦμαι, ἠκισάμην, ἤκι- 
σμαι, ἠκίσθην, abuse, maltreat, insult, 
torment. 3. [dixhs, és, for ἀ-εικής, un- 
seemly, see εἰκάζω.] 

αἷμα, ατος, τό, [1], blood. 5.8% T. 99. 
ἀναιμία anaemia, py-aemia (πῦον pus), 
aino-p-payia (ῥήγνῦμι break) hemor- 
rhage. 

Αἰνείας, ov, Aeneas, captain from Stym- 
phalus. 4.713, 

Αἰνιᾶνες, wv, Aenidnes, a Thessalian tribe. 
1.26; 6.17. 

αἴξ, αἰγός, ὃ, 7, [1], goat. 4. 

Αἰολίς, (50s, 4, Aeolis, a small district on 
the northwestern coast of Asia Minor. 
aiperéos, a, ov, must be taken or chosen, 4.7% 
aiperds, 4, dv, taken, chosen; oi aiperol, the 

persons chosen, 1.331, Fee αὖθ-, ἐξ-. 
aipéw [7], impf. ἥρουν, how, 2 a. εἷλον 
(ἕλω, ἕλοιμι etc.), ἥρηκα, -μαι, ἡἠρέθην, 
take, seize, capture ; mid. take for oneself, 
choose, prefer ; pass. be taken, chosen. 53. 
See ἀν-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐξ-, καθ-, mpo-, cur-* 
αἵρεσις, ews, choosing.” (heresy.) 

αἴρω [for ἀριω], ἀρῶ, ἦρα, ἦρκα, ἧρμαι, 
ἤρθην, raise, lift up. 8. See ἀπ-: μετέω- 
ρος. ἄρσις arsis, ἀορ-τή aorta (fr. Ion. 
ἀείρω). 

αἰσθάνομαι [4/aF akin to L. audire ], 
αἰσθήσομαι, ἤσθημαι, 2 ἃ. ἡσθόμην, perceive 
(esp. by the senses, hear, see), obserre, 
learn ; acc., ὅτι, acc. + pt. or gen. 26. 
See προ-. 

αἴσθησις, ews, %, perception, knowledge. 
4.613. aesthetic. 

αἴσιος, ov, lucky, fortunate. 2. [αἶσα fate. 
cf. Αἴσ-ωπος auspicious looking. ] 


414 


Αἰσχίνης, ov, [αἷσχοΞ), Aeschines. 4.333, 

αἰσχρός, & dv, [aloxos, cf. αἰδώς], shameful, 
base, disgraceful ; c. αἰσχίων, 8. aloxi- 
στος. 9. 

αἰσχρῶς, adv., shamefully, disgracefully. 2. 


αἰσχύνη, ns, shame, disgrace; sense of 


shame (in presence of, gen. 3.11), 4. 
Stronger and more subjective than 
αἰδώς. 

αἰσχύνω, wa, ἤσχῦνα, to shame, disgrace ; 
mostly in mid., be ashamed (at acc., dat. 
or pt.); feel shame before, stand in awe 
of; ace. 9. See κατ-. 

αἰτέω [1], impf. ἤτουν, ήσω, ἤτησα, ἤἥτηκα 
etc., ask, demand, bey; mid. ask or en- 
treat for oneself; τινά τι, τὶ παρά τινος, 
acc. + inf. 19. See ἀπ-, ἐξ-, παρ-, προσ-. 

αἰτία, as, [as if fr. adj. *airds], perh. orig. 
a demand made in court, accusation, 
charge, blame; fault; ground of blame, 
cause. 7. 

αἰτιάομαι. dooua, pridoduny, ἠτίᾶμαι, ac- 
cuse, charge, blame. 15. 

αἴτιος, a, ov, chargeable (with, gen.), blame- 
worthy, to blame, the cause of; guilty: 6 
αἴ. the accused ; τὸ αἴτιον the cause. 11. 
See cuv-, in-. 

αἰχμάλωτος, ov, [αἰχμή spear, ἁλίσκομαιῆ, 
taken by the spear, captive, captured ; 
subs. prisoner ; neut. booty. 8. 

'Αρκαρνάν, avos, 6, Acarnanian, native of 
Acarnania, the most western province 
of central Greece. 

ἄ-καυστος, ov, [kaw burn], un-burnt. 3.538, 

G-Képatos, ov, [cf. κεραΐζω plunder], un- 
harmed ; of troops, fresh. 6.59. 

ἀ-κήρυκτος, ov, ἱκηρύττω herald], without 
heralds, i. e. of a war, truceless, implaca- 
ble. 3.35. 

ἀκινάκης, ov, [Pers.], straight short sword. 2. 

ἀ-κίνδυνος, ov, without danger, safe. 6.5”. 

ἀ-κινδύνως, adv., without danger. 2.65. 

ἀκμάζω, dow, ἤκμασα, be at the prime of 
life (ἀκμή), be at one’s best, 3.175, whence 
it is inferred that Xenophon was then 
about thirty years of age. 

ἀκμή, jis, [ ax sharpen + μη, cf. τι-μή], 
point, summit ; of time as adv. acc., at the 
point of, just. 4.3%. acme. 


VOCABULARY. 





Αἰσχίνης — ἄκρος 


ἀ-κόλαστος, ov, κολάζω punish ], unpun- 


ished, undisciplined. 2.619. 

ἀκολουθέω, row, ἠκολούθησα etc., follow; 
dat., σύν or μετά. 7.53. T. 92. See 
ἐπ-, παρ-, Tuv-. 

ἀκόλουθος, ον, [d-cop. κέλευθος way, cf. L. 
callis path], following, attending, consist- 
ent. 2.4% acolyte, an-acoluthon. 

ἀκοντίζω, icw or 12, ἠκόντισα etc., hurl the 
javelin, shoot, hit, pierce, acc. 7. See 
εἰσ-, ἐξ-, xat-. Fr. ἄκων, ovros, [ 4/ax, 
cf. ἀκμή], javelin. Cf. also ἀκακία (rea 
dupl.) acacia, ἄκανθος acanthus. See 
also ἀκρός, ἀκτή. 

ἀκόντιον, ov, τό, [dim. οὗ ἄκων], javelin, 
dart, small and lighter than δόρυ or 
ἔγχος. 4.228, 

ἀκόντισις, ews, 7, [ἀκοντίζω], throwing the 
javelin. 1.98, 

ἀκοντιστής, οὔ, [ἀκοντίζω], javelin-thrower. 
2. Often called πελταστής. 

ἀκούω [1], ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, 2 pf. ἀκήκοα, 
ἠκούσθην, hear, hear of ; listen to, obey ; 
constr.: abs., acc., acc. + gen. (source), 
Τισσαφέρνους στόλον, 1.2°, gen. of obj., 
θορύβου, σάλπιγγος; ὅτι, or ὡς with indic. 
or opt., oftener with acc. + infin. or, if 
what is heard is to be emphasized as a 
JSact, acc. pt., a8 Κῦρον ὄντα, ᾿Αβροκόμαν 
ἀπέχοντα: εὖ or κακῶς &. to hear well or 
ill of oneself =be well or ill spoken of. 
139. See ἀντ-, cuv-, in-; ἐπ-ήκοος, ὑπ- 
ήκοος. 

ἄκρα, ας, [fem. of &xpos], summit, citadel, 
fortress. 18. 

ἄ-κρᾶτος, ov, ἱκεράννῦμι mix], unmized. 
pure; strong. 2. 


ἄ-κριτος, ov, [κρίνω judge], unjudged, un- 


tried. 2. 
ἀκροβολίζομαι, ίσομαι, ἠκροβολισάμην. Sight 
at a distance, skirmish. 3. [ἀκρο-βόλος 
(βάλλω), throwing from (above) afar.] 
ἀκρο-βόλισις, ews, ἡ, skirmishing, skir- 
* mish, 2. 
ἀκρό-πολις, ews, 7, 
acropolis. 6. 
ἄκρος, a, ov,[ 4/ax cf.axuh],on the point, top. 
most, highest, extremity-of-the, top of, (671, 
978; 454, 556); τὸ ἄκρον, the height, top, 


high-city, citadel, 


ἀκρωνυχία --- ἄλλως 


peak, often pl. 
bat, -stic. 

ἀκρωνυχία, as, [ἀκρος, ὄνυξ, finger-nail], tip 
of the nail; fig. ridge or spur of a moun- 
tain. 2. 

ἀκτή, jis, [ 4/ax, cf. ἀκμή], headland, prom- 
ontory. 6.21, 

&-Kvpos, ov, [κῦρος authority], not authori- 
tative, invalid. 6.138, 

ἄκων, ovca, ov, g. ovros, οὐσης, [d-priv. + 
ἑκών], unwilling. 8. 

ἀλαλάζω, dtoua, HAdAata, shout the battle- 
cry, give the war-cry. 3. Fr. ἀλαλή 
[γαλ redupl., of imitat. orig.], war-cry. 
Cf. ἀν-. Of like orig. is ἐλελίζω (wh. 
see) and ὀλολύζω  γολ cf. E. Howl, 
Owl], cry aloud. 

ἀλεεινός, ἡ, dv, [fr. lost noun = ἀλέα 
warmth|, warm. 4.411, 

ἀλέξω [developed fr. γαλκ, cf. ἀρκέωϊ, 
ἀλέξω or ἀλεξήσω, ἤλεξα, ward off, 
repel; mid. ward off from oneself, repel, 
defend oneself; requite. 6. Syn. ἀμύνω. 

ἀλέτης [ἀλέω grind], a grinder. 1.55. See 
ὄνος. 

ἄλευρον, ov, ch. in pl. flour, fine flour, as 
opp. to ἀλφιτα. 3. [ἀλέω, whence ἅλως, 
threshing-floor, halo]. 

ἀλήθεια, as, [ἀληθής], truth, truthfulness ; 
reality. 4. 

ἀληθεύω [ἀληθής], evow, speak the truth, 
say or report truly. 4. 

ἀ-ληθής, és, g. ods, [λήθω = AavOdvw], un- 
concealed, manifest, hence true, real ; 
truthful, frank. τὸ &. the true, truth. 6. 

Ἰάληθινός, h, dv, true, trusty, genuine. 1.917, 

ἁλιευτικός, 4, dv, of or for fishing. 7.1%. 
[ἁλιεύω to fish, GAs sea ; SALT. ] 

ἁλίζω [ἁλής thronged, γὰλ pack], ἥλισα, 
ἡλίσθην, assemble. 2. See cuv-. Syn. 
ἀθροίζω. 

ἄ-λιθος, ον, [λίθος], free from stones, not 
stony. 6.4%, 

ἅλις [cf. ἁλίζω], adv., in crowds, in abun- 
dance, comm. enough. 5.712, 

᾿Αλισάρνη, 7s, a small town in Mysia. 7.817, 

ἁλίσκομαι [ 4/Faa, akin 4/FeA in εἷλον], 
ἁλώσομαι, 2 a. ἑάλων or ἥλων, ἑάλωκα, 
used as pass. to αἱρέω be taken, caught, 


See &kpa. 44. acro- 


VOCABULARY. 





418 


seized, 21. 
ef, ἀνᾶλίσκω. 

ἄλκιμος, ov, [ἀλκή strength, cf. ἀρκέωϊ, 
brave, daring. 2. 

ἀλλά [neut. pl. of ἄλλος oxytoned], conj. 
more adversative than δέ, but, on the other 
hand, on the contrary ; yet, still; in replies 
and sudden transitions often rendered, 
well, well now. 1.15, 811, 2.516, ἀλλὰ γάρ 
implies an ellipsis, but (this cannot be 
or the like) for; ἀλλὰ οὐδέ, nay but, nor 
yet; ἀλλ᾽ ἤ (but than) = except. 

ἀλλάττω [ἄλλος], ἄξω, ἤλλαξα, ἤλλαχα, 
ἤλλαγμαι, ἠλλάχθην or 2 ἃ. ἤλλάγην to 
make otherwise, change, exchange. See 
ἀπ-, κατ-, συν--. Ders., ἐν-αλλαγή enal- 
lagé, ὑπ-αλλαγή hyp-allagé, παρ-άλλα- 
éis par-allax. 

ἄλλῃ [dat. of ἄλλος], in another way, 
place, or manner ; elsewhere, otherwise. 5. 

ἀλλήλων, ors, [for ἀλλ-αλλων] recip. pron. 
one another, each other. 55. map-dAAn- 
Aos, parallel. 

ἄλλοθεν [ἄλλος], adv., from another place, 
Srom elsewhere. 1.101%, 

ἅλλομαι [ γάλ, L. salio], ἁλοῦμαι, ἡλάμην, 
2 ἃ. ἡλόμην, leap, jump. 2. Cf. é-. 
Syn. πηδάω. 

ἄλλος, 7, 0, [L. alius], other, another re- 
maining ; rest-of-the, τὸ ἄ. στράτευμα, the 
rest of the army; besides, also, 1.55; τὰ 
ἄλλα or τἄλλα, as to the rest, in other 
respects; τῇ ἄλλῃ (ἡμέρᾳ), the next 
day. 2.1%, 3.41; ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει, one 
says one thing, another another; εἴκαζον 
δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως some conjectured in one 
way, others in another; ἄλλο τι ἥ; ts it 
not so that? 4.75, 303. 

ἄλλο-σε [ἄλλος], adv., elsewhither, in dif- 
ferent directions. 6.6%. 

ἄλλο-τε [ἄλλος], adv., at another time, at 
other times ; ἄ. καὶ &. from time to time, 
now and then. 8. 

ἀλλότριος, a, ov, [ZAA0+7(€)p (comp. end.) 
+ wos}, of another, another’s, foreign. 8. 

ἄλλως [ddAAos], adv., otherwise, differently, 
in other respects ; otherwise than should 
be, hence, heediessly, at random, vainly; . 
&. πως in any other way ; ἄ. τε καί both 


See ἁλώσιμος, ἀν-άλωτος ; 


410 


otherwise and -Ξ- especially ; ἄ. ἔχειν be 
otherwise. 15. 

ἀ-λόγιστος, ov, [λογίζομαι], unreasoning, 
thoughtless. 2.571, 

ἁλόντες, 2 a. pt. of ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἄλσος, ovs, τό, [1], grove, esp. a sacred 
grove. 5,3}, 

“Advs, vos, 6, [named fr. the salt (@s) 
works on its banks. Strabo], Halys, a 
large river in the northeastern part of 
Asia Minor emptying into the Euxine. 
5.6%, 

ἄλφιτα, wy, τά, [prob. akin to ‘L. albus, 
white, cf. wheat fr. white], coarse meal, 
esp. barley meal. 7. 

ἀλωπεκῆ, jis, [ἀλώπηξ for|, for-skin; by 
meton. fox-skin cap. 7.4+. 

ἁλώσιμος, ov, [ἁλίσκομαι), easy to take or 
capture. 2. 

ἁλώσομαι, fut. of ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἅμα [instr. case, γίσ)αμ, cf. L. simul, 
E. same], adv., at the same time ; at the 
same time with (dat.), together with, with. 
ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ at day-break ; ἅμα ἡλίῳ 
ἀνίσχοντι or ἀνατέλλοντι, at sunrise. 49. 
Cf. ἄτοορ., ὁμοῦ. 

᾿Αμαζόνες, ai, Amazons, fabled tribe of 
female warriors who dwelt in Pontus, 
Asia Minor, and later in Scythia, [pop- 
ularly derived fr. a-neg., μαζός breast]. 

ἅμαξα, ns, [ἅμα, ἄξων axle =axle-joined 
thing], wagon, of four wheels as the 
etymon suggests, cf. ἅρμα; wagon-load. 
4.719, 14, 

ἁμαξιαῖος, a, ov, [on end. cf. ταλαντ-ιαῖος], 
enough for a wagon, each a wagon-load. 
4.28, 

ἁμάξιτος, ov [-irés verbal of εἶμι go], trav- 
ersed by wagons, wagon-. 1,271, 

ἁμαρτάνω [1], ἁμαρτήσομαι, 2 a. ἥμαρτον, 
ἡμάρτηκα, -μαι, ἡμαρτήθην, miss the mark, 
miss, gen., αὐτοῦ, ἀνδρός; fail, err. 
6. T.43. See ἐξ-. 

Gpaxel |loc. of ἄμαχος], adv., without battle, 
without fighting. 5. 

ἀμαχητίέ (loc. of d-udynros], adv. = foreg. 
4.215, 

ἀμείνων, ov, g. ovos, [7], better, braver, 
comp. to ἀγαθός. 11. 


VOCABULARY, 





ἀλόγιστος — ᾿Αμφιπολίτης 


ἀμέλεια, as, carelessness, neglect. 4.68, Fr. 
ἀν μελής [μέλω], negligent, whence 

ἀμελέω, how, ἠμέλησα etc., be careless, neg- 
ligent of, neglect, gen. 5. See κατ-, wap-. 


ἀμελῶς, adv. carelessly, negligently. 5.15. 


&-perpos, ov, ἱμέτρον!, measureless, im- 
mense, 3.218, 

ἀ-μήχανος, ov, [unxavh, contrivance], with- 
out resource, at a loss, helpless ; of things, 
impracticable, impossible ; inextricable. 3. 

ἁμιλλάομαι [ἅμιλλα, contest], ήσομαι, 
ἡμίλλημαι, ἡμιλλήθην, compete, vie with 
(dat.) ; struggle toward, race for. 2. 

ἄμπελος, ov, %, [1], grapevine. 2. 

᾿Αμπρακιώτης, ov, [also ’Auf-|, Ambraciot, 
from Ambracia, capital of Epirus. 

ἀμυγδάλινος, 7, ov, of almonds, 4.418, 
[ἀμυγδάλη (Phryg.), almond, orig. of 
the 1. unc.]. 

ἀμύνω [d-proth. + 4/puy, ef. L. moenia], 
ἀμυνῶ, ἤμῦνα, ward off (acc.), for or from 
(dat.); with dat. only, aid, succor ; mid. 
ward off from oneself, defend oneself 
against, requite, punish. 6. Syn. ddctw. 

ἀμφί [L. ambi-], on both sides, hence 
around, about, cf. περί. 1. With gen. 
(poet.), about. 2. With dat., around, 
about, at, of place. 3. With ace. around, 
about ; of ἀμφὶ Κῦρον, those about Cyrus= 
the attendants of C. or oftener C. and 
his followers ; ἀ. τι ἔχειν or εἶναι, be busy 
about something ; of time, about, ἃ. μέσας 
νύκτας, about midnight ; of number about 
= εἰς, but takes art. 45. amphi-, see 
Internat. Dict. 

ἀμφι-γνοέω [as if fr. Ἐἀμφί-γνοος, cf. ye 
γνώσκωϊ, impf. ἤμφιγ- or ἠμφεγνόουν, 
4ow think on both sides, hence doubt, be 
perplexed, 2.5%. 

’Audl-Sypos, ου, [δῆμος people], Amphi- 
demus. 4.213, 

᾿Αμφι-κράτης, eos, Amphicrates. 4.218. 

ἀμφι-λέγω, -Adiw, -ἐλεξα, speak on both 
sides, dispute about. 1.54. 

᾿Αμφι-πολίτης, an Amphipolitan, of Am- 
phipolis, an important Athenian city in 
western Thrace on the river Strymon, 
by which it was nearly surrounded, 
whence the name. 1.107, 


—_-— » 


ἀμφορεύς --- ἀναμιμνήσκω 


ἀμφορεύς, έως, 6, [shortened fr. ἀμφι-φορεύς 
: (Hom.), φέρω, bear], jar, two handled. 
5.428, 


ἀμφότερος, a, ov, both, ch.in dual and pl. 13. 

ἀμφοτέρωθεν, adv., from or on both sides. 3. 

ἄμφω, g. ov, [L. ambo], both. 3. Less 
comm. than ἀμφότερος. 

ἄν [1 cf. L. an], a conditional particle for 
which the Eng. furnishes no exact 
equivalent. 1. With the opt., infin., pt., 
and past tenses of the indic., its force is 
comm. expressed by the auxiliaries, 
might, would. 2. Attached to or follow- 
ing relative words it renders their mean- 
ing more indefinite like the Eng. -ever, 
-soever, and is followed by the subj., ὃς 
ἄν whoever. Itis post-pos., thus differing 
from 

av [contr. fr. ἐάν], conj. if (with subj.). 

ἀν- [orig. dva-], ἀ- before consonants, (L. 
in-, Εἰ. un-), insep. neg. prefix called alpha 
priv., ill-, without; ἄςσοφος unwise, dv- 
ὦδυνος, without pain (anodyne). See 
ἄνευ. 

ἀνά [instr. case? LE. on], prep. with acc., 
up, up along, up through, throughout ; ἀνὰ 
κράτος, up to=with all one’s might, at 
Sull speed ; ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν, day by day; 
ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ἡμέραν, throughout all the 
day; distributive, ἀνὰ ἑκατόν, by the hun- 
dred, hundred each. 17. Cf ἄνω, ἄνωθεν. 

dva-Balvw, -βήσομαι, -βέβηκα, 2 a. -έβην, 
go up, mount, embark. 29. 

ἀνα-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, -βέβληκα, 2 a. -έβαλον, 
throw up, back or off ; throw or put upon ; 
put off, delay, esp. in mid. 2. 

ἀνά-βασις, ews, 7, [ἀνα-βαίνω], a.going up, 
expedition, (up =into the interior), up- 
march. 9. Anabasis. Ὁ 

ἀνα-βιβάζω, dow or ὦ, make go up, lead up. 
1.1014. 

dva-Bodw, ἤσομαι, raise a shout. 5.41, 

ἀνα-βολή, jis, [βάλλω], what is thrown up, 
rampart. 5.2°. 

ἀνα-γιγνώσκω, -γνώσομαι, -έγνωκα, 2 a. 
-éyvwv, know again, recognize; read. 
8; T. 33. 

ἀναγκάζω, dow, ἠνάγκασα etc., compel, 
force, constrain. 12. 


VOCABULARY. 





ATT 


ἀναγκαῖος, a, ov, act. constraining, pass. 
necessary; of d. relatives (by blood), 
kinsmen. 6. 

ἀνάγκη, ns, [1], necessity ; with or without 
ἐστί, it is necessary (for, dat.). 32. 

dva-yvous, 2 a. pt. of ἀνα-γιγνώσκω. 

ἀν-άγω, -diw, 2 a. -ἤγαγον, lead (or bring) 
up or back ; mid. and pass. lead up (to 
the high sea), put to sea, set sail. 7. 

ἀνα-ζεύγνῦμι, -Cevéw, -ἐζέυξα, yoke up, break 
camp. 2. 

ἀνα-θαρρέω, how, take courage again, regain 
confidence. 6.412, 

ἀνα-θεῖναι, -θέντες, 3 ἃ. of ἀνα-τίθημι. 

ἀνά-θημα, ατος, τό, [ἀνα-τίθημι], what is 
laid up (in a temple), votive offering. 
5.85, 

ἀνα-θορυβέω, how, raise a noise, esp. ap- 
plaud. 2. 

ἀνα-θρέψας, see ἀνα-τρέφω. 

ἀν-αιρέω, ἤσω, 2 a. εἷλον, -ἤρηκα, take up 
or away, (abolish, kill, destroy) ; take up 
a question submitted, hence answer ; mid. 
also take upon oneself, undertake. 11. 

ἀνα-καλέω, éow or &, -εκάλεσα, call again 
aloud, or back. 2. 

ἀνα-κάω, -καύσω etc., light up, kindle. 3.13. 

ἀνα-κοινόω, dow, communicate with, con- 
sult (dat.). 8. 

ἀνα-κομίζω, low or ἐῶ, carry up, bring back ; 
mid. carry away for oneself, store up. 2. 

ἀνα-κράζω, 2 a. -έκραγον, cry out. 10. 

ἀν-αλαλάζω, raise the war-cry. 4.3, 

ἀνα-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2a. -€AaBov, take 
up, back or away, receive back, regain. 7. 

ἀνα-λάμπω, ww, shine forth, blaze up. 
5.92 

ἀνᾶλίσκω [1 advd+ ἁλίσκομαι or + ὄλλῦμι], 
dvadAéow, ἀνήλωσα, ἀνήλωκα, -μαι, -θην, 
use up, spend, squander. 4. See προσ-. 

ἀν-άλωτος, ov, [ἁλίσκομαι], not to be taken, 
impregnable. 2. 

ἀνα-μένω, μενῶ, -έμεινα, remain behind, stay 
back, wait for. 6. 

ἀνα-μίγνῦμι, -μίξω, mix up, mingle. 4.88, 

ἀνα-μιμνήσκω, -μνήσω, -έμνησα, μέμνημαι, 
-εμνήσθην, remind one (acc.) of (acc.), 
3.211; make mention of; mid. and pass., 
call to mind, remember. 6. 


478 


ἄν-ανδρος, ov, [ἀνήρ], unmanly. 2.6%. 

᾿Αναξίβιος, ov, | prince of might, (Bla)], 
Anazibius, Spartan admiral stationed at 
Byzantium when the Ten Thousand ar- 
rived at Trapezus. 5.14, 7.12, 

avatupiSes, wy, ai, [Pers.], trowsers, long, 
wide, and of bright colors. 1.58, 

ἀνα-παύω, παύσω, make to cease (for a time 
avd), stop; mid. rest, pause. 14. 

ἀνα-πείθω, -πείσω, over-persuade, persuade, 
induce. 3. 

ἀνα-πετάννῦμι, -rerdow or -πετῶ, open up, 
open wide. 7.11". 

ἀνα-πηδάω, ἥσομαι, leap up, mount. 7.2”. 

ἀνα-πνέω, -πνεύσομαι, -émvevoa, breathe 
again, take breath. 2. 

ἀνα-πράττω, -mpatw, esp. of money, exact, 
levy. 2. Cf. συν-. 

ἀνα-πτύσσω, tw, fold back, swing back. 
1.109. 

ἀνα-πυνθάνομαι, -πεύσομαι, 2a. -επυθόμην, 
inquire again, learn by careful inquiry. 2. 

ἀν-αρίθμητος, ov, [ἀριθμέω], innumerable. 
3.218, 


ἀν-άριστος, ov, without breakfast(a&prrov). 3. 

ἀν-αρπάζω, dow or άσομαι, snatch up, carry 
off. 2. 

ἀναρχία, as, [av-apxos], want of government 
(ἀρχή), anarchy. 3.2”. 

ἀνα-σκευάζω, dow, make ready by packing 
up, pack up. 6.28. 

ava-ords, 2 a. pt. of ἀν-ίστημι. 

ἀνα-σταυρόω, dow, fasten up on a stake, 
impale. 3.11", 

ἀνα-στέλλω, ελῶ, send up or back; keep 
back, restrain. 5.473. 

ἀνα- στρέφω, yw, turn back or round, wheel 
round; pass. turn oneself about (cf. L. 
versari), live, dwell, act ; face about. 6. 
ἀνα-στροφή, anastrophe. 

ἀνα-σχέσθαι, 2 a. inf. of ἀν-έχω. 

ἀνα-ταράττω, ἄξω, stir up, disorder; dvare- 
ταραγμένον, disordered, in confusion. 1.7™. 

ἀνα-τείνω, -τενῶ, -érewa, -rérauat, stretch 
or lift up, elevate; in 1.10!2=with out- 
stretched (wings). 8. Cf. ὕπερ-. 

ἀνα-τέλλω, rise. 2.31, 

ἀνα-τίθημι, -θήσω, -έθηκα, -τέθεικα, put up, 
lay up; lay or place upon; set up, dedi- 


VOCABULARY, 





ἄνανδρος --- ἀνέχω 


cate. 5. Cf. ἀνά-θημα. ἀνά-ϑεμα of 
a thing devoted to evil, curse. T. 6 
anathema. 

ἀνα-τρέφω, -θρέψω, nourish up, fatten. 4.5%, 

dva-hevyw, -toua, 2 a. -épvyov, flee up, 
escape. 6.474. 

ἀνα-φρονέω, become rational, come to ‘one’s 
senses. 4.871, 

ἀνα-χάζω, Xen. uses act. in sense of mid., 
draw back, retreat, retire ( from, gen.). 

4.116, 7,10, 

ἔπ αἰοξίσι how, go back, withdraw, retreat. 
5. an-chorite. 

ἀνα-χωρίζω, low or 1@, separate again, with- 
draw, draw off. 5.24, 

ἀνδραγαθία, as, [*dvd-dyaGos], manly vir- 
tue, bravery. 5.219, 


ἀνδράποδον, ov, capti uced to slavery, 
slave. 16. [ἀνήρ, fr. πέδη fetter 
or πούς foot, which tor put on the 


neck of the captive to signify enslave- 
ment]. Syn. δοῦλος. 

ἀνδρεῖος, a, ov, ἀνήρ], manly, brave, 
6.5%, Whence 

ἀνδρειότης, nros, 4, manliness, bravery. 
6. 514, 

ἀνδρίζομαι, πῶς show oneself: a man, act 
manfully. 2. 

ἀν-έβην, 2 a. of dva-Balyw. 

dv-eyelpw, -εγερῶ, -ηγέρθην, rouse up ; pass. 
be roused, awake. 3.172, 18, 

ἀν-εῖλον, 2 a. of ἀν-αιρέω. 

ἀν-εῖναι, 2 a. inf. of ἀν-ίημι. 

dv-citrov, 2 a. to dva-Aéyw, proclaim, an- — 
nounce. 2.2%; 5,218, 

ἄνεμος, ov, [Yay breathe, cf. L. animus], 
wind. 2. anemone. 

ἀν-επιλήπτως [ἐπι-λαμβάνῳ lay hold o/], 
adv., blamelessly. 7.6%". 

ἀν-ερεθίζω, low or 1a, stir up, excite. 
Cf. ἐρίζω. 

dv-epwrdw, impf. ἀν-ηρώτων, how; ask up 
= speak up and ask, ask. 2. 

ἀν-έστην, 2 a. of ἀν-ίστημι. 

ἄνευ [1 cf. dv-priv.], prep. with gen., with- 
out, apart from. 18. 

ἀν-ευρίσκω, -ευρήσω, 2 ἃ. -ηὗρον, πὰ 
again, discover. 7.44. 

ἀν-έχω or -ίσχω, impf. -εἶχον, -έξω or dva- 


6 6°, 


ἀνεψιός --- ἀντιποιέω 


σχήσω, 3 ἃ. -έσχον ; mid. imp. ἠνειχόμην 
(double aug.), 2a. ἠν-εσχόμην, hold or 
lift up, bear, endure; mid. hold oneself 
up, control oneself, bear. 10. 

ἀνεψιός, οὔ, [d-cop. + veyios for verrios, L. 
nepos], cousin, nephew. 7.89, 

ἀν-ηγέρθην, see ἀν-εγείρω. 

ἀν-ήκεστος, ov, [ἀκέομαι, heal, a length. to 
ἢ as in κατ-ήγοροΞ], incurable, irremedi- 
able. 2. 

ἀν-ήκω, -ἤξω, come up to, reach, extend. 2. 

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, [d-proth. + vep, cf. Skt. ndras, 
man], man as opp. to woman, vir, often 
joined with words denoting nationality 
or profession as a term of respect. 
H. 625,a. 203. See words beginning 
ἀνδρ-. ; 

ἀν-ηρώτων, im 

ἀνθ᾽, see ἀντί. 

ἀνθέμιον, ου, 
little flower, 
anther. 

ἀνθ-ίστημι, set against ; mid. stand against, 
resist. 7.311, 

ἀνθρώπινος, 7, ov, human. 
of things human. 2.58. 

ἄνθρωπος, ov, 6, [1 ἀνήρ, dy, face =man- 
faced], man as opp. to other beings, 
homo, human being ; pl. men, people, man- 
kind; sometimes used contemptuously 
instead of ἀνήρ, cf. 1.74; 3.127. 76. 
anthropo-. See Internat. Dict. 

dvidw [dvla, grief], dow, ἠνίασα ete., grieve, 
distress; pass. and fut. mid., be grieved, 
distressed, or hurt. 3. , 

ἀν-ίημι, fow, 2 a. inf. dv-eivas, let go, 7.620; 
slacken, abate, 4.54. 

ἀν-ιμάω [iuds, strap], impf. ἀν-ἔμων, draw 

up. 4.28. 

ἀν-ίστημι, ἀνα-στήσω, ἀν-έστησα, 2a. ἀν- 
ἔστην, raise up, set up, rouse, stir up; 
pf., 2 ἃ. act. and mid. intrans., rise up, 
rise, stand. 56. Cf. ἐξ-, συν-. 

ἀν-ίσχω = ἀν-έχω. 

ἄν-οδος, ov, }, way up, up-march. 2.11, 

ἄν-οδος, ov, |dv-priv.], wayless, patiless, 
inaccessible, 4.810, 

ἀ-νόητος, ov, [voéw, think], senseless, foolish. 
2,118, 


dv-epwrdw. 









of* ἄνθεμον = ἄνθοΞ], 
ower; pattern. 5.4°2. 


τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 


VOCABULARY. 





479 


dv-olyw, impf. -ἔφγον, -oltw, -Eyta, open up, 
open. 2, 

ἀνομία, as, [a-vouos], lawlessness. 2. 

ἀνομοίως [dv-duos, unlike], differently. 
7.749, 

d-vopos, ov, lawless. 6.618, 

ἀντ-αγοράζω, dow, buy in return. 1.55, 

ἀντ-αγωνίζομαι, ἔσομαι, contend against, 
vie with. 4.7/2. antagonize. 

ἀντ-ακούω, -ακούσομαι, -ἤκουσα, hear in turn. 
2.516, ᾿" 


“Avtavipos, ov, 4, Antandrus, town of 


Troas. 7.81. 

ἀντάω [dvra, opposite, cf. ἀντί], how etc., 
meet. See ἀπ-, cuv-, ὑπ-. 

ἀντ-εμ-πίμπλημι, -πλήσω, fill in return. 
4.58, 

ἀντ-επι-μελέομαι, take heed or care in re- 
turn, 3.116, 

ἀντί [loc. case, L. ante, cf. E. an-swer], 
prep. with gen., opposite, over against, 
comm., instead of, in place of, in return 
for. 28. Cf. ἀντάω, ἀντίος. 

ἀντι-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -ἔδωκα, give in return 
or instead. 3.339, 

ἀντι-καθ-ίστημι, a. pass. ἀντι-καθ-εστάθην, 
appoint instead. 3.1%, 

ἀντι-λέγω, -λέξω, speak against, oppose, say 
by way of objection. 5. 

ἀντίος, a, ov, [ἀντί], opposite, fronting, in 
front, opposed, contrary ; ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου 
Jt. the opp. side, in front, poet. and Ion 
8. Cf. ἐν-άντιος. 

ἀντι-παρα-θέω, run 
4,817, 

ἀντι-παρα-σκευάζομαι, prepare in turn or 
against. 1.25. 

ἀντι-παρα-τάττομαι, -τάξομαι, -eratduny. 
draw up against. 4.89. 

rah iad impf. -new, go along ss sari 
4.317, 

ἀρεννδαχα, suffer in turn. 2.517. 

dvri-mépas, or -πέρᾶν, |-répas gen.], oppo- 
site, over against, abs. or with gen., also 
written κατ᾽ ἀντιπέρᾶς. 2. 

ἀντι-ποιέω, how etc., doin return, retaliate ; 
mid. act for oneself against another, con- 
tend with (dat.) for (gen.), lay claim to, 
vie with. 6. 


aside to oppose. 


480 VOCABULARY. ἀντίπορος --- ἀπεῖπον 
ἀντί-πορος, ov, strictly, on the opp. way | ἄξω, see ἄγω. 
(πόρος) or coast; then, over against, op- ἄξων, ovos, ὃ, [perh. akin to ἄγω, drive], L. 
posite to, 4.238, axis, AXLE. 1.8% Cf. ἅμαξα. 


ω, ow, contend (factiously) 

against, vie with, 4.177, 

ἀντι-στασιώτης, ov, ὃ, [ordors, faction], 
opponent, adversary. 3. 

ἀντι-στοιχέω [orotxos, row, acro-stic], 
how, stand in opp. rows, front. 5.412. 

dvti-oTpatomedevopar, encamp opposite or 
against. 7.7%8, 

ἀντι-τάττω, -τάξω, draw up or array 
against. 6. 

ἀντι-τιμάω, how, honor in return, 5.514, 

a , shoot in return or back. 8. 

ἀντι-φυλάττω, diw, guard in turn, 2.5%, 

ἄντρον, ov, [1], L. antrum (borrowed), 
cave. 1.28. 

ἀντρώδης, ες, [eld0s, appearance], caver- 
nous, 4,311, 

ἀνυστός, 4, dv, practicable, possible. 
Verbal from 

ἀνύτω [1], ἀνύσω, ἤνυσα, effect, accomplish. 
7.3, 

ἄνω [old abl. cf. ἀνά], adv., 6. ἀνωτέρω, 
ἀνωτάτω, up, upward; after the art., 
upper, above, of ἄνω, those above ; with 
gen., 4.3%, 21, 26, 

ἀνώ-γεων, w, τό, [γέα, earth], upper floor. 
5.49, 

ἄνωθεν [ἄνω], adv., from above, from the 
top, from the interior. 4. 

ἀξία, as, [ἄξιος], worth, value, desert. 6.6%. 

ἀξίνη, ns, [ἀξ (akin to ὀξύς) + wy], axe. 2. 

ἄξιος, fa, ov, [for ἄγσιος, ἄγω, weigh], weigh- 
ing as much, hence, worth, worthy, de- 
serving, worth while, meet, befitting. 2.37 ; 
often w. gen. or inf. πολλοῦ ἄ., worthy of 
much, valuable. 22. Cf. ἀξία, and 

ἀξιο-στράτηγος, ov, worthy to be a general 
or to command. 3.14. 

ἀξιόω [ἄξιος], impf. ἠξίουν, dow, ἠξίωσα 
etc., deem worthy, fit, proper, or reason- 
able ; ask (as deserved or reasonable). 
22. Cf. airéw, demand, beg; δέομαι, 
want, beseech. 

ἀξίωμα, aros, τό, [ἀξιόω], worthiness, honor, 

dignity; 6.138, what is reasonable, 

axiom. 


3 
a 


1.811 





ἀπ᾽, see ἀπό. 

ἀπ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -ἤγγειλα etc., report from 
or back, report, announce. “84. 

ἀπ-αγορεύω, -nydpevoy, ἀπ-ερῶ, ἀπ-είρηκα, 
-μαι, speak against, forbid ; renounce, give 
up, give out, be tired. 4. 

ἀπ-άγω, -diw, 2 a. -hyayov, lead (bring, 
carry) away, off, or back. 15. 

ἀπ-αγωγή, jis, [aye], removal. 7.65, 

ἀ-παθής, és, [πάθος], free from suffering. 
7.7%, 


ἀ-παίδευτος, ον, 
stupid. 2.6%, 

ἀπ-αίρω, -ap@, -fpa, raise (and carry) 
away ; intr. depart, set sail. 7.6%. 

ἀπ-αιτέω, impf. -ἤἥτουν, iow, ask from, de- 
mand back, 11. 

ἀπ-αλλάττω, ἄξω, -hAAata, 2 a. pass. -ηλ- 
Adyny, change from, set free, release, re- 
move; intr. get free; mid. and pass. be 
set free, depart, withdraw. 12, 


[παιδεύω], untrained, 


8. ἁπαλός, ή, dv, [1], c. -ώτερος, tender, soft. 2. 


ἀπ-αμείβομαι, ψομαι, a. p. -ημείφθην, ex- 
change words, reply. ° 2.5! Cf. map-. 

ἀπ-αντάω, how, -hytnoa, (come) from (and) 
meet, meet, encounter. 7. 

ἅπαξ [1], once, once for all. 5. 

ἀ-παράσκευος, ov, [ παρασκευή ], unpre- 
pared. 3. 

ἅ-πας, ἅ-πασα, ἅ-παν, δ΄. αντος, dons, [d-cop.], 
all together, all, the whole, entire. 33. 

ἀπ-αυθημερίζω [αὐθ-ἤμερον, on the very 
day], come back on the same day. 5.2}, 

ἀπ-έγνωκα, see ἀπο-γιγνώσκω. 

ἀπ-ἐδρᾶν, 2 ἃ. of ἀπο-διδράσκω. 

ἀπ-έθανον, 2 ἃ. of ἀπο-θνήσκω, die. 

ἀπειθέω, How, be disobedient, disobey. 2 
Fr. ἀ-πειθής [πείθομαι, obey], disobedient. 

ἀπειλέω, how, threaten. 2. Cf. ἐπ-. 

ἀπειλή, fs, [1], threat. 2. 

ἄπ-ειμι, -ἣν, be away, be absent. 2. 

ἄπ-ειμι, -ἥειν, go from, away, or back, depart, 
retreat; pres. comm. as fut., will go back, 
depart. 90. 

ἀπ-εῖπον, ἀπ-είρηκα, renounce, resign, for- 
bid etc. See ἀπ-αγορεύω. 


ἄπειρος --- ἀποκρίνομαι 


ἄ-πειρος, ον, [πεῖρα, experience], inexperi- 
enced, unacquainted with. 4. 

ἀπ-έκτονα, 2 pf. of ἀπο-κτείνω. 

ἀπ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ (-Gs, -ᾷ), -(ἠλασα, drive off; 
intr. ride or march away, retreat. 11. 

ἀπ-ελθών, 2 a. pt. of ἀπ-έρχομαι. 

ἀπ-ερύκω, keep away or ward off. 5.8%. 

ἀπ-έρχομαι, 2 8. -ἦλθον, come (org ) away, 
go back, return, retreat. 40. 

ἀπ-εχθάνομαι [ἔχθος, hate], -εχθήσομαι, 
2 a. -εχθόμην, incur hate, offend. 5. 

ἀπ-έχω, impf. -εἶχον, -ἐξω or -σχήσω, 2 a. 
-ἔσχον, hold oneself aloof from ; abstain 
Jrom (ch. in mid.); be distant (from, 
gen.), far from. 25. 

ἀπ-ήγαγον, 2 a. of ἀπ-άγω. 

ἀπ-ήλασα, see ἀπ-ελαύνω. 

ἀπ-ηλλάγην, 2 ἃ. Ρ. οὗ ἀπ-αλλάττω. 

ἀπιστέω [ἄπιστος], impf. ἠπίστουν, how, 
disbelieve ; distrust; disobey; dat. 5. 
Cf. ἀπειθέω. 

ἀπιστία, as, unbelief, distrust ; faithless- 
ness, treachery. 5. 

&-murros, ov, [πείθω, trust], distrusted, faith- 
less. 3. 

ἀπ-ιτέον [verbal of ἀπ-ειμι], must go away, 
5.31, 

ἄπλετος, ov, [perh. &-priv. + πλε (πλεῖος, 
Sull) + τος], boundless, immense. 4.411, 

G-tAots, ἢ, οῦν, [4-cop., ψπλα (πίμπλημι), 
ΟΠ, single ; simple, frank, sincere; τὸ 
ἁπλοῦν, sincerity. 2. See H. 295, b. 

ἀπό [instr. case, cf. L. ab, E. or, orF, AF- 
ter], prep. from, hence with gen. only, 
away from; of time from, after, since, 
ἀφ᾽ οὗ, from which (time) = since; of 
origin (cause, means etc.), from, by 
means of, by. 113. 

ἀπο-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, -βέβηκα, -ἔβην, go 
Jrom, away, or back, depart, disembark ; 
of events, fall out, issue. 5. 

ἀπο-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, -βέβληκα, 2 a. -έβαλον, 
throw off or away, lose. 8. 

ἀπο-βιβάζω, dow or ὦ, make go from, dis- 
embark. 1.45. 

ἀπο-βλέπω, ψω, look away (fr. all else) at, 
gaze at, watch. 

ἀπο-γιγνώσκω, -γνώσομαι, -έγνωκα, decide 
(from) against, decide not to. 1.738. 


VOCABULARY. 





481 


ἀπο-δέδρακα, see ἀπο-διδράσκω. 

ἀπο-δείκνῦμι, -δείξω, -έδειξα, -δέδειχα, -γμαι, 
-εδείχθην, show forth, show, publish, ap- 
point. 11. 

ἀπο-δέρω, -δερῶ, 2 a. pass. -εδάρην, skin (off), 
flay. 3.5%. 

ἀπο-δέχομαι, receive from, accept. 6.174, 

ἀποδημέω, how, ἀπ-εδήμησα, go away from 
one’s people (δῆμοΞ5), leave home. 7.83, 

ἀπο-δ' δράσκω, -δράσομαι, 2 a. -ἐδρᾶν, -δέ- 
δρᾶκα, run away, escape (by stealth). 16. 
Cf. ἀπο-φεύγω. 

ἀπο-δίδωμι, -δώσω, 2 a. -έδωκα, -δέδωκα, 
give back or up, esp. what is due and so, 
pay; mid. give away of one’s own will, 
sell, 41. 

ἀπο-δοκεῖ (impers.), -δόξει, -ἐδοξε, it seems 
(far) from good, seems good not to. 2.39. 

ἀπο-δοῦναι, 2 a. inf. of ἀπο-δίδωμι. 

ἀπο-δρᾶναι, -dpds, 2 a. of ἀπο-διδράσκω. 

ἀπο-δύω, -δύσω, -ἐδῦσα, -δέδῦκα, strip, de- 
spoil, mid. δύομαι, δύσομαι, 2 ἃ. -ἐδῦν, 
strip oneself. 4.317: 5.823, 

ἀπο-δώσω, fut. of ἀπο-δίδωμι. 

ἀπο-θανεῖν, 2 ἃ. of ἀπο-θνήσκω. 

ἀπο-θνήσκω, -θανοῦμαι, 2 ἃ. -ἔέθανον, τέ- 
θνηκα, die; be slain, often as pass. to 
ἀπο-κτείνω. 48. 

ἀπο-θύω, -θύσω, -ἐθῦσα, offer back, i.e. in 
payment of a vow, sacrifice, offer up. 
3.212; 4,925, 

ἀποικία, as, colony. 4.8%. From 

ἄπ-οικος, ov, 5, [οἶκος, home], colonist ; ἡ ἄ. 
colony. 5. 

ἀπο-καλέω, dow, -εκάλεσα, call away or 
aside. 7.3%, 

ἀπο-κάμνω [κάμνω, toil], shrink from toil, 
be weary. 4.72. ; 

ἀπο-κἄω, burn off, freeze off; blast, 4.5%; 
7.48, of the effects of intense cold. 

ἀπό-κειμαι, be laid away, laid up. 4. pass. 
to ἀπο-τίθημι. 

ἀπο-κλείω, -κλείσω, shut off or out, ez- 
clude; hinder. 8. 

ἀπο-κλίνω, -κλινῶ, -éxAiva, turn aside. 
2.216, 

ἀπο-κόπτω, -κόψω, -έκοψα, 2 a. p. -εκόπην, 
cut off, strike or beat off. 4. apocopé. 

Gtro-Kptvopat, -οῦμαι, -expivduny, -κέκριμαι, 


482 


judge (and give) back an answer, an- 
swer, reply. 35. 

ἀπο-κρύπτω, -κρύψω, -éxpupa, hide away, 
conceal, 2. apocrypha. 

ἀπο-κτείνω, -κτενῶ, -έκτεινα, 2 p. -έκτονα, 
kill. 22. For pass. see ἀπο-θνήσκω. 

ἀπο-κτίννυμι, 6.3°; 5.2%, = foreg. 

ἀπο-κωλύω, dow, (1) hinder (one, ace.) from, 
(2) prevent, debar from. 2. 

ἀπο-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 3,8. -ἐλαβον, -ελή- 
ῴφθην, take back, retake, recover ; receive 
back ; take or cut off, intercept. 10. 

ἀπο-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, leave be- 
hind, forsake ; fail, fall short; pass. be 
left behind ; be wanting. | 15. 

ἀπό-λεκτος, ov, picked out, choice. 2.31, 

ἀπο-ληφθῆτε, a. p. subj. of ἀπολαμβάνω. 

ἀπ-όλλυμι, impf., -ὠλλῦν, -ολέσω, ΟΥ̓ -ολῶ, 
-ώλεσα, -ολώλεκα, destroy ; lose; mid. 
and 2 pf.-dAwAa (as pres.), be destroyed, 
perish, die. 32. Apollyon (pres. 
pt.). 

᾿Απόλλων, wvos, acc. wa or w, Apollo, son 
of Zeus and Leto, brother of Artemis, 
chief patron of music, poetry, prophecy, 
and archery. His oracle at Delphi 
was the most popular in the Hellenic 
world. 

᾿Απολλωνία, as, Apollonia, town in south- 
ern Mysia. 7.815. 

᾿Απολλωνίδης, ov, [descendant of Apollo], 
Apollonides, a captain, of Lydian birth. 
3.1%, 

ἀπολογέομαι [ἀπό-λογοΞ], ἦσομαι, speak in 
defence, defend oneself. 5.68. Cf. ἀπο- 
Aoyla, apology. 

ἀπο-λύω, -λύσω, loose or release from, ac- 
quit. 2. 

ἀπ-ολώλεκα, see ἀπ-ὀλλῦμι. 

ἀπο-μάχομαι, fight off, resist. 6.95, 

ἀπό-μαχος, ov, [μάχη], not fighting, dis- 
abled. 2. 

ἀπο-νοστέω [νόστος, return], how, -evd- 
στησα, return home. 3.518, 

ἀπο-πέμπω, -πέμψω, send away, off, or 
back. 13. 

ἀπο-πήγνῦμι, make solid, freeze, congeal. 
5.815, 

ἀπο-πηδάω, now, leap off or back. 8.451, 


VOCABULARY. 





ἀποκρύπτω---ἀποταφρεύω 


ἀπο-πλέω, -πλεύσομαι, -ἔπλευσα, sail off, 
away, or back. 15. 

ἀπό-πλους, ov, voyage back. 5.6”. 

ἀπο-πορεύομαι, evoouat, go away, depart. 


2. 

ἀπορέω [&-ropos], haw, be without means 
or resource (πόρος), be at a loss, be per- 
plexed (at, dat.), be in doubt ; want, gen. 
15 


ἀπορία, as, want of means or resource, dif- 
Jiculty, perplexity ; want. 18. 

ἄπορος, ov, πόρος, way out, means], without 
means or resource, at a loss, perplexeds: 
of places, impassable ; of actions, imprac- 
ticable, difficult ; (τὸ) ἄπορον, a difficulty, 
obstacle. 11. 

ἀπό-ρ-ρητος, ov, [ῥέω, speak], not to be told, 
secret. 2. 

ἀπο-ρ-ρόξ, ὥγος, [ἀπο-ρ-ρἠγνῦμι], adj. broken 
off, abrupt, steep. 6.43. 

ἀπο-σήπω, -σήψω, -έσηψα, -σέσηπα (as 
pres.), rot off, mortify. 2. anti-sep-tic. 

ἀπο-σκάπτω, dig off, cut off by a trench. 
2.44, 

ἀπο-σκεδάννῦμι, -σκεδάσω or ᾧ, scatler 
abroad ; pass. be scattered, straggle. 3. 

ἀπο-σκηνέω, impf. ἀπ-εσκήνουν, tent or 
encamp at a distance from. 8.488, 

ἀπο-σπάω, -σπάσω etc., a. p. -εσπάσθην, 
draw off or away, withdraw, ΡΩΝ 
ate. 5. 

ἀπο-στάς, 2 a. pt. of ἀφ-ίστημι. 

ἀπο-σταυρόω σταυρός, stake], dow, pali- 
sade or fence off. 6.51. ν 

ἀπο-στέλλω, send back or away. 2.15, 

ἀπο-στερέω, ow, deprive, rob one (ace) 
of (gen.). 3. 

ἀπο-στῆναι, 2 a. inf. of ἀφ-ίστημι. 

ἀπο-στρατοπεδεύομαι, encamp away from 
or at a distance. 2. 

ἀπο-στρέφω, yw, turn from or back. 2.6%. 

ἀπο-στροφή, jis, a turning back, retreat, 
refuge. 2. apostrophé. 

ἀπο-σύλάω, how, strip off, rob of. 

ἀπό-σχωμεν, 2 a. subj. of ἀπ-έχω. 

ἀπο-σώζω, -σώσω, -ἔσωσα, save (and bring) 
back, = bring back safely. 2.338. 

ἀπο-ταφρεύω [τάφροΞ], ditch off, fence of 
by trench, 6.54, 


1.48, 


ἀποτείνω --- ἀριθμός 


ἀπο-τείνω, pf. mid. -τέταμαι, stretch away, 
extend. 1.810, 
ἀπο-τειχίζω {[τεῖχος, wall], wall off, shut off 
by a wall. 2.44. 
ἀπο-τέμνω, -τεμῶ, 2 a. -érevov, -ετμήθην, 
cut off ; ἁπο-τμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλάς, be- 
headed. 7. 
ἀπο-τίθημι, impf. ἀπ-ετίθην, put away, lay 
up. 2.315, 
ἀπο-τίνω, -τίσω, -ἐτῖσα, pay back; mid. 
get pay from, requite, punish. 2. 
᾿ ἀπο-τμηθείς, see ἀπο-τέμνω. 
ἀπό-τομος, ον, [τέμνω], cut off, precipitous. 
4.12, 
ἀπο-τρέπω, turn from, back or aside. 3. 
Cf. mpo-. 
ἀπο-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. Sipanir run 
away or back. 2. 
ἀπο-φαίνω, -φανῶ, -épnva, show forth; mid. 
’ and pass. show oneself, appear. 1.69; 5.712. 
ἀπο-φεύγω, φεύξομαι, 2 a. -έφυγον, -πέφευ- 
γα, flee away, escape, beyond reach. 7. 
ἀπό-φηναι, aor. mid. imv. of ἀπο-φαίνω. 
ἀπό-φραξις, ews, 7, [φράττω, fence], fencing 
off, blockade. 2. 
ἀπο-χωρέω, How, go away or back, depart, 
retreat. 18. 
ἀπο-Ψψηφίζομαι, ίσομαι, vote (from) against. 
1.415, 
ἀ-πρό-θῦμος, ov, not eager, reluctant. 6.27. 
ἀ-προσδόκητος, ov, ἱπροσ-δοκάω, expect], 
unexpected ; ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου, unexpect- 
edly. 4.119, 
ἀπροφασίστως | προφασίζομαι, make ex- 
cuse], adv. without excuse or hesitation. 
2.62. 
ἅπτω [ap-iscor], ἅψω, fasten; mid. fasten 
oneself to, cling to, touch, engage in, gen. 2. 
ἀπ--ώλοντο, 2 a. of ἀπ-ὀλλῦμι. 
ἀπ-ών, see ἄπ-ειμι. 
ἄρα [perh. fr. 4/ap, fit, ef. ἀρέσκω], post- 
pos. particle of less illative force than 
οὖν, then, so then, accordingly, used in 
inferences that follow naturally from 
what precedes. 11. 
ἄρα |contr. fr. 4, ἄρα], particle merely in- 
dicating that the sentence is interroga- 
tive=L. -ne: ap ov=L. nonne; ἄρα 
wh=num. 4 


VOCABULARY. 





483 


᾿Αραβία, as, Arabia, the great peninsula 
lying between the Red Sea and the Per- 
sian Gulf, but, according to Xen. (1.51) 
extending beyond the Euphrates. 

᾿Αράξης, ov, Araxes, modern Khabir, an 
eastern tributary of the Euphrates. 
1.419, 

᾿Αρβάκης, ov, Arbaces, satrap of Media 
and one of the four commanders of the 
army of Artaxerxes. 1.7”. 


*Apyetos, ov, an Argive, from *Apyos, capi- 


tal of Argolis in Peleponnesus. 4.2}. 

ἀργός, dv, [d-, ἔργον, work], not working, 
idle. 3.2. 

ἀργύριον, ov, τό, [dim. of ἄργυρις, L. ar- 
gentum, //apy, shine], piece of silver, 
silver-money, money. 13. 

ἀργυρό-πους, g.-rodos, 6, 7, silver-footed. 
4.421, 

ἀργυροῦς, ἃ, οὖν, of silver, silver-. 2. 

᾿Αργώ, dos,=ods, H, [ἀργός, swift], Argo, 
the ship in which Jason sailed from 
Thessaly to Colchis after the golden 
fleece by order of Pelias, king of Iolcus. 
6.21. 

ἄρδην [γαρ (αἴρω, lift) + δην], adv., taken 
away utterly ; quite, wholly. 7.17%. 

ἄρδω, in Att. only in pres. sys., to water, 
irrigate. 2.338. 

ἀρέσκω, dpérw, ἤρεσα suit, please, dat. 
2.42. Fr. 4/ap, in *&pw, fit, join, cf. L. 
arma, artus; ἄρα, ἀρείων, ἅρμα, ἀριθμός, 
and 

ἀρετή, jis, [-rn fem. of -rés], what is fitting 
or proper, excellence, goodness, virtue ; 
manliness, valor. 7. 

ἀρήγω [prob. developed fr. γίαρκ, of ἀρκέω], 


ἀρήξω, ward off (acc.) from (dat.); 
with dat. only, help, aid. 1.10°. Cf. 
ἀλέξω. 


᾿Αρηξίων, ὠνος, [helper], Aréxion, sooth- 
sayer from Arcadia. 6.413, 

᾿Αριαῖος, ov, Ariaeus, commander of the 
barbarian army of Cyrus. After the bat- 
tle of Cunaxa he went over to the enemy. 

ἀριθμός, οὔ, 6, [ 4/ap, fit (see dpéoxw),+4 
+ Ou0s, cf. στα-θ-μός], joining in a series, 
numbering, number, enumeration ; whole 
number, extent. 9. Cf. ἀν-αρίθμητος. 


484 


᾿Αρίστεαρχος, ov, [best-ruler], Aristarchus, 
Spartan harmost of Byzantium. 7.28, 

ἀριστάω [&picrov], impf. ἠρίστων, how, 
breakfast, dine. 13. 

᾿Αριστέας, ov, [very brave], Aristeas, of 
the island Chius. 4.1%. 

ἀριστερός, a, ov, [1], /eft (as opp. to δεξιός), 
ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, on the left. 8. Syn. ed- 
ώνυμος. 

᾿Αρίστ-υππος, ov, [best horseman], Aristip- 
pus, a Thessalian who for help received 
against his opponents sent Cyrus a con- 
tingent of troops under Menon. 1.1; 
OTs. Qs: 

ἄριστον, ov, τό, [1 cf. ἦρι, early], breakfast, 
lunch. The three meals of the Homeric 
age — ἄριστον, δεῖπνον, dinner, δόρπον, 
supper — gave place in later time to 
ἀκράτισμα, ἄριστον, and δεῖπνον. 7. Cf. 
ἀν-άριστος. 

ἀριστο-ποιέω, prepare breakfast; mid. 
breakfast. 4. 

ἄριστος, ἡ, ov, [see ἀρέσκωϊ, best, noblest, 
bravest ; ἄριστα, adv.,in the best way, 
best. 16. See ἀγαθός. 

᾿Αρίστων, wvos, [ἄριστος], Ariston. 5.614, 

᾿Αριστ-ώνυμος, ov, [of excellent name], 
Aristonymus, a captain from Arcadia. 
4.127, 

᾿Αρκαϑικός, 4, dv, Arcadian ; τὸ ᾿Αρκα- 
δικόν, the Arcadian contingent. 4.818, 

’Apkds, ddos, 6, an Arcadian, fr. Arcadia, 
the central State of Peloponnesus, some- 
times called the ‘Switzerland of 
Greece.” The people struggling hard 
fora livelihood, and being brave and 
warlike, many of them entered foreign 
service. See Introd. 50, 51. 

ἀρκέω, έσω, ἤρκεσα, suffice, be enough, suf- 
Jicient ; ἀρκῶν, οὔσα, ody, sufficient. 8. 
The orig. sense is, ward off, aid, cf. L. 
arceo, ἀρήγω, also, ἀλκή, ἀλέξω (p often 
changed to A). 

ἄρκτος, ov, ἡ, [L. ursus, (= ore-sus)]. hear; 
the Great Bear; north. 2. arctic. 

ἅρμα, aros, τό, [ 4/ap (fit)+ μα. εἴ. ἀρέσκω], 
chariot, esp. war-chariot. 9. 

ἁρμάμαξα, ns, [ἅρμα, ἅμαξα], covered car- 


riage. 2. 


VOCABULARY. 





*Apiorapxos — ἄρτι 


’Appevia, as, Armenia, mountainous re- 
gion southwest of the Euxine sea. It 
was annexed to the Persian empire by 
Cyrus the Great, and at the time of the 
retreat of the Ten Thousand Orontas 
was its satrap. 8.517, 

᾿Αρμένιος, ov, an Armenian. 

“Αρμήνη, ns, Harmene, a harbor near 
Sinope. 6.115, 

ἁρμοστής, od, [apud(w, fit; set in order, fr. 
apuds, joint, cf. ἅρμα), director, governor: 
harmost, sent out by Sparta to govern 
subject cities, islands, and provinces. 11. 

ἄρνειος, a, ov, [dpy, sheep, ἀρνίον, lamb, T. 
30], of lamb, lamb’s.. 4.581, 

ἁρπαγή, fis, seizure, robbery, plunder. 8. 

ἁρπάζω, dow or dooua, praca, ἥρπακα, 
-σμαι, -σθην, snatch, snatch up or away, 
carry off, plunder; capture. 15. From 
ἅρπαξ, rapacious, [ apm, cf. L. rapio], “" 
harpy. 

“Aptracos, ov, Harpasus, a river not cer- 
tainly identified, probably the modern 
Tchoruk Su of Armenia. 4.714 

’Aprayépons, ov, Artagerses, commander 
of the king’s cavalry, killed by Cyrus 
in the battle of Cunaxa. 1.711; 874, 

᾿Αρτακάμας, ov, Artacamas. 7.8%, 

’Aprdofos, ov, Artaozus, a friend of Cyrus 
who with Ariaeus proved false to the 
Greeks after the battle of Cunaxa, 3.415, 

᾿Αρταξέρξης, ov, Artaxerxes 11., eighth 
king of Persia, son of Darius II. 
(Nothus), whom he succeeded, B. €. 405, 
ruling till 359. Though not a man of 
much force he continued the policy of 
sowing dissensions among the Greek 
states and managed to get the Greek 
cities of Asia Minor completely under 
his sway. 1.1153. See Introd. 45. 

᾿Αρταπάτης, ov, Artapatas. 1.64%. | 
ἀρτάω [fr. a lost stem fr. 4/ap of αἴρω, 
raise, or &pw, join], how, fasten, suspend. 
10 


“Apreuts, idos, 7, Artemis, L. Diana, daught- 
er of Zeus and Leto, sister of Apollo, god- 
dess of the chase and of chastity. 1.67 

ἄρτι [loc. of unc. st. fr. 4/ap, fit, cf. ἀρέσκω. 
ady., exactly, just, just now. 2. 


᾿Αρτίμας --- ἀσφαλῶς 


᾿Αρτίμας, a, Artimas. 7.8%. 

ἀρτο-κόπος, ov, [-κοπος perh. for -ποπος cf. 
πέπτω, cook, L. coquus], a baker. 4.431, 

ἄρτος, ov, [1], a loaf of bread, bread. 9. 

᾿Αρτούχας, a, Artouchas. 4.34, 

᾿Αρύστας, a, Arustas. 7.3%, 

7Apx-aydpas [ruler of the assembly], Ar- 
chagoras. 4.238, 

ἀρχαῖος, a, ov, of the beginning, old, an- 

? cient; τὸ ἀρχαῖον, adv. acc. = ἀρχαίως 
anciently, formerly ; Κῦρον τὸν ἀ., Cyrus 
the Elder. 6, Syn. παλαιός. 

ἀρχή, fis, beginning ; being first (in au- 
thority), rule, command ; the province 
(ruled), principality ; ἀρχήν, adv. acc., 
at first, in the first place; with neg. at 
all, 28. 

ἀρχικός, ἡ, dv, fitted to command. 2. 

ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρξα, ἦργμαι, ἤρχθην, be first, 
and so; of time, begin, mostly in mid.; of 
rank, be jirst, rule, command, govern, — 
in act. and pass. In both senses with 
gen. 75. [Cf Skt. s/arh, be worth], 
cf. ἐξ-, ὑπ-. Der. arch-, archy. 

ἄρχων, ovros, ὃ, [ pres. pt. as subs.], ruler, 
commander, 40. 

ἄρωμα, aros, τό, [? oriental or perh. fr. 
dpdw, plough (cf. E. Bar), orig. of the 
smell of newly ploughed ground], any 
spice or sweet herb. 1.54 aroma. 

ἀσάφεια, as, [d-caphs], want of clearness, 
uncertainty. 3.171, 

ἀσέβεια, as, impiety. 3.24. From 

ἀ-σεβής, és, [σέβομαι, reverence], irreverent, 
impious. 2. Opp. to σεμνός (for σεβ-) 
and ἐυ-σεβής reverent. 

ἀσθενέω, impf. ἠσθένουν, how, be feeble, sick ; 
aor. fall sick. 8. From 

ἀ-σθενής, és, [σθένος, strength], weak, 
sick, 1.5%. Whence ἀσθένεια, infirmity. 

*Acla, as, Asia, in Homer name of a 
small district in Lydia, later and com- 
monly applied to Asia Minor, also to 
the whole eastern continent. 5.89, 

*Aa Sars, ov, Asidates, a Persian. 7.89, 

*Aowatos, ov, Asinaean, of Asine, a town 
on the west coast of the Laconian gulf. 

ἀσινῶς [ἀ-σινής, see σένομαι], adv., 8. dot 
νέστατα, harmlessly. 2. 


VOCABULARY, 





485 


&-ctros, ov, [ctros], without food. 2. 

ἀσκέω [fr. lost noun st. 4/1], how, ἤσκησα, 
work or form by art; in Att., practice, 
cultivate. 2. ascetic. 

ἀσκος, οὔ, [1], skin, bag, esp. a wine-skin, 
for storing or transporting wine ; usu- 
ally made of goat-skin with the hairy 
side turned in and the seams covered 
with pitch. It is much used still, in the 
East, for carrying wine on the backs of 
animals. 4. 

ἄσμενος, 7, ov, [cf. ἥδομαι], glad, always 
with adv. force, gladly, cheerfully. 10. 

ἀσπάζομαι [1], ἄσομαι, ἡσπασάμην, welcome, 
greet, salute; take leave of. 4. 

᾿Ασπένδιος, ἄ, ov, an Aspendian, of Aspen- 
dus, a city near the southern coast of 
Pamphylia. 1.2. 

ἀσπίς, (Sos, [1], shield, generic term desig- 
nating the small round shield or, oftener, ᾿ 
the large round or oval shield. See 
Introd. 68. By meton. as collect. 
noun = ὅπλῖται, ἀσπὶς pupla=ten thou- 
sand shield-men or hoplites ; ἐπ᾽ or map’ 
ἀσπίδα, to the left. 16. Cf. ὑπ-ασπίς. 
Syns. γέρρον, πέλτη. Introd. 61. 

᾿Ασσυρία, as, [Ashur, son of Shem], As- 
syria, the country of varying extent in 
the Tigro-Euphrates valley, of which 
Nineveh was the capital. It was con- 
quered and destroyed by the Medes and 
Babylonians in 625 B.c. 7.8%. 

᾿Ασσύριος, ov, an Assyrian. 

ἀσταφίς, ίδος, ἡ,ΞΞ σταφίς, [1], dried grapes, 
raisins. 4.4%. 

ἀστράπτω, pw, gleam, flash. 1.88, ἀστραπή, 
lightning, T. 9; akin to 

ἀστήρ, ¢pos, 6, [a- proth. ψστερ, cf. 
στορέννῦμι, strew], STAR, strewers of 
light or strewn over the sky. astro- 
nomy. 

ἀσφάλεια, as, safety, security. 2. From 

ἀ-σφαλής, és, [σφάλλω, trip], not stumb- 
ling, safe, secure; c. -€rrepos, 8. -ἔστατος. 
29. adv. ἀσφαλῶς. 

ἄσφαλτος, ov, 7, [ Pers. 8], bitumen, as- 
phalt. 2.41, 

ἀσφαλῶς, adv., safely, securely ; c. -ἐστε- 
pov, 8. -ἔστατα. 7. 


486 


ἀσχολία, ας, [ἄνσσχολος, σχολή, leisure], 
want of leisure, occupation, business. 7.515, 

ἀτακτέω, how, (5.871.), to be 

ἄ-τακτος, ov, [τάττω, arrange}, disarranged, 
disorderly, out of order. 3. Whence 

ἀταξία, as, [for araxr-ia], disorder, lack of 
discipline, confusion. 3. Opp. to εὔ- 
Takros, εὐταξία. 

ἀγάρ [? perh. ar (akin to L. at) + ἄρα], 
conj., but yet, yet, however. 2. 

᾿Αταρνεύς, éws, 6, Atarneus, a town on the 
Aegean in Mysia. 

ἀτασθαλία, as, [ἀτάσθαλοΞ], recklessness, 
presumption. 4.414, 

&-rados, ov, [τάφος, burial], unburied. 6.55. 

ἅτε [acc. pl. neut. of ὅστε], adv., just as, 
inasmuch as. 6. 

ἀτέλεια, as, [ἀ-τελής, free from tax (réAos)], 
Sreedom from taxation, exemption. 3.318, 

Gripdtw, dow, ἠτίμασα, ἠτίμακα, -σμαι, 
-σθην, dishonor, disgrace. 2. From 

ἄ-τῖμος, ov, [riuh], dishonored, without 
honor. 3. drivia, T. 7. 

ἁτμίζω [druds, vapor], low, ἤτμισα, emit 
vapor, steam. 4.515, 

᾿Ατραμύττειον, see ᾿Αδραμύττιον. 

ἀ-τριβής, ἐς, [τρίβω 1, unworn, untrod- 
den. 2. 

*Artixés, ή, dv, Attic, Athenian. 1.55, 

αὖ, adv., post.-pos., back ; again, further, 
moreover ; on the contrary. 25. [Akin 
to L. autem.] Cf. αὖθις. 

αὐαίνομαι, impf. αὐαινόμην, dry, wither. 
2.316, [4/av, cav, cf. Ἐς, SEAR, SERE.] 
Cf. abornpédrns. 

av0-alperos, ov, [αἱρέω], self-chosen or ap- 
pointed. 5.7%, 

αὐθ-ημερόν [ἡμέρα], adv. acc., on the same 
day. 2. Cf. ἀπ-αυθ-. 

αὖθις, length. form of αὖ. 13. 

αὐλέω [αὐλός], how, ηὔλησα etc., play the 
flute; mid. have the flute played, hear 
music, 2. 

αὐλίζομαι, fooua, ηὐλισάμην (in Anab. 
ηὐλίσθην), ηὔλισμαι, lodge for the night 
in the court-yard (αὐλή), lodge, encamp. 


13. See ἐν-, ἐξ-, κατ-. Cf. σκηνέω, 
στρατοπεδεύομαι. 
αὐλός, οὔ, ὁ, flute, pipe. 8. [ γαυ, 8, 


VOCABULARY. 





ἀσχολία --- αὔτως 


blow, cf. ἀήρ (= ἀξεήρ), E. arr, aero- 
lite-, -naut]. 

αὐλών, dvos, ὁ, [αὐλός], water-pipe, canal, 
channel. 2.3, 

αὔριον [old neut. sing., akin to L. auroral, 
adv., to-morrow ; 4 at., the morrow. 6. 

αὐστηρότης, nros, 7, harshness; of wine, 
sharpness, 5.479, [αὐστηρός (cf. abalvw), 
harsh. austere.] 

αὐτίκα [αὐτός, cf. ἡν-ίκα], adv., at the very 
moment, immediately ; presently. 3.2%. 8. 

αὐτόθεν [αὐτός], adv., from the ery spot, 
thence, hence. 3. \ 

αὐτόθι [αὐτός], adv., on the very spot, here, 
there. 4. 

αὐτο-κέλευστος, ov, [κελεύω], selfbidden, 
self-prompted. 8.45, 

αὐτο-κράτωρ, opos, ὃ, [kparéw, rule], ruling 
of oneself, arbitrary, absolute. 6.171. 

αὐτό-ματος, 7, ov, [ γίμα, think, see μάντις], 
self-prompted ; ἀπὸ or ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, 
of oneself, voluntarily ; by chance. 4. 
automatic. 

αὐτομολέω, how, ηὐτομόλησα, desert. 4. 
From 

αὐτό-μολος, ov, [μολεῖν, go, see βλώσκω)], 
going of oneself ; as subs. deserter. 1.77. 

αὐτό-νομος, ov, [vduos, law], self-ruling, in- 
dependent. 2. 

αὐτός, 4, dv,.1, self, L. ipse: (1) in nom. 
without a subs., αὐτὸς ἔφη, he himself 
said. (2) in pred. pos. αὐτὸς 6 ἀνήρ 
or 6 ἀνήρ αὐτός, the man himself. (8) in 
the reflexive pronouns, ἐμ-αυτόν, my- 
self. 2. In attrib. pos., same, very, 6 
αὐτὸς ἀνήρ, the same man; τὰ αὐτὰ 
ταῦτα, these same things; often con- 
tracted with the art. αὑτός, αὑτή, τοὐτό. 
8. Alone in an oblique case, him, her, it, 
pl. them, (instead of οὗ, of, ἕ, wh. in 
Att. are reflexive. 872. Carefully dis- 
tinguish from αὑτοῦ, jjs, refl. of 3d pers., 
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, and adv. αὐτοῦ. 

αὐτόσε, adv., to the very place, thither, 4.7. 

αὐτοῦ [old gen.], adv., in the very ΡΟΝ 
here, there. 22. 

αὑτοῦ = ἑαυτοῦ. 

αὕτως [αὐτός], just so, even so, often written 
ὡσαύτως, in 5.69, ὡς δὲ αὕτως. 


αὐχήν -- βαδίζω 


αὐχήν, ένος, ὃ, .[Π], neck; neck of land, 
isthmus. 2. “Syn. plant 

ἀφ᾿ -, = ἀπό. 

ἀφ-αἱρέω, how, 2 ἃ. -εἴλον, -ἤρεκα, -ηρέθην, 
take from or away; mid. take from (an- 
other) to oneself, deprive, rob,, rescue ; 
ace., 2 accs., acc. + gen. (source). 19 

ἀ-φανής, ἔς, [φαίνομαι], not appearing, in- 
visible, out of sight ; secret, unknown. 3. 

ἀφανίζω, ἔσω or ιῶ, ἠφάνισα, make invisible, 
destroy utterly. 2. 

ἀφειδῶς [ἀ-φειδής, φείδομαι, spare], un- 
sparingly, unmercifully : ¢c. -έστερον, 8 
-έστατα. 2. 

ἀφ-εικέναι, pf. ; ἀφ-εῖναι, -els, 2 a. of ἀφίημι. 

ἀφ-ειστη-, see ἀφ-ίστημι. 

ἀφ-έξεσθαι, fut. inf. of ἀπ-έχω. 

ἀφ-έστη-, see ἀφ-ίστημι. 

ἀφ-ηγέομαι, ἤσομαι, lead off; relate, tell. 
7.2%, 


ἀφθονία, as, abundance. 3. From 

ἄ-φθονος, ov, [φθόνος, envy], not grudging, 
liberal, abundant, bounteous ; ἐν ἀφθόνοις, 
in abundance. 10. 

ἀφ-ίημι, ow, aor. -ἥκα, -εἶκα, -εἶμαι, send 
off or away, let go, set free. 15. 

ἀφ-ικνέομαι, -ίξομαι, 2 a. -ἰκόμην, -ἴγμαι, 
come from, come, arrive, reach. 78. See 
ἐξ-ικνέομαι, ἱκανός, Ἱκέτης. 

ἀφ-ιππεύω [{{ππο5], ride back or away. 

1.512, 

ἀφ-ίστημι, impf. -ἰστην, ἀπο-στήσω, ΓΝ 
ἔστησα: trans., cause to stand away 
from, put away, withdraw ; ἀφ-έστηκα, 
2 ἃ. ἀπ-έστην and mid. tenses: intrans., 
stand off or aloof from, withdraw, revolt. 
12. apostasy. 

ἄφ-οδος, ov, 7, a way back, a going back, 
departure, retreat. 9. 

ἀφροσύνη, ns, want of sense, folly. 5.114. 

- From 

ἄ-φρων, ov, [φρήν mind], senseless, foolish. 
2. Cf. d-vénros. 

ἀφυλακτέω (7.829), to be off one’s quard. 

ἀ-φύλακτος, ov, [φυλάσσω], unguarded, off 
one’s guard. 2. 

ἀφυλάκτως, adv., unguardedly. 5.15, 

Αχαιός, οὔ, an Achaean, from Achaea, the 
most northern state of Peloponnesus. 


VOCABULARY. 





487 


Though more fertile than Arcadia, it 
was one of the most unproductive states 
of Greece. See Introd. 50, 51. 

ἄ-χαρις, «, g. cros, = ἀχάριστος. 2.118, 

ἀ-χάριστος, ov, [χαρίζομαι], unthankful, 
unpleasant, graceless ; unthanked, un- 
rewarded. 8, [lessly. 2. 

ἀχαρίστως, adv., ungratefully, thank- 

᾿Αχερουσιάς, dios, 7, [᾿Αχέρων, river of the 
lower world], Acherousian; ’A. Χερσόν- 
vnoos, Acherousian Peninsula, a promon- 
tory near Heracléa in Bithynia, in which 
was the cave through which Hercules 
is fabled to have descended to Hades. 
6.22. 

ἄχθομαι [1], ἀχθέσομαι, ἤχθημαι, ἠχθέ- 
σθην, be burdened, troubled (at, ace. 
3.2”), vexed, displeased; abs., dat., 
gen. abs. 1.18, ὅτι, ἐπί. 11. 

G-xpetos, ov, [xpeia, use], useless. 3. 

ἄ-χρηστος, ov, [xpdoua:],—foreg. 3.4%. 

ἄχρι [1], conj. or prep. with gen., till, until. 
2. Syn. μέχρι. 

ἀψίνθιον, ov, τό, [ἄψινθος, 4/ 1], wormwood. 
1.581, absinthe. 


Β. 


B= Lat. Ὁ (rarely), ef. βραχύς. 

Ruck” ef. Bpéuw, sub. βροντή. 
B (for γ F) = Lat. g, cf. βάλανος, βαρύς. 

β = “ τ, οὗ, βαίνω, βάλλω, βία. 

ΒΞεμ before A, cf. βλώσκω. 


Βαβυλών, ὥνος, 4, [Assyrian Babili, Gate 
of Il or God], Babylon, capital οὗ. Baby- 
lonia. It was built on both sides of the 
Euphrates, and contained an area of 
about one hundred and fifty square 
miles. It was destroyed by Senna- 
cherib 690 B.c., rebuilt by Nebuchad- 
nezzar and captured by Cyrus the Great 
538. Its chief ruins are on the left 
bank of the river. 

Βαβυλώνιος, a, ov, Babylonian. ἡ Βαβυλωνία, 
Babylonia, the country around Babylon. 

βάδην [βαίνω], adv., step by step; B. ταχύ, 
in quick step. 4. 

BaSltw | Bddos, walk, βαίνω], ιοῦμαι, éBddica, 
walk, go. 5.13. 


488 


βάθος, ous, τό, depth. 7. 

βαθύς, εἴα, ύ, [1], deep. 8. 

βαίνω [ 4/Ba, Bay, L. venio], βήσομαι, 2 a. 
ἔβην, βέβηκα, step, walk; comm. go; pf. 
I have taken firm step = stand firmly. 
8.21%, Bhow, ἔβησα, cause to go. Cf. 
dva-, συν-ανα-, ἀπο-, δια-, eio-, eK-, ἐμ-» 
ἐπι-, κατα-, ὑπο-κατα-, παρα-, προ-, προσ-, 
συμ-, ὕπερ-; ἀνά-, διά-, κατά- βασιΞ: 
βατός, ἡ, dv, passable, cf. &-, δύσ-, διά-, 
ἀ-διά,, πρόσ-; δια-βατέος. See also 
βάσιμος, βῆμα, βωμός, βέβαιος, βάδην, 
βαδίζω, βιβάζω. 

βακτηρία, ας, [βαίνω], staff, cane. 2. 

βάλανος, ov, 7, [L. glans], acorn ; any simi- 
lar fruit, β. τοῦ φοίνϊκος, fruit of the palm 
tree, date. 2. 

βάλλω [ 4/Bad, Baa, L. volare], βαλῶ, 2 a. 
ἔβαλον, βέβλη-κα, μαι, throw, hul; throw 
at (acc.) with (dat.), pelt. 19. Cf. ἀνα-, 
ἀπο-, δια-, εἰσ-, éx-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, μετα-, περι-, 
προ-, προσ-, συμ-, ὕπερ-. Some of these 
have, beside the trans., an intr. sense 
expressed by a verb of motion suggested 
by the prep. or the context, cf. εἰσ-, éu-, 
ὑπερ-. Bodh, a throw, cf. dva-, dia-, εἰσ-, 
ἐμ-, προ-, προσ-, Tup-, ὗπερ-. * 

βάντες, 2 a. pt. of βαίνω. 

βάπτω [γ΄ βαφ], βάψω, dip. 2.29. 
tize. 

βαρβαρικός, 4, dv, barbaric, barbarian, for- 
eign; τὸ βαρβαρικόν (στράτευμα), the bar- 
barian army. 11. 

βαρβαρικῶς, adv., barbarously, in a bar- 
barian tongue. 1.81. 

βάρβαρος, ov, [imitative of the chattering 
sound of a foreign tongue], barbarous, 
foreign; as subs. a barbarian, foreigner, 
used of all not Greeks. 74. 

βαρέως, adv., heavily, with difficulty. 2. 
[Bapus, L. gravis. ] 

Bas, 2 a. pt. of βαίνω. 

Bacias, ov, Basias. 1. An Arcadian. 4.118, 
2. Soothsayer from Elis. 7.810, 

βασιλεία, as, [βασιλεύω], kingdom, royal 
power, sovereignty. 3. 

βασίλειος, ov, kingly, royal; βασίλειον or 
βασίλεια (sc. δώματα), royal abodes, 
palace. 12. 


bap- 


VOCABULARY. 





βάθος --- βλακεύω 


βασιλεύς, dws, ὅ, [1], king, esp. king of 
Persia. 171. basilisk. 
βασιλεύω, εὐσω etc., be king, rule, reign. 6. 
βασιλικός, 4, dv, king-like ; = βασίλειος, 
of the king, royal. 3. basilica. 
βάσιμος, ov, [βαίνω], passable. 3.44%, 
Bards, 4, dv, [βαίνω], passable. 4.617, 
ἄ-, δύσ-. 
βέβαιος, a, ον, [βέβηκα, βαίνω), steadfast, 
Jirm. 1.98), 
βεβαιόω, dow, make firm, confirm, make 
good. 7.617, 
βεβηκότες, pf. pt. of βαίνω. 
Βέλεσυς, vos, 6, Belesys, satrap of Syria. 
1.410, 
βέλος, ous, τό, [βάλλω], missile, dart. 9. 
βελτίων, 9; βέλτιστος, 7, comp. and sup. 
of ἀγαθός, good, brave. 
βῆμα, aros, τό, [Balyw], step, pace. 4.71, 
Bla, as, [cf. L. vis], force ; violence ; Bla, 
perforce; w. gen. in spite of. 11. 
βιάζομαι, dooua, ἐβιασάμην, to force, force 
one’s way ; do violence. 6. 
βίαιος, a, ov, forcible, violent. 8, 
βιαίως, adv., forcibly, violently. 1.827, 
βιβάζω, dow, causal of βαίνω, make go. ΟἿ. 
ava-, ἀπο-, δια-, εἰσ-, συν-εκ-. 
βίβλος, ov, ἡ, [Egypt.], the pressed pith 
‘of the papyrus, used for paper; hence 
paper, book. 7.533, Bible. 
βιθῦνός, ἡ, dv, Bithynian; of B. the Bithy- 
nians, a people of Thracian origin, who 
inhabited the region south of the Eux- 
ine, between Mysia and Paphlagonia. 
βῖκος, ov, [Semitic for πίθο5], wine-jar, 1.9%. 
βίος, ov, 6, [akin to L. vivo, E. quick], 
life; living, livelihood. 5. bio-logy. 
Bios = duration or manner of life ; ζωή 
= life as opp. to death. 
βιοτεύω [Bloros, poet. = 
Less comm. than Bidw. 
Βισάνθη, ns, Bisanthe, town in Thrace on 
the Propontis. 
Βίων, wvos, Bion, a Spartan. 7.88, 
βλάβη, ns, (2.65), βλάβος, ous, τό, (7.728), 
harm, damage, (not wilful, ἀδίκημα). 
[βλάπτω.] 
βλάκεύω [βλόξ, ands, lazy], be lazy, listless. 
2. Cf. κατα-. 


σε 


βίος], to live. 2. 


βλάπτω -- γάρ 


βλάπτω [ γβλαβ], ψω, ἔβλαψα, harm, 
damage. 5. 

βλέπω [1], βλέψομαι, ἔβλεψα, look ; look at, 
see. 3. Cf. ἀπο-. 

βλώσκω [for μλωσκω, γίμολ, μλο], μολοῦ- 
μαι, 2 a. ἔμολον, go, come. 7.133, Cf. 
αὐτό-μολος. 

βοάω [Box], ἥσομαι, ἐβόησα, shout, call. 9. 
CE. ἀνα-, συμ-. 

βοεικός, 7, dv, [βοῦΞ5],ΞΞ- [Π6 more comm. 
βόειος, of an ox, of oxen, ox-. 2. 

βοή, ais, [= BoFn, L. bov-are], shout, cry. 2. 

βοήθεια, as, [as if fr. Ἐβοηθής]), aid, help, 
assistance; rescue. 3. 

βοηθέω [βοη-θός, θέω, run], now, ἐβοήθησα, 
run to the rescue (lit. shout) or defence, aid, 
help, succor (one, dat.). 24. Cf. éx-, 
ἐπι-, mapa-, cup-. Cf. ὠφελέω. 

βόθρος, ov, 4, [cf. L. fodio, dig], pit, hole. 2. 

Boteos, ov, [little or], Boiscus, Thessalian 
boxer. 5.833, 

Βοιωτία, as, [cattle-land], Boeotia, the most 
populous and fertile state of central 
Greece, lying northwest of Attica. 

βοιωτιάζω, imitate or speak like the Boeo- 
tians, 3.18, 

Βοιώτιος, or Βοιωτός, οὔ, Boeotian, inhabi- 
tant of Boeotia. 

βορέας, ov, or βορρᾶς, 6, Boreas, north wind ; 
north, 3. 

βόσκημα, aros, τό, what is fed, beast; pl. 
cattle. 8.53, [βόσκω, feed, βοτάνη, grass 
(botany), cf. L. vescor.] 

βουλεύω [βουλῆ], evow etc., counsel, plan, 
devise; deliberate on; oftener in mid. 
take counsel (with oneself or together), 
plan etc., as in act. 39. Cf. ém-, προ-, 
συμ-. 

βουλή, fis, [βούλομαι], will ; plan, counsel. 
6.518, Cf. ἐπι-, συμ- ; σύμ-βουλος. 

BovAtpidw, dow, be faint with hunger. 3. 
Bovaiuia [Bots, Aiués], ravenous hunger, 
bulimy. 

βούλομαι [for βολιομαι, L. volo, E. wit}, 
βουλήσομαι, BeBovAnuat, ἐ- or ἢ- βουλή- 
θην, wil, wish, be willing. 151. B. ex- 
presses intelligent deliberate choice (cf. 
βουλή, βουλεύω), ἐθέλω, the choice or 
will that proceeds from feeling or in- 


. VOCABULARY. 





489 


stinct. So Grimm, Dindorf, Pillon, and 
others, vs. Buttmann, Schmidt, and 
Curtius, who hold the opp. view. 

βου-πόρος, ov, [πείρω, pierce], o2x-piercing, 
ox-, 7.814, 

βοῦς, Bods, ὃ, 4, [L. bis], or, cow. 23. In 
compounds used to express something 
abnormal in size or degree; cf. Sovai- 
μιάω. Cf. βοεικός. 


βραδέως, slowly. 1.811, 
βραδύς, εἴα, v, [3], slow, c. -brepos, s. -bra- 
τος. 7.3.87, 


βραχύς, εἴα, 6, | L. brevis for bregvis], short, 
(little, small, brief etc.) ; βραχύ or ἐπὶ 
βραχύ, for a short distance ; ¢. -ὕτερος, 8. 
τύτατος. 3. brachy-logy. 

βρέχω [1], βρέξω, ἔβρεξα, ἐβρέχθην, to 
wet. 4 


βροντή, js, thunder. 2. [for βρομτή, fr. 
Bpéuw, roar, L. fremo.] 

βρωτός, 4, dv, eatable. 4.55. Verbal of 
βιβρώσκω [ Bop, Bpo, L. voro], eat. 

Βυζάντιον, ov, Byzantium, a city of Thrace 
commanding the entrance to the Bos- 
phorus, founded by a colony from 
Megara, 667 B.c., led by a Thracian 
named Βύζας (gen. avytos). The name 
was changed 330 a.D. to Constantinople 
by Constantine the Great. 

Bufavruos, ov, a Byzantine. 

βωμός, οὔ, ὃ, [βαίνω], a raised place, with 
base or steps, for sacrificing, altar. 4. 


Τ. 


y = Lat. g=Teut. (Eng.) k. 
Cf. γίγνομαι, γιγνώσκω. 


γαλήνη, ns, [1]. calm. 5.78. Galena. 

yopéw, fut. γαμῶ, ἔγημα, γεγάμηκα, -μαι, 
marry ; mid. give oneself in marriage, be 
married. 4.574, 

γάμος, ov, 6, [akin to 4/yerv of γίγνομαιῖ, 
marriage ; ἐπὶ γάμῳ, in marriage. 2.4%, 
mono-, poly-gamy. 

Davos, ov, 7, Ganus, a town on the west 
coast of the Propontis. 

yap [γέ +&pa], conj. post-pos. causal, for, 
less often since, because; in introducing 


490 


8 promised narration or explanation, 
now, then, 1.74, 2.541; in questions, 
for emphasis, why, what, cf. L. nam ; 
joined elliptically with other words, καὶ 
γάρ, etenim, and (ellipsis suggested 
by context) for, e.g. 2.2%, and (they 
knew it) for, for indeed, and indeed. 

γαστήρ, pos or γαστρός, 4, [for yFevorhp, 
L. venter], belly, abdomen. 2. 

γαυλικός, ἡ, dv, [γαυλος, merchant vessel], 
of or for a vessel, vessel’s. 5.81]. 

Ταυλΐτης, ov, [yaiaos], Gaulttes, a Samian. 
1.75, 


yé, an intensive particle, post-pos. encl., 
used to emphasize or restrict the word 
preceding, (less often the word follow- 
ing) or the clause in which it is found; 
indeed, surely, at least, at any rate, even ; 
often best rendered by emphasizing the 
word it limits; much used to strengthen 
other particles, as δή, μέν, μήν, μέντοι, 
which it often precedes. 

γεγενῆσθαι, γέγονα, see γίγνομαι. 

γείτων, ovos, 6, [γέα = γῆ], neighbor. 8. 

γελάω [cf. γέλως , γελάσομαι, ἐγέλασα, 
laugh. 4. Cf. δια-, ἐπ-εγ-, κατα-. 

γελοῖος, or γέλοιος, &, ον, [γέλως], laugh- 
able, ridiculous. 2. 

γέλως, wros, 6, laughter. 3. [perh. γγελ, 
be bright.] 

γελωτο-ποιός, οὔ, jester. 7.3°3. 

γέμω [L. gemo], only in pres. sys., be full 
(of, gen.). 4.6.27, 

γενεά, ἂς, [γίγνομαι], birth; race. 2.6%. 

yevado [γένειον, L. gena, CHIN], grow or 
have a beard. 2.6%, Cf. ἀ-γένειος. 

γενέσθαι, γενησόμεθα, γενοίμην, see γέ 
Ὕνομαι. 

γενναιότης, nros, ἧ, nobleness, nobility. 7.7%. 
[γενναῖος of (good) birth, fr. γέννα = 


γένος. 
γένος, ous, τό, [γίγνομαι], birth, offspring, 
race. 1.61], Cf. συγγενής. 


γεραιός, 4, dv, [γέρων], old; c. -alrepos, s. 
-alraros. 5.717, 

γερόντιον, ov, [dim. of γέρων, a little old 
man, 6,37, 

γέρρον, ou, [1], a wicker-shield, oblong and 
covered with ox-hide. 9. 


VOCABULARY. 





γαστήρ — γνώμη 
γερρο-φόρος, ov, [φέρω], wicker-shield bearer 
1.89, 


γέρων, οντος, 6, [akin to Gray], old man. 
2. Cf. yepaids, γερόντιον, γῆρας, ypadiov. 

γεύω [akin to L. gus-to, E. cHoosz, Kiss], 
ἔγευσα, give a taste of ; ch. in mid. γεύ- 
σομαι, ἐγευσάμην, taste, (gen.). 8. 

γέφυρα, ας, [1], bridge. 18. 

γεώδης, ες, [γέα, ldos], earth-like, earthy 
6.45, 


γῆ, γῆς, [contr. fr. yéa, perh. fr. 4/ya 
(γίγνομαι), produce], earth, land, country. 
21. ge-o-graphy, -o-logy. CE. γείτων, 
kard~ye.os, μεσό-γεια, and 

γήϊνος, ov, of earth, earthen. 7.834, 

γή-λοφος, ov, [λόφος, crest], crest of earth, 
hill. 8. 

γῆρας, aos, τό, [cf. γέρων, old age. 8.148, 

γίγνομαι [ γγγεν, γν, γον, L. gigno, E. 
KIN], γενήσομαι, 2 a. ἐγενόμην, γεγένη- 
μαι, 2 pf. γέγονα, come into being, be born 
(produced, made, done ete.) ; become, come 
to pass, take place, arise, fall out ; to be. 
Translated in a great variety of ways to 
be inferred from the context; ἐν ἑαυτῷ 
ἐγένετο, he came to himself, 1.511 ; τοὺς 
γιγνομένους δασμούς, the accruing reve- 
nues, 1.18; δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώ- 
ταῖς, the soldiers began to run; ὅρκους 
γεγενημένους, oaths taken. 260. Cf. δια-, 
éy-, ἐπι-, παρα-, περι-, προσ-, συγ- ; also 
ἔκ- γονος, mpo~yovos, γονεύς, γένος, γενεά; 
γυνή, γάμος. 

γιγνώσκω [ 4/yvo, L. (g)nosco, E. know, 
KEN], γνώσομαι, 2 a. ἔγνων, ἔγνωκα, 
ἔγνωσμαι, ἐγνώσθην, know, (learn, observe, 
judge etc.). 39. γ. to know by obser- 
vation and experience, ol8a by reflection. 
Cf. dva-, ἀπο-, μετα-; γνώμη, d- and ἀμφι- 
γνοέω, νόος, ὄνομα. 

Γλοῦς, οὔ, Glous, son of Tamus. After the 
battle at Cunaxa he deserted the Greeks 
and went over to the king. 2.4%, 

Τνήσ-ιππος, ov, [γνήσιος, real, true], Gne 
sippus. 7.838, 

γνοίη, γνούς, γνόντες, 2 a. of γιγνώσκω. 

γνώμη, ns, [γιγνώσκω], the knowing fac- 
ulty, — mind, understanding ; the result 
of its operations, opinion, judgment ; 


γνῶναι --- Δαφναγόρας 


γνώμῃ, from judgment or principle. 3.69. 
18. See ἀ-γνώμων. 

γνῶναι, γνώσεσθε, see γιγνώσκω. 

Γογγύλος, ov, [round, Gongylus]: 1. De- 
scended from one Gongylus banished 
from Greece for abetting Pausanias in 
his treason. 7.88, 2. A son of the pre- 
ceding. 7.88, 17, 

γοητεύω, enchant; cheat. 5.79 (γοητευθέν- 
tes). [{γόης, nros, wailer, fr. -yodw 
wail.] 

γονεύς, éws, ὁ, [γίγνομαι], begetter, father, 
pl. parents. 2. 

γόνυ, γόνατος, τό, [1], L. genu, E. KNEE, 
joint. 4. 

Γοργίας, ov, [ fierce], Gorgias, of Leontini, 
Sicily, the’ most famous sophist and 
rhetorician of his time. 2.6% See 
Class. Dict. 

Topytwv [son of Topyés], Gorgion. 7.88. 

γοῦν [γε-᾿ οὖν], adv., at least then, at any 
rate; certainly. 4. 

γράδιον or γραΐδιον [dim. of γραΐς, f. of 
γέρων, feeble old woman. 6.372, 

γράμμα, aros, τό, [γράφω], whatis scratched 
or written, letter; pl. letters, record, in- 
scription. 5.318, ana-, dia-, epi-, pro- 

am. 

γράφω [prob. for σκράφω, L. scribo, E 
GRAVE], γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραμμαι, éypd- 
φην, scratch, draw, paint; comm. write. 
5. paragraph. Cf. ἐπι-. 

γυμνάζω [γυμνός], dow, to train naked, 
train, exercise. 1.27, 

γυμνής, ros, and γυμνήτης, ov, [γυμνός 
naked, lightly clad], light-armed foot sol- 
dier, including archers, slingers, and all 
not ὅπλῦται. 10. 

Tupvids, ddos, ἡ n, Gymnias. 4.719, 
γυμνικός, 7, dv, 2. = γυμναστικός, gym- 
nastic. 

γυμνός, ἡ, ov, [1], naked; w. gen. stripped 
of ; uncovered, exposed ; often of persons 
clad only in the tunic (χιτών), hence 
lightly clad. 4. 

γυνή, aids, [ 4/yevr, γίγνομαι], woman, wife. 
25. Cf. Sax. cwen, E. QUEEN. 

Γωβρύας, ov or a, Gobryas. 1.713, 


VOCABULARY. 





491 


A. 


ὃ ΞΞ Lat. ἃ = Teut. (Eng.) t. 
Cf. δάκρυ, δείκνυμι, δέκα, δέρω. 


ϑάκνω [ 4/dax, δηκ], δήξομαι, 2 ἃ. ἔδακον, 
ἐδήχθην, bite. 2. 

ϑακρύω, iow, ἐδάκρῦσα, shed tears, weep. 2. 
δάκρυον, L. lacryma (older dac-), E 
TEAR. [ 4/dax, bite; cf. “ bitter (= biting) 
tears.” | 

δακτύλιος, ov, finger-ring, seal-ring. 4.777. 

ϑάκτυλος, ov, [cf. L. digitus], finger; ὃ 
τῶν ποδῶν, toe. 2. 

Δᾶμάρᾶτος, ov, [Dor. for Anu-, prayed for 
by the people, Hdt. 6.63], Damaratus, 
successor to his father Ariston on the 
throne of Sparta 526 B.c.; deposed 491 
as being illegitimate, he fled to Persia, 
where he was well received by Darius 
Hystaspes, and, for service rendered 
Xerxes, was given a principality in 
Mysia. 2.13. 

ϑαπανάω, ow, spend, expend; consume. 6. 
[δαπάνη, expense.] Cf. κατα-. 

δάπεδον, ov, [Sa ΞΞ (a (fr. διά), πέδον], floor, 
ground. 4.5%. 

Δαρϑανεύς, dws, a Dardanian, inhabitant 
of Dardanus, on the east shore of the 
Hellespont. 3.1%. Dardanelles. 

AdpSas, aros, 6, Dardas, a branch of the 
Euphrates, not certainly identified. 1.41. 
v. 1. Adpins, Aapddaé. 

ϑαρεικός, οὔ, [sc. στατήρ], a daric, Persian 
gold coin exchanged for 20 drachme 
or $3.50; intrinsic value about $5.50,; 
Whence named is uncertain, — perhaps 
from dara, king. 10. 

Δαρεῖος, ov, [Pers. darj, muintain], Darius 
Π., surnamed Nothos (bastard), king 
of ‘Persia, B.c. 424-405. 1.1}, 8, See 
Introd. 39, 42. 

ϑάσμευσις, ews, 7, [fr. obsol. δασμεύω fr. 
foll.], distribution. 7.151, 

ϑασμός, od, ὁ, [Saréoua, divide], division, 
share ; tax, tribute. 4. 

ϑασύς, εἴα, ὑ, [*Sevous, L. dénsus], thick, 
dense, (hairy, shaggy etc.). 9. 

Aadv-aydpas, ov, |/aurel (crowned) -speak- 
er], Daphnagoras. 7.83, 


492 


δαψιλής, ἐς, fakin to δαπάνη], liberal, 
abundant, plentiful. 2. 

δέ [cf. L. -de, -dem], conj. post-pos. with 
sense intermediate between ἀλλά but, 
and καί and, comm. translated but, less 
often and, further, moreover. When it has 
a distinctly adversative force, the word 
or clause with which it is connected is 
commonly preceded by another, distin- 
guished by μέν. It is then rendered 
but, on the other hand, on the contrary, 
whereas, however ; sometimes it may be 
rendered, then, yet, as in the apodosis, 
5.6%; or or, 5.75, esp. with μᾶλλον ; 
connected with καί (e. g. καὶ στρατηγὸν δέ 
1.1?) it is conjunctive, καί intens. even, 
also. 

«δέ [see foreg.], insep. particle affixed : (1) 
to names of places in the acc. to denote 
whither, -ward, to, οἴκαδε homeward ; (2) 
to demonstrative pronouns for emphasis. 

δέδια, δεδιώς, 2 pf. of δείδω. 

see δοκέω. 

δεδομέναι, see δίδωμι. 

δεηθῆναι, Senoas, see δέω. 

δεῖ, δέῃ, see δέω, want. 

δείδω, δείσομαι (both Ep.), ἔδεισα, δέδοικα 
and δέδια (as pres.), fear, be apprehen- 
sive. 26, [ 4/8Fi (det, S01) flee, fear.] 
Syn. φοβέομαι, of fear more transient 
and exciting. See δειλός, δεινός, ἀ-δεῶς, 
διώκω. 

δείκνυμι [L. dico, E. ΤΕΑΟΗΪ, δείξω, ἔδειξα, 
δέδειχα, δέδειγμαι, ἐδείχθην, show, point 
out, indicate. 7. Cf. ἀπο-, év-, ἐπι-, ὗπο-. 

ϑείλη, ns, [1], afternoon; late in the after- 
noon, evening; ἀμφὶ or περὶ δείλην, about, 
i.e. early in, the afternoon ; τῆς δείλης, in 
the course of the afternoon. 8. 

δειλός, 7, dv, [δείδω], in pass. sense, timid, 
cowardly, 3. 

δεινός, 7, dv, [δείδω], act. exciting fear, 
fearful, frightful, terrible; wonderful, 
strange ; then powerful, mighty, able, skil- 
Jul, often with inf. ; τὸ δεινόν, peril, dan- 
ger, 22. 

δεινῶς, aav., fearfully, terribly. 6.4.%. 

δειπνέω, How, etc., dine, sup. 12. 

δεῖπνον, ov, | for δεπ-ινον, cf. δάπνω, devour], 


VOCABULARY. 





δαψιλής — δεῦρο 


chief meal, in early times dinner, later 
supper. 7. Cf. ἄ:δειπνος, σύν-. 
δειπνο-ποιέομαι, ἤσομαι, prepare supper, 


take supper. 2. 
δείσας, see δείδω. 
δεῖται, 566 δέω. 
δέκα, L. decem, E. ren. 94. 
Sexa-trévre, fifteen. 1. 


ϑεκατεύω, edow, exact a tenth, tithe. 5.39. 

δέκατος, ἡ, ov, tenth ; ἣ δεκάτη, the tenth, 
tithe. 3. 

Δέλτα, τό, indecl., Delta, a delta-shaped 
district in Thrace near Byzantium. 
7.188, 

δελφίς, ivos, ὅ, [1 belly-fish, cf. δελφύς, womb], 
dolphin. 2. 

Δελφοί, ὧν, [1], Delphi, a town of Phocis 
at the south base of Mt. Parnassus, 
about six miles from the gulf of Cor- 
inth, the seat of the celebrated oracle 
and temple of Apollo. 

ϑένδρον, ov, [perh. akin to δρῦς, oak, Goth. 
trin, E. rree], tree, dat. pl. δένδροις or 
δένδρεσι. 12. 

δέξασθαι, see δέχομαι. 

δεξιόομαι, ώσομαι, mid. dep. welcome (with 
the right hand), greet. 7.41, 

ϑεξιός, 4, dv, [L. dexter, perh. akin to 
δέχομαι], right, on the right; 4 δεξιά (χείρ) 
the right hand, given as a pledge; hence, 
pledge ; ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right ; ἐπὶ τὰ δεξιά, 
to or on the right; τὸ δεξιόν (wépas), the 
right wing. 32. Cf. ὑπερ-. 

Aé€-urtros, ov, [dexterous horseman], Dexjp- 
pus,a Laconian. 5.1%, ζ 

δέον, pres. pt. οὗ δέω. 

Δερκυλίδας, ov, [son of Δέρκυλος, i. 6. keen- 
eyed], Dercylidas, a famous Spartan 
general, under whom the Cyrean Greeks 
after their return served against the 
Persians. 5.6.74. 

δέρμα, aros, τό, [δέρω, flay, E. TEAR, see 
ἀπο-, éx-], skin, hide. 3. epi-dermis. 

Serpds, οὔ, [δέω, bind], pl. often δεσμά, 
band as halter, yoke-strap, bond. 3.51. 

δεσπότης, ov, [Sea ? + rorns, akin to πόσις, 
husband, L. potis], master, lord; des 


pot. 4. 
δεῦρο [1], adv., hither, less exactly, here. 7. 


δεύτερος --- διαζεύγνυμι 


δεύτερος, ἅ, ον, akin to δύο or perh. δεύομαι 
be inferior], second; (72) δεύτερον, secondly, 
second time. 5. deuter-. 

δέχομαι [1], δέξομαι, ἐδεξάμην, δέδεγμαι, 
ἐδέχθην, receive, accept; of friends, re- 
ceive, welcome; of an enemy, receive, 
await ; eis χεῖρας δ... meet in hand to hand 
conflict. 39. Cf. ἀπο-, δια-, ὗπο-. 

δέω, δήσω, ἔδησα, δέδεκα, -μαι, bind, tie, 
fetter. 9. [Skt. 4/da, bind]. Cf. imo-; 
δεσμός, διά- and ὑπό- δημα. 

ϑέω [akin to foreg.], δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, 
want, lack, need ; πολλοῦ (ὀλίγου) δ. 
with inf., to lack much (little) of, 7.638: 
impers. δεῖ, (δέῃ, δέοι, δέον) there is need, 
one must, ought ; there wants (gen. as 
above or adv. acc. οὐδέν, τί etc.) ; eis τὸ 
δέον, into what is needful or proper, 
satisfactorily, 1.38. Mid. (always pers.), 
δέομαι, δεήσομαι, δεδέημαι, ἐδεήθην, need, 
want ; beg, ask, abs., gen., τί, or gen. + 
inf. 174. Cf. év-, ἔν-δεια, ὑπο-δεῆς. 

δή [akin to δέ or ἤδη shortened], post-pos. 
particle used to mark exactness or em- 
phasis, now, indeed, truly, surely; very, 
even, just, exactly; often best rendered 
by emphasis. 95. 

δῆλος, η, ov, [= δέελος (Ep.), 4/31, iF, 
shine, cf. L. divus], clear, plain, evident, 
manifest, with εἰμί and pt. it has the 
force of an adv., δῆλος ἦν ἀνιώμενος, he 
was manifestly troubled, 1.2. ; δῆλον ὅτι 
often parenthetic, evidently. 29. 

δηλόω, dow, etc., make clear, show, declare. 
12. 

δημαγωγέω, be or play δημαγωγός [δῆμος, 
ἄγω], or demagogue ; curry favor with. 
7.64. 

Δημο-κράτης, ov, Democrates. 4.415, 

Δημόσιος, a, ov, [δῆμος, people], of the peo- 
ple, common, public; τὰ δημόσια, public 
money. 6. Gemo-cracy, epi-demic. 
Cf. ἔν-δημος, ἀπο-δημέω 

δῃόω [Ion. δηιόω, cf. δαίω, burn], dow, ete., 
lay waste. 5.57. 

δή-που, adv., doubtless, surely, of course. 6. 

δηχθείς, see δάκνω, 

διά [instr. case of st. akin to δίς, L. dis], 
prep. through. 1. With gen., through, by 


VOCABULARY. 





493 


means of, by. διὰ ταχέων, through quick 
means, quickly, 1.5.9 94. 2. With acc., 
on account of, for the sake of, for, διὰ 
πολλά, for many reasons. 62. In comp. 
through, thoroughly ; apart, abroad. 

Ala, see Zeds. 

δια-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2 a. -έβην, -βέβηκα, 
go through, over or across, cross: stride. 
88. 

δια-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 
throw across ; set (apart) at variance ; 
comm. accuse falsely, slander. 15. 

δια-βάς, see δια-βαίνω. 

διά-βασις, ews, 7, [βαίνω], a crossing, pas- 
sage ; ferry or bridge. 8. 

δια-βατέος, ἃ, ov, [Balyw], to be crossed, 
must be crossed. 3. 

δια-βατός, ἡ, dv, [βαίνω], that may be 
crossed, passable. 4. 

δια-βῆναι, -βῶ, 2 a. of δια-βαίνω. 

δια-βιβάζω, dow or ὦ, -eBiBaca, carry over 
or across, transport. 7. + 

δια-βολή, js, [δια-βάλλω], slander, calumny. 
2.55, 

δι-αγγέλλω, -ελῶ,-ἤγγειλα, report (through, 
i.e. to one at a distance or in diff. direc- 
tions), proclaim, announce ; mid. report 
from one to another, pass the word 
along. 4. 

δια-γελάω, laugh at, mock. 2.676. 

δια-γίγνομαι, -γενήσομαι, 2 a. -εγενόμην, 
pass (lit. become) through, pass, continue, 
live. 4. 

δι-αγκυλόομαι [ἀγκύλη, loop in a thong, 
thong], -ηγκύλωμαι, put the fingers into 
the thong of the javelin; pf. pt. with 
Jingers in the thongs. 4.338. 5.212. ΟἹ, 
ἐν-αγκυλάω. 

δι-άγω, -άξω, 2 ἃ. -ἤγαγον, lead (or bring) 
through, over, or across ; of time, spend, 
live (w. or without βίον) ; lead on, con- 
tinue. 8. 

δια-δέχομαι, receive (through a line) in suc- 
cession, succeed. 1.57. 

δια-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -έδωκα, give from hand 
to hand, distribute. 4. 

διά-δοχος, ov, [δια-δέχομαι], successor. 2. 

δια-ζεύγνυμι, pf. -ἐζευγμαι, unyoke; separ 
ate. 4,219, 


494 


δια-θεάομαι, ἰοοῖς (through) into, consider. 
3.119, 

δι-αιθριάζω [αἰθρία, clear sky], become clear, 
clear up. 4.4%, 

δι-αιρέω, how, 2 a. -εἴλον, take apart, pull 
down, destroy. 3. Gizeresis. 

ϑιά-κειμαι, κείσομαι, lie or be laid in order, 
be arranged or disposed. 7. 

δια-κελεύομαι, urge or cheer on, encourage. 2. 

δια-κινδύυνεύω, edow, run all risks, hazard 
all, 8. 

δια-κλάω, break in pieces. 7.3%, 

διάκονέω [διάκονος, servant, deacon, N. T.], 
serve, 4.53, 

δια-κόπτω, -κόψω, 2 a. p. -εκόπην, cut 
through, break through. 5. 

διακόσιοι, ai, a, [διᾶ = δύο - κόσιοι, Dor. 
-κάτιοι == -ἑκατόν], two hundred. 9. 

δια-κρίνω, -κρινῶ, -éxpiva, judge between, 
decide, 6.133, 

δια-λαγχάνω, 2 a. -έλαχον, distribute by lot, 
allot. 4.533, 

Sia-AapBdve, 2 a. -έλαβον, take apart, 
divide, take severally. 3. 

δια-λέγομαι, -λέξομαι, -είλεγμαι, -ελέχθην, 
talk (between) back and forth, converse 
with, (dat.), discuss, 12. dia-lect, logue. 

δια-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, -λέλοιπα, 
leave apart; stand apart ; leave an inter- 
val; be distant. τὸ διαλεῖπον, interval. 5. 

δια-μάχομαι, fight it out, fight earnestly, 
contend. 2. 

δια-μένω, remain (through) firm, still re- 
main. 7.18, 

᾿δια-μετρέω, how, measure out, distribute. 2. 

δι-αμπερές [for -dva-repés, πείρω, pierce], 
adv., through and through, clean through. 
4.118; 7.8.1 

δια-νέμω, -νεμῶ, -ένειμα, distribute. 7.52, 

δια-νοέομαι, ἤσομαι, etc., pass. dep. be fully 
minded, intend, purpose. 8 

διάνοια, as, [*3id-voos, cf. ἄνοια], intent, 
purpose. 5.681, 

δια-πέμπω, send round. 2. 

δια-πλέω,-πλεύσομαι,-έπλευσα, sail across. 5. 

δια-πολεμέω, war or fight it out. 3.33. 

δια-πορεύω, convey or carry over ; oftener 
pass. dep., εύσομαι, -πεπόρευμαι, -επορεύ- 
θην, pass through or over. ὅ. 


VOCABULARY. 





διαθεάομαι --- διαφανῶς 


δια-πράττω, -πράξω, -ἔπρᾶξα, -πέπρᾶγμαι, 
stonger form οὗ πράττω, work out, effect, 
accomplish ; negotiate, settle. 23. 

δι-αρπάζω, ἄσομαι, -hpraca, -κα, -σμαι, 
stronger form of ἁρπάζω, plunder 
thoroughly, seize, carry off. 11. 

δια-ρ-ρέω, flow through. 5.38, diarrhoea. 

Sta-p-pirréw = foll. 7.322, 

δια-ρ-ρίπτω, yw, -έρριψα, throw about, scat- 
ter. 5.89, 

διάρριψις, ews, 4, scattering. 5.87. 

bere pe ανῶ,-εσήμηνα, indicate clearly. 
2.1”. 

δια-σκηνέω ᾿σκηνή, tent], how, tent or en- 
camp apart. 2. -dw. 4.410, 

δια-σκηνητέον, must encamp apart. 4.414, 

δια-σπάω, dow, -έσπασα, -έσπασμαι, -εσπά- 
σθην, draw apart, separate, scatter. 8. 

δια-σπείρω, -σπερῶ, -ἔσπειρα, -ἔσπαρκα, -μαι, 
2 ἃ. p. -εσπάρην, scatter about, disperse, 
spread. 6. 

δια-στάς; 2 a. pt. of d:-lornus. 

δια-σφενδονάω, sling in all directions ; pass. 
Sly to pieces. 4.23. 

διά-σχοιμι, -σχω, 2a. of δι-έχω. 

δια-σώζω, -σώσω, -έσωσα, -εσώθην, save 
through to the end, bring safely; pass. be 
saved through, arrive safely. 6. 

ϑια-τάττω, -rdiw, -érata, draw up or out, 
arrange, 2. 

Sta-relvw, -τενῶ, -éreiva, stretch to the ut- 
most; mid. exert oneself. 7.6%, 

δια-τελέω, -τελῶ, -ετέλεσα, bring quite toan 
end, finish ; sc. 63év = arrive ; absol. go 
on to the end, continue. 4. 

δια-τήκω, melt through. 4.55, 

δια-τίθημι, -θήσω, -ἔθηκα, put in order, 
arrange, manage, dispose (cf. δια-θήκη, 
testament, T. 33); mid. dispose of one’s 
own, sell. 6. 

δια-τρέφω, 2 a. p. -ετράφην, nourish through, 
sustain. 4.717, 

δια-τριβή, ἢς, delay. 6.11. dia-tribe. 

ϑια-τρίβω, τρίψω, rub or wear away ; waste ; 
of time, spend; delay. 6. 

δια-φαίνω, 2a. p. -ἐφάνην, show through; τα. 
and p. appear through, show light through. 3. 

διαφανῶς [δια-φανής, diaphanous], adv., 
transparently, clearly. 6.174, 


διαφερόντως --- διφθέρα 


διαφερόντως [fr. pres. pt. of foll.], pre- 
eminently. 1.913, 


δια-φέρω, -οίσω, -ἦνεγκα οἵ ov, bear through, 
carry over; intr. differ, be different ; 
differ from, esp. for the better, excel, 
surpass; pass. be at variance, quarrel. 
4.517,5. Cf. did-popos. 

δια-φεύγω, ξομαι, 2 a. -έφυγον, -répevya, 
Jlee through, escape. 4. 

δια-φθείρω, -φθερῶ, -ἔφθειρα, -ἐφθαρκα, 2 
a. p. -εφθάρην, destroy utterly, ruin, lay 
waste ; corrupt, bribe. 6. 

διάφορος, ον, ἰδια-φέρω], differing, at vari- 
ance; τὸ διάφορον, difference, vari- 
ance. 2. 

ϑιαφυή, fs, [δια-φύομαι, grow between], cleft, 
division. 5.479, 

ϑια-χειμάζω [χεῖμα, winter], dow, pass the 
winter. 7.631, 

δια-χειρίζω [χείρ], manage carefully. 1.917. 

Sia-xwpéw, go through; impers. κάτω δι- 
exépet αὐτοῖς, they had a diarrhea. 4.8”. 

ϑιδάσκαλος, ov, teacher. 2. 

διδάσκω [δι redupl. + da [κ] + oxw, cf. 
L. doceo], διδάξω, ἐδίδαξα, teach, inform ; 
pass. be tanght, learn. 10. [ 4/Sax, akin 
to 4/d:« in δείκνῦμι].. 

siSéaor, pres. 3d pl. of δίδημι Ep. = δέω, 
bind. 5.84. 

δίδωμι [ 4/50, cf. L. dire, dono], δώσω, 
ἔδωκα (δῶ, δοίην, δοῦναι, δούς), δέδωκα, 
δέδομαι, ἐδόθην, give, grant, present, offer. 
105. Cf. dyri-, ἀπο-, dia-, ἐκ-, mera-, 
παρα-, προ-, προσ- ; δωρέομαι, δανείζω. 

_ δι-είργω, keep apart ; lie between. 3.17. | 

δι-εἴχον, see δι-έχω. 

δι-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -hraca, drive through; ride, 
march, or charge through. 4. 

ϑι-ελών, 2 a. pt. of δι-αιρέω. 

δι-έρχομαι, -ελήλυθα, 2 a. -ἦλθον, come or 
go through, cross; go abroad, spread. 17. 

δι-εσήμηνε, see δια-σημαίνω. 

δι-εσπάρθαι, pf. inf. οὗ δια-σπείρω. 

δι-εσπάσθαι, pf. inf. οὗ δια-σπάω. 

ϑι-έχω, impf. -εἶχον, 2 ἃ. -έσχον, be apart, 
stand apart, be distant ; τὸ διέχον, the in- 
terval. 5. 

δι-ηγέομαι, set out in detail, relate, nar- 
rate. 3. 


VOCABULARY. 





498 


δι-ήλασα, 566 δι-ελαύνω. 

δι-ῆλθον see δι-έρχομαι. 

δι-ήσουσι fut. of δι-ίημι. 

Διί, see Ζεύς. 

ϑι-ίημι, -how, -ἢκα, let go through, let pass. 8. 

δι-ίστημι, -στήσω, 2 a. -έστην, place or sta- 
tion apart ; mid., pf. and 2 a. act., intr. 
stand apart or at intervals, 3. 

δίκαιος, a, ov, [δίκη], just, right, lawful ; 
upright; fitting. τὸ δίκαιον, justice ; ἐκ 
τοῦ δικαίου, out of = according to justice, 
justly. 18. 

δικαιοσύνη, ns, justice, uprightness. 2; T. 92. 

δικαιότης, nTos, 7, ΞΞ foreg. 2.6%. 

δικαίως, adv., justly, rightly, properly. 14. 

δικαστής, οὔ, ἰ δικάζω (δίκη), judge, cf. 
κατα-], α judge. 5.133, 

δίκη, ns, [ γίδικ, see δείκνῦμι], justice, right; 
legal process, lawsuit, trial; the result of | 
such process, penalty, punishment (for 
the wrong-doer), satisfaction (to the 
one wronged). δίκην διδόναι, give satis- 
Jaction, suffer punishment ; δίκην ὑπέχειν, 
stand trial, render account. 23. syn- 
dic. Cf. ἀδικέω. 

δι-μοιρία, as, [μοῖρα, portion], double por- 
tion. 2. 

δινέω [δένη, a whirling], whirl. 6.19. 

διό [δι᾽ 3], adv., on which account, where- 
fore. 3. 

δίκοδος, ov, 4, way through, passage. 5.49, 

Διός, see Ζεύς. 

διτ-οράω, see through, perceive. 5.2%. 

δι-ορύττω, pf. m. -ορώρυγμαι, dig through 
2. Cf. διῶρυξ. 

διότι [= διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι], because. 2.214, 

δί-πηχυς, υ, g. eos, of two cubits in length. | 

δι-πλάσιος, a, ov, twice as much (far, long 
many) as ; διπλάσιον, as far again. 3.3%, 
8. Cf. διπλοῦς. 

δί-πλεθρος, ov, two plethra long, wide, etc. 
4.31. 

δι-πλοῦς, ἢ, ody, [cf. ἀ-πλοῦς], twofold, 
twice as much (long, large, etc.) as. 1. 
diploma. 

δισ-χίλιοι, ai, a, two thousand. 10. 

διφθέρα, as, [cf. δέψω, work till soft], tanned 
skin; what is made of leather, bag, wal 
let. 2 diphtheria. 


496 


διφθέρινος, η, ον, leathern. 3.438, 

ϑί-φρος, ov, [= -φορος (φέρω), what bears 
two, i.e. driver and fighter], chariot- 
board, seat. 2. 

δίχα [d:(s), cf. τρι- χα], in two, apart. δ. 
ποιεῖν, divide. 6.44. 

διψάω [δίψα, thirst], thirst, be tharsty. 4.577. 

Stwxréos, a, ov, be pursued, must pursue. 
3.38, 

διώκω [? perh. causal to δίω (= δείδω), 
make flee], tw or ὄξομαι, ἐδίωξα, pursue, 
chase, follow; intr.; speed away. 7.2”. 
48. Cf. ἐπι-, κατα-. 

δίωξις, ews, 7, pursuit. 3.45, 

διῶρυξ, υχος,ἣ, [δι-ορύττω], trench, canal. 5. 

δόγμα, aros, τό, [δοκέω], what seems good, 
opinion, decree, 4. dogma. 

δοθῆναι, δοίην, see δίδωμι. 

ϑοκέω [γίδοκ, cf. L. dec-et], δόξω, ἔδοξα, 
δέδογμαι, ἐδόχθην, think, fancy, imagine. 
1.71, 82; 2.219, 14. δοκῷ μοι, methinks ; 
oftener of the impression made on the 
mind, seem, esp. seem good, seem best ; 
be of the opinion, be resolved, be approved; 
often impers., δοκεῖ μοι, it seems to me, 
seems good tome. τὰ δόξαντα or δεδογ- 
μένα, the things thought best or resolved 
upon; δόξαν (acc. abs.), when it seemed 
good. 261. Cf. ἀπο-, προσ-, συν- ; δόγμα, 
δόξα, and 

δοκιμάζω [δόκιμος], ἃ. p. ἐδοκιμάσθην, test, 
approve. 3.3”, 

δολιχός, 4, dv, long: ὃ δόλιχος (sc. Spduos), 
long race, 12, 20, or 24 stades. 4.837, 

δόλος, ov, [1 cf. δέλεαρ, bait, L. dolus], 

_ bait, hence wile, craft, treachery. 5.6”, 

~ CE. ἀδόλως. 

Δόλοπες, ων, Dolopians, a tribe of uncertain 
kin, inhabiting the Pindus mountains 
in southwestern Thessaly. 1.99. 

δόξα, ns, [Soxéw], opinion, esp. good opinion, 
reputation, glory. παρὰ δόξαν, contrary 
to expectation. 3. ortho-dox. Cf. &- 
δοξος, κατα-δοξάζω. 

ϑόξαντα, δόξετε, 566 δοκέω. 

ϑοράτιον, ov, [dim. of δόρυ, small or short 
spear. 6.478, 

δορκάς, ddos, ἡ, ἱδέρκομαι ( 4/Sepx, Spar), 
see clearly, gleam (of the eye)], gazelle, 


VOCABULARY. 





διφθέρινος --- δύο 


species of antelope. 2. Dorcas. apd 
κων, dragon, Draco. 

δορπηστός, οὔ, ἰδόρπον, cf. δειπνηστός]. 
supper-time. 1.1017, 

δόρυ, δόρατος, τό, [akin to δρῦς, oak], shaft, 
spear. ἐπὶ 8., to the right, opp. to ἐπ᾽ or 
wap’ ἀσπίδα. 11. Cf. dopdriov, αἰχμή, 
λόγχη. 

ϑορυ-φόρος, ov, [φέρω], spear-bearer. 5.2". 

ϑουλεία, as, slavery, bondage. 1. From 

δουλεύω, ἐύσω etc., be a slave. 4.8% 

δοῦλος, ov, [1], slave, servant. 6. One born 
in slavery as opp. to ἀνδράποδον, one re- 
duced to slavery. 

δοῦναι, δούς, see δίδωμι. 

δουπέω, ἤσω, make a dull noise, strike 
heavily. 1.838, 

δοῦπος, ov, [1], dull noise, din. 2.91%, 

δραίην, δρᾶναι, see διδράσκω. 

Δρακόντιος, ov, [keen-eyed], Dracontius. 
4,8, 

δραμεῖν, -odua, see τρέχω. 

δρεπανη-φόρος, ov, [ φέρω], scythe-bear- 
ing. 4. 

δρέπανον, ου, δρέπω, pluck], sickle, scythe. 1. 

Δρίλαι, dv, Drile, tribe of Pontus, 5.21, 

δρόμος, ov, [see τρέχω], a running ; race; 
race-course. δρόμῳ θεῖν, run a race or 
asina race, run at full speed. 15. drom- 
edary. Cf. ἑἱππό-δρομος, προ-δρομή. 

ϑύναμαι [st. Suva, 4/ 1], impf. ἐδυνάμην, 
δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, ἐδυνήθην, be able, 
w. inf., can; have power or influence, 
μέγιστον δυνάμενοι, the most powerful ; 
be equal to, mean. 1.5°; 2.238, Often : 
with ὡς or ἣ and adv.in sup. # ἐδύνατε 
τάχιστα, as quickly as he was able. 151. 

δύναμις, ews, 7, ability, power, force ; force 
or forces, for war. εἰς or κατὰ δύναμιν, 
according to one’s ability, 36. dyna- 
mite. 

δυνάστης, ov, a man of power or influence, 
chief, prince. 1.2%. dynasty. 

δυνατός, 4, dv, powerful, able, capable; pass., 
possible, practicable. 14. Cf. ἀ-δύνατος. 

δύνω, only in pres. sys., enter; set, of the 
sun, ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντι, at sunset. 2. See 
δύω. 

δύο, δυοῖν or indecl., L. duo, Goth. twai, Εἰ. 


ϑυσ- — ἐγχειρίζω 


Two; εἰς δύο, two abreast. 44. TWAIN, 
TWIN. 

δυσ-, insep. prefix meaning ill, hard, diffi- 
cult, un-, mis-. Gys-pepsia. 

ϑύσ-βατος, ov, [Baivw], hard to go to, inac- 
cessible, 5.23, 

ϑυσμή, js, [δύω], ch. in pl. setting of the 
sun; west. 3. 

ϑυσ-πάρ-ιτος [πάρ-ειμι, go past], hard to 
pass. 4.1%, 

δυσ-πόρευτος, ov, [πορεύω], = foreg. 1.57. 

ϑυσπορία, as, hard passage or crossing. 4.3". 

δύσ-πορος, ov, πόρος, way through], hard to 
pass or cross. 3. 

δύσ-χρηστος, ov, [χράομαι], hardly usable, 
of little use. 3.41, 

δυσχωρία, as, [ἔδύσ-χωρος, χώρα, country], 
ruggedness of country. 8.518, 

ϑύω [1], δύσω, ἔδῦσα, cause to enter; mid. 
δύομαι, δύσομαι, 2 a. ἔδῦν, enter, set, of the 
sun. 5. Cf. ἀπο-, εἰσ-, ἐκ-, ἐν-, κατα-; 
δύνω. 

δῶ, δώσω, 566 δίδωμι. 

δώδεκα [δύο, δέκα], twelve. 6. 

Swpéopar, ἤσομαι, mid. dep., present, give. 7. 

ϑωρο-δοκέω ἰδεκ-, δέχομαι, receive], receive 
a gift, take a bribe. 7.61". 

δῶρον, ov, [δίδωμι], gift, present. 13. Doro- 
thea. 

δώσειν, fut. inf. of δίδωμι. 


E. 


ἐᾷ, ἐᾷς, ἐᾶν, see édw. 

ἑάλων, 566 ἁλίσκομαι. 

(ἐάν [ci + ἄν], or ἥν, less often ἄν, (w. subj.), 
if, if perchance, in case that; ἐὰν μή, if 
not, unless, except. ἐάν te... ἐάν Te, 
whole a it . he de 

ἐάν-περ, stronger form of foreg., if indeed, 
ifonly. 4.617, 

ἐᾶσαι, ἐάσω, see ἐάω. 

ἑαυτοῦ, ἢς, or αὑτοῦ, js, [ἕ, abrds], aes: 
pron. of third pers., of himself, of her- 
self, of itself, his own, her own ; pl. their 
own. οἱ ἑαυτοῦ, his own (men or soldiers) ; 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν, their own (affairs, goods, etc.); 
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, by themselves. 150. 

H. & W. ANAB. — 32 


VOCABULARY. 





497 


ἐάω [1 for ἔσεξαω, cf. old L. de-sev-are, 
cease|, impf. εἴων (elds, εἴα), ἐᾶσω, εἴᾶσα, 
etc., let, permit ; let alone, let go, dismiss ; 
with neg. = forbid, protest. 17. 

ἔβαλον, see βάλλω. 

ἑβδομήκοντα [ἑβδομ, seventh + ἡ conn. vow. 
+ κοντα = Skt. dacan, ten], seventy. 1. 

ἕβδομος, 7, ov, [unexplained change fr. 
*érrouos fr. ἑπτά], seventh. 6.212, 

éy-, before κ, y, x, = ἐν. 

éy-ylyvopat, take place in, arise in. 5.8%. 

ἐγγυάω [ἐγγύη (ἐν, γύαλον, hollow of the 
hand), pledge put into one’s hand], ήσω, 
pledge; mid. pledge oneself, promise. 
7.418, Cf. παρ-. 

ἐγγύθεν, adv., from near by; near by. 4.277, 

ἐγγύς [ἐγγυ + s, cf. wéxpe(s), γίαγχ, press], 
near, absol. or w. gen., c. ἐγγυτέρω, 3 
-τάτω OF -τερον, -τατα; after art. as adj. 
2.24, 16, 32. 

ἐγείρω [e- of unc. orig., 4/yep, Skt. gar, 
watch], ἔγερῶ, ἤγειρα, waken ; pass. and 
2 pf. eyphyopa, am awake, watch, 2. 
Gregory. Cf. ἀν-, ér-. 

ἐγεν-. ἐγιγ-, see γέγνομαι. 

ἐγ-καλέω, dow, ἐν-εκάλεσα, ἐγκέκληκα, call 
in, call on or for, demand, call up (acc.) 
against (dat.), bring a charge against, 
blame. 4. 

ἐγ-καλύπτω, pf. m. ἐγ-κεκάλυμμαι, cover (in) 
up, wrap up. 4.519, 

ἔγ-κειμαι, lie in, on or therein. 4.538, 

ἐγ-κέλευστος, ov, [κελεύω], urged on, bid- 
den. 1,818, 

éy-Képados, ov, [κεφαλή, head], brain; 
pith of the palm shoots or perh. the 
large buds that tip the stock. 2. 

ἐγ-κρατής, és, [xpdros, power], having in 
one’s power, master of. 2. 

ἐγνω-, see γιγνώσκω. 

ἐγρήγορα, see ἐγείρω. 

ἐγ-χαλινόω [χαλῖνός, bridle], ἐγ-κεχαλῖνω- 
μαι, bridle. 8. 

ΟΝ [χείρ], take in hand, undertake. 


Regi ἈΜΗ ov, [ἐν, χείρ], (hand) knife, 
dagger. 4.312. 

ἐγ-χειρίζω [ἐν, χείρ], iow, év-exelpica, put 
into one’s hand, entrust. 3.28. 


498 


ἐγ-χέω, pour in. 4.318, 

ἐγώ [L. ego, Sax. ic], gen. ἐμοῦ or μοῦ, J, 
me; pl., ἡμεῖς, we. 717. 

ἔγω-γε, J at least, I for my part. 

ἔδει, ἐδεῖτο, ἐδεήθην, see δέομαι. 

ἔδεισαν, 566 δείδω. 

ἐδηδοκότες, see ἐσθίω. 

ἔδραμον, 568 τρέχω. 

ἔδωκα, ἔδομεν, 566 δίδωμι. 

ἔζων, see (aw. 

ἐθελοντής, οὔ, volunteer ; 
voluntary. 4. 

ἐθελούσιος, a, ov, voluntary. 6.514. 

ἐθέλω [1], ἐθελήσω, ἠθέλησα, 51, less often 
θέλω, how, 10, be willing, wish, prefer ; 
ἐθέλων, like ἄσμενος, sometimes used ad- 
verbially, willingly. Syn. βούλομαι. Cf. 
συν-. 

ἔθετο, 566 τίθημι. 

ἔθνος, ους, τό, [1], nation, tribe ; 
nation by nation. 7. ethnic. 

εἰ [loc. of st. akin to é- 1], conj. with indic. 
and opt., if; καὶ εἰ, even if; εἰ καί, al- 
though; εἰ μή, uf not, unless, except ; 
εἰ δὲ μή, but if not, otherwise, 2.27; 4.3°; 
εἴ τις, ef τι, ps whatever, nearly = 
ὅστις, cf. 1.49; 51; 615 in indirect οὐρῇ 
tions, whether ; ks . « εἴτε, whether . 
or. 186? 

ela, εἴᾶσε, see édw. 

εἰδέναι, inf. of οἶδα, I know, 2 pf. of εἴδω 
non-Att., [ 4/F:5, L. video, E. wir, wor], 
see; mid. appear. idea, idol, idyl. 
Other tenses εἴσομαι, εἶδον. 

εἰδῆτε, εἰδείην, see foreg. 

εἶδον [= εξιδον], subj., ἴδω, opt. ἴδοιμι, inf. 
ἰδεῖν, pt. ἰδών, saw, 2 a. to dpdw. 59. 

εἶδος, ovs, τό, appearance, form, shape. 
2.316, Whence -ειδής, -és (or -wdhs fr. a- 
eidhs), like, ly, see εὐ-ειἰδής, θῦμο-ειδής. 

εἰδότες, see οἶδα. 

εἶεν, εἴην, see εἰμί. 

εἷκα, see ἵημι. 

εἰκάζω [εἰκός], impf. εἴκαζον, dow, εἴκασα, 
liken, compare ; infer from comparison, 
conjecture, guess, 8. 2 pf. ἔοικα [εἴκω], 
and 2 plp. ἐῴκειν as pres. and impf., be 
\ike, resemble; seem ; seems likely, proper, 
ete. 10, 


15. 


= θέλων, willing, 


κατ᾽ ἔθνη, 


VOCABULARY. 





ἐγχέω --- εἴρηκα 


εἰκός, ότος, τό, {2 vf. pt. neut. of Ἐεΐκω], 
likely, probable, ; casonable, w. or without 
ἐστίν; as subs. 2 likelihood, probabil- 
ity. 9. 

εἴκοσι(ν), twenty. 39. [Dor. Fixars = Fi 
(perh. for 5Ft = δύο) + κατι = κοντα, cf. 
ἑβδομήκοντα]. 

εἰκότως |cixds], adv., likely, probably, rea- 
sonably. 2. 

εἴληφα, see λαμβάνω. 

εἴληχα, see λαγχάνω. 

εἷλον, see αἱρέω. 

εἰμί [= ἐσ-μέ, γες, L. es-se, E. 15, am (for 
as-m), ART for as-t)], impf. ἦν, f. ἔσομαι, 
be, exist: 1. w. gen., (1) be of, belong to, 
— emphasizing the possessor, 1.15; 2.14; 
(2) origin, be sprung from; (3) material, 
be of, consist of ; (4) measure, partitive 
relation, etc., be. 2. w. dat., be to, have: 
impers. ἐστί, ἦν, it is (was) possible, 
2.311; οὐκ ἔστιν, it is impossible; ἐστὶν 
or εἰσὶ of = ἔνιοι, some, 1.57; ἐσθ᾽ ὅτε, 
sometimes, 2.6°; used with a pt. instead 
of a finite verb to emphasize the predi- 
cate, 2.218; 2.13; in phrases, τὸ νῦν 
εἶναι, for the present; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον 
εἶναι, so far as this man is concerned. 
1215. Cf. ἀπ-, év-, ἐξ-, ἐπ-, μετ-, map, 
περι-, συν-. 

εἶμι [ γι, L. ire}, pl. μεν, other modes ἴω, 
ἰοίην or ἴοιμι, ἴθι, ἰέναι, ἰών; impf. pew 
or fa, go, less often come ; pres. ind. 
mostly as fut. to ἔρχομαι, am going, will 
go. thk=L. age, come. 66. Cf. ἄπ-, 
συν-άπ-, εἴσ-, ἔξ-, ἔπ-, κἀτ-, πάρ-, ἂντι- 
mdp-, ἐπι-πάρ-, περί-, mpo-, πρόσ-, otv-; 
ἐτέον, δυσ-πάρ-ιτος ; ἰσθμός. 

εἶπα, 566 εἶπον. 

εἴ-περ, stronger form of εἰ, if really, if i in- 
deed. 7. 

εἵπετο, see ἕπομαι. 

εἶπον [= eFerov, ψεπ, cf. ἔπος, word, 
epic], 3 ἃ. to λέγω ; pf. εἴρηκα, -μαι, ép- 
ρήθην, say, speak, tell ; command (w. inf 
οὗ 1.31), 189. Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀπ-. 

εἴργω [ 4/Fepy, akin to L.urgeo, Εἰ. wreak], 
impf. εἶργον, εἴρξω, shut in or out, keep 
away; prevent. 4. Cf. δι- ; ὅρκος. 

εἴρηκα, εἴρητο, εἰρημένα, see εἶπον, say. 


εἰρήνη --- ἐκβοηθέω 
εἰρήνη, ns, [? ef. εἴρω, join Σ or, εἴρω, say], 


peace. 5. irenic. 

εἰς [for év-s, cf. πρό, xpos], prep. w.acc. only, 
inio, unto, to, among, against ; of number, 
measure, up to, to the number of, to the 
extent of, εἰς δύναμιν, eis ὀκτώ; Of pur- 
pose, relation, etc., for, in respect to, 1.916; 
of time, unto, until ; on, at (a time when 
it is come to), against, 1.71; 2.3%; 4,14, 
See H. 796, b; w. verbs of rest ‘imply. 
ing a previous motion, in, at. 1.13, 821. 
Cf. ἐν, εἴσω. 

εἰς, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, [for evs, 
for Ἔσεμς, cf. ἅμα, L. sem-el, E. same, 
SOME], one, alone; καθ᾽ ἕνα, one by one ; 
εἷς τις, single one. 49. 

εἰσ -άγω, dw, 2 a. -fyayor, lead into, bring 
into. 4. 

εἰσ-ακοντίζω, shoot darts into, in or at. 7.41, 

εἰσ-βαίνω, 2a. -ἐβην, go into, embark. 
5.715, 

εἰσ-βάλλω, throw into ; enter into; empty. 3. 

εἰσ-βιβάζω, -εβίβασα, make go into, put on 

* board. 5.31. 

elo Bodh, ἧς, [βάλλω], entrance, pass; in- 
vasion. 8. 

εἰσ -δύομαι, enter into, onal into. 4.514, 

εἴσ-ειμι, impf. “ὕειν, go or come into, enter ; 
enter one’s mind. 9. 

εἰσ-ελαύνω,-ἤλασα, ride or march into. 1.2%. 

εἰσ-ελθεῖν, 2 a. of foll. 

εἰσ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -ἦλθον, go OF come into, 
enter. 10. 

elo-fraca, see εἰσ-ελαύνω. 

εἰσ-ἧσαν, εἴσ-ειμι. 

εἰσ-ἤχθην, see εἰσ-άγω. 

εἴσ-οδος, ov, 4, way into, entrance, 3. 

εἴσομαι, fut. of οἶδα. 

εἰσ-πηδάω, how, leap into.- 1.55. 

εἰσ-πίπτω, fall into, rush into. 3. 

elo-rhéw, sail into. 6.41. 

εἱστήκειν, see ἵστημι. 

εἰσ-τρέχω, 2 ἃ. -ἐδραμον, run into or in. 5.218, 

εἰσ-φέρω, a. p. -ηνέχθην, bear or bring 
in 7.371, 

εἰσ-φορέω, how, carry or bring in. 4.6}. 

εἴσω [for vow, cf. ἔξω], adv., within, inside 
of (gen.). 15. > 

τἰσ-ωθέω, push into or in. 5.238, 


VOCABULARY. 





499 


εἶτα [pron. st. ε (cf. obroo-t, L. i-s), τα cf. 
τό], adv., then, thereupon, afterward. 
next. 11. . 

el-re... elre, whether... 
si-ve, either...or. 16. 

εἶχον, see ἔχω. 

εἴωθα, 2 pf. as pres., [ἔθω used only in 
pres. pt.J, plpf. εἰώθειν as impf., am 
wont, am accustomed. 2. Cf. ἔθος, τό. 
custom, 'T.12; ἦθος, τό, disposition, eth. 
ics. See εὐ-ἤθης. 

εἴων, see ἐάω. 

ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ [1 cf. L.é, ex], prep 
w. gen. only, out of, from, away from ; 
of time, from, often, since, ἐξ ob, from 
which time, since; ἐκ τούτου, from this 
time = hereupon ; of orig., agency (like 
ὑπό), of, by; ἐκ βασιλέως, by the king ; 
in accordance with. In phrases ἐξ ἴσον, 
equally ; é« τοῦ ἐναντίου, oppouite; ἐξ 
ἀπροσδοκήτου, unexpectedly; ἔκ τοῦ δι- 
καίου, justly. 942, Οἱ, ἔξω, ἔσχατος 
exotic, exoteric. 

ἑκασταχόσε [cf. ravraxd-ce], udv., to each 
side, in each direction. 3.51. 


or, L. si-ve.. 


ἕκαστος, ἡ, ov [éxds, L. secus], each; pl 


(they) each, several, severally. 70. 
ἑκάστο-τε [cf. 4AAo-re], adv.,each time. 2.41. 
ἑκάτερος, ἄ, ov, [Exd(s) ++ repos], each of two, 

each singly; ph. (they) each, both; na 

ἑκάτερα, on each side. 7. 
ἑκατέρωθεν, adv., from each side, on either 

side ; on both sides. 4. 
ἑκατέρωσε, adv., to cach side. 1.813, 
ἑκατόν [é- of unc. orig. + κατον, L. cen 

tum, Goth. hund],a Hunp-red. 14. 
‘Exaravupos, ov, [ἕκατος, epithet of Apollo, 

ὅνομαϊ, Hecatonymus, 5.57. 
ἐκ-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2a. -έβην, -βεβηκα, go - 

out or forth; disembark ; sally forth. 9, 
ἐκ- βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 

throw out or away; drive out, expel. 6. 
ἔκ-βασις, ews, 7, [βαίνω], a σοὶ, out, way 

out, outlet, pass. 5. 
᾿Εκβάτανα, wy, [? cf. old Fers. hagmatan, 

place of assemblies], Evoatana, capital 

of Media, where the Pers.an kings passed 

the summer, 3.515, 


ἐκ-βοηθέω, run forth to the rescue. 7.8%, 


500 


ἔκ-γονος, ov, [γίγνομαι], born of ; as subs. 
offspring, descendant. 2. 

éx-Sedpap-, see ἐκ-τρέχω. 

ἐκ-δέρω, -δερῶ, -ἐδειρα, skin (off), flay. 1.28. 

ἐκ-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -δέδομαι, give up, give out 
of one’s house, give in marriage. 2. 

ἐκ- δύω, strip off; mid. and 2 a. -ἐδῦν, strip 
oneself. 4.83, 

ἐκεῖ [e- proth. + κει, fr. pron. st. κι, see 
ποῦ], adv., there, in that place. 19. 

ἐκεῖθεν, thence, from that place 5.633. 

ἐκεῖνος, η, ov, [ἐκεῖ], that one, that, opp. to 
οὗτος, this; often rendered he, she, it. 76. 

ἐκεῖσε, thither, to that place, there. 4, 

ἐκ-θλίβω, press out, crowd out. 2, 

ἐκ-καλύπτω, -κεκάλυμμαι, uncover. 1.216, 

ἐκκλησία, as, [ἐκ-καλέω], assembly, regu- 
larly summoned, opp. to σύλ-λογος. 2. 

ἐκκλησιάζω, call an assembly. 5 337. 

ἐκ-κλίνω, bend out or back, yield, give way. 
1.819, 

ἐκ- κομίζω, low, -εκόμισα, carry out or off. 3. 

ἐκ-κόπτω, Pw, -έκοψα, cut out, off or down. 2. 

ἐκ-κυβιστάω [κύβη, head], turn a somer- 
set. 6.19. 

ἐκ-κυμαίνω [κῦμα, wave], swell out, bend 
out. 1.818, 

ἐκ-λέγω, -λέξω, -έλεξα, pick out, select. 3. 
eclectic, eclogue. 

ἐκ-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, -λέλοιπα, 
(go) out of (and) leave, abandon, forsake ; 
disappear. 6. eclipse. 

éx-pnptopar, wind out, defile. 6.533. 

éx-réutr@, Ww, send out or forth, conduct 
forth. 3. 

ἐκ-πεπτωκώς, see ἐκ-πίπτω. 

ἐκ-περαίνω, finish off, accomplish. 5.113, 

ἐκ- πηδάω, leap out or forth. 7.419, 

ἐκ-πίμπλημι, impf. -er{urdrny, fill up. 3.4%. 

&k-trive, 2 a. -έπιον, drink up. 1.9%, 

éx-lrrw, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. -érecor, -πέπτωκα, 
fall out, rush out, fall down; as pass. to 
ἐκβάλλω, be thrown out, driven out, be ex- 
iled, of ἐκπεπτωκότες, the exiles; of a 
ship, be driven ashore. 11. 

ἐκ- πλαγείς, 2 ἃ. p. pt. of ἐκ-πλήττω. 

ἐκ- πλέω, -πλεύσομαι, -έπλευσα, sail out or 
Sorth. 15. 

ἔκ-πλεως, ων, filled out or up, full. 2. 


VOCABULARY. 





ἔκγονος -- ἐλαύνω 


ἐκ- πλήττω, -πλήξω, -ἐπληξα, -πέπληγμαι, 
2 a. p. -ewAdyny, strike out of one’s 
senses, astonish, amaze, confuse, alarm. 9. 

ἐκ- ποδών [ἐκ, πούς], adv , out from the feet, 
out of the way; ἐκ. ποιεῖσθαι, put out of 
the way. 16°; 2.5% 

€x-tropevopat, εὐσομαι, proceed, go or march 
Jorth. 8. 

ἐκ-πορίζω, {ow or i, stronger form of 
πορίζω, provide, procure. 2. 

ἔκπωμα, ατος, τό, [ἐκ-πένω), drinking cup. 8. 

ἑκταῖος, a, ον, [ἕκτος], on the sixthday. 1. 

ἐκ-τάττω, -τάξω, -érata, draw out, mar- 
shal. 2. 

ἐκ-τείνω, -τενῶ, -érewa, a. p.-erdOny, stretch 
out, extend. 2. 

ἔκτονα, see κτείνω. 

ἐκ- τοξεύω, shoot out arrows. 7.814, 

ἕκτος, 7, ov, [ξξ], sixth. 62%. 

ἐκτός [ἐκ], without, beyond, w. gen. 
Ant. to ἐντός. 

ἐκ-τρέπω, ψω, 3. ἃ. m. -ετραπόμην, turn out, 
off or aside. 4.5. 

ἐκ- τρέφω, -θρέψω, 2 a. p. -ετράφην, nourish 
or rear up. 7.2%. 

ἐκ-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, -δεδράμηκα, 2 ἃ. 
-ἐδραμον, run out, sally Sorth. 2. 

ἐκτῶντο, see KTdouat. 

ἐκ-φαίνω, show forth, show openly, de- 
clare. 3.116, 

ἐκ- φέρω, -olow, -ἤνεγκα, bring out, carry 
forth; give out, report; begin open 
(war). 5. 

éx-pevyo, -φεύξομαι, 2 a. -ἐφυγον, -répevya, 
Jlee forth, escape. 3. 

ἑκών, oda, ὅν, g. dvros, obons, [Fex-, cf Skt. 
vac, wish], willing, voluntary; comm. 
rendered as adv, willingly. 10. Cf. ἄκων. 

ἔλαβον, see AauBdve. 

ἐλάα, as, or ἐλαία, [3], L. oliva (borrowed? ), 
olive tree; olive. 2. 

ἔλαιον, ov, olive-cil. 8, 
oleum, ἘΣ. on. 

ἐλάττων, ov, [for ἐλαχιων], ἐλάχιστος, η, 
ov, irreg. comp. and sup. of μῖκρός, 
small, little. 7. [ἐλαχύς, obs, ¢-proth. 
+ Aaxus, cf. L. levis (for leghvis), Εἰ 
LIGHT. | 

ἐλαύνω [prob. for ἐλανύω, orig. 3], ἐλῶ, 


2.33, 


Whence prob. 


ἐλάφειος --- ἐμποδίζω 


ἤλασα, ἐλήλακα, trans., drive; intr., ride, 
drive, march, row etc. |w. ellipsis of 
horse, chariot, boat etc.) ; of metals, 
beat out. 20. elastic. Cf. ἀπ-, d:-, εἰσ-, 
ἐξ-, wap-, προ-, προσ-. 

ἐλάφειος, ov, of deer, deer’s. 1.53, 

ἔλαφος, ov, ὁ, 4, [1], deer, stag, hind. 2. 

ἐλαφρός, a, dv, [1], light, quick, agile. 2. 

ἐλαφρῶς, adv., lightly, nimbly. 2. 

ἐλάχιστος, see ἐλάττων. 

ἐλέγχω, ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, ἐλήλεγμαι, ἠλέγ- 
χθην, question, cross-examine ; prove, con- 
vict. 4. 

ἑλεῖν, ἑλέσθαι, 2 a. of αἱρέω. 

ἐλελίζω, fiw, ἠλέλιξα, shout ἐλελεῦ, raise 
the war-cry, shout. 2. 

ἐλευθερία, as, freedom, liberty. 4. 

ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, [ὃ e-proth. λευθ, akin to 
L. liver (for leuber)], free, independent. 5. 

ἐλήλυθα, see ἔρχομαι. 

ἐλήφθην, see λαμβάνω. 

ἐλθεῖν, -dv, 3 ἃ. of ἔρχομαι. 

ἕλκω [ 4/Feax, akin to L. sule-o, plough], 
impf. εἵλκον, draw, drag, pull, tow. 3. 
Cf. καθ-, wepi-; dAxds. 

‘EAs, ddos, ἡ, Hellas, the country after- 
ward called by the Romans Graecia, 
after a tribe in Epirus. The name was 
first used to designate a city and dis- 
trict in southern Thessaly, and was 
afterward extended to all Greece. 

‘EAAGs, dios, 7, Hellas, wife of the elder 
Gongylos. 7.85. 

Ἕλλην, nvos, ὃ, [1], Hellen, the mythical 
son of Deucalion and reputed founder 
of the Greek tribes through his sons 
Aeolus and Dorus and his grandsons 
Achaeus and Ion; a Greek: as adj. 
Greek. 

ἑλληνίζω, ἔσω, speak Greek. 7.3%. 

Ἑλληνικός, 4, bv, Hellenic, Greek, Gre- 
cian; τὸ Ἑλληνικόν (στράτευμα), the 
Greek army. 

“EdAAnvixds, adv., in Greek fashion, in 
Greek. 

Ἑλληνίς, (30s, fem. adj. to Ἑλληνικός. 

Ἑλληνιστί, in Greek. 

“Ἑλλησποντιακός, 4, dv, Hellespontian. 

“Ἑλλήσποντος, ov, 6, [popularly derived 


VOCABULARY. 





501 


fr. Ἕλλης (g. of Ἕλλη), and πόντος, sea 
of Helle, because she was drowned in 
crossing it], Hellespont, Dardanelles: 
1.19. 

ἕλοιμι, ἑλόντες, -όμενος, see αἱρέω. 

ἐλπίζω, ἔσω or ιῶ, ἤλπισα, hope, acc. +inf. 3. 

ἐλπίς, ίδος, ἡ, | 4/Feaw, perh. akin to L. 
voluptas], hope, expectation. 9. Cf εὖ 
ελπιϑ. 

ἐλῶν, fut. pt. of ἐλαύνω. 

ἐμ-, before a labial = ἐν. 

ἔμαθον, 2 a. of μανθάνω. 

ἐμ-αυτοῦ, js, reflex. pron., of mysely. 18. 

ἐμ-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2a. -έβην, -βέβηκα, yo 
into; embark. 6. 

ἐμ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 
throw in or into, less often, against ; 
intrans., rush into, dash against, invade, 
enter; of a river, empty. 12. 

ἐμ-βάς, 2 a. pt. of éu-Balve. 

ἐμ-βιβάζω, dow or ὥ, -εβίβασα, make go in 
or embark, put on board. 2. 

ἐμ-βολή, fis, [βάλλω], entrance, invasion. 
4.14, 

ἔμεινα, see μένω. 

ἐμέω |for Feu-, L. vom-o], impf. ἤμουν, fut. 
ἐμῶ, oftener ἐμοῦμαι, vomit. 4.82. due 
τικὸν, emetic. 

ἐμ-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, remain in, 4.717. 

ἐμός, ἡ, dv, [ἐμέ, see ἐγώ], my, mine. 19. 

ἐμοῦ, -οί, -ἐ, see ἐγώ. 

ἔμ-παλιν, adv., in use much like πάλιν, 
back, backwards, back again; often with 
the art. as adv. acc.,7d é. or τοὔμπαλιν. 5. 

ἐμ-πεδόω [ἔμ-πεδος, in the ground], hold 
fast, ratify. 3.2". 

ἔμ-πειρος, ov, [πεῖρα, trial], experienced, ac- 
quainted with (gen.). 5. empiric. 

ἐμ-πείρως, adv., with experience; ἐμ- ἔχειν 
w. gen., be acquainted with. 2.6}. 

ἐμ-πίμπλημι, impf. -επίμπλην, -πλήσω, a. 
Ρ. -επλήσθην, jill in or up, fill full; 1.78, 
satisfy. 3. 

ἐμ-πίμπρημι, impf. -επίμπρην, -πρήσω, ἐν- 
émpnoa, set fire (in) to, set on fire. 8. 

ἐμ-πίπτω, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. -ἔπεσον, -πέπτωκα, 
fall into or among ; fall upon; fall inte 
one’s mind, occur. 7. 

ἐμ-ποδίζω [πούς], impede. 4.3. 


602 


ἐμπόδιος, ον, impeding, in the way; τὸ 
ἐμπόδιον, obstacle. 2. 

“ἐμποδών [after the analogy of ἐκ-ποδών], 
adv., among one’s feet, in the way, ἐμ- 
εἶναι, be in the way, hinder. 3. 

ἐμ-ποιέω, How etc., create in, inspire in, im- 
press upon. 3. 

ἐμ-πολάω [ἐμπολή, merchandise, see πωλέω], 
how, gain by sale. 7.5%. 

ἐμπόριον, ov, trading-place, emporium. 1.4°. 

ἔμπορος, ou, [πόρος, journey, voyage], mer- 
chant, 2. 

ἔμ-προσθεν, adv., in front, before, esp. of 
place (πρόσθεν, oftener of time); 6 éu- 
λόγος, the foregoing narrative. 2.11; τὰ 
é., the fore parts, places in front; of éu-, 
those in front. 18, Ant. ὄπισθεν. 

ἐμφαγεῖν, 2 a. inf. of ἐν-έφαγον, [ἐν-εσθίω, 
not in use], eat in; eat moderately or 
hastily. 4.21; 5.9. 

ἐμ-φανής, ἐς, [φαίνω], appearing among, 
visible, clearly seen, open; ἐν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ, 
in public, openly. 2.5%. Cf. ἐν τῷ φανερῷ. 

ἐμφανῶς, adv,, openly. 1. 

ἐν [for ἐνί, prob. loc., akin to ἀνά], L. in, 
IN, prep. w. dat. only ; of place, in, on, at, 
among, ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right ; of time, in, 
during, ἐν ᾧ (χρόνῳ), ἴῃ which time, while ; 
of manner, means etc., in, with, by. 427. 
In comp., ἐν = éu- before a labial, = ey- 
before a palatal; in, at; a modified de- 
gree, cf. ἐμφαγεῖν; possession, cf. ἔμπειρος, 
ἔντιμος. Cf. εἰς, ἔνδον, ἔνθα, ἔνθεν, ἐντός, 
ἔντερον. 

ty, see εἷς. 

ἐν-αγκυλάω [ἀγκύλη, thong, cf. δι-αγκ-Ἶ, sit 
thonys in or to. 4.238, 

ἐν-αντιόομαι, ώσομαι, oppose. 7.65. 

ἐν-αντίος, ἃ, ov, = ἀντίος, wh. is ch. poet. 
tho. comm. in Xen., opposite, opposed to, 
over against, facing, in front, W. gen. or 
dat.; ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου = ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου, on 
the opp. side; οἱ év., the enemy ; τἀναντία 
(= τὰ év-), in the opp. direction. 12. 

ἐν-άπτω, dw, fasten in or on; set on fire, 
kindle. 7. 

ἕνατος, 7, ov, [ἐννέα], ninth. 4.533, 

ἐν-αυλίζομαι, a. p. -ηυλίσθην, lodge for the 
night. 7.78. 


VOCABULARY. 





ἐμπόδιος --- ἔνθαπερ 


ἔνδεια, ας, [ἐν-δεής, δέω, want], want, need. 8, 

ἐν-δείκνῦμι, show herein or particularly, 
exhibit. 6.11%, 

ἑνδέκατος, 7, ov, [ἕν-δεκα], eleventh. 1.711, 

ἐν-δέω, be wanting, quite like δέω ; ἐνδεῖ, 
impf. ἐν-ἔδει, there is need. 6.181. 7.141, 

ἔν-δηλος, ov, evident in or therein, evident. 
3. On ἐν-, in adjs. cf. éu-pavhs, φανερός ; 
év-avtios, ἀντίος ; ἔν-τιμος, τίμιος. 

ἔν-δημος, ον, in or among a people, native, 
home-; τὰ ἔνδημα, home affairs, revenues 
ete. 1. endemic. 

ἐνδίφριος, ον, [Sippos],on (same) seat ; ὃ ἐν-, 
table-companion. 2. 

ἔνδοθεν, adv., from within. 3. 

ἔνδον, adv., within. 12. [-δον, ace. of pron. 
st. δα, cf. δέ, L. en-do]. 

ἔν-δοξος, ov, [δόξα], held in honor, kenor- 
able. 6.173, 

ἐν-δύω, -δύσω, -δέδῦκα, 2 a. -ἐδῦν, put on. 
1.83; 5.418, 

év-€Badov, see ἐμ-βάλλω. 

év-é5pa, as, sitting in wait, ambush, ambus- 
cade. 4.722, : 

ἐνεδρεύω, lie in wait or in ambush. 8, 

ἔν-ειμι, -ἣν, -έσομαι, be in, on or therein. 10. 

ἕνεκα or ἕνεκεν [1], prep. w. gen., comm. 
after its case, on account of, for the sake 
of, for. 34. 

ἐνενήκοντα [unexplained modification of 
évvéa+t κοντα, cf. ἑβδυμήκοντα], ninety. 3. 

ἐνεός, & dv, [1], dumb. 4.588, 

ἐν-επλήσθη, see ἐμ-πίμπλημι. 1.101, 

ἐν-έπρησα, see ἐμ-πίμπρημι. 4.4), 

év-erds, h, dv, [verbal of ἐνίημι], urged on, 
incited. 7.605}, 

ἐν-εχείρισα, see ἐγ-χειρίζω. 

ἐν-έχυρον, ov, [ἔχω], what is held as secu. 
rity, pledge. 7.6%, 

év-éxw, hold fast in, entangle. 7.4%". 

ἐνηδ-, see éved-. 

ἐν-ἣν, see ἔν-ειμι. 

ἔνθα [-θα, akin to L. (in)-de], adv.: 1. dem., 
there, here; less exactly, thither, with 
verbs of motion; of time, thereupon, 
then; 2. rel., where; of time, when. 64. 

ἐνθά-δε [cf. -5¢], adv., hither, thither; 
oftener = foreg. 18. 

ἔνθα-περ, just there ; just where, where. 2 


ἐνθέμενος --- ἐξάλλομαι 


ἐν-ϑέμενος, 2 a. pt. of ἐν-τίθημι. 

ἔνθεν [cf. ἔνθα], adv.; dem., thence, hence ; 
ἔνθεν μὲν... ἔνθεν δέ, on one side... on 
the other, hence... thence; ἔνθεν καὶ 
ἔνθεν, on this side and on that: rel., 
whence. 22. 

ἐνθένδε, stronger form of foreg., from this 
very place, hence. 8. 

ἐν-θυμέομαι, ἤσομαι, -τεθύμημαι, -εθυμήθην, 
lay to heart, consider, ponder. 8. 

ἐνθύμημα, aros, τό, thought, device, plan. 2. 

ἐν-θωρακίζω, -τεθωράκισμαι, put on the 
corselet, arm fully. 7.418, 

ἕνι, for ἔνεστι. 5.34, 

ἑνί, see εἷς. 

ἐνιαυτός, οὔ, [1], year. 5. 

ἔνιοι, αι, a, [ἢ perh. for ἔνι of = ἔστιν of], 
some. 9. 

ἐνίοτε [= ἔνι + ὅτε 2], sometimes. 4. 

ἐννέα [e-proth. + 4/veFa, L. novem, Goth. 
niun}], NINE. 1. Cf. ἔνατος. 

ἐν-νοέω, How, -ενόησα, have in mind, think 
over, consider ; think out, devise: w. 
μή, be apprehensive. 3.53. 13. Cf. ἐν- 
θυμέομαι. 

ἔννοια, as, [formed after the analogy of 
ἄνοια, fr. &voos], thought. 3.113, 

ἐν-οικέω, how, -ῴκησα, dwell in, inhabit; of 
ἐνοικοῦντες, the inhabitants. 6. 

ἐν-όντων, gen. pl. pres. pt. of ἔν-ειμε. 

ἐν-όπλιος, ov, ὅπλα, arms], belonging to 
arms, martial. 6.141, 

ἐν-οράω, 2 a. -εἶδον, pt. -ιδών, see in or here- 
in. 1.315; 7.7%, 

ἐν-οχλέω [ ὄχλος, crowd; trouble], how, 
trouble, interfere with (dat.). 2. 

ἐν-σκευάζω, dow, get ready, dress up. 6.113, 

ἐνταῦθα [prob. for ἐνθα-υ-θα], adv., here, 
there ; less exactly, hither ; of time, then, 
thereupon, hereupon. 133. 

ἐν-τείνω, stretch out at, lay on. 
ἐντόνῳς. 

ἐν-τελής, ἐς, [τέλος, end], complete, full. 
1.418, 

ἐν-τέλλομαι, -ετειλάμην, raise (and put) 
upon, enjoin, command. 5.118. Cf. dva- ; 
ἐντολή, injunction. T. 71. 

ἕντερον, ov, [ἐν + τερον}, the inner part, in- 
testine. 32.583, 


2.44, Cf. 


VOCABULARY. 





503 


ἐντεῦθεν [prob. for ἐνθα-υ-θενΐ, adv., thence, 
hence ; of time, henceforth, thereupon ; οἱ 
source, thence, therefore, 64. 

ἐν-τίθημι, 2 a. -ἐθηκα (θῶ, θείην), 2 a.m 
-εθέμην, nut in or on. 3. 

ἔν-τῖμος, ov, in honor, honored. 3. 

ἐν-τίμως, adv., in honor. 2.17. 

ἐν-τοίχιος, ov, [τοῖχος, wall], on the wall. 
7.81. 

ἐντόνως [ἔν-τονος, -relvw], adv., strenuously, 
7.51, 

ἐντός [ἐν, cf. L. in-tus], adv., within, abs, 
or w. gen. 6. 

év-tuyx ave, -reviouat, 2 a. -έτυχον, happen 
upon, fall in with, find, come to. 13. 

*EvidAtos, ov, |"Evid, goddess of war, com- 
panion of Ares], Enyalius, epithet of 
Ares, to whom the Greeks cried on enter- 
ing battle. 1.818, 

ἐνωμότ-αρχος, ov, [évduoros, sworn in 
(ὄμνυμι, swear)], enomotarch, leader of 
a band of soldiers. 2. 

ἐνωμοτία, as, [ἐνώμοτος, sworn in (ὄμνῦμι, 
swear)], band of soldiers, bound by oath, 
enomoty, containing twenty-five or, ac- 
cord. to Thucydides, thirty-two men. 3. 

ἕξ, L. sex, stx. 8. Cf. éxrds, ἑκταῖος. 

ἐξ, see ἐκ. 

ἐξ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -ἤγγειλα, report without, 
bring out word, report. 4. 

ἐξ-άγω, ἄξω, 2 a. -ἤγαγον, lead out or forth ; 
lead on, induce. 10. 

ἐξ-αίρετος, ov, [aipéw], chosen out, choice, 
7.823 


ἐξ-αιρέω, how, 2 a. -εἶλον, ἥρηκα, -μαι, 
εῃρέθην, take out ; set apart ; mid., select, 
choose. 6. ; 

ἐξ-αιτέω, how, -ἤἥτησα, ask from, demand 
back ; mid., beg off. 2. 

ἐξ-αίφνης [for -apmas, cf. ἄφνω, suddenly], 
ady., suddenly. 5. Cf. ἐξαπίνης. 

ἑξακισ-χέλιοι, at, a, six thousand. 4. 

ἐξ-ακοντίῴζω, shoot out or forth. 5 4”. 

ἑξακόσιοι, at, a, [Dor. -κατιοι = ἑ-κατόνἾ, 
six hundred. 11. 

ἐξ-αλαπάζω, ἄξω, stronger form of ἀλα' 
πάζω, plunder, desolate. 7.139. 

ἐξ-άλλομαι, -αλοῦμαι, -nAduny, spring out ot 
aside. 7.388 


504 


ἐξ-αμαρτάνω, err from, err, do wrong; in 
5.733 w. cognate acc. 

ἐξ-αν-ίστημι, -στήσω, 2 a. -έστην, raise up ; 
mid., 2. ἃ. and pf. act. intr., rise or stand 
up, start up. 6. 

ἐξ-απατάω, how, -ἡπάτησα, stronger form 
of ἀπατάω, deceive utterly, cheat. 25. 

ἐξ- ἀπάτη, ns, gross deceit. 7.1, 

ἐξαπίνης, softer form for ἐξαίφνης. 7. 

ἐξ-άρχω, impf. -ἤρχον, lead off, take the 
lead. 2. 

ἐξ-αυλίζομαι, decamp, change one’s quar- 
ders. 7.89 

ἐξ-εβ-, see éx-B. 

ἔξ-ευμι, only as impers., ἔξ-εστι, -ἣν, ἐξ- 
ἔσται, it is quite possible (cf. ἔστι) ; is 
permitted, allowed ; ἐξόν, as acc. abs., it 
beiny permitted. 30. Cf. ἐξουσία. 

ἔξ-ευμι, yew or fa, go forth, march out or 
forth. 24. 

ἐξ-έκοψε, see ἐκ-κόπτω. 

ἐξ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -jAaca, drive οι, expel; w. 
obj. omitted, ride or march forth, pro- 
ceed. 25. 

ἐξ-έλιπον, 2 a. of ἐκ-λείπω. 

ἐξ-έλοιμι, see ἐξ-αιρέω. 

ἐξ-ενεγκεῖν, 566 ἐκ-φέρω. 

ἐξ-επλάγην, 2 ἃ. p. οὗ ἐκ-πλήττω. 

ἐξ-επ-, see ἐκ-π. 

ἐξ-έρπω [L. serp-o], creep out or forth. 1.18, 

ἐξ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -ἤλθον, come or go forth, 
depart ; of time, expire. 15. 

ἔξ-εστι, see ἔξ-ειμι. 

᾽ ἐξέτασις ews, 7, [ἐξ-ετάζω, examine], inspec- 

tion, review, 6. 

ἐξ-έφηνα, see ἐκιφαίνω. 

ἐξ-ἐφυγον, see ἐκ-φεύγω. 

ἐξ ξαηγέομαι, - -ηγήσομαι, -ηγησάμην, lead οι; 
relate, tell; disclose. 2. 
ἐξ- ἡ -» see ἔξ-ειμι. 

ἑξήκοντα [-κοντα, cf. Skt. dacan, ten], 
sixty. 7. 

 ἐξ-ἤκω, -ἥκον, have come outs 
gone by. 6.3%, 

ἐξ-ῆλθον, see ἐξ-έρχομαι. 

ἐξ-ήχθην, see ἐξ-άγω. 

ἐξ-ικνέομαι, -ίξομαι, -ἴγμαι, κόμην, come 
forth to, reach, arrive; come up to, 
amount to. 9. 


of time, has 


VOCABULARY. 





ἐξαμαρτάνω --- ἐπεί 


ἐξ-ίστημι, place out; τιι., stand out. 
1.514, 


ἔξ-οδος, ov, 4, way out; out-let ; going out 
or away, departure, expedition. 7. 

ἕξομεν, see ἔχω. 

ἐξ-όν, pres. pt. of ἔξ-ειμι. 

ἐξ-οπλίζω, ἔσω Or 1, -ώπλισα, -ὦπλικα, -σμαι, 
arm fully. 6. 

ἐξοπλισία, as, armament. 1.710, 

ἐξ-ορμάω, how, -épunoa, urge on; intr., set 
out or forth. 4. 

ἐξουσία, as, [ἔξ- εἰμι], power, authority, pers 
mission. 1. ‘T. 103. 

ἕξ-πηχυς, v, g. cos, of six cubits. 1. 

ἔξω [ἐκ], adv., out, outside of, without ; w. 
gen., outside of, beyond; τὸ ἔξω, the 
outer. 37. 

ἔξω-θεν, adv., from without ; without. 8, 

ἔοικα, be like ; see εἰκάζω. 

ἑορτή, jis, [1], feast, festival. 8. 

ἐπ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -ἤγγειλα, announce (and 
enjoin) upon, announce with authority ; 
mid., announce as taken upon oneself, 
promise, profess, offer. 3. ἐπ-αγγελία, 
promise. T. 53. 

ἐπ- ἄγω, bring against ; ἐπ-ῆκτο. 

ἔπαθον, 2 a. of πάσχω. 

ér-atvéw, impf. -zvouv (es, εἰ), ἔσομαι, 
«ἥνεσα, praise, commend, thank. 18. 

ἔπ-αινος, ov, prose word for αἶνος, praise, 
commendation. 3. 

ér-alpw, impf. -ῇρον, -ap@, -ἣρα, raise up, 
stir up, urge on. 2. 

ἐπ- ακολουθέω, follow after or close upon: 
pursue, w. dat. 2. 

ἐπ-ακούω, -ἤκουσα, listen to, hear, overhear. 
7.144, 

ἐπάν, see ἐπήν. 2. 

ἐπ-ανα-χωρέω, how, go back, return, *re- 
treat. 2. 

ἐπ-αν-έρχομαι, 2 a. pt. ἐπ-αν-ελθόντες, go 
back, return. 8. 

ἐπ-απειλέω, add a threat, threaten. 

ἐπ-εγ-γελάω, laugh, exult over. 2.47". 

ἐπ-εγείρω, ερῶ, -ἤγειρα, rouse up, awaken, 
4. 310, 

ἐπεί [ἐπί + ei], con}. ; 
since ; of cause, since. 
soon as. 88. 


7.751, 


6.27. 


of time, when, after, 
ἐπεὶ τάχιστα, as 


ἐπειδάν --- ἐπιθαλάττιος 


ἐπειδάν [ἐπειδή + ἄν], conj. w. subj., when- 
ever indeed, when indeed, when. 20. 

ἐπει-δή, conj., stronger form of ἐπεί, when 
indeed, when ; since indeed. 45. 

ἔπ-ειμι, -ἣν, -έσομαι, be upon, be over. 4. 

ἔπ-ειμι (pres. as fut. to ἐπ-έρχομαι), -“ἥειν, 
go upon or against,advance; come against, 
attack ; come on, succeed ; ἐπ-ιών, οὔσα, 
ov, following, succeeding. 24. 

ἐπεί- περ, stronger form of ἐπεί, since at all 
events, since indeed. 5. 

ἔπεισα, see πείθω. 

ἔπειτα [ἐπί + εἶτα, adv., thereupon, then, 
thereafter, hereafter; in the next place ; 
as adj., after. 2.117. 28, 

ἐπέκεινα [ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνα], adv., upon that (side), 
on yonder side, beyond. 5.4%. 

ἐπ-εκ-θέω, impf. ἐπ-εξ-έθεον, run out against, 
sally forth upon. 5.2”. 

ἐπ-έλιπον, 2 a. of ἐπι-λείπω. 

ἐπ-εξ-έρχομαι, ἐπ-εξ-ελήλυθα, go (or come) 
JSorth against. 5.27. 

ἐπεπάμην, plpf. of πάομαι 

ἐπ-έπεσον, 2 a. of ἐπι-πίπτω. 

ἐπ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -ἦλθον, go (or come) upon, 
to, over or against. 7.8%. 

ἐπ-ερωτάω, how, 2 ἃ. -ηρόμην, ask or inguire 
again or further; ask, question. 7. 

ἔπεσον, 2 a. of πίπτω. 

ἐπ-εστατέω, see ἐπι-στατέω. 

ἐπ-εστ-, see ἐφ-ίστημι. 

ἔπ-ἐσχον, 3 ἃ οὗ ἐπ-έχω. 

ἐπ-ετέτακτο, plpf. of ἐπι-τάττω. 

ἐπ-εύχομαι, εὐξομαι, -ευὐξάμην, pray to; 
imprecate upon, utter imprecations. 
5.63. 

ἔπ-εφάνη, 2 a. p. of ἐπι-φαίνω. 

ἐπ-έχω, ἐφ-έξω, 2 a. -έσχον, hold on or back, 
restrain ; cease from, refrain from. 3.4%, 
Cf. ἐπ-οχή, cessation. epoch. 

ἐπ-ἥειν, σαν. see ἔπ-ειμι, go against. 

ἐπ-ήκοος, ov, [ἐπ-ακούω], hearing ; with eis, 
ἐν or ἐξ = within hearing. 4. 

ἐπήν or ἐπάν [ἐπεί - ἄν], conj. only with 
subj., whenever, when ; ἐ. τάχιστα, as soon 
as, 8. 

ἐπ-ἣν, see ἔπ-ειμι, be upon 

ἐπ- ἤνεσα, see ἐπ-αινέω. 


ἐπ-ηρόμην, 2 a. of ἐπ-ερωτάῳ. 


VOCABULARY. 





505 


ἐπί (én’, ἐφ᾽, prep. with gen., dat. and ace., 
upon, on. 

With gen.: of place, upon, on; also 
of place whither to denote the aim, 
see 2.13; of time, at, in the time of, 
ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν, in our time, 1.913; of depen- 
dence, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, by themselves (i.e., 
strictly depending on themselves) ; then 
in the same general sense, ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, one 
by one ; ἐπὶ τεττάρων, four deep. 60. 

With dat.: of place, on, upon, at, in, 
by; of time (rare), on, at, after ; of depen: * 
dence, upon, dependent upon, in the power 
of, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, in the power of his 
brother ; of cause, purpose etc., on ac- 
count of, for, on condition that, ἐπὶ τούτῳ, 
on this account, 3.17", or for this purpose, 
1.31; ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, on condition that. 120. 

With acc.: with verbs of motion, 
upon, up on, up to, to, towards, against, 
over; of time, for, during, until ; of pur- 
pose, for, after. 167. 

In comp., upon, to, towards, against, 
over, besides, but often merely intensive. 

ἐπ-(ἄσι, see ἔπ-ειμι, go against. 

ἐπι-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 ἃ. -έβαλον, -BéBAnKa, 
-μαι, throw or put upon, fall upon ; mid., 
put upon, τοξόται ἐπιβεβλημένοι, archers 
with their arrows on the string 3. 

ἔπι-βοηθέω, how, run to aid one (dat.) 
against, succor. 6.59. 

ἐπι-βουλεύω, εύσω, plan against, plot against 
(dat.) ; scheme to get (dat.). 15. 

ἐπι-βουλή, fis, plan or scheme against, 
plot. 6. 

ἔπι-γίγνομαι, 2 a. -εγενόμην, come upon, at? 
tack. 2. 

ἐπι-γράφω, yw, -έγραψα, write upon, in- 
scribe. 5.3%. 

ἐπι-δείκνῦμι, impf. -εδείκνῦν, -δείξω, -ἐδειξα, 
show (up) forth, exhibit, display ; show, 
prove. 18. 

ἐπ-ιδών, 2 a. of ἐφ-οράω. 

ἐπι-διώκω, Ew, pursue after, pursue close- 
ly. 3. ; 

ἐπι-δραμεῖν, 2 a. of ἐπι-τρέχω. 

ἐπιεζόμην, see πιέζω. 

ἐπι-θαλάττιος, ov, on the seacoast, marr 
time. 5.573, 


506 = 


ἐπι-θεῖναι, -θέσθαι, see ἐπι-τέθημι. 

ἐπί-θεσις, ews, ἡ, [ἐπι- τίθημι], a setting upon, 
attack. 2. 

ἐπι-θυμέω [θῦμός, mind], how, set one’s heart 
upon, desire, long for. 20. 

ἐπι-θυμία, as, desire. 3.615, T. 38. 

ἐπι-καίριος, ov, [καιρός, fit time], in season, 
seasonable ; suitable, important. 2. 

ἐπι-κάμπτω, bend forward, wheel round. 
1.873, 

ἐπι-κατα-ρ-ριπτέω, impf. -ερρίπτουν, throw 
down upon. 4.713, 

ἐπί-κειμαι, -κείσομαι, press (lit., lie) upon, 
attack, dat. 8. 

ἐπι-κίνδῦνος, ov, in danger, dangerous. 3. 

ἐπι-κουρέω [ ἐπί-κουρος, assisting, κοῦρος, 
Att. κόρος, boy, servant ; see κόρη], how, 
-exobpnoa, assist, protect against, ward 
off (acc.), from (dat.). 8. 

ἐπικούρημα, aros, τό, protection. 4.518, 

ἐπικράτεια, ας, [ἐπι-κρατής, having power 
over], power over, mastery. 2. 

ἐπι-κρύπτω, cover over, conceal, disguise. 
1.18, 

ἐπι-κύπτω, ψω, -έκυψα, bend or stoop over. 
4.582 

ἐπι-κὐρόω, dow, -εκύρωσα, confirm, ratify. 
3.282, See κύριος. 
ἔπι-λαμβάνω, 2 a. -έλαβον, seize upon, lay 

hold of ; overtake, reach, find ; mid., hold 
oneself on by (gen.), seize. 4. éxl-Anyis, 
epilepsy. 

ἐπι-λανθάνομαι [ AavOdvw, escape one’s 
notice], 2 a. -ελαθόμην, let escape one’s 

- notice, forget (gen.). 3.2%, 

ἐπι-λέγω, say also or moreover. 
epi-logue. 

ἐπι-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, -λέλοιπα, 
leave behind, τὸ ἐπιλειπόμενον, the part 
left behind ; fail (one), be wanting. 6. 

ἐπί-λεκτος, ov, [ἐπι-λέγω. pick out], picked, 
select, chosen. 2. Cf. ἀπό-λεκτος, ἐξ- 
alperos. 

ἐπι-μαρτύρομαι [udprus, witness], call to 
witness. 4.81. 

ἐπί-μαχος, ov, that may be fought against, 
assailable. 5.44. Opp. to &axos. 

ἐπιμέλεια, as, care over, care, atten- 
tion. 2 


1.9%, 


VOCABULARY. 





ἐπιθεῖναι --- ἐπιστα- 


ἐπι-μελέομαι, and -μελομαι, impf. ἐπ-εμε: 
λούμην, -μεμέλημαι, -εμελήθην, care for 
(gen.), attend to, give attention to ; observe 
carefully. 11. Cf. ἀντ-, συν-. 
ἐπι-μελής, és, c. -érrepos, careful. 8.955, 
ἐπι-μένω, -μενῶ, -ἐμεινα, stay on, abide still; 
remain over or in charge of. 2. 
ἐπι-μίγνῦμι, mingle with, have dealings with. 
8.516, 
ἐπίμπλασαν, see πίμπλημι. 
ἐπι-νοέω, how, have in mind, intend. 4. 
ἐπι-ορκέω, how, -ώρκησα, swear falsely, per- 
jure oneself; swear falsely by (acc:). 6. 
ἐπιορκία, as, false swearing, perjury. 2. 
ἐπί-ορκος, ov, ἐπί, against, ὅρκος, oath ], 
perjured, given to perjury. 2.6, 
ἐπι-πάρ-ειμι, -zfeiv, go to one’s assistance, 
3.4; go along (parallel with others) 
upon high ground or above. 3.4%, 3. 
ἐπι-πίπτω, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. -ἔπεσον, -πέπτωκα, 
fall upon ; attack (dat.). 10. 
ἐπί-πονος, ov, toilsome, laborious. 2. 
ἐπι-ρ-ριπτέω, impf. ἐπερρίπτουν,-ρίψω, throw 
upon or down. 5.273, 
ἔπί-ρ-ρυτος, ov, [ῥέω, ἐρρύην, flow], over- 


Slowed, well-watered. 1.2”. 
ἔπι-σάττω, -écata, pack or load on; sad- 
dle. 3.4. 


Ἔπι-σθένης, eos, [strong], Episthenes (1) 
of Amphipolis, 1.107; (2) of Olynthus. 
7.41. 

ἐπι-σττίζομαι, coduat, -εσϊτισάμην, provision 
oneself, lay in provisions ; provide oneself 
with (ace.). 9. 

ἐπισττισμός, οὗ, provisioning, getting pro- 
visions ; provisions. 2. 

ἐπι-σκέπτομαι, -σκέψομαι, -εσκεψάμην, in- 
spect, ascertain by inspection. 8.515, 
episcopal, bishop. Pres. and impf. 
supplied by ἐπισκοπέω. 

ἐπι-σκευάζω, get ready; repair. 5.813, 

ἐπισκοπέω, see ἐπισκέπτομαι. 2.87. 

ἐπι-σπάω, draw on or after one. 4.733. 

ἐπί-σποιτο, 2 a. τη. of ἐφ-έπομαι. 

ἐπίσταμαι [lit. stand upon or over, cf. Ger. 
verstehen], impf. ἠπιστάμην, know, know 
how (with inf.), understand, be acquainted 
with. 27. Cf. ἐπιστήμων. 

ἔπι-στα-, see ἐφ-ίστημι. 








ἐπίστασις --- ᾿Ἐ!ρετριεύς 


ἐπίστασις, ews, ἡ, [ἐφ-ίστημι, stop], a 
stopping, halt. 2.435, 

ἐπι-στατέω, impf. ἐπεστάτουν, [ἐπιστάτης, 
one who stands over, overseer|, oversee, 
take charge, command. 2.34, 

ἔπι-στέλλω, -στελῶ, -έἐστειλα, send to, (esp. 
by letter, hence ἐπιστολή, see below) ; 
w dat., enjoin upon, charge. 3. 

ἐπιστήμων, ov, g. ovos, [ἐπίσταμαι], know- 
ing; acquainted with or skilled in (gen.). 
2.17. 

ἐπι-στήσας, see ἐφ-ίστημι. 

ἐπιστολή, jis, [ἐπι-στέλλω ], letter, epi- 
stle. 5. 

ἐπιστρατεία, as, expedition against (him). 
2.41, 

ἐπι-στρατεύω, make war upon, 
against, 2.31%, 

ἐπι-σφάττω, diw, -ἐσφαξα, slay upon; mid. 
slay oneself upon. 1.833, 

ἐπι-τάττω, -τάξω, -érata, -τεταγμαι, put 
upon (dat.)asa duty, enjoin upon, charge; 
ᾧ ἐπετέτακτο (impers.), on whom it had 
been enjoined, 3.8), draw up next or be- 
hind. 3. 

ἐπι-τελέω, έσω, -ετέλεσα, fulfill, accomplish, 
complete, esp. of visions, oracles ete. 
4.318, 

ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov, [ἐπιτηδές, to the purpose, 
enough], suitable, fit, proper ; serviceable, 


march 


necessary. τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, necessaries, 
provisions, supplies. 91. 
ἐπι-τίθημι, impf. -ετέθην, -θήσω, -έθηκα 


(θῶ, θείην, θεῖναι, -θείς), -τέθεικα, put or 
place upon ; of penalties, impose, inflict ; 
mid., set oneself against, fall upon, at- 
tack (dat.). 26. ἐπίθετον, epithet. See 
ev-eml-Oeros. 

ἐπι-τρέπω, -τρέψω, -έτρεψα, -τέτροφα, turn 
over to, commit, entrust, leave to; permit, 
allow (dat. and inf.). 11. 

ἐπι-τρέχω, 2 a. -έδραμον, run or rush upon. 
4.331, 

ἔπι-τυγχάνω, -revioua, 2 a. -ἐτυχον, happen 
upon, ligt upon, find (dat.). 5. 

ἐπι-φαίνω, -φανῶ, épnva, 2 a. p. -εφάνην, 
show forth, display (cf. ἐπιδείκνῦμι) ; 
mid., show oneself, come into view, appear 
suddenly. 6. epiphany. 


VOCABULARY. 





507 


ἐπι-φέρω, bring upon or against ; mid., rush 
upon, attack. 1.99; 5.8%. 

ἔπι-φορέω, now, carry upon (by frequent 
trips). 8.5}, 

ἐπί-χαρις, «, gen. eros, [χάρι5], pleasing; 
τὸ ἐπιχαρι, pleasantness of manner. 2.612. 

ἐπι-χειρέω [χείρ, hand], how, -exeipnoa, 
put one’s hand to, undertake, attempt, 
try. 15. 

ἔπι-χέω, pour upon or in. 4.551, 

ἔπι-χωρέω, how, -exdpnoa, move on, ad- 
vance. 1.211. 

ἐπι-ψηφίζω, iow or ἐῶ, -ε«ψήφισα, ine to vote, 
put the question ; mid., vote for. 4. 

ἐπ-ιοῦσα, see ἔπ-ειμι, go against. 

ἔπλευσα, 566 πλέω. 

ἐπ-οικοδομέω, How, -ῳκοδόμημαι, build upon. 
3.411, 

ἕπομαι, impf. εἱπόμην, ἕψομαι, 2 a. ἐσπόμην, 
follow (dat. ΟΥ συν) ; pursue. 53. [ γσεπ, 
ef. L. sequor, orig. sense, “be busy 
with,” whence, ὅπλον, what one works 
with, fool]. Cf. ἐφ-, συν-, συν-εφ-. 

ἔπ- ὄμνυμι, -ομοῦμαι, -ώμοσα, swear to, 
7.5, 8.9 

ἔπράχθην, see πράττω. 

ἑπτά, L. septem, SEVEN. 15. 

émra-Kai-Sexa, seventeen. 2. 

ἑπτακόσιοι, at, a, [-κοσιοι, Dor. -κατιοι = 
ἑκατόν], seven hundred. 3. 

*Ertata, ns, Epyaxa, wife of Syennesis. 
1.212, 

ἐπυϑόμην, 2 a. of πυνθάνομαι. 

ἐράω, in pres and impf.; other tenses 
from ἔραμαι: ἐρασθήσομαι, ἠράσθην, love 
(esp. sexual); long for. 3.1%; 4.6%. CE. 
ἔρως. 

ἐργάζομαι, ἄσομαι, εἰργασάμην, εἴργασμαι, 
work ; work the land, till. 8. Cf. κατ-, 
προ-. 

ἔργον, ov, [ 4/Fepy, Fopy, akin to rrK-some], 
WworRK, deed, act; action, operation; 
thing, affair (cf. πρᾶγμα). 13. Cf. ἀργός, 
εὐεργεσία, κακουργέω, πανοῦργος, ὑπουρ- 
γός ; also surgeon, οὐ ig orgies, 
en-ergy, organ. 

ἐρεῖν, fut. to λέγω. 

ἐρέσθαι, 2 a. m. of ἐρωτάω, ask. 

*Eperpteis, éws, 6, Eretrian, of Eretria, 


δ08 


[“ oarstown,” ἐρέττω, row], an important 
city in southern Euboea. 7.88. 

ἐρημία, as, desert, wilderness; solitude. 2. 

ἔρημος, ἡ (or os), ov, [cf. Goth. arms, poor], 
desolate, desert, deserted ; unprotected ; 
unoccupied, empty ; W. gen., bereft of. 16. 
eremite, hermit. 

ἐρίζω, ἤριζον, other tenses ch. poet., strive 
or contend (with dat.). 2. Cf. ἀν-ερε- 
θίζω. 

ἐρίφειος, ov, [ἔριφος, kid], of a kid, kid’s. 
4.581, 


ἑρμηνεύς, dws, 6, [usually referred to 
Ἑρμῆς, messenger of gods], ap 
er. il. 

ἑρμηνεύω, interpret. 5.44. hermeneutic. 

ἐροῦντα, fut. pt., see φημί. 

ἐρρωμένος, η, ov, [pf. pt. of ῥώννῦμι, be 
strong], strengthened, strong, resolute. ὦ. 
-έστερος, 8. -€oTaTos. 2. 

ἐρρωμένως, adv., resolutely. 6.88, 
formation cf. rein biypiiend: 

ἐρύκω, keep back, restrain, ward off. 3.125, 
Cf. dw. Akin to ἐρύομαι, ward off, 
whence 

ἔρυμα, aros, τό, guard, defence, stockade, 
fortress. 5. 

ἐρυμνός, 4, dv, defensible, strong ; τὰ ἐρυμνά, 
strongholds. 5. 

ἔρχομαι [for ἔρ-σκ-ομαι, 4/ep, later eA], 
ἐλεύσομαι, ἐλήλυθα, 2a. ἦλθον, come, 
go. 138. In Att. its use is confined 
chiefly to the pres. indic., pf. and 2 a., 
other parts supplied by forms of εἶμι, 
Viz., tw, ἴοιμι, ἴθι, ἰέναι, ἰών ; impf. Fa or 
Hew, fut. εἶμι, less often ἥξω, ἀφίξομαι. 
Cf. av-, éw-av-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰσ-, συν-εισ-, ἐξ-, 
ἐπ-εξ-, συν-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρα-, προ-, προσ-, 
συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-. 

ἐρῶ, ἐρεῖ, fut. of λέγω. 

ἐρῶντες, see ἐράω. 

ἔρως, wros, 6, [ἐράω, on forma. cf. yéAws], 
love, desire. 2.5%. erotic. 

ἐρωτάω [?], impf. ἠρώτων, how, ἠρώτησα, 
oftener ἠρόμην (fr. %poua), ask, ask 
about, inquire, question ; two accs, or ace. 
+ clause (ri, πότερον, ὁπόσον, εἰ -etc.). 
45. Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-, 

és, old Att. form of eis. 


On its 


VOCABULARY. 





ἐρημία — tre 


ἐσθής, ἢτος, 7, [ἕννῦμι, for Féo-vi-m, L 
vestis, E. ihe hea 4 clothes. 3. Cf 
ἱμάτιον. 

ἐσθίω [= ἐδ-θ-ί-ω, L. ed-o, E. ear], fut. 
ἔδομαι (old Ep. pres.), 2 a. ἔφαγον, 
ἐδήδοκα, eat. 7. sarco-phagus. Cf. 
ἐμ-φαγεῖν, κατ-εσθίω. ὀδύνη, pain, prob. 
belongs to same rt. (εδ), whence an- 
odyne. 

ἔσομαι, fut. of εἰμί. 

ἑσπέρα, as, [? cf. L. vesper, L-E. 4/vas, 
dwell], evening; west. 7. 

‘Eo-rep(rat, wy, of, Westerners, Hesperitae, 
a tribe in northwestern Armenia. 4.44. 

ἔσται, ἔστω, fut. and imv. of eiul. 

ἐσταλμένος, pf. pt. of στέλλω. 

ἕστα-, see ἵστημι. 

ἔστε [for ἐς + ὅτε], adv., even to, up to; 
conj., until, till; while, as long as. 1}. 
Syn. ἕως. 

ἕστηκα, ἔστην, ἐστώς, see ἵστημι. 

ἐστραμμένος, pf. pt. of στρέφω. 

ἔστω, imy. of εἰμί. 

ἔσχατος, 7, ov, [prob. for @-aroz, sup. of 
ἐξ], last, farthest, extreme; uttermost; 
last, severest. 8. eschato-logy. 

ἐσχάτως, adv., extremely. 2.61. 

ἔσχον, 2 a. of ἔχω. 

ἔσωθεν | Zow, és], adv., from within; within, 
inside. 1.4%. Ant. ἔξωθεν. 

ἔσωσαν, see σώζω. 

ἑταῖρα, as, female companion, mistress, cour- 
tesan. 3. hetaira. Fem. of 

ἑταῖρος, ov, [akin to ἔτης, clansman], com- 
panion, comrade. 3. 

ἐτάχθην, see τάττω. 

᾿Ἔπτεό-νϊκος | Zreos, true, νῖκος, victor], Eteo- 
nicus,a Spartan officer under Anasee, 
7,1 12-20, 

ἕτερος, a, ov, [unc. st. + Tepos, cf. Β. OTHER, 
EITHER}, the other (of two), another ; 
ὁ ἕ.... ὃ &, the one...the other; of 
more than two objects like ἄλλος, but — 
= other and different, different, other 
than (w. gen.), τούτων ἕτεροι, other than 
these ; τὸ ἕτερον = θάτερον. 15, hetero-, 
see Internat. Dict. 

érérparo, plpf. of τιτρώσκω. 

ἔτι [akin to L. et], adv.; of time, yet, still, 





ἕτοιμος --- ΕἸὐοδεύς 


longer ; of degree, yet, besides, moreover, 
ἔτι μᾶλλον, yet more. 72. 

ἕτοιμος [1], ἡ (or os), ov, ready, prepar- 
ed. 5. ; 

ἐτοίμως, adv., readily, promptly. 2. 

ἔτος, ous, τό, [for Féros, L. vetus], year. 
10. The Attic year began with the 
summer solstice, and was divided into 
twelve months of twenty-nine and thirty 
days alternately. An intercalary month 
of thirty days was inserted every 
third, fifth, and eighth year in every 
cycle of eight years. ἐτήσιος, annual, 
etesian. 

ἐτράπετο, 2 a. m. of τρέπω. 

ἐτράφην, 3 a. p. of τρέφω. 

ἐτρώθην, see τιτρώσκω. 

ἔτυχον, 2 a. οὗ τυγχάνω. 

εὖ [neut. of Ep. eds, good], adv., (to ἀγαθός), 
well ; variously rendered to suit the con- 
text, good, fortunately, prosperously, hap- 
pily ete. 41. Incomp., well, good, very, 
much. eu-. See Internat. Dict. 

εὐδαιμονία, as, good fortune, prosperity. 
2.518, 

εὐδαιμονίζω, ίσω or 1, deem (one acc.) 
happy or fortunate, congratulate (one 
acc.) on account of (gen.). 1.73; 2.57. 

εὐδαιμόνως, adv., fortunately, happily: c. 
-έστερον, 8. -στατα. 3.143, 

εὐ-δαίμων, ον, g. ovos, [δαίμων, divinity, for- 
tune], fortunate, blest, happy, prosperous, 
well-off, rich; c. εὐδαιμονέστερος, 8. -έστα- 
ros. 16. 

εὔ-δηλος, ov, very plain or evident. 2. 

εὐδία, as, [εὔ-διος (lit. very divine), calm], 
Sair weather, calm ; metaph. tranquillity. 
5.819. 

εὐ-εἰδής, és, [ εἶδος, form], well-formed, 
handsome ; ¢. -έστερος, 8. -ἔστατος. 3.33, 

εὔ-ελπις, ἐ, g. δος, of good hope, hopeful. 
2.118, 

εὐ-επί-θετος, ov, [ἐπι-τίθημι, attack], easy 
of attack, easy (for one, dat.) to attack. 
3.4”), 

εὐεργεσία, as, [for -τία], well-doing, benefi- 
cence, kindness. 8. 

εὐ-εργετέω, how, do a favor, show kind- 
ness. 2. 


VOCABULARY. 





509 


εὐεργέτης, ov, [*épyw, work], well-doer, bene- 
factor. 4. 

εὔ-ζωνος, ov, [(évn, girdle], well-girt for 
exercise or walking, active, nimble of 
troops, light-armed. 7. 

εὐήθεια, as, goodness of disposition, sim- 
plicity ; stupidity. 1.3", 

εὐ-ήθης, es, [ἦθος, disposition], good-hearted, 
simple ; stupid. 1.318, 

εὐθυμέω, How, to make cheerful; intr. and 
mid., be cheerful, be in good spirits. 4.53}} 

εὔ-θῦμος, ov, cheerful, in good spirits. 3.141; 

εὐθύς, εἴα, ¥, [1], straight, direct, whence 

εὐθύς [neut. εὐθύ + s, ‘cf. ἐγγύ-5], adv., 
directly, straightway, immediately. 52. 

εὐθύωρον |nent. of εὐθύωρος ; on end, -wpoy, 
cf. πληθ-ὠρη], adv., in a straight line, 
straight forward. 2.218, 

εὔκλεια, as, [εὐ-κλεής, κλέος, fame], good 
repute, fame. 2. 

Εὐκλείδης, ov, [son of the famous onal 
Eucleides. 7.81, 

εὐκλεῶς [εὐκλεής], adv., famously, glori- 
ously. 6.317. 

εὐ-μενής, és, [uévos, disposition], well-dis- 
posed, friendly, favorable ; C. -€oTEpos, 8. 
-έστατος. 4.612, 

εὐ-μετα-χείριστος, ov, [μετα-χειρίζομαι, han- 
dle}, easy to handle or manage. 2.6, 

εὔνοια, as, [et-vovs], good-will, kindness ; 
good-will towards (gen.), 4.77. 5. Ant. 
κακόνοια. 

εὐνοϊκῶς [εὐνοϊκός, fr. εὔ-νοος], adv., kindly; 
εὖ. ἔχειν, be well-disposed. 1.15, 

εὔ-νους, ουν, [ εὖ + νόος, mind], well-dis- 
posed, kindly, friendly. 10. Cf. ed 
pevhs. . 

εὔξασθαι, see εὔχομαι. 

εὔ-ξεινος, ov, [ Att. εὔ-ξενος 7, hospitable. 
Πόντος Evtewos, Euxine or Black sea. 
It was originally called &-tevos, inhospi- 
table, a word of ill-omen, to avoid which 
the Greeks changed it euphemistically 
to εὔ-ξενος, just as they called the Furies 
the Εὐμενίδες, “gracious goddesses.” 
Cf. “Cape of Good Hope” for Cape of 
Storms, and see εὐώνυμος. 

Ei-oSevs, ως, [one who fares well], Euo- 
deus. 7.418, Text prob. corrupt. 


810 


εὔτοδος, ov, having a good road, easy to 
travel. 3. 

et-orhos, ov, well-armed or equipped. 3.83. 

εὐπετῶς [εὐ-πετής, falling well (πίπτω, fall), 
esp. of dice, hence easy], easily. 4. 

εὐπορία, as, easy getting through, easy 
means of providing ; abundance, plenty. 3. 

εὔ-πορος, ov, easy to pass through, easily 
passed; easy; going easily, well-pro- 
vided, well-off. 4. Ant. ἄ-πορος. 

εὔ-πρακτος, ov, [πράττω, do], easily done, 
practicable, 2.3. 

εὐ-πρεπής, és, [πρέπω, be fitting], comely, 
handsome. 4.11%. Cf. εὐ-ειδής. 

εὐ-πρόσ-οδος, ον, easy of access. 5.43), 

εὕρημα, aros, τό, a find, esp.a piece of good 
fortune, godsend. 2. 

εὑρίσκω [3], εὑρήσω, 2 a. ηὗρον, ηὕρηκα, 
-μαι, ηὑρέθην, find, find out, discover, de- 
wise. 25. Cf. dv-. 

εὖρος, ous, τό, [edpts], width, breadth. 27. 

Evpt-Aoxos, ov, | far-famed in ambushing 1 
see εὐρύς], Eurylochus, a captain from 
Arcadia. 4.27; 7.11. 

Eipi-paxos [widé or farfamed fighter, 
see eipts], Eurymachus. 5.621, 

εὐρύς, εἴα, J, [Skt. urtis, wide], wide, broad, 
spacious. 2. In many proper names = 
wide, far, far-reaching, far-spread, far- 
and-wide. 

εὑρών, 2 a. pt. of εὑρίσκω. 

Eiparn, ns, [cf. Heb. ereb, evening, west], 
Europe, the continent. 7.17". 

εὔ-τακτος, ov, [gdrrw], well-arranged, 
orderly, well-disciplined. 2. 

εὐτάκτως, adv., orderly, in good order. 6.6. 

εὐταξία, as, [for -raxria], good order, disci- 
pline. 2. 

εὐτυχέω [εὐ τυχής, Sortunate, see τυγχάνω], 
how, ηὐτύχησα, be fortunate, be success- 
ful. 147; 6.38. ᾿ 

εὐτύχημα, ατος, τό, a bit of good fortune, a 
success. 6.3°. 

Eidparns, ov, [Pers. Hufrat, beautiful 
flowing or good abounding], Euphrates 
river. It is formed by two branches, 
Frat and Murad, which rise in Arme- 
nia, and flow southeasterly into the 
Persian Gulf. 1.3”. 


‘ 


VOCABULARY. 





εὔοδος --- ἔφοδος 


εὐχή, fis, prayer, wish, vow. 1.911, 

εὔχομαι [?],imp. ηὐχόμην, εὔξομαι, ηὐξάμην, 
ηὖγμαι, pray (absol. that (acc. + inf.) | 
or for (acc.), wish, vow. 16. See ἐπ-, 
συν-επ-, πρόσ-. 

εὐτώδης, ες, sweet-smelling, fragrant. 8. 
[ὄζω (for ὀδ-ιω), L. odor]. See ὀσφραί- 
νομαι. 

εὐώνυμος, ον, [ ὄνομα], of good name; 
euphemistic for ἀριστερός, left, whence 
bad omens came, cf. εὔ-ξεινος ; τὸ εὐώ- 
νυμον (képas), the left wing of the army. 
17. 


εὐωχέω [Ἐεὔτωχος, ὀχή, support, food, fr. 
ἔχϑ!, how, feast or feed (one) well; 
mid., feast, be well fed. 4.5%; 5.311, 

εὐωχία, as, [*ed-wxos, dxh, support, food, 
fr. ἔχω], feast, good cheer. 6.14, 

ἐφ᾽, see ἐπί. 

ἔφαγον, 2 a. of ἐσθίω. 

ἐφάνην, 2 a. p. of paiva. 

ἔφασαν, impf. of φημί. 

ἔφ-εδρος, ou, [ἕδρα, seat], a third contestant 
who sits by ready to fight the victor, 
antagonist, avenger. 2.51, 

ἐφ-ειστ-, see ἐφ-ίστημι. 

ἐφ-έπομαι, impf. -εἰπόμην, -έψομαι, 2 ἃ. 
ἐπ-εσπόμην, follow after, pursue after, 
press upon; attack. 15. 

᾿Εφέσιος, ἃ, ον, Ephesian. 

Ἔφεσος, ov, ἧ, Ephesus, a famous city on 
the coast of Lydia, Asia Minor, cele- 
brated for the worship of Artemis. 1.43. 

ἔφη, impf. of φημί. 

ἔφηνα, 1 a. of φαίνω. 

ἐφθός, 4, ὄν, [for ἑψτός, verbal of ἕψω], 
boiled, cooked. 5.433, 

ἐφ-ίστημι, ém-orhow, ἐπ-έστησα, trans., to 
place or set upon, over, up or near; stop, 
halt, ém-orhoas (sc. τὸν ἵππον), 1.8%; 
ἐφ-έστηκα, 2 a. ἐπ-έστην, ἐφ-έσταμαι, 
ἐπ-εστάθην, intr., stand upon or over, be 
set over, command; be set up on, 1.4: 
halt, stand. 14. See ἐπίσταμαι, éni- 
στασις, ἐπιστατέω. 

ἐφ-όδιον, ov, [ὁδός], ch. in pl., supplies or 
money for the way. 2. 

ἔφ-οδος, ov, ἧ, way to or going to ; approach, 


access. 5, 


ἐφοράω -- ζῶν 


ἐφ-οράω [ἐπί, ὁράω], 2 ἃ. ἐπ-εῖδον, look upon, 


witness ; oversee, watch over. 4. 

ἐφ-ορμέω, lie at anchor against, blockade. 
7.6, 

ἔφ-ορος, ov, 6, [ἐφ-οράω], overseer, ruler, 
ephor; in Sparta the ephors, five in 
number and elected annually, were the 
chief governing body. 2.6%, ὃ, 

ἔφυγον, 2 a. of φεύγω. 

ἔχθρα, as, enmity, hatred. 3.413, Old fem. of 

ἐχθρός, a, dv, [ἔχθος, poet. for foreg.], 
hated, hateful, hostile ; comp. irregularly, 
ἐχθίων, ἔχθιστος ; as subs. enemy, foe, 
private as disting. fr. πολέμιος, a public 
or political enemy. 8. See ἀπ-εχθάνομαι. 

ἐχυρός, a, dv, [ἔχω], tenable and so, strong, 
secure. 2. See dxupds. 

ἔχω [ ex, txe, ox, ἐχ, also oxo, ox, in 
some nouns], impf. εἶχον, ἕξω or σχήσω, 
2a. ἔσχον, ἔσχηκα, ἔσχημαι: 1. have (pos- 
sess, occupy, inhabit etc.) ; ἔχων, ovea, 
ov, having, often = with, accompanied by. 
1.12; 2.615, 2. hold (hold fast, hold out, 
hold back, restrain, hinder etc.). 3. with 
inf., have power, be able. 2.19; 2.2%. 4. 
with advs., be: εὖ, κακῶς, ἐυνοϊκῶς, ἐντί- 
pws, ἐμπείρως ἔχειν, be well, ill, well 
disposed, honored, acquainted with. 1.15; 
2.17; 6.1. 5. mid., with gen., hold to, 
cling to, be next to. 428. See ἀν-, ἀπ-, 
δι-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, MET-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, 
προσ-, συν-, ὕπερ-, ὗπ-; ὑπισχνέομαι ; 
ἐχυρός, ἐν-έχυρον, ὀχυρός, εὐ-ωχέω, σχολή, 
ἀσχολίας Note also σχῆμα, scheme, 
ἑκτικός, hectic, Ἕκτωρ, Hector. 

ἑψητός, ἡ, dv, [ἕψω, cf. épOds], boiled; in 
2.34, obtained by boiling. 2.314. 

ἕψομαι, fut. of ἕπομαι. 

ἕψω, ἑψήσω, boil. 2.19; 5.42. See ὀπτός, 
-dw. 


ἕωθεν [ews], adv., from dawn, at dawn, 
early in the morning. 2 

ἐώκειν, see sub εἰκάζω. 

ἑώρων, ἑώρᾶκα, see dpdw. 

ἕως, g. ἕω, ἃ. ἕῳ, acc. ἕω, }, dawn, daybreak ; 
east. 5. [Aeol. αὔως for *atews, 4/us, 
burn, EAST]. 

ἕως [akin to 8s], conj., until, till; while, so 
long as. ὃ. 


VOCABULARY. 





611 


2. 


S=Lj=E y, ef. ζεύγνῦμι, ζέω (sub ζηλωτόφ). 
$= δὶ (δι), cf. Ζεύς, ἐλπίζω, πέζα, diga, et al 
$= Vi (7), cf μειζων, σαλπιζω, σφάζω. 


Ζαπάτας, ov, [Syr. zaba, wolf], Zapatas or 
Great Zab, one of the principal eastern 
tributaries of the Tigris. 2.51. 

ζάω[1], πὰρ. ἔζων, (how; a.and pf. from Bide, 
live ; contracted irregularly, (de:s= (ps, 
(der = Gi, inf. Civ. 26. See ζωός, Bios. 

ted, ds, [cf. Skt. yava, barley], a coarse 
grain, prob. spelt. 5.477. 

tepd, as, [foreign], cloak, wrapper, fast- 
ened to the loins and hanging down 
over the feet. 7.43. 

ζευγηλατέω, drive a team. 6.1%, 

ζευγηλάτης, ov, [Cedyos, ἐλαύνω], driver of 
a yoke of oxen, teamster. 6.15, 

ζεὐγνῦμι [γ ὧγ, L. ju(n)g-o, BE. voxel, 
(εύξω, ECevta, ἔζευγμαι, yoke (join, bind, 
fasten etc.). 5. See dva-, δια-. 

ζεῦγος, ous, τό, yoke, pair, team. 8. ζυγόν, 
yoke, cross-bar. See ὑπο-ζύγιον. 

Ζεύς [Skt. dyaus, 4/di, div, shine], Διός, 
Ait, Δία, Zed, Zeus, son of Rhea and 
Cronus, whom he dethroned, thesupreme 
divinity of the Greeks. He was the 
giver of victory, protector of kings and 
generals, guardian of oaths and of the 
rights of hospitality. Sax. Tiw, whence 
Tues-day. 

Ζήλ-αρχος, ov, [emulous ruler], Zelarchus, 
director of the market. 5.7%. 

ζηλωτός, 4, dv, enviable; object of envy. ' 
1.74 From (nade [(ῆλος, rivalry, zeal, 
fr. (έω, boil, be fervent, E. ynast], rival, 
envy. T. 12. 

ζημιόω [(ημία, damage, fine, T. 4], dow, 
Jine, punish. 6.44. 

τῆν, inf. of (dw. 

tyréw [1], how, ἐζήτησα, seek, seek for (acc.) 
or to (inf.), inquire for. 4. Ci. ἐρωτάω, 
aitéw. 

τυμίτης, ov, adj., leavened. 7.37. [ζύμη, 
leaven. T. 18]. 

ζωγρέω [(wds, ἀγρέω, catch], how, ἐζώγρησα, 
take alive. take captive. 4.77%, 

ζῶν, pt. of (dw. 


512 


ζώνη, ns, [(ὠννῦμι, gird], girdle, belt; εἰς 
ζώνην, for a girdle; i.e. to supply her 
with girdles; for girdle or pin-money. 2. 

Lads, 4, dv, [Caw], living, alive. 8.45, ζωή, 
ἧς, life. T. 134; (gov, animal. T. 23. 
zoG-logy; ζῴδιον (dim.), zodiac. 


H. 


1. or; 4... 4%, either ...or; 
πότερον (or -a).. . 3, whether... or; εἰ 
++. %, whether... or. 2. With com- 
paratives or words implying comparison, 
than, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἤ, nothing else than. 
2.218, 2922. 

ἢ (Goth. ja, E. yea], adv., in truth, truly, 
verily ; 4 μήν, in very truth. 2. Like 
L. -ne, merely marking a sentence as in- 
terrogative. 10. 

q, subj. of εἰμί. 

ἡ [dat. sing. fem. of ὅς], adv., in what way, 
where; how; § ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, as 
quickly as possible. 10. 

ἡβάσκω [inceptive of ἡβάω, fr. ἥβη, youth, 
Hebe], come to age or manhood. 4.61; 
7.47, 

ἤγαγον, 2 a. of ἄγω. 

ἠγάσθη, a. p. of ἄγαμαι. 

ἡγεμονία, as, leadership, chief command. 
hegemony. 4.7°. 

ἡγεμόσυνα, wy, τά, (sc. iepd), thank-offer- 
ings for guidance, 4.8%, Cf. σωτήρια. 

ἡγεμών, ὄνος, 6, leader, guide, chief, com- 
mander 42. 

ἡγέομαι [akin to ἄγω], ἡγήσομαι, ἡγησάμην, 
ἥγημαι, lead the way for (dat.), conduct, 
guide, τὸ ἡγούμενον, the van, 2.24; com- 
mand (gen.); like ΤΏ. ducére, consider, 
suppose, think (ace. + inf.). 68. See 
ἀφ-, δι-, ἐξ-, καθ-, mpo-, ὑφ-. 

ἠγέρθησαν, 566 ἐγείρω 

ἩἩγήσανδρος [leader of men], Hegesander, 
6.35 


ἡγούμενοι, of, those in front, the van, pres. 
pt. of ἡγέομαι. 
fey 2 pipf. of οἶδα. 
[ἡδύς], adv., pleasantly, with pleasure, 
gladly ; c. ἥδιον, 8. ἥδιστα. 9. 


ἢ [1], conj. : 


VOCABULARY. 





ζώνη --- ἥλιος 


ἤδη [7 perh. ἢ + δή], adv., of the imme- 
diate past, already, now; of the imme- 
diate fut., at once, forthwith. 95. Syn. 
νῦν, now = at the present moment. 

ἥδομαι, ἡσθήσομαι, ἥσθην, be pleased, glad, 
delight in; w. dat., τούτοις, ἵππῳ or 
pt. ἰδών, τιμώμενος. 11. [ 4/oFad, L. 
sua(d)vis, E. sweEet]. See ovr. ᾿ 

ἡδονή, jis, pleasure, delight ; what pleases 
the taste, flavor, taste. 3. hedonism. 

ἠδυνάμην, see δύναμαι. 

ἡδύ-οινος, ον, producing sweet wine. 6.45. 

ἡδύς εἴα, ύ, g. έος, elas, [cf. ἥδομαι, sweet, 
pleasant, delicious ; pleasing, agreeable ; 
Cc. ἡδίων, 5. ἥδιστος. 13. See ἄσμενος» 
τρισ-άσμενος. 

ἥειν, ἦσαν, impf. of εἶμι. 

ἧκα, aor. of ἵημι. 

ἥκιστα, sup. of κακός. 

ἥκω [akin to kw, see ἀφ-ικνέομαι]. imp. 
ἧκον, ἥξω, the pres. is comm. used as pf., 
impf. as plpf., fut. as fut. pf., am come, 
have come, have arrived, am present; come, 
come back. 90. Cf. οἴχομαι, am gone. 
See ἀν-, ἐξ-, καθ-, προσ-. 
ἤλασα, see ἐλαύνω 

tos, ov, [Ἦλις, Elis, cf. ἕλος, low 

ground] an Eléan, of Elis, a rich and 
populous state of western Peloponnesus. 

ἤλεκτρον, ov, [cf Skt. arch, shine], elec- 
tron, amber; in 2.3% is prob. meant a 
bright yellow metal, containing four 
parts of gold to one of silver. elec- 
tricity, Electra (brilliant). 

ἦλθον, 2 a. of ἔρχομαι. 

ite tie ov, [1], high, steep, precipitous. 


Rete ἅ, ov, [cf. ἠλεός, crazed], foolish, 
stupid ; τὸ ἠλίθιον, stupidity; τὸ αὐτὸ 
τῷ ἠλιθίῳ, the same thing with stupd- 
ity. 3. 

ἡλικία, as, [ἧλιξ, of the same age], age, esp. 
prime of life, manhood. 3. 

ἡλικιώτης, ov, like ἧλιξ, an equal in age, 
comrade, 1. 

ἥλιος, ov, [1], sun; ἀνατέλλω, ἀνίσχω, of 
the sun’s rising; δύνω, δύομαι, καταδύνω, 
δυσμή, of its setting. 18. helio-. See 
taterzas. Dict. 


ὶ 


ἡλίσθην --- ἤχθην 


ἡλίσθην, see ἁλίζω 

ἠλλάγην, 2 ἃ. p. οὗ ἀλλάττω. 

ἥχωκα, ἥλων, see ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἡμεῖς, ὧν, [1], we, pl. of ἐγώ. 364. 

ἠμελημένως [ἠμελημένος, pf. pt. of ἀμελέωϊ, 
δᾶν., carelessly, unguardedly. 1.719, 

ἡμέρα, as, [1], day; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, at day- 
break; divided into four parts; πρωΐ, 
ἀγορὰ πλήθουσα, μέσον ἡμέρας, δείλη 
125. Cf. ἀπαυθημερίζω. 

ἥμερος, ov, [1], tame ; cultivated. 5.813, 

ἡμέτερος, a, ov, [ἡμεῖς], our, ours; τὰ 
ἡμέτερα, our affairs. 20. 

ἡμι-, L. semi-, ha/f. same, hemi-. 

ἡμί-βρωτοξς, ov, [ βιβρώσκω, eut |, half- 
eaten. 1.978, 

ἡμι-δαρεικόν, οὔ, half-daric. 1.371. 

ἡμι-δεής, és, [δέω, want], wanting half, half- 
full. 1.9%. 

ἡμι-όλιος, ov, [ὅλος, whole], whole plus a 
half, half as much again ; ἡμιόλιον 
οὗ πρότερον, a half more than what (they 
received) formerly. 1.831, 

ἡμιονικός, 4, dv, of mules, mule-. 7.5%. 

ἡμίονος, ov, 6, 7, half-ass, mule. 5.85, 


ἡμίςκπλεθρον, ov, a half plethron = 50} 
ft. 2. 


ἥμισυς, ea, υ, g. eos, eras, [jus], half; rd 
ἥμισυ, thehalf 9. — 

ἡρκοβύδινν, ov, [ὀβολός = 
obol. 

ἤμουν, ΞΟ of ἐμέω 

ἠμφ-εγνόουν, impf. of ἀμφι-γνοέω. 

ἣν = ἐάν. 

ἦν, impf. of εἰμί. 

ἥν, see ὅς. 

ἤνεγκα, 1 a. of φέρω 

ἠν-ειἰχόμην, impf. of ἀν-έχω. 

ἠνέχθη, a. p. of φέρω. 

ἡνίκα [ἣν (ὅς) + xa, cf αὐτίκα], rel adv., 
when, more precise than ὅτε. 12. 

ἡνίοχος, ov, [ ἡνία, reins, ἔχω], driver. 
1.820, 

ἤν-περ = ἐάνπερ. 

ἥξειν, see ἥκω. 

ἠξίου, see ἀξιόω, 

ἧπερ [ὅσπερ], stronger form of ὅ, just 
where, just as. 

Apa, 1 a. of αἴρω. 

H. & W. ANAB. —33 


3 cts.], a half 


VOCABULARY. 





513 


Ἡράκλεια, as, ['Hpaxdjjs], Heracleia, a 
city on the coast of Bithynia. 

Ἡρακλείδης, ov, [descendant of Hercules}, 
Heraclides. 7.316, 

Ἡρακλεώτης, ov, an Heracleot, of Her- 
acleia. 

“Hpaxdearis, 50s, ἡ, Heracledtis, territory 
of Heracleia. 

Ἡρακλῆς, <ous, | Hera’s glory, κλέος], Hera- 
cles or Hercules, son of Zeus and Alc- 
mena, the great national hero of Greece. 
By the will of Zeus he was subject for’ 
twelve years to Eurystheus, king of 
Mycenae, who imposed upon him twelve 
labors, the last of which was to bring’ 
the three-headed dog Cerberus |from 
Hades (6.27). After his death he was 
deified and became the patron deity of 
travellers. 4.8%; 6.54, 

Hpac ny, a. p. of ἔραμαι. 

ἠρέθησαν, ἥρηντο, see αἱρέω. 

ἠρόμην, ἠρώτων, see ἐρωτάω. 

ἧς, see ds. 

ἦσαν, see εἶμι; ἦσαν, see εἰμέ. 

ἥσθην, ἃ. p. of ἥδομαι. 

ἥσουσι, fut. οὗ ἵημι. 

ἡσυχάζω [ἥσυχος], be still, keep quiet. 
5.416, 

ἡσυχῇ [dat. of ἥσυχος], quietly. 1.81, 

ἡσυχία, as, stillness, quiet, rest; καθ᾽ 
ἡσυχίαν = ἡσυχῇ ; ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, he at 
rest, keep quiet. 4. From 

ἥσυχος, ov, [cf. ἧἥ(σ) μαι, sit], still, quiet. 
6 5il 


Are, see εἰμί. 

ἤτησα, see airéw. 

ἦτρον, ov, [ cf. ἦτορ, heart], abdomen. 
4.715, 

ἡττάομαι, ἡττηθήσομαι, less often ἡττήσο- 
μαι, ἡττήθην, be ἥττων, be weaker than, 
inferior to (gen.) ; be worsted, defeat- 
ed. 11. 

ἥττων, ov, g. ovos, [for ἥκιων, cf. ἧκα, 
slightly, softly], irreg. comp. of κακός, 
inferior, worse, weaker ; ἧττον, adv., less, 
in less danger, the less; ixiora,, least, 
least ofall. 22. . 

ὐ-, see ed-, or ai-. 


ἤχθην, a. p. of ἄγω, 


514 


6. 


O=L, f (init.) = Teut. (Eng.) ἃ, οὗ, jp, θυγάτηρ, 
θύρα, θρασύς. 4 

6@=L. ἃ (med.), cf. αἴθω, μισθός, τίθημι, πείθω. 

θ᾽, before a rough vowel = τέ. 

θάλαττα, ys, sea. 80. [= ταραχια (by 
transfer of aspira. and comm. change 
of p to A), fr. rapdrrw, agitate], syn. 
πόντος. See ἐπιθαλάττιος. 

θάλπος, ους, τό, [θάλπω, warm], heat, esp. 

. summer-heat; 8.138 in pl. Cf. θέρος 

j (sub θερί(ω). 

'θαμινά [neut. pl.], often, oft-times. 4.116, 

θάνατος, ov, [θνήσκω], death; ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, 
Sor death, in token of death, 1.01), 7, 
thanat-opsis. 

θανατόω, a. p. ἐθανατώθην, put to death ; 
condemn to death. 2.6'. 

θανεῖν, 2a. inf. of θνήσκω. 

θάπτω [for τάφ-τω], θάψω, ἔθαψα, τέθαμ- 
μαι, ἐτάφην, bury. 12. See τάφος, 
ἄτταφος, κενο-τάφιον. epitaph. 

θαρραλέος, a, ον, [θάρροΞ5], bold, courageous, 
daring. 2. Syn. θρασύς. On end. ef. 
ῥωγαλέος. 

θαρραλέως, adv., boldly, courageously ; con- 
Jidently. 4. 

Bappéw, how, ἐθάρρησα, be bold, courageous, 
of good courage; be confident; have 
courage for (acc.). 3.27, 12. See dva-. 

θάρρος, ous, τό, courage. 6.517. 

θαρρύνω, encourage. 1.7%. See mapa-. 

Θαρύπας, ov, Tharypas. 2.678, 

ἡθἄτερον = τὸ ἕτερον. 

θάττων, θᾶττον, comp. οὗ ταχύς. 

θαῦμα, ατος, τό, [θά(γ)ομαι, gaze αἴ, a 
wonder, marvel. 6.838, thaumat-urge. 
See θεάομαι. 

θαυμάζω, droua, ἐθαύμασα, wonder, wonder 
at, admire (acc., ὅτι, εἰ, τίς etc.). 21. 

θαυμάσιος, a, ov, wonderful, admirable. 3. 

θαυμαστός, H, dv»verbal of θαυμάζω, won- 
dered at, wonderful, strange. 4. 

Θαψακηνός, οὔ, Thapsacan of 

Θάψακος, ov, ἡ, [Heb. Tiphsah, ford], 
Thapsacus, city on the west bank of the 
Euphrates. Its site and name were due 
to the ford at that place. 1.441, 


VOCABULARY. 





θ᾽ — Θηβαῖος 


θεά, ἂς, [fem. of θεός], goddess = ἣ θεός. 1. 

θέα, as, [cf. θεάομαι, see θαῦμα], α seeing ; 
sight, spectacle, 4.87", 

θέᾶμα, aros, τό, = θέα. 4,718, 

θεἄομαι, θεάσομαι, ἐθεᾶσάμην, look on, gaze 
on, behold, view. 6. theatre. See δια-, 
κατα-, συν- ; θεωρέω. 

θεῖν, 566 θέω. 

θεῖος, a, ον, [θεός], of or from the gods, 
divine, marvelous. 1.418, 

θείς, θέντες, θέμενος, 2 a. pt. of τίθημι. 

θέλω, wish. 10. See ἐθέλω. 

Θεόπομπος, ov, [πέμπω], Theopompns, 
mentioned in 2.112, where some manu- 
scripts have Ξενοφών. 

θεός, οὔ, δ, 4, god, goddess, deity. σὺν 
θεοῖς, with the aid of the gods; πρὸς θεῶν. 
before or in the sight of the gods. 85: 
[ es (θέσσασθαι, pray for), or γ'δι 
shine, cf. L. deus]. en-thusiasm. See 
θεῖος, ἄ-θεος. 

θεο-σέβεια, as, [θεο-σεβής], reverence for the 
gods, piety. 2.675, 

θεραπεύω, edow, serve, court; provide for 
(ace.). 3. therapeutic. 

θεράπων, ovros, ὃ, [1], attendant, servant 
(not servile born, cf. δοῦλος). 8. 

θέρίζω [θέρος, summer], pass the summer. 
3.515, 

θερμασία, ας, [θερμάζω, warm], warmth. 5.815, 

Θερμώδων, ovros, 6, Thermodon, river of 
Pontus. 5.6%. 

θέσθαι, 2 a. inf. of τίθημι. 

Θετταλία, as, Thessaly, a large territory 
between central Greece and Macedonia. 
It was, roughly speaking, about sixty 
miles square and, with the possible ex- 
ception of Boeotia, the most fertile staté 
in Greece. 

Θετταλός, οὔ, Thessalian, native of Thes- 
saly. : 

θέω [ 4/0cF], impf. ἔθεον, for other tenses 
see τρέχω, run. 25. See ἐπ-εκ, κατα-ν 
παρα-, ἀντι-παρα-, προ-, προσ-. 

θεωρέω [θεωρός, Dor. θεᾶρός (θεἄομαι), spec- 
tator], how οἷα., look at, view, behold; 
inspect (anarmy). 6. theory. 

Θηβαῖος, ov, a Thehan, citizen of Thebes, 
the most important city of Boeotia. 


Ἧ 
γ᾽ 


Θήβη --- Ἰασόνιος 


Θήβη, ns, Thebe, small town in south- 
western Mysia. 7.87, 

θήρα, as, [θηράω], α hunting, hunt, chase. 2. 

θηράω (θήρ, L. fera, E. peEr], dow, hunt, 
chase; catch. 3. See συν-. 

ϑηρεύω [θήρ], evow, ἐθήρευσα, τεθήρευκα 
etc., = foreg. 8. 

θηρίον, ov, prose word for θήρ, of which it 
isa dim., wild animal, beast, game. 5. 
treacle. 

θησαυρός, od, [Ano usu. referred to τίθημι 
+ avpos, cf. «évt-avpos], store, laid up, 
treasure; treasury, 2. thesaurus. 

Θήχης, ov, Theches, mountain in Pontus. 
4.771, 

Θίβρων, wos, Thibron, a Spartan general 
who enlisted the returning Greeks 
against Tissaphernes. 7.61. 

θνήσκω [4/Oav, Ova], θανοῦμαι, 3 ἃ. ἔθανον, 
die; often as pass. to ἀπο-κτείνω, be 
slain, be killed; τέθνηκα (pl. τέθναμεν, 
inf. τεθνάναι, pt. τεθνεώς), am dead. 13. 
Ch. poet. except in the pf. and plpf. 
Other tenses supplied by ἀπο-θνήσκω. 
See θάνατος, θανατόω. 

θνητός, ή, dv, subject to death, mortal. 
3.1%, 

Θόανα, wy, Thoana, town in southern 
Cappadocia. V. 1. Adva. 

θόρυβος, ov, [cf. θρέομαι, shriek, ἀθρόος], 
confused noise, tumult, uproar, clamor ; 
applause. 10. See ἀνα-θορυβέω. 

Θούριος, ov, a Thurian, of Thurii, a Greek 
city on the Gulf of Tarentam, Italy. 

Θράκη, ns, Thrace, a large territory 
bounded on the south by the Aegean 
and Propontis, and on the east by the 
Euxine. The name was also applied 
(6.4!) to a small district lying across the 
Bosphorus in Bithynia. The Odrysae 
were the most powerful tribe of Thrace. 

Θρᾷκιος; a, ov, Thracian; τὸ Θράκιον, the 
Thracian quarter. 7.174, 

Θράξ, ands, a Thracian. 

θρασέως, adv., boldly. 4.3%. 

θρασύς, εἴα, ¥, |Goth. dars, E. pare], bold, 
daring. 3. θράσος or θάρρος, boldness. 

θρόνος, ov, [Skt. 4/dhra, dhar, support}, 
reat, throne. 2.1‘. 


VOCABULARY. 





515 


θυγάτηρ, θυγατρός, 4, [2], Goth. dauhtar, 
DAUGHTER. 6. 

θύλακος, ov, [?], bag, sack. 6.433, 

ϑῦμα, aros, τό, [θύω, sacrifice], victim, sac- 
rifice. 2. 

Θύμβριον, ov, Thymbrium, a city of Phry- 

ia. 

θυμο-ειδής, és, [εἶδος], spirited ; c. -ἐστερος, 
8. τέστατος. 4.5.%, 

θύμόομαι, ώσομαι, τεθύμωμαι, be angry, le 
wroth at (dat.). 2.513. 

θυμός, οὔ, [θύω], spirit, courage; in a bed 
sense, anger, passion ; the seat of these, 
spirit, heart, soul. 7.1%. See ἄ-θῦμος 
(-ws, -ἔω), εὔ-θῦμος (-€w), πρό-θῦμος (-ws, 
-ἰα, -έομαι), &-mpo-; ἐν-θυμέομαι, ἐπι-θυμέω, 
ῥᾳ-θυμέω. 

Θυνοί, av, Thyni, a fierce Thracian tribe. 
7.222, 

θύρα, as, [L. foris], DooR; ai βασιλέως 
θύραι = the king’s quarters, court. 9. 

θύρετρον, ov, door, gate. 5.27. [dup+e+ 
Tpov.| 

θυσία, as, offering, sacrifice. 4. 

θύω [cf. L. fumus, smoke], θύσω, ἔθῦσα, 
τέθυκα, sacrifice, offer; mid., cause to be 
offered, sacrifice to take the auspices, 
consult ; with inf. (ἰέναι, 2.23), ἐπί, ὑπέρ, 
περί etc. 58. See ἀπο-, κατα-, mpo-; 
θῦμός, θῦμα. . 

θωρακίζω, fow or τῶ, arm with breastplate 
or coat-of-mail, arm; τεθωρακισμένοι, 
clad in armor. 4. See év-. 

θώραξ, ἄκος, ὃ, [cf. Skt. 4/dhar, support], 
breastplate, cuirass, coat-of-mail, mad 
of cloth or leather, covered with plata 
of metal. 6. 

Θώραξ, axos, breastplate], Thorax, Boeo- 
tian, enemy of Xenophon. 5.6”. 


I. 


, 
idopat, ἰάσομαι, [2], heal; dress. 1.8%, 
᾿Ιᾶσόνιος, a, ov, [Ἰάσων (healer), Jason], 
of Jason, Jasonian ; in 6.2! of a promon- 
tory now called Jassoon, where Jason is 
said to have landed when he led the 
Argonautic expedition to Co’chis, in 
search of the golden fleece. 


516 


larpés, οὔ, [ἰάομαι], healer, physician, sur- 
geon. 3. 

ἰδέ, ἰδεῖν, ἰδών, 2 a. of εἶδον, see dpdw. 

Ἴδη, ns, [ἴδη, timber], a well-wooded moun- 
tain range in the Troad. 

ἴδιος, a, ov, [for oe-djos, cf. σφεῖς], one’s 
own, private, personal; τὸ ἴδιον, oftener 
τὰ ἴδια, one’s own (property, interests 
etc.) ; ἰδίᾳ, by oneself, privately, per- 
sonally. 9. idiom. 

ἰδιότης, nos, 4, peculiarity. 2.316, 

ἰδιώτης, ov, private person (citizen or 
soldier), a private. 4. idiot. 

ἰδιωτικός, 4, dv, of or for a private person, 
private, common. 6.133, 

ἵδρόω, sweat, perspire. 1.81. [ἱδρώς, /oFid, 
ef. L. sad-o, swEaT.| 

ἰδών, 2 a. pt. of εἶδον, see ὁράω. 

ἱέναι, ἵεντο, see tut. 

ἰέναι, pres. inf. of εἶμι. 

ἱερεῖον, ov, [what pertains to a fepeds], vic- 
tim for sacrifice ; cattle for food (ch. in 
pl.), since a portion of every animal 
killed for food was burned in sacri- 
fice. 12. 

ἱερός, a, dv, [1], sacred; τὸ ἱερόν, temple ; 
τὰ ἱερά, sacred rites, sacrifices, auspices, 
esp. those drawn fr. the inwards of the 
victim, cf. σφάγια ἱερὸν ὄρος, Sacred 
Mountain, in southern Thrace. 44. 

“Ἱερώνυμος, ov, [ἱερός, ὄνομα, E. Jerome], 
Hieronymus, 3.1%. 

ἵἴημι { γέ, cf. γι of εἶμι], How, ἧκα, εἶκα, 
εἷμαι, εἴθην, make go, send, send forth ; 
of weapons, hurl, let fly, throw; mid., 
send oneself, hasten, rush. 11. See ἀν-, 
ἀφ-, δι-, καθ-, μεθ-, wap-, mpo-, προσ-, συν-» 
ὑφ- ; ἐν-ετός, ὑφ-ειμένως. 

ἴθι, impv. of εἶμι. 

ἱκανός, %, όν, [txw, come], strictly, becoming; 
comm. sufficient, enough; competent, 
able (w. inf.). 52. 

ἱκανῶς, adv., sufficiently, well enough. 2. 

ἱκετεύω |ixérns|, supplicate, beg. 3. 

ἱκέτης, ov, [ixw, come], one who comes to the 
altar or hearth for protection, suppli- 
ants. 7.2%. 

Ἰκόνιον, ov, Jeonium, now Koniyeh, a 
city of Phrygia. 1.2" 


VOCABULARY. 





ἰατρός --- Ἰσσοί 


ἵλεως, wy, [1], propitious, gracious. 2. Cf. 
L. hilaris, whence hilarity. - 

ἴλη, ns, [ 4/eA (εἰλέω), press,], band, troop, 
esp. of cavalry. 1.2%. 

ἱμάς, dvros, ὁ, [cf. Skt. 4/si, bind], strap, 
thong. 4.544. See ἀν-ιμάω. 

ἱμάτιον, ov, [dim. of fua or εἷμα for 
ἕσ-μα, see ἐσθή5], outer garment, cloak, 
mantle (worn over the χιτών); pl. 
clothes. 4. 

ἵνα [perh. ace. pl. of the rare pron. ἢ, 
final conj., that, in order that, with subj. 
or opt. 30. 

ἴοιμι, ἰόντος, see εἶμι. 

ἵππ-αρχος, ov, cavalry-commander, master 
of horse. 8.839, 

ἱππασία, as, [ἱππάζομαι, ride], a riding. 
2.538, 

ἱππεία, as, [ἱππεύω |, horsemanship; col- 
lect., cavalry. 2. 

ἱππεύς, ἕως, 6, [ἵππος], horseman; pl. cav- 
alry. 86. See ἀφ-ιππεύω. 

ἱππικός, 4, dv, [ἵππος], of a horse or horse- 
man; τὸ ἱππικόν, cavalry. 9. 

ἱππό-δρομος, ov, race-course. 
drome. . 1.8”, 

ἵππος, ov, 6, horse; ἀπὸ or ἐφ᾽ ἵππου, on 
horseback ; 4 or oi 7., the horse (collect.). 
7.339, 69. hippo-potamus. |For ixFos, 
L. equus]. In many proper names, 
Ἱππίας, Ἵππ- apxos, ᾿Αρίστ-ιππος, Φίλ- 
ἱππὸς etc., showing that the Greeks 
were very φίλ-ιπποι. 

Ἶρις, cos, 6, Jris, river of Pontus, Asia 
Minor. 5.6% 

ἔσθι, ἴσμεν, ἴσᾶσι. see οἶδα. 

ἰσϑμός, οὔ, [γι (εἶμι, go), + σθ + (cf. ἃ- 
σθ-μα) + wos], neck of land, isthmus, 
esp. the isthmus at Corinth. 2.6%, 

ἰσό-πλευρος, ov, [πλευρά, side}, equal-sided, 
equilateral. 3.419. 

ἴσος, 7, ov, [1], equal, equal to; even; ἐν 
ἴσῳ or ἐξ ἴσου, equally, on an equality, in 
even line; εἰς τὸ ἴσον, to a level. 4. iso-. 
See Internat. Dict. 

ἰσο-χειλής, és. [χεῖλος, brim], level with the 
brim. 4.535. 

Ἰσσοί, av, οἱ, Issi or Issus, 8, city of 
Cilicia on the Gulf of Issos. 


hippo- 








ἴστε --- καθοράω 


ἴστε, 566 οἶδα. 

ἵστημι, impf. ἵστην, στήσω, ἔστησα, ἐστη- 
σάμην, all trans., cause to stand, place, 
set, and so (a) stop, halt, (b) raise, set up, 
erect, establish ; 2 a. ἔστην, ἕστηκα, ppt. 
ἑστήκη and mid. tenses (except 1 a.) 
intrans., stand, make a stand, stop, halt ; 
the pf. and plpf. are used as pres. and 
impf., ἑστηκώς or ἑστώς, sianding ; 
ἕστασαν, they were standing; ἔστησαν, 
they stood. The same division of tenses 
(into trans. and intrans.) runs through 
the compounds of ἵστημι. 29. [ γστα, L. 
si-sto, sto, E. stanp, stay]. See H. 
331-6, G. 506. See ἀνθ-, dy, ἐξ-αν-, 
συν-αν-, ἀφ-, δι-, ἐξ-, ἐφ-, καθ-, ἀντι-καθ-, 
μεθ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, συν-, ὕφ-; στάσις, 
σταθμός, στάδιον, σταυρός, στήλη. 

ἱστίον, ov, sail. 1.53. [What pertains to 
the ἱστός, mast (ἴστημι, set up)]. 

ἰσχυρός, a, dv, strong, powerful ; forcible, 
severe. 10. 

ἰσχῦρῶς, adv., strongly, powerfully ; vio- 
lently ; exceedingly ; ¢. -drepov. 13. 

ἰσχύς, vos, ἡ, [1], strength, might, force ; 
force (military). 3. 

ἴσχω [for σίσχω, a form of ἔχω], only in 
pres. and impf., hold, hold back, restrain. 
6.39; 5.13, 

ἴσως [ἴσος, equal], adv., equally, likely ; 
perhaps, probably, often in strong asser- 
tions modestly put forth. 17. 

ἰτέον [verbal of εἶμι], must go. 2. 

trus, vos, ἡ, [Fi-rus, 4/vi, entwine, cf. L. 
vitis], rym of a shield. 4.712, 

ἰχθύς, vos, 6, [1], fish. 1.4%. ichthy-. Sce 
Internat. Dict. 

ἴχνος, ous, τό, [cf. 4/c, be like, see εἰκάζω], 
track, footstep, trace. 3. ichno-. See 
Internat. Dict. 

ἰών, pres. pt. of εἶμι. 

Ἰωνία, as, [“Iwv, son of Xuthus, see 
Ἕλλην], Jonia, on the coast of Asia 
Minor between Lydia and the sea. It 
was about ninety miles in length and 
twenty to thirty milesin width. Its chief 
cities were Miletusand Ephesus. Its peo- 
ple were near kinsmen of the Athenians. 

᾿Ιωνικός, ἡ, ὄν, Jonian. 


VOCABULARY. 





517 


K. 


« = Lat. c, qu = Teut. (Eng.) h, hw (wh). 
Cf. κάλαμος, καλέω, καλός, καλύπτω, καρδία, καρπός, 
κέρας, κεφαλή, κλίνω, κύων, κώπη, πού. 


καθ᾽, before a rough vowel for κατά. 

καθά [καθ᾽ ἅ), adv., according as, as, just 
as. 7.84. 

καθαίρω [xadapds, clean, cf. L. castus, 
chaste |, ap@, ἐκάθηρα, cleanse, purify. 
5.7%. cathartic. 

καθαρμός οὔ, [καθαίρω], purification. 5.7%, 

καθάπερ, stronger form of καθά, just as, 
evenas. 2. 

καθ-έζομαι, impf. ἐκαθεζόμην, sit down, sit ; 
halt, encamp. 5. [ γ(σ)εδ, ef. L. sed-eo, 
SIT, SET, SEAT, SETTLE]. See καθ-ίζω, 
ἐνέδρα (-εὐω), @p-cdpos. Cf. καθ-έδρα, 
chair, chaise, ( cath-edral), συν- 
éSp.ov, sanhedrim. 

καθ-έλκω, impf. καθ-εἴλκον, draw down; 
launch. 7.119. 

καθ-εὐδω [εὕδω, poet.], ἐκάθευδον, lie down 
to sleep, sleep. 6. 

καθ-ηγέομαι, lead along, conduct. 7.8°. 

καθ-ηδυπαθέω [ἡδύς, rad of πάσχω], How, 
καθηδυπάθησα, waste in pleasure. 1.88, 

καθ-ήκω, come down to, reach, extend; 
impers., tt comes to or belongs to one 
(dat.). 5. 

κάθ-ημαι [ἧμαι, ch. poet.], ἐκαθήμην or 
καθήμην, sit down, sit, be seated ; be en- 
camped. 13. See ovy-, ὑπερ-; καθ- 
éCouat. 

καθο-ίζω [i(w, ch. poet. for orad-w, 4/6, 
cf. καθ-έζομαι], low or ιῶ, ἐκάθισα, seat, 
set, place. 2.14; 3.517. 

καθοίημι, impf. 3d pl. -ίεσαν, 2 a. pt. -évres, 
let down, lower. 2. 

καθ-ίστημι, κατα-στήσω, -έστησα, -εστησά- 
μην, trans., place or set down, settle, sta- 
tion, establish ; arrange, appoint, prepare, 
render ; intrans., 2 a. κατ-έστην, καθ- 
éornka, and mid. tenses (except 1 aor.), 
be placed, fixed, settled, established etc. 
26. See κατά-στασι5. 

καθ-οράω, -όψομαι, -εώρακα, κατ-εῖδον (ἴδω 
etc.), look down upon, descry, see, per- 
ceive. 11. 


518 


καί [loc. of pron. st. κα, cf. L. -que], conj. : 
1. Copulative, and; kal... καί, τὲ... 
kaior...7Té Kal... both...and; καίγε, 
and indeed; καὶ γάρ, see γάρ; καὶ δή, 
and especially. 2. Intens. even, αἰ8ο, 
too; καί εἰ, even if; εἰ καί, if even, al- 
though. See καίπερ, καίτοι. 

Kdikos, ov, Caicus, river of Mysia. 

Καιναί, dv, Caenae, a city on the west 
bank of the Tigris. 2.4”. 

καίνω, 2 a. ἔκανον, kill. See κτείνω. 

καί-περ, adv., even indeed, though, al- 
though. 4. 

καιρός, οὔ, [1] strictly due measure, comm., 
proper or fit time, critical time, season, 
opportunity ; ἐν καιρῷ, in season, season- 
ably ; προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ, further than 
the occasion (required). 14. See ém- 
καίριος. 

καί-τοι, conj., and certainly, and yet, and 
still. 4. 

καίω, see Kdw. 

κἀκεῖνος = καὶ ἐκεῖνος. 

κακόνοια, as, ill-will. 7.745. From 

Kaxd-vous, ouv, [νόος, mind], evil-minded, 
ill-disposed. 2. Ant. e¥-vous. 

κακός, 4, dv, [1], bad, evil, wicked ; base, 
cowardly ; τὸ κακόν, an evil, mischief, 
harm; ¢. kaxiwyv,s. κάκιστος; also χείρων, 
χείριστος ; ἥσσων, ἥκιστα. 35. caco- 
graphy. 

κακουργέω, do evil to, injure, harm. 6.13. 

κακοῦργος, ov, |*épyw, work], evil-doer, 
malefactor. 1.918, 

κακόω [κακός], plpf. éxexdxwro, ill-treat, 
injure. 4.55, 

κακῶς. adv., badly, ill; wretchedly, miser- 
ably ; ¢. kdkiov, 8 κάκιστα. 25. 

κάκωσις, ews, %, [kaxdw], ill-treatment, 
abuse. 4.6%. 

καλάμη, ns, [fem. of foll.], stalk, esp. 
straw. 5.477, 

κάλαμος, ov, a reed. 2. [L. calamus (perh. 
borrowed), HAULM, 4/ 7]. 

καλέω, fut. ὦ, ἐκάλεσα, κέκληκα, κέκλημαι, 
ἐκλήθην, call, summon, invite; καλούμε- 
vos, called, so-called, κρήνη ἡ Μίδου κα- 
λουμένη, the so-called spring of Midas. 
46. [ γκαλ, waa, cf. L. cal-o, clamo, E. 


VOCABULARY. 





kal — καπηλεῖον 


HAIL, HALE Or HAUL.] See ἀνα-, ἐγ-. 
Tapa-, προ-, προσ-, συγ-; ἐκ-κλησία. 

καλινδέομαι [see κυλίνδω |, roll. 
5.231, 

καλλιερέω [καλός, ἱερόν), how, ἐκαλλιέρησυ, 
sacrifice (acc.) with good omens, obtain 
good omens, 3. 

Καλλίμαχος, κυ [noble fighter], Callima- 
chus. 4.127; 78, 

καλλίων, aeons see καλός. 

κάλλος, ous, τό, [cf. καλός], beauty. 2.3%, 

καλλωπισμός, οὔ, ornament. 1.938, [καλλω- 
πίζω, beautify the face (ὥψν), adorn.} 

καλός, 4, dv, ο. καλλίων, 8. κάλλιστος, beau- 
tiful, then (so highly did the Greeks 
esteem beauty) noble, honorable; favor- 
able, auspicious; τὸ καλόν, the noble, 
virtue, honor, 2.618; eis καλόν, in good 
time, seasonably, 4.73. 79. Adv., -@s. |For 
καλ͵]ος, Skt. kaljas, E. HALE, HOLY, 
WHOLE. ] calo-mel, cali-sthenics. 
Found in many proper names, as, 
Καλλίας, Καλλίμαχος, KadAAut:ros. 

Κάλπης λιμήν, Calpe’s Port, a port in 
Bithynia. 

καλύπτω [γίκαλ, cf. L. célo, ΕΣ. Hat, 
HELL, HULL], ύψω, hide, cover. See éy-, 
éx-, mpo-. Apo-calypse, calyx. 

Καλχηδονία, as, Calchedonia, the country 
around 

Kadx dav, dvos, 4, Calchédon, a town of 
Bithynia, opp. Byzantiuth. 7.1%. chal- 
cedony (fr. the form χαλκηδών). 

καλῶς, c. κάλλϊον, 5. κάλλιστα, adv., beauti- 
fully; ch. ina moral sense, nobly, well, 
rightly ; happily, prosperously ; κ. ἔχειν, 
be well; κ. πράττειν, be fortunate. 25. 

κάμνω [1], καμοῦμαι, 2 a. ἔκαμον, κέκμηκα, 
work, toil; be weary; be sick. 8, See 
ἀπο-. 

κἀμοί = καὶ ἐμοί. 

κἄν = καὶ ἄν. Η. 70, 77 ἃ; G. 48,1. 

κάμπτω [1], bend, curve. See ἐπι-, συγ-. 

κάνδυς, vos, 6, [Pers.], robe, gown, large, 
woolen, loose-sleeved outer garment. 
1.58; 

καπηλεῖον, ov, huckster’s shop. 1.274, From 
κάπηλος, huckster, cf. L. caupo, whence 
cheap, chap. 


4.878 ; 


καπίθη — καταισχύνω 


καπίθη, ns, [Pers.], capithe = not quite two 
quarts. 1.58, 

καπνός, οὔ, [1], smoke. 2. 

Καππαδοκία, as, Cappadocia, province of 
Asia Minor. 

κάπρὸς, ὄυ, [cf. L. caper, he-goat], boar, 
wild-boar. 2.29. 

καρβάτιναι, wy, [1], coarse shoes of un- 
tanned leather, brogues. 4.514. 

καρδία, as, [L. cor (d)], HEART. 2.57, T. 
160. cardiac. 

KapSovxeos, ov, Carduchian. 

KapSotxor, wy, [Assyr. Kardu, smnciel, 
Carduchi, Carduchians, modern Koords, 
wild lawless inhabitants of the moun- 
tains northeast of Mesopotamia. 

Kadpxaoos, ov, Carcasus, a river not yet 
identified. 7.818, v. 1. Κάϊκος, a river 
of Mysia. 

kaptrata, as, [1], carpaea, a mimie dance 
described in 6.17, 

καρπός, οὔ, ἱ γίκαρπ, seize, cf. L. carp-o, 
E. warvest], j/ruit, ch. of the earth, 
crop, produce. 2. Poly-carp. - 

καρπόω, bear fruit; mid., reap fruits of, 
(acc.), reap. 2. 

Κάρσος, ov, Carsus, small river of Cilicia. 
1.44, 

κάρνον, ov, [cf. L. carina, nut-shell], nut of 
any kind; κάρυα τὰ πλατέα, chestnuts. 
5.4%, Later and still called κάστανα, 
whence, castanet, chestnut. 

κάρφη, ns, [κάρφω, dry], hay. 1.52. 

Καστωλός, οὔ, Castdlus, place near Sardis 
where the Persian troops under Cyrus 
were mustered. 1.15. 

κατά (κατ᾽, καθ᾽), prep. down. 

1. With gen., down from, down, down 
upon. 7. 

2. With ace. down, down along, along, 
over, throughout; κατὰ γῆν, by land; of 
location, along = over against, against, 
opposite, τὸ καθ᾽ αὑτούς, the (part) opp. 
themselves ; also, in, κατὰ χώραν, in place, 
1.511; of purpose, manner ete., according 
to, in respect to, for, κατὰ κράτος, accord- 
ing to one’s might, at full speed (cf. ἀνὰ 
κράτος) or by force; καθ᾽ ἁρπαγήν, for 
plunder ; distrib., x. ἔθνος or ἔθνη, nation 


VOCABULARY. | 





519 


by nation, καθ᾽ ἕνα, one by one, κατὰ 
λόχους, by companies. 120. [Pron. st. 
κα (cf. καί) + pron. st. ra, cf. τό]. See 
κάτω. 

κατα-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, 2 ἃ. -έβην, -βέβηκα, 
go down, descend, dismount; descend 
into the arena, enter the lists. 4.877. 
30. 

κατά-βασις, ews, 7, going down, descent, 
march down (from the interior, opp. to 
dvd-Bacts). 11. Catabasis. 

κατα-βλάκεύω [βλάξ, lazy], evow etc., le 
listless about, negléet. 7.672. 

κατ- ἀγάγοι, 2 a. opt. of kar-d-yw. 

κατ-αγγέλλω, ελῶ, -ἠγγειλα, report against, 
disclose, denounce. 2.535, 

κατά-γειος, ov, [ γέα, γῆ, earth], under- 
ground. 4.5%. 

κατα-γελάω, άσομαι, -eyéAaca, laugh (down) 
at, ridicule, deride; laugh scornfully, 
mock. 5. 

κατ-άγνυμι, -diw, -éata, break in pieces, 
crush. 4.2”. 

κατ-άγω, -diw, 2 a. -hyayov, lead down or 
back, restore ; bring down (from the high 
sea, cf. dy-dyw), bring into port; mid. 
and pass., /and, arrive. 8. 

κατα-δαπανάω, how, consume utterly, 
stronger form of δαπανάω, expend. 
9.911, 

κατα-δειλάω, dow, 
adv. acc., 7.622. 

κατα-δικάζω, dow, decide against, con- 
demn, 2. 

κατα-διώκω, btw, -ediwta, pursue closely. 
4.25, 

κατα-δοξάζω, dow, form an opinion against, 
think to one’s discredit. 7.7%. ; 

κατα-δραμεῖν, 2 a. of κατα-τρέχω. 

κατα-ϑύω, -δύσω, -ἐδῦσα, sink down, drown; 
mid. and 2 a. -ἐδῦν, intrans., sink, 
drown. 6. 

κατα-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, look down upon, sur- 
vey. 1.81}. 6.5%, 

κατα-θέω, run down. 2. 

κατα-θύω, -θύσω, -ἐθῦσα, offer (down on the 
altar), sacrifice. 4. 

κατ-αισχύνω, υνῶ, -ἠσχῦνα, shame utterly, 
disgrace. 3.19; 2.14. 


be afraid, be timid, w 


δ20 


κατα-καίνω [collateral form of -κτείνωϊ, 
-kav@, 2 a. -€xavov, -κέκονα, kill, put to 
death. 17. 

κατα-κάω, -καύσω, -éxavoa, burn down, 
burn up, destroy, lay waste. 12. 

κατά-κειμαι, lie down, lie still oridle. 7. 

κατα-κεκόψεσθαι, fut. pf. mid. (as pass.) 
of κατα-κόπτω. 

κατα-κλείω, -κλείσω, -έκλεισα, -κέκλειμαι, 
shut in, enclose. 8. 

κατ-ακοντίζω, fow or 1@, shoot down, shot 
to death. 7.4%, 

κατα-κόπτω, -κόψω, -έκοψα, 2 a. p. -εκόπην, 
cut down or in pieces. 6. 

κατα-κτάομαι, -κτήσομαι, acquire certainly 
or permanently, 7.831, 

κατα-κτείνω, -κτενῶ, -έκτεινα, 2 8. -έκτανον, 
kill outright, kill, slay. 2. 

κατα-κωλύω, hinder completely, keep back, 
detain. 2. 

κατα-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -έλαβον, 
-εἰληφα,-είλημμαι,-ελήφθην (κατά, intens. 
or = suddenly), seize upon, lay hold 
of, take possession of (acc.); overtake, 
fall upon, surprise, find. 34. cata- 
lepsy. 

κατα-λέγω, set down, reckon, recount. 2.627. 

κατα-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, -λέλοιπα, 
-λέλειμαι, -ελείφθην, leave behind, leave, 
Sorsake, abandon. 36. 

κατα-λεύω [ἔλεύς = λᾶας, stone], -λεύσω, 
-ελεύσθην, stone to death. 5. Cf. κατα- 
πετρόω. 

κατα-λήψομαι, fut. of κατα-λαμβάνω. 

κατα-λιπεῖν, 2 a. inf. of κατα-λείπω. 

κατ-αλλάττω, ἄξω, 3 ἃ. p. -αλλάγην, change 
back, i. 6. from enmity to friendship, 
reconcile. 1.6}, 

κατα-λογίζομαι, count up, number, reckon. 
5.615, 


κατα-λύω, λύσω, -ἐλῦσα, loose (and take) 
down, loose utterly, destroy, break down; 
break up, dismiss ; bring to an end, w. or 
without πόλεμον = make peace (with, 
πρός) ; break ranks, unyoke for the night, 
halt, lodge. 5. 

κατα-μανθάνω, -μαθήσομαι, 2 a. -έμαθον, 
learn thoroughly, ascertain fully, under- 
stand, observe or consider well. 12. 


VOCABULARY, 





κατακαίνω --- κατασφάττω 


κατ-αμελέω, impf. -ημέλουν, be very care- 
less or negligent. 5.81, 

κατα-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, remain behind, 
stay, settle down. 8. 

κατα-μερίζω, a. p. -εμερίσθην, divide into 
pieces, distribute. 7.54, 

κατα-μίγνυμι, mingle, settle down. 7.23. 

κατα-νοέω, how, observe well, perceive, con- 
sider. 8. 

Kar’ ἀντιπέρας, directly opposite, see ἀντι- 
πέρᾶς. 

κατα-πέμπω, ψω, ἐπέμφθην, send down. 1.91. 

κατα-πεσεῖν, 2 ἃ. inf. οὗ κατα-πίπτω. 

κατα-πετρόω, -επετρώθην, stone to death. 
1.32, 

κατα-πηϑάω, how, leap down. 8. 

κατα-πίπτω, -πεσοῦμαι, 2 ἃ. -ἔπεσον, fall 
down, fall off. 2. 

κατα-πλήττω, -πλήξω, -ἐπληξα, strike down, 
terrify. 8.413, 

κατα-πολεμέω, -επολεμήθην, war down, sub- 
due in war. 7.17, J 

κατα-πρἄᾶττω,-πρἄξω, -ἐπρᾶξα, do effectively, 
accomplish, achieve, 5. 

κατ-αράομαι, Gooua, -ηρᾶσάμην, pray 
against, call down curses upon (dat.), 
execrate. 2. 

κατα-σβέννυμι, -σβέσω, -ἔσβεσα, [σβέννῦμι, 
to quench], quench utterly, extinguish. 
6.371, 25. a-sbestos. 

κατα-σκέπτομαι, -σκέψομαι, -εσκεψάμην, 
view closely, inspect. 1.513, 

κατα-σκευάζω, dow etc., equip fully, pre- 
pare, furnish ; make preparations. 5. 

κατα-σκηνέω, how, pitch tents, encamp. 3. 

κατα-σκηνόω, dow = foreg. 2.219, 

κατασκοπή, 7s, [κατα-σκέπτομαι], spying, 
espionage. 7.4}, 

κατα-σπάω, dow, -εσπάσθην, draw or pull 
down. 1.9%, E 

κατά-στασις, ews, 7, [καθ-ἰστημι], settled 
order, state, condition. 5.7, 

κατα-στη-, see καθ-ίστημι. 

κατα-στρατοπεδεύομαι,  evoouat, pitch 
camp, encamp. 8. Cf. κατα-σκηνέω. 

κατα-στρέφω, -στρέψω, -έστρεψα, overturn, 
subdue, conquer. 3. cata-strophé. 

κατα-σφάττω, -σφάξω, 2 ἃ. p. εσφάγην, 
slaughter, put to death. 4.135, 


κατασχεῖν --- κελεύω 


κατα-σχεῖν, 2 a. inf. οὗ κατ-έχω. 

κατα-σχίζω, low, split (and break) down, 
burst epen 7.118, 

κατα-τείνω, stretch tight; strive earnestl, Ys 
urge. 2,539, 

κατα-τέμνω, -τεμῶ, -τέτμημαι, cut in pieces ; 
eut or dig. 2.413; 4,75, 

κατα-τίθημι, -θήσω, 1 a. -έθηκα, -τέθεικα, 
2 ἃ. mid. -εθέμην, put or lay down ; mid., 
lay aside or up, lay up in store; lay up 
a store of (glory, friendship etc.). 3.58. 
7. See παρα-κατα-θήκη. 

κατα-τιτρώσκω, -τρώσω, -érpwoa, wound 
mortally or severely. 4.129, 

MOTE 2 a. -έδραμον, run down. 5.4; 
7.10, 

κατ-αυλίζομαι, -ίσομαι, -ηυλίσθην, lodge, 
encamp. 7.515, 

κατα-φαγεῖν, 2 a. inf. of κατ-εσθίω. 

κατα-φανής, és, [daivw], in plain view, 
clearly seen, visible. 4. Cf. ἐμ-φανής, 
φανερός. 

κατα-φεύγω, 3 ἃ. -ἐφυγον, flee for refuge, 
escape. 3. 

κατα-φρονέω [φρήν, mind], haw, look (lit. 
think) down upon, despise, scorn (absol. 
or gen.). 3.127; 4.2 (se. αὐτῶν). 

κατα-χωρίζω [χωρίς, apart], low or 1, ar- 
range apart, assign to their places. 6.51, 

κατ-έαξα, 1 a. of κατ-ἀγνῦμι. 

κατ-έβη, 2 a. of κατα-βαίνω. 

κατ-εθέμην, 2 a. mid. of κατα-τίθημι. 

κατ-εἶδον, 2 a. of καθ-οράω. 

κατ-ειληφ-, -ελήφθη, see κατα-λαμβάνω. 

κάτ-ειμι, pt. -ιών, go down, descend. 5.713, 

kat-etxov, impf. of κατ-έχω. 

κατ-εργάζομαι, doouat, -εἰργασάμην, -elp- 
γασμαι, work out, accomplish, achieve. 6. 
Cf κατα-πράττωι 

κατ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -λθον, go down; come 
back, return. 7.27. 

kat-er@lw, 2 a. -έφαγον, eat up, devour. 
4.814, 

κατ-ἐστη-, see καθ-ίστημι. 

κατ-εσφάγην, 3 ἃ. p. οὗ -σφάττω. 

κατ-ετέτμηντο, pipf. of κατα-τέμνω. 

κατ-έτρωσα, 566 κατα-τιτρώσκω. 

κατ-έχω, impf. -εἶχον, καθ-έἔξω or κατα- 
σχήσω. hold down or back, restrain, con- 


VOCABULARY. 





521 


trol, constrain; hold fast, hold, possess, 
occupy ; hold one’s way down (from the 
high sea), arrive, land, cf. dv-dyw. 17. 

κατηγορέω, how, κατηγόρησα, [κατ-ἤγορος, 
accuser, ἀγορά, speaking in the assembly]. 
speak against, accuse, charge (gen.). 4. 

κατηγορία. as, [κατ-ἤγορος, accuser, ἀγορά, 
speaking in the assembly], accusation, 
charge. 5.8. category, all-egory, 
par-egoric. 

κατ-ηρεμίζω [ἠρέμα, quietly], iow, -npeul- 
σθην, quiet, calm. 2. 

κατ-ιδ-, 2 a. of καθ-οράω. 

κατ-οικέω, dwell, reside. 5.37. 

κατ-οικίζω, low or 1@, -ῴκισα, settle, plant, 
found. 5.615; 6.47. 

κατ-ορύττω, ύξω, -éputa, -ορώρυγμαι, -wpv- 
χθην, dig down, sink in the earth, bury 
(ace.). 3. 

κάτω [κατά], down, downwards ; below, be- 
neath; τὸ κάτω tov τόξου, the lower 
(part) of the bow. 4.338, 4, 

καῦμα, aros, τό, [Kaw], heat. 1.78, 

καύσιμος, ov, [καῦσις fr. raw], combustible. 2. 

Καύστρου πεδίον, Plain of Caijster, 
Caijjster-field, city of Phrygia. 1.24. 

kde, old Att. for καίω, [ 4/xaF, καυ]. καύσω, 
ἔκαυσα ete., burn, kindle, set on jire ete. ; 
cauterize, 5.818; rarely of the effect of 
extreme cold, blight. 29. See dva-, ἀπο-, 
κατα-, προ-κατα-, συγκατα-; καῦμα, et - 
seq., ἄτκαυστος, ὁλοκαυτέω. 

κέγχρος, ov, [1]. millet, of which there are 
several varieties. It grows four or five 
feet high, bears a small hard seed, is 
very productive and much used in the 
east for food, in the west for fodder, 
bird-seed ete. 1.272, 

κεῖμαι, ἐκείμην, lie; lie asleep, dead, 
buried etc. ; often as pass. to τίθημι, δὲ 
laid, be laid up, be set or placed. 10. 
[ 4/wet, κοι, E. ntve.] See ἀπο-, δια-, 
éy-, ἐπι-, KaTa-, Tapa-, προ-, συγ- ; κοιμάω͵ 
κώμη. : 

κέκτησθε, see κτάομαι. 

Κελαιναί, ὧν, Celaenae, city of Phrygia 
1.91.1. 

κελεύω, εὐΐτω, ἐκέλευσα. κεκέλευκα, urge, 
request; oftener, order, bid, command 


622 


123. [From a lost noun st. fr. κέλλω, 
urge, γίκελ, cf. L. cello, celer, cALASH.] 
See δια-, mapa-; αὐτο-κέλευστος, ἐγ- 
κέλευστος. 

κενός, ή, dv, empty, void, bereft; w. gen., 
devoid of, without ; groundless, vain. 4. 

κενο-τάφιον, ov, [τάφος, tomb], empty tomb, 
cenotaph, erected in memory of one 
whose body was lost or buried else- 
where. 6.4%. 

κεντέω [1], now, prick; 
centaur, center. 

Kevtptrns, ov, Centrites, now Buchtan 
Chai, an eastern tributary of the Tigris. 
4.31, 

Kepapeods, ἃ, ody, κέραμος, clay ; wine-jar], 
of clay, earthen. 1. 

κεράμιον, ov, [xépauos, clay; wine-jar], 
jar, containing about six gallons. 2. 
ceramic. 

Kepdpov ἀγορά, [Tile-market], Ceramon 
Agora. 1.21, 

κεράννῦμι [cf. Skt. 4/cri, mix], κεράσω, 
ἐκέρασα, ἐκεράσθην, mix, mingle, ch. of 
water and wine as opp. to μίγνῦμι, mix 
in general. 1.218; 5.429. See above, also 
ἀ-κέραιος, &-Kparos, κρατήρ, crasis. 

κέρας; κέρᾶτος or κέρως, τό, (cf. L. cornual, 
HORN ; from its use or shape, a drink- 
ing-horn, beaker; trumpet; of a moun- 
tain, peak ; of an army, wing, τὸ δεξιὸν 
(κέρας), the right wing; κατὰ κέρας, in 
column. 4.65, 381. pivo(sis, nose)-xépws. 
rhinoceros. See κεράτινος. 

Kepacotvrios, ov, a Cerasuntian, resident 
of 

Kepagois, οὔντος, 4, Cerasiis, a Greek city 
of Pontus, on the Euxine, 5.33: sup- 
posed to mean “ abounding in cherries” 
ἱκέρασος, Cherry], since, according to 
Pliny (bk. 15, ch. 25), the cherry-tree 
was imported from this place into Italy 
by Lucullus, after his war with Mithri- 
dates, a. D. 68. 

κεράτινος, 7, ov, [κέρας], of horn, horn-. 6.14. 

KépBepos, ov, [1], Cerberus, the mythical 
three-headed watch-dog that guarded 
the exit from the lower world. 6.22, 

κερδαίνω [κέρδος], ava, gain, 2.621, 


torture. 3.179, 


VOCABULARY. 





κενός — κίνδυνος 


κερϑαλέος, ἅ, ον, [on end. cf. θαρραλέοΞς], 
gainful, profitable. 1.917, 

κέρδος, ous, τό, [1], gain, profit; in 1.917 = 
pay. 2. 

κεφαλ-αλγής, ἔς, [ἄλγος, pain], causing 
headache. 2.35, 16 


κεφαλή, js, [*], L. caput, weap. 14, 
cephalic, a-cephalous. See ἐγ- 
κέφαλος. 


κηδεμών, dvos, 6, [on end. cf. ἡγεμών], one 
who cares for others, protector, guardian. 
3.117, From 

κήδομαν [1], be concerned for, care for 
(gen.). 7.55, 

κηρΐον, ov, [xnpds, bees-waz, L. céra], honey- 
comb, 4.8”. 

κηρύκειον, ov, herald’s staff, of olive or 
laurel wood, and usually with two ser- 
pents twined about it. 5.7%, 

κῆρυξ, υκος, 6, [akin to καλέω (see sub A)], 
herald, messenger (cf. mpéoBus), an im- 
portant officer among the Greeks. Ha 
was a public crier (2.2), called assem- 
blies, kept order, and bore messages 
between enemies, 2.17. Hence his per- 
son was inviolable. 12. 

κηρύττω [κῆρυξ], tw, ἐκήρῦξα, proclaim, 
by a herald; impers. 3.4%, proclama- 
tion is made (cf. ἐσάλπιγξε, 1.21"), 9. See 
ἀκήρυκτος. 

Κηφισό-δωρος, ov, [gift of Κηφισός, small 
river near Athens], Kephisodorus, 4.23. 

Κηφισο-φῶν, ὥντος, [light or joy of K., see 
foreg.], Kephisophén. 4.218, 

κϊβώτιον, ov, [dim. of κιβωτός, chest], pn 
box, chest. 7.544. 

Κιλικία, as, [ Assyr. Chilaku], Cilicia, 
province in the southeastern part of 
Asia Minor. The western part was 
called Τραχεῖα (Rugged). 1.2”. 

Kites, exos, 6, Cilician. 

Κίλισσα, ns, [for Κίλικ]α, cf. ἥσσων for 
hixjov], Cilician woman. 

κινδυνεύω, εύσω etc., be in danger, incur 
danger ; endanger oneself, run risk (w. 
inf.). 10. See d:a-, προ-. 

κἰνδῦνος, ov, [1], danger, peril ; rusk; w. or 
without ἐστί, there ts danger. 9. See 
ἀ-κινδύνως, ἐπι-κίνδυνος. 


κινέω --- κομίζω 


κινέω, how, set in motion, move, stir, stir up. 
5. [κίω, go, L. cieo, ex-ci-to, E. ΗΙΕ, 
HONE.] kinetic. 

κιττός, οὔ, [1], ivy. 5.412, 

Κλεαγόρας, ov, [famous speaker], Clea- 
goras. 7.8}. 

Κλεαίνετος, ov, [ famously praised], Cleae- 
netus, 5.117. 

KnXéav8pos ov, [man of renown], Cleander, 
Spartan harmost. 6.213; 61, 

Κλεάνωρ, opos, [man of renown], Cleanor, 
general from Arcadia. 2.11°. 

edperos, ov, [ fumed for his bravery], 
Clearetus, 5.7!4-16. 

Κλέαρχος, ov, [famous ruler], Clearchus, 
Spartan general, exile (1.19), joined 
‘Cyrus at Celaenae with two thousand 
men (1.2%), artfully prevailed on his 
soldiers to continue the expedition (1, 
ch, 3), commanded the right wing at 
Cunaxa (2.218), slain (2, ch. 5). 

κλεῖθρον, ov, [κλείω], bar, bolt. 7.1". 

κλείω [γ΄ κλεῖ, cf. L.clavis, claudo], κλείσω, 
ἔκλεισα, κέκλειμαι, shut, close. 8, See 
ἀπο-, κατα-, συγ’. 

κλέος, ous, τό, fume, glory, [οἷ, κλύω, hear, 
L. in-clii-tus, Sax. hlud, E. toup]. See 
εὔ-κλεια, €i-KAe@s, KAeaydpas et seq., 
Κλεώνυμος, Στρατο-κλῆς, Ἐανθι-κλῆς. 

κλέπτω [L. clepo|, κλέψω, ἔκλεψα, steal ; 
of various acts done thief-like, cheat, 
conceal, seize secretly, steal past with, 12. 
See κλοπή-κλώψ. klepto-mania. 

Κλεώνυμος, ov, [of famous name], Cleo- 
nymus, 4.118, 

τλῖμαξ, axos, ἡ, [κλίνω], ladder. 
climax. 

κλίνη, ns, [κλένω], couch, bed. 2. clinic. 

κλίνω [γίκλι, L. in-clino, Sax. hlaenan, 
LEAN], κλινῶ, ἔκλινα, bend, make lean or 
recline. clime, en-, pro-clitic. See 
ἀπο-, ἐκ-. 

κλοπή, js, [κλέπω], theft, stealing. 4.614. 
klope-mania. 

κλωπεύω, steal, take by stealth (ace.). 6.11, 

κλώψ, κλωτός, ὁ, [κλέπω], thief, marauder. 
4.617, 

κνέφας, ous, τό, [1], darkness. 4.5%. 

κνημίς, ios, 7, [xvhun, leg, below the 


4.5%, 


VOCABULARY. 





5238 


knee], /eggin, greave, usually of metai 
lined with leather or other material, 
and fastened by bands (ἐπισφύρια). 4. 

κόγχη ns, [Skt. canhas], muscle, shell-fish. 
5.38. conch, coach. 

KOYXVALaTNs, ov, [Koyx An, dim. of κόγχη], 
adj., shelly, full of shells. 3.4%. 

κοῖλος, 7, ov, |for κοξιλος, L. cav-us, E. 
HOLE], hollow. 5.45, Coele-syria. 

κοιμάω [fr. lost st. fr. κεῖμαι], How etc., put 
to sleep, mid. and aor. p. ἐκοιμήθην, 
sleep, full asleep. 5. cemetery, 
coma. 

κοινός, 4, dv, [for κομιος, akin to L. cum], 
common, common to all; public; τὸ 
κοινόν, the common good, treasury, store, 
authority etc. ; κοινῇ, in common, jointly , 
w. dat., σύν, μετά. 12. 

κοινόω, dow, make common; mid., commu 
nicate with, share with, consult (dat. ) 
5.627; 6.215, See dva-. 

κοινωνέω, how, have a share of (gen.), 7.67 
bea j 

κοινωνός, od, [κοινός, on end. cf. οἰωνός, 
sharer, partaker (gen.). 7.2%. 

Kowarddas, ov, Coiratadas. 7.1%, 

Κοῖτοι, of, Coetae. 7.8%. 

κολάζω [1], άσομαι, ἐκόλασα or ἐκολασάμην, 
chastise, punish. 6. See ἀ-κόλαστος. 

κόλασις, ews, ἣ, chastisement, punishment. 
v. lin 7.7%, 

Κολοσσαί, ὧν, Colossae, city of Phrygia 
where Menon joined Cyrus (1.235) and to 
the Christians of which Paul addressed 
one of his Epistles. 

Κολχίς, ίδος, ἡ, Colchis, a district on the 
southeast of the Euxine. In 5.3? an 
adj., Colchian. 

Κόλχοι, wy, Colchians, people of Colchis. 
4.88, 

κολωνός, od, [ef. L. collis, E. niix], Aili, 
mound. 4.7%, 

Kopavia, as, Comania, fortified post in 
Mysia. 7.815, 

κομιδή, js, conveyance. 5.111. 

κομίζω [cf. κομέω, take care of]. low or 10, 
ἐκόμισα etc., care for; care for by carry 
ing off for safe-keeping, hence, comm 
carry away, convey, bring; mid. conve» 


524 


oneself or one’s own. 6. See dva-, ἐκ-, 


συγ-. 

κονιᾶτός, ή, dv, [xovidw, plaster], plastered, 
cemented. 4.272, 

κονιορτός, οὔ, [κόνις, dust, ὄρνῦμι], cloud of 
dust, dust. 1.88, 

κόπος, ov, [κόπτω], toil; fatigue. 5.88, 

, Κόπρος, ov, (cf. καπύω, breathe Sorth|, dung. 
1.61. 

κόπτω [1], κόψω, ἔκοψα, 2a. p. ἐκόπην, cut, 
cut off or down; knock, smite, slaughter ; 
knock up, tire out, cf. κόπος. 4. Comma, 


syn-cope. See dmo-, δια-, éx-, συν-εκ-, 
κατα-. 

κόρη, ns, girl, maid. 4.55. Cora. Fem. 
of κόρος [1]. See ἐπικουρέω. 


Κορσώτη, ns, Corsdte, city on the east 
bank of the Euphrates, the exact site 
of which is uncertain. See 1.54, and 
Mdoxas. 

ΚΚορύλας, a, Corylas, a ruler of Paphla- 
gonia, who had thrown off his allegiance 
to Persia. 5.5}, 

κορυφή, jis, [cf. κάρα, head, Κόρινθος], top, 
peak, summit. 2. 

κοσμέω [κόσμος], how etc., arrange, order ; 
adorn, deck. 3. cosmetic. 

κόσμιος, a, ov, orderly, well-behaved. 6.6%. 

κόσμος, ov, [1], order, good order; orna- 
ment, dress. 2. World, as evidencing 


order. T. 187. cosmos. 
Koriwpa, wy, Cotydra, coast town of 
Pontus. 5.53. 


Korvapiriys, ov, a Cotydrite, citizen of 
Κοτύωρα. 

κοῦφος, η, ον, [1], light; «. χόρτος, light 
(i.e. dry) grass Ξξξ, ἤαψ. 2. 

κούφως, adv., lightly, nimbly. 6.15. 

κράζω, 2 pf. κέκρᾶγα, cry, shriek, scream. 
7.8, [4/«pay, imitative, like creak, 
crack, croak etc.] See ἀνα-; κραυγή. 

κράνος, ous, τό, [1 cf. κραναός, hard, rugged 
or κάρα, head], helmet, originally of 
leather, later usually of bronze, lined 
with felt or other soft material. 8. 

Kparéw [κράτος], how etc., be powerful ; 
have or get power over, rule, rule over ; 
conquer; get power over, hold. Abs., 
gen., less often acc. 20. 


VOCABULARY. 





κονιατός --- κρότος 


κρατήρ, ρος, ὃ, ἱκεράννῦμι, large bowl for 
mixing wine and water; made of clay, 
marble, or precious metals. 2. 

κράτιστος, see κρείτων. 

κράτος, ous, τό, |cf. L. creo, Cerés], strength, 
might, force; mastery. See sub avd, 
κατά. 9. aristo-, demo-crat. See ἐγ- 
Kpaths, ἐπικράτεια, παγκράτιον, αὖτο- 
κράτωρ, κρείτων; Πολυκράτης, Σωκράτης. 

κραυγή, jis, [κράζω], ὧν, shout, shriek ; 
clamor. 11. 

κρέας, Kpéaos Or pe τό, pl. κρέα, flesh, 
meat. Crea-sote. 9. [Cf. L. caro, Sax. 
hreaw, E. raw.] 

κρείττων, ov, [for cperjwy, comp. of κρατύς, 
strong, see κράτος], stronger, more power- 
Jul; comp. to ἀγαθός, better, braver, 
nobler ; 8. κράτιστος, strongest etc. ; 
κράτιστα as adv., best, in the best manner, 
most bravely. 47. 

Kpépapat, ἐκρεμάμην, hang, be suspended, 
3.219; 4.12; pres. and impf. mid. and 
pass., with shortened stem, to 

κρεμάννύμι, κρεμῶ, ἐκρέμασα, ἐκρεμάσθην, 


hang. 1.28; 7.417, 
κρήνη, ns, [ cf. κάρα, head], fountain, 
spring. 4. Syn. πηγή. 


κρηπίς, ios, 7, [cf. L. crepido], founda- 
tion. 2. 

Κρής, Κρητός, pl. Κρῆτες, Cretan, inhabi- 
tant of Crete, a large island of the 
Mediterranean, situated southeast of 
Greece. The Cretans excelled in arch- 
ery and as light-armed troops. 

κριθή, ἢς, [1], barley, ch. in pl. 
ἄλφιτα. 

κρίθινος, 7, ov, of barley, barley-; οἶνος κ. 
= beer, 2. On end. cf. ripwos. 

κρίνω [cf. L. cerno, cri-men]),.«pw@, &xpiva, 
κέκρικα etc., distinguish ; choose; comm., 
judge, decide; try (one accused). 18. 
critic, criterion, hypo-crite. See. 
ἀπο-, δια-, mpo-; κρίσις. 

κρῖός, οὔ, [οἵ. L. cervus, E. Hart], ram. 
2.29. 


κρίσις, ews, 7), judgment ; trial. 3. crisis. 
κρόμμνον, ov, [1], onion. 7.181, 


κρότος, ov, [1], rattling noise, applause 
6.138, Rosh. eae 


Ὁ 0 8 





κρούω --- Λακεδαίμων 
κρούω [1], κρούσω etc., strike, knock. 4.518; 
6.120, 


κρύπτω, κρύψω, hide, conceal (2 accs. in 
1.919), keep secret. 8, [Prob. akin to 
καλύπτω (A for p)]. crypt, grotto. 
See ἀπο-, ἐπι- 

κρωβύλος, ov, [3], tuft of hair. 5.418, 

KTdopat, κτήσομαι, ἐκτησάμην, acquire; 
κέκτημαι, have acqnired = possess; plpf. 
ἐκεκτήμην (as impf.), κεκτήσομαι (as 
fut.). 11. [Cf Skt. ykshi, dwell, pos- 
sess.] See xata-, προσ- ; κτῆμα, κτῆνος. 

κτείνω, κτενῶ, ἔκτεινα, kill. 2.553, See 
ἀπο- (the prose word). 

κτῆμα, aros, τό, [κτἄομαι, possession. 2. 

κτῆνος, ous, τό, [κτἄομαι], ch. in pl., flocks 
and herds, cattle; domestic animal. 5. 

κτήσασθαι, see κτἄομαι. 

Κτησίας, ov, [ possessor], Ctesias,a Greek 
of Cnidus in Caria, physician to Ar- 
taxerxes, and author of a history of 
Persia. 1.825. 

κυβερνήτης, ov, [κυβερνάω, steer], helms- 
man, pilot. 5.8%. governor. 

Κύδνος, ov, Cydnus, river of Cilicia. 1.2%. 

κυζικηνός, ή, dv, of or from Cyzicus; ὃ κ. 
(στατήρ), the Cyzicene stater, minted at 
Κύζικος and worth twenty-eight drach- 
mas or about $5.50.’ The stater was the 
standard gold coin among the Greeks, 
the best known being the Δαρεικός, 
Κυῴκηνός, and Swxairns. 5.623. 

Κύζικος, ov, Cyzicus, city on an island of 
same name on the coast of Mysia. 7.2°. 

κύκλος, ov, circle; κύκλῳ, in a circle, round 


about. 17. cycle,cyclo-. See Internat. 


Dict. [Skt. cakrds, wheel.] 

κυκλόω, dow etc., encircle, surround. 3. 
See mepi-. 

κύκλωσις, ἕως, 7, surrounding. 1.838, 

κυλίνδω, roll, roll along or off. 5. οΥ]- 
inder. [ 4/«va, cad (see καλινδέομαι) = 
op, Cf. κορωνίς, L. curvus.] 

κυπαρίττινος, 7, ov, made of cypress 
(κυπάριττος). 5.332. 

κύπτω, bend, stoop [ 4/xud, L. cub-o, cumbo, 
ef. E. hoop, HUMP]. See ἐπι-, συγ-. 

Κύρειος, a, ov, of Cyrus, Cyréan. 

κύριος, a, ov, having authority; «. εἰμί, 1 


VOCABULARY. 





525 


have authority. 5.7%. T. Lord, 749. 
[κῦρος, authority ; see ἄ-κῦρος, ἐπι-κυρόω.] 

Κῦρος, ou, [“ perh. borrowed from the river 
Cyrus near’ Pasargadae.” — Sayce]. 
Cyrus. 1. Cyrus the Elder (παλαιός) 
or the Great, son of a Persian nobleman, 
Cambyses, and of Mandane, daughter 
of Astyages, the last king of the Medes; 
founder of the Persian Empire, ruled 
from 558 to 529 B.c. See Introd. 7, 8. 

2. Cyrus the Younger, son of Darius 

II., called Nothos (bastard), and of 
Parysatis, daughter of Xerxes II. See 
Introd. 43. 

Kuravov, ov, Cytonion, town in Lydia. 
7.88, 

κύων, κυνός, 6, 7, [cf. L. canis, E. nounn], 
dog, bitch. 6. cynic. 

κωλύω [1], vow, ἐκώλῦσα, hinder (acc. + 
inf.), prevent; stop, forbid ; τὸ κωλύον, 
the hindrance. 30. See ἀπο-, κατα-. 

κωμ-άρχης, ov, village-ruler, comarch, 
mayor. 11, 

κώμη, 7s, village. 90. com-edy. [E. Home, 
akin to κεῖμαι. 

κωμήτης, ov, villager. 4.5%. 

κώπη, ns, handle, esp. of an oar; oar 2. 
[L. capio, E. warr.] 


A. 


A= Lat. 1 = Eng. 1, ef. λύκος, λύω, καλός, καλέω. 
A interchanged with p, cf. καλύπτω, apxew, ἔρχομαι, 
θαλαττα 


λαβεῖν, 2 ἃ. inf. οὗ λαμβάνω. 
λαγχάνω [γλαχ], λήξομαι, 2 a. ἔλαχον, 
εἴληχα, obtain by lot or fate, obta’n (acc.); 


get a share of, get (gen.). 3.14; 4.54, 
See δια- ; λάχος. 
λαγώς, ὦ or ὦ, [1], hare. 4.574, 


λαθεῖν, 2 ἃ. οὗ λανθάνω. 

λάθρᾳ [dat. of *AdApos, cf. λανθάνωϊ, 
secretly ; W. gen., without the knowledge 

4 of.. 5. 

«Λακεδαιμόνιος, 
citizen of 

Λακεδαίμων, oves, 4, [cf λάκκος, hollow, 
pit], Lacedaemon or Sparta, capitai of 


ov,.a Lacedaemonian, 


526 
d 

Laconia, most southern state of Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

λάκκος, ov, [whence L. lacus, lake, Ir. 
loch], pit, cistern. 4.2%. 

λακτίζω (cf. Adé, with the feet], low or ιῶ, 
ἐλακτίσθην, kick. 3.218, 

«Λάκων, wvos, a Laconian, see Λακεδαίμων. 

“Λακωνικός, 4, dv, Laconian. laconic. 

λαμβάνω [γι λαβ], λήψομαι, 2 a. ἔλαβον, 
εἴληφα, εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην. 1. take, ina 
wide sense, seize, capture, catch; over- 
take, detect, find; of the mind, seize, 
apprehend. 2. receive, obtain, get etc. ; 
mid. w. gen., seize, lay hold of. 224. Cf. 
ἀνα-, ἀπο-, συν-απο-, δια-, ἐπι-, KaTa-, προ- 
κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προσ-, συλ-, ὑπο-; 
λαφυροπώλης. 

λαμπρός, 4, ὄν, briyht, brilliant; splendid. 
7.741, 

λαμπρότης, nros, 7%, brilliancy, splendor. 
1.218, 

λάμπω [ 4/Aam, cf. L. limpidus], λάμψω, 
shine, light up; so in mid. and pass. 
3.111,12 lamp. See dva-. 

Aappaxnves, οὔ, a Lampsacene, citizen 
of 

«Λάμψακος, ov. ἡ, Lampsacus (modern Lam- 
saki), town of Mysia on the Hellespont, 
famed for its good wine. 7.8}. 

λανθάνω [ 4/Aaé, cf. L. lat-eo], in compds. 
oftener λήθω, λήσω, 2 a. ἔλαθον, λέληθα, 
escape notice of (act ), elude; be hid or 
concealed; withf pt. often rendered, 
secretly, unawarés etc., τρεφόμενον ἐλάν- 
Gaver, 1.19, (the army) while being sup- 
ported escaped notice =the army was 
secretly supported, cf. 1.37; 4.27; 61, 
See H. 984; G. 1586. 17. Lethe, 
lethargic. See ém-, ἀληθής, λάθρᾳ. 

Λάρισσα, ns, [1], Larissa, mod. Nimrud, 
a name used by Xenophon (8.47) to des- 
ignate the ruins of a city identified with 
ancient Calah (or Kalhn), on the left 
bank of the Tigris, about six miles 
above the mouth of the Zapatas (Zab). 

λάσιος, a, ov, [1], hairy, shaggy = δασύς 
(perh. a dialectic form); bushy; τὰ 
λάσεα, thickets. 2. 

λαφυροπωλέω, sell booty. 6.088, From 


VOCABULARY. 





λάκκος --- λήγω 


λαφῦρο-πώλης, ov, seller of booty. 7.758, 

λαχών, 2 a. pt. of λαγχάνω. 

λάχος, ous, τό, |[Aayxdvw], one’s lot, share, 
portion. 5.3%, 

λέγω (A), [cf. L. lego], ἔλεξα, εἴλοχα, 
εἴλεγμαι, 2 a. p. éAéynv, — these pts. in 
Att. only in compds.,— gather, pick; 
pick out, count, recount, hence (B). See 
ἐκ-, KaTa-, συλ-; dmwdé-AexTos, ἐπι-; σύλ- 
Aoyos, -h. 

λέγω (B), λέξω, ἔλεξα, λέλεγμαι (but de 
εἰλεγμαι), ἐλέχθην, in compds. oftener 
ἀγορεύω, f. ἐρῶ etc., see’elroy, say, speak, 
speak of, tell, mention, express ; propose ; 
reckon ; mean; constr., acc., ὡς or ὅτε 
w. ind. or opt., inf. esp. after pass., 
λέγεται, ἐλέγετο, is said, was said, πρός, 
περί etc. 302. lexicon. See ἀμφι-, 
ἀντι-, δια-, ἐπι-, mpo-; λεκτέος, λόγος, 
λογίζομαι, ἀπο-λογέομαι, ὁμο-λογέω. 

λεία, ας, [ λήζομαι], booty, plunder, esp. 
cattle. 8. 

λειμών, ὥνος, ὃ, [cf. λείβω, pour], meadow. 
5.8.1 

λεῖος, a, ov, [for λεῖος, οἷ. λευρός, smooth, 
L. lévis], smooth ; with smooth sur- 
face. 3. 

λείπω [ 4/Arw, Aci, λοιπῇ, λείψω, 2 a. 
ἔλιπον, λέλοιπα; λέλειμμαι, ἐλείφθην, 
leave, abandon, forsake ; pass. be left = 
fall behind ; be inferior; be left over, 
survive. el-lipse. 19. See ἀπο-, δια-, 
ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, Tapa-, ὗπο-; λοιπός, 

λεκτέος, ἃ, ον, [λέγω], to be or must be said. 
5.65, 

λέλοιπα, see λείπω. 

λεξάτω, λέξω, see λέγω. 

Acovrivos, ov, a Leontine, of Λεοντῖνοι 
mod. Lentini, a Sicilian town north of 
Syracuse. 

λευκο-θώραξ, ἄκος, 6, with white corselet. 
1.89, 

λευκός, 4, dv, [L. luceo, lux], bright, clear, 
white. 5. , 

λεχθείς, 566 λέγω. 

«Λέων, οντος, [Lion], Leon, from Thurii in 
southern Italy. 5.12. 

λήγω [1], λήξω, ἔληξα, cease, end. 3.19; 


“66, 








ληζομαι --- λύω 


λήζομαν or ληΐζομαι [Ants ΞΞ λεία, 4/AaF, 
gain}, λήσομαι, plunder, pillage, spoil, 
rob, seize. 7. See -τής, λῃστεία. 

λῆρος, ov, [1], nonsense, idle talk. 7.741. 

λῃστεία, as, plunder, robbery. 7.79. 

λῃστής, οὔ, plunderer, robber. 3. 

ληφθ-, ληψ-, see λαμβάνω. 

λίαν [2], adv., very, exceedingly. 2. Syn. 
ἄγᾶν. 

λίθινος, η, ov, [on end. οὗ ξύλινος], of stone, 
sione-. 2. : 

Υλίθος, ov, [1], a stone, stone. 21. litho-, 
see Internat. Dict. See ἄ-λιθος, rérpos 
(syn.). 

λιμήν, evos, [1 cf. λείβω, pour], harbor, 
haven, refuge. 11. 

λιμός; οὔ, [1], hunger, famine. 4. 

Awois, ἢ, odv, [λίνον, linen, on end. cf. 
χρυσοῦς], flaxen, linen. 4.715, 

λιπ-, see λείπω. 

λογίζομαι [λόγος], consider, calculate. 
2.218; 3.12. See κατα-; ἀ-λόγιστος. 

λόγος, ov, [λέγω] : 1. The outward form 
of speech, — word, saying, report (1.47), 
speech, discourse, discussion, interview (eis 
λόγους, 3.53), account, book ete: 2. The 
thought expressed,— opinion, reason, 
argument etc. 24. logo-, -logy, -logue. 
See Internat. Dict. 

λόγχη, ns, [1], spear-head; spear, lance, 
lancea. 13. Cf. δόρυ, spear-shaft, spear. 

Aowopéw [AolSopos, railer], rail at (acc.), 
revile. 8.439. 7.51, 

λοιπός, 4, dv, [λείπω], rest, remainder, rest- 
of-the ; τὸ λοιπόν, thenceforth, henceforth ; 
rest; λοιπόν(ἐστι), it remains. 27. 

" Aoxpds, od, a Locrian, of Locris in cen- 

tral Greece. 

Aovordrns, ov, or Λουσιεύς, éws, a Lusian, 
of Aovgoi, a town in Arcadia. 4.221, 

λόφος, ov, [1], neck, crest; hence, ridge, 

~ hill, height. 25. Cf. γήλοφος. 

λοχάγέω, be a captain. 6.189, 

Aoxayla, as, captaincy. 1.415; 3,130, 

λοχάγός, od, [Adxos, ἄγω], leader of a com- 
pany, captain, above the πεντηκοντήρ 
and next to the taéti-apxos; his pay 
twice that of a private. 99. See 
ὑπο-. 


> 


VOCABULARY, 





527 


᾿ 


λοχίτης, ov, member of a λόχος, com- 
rade, 6.67, 17, 

λόχος, ov, [cf. λέγω, lay, lie, λέχος, bed], 
place or act of lying in wait, ambush ; 
those in ambush, company ; composed 
of about one hundred men, divided into 
two πεντηκοστύες and four ἐνωμοτίαι. 60. 

Λυδία, as, Lydia, province on the west 
coast of Asia Minor, capital Sardis; 
conquered by Cyrus the Great about 
554 8. Ο. 

Αὕὔδιος, ἃ, ον, Lydian. , 

Av8ds, οὔ, a Lydian, inhabitant of Lydia. 

«Λύκαιον, ov, Mt. Lycaeus, in Arcadia, 
sacred to Zeus; τὰ Λύκαια (fepd), the 
Lycaean festival, in honor of Zeus. 1.21, 

Avxdovia, as, Lycaonia, province of Asia 
Minor, between Galatia and Cilicia. 

«Λυκάων, ovos, a Lycaonian. 

ύκειον, ov, the Lycéum, a gymnasium in 
the eastern suburb of Athens near the 
temple of Apollo Δύκειος, an epithet 
of uncertain origin. Along its walks 
Aristotle discoursed, whence his school 
was called Lycéum, his followers, peri- 
patelics (περιπατέω, walk about). 

Αύκιος, ov, [λύκος, wolf], Lucius, a Syra- 
cusan. 1.10!*; an Athenian, 3.3”; 
4.372, 

λύκος, ov, [for ἔλυκος, Goth. vulfs], wour, 
sacred to the Persian god Ahriman. 
v. 1. in 2.29, 

Λύκος, ov, Lycus, i.e. Wolf river, of 
Bithynia, near Heracléa. 6.2%. 

Λύκων, wvos, [wolf], Lycén, an Achaean. 
5.627, 

λυμαίνομαι [Adun, outrage, Adua, filth, 4/Av, 
AoF, λούω, wash], outrage ; spoil, mar. 
1.316, 

λυπέω, how etc., pain, trouble, annoy. 7. 
See παρα--. From 

λύπη, ns, [cf. Skt. 4/lup, damage], pain, 
grief. 3.13. Whence 

λυπηρός, a, dv, painful, grievous; trouble- 
some. 2.518. 7.7%, 

λύττα, ns, [1], rage, madness, 5.7%, 

λύω [L. luo, solvo (= se-luo)], λύσω, ἔλῦσα 
etc., LOOSE, in a wide sense, set /oose, 
set free, release, unyoke, undo, break, 


528 


break down, end, destroy etc. 17 1.088, 
“LESS. analysis. See ἀπο-, xara-, 
παρα-, ὑπο-. 

λωτο-φάγοι, wy, [Awrds, φαγεῖν], lotus- 
eaters. The lotus, now called jujube, 
was a thorny tree, that grew about 
Cyrene, in Africa, and bore a fruit re- 
sembling the olive in size, the date in 
taste, and so delicious, according to the 
legend, that travelers who ate of it 
lost all desire to return home. 3.2”. 

λωφάω [1], how, rest, cease. 4.79, 

λῴων, Agor, [3 ef. 4/AaF, gain, see Arf Coma), 
more desirable, better, c. to ἀγαθός. 8. 


M. 


u = Lat. m = Eng: m; cf. μέγας, μεθύω, μέσος, 

μήν, et al. 

μά [1], adv. of swearing, by, w acc. 
always neg. unless val precedes. 5. 
Cf. νή. 

μάγαδις, sos, dat. uayddi, ἡ, [ foreign], 
magadis, a three cornered harp-like 
instrument of twenty strings. 7.3%. 

Μάγνης, nros, a Magnesian, of Magnesia, 
a district on the east coast of Thessaly. 
61°. magnesia, magnet. 

μαθ-, 2a. of μανθάνω. 

Μαίανδρος, ov, Maeander, a river of 
Phrygia and Caria; very winding, 
hence ‘ meander.’ 

μαίνομαι [ 4/uav, «think, be excited, cf. 
μιμνήσκω], pavodua. 2 a. p. ἐμάνην, 
rage, be mad. 4. mania. 

μακαρίζω [μάκαρ, blessed, οἷ. L. mactus, 
adored], bless, deem blessed, count happy. 
3.11%, Whence 

μακαριστός, h, dv, deemed happy; envi- 
able. 1.9%, 

Μακίστιος, ov, a Macistian, of Macistus, 

' an ancient town of Elis. 7.41. 

μακρός, a, dv, (cf. uijxos], long, of time or 
space; μακράν (d36v), a long way or 
distance, far ; μακρότερον, farther. 10. 

Μάκρωνες, wy, Macrénes, a powerful tribe 
of Pontus. 4.727. 

μάλα {η. pl. of st, akin multus], adv., very, 
quite, exceedingly, very much, very well ; 


VOCABULARY. 





Awtopayot — Μάσκας 


eractly, certainly ; od μάλα, not atall: ς. 
μᾶλλον, more, rather; 8. μάλιστα, most, 
in the highest degree, most of all, espe- 
cially ; of number, about. 1058. 

μαλακίζομαι, be softened ; show weakness or 
cowardice, 5.8\4. See ὗπο-. {μαλακός, 
soft, cf. L. mulceo, soothe.} 

μᾶλλον, μάλιστα, see μάλα. 

μανέντες, 3 ἃ. p. οὗ μαίνομαι. 

μανθάνω [γψίμαθ], μαθήσομαι, 2 ἃ. ἔμαθον, 
μεμάθηκα, learn, ascertain. 7. See κατα-. 
μαθητής, pupil. T. 268. mathematics. 

μαντεία͵ as, prophesying ; a response, 8.1". 
From μαντεύομαι [mdytis], prophesy, 
whence 

pavrevtés, ἡ, dv, prophesied, directed by 
oracle. 6.133, 

Mavrivets, éws, a Mantinéan, of Mantinea, 
a city of Arcadia, memorable for the 
victory of Epaminondas 362 B. Ο. ; now 
a ruin called Paleopoli. 

μάντις, ews, 6, [ 4/uav, be excited, inspired, 
cf. uatvouat; on end. cf. pd-ris], prophet, 
diviner. 17. necro-mancy. 

Μάρδοι, wy, Mardi, Mardians, people of 
southern Armenia. 4.3%. 

Μαριανδυνοί, ὧν, Mariandyni, a Bithy- 
nian tribe, subject to Heracléa. 6.24. 
μάρσιπος, ov, [1], bag, pouch. 4.34. Dim. 

μαρσίπιον. marsupial. 

Μαρσύας, ov, Marsyas, asatyr of Phrygia, 
who finding a pipe, challenged Apollo 
to a contest on condition that the victor 
might do what he would with the van- 
quished. The Muses were the judges, 
and the outcome is stated in 1.35, 

μαρτυρέω [μάρτυς], how, bear witness, tes- 
tefy. 2. 

μαρτύριον, ov, [udprus], witness, proof. 8.318, 

μάρτυς, vpos, 6, ἣ, later udprup, witness. 
7.7 martyr. [Cf. Skt. 4/smar, re. 
member, end. -rus = -rnp]. See ἐπὶ 
μαρτύρομαι. 

Μαρωνείτης, ov, a ecsuies of Maronéa, 
coast-town of Thrace. 

Macxas, a, Mascas, though called a river 
(1.54), it was probably a canal forming 
with the Euphrates an island, the sup 
posed site of Corsote. 


βαστεύω --- μεμνη- 


μαστεύω [cf. μάομαι, desire], seek, search 
after (poet.). 8. 

μαστιγόω, dow, whip, flog. 4.6%, 

μάστιξ, ἴγος, ἡ, |cf. ἱμᾶς, thong], whip, 
lasn. 8.435, 

μαστός, οὔ, [for μαδ-τυς, cf. μαδάω, be 
moist], breast, esp. of a woman; hill, 
knoll. 8. 

μάταιος, a, ov, [udrn, folly], vain ( fruitless, 
idle, empty ete.). 7.617, 774, 

βάχαιρα, as, [μάχομαι], sword, short and 
single-edged battle-knife, knife. 5. Cf. 
ξίφος, long and two-edged. 

μαχαίριον, ov, [dim.], dagger, knife. 
4,736, 

μάχη, ns, battle, fight; battle-field. 34. 
See d-uayel, ἀμαχητί; ἀπό-, ἐπί-, and 
σύμ-μαχος ; mpo-uaxedy and 

μάχιμος, ἡ, ov, jit for fighting, warlike. 
7.818, 


μάχομαι [cf. L. de-mic-are], fut. μαχοῦμαι, 
ἐμαχεσάμην, μεμάχημαι, fight, fight with 
(dat.), fight against (πρός) ; contend. 61. 
See ἀπο-, δια-, cup-. 

μέ, see ἐγώ. 

Μεγάβυζος, ov, Megabyzos, warden of the 
temple of Diana in Ephesus. 5.3%. 

μεγαληγορέω [μεγαλ-ήγορος, talking big), 
how, talk big, boast. 6.38, 

μεγαλο-πρεπῶς [-πρεπής, fitting, πρέπω], 
c. -έστερον, 8. -έστατα, magnificently, 
ona grand scale. 8. 

μεγάλως [uéyas], adv., greatly. 3.222, 

Μεγαρεύς, €ws, a Megarian, of Megara, 
capital of Megaris, west of Attica. 

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα. g. μεγάλου, -ns, -ου. 6. 
μείζων, 5. μέγιστος, great, large; stately, 
3.2%; powerful, important ete.; μέγα, 
μεγάλα, often adv., greatly, very, very 
much ete., (τὸ) μέγιστον, chiefly. 1.3”; 
2.57. 99. [Cf..L. magnus, E. MIcKLE, 
MUCH.] 

μέγεθος, ous, τό, [μέγας], greatness, size. 2. 

Μεγαφέρνης, ov, Megaphernes. 1.2, 

μέδιμνος, ov, [cf. L. modius; on end., cf. 
épu-uvés], a medimnus = forty - eight 
quarts. 

μεθ᾽ = μετά. 

μεθ-ίημι, -how, let go, give up. 7.410, 


VOCABULARY. 





528 


μεθ-ίστημι, -εστησάμην, set aside, remove ; 
-éorny, stand uside, withdraw. 2.38,41, 

ΜΜεϑυδριεύς, éws, a Methydrian, of Meé 
ὑδριυν (between two streams), a town in 
Arcadia. 4.127, 

μεθύω [μέθυ, wine, E. MEAD], be drunk. 3. 
amethyst. 

μείζων, comp. to μέγας. 

μειλίχιος, d,ov,[on end. cf. 86A-txos], MILD 
gracious. 7.8+. 

μείνας, 1 a. part. of μένω. 

μειράκιον, ou, [μεῖραξ, /ass], boy, lad, four- 
teen to twenty-years old. 2.618, 28, 

pelopa, aros, τό, [μειόω, lessen], deficiency ; 
Jine. 5.8. 

μείων, ov, g. ovos, comp. to μικρός and 
ὀλίγος, less, smaller, weaker; fewer; 
μεῖον as adv., μ. ἔχειν, be worsted; 
τοῦτο p., this disadvantage, 3.2". 19. 

Μελανδϑῖται, Melanditae, a Thracian tribe. 
7.222, 

μελανία, as, blackness. 1.88, From 

μέλᾶς, μέλαινα, μέλαν. g. μέλανος, -αίνης, 
black, dark. 2. [Akin to L. malus.] 

μελετάω, ἐμελέτων, how, care for (gen.), 
study, practice (acc.). 2. From μελέτη, 
whence 

μελετηρός, & dv, attentive, diligent in prac- 
ticing (gen.). 1.95. 

μελίνη, ns, [1], L. melium, panic, a species 
of millet, widely cultivated in’ the 
east for food and fodder; pl. panic- 
Jjields. 5. 

Μελινο-φάγοι, wr, millet-eaters. 7.5%. 

μέλλω, how, ἐμέλλησα, ch. in pres. ard, 
impf., be about to, be going to, intend tur 
be ever going, hence de/ay; comm w. 
pres. or fut. inf. and well rendered, am 
to, must, will, would etc. ; τὸ μέλλον, the 
Suture; μέλλομαι as pass., be delayed. 
8.147, 86. [ 4/mea, think about ; (1) in- 
tend ; (2) care for, cf. μέλω, μελετάω]. 

péAw, in the act., impers. in Att. prose, 
μελήσει, ἐμέλησε etc., it is a care, it con- 
cerns; μέλει mot, 1 care; μέλει μοι τούτου, 
I care for this ; also w. ὡς, ὅπως and fut. 
indic. 5. See ém-, dvr-em- and συν-επε 
μελέομαι ; μετα-μέλει, ἀμελέω. 

μεμνη-, See μιμνήσκω. 


530 


μέμφομαι [7], μέμψομαι, ἐμεμψάμην, blame, 
censure (acc.). 2. 

μέν [weak form of μήν], post-pos. particle 
expressing: 1. confirmation, truly, verily, 
indeed, esp. after pronouns, / for my 
part, I indeed, 1.9%; 3.119; 7.6%; also 
with other particles, μὲν δή, 1.2; 3.1%, 
now indeed, now, accordingly ; οὐ μὲν δή, 
2.23; 4.6; μὲν οὖν, stronger form of οὖν, 
sothen; μὲν τοίνυν, now then, then indeed. 
2. correlation, marking its word or 
clause as set over against a following 
one with δέ, less often with ἀλλά, ἔπειτα, 
μέντοι, or καί; comm. best rendered by 
emphasis ; also, on the one hand, jirs:, 

μέν-τοι, in truth, assuredly ; yet, still, how- 
ever. 56. 

μένω [L. maneo], μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα, 
remain, tarry, wait ; wait for, await. 89. 
See dva-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, 
προσ-, ὗπο- ; μονή. 

Μένων, wvos, ἱμένος, might], Menon, ἃ 
Greek general from Thessaly, who 
joined Cyrus at Colossae with one 
thousand heavy-armed and five hundred 
light-armed troops. For Xenophon’s 
estimate of his character see 2.4. 

μερίζω, ἐμερίσθην, divide, distribute. 

κατα-. 

μέρος, ous, τό, part, share; division ; one’s 
turn, ἐν (τῷ) μέρει, in turn; so ἀνὰ or 
κατὰ μέρος ; μέρος τι, α specimen, 1.55, 
From μείρομαι, get one’s share; pass., be 
allotted. See δι-μοιρία. 

ronpBpla, as, ἱμέσος, ἡμέρα, H. 60, G. 66,8, 
N.1], mid-day, noon ; south. 1,78; 3.51%, 8. 

‘perdqyeta, as, [yéa = γῆ], midland, inte- 
rior. 3. 

μέσος, 7, ov, [for μεθἾος, L. medius], Μ1Ὸ-, 
MIDDLE, the-middle-of, foll. by same case, 
διὰ μέσου τοῦ παραδείσου, through the mid- 
dle of the park; μέσαι νύκτες, midnight ; 
τὸ μέσον, middle, centre, distance between; 
διὰ μέσου, through the midst, between ; ἐν 
μέσῳ, in the midst, between. 53. mes-, 
meso-, see Internat. Dict. 

μεσόω, dow, be in the middle; μεσοῦσα 4 
ἡμέρα, mid-day. 6.51. 

Μέσπιλα, ns, [orig. unc.], Mespila, modern 


5.19, 


VOCABULARY, 





μέμφομαι — μέχρι 
Kuytinjik, the ruins of ancient Nine- 
veh. 3.4), 
μεστός ή, dv, [1], full, full of or jilled with 
(gen.). 11. 
pera [cf. Ger. mit], among. 
1. With gen., with = along with, in 
common with, sharing with (community 
of interest, cf. σύν) ; by means of. 25. 
2. With acc., strictly, into the midst 
of (poet.); then, in quest of, after, cf. 
μετα-πέμπομαι ; comm. after, next after, 
μετὰ ταῦτα, after this; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν 
(after day-dawn), by day. 59. In compos. 
participation or change = elsewhere, dif- 
Jerently, cf. μετα-γιγνώσκω, μετα-μέλει, 
μεθ-ίστημι. See μεταξύ. 
μετα-βάλλω, 2 ἃ. -έβαλον, cast back; mid. 
cast behind oneself. 6.510, 
μετα-γιγνώσκω, 3 ἃ. -έγνων, pt. pl. -γνόντες, 
think differently, change one’s mind, 2.63. 
μετα-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -έδωκα (δῶ, δοίην), give 
(τι) among or to (τινί), distribute; share 
(τινός) with (τινί). 4. 
μετα-μέλει,-μελήσει, inf. -μέλειν, it concerns 
one differently, it repents (rwi). 5. 
μεταξύ [uerd, ξύν], adv., in the midst, mean. 
while ; between (gen.). 5. 
μετά-πεμτος, ov, sent for. 1.4%, 
μετα-πέμπω, -πέμψω, -ἔπεμψα, send for ; 
ch. in mid., send for or after one, sum- 
mon to oneself. 12. - 
μετα-στάντες, -στησ-, see μεθ-ίστημι. 
μετα-χωρέω, -κεχώρηκα, change one’s place, 
remove. 7.2'8, 
μέτ-ειμι, impers., one (dat.) has a share in 
(gen.). 3.1”, 
μετ-έχω, -εἶχον, 2 a. -ἐσχον, hare a share of 
(gen.), partake of. 4. 
μετ-έωρος, ov, [αἴρω, raise], raised up, in 
mid air. 1.58, 
μετρέω, how, measure. 4.55, See δια-. 
μέτριος, ἃ, ov, in due measure, moderate, 
adv. -lws, moderately. 2.3”, 
μέτρον, ov, measure. 2. [ 4/ue, ef. Τὶ 
métior, METE], meter, dia-meter, 
metro-. See &-uerpos, μήν. 
μέχρι, also μέχρις before a vowel, [1]. 1. 
Adv., even to, even, L. usque. 2. Prep. 
w. gen., even to, as far as, until; u. οὗ, 


μή --- μιμνήσκω 


unto which (time or place), to where or 
when. 3. Conj., until, till, w. indic.; μ. 
ἄν, w. subj. 27. Syn. ἄχρι. 

μή (Skt. ma], adv. and conj., not — mark- 
ing the neg. as subjective (i. e., as willed, 


desired) or conditional (vs. οὐ) ; εἰ uh, i} 


not, except ; ὅπου μή, where not = except 
where ; after verbs of fearing, lest, that 
(cf. L. ne); μὴ οὐ, that not; often w. 
inf. after verbs of hindering, denying, 


to emphasize the negation, 1.37; 3.5), 


so μὴ οὐχί, 3.118, H. 1018-, G. 1607. 

μηδαμῇ, adv., nowhere, 7.6 ; instr. case of 
μηδαμός, none, whence 

μηδαμῶς, adv., in no way. 7.138, 

μη-δέ, adv. and conj., but not, and not, nor, 
not even. 19. 

Μήδεια, as, Medéa, wife of Astyages, last 
king of Media. 3.41. 

μηδείς, -εμία, -ἐν, g. -evds, -ἰᾶς, |undé, εἷς], 
not even one, not one, no one, none ; 
μηδέν, adv. acc., in no respect, not at 
all, 26. 

μηϑέ-ποτε, never. 2. 
md-érepos, a, ov, neither of two. 7.41%, 

Μηδία, as, Media, a mountainous but fer- 
tile country lying between Assyria 
proper and the Caspian Sea; Μηδίας 
τεῖχος, the Median wall, built probably 
for defence against the Medes. It ex- 
tended from river to river, and its site 
is perhaps indicated by the ruins now 
called Sidd (wall) Nimrud. 1.71, 

Μῆδοι, wy, [Madai,Gen. x. 2], Medes. 3.2. 

pnd’, see μήτε. 

μηκέτι [un + « + ett, cf. οὐκέτι], adv., not 
again, no longer, no more. 7. 

μῆκος, ous, τό, [cf. waxpos], length. 8. 

μήν [1], asseverative particle, post-pos., 
very, truly, indeed ; yet, however ; ἢ μήν, 
now verily, assuredly. 81. 

μήν, μηνός, 6, MONTH; τοῦ μηνός, by the 
month; κατὰ μῆνα, monthly. 18. The 
Att. month was divided into three de- 
cades, and contained twenty-nine and 
thirty days alternately. [St. μενς, cf. L. 
ménsis, E. MOON, 4/ma, measure, see 
μέτρον] Cf. νουμηνία ; μήνη, moon, 
whence 


VOCABULARY. 





531. 


μηνο-ειδής, ἔς, [εἶδος, form], crescent- 
shaped. 5.218, 


μηνύω, tow, make known, disclose. 2.2”. 
[CE γμαν, μιμνήσκω.] 
μή-ποτε, not αἱ any time, never. 4. Cf. 


μηδέποτε. 

μή-πω, not yet. 3.27. 

μηρός, οὔ, [1], thigh. 2. See mapaunpidios. 

μή-τε, and not, nor; p.... fe, neither... 
nor; p.... τέ, not only not... but 
also. 23. 

μήτηρ, μητρός, ἡ, [L. mater], MOTHER. 7. 

μητρό-πολις, ews, 7, mother city, metropo- 

hes 6.28. 

μηχανάομαι, ἤσομαι, contrive, devise. 2.6"; 
4.719, From 

μηχανή, fis, contrivance, machine, device, 
means. 4. [μῆχος, means, akin to mag- 
nus, μέγας, MAY, MAKE.] 

pla, μιᾶς, see εἷς. 

μίγνῦμι [L. misceo], μίξω, mix. See dva-, 
KaTa-. 

Μίδας, ov, Midas, king of Phrygia and 
hero of many legends; caught the satyr 
Silénus, who was wont to frequent his 
garden of roses, by mixing the spring 
with wine. 1.218, 

Μιθραδάτης, ov, Mithridates, satrap of 
Lycaonia and Cappadocia, supporter of 
Cyrus till his death, when he went over 
to the king. 2.5%; 3.31. 

pixpds, a, dv, [cf. L. mica, morsel], small, 
little; of time or space, short, brief; 
μικρόν, adv., a little space, short time; 
Cc. μικρότερος (Or μείων), 8. μικρότατος. 
16. micro-. See Internat. Dict. 

Μιλήσιος, a, ov, [for Μιλήτιος], Milesian, . 
of Miletus ; 6 M., a Milesian. 

Μίλητος, ov, 7, Miletus, prior to its con- 
quest by the Persians 500 B.c., the 
Greek metropolis of western Asia 
Minor; later supplanted by Ephesus ; 
now a marsh. 1.19, 

Μιλτοκύθης, ov, Miltdcythes. 2.27. 

pipéopar [uiuos, mimic], imitate, mimic. 
3.135; 6.19. 

μιμνήσκω [ 4/uva, μαν, think, cf. μαίνομαι], 
μνήσω, ἔμνησα, remind; μέμνημαι (as 
pres.), remember; plpf. ἐμεμνήμην, f. pf. 


532 


μεμνήσομαι (as impf. and fut.), ἐμνήσθην, 
remember aloud = make mention (of) ; 
absol., gen., inf., pt.,or ὧς. 12. See ἀνα-; 
μνἠμη-μνησικακέω, ὑπόμνημα; μανθάνω, 


μάντις, εὐμενής. 


VOCABULARY. 


pioéw [μῖσος, hatred], ήσω, hate. 2. mis-' 


anthropy. 

- μισθοδοσία, as, payment of wages. 2.57 

μισθοδοτέω, ἤσω, give pay. 7.113, From 

μισθο-δότης, ov, [δίδωμι], paymaster. 1.89. 

μισθός, od, [cf. E. MEED], pay, wages; re- 
ward. 40. The csual monthly pay of 
a soldier was one daric, of a captain 

' two, of a general four. 

μισθοφορά, as, receipt of wages, mercenary 
service, pay. 7. 

μισθο-φόρος, ov, [φέρω], pay-receiving, mer- 
cenary ; oi μ. mercenaries. 4. 

μισθόω, dow, let for hire; mid. hire; pass. 
be hired. 8 

μνᾶ, as, [cf. Heb. maneh], mina = one 
hundred δραχμαί (about $18.00). 4. 

μνημεῖον, ov, memorial, monument. 3.213. 
From 

μνήμη, ns, [μιμνήσκω], remembrance, mem- 
ory. 6.574, ‘ 

μνημονεύω [μνήμων, mindful], call to mind, 
remember (gen.). 4.32 

μνημονικός, ή, ov, [μνήμων, mindful], hav- 
ung a good memory. 7.6%. mnemon- 

᾿ ies. 

μνησι-κακέω [-κακος}, how, remember 
wrongs, bear malice toward (dat.) for 
(gen.). 2.41, 

ports, older μόγις, [cf. μόγος, toil], with 
difficulty, scarcely. 7, 

μολυβδίς, (80s, ἡ, [dim.], piece of lead, 
bullet. 3.317, 

μόλυβδος, ov, [ef. L. plumbum (prob. for 
mlu-), plumb], /ead. 3.417, 

μοναρχία, as, [udv-apxos, sole ruler], sole 
command; monarchy. 6.15], 

povax 7 [uovaxds, solitary, monk], singly, 
only. 4.418, ; 

μονή, jis, [μένω], remaining, stay; delay. 3. 

μονό-ξυλος, ov, [ξύλον, wood], made of one 
trunk or log. 5.4%. Cf. μονό-λιθος, 

. monolith. 

μόνος, 7, ov, [7], alone, only; μόνον, adv., 





| 


μισέω — vavapyéw 


only, solely, 
Internat. Dict. 

μόσσῦν, dvos, 6, [foreign], dat. pl. μοσσύ- 
νοις, wooden tower. 2. 

Μοσσύνοικοι, wy, [οἰκέω], Tower-dwellers, 
from the appearance of their houses, a 
tribe on the southeastern coast of the 
Euxine. 5.4% 

μόσχειος, ov, [μόσχος, calf], of calf; μ. 
κρέα, veal, 4.551, 

μοχθέω, how, [μόχθος, toil], toil. 
Syn. πονέω. 

μοχλός, οὔ, [1], bar, bolt. 2. 

pute, suck. 4.527. [ 4/mu imitative, E. 
MOO, MEW, MUM etc.] 

Miptav8os, ov, ἡ, Myriandus, Cilician town 
on gulf of Issus. 1.45, 

μῦριάς͵ ddos, 7, myriad, ten thousand. 8. 

μύριοι, a, a, fen thousand ; also in sing. 
w. collect. nouns, ἀσπὶς μῦρία, 1.719; less 
definitely, countless. 15. [Cf£. L. mille, 
1 for p] 

μύρον, ov, unguent, ointment. 4.418, 
(σὴ) μυρίζω, anoint, SMEAR.] 

Micia, as, Mysia, province in north- 
western Asia Minor. 

Micros, a, ov, Mysian. 

Mics, οὔ, a Mysian. 1.67. 

Mics, od, Mysus, 5.2%, 

μυχός, οὔ, nook, recess, 4.17. [μύω, close the 
lips, see μύζω, μυστήριον]. mystery. 

μῶρος, a, ov, |L. morus, mdrdsus], foolish, 
stupid. 3.22, 

pops, adv., foolishly. 7.631, 


37. mon-, mono-, see 


6.651, 


[Ce 


1.21, 


N. 


v= Lat. n= Eng. ἢ. 
Of νέος, νεῦρον, viv, νύξ, κύων, μήν et al. 


ναί [L. né, nae], adv., yea, verily; ναὶ μά 
in oaths, yes by (acc.). 38. Cf. vf. 

νᾶός, od, Att. νεώς, [valw, dwell], dwelling 
of a god, temple. 6. 

νάπη, ns or νάπος, ous, τό, [1], vale 
(wooded), glen, del/. (3 and 10.) 

ναυαρχέω, haw, be admiral, command a ship 
or fleet. 2. 


ναύαρχος --- νότος 


ναύ-αρχος, ov, [ἄρχωϊ, admiral. 6. The 
Spartan vs. στρατηγός the Athenian 
name. 

vat-KAnpos, ov, [κλῆρος, lot, estate], ship 
owner or master. 2. 

ναῦλον, ov, v. 1. for ναῦσθλον. 5.112, 

ναυπηγήσιμος, ov, [ναυπήγησις, πήγνῦμι, 
build], fit for ship-building. 6.44. 

vais, νεώς, ἧ, [L. navis, cf. véw, swim], 
ship. 8. nausea. Syns. πλοῖον, τριήρης. 

ναῦσθλον, ov, [for ναύστολον 1], passage 
money, fare. 5.113. 

Ναυσικλείδης, ov, [son of Ναυσι-κλῇϑϊ, 
Nausiclides. 7.85. 

ναυσί-πορος, ov, traversed by ships, navi- 
gable. 2.28, 

ναυτικός, 4, dv, naval, nautical. 1.322, 

vedviorkos, ov, [dim. of vedv = νέος], young 
man, youth. 8, 

νεκρός, οὔ, [cf. L. nex, noceo], dead body, 
corpse. 11. necro-, see Internat. Dict. 

νέμω [cf. L. nemus, numerus], veud, ἔνειμα, 
distribute, divide, apportion; mid. have 
apportioned one, hold, possess, dwell (so 
in act.); as in early times past 
established possession (L. and S.), pas- 
ture (cattle); mid. of cattle, graze. 
4. nemesis. See δια-; vouh, νόμος, 
προ-νομή. 

νεό-δαρτος, ov, [δέρω, flay], newly-skinned. 
4.514; 

Νέον τεῖχος [new castle], Neontichos, Thra- 
cian town on the Propontis. 

νέος, a, ov, [for veFos, L. novus], NEw, 
young, fresh; 6. νεώτερος, 8. νεώτατος. 
10. See νεωστί. 

νεῦμα, aros, τό, [νεύῳ, ned], nod, sign. 
5.82, 

veupd, ἂς, string (of sinew), bowstring. 2. 

νεῦρον, ov, [L. nervus], sinew; string, cord. 

3.417, neur-algia, neuro-. 

νεφέλη, ns, [dim. (in form) of νέφος, cf. 1. 
nebula], cloud. 2. 

νέω [cf. L. naire], νεύσομαι, tvevoa, swim. 
4.812. 5.725, See vais, νῆσος. 

véw [1], vhow, vévnua, heap, pile up. 5.477; 
7.321, 

νεω-κόρος, ov, [| kopéw, 
guardian or warden. 5,3° 


VOCABULARY. 


sweep], temple 





533 


Νέων, wvos, [newman], Neon. 5.34, 6.35, 

νεώριον, ov, [vewpds (vais, ὥρα, care), dock- 
master], dock-yard. 7.17", - 

νεώς, νεῶν, See vais. 

νεώς, ved, see vads. 

νεωστί [véos], adv., newly, lately. 4.112, 

vq [akin to vat], asseverative particle used 
in oaths, yes by — (acc.), by. 2. 

νῆες, see ναῦς. 

νῆσος, ov, ἧ, [νέω, swim], island. 
Pelopon-nesus. poly-nesia. 

Ntx-av8pos, ov, [man of victory], Nicander. 
5.135, 

Νέκ-αρχος, ov, [leading to victory], Nic- 
archus. 3.588, 

vixdw, tow, ἐνίκησα etc., absol., be con- 
gueror, be victorious ; conquer (acc.), sur 
‘pass, excel; pres. often = pf. have 
conquered. 41. From 

νίκη, ns, [1], victory. 5. In many proper - 
names, Niklas, Νικάνωρ, Nid-Aaos, 
Nicolas, Νικό-δημος et al. 

Nixd-paxOos, ov, [victorious in battle], Nico- 
machus, 4.67. 

νοέω [νόος], how, ἐνόησα, perceive, observe ; 
be minded (inf.). 2. See d:a-, ἐν- ἐπι-, 
κατα-, Tpo-; ἀ-νόητος ; γινώσκω. 

νόθος, ov, [1], illegitimate, bastard. 
Opp. to γνήσιος. 

νομή, fis, [νέμω], pasture ; a herd grazing. 
2. nomad. 

νομίζω [νόμος], low or ιῷ, ἐνόμισα, regard 
as a custom (pass. be customary, 4.238), 
consider, suppose, regard, think, deem; 
w. 2 aces, 1.49, 16. ace. + inf., 1.3%; 
5.16; inf. + nom. 2.617; sup. pt. 6.633, 
65. 

νόμιμος, 7, ov, customary, lawful, 4.6. From 

νόμος, ov, [νέμω, assign], what is assigned 
or fixed, custom, usage, law ; in music, a 
strain. 15. Astro-, economy. See 
&-vouos, -ἰα, αὐτό-νομος-. 

νόος, 566 νοῦς. 

νοσέω, ἤσω, be sick, be disordered; aor. 
fell sick. 7.282, Syn. ἀσθενέω. 

νόσος, ov, %, [cf. L. noceo], disease, sick- 
ness; disorder, 2. noso-logy. 

νότος, ov, south wind. 5.77. [Cf.. νότιος, 
wet, vdw, flow.] 


3; 


2.4%, 


534 


voupnvla, as, [véos, μήνη, ae (poet.)], 
new moon, first of the month. 2. 

νοῦς, vod, (fr. νόος), mind, sense. 7. [For 
γνόος, see γιγνώσκω. See εὔ-νους, -νοια, 
εὐνοϊκῶς, κακό-νους, -νοια, ἐν-, δια-, and 
πρό-νοια. 

νυκτερεύω [vixrepos], εὖσω, pass the 
night. 8. 

νυκτός, see νύξ. 

νυκτο-φύλαξ, ακος, night-watch, sentinel. 2. 

νύκτωρ [νύξ, -wp, only instance of this adv. 
end.], adv., by night, at night. 6. 

viv |L. nunc], adv., Now, at present; in 
attrib. pos. 6 viv χρόνος, the present time ; 
τὸ νῦν εἶναι, for the present. 119. 

vuv [νῦν less emphasized], encl., now, then, 
of sequence. 7.2, 

νυνί = νῦν emphasized, just now, even 
now. 2. 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἧ, |L. nox, L-E. 4/nak, perish, 
Jail], Nicur; νυκτός, by or at night; 
see μέσος. 61. See νυκτερεύω, νύκτωρ. 

νῶτον, ov, |cf. L. nates, rump], back. 5.433, 


Ἐ. 


ἘΞανθικλῆς, οὖς, Xanthicles, 3.147. ξανθός, 
yellow, κλέος, glory, famed for his golden 
hair, a favorite color among the Greeks, 
cf, Ξανθίας, ZavOel8ys.] 

ξενία, as, guest-friendship, hospitality. 6.085, 

Elevias, ov, [hospitable], Xenias, a general. 
He deserted because some of his trgops 
went over to Clearchus. 1.1%, 2.1, 4,1, 

tevitw, low or 1, receive hospitably, enter- 
tain. 3. 

Eevixds, 4, dv, foreign, mercenary ; τὸ 
ξενικόν, the mercenary force. 1.2); 2.5%, 

ξένιος, a, ov, hospitable; τὰ ξένια, rites or 
gifts of hospitality ; Ζεύς &., Zeus, quard- 
ian of the rights of hospitality. 15. 

ξενόομαι, ώσομαι, become a guest, be enter- 
tained. 7.8°,8, 

ξένος. ov, [1], stranger, foreigner = (1) one 
bound by ties of hospitality, guest-friend, 
guest ; (2) foreign soldier, mercenary, less 
invidious than μισθωτός. 20. See words 
above. 


VOCABULARY. 





νουμηνία --- ὁ 


ΞΙενο-φῶν, ὥντος,[-φῶν -- pdwr= φάος, light; 
metaph., delight, cf. Κηφισο-φῶν], Xeno- 
phon, author of the Anabasis. See 
Introd. 106-123. 

ἘΞέρξης, ov, [Pers. Khshayarsha, fr. Khsha- 
ya, king, mod. Pers. shah], Xerxes L., 
king of Persia 485-465 B.c., invaded 
Greece and was defeated in the battle of 
Salamis, 480. 1.2%; 3.218. See Introd. 19 

ξεστός, 4, dv, [ξέω, polish], smoothed, 
polished. 3.41. 

Enpalve, -ανῶ, dry. 2.315, 

Enpos, a, dv, [1], dry, withered. 4.5%3, 

ξίφος, ous, τό, [1], sword, straight two- 
edged (cf. μάχαιρα), carried in a sheath 
(xoAeés), hung from a baldric {τελα- 
μών). 3. 

ξόανον, ov, [see teords], image, statue, esp. 
of wood. 5.312, 

ξυήλη, ns, [ξύω = ξέω, see ξεστός], tool for 
scraping ; Spartan sickle-shaped dagger. 
4.716, 8.25, 

ξυλίζομαι [ξύλον], gather wood. 2.41, 

ξύλινος, ἡ, ov, wooden, of wood. 6. From 

ξύλον, ov, [ξύω, polish 1], wood, in a wide 
sense, piece of wood, fire-wood, timber, 
log, pole. 18. 

ξύν = (though not certainly identical with) 

σύν. 


oO. 


ὃ, ἧ, τό, g. τοῦ, THs, τοῦ, the def. art., the. 

1. Demons. pron.,—its chief use in 
Homer, —6 piv... 6 δέ, this... that, 
the one... the other, the former... the 
latter ; of μὲν... οἱ δέ, these... those 
etc.; τὰ uty... τὰ δέ, partly ... partly, 
4.144; τῇ piv... τῇ δέ, here... there, 
on the one hand . .. on the other. 

2. Pers. pron., ὁ δέ, ἡ δέ, of δέ, but (or 
and) he, but she, but they. 1.14. 

3. Comm. as the def. art., the. Besides 
its use as the Eng. art., it is also used: 

(1.) With proper names to mark 
them as before mentioned or well 
known. In Bk. 1, often with Κῦρος. 

(2.) With force of a poss. pron., ἣ 
μήτηρ, his mother. 1.13. 


ὀβελίσκος --- οἴκοι 


(3.) With distrib. force, τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ 
στρατιώτῃ, α month to each soldier. 
1.321, 

(4.) With nouns and pronouns in 
gen., advs., adjs., pts., and phrases, with 
ellipsis of subs.; of ἐκείνου, his (men), 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν, their own (things, property 
etc.) ; τὰ τῶν θεῶν, of ὅσιοι (as in Eng.), 
the pious, 2.6%; τὸ ἀρχαῖον or παλαιόν, 
τὸ πρῶτον ; of τότε, the (men) of that 
time ; τοὺς οἴκοι, τὸ πρόσθεν ; τοὺς φεύ- 
Ὕοντας, the exiles; of σὺν αὐτῷ or περὶ 
αὐτόν, those with (around) him = his fol- 
lowers. 

(5.) With inf., to form a verbal noun, 
τοῦ ἀθροίζειν, of assembling. 1.17. 

(6.) With numerals, esp. after ἀμφί, 
ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσιν. 4.772, 

(7.) With abstract nouns, to disting. 
classes of objects, 7 δικαιοσύνη, 6 θάνατος, 
death (viewed as universal) ; so w. adjs., 
τὸ δίκαιον, justice. [6, 7, cf. Sax. se, seo, 
E. sHE; τό, τοῦ etc., cf. L. (is)-te, -ta, 
-tud.] 

ὀβελίσκος, ov,[dim. of ὀβελός], spit. 7.814, 
obelisk. . 

ὀβολός, οὔ, [1 cf. ὀβελός, nail, early-used for 
money, Plut.], obol, Att. coin = one-sixth 
of a δραχμή or about three cents. 1.5%, 

᾿ ὀγδοήκοντα [on -κοντα, cf. ἑξήκοντα], 
eighty. 

ὄγδοος, 7, ov, eighth, 4.61. [Softened fr. ὄκτο- 
Fos (ὀκτώ), see ἕβδομος, cf. L. octavus]. 

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, g. τοῦδε, τῆσδε etc., dem. 
pron , this, the following ; τάδε, adv. acc., 
as follows. 43. [6+ δέ, cf. L. (qui) -dam]. 

ὁδοιπορέω [ὁδοί (loc.), πόρος], how, jour- 
ney, travel. 5.114, 

ὁδοποιέω [ὁδο-ποιόΞ5], How, impf. ὡδοποίουν, 
make or repair aroad. 5. 

ὁδός, οὔ, ἡ, [I.-E. 4/sad, go], going, march, 
journey ; way, road, route; manner. 69. 
See ἄν-, ἄν- (neg.), ἄφ-, 5t-, εἴσ-, ἔξ-, εὔ-, 
ἔφ-, κάθ-, πάρ-, περί-, πρόσ-, σύν-. These 
like 656s express both act and place. 

᾿Οδρύσης, ov, Odrysian, pl. Ὀδρύσαι, a 
Thracian tribe. 7.2%. 

Ὀδυσσεύς, éws, Odysseus, L. Ulysses, king 
of Ithaca and one of the heroes of 


VOCABULARY. 


5385 


Troy. 5.13 refers to his long wander- 
ings homeward by sea. 

ὅθεν [8], adv., whence, from what source. 15. 

ὅθεν-περ, stronger form of foreg., just 
whence, whence indeed. 2.1%. 

οἱ, pl. of 6. 

οἵ, pl. of ὅς. 

ot, dat. of οὗ, pron. of third pers. 

οἶδα [ 4/Fid, «15, od (see εἶδον), 2 pf. of 
*elSw, see, used as pres.], have seen, know, 
perceive; χάριν εἰδέναι, recognize grati- 
tude = be grateful, to one (dat.), for’ 
(gen.). Other modes εἰδῶ, εἰδείην, 
ἴσθι, εἰδέναι, εἰδώς; 2 plpf. ἤδειν (as 
impf.), fut. εἴσομαι; for aor. and pf. see 
γιγνώσκω ; constr., acc., ὅτι, ef or rel., 
ὅ τι, ὅθεν, supl. pt , ἔσθι ἀνόητος ὥν, know 
that you are a fool. 3.118, Η, 982, G. 
1588. 100. See cuv-; εἶδος. 

οἴκαδε [for οἴκο-δε, οἶκος], homeward, home. 
14, 

οἰκεῖος, ἅ, ov, [irreg. for oixotos], of the 
house or family, familiar, intimate, do- 
mestic ; of the same family, related ; of 
οἰκεῖοι, relatives. 6. 

οἰκείως, adv., familiarly, kindly. 7.5%. 

οἰκέτης, ov, [οἶκος], one of the household, 
esp., domestic, servant. 4. 

oixéw, impf. ὥκουν, how, ᾧκησα etc., dwell, 
live ; trans. dwell in (acc.), inhabit ; pass. 
be settled, be situated. 38. See év-, κατ-, 
περι-. 

οἴκημα, ατος, τό, [οἰκέω], a (single) dwell- 
ing, house. 7.41, 

οἴκησις, ews, ἡ, [οἰκέω], a dwelling (act or 
place), habitation, residence. 7.2°8. Ce. 
δι-οίκησις, diocese. 

οἰκία, as, [orig. fr. οἶκος, but in use a syn.], . 
house, dwelling. 39. See ἀπ-; cf. παρ- 
οἰκησις, parish. 

οἰκίζω [οἶκος], low or τῶ, ᾧκισα etc., cause 
to dwell, colonize, settle, found. 4. See 
KaT-. 

oixo-Sopéo [-dduos, -builder, δέμω, E. 
dome], few, ὠφκοδόμησα etc., build, erect. 
4. See ἐπ-. 





᾿οἴκο-θεν, adv., [ofkos], from home. 2. 
_olkor [loc. of οἶκος], at home ; of οἴκοι, those 
at home. 8. 


536 


οἰκο-νόμος, ov, [νέμω, regulate], steward, 
manager. 1.9, economy. 

οἶκος, ov, [for Foros, L. vicus, ΕἸ. -wick, 
-wIcH], house, dwelling. 2. See ἄπ-, 
περί; οἴκαδε --- οἰκουμένη. 

οἰκουμένη, ns, [pres. pt. of οἰκέω], inhabited, 
opp. to ἔρημος. ecumenical. 

οἰκτείρω [οἶκτος, pity, cf. L. aeger], epa, 
ᾧκτειρα, pity. 3. 

οἶμαι, impf. ᾧμην, methinks. 32. See οἴομαι. 

οἶνος, ov, [Foivos, L. vinum], wine. 25. 
See παρ-οινέω. 

οἰνο-χόος, ov, [χέω, pour], cup-bearer. 5. 

οἴομαι [1], impf. φόμην, οἰήσομαι, φήθην, 
suppose, think, be of the opinion, ace. + 
inf. ; often parenthetic, methinks. 45. 

οἷος, ἃ, ov, [ὁ (Ss) + sos], correl. pron.; 1. 
as, preceded by τοῖος, τοιόσδε or τοιοῦ- 
τος, such; 2. more comm. w. ellipsis of 
foreg. words, such as, of such a kind as; 
οἷον, adv., as, like as, as if, for example; 
WwW. sup. = ws, 4.82; οἷος oftener οἷός re 
w. inf., such as to= able, fit, possible, 
οἷον τε (ἐστίν), it is possible, 2.45, ; of 
which sort, kind, or nature, how great. 
56. 

οἷοσ-περ, ofa-rep, olov-rep, stronger form 
of foreg., just such as, just as etc., see 
οἷος. 5. 

ols, oids, 6, 4, pl. oles, acc. pi. ofas or ols, 
[for ὄξις, L. ovis, Sax. eowu], sheep, 
EWE. 4.5%; 6.23, Less comm. than 
πρόβατον. 

οἶσϑα, 2d sing. of οἶδα. 

olords, οὔ, [1 cf. οἴσω, fut. of φέρω], arrow. 
2.18. Rare in Att., see τόξευμα. 

οἴσω, fut. of φέρω. 

Οἰταῖος, ov, an Oetaean, man of the re- 
gion about Mt. Oeta (Ofrn, cf. οἷς, sheep), 
in southern Thessaly. 4.6”. 

οἴχομαι [7], ἀχοόμην, οἰχήσομαι, pres. as 
pf., impf. as plpf., am gone, have gone or 
departed ; be missing, gone, lost; often 
w. pt. for emph. or to indicate the man- 
ner of going, pxeTo ἀπελαύνων, ἀποπλέων 
ete., riding away he was gone, he rode 
off, sailed away 2.4%; 6%. 36. Pres. 
sys. supplied fr. ἔρχομαι See παρ-. 

οἰωνός, ov. |= oFi-wvos (as viwvds fr. vids), 


VOCABULARY. . 





οἰκονόμος --- ὁμαλός 


L. avis], bird of prey, as vulture, eagle; 
much observed in augury, hence omen, 
sign. 4. See derds. 

ὀκέλλω [later form of κέλλω, ef. L. per- 
cello], drive on, run ashore. 7.512. 

ὀκλάζω [1], squat, crouch down. 6.110, 

ὀκνέω [ὄκνος], how, ὥκνησα, hesitate, shrink 
(from, inf.), fear, μή w. subj. or opt. 4. 

ὀκνηρῶς [dxvnpos, reluctant], adv., reluc. 
tantly. 7.17. From 

ὄκνος, ov, [1], hesitation, reluctance. 441, 

ὀκτακισ-χίλιοι, a, a, eight thousand. 2. 

ὀκτακόσιοι, at, a, [Dor. -κάτιοι, cf. ἑκατόν), 
eight hundred. 3. 

ὀκτώ, L. octo, EIGHT. 10. See ὄγδοος. 

ὀκτωκαίδεκα, eighteen. 2. 

ὄλεθρος, ov, [on end. cf. πλέ-θρον], destruc: 
tion, run. 1.2% See ἀπ-όλλῦμι. 

ὀλίγος, η, ov, [1], little, small ; of time, short, 
pl. few; ὀλίγον, adv., little ; ὀλίγου (w. 
or without δεῖν), wanting little, almost, 
39. c. ἐλάσσων, 5. ὀλίγιστος or ἐλάχι- 
στος. Olig-archy. ᾿ 

ὀλισθάνω [a-proth., akin to λισσός, smooth}, 
slip. 3.51, 

ὀλισϑθηρός, a, dv, [ὄλισθος], slippery. 4.35. 

ὁλκάς, ddos, [see ἕλκω, draw], what is 
towed, ship of burden, tradino vessel. 
1.46. hulk. 

ὁλοί-τροχος, ov, [for FoAFou (loc., ef. L. 
volvo), τρέχω], rolling-stone, round stone 
4,23. 

ὁλοκανυτέω .[ὁλό-καυτος, burnt-whole, καίω], 
burn or offer whole. 7.84.8, holocaust, 

ὅλος, n, ov, [cf. old L. sollus, solidus], 
whole (not akin), entire, all. 8, holo-, 
see Internat. Dict., cath-olic. 

*Odvprla, as, Olympia, small district in 
Elis, in western Peloponnesus, on the 
right bank of the Alphaeus, where the 
Olympic games were celebrated every 
four years in honor of Olympian Zeus 
(i.e. dwelling on Olympus). 5.37. 

᾽Ολύνθιος, ov, an Olynthian, of Olynthus, 
a city of southern Macedonia on the 
Toronaic Gulf. 1.95, 

ὁμαλής, és. 2. = foll. 

ὁμαλός, ή, dv, [cf. duds, L. similis, E. samen, 
on end. cf. ὀμφαλός], even, level, smooth. 


ὁμαλῶς --- ὁπλίτης 


3. Cf. ἀν-ώμαλος, uneven, an-omaly. 
See ὅμοιος, ὁμοῦ. 

ὁμαλῶς, adv., evenly, in even line. 1.813, 

Sunpos, ov, surety, hostage. 8. [Cf. ὁμοῦ, 
ἄρω, fit, what joins together. | 

ὁμἴλέω, how, be in company with, associate 
with. 3.275. [ὅμιλος (cf. ὁμοῦ, ἴλη), a 
company.| homily. 

ὁμίχλη, ns, [6-proth., cf. Skt. mih, misé], 
mist, fog. 4.21. 

ὄμμα, aros, τό, [for ὄπ-μα, see dpdw], look ; 
eye. 7.7%, 

ὄμνυμι or ὀμνύω, [1], impf. ὥμνῦν or 
ὥμνυον, ὀμοῦμαι, ὥμοσα, ὀμώμοκα, swear, 
swear by (acc.), take oath. 12. See προσ-; 
év-wuoria. 

ὅμοιος, ἃ, ov, [fr. duds, as οἷος fr. 8s], like, 
resembling, similar; of the same rank; 
ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ, on the same ( footing), 4.618, 
of ὅμοιοι, equals in rank, peers, 4.614; 
ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζουσιν, were like per- 
sons wondering, 3.53. 7. homeo, 
homo-, see Internat. Dict. 

ὁμοίως, adv., alike, likewise, in like manner. 
3. See ἀν-. 

ὁμολογέω [ὁμό-λογος, saying the same thing], 
ow, ὡμολόγησα, agree, agree to (acc.), 
consent, confess; absol., acc., infin. 23. 
See mpoc-. 

ὁμολογουμένως [fr. pres. pt. of foreg.], adv., 
confessedly, 2.6}. 

ὁμο-μήτριος, ἃ, ον, [μήτηρ], of the same 
mother, 3.117 

ὁμο-πάτριος, a, ov, [πατήρ], of the same 
father. 3.117. 

ὀμόσαι, a. inf. of ὄμνῦμι. 

ὁμόσε [duds], adv., to one and the same 
place ; to meet. 3.44. 3, 

ὁμο-τράπεζος, ov, [τράπεζα], sitting at the 
same table ; subs., table-companion, favor- 
ite courtiers among the Persians so 
named. 2. Syn. συν-τράπεζος. 

ὁμοῦ [duds (for couos), L. similis, E. same, 
homo-], in the same place ; together. 8. 
See nine words above ; ὁμαλός and ὁμῶς. 

ὀμφαλός, οὔ, [cf. L. umbilicus], navel. 4.5%. 

ὅμως [duds], at the same time, nevertheless, 
yet, still; ἀλλ᾽ 6., but yet. 20. 

ὄν, pres. pt. of eiul. 


VOCABULARY. 





537 


ὄναρ, τό, (only in nom. and acc.), pl. 
ὀνείρατα, [1], dream, vision. 9. 

ὀνίνημι [prob. for ὀνόνημι, 4/ 1], ὀνήσω, 
ὥνησα, 2a, Mm. ὠνήμην, ΩΣ benefit, 
help, aid (acc. not dat., cf. H. 764, 2; 
G. 1160). Onesimus (profitable), cf. 
Philemon, 10, 11. Syn. ὠφελέῳ. 

ὄνομα, aros, τό, [orig. for o-proth. + yvoua, 
cf. L. nomen, co gnomen], NAME ; fame, 
reputation. 17. an-and ep-onymous ; 
hom-, pseud-, syn-onym ; met-onymy; 
»par-onomasia. 

ὀνομαστί [ὀνομάζω], by name. 6.5%4; 7.415, 

ὄνος, ov, [perh. for ὄσνος, cf. L. asinus], 
ass; 3. ἀλέτης, mill-stone, the upper one 
turned by an ass. 8. 

ὄντος, ὄντι etc., pt. of εἰμί. 

ὄξος, ous, τό, sour wine, vinegar. 2.314. From 

ὀξύς, εἴα, ύ, g. dos, elas, [akin to L. acer, 
sharp, see ἀκμή], sharp, acid. 5.49, 
oxy-, see Internat. Dict. 

ὅπερ, see ὅσπερ. 

ὅ-πη or ὅ-πῃ, in indir. ques. (= πῇ in 
direct), in what way, how, as; of place, 
by which way, whither, where. 12. : 

ὄπισϑεν [1], adv., from behind, from the 
rear; behind, of ὅ., those in the rear, τὸ 
ὄὅ., the rear; εἰς τοὔπισθεν, backward, to 
the rear, éx τοῦ ὅ., from behind. 20. 

ὀπισθο-φυλακέω [-φύλαξ], how, ὠπισθοφυ- 
λάκησα, be the rear guard, guard or com- 
mand the rear. 8. 

ὀπισθοφυλακία, as, guarding or command- 
ing the rear. 4.61, 

ὀπισθο-φύλαξ, axos, 6,a guard of the rear ; 
of ὀπισθοφύλακες, the rear-guard. 20. 

ὀπίσω |cf. ὄπισθεν], adv., behind. 6.18. 

ὁπλίζω [ὅπλον], ίσομαι, ὥπλισα, ὥπλικα, 
arm, equip ; mid., arm oneself. 5. See ἐξ-. 

ὅπλισις, ews, ἧ, arming, equipment. 2.517. 

ὁπλιτεύω, edow, be or serve as a hoplite. 
5.85, From 

ὁπλίτης, ov, [ὅπλον], heavy armed foot- 
soldier, hoplite ; pl. infantry. So named 
from his large shield (ὅπλον), besides 
which as defensive armor he wore a 
helmet (κράνος), coat-of-mail (θώραξ), 
and greaves (κνημίδες), and for defen- 
sive warfare the spear (δόρυ), sword 


538 


᾿ 


(ξίφος, μάχαιρα). 63. Opp. to πελταστής, 
γυμνήτης and τοξότης. 

ὁπλιτικός, 4, dv, of or for hoplites; τὸ 
ὁπλιτικόν, the heavy-armed force, 3. Cf. 
τὸ ἱππικόν, πελταστικόν et al. 

ὁπλομαχία, ας, fighting with full armor ; 
tactics. 2.11. 

ὅπλον, ov, [ἕπομαι, be busy with], imple- 
ment, esp. of war, shield (see ὁπλῖται) ; 
pl. arms, weapons, armor; by meton. 
for ὁπλῖται, 2.24; 3°; 3.2%; place of 
arms, camp, 2.4%; 3.133, 82. pan-oply. 
See six words above; also év-, ed-, -όπλιος. 

ὁπόθεν, 1. In indir. questions (= πόθεν, 
whence? in direct), whence. 2. Rel. 
whence, toa place whence ; w. ἄν, whence- 
soever. 5. 

ὅποι, 1. In indir. questions (= ποῖ, whither? 
in direct), whither. 2. Rel., whither, 
to which place ; w. ἄν, whithersoever. 14. 

ὁποῖος, a, ov, [ποῖος, of what sort 3], rel., 
of what sort or kind, of whatever sort, 
what. 10. 

ὁπόσος, 7, ov, πόσος, how much or great 3], 
rel. and in indir. questions, how much, 
great, or many; like ὅσος, α8 much, great, 
or many as; ~v. ἄν, how much or many 
soever, 25. 

ὁπόταν [ὁπότε + ἄν], w. subj., whenever, 
as often as. 7. 

ὁπότε [πότε, when ?], w. indic..or opt., when, 
whenever ; causal, since, whereas. 3.2, 15, 
38. - 

ὁπότερος, a, ov, [πότερος, which of two?], 
which of two; w. ἄν, whichsoever. 4. 

ὅπου [ποῦ, where?], where, wherever; w. 
ἄν, wherever or -soever; 8. μή, except 
where 30. 

ὀπτάω, how, roast, bake. 5.47. From 

ὀπτός, ἡ, ov, [perh. akin to ἕψω, boil], 
roasted, baked. 2412, 

ὅπως [πῶς, how?], 1. Rel. adv., how, as, 
2.16; 48, 2, In indir. questions, how, 
in what manner, 1.641; w. fut. indic., 
1.14; 811. τ. & and opt. 3.17; 227. 
8. Final conj. w. subj. or opt. how that, 
that, in order that ; οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως, it can- 
not be that, 2.43. 83. 

ὁράω [fr. lost st. fr. 4/op, Fop, cf. L. vereor, 


VOCABULARY. 





ὁπλιτικός — ὁρμάω 


E. WARD, wary], impf. ἑώρων, fat. 
ὄψομαι, 2a. εἶδον, ἑώρᾶκα, a. p. ὥφθην, 
866, see to, perceive. 213. Syns., βλέπω, 
look, θεάομαι, behold; θεωρέω, view; 
σκέπτομαι, look into, examine. See &-, 
ἐν-, ἐφ-, καθ-, περι-, προ-, συν-, ὑφ-; 
φρουρός, ὄμμα, ὄψις, ὑπ-οπτεύω, ὑπ-οψία, 
πρόσ-ωπον. 


ὀργή, fis, [cf. Skt. argd, vigor], anger. 1.58; 
2.69, 


ὀργίζομαι [ὀργή], ίσομαι οτιοῦμαι, ὠργίσθην, 
be angry (at, dat.). ὅ. 

ὀργυιά, as, [old 2d pf. pt. of ὀρέγω], length 
of the outstretched arms, fathom. 5. 

ὀρέγω, fw, ὥρεξα, stretch out, reach out, pre- 
sent. 7.37%, 

ὀρεινός, 4, dv, [8pos], of the mountains, 
mountainous. 5.2%. ὁ 

ὄρειος, a, ov, [ὄρος], = foreg.; of ὅ., moun- 
taineers, 7.441, 21, 

ὄρθιος, a, ov, [ὀρθός], straight-up, up-hill, 
steep (opp. to mpavhs, steep down); τὸ 
ὄρθιον, the steep, steep ground, 4.23; ὄρθιοι ἢ 
λόχοι, companies in column (with narrow 
as opp. to extended front), 42U; 3,17; 
8.19, 16, 

ὀρθός, 4, dv, [1 cf. L. arduus], upright, 
straight,erect. 4. ortho-. See Internat, 
Dict. 

ὄρθρος, ov, [1], dawn, daybreak. 2. 

ὀρθῶς [ὀρθός], adv., rightly, properly; ὃ. 
ἔχειν, be right. 5. 

ὁρίζω [ὅρος, boundary], low or ιῶ, Spica, 
bound, define, determine ; mid., fix or 
set up asa boundary. 5. δρίζων (κὐκλο:ὶ, 
horizon. 

ὅριον, ov, [ὅρος, boundary], boundary ; pl 
borders, frontier. 3. 2 

ὅρκος, ov, [cf. ἕρκος, fence, elpyw, restrain), 
what restrains, oath. The Greeks took 
the oath in the name of their favorite 
gods, held it in great sanctity (cf. 2.57; 
3.21”), and often accompanied it with 
sacrifices. 9. ex-orcise. See ἐπί- 
opkos, -ia, -€w. 

ὁρμάω [dpuh|, how, ὥρμησα, set in motion ; 
intr., set out, hurry, hasten, rush; 6. τὴν 
ὁδόν, set out on the way, 8.18; ὁρμᾶσθαι 
ἐκ, sally forth. 1.19%. 13. See ἐξ-. 








oppéw — οὗ 


ὁρμέω |dpuos, anchorage], lie at anchor. 
1.43, See ἐφ-; ὁρμίζω. 

ὁρμή, tis, [1], motion, outset, start, impulse, 
onset. 2.13; 3.119; 99 

ὁρμίζω, iow or ἐῶ, Spuica, trans. to ὅρμέω, 
bring to anchor, anchor; mid., come to 
anchor. 4. ι 

ὄρνεον, ov, 6.173 = ὄρνις. 

ὀρνίθειος, a, ov, of a bird, fowl’s, 4.55! (wh. 
ref. see on end. -ezos). 

-8avs, ἴθος, 6, ἡ, [1], bird, wild | or tame, 
oftener the latter, fowl, chicken. 4.5%, 

\ ornithology. 

᾽Ορόντας, a, Urontas, 1. a Persian of rank, 
tried and put to death for treason, 1.6!~!!, 
2. Son-in-law of Artaxerxes and satrap 
of eastern Armenia, 2.4°-. 

ὄρος, ous, τό, [2], mountain, 
ὄρειος. Oread. 

ὄροφος, ov, [ἐρέφω, cover], roof. 7.415, 

ὀρυκτός, 4, dv, dug, dug out, artificial, 


49. See 


1.7143; 4.5%. From 
ὀρύττω [7]. véw, ὥβυξα, dig, quarry. 1.55; 
5.8%. See κατ-; διῶρυξ. 


ὀρφανός, 7, dv, [apods, cf. L. orbus], with- 
out parents, OYphan. 7.2”, 

ὀρχέομαι [dpxos, row], hooua, ὠρχησάμην, 
dance. 7. 

ὄρχησις, ews, ἧ, dancing, dance, 6.18, 1. 
orchestra. 

ὀρχηστρίς, ίδος, ἡ, dancing girl. 6.113. 

Ὀρχομένιος, ov, an Orchomenian, of Orcho- 
menus, a town in Arcadia. 2.557 

ὅς ἥ, 8, who, which, what; its antecedent 
often omitted, ἐφ᾽ & for ἐκεῖνα ἐφ᾽ ἅ, 1.27; 
often attracted to case of its antecedent, 
ἡγεμόνι & (for ὃν) δοίη, 1.317; οὗ (old 
gen.), where; ἐν ᾧ, in which (time), while, 
meanwhile; ἣ (dat. of manner), in what 
way; often = as, ἣ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, as 
quickly as possible; δι’ 8, wherefore ; 

, ἔστιν ὅς (οἵ), some one, some; orig. a dem. 

pron., καὶ ὅς, and he, 1.818; 3.44. [Skt. 
yas]. 626. See ὅθεν, Sexes ὅστις, ὅτε, 
ὅτι 

ὅσιος, a, ον, [7], pious, devout. 3.625. 5.836 

ὅσος, ἡ, ov, correl. pron, = L. quantus. 
1. With antecedent (τοσόσδε or τοσοῦτος, 
so much or many) expressed, as, τοσοῦτοι 


VOCABULARY, 





faa 


ὄντες ὅσους σὺ ὁρᾷς. 2. With antece- 
dent omitted, as much «us, how much, as 
great (far, long etc.) as; pl,as many as, 
how many; after was, who; πάντων ὅσοι, 
of ail (as many as), who: Seep. . tren 
= quanto... tanto, ly how muck wee by 
so much, the... the, 1.59; 7.3%; ὅσον as 
subs. or adv., as much ifuer, long etc.) 
as, as that; with numerals, as much 
as, about, 1.8°; 3.43; as, for example, 
4.114; w, inf., 4.15; 822, 100, 

ὅσοσ-περ, ὅση-περ, ρον δὸρ, stronger form 
of foreg., just as much (pl. many) as. 7. 

ὅσ-περ, ἥ-περ, ὅ-περ, stronger form of ὅς, 
who indeed, even who, which or what, just 
who; often the force of -wep cannot be 
neatly expressed. 28, 

ὄσπριον, ov, [7], ch. in pi., pulse, legumes 
(beans, peas etc.). 4. 

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅτι, gen. οὗτινος or ὅτου, 
ἧστινος, οὗτινος, dat. ᾧτινι or ὅτῳ, indef. 
rel., whoever, whichever, whatever, who- 
soever etc.; any one who, anything which ; 
in indirect questions, who, which, what ; 
ὅτι or ὅ,τι, to be disting. from ὅτι, 
that. 119. 

ὅστισ-ουν, ἥτισιουν, ὅτι-ουν, more indef. 
than ὅστις, any whosoever, any whatso- 
ever, 7.627. 

ὀσφραίνομαι, ἤσομαι, smell, catch scent of 
(gen.), 5.8%. [οσ-, cf. ὀσμή, smell, φρήν 
or φέρω]. 

ὅταν [ὅτε, ἄν], conj. w. subj., whenever, 
when. 15. 

ὅτε [6 + τέ], ὅτ᾽, ὅθ᾽, adv. and conj., when, 
whenever ; w. opt., as often as. 33. 

ὅτι [orig. neut. of Saris], conj., that, be- 
cause, cf. L. quod; w. sup. intens. like 
ὡς, ὅτι πλεῖστοι, as many as possible. 
ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον. 280. 

ὅ τι, ὅτου, ὅτῳ, 566 ὅστις. 

οὐ, οὐκ before a smooth vowel, οὐχ before 
a rough, [?], nof, marking the negation 
as objective or absolute ; in questions= 
L. nonne. 

οὗ [old gen. of ὅς], where. 7. 

οὗ, of, €, defect. pers. pron. of third pers., 
encl., of him; in Att. displaced in this 
sense by αὐτός, and used-as indir. reflex , 


540 


of himself; only in dat. in Anab. 4. [st. 
oFe, Skt. sva.] For pl. see σφεῖς. 

οὐδαμῇ or -ἢ [instr. case of οὐδαμός = 
οὐδείς], adv., nowhere, in no way. 3. 

οὐδαμόθεν [οὐδαμός], adv., from no place or 
quarter, 2.473, 55) 

ovSapoi [loc.], adv., to no place. 6.31%. 

οὐδαμοῦ [gen.], adv., nowhere. 5. 

οὐδέ [οὐ + δέ], conj., but not, and not, nor ; 
not even, nor yet; οὐδὲ... οὐδέ, not even 
«+. ΠΟΥ yet; ov... ovdé,not...nor. 82. 

οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, g. οὐδενός, οὐδεμιᾶς, 
not even one, not one, none; οὐδέν, adv. 


acc., in no respect, not at all. 168, 
οὐδέ-ποτε, never. 2.618, 
οὐδέ-πω, not even yet, not yet. 7.3%, 
οὐθ᾽ = οὐτέ. 
οὐκ, 566 οὐ. 


οὐκ-έτι, adv., no longer, no more. 23. 

οὔκ-ουν, adv., not therefore, not then. 3.5%. 

οὐκ-οῦν [οὐκ unaccented lost its force ex- 
cept in questions expecting an affirma- 
tive answer], adv., much like οὖν, then, 
accordingly, so then; in questions, so 
then? not then? 1.67; 2.5%. 14, 

οὖν [cf. αὖ], post-pos. adv., then, accord- 
ingly, therefore; at all events, at any 
rate, esp. when preceded by ἀλλ᾽ or δ᾽, 
οὗ 1,212, 22, 35. certainly. 7.6% 181. 

οὗπερ [gen. of ὅσπερ], adv., just where. 
4.8%, 

οὔποτε, adv., not at any time, never. 5. 

οὔ-πω, adv., not yet. 10. 

οὐπώ-ποτε, never before. 1.418, 

οὐρά, as, [1], tail; of anarmy, rear. 4. 

οὐρᾶγός, οὔ, rear leader or rearmost man 
in a column, jile-closer. 3. 

οὐρανός, οὔ, [1], sky, heaven, 4.2%. Whence 
L. Uranus. 

οὖς, ὠτός, τό, [L. auris (for ausis)], EAR. 
8. par-otid. 

οὖσα, οὖσι(»ν), pt. of εἰμί, 

οὔτε, ovr’, before a rough vowel οὐθ᾽, [οὐ 
+ τέ], conj., and not, nor; comm., οὔτε 

. οὔτε, neither... nor; obre... τέ, 

not only not... but also, 142. 

οὗτινος, see ὅσ-τις. 

οὔ-τοι, indeed not, certainly not. 7.644, 

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, g. τούτου, ταύτης, dem. 


VOCABULARY. 





᾿ οὐδαμῇ --- ὄψομαι 


pron., this, pl. these, referring usually to 
what precedes (cf. ὅδε) ; often rendered 
as pers. pron, he, she, it, they; ταῦτα 
often used where we should expect 
τοῦτο, μετὰ ταῦτα, afler this: καὶ ταῦτα, 
and that too; ἐκ τούτου, see ἐκ; ἐκ τούτων. 
under these circumstances ; ἐν τούτῳ, mean- 
while; ταύτῃ, in this way. 1011. 

οὑτοσί, αὑτηΐ, τουτί, g. rovrou, ταυτησί, 
stronger form of foreg., this here. 8, 
See H. 274; 6. 412. 

οὕτω, before a vowel οὕτως, [οὗτος], thus, 
so, in this manner; ‘to such a degree; 
usually refers to what Peete cf. ὧδε, 
τάδε. 106. 

οὐχ, οὐχί, = οὐ. 

ὀφείλω [1], ὀφειλήσω etc., owe ; pass, be 
owed, be due; 2a. denen, ouuht: of a 
wish that οὐδοῦ be realized, would that! 
O that! 2.1% 4. See H. 871 a; 6. 
1512. See ὀφλισκάνω. 

ὄφελος, τό, only in nom. and acc., [ὀφέλλω, 
increase, advance}, advantage, profit. 
2. See ὠφελέω. 

ὀφθαλμός, οὔ, {[Boevt. ὄκταλλος, cf. L. 
oculus], eye; ἔχειν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, keep 
under the eye or in sight. 6. opthal- 
mia et al., see Internat. Dict. 

ὀφλισκάνω, 2 a. ὦφλον, owe or be liable to 
pay, esp. a fine, be adjudged to pay. 
5.81, 

᾿Οφρύνιον, ov, Ophrynium, town of Troas. 
7.85. 

ὀχετός, οὔ, channel, ditch. 2.41%. From 

ὀχέω, ch. in pres. sys., carry ; pass., be car- 
ried orride. 8.41. [8xos, carriage, L.-E. 
#vagh, cf. L. veho, E. waGon, WaIn.] 

ὄχημα, aros, τό, [ ὀχέω], what carries, 
vehicle. 3.219. 

ὄχθη, ns, [1], bank, bluff. 4. 

ὄχλος, ov, [1], crowd, throng; tumult; annoy- 
ance, trouble, (cf. év-oxAéw). 12. 

ὀχυρός, 4, dv, [ἔχω], = ἐχυρός, tenable, 
strong ; τὰ ὀχυρά, strongholds. 3. 

ὀψέ [1], ady., late. 5. 

ὀψίζω [ὀψέ], be late, arrive later. 4,55. 

ὄψις, ews, 7, [See dpdw], appearance, sight. 
2.315; 6.1%. thanat-opsis. 


ὄψομαι, fut. οὗ ὁράω. 


παγκράτιον --- πάομαι 


I. 


== L, p= Teut. (Eng.) f. 
Cf. πατήρ, παύω, πέντε, περάω, πλέω, πρό et al. 


παγκράτιον, ov, [παγ-κρατής, all-powerful], 
pancratium ; a contest combining wrest- 
Jing and boxing. Thecontestants fought 
naked, anointed with oil, covered with 
sand, and till one was killed or raised a 
finger, signifying “enough.” 4.827, 

παγχαλέπως [παγ- -- παν], adv., very hardly 
or harshly. 7.518. 

παθεῖν, 2 a. of πάσχω. 

πάθημα, aros, τό, [πάσχω], a suffering, a 
misfortune, 7.630, 

᾿πάθος, ous, τό, [πάσχω], suffering, misfor- 
tune. 2. pathos, anti-, allo-pathy. 
See ἀ-παθής. 

παιανίζω, iow or i ete., chant the paean, 
sing the war-song. 11. [παιάν, ἄνος, 
choral song of triumph or thanksgiving 
addressed to Apollo, Ares, or other 
804] 

παιδεία, ας, [παιδεύω], training, educa- 
tion. 4.615, 16, 

παιδ-εραστής, οὔ, [cf. ἔραμαι], lover of 
boys, usu. in bad sense. 7.47. 

παιδεύω [ais], edow ete., bring up a child, 
train, educate. 1.93, ὃ. See ἀ-παίδευτος. 

παιδικός, 4, dv, [παῖς], of or for a boy; τὰ 
παιδικά, favorite, darling, comm. of a 
boy, ef. L. deliciae. 3. 

παιδίον, ov, [dim. of mais], a little child ; 
pl., children, 4.718, 

παιδίσκη, ns, [dim. of wats], young girl, 
maiden. 4.311, 

παῖς, παιδός, ὁ, 7, child, boy, girl, youth ; 
é« παίδων, from children, from childhood. 
37. ped-agogue. [For waF-s, L. puer, 
akin to πῶλος, FOAL.] 

παίω, παίσω, ἔπαισα, πέπαικα ; for pass. 
see πλήττω, strike, smite, beat, wound. 28. 
ana-paest. [For raFiw, L. pavio.] Syns. 
πατάσσω, πλήττω. 

πάλαι [1], adv., long ago, long since, for- 
merly. 7. 

παλαιός, ἄ, dv, [πάλαι], old, ancient; τὸ 
παλαιόν, adv. ace., anciently, 3.47; cf. 


VOCABULARY, 





541 


τὸ ἀρχαῖον; c. παλαίτερος, 4.555 = rather 
old. palaeo-, see Internat. Dict. 

παλαίω [πάλη], alow, wrestle, 4.835, pal- 
aestra. 

πάλη, ns, wrestling, 4.877; one part (dane- 
ing the other) of a Greek’s physical 
education. [mdAAw, poise, see παλ- 
τός.} 

πάλιν [1], adv., back, back again, again. 
palin-ode. 67. See ἐμ-. 

παλλακίς, (30s, [1], mistress, concubine. 
1.102. 

παλτός, 7, dv, [πάλλω, poise], poised ; τὸ 
παλτόν, dart, light spear. 5. 

παμ-πληθής, és, [πλῆθος], multitudinous, 
very numerous, 3.211, 

πάμ-πολυς, -πόλλη, -πολυ, very much or 
great; pl., very many, very numer- 
ous. 6. 4 

παμ-πόνηρος, ov, wholly bad, thoroughly 
wicked. 6.6%, 

πᾶν, neut. of πᾶς. 

πανουργία, as, villainy. 7.511. From 

πανοῦργος, ov, [ἔργον], doing anything 
however bad, villainous, unprincipled. 
2.539 ; 626, 

παντά-πασι(ν) [acc. + dat. pl.], all in all, 
altogether, wholly ; w. neg., at all. 14. 

πανταχῇ or -χῆ, [instr. case], adv., every- 
where, on every side, 2.5". 

πανταχοῦ, old gen. loc., = foreg. 2. 

παντελῶς [παν-τελής, all complete], adv., 
completely, wholly. 2. 

πάντῃ, better =n, [instr. after anal. of α- 
stems], every way, on every side. 4. 

παντοδαπός, ή, dv, [on end. cf. ποδαπός], 
of every kind = παντοῖος. 3. 

πάντοθεν, adv., from every side, on all 
sides. 2. 

παντοῖος, ov, of every kind, of all sorts. 2. 

πάντοσε, adv., in all directions, everywhere. 
7.223, : 

πάντως, adv., altogether, at all events, at 
any rate. 6.57); 7.74, 

πάνυ [πᾶς, orig. of -υ 1], altogether, quite, 
very ; w. neg., atall. 25, 

médopa [1], acquire; ch. in pf. πέπᾶμαι, 
pipf. ἐπεπάμην, = κέκτημαι, possess, have, 
poet. 4. 


δ42 


παρά, beside. 1. With gen., from beside, 
Jrom; of παρά τινος, one’s friends or 
dependents, cf. 1.15; rarely, by. 1.91. 
2. With dat., beside, by = near, with. 
3. With acc., to the side of, to; along, 
beside; by = past; hence, aside from, 
contrary to, against, δόξαν, ὅρκους, 
σπονδάς; of time, along = during, παρὰ 
πότον, while at wine, with wine. 2.31, 
180. In compos., as above. para-dox, 
-graph et al., see Internat. Dict. [Prob. 
instr. case cf. dua; cf. L. per, Ger. ver, 
E. Fror- (bear, bid et al.)] 
παρα-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβην, pass beside ; trans- 
gress, violate. 4.1}, 
παρα-βοηθέω, hasten along (or past others) 
to give aid. 4.774. 
παρ-αγγέλλω, €AG, -ἤγγειλα, announce (com- 
mand, watchword etc., and pass it) along, 
pass ... along, give the word, direct, 
command ; announce ; κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελ- 
μένα, according to the commands (given). 
2.935) 4S. 
παρ-άγγελσις, ews, 7, word of command. 
4.15, 
παρα-γίγνομαι, ~yevhooua, 2 a. -εγενόμην, 
become beside, come, arrive. 9. 
παρ-άγω, -άξω, 2 a. -ἤγαγον, lead along by 
or past ; bring forward, bring into line. 7. 
παρ-αγωγή, js, carrying along or across, 
conveyance. 5.11% paragogé. 
παράδεισος, ov, [Pers.], park. 5. para- 
dise. 
παρα-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -έδωκα (-δῶ, -δοίην, 
-δοῦναι, -δούς), -δέδωκα, give up or over, 
deliver up, grant. 33. 
παρα-θαρρύνω, υνῶ, cheer on, encourage. 2. 
παρα-θέω, run by or past.. 4.712, 
παρ-αινέω, impf. frou, ἔσω, -ἤνεσα, exhort, 
advise. 8. parenetic. 
παρ-αιτέομαι, ἤσομαι, beg of or from; in- 
tercede for (acc.). 6.639, 
παρα-καλέω, fut. ὦ, -εκάλεσα, -κέκληκα, call 
to one’s side, summon, urge on, exhort, 
encourage. 18, Paraclete. 
παρα-κατα-θήκη, ns, [-τίθημι], a deposit, 
intrusted to one’s care. 5.3’. 
παρά-κειμαι, lie or be placed beside or near 
(dat.). 7.37. 


VOCABULARY. 





παρά --- παρασκηνέω 


παρα-κελεύομαι, εὐσομαι, urge on, exhort, 
encourage. 5. 

παρα-κέλευσις, ews, ἧ, exhortation, cheer- 
ing. 4.878, 

παρ-ακολουθέω, how, follow beside or close- 
ly, accompany (dat.). 3.34; 4.47, 

παρα-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -έλαβον, re- 
ceive from another, esp. office, succeed 
to; receive, take to oneself, take along. 9. 

παρα-λείπω, -Aciyw, 2 a. -ἐλιπον, leave to 
one side, omit. 6.319; 618, 

παρα-λύπέω, trouble ; in 2.5, by diverting 
attention from Clearchus, 

παρα-λύω, loose from the side, detach. 
5.14, paralysis, cut down to palsy. 

παρ-αμείβομαι, change (one’s position and 
go) by, pass by. 1.101, 

παρ-αμελέω, How, -ημέλησα, (pass) by (and) 

_ neglect, neglect, disregard (gen.). 2.57; 
7.812, ᾿ς 

παρα-μένω, -μενῶ, -έμεινα, stay beside or 
near, remain steadfast. 2.67; 6.2, 

παρα-μηρίδιος [παρά, unpds, thigh], along 
the thigh; τὰ π΄, thigh-armor, for the 
upper, as κνημίς, for the lower, part of 
the leg. 1.8%. 

παρα-πέμπω, yw, send along, convoy. 4.5”) ; 
6.35, 

παρα-πλέω, -πλεύσομαι, -έπλευσα, sail by or 
along. 7. 

παρα-πλήσιος, a, ov, nearly like, similar 
(dat.). 1.818, 52, 

tapa-p-péw, 2 a. -eppinv, flow beside or 
past; run, or fall, off beside. 4.4"; 5.85, 

παρασάγγης, ov, parasang = 30 stades 
or three to three and one-half miles. 
Darius 1. connected the satrapies with his 
capital by roads along which at inter- 
vals post-houses were built and supplied 
with couriers and relays of horses. 53. 

παρα-σκευάζω, dow, -εσκεύασα, -εσκεύα- 
σμαι, make ready to hand, prepare, pro- 
vide; mid., prepare oneself or for oneself, 
make preparation, be ready. 25. “ Mapa- 
to prepare what one has not; κατα- to 
prepare what one has,” L, and S. 

παρα-σκευή, ἧς, preparation, 1.2. 

παρα-σκηνέω, how, encamp near (dat.). 
3.1%, 


παρατάττω --- ΤΤατηγύας 


παρα-τάττω, -τάξω, -ἔταξα, arrange along 
by, draw up or out. 6. 
elvm, -Tev@, -érewa; -ετέτατο, 
stretch along, extend, 1.7%; 7.348. 
παρα-τίθημι, 2 a. inf. -θεῖναι, 2 a. τη. 
-εθέμην, place beside, set before (dat.) ; 
mid., put aside. 4.5%, 1; 6.18. 
παρα-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. -édpauoy, 
-δεδράμηκα, run along past or by. 5. 
παρα-χρῆμα [παρά = during, at the moment 
of], adv., on the spot, forthwith. 7.774. 
‘Tap-eyyude, how, pass along, pass the word 
! or command along; cf. παραγγέλλω, 
“command ; erhort. 9. 
παρ-εγγύη, ns, [ἐγγύη, pledge put into the 
hand, γύαλον]), charge, command, exhor- 
tation. 6.538, 
παρ-εγενόμην, 2 a. of παραγίγνομαι. 
πάρ-ειμι, impf. -ἣν, -έσομαι, be by, near, 
with, be present, arrive; ἐν τῷ παρόντι, 
in the present crisis; τὰ παρόντα, the 


present affairs; ἐκ τῶν παρόντων, under: 


the circumstances, impers. παρέστι, -ἣν, 
pt. παρ-όν, it is in one’s power, pos- 
sible. 82. 3 

πάρ-ειμι, impf. -ἤειν, go or come along, pass 
by or along. 15. 

παρ-εἶχον, See παρ-έχω. 

π ὕνω, -ελῶ, -ἤλασα, ride or march 
by, along, or past. 8. 

παρ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -λθον, come or go along, 
by, or past, pass by. 25. 

παρ-έσομαι, fut. of πάρ-ειμι. 

π ato, plpf. of παρα-τείνω. 

| map-éxw, have at hand, furnish, supply, 

provide ; produce, render ; grant. 41. 

παρηγγυάων, see παρ-εγγυάω. 

παρ-ήλασα, see παρ-ελαύνω. 

παρ-ῆλθον, 3 ἃ. οὗ παρ-έρχομαι. 

παρ-ῆἣν, See πάρ-ειμι, arrive. 

παρ-ἥνει, See παρ-αινέω. 

Παρθένιον, ov, Parthenium, town of Mysia. 
7.815, 

Παρθένιος, ov, Parthenius (i. 6. virgin-), a 
river in western Paphlagonia. 5.6%. 
παρθένος, ov, ἡ, [1], virgin, maiden. 3.2%, 

Parthenon. 
Tlaptavés, οὔ, a Parian, of Πάριον. 7.3%, 
Tap-tévar, see πάρ-ειμι, go by. 


VOCABULARY. 





543 


παρί-ημι, let go by, let pass, yield, allow 
5.7}, 


Πάριον, ov, Parium, Mysian town on the 
Hellespont. 7.2’. 

παρ-ίστημι, -στήσω, -έστησα, -εστησάμην 
station near, bring forward, present ; 
2 a. -έστην, -έστηκα (as pres.), stand 
near or by. 5. 

πάρ-οδος, ov, 7, a way by or past, pass, 
passage. 9. 

παρ-οινέω, How, ἐπαρῴνησα (double aug.), 
be drunken or abusive. 5.8%. [mdpowos, 
drunken, wap’ οἶνον, at wine.] 

παρ-οίχομαι, have passed by; τὰ παροιχό- 
μενα, the past. 2.4}. 

Παρράσιος, ov, a Parrhasian, of Mappacta, 
a district in Arcadia. 

Παρύσατις, dos, Parysatis, daughter of 
Xerxes I., half-sister or aunt and wife of 
Darius Π., mother of Artaxerxes and 
of Cyrus 1.14. See Introd. 23, 24, 

παρ-ών, see πάρ-ειμι. 

πᾶς πᾶσα, πᾶν, g. παντός, πάσης, [1]: 1. 
without the article; in sing. every, pl. 
all; 2. with art.,in pred. pos. all; in 
attrib. pos. to denote totality, whole, 
whole-bod y-of, of πάντες ὁπλῖται, whole 
body of the hoplites; = παντοῖος (not 
often), of every sort, 3.28; 6.46; neut. as 
subs or adv., πάντα, all things, in all re- 
spects, wholly ; τὸ πᾶν, the whole; περὶ 
παντός, beyond everything, of the utmost 
importance. 171. See may-, παμ-, 
παν-. pan-, panto-. dia-pason (διὰ 
πασῶν). 

Πασίων, ὠνος, [ras], Pasion, general of 
Cyrus; deserted the Greeks. 1.37. 

πάσχω, πείσομαι (for πένθσομαι), 2 a. 
ἔπαθον, πέπονθα, be affected (by good or 
ill), experience, be treated, comm. suffer 
(from without); κακῶς π., suffer ill, be 
ill off or ill-treated, opp. to εὖ π., be well 
off, be lucky ; ἀνθ᾽ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθον, in re- 
turn for the favors I had received. 43. 
[for παθ-σκω, 4/200, πενθ, cf. L. patior.] 
See ἀντι- ; πάθος, καθ-ηδυπαθέω. 

πατάσσω [1], ἐπάταξα, only in aor., strike, 
smite, thrust, 4.835. 7.84. See walw. 

Ilarnytas, a, Pategyas. 1.81, 


544 


πατήρ, πατρός, [ 4/pa, protect, L. pater], 


FATHER. 8. 

πάτριος, a, ov, paternal or ancestral. 2. 

πατρίς, (Sos, ἡ, father-land, native land. 8. 

πατρῷος, a, ov, from one’s father, heredi- 
tary, patrimonial. 4. 

παῦλα, ns, [παυ-, see foll. + Aa, cf. Cevy + 
An], stop, means of stopping. 5.153, 

παύω (cf. L. paucus, Sax. feava, E. Frew], 
παύσω, ἔπαυσα, πέπαυκα, cause to cease, 
stop, put an end to; mid. cease, pause, 
rest; cease from (gen.). 23. See 
ἀπο-. 

Παφλαγονία, ας, Paphlagonia, most north- 
ern province of Asia Minor. 6.1}-. 

Παφλαγονικός, 4, dv, Paphlagonian ; ἡ Π. 
as subs. = foreg. , 

ΠΠαφλαγών, ὄνος, Paphlagonian. 1.8°. 

πάχος, ous, τό, thickness. 5.4. From 

παχύς, εἴα, ὑ, g. €os, elas, thick, stout, 
large. 2. [cf. L. pinguis.] pachy- 
derm. 

πέδη. ns, [πούς], fetter (akin to foot). 4.38. 

πεδινός, 4, dv, plain-like, leve/, flat. 2. 

πεδίον, ov, plain, 46; kindred form is πέδον 
[πούς], cf. ἐμ-πεδόω, δάπεδον. 

πεζεύω, εύσω etc., go on foot or by land, 
foot it. 5.5% From 

πεζός, ἡ, dv, [for wedios, cf. πέδη], on foot, 
foot- ; ὃ x., foot-soldier, pl. infantry ; πεζὴ 
δύναμις, infantry ; πεζῇ, on foot. 24. 

πείθω [ 4/0, for φιθ, cf. fido], πείσω, 
ἔπεισα, πέπεικα, πέπεισμαι, ἐπείσθην, per- 
suade (acc.); mid., persuade oneself, 
yield, obey (dat.); pass., be persuaded. 
62. See dva-; πειστέον, πιστεύω-, ἀπει- 
θέω. 

πεινάω, how, hunger, be hungry, 1.951, 
[weiva, cf. πένομαι.] 

πεῖρα, as, [for περια, cf. περάω], ἃ going 
through, trial, experiment, proof; expe- 
rience, acquaintance (with, gen.). 4. 

πειράω, dow, ch. as dep. mid., ἄσομαι ete., 
try, attempt, test, make trial of (gen.) 
46, pirate, empiric. 

πείσας, see πείθω. 

πείσομαι, see πάσχω and πείθω. 

πειστέον [πείθω], one must persuade ; must 
obey (dat.). 2.68; 6,614, 


VOCABULARY. 


Α.. 





πατήρ --- πέπονθα, 


πελάζω, ἐπέλασα, draw near, approach. 2% 
[πέλας, near, cf. πλησίον. 

Πελληνεύς, éws, a Pellenian, of Pelléne, a 
city of Achaia. 5.2%. 

Πελοποννήσιος, a, ov, Peloponnesian. 1.15. 

Πελοπόννησος, ov, 7, Peloponnesus, penin- 
sula of southern Greece [popularly de- 
rived from νῆσος, island, and Πέλοψ, a 
Phrygian, who succeeded his father-in- 
law, Oenomaus, to the throne of Elis]. 

πελτάζω [πέλτη], serve as a targeteer. 5.85. 

Πέλται, av, Peltae, populous city of 
Phrygia. 1.2%, 

πελταστής, οὔ, [πελτάζω], peltast, tar- 
geteer ; armed with the πέλτη, sword, 
and spear; ranked below the ὅπλῆται, 
but above the ψιλοί. 50. 

πελταστικός, 4, dv, targeteer-; τὸ πελτα- 
στικόν, the targeteer force. 4. 

πέλτη, ns, [1], target, light shield, usually 
crescent-shaped, made of wood or wicker- 
work, covered with leather. It was in- 
troduced from Thrace. 11. 

πεμπταῖος, a, ov, on the fifth day, 6.4%. 
. From 

πέμπτος, η, ov, [πέντε], fifth. 2. 

πέμπω [1], πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, πέπομφα, send. 
70. See ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, κατα-, μετα-, 
παρα-. προ-, συμ-, ὗπο- ; πομπή. 

πένης, τος, [πένομαι], poor ; ὃ π., poor-man, 
day laborer, 7.7%. 

πενία, as, [ἔπενος or mévns], poverty. 7.6”. 

πένομαι [1], only in pres. sys., toil, live in 
poverty. 3.2, See πόνος. 

πεντακόσιοι, at, a,[ Dor. -κατιοι, cf. ἑκατόν),. 
Jive hundred. 8. 

πέντε [Goth. finf, Sax. fif], Frve. 
penta-.. 

πεντε-καί-δεκα, fifteen. 6. 

πεντήκοντα [-κοντα, cf. Skt. dacan, ten], 


82. 


Jifly. ll. Pentecost. 
πεντηκοντήρ, fipos, commander of fifty men. 
3.471, 


πεντηκόντορος, ov, 7, fifty-oared ship, pen- 
taconter, 4. 

πεντηκοστύς, bos, 7, company of fifty men 
half a λόχος. 8.453, 

πέπανται, see maoua. 

πέπονθα, seé πάσχω. 


πεσόντες --- περιστερά 


πεσόντες, 2 ἃ. οὗ πίπτω. 

πέπτωκα, 566 πίπτω. 

-mep [shortened from περί, over, above, 
very], a particle suffixed to pronouns 
and particles for emphasis. 

πέρα, acdv., across, beyond. 2. [Old dat. of 
*mépa, the opp. country, opposite, the 
gen. of which appears in ἀντιπέρᾶς, and 
acc. in πέρᾶν. 

περαίνω, ava, ἐπέρᾶνα, carry through, finish, 
accomplish. 4. [mépas, end, akin to 
mépa.] See ἐκ-. 

περαιόω ἱπεραῖος, fr. πέρα], carry across ; 
pass., pass over, cross. 7.2!2, 

πέραν [see πέρα], adv., on the other side, 
across (gen.) ; τὸ π΄, the other side (gen.). 
12. πέρα looks rather to the destination, 
πέραν, to space intervening. 

περάω [wépa], dow, cross over. 4.374. The 
root of this and the above words is, 
περ, top, go through, cross, whence also 
πεῖρα, -dw, πόρος, -εὐω, πιπράσκω; L. 
porta, ex-perior, E. FARE, FAR, FERRY, 
FORD. 

Πέργαμος, ov, #, [akin to πύργος, tower, E. 
-BuRG], Pergamum, town of Mysia, later 
seat of one of the “seven churches,” 
referred to by St. John in the Apoca- 
lypse. 7.88. 

πέρδιξ, ἴκος, 6, 4, partridge. 1.5%. [1] 

περί [akin to παρά], prep., around, about. 

1. With gen., about = concerning, for ; 
of value, above, beyond, of, for. 73. 

2. With dat., of location, around, 
about. 4. 

3. With acc., of motion, extent,around, 
about, in relation to, οἱ περὶ ’Apiatov, A 
and his men; εἶναι m., be busy about. 
3.5. 41. In compos. as above, often 
over, above, superior. peri-, see Internat. 
Dict. See πέρ, πέριξ, περιττός. 

περι-βάλλω, 2 a. -έβαλον, throw round, 
embrace, 4.735. mid. throw (τὶ) round 
oneself or throw oneself around, sur- 
round. 3. 

περι-γίγνομαι, -γενήσομαι, 2 a. -εγενόμην, 

superior, surpass, overcome (gen.) ; 
come round, result. 5. 


| 


VOCABULARY. 





περι-ειλέω, wrap round. 4.585, 


545 


περί-ενμι, -ἣν, -ἔσομαι, be superior, surpass, 
excel, prevail (gen.). 8. 

περί-ειμι, -ἥειν, go round. 5. 

περι-έλκω, impf. -εἴλκον, drag round or 
about. 7.01", 

περι-έχω, encompass, surround. 

περι-ῆν, see περί-ειμι, surpass. 

περι-ίστημι, station round; -éornna, 2 a. 
-έστην, stand round. 4.77; 6.05, 

περι-κυκλόομαι, ὥώσομαι, encircle, surround. 
6.3), 

περι-λαμβάνω. 2 a. -ἐλαβον, seize round, 
embrace. 7.415, Cf. περι-βάλλω. 

περι-μένω, -uev@, -έμεινα, slay about, wait; 
wait for. 6. ᾿ 

Περίνθιος, ov, Perinthian. 7.28. 

Πέρινθος, ov, 7, [on end. cf. ΚόρινθοΞε], 
Perinthus, a Thracian town on the: Pro- 
pontis. 2.67; 7.28. 

πέριξ [περί + ξ], adv., or prep. w. gen., 
round about, around. 8. 

περί-οδος, ov, 7, way round, or going round, 
circuit. 3.47.1. period. 

περι-οικέω, ow, dwell around, 5.61, 

περί-οικος, ov, dwelling around; of περί- 
oxo, the provincials of Laconia, a class 
intermediate between the Spartans and 
the helots or serfs; served in the army 
as hoplites and light-armed troops. 
5.12, 

περι-οράω, -όψομαι. -εἴδον, overlook, neglect, 
allow. 4. 

περί-πατος, ov ἱπάτος, walk, cf. L. pon(t)s], 
a walking about, walk. 2.4", 

περι-πεσεῖν, 2 a. inf. of περι-πίπτω. 

περι-πήγνῦμι, freeze around. 4.514. 

περι-πίπτω, 2 a. -érecov, fall upon and 
embrace (dat.). 1.878; 7.338, 

περι-πλέω, sal round. 1.271; 7.130 

περι-ποιέω, make to remain over and above, 
acquire, gain. 5.6!7, 

περι-πτύσσω, viw, -ἔπτυξα, fold round, 
enclose. 1.109. 

περι-ρ-ρέω, 3 ἃ. -eppunr, flow round, sur- 
round ; fall or slip off. 1.5%; 4.38, 

περι-σταυρόω, dow, fence about with pali- 
sade, 7.4+4. 

περιστερά, as, [1], dove, pigeon. Semir- 
amis, queen of Assyria daughter of 


1.222, 


546 


Derketo (= Syrian Astarte), was fabled 
to have been changed into a dove. 1.4%. 

περι-τρέχω, run round or about. 4.58, 

περιττεύω, be over and above, reach beyond 
(gen.). 4.81, 

περιττός, 4, dv, [περί - τος, over and 
above, superfluous, surplus ; οἱ π., the men 
beyond. 4.811, 5, 

περι-τυγχάνω, 2 ἃ. -ervxov, happen to be 
about, happen upon, meet. 6.6". 

περι-φανῶς [περι-φανή5], adv., conspicu- 
ously, manifestly. 4.53. 

περιυ-φέρω, carry round. 7.374, periphery. 

περι-φοβος, ov, very fearful, much terrified. 
3.12, 


Πέρσης, ov, [anc. Pdrsa], a Persian, of 
Persia, orig. ἃ mountainous district 
boraering on the Persian Gulf, but ex- 
tended by the conquests of Cyrus the 
Great and of Darius, so as to include 
nearly all the territory lying between 
the Mediterranean Sea and the river 
Indus. 

Περσίζω, speak Persian. 4.583, 

Περσικός, 4, dv, Persian; τὸ Π. ὀρχεῖσθαι, 
dance the Persian dance. 5. 

Περσιστί, adv., in Persian, cf. Ἑλληνιστί. 

περυσινός, ή, dv, [πέρυσι, last year], of last 
year. 5.431, 

πεσεῖν, 2 a. inf. of πίπτω. 

πέταλον, ov, leaf. 5.41%. petal. Orig. 
neut. of rérados, out-spread, from 

πετάννῦμι [οἵ. L. pateo, E. FATHOM 1, 
spread out, open. See ἀνα-. 

πέτομαι, πτήσομαι, 2 a. ἐπτόμην, fly. 1.5%; 
6.123. | 4/rer, wre, mr, cf. L. péto.] Cf. 

“πτερόν, FEATHER. See πτέρυξ. 

πέτρα, as, [7], rock, mass or ledge of rock. 
10. petr-. See Internat. Dict. 

πετροβολία, as, [βάλλω], throwing stones, 
stoning. 6.615, 

mérpos, ov, [cf. πέτρα]. stone, bowlder. 
Peter. 3. Ch. poet. for λίθος. See 
κατα-πετρόω. 

πεφυλαγμένως [adv. of pf. pt. of φυλάττω, 
guardedly, cautiously. 2.4%. On forma. 
cf. ὑφειμένως. 

«ἢ [instr. case of ἔπος, see πού], adv., encl., 
in some way, in any way. 4.84, 18, 


VOCABULARY. 





περιτρέχω — πιστότης 


πηγή, fs, [1], orig., a stream; comm. = 
κρήνη, spring, fountain, source. 9. 

πήγνῦμι (cf. L. paciscor, pax], πήξω, make 
fast, solid, or stiff, freeze. 4.53; 7.43. 
See ἀπο-, mepi-. 

πηδάλιον, ov, [πηδόν, oar], rudder, large 
and oar-shaped, attached to each side of 
the stern and worked by hand or cross- 
bar ((evyAn). 5.1}, 

πηλός, οὔ, [1], mud. 3. 

πῆχυς, ews, ὁ, forearm ; cubit = 17} inches. 
[Skt. bahuis, arm.] See δί-, τρί-. 

Πίγρης, nros, Pigres. 1.217. 

πιέζω [1], dow, ἐπίεσα, press, press hard or 
tight, oppress. 5. 

πικρός, a, dv, [ 4/pi, hate, cf. FoR], bitter, 
pungent. 4.418, 

πίμπλημι [ 4/mda, mac, L. com-plé-re], 
impf. ἐπίμπλην, πλήσω, FILL. 1.5, 
See ἐκ-, ἐμ-, ἀντ-εμ-; πολύς, πόλις, πλῆ- 
θος, πλοῦτος. 

πίνω | 4/m, πο, L. poto], fut. πίομαι, 2a. 
ἔπιον, drink. sym-posium. 3. See 
ἐκ-, ovv-ex-; ὗπο-; πῶμα, ἔκ-πωμα, words, 
πότος, συμ-ποσί-αρχος. 

πιπράσκω (ἀπο-δώσομαι, 2 ἃ. απ-εδόμην, 
see ἀπο-δίδωμι), πέπράκα, πεπρᾶσομαι 
as fut. pass.), sell. 4. [ 4/mep, περα, 
(see mepdw), export for sale. Syn. 
πωλέω, Which in Att. supplies the pres. 
sys. 

πίπτω, πεσοῦμαι, 2 a. ἔπεσον, πέπτωκα, fall, 
fall down or in battle. sym-ptom, asym- 
ptote. 7. [For πι-πέτ-ω, cf. πέτομαι.] 
See εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐκ-γ, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, Kata, 
περι-, προσ-, συμ- ; εὐπετῶς. 

Πισίδης, ov, Pisidian, of Pisidia, a pro- 
vince in southern Asia Minor. 

πιστεύω, evow etc., trust, believe, put faith 
in (dat.). 17. 

πίστις, ews, 9, [for πιθ τις, cf. πείθω], faith, 
confidence, good faith, fidelity ; pledge 
of faith = τὰ πιστά. 

πιστός, ή, dv, [for πιθ-τος, cf. πείθω]. faith- 
ful, trusty, trusted, trustworthy ; of πιστοί 
= confidential advisers or attendants of 
Persian kings and princes; τὰ πιστά, 
pledges. 30. See ἀπιστέω etc. 

πιστότης, TOS, ἧ, Jidelity. 1.839, 


πίτυς --- ποιέω 


πίτυς, vos, 7, [cf. L. pinus], pine. pine-tree. 
4.7° 

πλάγιος, ἄ, ov, [wAdyos, side], sideways, 
oblique ; eis πλάγιον, obliquely ; τὰ πλάγια, 
the flanks. 1.8; 3.44; 6.315, ἡ 

πλαίσιον, ov, (cf. πλατύς, broad], rectangle ; 
π. ἰσόπλευρον, square. The Persians 
usually went to battle as at Cunaxa, 
massed nation by nation in solid squares. 
9. See Introd., 38, 111. 

πλανάομαι [πλάνη], ἤσομαι, wander about. 
1.2%; 5,11, 7.774. 8. planet. 

πλάτος, aus, τό, [πλατύς], breadth. 5.433. 

πλάττω, πλάσω, ἔπλασα, form, mould ; 
fabricate. 3.625. plastic, plaster, 
-plasm. Perh. orig. to broaden, akin 
to 

πλατύς, εἴα, 0, g. έος, elas, wide, broad ; 
c. -brepos, 5. Uratos. 3. plate, place. 

πλεθριαῖος, a, ov, measuring a plethron. 3. 

πλέθρον, ov, [1], α piethron = ninety-seven 
feet. 17. See δί-, τρί-. 

πλεῖστος, πλείων, πλείω = πλείονα, see 
πολύς. 

πλέκω [L. plico], πλέξω, plait, twist. 8.818, 

πλεονεκτέω [πλεον-έκτης (ἔχω), one who 
has or claims more than his due}, how, 
have more than, have the advantage over 
(gen.), in (dat.). 3.137; 5.415; 818, 

πλευρά, as, [1], 72, side, flank. 6. pleu- 
risy. 

πλέω, πλεύσομαι OF πλευσοῦμαι, ἔπλευσα, 
sail. 22. [ γπλυ, wAeF, cf. L. plu-it, E. 
FLOW, FLOOD, FLEET.] See ἀπο-, d:a-, 
εἰσ-, ἐκ-, Tapa-, Tepi-; πλοῖον, πλοῦς. 

πλέων, see πολύς. 

πληγή, fis, [πλήττω], blow, stroke. 8. 
plague. 

πλῆθος, ous, τό, [cf. πλήθω, L. plébes], mul- 
titude, crowd, main body ; extent. 22. 

πλήθω [intr. to πίμπλημι], ch. in pres. pt., 
be or become full; πλήθουσα ἀγορά full 

' market. 2. plethora. 

πλήν [πλεεν by-form of πλέον, more than], 
prep. w. gen., except; conj., except that, 
only. 25. 

πλήρης, ες, g. ous, [πίμπλημι, plénus], full, 
full of (gen.), filled with. 7. See ovp- 
πλεως, μεστός. 


VOCABULARY. 





- 


vay’ 547 
πλησιάζω, dow, come near, approach 


(dat.). 1.57; 6.5°6; 4.68, 

πλησίος, a, ov, [akin to πέλας, read w], 
near ; 8. πλησιαίτατος, 1.10°. 

πλησίον, ady.,near, close by ; as attrib., 

2.416; w. gen., 5.24. 18. 

πλήττω [cf. L. plango], act. rare in Att. 
except 2 pf. πέπληγα; 2 a. p. ἐπλήγην, 
strike, smite. apo-plexy. 4. See ἐκ-, 
κατα-; παίω, πατάσσω. 

πλίνθινος, n, ov, of brick, brick-. 

πλίνθος, ov, 7, [1], brick. 
FLINT? 

πλοῖον [πλέω], boat, any kind, from a canoe 
up, π. μακρόν, long or war boat ; ship, 
merchant vessel. 61. Syns. vais, ὁλκάς, 
τριήρης. 

πλοῦς, οὔ, [πλόος, πλέω], sailing, voyage ; 
π. ἐστι, it is good sailing. 4. 

πλούσιος, a, ov, [πλοῦτος], rich. 4. 

πλουσίως, adv., richly, in wealth. 3.2%. 

πλουτέω [πλοῦτος], How, be rich. 5. 

πλουτίζω [πλοῦτοΞ], dow or ἐῶ, enrich. 7.69, 

πλοῦτος, ov, [akin to πλήρης], riches, 
wealth. Whence πλούσιος, πλουτέω, 
-i¢w. 

πνεῦμα, aros, τό, [rvéw], wind, breeze. 3. 
pneumatic. 

πνέω [ γπνυ, rveF }, πνεύσομαι, blow, breathe. 
3. dys-pneea. See ἀνα-. 

πνΐγω [akin to πνέω], πνέξω, choke, drown. 
5.72. 

ποδαπός, 4, dv, [1], of what country ? 
whence? 4.417, 

ποδήρης, es, [πούς, -npns, of unc. orig.], 
reaching to the feet. 1.85. 

ποδίζω [πούς], πεποδισμένοι, fetter. 3.4%, 
See ἐμ-, συμ-. 

ποδός, see πούς. 

πόθεν [Ἐπός], whence ὃ 5.47. 

ποθέν [Ἐπός], encl., from some (or any) 
place. 6.3%, 

ποθέω, Haw, long for (acc.), to (inf.). 6.48, 

1690s, ov, [akin to πάθος 3], longing, yearn- 
ing ( for, gen.). 3.15. 

mot [loc. of *mdés], encl., some whither, 
somewhere, anywhere. 3. 

ποιέω [1], how etc., make, do, variously 
rendered to suit the context, — produce _ 


3.41, 
3. plinth, 


548 
create, form, cause, bring about (often 
with ὥστε + inf.); do (like πράττω), 
effect ; call (an assembly ), ceebrate (a fes- 
tival), compose (poetry, whence poem); 
εὖ x., do good to (acc.), benefit ; κακῶς π., 
do ill to, injure; mid., do etc. for oneself; 
also, hold, deem, περὶ πλείστου (or 
παντὸς) π., deem of the highest impor- 
tance. 268. See ἀντι-, éu-, περι-, προσ-. 

ποιητέος, a, ov, must be made or done. 4. 

ποικίλος, 7, ov, [ γίπικ, cf. LL pingo], many- 
colored, variegated ; tattooed. 2. 

ποῖος, a, ov, [Ἔπός as οἷος fr. ds], of what 
kind ? what sort of? what? 6. ΄ 

πολεμέω, How etc., to war, make war, carry 
on war, absol., dat., or ἐπί, πρός w. acc. 
35. See δια-, κατα-, mpos-, συμ-. 

πολεμικός, 4; dv, skilled in or fitted for 
war, warlike; like πολέμιος, of or for 
war or battle, τὸ πολεμικόν, war signal 
or shout; τὰ πολεμικά, military affairs, 
science etc. 10. polemic. 

πολεμικῶς, C. -ώτερον, 8. -ώτατα, hostilely ; 
π. ἔχειν, be hostile. 6.1}. 

πολέμιος, ὦ, ον, of or pertaining to war, or 
the enemy, hostile; of πολέμιοι, the enemy ; 
τὰ πολέμια, the affairs of the enemy or 
= τὰ πολεμικά; ἣ πολεμία, the enemy’s 
country ; Ο. -ώτερος, 8. -ὦὥτατος. 231. 

πόλεμος, ov, [πάλλω, brandish, cf. L. pello], 
war, warfare ; hostility. 33. 

πολίζω, build a city, colonize. 6.64. 

πολι-ορκέω [ἕρκος, fence, or ἔργω, hem in], 
how, ἐπολιόρκησα etc., besiege, invest. 11. 

πόλις, ews, 7, [cf. πολύς, πλέως, full], city, 
town; by meton., state; citadel. 1.131, 
police, polity et al. 102. Syn. ἄστυ. 

πόλισμα, ατος, τό, [πολίζω], lit. a building ; 
town. 3. 

πολίτης, ov, [πόλιεἷ, ition. politics. 2. 

πολλάκις [πολύς], adv., many times, often. 7. 

πολλαπλάσιος, a, ov, manifold ; manifold 
more (than, gen.) ; many times as many 
(or as much). 6. 

πολλαχῆ οΥ -ἣ, [instr. case, Ἐπολλαχός], 
δαν,, im many ways or cases, often. 7.32, 

πολλαχοῦ [ *roAAaxds |, = foreg. 4.138, 
Cf. πανταχῇ, -χοῦ. ] 

πολυ-άνθρωπος, ον, populous. 2.413, | 


VOCABULARY 





trountéos — πορθέα 


πολυ-αρχία, ας, [-apxos], command or gow 
ernment vested in many. 6.118, 

Πολυ-κράτης, ovs, [very mighty], Poly- 
crates. 4.54, 

TIoAv-vixos, ov, [he of many victories], 
Polynicus. 7.6}. 

πολυπραγμονέω [-πράγμων, over busy], busy 
oneself, intrigue, meddle. 5.115, 

πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, J. πολλοῦ, Hs, C. πλείων, 
or πλέων, 8. πλεῖστος, much, sometimes 
rendered great, far, long etc., pl. many: 
οἱ πολλοί, the ‘many, the majority; τὸ 
πολύ, the greater part, the most; πολύ, 
adv. ace., much, very, greatly, far etc. ; 
ἐπὶ m., over or for a long distance; ὡς 
ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, for the most part ; πολλά, in 
many respects, much; ἐκ πλείονος, from 
a greater distance, 1.101; πλέον, often 
as adv.; ὡς πλεῖστοι, as many as possi- | 
ble. 418. poly- andry, -gamy et al. 
see Internat. Dict. pleonasm. [ esa, 
πλε (see miumAnut), L. plis.] 

Πολύ-στρατος [he of many armies}, Poly- 
stratus. 3.3”, 

πολυ-τελής, ἐς, g. ods, [réAos, expense], 
very expensive or costly. 1.58. 

πομπή, is, [πέμπω], escort, solemn proces- ὁ 
sion. 5.55. pomp. 

πονέω, how etc., toil; undergo hardship; 
gain by toil, like ἐκ-. 6. Syn. μοχθέω. 

πονηρός, a, dv, toilsome ; bad, base, wicked 
9. See παμ-. 

πονήρως, adv., laboriously, with difficulty. 
3.419, 

πόνος, ov, [révouat], labor, toil, hardship, 
difficulty. 8. See ém-. 

πόντος, ov, [1], sea. 5. Comm. of tle 
smaller seas, esp. the Euxine; θάλαττα. 
sea in general, esp. the Mediterranean. 

πορεία, as, | πορεύω], a going, journey, 
march ; way, route. 28. 

πορεύομαι, evoouu, πεπόρευμαι, ἐπορεύθην, 
proceed, journey ; w. cog. acc., 2.24 , 518, 
go cross, traverse (acc.), 4.41, 187. See 
ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, συμ-; δυσ-πόρευτος. 

πορευτέος, a, ov, must proceed; to be or 
must be passed over. 4. 

πορθέω, collat. and less comm. form of 
πέρθω [whence it is derived through a 





πορίζω - - πρό 


lost stem], how, plunder, lay waste, de- 
stroy. 4. 
πορίζω, fow or ιῶ, ἐπόρισα ctc., furnish, 
supply, provide. 10. See éx-, συν-εκ-. 
πόρος, ov, [see sub περάω], way through or 
across, way ; passage; way out, means of 
accomplishing or providing, means ; pro- 
viding (cf. wopf{(w). pore. 2. See 
ἄπορος (-έω, -ia), ἀντί-, δύσ-, (-fa), ἔμ-, εὕ-. 
«όρρω. later Att. πρόσω, forwards, farther ; 
_far from (gen.). 2. 
τοοφυροῦς, ἃ, οῦν, [πορφύρα, purple fish], 
purple. 1.58, porphyry. 
ποσί, see πούς. 
πόσος, 7, ov, |*rds, Ion. κόσος, L. quotus], 
how much? (great, large, far etc.), pl., 
how many? 4. 
ποταμός, οὔ, [1], river. 
potamia. 
ποτέ (mo, (cf. ποῦ) + τέ], adv. encl., at 
some time or other, once; at any time, 
ever ; intens., ὅποι π., where in the world. 
19. Cf. πότε, when? 6-rére, when, rel. 
πότερος, a, ov, [πο (πός) + repos], which of 
two? πότερον (or -a), whether; mw... . ἤ, 
whether ...or. 10. 
ποτέρως, adv., in which of two ways? 
how? 3. 
ποτήριον, ov, in form dim. of ποτήρ, 
drinking-cup, goblet. 6.1%. N.T. 33. 
ποτός, 4, dv, [wiv], drinkable, potable ; 
τὸ ποτόν, a drink. 6. 
πότος, ov, [πίνω], drinking, drinking-bout, 
banquet. 2. 
ποῦ [gen. of Ἐπός, Ion. κοῦ, L. quo], where ? 
3. ὅ-που, where, rel. ; 
mov [gen. of Ἐπός, Ion. κοῦ, L. quo], encl., 
somewhere, anywhere; in some degree ; 
to qualify an assertion, any wise, perhaps, 
I suppose, cf. δή-που. 17. Note from 
γπο (Ion. xo, L. quo) are: πόθεν ; ποῖ; 
πότε; πῇ; ποῦ; πότερος; πόσος; ποῖος; 
πῶς ; the same oxytoned (except πότε- 
pos) are indef., and with prefix ὅ- are 
indef. relatives. 
πούς, ποδός, 6, [L. pe(d)s, L-E. 4/pad, go], 
FOOT; aS a measure = 11% inches. 20. 
anti-podes. See éu-and ἐκποδών, πέδη, 
πεζός, ποδ-, τράπεζα, τρί-πους, πέδον. 


97. Meso- 


VOCABULARY. 





549 


πρᾶγμα, aros, τό, [πράττω], act, deed ; 
thing, affuir ; pl. affairs, circumstances ; 
troublesome affairs, trouble. 25. Whence 

πραγματεύομαι, be busy at, labor to effect. 
7.6%, 

πραέων, see mpais. 

πρᾶνής, és, g ots, [akin to πρό, cf. L. 
pronus], inclined forward, prone ; steep ; 
τὸ πρανές, the steep declivity; κατὰ τοῦ 
πρανοῦς, down-hill. 6. 

πρᾶξις, ews, 7, [πράττω], action, transaction, 
business, enterprise. 7. 

πραῦς, εἴα, ὕ, g. €os, elas, éos, Att. sing. 
m. and n, πρᾶος, πρᾶον, (cf. E. FREE], 
mild, tame. 1.43, See πράως. 

πράττω, πράξω, ἔπραξα, πέπρᾶχα, πέπρᾶγ- 
μαι. ἐπράχθην, do, perform (effect, achieve, 
manage, transact etc.); of money, exact 
(cf. ἀνα); with advs., οὕτω, εὖ etc., fare, 
εὖ or καλῶς 7., be fortunate, fare well ; 
κακῶς π., fare ill (cf. εὖ, κακῶς ποιέω). 
37. [The prim. sense, pass through, 
makes it prob. that 4/mpa@y is akin to 
mepdw.] See ἄνα-, συν-ανα-, δια-, συν-δια-, 
κατα-, συμ-; πρᾶγμα, πρᾶξις, εὔ-πρακτος. 

πρᾷως or πρ [xpais], mildly, tamely. 
1.514, 

πρέπει [1], ἔπρεπε, it is fitting, becomes 
(dat., ἡλικίᾳ, τῷ νικᾶν). 3. See ed- 
πρεπής. 

πρεσβεία, as, embassy. 7.831, From 

πρεσβεύω, edow, be, or go as, an ambas- 
sador. 8. From 

πρέσβυς, ews, old man, pl., elders ; ambas- 
sador ; ¢. -brepos, older, elder, 8. -draros, 
eldest. 28. [πρεσ- (cf. L. pris-cus), akin 
to πρό, + Bu, Cretan yu=-yev.] pres- 
byter, priest. See συμ-. 

πρεσβύτης, ov, old man. 6.310, 

πρίασθαι, see ὠνέομαι. 

πρίν [akin to πρό], adv., before, sooner, 
Sormerly ; conj., before that, sooner than, 
until, w. indic., opt., inf., or ἄν and subj. 
39. See H. 924; G. 1469, 

πρό [L. pro, E. rro (ward), For, FORE], 
prep. with gen., before, in front of; in 
behalf of, for. In compos., as above, also 
forth, forward, publicly. 18. pro-. See 
πόρρω, πρότερος, πρῴ, πρῶτος, πρός. 


550 


προ-αγορεύω, fut. προ-ερῶ, 2 a. -εἶπον, pro- 
claim, declare. 1.211; 2.2%); 7.733, 

mpo-kye, -άξω, 2 a. eee lead Peword, 
advance. 4. 

προ-αιρέω, 2 a. -εἴλον, take before; mid. 
choose beforehand or in preference to. 
6.619, 

προ-αισϑάνομαι, 2 a. -ῃσθόμην, perceive be- 
forehand. 1.1%. 

προ-απο-τρέπω, 2 a. m. -ετραπόμην, turn 
back beforehand. 6.5%}, 

προ-βαίνω, go forward, advance. 
4,37, 

προ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, throw 
before or forward; mid., throw before 
oneself, present (ὅπλα) ; bring forward, 
propose. 6. problem. 

πρό-βατα wy, [-Ba, cf. βόσκω, feed, graze], 
cattle ; in Att., sheep. 19. 

προ-βολή, ἢς, [-BdAAw], putting forward, 
presenting (arms). 6.5”. 

προ-βουλεύω, plan for, provide for, 3.181, 

™pd-yovos, ov, [-yl-yvouat], forefather, ances- 
tor. 5. 

προ-δίδωμι, -δώσω, -έδωκα, (δῶ, δοίην etc.), 
-δέδωκα, give up, betray, abandon, for- 
sake. 12. 

προ-δότης, ov, [-δίδωμι, betrayer, traitor. 2. 

προ-δούς, 2 a. pt. of προ-δίδωμι. 

προ-δραμών, 2 a. pt. of προ-τρέχω. 

προ-δρομή, jis, [see foreg.], running forth, 
sally. 4.7), 

προ-δῶ, 2 a. subj. of προ-δίδωμι. 

πρό-ειμι, -ἤἥειν, go forward or before, ad- 
vance, proceed, 21. 

™po-citrov, 2 a. to προ-αγορεύω, proclaim. 

προ-ειστη-, see προ-ίστημι. 

προ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -ἤλασα, drive forward ; 
ride forward, advance. 3. 

προ-εληλυθότων, pf. act. pt. of προ-έρχομαι. 

προ-εργάζομαι, pf. -είργασμαι, work out or 
gain beforehand. 6.174, 

προ-έρχομαι, fut. πρό-ειμι, 2 a. -ἤλθον, 


8.118. 


-ελήλυθα, go before or forward, ad- 


vance. 9. 

προ-έσθαι, 2 a. inf. of προ-ίημι. 

mpo-éxw, hold before; be before, excel 
(gen.). 3.2%. 

προ-ηγέομαι, lead forward. 6.51, 


VOCABULARY. 





προαγορεύω --- πρόνοια 


προ-ηγορέω [προ-ἤγορος, ἀγορά], speak for, 
advocate. 5.51. 

προ-ἥειν, see πρό-ειμι, go forward. 

προ-ῆλθον, 2 a of προ-έρχομαι. 

προ-θέω, run before or forward. 5.818, 

προ-θυμέομαι, ἤσομαι, προὐθυμήθην, 
eager, zealous, desire earnestly. 8. 

προ-θυμία, as, eagerness, zeal, good-will. 3. 

πρό-θῦμος, ov, eager, zealous, willing. 8. 
See ἀ-. 

προ-θύμως, adv., eagerly, zealously ; 
-ότερον. 4. 

προ-θύω, sacrifice for or before. 

προ-ίδοιεν, 2 a. opt. of mpo-opdw. 

προ-ιέναι͵, see πρό-ειμι: 

προ-ίημι, -how, -ἢκα, (-ὦ, -είην, -eivar), 3 ἃ. 
m., -είμην, (inf. -έσθαι, pt. -ἐμενος), send 
orth or forward ; ch. in mid., give up, 
let go, abandon ; give over, entrust. 5. 

προ-ίστημι, place before; -έστηκα, stand 
before, be leader of, command (gen.). 5. 

προ-καλέω, call forth or forward. 7.7%. 

προ-καλύπτω, dw, hang before or across, 
conceal. 3.48, 

προ-κατα-κἄω, burn or destroy in advance. 
1.62, 

προ-κατα-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -€AaBor, 
-elAnoa, -eiAnupat, seize in advance, pre- 
occupy. 9. 

πρό-κειμαι, lie before or out, project. 
6.43, 


6.422, 


προ-κινδυνεύω, incur danger in behalf of. 
7.331, 

IIpo-xA ‘js, éous, [ far-famed], Procles, gov- 
ernor of Teuthrania. 2.13, 

προ-κρίνω, -κρινῶ, -εκρίθην, judge or select 

before, prefer. 6.135, 

mpo-héyw, say beforehand, proclaim, διά: 
7.13, pro-logue. 

προ-μαχεών, ὥνος, 6, place of defence, ram- 
part. 7.818, On -dy, cf. H. 561, 2; G. 
129, 6. 

προ-μετωπίδιον, ov, [μέτ-ωπον, forehead], 
head protector, frontlet. 1.87. 

προ-μνάομαι, impf. προὐμνᾶτο, court for, 
solicit, 7.818, 

προ-νοέομαι, take thought for, provide. 
7.7%, %, 

πρό-νοια, as, [mpd-voos], forethought. 7.752 





προνομῆ --- προσκτάομαι 


προ-νομή, ἧς, [προ-νέμομα, jo forth in 
orazing|, joraging party. 5.17. 

wpo-Eevéw, ow, act as πρόξενος, manage, 
effect ; in bad sense, bring upon, 6.514. 

πρότ-ξενος, ov, public guest, friend, or pat- 
ron; consul. 5.42; 611, 

Πρόξενος, ov, Proxenus, Boeotian, general 
of Cyrus, friend of Xenophon who de- 
lineates his character in 2.616-®, 

προ-οῖτο, 2 a. opt. of προ-ίημι. 

προ-οράω, -ίδοιεν, -ἰδηται, see before or in 
front. 1.87; 6.18. 

προ-πέμπω, -πέμψω, -επέμφθην, send be- 
Sore or forth ; escort. 7. 

προ-πίνω, fut. -πίομαι, 2 a. -ἔπιον, πέπωκα, 
drink before or first (for another (dat.) 
to follow), drink to one’s health. 4. 

προ-πονέω, toil for. 3.15". 

πρός [akin to πρό], confronting, in presence 
of, at. 

1. With gen., from in front of, from 
the standpoint of = our towards, 3.91: 
before, on the part of ; by; of what nat- 
urally proceeds from any source, in ac- 
cordance with, towards, 4.375, 1.211, 25, 

2. With dat., before, in the presence of, 
at, near, on, on the border of, besides, x. 
τούτοις, besides this. 13. 

3. With acc., to the front of, to the 
presence of, before, towards, to, against, 
upon; of time, towards, near; in view 
of, with a view to, in relation to, in respect 
to, π. ταῦτα, π. φιλίαν. 217. 

4, As adv., besides, π. ἔτι, απαὶ further. 
8.22, pros-elyte, -ody et al. 

προσ-άγω, -ἄξω, 2 a. -ἤγαγον, lead to or 
against; bring to, apply ; w. obj. omitted, 
draw near, march. 6. 

προσ-αιτέω, How, -ἤἥτησα, ask besides or for 
more. 3. 

προσ-αν-ἀλίσκω, -αλώσω. -ἤλωκα, expend 
in addition. 6.48. 

προσ-αν-ειπεῖν, 2a. inf. of rpoc-ayopedtw, 
say or proclaim in addition. 1.11}, 

προσ-βαίνω, -βήσομαι, step upon; go toward. 

4.238, 

προσ-βάλλω, - βαλῶ. 9 ἃ -έβαλον.- Βέβληκα. 
throw or dash against, advance against, 
attack 6. 


VOCABULARY. 





551 


προσ-βατός, ov, [-Balyw], accessible. 4.312, 
προσ-βολή, ἧς, [-BdAAw], attack, charge. 
3.42, 


προσογίγνομαι, -γενήσομαι, 2 a. -εγενόμην, 
become added to, join as ally. 8. 

προσ-δανείζω, είσω, lend in addition; mid., 
borrow in addition. 7.5°. 

προσ-δεῖ, inf. εἶν, there is need in addition, 
it is necessary besicles; mid., -δέομαι, 
want more. 4. wad” as 

προσ-δίδωμι, -εδίδουν, give in addition. 
1.919, 

προσ-δοκάω, -εδόκων, expect, wait for. 3. 

προσ-δοκέω, seem good besides. 3.2%, 

προσ-έδραμον, 2 a. of προσ-τρέχω. 

πρόσ-ειμι, yew, go or come forward, come 
near, approach (dat.). 26. 

προσ-ελαύνω, -ελῶ, -haaca, to ride or march 
to, towards, or against. 8. 

προσ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -7AGov, -ελήλυθα, come 
to or towards (dat.), approach, advance. 
24. pros-elyte. 

προσ-ετάχθη, see προσ-τάττω. 

προσ-εύχομαι, -εύξομαι, pray to. 6.331, 

προσ-έχω, -εἶχον, -έξω, 2 ἃ. -έσχον, hold to; 
w. or without νοῦν, give attention (to, 
dat.), give heed. 6. 

προσ-ἥειν, -σαν, see πρόσ-ειμι. 

προσ-ήκω, -ἤξω, come to; be related to, be- 
long to (dat.); impers., it belongs to or 
befits, is proper; dat. less often acc. + 
inf. 7. 

προσ-ήχασα, see προσ-ελαύνω. 

προσ-ῇσαν, see πρόσ-ειμι. 

πρόσθεν [προσ + θεν], before, in front of, 
forward; of time, before, previously ; 
after the art.= the former, foregoing 
etc., τὰ π., the front, van; eis τὸ π., for- 
ward, to the front; wm... πρίν, until, be- 
fore; π.... ἥ, sooner...@han. 47. 

προσ-θέσθαι, 2 a. inf. of προσ-τίθημι. 

προσ-θέω, run to or towards. 4. 

προσ-ίάσι, see πρόσ-ειμι. 

προσ-ίημι, how, let come to; mid., ἰδὲ come 
to oneself, admit, receive, εἰς ταὐτόν, to 
the same rank or place. 3.18), 5. 

προσ-καλέω, call to, invite. 1.978. 

προσ-κτάομαι, -κτήσομαι, acquire in addi- 
tion. 5.6}. 


552 


προσ-κυνέω [κυνέω, kiss), impf. -exdvour, 
how, -εκύνησα, kiss (the hand) towards 
in token of homage, do homage to, pros- 
trate oneself before, worship (acc.). 5. 

προσ-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 ἃ. -έλαβον, take 
besides, receive in addition; take hold, 
take part in (a work). 9. 

προσ-μένω, wait or await still, wait expect- 
ing. 6.6}, 

προσ-μίγνῦμι, -uitw, -éuita, come up to and 
mingle with, come up to. 4.216, 

πρόσ-οδος, ov, way to or going to, EEE 
income, revenue. 5. See εὐ-. 

«προσ δμρῦμι, -ομοῦμαι, -ώμοσα, swear be- 
sides or also, 3.38, 

προσ-ομολογέω, agree or consent to, sur- 
render, 7.4%, 

προσ-περονάω, how etc., pin to. 
[περόνη, pin.] 

προσ-πίπτω, fall upon, rush to. 7.131, 

προσ-ποιέομαι, ἤσομαι, make for oneself, 
win; claim, profess, pretend. 6. 

προσ-πολεμέω, war against. 1.68, 

προστατέω, how, preside over (gen.), man- 
age. 4.835; 5.61. 

προστάτης, ov, [προ-ἰστημι], president, 
manager. 7.731. 

προσ-τάττω, -τάξω, -érata, -ετάχθην, en- 
join (τὶ) upon (τινὶ), command; in 1.610 
= it had been enjoined, 1.918, 

προσ-τελέω, pay besides. 7 6, 

mpo-orepvidiov, ov, ἱστέρνον), breastplate. 
1.87. On forma. cf. προ-μετωπίδιον, 
παρα-μηρίδιον. 

προσ-τίϑημι, 2 a. m. -εθέμην, place to; 
place oneself to, agree to (dat.). 1.610, 

προσ-τρέχω, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. -έδραμον, run 
to (dat.). 4. 


7.371, 


προσ-φέρω, bring to; mid., bear onesel)* 


toward. 3. 
mpoo-xwpéw, come to or over to, join. 
5.48, 


πρόσ-χωρος, ον, [w. land (χώρα) adjoining], 
neighboring. 5.39. 

πρόσω, later Att. πόρρω (wh. see), [πρό], 
adv., 6. -wrépw, 8. -ωτάτω, forwards, far- 
ther, far; οὐ π., not far, eis τὸ π., forward 
farther, τοῦ π. (part. gen.), farther, 1.81. 
With gen.: (1) far from, τῶν πηγῶν 


VOCABULARY. 





προσκυνέω --- πρῶτος 


Τίγρητος; (2) far into, τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 
4.33, 18, 

προσ-ώμοσα, see προσ-ὀόμνῦμι. 

πρόσωπον, ov, [ὥψ, ὄψομαι], face, looks, pl. 
comm. for sing. 2.64 

προ-τάττω, -τέταγμαι, post in front. 5.238, 

προ-τελέω, dow, pay in advance: 7.135, 

προτεραῖος, a, ov, preceding. τῇ π. (ἡμέρᾳ), 
on the day before. 2.1%. 

πρότερος, a, ov, [mpd], former, mln ; 
(τὸ) πρότερον, adv. acc., before, previ- 
ously, 11. 

προ-τϊμάω, how, honor above (gen.), prefer 
in honor, 1.6°; fut. mid. as pass., 1.414, 

προ-τρέχω, 2 a. -ἔδραμον, run forward or 
before; outrun. 3. 

πρού- = προε-. 

προύδεδ- = προ-εδεδ-. 

προ-φαίνω, show before ; mid., appear be- 
Sore or in a distance, 1.81; 2.338, 

προφασίζομαι, make or allege as an ex- 
cuse. 3.1%, See ἀ-προ-φασίστως. 

πρό-φασις, ews, 7, [φημί], what is said in 
one’s defence truly or falsely, pretezt, 
excuse. 4. 

προ-φύλαξ, ακος, out-guard, pl. picket, out- 
post. 6. 

προ-χωρέῳ, ow, go forward, go on, pros- 
per, be favorable; impers., be conven- 
ient. 1.918; 6.421; 7.3%, 

πρύμνα, ns, [fem. of πρυμνός, (πρό), hind- 
most], stern, of a boat. 5.8, 

πρῷ [πρό], early, in the morning ; c. mppal- 
τερον, earlier (than usual), very early 
3.4. 4. 

πρῴρα, as, [πρό, cf. πρύμνα], prow. 5.8”, 

πρῳρεύς, éws, prow-officer, next to the 
κυβερνήτης in rank. 5.8”. “ 

πρωτεύω, be first, stand first (in, dat.). 
2.6%, 

πρῶτος, ἡ, ov, [for πρό-ατος, sup. of πρό], 
Jirst, foremost, most eminent ; τοὺς πρώτους, 
the van; π. ἤγγειλε, I first announced = 
I was the first to announce, 3.819, often 
w. force of an adv., (cf. ἑκών, see H. 
619 and a, G. 926, n.), first, in the first 
place; (τὸ) πρῶτον, first, at first, in the 
first place; π. μὲν . εἶτα, ἔπειτα, or 
εἶτα δέ. 95. proto-, see Internat. Dict. 


πτάρνυμαι --- ῥέω 


πτάρνυμαι [cf. L. sterniio], sneeze ; omi- 
nous, comm. of good, among both Greeks 
and Romans. 8.99, 

πτέρυξ, vyos, 7, [wrepdv, feather, see méro- 
pat], wing; skirt, at the bottom of the 
corselet. It covered the loins, and from 
it hung strips of leather or felt covered 
with plates of metal. 2. 

πυγμή, fis, [πύξ], fist; boxing. The con- 
testants dieted and trained for months, 
fought naked, but with hands and 
wrists weighted with the cestus (κεστός), 
4.877, pigmy. 

TIv9-aydpas, ov, [Pythian or Delphian 
speaker], Pythagoras, 1.4%. Πυθώ (= 
Delphi), a part of many proper names. 

πυκνός, 4, ὄν, [akin to πύξ], close, dense, 
thick; πυκνά, adv., often. 5. 

πύκτης, ov, borer, pugilist, L. pugil. 5.838, 
See πύξ, πυγμή. 

πύλη, ns, [cf. πόλος, aris, E. pole], gate, 
(opp. to θύρα, door), ch. in pl. gates ; 
entrance, pass, because barred with gates, 
1.44. 22. pylorus, Pylae. 

Πύλαι, dv, ai, [see foreg.], Pylae or Gates. 
Those of 1.55 known in later geogra- 
phy as af Βαβυλώνιαι, and located 
opp. Charmande. It seems to have 
been a city, cf. of ἐνοικοῦντες in 1.58. 
Some identify it with the descent from 
the hills into the Babylonian plain, 
others make it a pass through the 
Median wall. 

πυνθάνομαι [γ'πυθ], 2 a. ἐπυθόμην, learn 
by inquiry, ascertain, inquire; acc., acc. 
+ gen. (source), acc. + pt. προσελαύ- 
vovta, 1.716, gen. + ὅτι, εἰ, πότερα etc. 
13. See dva-. 

πύξ [prob. dat. pl. shortened, L. pugnus, 
E. Fist], adv., with the fist. 5.816. 

πῦρ, πυρός, τό, (ef. L. pruna, coals], FIRE; 
pl. πυρά, ὧν, οἷς, fires, watch-fires. 26. 
pyre, pyrite, pyr-, see Internat. Dict. 
See πυρέττω, πυρσεύω. 

πυραμίς, (dos, 7, [1 prob. Egypt.], pyra- 
mid, one of the ruins of Nineveh de- 
scribed 3.49 Its width, as excavations 
show, is one hundred and fifty feet (not 
a plethron as Xen. says), its present 


VOCABULARY. 





553 


height one hundred and forty. For 
what purpose erected is uncertain. 

Πύραμος, ov, Pyramus, river of Cilicia. — 
1.41, 

πυργο-μαχέω [πυργο-μάχος, tower-fighting |, 
storm a tower. 7.818. 

πύργος, ov, [see πέργαμοΞ], tower. 7.818, 

πυρέττω [πῦρ], have a fever. 6.411. 

πύρινος, 7, ov, of wheat, wheaten. 4.531, 

πῦρός, οὔ, [1], wheat, often pl. 13. Its 
JSlour, ἄλευρα. 

Πυρρίας, ov, [Redhead, cf. Rufus], Pyr- 
rhias. 6.544. 

πυρρίχη, ns, [sc. ὄρχησις, dance], the 
Pyrrhic, a mimic war-dance. 6.112, 

πυρσεύω [πυρσὸς, torch, see πῦρ], light 
beacon fires. 7.8%, 

πώ [instr. case of ἔπος], adv., encl., yet, only 
W. neg., οὔπω, μή-πω etc., not yet. 6. 

πωλέω, how etc., sell. 4. [Prob. fr. πέλω, 
be in motion, be busy, through a lost noun 
stem.] mono-poly. See ἐμ-πολάω. 

πῶλος, ov, [L. pullus, roar], colt, filly. 3. 

Πῶλος, ov, [colt], Polus. 7.25, 

πῶμα, aros, τό, [πίνω], drink. 4.577. 

πώ-ποτε, ever yet. 8. 

πῶς ["πόΞς], how? 16. 

πώς [*rds], somehow, in some way, in any 
way ; ἄλλως πως... H, in any other way 
than. 3.1% 14. 


P. 


= Lat. r= Eng. r. 
Cf. ῥέω, δάκρυ, Onp, θυγάτηρ, θύρα. 


ῥᾷδιος, 4, ον, c. ῥᾷων, 5. ῥᾷστος, easy. 
[γῥᾳ or ῥα, of une. Κἰπ.] 

ῥᾳδίως, adv., c. ῥᾷον, 5. ῥᾷστα, easily. 3: 

“Ῥαθίνης, ov, Rathines. 6.57. 

ῥᾳθύμέω [ῥᾷ-θῦμοΞςἾ], how, be of an easy dis- 
position, lead an easy life. 2.6°. 

ῥᾳθυμία, as, [ῥᾷ-θῦμος], easiness a sine: 
tion, life of ease. 3.65. 

ῥᾷον, ῥᾷστος, see ῥάδιος. 

ῥᾳστώνη [ῥᾷστος, cf. ἀνεμώνη fr. ἄνεμος], 
ns, easiness, ease, indolence. 5.818. 

ῥέω, ῥεύσομαι, oftener ῥυήσομαι, 2 a. p. as 


10. 


554 VOCABULARY. ῥήτρα--- σήσαμον 


act. ἐρρύην, flow. Ἴ. ἴ γῥυ, (ῥεξ, SoF), | Σάμιος, ov,a Samian, of the island Samos, 
orig. sru, E. srrEAM, cf. Στρυ-μών, river| off the west coast of Asia Minor. 1.75, 
of Macedonia]. See δια-, wapa-, mepi-,| Σαμόλας, a, Samolas. ὅ 615; 6.50. 

συρ-, ἐπίρρυτος, ῥυθμός. rheum,rheu-| ZdpSes, εων, af, Sardis, capital of Lydia 


matism, cata-rrh, dia-rrhoa. and of the satrapy of Cyrus. Under 
ῥήτρα, as, verbal agreement, bargain. 6.6%.| Turkish rule it has become a heap of 
[be (see ἐρῶ) + rpa, cf. papé-rpa.] ruins called Sart. 
ῥῖγος, ous, τό, [for Fpty-os, L. frigidus],| σατραπεύω, etow, be a satrap, rule as 
Srost, cold. 5.83, satrap, gen., τῆς χώρας, 3.451; also acc., 


ῥϊπτέω, impf. ἐρρίπτουν, 4.718 ; 7.372= foll.| τὰ ἐν μέσῳ πάντα, 1.75. 

ῥΐπτω [1], ῥιψω, ἔρριψα, throw, hurl ; throw σατράπης, ov, [Pers. Kshatrapavan, land- 

- off, away, or down. 4. See δια- (Sidp-| rulers], satrap, governor of a Persian 
pis), ἐπι-, ἐπι-κατα-. province, appointed by the king usually 

‘pts, ῥινός, ἡ, [1], nose. 7.4%. from one of the noble families, and held 

“Ῥόδιος, 4, ov, Rhodian; as subs., a Rho-| the office at the king’s pleasure. He 
dian, of Rhodes, a large island off the| was despotic, often exacted ruinous 
coast of Asia Minor. The Rhodians| tribute, and lived in kingly style. 4. 


were famous slingers. Σάτυρος, ov, [1], satyr, woodland divinity 
ῥοφέω, ἤσομαι, [cf. L. sorbeo], sup greedily,| that revelled in wine, music, and dane- 
gulp down, 4.5%. ing; 1.2!3 refers to Silénus, a fat, jolly 


ῥυθμός, οὔ, [ῥυ- (ῥέω), on end. ef. ora-| tutor and companion of Dionysus. 
θμό5], measured motion, time, rhythm. | σαυτοῦ, see σεαυτοῦ. 
: σαφής, és, g. ods, [akin to σοφός, L. sapio], 
Pipa, aros, τό, [ῥύομαι, draw],a draw of| clear, plain. 3.1% See ἀσάφεια. 
the bow, ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος, from (the | σαφῶς, adv., clearly, plainly ; certainly. 7. 


distance) of a bow-shot. 3.3%. σέ, see σύ. 
ῥώμη, ns, [ῥώννῦμι, make strong], strength, | σε-αντοῦ, js. contr. σαυτοῦ, ἧς, reflex. pron., 
force. 3.34, See ἐρρωμένος. of thyself, of yourself. 6. Pl. ὑμῶν 
αὐτῶν. 
Σελινοῦς, odvros, [σέλϊνον, parsley, celery}, 
Ἂν. Selinis, small river, 5.38. πετρο-σέλϊνον, 
rock-parsley. 
σ, ¢ = Lat. s (= r between two vowels) = Eng.s. | Σεύθης, ov, Seuthes, a Thracian prince, 
Cf σκηνή, σπάω, ing ge ora Pe : who, aided by the Greeks under Xen.. 
i, ol σῦς, bs; 1.-B soften =", οἵ. ἅμα, υἱός, ) ronovered the dominions whence his 
father Maisadas had been driven out 
σάγαρις, ews, 7, [Pers.], battle-ar. 2. 5.115-, 
σακίον, ov, [dim. of σάκος, (Heb. 1), sack], Σηλυβρία, as, Sa/ubria, a town in Thrace 
small bag. 4.5%, Cf. ἐπι-σάττω. on the Propontis. 7.278. 


Σαλμυδησσός, οὔ, ὁ, Salmydessus, a town | σημαίνω [ojuc], avd, ἐσήμηνα, give a sign, — 
and district in Thrace,on the Euxine.| signal, signify, indicate, point out, de- 
7.512, clare ; sometimes impers., σημαίνει, the 

σάλπιγξ, vyyos, ἡ, [1], trumpet, a long,| signal is given, 2.24. 18. See δια-. 
straight, bronze tube, commonly with | σημεῖον, ov, [σῆμα], sign, signal, mark, 4. 
“bell-shaped aperture, opp. to κέρας. 9. Syn. τεκμήριον. 

σαλπίζω, i, ἐσάλπιγξα, sound the trumpet, | ene dptvos, ἡ, ov, of sesame. 4.418, From 
signal by the trumpet; ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, σήσαμον, ov or σησάμη, [1], sesame, sesame 
when the trumpet sounded, 1.2", 7.33. seed or plant, a leguminous plant the 

σαλπικτής, οὔ, trumpeter. 3. seed of which is used for food, and yields 





σιγάζω — σκοπέω 


an oil much used in cookery and other- 
wise. 1.277; 6.48. 

στγάζω [ciyh], silence, try to silence. 6.183, 

στγάω, impf. ἐσέγων, be silent. 5.677. 

σιγή, fis, [1], selence. 3. Cf. σιωπή. 

σίγλος, ov, [Heb. shekel], siglos = 7} Att. 
obols = 25 cis. 2. 

σιδηρεία, as, [σιδηρεύω), working in iron. 
5.5}. 

σιδηροῦς, ἃ, οὖν, contr. fr. -eos, éa, cov, [σίδη- 
pos, iron], of iron, iron-. 5.433, 

Σικυώνιος, ov, a Sicyonian, of Sicyon, 
[σικυών, cucumber bed], an ancient and 
important city west of Corinth. 3.4%’. 

Σιλανός, οὔ, Sildnus: 1. Soothsayer of 
Ambracia, 1.718; 5.616, 2. A trumpeter. 
7.416. 

σίνομαι [1], harm, hurt. 3,416, 
See downs. 

Σινωπεύς, éws, a Sinopean, of 

Σινώπη, ns, Sindpé, a large and flourish- 
ing city on the coast of Paphlagonia. 
5.57. 

aids, Dor. for θεός, dual τὼ σιώ, the twin 
gods, i.e. Castor and Pollux, by whom 
the Spartans swore, siuce they were 
twin sons by Zeus of Leda, wife of 
Tyndarus, king of Sparta. 6.6%. 

σττ-αγωγός, dv, grain-carrying. 1.71, 

Σιτάλκας, ov, Sitaleas, a brave Thracian 
king, contem. of Cyrus the Great; in 
6.1° a war-song in his praise. 

σίτευτός, ή, dv, [ciretw], well-fed, fatted. 
5.482, 

σϊτηρέσιον, ov, provisions, provision-mone yj. 
6.2%. [σϊτηρός, cf. ἀπειρέσιος fr. ἄπειρος | 

σϊτίζω [σῖτος], feed, see ém-. 

σϊτίον, ov, ch. in pl., food, provisions. 5. 

σῖτος, ov, irreg. pl. σῖτα, wy, [1], grain, 
esp. wheat ; food, esp. provisions,— in this 
sense σϊτίον is preferred in prose. 19. 

Σιττάκη, ys, Sittacé, a city on the left 
bani: of the Tigris near Cunaxa, exact 
site uncertain. 2.41%, 

σιωπάω [σιωπή], impf. ἐσιώπων, ἤσομαι, be 
or keep silent. 1.83; 5.8%. 

σκεδάννῦμι | 4/cxed, E. SHED, SHATTER], 
dow, éoxddacc:, ἐσωέδασμοι, scatter. 8.53. 
See ἀπο-, συγ-κατα-. 


Poetic. 


VOCABULARY. 





555 


σκέλος, ous, τό, [cf. σχίζω], leg. 4. iso 
sceles. 

σκεπτέος, a, ov, to be considered, must be 
considered, 1.31}, 4.61 Verbal from 

σκέπτομαι [cf. L. specio, Εἰ. spy], σκέψο- 
μαι, ἐσκεψάμην, ἔσκεμμαι, look carefully, 
look at or into, consider; look.to, pro- 
vide. sceptic. 10. See dev 5 σκοπό, 

σκευάζω, dow, make ready, prepare. See 
dva-, év-, ἐπι-, KaTa-, Tapa-, ἀντι-παρα-, 
συμ-παρα--. From 

σκευή, js, [cf. Skt. 4/sku, cover, L. ob-scii- 
rus], dress, equipment. 4.777. 

σκεῦος, ous, τό, [cf. Skt. 4/sku, cover, L. 
ob-scii-rus], utensil; pl. baggage, equip- 
ment. 9. 

σκευοφορέω, how, be a baggage, carry bag- 
gage. 3.278, 8195. From 

σκευο-φόρος, ov, [φέρω], baggage-carrying ; 
as subs., baggage-carrier, τὰ ox., baggage 
animals. 9. 

σκηνέω, impf. ἐσκήνουν, how etc., to tent, 
encamp, lodge. 16. See dmo-, δια-, κατα-, 
mapa-. From 

σκηνή, jis, tent. 14. [Akin to σκιά, σκότος, 
E. SHADE, SHED.] See σύ-σκηνος. 

σκηνόω, 4.573 = σκηνέω. 

σκήνωμα, atos, τό, [σκηνόω], a tent; pl. 
tents, quarters. 2. 

σκηπτός, od, [σκήπτω, lean, fall], thunder- 
bolt. 3.111 

σκηπτοῦχος, ov, [σκῆπτρον (σκῆπτωῚ, ἔχω], 
sceptre-bearer, Persian officer of high 
rank. 2. 

Σκιλλοῦς, οὔντος, ὁ, [ σκίλλα, squill 1, 
Scillis, a town of Elis, not far from 
Olympia, where Xen. lived after his 
banishment from Athens, and where 
he is believed to have written most of 
his works. 5.37. 

σκίμ-πους, modes, 6, [oxiurroua, prop], 
litter, low couch. 6.14. 

σκληρός, ἅ, dv, hard, harsh, rough. 4.8%. 
sclerotic. [σκέλλω, dry. skeleton.] 

σκληρῶς, adv., hardly, with difficulty. 3.2%. 

σκόλοψ, οπος, 6, [cf. L. scalpo], stake; pl 
palisade. 5.25, 

σκοπέω [σκοπός], ἐσκόπουν, pres. and impf. 
to σκέπτομαι, wh. see. 14 


556 


σκοπός, οὔ, [σκέπτομαι], watchman, spy, 
scout. 4. scope. See κατα-σκοπή. 

σκόροδον, ov, [7], garlic. 7.157. 

σκοταῖος, a, ov, in the dark: νι. force of an 
adv., cf. πρῶτος. 3, 

σκότος, ovs, τό, [root akin to that of σκηνή], 
darkness. 9. 

Σκυθινοί, av, Scythinians, one of the 
numerous mountain tribes of northern 
Armenia. 4.718, 

σκύλεύω [σκῦλον, spoil, σκύλλω, rend 1, 
evow, strip, despoil. 6.19, 

σκύταλον, ov, [1], club, cudgel. 

σκύτινος, 7, ov, leathern, leather-, 
[σκῦτος, skin, cf. σκευή.] 

σμῆνος, ous, τό, [1], bee-hive, swarm of 
bees. 4.8”. 

Σμίκρης, nos, Smicres. 6.34, ὃ 

Σόλοι, wv, οἱ, Soli, a Greek city of Cilicia. 
From its people’s incorrect use of Greek, 
the term σολοικισμός (Solecism) arose. 
1.224, 

σός, σή, σόν, [ov], thy, thine, your. 5. 

Σοῦσα, wy, τά, [Ὁ. T. Shushan (lily) 1, 
Susa, capital of Susiana, and also of 
Persia from the time of Darius L; 
winter and spring residence of the Per- 
sian kings. 2.4%. 

Σοφ-αίνετος, ov, [praised for his skill], 
Sophainetus, Cyrean general from Arca- 
dia. 1.111, 23; 2.537, 

σοφία, as, skill, wisdom. 
philosophy. From 

σοφός, 4, dv, [cf. σαφής], skilled, clever, 


7.415, 
5.418, 


1.28. sophist. 


wise. 1.103. 
σπανίζω [σπάνις], low or iW, be scarce of, 
lack (gen.). 2.212; 7.74, 


σπάνιος, a, ov, [σπάνις], scarce, scanty. 3. 

σπάνις, ews, ἡ, [1], scarcity, lack. 2, 

Σπάρτη, ns, [ σπείρω, scatter], Sparta, 
capital of Laconia. In 404 B. c., three 
years before the expedition of Cyrus, 
the Spartans ended the Peloponnesian 
war with the capture of Athens, and 
held undisputed leadership among the 
Greek states till the battle of Leuctra, 
371 B.C. 


Σπαρτιάτης, ov, a Spurtan. The Spartans 
were the military class or aristocracy 


VOCABULARY. 





σκοπός --- σταθμός 


(οἱ ὅμοιοι, peers), below whom were (1) 
the provincials (περίοικοι), (2) the Helots 
or serfs (Ἑλῶται). 4.825 
σπάρτον, ov, ἰσπεῖρα, coil, spire], rope, 
cord. 4.7% See συ-σπειράομαι. 
σπάω [cf. E. SPAN, SPIN], σπάσω, ἔσπασα, 
ἔσπασμαι, draw, esp. a sword, ch. in 
mid. spasm. 2. Ch. poet. for ἕλκω. 
See ἀπο-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, συ-. 
σπείρω [ γσπερ, σπαρ, of unc. kin], σπερῶ, 
ἔσπειρα, 3 ἃ. p. ἐσπάρην, sow, scatter. 
6.18, 819, sperm, Sporades. See δια-. 
σπένδω (cf. L. spondeo], σπείσω, ἔσπεισα 
(= ἔσπενδσα), ἔσπεισμαι, pour a libation, 
make a drink-offering ; mid., pour a liba- 
tion one with another (dat.) to ratify a 
treaty, hence, make a treaty or truce 
with (dat.), make peace with. 13. See 
σπονδή. 
σπεύδω [cf. L. studeo, E. sPEED], σπεύσω, 
ἔσπευσα, urge or press on, hasten, be in 
haste. 8. See συν-επι-; σπουδή, σπουδάζω. 
Σπιθριδάτης, ov, Spithridates. 6.51. 
σπολάς, ddos, 7, Aeol. for στολάς, [στέλλω, 
equip], leather jacket or corsilet, light 
piece of defensive armor worn some- 
times under the θῶραξ ; om. καὶ θώρακες, 
leathern and metallic corslets. 8.839; 4.118. 
σπονδή, is, [σπένδω], Libation ; pl. treaty, 
or truce, peace, concluded with libations. 
35. spondee. 
σπουδάζω [σπουδή], dow, make haste, be 
busy or earnest. 2.332. 
σπουδαιο-λογέω [-Adyos], speak or con- 
verse earnestly. 1.938, 
σπουδή, js, [σπεύδω], haste; earnestness. 4. 
στάδιον, ov, pl. στάδια and στάδιοι, a stade, 
600 Greek or 582 Eng. ft., furlong (lack- 
ing 78 ft.) ; race-course, foot-race, —- one 
stade long at Olympia; ἀγωνίζεσθαι στ. 
(cog. acc.), contend inthe foot race, 4.877, 
42. |Yornut, what stands, standard; 
others refer it to σπάω, draw out, cf. Dor. 
σπάδιον, L. spatium ]} 
σταβμός, od, [ora (ἵστημι) + σθμός, cf. io. 
θμός], station, quarters for the night, 
hence, day’s journey = five parasangs, 
more or less, according to the nature of 
the road. 60. 


στάς --- στρατηγός 


στάς, 2a. pt. of ἵστημι. 

στασιάζω, dow, be factious (toward, dat.), 
quarrel with, dat.; form a faction, rebel, 
disagree. 7. See ἀντι-. 

στάσις, ews, 7, [Ἰστημι], a standing, stand- 
ing against, faction, dissension. 6.1”, 
apo-, ec-stasy. See ἐπι-, xata-; mpo- 
στάτης. . 

σταυρός, οὔ, [tornut], stake, palisade. 5. 
N. T. cross. 28. 

σταυρόω, dow, pale in, palisade. See ἀνα-, 
ἀπο-, περι-. 

σταύρωμα, ατος, τό, paling, palisade. 4. 

στέαρ, στέᾶτος, τό, fat, tallow. 5.4%. 
[1 Usu. derived fr. ἵστημι, standing, i.e. 
stiff fat.] 

στέγασμα, aros, τό, ἱστεγάζω, corer], cover- 
ing, tent covering. 1.5%. 

στέγη, ns, roof, shelter, house. 4.414% 4. 
[στέγω, cover, L. (s)tego, cf. E. peck, 
THATCH.] 

στεγνός, ή, ὄν, [στέγω, cover, L. (s)tego, 
οὗ. E. DECK, THATCH], covered, roofed. 
7.422, 

στείβω [ 4/o7:8, of unc. kin], ch. in pres. 
sys., tread or walk on; in 1.91% = trod- 
den, i.e. public. See oriBos. 

στέλλω, στελῶ, ἔστειλα, ἔσταλμαι, ἐστάλην, 
set in order, equip, dispatch ; mid. set 
forth, proceed. 4. See dva-, ἀπο-, ém-; 
στολή, στόλος. 

στενός, ή, dv, [1], ὁ. -ὦτερος, 8. ὦώτατος, 
narrow, stra:t; τὰ στενά, narrows, straits, 
pass. 13. steno-graph. 

orevo-xwpla, as, [ στενό-χωρος ], narrow 
place. 1.57. 

στέργω [1], στέρξω, ἔστερξα, love, be fond 
of. 2.675. See ἀγαπάω. 

στερίσκω, στερήσω, [fr. orepéw, rare in 
pres.], ἐστέρησα, deprive (one, acc.) of 
(gen.); passive is 

στέρομαι, στερήσομαι, ἐστερήθην, be de- 
prived of (gen.), be destitute of. 8. See 
ἀπο-. 

στέρνον, ov, = sternum, breast. 2. [oropév- 
νῦμι, spread|. Ch. poet. for στῆθος. See 
προ-στερνίδιον. ᾿ 

στερρῶς, adv., firmly, steadfastly, 3.12. 
[creppés -Ξ- στερεός, firm. stereo-type.] 


VOCABULARY. 





557 


στέφανος, ov, [στέφω, encircle], crown, 
wreath, chaplet, made of leaves, — olive, 
myrtle, laurel, or oak, of parsley, ivy, or 
roses; used as a festal ornament and 
to crown victors. 3. Stephen. 

στεφανόω, dow etc., crown; mid., crown 
oneself, put on a wreath or garland, 
4.317, 533; 7,149, 

στήλη, ns, [στημι], pillar, post, 5.812; 7.518, 

στη-, see ἵστημι. 

στίβος,ου, ὁ[στείβω], path, track. 8, Cf. 
ἴχνος. 

στίζω, στίξω, ἔστιξα, ἔστιγμαι, prick, tatoo. 
5.453, stigma. [ἀυὐστιγ, L. in-stig-o, 

’ E. STICK, STITCH, STING.] 

στῖφος, ovs, τό, crowd, mass, column. 3. 
[crépw in orig. sense, pack close, cf. 
orépavos]. Syn. ὄχλος. 

στλεγγίς, ίδος, 4, [cf. L. strigilis], flesh- 
scraper, used in the-bath and after ex- 
ercise for scraping the body; also a sort 
of ornamental comb or tiara. 1.2". 

στολή, fis, [στέλλω], equipment, esp. dress, 
robe. 4. stole, dia-, sy-stole. 

στόλος, ov, στέλλω], equipment, prepara- 
tion ; armament, army ; expedition, jour- 
ney, voyage. 8. ; 

στόμα, aros, τό, mouth, opening, front, van. 
10. στόμαχος (dim.), stomach. 

στρατεία, as, ἱστρατεύω], expedition, cam- 
paign. 8.19; 5.418, 

στράτευμα, ατος, τό, ἱστρατεύωϊ, army, the 
general term. 163. Syns. στρατιά, 
στρατός. 

στρατεύω [orparss], evow etc., serve in the 
army, do military service, make an ex- 
pedition ; lead an army, march, of officers 
and soldiers, 2.114, 32°, 4.3; oftener as 
mid. dep. and ch. of the soldiers, 26. 
See ém-, ov-. 

στρατηγέω στρατηγός], how etc., be gen- 
eral, lead, command (gen.). 7. strata- 
gem. See ὕπο-. 

στρατηγία, as, generalship ; in 1.315 a cog. 
ace., exercise this generalship. 4. 

στρατηγιάω [desid. of orparnyéw], desire 
to become general. 7.183, 

στρατ-ηγός, ov, [ἄγω, cf. dpx-nyds], leader 
of an army, general, commander ; Persian 


558 


military governor, 1.13, 147. See iro-, 
συ-. Ξ 
στρατιά, as, [orpards, orig. a collect., cf. 
γενεά], the military, soldiery ; = orpa- 
τᾶς. 69. 
στρατιώτης, ov, [orparid, cf. Σικελιώτης, 
fr. Σικελία], soldier. 155. See ov-. 
Στρατο-κλῆς, ous, [army’s glory], Strato- 
cles. 4.278, 
στρατοπεδεύω, evow etc., encamp, 7.6% ; 
comm. mid. encamp, be in camp. 16. See 
ἀντι-, ἀπο-, κατα-, συ-. 
᾿ στρατόπεδον, ov, [πέδον, ground], camping- 
ground, camp, encampment; by meton. 
army in camp, 2.218; 4.49, 39. 
στρατός, οὔ, army in camp, army, host. 
1.57. [= what is spread out, στορέννῦμι, 
strew. Cf. strRaw.] 
στραφ-, see στρέφω. 
στρεπτός, ἦ, ὄν, [στρέφω], twisted; as 
subs., necklace, much worn among the 
Persians. 8. 
στρέφω [4], στρέψω, ἔστρεψα, ἔστροφα, 
ἔστραμμαι, ἐστράφην, twist, turn; turn or 
face about. 5. strophe. See ἀνα-, 
ἀπο-, κατα-, cvy-KaTa-, ὗπο-. 
στρουθός, οὔ, ὅ, ἡ, [1], sparrow; μέγας or 
μεγάλη στ., ostrich (ο- fr. L. avis). 
1.52, 3, 
στρωματό-δεσμον [orpdvviut = στορέννῦμι, 
see orparos], clothes-sack, leathern or 
linen, for tying up clothes. 5.413, 
στυγνός, 4, ov, [Ἔστύγω -- στυγέω, hate], 
hateful, sullen, opp. to φαιδρός ; τὸ στυ- 
γνόν, sullenness. 2.69, 1 
Στυμφάλιος, 4, ον, Stymphalian, οἵ. Stym- 
phalus, a town in Arcadia. 1.11}, 
σύ, cod, σοί, σέ, (obl. cases enclitic), [Dor. 
rd, L. tii] THOU, THEE, you. 95. pl. ὑμεῖς, 
you. 318. 
ovy- before a palatal = σύν. 
συγ-γένεια, as, kinship, kin. 7.399, From 
συγ-γενής, és, g. ods, [ovy-yl-yvouat], joined 
by birth, akin; of συγγενεῖς, kinsmen, 
relatives. 3. 
ovy-ylyvopat, -γενήσομαι, 2 ἃ. -εγενόμην, 
-γεγένημαι, be with, associate with, confer 
with; have intercourse with; come to- 
gether, meet. (dat.). 11. See συγ-γεν-. 


VOCABULARY. 





στρατιά--- συμβολή 


συγ-κάθ-ημαι, sit together. 5.131, 
συγ-καλέω, fut. ὥ, συν-εκάλεσα, συγ’ κέ 
κληκα, call together, assemble. 16. 
συγ-κάμπτω, -κάμψω, bend together. 5.81, 
ovy-kata-kdw, -καύσω, -éxavoa, burn up 
with, 3.2". 
συγ-κατα-σκεδάννῦμι,-εσκεδάσατο, sprinkle 
over or pour out-at the same time, 7.3%. 
συγ-κατα-στρέφω, στρέψω, assist (one, 
dat.) in subduing. 2.1.44, 
σύγ-κειμαι, pass. to συν-τίθημι, be put to- 
gether; be agreed on, τὸ συγκείμενον, 
the (place or thing) agreed on. 6,3+ ; 7.27. 
συγ-κλείω, -κλείσω, shut together, close. 
7,112, 15, 
συγ-κομίζω, ἔσω, pf. «κεκόμισμαι, bring ill 
gether, collect. 6.637, 
συγ-κύπτω, -κύψω, bend or squeeze together, 
converge. 8.4.5, 21, 
συγ-χωρέω, how, go with, concur, acquiesce. 
5.29, 
σύειος, ἅ, ov, [σῦς], of swine, hog’s. 4.4.3, 
Συέννεσις, cos, [cf. Sem. Shu’a nasi, noble 
prince], Syennesis, k. of Cilicia, prob. an 
official or hereditary title, as it was borne 
by several Cilician kings. 1.2.13, %—. 
σῦκον, ov, |?], fig. 2. syco-phant, -more. 
συλ- before A= σύν. . 
συλ-λαμβάνω, -λήψομαι, 2 a. -έλαβον, -el- 
ληφα, seize, lay hold of, apprehend. (acc.). 
9. syllable. 
συλ-λέγω, -έλεξα, -είλοχα, -είλεγμαι, 2 a. p. 
συν-ελέγην, collect, assemble. 82. 
συλ-λογή, Hs, [-λέγω], collection, levy. 1.1.8. 
σύλ-λογος, ov, [-λέγω], a gathering, assem- 
blage. 2. Cf. ἐκκλησία. syllogism. 
ovp- before a labial = σύν. 
συμ-βαίνω, 2 a. συν-έβην, pt. συμ-βάς, come 
together, occur, happen. 8.118, 
συμ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 
throw or bring together, gather, 8.451: 
mid., contribute ; suggest ; put together, 
agree upon (acc.), contract. 5. 
συμ-βοάω, συν-εβόων, call to or on at once. 
6.3.5, 
συμ-βοηθέω, how, join in assisting, run to 
aid ina body. 4.21; 7.817. 
συμ-βολή, jis, [-βάλλω], conflict, encoun- 
ter. 6.5%, 


᾿ συμβουλεύω --- σύνδειπνος 


συμ-βουλεύω, εὐσω, plan with, advise (dat.); 
mid., consult, get one’s advice, confer with 
or ask advice of (one, dat.). 27. 

συμ-βουλή, js, counsel, advice. 2. 

σύμ-βουλος, ov, counsellor, adviser. 1.65. 

συμ-μανθάνω, 2 a. -έμαθον, learn with ; be- 
come accustomed to. 4.5.27. 

συμ-μαχέω |-uaxos], how, be an ally, form 
an alliance with. (dat.). 5.489, 

συμ-μαχία, as, [-uaxos], alliance. 8. 

συμ-μάχομαι, fight along with (dat.), be an 
ally. 5.4%; 6.133, 

σύμ-μαχος, ov, [μάχη], fighting along with, 
in alliance with ; as subs., ally ; τὰ obp- 
μαχα, the things that aid, advantages, 21. 

cup-plyvipe or -ύω, -μίξω, -ἐμιξα, mix or 
mingle with, unite with, join, (dat.); join 
battle with. 6. 

συμ-παρα-σκευάζω, prepare together with, 
aid in preparing. 5.1%, 10, 

ω, 2 a. -έσχον, join in furnish- 

ing. 7.419; 6%. 

σύμ-πᾶς, -πᾶσα, -πᾶν, g. -παντος, -rdons, 
all together, all in a bod y, entire, the whole ; 
τὸ σύμπαν, adv. acc., altogether, on the 
whole. 4. 

συμ-πέμπω, -πέμψω, -ἔπεμψα, send with. 8. 

συμ-πίπτω, -recodua, 2 a. -ἔπεσον, fall 
with or together, collapse ; grapple with. 
3. symptom. 

σύμ-πλεως, wy, quite full of, filled with. 
(gen.). 1.2% ᾿ 

συμ-ποδίζω [πούς], low, συν-επόδισα, fetter, 
impede, hinder. 4.41}, 

συμ-πολεμέω, ow, join (one, dat.) in war, 
assist in war. 1.47; 3.15, 

συμ-πορεύομαι, -εύσομαι, go or journey 
with, join in the expedition. 3. 

συμποσί-αρχος, ov, master of a feast or 
symposium. 6.1%. 

συμ-πράττω, ἄξω, συν-ἔπρᾶξα, do (τὶ) with 
(dat.), codperate with (dat.) in doing 
(ace.), aid. 6. 

συμ-πρέσβεις, εων, fellow-ambassadors or 
envoys. 5.574, 

συμ-προ-θυμέομαι, impf. -προὐθυμούμην, 
hooua, share in eagerness with (dat.) or 
in desire that (ὅπως), join in urging. 4. 

συμ-φέρω, fut. συν-οίσω, -hveyxa OF -ov, 


VOCABULARY. 





559 


-evhvoxa, -ενήνεγμαι, bring together, gather; 
confer a benefit, be useful or prositable. 
2.22; 3.277, 10, : 

σύμ-φημι, συν-έφην, say with one, assent, 
agree. 5.88; 7.2%, 

σύμ-φορος, ov, [φέρω], profitable, useful. 2. 

σύν [perh. ident. with ξύν], prep. with dat.,: 
with, together with, along with ; with the 
aid of, τοῖς θεοῖς. In compos. as above, 
also=quite, cf. cip-wAews. 170. See 
συγ-, συλ-, συμ-; = συρ- before p; = συ- 
before ¢ or σ foll. by a cons. 

συν-αγείρω, bring together, collect. 1.5%. 

συν-άγω, lead or bring together, draw to- 
gether, join. 12. 

συν-αδικέω, join with one (dat.) in wrong 
doing. 2.677. 

συν-αθροίζω, assemble together, collect. 6.589; 
7.28, 

συν-αινέω, dw, join in commending, agree 
to, grant. 7.73), 

συν-αιρέω, 2 a -εἴλον, bring together, or into 
small compass; ὡς συνελόντι (sc. τινὶ) 
εἰπεῖν, to speak concisely, 3.1%. See H. 
771,b; G. 184, 5. 

συν-αίτιος, ov, being joint cause of, acces- 
sory. 6.67. 

συν-ακολουθέω, ἤσω, imp. -ηκολούθουν, fol- 
low along with, accompany. (dat.) 4. 

συν-ακούω, hear together or mutually. 5.481, 

συν-ἀλίζω, -ηλίσθην, gather together, collect. 
7.3%, 

συν-αλλάττω, 2 a. p. -ηλλάγην, change 
(and bring) together, reconcile. 1.2}. 

συν-ανα-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβην, pt. -Bds, go up 
with. 1.318; 5.416, ἢ 

συν-ανα-πράᾶττω, -πράξω, join in exacting’ 
7.7%, 

συν-αν-ίστημι, raise up with; 2 a. -έστην 
and mid., rise up with. 7.3%. 

συν-αντάω, How, meet with, meet. (dat.) 
1.815; 7.25, 

συν-άπ-ειμι, go away with. 2.21. 

συν-απο-λαμβάνω, receive at the same time, 
what is due (ἀπό). 7.72. 

συν-άπτω, -άψω, join together; join μάχην 
with (dat.). 1.516, 

σύν-δειπνος, ov, [δεῖπνον], table-compan 
ion. 3. 


560 


συν-δια-βαίνω, 2 a. -ἐβην, cross with. 7.14. 
συν-δια-πράττω, accomplish with; mid., 
negotiate with or at the same time. 4.8%. 
συν-δοκέω, seem good also. 6. 5" 
σύν-δυο, two by two. 6.3% Cf. εἰς δύο. 
συν-εγενόμην, 2 a. of συγ-γίγνομαι. 
συν-εθέλω, wish the same thing or at the 
same time, consent. 6.1%, 
συν-εἶῖδον, see συν-οράῳ. 
συν-είλεγμαι, See συλ-λέγω. 
συν-ειλη-, see συλ-λαμβάνω. 
σύν-ειμι, -ἣν, be with (one, dat.); οἱ συν- 
ὄντες the associates. 8. 
σύν-ειμι, -ἤειν, go or come together, go in a 
body. 1.10%; 3.57, 
συν-εισ-έρχομαι, go in together. 4.59, 
συν-εισ-πίπτω, fall or rush in along. 5.7%; 
7.118, 
συν-εκ-βαίνω, go forth together. 4.32. 
συν-εκ-βιβάζω, join in bringing out. 1.51. 
συν-εκ-κόπτω, join in cutting down. 4.88. 
συν-εκ-πίνω, 2 a. -εξ-έπιον, drink off to- 
gether. 7.3%, 
συν-εκ-πορίζω, low, -εξ-επόρισα, join in fur- 
nishing or supplying. 5.8%. 
συν-έλαβον, 2 a. of συλ-λαμβάνω. 
συν-έλεξα, see συλ-λέγω. 
συν-ελήλυθα, 2 pf. οὗ συν-έρχομαι. 
συν-ελών, 2 a. pt. οὗ συν-αιρέω. 
συν-έμιξα, see συμ-μίγνῦμι. 
συν-ενήνεγμαι, See συμ-φέρω. 
συν-εξ-έρχομαι, go out with 7.811 
συν-επ-αινέω, jon wm approving. 7.3%, 
συν-επ-εὔχομαι, -εύξομαι, vow also or at the 
same time. 3.29. 
συν-επι-μελέομαι, join in caring for (gen.), 
+ have joint charge of. 6.133, 
συν-επι-σπεύδω, εύὐσω, assist in hastening 
forward. 1.58. 
συν-επι-σπομ.», See συν" εφ-έπομαι. 
συν-επι-τρίβω, -τρίψω, crush together, de- 
stroy utterly. 5.8. 
συν-έπομαι, -εἰπόμην, -ἐέψομαι, follow along, 
follow. (dat.) 6. 
συν-επ-όμνῦμι, swear at the same time also. 
7.619, 
συν-εργός, dv, [ἔργον], working with ; subs., 
co-worker, helper. 3. 
συν-ερρυ-, See Tup-pew. 


VOCABULARY. 





συνδιαβαίνω --- συντίθημι 


συν-έρχομαι, 2 ἃ. -ἦλθον, -ελήλυθα, go (or 
come) with or together, assemble. 27. 

συν-έσπων. imp. of συ-σπάω. 

συν-εστ-, see συν-ίστημι. 

συν-εφ-έπομαι, -εἰπόμην, -έψομαι, -εσπόμην 
follow closely upon, accompany. 8. 

συν-έχω, hold or keep together. . 7.28. 

συν-εώρων, See συν-οράω. 

συν-ήγαγον, see συν-άγω. 

συν-ήδομαι, -ησθήσομαι, rejoice with, con 
gratulate. 3. 

συν-ἤειν, see σύν-ειμι, go with, 

συν-ῆλθον, 3 ἃ of συν-έρχομαι. 

συν-θεάομαι, ἄσομαι, join in viewing or ex- 
amining. 6.41, 

συν-θέμενος, 2 a. τη. of συν-τίθημι. 

σύν-θημα, ατος, τό [-τίθημι], what is agreed 
on, watchword. 6. 

συν-θηράω, -εθήρων, join in hunting. 5.819, 

συν-θοῖτο, 2 a. opt. of συν-τίθημι. 

συν-ιδεῖν, 2 a. inf. of συν-οράω. 

συν-ίημι, impf. inv, (ers, εἰ}, put together, 
understand. 7.68. 

συν-ίστημι, συ-στήσω, -έστησα, put οἱ 
bring together; introduce. 3.18; 6.138. 
2 a. -έστην, -ἐστηκα and mid., stand to 
gether, assemble ; be composed, organized. 
10. sys-tem. 

σύν-οϑος, ov, 7, coming together, onset, en- 
counter. 1.10°; 6.4%. 

σύν-οιδα, inf. -εἰδέναι, know with (one, dat.), 
=know as well as, 7.618; be conscious. 
1.8%; 2.575; 7.64, 

συν-ολολύζω͵ join in shouting. 4.31% 

συν-ομολογέω, how, -wuordynoa, say the 
same things with, agree with (dat.) ΟΣ 
upon (ace). 4. 

συν-όντες see σύν-ειμι, go with, 

συν-οράω, impf. -εώρων, 2 a. -eiSov, see at 
the same time or in one view, take at 
general view; watch at the same time. 
1.59; 4.111; 5,218, 

συν-ουσία, as, [-εἰμῇ, a being together, 
Sriendly intercourse, conference. 2.5%. 

συν-τάττω, -τάξω, -érata, -τέταγμαι, ar- 
range together, draw up in order, form in 
line; soin mid. 11. syn-tax. 

συν-τίθημι, 2 a. m. -εθέμην, -opt. -θοίμην, 
«θέσθαι, -θέμενος, put together, mid., agret 


σύντομος --- σώζω 


on, make an- agreement, (cf. σύνθημα), 

conclude, φιλίαν. 7. synthetic. 
σύν-τομος, ov, [-τέμνω], cut (and drawn) 

together, cut short, concise, short. 2.672. 
συν-τράπεζος, ov, [τράπεζα], table-compan- 


ion. 1.931. Cf. ὅμο-. 
Tuv-tpéxw, -δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. -έδραμον, run 
together. 5.74; 7.6%. 


συν-τρίβω, συντετριμμένοι, rub together, 
crush, 4.74, 

συν-τυγχάνω, fall in with, meet. (dat.) 
1.108; 7.822, 

συν-ωφελέω, help at the same time, join in 
helping. 3.22". 

Συρᾶκόσιος, or -κούσιος, ov, Syracusan, of 
Syracuse, a flourishing Greek city on 
the east coast of Sicily. 1.29; 10!*. 

Συρία, as, Syria, [abbrev. of Assyria], 
Syria, north of Arabia, between the Eu- 
phrates and the Mediterranean sea. 1.4°. 

Σύριος, a, ov, Syrian. 1.45. 

Σύροι, or Σύριοι, Syrians. 1.49. 

συρ-ρέω, συν-έρρεον, -ερρύηκα, 2 a. -ερρύην, 
Slow or flock together. 8. 

σῦς, συός, ὃ, ἣ, ΟΥ ὗς, SWINE, SOW, boar. 3. 

συ-σκευάζω, make ready (by getting 
things) together; mid., pack up one’s 

’ baggage, pack up; συσκευασμένοι, all 
packed up. 14. 

σύ-σκηνος, ov, [σκηνή], tent-mate, com- 
rade. 4. 

συ-σπάω, impf. συν-έσπων, draw or sew 
together. 1.510. 

συ-σπειράω [σπεῖρα, coil], roll together ; 
pass., form in close array, pf. pt. συν- 
ἐσπειρᾶμένος. 1.87, 

συ-σπουδάζω, join in making haste, be 
earnest or active also, 2.341, 

συ-στρατεύομαι, εὐσομαι, march or cam- 
paign with, join in an expedition. 12. 

συ-στράτηγος, ov, fellow-general. 2.6.9, 

συ-στρατιώτης, ov, fellow-soldier. 1.278. 

συ-στρατοπεδεύομαι, εύσομαι, encamp with. 
2.49, 

συχνός, 4, dv, [1], considerable, much, long ; 
pl. many ; συχνόν, considerable distance, 
1.88, 19, 7, ; 

σφαγιάζομαι, ἄσομαι, slay a victim, sacri- 
δα. 5. 


VOCABULARY. 





561 


σφάγιον, ov, [σφαγή], victim, offering ; 
omens, from its motions or appearance. 
4. See σφάττω. 

σφαιρο-ειδής, <s, [opaipa, ball, εἶδος], ball- 
shaped, of rounded end. 5.42, 

σφάλλω, THAAG, 2 a. p. ἐσφάλην, trip up, 
throw down; pass., fall, fail, go wrong. 
7.7%. | γσφαλ, E. FALL, FAIL.) 

σφάττω [1], σφάξω, ἔσφαξα, slay, esp. by 
cutting the throat, slaughter, kill. 3. 
See ém-, κατα-. 

σφεῖς, av, [st. oFe, cf. οὗ], σφίσι, σφᾶς, 
pron. of 3d pers., they, themselves, in 
Att. indir. reflex. 19. 

σφενδονάω, how, lo sling. 12. 

σφενδόνη, ns, [cf. σφαδάζω, toss about], 
sling; by meton. for what is slung, 
stone, bullet. 8. 

σφενδονήτης, [-dw], slinger. 8. 

σφόδρα [adv. ace. pl.], vehemently, exceed- 
ingly, very, very much. 8. 

σφοδρός, ἅ, dv, [1], vehement, excessive. 
1.1018, 

σχεδία, as, raft. 2. [Cf. σκεδάννῦμι, spread 
out, or σχέδιος, sudden, off-hand.] 

σχεδόν [cf. σχέσθαι, ἔχομαι, be close), 
closely, nearly, almost. 10. 

σχεῖν, 2 a. inf., σχήσω, fut. of ἔχω. 

σχέτλιος, a, ov, [Ἔσχέτλη (cf. éxé-rAn), 
σχεῖν, ἔχω], holding out, unflinching ; 
cruel, shocking. 7.6%. 

σχῆμα, aros, τό, |oxeiv, ἔχω], form, shape, 
cf. L. habitus. 1.10% scheme. 

σχίζω [L. scindo], αχίσω, ἐσχίσθην, split, 
cleave. 3. schism, zest. See κατα-. 

σχολάζω, dow, be at leisure, have leisure. 
2.32; 7.374. 

σχολαῖος, a, ov, leisurely, slow. 4.138, 

σχολαίως, adv., leisurely, slowly ; ¢. -ατε- 
pov. 2. 

σχολή, fs, [σχεῖν, ἔχω], leisure ; σχολῇ, 
with leisure, slowly. 5. school, shoal. 
See ἀσχολία. 

ow, see σῶος. 

σώζΐζω [σῶς], σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέσωκα, σέσω- 
σμαι, ἐσώθην, save, rescue, keep or conduct 
safely ; pass., be saved, rescued etc. ; re- 
turn safely. 40. See ἀπο-, δια-; σῶος -- 
σωτήριος. 


562 


Σωκράτης, ovs, [safe ruler], Socrates. 1. 
One of Cyrus’ generals from Achaea, 
1.111; 2.689, 2, The great philosopher 
at Athens, who was now about sixty- 
eight years of age, and who was sen- 
tenced to death in May, 399 B. c., shortly 
before Xenophon’s return to Greece. 
3.15, 

σῶμα, aros, τό, [1], body; τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώ- 
ματα, their own bodies or lives. 9. 

σῶος, a, ov, contr. σῶς, σῶν, pl. σῷ, σᾶ, 
safe and sound, safe. 9. [Rad. form 
odos, cf. L. sinus]. Σω-, Sao-, Swor-, in 
many proper names, Σῶος, Σάων, Sw- 
κράτης, Σωφρονίσκος et al. 

Σῶσις, ews, [deliverer], Sosis, of Syracuse. 
1.2, 

σωτήρ, ἤρος, ὁ, [σώζω], savior, deliverer. 3. 

σωτηρία, as, safety, deliverance. 18. 

Σωτηρίδας, ov, [son of Σωτήρ], Soteridas. 
3.447, 

σωτήριος, ov, saving, bringing safety; 
τὰ σωτήρια, thank-offerings for deliver- 
ance. 4, 

σωφρονέω, how, ἐσωφρόνησα, be prudent, 
discreet, sensible. 7. 

σωφρονίζω, 1d, ἐσωφρόνισα, trans. to foreg., 
make prudent, bring to one’s senses, 
-chasten, correct. 3. 

σωφροσύνη, ns, prudence, discretion, self- 
control. 1.93, From 

σώ-φρων, ov, [σῶος, φρήν, mind], sound- 
minded, prudent. 


T. 


τ ΞΞΪ,. t= Teut (Eng.) th; cf. τείνω, τρεῖς, πετάν- 
νυμι, πατήρ, σύ. 
7 for 1.-E. Καὰ ΞΞ L, qu ; cf. τέ, τίς, τέτταρες. 


τάδε, see ὅδε. 

τάλαντον, ov, [τλάω, L. [0110], balance, 
weight ; talent, sum of silver money, 
=60 minae or 6,000 drachmae, about 
$1,100. 7. 

τἄλλα-Ξ τὰ ἄλλα. 

ταμιεύω [ταμίας, steward, τέμνω, cut], deal 
out; manage, regulate. 3.518, 

τἀναντία -- τὰ ἐναντία. 


VOCABULARY. 





Σωκράτης --- τάχα 


Tapas, 6, Tamos, of Memphis in Egypt, 
governor of Ionia under Cyrus and 
commander of his fleet ; upon the death 
of Cyrus fled to Egypt with his treasures, 
where he was slain by Psammitichus, 
1.221; 42, 

ταξί-αρχος, ov, commander of a τάξις, taxi- 
arch, 2. 

τάξις, ews, ἧ, [τάττω], arrangement, order, 
military order, array, line, jfile, division, 
company ; κατὰ t/tes in companies of 
infantry.. 1.216, 44, 

Ἰάοχοι, wy, Taochi, tribe of Pontus near 
Armenia. 4,418, 

ταπεινός, ή, dv, [1], low, humble, submissive. 
2.518, 

ταπεινόω, dow, humble, abase. 6.318, 

τάπις, ios, ἡ, [Pers.?], carpet, rug. 2. 
tape, tapestry. 

τἀπιτήδεια = τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 

ταράττω, diw, ἐτάραξα, τετάραγμαι, ἐταρά- 
χθην, agitate, disturb, throw into confu- 
sion. 6. [rapax, length. fr. rpax, εἴ. 
τραχύς]. See dva-; θάλασσα, and 

τάραχος, ov, disorder, confusion. 1:83, 

ταρτχεύω [rdpixos, preserved meat], pre- 
serve, pickle, 5.438, 

Tapcol, ὧν, comm. Tapods, Tarsus, chief 
city of Cilicia. 1.278, 

τάττω [4/rTay], τάξω, ἔταξα, τέταγμαι, 
ἐτάχθην, arrange, put in order, esp. in 
military order, draw up, form in line ; 
station, order, appoint ; τεταγμένοι, drawn 
up. 34. tactics. See δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, 
παρα-, ἄντι-παρα-, ™po-, προσ-, συν-:; 
ἄ-τακτος, -€w; εὔ-τακτος, εὐ-ταξία ; τάξις. 

ταῦρος, ov, [prob. for σταρυος, Goth. stiur, 
E. sTEER], bull. %.29, 

ταῦτα, 566 οὗτος. 

ταὐτά, = τὰ αὐτά. 

ταύτῃ [οὗτος], dat. of manner or place, in 
this way or respect, thus ; in this place, 
here. 7. 

τάφος, ov, [θάπτω], burial,. grave, tomb. 
1.61, 

τάφρος. ov, ἡ, [1], ditch, trench. 11. See 
ἀπο-ταφρεύω. 

ταχθείς, ταχθῆναι, see τάττω. ὃ 

τάχα [ταχύς, οἷ. ὦκα, ὠκύς], adv., quickly, 


ταχέως --- τεχνάζω 


soon ; perhaps, may be, — a sense hard to 
derive from ‘quickly.’ 4. 

ταχέως [ταχύς], ΞΞ- ταχύ. 11. 

τάχος; ous, τό, [ταχύς], swiftness, speed ; 
ἀπὸ ποίου tdxous, with what speed. 3.51. 

ταχύ, C. θᾶσσον, 8. τάχιστα, swiftly, quickly, 
speedily ; soon; ὡς (or ὅτι) τάχιστα, as 
quickly as possible ; ἐπεὶ (or ἐπᾶν) τά- 
χιστα, as soon as. 62. 

Tax vs, εἴα, ¥, g. έος, elas, c. θάττων (for τα- 
xiwv), 8. τάχιστος, swift, quick, speedy ; 
τὴν ταχίστην (ὁδόν), adv. acc., by the 
quickest way, most quickly ; see διά. 16. 
opp. to βραδύς. 

τέ (θ᾽ before a rough vowel), [akin to 
L. -que, καί], encl. post-pos., conj., and ; 
τὲ... 7é,both...and; τὲ... Kalor...Te 
kal..., both...and; not only... but 
also, sometimes best rendered and, 


the Greek expressing close correlation 


where the Eng. does not, cf. 1.541; 104; 
οὔτε... τέ, not only not... but even; 
rarely without καί or τέ, 1.514. On τέ 
in Gre, oldcre, ὅτε, ὥστε, see 1041; 
1024 (a), 447, a. 

τέθνηκα, see θνήσκω. 

τέθριππος, ον, [τέτταρες, ἵππος], with four 
horses abreast ; τὸ τέθριππον (ἅρμα), four- 
horse chariot, 3.274. 

τείνω [ γτεν, ταν, L. tendo, E. rut], 
Teva, ἔτεινα, τέτακα, τέταμαι, ἐτάθην, 
stretch, strain; intr., extend ; exert one- 
self, hasten. 4.37, tone, tune. See 
ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, év-, κατα-, Tapa-. 

τειχίζω, ἔσω or id, ἐτείχισα, τετείχισμαι, 
wall, fortify. 7.2%. See ἀπο-. 

τεῖχος, ovs, τό, [1], wall, esp. a town wall ; 
walled-town, fortress. 23. See τοῖχος. 

τεκμαίρομαι [τέκμαρ, sign], τεκμαροῦμαι, 
judge from signs, infer. 4.93. 

τεκμήριον, ov, [rexunp (= τέκμαρ) + tov], 
sure sign, proof, opp. to σημεῖον, a fal- 
lible proof. 3. 

τέκνον, ov, [τίκτω], child. 3. 

τελέθω (cf. τέλλω, arise], only in pres. sys., 
become, be, appear. 3.23; 6.6%. 

τελευταῖος, a, ov, [τελευτή], last, hindmost, 
rearmost. 9. 


τελευτάω, ἤσω etc., end, finish ; end life, 


VOCABULARY. 





563 


die, come to an end; τελευτῶν, often.as 
ady., at Jast, 13. From 

τελευτή, ἢς, [reAéw or Ἐτελεύω], end, ter- 
mination; end of life, death. 4. Cf. 
τέλος. 

τελέω, έσω, ἐτέλεσα, τετέλεκα, -σμαι, ἐτε- 
λέσθην, end, complete; pay (cf. τέλος Β), 
5. See d:a-, ἐπι-, προσ-. 

τέλος (A), ous, τό, [= τέρμα (A interchanges 
w. p), end, goal, L. terminus], end, com- 
pletion; often adv. acc., at last, finally ; 
highest station, supreme authority ; ma- 
gistrate, 2.64, of the Spartan ephors. 
telic. 16. 

τέλος (B), ous, τό, [ γταλ, bear, cf. τάλαν- 
τον], tar; expense, See τελέω, pay, 
mpoo-; ἀ-τέλεια, πολυ-τελής. 

τέμαχος, ous, τό, [τέμνω, cf. στέλεχος, 
στέλλωϊ, slice of salt fish or meat. 5.438, 

τέμνω [ /reu, Tau, Tua, L. tondeo], τεμῶ, 
2 a. ἔτεμον, Att. ἔταμον, τέτμηκα, cut. 
5.818 atom, tome, anatomy, epi- 
tome, litho-ttomy. See ἀπο-, κατα-. 

τέναγος, ous, τό, [? cf. τείνω, stretch], shoal. 
7.512, 

τερμίνθινος, ἡ, ov, |répuivGos], of tere- 
binth or turpentine. 4.41%. 

τέταρτος, 7, ov, |rérrapes], fourth. 4. 

τετρακισ-χίλιοι, at, a, four thousand. 7. 

τετρα-κόσιοι, wy, [cf. διᾶ-κόσιοι], four 
hundred; in sing. with a collect. noun, 
1.719, 5. 

τετρα-μοιρία, as, [μοῖρα, share], fourfold 
share, four times as much. 2. 

τετρα-πλοῦς, ἢ, οῦν, [cf. ἀ-πλοῦς], fourfold. 
7.61, 

τετταράκοντα [cf. ἑξήκοντα], forty. 7. 

τέτταρες, a, g. ων, [for rerFapes, L. quat- 
tuor, Goth. fidvor], Four. 22. 

TevOpavia, as, Teuthrania, district and 
town in the southwestern part of Mysia. 
2.13; 7.8%", 

τεύξομαι, fut. of τυγχάνω. 

τεῦχος, ous, τό, [τεύχω, make, 4/rvx, akin 
to τίκτω], tool, piece of armor; vessel 
(pot, jar etc.). 2. book (late). penta- 
teuch. 

τεχνάζω [τέχνη]. dow, use art or cunning. 
deal subtly. 1.618 


564 


τέχνη, ns, [τεχ, akin to 4/rex, τίκτω], art, 
skill, craft, device. 2. 

τεχνικῶς [τεχνικός], adv., artfully, skilfully. 
6.15, 

τέως [to τό as ἕως to Ss], adv., meanwhile ; 
Sor a while, until now, hitherto. 7. 

τῇ μέν... τῇ δέ, 8.112; 4.819; 6.122. See 
6, 7, τό. 

τήκω |Skt. «/tak, flow], τήξω, ἔτηξα, rernna 
(intr.), 2 a. p. ἐτάκην, melt. 2. See 
δια-. 

ἸΤηλεβόας, ov, [if a Gk. word =roaring 
afar], Teleboas, small river of Armenia 
flowing into the eastern branch of the 
Euphrates. 4.45, 

- τήμερον, less Att. σήμερον, [r-, 1; ἡμέρα], 
adv., to-day ; 7 τ. ἡμέρα, this day. 4. 
Τημνίτης, ov, Zemnites, of Temnos in 

western Lydia. 4.415. 

τηνικαῦτα, stronger form of τηνίκα, at that 
time, then. 2. 

Tpys, ovs, 6, Teres, founder of the king- 
dom of the Odrysae in Thrace, and 
father of Sitalcas. 7.272. 

ri, see τίς. 

τιάρα, as, [ Pers.], oriental head-dress, tiara; 
that of the Persian king was erect or 
‘cone-shaped, that of his subjects soft 
like a turban. 2.5%. 

τιᾶρο-ειδής, ἔς, [εἶδο5], tiura-shaped. 5.413, 

Τιβαρηνοί, ὧν, Tibarent, people of Pontus 
on the coast of the Euxine. 5.5!,% 

Τίγρης, nos, [swift as an arrow (Tigra, 
Pers.)], Tigris ; formed like the Euphra- 
tes by two main branches which rise in 
the mountains of Armenia, it flows south 
about eight hundred miles, and unites 
with the Euphrates some seventy miles 
above the Persian Gulf. 

τίθημι [ 4/6e, L. facio, E. po], impf. ἐτίθην, 
θήσω, ἔθηκα (dual, ἔθετον, subj. θῶ, opt. 
θείην, inf. θεῖναι, pt. θείς), τέθεικα, 3 ἃ. τη. 
ἐθέμην; for pass. κεῖμαι is comm. used ; 
put, place, set, set up, institute, establish ; 
mid., esp. in the phrase, τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, 
place one’s arms = 1. ground arms, stand 
under arms, ready for action, 1.5!; 
place oneself in battle array, 2.28,71, 2, 
stack or lay down one’s arms, 1.2", 517, 


VOCABULARY, 





τέχνη — Τισσαφέρνης 


19, thesis, theme. See ἀνα-, ἀπο-, 
δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, KaTa-, Tapa-, προσ-, συν-. 
τίκτω [for ti-rk-w, γτεκ, TK], τέξομαι, 
2a. ἔτεκον, beget, produce. See τέκνον ; 

τέχνη; τόξον. 

Tipactwv, ὠνος, [bestowing honor], Tima- 
sion, a Dardanian from Troas, successor 
to Clearchus, and afterward leader of 
the cavalry. 3.147, 

tiudw [τἴμή], impf. ἐτίμων, how, ἐτίμησα 
etc., honor, esteem, value. 18. See ἀντι-, 
mpo-. Note: τῖμ (a, o) is found in many 
proper names ; as, Τίμων, Tiwéas, Τί μωνί: 
dns, Tiu-dvwp, Τιμα-γένης, Τιμό-δημος ete. 

τιμή, fis, | tlw, esteem], honor, esteem ; price, 
value. 9. See &, &-, and φιλό-τῖμος ; 
ἀπο-τίνω." 

Ττμησί-θεος, ov, [honoring God, cf. Τιμό- 
Geos, Timothy], Timesitheus. 5.42-. 

τίμιος, a, ov, [τἱμή], honorable. 1.227; 36, 

Tipwpéw, impf. eriudpovy, how, ériudpnoa 
etc., avenge, punish ; mid, avenge one- 
self on, punish. 9. From riwwpds [riud- 
opos, dpdw, see, guard], guarding honor, 
avenging, whence 

τιμωρία, as, vengeance, punishment. 2.614, 

Τιρίβαζος, ov, Tiribazus, satrap of western 
Armenie, under Orontas, later governor 
of a satrapy in Asia Minor. 4.47. 

τὶς, τὶ, g. τινός [akin to L. quis], indef., 
pron. encl.: 1. as subs., any one, some 
one, one here and there, anything, some- 
thing ; τὶ, often adv. acc., somewhat, in 
some (or any) respect, degree ; w. neg., 
at all, 2. as adj., some, any, a, a cer- 
tain, a-kind-of, μελανία τις, ἄετός τις, μέ: 
pos τι; often added to adj. and pron., 
making them more indef., τοιοῦτός τις, 
some such one, πόση τις, about how large ; 
οἱ μέν τινες, stronger form of of μέν, 8.819, 
422. 

τίς, τί, g. τίνος, [akin to L. quis], interrog. 
pron., who? which? what? what-sort-of? 
τί often adv. acc., why? 70. 

Τισσαφέρνης, ous, (ει, nv, n) Tissaphernes, 
Persian noble, satrap of Caria, Ionia, 
and also of Lydia, till 407 B.c., when 
it was made a part of the satrapy of 
Cyrus. Jealous of Cyrus because of the 


τιτρώσκω --- Τραπεζούντιος 


revolt of the Ionian cities (1.10), he 
watched his movements, reported them 
to the king (1.2*), was made commander 
of 300,000 of the king’s forces, harassed 
the Greeks for a time on their retreat, 
was rewarded for his services by the 
addition of the satrapy of Cyrus to his 
own; later was defeated by the Spartan 
Agesilaus, and succeeded by Teuthranes, 
who put him to death, and sent his head 
to the king. 

ζιτρώσκω [ γίτρω, akin to telpw, distress, 

, E. ΤΗΚΟΕ], τρώσω, erpwoa, τέτρωμαι, 
ἐτρώθην, wound. 18. See κατα-; τραῦ- 
μα, τρωτός. 

τλήμων, ov, ovos, suffering, wretched. 
[γτλα, Tad, bear, cf. tdAavtor.] 

τό, τόν, see 6, ἧ, τό. 

τοί [orig. eth. dat. of τύξξ σύ], adv., post- 
pos. encl., in truth, truly, verily, doubt- 
less; sometimes best rendered by 
emphasis. 6. 

τοιγαροῦν, particle of inference, stronger 
form of τοι-γάρ, so then, therefore, accord- 
ingly ; so for example, 1.99. 5. 

τοί-νυν, much like τοιγάρ, therefore, then, 
now, accordingly ; resumptive, moreover, 
Jurther. 30. 

τοιόσ-δε, τοιά-δε, τοιόν-δε, [to τό as οἷος to 
ὅς], ΞΞ τοῖος (poet.), such, prop. foll. by 


οἷος, as ; without the latter, such as, such’ 


like ; τοιάδε, adv. acc , such as the follow- 
ing, as follows. 7. 

τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο (or -ov), [to τοῖος 
as τοσοῦτος to Téc0s], = foreg., but more 
comm., and usu. refers to what precedes, 
such, such an one, such as; τοιαῦτα, such 
as precedes, as above, thus. 50. 

τοῖχος, ov, [cf. τεῖχος], wall, of a house, 
court, and the like. 7.814. 

τολμάω, how, ἐτόλμησα etc., have the cour- 
age, dare, venture. 12. [τόλμα, daring, 
cf. rAfjuev.] TOA, TAn, in many proper 
names, e.g. TAngias, “A-rAas and 

Ἰολμίδης, ov, [son of daring], Tolmides. 
2.229. 3.146, 

τόξευμα, ατος, τό, arrow, — of wood or reed, 
notched for the bow-string, feathered 
and loaded with metal. 9. 


VOCABULARY. 





565 


τοξεύω [τόξον]. evow etc., shoot with the bow, 
shoot. 19. See avti-, ἐκ-. 

τοξικός, ή, dv, of or for the bow; ἣ τοξικῆ 
(sc. τέχνη), bowmanship, archery. 1.9°. 
τοξικόν (sc. φάρμακον), toxicum, poison 
for arrows. in-toxicate. 

τόξον, ov, [= τοκσον, akin to τέκτων (for 
τεκσων, akin to τίκτω], bow, — one of the 
oldest of all weapons, the use of which 
Apollo was said to have taught the Cre- 
tans, — another way of saying that they 
excelled in archery. It was commonly 
made of flexible wood, and turned back 
at both ends. 7. 

τοξότης, ov, bowman, archer. Bowmen 
were light-armed troops (γυμνῆτε5), car- 
rying only the bow and arrows 14. 

τόπος, ov, [1], place, region, district. 5. 
topic, topo-graphy, u(= od)-topia. 

τοσόσ-δε͵, τοσή-δε, τοσόν-δε, [τόσος],Ξ- τόσος 
(poet.), but w. more demons. force, so 
much, so great; pl. of such a number, so 
many ; = so few, 2.4*, 6.519. 

τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτο (or -ov), [τόσοΞ], 
ΞΞ (πα more comm. than), τοσόσ-δε; so 
much (great, large, tall ete.) ; pl. so many, 
L. tantus; τ. τὸ βάθος, so much in depth, 
3.57; τοσοῦτο(ν) as subs. or adv., so 
much, so great a distance, so far, thus 
much. 36. See ὅσος. 

τότε [τό- τέ], adv., then, at that time, . 
L. tum ; οὗ τότε, the men of that time. 53. 

τοτέ [τό + τέ], adv., at times ; τοτὲ μὲν... 
τοτὲ δέ, at one time... at _another. 
6.19. 

τοῦ, τούς, See 5; τοῦτο, See οὗτος. 

τοὔμπαλιν = τὸ ἔμπαλιν ; τοὔπισθεν = τὲ 
ὄπισθεν. 

τράγημα, ατος, τό, dainty, sweetmeat, esp. 
dried fruit. 2. τρώγω, eat, munch, 2 ἃ. 
ἔτραγον, or perh. fr. Ἐτραγάω]. ν 

Τράλλεις, εων, αἱ, Tralles, prosperous city 
of Lydia. 1.48. 

Τρανίψαι, av, Tranipsae, Thracian tribe. 
7.232, 

τράπεζα, ns, [τρα-- τέτταρα, πέξα, fest], 
table. 5. See ὅμο-, συν-τράπεζος. tra 
pezium, trapez-cic. 

Teagetetyrios, ov. a Trapezuntian. 4.8% 


566 


Τραπεζοῦς, odvros, [table land or town fr. 
its situation], Trapezus, mod. Trebizond, 
coast-town of Pontus; its prosperity in 
ancient as in mod, times was due to its 
situation at the terminus of the most 
direct overland route from central Asia. 
4.822-, 

τραῦμα, aros,7d,[lon. τρῶμα, see τιτρώσκω], 
wound. 2. 

τράχηλος, ou, [2], neck, throat. 2. Syn. ai- 
χήν, the vertebrated neck. 

τραχύς, εἴα, ὑ, g. éos, elas, [cf. ταράττω], 
rugged, rough, harsh, 3, trachea, 
Trachis, Trachonitis, trachyte. 

τρεῖς, τρία, g. τριῶν, L. tres, E. THREE. 50. 
See τριάκοντα et seq. 

τρέπω [ γτρεπ, τραπ, cf. L. trepidus], τρέψω, 
ἔτρεψα, τέτροφα, τέτραμμαι, 2 ἃ. p. ἐτρά- 
πην, 2. ἃ. τη. ἐτραπόμην, turn, turn aside 
or back, put to flight (w. or without 
eis φυγήν ; turn, = change, γνώμας, 3.141; 
mid., turn oneself to, resort to ; turn back, 
turn and flee; ἐτρεψάμην, put to flight, 
5.416; pass. be turned ; of a road, lead, 
3.515, 14. See ἀπο-, προ-απο-, éx-, ἐπι-; 
τρόπαιον et seq.; cf. στρέφω. 

τρέφω [ 1/Tpep, τραφ], θρέψω, ἔθρεψα, ré- 
θραμμαι, ἐτράφην, nourish, rear, support, 
maintain; mid., support oneself, main- 
tain. 14. See dva-, δια-, ἐκ- ; τροφή. 

τρέχω [ 4/rpex, supplemented by γίδραμ], 
δραμοῦμαι, 2 a. ἔδραμον, δεδράμηκα, run. 
9. trochee. See dmo-, cic-, éx-, ἐπι-, 
κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προσ-, προ-, συν- 
δρόμος, προδρομή. 

τρέω  γίτρες, akin to L. terreo], ἔτρεσα, 
Slee from, shrink from. 1.99, 

τρία, τριῶν, see τρεῖς. 

τριἄκοντα [cf. ἑξήκοντα], thirty. 27. 

τριάκόντορος, ov, thirty-oared ; % tp. (sc. 
vais), a thirty-oared ship, fifteen oars on 
each side. 2. 

τριᾶκόσιοι, a, a, [on -κόσιοι, cf. πεντακό- 
σιοι], three hundred. 10. 

τριβή, jis, wearing away; practice. 
See δια- ; ἀ-τριβής. From 

τρίβω [akin to τείρω, rub hard], τρΐψω etc., 
rub, wear or waste away. See dia, 
συν-επι-, συν-. 


5.615, 


VOCABULARY. 





Tpametois — τροχάζω 


τριήρης, ous, ἡ, [Tpr+ 4/ap, fit, or 4/ep, row, 
see bm-npérns], trireme, comm. a war- 
ship, sometimes called, μακρὰ ναῦς, μακρὸν 
πλοῖον ; also a transport. 19. See Introd. 
105. 

τριηρίτης, ov, oarsman or soldier, on a 
trireme. 6.67. 


τρί-πηχυς, υ, g. eos, three cubits long. 
4,228, 


τρι-πλάσιος, a, ov, [cf. ἁπλοῦς], threefold, 
thrice as great. 7.47), 

τρί-πλεθρος, ov, three plethra in extent, of 
three plethra. 5.69. 

τρί-πους, ουν, g. -ποδος, three-footed. 7.831, 
tripod. 

τρίς [τρεῖς], adv., THRICE. 2. tri-. 

Maing tas n, ov, thrice glad, most gladly. 
8,255, 

τρισ-καί-δεκα, thirteen. 1.5, 

τρισ-μύριοι, ai, a, thirty thousand. 7.8%, 

τρισ-χίλιοι, αἱ, a, three thousand. 6. 

τριταῖος, a, ov, on the third day. 53%. 

τρίτος, n, ov, third; τῇ τρίτῃ, on the third 
day ; τὸ τρίτον, adv. acc., the third time. 
12, 

τρίχα [cf. δίχα], 6.216 = τριχῇ, threefold, in 
three divisions. 4.81, 

τρίχινος, 7, ov, [θρίξ], of hair, hair-, 4.88, 
trichina. 

τρι-χοίνικος, ov, [χοῖνιξ], containing three 
quarts. 7.83, 

τρόπαιον, ov, ἱτροπαῖος, a, ov, fr. τροπή], 
trophy, monument of the enemy’s de- 
feat. Captured weapons were fixed on 
trees or posts set up where the enemy” 
turned (τροπή) and dedicated to Zeus. 4. 

τροπή, is, [τρέπω], turning, flight, defeat. 
2. also solstice, whence tropic. 

τρόπος, ov, [τρέπω], turn, direction, way, 
manner; often as adv. acc., τόνδε τὸν 
τρόπον, in the following manner ; ἐκ παν- 
τὸς τρόπου, by every means, in any man- 
ner, 3.143; one’s turn, disposition, char- 
acter, πρὸς τοῦ τρόπου, in keeping with the 
character of. 1.24. 16. 

τροφή, iis, [τρέφω], nourishment, support, 
sustenance. 3. a-trophy, eu-trophy. 

τροχάζω [rpoxds, wheel, τρέχω]. dow, run 
like a wheel, run quickly. 7.3%. 


τρυπάω --- ὑπέρ 


τρύπάω [τρῦπα, hole, τρύω, rub], how, ἐτρύ. 
πησα etc., bore, pierce. 3.131. trepan. 

Tpwas. ddos, 7, [Τροία], Troas, the Troad, 
the district about Troy in Mysia. 


τρωκτός, ή, dv, edible. 5.312. ἰ[τρώγω, 
gnaw, munch.] Cf. τρώκτης, gnawer 
(trout), τρώγ-λη, hole. troglo-dyte. 


τρωτός, 4, ov, [τιτρώσκω], vulnerable, liable 
to be wounded. 3.1%. 

τυγχάνω [ 4/rvx], τεύξομαι, 2 a. ἔτυχον, 
τετύχηκα, hit (gen.), 3.2.5, Ait upon, meet 
with ; gain, obtain (gen., less often acc., 
Jrom one (gen.)); oftener intrans. w. 
supp. pt., happen, variously rendered, 
by chance, just, just now; παρὼν ἐτύγ- 
χανε; happened to be present, was by 
chance present ; ἐτύγχανε λέγων, I was 
just saying ; sometimes the context sug- 
gests the pt., 23.217. 3.15; τυχόν (2 a. pt.), 
acc. abs., perchance, 6.1%. 63. See ἐν-, 
ἐπι-, συν- ; τύχη. 

Τυριάειον, ov, Tyridéum, city of Phrygia, 
exact site uncertain. 1.2}. 

τύρός, ov, [1], cheese. 3.438, βού-τυρον. 
bu-t-ter. 

τύρσις, sos, 7, later τύρρις = L. turris. 
tower, bastion. 7. 

τυχεῖν, -ών, 2 a. of τυγχάνω. 

τύχη, ns, [τυγχάνω], chance, fortune, luck. 
3. See εὐτυχέω. 

= τινί. 
τῷδε, see ὅδε. 


Υ. 


υβρίζω, ίσω or ιῶ, ὕβρισα etc., be insolent 
toward, insult, abuse, (acc.); δὲ inso- 
lent. 6. 

ὕβρις, ews, 7, [? cf. ὑπέρ, L. superbus], in- 
solence, violence, abuse. 4. hybrid ? 

ὕβριστος, 7, ov, [prob. an old super. of 
ὕβρις], insolent, abusive ; c. ὑβριστότερος, 
8. -ότατος. 5.8%, 22, 

ὑγιαίνω, ava, vylava, be in health, be sound. 
4.518, From ὑγιής [οἷ L. vigor, E. 
WAKE], healthy. hygiene. 


ὑγρότης, nros, 4, [ὑγρος, cf. L. uveo}, mois- 
ture, sofiness, pliancy. 5.8%, 


VOCABULARY. 





567 


ὑδροφορέω, ow, carry water. 4.59. 

ὑδρο-φόρος [ὑδωρ, φέρω], water-carrier 
4.8}, 

ὕδωρ, ὕδατος, τό, [ 4/63, oFed. E. wer], 
WATER. 15. ΟΤΤΕΕ, Ir. uisce, water, 
whence wHIsKEY. hydr-. See Internat 
Dict. 

ὑιδοῦς, οὔ, [vids], grandson. 5.637, On end 
cf. ἀδελφιδοῦς, brother’s son. 

vids, ov, or éos, (Goth. su-nus], son. 4. 

ὕλη, ns, [for ovAFa, L. silva], wood, in 8 
broad sense, — forest, brush-wood, tim 
ber. 5. 

ὑμεῖς, av, [Goth. jus], yz, you. 318. 

ὑμέτερος, ἃ, ov, your, yours; τὰ ὑμέτερα, 
your affairs, property etc. 16. 

ὑπ-άγω, lead on slowly or craftily ; intr. 
advance slowly ; mid. lead on for one’s 
advantage, suggest craftily, 2.118; try to 
beguile into. 2.4%. 4. 

ὑπ-αίθριος, ov, [αἰθρία, open air], in the open 
air. 2. 

ὑπ-αίτιος, ov, [αἰτία, blame], under blame, 
censurable ; τὶ πρὸς τῆς πόλεως ὑπαίτιον, 
some ground of censure on the part of the 
state. 3.15. 

ὑπ-ακούω, hear (under =) submissively, 
hearken, obey. 4.19; 7.3%. 

ὑπ-αντάω, fow, ὑπ-ήντησα, 4.339, ὑπ. 
αντιάζω, 6.577, go to meet, come up. 

ὕπ-αρχος, ov, subordinate commander or 
officer, lieutenant, vice-satrap. 3. 

ὑπ-άρχω, begin (beneath or) at the very 
foundation, begin ; be from the beginning, 
be originally, exist, be ; belong to (w. dat.), 
hence favor, support (rare), 1.14; 917; 
τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, existing circumstances, 
means at hand, one’s goods. 12. 

ὑπασπιστής οὔ, [ὑπ-ασπίζω, carry a shield], 
shield-bearer, armor-bearer, for officers 
and sometimes for hoplites. 4.2”. 

ὑπ-είκω, -eltw, -eita, submit to (dat.). 7.731, 

ὕπ-ειμι, impf. -ἣν, be under. 3.47. 

ὑπέρ [for ὕπερι (loc.), L. super, Goth 
ufar], OVER, prep. 

1. With gen., over, above, beyond ; 
standing over to protect, hence, for, in 
behalf of, for the sake of, instead, cf. 
πρό, W. gen. 37. 


568 


2. With acc., going or extending over, 
beyond, above, exceeding. 4. See hyper- 
in Internat. Dict. 

ὑπερ-άλλομαι, leap or jump over. 7.411, 

ὑπερ-ανα-τείνω, stretch up over. 7.45. 

ὑπερ-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβην, go over, cross. 3. 

ὑπερ-βάλλω, -βαλῶ, 2 a. -έβαλον, -βέβληκα, 
throw over or beyond ; intr., pass or cross 
over, abs. or W. acc. 7. 

ὑπερ-βολή, fis, α passing-over, passage, 
pass. 8 hyperbole. 

ὑπερ-δέξιος, ov, above on the right, lying 
above. 2. 

ὑπ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -ἦλθον, go over or beyond, 
cross. 4.4%. 

ὑπερ-τέχω, be above, project, overhang. 
3.57; 4.74. 

ὕπερ-θεν, adv., from above, above. 1.44. 

ὑπερ-κάθημαι, impf. -εκαθήμην, be seated, 
or posted, above. 5.19; 21. 

᾿ ὑπερ-όριος, a, ov, [ὅρος, boundary], over the 
borders, foreign. 7.17", 

ὑπερ-ύψηλος, ov, exceedingly high. 8.57, 

ὑπ-έρχομαι, 2 a. -ἦλθον, -ελήλυθα, go under, 
under cover or secretly. 2. 

ὑπ-εσχόμην, 2 a. of ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. 

ὑπ-έχω, 2 a. -έσχον, hold oneself under, 
submit to; w. δίκην, give an account (for, 
gen.). . 4. 

ὑπ-ήκοος, ov, [ὑπ-ακούω], obedient ; subs., 
a subject. 5. 

ὑπ-ῆν, see ὕπ-ειμι. 

ὑπ-ηρετέω, How, -ηρέτησα, serve as a rower, 
but in use = serve, dat., adv. acc. τὲ ; sc. 
ταῦτα, 3.58. 4 

ὑπ-ηρέτης, ov, [ἐρέττω, row], under rower, 
servant, assistant. 4. 

ὑπ-ισχνέομαι, -σχήσομαι, 2 a. -erxduny, 
-érxnua, [ἴσχω = ἔχω], hold oneself 
under obligation, promise. 48. 

ὕπνος, ov, sleep, 3.111, [for ovmvos, L. 
sop-or, somnus, for sop-nus]. hypno- 
tic. See ἐν-ύπνιον. 

ὑπό, before a rough vowel, ὑφ᾽, [akin to 
ὑπέρ, L. sub], under, prep. 

1. With gen., from under, less exactly, 
under, comm. w. pass. verbs to denote 
the agent or cause, by, through, from. 
100, 


VOCABULARY. 





ὑπεράλλομαι — ὑποπτεύω 


2. With dat., of position, under, be- 
neath, at the foot of; under = subject 
to. 9. 

3. With acc., of motion or extension, 
under, beneath, along the foot of. 6. In 
compos., as above, also underhand, se- 
cretly ; somewhat. hyph-en (ἕν), hypo-, 
see Internat. Dict. 

ὑπο-δεής, és, [δέω, want], c. -έστερος, some- 
what deficient, inferior. 1.95. Used only 
in the comp., see ἐν-δεής. 

ὑπο-δείκνυμι, show slightly or secretly, give. 
indications, 5.712, 

ὑπο-δέχομαι, receive under one’s protection, 
welcome. 1.63; 6.581, 

ὑπο-δέω, bind under; ὑποδεδεμένοι, with 
shoes on, 4.514. 

ὑπό-δημα, aros, τό, [δέω, bind], shoe, san- 
dal, 4.514, 

ὑπο-ζύγιον, ov, [(vydv, ὙΟΚῈ], yoke or 
baggage animal. 29. 

ὑπο-κατα-βαίνω, 2 a. -έβην, go down a litile 
or slowly. 7.41, 

ὑπο-λαμβάνω, 2 a. pt. ὑπο-λαβών, take 
under one’s protection, receive; take up 
the discourse (sc. λόγον), reply ; μεταξὺ 
ὑπο-λαβών, interrupting. 5. 

ὑπο-λείπω, -λείψω, 2 a. -έλιπον, -λέλειμμαι, 
leave behind ; pass., be left behind, fall 
or remain behind. 6. 

ὑπο-λόχαγος, ov, lieutenant. 5.218, 

ὑπο-λύω, loose beneath, take off one’s shoes 

or sandals. 4.518, 
ὑπο-μαλακίζομαι [μαλακός, soft], be some- 

what softened, yield somewhat. 2.134. 
ὑπο-μένω, -μενῶ, -€uewa, remain behind ; 

halt; await an attack, stand one’s ground; 

wait. 10. 
ὑπό-μνημα, ατος, τό, [μιμνήσκω], reminder, 

reminiscence. 1.6%. 
ὑπό-πεμπτος, ov, [πέμπω], secretly sent. 

3.34. 
ὑπο-πέμπω, -πέμψω, send secretly or treach- 

erously. 2.472, 
ὑπο-πίνω, -πέπωκα, drink a little; pf. be 

somewhat tipsy. 7.3%. 
ὑπ-οπτεύω [ὕπ-οπτος, ὑφ-οράωϊ], impf._dr- 

ὠπτευον, suspect, apprehend, be appre- 

hensive, 11. 


ὑποστῆναι --- φανερός 


ὑπο-στῆναι, 2 a. inf. of ὑφ-ίστημι. 

ὑπο-στρατηγέω, how, be lieutenant-general. 
5.636, 

ὑπο-στράτηγος, ov, lieutenant-general. 3.1%. 

ὑπο-στρέφω, -στρέψω, -έστρεψα, 2 a. p. 
-εστράφην, turn about or back ; turn art- 
Sully, elude, 2.138, 4. 

ὑπο-σχέσθαι, 2 a. inf. of ὑπ-ισχνέομαι. 

ὑπουργός, dv, [ ἔργον, work], working under 
another, contributing to (dat.). 5.818, 

ὑπο-φαίνω, show a little; of the day, begin 
todawn, 3. 

trro-delSopat, spare somewhat. 4.18. 

ὑπο-χείριος, ov, in the hands of, subject to 
(dat.). 8. 

ὑπο-χωρέω, how etc., withdraw, recede, 
make way, retire, (for or before one 
(dat.), 1.418, 3. 

ὑπ-οψία, as, [id-opdw], suspicion; ὑποψίαν 
παρέχειν, create suspicion. 5. 

Ὑρκάνιος, a, ov, ἰ Ὑρκᾶνοί, Pers., Varka- 
nija, wolf’s land], Hyrcanian, from 
Hyrcania, a province southeast of the 
Euxine Sea. 7.815, 

ὗς, ids, see σῦς. 5.23. 

ὑστεραῖος, a, ον, following, next; τῇ ὕστε- 
pala, on the following day. 35. 

ὑστερέω, how, be late or too late; be later 
than (gen.), arrive after. 1.732. 

ὑστερίζω, = foreg. 6.118, 

ὕστερος, a, ov, [ὕσ-, cf. E. ovr, ut-most], 
sup., ὕστατος, later, behind; ὕστερον, 
adv., later, afterward. 14. 

id’, see ὑπό. 

ὑφειμένως [fr. pf. pt. of ὑφ-ίημι], adv., 
submissively. 7.738. 

ὑφ-ηγέομαι, lead slowly or go just before, 
lead. 4.17; 6.5%. 

ὑφ-ίημι, let go, give up, concede, 3.55; mid. 
-ίεμαι, -ιέμην, -hoouat, 2 a. -εἰμην, give up 
or in, yield, relar. 5. 

ὑφ-ίστημι, ὑποιστήσω, -έστησα, put or 
station under, post secretly; 2 ἃ. ὑπ- 
έστην, -ἔστηκα, and mid., stand under, 
resist, withstand, oppose (dat.) ; under- 
take, promise; offer oneself; stand aside 
or in covert, 4.114. 8. 

ὑφ-οράω, suspect. 2.4. See ὑποψία, ὑπ- 


οπτεύω. 


VOCABULARY. 





569 
ὑψηλός, 4, dv, high, lofty ; τὸ ὑψηλόν, the 


eminence, 3.4%, 8. See ὕπερ-. 

ὕψος, ous, τό, height. 6. [From an adj. of 
which the adv. ὕψι, on high, is prob. 8 
loc.] 


Φ, 


φΞΞ L, init. f, mid. b, = Teut. (E.), b. 
Cf. φέρω, φύω, φρατήρ (E. BROTHER), ἀμφί, 
νεφέλη. ᾿; 


φαγεῖν, 3 ἃ. inf. of ἐσθίω. 

φαιδρός, a, dv, [akin to φάω, shine], bright, 
radiant, cheerful. 2.641, 

φαίην, pres. opt. of φημί. 

halve [ γφαν, length. fr. pa, cf. φάω, 
shine, φημί], φανῶ, ἔφηνα, πέφαγκα, 
πέφασμαι, ἐφάνην, make to appear, show, 
make known; mid. and pass., show one- 
self, appear, be seen, seem; φαίνομαι w. 
infin. (if εἶναι, often omitted), like δοκέω, 
seem or appear (truly or falsely) ; with 
pt., of what is true = be clearly or mani- 
festly, ob φθονῶν ἐφαίνετο, he plainly did 
not envy, cf. H. 986. 48. phase. See 
ἀπο-, δια-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, προ-, ὗπο-; φανερός, 
-ῶς ; ἀ-, δια-, ἐμ-, κατα- and περι-φανής. 
The da (φαλ, φαν), shine, pw (φάος, 
light), is seen in many proper names ; cf. 
Φαέθων, Φαλῖνος; ᾿Αριστο-, Hevo-pdyns; 
Ξενο-φῶν, Φανό-θεος, Φανο-κράτης. 

φάλαγξ, ayyos, 7, [1], phalanx, composed 
chiefly of heavy-armed soldiers, battle 
array. The phalanx was comm. drawn 
up eight men deep, the ranks being 
three feet apart in close array (πυκνή), 
and twice that in marching order. The 
van was called στόμα or μέτωπον, the 
centre μέσον, the wings κέρατα or mAev- 
pai, the rear οὐρά ; ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, in 
line of battle (i.e. with broad front), 
opp. to κατὰ κέρας, in column. 28. 

Φαλῖνος, ov, Phalinus, a Greek from the 
island Zacynthus, 2.17. 

φανείς, 2 a. p. pt. of φαίνω. 

φανερός, ἅ, dv, [φαίνω], visible, plain, mani- 
fest , often with supp. pt. (like φαένομαι, 
δῆλος), ἐπιβουλεύων μοι φανερός, mani- 
festly plotting against me, 80 πειρώμενος, 


570 


1.94, στέργων, 2.6%; ἐν τῷ φανερῷ τῷ 
φανερῶς, openly. 23. 
φανερῶς, adv., manifestly, openly. 
φανῇ, -ῆναι, 2 a. p. of paiva. 
φαρέτρα, as, [φέρω], quiver, of leather or 
wicker-work, and holding from twelve 
to twenty arrows. 4.416, 
φάρμακον, ov, [1], drug, medicine. 
pharmacy. 
φαρμακο-ποσία, ας, [-ποσία, cf. πίνω], tak- 
ing (lit. drinking) medicine. 4.85), 
᾿ Φαρνάβαζος, ov, Pharnabazus, satrap of 
Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia under 
Darius and Artaxerxes. 5.6%, 
pact, see φημί. 
Pacidvol, av, Phasiani: 1. Inhabitants 
of Armenia along the river Phasis, sup- 
posed to be the Araxes, 4.65: 2. Dwell- 
ers along the Phasis in Colchis, 5.6*. 
Pacis, wos, ὁ, Phasis, see foreg.; the tra- 
ditional home of the ὄρνις Φασιᾶνός, 
pheasant (t excrescent as in tyrant). 
φάσκω [incept. to φημί], only in pres. pt. 
in the Anab. φάσκων, say, affirm. 4. 
φαῦλος, 7, ov, [1], trivial, paltry, mean. 2. 
φείδομαι [1], spc re, see ὗπο- ; ἀφειδῶς. 
φέρω [L. fero, E. BEAR (BIRTH, BASIN)], 
fut. οἴσω, ἤνεγκα, 2 a. ἤνεγκον, ἐνήνοχα, 
ἐνήνεγμαι, ἠνέχθην, bear, carry, bear to, 
bring ; carry off ; of wages, receive ; bring 
forth, produce ; bring (revenue), pay; 
bear up, enduie; of a road, lead. 50. 
See δια-, εἰσ-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, προσ-, συμ-, φόρος, 
φορέω, φορτ lov, φαρέτρα. 
| φεύγω [γφυγ, L. fugio], φεύξομαι or 
φευξοῦμαι, πέφευγα, 2 a. ἔφυγον, flee, 
_? flee one’s country, be an exile; of φεύ- 
οντες, the exiles. 77. See dva-, ἀπο-, 
dia-, éx-, κατα-, φυγάς, φυγή. 
φημί, impf. ἔφην, fut. φήσω, ἔφησα; other 
parts are wanting; say, say yes, affirm, 
assert, declare ; of φημι, say no, say that 
. . « not, deny, refuse. φήσω, ἔφησα, 
εἶπα, are not common. 431. [ 4/¢a, cf. 
L. fa-ri] : L. & S. give parts thus : fut. ἐρῶ, 
98. εἶπον, εἴρηκα, -uat, ἐρρήθην. 4’Fep, Foe, 
L. verbum, E. worn, εἴρηκα = FeFpnxa; 
Fer, εἶπον Ξ- εἔεπον. See ἀπο-, προ- 
συμ-; π 1s, φωνή, ἀπόρρητος, ῥήτρᾶ. 


1.919, 


6.44, 





VOCABULARY. 





φανερῶς --- φίλος 


φήνω, -as, see φαίνω. 

φθάνω [γῴφθα], φθάσω or φθήσομαι, ἔφθακα, 
ἔφθασα, anticipate, be beforehand, come 
Jirst, arrive before; often with a pt., 
which in Eng. becomes the main verb, 

_while φθάνω is rendered, first, sooner, 
before, by surprise etc.; φθάσαι καταλα- 
βόντες, to get possession first ; often with 
πρίν and inf. 9. 

φθέγγομαι, φθέγξομαι, ἐφθεγξάμην, ἔφθεγ- 
μαι, cry out, shout aloud, scream, sound. 
8. apo-thegm ; di-, mono-phthong. 

φθείρω | γῴθερ, Pbap], φθερῶ, ἔφθειρα, de- 
stroy, ruin, lay waste; corrupt, 4.129, 
See δια-. 

φθονέω, how, envy, be envious (dat.). 8. 
From φθόνος, envy, see ἄ:φθονος. 

φιάλη, ns, [1], broad shallow bowl used in 
drinking and pouring libations. 2. vial. 

φιλέω, how etc., love. 3. See ἀγαπάω. 

Φιλήσιος, ov, [affectionate], Philésius, suc- 
cessor to Menon. 8.157, 

φιλία, as, friendship ; πρὸς φιλίαν, in a 
Sriendly manner. 20. 

φιλικός, 4, dv, befitting a friend, friendly. 2. 

φιλικῶς, adv., in a friendly way, as a 
friend. 2. 

φίλιος, a, ov, friendly, of a friend; φιλία 
(χώρα), friendly country. 19. 

φίλ-ιππος, ov, fond of horses. 1.95. Phil-ip. 

φιλό-θηρος, ov, [θήρα, hunt], fond of the 
chase. 1.95. 

φιλο--κερδέω ἱκέρδος, gain), how, fond, or 
greedy, of gain. 1.915, 

φιλο-κίνδῦνος, ov, fond of danger, adven- 
turous. 2. 

φιλο-μαθής, ἐς, [μανθάνω], c. -έστερος 
8. -έστατος, fond of learning. 1.95. 

φιλονικία, or -νεικία, ας, [νεῖκος, strife], 
rivalry, emulation. 4.87". 

Φιλό-ξενος, ov, [/oving strangers, hospitable], 
Philoxenos, an Achaean. 5.215, 

φιλο-πόλεμος, ov, fond of war. 2. 

φίλος, η, ov, [1], c. φίλτερος, 8. φίλτατος. 
friendly ; subs., friend, 86. Found in 
about eight hundred Greek and fifty 
Eng. words ; also in many Greek proper 
names, as Φίλ-ανδρος. Φιλό-δημος, Siro 
κλῆς, Φιλο-κράτης, Φιλό-μαγος 


φιλόσοφος -- φυγή 


φιλό-σοφος, ον, fond of wisdom; subs., 

philosopher. 2.1%, 
φιλο-στρατιώτης, ov, friend to the soldiers. 
ou 


Φιλοτιμέομαι [φιλό-τῖμος, fond of honor], 
hooua, ἐφιλοτιμήθην, be fond of honor, be 
ambitious or jealous. 1.47. 

φιλο-φρονέομαι [-φρων, φρήν, mind], ήσο- 
μαι, ἐφιλοφρονησάμην, be kindly dis- 
posed toward (acc.), treat kindly, greet 
kindly. 5. 

Φλιάσιος, ov, Phliasian, of Phiiiis, a city 
southwest of Corinth. 7.81. 

ddvapéw, ow, talk nonsense or folly. 2. 
From φλύᾶρος [pAvw, bubble up; cf. L. 
fluo], whence 

φλυᾶρία, as, babbling, nonsense; pl. fool- 
eres. 1.338, 

φοβερός, a, dv, c. -ώτερος, 8. -ώτατος, act., 
Srightful, terrible, cf. δεινός : pass., fear- 
Sul, afraid, cf. δειλός. 8. 

φοβέω, ἤσω etc., frighten, terrify ; mid. and 
pass., fear, be afraid, be frightened. 29. 
See δείδω. 

φόβος, ov, [φέβομαι, flee from fright], fear, 
Sright, terror, panic ; τὸν ἐκ τῶν ‘EA- 
λήνων εἰς τοὺς etc., 1.218, the fear which 
the Greeks inspired in the barbarians. 
18. -phobia. 

Polvtkes, ων, the Phoenicians, inventors of 
our alphabet, founders of Carthage, 
famed for their skill in the arts and 
navigation. 

Φοινίκη, ns, Phoenicia, called by the in- 
habitants themselves Canaan, that part 
of Syria lying between the Lebanon 
mountains and the sea. 

φοιντκιστής, οὔ, [φοιντκίζω], purple-wearer, 
an officer of high rank at the Persian 
court; honored by the king with the 
distinction of wearing a purple robe. 
1.2”, 

φοινικοῦς, ἢ, ody, purple-red, purple. 1.2%, 
The dye was manufactured extensively 
by the Phoenicians from the purple- 
shell still abundant on the coast about 
Tyre and Beyrut. 

φοίνιξ, ikos, ὁ, the palm tree, palm ; οἶνος 
φοινίκων, palm-wine. 6. 


VOCABULARY. 





571 


Pods, ns, Pholoé, mountain range be- 
tween Arcadia and Elis. 

φορέω [φορός, φέρω), How etc., comm. used 
as frequent. to φέρω, bear constantly, 
wear, bring repeatedly. 2. See εἰσ-, 
ἐπι-. 

φόρος, ov, [φέρω], tribute. 5.51. 

φορτίον, ov, [dim. οὗ φόρτος (φέρω)], bur- 
den, load. 3. 

φράζω, [1], dow, eppaca, tell, bid, direct, 
declare. 8. phrase, peri-phrastic. 
Its mid. sense, think, ponder, appears in 

Ppactas, ov, Phrasias. 6.51}. 

φρέαρ, φρέατος, τό, |cf. L. ferveo], well,’ 
cistern. 4.5%, 

φρονέω [ppiv, mind], how, ἐφρόνησα etc., 
think, be thoughtful or sensible; be 
minded, μέγα ¢., be high-minded, be 
proud ; understand. 3. phrensy. See 
dva-, κατα- ; ἄ-φρων-, ἀφροσύνη, σωφρονέω 
et seq., φιλο-φρονέομαι. 

φρόνημα, aros, rd, one’s mind, thought, 
spirit, resolution. 2. 

φρόνιμος, ov, [φρήν], thoughtful, sensible, 
prudent. 3. 

φροντίζω [φροντίς, thought, care], low or 
ιῶ, take thought, be careful or anxious ; 
take care, provide. 2.3%; 6.8. 

povp-apxos, ov, [ppovpd, watch], com- 
mander of a garrison. 1.15. 

povpéw [gpoupds], how etc., keep guard, 
watch, guard. 1.48; 5.520 

φρούριον, ov, [pertaining to a φρουρόΞϊ, 
watch-post, citadel. 1.4%. 

φρουρός, οὔ, [πρό, dpdw], watcher, guarb 
7.12, 


φρύγανον, ov, [φρύγω, parch], ch. in pl., 
dry-sticks, firewood. 4.341. 

Φρυγία, as, Phrygia: 1. A large province 
in the central part of Asia Minor, some- 
times called Phrygia Proper or the 
Great ; 2. Lesser Phrygia, a small dis- 
trict in Mysia. 5.674. 

Ppvvickos, ov, [dim. of Φρῦνος, brown], 
Phryniscus. 7.2}. 

Φρύξ, Φρυγός, [ freeman ?], Phrygian, in 
habitant of Phrygia. 1.218. 

φυγάς, dds, ὁ, [φεύγω]. fugitive, exile. 7. 

φυγή, tis, | φεύγω], Aight, exile. 8. 


512 


φυγεῖν, -ών, 3 ἃ. οὗ φεύγω. 


τς φυλακή, fis, [φυλάττω], watch, (act, place, 


time, also collect. of those on guard), 
watch-post, post ; garrison ; night-watch. 
The night was divided _into three 
watches, of which the first lasted till 
midnight, the second till early dawn, 
the third till breaking camp. 19. 

φύλαξ, ακος, 6, a watchman, guard ; pl. 
guards, garrison. 8. See προ-, ὄπισθο-:; 
ἀ-φύλακτος. 

υφυλάττω [1], ἄξω, ἐφύλαξα, πεφύλαχα, πε- 
φύλαγμαι, ἐφυλάχθην, watch, guard, de- 
fend; intr., keep watch, be on guard ; 
φυλακὰς φ., keep watch ; mid., be on one’s 
guard, guard oneself, take care; be on 
one’s guard against (acc.). 35. phy- 
lactery, pro-phylactic. See ἀντι-. 

φυσάω [φῦσα, bellows], haw, ἐφῦσήθην, blow 
up, inflate. 3.5%. 

Φύσκος, ov, Physcus,an eastern affluent of 
the Tigris. 2.4%, 

φυτεύω [φυτόν, plant, φύω], ebow, ἐφυτεύθην, 
plant. 5.813, 

φύω [L. fu-i, E. ΒΕ, BEEN], φύσω, produce. 
1.410 physics-, physi-. See Internat. 
Dict. See δια-φυή. 

Φωκαΐς, (Sos, ἡ, [Φώκαια, city of Ionia], a 
Phocaean woman, a concubine of Cyrus, 
whose name, Milto (rosy), was changed 
by Cyrus to Aspasia after the celebrated 
Athenian beauty of that name. 1.103. 

φωνή, jis, [fr. φημί, as Bo-uds fr. βαίνω], 
voice, speech, language. 5. eu-, caco- 
phony; phono-. See Internat. Dict., 

, anti-pphony (ἀντέφωνα). 

φῶς, φωτός, τό, [fr. φάος, see φαίνω], light, 
daylight. 4. phos-, photo. See 
Internat. Dict. 


xX. 


x = Lat.(gh), init. h, med. g, = Teut. g, Eng.g ory. 
Cf. χαίρω, xéw, χήν, χόρτος, χθές. 


χαίρω [ 4/xap, ΤΆ gra-tus, E. yearn], χαι- 
phow, 2 a. Ῥ. ἐχάρην, κεχάρηκα, rejoice, be 
glad ; χαῖρε (on meeting or parting), 
welcome, farewell ; ἐᾶν χαίρειν, permit a 


VOCABULARY. 





φυγεῖν --- χαρίζομαι 


farewell, bid farewell to; χαίρων, rejoic- 
ing, often = with impunity. 5.63"; 7.24; 
323, 

XadSaior, wy, Chaldaeans, mercenaries in 
the army of Orontas, 4.3‘; an Armenian 
tribe probably identical with the Chaly- 
bes. 5.527. 

χαλεπαίνω, ava, ἐχαλέπηνα, ἐχαλεπάνθην, 
be hard, harsh, be exasperated, be angry 
(at, dat.). 10. 

χαλεπός, 4, dv, [1], hard, difficult ; harsh, 
cruel, stern, rough ; τὸ χαλεπόν, harsh- 
ness, 2.64, 27, 

χαλεπῶς, hardly, with difficulty ; harshly, 
angrily, severely; x. ἔχειν, be angry; 
x: φέρειν, bear ill, be troubled. 5. 

χαλινόω [xadivds, bridle], ἐχαλένωσα ete., 
bridle, 3.4%, See éy-. 

χαλκός, οὔ, [1], copper, —the first metal 
men learned to work, and with bronze 
(copper alloyed with tin) used by the 
Greeks for a great variety of purposes. 3. 

χαλκοῦς, ἢ, οὖν, [xdAxeos], of copper or 
bronze, brazen. 2. 

χάλκωμα, atos, τό, [χαλκόω fr. χαλκός], 
brazen utensil or vessel. 4.18, 

Xddos, ov, Chalus, mod. Koeik, a river of 
Syria which loses itself in a morass a 
few miles below Aleppo; it still abounds 
in fish. 1.49, 

XdrvPes, wr, Chalybes, a tribe of Pontus, . 
prob identical with the Chaldaeans; 
famous workers in iron ; whether named 

. from the metal (xdAvy, steel), or the 
metal from the people is uncertain, 
the former if, as some think, χάλυψ is 
akin to χαλκός. 4.418, 

χαράδρα, as, [cf. L. grando], torrent ; ra- 
vine or gorge, cut by a torrent. 10. 

χαράκωμα, aros, τό, a, paling, palisade. 
5.236. [χαρακόω, χάραξ, stake, fr. xa- 
pdrrw, sharpen, cf. χαρακτήρ (charac- 
ter)|. Syn. σταύρωμα. 

χαρίεις, εσσα, ev, g. -levros, -έσσης, [xdpis], 
graceful, elegant ; clever. 8.513, 

χαρίζομαι, ἔσομαι or τιοῦμαι, ἐχαρισάμην, 
κεχάρισμαι, favor, gratify, please (dat.) ; 
grant (τι) as a favor (to one, dat.), grant 
cheerfully. 9. See ἀ-χάριστος. 


Χάρις --- χρή 
χάρις, eros, 4, [cf. L. gratia], grace, favor, 


kindness ; sense of favor received, grati- 
tude, thanks ; xdpw' ἔχειν, feel grateful 
to one (dat.) for (gen.); χάριν εἰδέναι 
(οἶδα), recognize a favor, be grateful. 6. 
eu-charist. See ἀ-, ém-. 

Xappavin, ns, Charmandé, a city on the 
right bank of the Euphrates, the exact 
site of which is uncertain, perh. the 
modern Hit. 1.51% 

Xappivos, ov, [ joyful], Charminus. 7.61. 

χειμών, ὥνος, ὃ, |L. hiems], winter ; wintry 
weather, storm, cold. 9. 

χείρ, χειρός, 7, [cf. Skt. 4/har, take hold of }, 
dat. pl. χερσί, hand ; εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι, 
come into the power of any one, 1.27%, or 
come into a hand to hand conflict with, 
4.715; ἐκ χειρός, by hand, with the hand. 
26. See chiro-, chir-ur- in Internat. 


Dict. See ἐγ-, ἐπι-χειρέω; δια-, ἐγ- 
χειρίζω; ἐγ-χειρίδιον, ém-xelpios; εὐ- 


μετα-χείριστος ; χειρο-. 

Χειρίςσοφος, ov, [skilful-handed], Chiriso- 
phus, a Spartan general who joined 
Cyrus at Issus in Cilicia with seven 
hundred hoplites, 1.48; appointed to 
lead the van, 3.227; chosen sole com- 
mander, 6.132. died of a fever at Calpé, 
6.44, 

Χχειρο-πληθής, és, [πλήθω, jill], filling the 
hand, of stones. 3.37. 

Χχειρο-ποίητος, ov, hand-made, artificial. 
4.35, 

Χχειρόω, oftener mid. χειροῦμαι. handle, 
master, subdue. 7.34, 

χείρων, ov, g. ovos, [xépns, low, hase], 8. 
xelpioros, irreg. comp. and sup. to κακός, 
worse, inferior, 3. 

Xeppd-vyros, ov, 7, [xéppos or χέρσος, 
land], Chersonnesus, Thracian penin- 
sula north of the Hellespont. 1.19; 
2.62. 

χέω [ xv, xeF, cf. E. cusu], χεῶ, ἔχεα, 
pour. chyle,chyme. See éy-, ém-. 

χηλή, jis, [=cloven, χάσκω, gape}, hoof ; 
break-water, from its hoof-like projec- 
tion at the base. 7.117, 

χήν, χηνός, 6, 4, [for xavs, L. (h)anser, 
Ger. gans], GOOSE, GANDER. 1.9, 


VOCABULARY. 





573 


χθές [L. heri (for hesi)], adv., resTeR-day. 
6.418, 

χίλιοι, a, a, [for ἔχεσλιοι, Skt. sa-hdsra], 
thousand. 18. 
χῖλός, οὔ, [for *xecAds, cf. Skt. ghas, eat], 
eis i ξηρὸς x., dry grass, 

ay. 7. 

χίλόω, ώσω, fodder, let graze. 7.271, 

χίμαιρα, as, [1], she-goat, 3.212: monster 
with goat’s body, whence chimera. 

Xios, ov, Chius, mod. Scio, an important 
island off the coast of Asia Minor. 2. 
a Chian, 4.138, 69, 

χυτών, dvos, ὃ, [cf. Heb. k’thoneth], tunic, 
a long woollen short-sleeved or sleeve- 
less under-garment worn by the Greeks 
when at work. 6. Cf. ἱμάτιον. 

χιτωνίσκος, ov, |dim. of χιτών], short tunic, 
Jrock. 5.433, 

χιών, ὄνος, ἧ, [for xiou(s), L. hiems, cf. 
χειμών), snow. 20. 

χλαμύς, ddos, ἡ, [1], military cloak, short 
mantle. 7.44. 

χοῖνιξ, ἰκος, ἡ, [1], choenix, dry measure 
=4 κοτύλαι = 1.92 pints or about one 
quart. 1.59, 

xolpetos, a, ov, of swine, pig’s. 4.551, 

Χοῖρος, ov, [1], young pig, pig. 7.88. 

χορεύω, εύὐσω etc., dance a choral dance, 
dance. 4.756; 5.417, 

χορός, οὔ, [1], dance; chorus, choir, 
band of dancers. 2. Perh. akin to 

χόρτος, ov, [cf. L. hortus, E. GARDEN, 
YARD], an enclosed place, esp. for feed- 
ing, then fodder, grass; x. κοῦφος, dry 
grass, hay. 3. 

χράομαι [2], ἐχρώμην, χρήσομαι, ἐχρησά- 
μὴν, use (dat.), variously rendered to 
suit the context, — employ, experience, 
suffer, enjoy, find, treat, deal with, asso- 
ciate with ete. ; w. app., ξύλοις, 2.1; 
w. ὡς or ὥσπερ and app., 1.85; 53; τί 
or eis τί χρῆσθαί τινι; for what purpose 
to use one? 1.818. 415; εἰς Aoxaylas, 
for captaincies ; σφόδρα πειθομένοις x., he 
found them very obedient, 2.6%. 45, 
See &-, δύσιχρηστος ; χρῆμα, χρήσιμος. 

χρή, impf. ἔχρην, subj. χρῇ, opt. χρείη, 
inf. χρῆναι, pt. χρεών, fut. χρήσει [χράω. 


5T4 


deliver an oracle, perh. orig. 6 θεὸς χρή, 
God decrees], it is necessary, one must, 
ought, inf. or acc. +-inf. 22. Syns., δεῖ, 
ἀνάγκη. 

χρήζω [χρηΐα or χρεία, need, akin to xpdo- 
μαι], in Att. only in pres. sys., want, 
wish, desire, w. inf. 7. 

χρῆμα, aros, τό, [xpdouat], a thing used, 
ch. in pl., things, goods, possessions, esp. 
money. 45. Cf. wapa-. 

χρηματιστικός, 7, dv, [χρηματίζομαι, make 
money), money-making ; portending gain. 
6.1% 

χρῆναι. inf. οὗ χρή. 

χρῆσθαι, inf. of χράομαι. 

χρήσιμος, η, ον, [χρῆσις, using, “χράομα!], 
useful, serviceable. 6. 

χρῖμα, aros, τό, oil, unguent. 4.418, chrism. 

xptw [cf. L. fricare, E. Grinp], xpicw, 
éxpioa etc., anoint. 4.41. Christ. 

χρόνος, ov, [1], time ; χρόνον, for a time ; 
χρόνῳ, in time; πολλοῦ χρόνου, for (= 
within) a long time. 34. cChrono-. 
See Internat. Dict. Cf. καιρός, Spa. 

χρῦσίον, ov, [dim. of xpiads], piece of gold, 
gold coin, money. 3. 

Xpics-modis, ews, 4, [gold-town], Chryso- 
polis, town on the Dosporus opp. Byzan- 
tium. 6.316, 

χρῦσός, od, [1], gold, 3.1% chrysalis. 
chrys-, see Internat. Dict.; in many 
proper names Χρυσό-στομος, Chryso- 
stom, Χρύσ-. ανθος. 

χρύσοῦς, ἢ, od», of gold, golden, gilded. 7. 

χρῦσο-χάλινος, ov, with gold-studded bri- 
dle, 1.27. 

Χρῶμαι, see xpdoua. 

χώρα, as, [1], place (larger than τόπος), 
land, country (not fatherland, πατρί5) ; 
one’s place, post, position, rank. 103. 
Cf. xwpéw, χωρίον, χῶρος. 

χωρέω, how or ἤσομαι, ἐχώρησα, κεχώρηκα 
etc., make place for, hence: 1. go /for- 
ward, move on, journey ; 2. hold, contain, 
1.56. 7. See dva-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐπι-, wera-, 
προσ-, προ-, συγ-, ὗπο-. 

χωρίζω [χωρίς], icw or ιῶ, ἐχώρισα εἴς. ; 
separate; pass. be separate, different. 
5.4%; 6.511, See dva-, xara-. 


VOCABULARY. 





χρῃζω--- Pixos 


χωρίον, ov, [dim. of χῶρος], a particular 
place ; post, position, stronghold ; space. 
87 


χωρίς [xwpi+s, cf. &xpi(s)], adv., apart, 
separately ; prep. W, gen., apart from. 4. 

χῶρος, ov, [1], a place, field, estate, country 
3. See δύσ-, πρόσ-; στενο χωρία. 


Ψ.. 


Ψάρος, ov, Psarus, a river of Cilicia. 1.41.. 

ψέγω [1], ψέξω, censure, blame. 7.7%. 

ψέλιον, ov, [Pers. *], ch. in pl. bracelet, 
armlet, worn by the Persians and 
indicative of rank. It consisted of 
three or four massive coils of bronze 
or gold. 3. 

ψευδ-ενέδρα, as, false or feigned ambush. 
5.278, 


ψευδής, és, g. ods, false, lying ; τὰ ψευδῇ, 
falsehoods. 2. 

ψεύδω [ 4/Wvd, cf. ψυθίζω, whisper], comm. 
dep. ψεύσομαι, ἐψευφάμην, ἔψευσμαι, ἐψεύ- 
σθὴν (as pass.), lie, deceive, cheat ; say 
falsely ; be or prove false; τοῦτο ἐψεύ- 
σθη, in this he was deceived, 1.84, so 
πάντα, 1.31, μηδέν, 1.97, 10. pseud(o)-, 
see Internat. Dict. 

Ψψηφίζω [Wiidos], ίσομαι or ιοῦμαι, ἐψηφισά- 
μην, ἐψήφισμαι, vote (orig. with a pebble), 
vote ( for, ace. ; to, inf.), resolve. 8. See 
ἀπο-, ἐπι-. 

ψῆφος, ov, ἡ, [cf. ψάω, rub], pebble; from 
its use, a vote. White pebbles were 
affirm., black neg. 2. . 

ψιλός, 4, ov, [1], bare, (stript-of, uncovered, 
smooth etc.) ; light-armed, of archers and 
slingers as opp. to ὁπλῖται, cf. γυμνῆτες. 
5. e-psilon, u-psilon. 

ψτλόω, dow etc., make bare; pass., be left 
bare, be deserted of (gen.). 2. 

ψοφέω, how étc., ratile, sound. 4.3”, 

ψόφος, ov, [1], nose, sound. 4.24. 

ψυχή, jis, breath, life, spirit, soul. 4. 
psycho-logy. From ψύχω, breathe, 
blow, make cool, whence 

ψῦχος, ous, τό, cold; pl. frosts, cold 
weather, 3. 


ὦ — φχόμην 


ὦ, subj. of εἰμί. 

ᾧ, dat. of ὅς. 

ὦ, O! oh! in Greek the voc. comm. has 
the interjection. 46? 

ὧδε [abl. of ὅδε], adv., thus, as follows, in 
this manner. 23. 

δή, jis; [ἄδω, sing], song, ode, 4.831. ep., 
palin-ode ; com-, trag-edy (for ody) ; 
mel-, mon-, par-, pros-, psalm-ody. 

Gero, φήθην, see οἴομαι. 

ὠθέω [ 4/Fw0), Sow (for ὥθσω), ἔωσα, push, 
shove; mid., push from oneself or as 
one’s own act. 3.4%. See εἰσ-. 

ὠθισμός, οὔ, [ὠθίζω = ὠθέω], pushing, press- 
ing. 5.217, 

κεῖτο, impf. of οἰκέω. 

ᾧκτειρον, see οἰκτείρω. 

, ὦμεν, subj. of εἰμί. 

ὠμο-βόειος, a, ον, [βοῦς], of raw 
tanned ox-hide. 3. 

ὠμός, ἡ, ov, [Skt. mds], raw; cruel. 2. 

ὦμος, ov, [cf. L. hiimérus], shoulder. 6.5%, 

Spoga, see ὄμνῦμι. 

ὦν, pres. pt. of εἰμί. 

ὧν, see ὅς 

ὠνέομαι [ὠνή, a buying], impf. ἐωνούμην, 
ὠνήσομαι, ἐώνημαι, 2 ἃ. ἐπριάμην, buy; 
ὠνούμενος, buying, by purchase. 14. 

ὦνιος; a, ov, [Svos, price], for sale; τὰ 
_Gva, goods, wares. 2. 

φόμην, impf. of οἴομαι. 

“Ome, dos, }, Opis, an Assyrian city of un- 
certain site ; on, perhaps near the mouth 
of, the Physcus river. 2.455, 

ὥρα, as, [cf. E. year], α (fixed) time, season, 
Jit or proper time, cf. καιρός. 16. hour. 

ὡραῖος, a, ov, [Spa], seasonable, timely, τὰ 
dpaia, the fruits of the season ; in the 
bloom of youth. 4. 

ὡρμᾶτο, see dpudw. ὥρμουν, see dpuéw. 

ὡς [ὅς], adv., conj., procl., as, that, so that. 

1. Adv. : 1. as, just as, as if, ὡς φίλον, 

asa friend. 2. how, ὡς ἐγένετο, how it 
took place, 1.65; 211; 34. 8, With 
superlatives, ὡς τάχιστα, as soon as, 
4.39, comm. as soon as possible; ὡς 
πλεῖστοι, as many as vossible, 4. With 


or un- 


VOCABULARY. 





575 


numerals, as it were, = about, ὡς δέκα, 
about ten; so in the phrase, ds ἐπὶ τὸ 
πολύ, for the most part. 5. With a pt. 
to represent its action as (a) pretended, 
assumed ; (b) as thought or asserted by 
some person other than the speaker or 
writer ; variously rendered, as, as if, as 
though, apparently, ostensibly, saying or 
intending that, on the ground that etc., 
ὡς ἀποκτενῶν, as if or apparently to put 
him to death, 1.13 ; so ὡς πολεμήσοντες, ὡς 
βουλόμενος; (c) as causal, as, since, ὡς 
ὀλίγοι ὄντες, since they were few; (d) to 
emphasize the purpose denoted by the 
pt., 2.371, 29, 6. With a prep., ds εἰς τὴν 
μάχην, as if for battle. Out of this use 
by omission of the prep. arose 2. 
2. Prep., only before names of per- 
Sons, = πρός, to. ὡς βασιλέα, to the king. 
8. Conj., as, that, so that; 1. temp. = 

ὅτε, as, when. 2. causal, = ἐπεί, ὅτι, as, 
since, 8, declar., = ὅτι, that. 4. final, = 
ὅπως, ἵνα, that, in order that. 5. result 
w. inf., = ὥστε, so as, so that. 444, 

ὥς [8], dem. pron., = οὕτως, thus, so. 3. 

ὡσ-αύτως, just so, even so, in like manner. 4. 

ὦσι, subj. of εἰμί. 

ὥσ-περ, adv., just as, even as ; just as if. 60. 

ὥστε [on -re see H. 1041], conj., so as, so 
that, that. 1. Comm. w. inf. to express 
result actual or intended; sometimes 
rendered, on condition that, 2.65. 2. With 
indic., to emphasize the result as a fact, 
ὥστε οὐκ ἠσθάνετο. 3. With opt. and 
ἄν to express a supposed result. 5.62, 

ὦτα, see οὖς. 

ᾧτε [dat. of ὅστε], in the phrase ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε, 
on condition that, for the purpose of. 6.133. 

ὠτειλή, fis, [cf. οὐτάω, wound), wound, scar. 
1.98, 

ᾧτινι, see ὅστις. 

ὠτίς, ίδος, ἡ, [οὖς, ads, ear], bustard, with 
long ear feathers, whence the name. 2, 

Shere, see ὀφείλω. 

ὠφελέω [ὄφελος, benefit], impf. ὠφέλουν, 
how etc., aid, assist, help (acc.). 10. See 
συν-. 

ὠφέλιμος, ov, aiding, useful, profitable. 2. 

φχόμην, see οἴχομαι. 


ον ἐφ i ΤΣ 


ΡΥ ἐς ν᾽ ὑτηῆ ites ah 
3 sy kines, va δον " 


=, Sais ‘ese a 


>i ved ea, = ri “dba ξ των 
εἴ we “ar ΡΟΣ 





aia 
poet 





UCSB LIBRARY 
X-¥951% 


UC SOUTHERN REGIONA 


{ΗΠ 


000 635 849 3 





















































